Wikibooks enwikibooks https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.20 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikibooks Wikibooks talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Cookbook Cookbook talk Transwiki Transwiki talk Wikijunior Wikijunior talk Subject Subject talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Event Event talk 0 3162 4671115 3324236 2026-09-19T08:19:37Z Dalven 3388460 Minor grammatical change (changed “less” to “fewer”) 4671115 wikitext text/x-wiki {{GeneralChemTOC|prev=Atomic Structure/History of Atomic Structure|next=Introduction to Quantum Theory}} == Particle Properties == Before learning about subatomic particles, some basic properties should be understood. === Charge === Particles may be electrically charged. '''Charge''' is a property which defines the force that a particle will exert on other charged particles. There is a well known saying that applies perfectly: "Opposites attract." (Likewise, like charges repel.) Positive charges and negative charges will attract each other and come together. Two positive or two negative charges will push each other away. {{Helpful hint|hint=Not all particles have charge.}} The amount of charge a particle has is measured in [[w:Coulomb|coulombs]], but it is more conveniently expressed in terms of an integer. For instance, a helium ion that has 2 fewer electrons than usual has a charge of +2, and a bromide ion with one more electron than usual has a charge of -1. (This may seem backwards, but remember that an electron has a negative charge.) Notice that charge not only applies to subatomic particles, but also ions and other things as well. Always remember to specify if a charge is positive or negative. Unlike ordinary numbers, we ''always write the plus sign for positive charges'' to avoid confusion with a negative charge. {{Info|1= It may be useful to understand '''Coulomb's Law'''. It explains the electromagnetic force: <math> F = \frac{k Q_1 Q_2}{r^2}</math>. <math>Q</math> is the charge on each particle, <math>r</math> is the distance between them, and <math>k</math> is a constant. So, if the distance between two particles is doubled, the force will be reduced four times. Double the charge would mean double the force, be it attractive or repulsive. Coulomb's Law will be especially important when understanding periodic trends. However, there is no need to solve it exactly. Just remember the relationships between the variables.}} === Mass === Mass is the measure of inertia. From a subatomic point of view, mass can also be understood in terms of energy, but that does not concern us when dealing with chemistry. Mass for particles, atoms, and molecules is not measured in grams, as with ordinary substances. Instead, it is measured in ''atomic mass units'', or '''amu'''. For more information about mass and amu, read the previous chapters on properties of matter. == The Nucleus == [[Image:Simple atom (lithium).png|thumb|An atom (not to scale!)]] At the center of each atom lies the nucleus. It is incredibly small: if you were to take the average atom (itself miniscule in size) and expand it to the size of a football stadium, then the nucleus would be about the size of a marble. It is, however, astoundingly dense: despite the tiny percentage of the atom's volume it contains nearly all of the atom's mass. The nucleus almost never changes under normal conditions, remaining constant throughout chemical reactions. Nuclei are themselves made up of a pair of smaller and more dense particles, the '''proton''' and the '''neutron'''. These particles are collectively dubbed '''nucleons'''. === Protons === Protons have a charge of +1 and a mass of 1 amu. They are often represented by a <math>p</math>. Protons will be important when learning about acids and bases—they are the essence of acid. Remember that the number of protons in an atom is its ''atomic number'', and defines what element it will be. The number of protons in a nucleus ranges from '''one''' to over a hundred. Consider the element hydrogen. Its atomic number is 1, so it has one proton and one electron. If it is made into an ion (an atom with missing or extra electrons), it will simply be a lone proton. Thus, a proton ''is'' the nucleus of a hydrogen atom, and a proton ''is'' a hydrogen ion. Therefore, a proton can be written as <math>\text{H}^+</math> or <math>_1^1\text{H}^+</math>, both symbols for a hydrogen ion. === Neutrons === Neutrons have no charge and a mass of 1 amu. A neutron is slightly heavier than a proton, but the difference is insignificant. Neutrons are often written <math>n</math>. {{SideBox|Our friends the physicists say that neutrons and protons are made of even smaller particles called ''quarks''. Fortunately, we don't need to know about that because quarks do not affect chemistry. Instead, quarks fall in the field of [[Quantum Mechanics]].}} <!-- "Fortunately" is in bad taste --> Unlike the protons, neutrons cannot exist outside the nucleus indefinitely as they become unstable and break down. Within one nucleus there can be many protons and neutrons all in close proximity to one another. The number of neutrons in a nucleus ranges from '''zero''' to over a hundred. You may wonder why neutrons exist. They have no charge, so can they do anything? The answer is yes—neutrons are very important. Remember that opposites attract and likes repel. If so, then how can several protons stay clumped together in the dense nucleus of an atom? It would seem as if the protons would repel and scatter the nucleus. However, there is a '''strong nuclear force''' that holds the nucleus together. This incredible force causes nucleons to attract each other with much greater strength than the electric force can repel them, but only over extremely short distances. A delicate balance exists between the number of protons and neutrons. Protons, which are attracted to one another via the strong force but simultaneously repelled by their electromagnetic charges, cannot exist in great numbers within the nucleus without the stabilizing action of neutrons, which are attracted via the strong force but are not charged. Conversely, neutrons lend their inherent instability to the nucleus and too many will destabilize it. {{Info|Neutrons are the reason for '''isotopes''', or atoms with the same number of protons but different masses. The masses are different because of different numbers of neutrons. Isotopes of a given element have almost identical chemical properties (like color, melting point, reactions, etc.), but they have different nuclear properties. Some isotopes are stable, others are radioactive. Different isotopes decay in different ways.}} Lastly, neutrons are very important in nuclear reactions, such as those used in power plants. Neutrons act like a bullet that can split an atom's nucleus. Because they have no charge, neutrons are neither attracted nor repelled by atoms and ions. == The Electron Cloud == Surrounding the dense nucleus is a cloud of electrons. Electrons have a charge of -1 and a mass of 0 amu. That does not mean they are massless. Electrons do have mass, but it is so small that it has no effect on the overall mass of an atom. An electron has approximately 1/1800 the mass of a proton or neutron. Electrons are written <math>e^-</math>. Electrons orbit the outside of a nucleus, unaffected by the strong nuclear force. They define the chemical properties of an atom because virtually every chemical reaction deals with the interaction or exchange of the outer electrons of atoms and molecules. Electrons are attracted to the nucleus of an atom because they are negative and the nucleus (being made of protons and neutrons) is positive. Opposites attract. However, electrons don't fall into the nucleus. They orbit around it at specific distances because the electrons have a certain amount of energy. That energy prevents them from getting too close, as they must maintain a specific speed and distance. Changes in the energy levels of electrons cause different phenomena such as spectral lines, the color of substances, and the creation of ions (atoms with missing or extra electrons). === Electron Interactions === ''Atoms will always have equal numbers of protons and electrons'', so their overall charge is zero. Atoms are neutral. Ions, on the other hand, are atoms that have gained or lost electrons and now have an unequal number of protons and electrons. If there are extra electrons, the ion will be negatively charged. If there are missing electrons, the ion will be positively charged, due to the majority of positive protons. '''Valence electrons''' (the outermost electrons) are responsible for an atom's behavior in chemical bonds. The ''core electrons'' are all of the electrons not in the outermost shell, and they rarely get involved. An atom will attempt to fill its valence shell. This occurs when an atom has eight valence electrons (as explained in the next chapter), so atoms will undergo chemical bonds to either share, give, or take the electrons it needs. Sodium, for example, is very likely to give up its one valence electron, so that its outer shell is empty (the shell underneath it is full). Chlorine is very likely to take an electron because it has seven and wants eight. When sodium and chlorine are mixed, they exchange electrons and create sodium chloride (table salt). As a result, both elements have full valence shells, and a very stable compound is formed. {{BookCat}} aa5yp2vlbo8efbng770m2r29xqkc661 0 7558 4670998 4341903 2026-09-18T18:53:10Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670998 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{prognav|Perl|Concept index|Keywords}}</noinclude> == String functions == ===<code>chomp</code>=== ====Action==== Removes the last characters from a string only if they're recognized as a record separator (e.g. a newline character) ====Returns==== ? ====Syntax==== chomp($String = $_); ====Example==== chomp; # removes the last character from $_ if it is a record separator chomp(); # (same) chomp($String); # removes the last character from $String if it is a record separator ====See also==== * [[#chop|chop]] - To remove the last character from a string === <code>chop</code> === ====Action==== Removes the last character from a string regardless ====Returns==== ? ====Syntax==== chop($String = $_); ====Example==== chop; # removes the last character from $_ chop(); # (same) chop($String); # removes the last character from $String ====See also==== * [[#chomp|chomp]] - To remove the last character from a string if it is a record seperator Removes the last character from a string (e.g. removes the newline characters when reading from a file) === <code>chr</code> === print chr(65); # Prints a capital A Gets an ASCII character, given it's code === <code>crypt</code> === # One-way hash function my $HashedWord = crypt($Word, $Salt); (See also [http://search.cpan.org/~gaas/MD5-2.03/MD5.pm MD5] ) The salt string needs only be two characters long, and provides a way of randomising the hash, such that the same word can produce several different hashes, if used with different values of <code>$Salt;</code>! === <code>hex</code> === print hex(11); # Prints B Converts a number to hexadecimal Other way around - converts hex to number: print hex(11); # prints 17 you can use print sprintf("%X",11); # Prints B === <code>index</code> === Search for one string within another (see ''rindex'' to search from end-to-start). $Result = index($Haystack, $Needle); $Result = index($Haystack, $Needle, $StartPosition); index("Some text", "bleh"); # Returns -1 (not found) index("Some text", "Some"); # Returns 0 (first character) index("Some text", "text"); # Returns 5 (sixth character) The special variable <code>$[</code> always gets added to the return value, but <code>$[</code> is normally 0, and the manual recommends leaving it at 0. === <code>lc</code> === $Lowercase = lc($String); Converts a string to lower-case === <code>lcfirst</code> === Converts the first character of a string to lowercase === <code>length</code> === print "String is " . length($String) . " characters long\n"; Returns the length of a string === <code>oct</code> === print oct(8); # Prints 10 Converts a number to octal === <code>ord</code> === Converts a character to its number. print ord("A"); # prints 65 === <code>pack</code> === Takes a list and converts it into a string using a supplied set of rules. my $String = pack($Template, @ListOfNumbers); my $String = pack("CCCC",65,66,67,68); # Result: "ABCD" $Template can be made up of: a A string with arbitrary binary data, will be null padded. A An ascii string, will be space padded. Z A null terminated (asciz) string, will be null padded. b A bit string (ascending bit order inside each byte, like vec()). B A bit string (descending bit order inside each byte). h A hex string (low nybble first). H A hex string (high nybble first). c A signed char value. C An unsigned char value. Only does bytes. See U for Unicode. s A signed short value. S An unsigned short value. (Exactly 16 bits unless you use the ! suffix) i A signed integer value. I An unsigned integer value. (At least 32 bits wide, machine-dependent) l A signed long value. L An unsigned long value. (Exactly 32 bits unless you use the ! suffix) n An unsigned short in "network" (big-endian) order. N An unsigned long in "network" (big-endian) order. v An unsigned short in "VAX" (little-endian) order. V An unsigned long in "VAX" (little-endian) order. (Exactly 16 bits and 32 bits respectively) q A signed quad (64-bit) value. Q An unsigned quad value. (Only available if your system supports 64-bit integers and Perl has been compiled to support them) f A single-precision float in the native format. d A double-precision float in the native format. p A pointer to a null-terminated string. P A pointer to a structure (fixed-length string). u A uuencoded string. U A Unicode character number. Encodes to UTF-8 internally. w A BER compressed integer. Its bytes represent an unsigned integer in base 128, most significant digit first, with as few digits as possible. Bit eight (the high bit) is set on each byte except the last. x A null byte. X Back up a byte. @ Null fill to absolute position. Each letter may optionally be followed by a number giving a repeat count. The integer types <code>s</code>, <code>S</code>, <code>l</code>, and <code>L</code> may be immediately followed by a <code>!</code> suffix to signify native shorts or longs === <code>reverse</code> === Reverses a string (in scalar context) or a list (in list context): my @ReversedList = reverse(@List); # As commonly seen in Perl programs: foreach( reverse( sort( @List ))) { ... } my $ReversedString = reverse($String); my @List = ("One ", "two ", "three..."); my $ReversedListAsString = reverse(@List); # Prints "...eerht owt enO" === <code>rindex</code> === Search for one string within another, starting at the end of the string. $Result = rindex($Haystack, $Needle); $Result = rindex($Haystack, $Needle, $StartPosition); rindex("Some text", "bleh"); # Returns -1 (not found) rindex("Some text", "Some"); # Returns 0 (first character) rindex("abbbbb", "b"); # Returns 5 (first "b" found, when starting at the end) === <code>sprintf</code> === Prints a formatted string: my $Text = sprintf("%d/%d is %08.5f", 1, 3, 1/3); # Result: "10/3 is 003.33333" sprintf("Character: %c", 65); sprintf("String %s", "Hello"); sprintf("Signed integer: %d", 15); sprintf("Unsigned integer: %u", 15); sprintf("Unsigned int (in octal): %o", 15); sprintf("Unisgned int (in hex): %x", 15); # Use %X to get upper-case output sprintf("Binary number: %b", 15); sprintf("Scientific notation: %e", 5000); # Use %E to get upper-case output sprintf("Floating point number: %f", 1/3); # 0.3333333 sprintf("Floating point number: %g", 1/3); # Decides between scientific and float. %G is uppercase sprintf("Pointer: %p", $Variable); Use %% to get a percent-sign. Use %n to request the number of characters written so far, and put it into the next variable in the list. You may want to check that user-supplied formatting rules don't contain this code. sprintf("%02d", $Minutes); # Forces leading zeros to make the string two characters long sprintf("%1.5f", $Number); # Limits the number of decimal places === substr === Return part of a string (a ''substring'') Format: substr ''string'' ''start-position'' ''length'' : ''start-position'' is zero-based. : A negative number starts from the end of the string. $FirstLetter = substr($Text, 0, 1); # First letter $First3Letters = substr($Text, 0, 3); # First three letters $Last3Letters = substr($Text, -3); # Last three letters You can use '''substr''' on the left side of an assignment statement to change part of a string. This can actually shorten or lengthen the string. $text = 'cat dog'; substr ($mystring, 3, 1) = ' and '; # $text now contains 'cat and dog' === <code>uc</code> === $Uppercase = uc($String); Converts a string to upper-case === <code>ucfirst</code> === Converts the first character of a string to uppercase == Numeric functions == === <code>abs</code> === Returns the absolute (positive) value of a number $Number = abs(-100); # Returns 100; === <code>atan2</code> === # Converts cartesian(x,y) coordinates into an angle $Number = atan2($Y, $X); === <code>cos</code> === # Returns the cosine of an angle (radians) $Number = cos($Angle); # Cosine = Adjacent/Hypotenuse === <code>exp</code> === # Raises e to a specified power $Number = exp(2); # Returns <code>e^2</code> e &asymp; 2.71828183 [[w:E (mathematical_constant)|more about e]] === <code>hex</code> === # Interprets a string as hexidecimal, and returns its value $Number = hex("10"); # Returns 16 $Number = hex("0xFF"); # Returns 255 === <code>int</code> === Rounds a number towards zero, returning an integer $Number = int(-1.6); # Returns -1 $Number = int(0.9); # Returns 0 $Number = int(28.54); # Returns 28 === <code>log</code> === # Returns the natural logarithm of a number $Number = log(2.71828183); # Returns 1 $Number = exp(log($X)); # Returns $X $Number = log($X)/log(10); # Returns log10($X). Alternately, you can use the log10() function in the POSIX module $Number = log($X)/log(15); # Returns log to the base 15 of $X === <code>oct</code> === # Interprets a string as octal, and returns its value $Number = oct("10"); # Returns 8 $Number = oct("21"); # Returns 17 === <code>rand</code> === # Gets a random number (may automatically call srand() if that's not been done) $Number = rand(); # Returns a random number from 0 to 1 $Number = int(rand(800)); # Returns a random integer from 0 to 799 $Number = 1 + int(rand(999)); # Returns a random integer from 1 to 999 === <code>sin</code> === # Returns the sine of an angle (radians) $Number = sin($Angle); # Sine = Opposite/Hypotenuse === <code>sqrt</code> === # Returns the square-root of a number $Number = sqrt(4); # Returns 2 $Number = sqrt($X ** 2 + $Y ** 2); # Returns the diagonal distance across a $X x $Y rectangle See the <code>Math::Complex</code> module, if you need to take roots of negative numbers. === <code>srand</code> === # Seeds (sets-up) the random-number generator srand(); Version-dependent, and older versions of Perl are not guaranteed to have a good seed value. See the <code>Math::TrulyRandom</code> module for more possibilities. The current version of Perl uses the urandom device if it's available. == Array functions == === <code>pop</code> === $LastElement = pop(@MyArray); Take the last element from an array. === <code>push</code> === push(@MyArray, "Last element"); push(@MyArray, "several", "more", "elements"); Push a list of elements onto the end of an array. === <code>shift</code> === shift(@MyArray); # Delete the first element $FirstElement = shift(@MyArray); # Delete the first element, load it into $FirstElement instead Take the first element out of an array. === <code>splice</code> === # Removes elements from an array, optionally replacing them with a new array splice(@Array); # Removes all elements from array splice(@Array, 10); # Removes from element 10 to the end of the array splice(@Array, -10); # Removes the last 10 elements of the array splice(@Array, 0, 10); # Removes the first 10 elements of the array @NewArray = splice(@Array, 0, 10); # Removes the first 10 elements of the array and returns those 10 items splice(@Array, 0, 10, @Array2); # Replaces the first 10 elements of the array with Array2 === <code>unshift</code> === unshift(@MyArray, "New element"); unshift(@MyArray, "several", "more", "elements"); Add a list of elements onto the beginning of an array. == List functions == === <code>grep</code> === # Returns a list of elements for which an expression is true @TextFiles = grep(/\.txt$/, @AllFiles); $NumberOfTextFiles = grep(/\.txt$/, @AllFiles); # Can use a block of code instead of an expression @TextFiles = grep({return(substr($_, -3) eq "txt");}, @AllFiles); === <code>join</code> === # Joins the items of a list into a single string $OneItemPerLine = join( "\n", @List); $EverythingBunchedTogether = join( "", @List); $Filename = join( "/", ($Directory, $Subdirectory, $Filename)); === <code>map</code> === # Evaluates a block of code for each item in a list, and returns # a list of the results @UppercaseList = map(uc, @List); @Numbers = map {"Number $_"} 1..100; === <code>reverse</code> === # Reverses the order of a list @ReversedList = reverse(@List); # In scalar context, concatenates the list and then reverses the string $ReversedString = reverse('foo','bar','baz'); # gives 'zabraboof' === <code>sort</code> === # Sorts the elements in a list @AsciiSort = sort(@RandomList); @AsciiSort = sort @RandomList; foreach $Item (sort @RandomList) {...} # Can specify a function to decide the sort order @CaseInsensitiveSort = sort {uc($a) cmp uc($b)} @RandomList; @NumericSort = sort {$a <=> $b} @RandomList; @CustomSort = sort custom_function_name @RandomList; === <code>unpack</code> === Unpacks a string into a list - see the templates available for the pack() function for details == Associative array functions == === <code>delete</code> === # Remove an element from a hash %h = ('a'=>1, 'cow'=>'moo', 'b'=>2); delete $h{cow}; # %h now contains ('a'=>1, 'b'=>2) === <code>each</code> === # Return the 'next' key/value pair (in a random order) while (($key, $value) = each (%hash)) { print "$key => $value\n"; } === <code>exists</code> === # Tests whether or not a key exists in a hash (even if the value for that key is undef) if (exists $hash{$key}) { print "\%hash contains a value for key '$key'\n"; } === <code>keys</code> === # Returns a list of all keys from the hash, in same 'random' order as each foreach $key (keys %hash) { print "$key => $hash{$key}\n"; } === <code>values</code> === # Returns a list of all values from the hash, in same 'random' order as keys foreach $value (values %hash) { print "\%hash contains a value '$value'\n"; } == Input and output functions == === <code>binmode</code> === === <code>close</code> === # closes a filehandle when it is no longer needed close(STDERR); # hide debugging info from the user === <code>closedir</code> === # Close a directory open by opendir closedir(DIRHANDLE); === <code>dbmclose</code> === === <code>dbmopen</code> === === <code>die</code> === Exits the program, printing to "STDERR" the first parameter and the current file and line. Used to trap errors. <syntaxhighlight lang="perl"> die "Error: $!\n" unless chdir '/'; </syntaxhighlight> === <code>eof</code> === <syntaxhighlight lang="perl"> eof FILEHANDLE eof() eof </syntaxhighlight> This function returns <code>true</code>, if the next read on <code>FILEHANDLE</code> would return end-of-file, or if <code>FILEHANDLE</code> is not open. <code>FILEHANDLE</code> may be an expression whose value gives the real filehandle, or a reference to a filehandle object of some sort. An <code>eof</code> without an argument returns the end-of-file status for the last file read. An <code>eof()</code> with empty parentheses <code>()</code> tests the <code>ARGV</code> filehandle (most commonly seen as the null filehandle in <code><></code>). Therefore, inside a while (<code><></code>) loop, an <code>eof()</code> with parentheses will detect the end of only the last of a group of files. Use eof (without the parentheses) to test each file in a while (<code><></code>) loop. For example, the following code inserts dashes just before the last line of the last file: <syntaxhighlight lang="perl"> while (<>) { if (eof()) { print "-" x 30, "\n"; } print; } </syntaxhighlight> On the other hand, this script resets line numbering on each input file: <syntaxhighlight lang="perl"> # reset line numbering on each input file while (<>) { next if /^\s*#/; # skip comments print "$.\t$_"; } continue { close ARGV if eof; # Not eof()! } </syntaxhighlight> Like "<code>$</code>" in a sed program, eof tends to show up in line number ranges. Here's a script that prints lines from <code>/pattern/</code> to end of each input file: <syntaxhighlight lang="perl"> while (<>) { print if /pattern/ .. eof; } </syntaxhighlight> Here, the flip-flop operator (<code>..</code>) evaluates the pattern match for each line. Until the pattern matches, the operator returns false. When it finally matches, the operator starts returning true, causing the lines to be printed. When the eof operator finally returns true (at the end of the file being examined), the flip-flop operator resets, and starts returning false again for the next file in <code>@ARGV</code> === <code>fileno</code> === === <code>flock</code> === === <code>format</code> === === <code>getc</code> === === <code>print</code> === Prints the parameters given. Discussed in the following sections: :[[Perl Programming/Strings#Brief Digression from Strings Alone: The print Function|''Digression on print'' in ''Strings'' section]] === <code>printf</code> === === <code>read</code> === === <code>readdir</code> === === <code>rewinddir</code> === === <code>seek</code> === === <code>seekdir</code> === === <code>select</code> === === <code>syscall</code> === === <code>sysread</code> === === <code>sysseek</code> === === <code>syswrite</code> === === <code>tell</code> === === <code>telldir</code> === === <code>truncate</code> === === <code>warn</code> === === <code>write</code> === == Functions for working with fixed length records == === <code>pack</code> === See the entry for '''<code>pack</code>''' further up the page === <code>read</code> === # Reads data from a file-handle read(FILEHANDLE, $StoreDataHere, $NumberBytes); # Returns the number of bytes read $NumberBytesRead = read(FILEHANDLE, $StoreDataHere, $NumberBytes); # Optional offset is applied ''when the data is stored'' (not when reading) read(FILEHANDLE, $StoreDataHere, $NumberBytes, Offset); === <code>syscall</code> === # Runs a system command syscall( $Command, $Argument1, $Argument2, $Argument3); # (maximum 14 arguments) $ReturnValue = syscall($Command); === <code>sysread</code> === === <code>syswrite</code> === === <code>unpack</code> === # See the '''pack''' function for details (unpack does the opposite!) unpack($Template, $BinaryData); === vec === == Filesystem functions == === <code>-X</code> === if (-r $FullFilename) // File is readable by effective uid/gid. if (-w $FullFilename) // File is writable by effective uid/gid. if (-x $FullFilename) // File is executable by effective uid/gid. if (-o $FullFilename) // File is owned by effective uid. if (-R $FullFilename) // File is readable by real uid/gid. if (-W $FullFilename) // File is writable by real uid/gid. if (-X $FullFilename) // File is executable by real uid/gid. if (-O $FullFilename) // File is owned by real uid. if (-e $FullFilename) // File exists. if (-z $FullFilename) // File has zero size. if (-s $FullFilename) // File has nonzero size (returns size). if (-f $FullFilename) // File is a plain file. if (-d $FullFilename) // File is a directory. if (-l $FullFilename) // File is a symbolic link. if (-p $FullFilename) // File is a named pipe (FIFO), or Filehandle is a pipe. if (-S $FullFilename) // File is a socket. if (-b $FullFilename) // File is a block special file. if (-c $FullFilename) // File is a character special file. if (-t $FullFilename) // Filehandle is opened to a tty. if (-u $FullFilename) // File has setuid bit set. if (-g $FullFilename) // File has setgid bit set. if (-k $FullFilename) // File has sticky bit set. if (-T $FullFilename) // File is an ASCII text file. if (-B $FullFilename) // File is a "binary" file (opposite of -T). $Age = -M $FullFilename; // Age of file in days when script started. $Age = -A $FullFilename; // Same for access time. $Age = -C $FullFilename; // Same for inode change time. === <code>chdir</code> === chdir $Directory; chdir $Directory || die("Couldn't change directory"); === <code>chmod</code> === chmod 0744 $File1; chmod 0666 $File1, $File2, $File3; # 0 for octal, at the beginning of a number | Owner | Group | Others | Execute | 4 | 4 | 4 | Write | 2 | 2 | 2 | Read | 1 | 1 | 1 | ======--+======-+======-+======--+ Total | | | | === <code>chown</code> === # Change the owner of a file chown($NewUserID, $NewGroupID, $Filename); chown($ NewUserID $NewGroupID, $File1, $File2, $File3); NewUserID, $NewGroupID, $File1, $File2, $File3); chown($NewUserID, -1, $Filename); # Leave group unchanged chown(-1, $NewGroupID, $Filename); # Leave user unchanged === <code>chroot</code> === chroot $NewRootDirectory; Sets the root directory for the program, such that the "<code>/</code>" location refers to the specified directory. Program must be running as root for this to succeed. === <code>l</code> === === <code>fcntlglob</code> === # Expands filenames, in a shell-like way my @TextFiles = glob("*.txt"); See also <code>File::Glob</code>. === <code>ioctl</code> === === <code>link</code> === # Creates a link to a file link($ExistingFile, $LinkLocation); link($ExistingFile, $LinkLocation) || die("Couldn't create link"); === <code>lstat</code> === Identical to stat(), except that if given file is symbolic link, stat link not the target. === <code>mkdir</code> === mkdir $Filename || die("Couldn't create directory"); mkdir $Filename, 0777; # Make directory with particular file-permissions === <code>open</code> === open(my $FileHandle, $Filename) || die("Couldn't open file"); open(my $fp, "<", $Filename); # Read from file open(my $fp, ">", $Filename); # Write to file open(my $fp, ">>", $Filename); # Append to file open(my $fp, "<$Filename"); # Read from file open(my $fp, ">$Filename"); # Write to file open(my $fp, ">>$Filename"); # Append to file open(my $fp, "<", "./ filename with whitespace \0"); open(my $fp, "<", "./->filename with reserved characters\0"); open(my $fp, "$Program |"); # Read from the output of another program open(m myy $fp, "| $Program"); # Write to the input of another program open(my $fp, "<", "-"); # Read from standard input open(my $fp, ">", "-"); # Write to standard output === <code>opendir</code> === opendir(my $DirHandle, $Directory) || die("Couldn't open directory"); while (my $Filename = readdir $DirHandle) { # Do something with $Filename in $Directory } closedir($DirHandle); opendir(DIR, $Directory) || die("Couldn't open directory"); foreach(readdir(DIR)) { # Do something with $_ in $Directory } closedir(DIR); === <code>readlink</code> === # Finds the value of a symbolic link $LinkTarget = readlink($LinkPosition); === <code>rename</code> === rename $OldFile, $NewFile or die("Couldn't move file"); May work differently on non-*nix operating systems, and possibly not at all when moving between different filesystems. See [[File::Copy]] for more complicated file operations. === <code>rmdir</code> === rmdir $Filename || die("Couldn't remove directory"); === <code>t</code> === '''stat''' $DeviceNum = $FileStatistics[0]; # device number of filesystemcs[0]; # device number of filesystem $Inode = $FileStatistics[1]; # inode number $FileMode = $FileStatistics[2]; # (type and permissions) $NumHardLinks = $FileStatistics[3]; # number of (hard) links to the file $UserID = $FileStatistics[4]; # numeric user ID $GroupID = $FileStatistics[5]; # numeric group ID $DeviceIdent = $FileStatistics[6]; # Device identifier (special files only) $SizeBytes = $FileStatistics[7]; $AccessTime = $FileStatistics[8]; # seconds since the epoch $ModifyTime = $FileStatistics[9]; $ChangeTime = $FileStatistics[10]; $BlockSize = $FileStatistics[11]; $NumBlocks = $FileStatistics[12]; === <code>symlink</code> === # Creates a new filename symbolically linked to the old filename symlink($OldFilename, $NewFilename); symlink($OldFilename, $NewFilename) || die("Couldn't create symlink"); eval(symlink($OldFilename, $NewFilename)); === <code>umask</code> === # Sets or returns the ''umask'' for the process. my $UMask = umask(); umask(0000); # This process can create any type of files umask(0001); # This process can't create world-readable files umask(0444); # This process can't create executable files === <code>unlink</code> === # Deletes a file unlink $Filename; unlink $Filename || die("Couldn't delete file"); unlink $File1, $File2, $File3; (unlink($File1, $File2, $File3) == 3) || die("Couldn't delete files"); === <code>utime</code> === # Updates the modification times of a list of files my $AccessTime = time(); my $ModificationTime = time(); utime($AccessTime, $ModificationTime, $Filename); my $NumFilesChanged = utime($AccessTime, $ModificationTime, $File1, $File2, $File3); == Program functions == === <code>caller</code> === Returns information about the current function call stack. In scalar context, returns only the name of the package from where the current subroutine was called. In list context, returns the package, filename, and line number. In list context with a numeric argument passed, returns several pieces of information (see below). The argument represents how many levels in the call stack to go back. # !/usr/bin/perl foo(); sub foo { $package = caller; # returns 'main' ($package, $filename, $line) = caller; # returns 'main', the file name, and 3 # Line below returns all 10 pieces of info. (Descriptions self-explanatory from variable names) ($package, $filename, $line, $subroutine, $hasargs, $wantarray, $evaltext, $is_require, $hints, $bitmask) = caller(0); } === <code>import</code> === There is no actual 'import' function. Rather, it is a convention when writing a module to create a subroutine named 'import' that populates the current namespace with that module's needed variables or methods. The standard 'Exporter' module provides an import method, if your class has it as a base class. === <code>package</code> === Declares all lines that follow (until EOF or the next package statement) to belong to the given package's namespace. # !/usr/bin/perl $x = 5; # sets $main::x package Foo; $x = 5; # sets $Foo::x sub bar { # defines &Foo::bar print "hello world"; } package Temp; $x = 5; # sets $Temp::x === <code>require</code> === includes the specified module's code into the current program. The module can be specified either with an absolute or relative path, or with a bareword. If a bareword is given, a '<code>.pm</code>' extension is added, and <code>::</code> is replaced with the current operating system's path seperator: require Foo::Bar; # identical to: require 'Foo/Bar.pm'; === <code>use</code> === Requires and imports the given module or pragma, at compile time. The line use Foo qw/bar baz/; is identical to BEGIN { require Foo; import Foo qw/bar baz/; } == Misc functions == === <code>defined</code> === # returns true, if argument is not undef $x = 0; print "X defined\n" if defined $x; # prints print "Y defined\n" if defined $y; # does not print === <code>dump</code> === === <code>eval</code> === eval('$a = 30; $b = 40;'); print $a, $b; === <code>formline</code> === === <code>local</code> === # assigns temporary value to global variable for duration of lexical scope $x = 5; print "x = $x\n"; # 5 { local $x = 10; print "x = $x\n"; # 10 } print "x = $x\n"; # 5 === <code>my</code> === # creates new lexical (ie, not global) variable $x = 5; # refers to $main::x { my $x = 10; print "x = $x\n"; # the lexical - 10 print "main's x = $main::x\n" # the global - 5 } print "x = $x\n"; # the global, because no lexical in scope - 5 === <code>reset</code> === # resets hash's internal pointer, to affect lists returned by each while ($k, $v = each %h) { print "$k = $v\n"; last if ($i++ == 2); } # if another each done here, $k,$v will pick up where they left off. reset %h # now each will restart from the beginning. === <code>scalar</code> === # forces scalar context on an array @sizes = (scalar @foo, scalar @bar); # creates a list of the sizes of @foo and @bar, rather than the elements in @foo and @bar === <code>undef</code> === # undefines an existing variable $x = 5; undef $x; print "x = $x\n" if defined $x; # does not print === <code>wantarray</code> === # returns 'true', 'false', or undef if function that called it was called in list, scalar, or void context, respectively. sub fctn { my @vals = (5..10); if (wantarray) { return @vals; } elsif (defined wantarray) { return $vals[0]; } else { warn "Warning! fctn() called in void context!\n"; } } == Processes == === <code>alarm</code> === === <code>exec</code> === === <code>fork</code> === # clones the current process, returning 0 if clone, and the process id of the clone if the parent my $pid = fork(); if ($pid == 0) { print "I am a copy of the original\n"; } elsif ($pid == -1) { print "I can't create a clone for some reason!\n"; } else { print "I am the original, my clone has a process id of $pid\n"; } === <code>getpgrp</code> === === <code>getppid</code> === === <code>getpriority</code> === === <code>kill</code> === === <code>pipe</code> === === <code>qx/STRING/</code> === === <code>setpgrp</code> === === <code>setpriority</code> === === <code>sleep</code> === === <code>system</code> === === <code>times</code> === === <code>wait</code> === === <code>waitpid</code> === == Modules == === <code>do</code> === === <code>import</code> === === <code>no</code> === === <code>package</code> === === <code>require</code> === === <code>use</code> === == Classes and objects == See also [[../Objects|Perl Objects]] === <code>bless</code> === === <code>dbmclose</code> === === <code>dbmopen</code> === === <code>package</code> === === <code>ref</code> === === <code>tie</code> === === <code>tied</code> === === <code>untie</code> === === <code>use</code> === == Sockets == === <code>accept</code> === === <code>bind</code> === === <code>nect</code> === === <code>getpeername</code> === === <code>getsockname</code> === === <code>getsockopt</code> === === <code>en</code> === === <code>listen</code><code>nd</code> === === <code>setsockopt</code> === === <code>shutdown</code> === === <code>socket</code> === === <code>socketpair</code> === == Login information == === <code>endgrent</code> === === <code>endhostent</code> === === endnetent === === <code>endpwent</code> === === <code>getgrent</code> === === <code>getgrgid</code> === === <code>getgrnam</code> === === <code>getlogin</code> === === <code>getpwent</code> === === <code>getpwnam</code> === === <code>getpwuid</code> === === <code>setgrent</code> === === <code>setpwent</code> === == Network information == === <code>endprotoent</code> === === <code>endservent</code> === === <code>gethostbyaddr</code> === === <code>ame</code> === === <code>bynamegethostent</code> === === <code>getnetbyaddr</code> === === <code>getnetbyname</code> === === <code>getnetent</code> === === <code>getprotobyname</code> === === <code>number</code> === === <code>getprotoent</code> === === <code>getservbyname</code> === === <code>getservbyport</code> === === <code>getservent</code> === === <code>sethostent</code> === === <code>setnetent</code> === === <code>setprotoent</code> === === <code>setservent</code> === == Time and date == === <code>gmtime</code> === Converts a timestamp to GMT. @TimeParts = gmtime(); @TimeParts = gmtime($Time); $Seconds = $TimeParts[0]; # 0-59 $Minutes = $TimeParts[1]; # 0-59 $Hours = $TimeParts[2]; # 0-23 $DayOfMonth = $TimeParts[3]; # 1-31 $Month = $TimeParts[4]; # 0-11 $Year = $TimeParts[5]; # Years since 1900 $DayOfWeek = $TimeParts[6]; # 0:Sun 1:Mon 2:Tue 3:Wed 4:Thu 5:Fri 6:Sat $DayOfYear = $TimeParts[7]; # 1-366 === <code>localtime</code> === Converts a timestamp to local time. @TimeParts = localtime(); @TimeParts = localtime($Time); $Seconds = $TimeParts[0]; # 0-59 $Minutes = $TimeParts[1]; # 0-59 $Hours = $TimeParts[2]; # 0-23 $DayOfMonth = $TimeParts[3]; # 1-31 $Month = $TimeParts[4]; # 0-11 $Year = $TimeParts[5]; # Years since 1900 $DayOfWeek = $TimeParts[6]; # 0:Sun 1:Mon 2:Tue 3:Wed 4:Thu 5:Fri 6:Sat $DayOfYear = $TimeParts[7]; # 1-366 === <code>time</code> === $Time = time(); Returns number of seconds since an epoch (that is system-dependent, but may be 1970-01-01). See also [[../Time::Hires/]] === <code>times</code> === @CPUTimes = times(); $UserTimeForProcess = $CPUTimes[0]; $SystemTimeForProcess = $CPUTimes[1]; $UserTimeForChildren = $CPUTimes[2]; $SystemTimeForChildren = $CPUTimes[3]; == Functions that reverse each other == Some functions in perl reverse or otherwise cancel the effect of each other, so running a string through both of them will produce the same output as the input, for example print ord(chr(1)); will echo <code>1</code> to standard output, <code>[[#ord|ord()]]</code> will convert a character to its number in the character set, while <code>[[#chr|chr()]]</code> will convert a number to its corresponding character, therefore in the same way that <math>\sqrt{x^2} = x</math> and <math>\sqrt{x}^2 = x</math> in [[w:Mathematics|Mathematics]] (assuming x is non-negative), <code>ord(chr(1)) = 1</code> and <code>chr(ord(1)) = 1</code> in Perl. List of functions that reverse each other: *<code>[[#lc|lc()]]</code> and <code>[[#uc|uc()]]</code> *<code>[[#lcfirst|lcfirst()]]</code> and <code>[[#ucfirst|ucfirst()]]</code> *<code>[[#ord|ord()]]</code> and <code>[[#chr|chr()]]</code> *<code>[[#join|join()]]</code> and <code>[[#split|split()]]</code> *<code>[[#push|push()]]</code> and <code>[[#pop|pop()]]</code> *<code>[[#unshift|unshift()]]</code> and <code>[[#shift|shift()]]</code> <noinclude>{{prognav|Perl|Concept index|Keywords}} {{BookCat}} </noinclude> 389g5d4j37y1n83yiab33f9gn8c4ma0 0 13106 4670911 4669851 2026-09-18T15:12:01Z Jeff1138 301139 4670911 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ArosNav}} ==What is AROS== Google translation [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=de&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs German], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=nl&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Dutch], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=fr&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs French], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=it&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Italian], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=da&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Danish], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=es&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Spanish], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=hi&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Hindi], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=zh-CN&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Chinese], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=ru&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Russian], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=pl&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Polish], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=ja&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Japanese], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=ko&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Korean], [http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=auto&tl=pt&u=http%3A%2F%2Fen.wikibooks.org%2Fw%2Findex.php%3Ftitle%3DAros%2FUser%2FDocs Portuguese], *Computer Hardware *AROS (operating system) *Applications and Games *User [http://www.osnews.com/story/15819 AROS] is one of the intermediate levels between the computer hardware and the user. It is an open-source, clean-room implementation of AmigaOS 3.x that can be run on many different computer architectures. It runs primarily on PC x86 32bit and 64bit but also on amiga motorola 68k and compatibles, some ARM like the Pi and Apple Silicon, RISC-V and some old PowerPC. This page will cover enough to be able to write the downloaded image to your preferred media, to run a LiveUSB, LiveCD or LiveDVD on your office/home PC (Live meaning you can test without changing your existing setup) and, ultimately, to use it. Intel / AMD PC hardware support mostly covers the years 2000 to 2024. At the moment, AROS is '''not''' recommended to be '''installed''' on a working vital data holding machine. Instead, writing to and booting from a '''USB stick''' could be a much better option. AROS is an hobby OS and can co-exist with Windows(TM), MacOSX(TM), Android(TM) or Linux(TM) and act as an alternative. Unfortunately, Aros has few developers so upgrades and improvements can take [https://sourceforge.net/p/aros/mailman/aros-cvs/ time to appear]. AROS core is now [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Developer/IncompleteAPIs ~80%] finished and is usable, so keep in mind that the software is still considered ALPHA/BETA and in constant development. Currently AROS is fun to play with on a curiosity level, but it is also interesting to program. AROS has some multimedia features and has internet access. Most importantly, use AROS to its maximum potential as it stands now, find ways to have fun with it and share your experiences. Good Sites to visit : [https://www.arosworld.org/home.php Aros World User forum] : [https://arosnews.github.io/ AROS News] : [https://www.facebook.com/ArosWorkshop/ Aros Workshop], : [https://www.osnews.com/topic/amiga-aros/ OSNews] : [https://www.reddit.com/r/aros/ Reddit] : [https://archives.arosworld.org Aros Archives] : [https://aminet.net/ Aminet] : [http://www.amiga-news.de/en/ English translation of German site] : [https://aros.sourceforge.io AROS] with [https://aros.sourceforge.io/download.html ABIv1 downloads] : [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS Aros ABIv1 Codebase] : [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/issues register ABIv1 issues] and [https://sourceforge.net/p/aros/bugs/ old defunct bugs notification site] : [https://sites.google.com/view/arosone Aros One x86, x64] : [https://tinyarosdistro.flazio.com/ Tiny Aros x86 and x64] : [https://arosnews.github.io/aros-portable/ AROS portable USB3 stick images of hosted Aros One x86 and x64 on debian] : [http://vmwaros.blogspot.com Icaros Desktop x86 now on sabbatical, very old edition] : [https://sites.google.com/site/arosaspireone AspireOS, of the netbook Aspire One, very old edition] : [https://github.com/deadwood2 Deadwood's builds], [https://www.axrt.org/download/aros/v11/ v11 64bit PC builds], [https://axrt.org/downloads-aros Updated i386 32bit PC builds], : [https://github.com/ezrec Ezrec x86 m68k mirror of old svn version] : [http://arosalive.blogspot.co.uk/p/10-basic-aros-how-tos-tutorials.html Basic How To guides] : [http://arosgamer.blogspot.co.uk/ AROS Playground], [http://thewetmachine.net/tag/aros/ Jess Wet Machine], [https://aroshacking.wordpress.com/ Jon Robertson's AROS Experiences and FPC Free Pascal], [], :[http://www.apollo-accelerators.com/ Apollo Accelerators m68k], [http://www.amigablogs.net/ Amiga Blogs], [http://blog.a-eon.biz/blog/ Trevor Dickinson blog], : [https://forum.amiga.org/ Amiga OS AOS 3.x forum] : [http://eab.abime.net/ EAB Amiga] : [http://www.amigaworld.net/ AmigaWorld] : [http://www.ppa.pl/ Polish Amiga Like News] : [http://www.apollo-core.com/ Apollo Forum] : [https://amigaalive.blogspot.com/ AmigaAlive] : [https://www.amigalove.com/software Disk Mags] : [https://amigachristmastree.ultimateamiga.com/ Xmas Amiga Game Jam] : [https://www.reddit.com/r/amiga/ Amiga] == Distributions aka Distros == For end users there are distributions (ready made with selected apps aiming to be easy to use), mostly created and maintained by one person in their own workflow/style. They reuse the nightly boot compiles to suit their needs and possibly other end users. You are free to create your own if required. * For native 64bit Intel/AMD: [https://sites.google.com/view/arosone Aros One x64], [https://tinyarosdistro.flazio.com/ Tiny Aros], * For native 32bit Intel/AMD which will run on 64bit machines: [https://sites.google.com/view/arosone Aros One x86], [https://www.tinyaros.it/ Tiny Aros], * For native 68k [https://sites.google.com/view/arosone Aros One m68k], [http://www.aros-platform.de/ AROS Vision], '''Please, keep in mind that the distros listed above use a different ABI (abi v11) , which is NOT binary compatible with the official ABI V1.''' * For hosted Linux usb drive image [https://arosnews.github.io/aros-portable/ x64 Debian hosted version of Aros One], * For hosted ARM there is [https://github.com/jonx/AROS-AArch64/releases alpha for Apple Silicon] and [https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html RaspberryPi Pi3, Pi4, Pi400, Pi5, 500+ raspi-aarch64-system native 64bit] AROS was originally developed on Linux but can run on an Intel-based Linux distro as an app. As time has gone on, it can be run as an app on many more operating systems (Windows, FreeBSD, Linux and limited on MacOS). This may sound strange: an OS running on top of another OS. Basically, this is to take advantage of drivers (audio, internet, graphics, etc.) and compiler environments, in the existing OS, with which people may be already familiar. The term we use for what AROS does is "Hosted". AROS Native is the term coined to describe AROS being run without any OS underneath it. It runs alone just like AmigaOS(TM) did. As this version does not benefit from "Hosted" drivers, dedicated ones have to be ported/written. Hence the smaller range of supported hardware / peripherals. We have other pages highlighting this support AROS is open source so basically everyone can take part. The source is public on github and there are new commits most days. AROS is automatically compiled daily, result are the nightly builds hosted on Sourceforge. The nightly builds are only used for testing changes, testing software and the starting point for distribution maintainers or even your own distribution. They are very basic, miss some functionality and apps like web browsers and generic general appearance which can be changed. * The [https://sourceforge.net/projects/aros/files/nightly2/ Nightly2], [http://aros.sourceforge.net/download.php nightly builds File Release Service] or [http://aros.sourceforge.net/downloads/ Sourceforge Project Web builds] are made automatically every night directly from the Github and in the past, SVN (Subversion) tree and contain the latest code for the AROS operating system. It should be noted that the builds have not been tested in any way and can be horrible broken. *ABIv11 offspring of 64bit PC ABIv1 i.e. another PC 64bit build *ABIv1 standard for most nightly builds, it is where the most work is done by developers *ABIv0 standard for PC 32bit intel / amd PC distributions for historic reasons ==Media== AROS media tends to boot in this tier list of media types, first internal HDD SSD, CD DVD drive, and finally usb drive (last two can depend on bios boot order) * USB .VHD [https://sites.google.com/view/arosone Aros One x86 and x64], with md5 below <pre> 0a656d53a9c902e9934000d8392e30ec *ArosOne-USB-1.3-64Bit.zip 7dd7119ab3e56d75ee852c137226b4d7 *ArosOne-USB-v1.2-x86_64-v11.zip cf906eeaad4a83b3520b1896bdc6b0d3 *ArosOne-USB-v1.1-x86_64-v11.zip e2eb8fe8cfd61c567b0152a61cf85251 *ArosOne-x86-v2.8-USB-IMG.zip 559909c75c2f56472c74267a7d075355 *ArosOne-x86-v2.7-USB-IMG.zip 93da5898508c1a8c05bb8991ab7bd117 *AROS One Image-USB-2.4.zip 59fcabd7090e47f12d54f7eb78cf0f45 *ArosOne-x86-v2.2-USB-Image.zip 24fb8de726ae8fc5fe5bac6d30f03dc5 ArosOne-x86-v2.0-USB-Image.zip f3d725e990072edce633b59747911b6b ArosOne-x86-v1.8-USB-IMG.zip e089a24ae310e92fcc407a0125602ce8 Aros-One x86-IMG-USB-v1.6.zip </pre> [https://tinyaros.flazio.com/ Tiny AROS] 22bc993625b7c75b17263c0cc7e7baaa *Tiny Aros_copy.vhd (March 2024) There is usually a vhd image inside the zip that can be written to USB sticks which is so much faster than the old ISO written to physical CD DVD method. This .vhd can be written to an USB stick / ssd with these pieces of software below but it will erase the previous contents from the usb Windows - [https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/ RPi Raspberry Imager, use custom and see all files], [https://hddguru.com/software/HDD-Raw-Copy-Tool/ HDD-Raw-Copy-Tool], [https://rufus.ie/ Rufus up to version 3.20 may work with VirtualBox HD vhd images with Win7 but not some Rufus 4.x versions], [https://etcher.balena.io/ Balena Etcher but may spy on you], Linux - [https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/ Raspberry Imager Ubuntu], Suse Image / Multi writer, dd, Mac - * Virtual Machine .ISO or CDs DVDs The native iso images are currently not compatible with Ventoy, Yumi, MultiBootUSB, Easy2Boot E2B, or similar <pre> 617a905b1665128c5e05f94dcc48e7f1 *AROS-One-v1.3-64Bit-v11.zip 11c8a147fcad7ecf52ae3a43e1934b69 *ArosOne-DVD-v1.2-x86_64-v11.zip f93053d3b9ccf304d7e6ac3389e1987b *ArosOne-DVD-v1.1-x86_64-v11.zip 86d808a40dc7be389a758799a9b4f595 *ArosOne-x86-v2.0-ISO-DVD.zip f1fc8599ef6a39e5df394e0f41d55526 *AROS-One-x86-ISO-DVD-v1.6.zip </pre> You can use a virtual emulator like VirtualBox, VMWare to mount the iso image which can then be used to boot and/or install to USB. No current software can write an AROS ISO to a Pendrive. The author of ‘Rufus’ (who used an Amiga 500 as a child) once tried, but when he saw the system composition, he said he was unable to do it. The solution is to boot the ISO from a VM (WMware, VBox), then install the AROS build on the Pendrive, which will eventually become a Live Pendrive that can be booted on a PC. The only precaution is that in some cases it is necessary to thoroughly clean the Pendrive of any partitions and remove any bootloader that is not AROS. The Pendrive must remain raw without any partitions. You can clean the USB stick on a PC with a program that manages hard disks. You need to do a partition wipe. On some USB sticks, you can clean it with InstallAROS. For some USB pendrives, please use a reputable partition editor to remove any and all partitions from a usb pendrive as HDToolbox cannot do this task sometimes with a wipe all option. Previously the only installation option was CD-RW or DVD-RW, since the whole system can be burnt onto a single disk and can be reused when the next version is released. Good branded discs like Taiyo Yuden (later JVC) or Verbatim should be used to reduce frustration later. The days for this media is gone but kept here for information Since nobody currently sells AROS on any other media, you will need access to a CD/DVD burner to create the installation disk yourself. After it is on a CD or DVD, then access and writing to USB pendrives becomes available (this should be viewed as an outdated or last resort alternative method now), as well as using good USB manufacturers like Sandisk, Kingston, etc. rather than some other no-names. Try burning it to a CD-RW or DVD-RW using your CD/DVD burning program (most burning software have a burn iso option). The ideal writing speed is 2x or 4x, higher speeds can give errors and problems. Check the writing integrity of your CD or DVD if your software has an option to do so before going any further. Standalone portable usb cd dvd drives do not boot physical burnt discs, please use an internal ide sata drive instead. * SD-card For [https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html ARM Pi Aros 64bit], copy the files onto a FAT32 formatted micro SD card. ==Booting== The LiveUSB, and in the past LiveCD LiveDVD, is designed to trial (test drive) various operating systems without having to install them to your working system. Since 2011, UEFI was introduced to replace the original PC BIOS which made booting media more confusing. Some changes in the UEFI/bios may be needed *go into the bios using esc, f2 or f? and disable the Security -> Secure Boot and maybe apply option for Legacy IDE mode *you may have to press F9, F10 or F12 or p on boot up to present a device boot options like USB or CD/DVD *disable the Fast Boot config so it would recognize portable DVD-drive and changed the Boot-sequence Secure boot was introduced by Microsoft and later consortium, control what operating systems work with Secure Boot via shims. For Aros, it is best to disable and save the turn off change to Secure Boot (if you dual boot with Windows this will cause issues with further Window boots) For the best experience, it is advised to install to another SSD than the one Windows resides on. The grub part of the boot should be fully automatic, and you should see a multiple choice graphic card screen after 10 seconds for USB or 40 seconds CDs and DVDs. If boot does not occur within a minute, please reboot and choose the VGA boot option as it relays a message stream so you can see where the issue lies. After the grub graphics choice, AROS takes over the booting and any issues can arise here If possible please use a branded usb pen drive as most of the time when we get reports of "crashes right after grub boot selection" it is mostly due to the recorded pendrive as they are made, notoriously on a will it work / will it fail nature, every time it is used. <pre> So one usb drive written may stop at a System halted. Reset the machine. Or another pendrive will show give errors Smart Filesystem request - Volume 'Aros Live Drive' (DU0: usbscsi.device unit 0) There was an error while accessing this volume: Or if a FAT32 partition present - FAT filesystem - Device USBSCSI0P1 has a read error on block xxxxxxxx - </pre> Sadly, no drive even branded are resistant or totally reliable, so the only solution is to try another pendrive, and possibly to repeat, until no errors. It will give an indication on how reliable the usb drive could be. =====Advice for various machines===== Some of the stages involved and shown on the display in a typical AROS boot start up <pre> [MultiLoader] [ELF Loader] [Boot] [HPET] [Kernel:ACPI] [Kernel:APIC-IA32] [Kernel:SMP APIC] [HiddStorage] ACPI: ???? ACPI Error [ACPI]AcpiOs???? [BattClock] Got RTC century offset 0x32 from ACPI [PCI] Scanning bus ? [AHCI] Sata [Vesa] only if vesa is chosen as graphics option [ATA] detect hd & cd drives [ATA0?] ata-identity [packet] fat.handler be.handler, etc. [DOS] [Storage:Bus] [Storage:Controller] [MSS] USB setup [ehciInit] Port ? maps to controller ? [I2C] [ATI] [drm] nouveau [AROSTCP] if you have network driver prefs set up to start when booting </pre> ; If boot fails, please give us some indication (pictures or videos) where the boot stops and the message(s) on screen. AROS's native SATA/AHCI driver doesn't always work. If you get errors related to ahci.device, try disabling it. At your chosen boot entry in the GRUB menu, Press E, scroll down to the ahci.device entry, and add a # or ; at the start of that line or delete it with Ctrl-K. Then press Ctrl-X or F10 to boot. If your disk isn't accessible at all with this change, you might need to change the SATA controller to IDE legacy mode in the BIOS: however, making this change will likely cause problems booting Windows on the same machine (if it's already installed). To disable ahci.device permanently, edit the text file "SYS:Arch/pc/grub/grub.cfg", and remove the ahci.device line from all boot entries you intend to use. SATA AHCI Timeout while waiting for device to complete operations with BIOS SATA entry set to AHCI mode stops at "waiting for bootable media" screen, changing BIOS SATA setting back to IDE mode may allow it to continue booting The ATA driver doesn't always work. If you get errors related to ata.device, try using the alternative in sys:devs/alt which is an older version. Press E when your chosen boot entry is highlighted in the GRUB menu, scroll down to the ata.device entry, and change it to read "module /Devs/Alt/ata.device". Then press Ctrl-X to boot. To make this change permanent, edit the text file "SYS:Arch/pc/grub/grub.cfg", and change the path to ata.device in all boot entries you intend to use. Further options (removing the " ") to add to the GRUB menus to disable certain other components for debugging: <pre> Disable AHCI "AHCI=disable" Disable NVME "NVME=disable" Disable ATA: "ATA=disable" Disable ATA: "ATA=nopci,nolegacy" ATA safe mode: "ATA=nodma,32bit" Disable IDE from SATA: "ATA=32bit,nosata2pata" VIA / SIS with cdrom read io errors "ATA=nodma,nopoll" noacpi all [PCI] devices to be invisible to AROS. disk drives work but network, sound won't acpi=strict if there are issues with sound after boot noioapic alternative to no acpi Set AHCI "AHCI=force150/force300/force600" Disable AHCI/SATA: comment out with a # ; or remove ahci.device line with Ctrl-K Disable USB: comment out # ; or remove pciusb.device and poseidon.library lines with Ctrl-K Disable native graphics: "nomonitors" USB3 "USB=xhci" </pre> Other useful grub command line options - nomonitors, noacpi, vesahack, nopoll Press Ctrl and X together (or F10) to exit and boot with the new options. Just experiment with different variations until successful. Those working options will need to be reused with every reboot of AROS until you can edit the grub.cfg and make it permanent i.e. install to hard disk or USB. * If you use VESA mode, you can see the debug log if you add 'vesahack' to the command line. This will set up split-screen mode. In the upper half you'll see AROS screen, in the bottom - debug log. * ACPI ie. PCI hardware - If you get crashes at early boot, try adding 'NOACPI' to the command line If you're having boot issues and have a null modem cable and a spare pc, a boot log is always useful. Edit your grub line to include debug=serial but would try with an with sysdebug=all in the line later as it can cause issues booting on machines with sysdebug=all enabled (corrupts the cpu initialization). However, if you feel you have found a genuine bug/fault in AROS that needs attention, please use the [http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?atid=439463&group_id=43586&func=browse bug submission form] to record as much information about what happened, why, and what hardware etc. you have so that people may try to assist you For Virtual machines VMWare VirtualBox, etc., attach and press play to start the ISO image If booting hasn't worked then it could be down to Bios/UEFI settings =====nvme.device===== Since 2018, nvme drives are standard on most machines The requirement is that a PC can boot with legacy mode/BIOS at the moment - Now as far as hardware goes on a newer machine with an NVME drive you may need to add NVME=disable as the NVME driver could potentially cause lockups. This is still in testing and its' use should not be on or near precious own data =====AHCI===== Starting taking over since 2011 on a lot of machines * Check that UEFI (replacement for PC BIOS) has options set to remove UEFI SecureBoot option and apply CSM * SATA drive is set for Legacy or a mixture AHCI/IDE and not AHCI AHCI sata can be very difficult to get working Most Windows installs are already set to AHCI sata, changing this to a legacy IDE mode setting can help but please check if Windows will still boot. Some hardware like Lenovo laptops do not always like being set in legacy mode so only use as a last resort and aware of issues that can be caused. Now as far as hardware goes on a newer machine with an NVME drive you may need to add NVME=disable as the NVME driver could potentially cause lockups. With a 16C/32T chip machine, disable SMT and it should boot. =====ata.device for old BIOS's ===== Pre 2010 this was the de facto standard method of providing settings to the computer at a lower level Some adjustments to the BIOS setup options are necessary (usually by pressing a key like DEL, F1, F2, F12 or ESC, p on the very early boot up of the computer). *Adjust booting options like moving USB hdd, CDROM higher as it is quite often disabled or placed lower by default, i.e. USB hdd, CD/DVD are placed at the top above the hard drive. Try looking here [http://www.windowsreinstall.com/articles/bios/ Windows] or [http://www.hiren.info/pages/bios-boot-cdrom Bios] or [http://www.wikihow.com/Set-Bios-to-Boot-from-a-CD-ROM Boot] or web search "BIOS BOOT CDROM" * At the '''SAME''' time, check if the SATA/AHCI option is set to Emulate or IDE Legacy, though this can have '''issues''' with any OS already on the hard disk. If in doubt, do nothing and seek advice. * check that under BIOS settings you '''DO NOT''' have plug&play OS selected as Aros at this point is unable to route interrupts on its own and needs the BIOS to do that. '''Save''' options changed at the end. PCITool can show if the motherboard chipset is in IDE mode. Class = 0x01 means STORAGE, Subclass = 0x01 means IDE. Also ProductID 0x3a20 resolves to non-AHCI mode in Intel ICH10 documentation. ==Installing== We have a separate section [https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Platforms/x86_installing here] We have a specific section for each CPU platform under the Specific platforms in the NavBar navigation bar on the right hand side menu error code (-6) when using the ahci.device (has writing to disk problem but not reading) is enabled. change this line in your grub and reboot <pre> #module /Devs/ahci.device << disable module /Devs/Alt/ata.device << add this line instead </pre> ==File structure overview== AROS' directory structure is mostly identical to AmigaOS directory structure, with some additions. AROS: or SYS: also known as DH0: (i.e. the drive partition with AROS system) has the following simplified list of the main drawers (Amigas term for directories/folders). {| class="wikitable" |boot: | grub bootloader |---- |C: | small apps, where AROS looks first for applications/games but will look at Tools, System afterwards |---- |Classes: | .class |---- |Devs: | .device .resource and in their own drawers (folders) .audio, .hidd, network, graphics |---- |L: | where .handler files go |---- |Libs: | where .library files go |---- |Prefs: | applications that adjust or setup AROS functions and capabilities |---- |S: | startup scripts (for the aros boot process '''not''' grub) are stored here |---- |Storage: | place to keep old or alternative device drivers |---- |System: | applications associated with AROS operating system |---- |Tools: | extra applications |---- |Utilities: | extra applications |---- |WBStartup: | copy applications here to autostart with needed icons, drawers, data etc |---- |} See [[Aros/User/DOS#Drives.2C_Files.2C_Assigns.2C_Directories|DOS manual: Drives, Files, Assigns, Directories]] === Filesystem === Whilst the kernel is the heart, the filesystem is the blood of the system they are split into two categories (only a few are supported) <pre> Journalling - SFS PFS3 but also NTFS ZFS XFS ext4 Non-journaling - FFS FAT32(VFAT) but also exFAT BtrFS ext2 </pre> Filesystem options for AROS to install * SFS default * Professional File System PFS3 [http://eab.abime.net/showthread.php?t=52234&highlight=pfs3+free&page=13 only on motorola 68k at the moment] * FFS very old now but left in for legacy usage Other [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=driver/filesystem filesystems] for storage purposes * FAT32 favorite as most OSs support * NTFS (can lock AROS) * exFAT The only filesystems that really NEED defragging (i.e. disk tidy up) are from Microsoft(TM) - exFAT/VFAT/NTFS *SFS tries to do exactly the same thing, but in certain cases it doesn't do as well as PFS. But you can defrag SFS *PFS *minimises* the amount of fragmentation, but does not automatically defrags as it saves files to the drive The setup of the below filesystems is usually done by the distro maintainer but if not.... <pre> Copy L/exfat-handler L: DOSDriver or Mountlist entry for an exFAT partition make sure that the FileSystem and Handler are set as follows: FileSystem = exfat-handler DosType = 0x46415458 </pre> <pre> Copy L/ntfs3g-handler L: DOSDriver or Mountlist entry for an NTFS partition make sure that the FileSystem and Handler are set as follows: FileSystem = ntfs3g-handler DosType = 0x4e544653 Also to make a read-only mount you can set: Control = ro </pre> The Smart File System (SFS) is a journaling filesystem used on Amiga computers and AmigaOS-derived operating systems. It is designed for performance, scalability and integrity, offering improvements over standard Amiga filesystems as well as some special or unique features. SFS is written in C and was originally created and released as freeware in 1998 by John Hendrikx. After the original author left the Amiga scene in 2000, the source code to SFS was released and its development continued by Ralph Schmidt in MorphOS. Its development has now forked; as well as the original Amiga version, there are now versions for MorphOS, AROS, AmigaOS 3, and a version for AmigaOS 4, which have different feature sets but remain compatible to each other. Versions for AROS, AmigaOS and MorphOS are based on different branches. In addition, there is a driver for Linux to read Amiga SFS volumes, GRUB natively supports it and there are free drivers to use it from UEFI. The Linux version is [http://home.elka.pw.edu.pl/~mszyprow/programy/asfs/ independent code]. SFS (Smart File System) partially defragments itself while the filesystem is in use. The defragmentation process is almost completely stateless AROS SFS version has a 120GB partition size limit on hard disks and DVDs current 4gig size limit. The sources for the MorphOS 64-bit version of SFS were available but no porting to AROS has happened so far due to endian issues, etc. SFS Tools * GUI - arSFSDoctor, * CLI - sfscheck , [http://www.portacall.org/ sfsundelete], sfsformat, setcache hits a usability ceiling around the 10GB / 100,000 file mark, sfscheck dh0: seek purge fraglist defragment If there are two simultaneous file writes in progress and you reboot machine (or it locks up or crashes) you may end up with a corrupted filesystem. Although arSFSDoctor may help, you might have to copy the files to another partition, format the partition with the errors on and copy the files back. PFS / SFS are way more advanced and much much faster than the FFS. FFS is supported for legacy reasons only. The Professional File System (PFS) is a filesystem originally developed commercially for the Amiga and now distributed on Aminet with a 4-clause BSD license. It is a compatible successor of AmiFileSafe (AFS), with an emphasis on added reliability and speed compared to standard Amiga filesystems. It also features multi-user abilities like the older MuFS. PFS has so many advantages including the important things, speed, the ability to recover all deleted files even simply same name by typing the command ". Deldir" convenient if done in Directory Opus, virtually deleted files are copied normally as if they had never been deleted, other convenience is to not ever invalidate the filesystem, just put it on top of the startup-sequence command "diskvalid", which automatically corrects any irregularities in the system startup; PFS also provides a device for floppy which makes them very fast and takes advantage of the full capacity of the floppy including the area dedicated to the bootloader. The device is split into two main areas. At the beginning of the device is the metadata section, which consists of a root block, and a generic array of blocks that can be allocated to store metadata. The rest of the device is another contiguous generic array of blocks that can be allocated to store data. The metadata section usually uses a few percent of the device, depending on the size of the device. The metadata is stored as a tree of single blocks in the metadata section. The entire directory structure is recorded in the metadata, so the data section purely contains data from files. The metadata describes the location of data in files with extents of blocks, which makes the metadata quite compact. When a metadata update occurs, the system looks at the block containing the metadata to be changed, and copies it to a newly allocated block from the metadata section, with the change made, then it recursively changes the metadata in the block that points to that block in the same way. This way, eventually the root block needs to be changed, which causes the atomic metadata update. The filesystem is reasonably good at keeping files unfragmented, although there is a defragmentation tool available which will work on an online filesystem ie whilst being used. It was the first filesystem to introduce the concept of the Recycle Bin natively at filesystem-level to the Amiga, holding the last few deleted files in a hidden directory on the disk root. PFS version 5.3 was developed in C and a small portion of assembly code by Michiel Pelt. There are endian issues to be overcome and adapting the small amount of m68k to C before use on intel based machines, etc. Autoupdate of files in a directory is already implemented in Wanderer, but not all file systems handle dos.library/StartNotify() in its full extent. It seems to work correctly in Ram Disk (thanks to AmberRAM handler), and it also works on SFS formatted devices. Other file systems might not yet have it implemented correctly though. The PC equivalent of the Amiga's RDB is the master boot record (MBR). ===Installing Applications=== The typical means to install applications under AROS/AmigaOS involves simply copying/extracting the archive (.zip .lha .rar .tar.gz) file containing the applications files to your own desired location i.e. drawer/folder. Once extracted, launching it by double clicking on an icon (recommended) or using the shell (alternative). Generally, this is on a separate partition from your AROS system files, however in reality it can be any location - including RAM: if you don't want it staying around too long especially when you switch off. At some time in the future it may be desirable for AROS to have a package-manager like subsystem able to retrieve information online about packages available for AROS and whether they update anything you currently have installed, however at the moment no such ability exists. ===User Data files=== AmigaOS has no notion of a default location to store user data files, and presently neither does AROS - though it may be desirable at some time to provide a common start location. Some people, have extra small FAT32 partition(s) using HDToolbox, and not Qparted, to store data especially if a reinstall is ever needed. And then setup the usual Sys: (DH0:) and maybe Work: (DH1:) / Live USB (DU0:) and maybe Briefcase (DU1:) partitions. ===User Environment configuration files=== AmigaOS/AROS stores persistent system configuration data in directory assigned to ENVARC:. This, by default, points to SYS:Prefs/EnvArc. During boot a copy is made to another assign, ENV:, which is for runtime usage. Changes to the files here will not survive a reboot. Setting the env variables is generally done by applications themselves, or when necessary by the user using the SetEnv command. SetEnv has a SAVE switch to force the persistent copy in ENVARC: to be written also for when you are sure the change should be permanent. Under the standard installation of AmigaOS style OSs, ENVARC: is copied to ENV: upon startup, which, if you have a hard drive installation, is in RAM:, hence, ENV: ends up being RAM:Env. ENVARC: is the Environment Archive, which is the permanent copy of ENV:, which is the Environment. It's roughly like the Registry in Windoze. Most programs do (and all should) store their settings in ENVARC: somewhere, and load them from ENV:. The effect of this can be seen in the Preference editors. If you Save your preferences, they go in ENVARC: and ENV:. If you click Use, they only go in ENV:. If you reboot, normally, anything saved to ENV: is lost, and is replaced with a copy of what is in ENVARC:. you can set the default public screen for any tool started from a cli with the PUBSCREEN variable. So open the pubscreen, set PUBSCREEN to the name and start newcli for example, then the new cli window (and all following windows opened from that window) will appear on that public screen. ===Drivers=== For certain hardware, e.g audio, networking and , there is no auto setup. Just like the original Amiga OS. For audio, use AHI in the Prefs folder to set Music and at least Unit 0 with the appropriate driver and press Save. For ethernet and wifi, please use SYS:Prefs/Network All hardware support is placed in the Devs drawer (folder/directory). The network drivers <something.device> go in the Networks sub-drawer. Audio drivers <something.audio> are put in the AHI sub-drawer. Graphics drivers <something.hidd> are put in the Drivers sub-drawer. ==Configuring== AROS has mainly decided on a MUI-like requester&menu clone called Zune so changing the background, icons, font, menus can be done with SYS:Prefs/Zune AROS has several desktop GUI front ends like * DOpus5 Magellan II, Wanderer and Scalos (medium) * AROS Workbench, Workbook (smaller) File / Directory managers like Dopus4, MCAmiga, App Launch Shortcuts like FKey, BoingIconBar, right mouse click on magellan, wanderer desktop, Amistart, etc. General usability decisions - Prefs/IControl, Prefs/Locale, Prefs/Input, Prefs/Fonts, Select an icon with left mouse button and then right click the mouse button and selecting Icon -> Information gains access to the tooltypes tab where information can be edited CLI in icon's tooltypes means 'run it as if it was run from shell' If, on the other hand, the WB parameter (or no parameter) is present in Tooltypes, Wanderer will execute the binary and, if provided, the options included in Tooltypes. WBxCLI is very useful for adding options to DOS Commands. Important: AROS has a different way of managing icons. If you have an executable file, you will never be able to add a project icon. AROS will automatically recognise that it is an executable file and will transform the icon into a tool icon. Icons are typically now .png pictures renamed as .info e.g. so Office application name would have a Office.png renamed as Office.info or MyApp.png as MyApp.info, etc. Leave Out menu option to leave app icon on desktop To select multiple icons and save their positions, click on the first icon and after while you hold the Shift key down select further icons and don't release it before SnapShot is finished. You can also select a whole group of icons by pressing the LMB at the top left of the icons and while keeping the LMB down moving the power towards the bottom right. A expanding bounding box will appear and all the icons within it will be selected. Clean Up menu option (right mouse button -> Icons) rearranges icons in a drawer or disk window into a neater condition. To use, open the window to rearrange and select Clean Up. To keep the icons in the new positions, select all the icons (shift key or mouse selection) and select 'Snapshot' and then Window and then again with All. In DOpus5, Scalos, wanderer, most files have an icon file associated with it. To change the default tool, select Icon menu, Information, and change the default tool string. For example, you could use Multiview, Editor and so on for most text, graphics and some sound files as long as the appropriate Datatype classes are installed. For scripts, set the tool to C:IconX We have new Icon edit tools in progress but if you need to... C:Join Image1.png Image2.png TO MyFile.info is enough to make a dual state icon from two png images. You can then use Wanderer's menu Icon/Information on it to edit its fields and tooltypes. [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/icon AISS toolbar images] unpack unarc them into RAM: and copy Images directory to SYS:Prefs/Presets/ AISS icons are looked for in PROGDIR:, PROGDIR:Images, SYS:Prefs/Presets/Images and then in TBImages: according to Open Amiga guidelines. there is Demos/iconscale which could be launched from S:User-Startup with two arguments, telling it the horizontal and vertical size. IE something like Demos/iconscale 40 40 It will shrink icons... not sure if it will be very nice though. it doesn't work for the icons on the main desktop. there is an option to scale an icon to a bounding box afair, try iconsize followed by two numbers, like: iconsize 32 32 Is there any way in AROS to change an icon type from Project to Tool or vice versa? Either the SIT option of [ ProcessIcon], or the TYPE option of HandleInfo (not sure if this one works at all, please test with care). processicon sys:pathoftheicon SIT=Project SIT Set type of ICON. Allowed types are: "Disk", "Drawer", "Tool", "Project", "Garbage", "Device", "Kick" and "AppIcon". Btw, are your icons, the #?.info files, writable, is the W flag set ? '''Decoration''' is Aros' way to provides a way to hide the old Workbench 3.1 style of windows and screens. In Prefs/Appearance some decorative theming elements need work Themes - SYS:Prefs -> Appearance The default content of Prefs/Env-Archive/SYS/themes.var should be "themes:ice" but can be changed via the Appearance prefs, please do NOT click the Use button. Its useless. As you know, it will ask for the theme volume. Just pick the theme you want, click on Save, then reboot. * Decoration is on. Any time trying to change theme, you get: "Please insert volume Theme: in any drive"? You could check if you find SYS:System/Themes or if it is missing. Then you could open startup-sequence which you can find in drawer "S". There should be a line: Assign THEMES: SYS:SYSTEM/THEMES >Nil: This does the trick. Open a shell and run: Assign THEMES: SYS:SYSTEM/THEMES Than start the Theme prefs again... this should work * The theme is the only thing that could slow the system a bit, but it's not that performance impacting on most uses, and you can switch it off completely. Remove C:Decoration from the bottom of the file sys:s/startup-sequence. In each theme directory is *Env-Archive -> Zune -> global.prefs *images -> Gadgets -> 20x20 pngs for Down etc *menu -AmigaKey - Background - Checkmark - SubMenu and config *system - Arrowdown, Arrowleft, Arrowright, Arrowup, etc There is an [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/theme ALua/Zulu script] built for faster Wanderer skin management. You can modify config files, install new (wdz format/zipped skin files) and delete skins via the Theme Manager. This has not been updated in a long time and may not work. Certain features are added if from Tools/Commodities like Blanker screensaver, ClickToFront and DepthMenu with .info icons are selected and dragged to /WBStartup folder Most apps can be autostarted by copying into SYS:WBStartup directory folder e.g. WeatherBar.zip can be downloaded, unzip and the contents of the zip copied to wbstartup folder ClicktoFront and .info to SYS:WBStartup so always be activated when turning on the computer or add a text line to user-startup is SYS:S (scripts version of wbstartup) e.g. standard Amiga / AROS does not allow clicking of background windows to come to the front to make it easy to get to the window you need but it has the ability if these apps are copied again to WBStartUp or are added to SYS:S/user-startup script run QUIET sys:Tools/Commodities/ClickToFront >Nil: run QUIET sys:Tools/Commodities/DepthMenu >Nil: run QUIET sys:Tools/Commodities/Blanker seconds=300 >Nil: Exchange controls Commodities and can be opened with alt, ctrl, h *AltKeyQ uses left Alt key to add strange letters *AutoPoint *Blanker screensaver *ClickToFront allows windows to be easily brought to the front *DepthMenu adds menu to select window easily *NoCapsKey *Opaque *FKey - Although there are heaps of docks, menus and other launcher programs on the Amiga like OSs, FKey has got to be one of the quickest once learnt ways to launch programs, and it comes with the OS. In SYS:Tools/Commodities, the FKey commodity (Ctrl Alt F) allows you to make actions assigned to some combinations of keys <pre> ALT TAB Cycle Windows Cycle Screens Enlarge Window Shrink Window Toggle Window Size Insert Text Run Program Run Arexx Script </pre> e.g. <pre> LAmiga F1 = Avail Flush LAmiga F2 = Open Prefs LAmiga F3 = Finder Alt Tab = Cycle Windows LAmiga Tab or M = Cycle Screens Alt Up arrow = Enlarge Window Alt Down arrow = Shrink Window Alt Home = Toggle Window Size = Insert Text LAmiga e = Run Program = Run Arexx Script </pre> If your FKey GUI pops up when you start your Workbench up and you don't want it to, click once on the icon, go to the Icons-Information in the menu and make sure it has the tooltype set "CX_POPUP=NO". Now let's launch it and assign the locale switching. After you double-click on FKey icon, launch the Exchange, choose the FKey from list and click the Show button. This will invoke the FKey window. You can see the ALT TAB in list assigned to window switching. Now enter the first key combination, say, ALT Z and go to the right panel. Choose Launch the program from pulldown menu and enter SYS:Prefs/Input as an argument. Append the USE switch and english preset name to the string as shown: SYS:Prefs/Input USE SYS:Prefs/Presets/english Click on the New Button to add the another combination. Now set the combination for your locale as shown above, replacing English name with your preset name. Click New button again and then Save Settings. Now you can use defined combinations to switch the layouts. There is a system wide ARexx script capability (based on regina) that can manage many file manipulation task(s) but this would work only with those program that support [https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Developer/Docs/Rexx ARexx] like *Desktop - DOpus5, Scalos *Dock - FKey, *Files - Multiview, DOpus4, *Internet Apps - Odyssey, WookieChat, *General Apps - the shell can be modified with escape strings but not needed in most cases Common Keyboard Shortcuts <pre> RAlt Right Alt Key LAlt Left Alt Key RWinKey Right Windows Key LWinKey Left Windows Key RAmiga Right Amiga Key (if one) LAmiga Left Amiga Key (if one) </pre> ;Bootup Options :Spacebar during boot, enters the bootmenu which allows a boot without startup sequence, etc ;Left Click :LAmiga = LWinKey = F11 ;Right Click :RAmiga = Help = F12 ;Mark :RAmiga and B ;Cut :RAmiga and X ;Copy :RAmiga and C ;Paste :RAmiga and V ;Search :RAmiga and S ;Mouse Movement LAmiga and together with arrow keys - shift as well at the same time as well to move faster ;Mouse Selection LAmiga and LAlt to select ;Screen Switching LAmiga and M or N ;HELP key Can sometimes be mapped to F11 but can be changed via FKey ComKeyRemapper or AmigaKeyremapper could swap RAmiga to another key press ===DOpus 5 Directory Opus Magellan II=== Dopus 5.x is a whole desktop replacement on the Amiga Workbench (Desktop) DirectoryOpus app will assign DOpus5: to it's PROGDIR: automatically but if not add the below (edit SYS:System to suit where Dopus5 was installed) to your startup-sequence <pre> Assign DOpus5: SYS:System/DOpus5 DOpus5:DirectoryOpus ;DOpus5:C/LoadDB </pre> Left mouse button clicked twice on the desktop background brings up the Device List window. Green strip notifies SRCE (source) and if another is open it will be red for DEST (destination). clicking on the red strip changes to green Word list of actions with a left mouse click on the DOWN Arrow and directory stuff with < button which mirrors the icons at the top of each lister single-key hotkeys? exactly the same as in dopus4, edit your functions (button bank, toolbar, menus etc.) and under the flags gadget is a key gadget, just click in it and press the key you want to use. As for the extra text field... try turning off Extended lister key selection in environment / miscellaneous. Shift and click on the icon - runs the icon DOpus5 Magellan 2 Directory folder drawer structure <pre> ARexx - Arexx scripts .rexx and .dopus5 to perform tasks Buttons - Commands - Desktop - Environment - two environment files bundled: default gets loaded if you run DOpus as a normal app workbench gets loaded if you run DOpus as a WB Replacement (with LoadDB on startup) Filetypes - Groups - Icons - Images - Modules - compiled tasks Settings - Sounds - Themes - WBStartup - Use this if standard SYS:WBStartup gives cannot wait error messages </pre> Settings -> Environment -> Display -> Workbench (Use) *Settings -> Clock (add to title bar as well as the date) *Toolbar -> Editor (Right Win Key together with 1) for Copy, Move, Delete, etc above the Device List *Menu -> (Right Win Key together with 2) *Buttons -> Editor (Right Win Key together with 3) *Settings -> Environment (Right Win key together with 4) for Backgrounds, etc *File Types -> (Right Win key together with 5) *User Menus -> (Right Win key together with 6) *Hotkeys -> Setup for quick shortcut keypresses (Right Win Key together with 7) *Scripts -> (Right Win key together with 8) *Icon Positioning -> (Right Win key together with 9) Each Dopus5 theme are stored in a separate directory, named appropriately, which contains further sub directories * Font (amiga bitmap fonts) * Screens (jpg or any picture supported by datatypes but not animations) * Sounds (wav but not iff 8svx ) * Icons (png newicons glowicons ) * Patterns (iff jpg png ) Just use wildcards in background filenames and you get a different picture every reboot For example, configure in Environment -> Backgrounds -> Desktop something like this: <pre> Work:Pictures/Backgrounds/#? ...or Work:Pictures/back#?.iff ...etc... </pre> [https://aminet.net/util/dopus arcdir and themes] If you want to change the backdrop pic after a period of time, paste below into a text file called dopusrandbg.rexx and place in DOPus5:ARexx <pre> /* Changes DOpus background image forever Start with: Run >NIL: RX dopusrandbg.rexx */ if ~show("L", "rexxsupport.library") then do if ~addlib("rexxsupport.library", 0, -30,0) then exit 10 end /* Configure these two lines for your needs: */ minutes=1 picpath="Work:Pics/#?.iff" address DOPUS.1 do forever call delay 3000*minutes dopus set background '"'picpath'"' desktop center custom dopus refresh background custom end </pre> If you don't want to use/open rexxsupport.library just for DELAY() then use the DOS Wait command <pre> /* random diropus backdrop changer */ /* by paul trauth, 1999 */ /* to do: non-repeatable randomness? */ options results parse arg path address DOPUS.1 /* get current backdrop pattern so it actually changes */ dopus query background desktop custom currentpatt=result lastslash=lastpos('/',currentpatt) currentpatt=substr(currentpatt,lastslash+1,(pos('"',currentpatt,2)-lastslash-1)) dir=showdir(path,'FILE','/') num=0 do while dir~='' where=pos('/',dir) if where>0 then do file=left(dir,where-1) dir=right(dir,length(dir)-where) end else do file=dir dir='' end if left(file,1) ~='.' & file~=currentpatt then do pics.num=file num=num+1 end end which=random(0,num-1,time(s)) newbg='"'||path||'/'||pics.which||'"' dopus set background newbg desktop tile precision exact dopus set background on dopus refresh background </pre> Clock format commands available are defined by locale. They are: <pre> %a - abbreviated weekday name %A - weekday name %b - abbreviated month name %B - month name %c - same as "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y" %d - day number with leading 0s %D - same as "%m/%d/%y" %e - day number with leading spaces %h - abbreviated month name %H - hour using 24-hour style with leading 0s %I - hour using 12-hour style with leading 0s %j - julian date %m - month number with leading 0s %M - the number of minutes with leading 0s %p - AM or PM strings %q - hour using 24-hour style %Q - hour using 12-hour style %r - same as "%I:%M:%S %p" %R - same as "%H:%M" %S - number of seconds with leadings 0s %T - same as "%H:%M:%S" %U - week number, taking Sunday as first day of week %w - weekday number %W - week number, taking Monday as first day of week %x - same as "%m/%d/%y" %X - same as "%H:%M:%S" %y - year using two digits with leading 0s %Y - year using four digits with leading 0s </pre> like %a %d-%b-%y %H:%M or A WB ARexx interface, you could enter a cli command as a menu item to open a WB drawer like this... RX "address WORKBENCH;WINDOW 'device:drawer' OPEN" Where device:drawer is replaced by the path of the drawer to open. The ARexx script would be capable to manage such a task but this would work only with those program that support ARexx <pre> dopus addappicon dopus addtrap dopus back dopus checkdesktop dopus clear dopus command dopus desktoppopup dopus error dopus front dopus getdesktop dopus getfiletype dopus getstring dopus matchdesktop dopus progress dopus query background, font, palette, pens dopus read dopus refresh all, background, icons, lister dopus remappicon dopus remtrap dopus request dopus script dopus screen dopus send dopus set background, font, palette, pens dopus setappicon dopus version </pre> <pre> lister add lister addstem lister copy lister clear value lister clearcaches lister close lister empty lister findcache lister getstring lister iconify lister new lister query active all, dest source lister query abort, busy, case, dirs, display, entries, entry, files, flags, handler, header, hide lister query label, lock, mode, namelength, numdirs, numentries, numfiles, numseldirs, numselfiles lister query path, proc, position, seldirs, selentries, selfiles, separate, show, sort, lister query title, toolbar, value, visible, window lister read lister refresh lister reload lister remove lister request lister set busy, case, dest, display, field, flags, handler, header, hide, label, lock, mode lister set namelength, newprogress, off, path, position, progress, separate, show, sort, source lister set title, toolbar, value, variable lister select lister wait </pre> The '''command''' allows you to call internal DOpus commands from an ARexx script <pre> command all command wait copy command read s:startup-sequence command source 12345 makedir name noicon </pre> *SFTP secure encrypted comms over internet using libssh2 and zlib (different protocol to the two below) on port 22 *FTPS secured with https like security on port 21 *FTP not secure and unencrypted protocol over internet on port 21 (should not be used today on the internet but for your own server) ===Wanderer === Wanderer prefs in the prefs drawer - Appearance tab and Workbench icon allows backgrounds (wallpapers) icon text sizes, colors, etc but cannot use #? or *.* in the backgrounds file entry to randomly choose pictures - [https://developers.google.com/speed/webp/docs/riff_container webp riff container] issues with this format but Multiview has none. Enable the bar, you need to edit the text file ‘statusbar.prefs’. The change is simple: just change “False” to ‘True’. Prefs/Env-Archive/SYS/Wanderer/statusbar.prefs ===Scalos=== [https://web.archive.org/web/20180922220139/http://scalos.noname.fr/ Scalos] is not an OS replacement, it's a Workbench replacement. It replaces the desktop and graphical file management components. Scalos is 100% Workbench replacement with most functions working like the original Workbench ones. Undo and Redo available for most window and icon operations. Fully multitasking so every window has its own task. While loading icons, any window function (e.g. Drag&Drop) is available. 24bit color support with window patterns - Unlimited and easily configurable via tooltypes. Optimised backgroundpatterns routine so patterns can be tiled, centred or even scaled to fit into the windows. Live updating window scrolling - Supports middle mouse button panning and drawer (folder) windows can be iconified on the desktop. Icon imagetypes with all types are supported such as backfill or complement. Configurable surrounding iconborder. Icon support also visually highlights files which are soft-links in the file system. Icon dragging is more stable and far less flickery on graphics cards. Whilst dragging, icons are displayed with text and they can become transparent over anything where they can be dropped. Single-window lasso mode, with scrolling window contents invoked by dragging mouse with configurable qualifier key. Text icon lasso selection used to ignore "Name column selects text icons" flag. Support for backfilled thumbnail icons, with selectable color and transparency. Added option to always generate square thumbnail icons with preview icons for images - Thumbnails can be permanently saved in icons. Supports PNG icons with alpha channel and real transparency and displays OS3.5 GlowIcons and are all scalable. Iconborders with variations (normal, shadowed, outlined). Completely configurable, filetype-specific user-definable popup menus and tooltips. Plugin system to exchange or add features and can enhance the Workbench and make it more configurable. Filetype plugins to display filetype-specific information. - Currently, EXIF information viewer for JPEG images is included. Plugin included for 100% support of OS3.9 Workbench features. Plugin included for AREXX API compatible to OS3.9 Workbench. Online update with updater.module Scalos works also as a Workbench replacement. In this case the 'emulation mode' has to be set by using Scalos' own version of LoadWB and offers * Scalos uses the Workbench Screen for its windows instead opening a new one * AppIcon, AppMenuItem, AppWindow functions are redirected to Scalos * all Programs placed in "WBStartup" should start * The Screen will be reopened in case of changes in ScreenMode and Palette settings <pre> v1.0 (V39.201) - November 1999 v1.1 (V39.212) - December 1999 v1.2b (39.220) - June 6, 2000 v1.2d (39.222) - 2000 (latest public beta executable) v1.3 (40.7) (beta) - August 2, 2001 v1.3 (40.22) - September 25, 2002 v1.4 (40.32) (beta) March 31, 2005 v1.6 (41.4) - March 27, 2007 v1.7 (41.5) - August 12, 2007 v1.8 (41.6) - March 12, 2009 v1.9 (41.7) (beta) - March 15, 2010 v1.9 (41.8) (RC1) - August 25, 2012 open source v1.9.2 (41.10) Deadwoods' AROS late 2022 32bit and 64bit build unifying the code base of ` for AROS x86 ABIv0, AROS x86_64 ABIv11 and AROS m68k </pre> Distros may have Scalos files under SYS:System/Scalos or Extras:Scalos. Known [https://github.com/deadwood2/AROS/issues/75 bug list], Certain files like Menu13.prefs, Palette13.prefs, Pattern.prefs and scalos.prefs need to be in SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/Scalos they can be found in Scalos:Storage/envarc and country drawer or run the "Scalos Menu" preferences program. Note if already setup with sub-menu entries and then re-save your menu prefs as it will now generate a new/overwrite prefs file called "Menu13.prefs" in "envarc:scalos/". The same is also required for the new Palette prefs update, click 'Save' and a "Palette13.prefs" file will be saved in to "envarc:scalos/" directory. <pre> ASSIGN Scalos: SYS:xxx/xxx DEFER ASSIGN Libs: Scalos:Libs add ;ASSIGN SYS:Devs/Datatypes Scalos:Devs/Datatypes add Assign Theme: Scalos:Themes/Default_Theme add Assign Locale: Scalos:Locale add Protect Scalos:Tools/browse.script s add quiet Protect Scalos:Tools/OpenShell s add quiet Protect Scalos:Tools/run.script s add quiet run Scalos:Tools/LoadWB ;Scalos:Scalos </pre> Add the above to SYS:S/startup-sequence or SYS:S/user-startup '''before any Wanderer entries''' In the prefs drawer (folder) is the big prefs app Scalos_Prefs which covers these user setup areas <pre> About Scalos Paths - should be preset Startup - WBStartup drawer contents should auto run on each startup Desktop - edit titlebar, icon layout and in misc, auto leave-out (drag icon to desktop) Icons - Drag and Drop - Windows - Text Windows - in misc, drawer sorting at start of listing if needed TrueType Fonts - use Truetype fonts rather than system ones Miscellaneous - Plugins - after adding oop/title_clock.plugin %ti %da does not work, maybe needs ASCII .prefs added Modules - ?? Menu - setup for MainMenu and PopupsMenu with New Menu, RE Name, Key: shortcut, Command Properties FileTypes - already added def_Project icons and def_Disk (hdd sdd cd dvd etc) support PopupMenu - tweak how popups appear Pattern - Wallpaper backgrounds with Type DE, each pattern in the list can be edited, Save as Pattern.pre Palette - change the color of things , Save as Palette.pre </pre> Scalos_Prefs - Pattern - Minimum options to be changed are *DE Desktop/Background *SC Screen *TW Window/TextBackground ie Text listing showing if icon type not recognised *IW Window/Background ie Icons showing Workflow - In "Pattern List" tab, select New - choose a picture, highlight in list, click in number box under New button and slide to another number, click on "Defaults" tab and adjust Pattern numbers slider to choose right picture for each of the above options - Click "Pattern List" tab to check eveything is OK and click Save Pattern List tab on Patterns Page - Allows you to compile a list of pictures (one at a time rather than a whole folder e.g. with #? or *.*), assigning a number Nr to one or more of them for easy reference. Using this number you will be able to assign the pictures to specific windows on the Defaults tab Page. If multiple pictures have the same number, one of the pictures will be chosen randomly. This will allow you to have random desktop pictures, random window backdrops etc. Defaults tab on Patterns Page - Here you can set the defaults for the background pictures for the Desktop, Screen, Window and/or Text Mode throughout Scalos. Randomize every time [check box] - Usually Pictures with the same number will be randomly selected as soon as the configuration loads. If this option is set, the picture will be selected as soon as a window with the same number assignment is opened. *Fit size: The picture will be resized to the dimension of the new window.You *MUST* have set GUIGfx on. asyncron layout: Pictures will be loaded and rendered while the windows opens (Like original Workbench). If this function is 'off', pictures will always be loaded before opening the windows. *Use friendbitmap : The picture is present twice in memory for best speed. This option has no effect if V43 picture.datatype or GUIGfx are used. Always relayout: If "Fit size" is set, the picture will be scaled everytime the window's dimensions change. *Randomize everytime: Usually Pictures with the same number will be randomly selected as soon as the If more pictures have the same number, one of them will be chosen randomly. Patternlist New/Delete : Add a new picture. After that you should assign a number to it. The picture will be rendered as tiles. configuration loads. If this option is set, the picture Asyncron-Task priority: You can set the CPU priority for the Task if "asyncron layout" is set. <pre> Desktop: Number of the Picture for the main window. Screen: Number of the picture for the Scalos-Screen. Window: Number of the picture for the Scalos-windows. TextMode: Number of the picture for the Scalos-windows in Text Mode. </pre> Popup Menu preferences fully configurable menus (includes ToolsDaemon and ParM launch apps import), including support for context-sensitive Popup menus configs for top pull down menus for apps, etc. Workflow - Scalos_Prefs then Menu, New Item, New Command add name at top then in Command Properties e.g. add Workbench and location e.g. DOpus:DOpus4 for apps Command for c apps or Rexx for scripts or Plugin for or AmigaDos for modules <pre> DESCRIPTION NAME/A This is the title that is displayed in the top line of any popup menu INCLUDE NAME/A Name of file to be included. Path can be relative to "Scalos:FileTypes" POPUPMENU Starts the popup menu description section for this filetype. </pre> The following Subcommands are allowed inside popup menus: <pre> SUBMENU "NAME/A" ENDSUBMENU MENUENTRY "NAME/A,KEY/K,DEFAULTACTION/S" ENDMENUENTRY INTERNALCMD "NAME/A" WBCMD "NAME/A,STACK/K/N,WBARGS/S,PRI=PRIORITY/K/N" AREXXCMD "NAME/A,STACK/K/N,WBARGS/S,P=PRIORITY/K/N" CLICMD "NAME/A,STACK/K/N,WBARGS/S,P=PRIORITY/K/N" ICONWINDOWCMD "NAME/A" PLUGINCMD MENUSEPARATOR ENDPOPUPMENU TOOLTIP ENDTOOLTIP </pre> <pre> Starts the tooltip description section for this filetype. The following Subcommands are allowed inside popup menus: GROUP "ORIENTATION/K" ENDGROUP MEMBER "HIDE/K" ENDMEMBER HBAR STRING "ID/K,TEXT/K,SRC/K,TEXTPEN/K,HALIGN/K,STYLE/K,FONT/K,VALIGN/K" SPACE "SIZE/N/A" DTIMAGE "FILENAME/A" </pre> Each theme drawer (folder) has these further folders <pre> About - Desktop - FileTrans - FileType - Icons - Menu - Modules - PointerIcons - Prefs - Sound - Window - </pre> *Plugins <pre> devicefilter.plugin persist.plugin should a crash or reboot occur - next time Scalos started, all windows re-opened title_clock.plugin add digital clock to title see more below title_envvar.plugin %ev, which can be used to display the value (a string) of the variable in the titlebar title_freepens.plugin volumegauge.plugin wb39.plugin wbrexx.plugin plugin adds a Workbench 3.5+ compatible AREXX interface to Scalos internals xtwindows.plugin left or right ALT or left or right SHIFT keys when open/close windows filetype.plugin then run FileTypes-prefs and customize the filetypes (eg import from a DefIcons-brainfile) menu.plugin </pre> *Modules - delete, empty_trashcan, execute, find, format_disk, information, iconproperties, newdrawer, reboot, rename, systeminfo, windowproperties *Tools - scripts like LoadWB, quit.rexx, open_volume.rexx, In Scalos_Prefs->Filetype->Recognition you can define the filetypes and on "Action" you define specific context menu for all filetypes defined in recognition (similar to magellan) there is the same you must show all first (list is only limited) so you created a file type AAABBB, you need to have def_AAABBB icon Associating files with "Scalos_FileTypes" is very simple, practically it is very similar to Dopus4, first you create the Def_icons to assign to the file type (will be seen automatically ), then run "Scalos_FileTypes" you add the extension, fill in the descriptor (MATCH or PATTERN etc..) and save then you create a appropriate entry in the list and rename it, if def icon exists it is shown. Below you can define how files are identified. I use "pattern", similar to magellan to identify file by ending. Then you click on the shown icon and define in it what program is used when you double-klick on it and save it. On the tab action you can define popup menu for it. defined all archive types from XAD in "filetypes". If you change to "action" and click on "archive" you can define the context menu that is shown if you do not define a specific context menu for a filetype Reset to Default in Scalos_Prefs resets all settings so BEWARE <pre> The Scalos desktop screen titlebar may be configured using the main Scalos Preference program. This oop/time_clock plugin adds some additional placeholders: %ti, displays the current time in the default Locale format. e.g. "10:43:37" %da, displays the date in the default Locale format. e.g. "Saturday 14 July 2001" Using the supplied prefs program for the plugin, or editing the ASCII file ENVARC:Scalos/title_clock.prefs you can use the following standard Amiga Locale values to change the formatting %a - abbreviated weekday name %A - weekday name %b - abbreviated month name %B - month name %c - same as "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y" %C - same as "%a %b %e %T %Z %Y" %d - day number with leading 0s %D - same as "%m/%d/%y" %e - day number with leading spaces %h - abbreviated month name %H - hour using 24-hour style with leading 0s %I - hour using 12-hour style with leading 0s %j - julian date %m - month number with leading 0s %M - the number of minutes with leading 0s %n - insert a linefeed %p - AM or PM strings %q - hour using 24-hour style %Q - hour using 12-hour style %r - same as "%I:%M:%S %p" %R - same as "%H:%M" %S - number of seconds with leadings 0s %t - insert a tab character %T - same as "%H:%M:%S" %U - week number, taking Sunday as first day of week %w - weekday number %W - week number, taking Monday as first day of week %x - same as "%m/%d/%y" %X - same as "%H:%M:%S" %y - year using two digits with leading 0s %Y - year using four digits with leading 0s like %d %m %y or %a %d %B %Y %p </pre> Shutdown -> right mouse button Scalos, About, Reboot, Shutdown ToolTypes can be added to the Scalos.info icon like *SCALOS_PATTERNNO=<number> : background image matching the number *SCALOS_NOTEXT : The Icon will be drawn without Text. *SCALOS_NODRAG : The Icon will not be draggable. Its position will be fixed. *Module iconproperties - Added SCALOS_BROWSERMODE tooltype support runcommand parameters... in which case: <pre> %p = parameters %w = directory path %d = device-name %% = literal percentage token </pre> With the help of the wbrexx.plugin Scalos gains support for more of the compatible arexx API If an arexx command produces an error you will find the error code placed in the WORKBENCH.LASTERROR variable. ACTIVATEWINDOW <pre> /* Activate the root window */ ADDRESS workbench ACTIVATEWINDOW root /* Activate the "Work:" partition's window if already open*/ ACTIVATEWINDOW "Work:" </pre> CHANGEWINDOW <pre> /* Change the root window; move it to position 10,30. * and change its size to 200100 pixels */ ADDRESS workbench CHANGEWINDOW root LEFTEDGE 10 TOPEDGE 30 WIDTH 200 HEIGHT 100 /* Change the currently active window */ CHANGEWINDOW active 20 40 200 100 </pre> Most of Scalos' issue are due to the flexibility of its' user configuring nature but if The sort menu plugin needs to be ported from ASM to C. IIRC Scalos has a command line option to fully replace Workbench/Wanderer. The Theme: assign is used by both Wanderer and Scalos but I didn't have any problems using both at the same time. The Program will be started from the Shell. If "WB Args" is set, with the Argument "%p" will be replaced by the path of the activated Icons. The Program will started with the specified Stack value. IconWindow: Scalos opens the window of the specified path. PlugIn: Starts a Scalos Menu-PlugIn. If a Menu Item with empty name is specified, Scalos displays a separator line. It's possible to Drag&Drop an Icon in the Configuration Window. All values will be set accordingly. Entries may be dragged across the list. Mac-like selection : This function activates a multiselection method used on MacOS or Win95. Don't have to hold down shift to drag them. Clicking on an already activated icon will not deselect all other icons. MMB move: The window contents may be moved using the middle mouse button. WindowPopup title only: PopupMenu for windows can be opened only on window's title bars. FullBench: Screen-Titles removed and Main Window set Full Size. Scalos Prefs. Go to Settings->Scalos->Prefs and then the Misc section. Remove the tick against Full Bench. If you've enabled it, the titlebar will disappear when you select backdrop. Default Icons saveable : The icons which Scalos generates if "show all files" is enabled, can now be saved using "snapshot" menu option. load DefDisk first : Try to read the icons first from the DefIcons Path before using disk info. Hide hidden files : If this function is activated all files or directories where the "hide" flag is set will not be shown. Many of my Icons display more than once on the screen, while on the workbench all seems ok. The Workbench filters double displayed icons, Scalos does not. Solution: please edit the ".backdrop" file and clear double lines. Background images not scaled. GUIGfx option not set or guigfx.library and/or render.library not installed. If working with CD's causes crashs or Scalos doesn't work correctly. Most Filesystems doesn't support the ExAll function correctly. Disable "Use ExAll" in Scalos prefs. Scalos doesn't start any program in the WBStartup. WBStartup Path may be set wrongly or Scalos was not started in Emulation Mode (LoadWB etc) Some programs will not startup with error message "has not returned, wait some more"? and "unable to open your tool" need a def_icon with the same name predefined, then create an appropriate entry in the list and rename it, if def icon exists it is shown. Below this can define how files are identified. * either "pattern", similar to magellan to identify file by ending * or Then click on the shown icon and define in it what program is used when you double-click on it and save it. On the tab action you can define popup menu for it. All in all handling is of course different to magellan but can do similar For the RAM Icon, to obtain this you have only to copy the icon in the Icon Path as "RAM.info" or "Ram Disk.info". All functions will automatically be performed sometimes cut into half or quarters when scrolled off screen or drawers moved - settings issue probably Sometimes leaves initial drawer window imprint on desktop when moved - settings issue Scalos AROS released a [https://github.com/deadwood2/contrib/tree/master/scalos new build V2022-07-21] with the following changes noted: <pre> Fixed: Numerous crashes when working on 64-bit with 64-bit heap Wrong background color of Scalos logo on Scalos splash window Backgroung image of Scalos splash window and Scalos About window is not visible Icon labels on desktop and in drawer windows are displayed using Topaz instead of Arial font Font.prefs are not being loaded on 64-bit Font.prefs are being wrongly saved on 64-bit scalos.prefs are not being loaded on x86 and x86_64, scalos is using always default preference scalos.prefs are being saved on x86 and x86_64 in format not compatible with m68k NewPopupmenu.prefs is wrongly written Plugins are not loading at Scalos startup wbrexx.plugin is crashing at startup on 64-bit Multiple controls missing on Scalos Prefs/Icons page System crash when clicking on def icon image on FileTypes Prefs/Recognition page Status bar, control bar, buttons sometimes don't have images displayed Buttons in Scalos About window have white corners rendered where they should be transparent Crash when leaving out an icon Crash when adding a User-defined Button to Control bar without setting it's properties in Scalos Prefs Crash when removing any button from Control bar in Scalos Prefs Scalos Prefs allows editing TTEngine font properties when TTEngine is not present causing crash in Icons/Labels and Text Windows/Fonts pages deficons.prefs are not being loaded on x86 and x86_64 Reset to default in FileType Prefs and Save does not save preferences Won't fix: Scrollbars visible on titles of TrueType Fonts, PopupMenu, Menu, FileTypes, Pallette and Pattern pages of Scalos Preferences Not fixed: Wrong rendering on DualPNG icons Refreshing drawer windows is slow Starting Prefs/Locale or Prefs/Input from Scalos causes other preferences to fail Desktop wallpaper is damaged where Splay window was displayed When started from Wanderer, after saving Scalos Prefs, reload does not re-open main Scalos window Difference in behavior between Cleanup from popup menu and Cleanup from top menu - possibly due to missing plugin, check Cleanup association in Menu Prefs </pre> ===DOpus 4 Directory Opus=== Copy DOpus4 app to WBStartup directory folder so it starts on boot up each time Another method is add the below to the bottom of the user-startup script in S: drawer/directory <pre> run DOPUS:DirectoryOpus -i >NIL </pre> makes DOpus starts up in Iconified state at the top of Wanderer's screen. Left click on this to highlight and right mouse click to open. Just click on the sides of either outer edges of DOpus windows and it will display the parent device/volume list. DOpus saves it features in a CFG file which can be edited to suit anyones' needs by reading the [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool Dopus Manual] which is in Guide format. ===BoingIconBar=== User chooses the apps to add to the dock at the centre bottom of the screen but has to be done manually, please use Save afterwards Or easier edit the text file of SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/iconbar.prefs and save <pre> SYS:System/Shell SYS:Tools/DOpus4/DOpus4 SYS:Utilities/Editor SYS:System/SysMon SYS:System/Scout Work:Extras/Internet/OWB/OWB Work:Extras/Graphics/Lunapaint Work:Extras/Graphics/ZunePaint AROS:Tools/MPlayer/MPlayer Extras:Internet/AmiFox/AmiFox </pre> right mouse click on bottom edge of screen where boingiconbar shows - select settings which opens BoingIconBar Preferences to add apps If no dock showing Add, to add apps click Add Program and search for the executable another method is to drag icons to ends of the bar and move them on the Bar using the Prefs/BoingIconBar ===AmiStart=== On 32bit PCs only - auto generates the apps menu but scans the drive each time - AmiStart can choose apps you are not interested * how to disable annoying zune/mui 'bubbles'? try a right-click on AmiStart and release on Global settings. Then click on the bubbles gadget. Move the Show Bubbles slider all the way to the left. ===Fonts=== Install the #?.ttf files to SYS:Fonts/TrueType. Use SYS:System/FTManager to "Install Font" each #?.ttf file which will generate associated #?.otag and #?.font in SYS:Fonts. Use SYS:Prefs/Fonts to change system fonts and SYS:Prefs/Zune to change others. To achieve our goal we will use the Setup Locale, Input, Zune and Fonts, as well as The FTManager. Begin The first step you should do is to get the system to know that we speak and write in another language. What you need to do is to open the setup program and choose Locale country, and list "preferred languages" to put it first and then English. If you want the tab "Time Zone" and select city of residence to set the clock correctly. Of course we save our changes and continue opening the setup program Input. This sets the keyboard language as our beginning. When the language layout was created there was no option to switch to Aros keyboard (layout switching), so to write in the language you had to hold down Alt, something you encounter in other functions. This time working with the team of Aros to create a new keyboard layout to replace the old so we can get rid of the button Alt. For now though let only selected this layout and do not turn the switch on the keyboard. Custom Keyboard Layout [http://repo.or.cz/w/AROS.git/tree/HEAD:/workbench/devs/keymaps keymaps are in place but unfortunately when they are not, then indeed things become a bit 'low-level' as it involves redefining some tables with values that match your keyboards] only need to add your compiled table as new keymap. So taking a little peek here shows that it should be possible to compile using gcc -opc105_tr pc_105.c -nostdlib where the pc105_gr/pc_105.c needs to be replaced with your own adjusted keymapname/c-file [https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Enabling_Greek_Characters_on_Your_Keyboard General overview of Greek letters on keyboards] Installing fonts *[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/EPAGrWb System jaggy] *Outline resizable .font .otag In this step you need to download some fonts that can support the encoding in our system. The easiest way is to run the script "Download Fonts" you'll find in the folder OWB. This script downloads from the Internet, and unpacks some fonts for OWB web browser, which is placed under the folder Fonts:TrueType. But as these can only be used by OWB and not the system, which unfortunately does not see. To make them available to the rest of the system, open the program FTManager, you will find the folder AROS: System /. From there select the field "Codepage" option "ISO-8859-7" and list the font "Arial" and "Regular" form in which you must double-click with the mouse. In the window that appears, select the bottom right the checkbox "Anti-aliasing" button and then "Install". Immediately folder Fonts: created files "arialregular.font" and "arialregular.otag", which are necessary in order to see the system font. Do the same steps if you wish for other fonts. Final stages After completing the above, open the folder AROS: Prefs / and run the program settings Fonts. In the new window, select the fields "Icons" and "Screen" as the font "ArialRegular" to the size you want. In the field "System" to give "s_courier", which, however, because it is not True Type Font support Antialising, and may seem a little broken. You can also use the CourierNew, if you have installed the above procedure. After you save the changes and open the Zune program settings. In this set the "ArialRegular" font fields in tabs "Windows" and "Groups", and save the changes. Reboot the system. To make sure that the above worked properly run NoWinED, which you will find under the folder AROS: Tools /. If that everything is working correctly you will see the menu and the settings window with Greek letters. You can also write in the language using the button Alt. Second program that you can try, which is fully localized, is WookieChat, which you will find in the folder AROS: Extras / Networking. And in this place all the menu and settings window works. ===Windows=== *Intuition The window you position and resize, you right click on that windows title bar and in the dropdown menu you snapshot from there. Right click to show menu -> Window -> Snapshot Windows or All but it will NOT work if that folder has no icon (e.g. Disk.nfo) attached to it. You need a folder icon. The window information gets saved in it. As for maximising the window using a shortcut key - Alt and up arrow key The AROS-Shell windows can be moved, resized by editing sys:s/icaros-sequence <pre> ; run shell if ${Icaros/autoshell} EQ true run QUIET c:newshell >NIL: EndIF </pre> ; slimmer right aros the screen run QUIET c:newshell con:0/150//300/ >NIL: ; top right corner scr-x scr-y win-x win-y run QUIET c:newshell con:600/150//300/ >NIL: *Zune - AROS version of MUI Magic Menu type functionality is implemented in IControl preferences editor: in the frame called Menus, switch type from Pull-Down to Pop-Up and/or iControl just tick the sticky menu option. Windows outside screens causing a problem either uncheck "Offscreen move" for windows in IControl prefs editor. Or use FKey commodity and define two key shortcuts: * the first using the command "cycle windows" (for example ALT TAB); * the second using the command "rescue window" (for example ALT F5). Now you can cycle windows until the one you want to rescue, and then "rescue" it: it will move back inside your screen. How to save the window size on wanderer (snapshot all, snapshot windows) Same for icon position on wanderer, can't save the position. Icon position cannot be saved yet, but you should be able to save the window position and size. sys:prefs - wanderer icon has option to save window size on exit but just for dh0. To get saving working on (DH1: Extras:) partitions try deleting the dh1 disk.info file, then reboot. The system should create a new dh1 icon. * how to set up permanently 'view all files'? As for viewing all files, removing disk.info for that disk did the job * how to list and kill processes (xkill would be useful) ? sys:Extras/System/Scout can kill apps sys:Tools/Commodities/Exchange can remove available commodities * how to restore 'go up' button in wanderer window? (it doesn't show up anymore). If you're using Icaros, go to the theme prefs and make sure that decoration is checked. Also, some themes do not use a parent button, so try another theme. You may have to restart Aros before the theme will change. * Is it really safe to turn off (hardware button) computer at any time (worried about USB hard disk) yes you can turn off the computer IF none of the drives are in progress (i.e. writing). Best to use Wanderer menu option Quit otherwise ===Say narrator=== SPEAK: is a write-only DOS device for text-to-speech abbreviated as tts. To check if available, type assign into the shell and at the bottom in the Devices: section should be SPEAK Examples of use <pre> Copy S:Startup-Sequence SPEAK: Echo "Hello" >SPEAK:M/R/S150/P110 Echo "DH1 EH0 L OW1" >SPEAK:A1 </pre> Classic options are M/F, R/N, S<rate>, P<pitch>, O0/O1, A0/A1, and D0/D1. O1 recognizes lines beginning with OPT/ as option changes. A1 treats input as narrator phonemes. Long options select a speech engine: Echo "Hello" >SPEAK:ENGINE=narrator/VOICE=female/STYLE=natural/LANGUAGE=en-US Supported selectors are ENGINE=, VOICE=, STYLE=, and LANGUAGE=. Values are case-sensitive backend identifiers. ENGINE=DEFAULT selects the system default. Narrator-compatible selectors continue through the classic translator/narrator pair. Other engines use speech.device. Direct phonemes require a narrator-compatible selection. ===Printing=== This needs further drivers written, we have postscript and write to file support only *Postscript Best to set Printer Prefs in the Prefs drawer to print-to-file or parallel/USB port Save document in postscript or convert picture/text to postscript Print using compatible [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Platforms/AROS_USB_support#printer.class_-_PostScript_3_and_internal_ghostscript_drivers Ghostscript printer] or Postscript printer *GutenPrint Some work has been done ;There are no individual drivers yet for HP's Photosmart, EPSON's EPL, CANON's, Lexmark, CUPS PPD, etc. *printer is simply not accepting IPP connections at the moment. Please try the following steps: Open the printer web interface in a browser: http://192.168.1.x/ Look for the network or protocol settings. Enable IPP / Internet Printing Protocol. Make sure TCP port 631 is open/enabled. Save the settings and reboot the printer if the web interface asks for it. ipp://192.168.1.xx:631/ipp/print ipp://192.168.1.xxx:631/ipp/ ===Files=== ====File endings and datatypes==== * Check if the file has his own .info icon file with a tool set to open it. IIRC this has higher priority over the def_XYZ.info file association. * In ENVARC:SYS/def_Text.info or whatever def_ file needs changing, use Wanderer's menu Icon -> Information and change the def_XYZ.info there. If you're on ABIv0 and want it to be applied immediately, you might have to copy it to ENV:SYS/ (or to reboot). * Identifying file types by file ending is only a fallback. Far better it is to search for magic words, for flac files this would be "flaC" according to this [http://flac.sourceforge.net/documentation_format_overview.html documentation]. For instance, to open PDFs with arospdf not localised in the default drawer of Icaros (Work:Extras/Applications/arospdf) but localised in a custom drawer in AROS. The default tools are defined in the icons in sys:prefs/env-archive/sys e.g. def_PDF. File type identification is done by datatype descriptors which you can find in Devs/Datatypes. The AROS build system has a tool which creates such datatype descriptors. '''Changing of default tools of existing icons is easy as shown above. Adding of new file types is not hard, but needs knowledge of the AROS build system.''' The enduser way would be to download the attached file, which contained two executables: 1) createdtdesc, to make a new datatype description 2) examinedtdesc, to read/show existing datatype descriptions use 2 to get an idea on how it things are currently done in aros by providing this executable a file from the drawer sys:devs/datatypes/ (alternatively you can find the original .dtd files here). use 1 to make your new datatype. Use the accompanied FORMAT file (also here) to read how to make your own datatype descriptor. use 2 to get hints from other datatype descriptors. Note: When creating a new descriptor would advise against using the pattern property, but instead use the default pattern of #? and create a Mask that matches your filetype. This requires some research in order to discover how your filetype can be recognized properly. Of course with making something like a descriptor for an ascii textfile, you would fallback to using the pattern (e.g. #?.text as the filetype cannot be determined easily otherwise). <pre > # name - choose wisely and informative. also used for icon's name. # version - choose as you like as long as it complies with version rules # basename - the 'root' datatype class. be aware that e.g. it can influence behaviour. for example when choosing binary and using tool multiview in project icon, the file will be viewed as binary file (choosing sound would tell mulitview to view the file as a soundfile). So this can influence the underlying tool being used. Could become messy if users started to modify the tool manually. # pattern - This is the file pattern match e.g. #?.text # Mask - A mask to identify the file. Requires knowledge of the actual file structure. For example 'M' 'Z' for an msdos executable. # GroupdID - not supported (AROS native) files - use syst as that would be the least intrusive in case an AROS tool/program tries to load such datatyped file. # ID - In your case, the first four characters of the name at subchapter 1 (in lower case) (or less if name is shorter). # flags - How the mask needs to be interpreted. In your case would be mostly DTF_BINARY in combination with (wanted or not) DTF_CASE (to tell if mask used letters are case sensitive or not) # priority - the priority of how the type is handled so that on datatype could have precedence over another? In any case, document tells it to be mostly 0. </pre > Now that you know each field and what it does (more or less), you write this fields in a text file for your own invented datatype, save it and create the actual dt with the tool in 1. in the end the created dt must reside in sys:devs/datatypes/ drawer. Then you would create a default icon in sys:prefs/Env-archive/SYS drawer. Don't forget to reboot or copy .info file to ram:env/sys in order to test. also don't forget to set which tool to start f.e. c:lx or dh4:emulators/mycoolemulator To test, open Wanderer then show all files and doubleclick on a file of type you just created. Alternatively you could use the 'open' command from shell (with file of datatype you just created as parameter). And as a last note. it would perhaps be welcome to have a program like xicon and/or runprglist for AROS (unfortunately both without source, but something similar could be created for AROS). Sounds complicated ? Perhaps... but OS like windows needs a complete registry to be able to do things like this. And yes, i am aware windows has gui tools that does it (more or less) for you (by manipulating the registry). Same could be done for AROS (without integrating a registry in AROS that is ). Would that suffice ? red1+2: typos, reformatting. disclaimer: please note that using these tools can screw up your currently installed support for datatypes when used incorrectly. Do not use if you do not understand what you are doing. Use at own risk. ==Network Connection== AROS currently only has one real choice for TCP/IP networking - AROSTCP. This is a port of the AmiTCP package from AmigaOS (TM), with a number of enhancements/fixes from AROS developers. Please use Prefs/Network to set up wired, wireless or USB networking Non USB wifi is easier, USB wifi can be an annoyance - remember to save whilst in prefs ===Wired=== =====IPv6===== Some support 128bit IPv6 address packet <pre> Local FD::/8 Global 2000::/3 64:ff9b::/96 </pre> NAT64 translates IPv6 to IPv4 DNS64 OS routing works with <pre> MacOS Ventura Windows 11 with cloud account Ubuntu Jammy Jellyfish Android 10 (block google dns) </pre> ====IPv4==== The top half of the IPv4 Configuration tab on the Network Prefs deals with the network card/USB and the lower half the router part. [[File:AROS Wanderer Network Prefs DHCP.png|thumb|DHCP Settings]] '''Upper part of IPv4 tab''' * Click Add on the top right of the Prefs which opens a window called '''Interface''' * Enter Name as net0 (but can be anything as long as it is consistently used in other sections) * check mark on Active * select device to be used using the '''right hand-side gadget''' of the box where the device name will go * set Unit to 0 * IP Mode is default set to '''Get address from DHCP''' * IP Mode set to Manual if DHCP does not work automatically From the shell CLI, ifconfig -a Under net0: section, inet starting 192.168.x.xxx * inet or '''Address''' of network card * netmask convert to decimal so 0x'''ffffff7f''' becomes 255.255.255.247 which is used to adjust the above '''Address''' into * broadcast 192.168.xxx.xxx click OK [[File:AROS Wanderer Network Prefs Manual.png|thumb|Manual Settings]] '''Lower part of IPv4 tab''' * IP Mode Get address from DHCP (default) * or changing to Manual if automatic DHCP set up does not work * '''Gateway''' (Router Internal LAN-IP) (Default Route) = 192.168.0.1 (D-Link Netgear), 192.168.1.1 (Linksys 3com), 192.168.2.1 (SMC Microsoft), 192.168.1.254 (Belkin), 192.168.123.254 (USRobotics) else check with your router manual * first DNS = use 208.67.222.222 (opendns) or Gateway number above (to test web browser access to router) or 212.50.160.100 (google) i.e. or whatever your ISP needs you to set * second DNS = use 208.67.220.220 (opendns) or Gateway number above (to test web browser access to router) or 213.249.130.100 (google) i.e. or whatever your ISP needs you to set * At the bottom of IPv4 tab, check mark the '''Start networking during system boot''' option * Save and reboot (sometimes Network restart fails, so reboot every time to be sure) '''an alternative way''' to AROS ifconfig -a, other OSs have similar for the same internet connection. Another connection will have different settings. e.g. From [http://www.ncsu.edu/resnet/windows/ipconfig/ Windows], '''ipconfig /all''' and note down the IP, subnet mask, default gateway, and DNS servers values and put these values in "manually" into AROS Network prefs. e.g. From Linux via dhcp router have a look at etc./dhcpc/dhcpcd-eth0.info * for manual input look at /etc/networks (IP or Gateway) and /etc/resolv.conf (DNS) Please note that all in one routers (wired+wireless) or separate routers may need different settings IPv4 involves routing (192,168.x.x), firewall, NAT ===Wireless=== [[File:MyArosWirelessSetup.png|thumb|Setting up]] [[File:MyArosWirelessTCP.png|thumb|Shell commands to work out what is happening]] We must first make certain you have a Atheros 5k chip inside acting as the wireless wifi option. Open PCITool in Tools directory. Down left hand side are a series of numbers 0.00.0 etc. Click on some at the bottom and hopefully one of them will say Atheros AR5??? or AR242?. or a Realtek RTL8187B, we can check using Prefs/Trident as this one is USB based There are many similarities with the above Wired set up so please read the above section as well * open Network/Prefs * In '''IPv4 Configuration''' tab - click Add - enter net0 / active tick / #?.device / Unit 0 / IP Mode = manual (important if default DHCP does not work automatically) Make sure that any extra network names (e.g. eth1 or net1) should be deleted. If net0 already st previously, change net0 so that it shows associated with the appropriate device name like atheros5000.device or realtek8180.device. Having two entries here will cause sub-net problems. * Go to '''Wireless''' tab and click on "Add" button. * Insert network name (SSID your wireless network name use wirelessmanager to get it), select right "encyption" that is most likely "WPA". * Key Type set as "Passphrase". i.e. type in your password for your router (aka access key). * Unselect (no tick) "hidden" if it is selected, then apply. You may have to tick it if wireless does not work. * Finally, Save and '''reboot'''. For the best chance of success, set networking to start at boot, and then reboot with the USB adapter plugged in. ===USB Ethernet=== Open SYS:Prefs/Network and in the IPv4 Configuration tag (top table covers your usb stick) * click Add button * set Name as net0 * Tick Active box * enter the usb-ethernet.device e.g. dm9601eth.device, usbpegasus.device or usbasixeth.device use SYS:c/devlist, '''Scout''' or trident prefs to get the correct spelling * set Unit to 0 (which is usual but check the messages from the bottom of the Trident prefs whilst plugging the device in to determine the unit number otherwise) * IP Mode is set to Get address from DHCP (make sure your router is set right for that) '''or manual''' * IP Address of network card, i.e. 192.168.0.xx or 192.168.1.xx (xx being greater than 1) * Subnet netmask = 255.255.255.0 * click OK There can be sometimes be boot failures when using USB ethernet - plug the USB device in after boot and save the network prefs to make it work again. Lower part of IPv4 tab covers the router information * IP Mode Get address from DHCP '''or if manual settings''' * Gateway (IP Address of router) = usually 192.168.0.1 or 192.168.1.1 but see router manual to make sure. * first DNS = use 8.8.8.8, 208.67.222.222 (opendns) or 212.50.160.100 * second DNS = use 8.8.4.4, 208.67.220.220 (opendns) or 213.249.130.100 ===USB Tethering via Android smartphone=== Go to AROS Network Prefs (IPv4 configuration tab) and write type in "usbrndis.device" in the "device" textfield of "Interface" sub-window, which appears when you add a new device (or modify an existing one). Select "Start Network during system boot" and saved the configuration, the Connection is immediate no reboot is needed.<br> usbrndis.device is a resident device (virtually always there) in fact, a driver is not present in DEVS:Networks <br><br> Plug in USB cable, go to Android settings and enable "USB Tethering" <br> A reboot should not be necessary. When restarting AROS, the Smartphone deactivates the connection and to access the network again have to reactivate it before starting the browser. ===Solving Issues=== [[File:MyArosTCP.png|thumb|Aros network setup diagnostics - why does it not work?]] * In Network Preferences, have '''only one''' item in the IPv4 Configuration tab * If using manual settings, make sure all numbers are correct, especially for IP address of the card/usb (changing the last number in chain of four) * For any USB based networking, it is often necessary to save in Prefs/Network, reboot AROS and network support can begin * For wired, make sure that the LAN-cable is plugged in before starting the computer * If wireless, try getting closer to the router. * Switch off the encryption option from your router then try wifi, if successful then your ip/dns is ok. If not then your ip/dns settings are most probably wrong or need to use one or more opendns numbers * Replace detachable wireless antenna (best wireless option to buy if you can) with a stronger antenna ie. 5&nbsp;dBi or 7&nbsp;dBi * Try with another computer/laptop/machine Program Error C:WirelessManager * Test with another OS * Check that Wifi works before changeover (if possible) * Check that socket and card are working * Check if card is too new for laptop (date code on card MMYY blue askey date 2005-2007 etc) Are you connecting with the Router ? Check with protection off e.g. wps and wep to see if it makes a difference. For USB wireless - stopping and starting may be needed... <pre> ; $VER: AROSTCP-startnet 1.0 (01/08/06) ; AROSTCP-startnet (c) The AROS Dev Team. ; Run <NIL: >NIL: AROSTCP WaitForPort AROSTCP If NOT Warn ; echo "Stack online" Else echo "Wait for Stack Failed" EndIf ; stop and restart execute "sys:system/network/AROSTCP/s/stopnet" Run <NIL: >NIL: AROSTCP WaitForPort AROSTCP If NOT Warn ; echo "Stack online" Else echo "Wait for Stack Failed" EndIf run <NIL: >NIL: wirelessmanager realtek8180.device </pre> What IRQ number is assigned to the device? You can check with Tools/PCITool? It's possible the BIOS hasn't set the right IRQ number. If you have a Linux CD/DVD handy, could you check if it boots with the options "acpi=off noapic nolapic"? If the following does nothing, this will help us figure out why networking doesn't start automatically at boot open a shell and run the following commands: <pre> echo ${AROSTCP/AutoRun} echo ${AROSTCP/WirelessAutoRun} echo ${AROSTCP/WirelessDevice} </pre> Please report the output, typically it will look like this # True (explanation this variable is related to the "Start networking during system boot" checkbox in network prefs) # True () # Devs:networks/atheros5000.device unit 0 If there's a problem with the AROSTCP package. What's the output of this? ENV:sys/packages/AROSTCP should return a string = Sys:System/Network/AROSTCP By the way, a quicker way to check networking is working would be to run some shell commands such as: <pre> ping www.google.com ifconfig net0 </pre> The best way to list the available networks and diagnose / troubleshoot problems with connecting to a wireless network is to run WirelessManager manually. First uncheck the "Start networking during system boot" box in the Network prefs app, then save and reboot. Then run this in a shell: C:wirelessmanager atheros5000.device verbose or C:wirelessmanager realtek8180.device verbose and capture the output If the above does not help, could you edit the file SYS:System/Network/AROSTCP/S/Package-Startup, and change ">NIL:" to ">T:wifi.log" on the WirelessManager line and add this as well Wait 5? <pre> if ${AROSTCP/WirelessAutoRun} eq "True" Run QUIET "C:WirelessManager ${AROSTCP/WirelessDevice} >T:wifi.log" wait 5 EndIf </pre> Then save, reboot and post the log file (T:wifi.log) here. <pre> c:wirelessmanager atheros5000.device verbose Initializing interface 'atheros5000.device:0' conf 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' driver 'default' ctrl_interface 'N/A' bridge 'N/A' Configuration file 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' -> 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' Reading configuration file 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' Line: 1 - start of a new network block ssid - hexdump_ascii(len=7) 65 63 68 65 6c 6f 6e echelon PSK (ASCII passphrase) - hexdump_ascii(len=14): [REMOVED] key_mgmt: 0x2 PSK (from passphrase) - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED] Priority group 0 id=0 ssid='echelon' Then it just sits there. Not sure what a normal dump looks like, I don't see anything that looks wrong in the configuration. </pre> looks like the driver isn't working with that card. Has anyone else successfully used that exact model number (AR2413)? <pre> Initializing interface 'atheros5000.device:0' conf 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' driver 'default' ctrl_interface 'N/A' bridge 'N/A' Configuration file 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' -> 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' Line: 1 - start of a new network block ssid - hexdump_ascii(len=7): 65 63 68 65 6c 6f 6e echelon PSK (ASCII passphrase) - hexdump_ascii(len=14): [REMOVED] key_mgmt: 0x2 PSK (from passphrase) - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED] Priority group 0 id=0 ssid='echelon' *** [wpa_sm_init] sm->pmksa=02c66fd4 *** Own MAC address: 00:01:36:15:ae:0c RSN: flushing PMKID list in the driver Setting scan request: 0 sec 100000 usec EAPOL: SUPP_PAE entering state DISCONNECTED EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized EAPOL: KEY_RX entering state NO_KEY_RECEIVE EAPOL: SUPP_BE entering state INITIALIZE EAP: EAP entering state DISABLED EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized Added interface atheros5000.device:0 State: DISCONNECTED -> SCANNING Started AP scan for wildcard SSID MLME: starting scan MLME: scan channel 1 (2412 MHz) sana2: sending MLME frame Then it stops. Does this mean the router is not authorizing this NIC? IRQ 4 (A) </pre> apparently locking up when the first frame is sent (a scan request). <pre> Devs/Networks/atheros5000.device:0 Initializing interface 'Devs/Networks/atheros5000.device:0' conf 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' driver 'default' ctrl_interface 'N/A' bridge 'N/A' Configuration file 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' -> 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' Reading configuration file 'ENV:Wireless.prefs' Line: 1 - start of a new network block ssid - hexdump_ascii(len=12): 41 69 72 4c 69 6e 6b 35 39 33 30 30 AirLink59300 PSK (ASCII passphrase) - hexdump_ascii(len=8): [REMOVED] key_mgmt: 0x2 PSK (from passphrase) - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED] Priority group 0 id=0 ssid='AirLink59300' *** [wpa_sm_init] sm->pmksa=0224e444 *** Own MAC address: 00:1f:e1:42:e3:7a RSN: flushing PMKID list in the driver Setting scan request: 0 sec 100000 usec [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.160000 EAPOL: SUPP_PAE entering state DISCONNECTED EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized EAPOL: KEY_RX entering state NO_KEY_RECEIVE EAPOL: SUPP_BE entering state INITIALIZE EAP: EAP entering state DISABLED EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.060000 [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686604.060000 Added interface Devs/Networks/atheros5000.device:0 [eloop_run] Starting State: DISCONNECTED -> SCANNING Starting AP scan for wildcard SSID MLME: starting scan [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.160001 MLME: scan channel 1 (2412 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.193000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.233000 MLME: scan channel 2 (2417 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.253000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.293000 MLME: scan channel 3 (2422 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.333000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.373000 MLME: scan channel 4 (2427 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.393000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.433000 MLME: scan channel 5 (2432 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.473000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.513000 MLME: scan channel 6 (2437 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.553000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.573000 MLME: scan channel 7 (2442 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.613000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.653000 MLME: scan channel 8 (2447 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.693000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.713000 MLME: scan channel 9 (2452 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.753000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.793000 MLME: scan channel 10 (2457 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.833000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.853000 MLME: scan channel 11 (2462 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.893000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.933000 MLME: scan channel 12 (2467 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686594.973000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.013000 MLME: scan channel 13 (2472 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.033000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.073000 EAPOL: disable timer tick EAPOL: Supplicant port status: Unauthorized MLME: scan channel 14 (2484 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.113000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.153000 MLME: scan channel 1 (2412 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.193000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.213000 MLME: scan channel 2 (2417 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.253000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.293000 MLME: scan channel 3 (2422 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.333000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.353000 MLME: scan channel 4 (2427 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.393000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.433000 MLME: scan channel 5 (2432 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.473000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.493000 MLME: scan channel 6 (2437 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.533000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.573000 MLME: scan channel 7 (2442 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.613000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.653000 MLME: scan channel 8 (2447 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.673000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.713000 MLME: scan channel 9 (2452 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.753000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.793000 MLME: scan channel 10 (2457 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.833000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.853000 MLME: scan channel 11 (2462 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.893000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.933000 MLME: scan channel 12 (2467 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.973000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686595.993000 MLME: scan channel 13 (2472 MHz) [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686596.033000 sana2: sending MLME frame [eloop_reg_timeout] Timeout is at 1317686596.073000 MLME: scan completed </pre> Is your network hidden? If so, did you enable the 'Hidden' checkbox in the network prefs? What distro version are you using? <pre> "ENV:sys/wireless.prefs" looks like this: network={ ssid="testadhoc" key_mgmt=NONE wep_key0="12345" wep_tx_keyidx=0 } </pre> If your router doesn't broadcast its SSID (hidden), you need to add this option to the network block of the wpa_supplicant.conf on your aros machine and make changes after # Example blocks: scan_ssid=1 Here's a full description of all the [http://hostap.epitest.fi/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?p=hostap.git;a=blob_plain;f=wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf config file options]. <pre> ap_scan=1 network={ ssid="YOURESSID" scan_ssid=1 proto=RSN key_mgmt=WPA-PSK pairwise=CCMP group=CCMP psk=YOURPASSWORD } </pre> <pre> filter_ssids=1 ap_scan=2 network={ ssid="REMOVED" scan_ssid=1 bssid=REMOVED priority=100 mode=0 proto=RSN key_mgmt=WPA-PSK auth_alg=OPEN pairwise=CCMP group=CCMP psk=REMOVED } </pre> Error 6: Couldn't resolve host name. Check Scout -> Devices and look at the device that you are using, in the OCnt column it should state 2 which means AROSTCP and Wirelessmanager are both accessing this driver. If 0 or 1, then uncheck the checkbox in Network prefs for starting networking at boot, save and reboot. Then run this is the shell: C:WirelessManager realtek8180.device unit 0 some quirks setting up the wireless network as well 1) it's far better setting up either the wired OR the wireless network adapter as net0:, or weird things happen 2) it's better using fixed IP on the local network instead of DHCP 3) network setting must be placed in network setting panel in /prefs, using the wirelessmanager helped me finding available SSIDs, but not actually connecting to them once done, reboot. If previous setup is proving problematic <pre > SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/Wireless.prefs SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/Zune/OWB.config SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/Zune/global.config SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/AROSTCP/WirelessDevice SYS:Prefs/Env-Archive/AROSTCP/db/Interfaces </pre > Make a copy of these files and restore in case of problems. Please try this test to check if you can connect to your router, ie established that the WiFi layer is working ̊̊̊̊Boot with networking disabled, by make sure that "Start networking at boot" in Network Prefs is unchecked (no tick). ̊ Run this in a shell: C:WirelessManager atheros5000.device VERBOSE ̊If the output of that command is too long to summarise here, you can redirect it to a file by adding >RAM:wifi.log to the end, then attach or paste that file here. try running "status" in the shell and check that AROSTCP is listed/running If AROStcp is not showing, then AROSTCP is not running. attempted to start it by clicking Use or Save in network prefs, or checking the "start networking at boot" box or typing into a shell. Execute SYS:System/Network/AROSTCP/s/startnet (run Status again afterwards). The "cannot resolve hostname" will appear if you are blocked on the wifi network by the router as well as aros not being able to assign correct network address. One way of testing this might be to disable the firewall in the router. you might also check the router how it sees the attempts aros do to speak to it. The easiest way to do that would be to manually give aros an IP number in the routers accepted range. and see if it shows up at all within the router. Tests that can be undertaken to determine correct settings and functions pciinfo sanautil -d broadcom4400.device status <pre > ping <router-address> e.g. 192.168.0.1 (aka inet) or 80.237.146.33 (www.amiganews.de) ifconfig net0 ifconfig net0 up extras:networking/utils/sanautil/sanautil -d atheros5000.device status WirelessManager atheros5000.device verbose >RAM:wifi.log ;to send the log to RAM disk to be read easier or if detected, Run WirelessManager atheros5000.device >NIL: Run WirelessManager atheros5000.device ssid="mynet1" >NIL: C:WirelessManager realtek8180.device unit 0 </pre > Please look at the task list in Scout, and check if WirelessManager and AROSTCP are running. Also look at the device list in Scout to check if realtek8180.device is open. start tools/debug/sashimi, maybe it shows some debug messages when disconnection happens. Firstly, let's take a look at what your setup most likely looks like, assuming you use a router. See diagram below: <pre> Internet <---------> home router <---------> computer -----------external IP------------------internal IP------------- </pre> Okay, so what am I trying to show you with that diagram. A few things. Firstly, the IP address that connects you to the Internet is not the same one that connects you to your router. What happens is that your computer doesn't have a direct connection to the Internet, instead your router connects to the Internet, and your computer connects to the router. You can see the external and internal IP addresses in these example settings... * Default Gateway : 76.91.64.1 (external IP for ISP/Internet host) * IP Address : 76.91.71.184 (external IP for home router) * IP Address : 192.168.0.1 (internal IP for home router) * Address = 192.168.0.161 (internal IP for computer) As you can see, there are two internal IP addresses and two external IP addresses. This is because there is a client/server relationship, effectively one address is for the service (server) and one address is for the device trying to access that service (client). The server addresses in your case are 76.91.64.1 (your ISP's address, serving the Internet), and 192.168.0.1 (your home router's address, serving your home network). The term gateway applies here, they are your gateway to those services. Subnet masks are used along with IP addresses to determine which IP addresses are allowed access to a network. I did learn the more in-depth rules about subnet masks once (watched a CCNA vid), but I've forgotten about it. The basic level of understanding you'll need is easy to remember though. A subnet mask value of 255 means that portion of the IP address must stay constant, whereas a subnet value of 0 means any unassigned value up to 255 is allowed in the IP address. By far the most common subnet value is 255.255.255.0. What this means is that the first three parts of the IP address you use to connect to a service must stay the same as the server/gateway address, and only the last section can change. So if your router's internal IP address is 192.168.0.1, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0, the only addresses that will be allowed to be used on that network are between 192.168.0.2 and 192.168.0.255 (I think 192.168.0.0 is reserved for other uses). Final point to make is about DHCP (a.k.a. dynamic IP) vs static IP. A server/router using DHCP gives a device that connects to it an address within the acceptable range. It usually starts with the lowest numbered free address, so with your router it'll give the first device that connects to it 192.168.0.2, the next device 192.168.0.3, and so on. Static IP addresses are where you set the IP address you want to connect with in advance. When using static IP addresses on a router where DHCP is active, it's good to use a high number to avoid conflicts with other devices that are connected to your network, to reduce the risk that both devices will try using the same IP. That's why your current choice of 192.168.0.161 is good, unless you have over 159 devices connected on your current network! Okay, so what's the next step. Well, if you can use ping, I'd suggest pinging 192.168.0.1. If you get a positive response it means you're connected to your router, if you don't get a response it means the connection between your router and your computer is at fault. Documentation on configuring the AROSTCP environment further can be found [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/User/Networking here] ===File Sharing=== As AROS knows only a few filesystems (FFS, OFS, SFS, PFS (amiga only), FAT12, 16, 32, Microsoft NTFS (windows), UDF (Blu-ray)). The others in regular use like MacOSX hfs+, Linux ext2/ext3 and ext4, Haiku BeFS provide a problem in transferring files. Linux can access SFS partitions but it needs to be compiled. The latest full source are [http://home.elka.pw.edu.pl/~mszyprow/programy/asfs/ here]. It compiled fine with a 2.6.30 kernel in Puppy Linux 4.31. An alternative, is to use a FAT32 partition to share. Setup a 4G FAT32 partition using HDToolbox for sharing, and the rest of the space as SFS for an Aros install. It works very well. Files could be transferred via TCP internet network. ====SMB2/3==== With Windows you can share one folder or all folders of the "Public" user. On Windows what is important is to enable sharing (Network and Sharing Center). AROS Mountlist should look lke this <pre> Handler = L:smb2-handler StackSize = 65536 Priority = 5 GlobVec = -1 ACTIVATE=1 Startup = "smb://UserAcc:password@PCShare/Sharefolder" </pre> which could also be "smb://UserPC:password@192.168.x.x/Public" or "smb://UserPC:password@Name-PC/Public" so "smb://UserPC:password@192.168.1.158/Folder" or "smb://UserPC:password@Name-PC/Folder" After you have configured a share generates a DOSDrivers it is named "SMB0" which includes the setting, and at each reboot it is Mounted. You can still delete the DOSDriver by hand, is located in Storage/DOSDrivers, the file "ServerAutoMounts", in ENV:AROSTCP which indicates the DOSDriver to be mounted, should also be deleted. The per-mount files are written to ENV:SMB or SYS:Storage/DOSDrivers. There is also additional file ENV:AROSTCP/ServerAutoMounts which states what will be presented to the end user. ====Old SMBFS==== e.g. to connect to a NAS share such as \\NASBOX\Shared use -: SMBFS WORKGROUP=<YOUR WORKGROUP NAME> VOLUME=<AROS volume name to use>: SERVICE=<UNC Path to connect to> SMBFS WORKGROUP=MYNET VOLUME=Shared: SERVICE=//NASBOX/Shared And you will then have an icon appear on your desktop for the volume name you have chosen. You can put the above script into wbstartup or give it an icon, change it to a 'project' and give it the default tool c:iconx Open a shell and type copy sys:script.info "sys:wbstartup/YOURSCRIPTNAME.info" This should create an icon for your script file. Now right-click on your script and select 'information'. Change 'tool' to 'project', put 'c:iconx' into the 'default tool' box, click save The reason being that scripts need to be opened with 'execute SCRIPTNAME' (or 'iconx') whereas the programs started from wbstartup are opened using 'run PROGRAMNAME'. It's the same as trying to start a command-line tool from the workbench by double-clicking it. ====Setup ISO images within AROS==== Use [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=driver/storage DiskImage] which supports many cd image formats ISO, CCD, MDF/MDS, CUE/BIN, NRG and UIF. To mount CD or DVD images use below.... <pre > # Rename your iso 'Unit0' (note no extension). # Do 'View/All files' on you Aros partition. You should now see a folder called 'Diskimages'. Copy your renamed iso to there. (Alternatively, you could type at the shell 'assign FDSK: xxx', where xxx is the location of your iso.) # From the shell, type 'mount CD0:' and the iso should appear on the Wanderer desktop. You can now access it like a real disk. </pre > assign devname: dismount Assign DOSVOLUME: remove [http://aminet.net/package/disk/misc/unmount-0.1 unmount] most filesystems work but SFS lacks support for ACTION_DIE packet If you are using an IcAros install, the startup scripts are set up to wipe the Diskimages directory on boot, so its worth keeping a second copy of the iso somewhere else. Alternatively, you could set up extra mountlists for additional iso images. I've made a file called iso1 in the Aros:devs directory that contains the following text: <pre> /* Entry for ISO image */ ISO1: FileSystem = cdrom.handler Device = fdsk.device Unit = 1 LowCyl = 0 HighCyl = 0 Surfaces = 1 BlocksPerTrack = 1 DOSType = 0x41434400 Activate = 1 # </pre> Then I just need an iso called 'Unit1' (corresponding to the 'Unit = 1' entry in the mountlist) in Diskimages (or wherever I assign FDSK: to) and to mount I type in at the shell: Mount iso1: from devs:iso1 Of course, if you create mountlists for ISO2, ISO3:, etc. (with the corresponding change to the 'Unit = ' line) you can have as many isos mounted as you wish. I just call mine ISO1: etc. to distinguish them from the real CD drives ==Video Guides== Video demonstrations and tutorials covering: :00. '''Introduction''' ::[https://www.youtube.com/@jamesmattson6813/videos Various Aros Installs], ::[https://www.youtube.com/embed/j8EmSEby0Rg AROS repo in gource, view of AROS dev commits from 1997 to 2025], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vx_zqlBow40&feature=related Gource view of AROS 1997 up to 2009], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s1RsvEm7UrU Why an Amiga OS in 2011], ::[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1W886mheV74&pp=ygUPYW1pZ2EgYXJvcyAyMDI2 Johan Grip on early days of AROS x86], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mXaKDhtTTqQ&t=14s&pp=ygUPYW1pZ2EgYXJvcyAyMDI2 Michel Schulz on Aros and PiStorm], :01. '''Installation''' ::[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M7YjufrJqDs Aros One install], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iIMguHTdC5E Aros One USB install], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZNXauy5m5Wc Aros One install], [http://vimeo.com/11013489 Modify Grub boot], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wyQVeyXIywc&feature=channel iMica Silent Pt3], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o2AnkoflY14 Wipe whole drive and Install - warning loss of data on drive], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OVXm6_-witQ VirtualBox install], [ VMware install], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0k2PEmT8I14 Broadway AROS Install], ::[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PtDiXhjSIfs Is Aros Icaros a choice?], ::[ driver install], ::[http://www.vimeo.com/10491104 HDAudio install but needs account], [], :02. '''Amiga Basics''' ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TY8mWxwzH5o Screens tutorial], ::[https://m.youtube.com/user/AMIGASYSTEM/videos General], [ Dos Scripts tutorial], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hPT7SmVEpjc OS 1.2], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6kX3FqH8Ww&feature=related OS 1.3], :03. '''Customisation demos''' ::[https://www.youtube.com/@AMIGASYSTEM/videos Prefs tutorial], [ Decoration tutorial], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Dn5C8G3aDXU Scalos], :04. '''Setting up''' internet access and surfing the web, FTP, IRC and Mail apps ::[ Network Prefs], [ AirCOS tutorial], [ jabberwocky tutorial], :05. '''Native bundled Games and Applications''' ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aYlFv2B-VXc 3D Games], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MXK7wwhd-R0 Latest Games], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RUgiVThv23Q&feature=mfu_in_order&list=UL PrBoom GL], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0s7u8TPy7V4 Assault Cubes], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fih6aCXKeqs Cube 2], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-X0ay0MGOms DosBox on Aros], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7nKduDjf14k Oct 2010], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FziV2z_uxnQ Apps Pt 1], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xs37_nfa5CI Apps Pt 2], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bn59_VvbQR0&feature=related Apps Pt 3], ::DOpus4 [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSRybWjrrME DOpus 4], ::Milkytracker [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VxBOEPzpdKg&feature=related Laying Down Base Tracks], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k2uKQ0-ieOE Audio Evolution 4 in action], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zq4r9k0_jZI Quick Videos], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gGKCFZcIc0I&feature=related ScreenRecorder], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=974c2e-Fqak&feature=related TV out Tests], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fjq8ct5d5IY AmiFIG], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h0rHvPhYJo4&feature=youtu.be ZuneFIG], ::[http://wiki.povray.org/content/Documentation:Tutorial_Section_1 POVray Tutorial 1], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jk-ZNLfJsvQ pt 1, jan. 2008], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nWRy33g1R7Y pt 2, feb. 2009], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r5PbhCtm4vE pt 3, feb. 2010], ::[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G7_FJUoQ89o Hollywood programming], [], [], [], ::[], [], [], ::[], [], [], ::[], [], [], :06. '''Commercial software available''' ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fKXY9B4R43s AntiryadGX 3D Game Editor], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TMS9NDzwm5U BOH indie Game], :07. '''Running classic amiga apps and games''' :: Amiberry [], [], ::[http://vmwaros.blogspot.com/2008/11/introducing-amibridge.html Intro Amibridge], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ee2PWvCZeLo Old Amiga Apps], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ee2PWvCZeLo Why Janus UAE is good], ::[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VhlsNSYSuDg DPaint tutorial] ::[http://vmwaros.blogspot.com/2009/11/can-icaros-play-my-amiga-games-and-why.html Play Amiga Games], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XTaZCNOvCnE], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tMehS77LXQ4 Pagestream Introduction], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=284-w3hTzII Pagestream Tutorial 1], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mlwEGwhZzl4 Pagestream Tutorial 2], ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iIcrIjPOctc Catweasel Mk4 PCI Part 1] and [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BaitHeL6bEA Part 2], :08. '''Misc and History''' ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d6mDXKU29w0 Mum uses old AmigaOS Workbench 1.1 (1986)], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DaRkacQ-YMg Why an Amiga 500 (1987)], [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k5CYsgVCzYY an Amiga 2000 (1987)], :09. '''Misc Shows and Events''' ::[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=klgVSWKs4kE VCF 2010], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eQ3d5qR-Hv8 24:06 Jason McMullan at amiwest 2012 about AROS], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpQO7XSfAv4 Aros SMP multi core amiwest 2013], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gFRtAAmiFbE], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DjdUEyjx8GM], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ydYDqZQpim8], [], [https://www.youtube.com/@uminekoshouten/featured], [https://www.youtube.com/shorts/NfoY023w-vE], :10. ::[https://www.youtube.com/shorts/6qJTNW4-6GY] ===History=== The project was originally started by a small group of Amiga [http://www.amigahistory.co.uk/aros.html enthusiasts] in 1995. These individuals were mainly computer-based college university students at the start, though that student trend has diminished since. An interview with Aaron Digulla [http://arosshow.blogspot.com/2006/12/interview-with-aaron-digulla-who.html here] * 1992 Commodore folds * 1996-1998 much of the early years was concerned with exec, dos and intuition libraries. * Early 1999, Haage & Partner used parts of the AROS code in AmigaOS 3.9. * March 2001, floppy disk images of AROS became available. * Early 2002, AROS changed its name from Amiga Replacement Operating System to Amiga Research Operating System * June 2002, AROS devs decided to use Zune (MUI 3.8 rewrite) as the GUI system. * November 2002, Eric Schwartz drew Kitty for AROS usage. * Early 2003, AROS.org underwent a graphics facelift. * Late 2003, GCC C compiler arrived. * Early 2004, Aros-Exec opened. * Early 2005, Aros Max bootable CD arrived. * Late 2005, SFS filesystem ported and allowed fast access to apps and network support arrived * Early 2007, AROS.org underwent another graphics facelift. * Mid-2007, AROS changed to AROS Research Operating System after A.Inc. sued Hyperion with a trademark violation. * Late 2007, the hard disk installer added and VmwAROS (later called Icaros Desktop) distro launched. * Early 2009, Our first usable web browser (OWB) * September 2010, first wireless support appears and AspireOS started as a distro * Early 2012, the first paper-cut bugfix and Fab's Odyssey Web Browser ported * Early 2017, work started on utilising the addition cores on modern CPUs starting with the 64bit x86 PC version * Mid-2017, m68k port optimized for the Vampire 2 / Apollo accelerators (68080 AMMX FPGA) * 2018 The old AROS Exec website closed and a new one opened * 2019 AROS One x86 32bit distribution started and now with USB install version * Early 2021, backport of more features of 32bit PC ABIv1 into 32bit PC ABIv0 (Aros One 1.5 and above) * 2025 year of 64bit pc builds and porting 32bit applications to 64bit ABIv11 * 2026 update of [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FKTL068ULM&pp=ygUPYXJvcyBhbWlnYSAyMDI2 nvidia nouveau driver for 64bit PC] ===Bounties=== To help inspire developers with both ideas and monetary incentives, rewards are offered for the successful completion of "bounties" (requests for missing/new functionality) chosen by the community and handled by [http://power2people.org power2people] (formerly done by TeamAROS). A monthly option is [http://www.power2people.org/funds/aros/ here]. Future goals for AROS include expanding its underlying retargetability to support even more diverse architectures, provide memory protection features and user level file security, SMP and many other wonderful features missing from AmigaOS &mdash; while still providing as much source level compatibility as is possible (however it is accepted that to achieve some goals code certain things may require a little recoding). [http://www.ohloh.net/p/aros/contributors Developers] come and go as with any open source effort and we would like to thank them for their efforts... ;1996-2000:In DigullaA (coordinator), GripJ, TempletonI (BSD), SchulzM, RittauS, voordenDagL, HolmM, JohanssonT, VanIngelgomH, SteigerwaldM, BortasP, deJongK, AlfredssonJ, InnocentiB, ;2001-2005:In [http://chodorowski.com/adam/aros.html ChodorowskiA], StegerG, BergerS, HeutlingS, AlemagnaF (gcc), VerhaegenS (rexx), KielH, MatheussenKS (CAMD), SzczygielskiP, ErikssonP, LeCorfecD (Zune), BauerS (Zune), FurlongW, GustafssonJ, AndrewsN, CafferkeyN, GierichM (jpeg), PattonJ, ParsonsM, DietrichJ, SeilerT, BischoffL, LorentzenNH, AdamO, BerglundH, SmithP, HolmenD, BlomM, ;2006-2010:In FedinP, RusslerM, SzymczykS (owb), SmiechowiczK (openGL), WeissM, NorrisR, BrunnerO, WiszkowskiT, GreppinA, [http://www.fukt.bsnet.se/~bearsoft/ Bearsoft Björn Screwelius], ErbY, CharletF, HodgesC, [http://aros-exec.org/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?topic_id=4819&forum=18&post_id=43103#forumpost43103 HokstadV], McMullanJ (m68k), WilenT (m68k), ;2011- :In MuijzenbergPHvanden, ALB42, JonesEM, weiju, DizzyofCRN, wawa, miker, * 1996 - The linux hosted version for i386 was the first to arrive * 1998 - i386, The native version for i386-based PC AT computers and compatibles. * 2004 - x86/64, The native version for 64-bit (x86_64, amd64) PC computers. * 2008 - sam440/ppc, The native version for Sam440EP, Sam440EP Flex and Sam460ex computers. * 2009 - efika, The native version for PowerPC Efika computers. * 2010 - m68k, The native version for m68k Amigas or WinUAE * 2013 - raspi/armfh, early native version for ARMv6 based Raspberry Pi computers. * 2017 - x86/64bit smp Debugging capture serial debug at all (especially with sysdebug=all or --sysdebug=all) to see it displayed on screen * yes, usb -> rs232 adapters can work most of the time, some of the cheapest ones are not fully compatible with all rs232 devices to capture to another device * you will need a null modem cable (or a null modem adapter usually female to female) in addition to the usb -> rs232 adapter (usb adapter is a normal modem ie. the pins are not crossed over) Normal modem cable - straight connection DCE <pre> Pin 2 -> Pin 2 RXD Pin 3 -> Pin 3 TXD Pin 5 -> Pin 5 GND </pre> Null modem cable connections DTE <pre> Pin 2 -> Pin 3 Pin 3 -> Pin 2 Pin 5 -> Pin 5 </pre> (9pole SUB-D) <pre> serial ser: (amiga/aros) tty2 tty1USB0 (linux) COM1 (windows) (depends on the os being used) speed baud transfer rate 9600 38400 lower baud might be more successful data bits 8 stop bits 1 parity none handshaking flow control - none xon/xoff (most likely) rts/cts dsr/dtr (pins not connected so should not work) </pre> *You cannot use compiled aros X86-64 bit software (when ready) on aros X86 32bit. PPC compiled software on X86 and so on. *68k is tested with the UAE emulator (WinUAE) but some tests are done on native 68000 based Amigas and others. *PPC support is very limited to certain devices. If you use the WBStartup, you have to delete the other icons in the folder (readme etc..) and you have to add in the Icon Tooltype the parameter DONOTWAIT If you use user-startup instead, you need to add the attached command "after assignment to LUA" C:WBRun DH1:Extras/Utility/WeatherBar/WeatherBar >NIL: Change the command to match your WeatherBar path. <pre> PATH sys:Utilities/WeatherBar ADD run >nil: lua:amilua weatherforecast.lua </pre> To enter data your Country or City, ist with city_id numbers can be found [http://bulk.openweathermap.org/sample/city.list.json.gz here] or you need to go to [https://www.bbc.com/weather BBC Weather], once you type the name of your city or town in the appropriate tab, and press enter, the 7 numbers to be added in the "WeatherBar" will appear on the Browser url address bar above Unicode v16.0 emojis are not supported but [https://github.com/jens-maus/libcodesets codesets.library] provides <pre> internally supported (hardcoded) charsets/codesets are: (conversions are possible from and to each codeset): AmigaPL – Polish (Amiga) Amiga-1251 – Cyrillic (Amiga) ISO-8859-1 – Western European ISO-8859-1+Euro – West European (with EURO) ISO-8859-2 – Central/East European ISO-8859-3 – South European ISO-8859-4 – North European ISO-8859-5 – Slavic languages ISO-8859-9 – Turkish ISO-8859-15 – West European II ISO-8859-16 – South-Eastern European KOI8-R – Russian UTF-8 – Unicode In addition, external charset table files can be stored in LIBS:Charsets or loaded by an application from PROGDIR:Charsets. The charset files included with this distributions are: IBM866 – Cyrillic (cp866) ISO-8859-7 – Greek (LatinGreek) ISO-8859-10 – Nordic (Latin 6) windows-1250 – Central/East Europe (Windows) windows-1251 – Cyrillic (Windows) windows-1252 – West European (Windows) </pre> Icaros 2.3 USB image needs a header stripped so it can work correctly dd bs=512 skip=1 status=progress if=icaros_light_2-3-0_pendrive.bin of=/dev/sdxy && sync Scalos <pre> ------------------------------- { "STRING", "ID/K,TEXT/K,SRC/K,TEXTPEN/K,HALIGN/K,STYLE/K,FONT/K,VALIGN/K", HALIGN LEFT | CENTER | RIGHT VALIGN TOP | CENTER | BOTTOM STYLE NORMAL | BOLD | ITALIC | BOLDITALIC FONT // font specification - format: "fontname.font/size" ------------------------------- arguments for STRING SRC "diskstate", "diskusage", "diskusagefree", "diskusageinuse", "diskusagepercent", "fibfilename", "filecomment", "filedate", "fileprotection", "filesize", "filetime", "filetypestring", "iconname", "linktarget", "plugin" pluginname <optional plugin arguments> "versionstring", "volumecreateddate", "volumecreatedtime", "volumeordevicename", ------------------------------- arguments for HIDE "novolumenode", "isempty" (some STRING) ------------------------------- all internal commands: "about", "backdrop", "cleanup", "cleanupbyname", "cleanupbydate", "cleanupbysize", "cleanupbytype", "clearselection", "clone", "close", "copy", "cut", "delete", "emptytrashcan", "executecommand", "formatdisk", "iconify", "iconinfo", "lastmsg", "leaveout", "makedir", "open", "parent", "paste", "putaway", "quit", "redraw", "redrawall", "rename", "reset", "selectall", "showallfiles", "showonlyicons", "shutdown", "sizetofit", "snapshot", "snapshotall", "snapshotwindow", "unsnapshot", "update", "updateall", "viewbydate", "viewbyicon", "viewbysize", "viewbytype", "viewbytext", </pre> {{status|50%}} {{BookCat}} jwq9ylceyx1zxhbgifozzv5247ck32i 0 16515 4671083 4670776 2026-09-18T23:44:39Z It-is-Truly-Meet 3624460 4671083 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Yellow Warning|This page is in severe development. It is and will not be a good read or make much sense until that development is done!}} {{Need soundbite}} </noinclude> {|align="right" | __TOC__ |} [[File:Berlin Universität um 1900.jpg|300px|thumb|Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, 1900]] =Lesson I.9: Schule= == Hallo aus Berlin! == === Schule in Deutschland === *School is not regulated nationwide but by each land. *German "Kindergarten" is optional—it translates rather to "play school," with "Vorschule" being roughly the equivalent to "Kindergarten." *From the age of six on, all Germans attend a "Grundschule" (elementary school) for four or six years, depending on the Land. *After that, they go to either the "Hauptschule," which is industrially oriented; the "Realschule," which is skill-oriented; the "Gymnasium," which is academically oriented; or the "Gesamtschule," a comprehensive school. *Schooling is obligatory until the age of 16, but the Gymnasium diploma "Abitur" can only be obtained after 12 or 13 years, i.e., at age 18 or 19. *Latin and sometimes even ancient Greek are regularly taught at the Gymnasium. For the "Abitur," at least two foreign languages as well as some calculus and analysis classes have to be taken. *School days usually go from 8:00 to 13:00. In most lands, only the older students have additional classes between about 14:00 and 15:30. *In most schools, extracurricular activities are offered, such as drama club or school choir, but they are less common than in the U.S. Though many students feel some sort of identification with their school, most are just happy when they can go home. *Generally speaking, many schools still are more formal than US or Canadian schools. *The marking system uses 1 (excellent, 91–100%), 2 (good, 81–90%), 3 (satisfactory, 66–80%), 4 (sufficient, 50–65%), 5 (faulty, 0–49%), or 6 (not sufficient, only used when the student literally hands in a blank sheet or fails). *These marks can be modified with a "+" or a "-" to indicate a tendency, e.g., 2+ is a fairly good mark that corresponds to ~89%. == Dialog == Silke: Jetzt haben wir Mathe. Torsten: Oh nein, ich habe überhaupt keine Lust dazu. Silke: Hast du die Aufgaben gemacht? Torsten: Ja, im Bus. Silke: Super! Kann ich sie abschreiben? Lehrer (Betritt den Raum): Guten Morgen! Klasse: Guten Morgen! Lehrer: Wer möchte die Aufgaben an der Tafel rechnen? Florian? Florian geht zur Tafel, schreibt an und liest vor: "5 plus 8 ist gleich 13" "8 minus 5 ist gleich 3" "3 mal 8 ist gleich 24" "24 geteilt durch 12 ist gleich 2" Lehrer: Sehr gut, Florian! Die Glocke läutet. Es ist Fünfminutenpause. Silke: Schnell, wir müssen zu Musik! Torsten: Au ja, darauf freue ich mich schon. Silke: Was machen wir heute? Torsten: Wir wollen ein Lied von Grönemeyer singen! Silke: Welches denn? Torsten: "Alkohol", glaube ich. Nach dem Musikunterricht: Silke: Jetzt haben wir nur noch Geschichte... Torsten: Komm, wir schwänzen und gehen ins Bistro. Silke: Schon wieder! === Und Satz für Satz... === Oh nein, ich habe überhaupt keine Lust dazu. "Lust (zu etwas) haben" means "feeling like (it)". "Ich habe keine Lust (dazu)" is "I don't feel like (it)". "Ich habe ''überhaupt'' keine Lust" emphasizes it, meaning "I don't feel like it at all." Hast du die Aufgaben gemacht? Have you the tasks done? "Did you do your homework?" Ja, im Bus. Yes, in the bus. This is a common practice of students world-wide. Notice that "im" is the contraction of "in dem." Super! Kann ich sie noch schnell abschreiben? Super! Can I just quickly copy them? "Super", "Cool", "Toll", are common exclamations ... "Noch schnell" is here meant as "while there is still time" Lehrer (Betritt den Raum): Guten Morgen! Teacher (enters the room): Good Morning! Klasse: Guten Morgen! Class: Good Morning! Wer möchte die Aufgaben an der Tafel rechnen? Florian? Who would like the tasks on the blackboard calculate? "Who would like to do these questions on the blackboard?" Note that "Tafel" is related to "table", meaning a flat surface, and indeed German "Tafel" can also designate a table prepared for a feast. Don't let the order of the words disturb you, even if the phrase seems totally incomprehensible at first. To ask, if you ''want'' to do something, you use a construction similar to English: "Wer will rechnen" - "Ich will rechnen." "Who wants to calculate" - "I want to calculate." "Rechnen" is clearly an infinitive, and doesn't need a "zu" to prove it. This is one of the main reasons why complicated conjugations can survive; they contain information that otherwise has to be expressed. To be a little more polite: "Wer möchte rechnen?" - "Ich möchte rechnen!" "Who would like to calculate?" - "I would like to calculate" This is another example of brevity by conjugation; ''möchte'' is a ''Konjunktiv'' form of ''mögen'' ("to like"). "Wer rechnet die Aufgabe <u>an der Tafel</u>?" - "Ich rechne die Aufgabe an der Tafel." "Who calculates the task <u>on the blackboard</u>?" - "I calculate the task on the blackboard." ''Aufgabe'' is in the accusative case. Because it's a feminine noun, its case is not obvious, but the structure is the same as "wer sieht '''den''' '''Mann'''?" We also have an <u>adverbial</u> (''ad-'': "modifying") expression of place that defines the verb. Note that the order of expressions is widely interchangeable. You can emphasize something by putting it closer to the end of the question. And now for the whole phrase: "Wer möchte [die Aufgabe an der Tafel] rechnen?" "Ich möchte [die Aufgabe an der Tafel] rechnen." It wasn't that bad, was it? Florian geht zur Tafel, schreibt an und liest vor: Florian goes to the blackboard, writes down, and reads aloud: * "zur" is another contraction, this time of "zu" and "der". Note that after "zu" follows the dative case, so "der" is not the masculine but the feminine article. * "anschreiben" splits to "schreibt an", and means literally "writing on". It is often used when writing legibly on a large, visible surface such as blackboard or a flipchart. * "vorlesen" splits to "liest vor" and translates to "read aloud". "5 plus 8 ist gleich 13" "8 minus 5 ist gleich 3" "3 mal 8 ist 24" "24 geteilt durch 12 gleich 2" Plus and minus are the same as in English, they are just pronounced German. The verbs ''addieren'' and ''subtrahieren'' are also cognates, and "ist gleich" (shorter: ''gleich/ist'') corresponds to "equals." "mal" means "times". This is also used in every day phrases, such as "100mal habe ich dir gesagt ..." "I told you a 100 times ..." The corresponding verb is "malnehmen" or "multiplizieren" "geteilt durch" is literally "divided by", and the verb is "teilen" or "dividieren". Lehrer: Sehr gut, Florian! Very good, Florian! Now, that was easy! Die Glocke läutet. Es ist Fünfminutenpause. The bell rings. It is five-minute-break Between classes, there’s usually a five-minute break for teachers and students to move between classrooms. Most classes, like German, English, History, and Philosophy, are taught in the classroom. Classes that require special equipment, such as sciences, music, arts, computers, and sports, are taught in specialized labs. Every second break is 15 minutes long, and afternoon lessons often have a 45 to 60-minute break for lunch. Schnell, wir müssen zu Musik! Quick, we must to music! This sentence sounds strange because the verb ''gehen'' can be omitted in everyday German. In this case, the complete phrase would have to be "Wir müssen zu Musik ''gehen''". But since Torsten will not think Silke is going to fly there, there will be no misunderstanding. Additionally, the word "class", or "course" is missing, which is the usual way of students to talk about their subjects. Note: In English, the phrase might be "We ''have to'' go to the music room" instead of ''must''. The German translation "Wir haben in den Musikraum zu gehen" would be understood, but is quite formal. Additionally, there is a connotation that the speaker distances himself from the order he is being given. In English, the phrase might instead be “We have to go to the music room.” The German translation “Wir haben in den Musikraum zu gehen” is understood but formal. It also implies the speaker distances himself from the order. Au ja, darauf freue ich mich schon! Oh yes, I look forward to this myself already! Let's start at the beginning. "Au ja" ist an exclamation meaning "cool", "that's great". It has nothing to do with the German equivalent of "ouch!", which is "au(a)!" "Sich freuen" means "to be glad." It is ''reflexive'' such as in "I help myself", because the subject and the object are the same. Some phrases simply are constructed like this, even if there seems to be no real reason to this, and many languages know this phenomenon. The "sich" here is technically the accusative of "he, she, it" and is being changed depending on the person: ich freue mich I am happy du freust dich you are happy er, sie, es freut sich he, she, it is happy wir freuen uns we are happy ihr freut euch you are happy Sie/sie freuen sich they are happy Note that "to be happy" actually would be rather translated by "glücklich sein", but it is the closest English equivalent to "sich freuen". "Sich über etwas freuen" means "to be happy about something," but "sich auf etwas freuen" means "to look forward to." This phrase uses "on" in a wide sense, like in "on drugs" or "living on something," without any spatial relation. In ''darauf'', you recognize the "auf". The "da" is a demonstrative pronoun such as in "''that'' place". "Darauf" actually is another contraction which developed a long time ago from "da-herauf". The "darauf" is referencing the word "Musik" from Silke's sentence. So "Au ja, darauf freue ich mich schon" or "to-this look-forward I myself already" just means "Great, I'm already looking forward to that" Maybe it comforts you a little that the English phrase in a word-by-word translation to German would be just as unintelligible... Was machen wir heute? What are we going to do today? Note again that ''machen'' often does not translate to "make" but to "do"! Wir wollen [ein Lied von Grönemeyer] singen! We want to sing [a song by Grönemeyer]! Welches denn? Which then? "Alkohol", glaube ich... "Alcohol", believe I... Note that adding a "glaube ich" is another common phrase, exacly as "I think" or "I believe" can be added to an English phrase. (Never mind the word order, this is because Alcohol ''is'' the object, so the verb is at the second position in the text) [[w:Herbert Grönemeyer|Herbert Grönemeyer]] is a very popular German rock singer from the Ruhr region. His most famous songs include "Männer", "Bochum" (a city in the Ruhr region), "Mensch" and also "Alkohol". Nach dem Musikunterricht: After the music class: "Unterricht" comes from "unterrichten" "to teach", and means simply "class". Better not think about "under" and "right" here, which you might have correctly recognized as the word's components "richten" literally means "to correct". Jetzt haben wir nur noch Geschichte... Now have we only still history... "Now we have only history left" Komm, wir schwänzen und gehen ins Bistro. Come on, let's skip class and go to the bistro instead. As in English, ''komm'' can be used to motivate others. There is yet another contraction here: ''Ins'' is derived from "in das" (here, ''das'' is the '''accusative''' neutral article). Schon wieder! Already again! ==Aufgabe== *Make a list of all the contractions used in this chapter. Can you determine the full tables? ==Wortschatz== {| class="wikitable" {{German/Table|Vocabulary|School-Related Verbs|Schulbezogene Verben|0|2}} ! German||English |- | Lesen||To read |- | Schreiben||To write |- | Rechnen||To calculate (doing maths) |- | Studieren||To study |- | Lernen||To learn |- | Zeichnen||To draw |- | Malen||To paint |} {| class="wikitable" {{German/Table|Vocabulary|School Subjects|Schulfächer|0|2}} ! German||English |- |Deutsch||German |- | Englisch||English |- | Russisch||Russian |- | Französisch||French |- | Latein||Latin |- | Mathe/Mathematik||Maths/Mathematics |- | Sport||P.E. or Gym |- | Kunst, Zeichnen||Arts |- | Musik||Music |- | Werken||Crafts |- | Sachkunde, Sachunterricht||Science Lesson in Elementary School |- | Geschichte||History |- |Erdkunde||Geography |- | Politik||Politics |- | Biologie||Biology |- | Geografie||Geography |- | Religion||RE or Religion |- | Ethik||Ethics |- | Chemie||Chemistry |- | Physik||Physics |- | Informatik, Elektronische Datenverarbeitung||Computer Science |} {| class="wikitable" {{German/Table|Vocabulary|More School Words|Weitere Schulwörter|0|2}} ! German||English |- | der Radiergummi||eraser |- | der Bleistift||pencil |- | der Stift, der Kugelschreiber||pen |- | der Füller, der Füllfederhalter||fountain pen |- | das Fach||subject |- | die Klasse||class |- | der Lehrer||male teacher |- | die Lehrerin||female teacher |- | die Schule||school |- | der Schüler||pupil |- | der Student||student (college/university) |- | die Stunde/Schulstunde||school hours |- | die Pause||break |- | die Schultasche||backpack |} <noinclude>{{German/Level I/Footer|100%}}{{BookCat}}</noinclude> 3o0qb1ceat793x4x4soq89hf6nqeidl 0 20850 4670994 4583915 2026-09-18T18:51:15Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670994 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ {{Eldatencelion}} = Quenya Mode = Some changes occurred in Noldorin phonology, already in Valinor, that differentiated it from the dialect of the Vanyar: ''th'' merged with ''s'', initial ''ch'' with ''h'' and maybe later, but still before the Exile, ''z'' with ''r''. Those changes were inherited to Exilic Quenya which slowly evolved further. There is not much known about the slow elvish evolution in 2nd Age, but certainly the sages of Númenor, as well as Elven sages of middle-Earth, were using the Quenya Tengwar and applied some changes and simplifications to them. It is not known when exactly those changes that brought us to the final form of the table in '''Appendix E''' took place, but if we consider some changes as “early” or “late”, we could attribute some intermediate stages to the 2nd Age. It still must be noted that some changes described here could not had happened then, but later. Aldwin Lowdham wrote some Numenorian names with tengwar and Lisa Star believes this writing represents a Numenorean mode. This mode reminds of Sanskrit: since a was very frequent, its sign was sometimes left out, and the sound was just meant, giving the script therefore an [[Wikipedia:abugida|abugida]] flavour. An unutixë (underdot), which in this case was called Putta, was used to indicate that a consonant is not followed by any vowel (''Minyatur'', <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">t%5Ô1Y6Ê</em>). === Table === {| border="1" ! colspan="2" | Parmatéma ! colspan="2" | Tincotéma ! colspan="2" | Tyelpetéma ! colspan="2" | Calmatéma ! colspan="2" | Quessetéma |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica'">q</em> | p<br>Parma | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">1</em> | t<br>Tinco | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">1Ö</em> | ty<br>Tyelpë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">a</em> | k<br>Calma | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">z</em> | kw<br>Quessë |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">w</em> | mb<br>Umbar | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">2</em> | nd<br>Ando | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">2Ô</em> | ny<br>Inyo | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">s</em> | ng<br>Anga | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">x</em> | ngw<br>Ungwë |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">e</em> | f<br>Formen | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">3</em> | s<br>Súlë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">3Í</em> | sty<br>Istar | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">d</em> | h-, -ch-<br>Harma-Acha | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">c</em> | hw<br>Hwesta |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">r</em> | mp<br>Ampa | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">4</em> | nt<br>Anto | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">4Ì</em> | nty<br>Intya | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">f</em> | nk<br>Anca | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">v</em> | nkw<br>Unquë |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">t</em> | m<br>Malta | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">5</em> | n<br>Númen | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">5Ô</em> | ny<br>Nyellë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">g</em> | ñ-<br>Ñoldo | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">b</em> | ñw-<br>Ñwalmë |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">y</em> | v<br>Vala | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">6</em> | r [preconsonantal]<br>Órë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">6Í</em> | ry<br>Arya | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">h</em> | -<br>Anna | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">n</em> | w-<br>Wilya |- ! colspan="10" | Additional Tengwar: |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">7</em> | r [intervocalic]<br>Rómen | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">u</em> | rd<br>Arda | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">j</em> | l<br>Lambë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">m</em> | ld<br>Alda | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">jÔ</em> | ly<br>Alya |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">8</em> | s<br>Silmë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">k</em> | r – ss<br>Árë - Essë | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">9</em> | hy<br>Hyarmen | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">l</em> | y<br>Yanta | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">.</em> | w<br>?Úrë |- | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">&#189;</em> | h<br>Halla | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">`</em> | (carrier)<br>Telco | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">~</em> | (carrier)<br>Ára | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">i</em> | s<br>Silmë nuqu. | <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">,</em> | r<br>Árë nuqu. |- |} === Notes === *'''Extended stems''': The Grade of extended stems was hardly usable by that time. Elvish had certainly lost aspirated sounds and Númenorians didn’t had much need to record Valarin. They should however have found a place in Adûnaic orthography, or in archaic elvish studies. *'''Árë''': This letter was used for ''r'' (which previously had been a ''z'') for orthographic reasons. Since there was already Rómen for intervocalic ''r'', (''auzel'' and the later ''aurel'' should both be written <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">.D,Rj</em>, but ''aurel'' could be written <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">.D7Rj</em> as well) Árë was renamed Essë and took the value of long ''s''. Maybe the application of value ''ss'' was an influence from the earlier Mode of Beleriand. *'''Tyelpetéma''': Some changes took place in Tyelpetéma: the archaic (and Vanyarin) word Quendya and Noldorin Quenya demonstrate a simplification ''ndy > ny''. So Indyo must became *Inyo, making the letter useless and replaced by Nyellë. Similarly Istyar became Istar and shows a process ''sty > st''. Maybe these reasons, and the change ''zy'' > ''ry'', consisted Tyelpetéma obsoleted as a separate series. The palatalised sounds will be now shown with its remnant, the “following ''y''” underdots. *'''Harma/Aha''': In the days of Aman, initial ''ch'' was softened and merged with ''h'', and Charma became Harma. Harma might still be used initially, but it seems (later?) it was replaced by Hyarmen. Harma was renamed Acha and was used now only medially where the sound ch remained unchanged. *'''Súlë''': The sound ''th'' merged with ''s'' since very early in Noldorin. It is known that for orthographic reasons, Súlë was used for ''s'' in words that once were ''th'' (eg. ''thanga'' and later ''sanga'' would be written <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">3Ds#</em>, not **<em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">iEs#</em>). One can wonder why it didn’t get another useful value, like Árë did, since Súlë was confused with Silmë. *'''Anna''': The ''3'' sound had been dissappeared and the carrier was now solely used to carry the tehtar. But Anna was still used with the “following ''y''” dots to represend the ''y'' consonant since it seems Yanta was now used only to represent ''–i'' in diphtongs. *'''Arya''': Noldorin z merged with ''r'', and ''zy'' became ''ry''. It seems that when Árë became Essë, the ''ry'' sound began to be indicated by Rómen/Órë and the “following ''y''” nuntixi (maybe after Tyelpetéma was disemployed). *'''Rómen/Órë''': Maybe by that time, those two ''r''’s began to have the known from the later Tengwar texts functions: Rómen before vowels and Órë anywhere else (before consonants and finally). *'''Hyarmen''': This letter was simplified to ''h'', maybe because of Sindarin influence, and by the 3rd Age displaced Halla completely (and maybe Harma). Its old ''hy'' value was restored when borrowing the “following ''y''” nuntixi. *'''Halla''': This letter was replaced by Hyarmen, but it was still used before initial l and ''r'' to show that those consonants are to be pronounced softer (''hrívë'', <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">&#189;7~ByR</em>) === Examples === Concerning the mode of Númenor, this is how '''Elendil’s Oath''' can be transcribed <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">- `V1 `V`7Rj°^ `V2^7R5: `M1~Mj%`V5È = 8`B5^t$ t7Uy5È `6 dTm%5Ô6 1R5: `w6 t$1; --</em> ''Et Eärello Endorenna utúlien. Sinomë maruvan ar Hildinyar tenn' Ambar metta.'' And other words. Please pay attention to their etymology: <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">3f92^</em> ''Sangahyando < *Thangahyando'' (‘Throng-cleaver’, a name) <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">`V,Fj^°d6</em> ''*Erellochar < Ezellochar'' (Green Mound in Valinor) <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">9FjLn</em> ''Helwa'' < HEL (pale blue) <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">d^q8Ê</em> ''Hopas < *Chopasse'' (harbour) =General Use mode= The Noldor founded Eregion in the year 750 of the Second Age. When this civilization reached its peak, it was already a cultural and financial crossroad of races: Noldor, Sindar, Dwarves and Men, Dúnedain or other. In [http://www.forodrim.org/daeron/mdtci.html#DTS58 '''The Howlett Rivendell Inscriptions'''], Tolkien affirms that there was a "general use (applicable to both S[indarin] and Q[uenya])" around the end of the Third Age but there is some evidence that the same or similar concept must have been employed back to the Eregion times: The Third Age "general use" shown by Tolkien is consistent to the Second Age [http://www.forodrim.org/daeron/mdtci.html#DTS7 the '''Ring-inscription'''], which, Isildur says, is "fashioned in an elven-script of Eregion"<ref>'''''Isildur's Scroll''''', read at the '''''Council of Elrond'''''</ref>; this mode bore many similarities to the actual theoretical and unused [[History of Elven writing systems/Age of Starlight#Rumilian_Influence|values]] of the Tengwar. A similar system is also used for the few late Second Age Adûnaic words in [http://www.forodrim.org/daeron/mdtci.html#DTS50 '''Edwin Lowdham's Manuscript''', Text I], we may tentatively assume that the "general use" is of Númenorian influences. The origins of the General Use Mode are unclear; we can assume that it originated in Eregion that could satisfy the needs of non-Elvish languages and facilitate writing and communication in those multicultural circumstances; out of this contact Sauron could have inscribed the Ring. But it is also possible that this Mode originated in Númenor and spread with the use of Westron. Since the '''Ring Inscription''' is the only Second Age source for this, and because the "General Use" is mentioned mostly in context to the Third Age, please see [[../Third Age#"General Use"|the relevant section]] = Angerthas Daeron = Similar to the "General Use" modes, the Cirth also saw universal usage. The Gelydh (Noldor) made use of the cirth and made a name for them in Quenya, ''Certar''. They even extended the Certhas and added several cirth. The adding of 2 whole new rows was attributed to the Ghelydh (CH-row and QU-row). It was considered an extension of Certhas Daeron, so it was named Angerthas Daeron (''and+certhas=long runerow''). Tolkien is not clear about when the name 'Angerthas Daeron' was used. '''An Introduction to Elvish''' interprets Tolkien as if the Angerthas was an earlier invention, while the authors use the custom name 'Angerthas Eregion' to refer to the system of the Second Age explained below. Whatever this system was called, we see the innovations concerning the employment of the two new CH and QU-series, a new certh for ''h'' to replace the previous certh <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">#</em> which became ''ch''. This certh was preferred for ''ch'' because its shape seemed to be between the shapes of the T and K cirth (<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8</em> T + <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">e</em> K > <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">#</em> CH), to represent how the ''ch'' sound also (phonologically) exist between ''t'' and ''c''. There was also a new certh for ''nd'', which as Tolkien notes, its form wasn’t much related to the dental cirth. Some of the new letters were used for sounds of Quenya (and other tongues) not found in Sindarin. In that stage, the Angerthas reached its fullest extent, but for most forms of writing other than carving, the Tengwar were used. === Table === {| border="1" | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">1</em> | p | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8</em> | t | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">#</em> | ch | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">e</em> | c | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">i</em> | kw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">R</em> | r | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">f</em> | s/h | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">2</em> | b | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">9</em> | d | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">$</em> | j | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">r</em> | g | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">o</em> | gw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">T</em> | rh | | | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">3</em> | f | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">0</em> | th | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">%</em> | sh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">t</em> | kh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">p</em> | chw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">a</em> | l | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">g</em> | h/s | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">4</em> | v | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">!</em> | dh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">q</em> | zh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">y</em> | gh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">Q</em> | ghw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">s</em> | lh | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">5</em> | hw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">@</em> | n | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">w</em> | nj | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">u</em> | ñ | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">W</em> | ñgw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">d</em> | ng | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">h</em> | ss/z | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">J</em> | nd |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">6</em> | m | | | | | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">E</em> | ñw | | | | | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">7</em> | mh |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">l</em> | i | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">S</em> | u | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">z</em> | e | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">c</em> | a | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">b</em> | o | | | |- | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">D</em> | ú | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">x</em> | é | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">v</em> | á | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">n</em> | ó | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">.</em> | h |- | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">G</em> | y | | | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">m</em> | œ | | |- | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">F</em> | w |} === Notes === *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">#</em>: This certh was used for ''h'', but was chosen for ''ch'', as it occurred phonologically between sounds ''t'' and ''c'', and its shape looked intermediate between the Cirth <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8</em> and <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">e</em>. Not to be confused with Sindarin ''ch''! *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">i</em>: Since it represents the labialised sound ''kw'' (also spelled ''qu''), its shape was maybe a mixture of the Cirth <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8</em> and <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">1</em>. *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">f</em>/<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">g</em>: Tolkien shows two distinct signs for ''s'' as indifferent. Their exact use can’t be guessed and isn’t obvious like the relation of the tengwar Silmë and Silmë Nuquerna. *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">h</em>: Tolkien gives the value ''z'' to that letter (in alien systems?), but notes it was ''ss'' when used in Quenya and Sindarin. *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">.</em>: Maybe near that time, this new certh was made for the value of ''h'', similar in shape to the former <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">#</em> (and to the tengwa Hyarmen <em style="font: normal 1.7em/1.5em 'Tengwar Annatar', 'Tengwar Quenya', 'Tengwar Sindarin', 'Tengwar Formal', 'Tengwar Parmaite', 'Tengwar Elfica';">9</em>). === Examples === The Angerthas was convenient for Quenya and alien languages, probably Mannish, and maybe the ancestor of the Common Speech. We can see how some archaic Mannish words that maybe were current, can be written. <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">9Dec@</em> ''Dûkan'' (Roh. dweller) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">ecf8S</em> ''Kastu'' (treasure) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">Rnrl@</em> ''Rógin'' (Woses) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8Rc.ca9</em> ''Trahald'' (Nor. Mannish: burrowing) = Angerthas Moria = During the 2nd Age, or maybe its beginning, the Dwarves got accustomed with Angerthas of the Noldor and they modified it to suit Khuzdul, their language. This alphabet was spread further wherever the Dwarves went, hence the name Angerthas Moria, which is exemplified on the '''Balin's Tomb Inscription'''. The Dwarves introduced various new cirth and some unsystematic minor changes to the values. The greatest of those changes, which resulted in major reorder, was the switch of the cirth for ''s'' and ''h'' (<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">f</em> and <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">.</em>), and for unknown reasons, the abandonment of the cirth <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">$</em>, <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">q</em> for which they substituted <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">R</em>, <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">T</em>. Subsequently they used <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">@</em> for ''r'' and subsequently <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">u</em> for ''n''! They used also <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">,</em>, which was a simplified form of <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">u</em>. Following the relation of those two letters, they gave to <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">w</em> the value ''z'' to relate better with <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">.</em>, which as mentioned had now the value ''s''. Tolkien doesn’t mention any other cirth abandoned by the Dwarves but much must have been, as there are many that represent sounds not occurring in (at least our published words of) Khuzdul, like ''th, dh, hw'' etc. It is strange also to observe that some of the cirth they introduced represent sounds not occurring in their language, like ''nj, hy, ñ, y-, hy''! Of course, our corpus of Khuzdul is very limited to judge the necessity or not, of these sounds. === Table === {| border="1" | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">1</em> | p | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8</em> | t | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">#</em> | ch | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">e</em> | c | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">i</em> | kw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">R</em> | j | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">f</em> | h |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">2</em> | b | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">9</em> | d | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">r</em> | g | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">o</em> | gw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">T</em> | zh | | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">3</em> | f | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">0</em> | th | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">%</em> | sh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">t</em> | ch | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">p</em> | chw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">a</em> | l | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">g</em> | ‘ | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">4</em> | v | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">!</em> | dh | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">y</em> | gh | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">Q</em> | ghw/w | | | | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">5</em> | hw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">@</em> | r | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">w</em> | z | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">u</em> | n | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">W</em> | ñgw | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">d</em> | nd | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">h</em> | ñ | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">J</em> | nj |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">6</em> | m | | | | | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">E</em> | ñw | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">j</em> | ng | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">7</em> | mb | | | | | | | | | |- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">l</em> | i | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">;</em> | y- | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">S</em> | u | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">z</em> | e | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">c</em> | a | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">b</em> | o | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">,</em> | n | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">/</em> | (e) | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">V</em> | +h |- | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">A</em> | hy | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">D</em> | ú | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">x</em> | é | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">v</em> | á | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">n</em> | ó | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">.</em> | s | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">Z</em> | (u) | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">B</em> | & |- | | | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">G</em> | y | | | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">m</em> | œ | | | | | |- | | | | | <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">F</em> | w | | | | | | | | | | | |- |} === Notes === *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">g</em>: This certh is said to represent the clear or glottal beginning of a word with an initial vowel. It seems that it is used in words derived from a consonantal base whose first consonant is a glottal stop. *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">/</em>, <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">Z</em>: These cirth where a halved form of <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">z</em>, used for vowels like those in English ''butter''. When weak they were reduced to a stroke without a stem (<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">></em>,<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">?</em>). <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">/</em> represented a schwa sound, an unstressed vowel, while <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">Z</em> a sound similar to the schwa, only in stressed syllables. *<em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">V</em>: This sign is to denote aspirate ''kh, th'' etc which were frequent in Khuzdul. === Examples === The only Angerthas Moria inscription by Tolkien is '''Balin’s Tomb'''. <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">2calu<br> 3SdluSa<br> Sw2c9eVcwc99D6S</em> ''Balin Fundinul UzbadKhazadDûmu'' From the documentation, the Dwarf battle-cry could be as written: <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">}2c@SeeVcwv9IeVcwv9cl6xuS}</em> ''Baruk Khazâd. Khazâd ai-mênu!'' and some other words: <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">gcwvu</em> ''‘azân'' < `-Z-N (dimness, shadow) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">gcwcuSa2lwc@</em> ''‘Azanulbizar'' (Dimrill Dale) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">uSaSeeVlw9lu</em> ''Nulukkhizdin'' (caves of Nargothrond) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">8Vc@eDu</em> ''Tharkûn'' (Staff-man, the dwarves name for ‘Gandalf’) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">glral%6xe</em> ''‘iglishmêk'' (the gesture code / sign language of the Dwarves) <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">eVzaz9wv@c6</em> ''Kheled-zâram'' < K<sup>h</sup>-L-D, Z-R-M ('Mirrormere') <em style="font-family: 'Cirth Erebor'; font-style: normal;">eVcwv9</em> ''Khazâd'' < K<sup>h</sup>-Z-D (Dwarves) ---- Go to: * [[../First Age/]] * [[../Third Age/]] ==References== {{reflist}} obis1mgqzbiao3ywyjy6k7lov3b594t 0 26699 4670991 3311474 2026-09-18T18:50:16Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670991 wikitext text/x-wiki This page is very old and the links no longer work. Mambelfish has been abandoned and has not been developed since 2005. {{MAMBOTOC}} The components are supplements and additions to mambo's core functions. Mambo can publish text, upload images, manage users, etc., but components are extra functions that can perform additional tasks. Examples of these are: download managers, forums, commerce, galleries, guestbooks, wikis, newsletters - the list is almost endless. These components are installed with an installer in mambo, found under '''"components > install/uninstall"''' in the mambo administration panel. This is how most of the components are installed, but it should be noted that some of them will need modification to core files. However, that is very seldom needed, as the components installer is usually sufficient. ==Example== ==Complete list of ''components''== * see.. [http://mamboforge.net/softwaremap/trove_list.php?form_cat=328 Components (more than 322 projects)] ===Mambelfish=== The '''MambelFish''' project is a extension hack and ''component'' for the content management system Mambo. It enables Mambo to handle multi lingual sites especially in all dynamic contents which are stored in the database. ;The key features of the fish are * Possibility for an unlimited amount of languages * Possibility to MANUAL translate all dynamic content of your Mambo installation in ONE database * Overview of the changed contents in the Translation list * Support for all the core components/modules of Mambo's * Frontend component for language selection The MambelFish project is maintained and hosted on Mambo's project forge http://mamboforge.net/projects/mambelfish/ by author Alex Kempkens <MambelFish (at) ThinkNetwork (dot) com> , Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Think Network GmbH. When ever you have questions or new ideas please visit this page and post your comments there. ====Installation==== The basic installation of the MambelFish goes along with the Mambo (version 4.5.2.3) standards. 1. Install the component thru the Administrator -> Components -> Install routine.<BR> 1.a) start in the ''backend'' to install mambelfish:<BR> 1.b) file 'Mambelfish_1.5.zip' with the component installer<BR> 1.c) file 'Mbf_module.zip' with the module installer<BR> 1.d) file 'Mbf_searchbot.zip' with the mambot installer<BR> 2. Now the difference starts: Applying the corresponding patch.<BR> 2.a) BACKUP YOUR ACTUAL MAMBO INSTALLATION DIRECTORY!<BR> 2.b) MAKE SURE YOU BACKUP THE DIRECTORY<BR> 2.c) The patch is a zip file which corresponds with the directory structure of the Mambo sources. Please unzip (''how-with ftp?'') the latest known ''corepatch 4.5.2'' file from [http://mamboforge.net/projects/mambelfish/ mamboforge] to the root of your Mambo installation, overwriting all files. For a simple test please switch to the peeklime template. Within this template you should see a combobox with the language name "English" in it - next to the search field (upper right part). Also in the Administrator the Version should now say something about the MambelFish. ====Language configuration==== The first step is to upload at least a second language to your Mambo installation. Do this with the help of the Language Manager (Administrator -> Site -> Language Manager). After you installed the language go to Administrator -> Components -> MambelFish -> Component Configuration Choose the tab "Languages" and activate the new language. Also define the ISO code and the Name, which is the visible name in the frontend component. Save the new configuration. This kind of activation must be done for each language added to the system. ====Translation process==== The translation process is based on the translation overview (Component -> MambelFish -> Translation). In this overview you have to select the language you want to translate into and a content element. The content elements represent the possible dynamic content in your database. This includes normally all your sections, categories, content items but also the information from other components, like the web links, polls and so on. It is possible to add new content elements just by adding new XML files in the folder ''/administrator/components/com_mambelfish/contentelements''. These files describe how the table structure is organized and which fields of the table should be translatable and how. After you selected one language and one content element you will see all the items of this filter. Best start with your new language and the content elements "menues". Click on one item in the list to translate it. Now you see the details of the translation - go ahead. Second tab publish the translation of this item and make sure the language is correct - Save. Now you can go back to the frontend and you should already find your menu translated (of course after a reload or change to your new language ;-)). ====Small hints==== *I found out that it is the best to start creating your site in one language and translate anything to a second, third one. In this way it is most easy for you to build the structure and finally translate it to the other languages. Anyhow if you once have original content in a second language don't worry, just translate it into your primary language and you are fine. *The language switcher appears when you add <?php mosLoadComponent( 'mambelfish' );?> at the place where you wish in your template. * You can also just use the module (if you have installed it) and place it at any module position that you like (and that you have published) - but as far as I know the module just uses the Component ;-) * about the languages, that don't change... have you checked the URL? at the end there should be the parameter lang=XX ... if you see only 'lang=' and nothing more you just have to type an identification code of the languages in your mambelfish configuration [components-mambelfish-language configuration] * check your language configuration in the Mambo Backend ''(Components > Mambelfish > Language Configuration)'' ===See also=== * [http://mamboforge.net/forum/forum.php?forum_id=8 Discussion Forums: mambelfish-component-help] ==wrinting Your own component== * see official guide [http://help.mamboserver.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=category&sectionid=11&id=135&Itemid=64 writing Mambo components] ==Related Links:== [http://www.noxedge.com/'''nitric oxide'''] 0ashtzp4fy3ubby4vpvlezj8n81kgji 0 46077 4670995 3293239 2026-09-18T18:51:29Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670995 wikitext text/x-wiki ''Note: All assembly language sample code depends on the developing environment assembler and operating system.'' ==Digital Equipment Corporation PDP-11== Here is the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PDP-11 wikipedia entry]. ===Type=== CISC ===Execution Entry Point=== On Unix, execution of a program would begin at the first word. The Unix "a.out" format (assembler output) had a header, and the first word of the header, 407 octal, was a branch around the rest of the header. By Fifth Edition Unix, the header did not actually get loaded in the execution image, so the 407 octal did not have to be executed; however, the "magic number" 0407 (octal) stuck as part of a.out format, even as the format moved to other computer architectures. ===Registers=== There were eight 16-bit registers, addressed by three bits in addressing modes in instructions. Register 7 was the program counter and register 6 was the stack pointer. Registers zero through 5 were general-purpose. The stack grew downward. Addressing modes included postincrement and predecrement. A popular myth assumes these to be the source of the increment and decrement operators in C, but in fact those were inherited from B, which was implemented before the PDP-11 existed. A consequence of the fact that the PC was addressed as an ordinary register, and of the inclusion of the postincrement addressing mode, was that you could load a literal value into a register (or send it to memory, for that matter) by having the literal follow the instruction in memory. mov (PC)+, R5 177265 would put 177265 octal in register 5. In the assembler (using Unix assembler syntax here), you could abbreviate this as mov $177265, R5 ===General Syntax=== In the Unix assembler, a colon followed each label. foo: mov -(PC), -(PC) / copy this instruction to the previous / location and branch there br foo / branch to foo Of course in the above example, the branch to foo would not have to be executed since the instruction before it is a (nasty) loop unto itself. Instruction fields occurred on three-bit boundaries starting from the low-order side, so it was easy to remember some instructions and the addressing modes for programming in binary from the front-panel switches. For instance, machine language for mov -(PC), -(PC) was 01x7x7 octal, where I forget what x was but it denoted the addressing mode, predecrement, each 7 denotes the PC, and the 01 is the opcode for move (which means copy). These field boundaries did not hold for the branch instructions, however. ===Comments=== At least one of the assemblers (the DEC?) allowed comments delimited with a semicolon to end of line. In the Unix Assembler the character "/" was used instead. <ref>Lions' Commentary on UNIX 6th Edition, Chapter 2 - Unix Assembler</ref> ===Interrupts=== The processor status word (PSW) was addressed at a specific memory-mapped location (-2, I believe). The interrupt vectors were in low memory. An interrupt would push the return address on the stack, and something else, because the format for an interrupt differed from that of a subroutine call, because there was a return-from-interrupt instruction distinct from the normal return (from subroutine) instruction. ===Conditional Statements=== There were branches, which went to short relative addresses, and jump instructions, which could go to any address using any addressing mode. Only branches could be conditional, in which case they would depend on condition codes set by a previous compare or arithmetic instruction. I forget whether there was a "branch never". There was a "wait", which would wait until the next interrupt, and a "halt", which would give control to the console (if executed in kernel mode or on a machine without protection). cmp r0, (r1) / compare the contents of register R0 to / what R1 points to in memory (two-byte word) bne foo / branch not equal, to foo ===Input/Output=== Devices were memory mapped in high addresses. You could use interrupts or polling to know when they were ready. There were several levels of interrupt (or bus request). There was a graphical computer called the GT40, before raster graphics became ''de rigeur''. It had a computing processor that was a PDP-11, and a coprocessor to do the vectoring graphics. The graphic processor had its own jump instruction and would be put in a loop to keep the screen refreshed. There were great lunar lander and space war programs. User programs on Unix, of course, did I/O with system calls, which were trap instructions. stdout = 1 .data msg: <Hello, world.\n> .code sys write; stdout; msg; 14. / is the length / don't bother checking for error or a write of less than / the full buffer. sys exit; 0 / exit with an OK status I'm not certain whether the exit status followed the "sys exit" as above, or whether it was in r0. clr r0 sys exit Since the arguments to system calls usually followed the trap instructions in memory, and the arguments often should be variable, and you can't write reentrant code if there are variables mixed in your executable code, Unix provided the "sys indir" call which could point to a system call in data space, which Unix would interpret as though it had occurred inline. ===Indirection=== <How many layers of address indirection are allowed? Show example code.> One layer of indirection, determined by the instruction. You could index by a literal following the instruction. ===Physical Structure=== <Describe how the files, libararies, and parts are typically divided and arranged. Do they have typical file extensions in the various forms?> On Unix, assembly language usually used the .s extension (for "source"). The result of assembly was called a.out unless you told the assembler otherwise, in which case the convention was to use a .o suffix (for "object"). Typically the linker "ld" (for "loader") would be run on a bunch of .o files to produce the new a.out, which you could then cause the execution of by just typing its name. ===Useful Commands=== <List code and descriptions of particularly useful commands for this assembly language.> There were, in both the Unix and DEC assemblers, nonce labels. Rather than make up a name for every label you needed, you could just use a number and reach it locally. 1: cmp r3, r4 / hit size limit yet? bge 2f mov (r0)+, (r1)+ inc r3 br 1b 2: In the Unix assembler, 2f meant 2 forward (the next "2:") and 1b meant 1 back, and so on. Jumps could jump farther than branches, but took up two words, so a branch was desirable if possible. The assemblers provided a way to code a branch if it could reach and a jump otherwise. You could write it conditional, in which case the assembler would output a branch around a jump if necessary (inverting the condition, of course). jle foo / jump to foo if less or equal jbr bar / jump or branch to bar The PDP-11 ia one of the original mini-computers. It was used in a huge variety of ways, from timesharing to embedded control as well as some desktop use. PDP-11 is not a language per se, but PDP-11 assembly is a flavor of assembly. This early machine's architecture influenced later microprocessors and because it affected the design of the machine native code, it also affected higher level languages. The postincrement addressing also made it into the Motorola 6800. The only reason you would want to learn the PDP-11 assembly language would be if you had acquired a working PDP-11 machine and wanted to write or modify programs running on it. The machine, PDP-11, as well as every machine that ran it native is obsolete. ===Sources=== <Where can you get assemblers, cross assemblers and simulators for this assembly language?> ===Web References=== <List additional references on the web. Please include for what level reader the references are appropriate. (beginner/intermediate/advanced) Where is the code set on the web?> ===Books and Articles=== PDP-11 Programmer's Handbook, Digital Equipment Corporation {{reflist}} {{BookCat|filing=deep}} c4ns6n8prqz0smun3lfyzng8hv3lpf8 5 69493 4671088 4656409 2026-09-19T00:15:23Z TechVindicator 3626296 /* Semi-protected edit request on 19 September 2026 */ new section 4671088 wikitext text/x-wiki {{archives}} __TOC__ == Problem == :I am not able to archive the text([[MediaWiki talk:Spam-blacklist]]) or undo/rollback (TW) what I have done. --[[User:Good afternoon|Good afternoon]] ([[User talk:Good afternoon|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Good afternoon|contribs]]) 08:17, 26 August 2014 (UTC) :: {{ping|Good afternoon}} Since it says, when you try to save it, the problem is the link to wikia dot com, I archived it with that link disabled, and noted what I'd done in the edit summary. What I changed: {{plainlinks|{{fullurl:Special:ComparePages|page1=Wikibooks+talk%3AWhat+is+Wikibooks&rev1=2550107&page2=Wikibooks+talk%3AWhat+is+Wikibooks%2FArchive+3&rev2=2694753&action=&diffonly=&unhide=}}|diff}}. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 10:51, 26 August 2014 (UTC) ::: Thanks. --[[User:Good afternoon|Good afternoon]] ([[User talk:Good afternoon|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Good afternoon|contribs]]) 01:03, 27 August 2014 (UTC) == The source code of a computer operating system == The page states "Published texts — Wikibooks is for collaboratively developing new open-content non-fiction texts." The open source code for a computer operating system is precisely that. Therefore a wikibook composed of such source code should be possible. You won't allow it. Correct? Thanks, ... [[User:PeterEasthope|PeterEasthope]] ([[User talk:PeterEasthope|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/PeterEasthope|contribs]]) 13:30, 11 April 2016 (UTC) :If presented in a textbook format as required I don't see why we should oppose it. Note that the bigger issue is the licensing problems that exist with computer source code on wikibooks. --[[User:Panic2k4|Panic]] ([[User talk:Panic2k4|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Panic2k4|contribs]]) 15:23, 11 April 2016 (UTC) I also published some plain sourcecode on wikibook on my user namespace, nobody cared, its still there https://de.wikibooks.org/wiki/Benutzer:Dirk_Huenniger/csmon. So if you want you may do so, its just quite impractical. Better use something like git or svn. You can have that for free on sourceforge or github. --[[User:Dirk Hünniger|Dirk Hünniger]] ([[User talk:Dirk Hünniger|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Dirk Hünniger|contribs]]) 18:27, 11 April 2016 (UTC) :Why impractical? I know about git and svn. Native Oberon is in the SourceForge; https://sourceforge.net/projects/nativeoberon/ . A wikibook has at least two pertinent and significant benefits. Firstly, the source can be read directly with a Web browser. The user needs no understanding of the git or svn mechanisms. This is significant for an unsophisticated reader. Secondly, each article page has a discussion page where obscurities and revisions can be discussed. If these capabilities are available with git or svn, I'm unaware. Regards, [[User:PeterEasthope|PeterEasthope]] ([[User talk:PeterEasthope|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/PeterEasthope|contribs]]) 14:52, 20 April 2016 (UTC) Both, git and svn have the versioning history, which might be a little bit difficult to get with wikis and wikibooks. Also git and svn normally have a fron end to browse the repository directly with a Web browser. It requires some tweaking if the files are binary as for Oberon and derivatives. Just scanning github finds a normal repository https://github.com/OS2World/DEV-MODULA-UTIL-Modula2 where you can view the contents in a browser. But for these two, which have come from an Oberon heritage, tweaking is necessary: https://github.com/AlexIljin/WinOberon and/or https://github.com/BlackBoxCenter/blackbox. I had been thinking about this already earlier and have not yet completely understood how to tweak it, but the basics for that tweaking can be found in the Pro Git book in Chap. 8.2 (https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Customizing-Git-Git-Attributes). Regards ([[User:Treutwein|Treutwein]] ([[User talk:Treutwein|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Treutwein|contribs]]) 13:01, 21 April 2016 (UTC)) : On another facet of what-is-permitted-here, seems to me section [[{{ARTICLEPAGENAME}}#Wikibooks includes annotated texts|#Wikibooks includes annotated texts]] would apply. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 11:19, 22 April 2016 (UTC) :: Yes; as I understand it confirms that the source text of an operating system is appropriate content for a Wikibook. Certainly there would be explanatory pages in addition to the bare sources. Also worth noting: Wikisource is not appropriate. The software source texts would not be static. Improvements, including bug corrections would be ongoing. Refer in https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Wikibooks:What_is_Wikibooks#Wikibooks_is_not_a_mirror_or_a_text_repository , "Wikisource is for hosting static texts ...". <br> Regards, ... [[User:PeterEasthope|PeterEasthope]] ([[User talk:PeterEasthope|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/PeterEasthope|contribs]]) 16:43, 3 October 2016 (UTC) == <s>Free of charge and Free as in freedom</s> == <s>The word '''free''' has many different meanings. In most of contexts, it means free of charge. However, Wikibooks is both free of charge (as described in the page) and free as in freedom, therefore, in Wikibooks such use should be discouraged. The 'What Wikibooks is not' section should be also changed accordingly (a synonym of 'free of charge' is 'gratis'). --[[User:Strange quark|Strange quark]] ([[User talk:Strange quark|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Strange quark|contribs]]) 20:33, 22 May 2017 (UTC)</s> <small>Nevermind</small> --[[User:Strange quark|Strange quark]] ([[User talk:Strange quark|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Strange quark|contribs]]) 15:39, 26 August 2017 (UTC) : It is easily resolved by making better use of the English language: cost-free versus restriction-free. The "free" of CopyLeft, for instance, means restriction-free (except, of course, the restriction against imposing restrictions other than this one). Further refinements, just as easily made, can be used to distinguished other nuances of the term "free". <!-- Template:Unsigned --><small class="autosigned">—&nbsp;Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b]] ([[User talk:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b#top|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|contribs]]) 19:01, 22 July 2020 (UTC)</small> == Original research for educational purposes == I think there is a problem with the no original research rule. As soon as a textbook is at a moderate or high level, it is always original research work, at least in the presentation and development of principles and concepts. The present rule would ban most existing textbooks from Wikibooks. In fact, many existing wikibooks already contain original research material, not only those I wrote. This a a real problem for me because a few wikibookians want to prevent me from working the way I want. And they argue with the no original research rule. My answer: "This book is an educational textbook. This is standard quantum physics explained in the framework of Everett's theory. Everything is proved from the first principles, and the computations are usually very simple and can be found in any textbook on the same subject. There are a few paragraphs where I explain my original work because it was made for educational purposes." didn't convince them. Do you think that textbook authors don't have the right to work in Wikibooks if they work with principles similar to mine? In the french-speaking community, our rule is : "Wikibooks welcomes original works only if they are part of an educational textbook". I think this is a good rule. And you?--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 14:33, 7 July 2018 (UTC) : No, there is not a problem with it. You just don't understand it. It should be clear that you don't, for a reason that you yourself point out: if your understanding were correct, a lot of books already here would be in violation of the rule. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 15:07, 7 July 2018 (UTC) :: You might be right. I don't always understand what I think. But for your information, I wrote the rule.--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 15:17, 7 July 2018 (UTC) ::: This is not French Wikibooks. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 15:58, 7 July 2018 (UTC) :::: I know. This is why I suggest this rule here for discussion in our english-speaking community.--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 16:09, 7 July 2018 (UTC) ::::: You appear to have misunderstood me. I said, in part, that you do not understand [the rule], and you said that you wrote the rule; that suggests that you were talking about the rule on French Wikibooks. I was not. The topic of your post, as presented, was presumably the first thing you said: that there was a "problem" with a certain rule on English Wikibooks. There is not a problem with it, and there is clear evidence that you do not understand it; and I said there was not a problem with it, and I pointed out some immediately proximate evidence that you do not understand it. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 16:25, 7 July 2018 (UTC) :::::: Sorry for the misunderstanding. When you wrote "not a problem with it", I thought you taught about the rule just above. I suppose this means that you don't agree with the suggested rule.--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 16:44, 7 July 2018 (UTC) ::::::: In theory, everything on Wikibooks is an educational textbook. In theory. (Yes, there are cases that push the envelope, and one tries to be sensible about it and not let common-sense relaxation in one case become entitlement in another case.) And our prohibition against OR was, so I've heard, a major motivation in the creation of Wikiversity. <p> We generally would not, I think, object to original ways of ''presenting'' material, within reason (though I recall a case that got moved to Wikiversity, which I should probably look up when I get a chance, to see just what was said in the discussions at the time &mdash; it may be highly relevant here). Presenting material about new research seems to me to depend on how idiosyncratic it is; it's not generally okay to write a book about one's own work, although there might be room to nibble, ''very'' carefully, around the edges of that.</p> --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 17:11, 7 July 2018 (UTC) : Yes, there is a problem with it - a big problem. Any compilation of educational information abuts the line with "original research". A large part of research involves better organizing information that's already out there, and providing a more coherent framework - especially one that exposes and fills in gaps. Between "original research" and "regurgitating already-existing information verbatim" there is no room for anything; and distinctions that allow one to say otherwise are purely subjective and will lead to arbitrary and inconsistent enforcement. An important example: a compilation into Wikibooks of recently-published peer-reviewed research, to make it more accessible to a general audience, that is written by the ones who originally published it in the journal. If it's already in a peer-reviewed journal, does it count as "original research"? No? Okay then; if it's written by the people who published it in the journal, does it count as "original research"? Or are they supposed to bring in a ghost-writer? So - as you can see even by this simple example - there is no line to distinguish what's okay from what's not. And even if there were, the restriction is basically saying that the premier experts on the material published in a journal are not able to write a wikibook on the subject - which makes no sense at all. Another set of examples: any survey of what's out there is "original research" - the very process of surveying is a form of research! (Journals will even publish such material). So, now you're also excluding compilations that bring everything together in one place. <!-- Template:Unsigned --><small class="autosigned">—&nbsp;Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b]] ([[User talk:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b#top|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|contribs]]) 19:11, 22 July 2020 (UTC)</small> == Chemistry == What is valency [[Special:Contributions/105.112.28.20|105.112.28.20]] ([[User talk:105.112.28.20|discuss]]) 10:34, 2 August 2022 (UTC) == Chemistry == The first 103 element [[Special:Contributions/105.112.28.20|105.112.28.20]] ([[User talk:105.112.28.20|discuss]]) 10:37, 2 August 2022 (UTC) == Proposal == Can we remove "Wikibooks is not an encyclopedia" ? There are plenty of useful books that could be written about topics in an encyclopedic manner, covering subjects and topics that are excluded under Wikipedia under the notability guidelines. For example, an encyclopedia of Australian Law (which I would wish to write) could include subjects such as academics in niche Australian areas that would otherwise be excluded under Wikipedia's notability guidelines. I note that other encyclopedias already exist on Wikibooks; such as the '[[The_Complete_Encyclopedia_of_Self-Help_Techniques|encyclopedia of self-help techniques]]' and '[[The_Unicyclopedia|The Unicyclopedia]]' For clarity and consistency's sake, could we please remove this line? Kind regards [[User:Jack4576|Jack4576]] ([[User talk:Jack4576|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Jack4576|contribs]]) 09:31, 17 August 2023 (UTC) :Another option would be to add a sentence underneath saying: “while generalist encyclopaedias are not allowed, specialist encyclopaedias are allowed in Wikibooks, particularly where their coverage includes subjects not present on Wikipedia” [[User:Jack4576|Jack4576]] ([[User talk:Jack4576|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Jack4576|contribs]]) 23:28, 17 August 2023 (UTC) == "Instructibility" criterion elaboration == Currently, the policy outlines the following guidelines on "instructibility": "Wikibooks is for textbooks, annotated texts, instructional guides, and manuals. These materials can be used in a traditional classroom, an accredited or respected institution, a home-school environment, as part of a Wikiversity course, or for self-learning. As a general rule, only instructional books are suitable for inclusion. Non-fictional books (as well as fictional ones) that aren't instructional aren't allowed on Wikibooks." Currently, there is some confusion on what exactly it means for something to be instructional, and I think it would be good to clarify. For example, it's obvious that a book teaching you '''how to do something''' (e.g. cook, learn a language, operate an instrument, do a craft, do math) is instructional. However, the line is blurred on some other non-fictional topics, such as history, sociology, etc—a book could be a valid scholarly analysis or summary of historical events, but this alone may not qualify it as '''instructional''' per se (see the existing policy line that says "Non-fictional books...that aren't instructional aren't allowed on Wikibooks"). From my perspective, it is very important for us to add clarity to the policy to make scope considerations easier. To start the discussion, I propose the following. Non-fictional books that are not obviously "how-to guides" or annotated texts (and potentially all books here) should: * Have an introduction chapter that outlines the educational scope and instructional aims of the book—it should be stated specifically what the reader should be able to do after reading the book. * Engage the reader in instructional exercises. This can take the form of discussion questions, thought exercises, practical exercises, essay prompts, experiments, etc. I realize that this may make some books we host here out of scope, but I don't necessarily think it's a bad thing to prune our content according to sensible consensus guidelines. We could also make this apply only to new books if we thought that was the best thing to do. Cheers —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 15:32, 4 May 2024 (UTC) :I don't necessarily agree here. The reason is that you can have a book that just lays down facts about an event (like a book about great inventions of the world), and not every book needs to take an educational angle (isn't that what Wikiversity is for?). [[User:Leaderboard|Leaderboard]] ([[User talk:Leaderboard|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Leaderboard|contribs]]) 14:11, 7 May 2024 (UTC) :"Instructional" has two dictionary definitions: ::''intended or used for teaching; educational'' as in ''"instructional materials for the classroom"'' :and: ::''giving detailed information about how something should be done or operated'' as in ''"an instructional manual"'' :The vast majority of books here fit the first definition very well without needing "exercises". For example, a book on the history of the United States is clearly instructional and could be used in a classroom. The books that are intended to be out of scope are, for example, a non-fiction book proposing that a discredited conspiracy theory is true. It might be non-fiction, but it can't be used in a classroom because it is nonsense. [[User:MarcGarver|MarcGarver]] ([[User talk:MarcGarver|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MarcGarver|contribs]]) 15:29, 7 May 2024 (UTC) These are fair points—thank you! I am curious, though, how exactly we might differentiate books here from, say, a Wikipedia page on the same topic. For example, if I wanted to create a book on English history, how would it need to be structured in order to make it different from [[w:History of England]]? Similarly, how would we differentiate a simple fact-based book about Japanese inventions from [[w:List of Japanese inventions and discoveries]]? Is it just formatting? I hope, by the way, this questioning is not taken as combative or disruptive—I personally benefit from clarity in guidelines, and I hope this will be helpful for others as well! —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 19:08, 7 May 2024 (UTC) == Requested move == There is no clear reason why [[Wikibooks:What is Wikibooks]] and [[Wikibooks:What is Wikijunior]] don't have the question mark after their titles, and instead uses {{tlx|displaytitle}} to make them look like they do. I'm requesting that they be moved to [[Wikibooks:What is Wikibooks?]] and [[Wikibooks:What is Wikijunior?]] respectively. [[User:JJPMaster|JJP]]<sub>[[User talk:JJPMaster|Mas]]<sub>[[Special:Contributions/JJPMaster|ter]]</sub></sub> ([[wikt:she|she]]/[[wikt:they|they]]) 05:54, 22 December 2024 (UTC) :That sounds pretty reasonable to me—I didn't even realize at first that a display title was being used. —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 01:26, 4 January 2025 (UTC) == Semi-protected edit request on 19 September 2026 == {{edit semi-protected|Wikibooks:What is Wikibooks?|answered=no}} Change That is covered by our sister project Wikinews to Wikinews is no longer a Wikimedia project anymore. This is supported by the Sitenotice on [https://en.wikinews.org the Wikinews website]. Therefore I would like this part to be omitted. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 00:15, 19 September 2026 (UTC) qvc5wccb1hum1vvwbmr8izuk1njlb5r 4671089 4671088 2026-09-19T00:16:26Z TechVindicator 3626296 /* Semi-protected edit request on 19 September 2026 */ 4671089 wikitext text/x-wiki {{archives}} __TOC__ == Problem == :I am not able to archive the text([[MediaWiki talk:Spam-blacklist]]) or undo/rollback (TW) what I have done. --[[User:Good afternoon|Good afternoon]] ([[User talk:Good afternoon|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Good afternoon|contribs]]) 08:17, 26 August 2014 (UTC) :: {{ping|Good afternoon}} Since it says, when you try to save it, the problem is the link to wikia dot com, I archived it with that link disabled, and noted what I'd done in the edit summary. What I changed: {{plainlinks|{{fullurl:Special:ComparePages|page1=Wikibooks+talk%3AWhat+is+Wikibooks&rev1=2550107&page2=Wikibooks+talk%3AWhat+is+Wikibooks%2FArchive+3&rev2=2694753&action=&diffonly=&unhide=}}|diff}}. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 10:51, 26 August 2014 (UTC) ::: Thanks. --[[User:Good afternoon|Good afternoon]] ([[User talk:Good afternoon|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Good afternoon|contribs]]) 01:03, 27 August 2014 (UTC) == The source code of a computer operating system == The page states "Published texts — Wikibooks is for collaboratively developing new open-content non-fiction texts." The open source code for a computer operating system is precisely that. Therefore a wikibook composed of such source code should be possible. You won't allow it. Correct? Thanks, ... [[User:PeterEasthope|PeterEasthope]] ([[User talk:PeterEasthope|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/PeterEasthope|contribs]]) 13:30, 11 April 2016 (UTC) :If presented in a textbook format as required I don't see why we should oppose it. Note that the bigger issue is the licensing problems that exist with computer source code on wikibooks. --[[User:Panic2k4|Panic]] ([[User talk:Panic2k4|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Panic2k4|contribs]]) 15:23, 11 April 2016 (UTC) I also published some plain sourcecode on wikibook on my user namespace, nobody cared, its still there https://de.wikibooks.org/wiki/Benutzer:Dirk_Huenniger/csmon. So if you want you may do so, its just quite impractical. Better use something like git or svn. You can have that for free on sourceforge or github. --[[User:Dirk Hünniger|Dirk Hünniger]] ([[User talk:Dirk Hünniger|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Dirk Hünniger|contribs]]) 18:27, 11 April 2016 (UTC) :Why impractical? I know about git and svn. Native Oberon is in the SourceForge; https://sourceforge.net/projects/nativeoberon/ . A wikibook has at least two pertinent and significant benefits. Firstly, the source can be read directly with a Web browser. The user needs no understanding of the git or svn mechanisms. This is significant for an unsophisticated reader. Secondly, each article page has a discussion page where obscurities and revisions can be discussed. If these capabilities are available with git or svn, I'm unaware. Regards, [[User:PeterEasthope|PeterEasthope]] ([[User talk:PeterEasthope|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/PeterEasthope|contribs]]) 14:52, 20 April 2016 (UTC) Both, git and svn have the versioning history, which might be a little bit difficult to get with wikis and wikibooks. Also git and svn normally have a fron end to browse the repository directly with a Web browser. It requires some tweaking if the files are binary as for Oberon and derivatives. Just scanning github finds a normal repository https://github.com/OS2World/DEV-MODULA-UTIL-Modula2 where you can view the contents in a browser. But for these two, which have come from an Oberon heritage, tweaking is necessary: https://github.com/AlexIljin/WinOberon and/or https://github.com/BlackBoxCenter/blackbox. I had been thinking about this already earlier and have not yet completely understood how to tweak it, but the basics for that tweaking can be found in the Pro Git book in Chap. 8.2 (https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Customizing-Git-Git-Attributes). Regards ([[User:Treutwein|Treutwein]] ([[User talk:Treutwein|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Treutwein|contribs]]) 13:01, 21 April 2016 (UTC)) : On another facet of what-is-permitted-here, seems to me section [[{{ARTICLEPAGENAME}}#Wikibooks includes annotated texts|#Wikibooks includes annotated texts]] would apply. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 11:19, 22 April 2016 (UTC) :: Yes; as I understand it confirms that the source text of an operating system is appropriate content for a Wikibook. Certainly there would be explanatory pages in addition to the bare sources. Also worth noting: Wikisource is not appropriate. The software source texts would not be static. Improvements, including bug corrections would be ongoing. Refer in https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Wikibooks:What_is_Wikibooks#Wikibooks_is_not_a_mirror_or_a_text_repository , "Wikisource is for hosting static texts ...". <br> Regards, ... [[User:PeterEasthope|PeterEasthope]] ([[User talk:PeterEasthope|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/PeterEasthope|contribs]]) 16:43, 3 October 2016 (UTC) == <s>Free of charge and Free as in freedom</s> == <s>The word '''free''' has many different meanings. In most of contexts, it means free of charge. However, Wikibooks is both free of charge (as described in the page) and free as in freedom, therefore, in Wikibooks such use should be discouraged. The 'What Wikibooks is not' section should be also changed accordingly (a synonym of 'free of charge' is 'gratis'). --[[User:Strange quark|Strange quark]] ([[User talk:Strange quark|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Strange quark|contribs]]) 20:33, 22 May 2017 (UTC)</s> <small>Nevermind</small> --[[User:Strange quark|Strange quark]] ([[User talk:Strange quark|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Strange quark|contribs]]) 15:39, 26 August 2017 (UTC) : It is easily resolved by making better use of the English language: cost-free versus restriction-free. The "free" of CopyLeft, for instance, means restriction-free (except, of course, the restriction against imposing restrictions other than this one). Further refinements, just as easily made, can be used to distinguished other nuances of the term "free". <!-- Template:Unsigned --><small class="autosigned">—&nbsp;Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b]] ([[User talk:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b#top|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|contribs]]) 19:01, 22 July 2020 (UTC)</small> == Original research for educational purposes == I think there is a problem with the no original research rule. As soon as a textbook is at a moderate or high level, it is always original research work, at least in the presentation and development of principles and concepts. The present rule would ban most existing textbooks from Wikibooks. In fact, many existing wikibooks already contain original research material, not only those I wrote. This a a real problem for me because a few wikibookians want to prevent me from working the way I want. And they argue with the no original research rule. My answer: "This book is an educational textbook. This is standard quantum physics explained in the framework of Everett's theory. Everything is proved from the first principles, and the computations are usually very simple and can be found in any textbook on the same subject. There are a few paragraphs where I explain my original work because it was made for educational purposes." didn't convince them. Do you think that textbook authors don't have the right to work in Wikibooks if they work with principles similar to mine? In the french-speaking community, our rule is : "Wikibooks welcomes original works only if they are part of an educational textbook". I think this is a good rule. And you?--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 14:33, 7 July 2018 (UTC) : No, there is not a problem with it. You just don't understand it. It should be clear that you don't, for a reason that you yourself point out: if your understanding were correct, a lot of books already here would be in violation of the rule. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 15:07, 7 July 2018 (UTC) :: You might be right. I don't always understand what I think. But for your information, I wrote the rule.--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 15:17, 7 July 2018 (UTC) ::: This is not French Wikibooks. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 15:58, 7 July 2018 (UTC) :::: I know. This is why I suggest this rule here for discussion in our english-speaking community.--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 16:09, 7 July 2018 (UTC) ::::: You appear to have misunderstood me. I said, in part, that you do not understand [the rule], and you said that you wrote the rule; that suggests that you were talking about the rule on French Wikibooks. I was not. The topic of your post, as presented, was presumably the first thing you said: that there was a "problem" with a certain rule on English Wikibooks. There is not a problem with it, and there is clear evidence that you do not understand it; and I said there was not a problem with it, and I pointed out some immediately proximate evidence that you do not understand it. --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 16:25, 7 July 2018 (UTC) :::::: Sorry for the misunderstanding. When you wrote "not a problem with it", I thought you taught about the rule just above. I suppose this means that you don't agree with the suggested rule.--[[User:Thierry Dugnolle|TD]] ([[User talk:Thierry Dugnolle|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Thierry Dugnolle|contribs]]) 16:44, 7 July 2018 (UTC) ::::::: In theory, everything on Wikibooks is an educational textbook. In theory. (Yes, there are cases that push the envelope, and one tries to be sensible about it and not let common-sense relaxation in one case become entitlement in another case.) And our prohibition against OR was, so I've heard, a major motivation in the creation of Wikiversity. <p> We generally would not, I think, object to original ways of ''presenting'' material, within reason (though I recall a case that got moved to Wikiversity, which I should probably look up when I get a chance, to see just what was said in the discussions at the time &mdash; it may be highly relevant here). Presenting material about new research seems to me to depend on how idiosyncratic it is; it's not generally okay to write a book about one's own work, although there might be room to nibble, ''very'' carefully, around the edges of that.</p> --[[User:Pi zero|Pi zero]] ([[User talk:Pi zero|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Pi zero|contribs]]) 17:11, 7 July 2018 (UTC) : Yes, there is a problem with it - a big problem. Any compilation of educational information abuts the line with "original research". A large part of research involves better organizing information that's already out there, and providing a more coherent framework - especially one that exposes and fills in gaps. Between "original research" and "regurgitating already-existing information verbatim" there is no room for anything; and distinctions that allow one to say otherwise are purely subjective and will lead to arbitrary and inconsistent enforcement. An important example: a compilation into Wikibooks of recently-published peer-reviewed research, to make it more accessible to a general audience, that is written by the ones who originally published it in the journal. If it's already in a peer-reviewed journal, does it count as "original research"? No? Okay then; if it's written by the people who published it in the journal, does it count as "original research"? Or are they supposed to bring in a ghost-writer? So - as you can see even by this simple example - there is no line to distinguish what's okay from what's not. And even if there were, the restriction is basically saying that the premier experts on the material published in a journal are not able to write a wikibook on the subject - which makes no sense at all. Another set of examples: any survey of what's out there is "original research" - the very process of surveying is a form of research! (Journals will even publish such material). So, now you're also excluding compilations that bring everything together in one place. <!-- Template:Unsigned --><small class="autosigned">—&nbsp;Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[User:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b]] ([[User talk:2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b#top|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/2603:6000:aa40:1ef2:222:69ff:fe4c:408b|contribs]]) 19:11, 22 July 2020 (UTC)</small> == Chemistry == What is valency [[Special:Contributions/105.112.28.20|105.112.28.20]] ([[User talk:105.112.28.20|discuss]]) 10:34, 2 August 2022 (UTC) == Chemistry == The first 103 element [[Special:Contributions/105.112.28.20|105.112.28.20]] ([[User talk:105.112.28.20|discuss]]) 10:37, 2 August 2022 (UTC) == Proposal == Can we remove "Wikibooks is not an encyclopedia" ? There are plenty of useful books that could be written about topics in an encyclopedic manner, covering subjects and topics that are excluded under Wikipedia under the notability guidelines. For example, an encyclopedia of Australian Law (which I would wish to write) could include subjects such as academics in niche Australian areas that would otherwise be excluded under Wikipedia's notability guidelines. I note that other encyclopedias already exist on Wikibooks; such as the '[[The_Complete_Encyclopedia_of_Self-Help_Techniques|encyclopedia of self-help techniques]]' and '[[The_Unicyclopedia|The Unicyclopedia]]' For clarity and consistency's sake, could we please remove this line? Kind regards [[User:Jack4576|Jack4576]] ([[User talk:Jack4576|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Jack4576|contribs]]) 09:31, 17 August 2023 (UTC) :Another option would be to add a sentence underneath saying: “while generalist encyclopaedias are not allowed, specialist encyclopaedias are allowed in Wikibooks, particularly where their coverage includes subjects not present on Wikipedia” [[User:Jack4576|Jack4576]] ([[User talk:Jack4576|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Jack4576|contribs]]) 23:28, 17 August 2023 (UTC) == "Instructibility" criterion elaboration == Currently, the policy outlines the following guidelines on "instructibility": "Wikibooks is for textbooks, annotated texts, instructional guides, and manuals. These materials can be used in a traditional classroom, an accredited or respected institution, a home-school environment, as part of a Wikiversity course, or for self-learning. As a general rule, only instructional books are suitable for inclusion. Non-fictional books (as well as fictional ones) that aren't instructional aren't allowed on Wikibooks." Currently, there is some confusion on what exactly it means for something to be instructional, and I think it would be good to clarify. For example, it's obvious that a book teaching you '''how to do something''' (e.g. cook, learn a language, operate an instrument, do a craft, do math) is instructional. However, the line is blurred on some other non-fictional topics, such as history, sociology, etc—a book could be a valid scholarly analysis or summary of historical events, but this alone may not qualify it as '''instructional''' per se (see the existing policy line that says "Non-fictional books...that aren't instructional aren't allowed on Wikibooks"). From my perspective, it is very important for us to add clarity to the policy to make scope considerations easier. To start the discussion, I propose the following. Non-fictional books that are not obviously "how-to guides" or annotated texts (and potentially all books here) should: * Have an introduction chapter that outlines the educational scope and instructional aims of the book—it should be stated specifically what the reader should be able to do after reading the book. * Engage the reader in instructional exercises. This can take the form of discussion questions, thought exercises, practical exercises, essay prompts, experiments, etc. I realize that this may make some books we host here out of scope, but I don't necessarily think it's a bad thing to prune our content according to sensible consensus guidelines. We could also make this apply only to new books if we thought that was the best thing to do. Cheers —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 15:32, 4 May 2024 (UTC) :I don't necessarily agree here. The reason is that you can have a book that just lays down facts about an event (like a book about great inventions of the world), and not every book needs to take an educational angle (isn't that what Wikiversity is for?). [[User:Leaderboard|Leaderboard]] ([[User talk:Leaderboard|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Leaderboard|contribs]]) 14:11, 7 May 2024 (UTC) :"Instructional" has two dictionary definitions: ::''intended or used for teaching; educational'' as in ''"instructional materials for the classroom"'' :and: ::''giving detailed information about how something should be done or operated'' as in ''"an instructional manual"'' :The vast majority of books here fit the first definition very well without needing "exercises". For example, a book on the history of the United States is clearly instructional and could be used in a classroom. The books that are intended to be out of scope are, for example, a non-fiction book proposing that a discredited conspiracy theory is true. It might be non-fiction, but it can't be used in a classroom because it is nonsense. [[User:MarcGarver|MarcGarver]] ([[User talk:MarcGarver|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MarcGarver|contribs]]) 15:29, 7 May 2024 (UTC) These are fair points—thank you! I am curious, though, how exactly we might differentiate books here from, say, a Wikipedia page on the same topic. For example, if I wanted to create a book on English history, how would it need to be structured in order to make it different from [[w:History of England]]? Similarly, how would we differentiate a simple fact-based book about Japanese inventions from [[w:List of Japanese inventions and discoveries]]? Is it just formatting? I hope, by the way, this questioning is not taken as combative or disruptive—I personally benefit from clarity in guidelines, and I hope this will be helpful for others as well! —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 19:08, 7 May 2024 (UTC) == Requested move == There is no clear reason why [[Wikibooks:What is Wikibooks]] and [[Wikibooks:What is Wikijunior]] don't have the question mark after their titles, and instead uses {{tlx|displaytitle}} to make them look like they do. I'm requesting that they be moved to [[Wikibooks:What is Wikibooks?]] and [[Wikibooks:What is Wikijunior?]] respectively. [[User:JJPMaster|JJP]]<sub>[[User talk:JJPMaster|Mas]]<sub>[[Special:Contributions/JJPMaster|ter]]</sub></sub> ([[wikt:she|she]]/[[wikt:they|they]]) 05:54, 22 December 2024 (UTC) :That sounds pretty reasonable to me—I didn't even realize at first that a display title was being used. —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 01:26, 4 January 2025 (UTC) == Semi-protected edit request on 19 September 2026 == {{edit semi-protected|Wikibooks:What is Wikibooks?|answered=no}} '''Change That is covered by our sister project Wikinews to (blank)''' Wikinews is no longer a Wikimedia project anymore. This is supported by the Sitenotice on [https://en.wikinews.org the Wikinews website]. Therefore I would like this part to be omitted. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 00:15, 19 September 2026 (UTC) 0h7j674e0tf4ss8aeul26kzp9qq98lp 0 91886 4670990 2614971 2026-09-18T18:49:23Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670990 wikitext text/x-wiki == Purpose: == Run a macro and insert the output into your XSLT. == Arguments: == RenderMacroContent(String Text, Int32 PageId) Text: an encoded version of the template 'macro' code (see below for proper encoding) PageId: NodeID for the node you want to use for the content for the macro == String Text Encoding Instructions: == When you are putting the code for your macro in a template it looks something like this: <?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias="LatestNews" numberOfItems="3"></?UMBRACO_MACRO> To encode this for the RenderMacroContent function follow these steps: 1. Change '<' to '&amp;lt;' :::&amp;lt;?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias="LatestNews" numberOfItems="3">&amp;lt;/?UMBRACO_MACRO> 2. Change '>' to '&amp;gt;' :::&amp;lt;?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias="LatestNews" numberOfItems="3"&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/?UMBRACO_MACRO&amp;gt; 3. Change '"' to '&amp;quot;' :::&amp;lt;?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias=&amp;quot;LatestNews&amp;quot; numberOfItems=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/?UMBRACO_MACRO&amp;gt; 4. When you put this into the XSLT, enclose the whole thing in single quotes: :::umbraco.library:RenderMacroContent('&amp;lt;?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias=&amp;quot;LatestNews&amp;quot; numberOfItems=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/?UMBRACO_MACRO&amp;gt;'... == Example XSLT Usage: == <xsl:value-of select="umbraco.library:RenderMacroContent('&lt;?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias=&quot;LatestNews&quot; numberOfItems=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&lt;/?UMBRACO_MACRO&gt;', @id)" disable-output-escaping="yes"/> This string should of course be encoded, so it would look like this: <xsl:value-of select="umbraco.library:RenderMacroContent('&amp;lt;?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias=&amp;quot;LatestNews&amp;quot; numberOfItems=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/?UMBRACO_MACRO&amp;gt;', @id)" disable-output-escaping="yes"/> == Little Bonus: XSLT to do the encoding for you == If you want to be able to just "cut & paste" the standard template macro code into your XSLT and have it encoded properly, add this bit of code to a new XSLT: <xsl:variable name="Macro"> <xsl:value-of select="{PUT YOUR TEMPLATE MACRO CODE HERE}"/> </xsl:variable> <xsl:variable name="MacroEncoded"> <xsl:value-of select="umbraco.library:Replace(umbraco.library:Replace(umbraco.library:Replace($Macro, '&quot;', '&amp;quot;'), '&gt;', '&amp;gt;'), '&lt;', '&amp;lt;')"/> </xsl:variable> Then use this to render the encoded XSLT to a test page in your browser (which you can then cut & paste into your XSLT code): <xsl:value-of select="$MacroEncoded" /> {{BookCat}} == Version 4 Warning == Warning, Umbraco 4 macros with new templates have a different syntax however the XSLT extension still requires the old v3 one so if you copy the macro inserted into a v 4 template you need to change it to v3 i.e. <umbraco:Macro Alias="Name" runat="server"></umbraco:Macro> becomes <?UMBRACO_MACRO macroAlias="Name" runat="server"></?UMBRACO_MACRO> (with escaping) fvmmhc6p89ectlqqh5cgv5cleqx6zjl 4 112405 4670909 4670893 2026-09-18T15:08:01Z ~2026-50450-49 3626265 4670909 wikitext text/x-wiki sdveg__NEWSECTIONLINK__ {{Discussion Rooms}} {{Shortcut|WB:CHAT|WB:RR/G|WB:GENERAL}} {{TOC left|limit=3}} {{User:MiszaBot/config |archive = Wikibooks:Reading room/Archives/%(year)d/%(monthname)s |algo = old(60d) |counter = 1 |minthreadstoarchive = 1 |minthreadsleft = 1 |key = 7a0ac23cf8049e4d9ff70cabb5649d1a }} Welcome to the '''General reading room'''. On this page, Wikibookians are free to talk about the Wikibooks project in general. For proposals for improving Wikibooks, see the [[../Proposals/]] reading room. {{clear}} [[Category:Reading room]] == Request for comment (the future of Abstract Wikipedia) == <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">You are invited to voice your opinions in a [[:m:Requests for comment/The future of Abstract Wikipedia|request for comment about the future of Abstract Wikipedia]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[:m:User:Kowal2701|Kowal2701]] ([[:m:User talk:Kowal2701|talk]]) 12:24, 24 July 2026 (UTC)</bdi> <!-- Message sent by User:DreamRimmer@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=30513860 --> == Call for administrators == Any experienced editor who has a good understanding of Wikibooks' policies should consider applying for administrator permissions at [[Wikibooks:Requests for permissions]]. Thank you. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] ([[User talk:Codename Noreste|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Codename Noreste|contribs]]) 22:10, 5 August 2026 (UTC) :Is there a page here that describes what admins do? I am curious because I checked [https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Special:ListUsers?username=&group=sysop&wpsubmit=&wpFormIdentifier=mw-listusers-form&limit=50 List of admins] and I see that there are already quite a few admins here and wonder which areas have a shortage. :Just curious. [[Special:Contributions/~2026-40500-29|~2026-40500-29]] ([[User talk:~2026-40500-29|talk]]) 00:56, 16 September 2026 (UTC) ::[[Wikibooks:Administrators]]. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 01:09, 16 September 2026 (UTC) == August 2026 Wikimedia Café meetups regarding [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Next_25 Next 25] == <div class="border-box" style="background-color: var(--background-color-warning-subtle, #f8eaba); max-width: 875px; padding: 5px; border: 1px solid black; margin: 5px; color: var(--clr-dark)"> <div class="box" style="float:left; padding-top: 10px; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px; padding-bottom: 10px;">[[File:Wikimedia Café logo in plain SVG format.svg|60px|alt=The logo for the Wikimedia Café]]</div> Hello! There will be two '''[https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9 Wikimedia Café]''' discussion opportunities in August. Both sessions will focus on [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Next_25 the Next 25 initiative], including [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Next_25/A_proposal_to_frame_Next_25 framing the initiative]. Participants may attend either or both Café sessions. #'''29 August 2026 15:00 UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1788015600 timestamp converter]), at a time friendly to the Americas, Africa, and Europe #'''30 August 2026 03:00 UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1788058800 timestamp converter]), at a time friendly to Asia and the Pacific Please see the [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9 Café] page for more information, including [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9#Agenda._This_will_be_an_approximately_1_hour_Caf%C3%A9_session agenda details] and [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9#How_to_attend_the_session how to register]! To subscribe or unsubscribe for Café notices on your talk page please [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Global_message_delivery/Targets/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9 go here]. <br /> [[File:Buntstifte Eberhard Faber crop 64h.jpg|860px|alt=cropped image of colored pencils]]</div> <span style="white-space:nowrap;">[[User:Pine|<span style="color:#01796f; text-shadow:#00BFFF 0 0 1.0em">༄ᨒ𖠰 Pine</span>]] [[User talk:Pine|<span style="color:DeepSkyBlue">(<b style="color:#FFDF00;text-shadow:#FFDF00 0 0 1.0em">✉</b>)</span>]]</span> 01:32, 17 August 2026 (UTC) == Wikibooks project is not defined by goal == If it is for texbooks why is it called Wikibooks? It should be called Wikitextbooks! If it is for textbooks why does it contain cookbooks? For textbooks it's not supposed to have a [[Wikibooks:Featured books]]. [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 09:20, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :It's "textbooks" broadly construed: guides, manuals, how-tos, etc. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:15, 1 September 2026 (UTC) ::So we should change "Wikibooks:Featured books" to "Wikibooks:Featured texts". [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 11:17, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :::I disagree and even if I agreed, it would be priority #49,389. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:20, 1 September 2026 (UTC) ::::It's according to community consensus that says this website contains textbooks not books. [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 11:23, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :::::"[[wb:WIW|Simply, Wikibooks is a collection of open-content textbooks.]]" [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 11:26, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :Most textbooks are made by collaboration of some authors, co-authors and editors. Wikibooks help pages and guidelines remain silent when it comes to stages of writing a new texbooks. Even [[Using Wikibooks]] is not complete emough for enthusiasts. --[[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 18:13, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Wishlist 2027, invitation to share feedback == Hi, I’m [[m:User:SPerry-WMF|Sonja]] and I lead some of the [[mw:Contributors|teams]] at the Foundation who will be responsible for picking up wish work under the new wishlist process. As you may know, the [[m:Community_Wishlist|Community Wishlist]] started out as an annual process through which Wikimedia contributors submit and vote on technical improvements they would like the Wikimedia Foundation to work on. The main goal of it is and has been to improve the editing experience by making changes and features the community asks for specifically. In recent years, the process behind the wishlist has changed, and we’ve heard from many of you that it no longer meets many community members’ needs. So now, the Foundation is designing a new process with the community to improve how wishes are triaged, voted on, and prioritized in a way that is transparent, balanced across project families and language editions, and takes into account what the Foundation can deliver. I would like to get community input specifically on these three stages of the Wishlist process: * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#triage|'''triage stage''']], meaning how wishes are fleshed out, organized and filtered prior to voting ** We recommend to have a working group, including volunteers from various wikis and Wikimedia Foundation staff to work through this together * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#vote|'''voting stage''']], including who may vote and how votes are structured * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#postvote|'''post-vote stage''']], including how to bring equity into what work is prioritized ** One way to do this is to rank wishes within 3 categories: Large Wikipedias or covering all wikis, small and medium-sized Wikipedias, and '''sister projects''', so that top-voted wishes from smaller projects also get attention This message is an abstract of the full proposed process. As you [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027|read the proposed ideas on Meta]] (available in your language), please speak up about whether you think this will work well or if there are ways to make it stronger. Regarding the timeline, this consultation is open for two weeks. You can post your feedback on Meta (in your preferred language) or in response below. For this year’s cycle, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#timeline|we plan]] to have the wish submission period in late October/early November and the triage process completed by late November. To respect the end-of-year holiday season, voting would happen in early to mid January. This first voting cycle is meant as a first step to try out a new process, and there will be more opportunities to provide feedback along the way, so that we can figure out the best process for future years together. [[oldwikisource:M:User:SPerry-WMF|SPerry-WMF]], delivered by [[User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Trizek (WMF)|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Trizek (WMF)|contribs]]) 13:52, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :Thank you to everyone who engaged in the discussion around [[m:Talk:Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027|the proposal from August 26]]. We've processed your feedback and [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027&diff=prev&oldid=31041090 made changes] accordingly. Note that we weren’t able to implement all of it for this cycle, mostly for logistical reasons, but this is merely meant to be a first step and we will continue to improve this process with you all before we run through the next cycle. We plan to use [[m:Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#Updated_Community_Wishlist_Process_2027/2028|this updated version]] for the Wishlist 2027, and we look forward to hearing from you all during the submission and voting periods. :[[:M:User:SPerry-WMF|SPerry-WMF]], delivered by [[User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Trizek (WMF)|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Trizek (WMF)|contribs]]) 14:49, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == How Do I Get My Book On A Shelf? == Help, I don't know how shelves work. I don't know how to put my book on a shelf. Can anyone help? The book is called''' Art And AI''' [[User:3MMPEYTON|3MMPEYTON]] ([[User talk:3MMPEYTON|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/3MMPEYTON|contribs]]) 23:00, 8 September 2026 (UTC) : Which shelf are you referring? [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:45, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == Who is allowed to delete pages here? == On Aug 14, 2026 a user by the name of Max deleted a page I created in my user space. I don't see max in the list of admins here. Do they have the right to delete pages? Is there any documentation here I can consult? Thanks in advance, [[Special:Contributions/~2026-40500-29|~2026-40500-29]] ([[User talk:~2026-40500-29|talk]]) 22:38, 15 September 2026 (UTC) :We have local admins who have the technical ability to delete pages and virtually all material deleted here would be done by us (I'm one of them). A fairly small amount of users have global rights across all Wikimedia Foundation wikis and they will very rarely make deletions (e.g. if there are some kind of legal implications to material). [[User:Ottawahitech/American politics]] was deleted by [[User:Max]], who has [[Special:UserRights/Max|no special rights here]] but is one of the [[:m:Global sysops|global sysops]] I mentioned earlier. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 22:55, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : Probably unrelated to the above, but Ottawahitech should do that with their account, unless if they are blocked. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 23:33, 15 September 2026 (UTC) ::Agreed and [[User:Ottawahitech]] is not blocked here, so no idea why he's using a temp account. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 23:43, 15 September 2026 (UTC) :::There may be many reasons registered users are "editing" without logging in. Is it possible that they want to go about peacefully without attracting too much attention? [[Special:Contributions/~2026-40500-29|~2026-40500-29]] ([[User talk:~2026-40500-29|talk]]) 15:01, 16 September 2026 (UTC) == Assistance to get page reviewed == My page is a translation page: [[Baiyi Zhuan]] It is a single page, it is translated according to my own ability and familiarity with the language with a disclosure on external tools. I would like it to get reviewed if possible as I do not have the rights. [[User:Taitesena|Taitesena]] ([[User talk:Taitesena|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Taitesena|contribs]]) 11:19, 18 September 2026 (UTC) i05lh9vix9ejevlhijre7y0jeqflfl4 4670921 4670909 2026-09-18T15:22:27Z Koavf 16549 [[WB:REVERT|Reverted]] edit by [[Special:Contributions/~2026-50450-49|~2026-50450-49]] ([[User talk:~2026-50450-49|talk]]) to last version by Taitesena 4670893 wikitext text/x-wiki __NEWSECTIONLINK__ {{Discussion Rooms}} {{Shortcut|WB:CHAT|WB:RR/G|WB:GENERAL}} {{TOC left|limit=3}} {{User:MiszaBot/config |archive = Wikibooks:Reading room/Archives/%(year)d/%(monthname)s |algo = old(60d) |counter = 1 |minthreadstoarchive = 1 |minthreadsleft = 1 |key = 7a0ac23cf8049e4d9ff70cabb5649d1a }} Welcome to the '''General reading room'''. On this page, Wikibookians are free to talk about the Wikibooks project in general. For proposals for improving Wikibooks, see the [[../Proposals/]] reading room. {{clear}} [[Category:Reading room]] == Request for comment (the future of Abstract Wikipedia) == <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">You are invited to voice your opinions in a [[:m:Requests for comment/The future of Abstract Wikipedia|request for comment about the future of Abstract Wikipedia]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[:m:User:Kowal2701|Kowal2701]] ([[:m:User talk:Kowal2701|talk]]) 12:24, 24 July 2026 (UTC)</bdi> <!-- Message sent by User:DreamRimmer@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=30513860 --> == Call for administrators == Any experienced editor who has a good understanding of Wikibooks' policies should consider applying for administrator permissions at [[Wikibooks:Requests for permissions]]. Thank you. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] ([[User talk:Codename Noreste|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Codename Noreste|contribs]]) 22:10, 5 August 2026 (UTC) :Is there a page here that describes what admins do? I am curious because I checked [https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Special:ListUsers?username=&group=sysop&wpsubmit=&wpFormIdentifier=mw-listusers-form&limit=50 List of admins] and I see that there are already quite a few admins here and wonder which areas have a shortage. :Just curious. [[Special:Contributions/~2026-40500-29|~2026-40500-29]] ([[User talk:~2026-40500-29|talk]]) 00:56, 16 September 2026 (UTC) ::[[Wikibooks:Administrators]]. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 01:09, 16 September 2026 (UTC) == August 2026 Wikimedia Café meetups regarding [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Next_25 Next 25] == <div class="border-box" style="background-color: var(--background-color-warning-subtle, #f8eaba); max-width: 875px; padding: 5px; border: 1px solid black; margin: 5px; color: var(--clr-dark)"> <div class="box" style="float:left; padding-top: 10px; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px; padding-bottom: 10px;">[[File:Wikimedia Café logo in plain SVG format.svg|60px|alt=The logo for the Wikimedia Café]]</div> Hello! There will be two '''[https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9 Wikimedia Café]''' discussion opportunities in August. Both sessions will focus on [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Next_25 the Next 25 initiative], including [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Next_25/A_proposal_to_frame_Next_25 framing the initiative]. Participants may attend either or both Café sessions. #'''29 August 2026 15:00 UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1788015600 timestamp converter]), at a time friendly to the Americas, Africa, and Europe #'''30 August 2026 03:00 UTC''' ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1788058800 timestamp converter]), at a time friendly to Asia and the Pacific Please see the [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9 Café] page for more information, including [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9#Agenda._This_will_be_an_approximately_1_hour_Caf%C3%A9_session agenda details] and [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9#How_to_attend_the_session how to register]! To subscribe or unsubscribe for Café notices on your talk page please [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Global_message_delivery/Targets/Wikimedia_Caf%C3%A9 go here]. <br /> [[File:Buntstifte Eberhard Faber crop 64h.jpg|860px|alt=cropped image of colored pencils]]</div> <span style="white-space:nowrap;">[[User:Pine|<span style="color:#01796f; text-shadow:#00BFFF 0 0 1.0em">༄ᨒ𖠰 Pine</span>]] [[User talk:Pine|<span style="color:DeepSkyBlue">(<b style="color:#FFDF00;text-shadow:#FFDF00 0 0 1.0em">✉</b>)</span>]]</span> 01:32, 17 August 2026 (UTC) == Wikibooks project is not defined by goal == If it is for texbooks why is it called Wikibooks? It should be called Wikitextbooks! If it is for textbooks why does it contain cookbooks? For textbooks it's not supposed to have a [[Wikibooks:Featured books]]. [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 09:20, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :It's "textbooks" broadly construed: guides, manuals, how-tos, etc. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:15, 1 September 2026 (UTC) ::So we should change "Wikibooks:Featured books" to "Wikibooks:Featured texts". [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 11:17, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :::I disagree and even if I agreed, it would be priority #49,389. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:20, 1 September 2026 (UTC) ::::It's according to community consensus that says this website contains textbooks not books. [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 11:23, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :::::"[[wb:WIW|Simply, Wikibooks is a collection of open-content textbooks.]]" [[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 11:26, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :Most textbooks are made by collaboration of some authors, co-authors and editors. Wikibooks help pages and guidelines remain silent when it comes to stages of writing a new texbooks. Even [[Using Wikibooks]] is not complete emough for enthusiasts. --[[User:Vivairan2|Vivairan2]] ([[User talk:Vivairan2|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vivairan2|contribs]]) 18:13, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Wishlist 2027, invitation to share feedback == Hi, I’m [[m:User:SPerry-WMF|Sonja]] and I lead some of the [[mw:Contributors|teams]] at the Foundation who will be responsible for picking up wish work under the new wishlist process. As you may know, the [[m:Community_Wishlist|Community Wishlist]] started out as an annual process through which Wikimedia contributors submit and vote on technical improvements they would like the Wikimedia Foundation to work on. The main goal of it is and has been to improve the editing experience by making changes and features the community asks for specifically. In recent years, the process behind the wishlist has changed, and we’ve heard from many of you that it no longer meets many community members’ needs. So now, the Foundation is designing a new process with the community to improve how wishes are triaged, voted on, and prioritized in a way that is transparent, balanced across project families and language editions, and takes into account what the Foundation can deliver. I would like to get community input specifically on these three stages of the Wishlist process: * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#triage|'''triage stage''']], meaning how wishes are fleshed out, organized and filtered prior to voting ** We recommend to have a working group, including volunteers from various wikis and Wikimedia Foundation staff to work through this together * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#vote|'''voting stage''']], including who may vote and how votes are structured * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#postvote|'''post-vote stage''']], including how to bring equity into what work is prioritized ** One way to do this is to rank wishes within 3 categories: Large Wikipedias or covering all wikis, small and medium-sized Wikipedias, and '''sister projects''', so that top-voted wishes from smaller projects also get attention This message is an abstract of the full proposed process. As you [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027|read the proposed ideas on Meta]] (available in your language), please speak up about whether you think this will work well or if there are ways to make it stronger. Regarding the timeline, this consultation is open for two weeks. You can post your feedback on Meta (in your preferred language) or in response below. For this year’s cycle, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#timeline|we plan]] to have the wish submission period in late October/early November and the triage process completed by late November. To respect the end-of-year holiday season, voting would happen in early to mid January. This first voting cycle is meant as a first step to try out a new process, and there will be more opportunities to provide feedback along the way, so that we can figure out the best process for future years together. [[oldwikisource:M:User:SPerry-WMF|SPerry-WMF]], delivered by [[User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Trizek (WMF)|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Trizek (WMF)|contribs]]) 13:52, 1 September 2026 (UTC) :Thank you to everyone who engaged in the discussion around [[m:Talk:Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027|the proposal from August 26]]. We've processed your feedback and [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027&diff=prev&oldid=31041090 made changes] accordingly. Note that we weren’t able to implement all of it for this cycle, mostly for logistical reasons, but this is merely meant to be a first step and we will continue to improve this process with you all before we run through the next cycle. We plan to use [[m:Community_Wishlist/Community_Wishlist_2027#Updated_Community_Wishlist_Process_2027/2028|this updated version]] for the Wishlist 2027, and we look forward to hearing from you all during the submission and voting periods. :[[:M:User:SPerry-WMF|SPerry-WMF]], delivered by [[User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Trizek (WMF)|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Trizek (WMF)|contribs]]) 14:49, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == How Do I Get My Book On A Shelf? == Help, I don't know how shelves work. I don't know how to put my book on a shelf. Can anyone help? The book is called''' Art And AI''' [[User:3MMPEYTON|3MMPEYTON]] ([[User talk:3MMPEYTON|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/3MMPEYTON|contribs]]) 23:00, 8 September 2026 (UTC) : Which shelf are you referring? [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:45, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == Who is allowed to delete pages here? == On Aug 14, 2026 a user by the name of Max deleted a page I created in my user space. I don't see max in the list of admins here. Do they have the right to delete pages? Is there any documentation here I can consult? Thanks in advance, [[Special:Contributions/~2026-40500-29|~2026-40500-29]] ([[User talk:~2026-40500-29|talk]]) 22:38, 15 September 2026 (UTC) :We have local admins who have the technical ability to delete pages and virtually all material deleted here would be done by us (I'm one of them). A fairly small amount of users have global rights across all Wikimedia Foundation wikis and they will very rarely make deletions (e.g. if there are some kind of legal implications to material). [[User:Ottawahitech/American politics]] was deleted by [[User:Max]], who has [[Special:UserRights/Max|no special rights here]] but is one of the [[:m:Global sysops|global sysops]] I mentioned earlier. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 22:55, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : Probably unrelated to the above, but Ottawahitech should do that with their account, unless if they are blocked. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 23:33, 15 September 2026 (UTC) ::Agreed and [[User:Ottawahitech]] is not blocked here, so no idea why he's using a temp account. ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 23:43, 15 September 2026 (UTC) :::There may be many reasons registered users are "editing" without logging in. Is it possible that they want to go about peacefully without attracting too much attention? [[Special:Contributions/~2026-40500-29|~2026-40500-29]] ([[User talk:~2026-40500-29|talk]]) 15:01, 16 September 2026 (UTC) == Assistance to get page reviewed == My page is a translation page: [[Baiyi Zhuan]] It is a single page, it is translated according to my own ability and familiarity with the language with a disclosure on external tools. I would like it to get reviewed if possible as I do not have the rights. [[User:Taitesena|Taitesena]] ([[User talk:Taitesena|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Taitesena|contribs]]) 11:19, 18 September 2026 (UTC) py90k1jsj2148ab56ia52frsz504noj 4 140081 4671113 4670878 2026-09-19T08:10:39Z ArchiverBot 1227662 Bot: Archiving 2 threads (older than 14 days) to [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Administrative Assistance/Archives/2026/September]] 4671113 wikitext text/x-wiki __NEWSECTIONLINK__ {{Discussion Rooms}} {{shortcut|WB:AN|WB:AA}} {{TOC left}} {{User:MiszaBot/config |archive = Wikibooks:Reading room/Administrative Assistance/Archives/%(year)d/%(monthname)s |algo = old(14d) |counter = 1 |minthreadstoarchive = 1 |minthreadsleft = 1 }} {{ombox|type=content|text='''To request a rename or usurpation''', go to the global request page at Meta [[meta:SRUC|here]].<br />''Please do not post those requests here!''}} {{Clear}} Welcome to the '''Administrative Assistance reading room'''. You can request assistance from [[WB:ADMIN|administrators]] for handling a variety of problems here and alert them about problems which may require special actions not normally used during regular content editing. Please be patient as administrators are often quite busy with either their own projects or trying to perform general maintenance and cleanup. You can deal with most vandalism yourself: [[Wikibooks:Dealing with vandalism|fix it]], then [[Wikibooks:Templates/User_notices|warn the user]]. If there is repeated vandalism by one user, lots of vandalism on a single page, or vandalism from many users, tell an admin here, or in [irc://irc.freenode.net/wikibooks #wikibooks] (say <code>!admin</code> to get attention). For more general questions and assistance that doesn't require an administrator, please use the [[WB:HELP|Assistance Reading Room]]. {{clear}} [[Category:Reading room]] == Reazulkarim545456 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Reazulkarim545456}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315377]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Reazulkarim545456/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:39, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:19, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Fahmidafy reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Fahmidafy}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315378]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Fahmidafy/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:40, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : The filter stopped them three times, no action taken. Please re-report if they continue spamming. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:20, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Grow spark digital reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Grow spark digital}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315381]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Grow spark digital/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:42, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : Only one filter hit, seems stale. Please re-report if they continue to spam. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:49, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Korigosnacks reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Korigosnacks}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315383]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Korigosnacks/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:32, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : Stale after only two filter hits and no edits. Please re-report if they spam later. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:56, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Athoyislam reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Athoyislam}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Athoyislam/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:47, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:31, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Jamal123lll reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Jamal123lll}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315402]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Jamal123lll/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:48, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:32, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Idontknowidkh reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Idontknowidkh}} online shopping spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315400]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Idontknowidkh/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:49, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:33, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Ridhisharma1999 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Ridhisharma1999}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315435]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Ridhisharma1999/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:01, 9 September 2026 (UTC) :{{Done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 12:02, 9 September 2026 (UTC) == Thenaoriudaipur reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Thenaoriudaipur}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315473]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Thenaoriudaipur/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:47, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:49, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == Networkkingss reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Networkkingss}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315458]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Networkkingss/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:50, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:49, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == ~2026-49226-92 reported by MathXplore == * {{anonlinks|~2026-49226-92}} Vandalism <!-- USERREPORTED:/~2026-49226-92/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:57, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. I also nuked all pages created by this user and their connected temporary accounts based on their associated IP(s). [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:48, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == ~2026-49632-08 reported by MathXplore == * {{anonlinks|~2026-49632-08}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/~2026-49632-08/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 04:08, 13 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} [[User:JackPotte|JackPotte]] ([[User talk:JackPotte|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/JackPotte|contribs]]) 06:39, 13 September 2026 (UTC) == Happyherbal26 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Happyherbal26}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315518]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Happyherbal26/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:37, 14 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 14:02, 14 September 2026 (UTC) == Shahadotdl reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Shahadotdl}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315516]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Shahadotdl/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:37, 14 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 14:02, 14 September 2026 (UTC) == Sonarbanglahc reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Sonarbanglahc}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Sonarbanglahc/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:41, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:47, 15 September 2026 (UTC) == Mehedii1234 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Mehedii1234}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Mehedii1234/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:42, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:46, 15 September 2026 (UTC) == BhardwajGardening reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|BhardwajGardening}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315583]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/BhardwajGardening/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:02, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:36, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Manusheikh reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Manusheikh}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315575]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Manusheikh/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:03, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:35, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Wrankerseo reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Wrankerseo}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315564]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315567]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315563]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Wrankerseo/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:05, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:35, 17 September 2026 (UTC) 8xsu3uneu6hcl5hjzrpc18j2i4441ls 4671125 4671113 2026-09-19T10:28:51Z MathXplore 3097823 Reporting Mscdubai 4671125 wikitext text/x-wiki __NEWSECTIONLINK__ {{Discussion Rooms}} {{shortcut|WB:AN|WB:AA}} {{TOC left}} {{User:MiszaBot/config |archive = Wikibooks:Reading room/Administrative Assistance/Archives/%(year)d/%(monthname)s |algo = old(14d) |counter = 1 |minthreadstoarchive = 1 |minthreadsleft = 1 }} {{ombox|type=content|text='''To request a rename or usurpation''', go to the global request page at Meta [[meta:SRUC|here]].<br />''Please do not post those requests here!''}} {{Clear}} Welcome to the '''Administrative Assistance reading room'''. You can request assistance from [[WB:ADMIN|administrators]] for handling a variety of problems here and alert them about problems which may require special actions not normally used during regular content editing. Please be patient as administrators are often quite busy with either their own projects or trying to perform general maintenance and cleanup. You can deal with most vandalism yourself: [[Wikibooks:Dealing with vandalism|fix it]], then [[Wikibooks:Templates/User_notices|warn the user]]. If there is repeated vandalism by one user, lots of vandalism on a single page, or vandalism from many users, tell an admin here, or in [irc://irc.freenode.net/wikibooks #wikibooks] (say <code>!admin</code> to get attention). For more general questions and assistance that doesn't require an administrator, please use the [[WB:HELP|Assistance Reading Room]]. {{clear}} [[Category:Reading room]] == Reazulkarim545456 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Reazulkarim545456}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315377]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Reazulkarim545456/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:39, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:19, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Fahmidafy reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Fahmidafy}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315378]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Fahmidafy/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:40, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : The filter stopped them three times, no action taken. Please re-report if they continue spamming. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:20, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Grow spark digital reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Grow spark digital}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315381]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Grow spark digital/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:42, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : Only one filter hit, seems stale. Please re-report if they continue to spam. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:49, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Korigosnacks reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Korigosnacks}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315383]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Korigosnacks/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:32, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : Stale after only two filter hits and no edits. Please re-report if they spam later. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:56, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Athoyislam reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Athoyislam}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Athoyislam/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:47, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:31, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Jamal123lll reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Jamal123lll}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315402]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Jamal123lll/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:48, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:32, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Idontknowidkh reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Idontknowidkh}} online shopping spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315400]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Idontknowidkh/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:49, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:33, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Ridhisharma1999 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Ridhisharma1999}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315435]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Ridhisharma1999/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:01, 9 September 2026 (UTC) :{{Done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 12:02, 9 September 2026 (UTC) == Thenaoriudaipur reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Thenaoriudaipur}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315473]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Thenaoriudaipur/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:47, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:49, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == Networkkingss reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Networkkingss}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315458]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Networkkingss/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:50, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:49, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == ~2026-49226-92 reported by MathXplore == * {{anonlinks|~2026-49226-92}} Vandalism <!-- USERREPORTED:/~2026-49226-92/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:57, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. I also nuked all pages created by this user and their connected temporary accounts based on their associated IP(s). [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:48, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == ~2026-49632-08 reported by MathXplore == * {{anonlinks|~2026-49632-08}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/~2026-49632-08/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 04:08, 13 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} [[User:JackPotte|JackPotte]] ([[User talk:JackPotte|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/JackPotte|contribs]]) 06:39, 13 September 2026 (UTC) == Happyherbal26 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Happyherbal26}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315518]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Happyherbal26/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:37, 14 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 14:02, 14 September 2026 (UTC) == Shahadotdl reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Shahadotdl}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315516]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Shahadotdl/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:37, 14 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 14:02, 14 September 2026 (UTC) == Sonarbanglahc reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Sonarbanglahc}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Sonarbanglahc/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:41, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:47, 15 September 2026 (UTC) == Mehedii1234 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Mehedii1234}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Mehedii1234/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:42, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:46, 15 September 2026 (UTC) == BhardwajGardening reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|BhardwajGardening}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315583]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/BhardwajGardening/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:02, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:36, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Manusheikh reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Manusheikh}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315575]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Manusheikh/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:03, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:35, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Wrankerseo reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Wrankerseo}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315564]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315567]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315563]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Wrankerseo/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:05, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:35, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Mscdubai reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Mscdubai}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Mscdubai/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:28, 19 September 2026 (UTC) inrt3dqujlbbw9boqx5rhn5i3xn9rl5 4671146 4671125 2026-09-19T11:40:46Z MathXplore 3097823 Reporting Hasbaticom 4671146 wikitext text/x-wiki __NEWSECTIONLINK__ {{Discussion Rooms}} {{shortcut|WB:AN|WB:AA}} {{TOC left}} {{User:MiszaBot/config |archive = Wikibooks:Reading room/Administrative Assistance/Archives/%(year)d/%(monthname)s |algo = old(14d) |counter = 1 |minthreadstoarchive = 1 |minthreadsleft = 1 }} {{ombox|type=content|text='''To request a rename or usurpation''', go to the global request page at Meta [[meta:SRUC|here]].<br />''Please do not post those requests here!''}} {{Clear}} Welcome to the '''Administrative Assistance reading room'''. You can request assistance from [[WB:ADMIN|administrators]] for handling a variety of problems here and alert them about problems which may require special actions not normally used during regular content editing. Please be patient as administrators are often quite busy with either their own projects or trying to perform general maintenance and cleanup. You can deal with most vandalism yourself: [[Wikibooks:Dealing with vandalism|fix it]], then [[Wikibooks:Templates/User_notices|warn the user]]. If there is repeated vandalism by one user, lots of vandalism on a single page, or vandalism from many users, tell an admin here, or in [irc://irc.freenode.net/wikibooks #wikibooks] (say <code>!admin</code> to get attention). For more general questions and assistance that doesn't require an administrator, please use the [[WB:HELP|Assistance Reading Room]]. {{clear}} [[Category:Reading room]] == Reazulkarim545456 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Reazulkarim545456}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315377]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Reazulkarim545456/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:39, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:19, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Fahmidafy reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Fahmidafy}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315378]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Fahmidafy/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:40, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : The filter stopped them three times, no action taken. Please re-report if they continue spamming. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:20, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Grow spark digital reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Grow spark digital}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315381]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Grow spark digital/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 06:42, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : Only one filter hit, seems stale. Please re-report if they continue to spam. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:49, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Korigosnacks reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Korigosnacks}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315383]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Korigosnacks/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:32, 6 September 2026 (UTC) : Stale after only two filter hits and no edits. Please re-report if they spam later. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:56, 6 September 2026 (UTC) == Athoyislam reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Athoyislam}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Athoyislam/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:47, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:31, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Jamal123lll reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Jamal123lll}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315402]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Jamal123lll/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:48, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:32, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Idontknowidkh reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Idontknowidkh}} online shopping spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315400]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Idontknowidkh/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:49, 7 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 11:33, 7 September 2026 (UTC) == Ridhisharma1999 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Ridhisharma1999}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315435]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Ridhisharma1999/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:01, 9 September 2026 (UTC) :{{Done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 12:02, 9 September 2026 (UTC) == Thenaoriudaipur reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Thenaoriudaipur}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315473]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Thenaoriudaipur/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:47, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:49, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == Networkkingss reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Networkkingss}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315458]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Networkkingss/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:50, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:49, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == ~2026-49226-92 reported by MathXplore == * {{anonlinks|~2026-49226-92}} Vandalism <!-- USERREPORTED:/~2026-49226-92/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:57, 10 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. I also nuked all pages created by this user and their connected temporary accounts based on their associated IP(s). [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:48, 10 September 2026 (UTC) == ~2026-49632-08 reported by MathXplore == * {{anonlinks|~2026-49632-08}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/~2026-49632-08/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 04:08, 13 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} [[User:JackPotte|JackPotte]] ([[User talk:JackPotte|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/JackPotte|contribs]]) 06:39, 13 September 2026 (UTC) == Happyherbal26 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Happyherbal26}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315518]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Happyherbal26/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:37, 14 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 14:02, 14 September 2026 (UTC) == Shahadotdl reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Shahadotdl}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315516]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Shahadotdl/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:37, 14 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done}} ―[[User:Koavf|Justin (<span style="color:grey">ko'''a'''<span style="color:black">v</span>f</span>)]]<span style="color:red">❤[[User talk:Koavf|T]]☮[[Special:Contributions/Koavf|C]]☺[[Special:Emailuser/Koavf|M]]☯</span> 14:02, 14 September 2026 (UTC) == Sonarbanglahc reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Sonarbanglahc}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Sonarbanglahc/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:41, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:47, 15 September 2026 (UTC) == Mehedii1234 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Mehedii1234}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Mehedii1234/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:42, 15 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:46, 15 September 2026 (UTC) == BhardwajGardening reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|BhardwajGardening}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315583]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/BhardwajGardening/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:02, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:36, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Manusheikh reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Manusheikh}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315575]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Manusheikh/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:03, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:35, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Wrankerseo reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Wrankerseo}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315564]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315567]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315563]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Wrankerseo/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:05, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :{{done|Blocked}} —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:35, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Mscdubai reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Mscdubai}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Mscdubai/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:28, 19 September 2026 (UTC) == Hasbaticom reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Hasbaticom}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Hasbaticom/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 11:40, 19 September 2026 (UTC) mrwhxmn3soo0b5f4l71zg9l3pldrv43 0 141165 4670997 4666801 2026-09-18T18:52:28Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670997 wikitext text/x-wiki On October 2012, it was announced that Reynolds and Reynolds was shopping for a new order. It is unforeseen how this will affect their current clients.<ref>{{cite web | url=http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/10/29/us-reynolds-sale-idUSBRE89S13Y20121029 | title= Exclusive: Reynolds and Reynolds explores $5 billion LBO - sources | publisher=Reuters | date=2012-10-29 | accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> Reynolds DMS support number is (800)767-0080. == Table of Contents == * [[/Inventory Report/]] * [[/Screen Codes/]] * [[/Telnet/]] * [[/Internals/]] == Workflow == When the vehicle arrives on the lot the dealer add them to Reynolds screen 0064, and then they migrate to <code>Vehicle Inventory</code> to 4006. == Reynolds Generations Series == After release to its customers two years earlier,<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.123jump.com/10K_Reports/REY/2004/2004.htm |title=Form 10-K: FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 |accessdate=2009-01-21 |date=2004-09-30 }}</ref> in July 19, 2005 the board of directors at Reynolds and Reynolds decided to drop the RGS platform. They reported $66.5 million dollars in software development.<ref>{{cite press release |title=For The Three and Nine Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004 |work=Statements of Consolidated Income |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |date=2004-09-30 |accessdate=2009-01-21 |url=http://sec.edgar-online.com/reynolds--reynolds-co/10-q-quarterly-report/2005/08/09/Section2.aspx }}</ref> The ''Generation Series'' was set to be the successor to ERA built on .NET,<ref name=dealerpoint>{{cite web |url=http://www.internetnews.com/bus-news/article.php/1572941/Microsoft+Sells+Off+Dealerpoint.htm |title=Microsoft Sells Off Dealerpoint |publisher=Internet News |last=Cox |first=Beth |work=Business |quote=Dayton, Ohio-based Reynolds and Reynolds, a company that sells software and technology consulting services to auto dealerships, has worked with Redmond, Wash.-based Microsoft before, and already is using .NET technology for its Reynolds Generations Series product family. }}</ref> and using a non-MV database.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://old.nabble.com/-UV--Select-Question-td402486i20.html#a477817 |title=Large UV VAR abandons Microsoft SQL Server/.NET Effort |date=2005-07-25 |accessdate=2009-01-21 }}</ref> Reynolds spent an additional $27 million on reverse migration back to the older ERA platform in order to keep the 73 dealerships that adopted RGS.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://goliath.ecnext.com/coms2/gi_0199-4996257/Reynolds-tries-to-retain-dealerships.html |title=Reynolds tries to retain dealerships. |accessdate=2009-01-21 |date=2005-11-4 |late=Kisiel |first=Ralph }}</ref> There was at least two lawsuits alleging false claims and insider trading.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://triangle.bizjournals.com/dayton/stories/2004/09/06/story2.html |title=Reynolds lawsuits piling up |date=2004-09-23 |accessdate=2009-01-21 |publisher=Dayton Business Journal |last=Womack |first=Brian }}</ref> The SEC began an investigation and stated the company's previously issued financial statements "should no longer be relied upon." The SEC was specifically investigating "company's classification of auction rate securities, the two-class method of reporting earnings per share and its revenue recognition policy".<ref>{{cite web |url=http://stlouis.bizjournals.com/dayton/stories/2005/10/24/daily22.html |title=SEC investigating Reynolds |publisher=Dayton Business Journal |date=2007-10-27 |accessdate=2009-01-21 }}</ref> == VSS Package == VSS package, new program handled by the business group updates all of the color and model codes for you for the new year. This means you will not have to tell Reynolds what an "LT1" really is, or that GXU is Dark-Slate Green. {{cite web |url=http://thedailywtf.com/Articles/No_Need_to_Change_It!_.aspx |publisher=The Daily WTF |title=No Need to Change It! |first=David |last=Shideler |date=2006-10-25 |accessdate=2009-08-12 }} an amusing article about the development of the Reynolds product. == Third Party Lockouts == Under the guise of security Reynolds has taken numerous steps which have resulted in vendor lockout. Reynolds intentions to move this direction were first announced in 4Q 2007, when Reynolds sought to give Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) "secure access" to the DMS systems.<ref>{{cite press release |url=http://www.reyrey.com/company/news/102207.asp |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |title=Reynolds Continues Modem Phase Out; Highlights to be Reviewed at Upcoming AICPA Conference |date=2007-10-27 |accessdate=2010-01-06 |first=James |nick=Rick |last=White }}</ref> On January 4th, 2010, modem dial-in was disabled and third parties were no longer be able to dial-in to pull an inventory report or perform other functions by way of modem dial in.<ref>{{cite press release |url=http://dealer-inventory.com/reynolds-modem-access-termination-noaddr.pdf |title=New ERA Security Enhancements Effective Janurary 4. 2010: Internal Modem Access to the ERA System Will Be Disabled |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |date=12-02-09 |accessdate=01-06-09 |format=pdf }}{{Dead link|date=January 2021}}</ref> The official supported means to connect to Reynolds, <abbr title="Reynolds Certified Interface">RCI</abbr>, was forced onto the vendors.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://reynoldsinformation.blogspot.com/2009/12/no-access.html |title=No Access |work=Reynolds News & Information |accessdate=2010-01-06 |date=2009-12-21 |author=The Trooper }}.</ref> However, because RCI is cost-prohibitive with entrance fees as high $80,000,<ref>{{cite web |url=http://wardsdealer.com/ar/auto_industry_debates_dms/ |title=Industry Debates DMS Security |work=WARD'S Dealer Business |publisher=Penton Media, Inc. |last=Banks |first=Cliff |date=2007-04-01 |accessdate=2010-01-06 }}</ref> many vendors worked around this offering by Reynolds instead opting to fight their lock-out. Reacting to this, Reynolds began to aggressively turn off long abused features like the ''Preview'' functionality for reports on the 6910 screen. This functionality permitted third party vendors to screen-scrape and pull down and parse the text right from the report.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://forum.dealerrefresh.com/f51/reynolds-finally-puts-stop-third-parties-6910-report-screen-scraping-1049.html |accessdate=2012-12-04 |date=2010-06-16 |first=Trevor |title= Reynolds finally puts the stop on third parties and 6910 report screen scraping }}</ref> Reynolds began in January 2011 disabling ERALink entirely by forcing users to access their servers with the ERAccess client which could automatically download future "security updates." This blocked out all third party text-restricted telnet clients that supported the Reynolds Terminal (ie. ProCom Plus, PowerTerm, WinTerm, and Reflections).<ref name="ERAccess Annoucement">{{cite web |url=http://www.reyrey.com/solutions/data_management/ERAccess_Announcement.asp |title=Introducing ERAccess – Your New Window to Your ERA® System ERALink Client to be Retired After December 31, 2010 |work=Reynolds System Annoucement |accessdate=2012-12-05 |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds }}</ref> With text-based third party clients now out of the way, Reynolds started using a proprietary extension to their terminal client that permitted graphical CAPTCHAs.<ref name="6910enhancements">{{cite web | url=http://www.reyrey.ca/solutions/data_management/ReportGenerator_6910_Enhancements.asp | publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds | work=Reynolds System Announcement | title=RCI eNews: Announcing ERA® Report Generator (6910) Functionality Enhancements | accessdate=2012-12-05 }}</ref> The system of CAPTCHAs replaced their own database of preselected ''Manual System Access questions'' that they implemented in 2009.<ref name="reynoldsmilestones">{{cite web | url=http://www.reyrey.com/solutions/data_management/DM_Milestones_Timeline.pdf | title=ERA Data Mismanagement Milestones | publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds | accessdate=2012-12-05 | month=09 | year=2010 }}</ref> The ''Manual System Access'' questions were easily circumvented by cunning third-parties that couldn't afford official Reynolds integration. Subsequently, all users connected using Remote Desktop applications such GoToMyPC, LogMeIn, and Team Viewer to access their desktops with ERALink were locked out; proprietary Reynolds-labeled VPN solutions were pushed in their place.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.reyrey.com/solutions/data_management/ERALink_Deadline_Extended.asp |title=ERALink Client to Be Retired - Deadline Extended to January 18, 2011 |work=Reynolds System Announcement |accessdate=2012-12-05 |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds }}</ref> Rumors in Sept of 2012 indicate that Reynolds is next going to eliminate their ''"Query Builder"'' tool which many third parties use to pull reports.<ref>{{cite web |url= http://forum.dealerrefresh.com/f51/not-rumour-query-builder-being-removed-reynolds-2869.html |title= Not a rumour: Query Builder being removed from Reynolds |date=2012-09-18 |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> Further to "''mitigate a security risk''", Reynolds has withdrawn the ability to create free automated reports using their ''Report Scheduler'' tool.<ref>{{cite web |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |title=Important Changes to Report Scheduler |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> These lockouts often extend to monetary damages to Reynolds clients. One dealer, [http://www.groganstownechryslerdodge.com/ Grogan's Towne Chrysler-Jeep-Dodge-Ram in Toledo, Ohio] reported losing $20,000 in five days when [http://www.integralink.com/ Integralink] was unable to poll Reynolds to feed third party marketing companies.<ref name=decryrey>{{cite web |url=http://www.autonews.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20111121/RETAIL07/311219997/1400 |title=Dealers decry Reynolds crackdown |last=Barkholz |first=David |publisher=Automotive News |date=2011-11-21 |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> This process of defeating third-party integration techniques under the guise of security is rather routine for Reynold's customers. The dealer principle remarked, "but Reynolds constantly discovers the new fixes and shuts out the vendor again."<ref name=decryrey>{{cite web |url=http://www.autonews.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20111121/RETAIL07/311219997/1400 |title=Dealers decry Reynolds crackdown |last=Barkholz |first=David |publisher=Automotive News |date=2011-11-21 |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> <!--There are other alternative means such as SOAP interface at b2b.reyrey.com that will permit you to query for inventory.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://forum.dealerrefresh.com/f19/reynolds-closes-modem-access-561.html#post4133 |author=Jarrett |title=Re: Reynolds closes modem access? |accessdate=2010-01-06 |date=2009-12-10 }}</ref>--> ==References== {{reflist}} == Contacting Reynolds == ;Phone (Technical Assistance Center): +1 800.767.0080 {{BookCat}} o6ottt59wuk2906k23zs4lg44io8yfi 4671118 4670997 2026-09-19T09:04:01Z WereSpielChequers 248949 typo 4671118 wikitext text/x-wiki On October 2012, it was announced that Reynolds and Reynolds was shopping for a new order. It is unforeseen how this will affect their current clients.<ref>{{cite web | url=http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/10/29/us-reynolds-sale-idUSBRE89S13Y20121029 | title= Exclusive: Reynolds and Reynolds explores $5 billion LBO - sources | publisher=Reuters | date=2012-10-29 | accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> Reynolds DMS support number is (800)767-0080. == Table of Contents == * [[/Inventory Report/]] * [[/Screen Codes/]] * [[/Telnet/]] * [[/Internals/]] == Workflow == When the vehicle arrives on the lot the dealer add them to Reynolds screen 0064, and then they migrate to <code>Vehicle Inventory</code> to 4006. == Reynolds Generations Series == After release to its customers two years earlier,<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.123jump.com/10K_Reports/REY/2004/2004.htm |title=Form 10-K: FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004 |accessdate=2009-01-21 |date=2004-09-30 }}</ref> in July 19, 2005 the board of directors at Reynolds and Reynolds decided to drop the RGS platform. They reported $66.5 million dollars in software development.<ref>{{cite press release |title=For The Three and Nine Months Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004 |work=Statements of Consolidated Income |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |date=2004-09-30 |accessdate=2009-01-21 |url=http://sec.edgar-online.com/reynolds--reynolds-co/10-q-quarterly-report/2005/08/09/Section2.aspx }}</ref> The ''Generation Series'' was set to be the successor to ERA built on .NET,<ref name=dealerpoint>{{cite web |url=http://www.internetnews.com/bus-news/article.php/1572941/Microsoft+Sells+Off+Dealerpoint.htm |title=Microsoft Sells Off Dealerpoint |publisher=Internet News |last=Cox |first=Beth |work=Business |quote=Dayton, Ohio-based Reynolds and Reynolds, a company that sells software and technology consulting services to auto dealerships, has worked with Redmond, Wash.-based Microsoft before, and already is using .NET technology for its Reynolds Generations Series product family. }}</ref> and using a non-MV database.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://old.nabble.com/-UV--Select-Question-td402486i20.html#a477817 |title=Large UV VAR abandons Microsoft SQL Server/.NET Effort |date=2005-07-25 |accessdate=2009-01-21 }}</ref> Reynolds spent an additional $27 million on reverse migration back to the older ERA platform in order to keep the 73 dealerships that adopted RGS.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://goliath.ecnext.com/coms2/gi_0199-4996257/Reynolds-tries-to-retain-dealerships.html |title=Reynolds tries to retain dealerships. |accessdate=2009-01-21 |date=2005-11-4 |late=Kisiel |first=Ralph }}</ref> There was at least two lawsuits alleging false claims and insider trading.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://triangle.bizjournals.com/dayton/stories/2004/09/06/story2.html |title=Reynolds lawsuits piling up |date=2004-09-23 |accessdate=2009-01-21 |publisher=Dayton Business Journal |last=Womack |first=Brian }}</ref> The SEC began an investigation and stated the company's previously issued financial statements "should no longer be relied upon." The SEC was specifically investigating "company's classification of auction rate securities, the two-class method of reporting earnings per share and its revenue recognition policy".<ref>{{cite web |url=http://stlouis.bizjournals.com/dayton/stories/2005/10/24/daily22.html |title=SEC investigating Reynolds |publisher=Dayton Business Journal |date=2007-10-27 |accessdate=2009-01-21 }}</ref> == VSS Package == VSS package, new program handled by the business group updates all of the color and model codes for you for the new year. This means you will not have to tell Reynolds what an "LT1" really is, or that GXU is Dark-Slate Green. {{cite web |url=http://thedailywtf.com/Articles/No_Need_to_Change_It!_.aspx |publisher=The Daily WTF |title=No Need to Change It! |first=David |last=Shideler |date=2006-10-25 |accessdate=2009-08-12 }} an amusing article about the development of the Reynolds product. == Third Party Lockouts == Under the guise of security Reynolds has taken numerous steps which have resulted in vendor lockout. Reynolds intentions to move this direction were first announced in 4Q 2007, when Reynolds sought to give Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) "secure access" to the DMS systems.<ref>{{cite press release |url=http://www.reyrey.com/company/news/102207.asp |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |title=Reynolds Continues Modem Phase Out; Highlights to be Reviewed at Upcoming AICPA Conference |date=2007-10-27 |accessdate=2010-01-06 |first=James |nick=Rick |last=White }}</ref> On January 4th, 2010, modem dial-in was disabled and third parties were no longer be able to dial-in to pull an inventory report or perform other functions by way of modem dial in.<ref>{{cite press release |url=http://dealer-inventory.com/reynolds-modem-access-termination-noaddr.pdf |title=New ERA Security Enhancements Effective Janurary 4. 2010: Internal Modem Access to the ERA System Will Be Disabled |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |date=12-02-09 |accessdate=01-06-09 |format=pdf }}{{Dead link|date=January 2021}}</ref> The official supported means to connect to Reynolds, <abbr title="Reynolds Certified Interface">RCI</abbr>, was forced onto the vendors.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://reynoldsinformation.blogspot.com/2009/12/no-access.html |title=No Access |work=Reynolds News & Information |accessdate=2010-01-06 |date=2009-12-21 |author=The Trooper }}.</ref> However, because RCI is cost-prohibitive with entrance fees as high $80,000,<ref>{{cite web |url=http://wardsdealer.com/ar/auto_industry_debates_dms/ |title=Industry Debates DMS Security |work=WARD'S Dealer Business |publisher=Penton Media, Inc. |last=Banks |first=Cliff |date=2007-04-01 |accessdate=2010-01-06 }}</ref> many vendors worked around this offering by Reynolds instead opting to fight their lock-out. Reacting to this, Reynolds began to aggressively turn off long abused features like the ''Preview'' functionality for reports on the 6910 screen. This functionality permitted third party vendors to screen-scrape and pull down and parse the text right from the report.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://forum.dealerrefresh.com/f51/reynolds-finally-puts-stop-third-parties-6910-report-screen-scraping-1049.html |accessdate=2012-12-04 |date=2010-06-16 |first=Trevor |title= Reynolds finally puts the stop on third parties and 6910 report screen scraping }}</ref> Reynolds began in January 2011 disabling ERALink entirely by forcing users to access their servers with the ERAccess client which could automatically download future "security updates." This blocked out all third party text-restricted telnet clients that supported the Reynolds Terminal (ie. ProCom Plus, PowerTerm, WinTerm, and Reflections).<ref name="ERAccess Announcement">{{cite web |url=http://www.reyrey.com/solutions/data_management/ERAccess_Announcement.asp |title=Introducing ERAccess – Your New Window to Your ERA® System ERALink Client to be Retired After December 31, 2010 |work=Reynolds System Announcement |accessdate=2012-12-05 |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds }}</ref> With text-based third party clients now out of the way, Reynolds started using a proprietary extension to their terminal client that permitted graphical CAPTCHAs.<ref name="6910enhancements">{{cite web | url=http://www.reyrey.ca/solutions/data_management/ReportGenerator_6910_Enhancements.asp | publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds | work=Reynolds System Announcement | title=RCI eNews: Announcing ERA® Report Generator (6910) Functionality Enhancements | accessdate=2012-12-05 }}</ref> The system of CAPTCHAs replaced their own database of preselected ''Manual System Access questions'' that they implemented in 2009.<ref name="reynoldsmilestones">{{cite web | url=http://www.reyrey.com/solutions/data_management/DM_Milestones_Timeline.pdf | title=ERA Data Mismanagement Milestones | publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds | accessdate=2012-12-05 | month=09 | year=2010 }}</ref> The ''Manual System Access'' questions were easily circumvented by cunning third-parties that couldn't afford official Reynolds integration. Subsequently, all users connected using Remote Desktop applications such GoToMyPC, LogMeIn, and Team Viewer to access their desktops with ERALink were locked out; proprietary Reynolds-labeled VPN solutions were pushed in their place.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://www.reyrey.com/solutions/data_management/ERALink_Deadline_Extended.asp |title=ERALink Client to Be Retired - Deadline Extended to January 18, 2011 |work=Reynolds System Announcement |accessdate=2012-12-05 |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds }}</ref> Rumors in Sept of 2012 indicate that Reynolds is next going to eliminate their ''"Query Builder"'' tool which many third parties use to pull reports.<ref>{{cite web |url= http://forum.dealerrefresh.com/f51/not-rumour-query-builder-being-removed-reynolds-2869.html |title= Not a rumour: Query Builder being removed from Reynolds |date=2012-09-18 |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> Further to "''mitigate a security risk''", Reynolds has withdrawn the ability to create free automated reports using their ''Report Scheduler'' tool.<ref>{{cite web |publisher=Reynolds and Reynolds |title=Important Changes to Report Scheduler |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> These lockouts often extend to monetary damages to Reynolds clients. One dealer, [http://www.groganstownechryslerdodge.com/ Grogan's Towne Chrysler-Jeep-Dodge-Ram in Toledo, Ohio] reported losing $20,000 in five days when [http://www.integralink.com/ Integralink] was unable to poll Reynolds to feed third party marketing companies.<ref name=decryrey>{{cite web |url=http://www.autonews.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20111121/RETAIL07/311219997/1400 |title=Dealers decry Reynolds crackdown |last=Barkholz |first=David |publisher=Automotive News |date=2011-11-21 |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> This process of defeating third-party integration techniques under the guise of security is rather routine for Reynold's customers. The dealer principle remarked, "but Reynolds constantly discovers the new fixes and shuts out the vendor again."<ref name=decryrey>{{cite web |url=http://www.autonews.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20111121/RETAIL07/311219997/1400 |title=Dealers decry Reynolds crackdown |last=Barkholz |first=David |publisher=Automotive News |date=2011-11-21 |accessdate=2012-12-04 }}</ref> <!--There are other alternative means such as SOAP interface at b2b.reyrey.com that will permit you to query for inventory.<ref>{{cite web |url=http://forum.dealerrefresh.com/f19/reynolds-closes-modem-access-561.html#post4133 |author=Jarrett |title=Re: Reynolds closes modem access? |accessdate=2010-01-06 |date=2009-12-10 }}</ref>--> ==References== {{reflist}} == Contacting Reynolds == ;Phone (Technical Assistance Center): +1 800.767.0080 {{BookCat}} 1lsz5x93assan15r9mawnkeffasiwv1 0 158662 4670989 3172069 2026-09-18T18:49:12Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670989 wikitext text/x-wiki {{header | title = [[../]] | author = | section = [[../Generalized Integration|Generalized Integration]] | previous = [[../Darboux_Integral|Darboux Integral]] | next = [[../Pointwise Convergence|Pointwise Convergence]] | notes = }} {|align=right |__TOC__ |} The notion of integration is one of fundamental importance in advanced analysis. The idea of integration is expanded so as to be applicable to sets more general than subsets of <math>\R</math> . Interested readers may refer to the Wikibook ''[[Measure Theory]]''. Here however, we will discuss two important generalizations of integration which are still applicable only to real valued functions. ==Riemann-Stieltjes integral== The '''Riemann-Stieltjes integral''' (or '''Stieltjes integral''') can be seen as an extension of the idea behind the [[Real analysis/Darboux Integral|Darboux integral]] ===Upper and Lower sum=== Let <math>f:[a,b]\to\R</math> Let <math>\alpha:[a,b]\to\R</math> such that <math>\alpha(x)</math> is strictly increasing over <math>[a,b]</math> Let <math>\mathcal{P}</math> be a partition over <math>[a,b]</math> , and let <math>x_k,x_{k-1}\in\mathcal{P}</math> The '''Upper Sum''' of <math>f</math> with respect to <math>\mathcal{P}</math> and <math>\alpha</math> is given by :<math>U(f,\mathcal{P},\alpha)=\sum_{k=1}^nM_k\big(\alpha(x_k)-\alpha(x_{k-1})\big)</math> where <math>M_k</math> is given as in the previous chapter. The '''Lower Sum''' of <math>f</math> with respect to <math>\mathcal{P}</math> and <math>\alpha</math> is given by :<math>L(f,\mathcal{P},\alpha)=\sum_{k=1}^nm_k\big(\alpha(x_k)-\alpha(x_{k-1})\big)</math> where <math>m_k</math> is given as in the previous chapter. ===Definition=== Let <math>f:[a,b]\to\R</math> Let <math>\alpha:[a,b]\to\R</math> such that <math>\alpha(x)</math> is strictly increasing over <math>[a,b]</math> We say that <math>f</math> is '''Riemann-Stieltjes integrable''' on <math>[a,b]</math> with respect to <math>\alpha</math> if and only if :<math>\sup_{\mathcal{P}}\Big\{L(f,\mathcal{P},\alpha)\Big\}=\inf_{\mathcal{P}}\Big\{U(f,\mathcal{P},\alpha)\Big\}</math> where the supremum and the infimum have been taken over the set of all partitions. <math>L=\sup_{\mathcal{P}}\Big\{L(f,\mathcal{P},\alpha)\Big\}=\inf_{\mathcal{P}}\Big\{U(f,\mathcal{P},\alpha)\Big\}</math> is said to be the integral of <math>f</math> on <math>[a,b]</math> with respect to <math>\alpha</math> and is denoted as <math>\int\limits_a^b f(x)d\alpha(x)</math> or as <math>\int\limits_a^b fd\alpha</math> Observe that putting <math>\alpha(x)=x</math> , we get the Darboux integral, and hence, the Darboux integral is a special case of the Riemann-Stieltjes integral. ==Henstock Kurtzweil integral== While calculating the [[Real Analysis/Riemann integration|Riemann integral]], the "fineness" of a partition was measured by it ''norm''. However, it turns out that the norm is a very crude measure for a partition. Thus, by introducing the clever notion of ''gauges'', we can extend the idea of the Riemann integral to a larger class of functions. In fact, it turns out that this integral, called the ''Henstock-Kurtzweil integral'' (after [[w:Ralph Henstock|Ralph Henstock]] and [[w:Jaroslav Kurzweil|Jaroslav Kurzweil]]) or ''Generalised Riemann integral'' is more general than the Riemann-Stieltjes integral and several other integrals on real intervals. ===Gauges=== A '''Gauge''' is said to be a function <math>\delta:[a,b]\to\R^+</math> , that is, the range of <math>\delta(x)</math> includes only positive reals. A tagged partition <math>\mathcal{\dot{P}}=\Big\{(t_k,[x_{k-1},x_k])\Big\}_{k=1}^n</math> is said to be '''δ-fine''' for a gauge <math>\delta</math> if and only if for all <math>k</math> , :<math>[x_{k-1},x_k]\subseteq\big(t_k-\delta(t_k),t_k+\delta(t_k)\big)</math> ===Definition=== Let <math>f:[a,b]\to\R</math> Let <math>L\in\R</math> Then, <math>f</math> is said to be '''Henstock-Kurtzweil integrable''' on <math>[a,b]</math> if and only if, for every <math>\varepsilon>0</math> there exists a gauge <math>\delta:[a,b]\to\R^+</math> such that if <math>\mathcal{\dot{P}}</math> is a δ-fine partition of <math>[a,b]</math> , then :<math>\Big|S(f,\mathcal{\dot{P}})-L\Big|<\varepsilon</math> 0z1zxcvy5ekdam3q74lzy3zr2juhbd9 0 168535 4670988 4666348 2026-09-18T18:48:45Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670988 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{LaTeX/Top}} </noinclude> Many technical documents use terms or acronyms unknown to the general population. It is common practice to add a glossary to make such documents more accessible. The {{LaTeX/Package|glossaries}} package can be used to create glossaries. It supports multiple glossaries, acronyms, and symbols. This package replaces the {{LaTeX/Package|glossary}} package and can be used instead of the {{LaTeX/Package|nomencl}} package.<ref>http://www.ctan.org/pkg/nomencl</ref> Users requiring a simpler solution should consider hand-coding their entries by using the <code>[[LaTeX/List Structures#Description|description]]</code> environment, or the <code>[[LaTeX/Tables#Table_across_several_pages|longtabu]]</code> environment provided by the {{LaTeX/Package|tabu}} package. __FORCETOC__ == Jump start == Place {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\usepackage{glossaries} }} and {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\makeglossaries}} in your preamble (after {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\usepackage{hyperref} }} if present). Then define any number of {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\newglossaryentry}} and {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\newacronym}} glossary and acronym entries in your preamble (recommended) or before first use in your document proper. Finally add a {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\printglossaries}} call to locate the glossaries list within your document structure. Then pepper your writing with {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\gls{mylabel} }} macros (and similar) to simultaneously insert your predefined text and build the associated glossary. File processing must now include a call to <code>makeglossaries document_name_without_extension</code> followed by at least one further invocation of <code>latex</code> or <code>pdflatex</code>. == Using {{LaTeX/Package|glossaries}} == To use the {{LaTeX/Package|glossaries}} package, you have to load it explicitly: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \usepackage{glossaries} }} if you wish to use <code>[[w:xindy|xindy]]</code> (superior indexing tool<ref>[https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/199211/differences-between-xindy-and-makeindex/199841#199841 Differences between “xindy” and “makeindex”]</ref>) for the indexing phase, as opposed to <code>[[w:MakeIndex|makeindex]]</code> (the default), you need to specify the {{LaTeX/Parameter|xindy}} option: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} }} For the glossary to show up in your Table of Contents, you need to specify the {{LaTeX/Parameter|toc}} option: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \usepackage[toc]{glossaries} }} See also [[#Custom Name|Custom Name]] at the bottom of this page. Finally, place the following command in your document preamble in order to generate the glossary: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \makeglossaries }} Any links in resulting glossary will not be "clickable" unless you load the {{LaTeX/Package|glossaries}} package ''after'' the {{LaTeX/Package|hyperref}} package. In addition, users who wish to make use of <code>makeglossaries</code> will need to have [[Perl|Perl]] installed &mdash; this is not normally present by default on Microsoft Windows platforms. That said, <code>makeglossaries</code> simply provides a convenient interface to <code>makeindex</code> and <code>xindy</code> and is not essential. == Defining glossary entries == To use an entry from a glossary you first need to define it. There are few ways to define an entry depending on what you define and how it is going to be used. Note that a defined entry ''won't'' be included in the printed glossary ''unless'' it is used in the document. This enables you to create a glossary of general terms and just {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\include}} it in all your documents. == Defining terms == To define a term in glossary you use the {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\newglossaryentry}} macro: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{<label>}{<settings>} }} <label> is a unique label used to identify an entry in glossary, <settings> are comma separated <code>key=value</code> pairs used to define an entry. For example, to define a computer entry: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{computer} { name=computer, description={is a programmable machine that receives input, stores and manipulates data, and provides output in a useful format} } }} The above example defines an entry that has the same label and entry name. This is not always the case as the next entry will show: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{naiive} { name=na\"{\i}ve, description={is a French loanword (adjective, form of naïf) indicating having or showing a lack of experience, understanding or sophistication} } }} When you define terms, you need to remember that they will be sorted by <code>makeindex</code> or <code>xindy</code>. While <code>xindy</code> is a bit more LaTeX aware, it does it by omitting latex macros ({{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\"{\i}<!---->}}) thus incorrectly sorting the above example as <code>nave</code>. <code>makeindex</code> won't fare much better, because it doesn't understand TeX macros, it will interpret the word exactly as it was defined, putting it inside symbol class, before words beginning with <code>naa</code>. Therefore it's needed to extend our example and specify how to sort the word: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{naiive} { name=na\"{\i}ve, description={is a French loanword (adjective, form of naïf) indicating having or showing a lack of experience, understanding or sophistication}, sort=naiive } }} You can also specify plural forms, if they are not formed by adding “s” (we will learn how to use them in next section): {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{Linux} { name=Linux, description={is a generic term referring to the family of Unix-like computer operating systems that use the Linux kernel}, plural=Linuces } }} Or, for acronyms: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newacronym[longplural={Frames per Second}]{fpsLabel}{FPS}{Frame per Second} }} This will avoid the wrong long plural: Frame per Seconds. So far, the glossary entries have been defined as key-value lists. Sometimes, a description is more complex than just a paragraph. For example, you may want to have multiple paragraphs, itemized lists, figures, tables, etc. For such glossary entries use the command <code>longnewglossaryentry</code> in which the description follows the key-value list. The computer entry then looks like this: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \longnewglossaryentry{computer} { name=computer } {is a programmable machine that receives input, stores and manipulates data, and provides output in a useful format} }} === Defining symbols === Defined entries can also be symbols: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{pi} { name={\ensuremath{\pi}<!---->}, description={ratio of circumference of circle to its diameter}, sort=pi } }} You can also define both a name and a symbol: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{real number} { name={real number}, description={include both rational numbers, such as $42$ and $\frac{-23}{129}$, and irrational numbers, such as $\pi$ and the square root of two; or, a real number can be given by an infinite decimal representation, such as $2.4871773339\ldots$ where the digits continue in some way; or, the real numbers may be thought of as points on an infinitely long number line}, symbol={\ensuremath{\mathbb{R}<!---->}<!---->} } }} Note that not all glossary styles show defined symbols. === Defining acronyms === To define a new acronym you use the {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\newacronym}} macro: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newacronym{<label>}{<abbrv>}{<full>} }} where <label> is the unique label identifying the acronym, <abbrv> is the abbreviated form of the acronym and <full> is the expanded text. For example: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newacronym{lvm}{LVM}{Logical Volume Manager} }} Defined acronyms can be put in separate list if you use <code>acronym</code> package option: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} }} == Using defined terms == When you have defined a term, you can use it in a document. There are many different commands used to refer to glossary terms. === General references === A general reference is used with {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\gls}} command. If, for example, you have glossary entries defined as those above, you might use it in this way: {{LaTeX/Example|code= \Gls{naiive} people don't know about alternative \gls{computer} operating systems: \glspl{Linux}, BSDs and GNU/Hurd. |render= Naïve people don't know about alternative computer opera-<br/> ting systems: Linuces, BSDs and GNU/Hurd. }} Description of commands used in above example: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \gls{<label>} }} This command prints the term associated with <label> passed as its argument. If the {{LaTeX/Package|hyperref}} package was loaded before {{LaTeX/Package|glossaries}} it will also be hyperlinked to the entry in glossary. {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glspl{<label>} }} This command prints the plural of the defined term, other than that it behaves in the same way as {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=gls}}. {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \Gls{<label>} }} This command prints the singular form of the term with the first character converted to upper case. {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \Glspl{<label>} }} This command prints the plural form with first letter of the term converted to upper case. {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glslink{<label>}{<alternate text>} }} This command creates the link as usual, but typesets the ''alternate text'' instead. It can also take several options which changes its default behavior (see the documentation). {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glssymbol{<label>} }} This command prints what ever is defined in \newglossaryentry{<label>}{symbol={Output of glssymbol}, ...} {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glsdesc{<label>} }} This command prints what ever is defined in \newglossaryentry{<label>}{description={Output of glsdesc}, ...} === Referring acronyms === Acronyms behave a bit differently to normal glossary terms. On first use the {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\gls}} command will display "<full> (<abbrv>)". On subsequent uses only the abbreviation will be displayed. If this isn't happening, setting {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\setacronymstyle{long-short<nowiki>}</nowiki>}} is required. To reset the first use of an acronym, use the command: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glsreset{<label>} }} or, if you want to reset the use status of all acronyms: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glsresetall }} Similarly, to unset the first use of an acronym so that only the abbreviation will be displayed, use: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glsunset{<label>} }} or, for all acronyms: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glsunsetall }} If you just want to print the long version of an acronym without the abbreviation "<full>", use : {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \acrlong{<label>} }} If you just want to print the long version of an acronym with the abbreviation "<full> (<abbrv>)", use : {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \acrfull{<label>} }} If you just want to print the abbreviation "<abbrv>", use : {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \acrshort{<label>} }} = Displaying the Glossary = To display the sorted list of terms you need to add: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \printglossaries }} at the place you want the glossary and the list of acronyms to appear. If all entries are to be printed the command {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \glsaddall }} can be inserted before {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\printglossaries}}. You may also want to use {{ LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries} }} to suppress the location list within the glossary. === Separate Glossary and List of Acronyms === {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\printglossaries}} will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined.<ref>http://mirror.ox.ac.uk/sites/ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html#dx1-35001</ref> If no custom glossaries are defined, the default glossary and the list of acronyms will be displayed. The glossary and the list of acronyms can be displayed separately in different places<ref>http://mirror.ox.ac.uk/sites/ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html#dx1-43001</ref>: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries} \printglossary[type=\acronymtype] % prints just the list of acronyms Some text between the list of acronyms and the glossary. \printglossary % if no option is supplied the default glossary is printed. }} ==== Dual entries with reference to a glossary entry from an acronym ==== It may be useful to have both an acronym and a glossary entry for the same term. To link these two, define the acronym with a reference to the glossary entry like this: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newglossaryentry{gls-OWD} { name={One-Way Delay}, description={The time a packet uses through a network from one host to another}, } \newacronym[see={[Glossary:]{gls-OWD}<!---->}]{OWD}{OWD}{One-Way Delay\glsadd{gls-OWD}<!---->} }} Refer to acronym with \gls{OWD} and the glossary with \gls{gls-OWD} To make this easier, we can use this command (modified from example in the official docs): Syntax: \newdualentry[glossary options][acronym options]{label}{abbrv}{long}{description} {{LaTeX/Usage|code=\usepackage{xparse} \DeclareDocumentCommand{\newdualentry}{ O{} O{} m m m m } { \newglossaryentry{gls-#3}{name={#5},text={#5\glsadd{#3}<!---->}, description={#6},#1 } \makeglossaries \newacronym[see={[Glossary:]{gls-#3}<!---->},#2]{#3}{#4}{#5\glsadd{gls-#3}<!---->} } }} then, define new (dual) entries for glossary and acronym list like this: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \newdualentry{OWD} % label {OWD} % abbreviation {One-Way Delay} % long form {The time a packet uses through a network from one host to another} % description }} === Custom Name === The name of the glossary section can be replaced with a custom name or translated to a different language. Add the option {{LaTeX/Parameter|title}} to {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\printglossary}} to specify the glossary's title. Add the option {{LaTeX/Parameter|toctitle}} to specify a the title used in the table of content (if not used, {{LaTeX/Parameter|title}} is used as default). <ref>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.02 as of 2014.01.13 http://mirror.ox.ac.uk/sites/ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html#sec:printglossary </ref> {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \printglossary[title=List of Terms,toctitle=Terms and abbreviations] }} === Remove the point === To omit the [[w:Full_stop|dot]] at the end of each description, use this code: {{LaTeX/Usage|code= \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries} }} === Changing Glossary Entry Presentation Using Glossary Styles === A number of pre-built styles are available, and can be changed easily using {{LaTeX/Usage|code= % Must be issued before \printglossaries \setglossarystyle{<newstyle>} }} Commonly used styles include * '''list''' '''My Term''' Has some long description 7, 9 * '''altlist''' (inserts newline after term and indents description) '''My Term''' Has some long description 7, 9 * '''altlistgroup''' or '''listgroup''' (group adds grouping based on the first letters of the terms) M '''My First Term''' Has some long description 7, 9 '''My Second Term''' Has some long description 7, 9 * '''altlisthypergroup''' or '''listhypergroup''' (hyper adds an hyperlinked 'index' at the top of each glossary to jump to a group) A|B|C|D|F|G|I|M|O|R|S|C|D|G|M|P A '''A First term''' Has some long description 7, 9 B '''Barely missed first''' Has some long description 7, 9 == Building your document == To add glossary into your final document requires: # build your LaTeX document &mdash; this will also generate the aux file/s required by the <code>makeglossaries</code> # invoke <code>makeglossaries</code> &mdash; a script which selects the correct character encodings and language settings and which will also run <code>xindy</code> or <code>makeindex</code> if these are specified in your document file # build your LaTeX document again &mdash; to produce a document with glossary entries Thus: <pre> latex doc makeglossaries doc latex doc </pre> where <code>latex</code> is your usual build call, perhaps <code>pdflatex</code>, <code>lualatex</code> and <code>doc</code> is the name of your LaTeX master file without file extension. Option <code>-d out</code> can be used topoint where aux and other intermediate files are. If your entries are interlinked (entries themselves link to other entries with {{LaTeX/LaTeX|code=\gls}} calls), you will need to run steps 1 and 2 twice, that is, in the following order: 1,&nbsp;2,&nbsp;1,&nbsp;2,&nbsp;3. Any issues will be reported in <code>doc.log</code> and <code>doc.glg</code> files. = Example for use in windows with Texmaker = == Compile glossary with xindy - In Windows with Texmaker== In TeX Live and since June 2015 in MikTeX '''<code>xindy</code>''' is already included. There is only one issue with path of the install directory of MikTeX containing spaces. It can be solved via the following edit: http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/251221/miktex-and-xindy-problems/251801#251801 You need to restart Texmaker after installation of <code>xindy</code>, to update PATH references to <code>xindy</code> and Perl binaries. Then, in Texmaker, go to '''User''' -> '''User Commands''' -> '''Edit User Commands'''. <br> Choose command 1<br> # Menuitem = '''makeglossaries''' # Command = '''makeglossaries %''' Now push '''Alt+Shift+F1'''and then ->'''F1''' '''Note''', for use with the "use build directory" option of Texmaker: makeglossaries needs to find the aux file. Thankfully, while Texmaker does not help there, the option '''-d <dir>''' of makeglossaries provides for the subdirectory case. Hence the Command in this case should be:<br /> Command = '''makeglossaries -d build %''' instead. == Document preamble == In preamble should be included (note, '''hyperref''' should be loaded '''before''' the '''glossaries'''): \usepackage[nomain,acronym,xindy,toc]{glossaries} % nomain, if you define glossaries in a file, and you use \include{INP-00-glossary} \makeglossaries \usepackage[xindy]{imakeidx} \makeindex == Glossary definitions == Write all your glossaries/acronyms in a file: Ex: '''INP-00-glossary.tex''' \newacronym{ddye}{D$_{\text{dye}}$}{donor dye, ex. Alexa 488} \newacronym[description={\glslink{r0}{F\"{o}rster distance}}]{R0}{$R_{0}$}{F\"{o}rster distance} \newglossaryentry{r0}{name=\glslink{R0}{\ensuremath{R_{0}}},text=F\"{o}rster distance,description={F\"{o}rster distance, where 50\% ...}, sort=R} \newglossaryentry{kdeac}{name=\glslink{R0}{\ensuremath{k_{DEAC}}},text=$k_{DEAC}$, description={is the rate of deactivation from ... and emission)}, sort=k} == Include glossary definitions and print glossary == Include glossary definitions in the preamble (Before "\begin{document}") <!-- As described in http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/faq.cgi?action=view&categorylabel=glossaries#include--> '''\loadglsentries[main]{INP-00-glossary}''' % or using \input: %'''\input{INP-00-glossary}''' \begin{document} Print glossaries, near end \appendix \bibliographystyle{plainnat} \bibliography{bibtex} \printindex '''\printglossaries''' \end{document} == References == {{Reflist}} * <cite id="officialManual">The {{LaTeX/Package|glossaries}} documentation, https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries</cite> * <cite>''Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis'', Nicola L.C. Talbot, [http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/thesis/node25.html]</cite> * <cite>''glossaries FAQ'', Nicola L. C. Talbot, [http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html glossaries FAQ]</cite> * <cite>''Glossaries, Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and Acronyms'', Nicola L. C. Talbot, [http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/263-glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms link]</cite> {{-}} {{TODO| * Add advanced usage * Add examples of styles}} {{status|50%}} <noinclude> {{LaTeX/Bottom|Indexing|Bibliography Management}} </noinclude> [[sr:LaTeX/Речник]] 22wny0uivwnmgp20fxxzqpowcc0aiwt 0 181848 4670993 4102273 2026-09-18T18:50:57Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670993 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Paraphrase== Brothers I do not speak to you as fellow believers in Christ, but as people of the world. I speak to you in this way because you are still babies in your walk with Christ. I can not give you all of what I want to give you because you are still of the world. You are acting as children and mere worldly men. For when one of you says, “I believe in Paul,” and another, “I believe in Apollos” you are behaving like men of this world, fighting about things that do not matter. Do not separate yourselves as the world does. Paul and Apollos are just men, which God has sent to you to minister to you. I was merely the hands and Apollo watered the plant, But God made it grow. God is the only one that can make anything develop and change; men can do nothing but be the hands of God. Everyone will reap what they sow because we all are working hand-in-hand with God. We all must have a foundation of Jesus Christ because there is no other solid foundation but Jesus Christ. If a man builds with weak and unsturdy materials his work will one day be shown for what it really is. His work will not stand the judgment of God and he will perish. You are the temple of God and he lives in you and you must not clutter it. You must not dirty it up with trash because God will destroy those who do. Do not believe what the world calls wisdom. These people that claim to be wise in the worlds eyes are not. God knows all of their thoughts and he knows that their thoughts are foolish. Therefore, don’t let men control your way of thinking. Everything is yours and you are of Christ and Christ is the one true Lord. ==Overview of 1 Corinthians 3== This passage contains many different things. It has many warnings and tell us how to live. Paul is telling them that they need to stop believing in the men that are bringing them the message of Christ because they are just the messengers that Christ has called. Paul is telling us that Christ is the only one that can do anything with our lives and we need to put our trust in him. Paul then goes on to talk about the foundation of our lives and how we need to make Christ our foundation because he is the only one that will last. Finally, Paul talks about not believing the “wise” people of the world because Christ knows that they only talk foolishness. ==Words Of Potential Importance (NIV) == :V1: spiritual, worldly, infants, Christ :V2: milk, solid food. :V3: worldly, jealousy, quarreling :V4: Paul, Apollos :V5: Apollos, Paul, servants, believe, Lord :V6: planted, seed, Apollos, God, grow, :V7: plants, waters, God, grow :V8: man, plants, waters, rewarded, labor :V9: God’s, workers, field, building :V10: grace, God, given, foundation, builder :V11: foundation, Jesus Christ :V12: builds, foundation, gold, silver, costly stones, wood, hay, straw :V13: Day, light, revealed with fire :V14: survives, reward :V15:burned, suffer loss, saved, flames :V16: God’s temple, Gods Spirit :V17: God’s temple, destiny, sacred :V18: wise, standards, age, “fool”, :V19: wisdom, word, foolishness, God’s sight, craftiness :V20: Lord, wise, futile :V21: boasting :V22: Paul, Apollos, Cephas, world, life, death, present, future :V23: Christ, God. ==Differences in Translation (''New International Version (NIV), New Living Translation (NLT), King James Version (KJV)'')== :NIV v 3: Worldly :NLT v3: Sinful nature :KJVv3: Carnal :NIV v12: Costly Stones :NLT v 12: Jewels :KJV v 12: precious stones :NIV v13: "His work will be shown for what it is, because the Day will bring it to light. It will be revealed with fire, and the fire will test the quality of each man's work." :NLV v13: "But on the judgment day, fire will reveal what kind of work each builder has done. The fire will show if a person’s work has any value." :KJV v13: "Every man's work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man's work of what sort it is." :NIV v 16: "Don't you know that you yourselves are God's temple and that God's Spirit lives in you?" :NLT v 16: "Don’t you realize that all of you together are the temple of God and that the Spirit of God lives in you?" :KJV v 16: "Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you?" :NIV v 20: futile :NLT v 20: worthless :KJV v 20: vain :NIV v 21: boasting :KJV v21: glory :NLT v 21: human leader :KJV v 21: man ---- ==Literary Typing== :'''1 Corinthians 3:1-4''' Letter, Community Letter, Body: Expositional Argument, Disputation :'''1 Corinthians 3:5''' Letter, Community Letter, Body: Expositional Argument, Rhetorical Question :'''1 Corinthians 3:16-18''' Letter, Community Letter, Body: Expositional Argument, Community Instruction :'''1 Corinthians 3:19''' Letter, Community Letter, Body: Expositional Argument, OT Quote + Exposition :'''1 Corinthians 3:20''' Letter, Community Letter, Body: Expositional Argument, OT Quote + Exposition :'''1 Corinthians 3:21-23''' Letter, Community Letter, Body: Expositional Argument, Community Instruction ''All information taken from Logos Bible Software*'' ==Paul's Authorship== :All of Paul’s letters deal with a certain community of believers that are having problems and he is writing to them to aid them with advice concerning these potential problems. 1 Corinthians is no exception to this common theme. Paul has written thirteen letters, but some scholars have debated weather of not Paul is the real author of some of these letters. However Paul is undoubtedly the author of 1 Corinthians. :In regards to 1 Corinthians, it often appears that we as the readers do not know how much the author (Paul) and the recipients (Church of Corinth) know about each other. Taking this into consideration when one is to read this book, one might have to understand that what is written in the letter might only be a snap shot or a glimpse of the big picture that Paul is trying to paint in his letter. :''Adaptation from Samply 789.''* ==Verse by Verse Commentary== ===Introduction=== In Chapter three Paul’s focus is no longer on the cross, but is focus now has turned to God and how the church belongs to him. Paul tries to emphasize that the people in Corinth do not own the church and that they are just hands of God doing his work and how they are only part of the big picture (Hays 51). In the first section of the chapter, Paul often refers to the church as “Worldly” or more literally “Fleshly” (Soards 65). This is important because the Corinthians take a high value in being mature and wise believers (Soards 65). Paul is essentially abolishing those ideas with his claims of them being “Worldly”(Soards 65). After dying them of their positive self-image, Paul continues on to use several metaphors about the relationship between God and the church. Paul’s use of these metaphors is an attempt to lead the Corinthians back to a sense of unity and maturity (Soards 65). Paul talks about that the people of Corinth being foolish because they are not fully understanding the purpose of the church and they are not fully understanding that they are just servants and “builders” as Paul describes them as, in God’s overall plan (Hays 51). In there misunderstanding, they are choosing which leader they want to follow and turning those leaders against each other (Hays 51). The last part of the chapter Paul talks about the “Day” which he is meaning the day of the Lord and how each man will be judged for what he has done. In this part, Paul refers to the Corinthians as “God’s field” or “God’s builders.” He alludes to Jesus Christ as the foundation and how the foundation cannot be changed (Soards 65). ===Verse 1=== ''1Brothers, I could not address you as spiritual but as worldly—mere infants in Christ.'' :In this verse, Paul is addressing the people much like he did in chapter two (Soards 66). Paul here says that he could not address them as spiritual. Here he is not saying that they do not have the Spirit or the Spirit is not with them, but because The Corinthians are not taking the Spirit for what the experience of the Spirit should be (Soards 66). Paul refers to them as worldly or carnal which in Greek is ''sarkinos'' which means that these people were still “carnal” in their ways of thinking and acting (Metz 329). These people were still “infants” in Christ as Paul has said. What he is meaning here is that they are still young in their faith and they are still taking baby steps in their walks with Christ. ===Verse 2=== ''2I gave you milk, not solid food, for you were not yet ready for it. Indeed, you are still not ready.'' :In this verse Paul continues to attack their immaturity by telling them that they should have been ready for some real food, but they are not they can only handle milk (Samply 825). He makes this claim from earlier in the book in chapter one when he talks about their “jealousy and quarreling” (Samply 825). Also in this verse he is using the metaphor of “solid food” and “milk” to parallel the metaphor in verse 1 in “spiritual” and “worldly” (Soards 67). Paul explains that they were not yet ready for solid food which could possibly mean that they were not ready for the message of the Christ because they could not digest it. They were only able to drink “the milk of the gospel” (Soards 67). The only reason for this is because of their immaturity and their inability to look for wisdom in God (Soards 67). ===Verse 3=== ''3You are still worldly. For since there is jealousy and quarreling among you, are you not worldly? Are you not acting like mere men?'' :The first part of this verse starts off with the statement that these people are still worldly. Paul is making a distinction from verse one where from the beginning these people were worldly, but now in verse three Paul is making this physical trait a personal attribute (Orr, Walter 169. Paul uses again worldly terms such as jealousy and quarreling which still to this day the Christian community struggles with (Mare 205). At this time the Church of Corinth were acting like people who had not experienced the Grace of God and they were conducting their selves as worldly men (Metz 331). Also in this verse Paul could be alluding to verse four and the obvious divisions that they are in because of his question about them being mere men (Mare 205). ===Verse 4=== ''4For when one says, "I follow Paul," and another, "I follow Apollos," are you not mere men?'' :The ministry of Paul and Apollos in Acts 18:1-28 was intended to show the Corinthians that they had blurred the view of the work of God (Mare 205). Mare puts it this way, “Whenever they thought of God’s work in terms of belonging to or following a particular Christian worker, they were simply acting on the human level and taking sides just as the world does (205). Therefore, Paul is saying that the people of Corinth are still worldly and acting as mere men because of their divisions which is an act of a fallen humanity (Metz 331). ===Verse 5=== ''5What, after all, is Apollos? And what is Paul? Only servants, through whom you came to believe—as the Lord has assigned to each his task.'' :It may seem that Paul and Apollos did not like each other just because of how the verse is written, but this is not true (Soards 76). In Greek it was not uncommon to see “what” and not “who” and for that reason Paul was not discrediting Apollos, but more or less was questioning the pedestal that the Corinthians had put him on(Soards, 77). Paul and Apollos were nothing special they were not any different than any other Christians, they were not any higher than any other Christians, and they were just the hands and feet of God’s work (Metz 331). The point of this verse is to say that no Christian, no matter their leadership position, should be put on a pedestal or idolized (Mare 205). ===Verse 6=== ''6I planted the seed, Apollos watered it, but God made it grow.'' :Paul uses the analogy of agriculture for a couple of reasons, the first is because Paul was the first pastor of this church and then Apollos succeeded him as the pastor of the church in Corinth (Metz 331). Paul also uses the words planted and watered because this are assumed to have been done in the past, but God is making it grow in the present because he is continuing to work with these people (Soards 77). ===Verse 7-9=== ''7So neither he who plants nor he who waters is anything, but only God, who makes things grow. 8The man who plants and the man who waters have one purpose, and each will be rewarded according to his own labor. 9For we are God's fellow workers; you are God's field, God's building.'' :Logically verses 7-9 go together because of the sequence of idea and analogy of the plant and the worker of the field. Paul is again reiterating the fact that the people of Corinth are only part of the plan of God. As he says, we are with God in his plan and we are the field which God does his growing of his seeds. We have to remind ourselves that we are God servants and that God is the only one that can do anything (Mare 205). Paul in verse eight says that no matter what job you have weather it is, as Paul says, planting the seed or watering, you are one together with one common job (Mare 205). In verse nine Paul is trying to make the point that he is more concerned with the power of God and the precedence God rather than making himself and Apollos look as though they are on the same level as God (Soards 77). Paul ends this section of verses saying that God is in total control and that the church is “God’s building” and it is doing his work (Mare 205-206). ===Verse 10-11=== ''10By the grace God has given me, I laid a foundation as an expert builder, and someone else is building on it. But each one should be careful how he builds. 11For no one can lay any foundation other than the one already laid, which is Jesus Christ.'' :Verse 10 has two parts to it. The first part of this verse is an extension of his earlier metaphor in verses 7-9. The second part is carefully deterring any person from falsely developing the church (Soards 71). Paul here is not just talking to the leaders of the congregation, but to the whole (Soards 71). Paul here is essentially saying that he did a god job at laying the “foundation” of the church in Corinth because he laid the foundation in Jesus Christ and his wisdom and not the wisdom of a human (Soards 71). Paul is trying to tell the Corinthians that they need to build their church with integrity and keep their foundation in Jesus Christ just as he did (Hays 53). Lastly in verse eleven Paul talks about how the foundation of the church has already been laid and no man can relay a better foundation than that found in Jesus Christ (Metz 334). He is essentially telling them to not mess with it. Do not mess with something that is already strong and sturdy. He is telling them that they need to build off of the foundation not start a new one. ===Verse 12-15=== ''12If any man builds on this foundation using gold, silver, costly stones, wood, hay or straw, 13his work will be shown for what it is, because the Day will bring it to light. It will be revealed with fire, and the fire will test the quality of each man's work. 14If what he has built survives, he will receive his reward. 15If it is burned up, he will suffer loss; he himself will be saved, but only as one escaping through the flames.'' :This section of verses all talk about the test of building (Metz 334). Paul first talks about that there are many alternate material that one could use to build which are opposite of each other (Metz 334). First you have the “rich and durable” which is strong and stand the test and then you have the “paltry and perishing” which is weak and will topple over if bothered (Metz 334). After talking about the materials that one could build a foundation with Paul talks about how the “Day” which is the Day of the Lord will come and their foundation will be tested with fire (Soards 72). Paul could have used gold, silver, and costly stone as his imagery because these were the types of materials that ancient temples were made of and could convey the picture of perfect doctrine (Mare 207). On the other hand Paul uses wood, hay and straw as examples because these were materials that ordinary houses were made of paralleling this too the flase and confused wisdom of human nature (Mare 207). Paul is trying to make the point that if they are carless in what they believe and study than they will not be rewarded with eternal life (Metz 335). At the end of verse 15 Paul talks about someone escaping through the flames. Here, Paul is meaning that it would be possible for someone to be carless in their “building” and still be saved because of a personal choice, but this is dangerous because it is like a man escaping from a fire ( Metz 335). Paul is warning the Corinthians of the dangers of doing “spiritual work with carnal, selfish, or inferior motives” (Metz 335). In these verses Paul is telling them that righteousness will be rewarded (Soards 74). ===Verse 16-17=== ''16Don't you know that you yourselves are God's temple and that God's Spirit lives in you? 17If anyone destroys God's temple, God will destroy him; for God's temple is sacred, and you are that temple.'' :The metaphor in these verses could be said to be an extension of his previous one in verse 12-15 (Hays 56). Paul is telling the Corinthians here that the church is not just a building, but it is the Temple of God (Soards 74). When the Corinthians heard this they could have been thinking of the pagan temples in their own city, but when Paul starts talking about the God’s Spirit dwelling in the Temple he for sure is not talking about a pagan temple with miscellaneous gods in it (Hays 57). In the final verse of this section Paul talks about how if a man destroys God’s temple then God will destroy that man (Metz 336). Paul here is saying that if the Church teaches false doctrines or is not following the path of Christ then they will in fact be destroyed by the judgment of God (Metz 336). Paul telling the Corinthians that they are God’s temple and that the should conduct themselves in a way that is pleasing to God. ==Biblolgraphy== :Hay, Richard B. ''First Corinthians''. Louisville: John Knox Press, 1997. ''Interpretation''. Print. :''Logos Bible Software''. 3.0. Bellingham, WA: Libronix, 2000-2006. Northwest Nazarene University network. 17 April. 2009. :Mare, W. Harold. 1 Corinthians. Ed. Frank E. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1976. Vol. 10 of The Expositor’s Bible Commentary. Print :Metz, Donald S.''I and II Corinthians''. Kansas City: Beacon Hill Press, 1968. Vol. 8 of ''Beacon Bible Commentary''. Print. :Orr, William F., James Arthur Walter. ''I Corinthians''. Garden City: Doubleday & Company, 1976. ''The Anchor Bible''. Print. :Samply, Paul J. ''The New Interpreter’s Bible''.Nashville: Abingdon Press, 2002. Vol.10 of ''Acts Introduction To Epistolary Literature Romans 1 Corinthians''. Print :Soards, Marion L. ''1 Corinthians''. Peabody: Hendrickson, 1999. ''New International Biblical'' Commentary. Print. {{1 Corinthians Navigation}} 96vxrl1lge70njkd7pkjuhk1lg7plmu 0 214092 4671133 4669148 2026-09-19T10:51:53Z ~2026-50434-08 3626321 4671133 wikitext text/x-wiki === cube === ---- Creates a cube or rectangular prism (i.e., a "box") in the first [[w:Octant_(solid_geometry)|octant]]. When center is true, the cube is centered on the origin. Argument names are optional if given in the order shown here. through model will you understand me proper :''' parameters''': :: '''size''' ::: single value, cube with all sides this length ::: 3 value array [x,y,z], rectangular prism with dimensions x, y and z. :: '''center''' ::: '''false''' (default), 1st (positive) octant, one corner at (0,0,0) ::: '''true''', cube is centered at (0,0,0) default values: cube(); yields: cube(size = [1, 1, 1], center = false); :''' examples''': [[File:OpenSCAD example Cube.jpg|150px]] equivalent scripts for this example cube(size = 18); cube(18); cube([18,18,18]); . cube(18,false); cube([18,18,18],false); cube([18,18,18],center=false); cube(size = [18,18,18], center = false); cube(center = false,size = [18,18,18] ); [[File:OpenSCAD example Box.jpg|150px]] equivalent scripts for this example cube([18,28,8],true); box=[18,28,8];cube(box,true); === sphere === ---- Creates a sphere at the origin of the coordinate system. The r argument name is optional. To use d instead of r, d must be named. '''Parameters''' ; r : Radius. This is the radius of the sphere. ; d : Diameter. This is the diameter of the sphere. The resolution of the sphere is based on the size of the sphere and the '''$fa''', '''$fs''' and '''$fn''' variables. For more information on these special variables see [[OpenSCAD_User_Manual/Other_Language_Features#circleres|Circle resolution: $fa, $fs, and $fn]]. default values: sphere(); yields: sphere($fn = 0, $fa = 12, $fs = 2, r = 1); '''Usage Examples''' sphere(r = 1); sphere(r = 5); sphere(r = 10); sphere(d = 2); sphere(d = 10); sphere(d = 20); // this creates a high resolution sphere with a 2mm radius sphere(2, $fn=100); // also creates a 2mm high resolution sphere but this one // does not have as many small triangles on the poles of the sphere sphere(2, $fa=5, $fs=0.1); [[File:OpenSCAD sphere in different sizes.png|Sample OpenSCAD spheres, showing clearly the difference in scale.]] === cylinder === ---- Creates a cylinder or cone centered about the z axis. When center is true, it is also centered vertically along the z axis. Parameter names are optional if given in the order shown here. If a parameter is named, all following parameters must also be named. cylinder(h = height, r1 = BottomRadius, r2 = TopRadius, center = true/false); NOTES: The 2nd & 3rd positional parameters are r1 & r2, if r, d, d1 or d2 are used they must be named. Using r1 & r2 or d1 & d2 with either value of zero will make a cone shape, a non-zero non-equal value will produce a section of a cone (a [[w:Frustum|Conical Frustum]]). r1 & d1 define the base width, at [0,0,0], and r2 & d2 define the top width. :'''Parameters''' :: '''h''' : height of the cylinder or cone :: '''r ''' : radius of cylinder. r1 = r2 = r. :: '''r1''' : radius, bottom of cone. :: '''r2''' : radius, top of cone. :: '''d ''' : diameter of cylinder. r1 = r2 = d / 2. {{requires|2014.03}} :: '''d1''' : diameter, bottom of cone. r1 = d1 / 2. {{requires|2014.03}} :: '''d2''' : diameter, top of cone. r2 = d2 / 2. {{requires|2014.03}} :: '''center''' ::: '''false''' (default), z ranges from 0 to h ::: '''true''', z ranges from -h/2 to +h/2 The resolution of a cylinder is based on its radius and the '''$fa''', '''$fs''' and '''$fn''' variables. For a cone, the resolution is based on the radius of the larger end. For more information on these special variables see [[OpenSCAD_User_Manual/Other_Language_Features#circleres|Circle resolution: $fa, $fs, and $fn]]. defaults: cylinder(); yields: cylinder($fn = 0, $fa = 12, $fs = 2, h = 1, r1 = 1, r2 = 1, center = false); [[File:OpenSCAD Cone 15x10x20.jpg|200px]] equivalent scripts cylinder(h=15, r1=9.5, r2=19.5, center=false); cylinder( 15, 9.5, 19.5, false); cylinder( 15, 9.5, 19.5); cylinder( 15, 9.5, d2=39 ); cylinder( 15, d1=19, d2=39 ); cylinder( 15, d1=19, r2=19.5); [[File:OpenSCAD Cone 15x10x0.jpg|200px]] equivalent scripts cylinder(h=15, r1=10, r2=0, center=true); cylinder( 15, 10, 0, true); cylinder(h=15, d1=20, d2=0, center=true); <gallery> image:OpenSCAD Cylinder 20x10 false.jpg|center = false File:OpenSCAD Cylinder 20x10 true.jpg|center = true </gallery> equivalent scripts cylinder(h=20, r=10, center=true); cylinder( 20, 10, 10,true); cylinder( 20, d=20, center=true); cylinder( 20,r1=10, d2=20, center=true); cylinder( 20,r1=10, d2=2*10, center=true); :'''use of $fn''' Larger values of $fn create smoother, more circular, surfaces at the cost of longer rendering time. Some use medium values during development for the faster rendering, then change to a larger value for the final F6 rendering. However, use of small values can produce some interesting non circular objects. A few examples are show here: <gallery> File:3 sided fiqure.jpg File:4 sided pyramid.jpg File:4 sided part pyramid.jpg </gallery> scripts for these examples cylinder(20,20,20,$fn=3); cylinder(20,20,00,$fn=4); cylinder(20,20,10,$fn=4); :'''undersized holes''' Using cylinder() with difference() to place holes in objects creates undersized holes. This is because circular paths are approximated with polygons inscribed within in a circle. The points of the polygon are on the circle, but straight lines between are inside. To have all of the hole larger than the true circle, the polygon must lie wholly outside of the circle (circumscribed). [[OpenSCAD User Manual/undersized circular objects|Modules for circumscribed holes]] <gallery> File:OpenSCAD Under size hole.jpg </gallery> script for this example poly_n = 6; color("blue") translate([0, 0, 0.02]) linear_extrude(0.1) circle(10, $fn=poly_n); color("green") translate([0, 0, 0.01]) linear_extrude(0.1) circle(10, $fn=360); color("purple") linear_extrude(0.1) circle(10/cos(180/poly_n), $fn=poly_n); In general, a polygon of radius <math>r</math> has a radius to the midpoint of any side as <math>r_m = r \cos(180/n)</math>. If only the midpoint radius <math>r_m</math> is known (for example, to fit a hex key into a hexagonal hole), then the polygon radius is <math>r = \frac{r_m}{\cos(180/n)}</math>. === polyhedron === ---- A polyhedron is the most general 3D primitive solid. It can be used to create any regular or irregular shape including those with concave as well as convex features. Curved surfaces are approximated by a series of flat surfaces. polyhedron( points = [ [X<sub>0</sub>, Y<sub>0</sub>, Z<sub>0</sub>], [X<sub>1</sub>, Y<sub>1</sub>, Z<sub>1</sub>], ... ], triangles = [ [P<sub>0</sub>, P<sub>1</sub>, P<sub>2</sub>], ... ], convexity = N); // before 2014.03 polyhedron( points = [ [X<sub>0</sub>, Y<sub>0</sub>, Z<sub>0</sub>], [X<sub>1</sub>, Y<sub>1</sub>, Z<sub>1</sub>], ... ], faces = [ [P<sub>0</sub>, P<sub>1</sub>, P<sub>2</sub>, P<sub>3</sub>, ...], ...], convexity = N); // 2014.03 & later :'''Parameters''' :: '''points''' ::: Vector of 3d points or vertices. Each point is in turn a vector, [x,y,z], of its coordinates. ::: Points may be defined in any order. N points are referenced, in the order defined, as 0 to N-1. :: '''triangles''' {{OpenSCAD_User_Manual/Deprecated|triangles|'''faces''' parameter}} ::: Vector of faces that collectively enclose the solid. Each face is a vector containing the indices (0 based) of 3 points from the points vector. :: '''faces''' {{requires|2014.03}} ::: Vector of faces that collectively enclose the solid. Each face is a vector containing the indices (0 based) of 3 or more points from the points vector. ::: Faces may be defined in any order, but the points of each face must be ordered correctly (see below). Define enough faces to fully enclose the solid, with no overlap. ::: If points that describe a single face are not on the same plane, the face is automatically split into triangles as needed. :: '''convexity''' ::: Integer. The convexity parameter specifies the maximum number of faces a ray intersecting the object might penetrate. This parameter is needed only for correct display of the object in OpenCSG preview mode. It has no effect on the polyhedron rendering. For display problems, setting it to 10 should work fine for most cases. default values: polyhedron(); yields: polyhedron(points = undef, faces = undef, convexity = 1); In the list of faces, for each face it is arbitrary which point you start with, but the points of the face (referenced by the index into the list of points) must be ordered in '''clockwise''' direction when looking at each face from outside '''inward'''. The back is viewed from the back, the bottom from the bottom, etc. Another way to remember this ordering requirement is to use the '''left-hand rule'''. Using your left hand, stick your thumb up and curl your fingers as if giving the thumbs-up sign, point your thumb away from the face, and order the points in the direction your fingers curl (this is the opposite of the [[w:STL (file format)#Facet normal|STL file format]] convention, which uses a "right-hand rule"). Try this on the example below. :'''Example 1''' Using polyhedron to generate cube( [ 10, 7, 5 ] ); [[File:Cube_numbers.jpg|frame|left|point numbers for cube]] [[File:Cube_flat.jpg|frame|center|unfolded cube faces]] <br> CubePoints = [ [ 0, 0, 0 ], //0 [ 10, 0, 0 ], //1 [ 10, 7, 0 ], //2 [ 0, 7, 0 ], //3 [ 0, 0, 5 ], //4 [ 10, 0, 5 ], //5 [ 10, 7, 5 ], //6 [ 0, 7, 5 ]]; //7 CubeFaces = [ [0,1,2,3], // bottom [4,5,1,0], // front [7,6,5,4], // top [5,6,2,1], // right [6,7,3,2], // back [7,4,0,3]]; // left polyhedron( CubePoints, CubeFaces ); equivalent descriptions of the bottom face [0,1,2,3], [0,1,2,3,0], [1,2,3,0], [2,3,0,1], [3,0,1,2], [0,1,2],[2,3,0], // 2 triangles with no overlap [1,2,3],[3,0,1], [1,2,3],[0,1,3], :'''Example 2''' A square base pyramid: [[File:Openscad-polyhedron-squarebasepyramid.png|frame|none|A simple polyhedron, square base pyramid]] polyhedron( points=[ [10,10,0],[10,-10,0],[-10,-10,0],[-10,10,0], // the four points at base [0,0,10] ], // the apex point faces=[ [0,1,4],[1,2,4],[2,3,4],[3,0,4], // each triangle side [1,0,3],[2,1,3] ] // two triangles for square base ); :'''Example 3''' A triangular prism: [[File:OpenSCAD prism unfolded.png|none|thumb|600x600px|A polyhedron triangular prism; prism unfolded to show external faces]] module prism(l, w, h) { polyhedron(// pt 0 1 2 3 4 5 points=[[0,0,0], [0,w,h], [l,w,h], [l,0,0], [0,w,0], [l,w,0]], // top sloping face (A) faces=[[0,1,2,3], // vertical rectangular face (B) [2,1,4,5], // bottom face (C) [0,3,5,4], // rear triangular face (D) [0,4,1], // front triangular face (E) [3,2,5]] );}<br>prism(10, 10, 5); ==== Debugging polyhedra ==== ---- Mistakes in defining polyhedra include not having all faces in clockwise order (viewed from outside - a bottom need to be viewed from below), overlap of faces and missing faces or portions of faces. As a general rule, the polyhedron faces should also satisfy manifold conditions: * exactly two faces should meet at any polyhedron edge. * if two faces have a vertex in common, they should be in the same cycle face-edge around the vertex. The first rule eliminates polyhedra like two cubes with a common edge and not watertight models; the second excludes polyhedra like two cubes with a common vertex. When viewed from the outside, the points describing each face must be in the same clockwise order, and provides a mechanism for detecting counterclockwise. When the thrown together view (F12) is used with F5, CCW faces are shown in pink. Reorder the points for incorrect faces. Rotate the object to view all faces. The pink view can be turned off with F10. OpenSCAD allows, temporarily, commenting out part of the face descriptions so that only the remaining faces are displayed. Use // to comment out the rest of the line. Use /* and */ to start and end a comment block. This can be part of a line or extend over several lines. Viewing only part of the faces can be helpful in determining the right points for an individual face. Note that a solid is not shown, only the faces. If using F12, all faces have one pink side. Commenting some faces helps also to show any internal face. [[File:Cube_2_face.jpg|frame|left|example 1 showing only 2 faces]] CubeFaces = [ /* [0,1,2,3], // bottom [4,5,1,0], // front */ [7,6,5,4], // top /* [5,6,2,1], // right [6,7,3,2], // back */ [7,4,0,3]]; // left <br clear="all"> After defining a polyhedron, its preview may seem correct. The polyhedron alone may even render fine. However, to be sure it is a valid manifold and that it can generate a valid STL file, union it with any cube and render it (F6). If the polyhedron disappears, it means that it is not correct. Revise the winding order of all faces and the two rules stated above. ==== Mis-ordered faces ==== ---- :'''Example 4''' a more complex polyhedron with mis-ordered faces When you select 'Thrown together' from the view menu and '''compile (preview F5)''' the design ('''not''' compile and render!) the preview shows the mis-oriented polygons highlighted. Unfortunately this highlighting is not possible in the OpenCSG preview mode because it would interfere with the way the OpenCSG preview mode is implemented.) Below you can see the code and the picture of such a problematic polyhedron, the bad polygons (faces or compositions of faces) are in pink. <syntaxhighlight lang="java"> // Bad polyhedron polyhedron (points = [ [0, -10, 60], [0, 10, 60], [0, 10, 0], [0, -10, 0], [60, -10, 60], [60, 10, 60], [10, -10, 50], [10, 10, 50], [10, 10, 30], [10, -10, 30], [30, -10, 50], [30, 10, 50] ], faces = [ [0,2,3], [0,1,2], [0,4,5], [0,5,1], [5,4,2], [2,4,3], [6,8,9], [6,7,8], [6,10,11], [6,11,7], [10,8,11], [10,9,8], [0,3,9], [9,0,6], [10,6, 0], [0,4,10], [3,9,10], [3,10,4], [1,7,11], [1,11,5], [1,7,8], [1,8,2], [2,8,11], [2,11,5] ] ); </syntaxhighlight> [[image:openscad-bad-polyhedron.png|frame|none|Polyhedron with badly oriented polygons]] A correct polyhedron would be the following: <syntaxhighlight lang="java"> polyhedron (points = [ [0, -10, 60], [0, 10, 60], [0, 10, 0], [0, -10, 0], [60, -10, 60], [60, 10, 60], [10, -10, 50], [10, 10, 50], [10, 10, 30], [10, -10, 30], [30, -10, 50], [30, 10, 50] ], faces = [ [0,3,2], [0,2,1], [4,0,5], [5,0,1], [5,2,4], [4,2,3], [6,8,9], [6,7,8], [6,10,11],[6,11,7], [10,8,11], [10,9,8], [3,0,9], [9,0,6], [10,6, 0],[0,4,10], [3,9,10], [3,10,4], [1,7,11], [1,11,5], [1,8,7], [2,8,1], [8,2,11], [5,11,2] ] ); </syntaxhighlight> ;Beginner's tip If you don't really understand "orientation", try to identify the mis-oriented pink faces and then invert the sequence of the references to the points vectors until you get it right. E.g. in the above example, the third triangle (''[0,4,5]'') was wrong and we fixed it as ''[4,0,5]''. Remember that a face list is a circular list. In addition, you may select "Show Edges" from the "View Menu", print a screen capture and number both the points and the faces. In our example, the points are annotated in black and the faces in blue. Turn the object around and make a second copy from the back if needed. This way you can keep track. ;“Clockwise” technique Orientation is determined by clockwise circular indexing. This means that if you're looking at the triangle (in this case [4,0,5]) from the outside you'll see that the path is clockwise around the center of the face. The winding order [4,0,5] is clockwise and therefore good. The winding order [0,4,5] is counter-clockwise and therefore bad. Likewise, any other clockwise order of [4,0,5] works: [5,4,0] & [0,5,4] are good too. If you use the clockwise technique, you'll always have your faces outside (outside of OpenSCAD, other programs do use counter-clockwise as the outside though). Think of it as a "left hand rule": If you place your left hand on the face with your fingers curled in the direction of the order of the points, your thumb should point outward. If your thumb points inward, you need to reverse the winding order. [[image:openscad-bad-polyhedron-annotated.png|frame|none|Polyhedron with badly oriented polygons]] Succinct description of a 'Polyhedron' * Points define all of the points/vertices in the shape. * Faces is a list of polygons that connect up the points/vertices. Each point, in the point list, is defined with a 3-tuple x,y,z position specification. Points in the point list are automatically enumerated starting from zero for use in the faces list (0,1,2,3,... etc). Each face, in the faces list, is defined by selecting 3 or more of the points (using the point order number) out of the point list. e.g. faces=[ [0,1,2] ] defines a triangle from the first point (points are zero referenced) to the second point and then to the third point. When looking at any face from the outside, the face must list all points in a clockwise order. ==== Point repetitions in a polyhedron point list ==== The point list of the polyhedron definition may have repetitions. When two or more points have the same coordinates they are considered the same polyhedron vertex. So, the following polyhedron: <syntaxhighlight lang="javascript"> points = [[ 0, 0, 0], [10, 0, 0], [ 0,10, 0], [ 0, 0, 0], [10, 0, 0], [ 0,10, 0], [ 0,10, 0], [10, 0, 0], [ 0, 0,10], [ 0, 0, 0], [ 0, 0,10], [10, 0, 0], [ 0, 0, 0], [ 0,10, 0], [ 0, 0,10]]; polyhedron(points, [[0,1,2], [3,4,5], [6,7,8], [9,10,11], [12,13,14]]); </syntaxhighlight> define the same tetrahedron as: <syntaxhighlight lang="javascript"> points = [[0,0,0], [0,10,0], [10,0,0], [0,0,10]]; polyhedron(points, [[0,2,1], [0,1,3], [1,2,3], [0,3,2]]); </syntaxhighlight> {{BookCat}} 695hkhj06clhdo9v7mgixe0ens67bjp 0 225731 4670999 4666514 2026-09-18T18:53:23Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670999 wikitext text/x-wiki = Modules and files = == Modules == A '''module''' is a file containing Python definitions and statements intended for use in other Python programs. There are many Python modules that come with Python as part of the '''standard library'''. We have seen two of these already, the <code>doctest</code> module and the <code>string</code> module. == pydoc == You can use '''pydoc''' to search through the Python libraries installed on your system. At the '''command prompt''' type the following: and the following will appear: [[Image:illustrations/pydoc_tk.png|pydoc tk window ]] (''note'': see exercise 2 if you get an error) Click on the open browser button to launch a web browser window containing the documentation generated by <code>pydoc</code>: [[Image:illustrations/pydoc_firefox.png|Python: Index of Modules ]] This is a listing of all the python libraries found by Python on your system. Clicking on a module name opens a new page with documenation for that module. Clicking <code>keyword</code>, for example, opens the following page: [[Image:illustrations/pydoc_keyword_firefox.png|Python: module keyword ]] Documentation for most modules contains three color coded sections: * ''Classes'' in pink * ''Functions'' in orange * ''Data'' in green Classes will be discussed in later chapters, but for now we can use pydoc to see the functions and data contained within modules. The <code>keyword</code> module contains a single function, <code>iskeyword</code>, which as its name suggests is a boolean function that returns <code>True</code> if a string passed to it is a keyword: The data item, <code>kwlist</code> contains a list of all the current keywords in Python: We encourage you to use <code>pydoc</code> to explore the extensive libraries that come with Python. There are so many treasures to discover! == Creating modules == All we need to create a module is a text file with a <code>.py</code> extension on the filename: We can now use our module in both scripts and the Python shell. To do so, we must first ''import'' the module. There are two ways to do this: and: In the first example, <code>remove_at</code> is called just like the functions we have seen previously. In the second example the name of the module and a dot (.) are written before the function name. Notice that in either case we do not include the <code>.py</code> file extension when importing. Python expects the file names of Python modules to end in <code>.py</code>, so the file extension is not included in the '''import statement'''. The use of modules makes it possible to break up very large programs into managable sized parts, and to keep related parts together. == Namespaces == A '''namespace''' is a syntactic container which permits the same name to be used in different modules or functions (and as we will see soon, in classes and methods). Each module determines its own namespace, so we can use the same name in multiple modules without causing an identification problem. We can now import both modules and access <code>question</code> and <code>answer</code> in each: If we had used <code>from module1 import *</code> and <code>from module2 import *</code> instead, we would have a '''naming collision''' and would not be able to access <code>question</code> and <code>answer</code> from <code>module1</code>. Functions also have their own namespace: Running this program produces the following output: The three <code>n</code>'s here do not collide since they are each in a different namespace. Namespaces permit several programmers to work on the same project without having naming collisions. == Attributes and the dot operator == Variables defined inside a module are called '''attributes''' of the module. They are accessed by using the '''dot operator''' ( <code>.</code>). The <code>question</code> attribute of <code>module1</code> and <code>module2</code> are accessed using <code>module1.question</code> and <code>module2.question</code>. Modules contain functions as well as attributes, and the dot operator is used to access them in the same way. <code>seqtools.remove_at</code> refers to the <code>remove_at</code> function in the <code>seqtools</code> module. In Chapter 7 we introduced the <code>find</code> function from the <code>string</code> module. The <code>string</code> module contains many other useful functions: You should use pydoc to browse the other functions and attributes in the string module. == String and list methods == As the Python language developed, most of functions from the <code>string</code> module have also been added as '''methods''' of string objects. A method acts much like a function, but the syntax for calling it is a bit different: String methods are built into string objects, and they are ''invoked'' (called) by following the object with the dot operator and the method name. We will be learning how to create our own objects with their own methods in later chapters. For now we will only be using methods that come with Python's built-in objects. The dot operator can also be used to access built-in methods of list objects: <code>append</code> is a list method which adds the argument passed to it to the end of the list. Continuing with this example, we show several other list methods: Experiment with the list methods in this example until you feel confident that you understand how they work. == Reading and writing text files == While a program is running, its data is stored in ''random access memory'' (RAM). RAM is fast and inexpensive, but it is also '''volatile''', which means that when the program ends, or the computer shuts down, data in RAM disappears. To make data available the next time you turn on your computer and start your program, you have to write it to a '''non-volatile''' storage medium, such a hard drive, usb drive, or CD-RW. Data on non-volatile storage media is stored in named locations on the media called '''files'''. By reading and writing files, programs can save information between program runs. Working with files is a lot like working with a notebook. To use a notebook, you have to open it. When you're done, you have to close it. While the notebook is open, you can either write in it or read from it. In either case, you know where you are in the notebook. You can read the whole notebook in its natural order or you can skip around. All of this applies to files as well. To open a file, you specify its name and indicate whether you want to read or write. Opening a file creates a file object. In this example, the variable <code>myfile</code> refers to the new file object. The open function takes two arguments. The first is the name of the file, and the second is the '''mode'''. Mode <code>'w'</code> means that we are opening the file for writing. If there is no file named <code>test.dat</code>, it will be created. If there already is one, it will be replaced by the file we are writing. When we print the file object, we see the name of the file, the mode, and the location of the object. To put data in the file we invoke the <code>write</code> method on the file object: Closing the file tells the system that we are done writing and makes the file available for reading: Now we can open the file again, this time for reading, and read the contents into a string. This time, the mode argument is <code>'r'</code> for reading: If we try to open a file that doesn't exist, we get an error: Not surprisingly, the <code>read</code> method reads data from the file. With no arguments, it reads the entire contents of the file into a single string: There is no space between time and to because we did not write a space between the strings. <code>read</code> can also take an argument that indicates how many characters to read: If not enough characters are left in the file, <code>read</code> returns the remaining characters. When we get to the end of the file, <code>read</code> returns the empty string: The following function copies a file, reading and writing up to fifty characters at a time. The first argument is the name of the original file; the second is the name of the new [file: file:] This functions continues looping, reading 50 characters from <code>infile</code> and writing the same 50 characters to <code>outfile</code> until the end of <code>infile</code> is reached, at which point <code>text</code> is empty and the <code>break</code> statement is executed. == Text files == A '''text file''' is a file that contains printable characters and whitespace, organized into lines separated by newline characters. Since Python is specifically designed to process text files, it provides methods that make the job easy. To demonstrate, we'll create a text file with three lines of text separated by newlines: The <code>readline</code> method reads all the characters up to and including the next newline character: <code>readlines</code> returns all of the remaining lines as a list of strings: In this case, the output is in list format, which means that the strings appear with quotation marks and the newline character appears as the escape sequence <code>\\012</code>. At the end of the file, <code>readline</code> returns the empty string and <code>readlines</code> returns the empty list: The following is an example of a line-processing program. <code>filter</code> makes a copy of <code>oldfile</code>, omitting any lines that begin with <code>#</code>: The '''continue statement''' ends the current iteration of the loop, but continues looping. The flow of execution moves to the top of the loop, checks the condition, and proceeds accordingly. Thus, if <code>text</code> is the empty string, the loop exits. If the first character of <code>text</code> is a hash mark, the flow of execution goes to the top of the loop. Only if both conditions fail do we copy <code>text</code> into the new file. == Directories == Files on non-volatile storage media are organized by a set of rules known as a '''file system'''. File systems are made up of files and '''directories''', which are containers for both files and other directories. When you create a new file by opening it and writing, the new file goes in the current directory (wherever you were when you ran the program). Similarly, when you open a file for reading, Python looks for it in the current directory. If you want to open a file somewhere else, you have to specify the '''path''' to the file, which is the name of the directory (or folder) where the file is located: This example opens a file named <code>words</code> that resides in a directory named <code>dict</code>, which resides in <code>share</code>, which resides in <code>usr</code>, which resides in the top-level directory of the system, called <code>/</code>. It then reads in each line into a list using <code>readlines</code>, and prints out the first 5 elements from that list. You cannot use <code>/</code> as part of a filename; it is reserved as a '''delimiter''' between directory and filenames. The file <code>/usr/share/dict/words</code> should exist on unix based systems, and contains a list of words in alphabetical order. ==Counting letters== The <code>ord</code> function returns the integer representation of a character: This example explains why <code>'Apple' &lt; 'apple'</code> evaluates to <code>True</code>. The <code>chr</code> function is the inverse of <code>ord</code>. It takes an integer as an argument and returns its character representation: The following program, <code>countletters.py</code> counts the number of times each character occurs in the book [[./resources/ch10/alice_in_wonderland.txt|Alice in Wonderland]]_: Run this program and look at the output file it generates using a text editor. You will be asked to analyze the program in the exercises below. == The <code>sys</code> module and <code>argv</code> == The <code>sys</code> module contains functions and variables which provide access to the ''environment'' in which the python interpreter runs. The following example shows the values of a few of these variables on one of our systems: Starting '''Jython''' on the same machine produces different values for the same variables: The results will be different on your machine of course. The <code>argv</code> variable holds a list of strings read in from the '''command line''' when a Python script is run. These '''command line arguments''' can be used to pass information into a program at the same time it is invoked. Running this program from the unix command prompt demonstrates how <code>sys.argv</code> works: <pre>$ python demo_argv.py this and that 1 2 3 ['demo_argv.py', 'this', 'and', 'that', '1', '2', '3'] $ </pre> <code>argv</code> is a list of strings. Notice that the first element is the name of the program. Arguments are separated by white space, and separated into a list in the same way that <code>string.split</code> operates. If you want an argument with white space in it, use quotes: :: <blockquote>$ python demo_argv.py &quot;this and&quot; that &quot;1 2&quot; 3 ['demo_argv.py', 'this and', 'that', '1 2', '3'] $ </blockquote> With <code>argv</code> we can write useful programs that take their input directly from the command line. For example, here is a program that finds the sum of a series of numbers: In this program we use the <code>from &lt;module&gt; import &lt;attribute&gt;</code> style of importing, so <code>argv</code> is brought into the module's main namespace. We can now run the program from the command prompt like this: You are asked to write similar programs as exercises. == Glossary == == Exercises == <ol> <li><p>Complete the following:</p> <ul> <li>Start the pydoc server with the command <code>pydoc -g</code> at the command prompt.</li> <li>Click on the open browser button in the pydoc tk window.</li> <li>Find the <code>calendar</code> module and click on it.</li> <li><p>While looking at the ''Functions'' section, try out the following in a Python shell:</p> </li> <li><p>Experiment with <code>calendar.isleap</code>. What does it expect as an argument? What does it return as a result? What kind of a function is this?</p></li></ul> Make detailed notes about what you learned from this exercise.</li> <li><p>If you don't have <code>Tkinter</code> installed on your computer, then <code>pydoc -g</code> will return an error, since the graphics window that it opens requires <code>Tkinter</code>. An alternative is to start the web server directly:</p> <pre>$ pydoc -p 7464</pre> <p>This starts the pydoc web server on port 7464. Now point your web browser at:</p> <pre>http://localhost:7464</pre> <p>and you will be able to browse the Python libraries installed on your system. Use this approach to start <code>pydoc</code> and take a look at the <code>math</code> module.</p> <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> <li>How many functions are in the <code>math</code> module?</li> <li>What does <code>math.ceil</code> do? What about <code>math.floor</code>? ( ''hint:'' both <code>floor</code> and <code>ceil</code> expect floating point arguments.)</li> <li>Describe how we have been computing the same value as <code>math.sqrt</code> without using the <code>math</code> module.</li> <li>What are the two data constants in the <code>math</code> module?</li></ol> Record detailed notes of your investigation in this exercise.</li> <li>Use <code>pydoc</code> to investigate the <code>copy</code> module. What does <code>deepcopy</code> do? In which exercises from last chapter would <code>deepcopy</code> have come in handy?</li> <li><p>Create a module named <code>mymodule1.py</code>. Add attributes <code>myage</code> set to your current age, and <code>year</code> set to the current year. Create another module named <code>mymodule2.py</code>. Add attributes <code>myage</code> set to 0, and <code>year</code> set to the year you were born. Now create a file named <code>namespace_test.py</code>. Import both of the modules above and write the following statement:</p> When you will run <code>namespace_test.py</code> you will see either <code>True</code> or <code>False</code> as output depending on whether or not you've already had your birthday this year.</li> <li><p>Add the following statement to <code>mymodule1.py</code>, <code>mymodule2.py</code>, and <code>namespace_test.py</code> from the previous exercise:</p> <p>Run <code>namespace_test.py</code>. What happens? Why? Now add the following to the bottom of <code>mymodule1.py</code>:</p> Run <code>mymodule1.py</code> and <code>namespace_test.py</code> again. In which case do you see the new print statement?</li> <li><p>In a Python shell try the following:</p> What does Tim Peter's have to say about namespaces?</li> <li>Use <code>pydoc</code> to find and test three other functions from the <code>string</code> module. Record your findings.</li> <li>Rewrite <code>matrix_mult</code> from the last chapter using what you have learned about list methods.</li> <li>The <code>dir</code> function, which we first saw in Chapter 7, prints out a list of the ''attributes'' of an object passed to it as an argument. In other words, <code>dir</code> returns the contents of the ''namespace'' of its argument. Use <code>dir(str)</code> and <code>dir(list)</code> to find at least three string and list methods which have not been introduced in the examples in the chapter. You should ignore anything that begins with double underscore (__) for the time being. Be sure to make detailed notes of your findings, including names of the new methods and examples of their use. ( ''hint:'' Print the docstring of a function you want to explore. For example, to find out how <code>str.join</code> works, <code>print str.join.__doc__</code>)</li> <li><p>Give the Python interpreter's response to each of the following from a continuous interpreter session:</p> <dl> <dt>a.</dt> <dd></dd> <dt>b.</dt> <dd></dd> <dt>c.</dt> <dd></dd> <dt>d.</dt> <dd></dd> <dt>e.</dt> <dd></dd></dl> <p>Be sure you understand why you get each result. Then apply what you have learned to fill in the body of the function below using the <code>split</code> and <code>join</code> methods of <code>str</code> objects:</p> Your solution should pass all doctests.</li> <li><p>Create a module named <code>wordtools.py</code> with the following at the bottom:</p> <p>Explain how this statement makes both using and testing this module convenient. What will be the value of <code>__name__</code> when <code>wordtools.py</code> is imported from another module? What will it be when it is run as a main program? In which case will the doctests run? Now add bodies to each of the following functions to make the doctests pass:</p> Save this module so you can use the tools it contains in your programs.</li> <li>[[resources/ch10/unsorted_fruits.txt|unsorted_fruits.txt]]_ contains a list of 26 fruits, each one with a name that begins with a different letter of the alphabet. Write a program named <code>sort_fruits.py</code> that reads in the fruits from <code>unsorted_fruits.txt</code> and writes them out in alphabetical order to a file named <code>sorted_fruits.txt</code>.</li> <li><p>Answer the following questions about <code>countletters.py</code>:</p> <ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> <li><p>Explain in detail what the three lines do:</p> What is would <code>type(text)</code> return after these lines have been executed?</li> <li>What does the expression <code>128 * [0]</code> evaluate to? Read about [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII ASCII]_ in Wikipedia and explain why you think the variable, <code>counts</code> is assigned to <code>128 * [0]</code> in light of what you read.</li> <li><p>What does</p> do to <code>counts</code>?</li> <li>Explain the purpose of the <code>display</code> function. Why does it check for values <code>10</code>, <code>13</code>, and <code>32</code>? What is special about those values?</li> <li><p>Describe in detail what the lines</p> do. What will be in <code>alice_counts.dat</code> when they finish executing?</li> <li><p>Finally, explain in detail what</p> <p>does. What is the purpose of <code>if counts[i]</code>?</p></li></ol> </li> <li><p>Write a program named <code>mean.py</code> that takes a sequence of numbers on the command line and returns the mean of their values.:</p> <pre>$ python mean.py 3 4 3.5 $ python mean.py 3 4 5 4.0 $ python mean.py 11 15 94.5 22 35.625</pre> A session of your program running on the same input should produce the same output as the sample session above.</li> <li><p>Write a program named <code>median.py</code> that takes a sequence of numbers on the command line and returns the median of their values.:</p> <pre>$ python median.py 3 7 11 7 $ python median.py 19 85 121 85 $ python median.py 11 15 16 22 15.5</pre> A session of your program running on the same input should produce the same output as the sample session above.</li> <li><p>Modify the <code>countletters.py</code> program so that it takes the file to open as a command line argument. How will you handle the naming of the output file?</p></li></ol> {{BookCat}} mi5nfw52k6scx62cqtcix6i7rakmfeu 0 237399 4670992 4670622 2026-09-18T18:50:34Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670992 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Introduction== [[#Graphical Image Editing Art]] [[#Office Application]] [[#Audio]] [[#Misc Application]] [[#Games & Emulation]] [[#Application Guides]] [[#top|...to the top]] [[#top|...to the top]] Most apps can be opened on the Workbench (aka publicscreen pubscreen) which is the default display option but can offer a custom one set to your configurations (aka custom screen mode promotion). These custom ones tend to stack so the possible use of A-M/A-N method of switching between full screens and the ability to pull down screens as well If you are interested in creating or porting new software, see [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Developer/Docs here] {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Internet Applications !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1 (68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Web Online Browser [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser Amelinium], Odyssey 2.0, [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1175&highlight=odyssey&rowstart=100 Odyssey 3.0], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://juen.in/ Amelinium], [https://blog.alb42.de/programs/amifox/ amifox] with [https://github.com/alb42/wrp wrp server], IBrowse*, [https://github.com/zapek/Voyager Voyager], [https://github.com/amigazen/aweb3/ AWeb 3.6 src], [https://github.com/matjam/aweb AWeb Src], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/www/NetSurf-m68k-sources Netsurf], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[ Odyssey OWB], [ Timberwolf (Firefox port 2011)], [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?forum=32&topic_id=32847 OWB-mui], [http://strohmayer.org/owb/ OWB-Reaction], IBrowse*, [http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=showfile&file=network/browser/aweb.lha AWeb], Voyager, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser Netsurf], |<!--MorphOS-->Wayfarer, [http://fabportnawak.free.fr/owb/ Odyssey OWB], [ Netsurf], IBrowse*, AWeb, [], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->YouTube, Dailymotion website downloading videos audio [https://github.com/yt-dlp/yt-dlp yt-dlp], [https://clipgrab.org/ clipgrab], |<!--AROS-->[], [https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], [ smtube], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], getVideo, Tubexx, [https://github.com/walkero-gr/aiostreams aiostreams], |<!--MorphOS-->[ ytsearch], [https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 getVideo], Tubexx |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Old style E-mailing SMTP POP3 IMAP based |<!--AROS-->Emailinium, [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/email SimpleMail], [http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplemail/files/ src], [https://github.com/jens-maus/yam YAM] |<!--Amiga OS-->Emailinium, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplemail/files/ SimpleMail], [https://github.com/jens-maus/yam YAM] |<!--AmigaOS4-->SimpleMail, YAM, |<!--MorphOS--> SimpleMail, YAM |- |<!--Sub Menu-->IRC, ICB, |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat WookieChat], [https://sourceforge.net/projects/wookiechat/ Wookiechat src], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat AiRcOS], Jabberwocky, |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/charabaruk/WookieChat Wookiechat], AmIRC |<!--AmigaOS4-->Wookiechat |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Wookiechat], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 AmIRC], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Instant Messaging IM like [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/amidon Hollywood lang based Mastodon client], BlueSky AT protocol, Facebook(TM), Twitter X (TM), Bitlbee IRC Gateway and others |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/kaffeine1/telegram-amiga telegram-amiga], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat jabberwocky], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], CLIMM, SabreMSN, [https://sourceforge.net/projects/ajabberwocky/ jabberwocky], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], SabreMSN, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 PolyglotNG], SabreMSN, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Torrents |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/p2p ArTorr], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->CTorrent, Transmission |<!--MorphOS-->MLDonkey, Beehive, [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Transmission], CTorrent, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->FTP |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], MarranoFTP, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/wput-0.3.4c.i386-aros wput i386 c src] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiFTP AmiFTP], AmiTradeCenter, ncFTP, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/sana2-tftpclient sana2 tftpclient c src] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], |<!--MorphOS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Pftp], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiFTP-1.935-OS4 AmiFTP], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->WYSIWYG Web Site Editor |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Internet Radio Streaming Audio [http://www.gnu.org/software/gnump3d/ gnump3d], [http://www.icecast.org/ Icecast2] Server (Broadcast) and Client (Listen), [ mpd], [http://darkice.sourceforge.net/ DarkIce], [http://www.dyne.org/software/muse/ Muse], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc], Mplayer (Icecast Client only), |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/sandlbn/TuneFinder TuneFinder C Src], [https://github.com/sandlbn/TuneFinderMUI TuneFinderMUI], [http://amigazeux.net/anr/ AmiNetRadio], [https://github.com/boingball/MintAMP MintAMP], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.tunenet.co.uk/ Tunenet], |<!--MorphOS-->Mplayer, AmiNetRadio, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VoIP (Voice over IP) with SIP Client (Session Initiation Protocol) or Asterisk IAX2 Clients Softphone (skype like) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiPhone with Speak Freely, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Weather Forecast |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ WeatherBar], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench AWeather], [] |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://amigazeux.net/wetter/ Wetter], [https://github.com/emartisoft/AmiWeatherForecasts AmiWeatherForecasts src], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/?function=showfile&file=utility/workbench/flipclock.lha FlipClock], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://amigazeux.net/wetter/ Wetter], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Street Road Maps Route Planning GPS Tracking |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/muimapparium/ MuiMapparium] [https://build.alb42.de/ Build of MuiMapp versions], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiAtlas*, UKRoutePlus*, [http://blog.alb42.de/ AmOSM], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://blog.alb42.de/programs/mapparium/ Mapparium], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Clock and Date setting from the internet (either ntp or websites) [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/ World Clock], [http://www.time.gov/ NIST], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/misc ntpsync], |<!--Amiga OS-->ntpsync |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Newsgroups |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://newscoaster.sourceforge.net/ Newscoaster], [https://github.com/jens-maus/newsrog NewsRog], [ WorldNews], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->RSS |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/Team-Boingo/AmiRSS AmiRSS src] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->AI |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/murinsel/AmigaAI Claude], [https://github.com/geekychris/amiga_mcp AI on host machine], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->BBS |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Graphical Image Editing Art== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Image Editing !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Pixel Raster Artwork [https://github.com/LibreSprite/LibreSprite LibreSprite based on GPL aseprite], [https://github.com/abetusk/hsvhero hsvhero], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ZunePaint/ ZunePaint], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit LunaPaint], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit GrafX2], [ LodePaint needs OpenGL], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.amigaforever.com/classic/download.html PPaint], GrafX2, [https://github.com/grovdata/Amiga_Sources/blob/master/software.md DeluxePaint], [http://www.amiforce.de/perfectpaint/perfectpaint.php PerfectPaint], Zoetrope, Brilliance2*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit LodePaint], GrafX2, |<!--MorphOS-->Sketch, Pixel*, GrafX2, [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 LunaPaint] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Image viewing |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ ZuneView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer LookHere], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer LoView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer PicShow] , [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album], |<!--Amiga OS-->PicShow, PicView, Photoalbum, |<!--AmigaOS4-->WarpView, PicShow, flPhoto, Thumbs, [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 ShowGirls], [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Photography retouching / Image Manipulation like Photoshop(tm) |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit RNOEffects], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Tecsoft Video Paint aka TVPaint], Photogenics*, ArtEffect*, ImageFX*, XiPaint, fxPaint, ImageMasterRT, Opalpaint, |<!--AmigaOS4-->WarpView, flPhoto, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit Photocrop] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 ShowGirls], ImageFX*, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Manage RAW picture folder galleries like Darktable, RAWtherapy, etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Graphic Format Converter - ICC profile support sRGB, Adobe RGB, XYZ and linear RGB |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->GraphicsConverter, ImageStudio, [http://www.coplabs.org/artpro.html ArtPro] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Thumbnail Generator [], |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ ZuneView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/shell Thumbnail Generator] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Icon Editor |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/iconedit Archives], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench Icon Toolbox], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/iconedit IconEditor] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D Pixel Art Animation |<!--AROS-->Lunapaint |<!--Amiga OS-->PPaint, AnimatED, Scala*, GoldDisk MovieSetter*, Walt Disney's Animation Studio*, ProDAD*, [https://github.com/historicalsource/DeluxePaint DeluxePaint src], Brilliance |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 Titler] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D SVG based MovieSetter type |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->MovieSetter*, Fantavision* |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Morphing |<!--AROS-->[ GLMorph] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D Cad (qcad->LibreCAD, etc.) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Xcad, MaxonCAD |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Cad like FreeCad, BRL-CAD, OpenSCAD, AvoCADo, etc. using dxf, obj (vertices), blend, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->XCad3d*, DynaCADD*, [https://aminet.net/package/gfx/3d/Cycas178_EN Cycas]*, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Model Rendering of glft (json) gbl (png jpg), usdz (USD files with materials, textures, and animations), FBX Filmbox is a proprietary Autodesk format, |<!--AROS-->POV-Ray |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.discreetfx.com./amigaproducts.html CINEMA 4D]*, POV-Ray, Lightwave3D*, Real3D*, Caligari24*, Reflections/Monzoom*, [https://github.com/privatosan/RayStorm Raystorm src], Tornado 3D, [https://github.com/AlphaPixel/Eric-Graham-1987-Juggler-Raytracer-1.0 Eric-Graham-1987-Juggler-Raytracer-1.0] |<!--AmigaOS4-->Blender, POV-Ray, Yafray |<!--MorphOS-->Blender, POV-Ray, Yafray |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Format Converter [], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=graphics/convert/ 3doc.i386-aros], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=showfile&file=graphics/convert/ivcon.lha IVCon] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen grabbing display |<!--AROS-->[ Screengrabber], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/misc snapit], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/record screen recorder], [] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Grab graphics music from apps [https://github.com/Malvineous/ripper6 ripper6], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Office Application== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Office !width:10%;|AROS (x86) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amiga_software Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1] (68k) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AmigaOS_4 Hyperion OS4] (PPC) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MorphOS MorphOS] (PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Office Suite |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Softwood Final Office], [ Wordworth Office], [ Digita Office], [ The Works!], [ Europress Mini Office], [], [ Papyrus Office Demo], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[ Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Word-processing |<!--AROS-->[https://finalwriter.godaddysites.com/ Final Writer 7*], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1995&rowstart=20&pid=12668#post_12668 Slovo], [https://github.com/sodero/MUI-Vim/releases MUI-Vim], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/wordprocessing Cinnamon Writer], [], |<!--AmigaOS-->[ Softwood FinalCopy II*], Haage AmigaWriter*, Digita WordWorth*, Softwood FinalWriter*, Micro-Systems Excellence 3*, Arnor Protext, Rashumon, [ InterWord], [ KindWords], [WordPerfect], [ New Horizons Flow], [ CygnusEd Pro], [ Micro-systems Scribble], |<!--AmigaOS4-->AbiWord, [ CinnamonWriter], |<!--MorphOS-->[ Cinnamon Writer], [http://www.meta-morphos.org/viewtopic.php?topic=1246&forum=53 scriba], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/index.php Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Spreadsheets |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/leu/ Leu], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/spreadsheet ], |<!--AmigaOS-->[https://aminet.net/package/biz/spread/ignition-src Ignition Src 1.3], [MaxiPlan 500 Plus], [OXXI Plan/IT v2.0 Speadsheet], [ Superplan], [ Creative Developments TurboCalc], [ ProCalc], [ InterSpread], [Digita DGCalc], [ Gold Disk Advantage], [ Micro-systems Analyze!] |<!--AmigaOS4-->Gnumeric, [https://ignition-amiga.sourceforge.net/ Ignition], |<!--MorphOS-->[ ignition], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Presentations |<!--AROS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, [https://github.com/evaneykelen/mediapoint-amiga MediaPoint C and asm], PointRider, Scala*, |<!--Amiga OS4-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, PointRider |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, PointRider |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Databases |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/database BeeBase], |<!--Amiga OS-->Precision Superbase 4 Pro*, Arnor Prodata*, [https://sourceforge.net/projects/beebase/ BeeBase], Datastore, FinalData*, AmigaBase, Fiasco, Twist2*, [Digita DGBase], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->BeeBase, SQLite, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=6 BeeBase], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PDF Viewing and editing digital signatures |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/arospdf/ ArosPDF via splash], [https://github.com/wattoc/AROS-vpdf vpdf wip], |<!--Amiga OS-->APDF |<!--AmigaOS4-->AmiPDF |<!--MorphOS-->APDF, vPDF, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Note Taking markdown support like Obsidian like, joplin, OneNote, EverNotes, xournalpp, etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Study and analyse, collect, organize, annotate, cite, and share |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PIM Personal Information Manager - Day Diary Planner Calendar App |<!--AROS-->[ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->Digita Organiser*, On The Ball, Everyday Organiser, [ Contact Manager], |<!--AmigaOS4-->AOrganiser, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://polymere.free.fr/orga_en.html PolyOrga], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Accounting |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/misc ETB], LoanCalc, [ ], [ ], [ ], |[ Digita Home Accounts2], Accountant, Small Business Accounts, Account Master, [ Amigabok], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Project Management Research |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->SuperGantt, SuperPlan, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Desktop |<!--AROS-->Wanderer, Scalos, Workbook, DOpus5, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[https://github.com/zapek/Ambient Ambient Src] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Wide Search |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool Finder], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Wide Dictionary - multilingual [http://sourceforge.net/projects/babiloo/ Babiloo], [http://code.google.com/p/stardict-3/ StarDict], |<!--AROS-->[ ], |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System wide Thesaurus - multi lingual |<!--AROS-->[ ], |Kuma K-Roget*, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Sticky Desktop Notes (post it type) |<!--AROS-->[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/amimemos.i386-aros AmiMemos], [https://aminet.net/package/util/wb/amimemos.src-aros AmiMemos Src], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/StickIt-2.00 StickIt v2], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->DTP Desktop Publishing |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit RNOPublisher], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]*, Professional Pro Page*, Saxon Publisher, Pagesetter, PenPal, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]* |<!--MorphOS-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]* |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Printing |<!--AROS-->Postscript 3 laser printers, [https://github.com/bohunamiga/MintPRINT MintPRINT AirPrint IPP], [ Ghostscript], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/boingball/MintPRINT MintPRINT IPP], [https://github.com/Andiweli/AmiAirprint AmiAirprint], [http://www.irseesoft.de/tp_what.htm TurboPrint]*, [ GutenPrint], [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/NetPrinter NetPrinter LPR], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->(some native drivers), |<!--MorphOS-->early TurboPrint included, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/NetPrinter NetPrinter LPR], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Scanning |<!--AROS-->[ SCANdal], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->FxScan*, ScanQuix*, [https://github.com/boingball/MintSCAN MintSCAN], |<!--AmigaOS4-->SCANdal (Sane) |<!--MorphOS-->SCANdal |- |<!--Sub Menu-->OCR |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/convert gOCR] |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos-files.net/categories/office/text Tesseract] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Text Editing |<!--AROS-->Jano Editor (already installed as Editor), [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit EdiSyn], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit Annotate], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit Vim], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit FrexxEd] [https://github.com/vidarh/FrexxEd src], [ NoWinEd], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/text/edit/TurboText20 TurboText20 ttx], Annotate, MicroGoldED/CubicIDE*, CygnusED*, Protext*, NoWinED, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Notepad, Annotate, CygnusED*, NoWinED, |<!--MorphOS-->MorphOS ED, NoWinED, GoldED/CubicIDE*, CygnusED*, Annotate, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Office Fonts [http://sourceforge.net/projects/fontforge/files/fontforge-source/ Font Designer] |<!--AROS-->[ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->TypeSmith*, SaxonScript (GetFont Adobe Type 1), |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Drawing Vector |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/amifig/ ZuneFIG previously AmiFIG], [https://github.com/serk118/designworks-aros designworks aros 64bit] |<!--Amiga OS-->Drawstudio*, ProVector*, ArtExpression*, Professional Draw*, AmiFIG, MetaView, [https://gitlab.com/amigasourcecodepreservation/designworks Design Works Src], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->MindSpace, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit amifig], |<!--MorphOS-->SteamDraw, [http://aminet.net/package/gfx/edit/amifig amiFIG], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->video conferencing (jitsi) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->source code hosting |<!--AROS-->Gitlab, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Remote Desktop (server) |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/VNC_Server ArosVNCServer], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://s.guillard.free.fr/AmiVNC/AmiVNC.htm AmiVNC], [http://dspach.free.fr/amiga/avnc/index.html AVNC] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://s.guillard.free.fr/AmiVNC/AmiVNC.htm AmiVNC] |MorphVNC, vncserver |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Remote Desktop (client) login and connect to another machine |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/VNC_Client/ ArosVNC], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/misc rdesktop], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://dspach.free.fr/amiga/vva/index.html VVA], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->notifications |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Ranchero |<!--AmigaOS4-->Ringhio |<!--MorphOS-->MagicBeacon |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Biometric facial logins and fingerprint security features |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Audio== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Audio !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing playback Audio like MP3, [https://github.com/chrg127/gmplayer NSF], [https://github.com/kode54/lazyusf miniusf .usflib] [https://gitlab.com/kode54/psflib with pfslib], [], [], etc |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/play Mplayer], [ HarmonyPlayer hp], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/audio/index.xhtml playcdda] CDs, [ WildMidi Player], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ UADE mod player], [], [ RNOTunes], [ mp3Player], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiNetRadio, AmigaAmp, playOGG, [https://codeberg.org/tygre/amimodradio amimodradio] |<!--AmigaOS4-->TuneNet, SimplePlay, AmigaAmp, TKPlayer |AmiNetRadio, Mplayer, Kaya, AmigaAmp |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Audio |<!--AROS-->[ Audio Evolution 4] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/hd-rec/ HD-Rec Src], [http://www.sonicpulse.de/eng/news.html SoundFX], [ Samplitude], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/hd-rec/ HD-Rec], AmiSoundED, [http://os4depot.net/?function=showfile&file=audio/record/audioevolution4.lha Audio Evolution 4] |[http://www.hd-rec.de/HD-Rec/index.php?site=home HD-Rec], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Tracker Music |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/hitchhikr/protrekkr Protrekkr], [ Schism Tracker], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/tracker MilkyTracker], [http://www.hivelytracker.com/ HivelyTracker], [ Radium in AROS already], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/development/index.xhtml libMikMod], |<!--Amiga OS-->MilkyTracker, HivelyTracker, DigiBooster, Octamed SoundStudio, [https://github.com/elindstrom/soundtracker soundtracker], |<!--AmigaOS4-->MilkyTracker, HivelyTracker, GoatTracker |MilkyTracker, GoatTracker, DigiBooster, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Music [], [https://github.com/kmatheussen/camd CAMD] and/or staves and musical notes on manuscript |<!--AROS-->[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars and Pipes], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars'n'Pipes], MusicX* David "Talin" Joiner & Craig Weeks (for Notator-X), Deluxe Music Construction Set DMCS2*, [https://github.com/timoinutilis/midi-sequencer-amigaos Horny c Src] [https://github.com/kas1e/midi-sequencer-amigaos/tree/master/HornyGCC HornyGCC OS4 src] [https://github.com/capehill/midi-sequencer-amigaos Horny OS4 fork src] [https://www.amigans.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?start=0&topic_id=8143&order=ASC&status=&mode=0 OS4 thread], HD-Rec, [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/dominatorV1_51 Dominator], [https://github.com/royaltm/Amiga-midiIn Amiga-midiIn], [ Aegis Sonix 2.0] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://sourceforge.net/p/hd-rec/code/HEAD/tree/ HD-Rec Src], Rockbeat, [http://bnp.hansfaust.de/download.html Bars'n'Pipes], [https://github.com/gooofy/freeaction Horny OS4 src fork], Audio Evolution 4, |<!--MorphOS-->Bars'n'Pipes, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Sound Sampling |<!--AROS-->[ Advanced AHI Recorder all], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/record Audio Evolution 4], [http://www.imica.net/SitePortalPage.aspx?siteid=1&did=162 Quick Record], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc SOX to get AIFF 16bit files], [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/tree/master/workbench/tools/AHIRecord AHIRecord], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/mus/edit/AudioEvolution3_src Audio Evolution 3 c src], [ Samplitude]*, Audiomaster IV*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://github.com/timoinutilis/phonolith-amigaos phonolith c src], HD-Rec, Audio Evolution 4, |<!--MorphOS-->[https://sourceforge.net/p/hd-rec/code/HEAD/tree/ HD-Rec Src], Audio Evolution 4, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Audio Processing like easyeffects so having limiter, compressor, convolver, equalizer and auto volume and many other plugins |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Live Looping or Audio Misc - Groovebox like |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->CD/DVD burn |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility IsoTools], [https://code.google.com/p/amiga-fryingpan/ FryingPan], |<!--Amiga OS-->FryingPan, [ MakeCD], |<!--AmigaOS4-->FryingPan, AmiDVD, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.amiga.org/forums/printthread.php?t=58736 FryingPan], Jalopeano, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->CD/DVD audio rip |<!--AROS-->Lame, [http://www.imica.net/SitePortalPage.aspx?siteid=1&cfid=0&did=167 Quick CDrip], |<!--Amiga OS-->Lame, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Lame, |<!--MorphOS-->Lame, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->MP3 v1 and v2 Tagger |<!--AROS-->id3ren (v1), [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/edit mp3info], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> | |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Audio Convert |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc Sox], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/mus/misc/SoundBox SoundBox], [http://aminet.net/package/mus/misc/SoundBoxKey SoundBox Key], [http://aminet.net/package/mus/edit/SampleE SampleE], sox |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->DJ mixing jamming |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/djh0ffman/PT1210 Hoffman PT1210 DJ tracker], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Radio Automation Software [http://www.rivendellaudio.org/ Rivendell], [http://code.campware.org/projects/livesupport/report/3 Campware LiveSupport], [http://www.sourcefabric.org/en/airtime/ SourceFabric AirTime], [http://www.ohloh.net/p/mediabox404 MediaBox404], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speakers Audio Sonos Mains AC networked wired controlled *2005 ZP100 with ZP80 *2008 Zoneplayer ZP120 (multi-room wireless amp) ZP90 receiver only with CR100 controller, *2009 ZonePlayer S5, *2010 BR100 wireless Bridge (no support), *2011 Play:3 *2013 Bridge (no support), Play:1, *2016 Arc, Play:1, *Beam (Gen 2), Playbar, Ray, Era 100, Era 300, Roam, Move 2, *Sub (Gen 3), Sub Mini, Five, Amp S2 |<!--AROS-->SonosController |<!--Amiga OS-->SonosController |<!--AmigaOS4-->SonosController |<!--MorphOS-->SonosController |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Smart Speakers |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Video Creativity and Production== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Video !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing Video |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/play Mplayer], [ VAMP], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/video/index.xhtml CDXL player], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/video/index.xhtml IffAnimPlay], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Frogger*, AMP2, MPlayer, RiVA*, MooViD*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->DvPlayer, MPlayer |<!--MorphOS-->MPlayer, Frogger, AMP2, VLC |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Streaming Video and game streaming like OBS studio, Parsec, [https://github.com/lizardbyte/sunshine sunshine], [https://github.com/moonlight-stream/moonlight-qt moonlight], etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing DVD |<!--AROS-->[http://a-mc.biz/ AMC]*, Mplayer |<!--Amiga OS-->AMP2, Frogger |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://a-mc.biz/ AMC]*, DvPlayer*, AMP2, |<!--MorphOS-->Mplayer |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Recording |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/record Screenrecorder], [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->Screenrecorder, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Create Edit Individual Video - Amiga like OSs have no pro NLE |<!--AROS-->[ Mencoder], [ Quick Videos], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit AVIbuild], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/misc FrameBuild], FFMPEG, |<!--Amiga OS-->[ MainConcept Mainactor Broadcast*], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_Toaster Video Toaster*] with [https://discreetfx.com/openvideotoaster.html some c src], MacroSystem MovieShop 4.3*, proDAD Adorage*, [ IOSpirit VHI studio]*, [Gold Disk ShowMaker], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->FFMpeg/GUI |<!--MorphOS-->Blender, Mencoder, FFmpeg |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Subtitle editor |<!--AROS-->[https://aminet.net/package/text/edit/Slarti_Arosx86ABIv0 Slarti_Arosx86ABIv0], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->IP-based video production workflows with High Dynamic Range (HDR), 10-bit color collaborative NDI, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Blogging like Lemmy or kbin |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR face recognition for Vtubers |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR chatting Live2D models with Cubism type editor or [https://github.com/AyagamiDev/ayagami ayagami] like with zipped moc3 with model metadata (model3, cdi3) <pre> Model data (cmo3) Basic motions (can3) Background image (png) Set of files for embedding (runtime folder) • Model data (moc3) • Motion data (motion3.json) • Model settings file (model3.json) • Physics settings file (physics3.json) • Display auxiliary file (cdi3.json) </pre> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR chatting chatters .VRML models - standardized 3D file format for VR avatars |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->V-tubers V-tubing like Vseeface with Openseeface tracker or Vpuppr (virtual puppet project) for online live 2d / 3d art models rigging rigged LIV |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Misc Application== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1 (68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->File Management |<!--AROS-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 DOpus Magellan aka DOpus 5], [ Scalos], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->DOpus2, DOpus 4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], ClassAction, FileMaster, [http://www.amiga.org/forums/showthread.php?t=4897 DirWork 2]*, [https://github.com/RudolphRiedel/DiskMaster2 DiskMaster2 src], |<!--AmigaOS4-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], Filer, AmiDisk |<!--MorphOS-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->File Verification / Repair |<!--AROS-->[https://arosarchives.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility md5sum], [https://arosarchives.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool asum], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool workpar2] (PAR2), [http://zakalwe.fi/~shd/foss/cksfv/files/ compile cksfv from website], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->Par2, |- |Application Installer |<!--AROS-->[], [ InstallerNG], |<!--Amiga OS-->InstallerNG, Grunch, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Jack |<!--MorphOS-->Jack |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Compression archiver [https://github.com/FS-make-simple/paq9a paq9a], [], |<!--AROS-->XAD system is a toolkit designed for handling various file and disk archiver |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://aminet.net/package/util/pack/decrunchmania_os4 Crunchmania CrM2 depacker], |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Binary Hexadecimal Editor |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit Zaphod], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Filesystem Partition Editor formatter Disk Management |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1440&highlight=partition&pid=8821#post_8821 QuickPart], [ HDToolBox] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/stefanskotte/hdpart hdpart], [https://github.com/ChuckyGang/AmiPart AmiPart], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Filesystem Repair and backups |<!--AROS-->ArSFSDoctor, |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/disk/bakup/quarterback_src Quarterback Tools C and asm src], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Disk check, integrity and history [https://github.com/smartmontools/smartmontools smart tools], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Multiple File renaming |<!--AROS-->DOpus 4 or 5, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Anti Virus |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->VChecker, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Random Wallpaper Desktop changer [ DOpus5], [ Scalos], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Alarm Clock, Timer, Stopwatch, Countdown |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench DClock], [http://aminet.net/util/time/AlarmClockAROS.lha AlarmClock], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} ==Misc Application 2== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->C/C++ IDE Integrated Development |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/aidea/ AIDEa], [ Murks], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://devplex.awardspace.biz/cubic/index.html Cubic IDE]*, [ StormC], [https://github.com/jens-maus/amide amide], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->CodeBench , [https://gitlab.com/boemann/codecraft CodeCraft], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://devplex.awardspace.biz/cubic/index.html Cubic IDE]*, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->C/C++ Text Editors |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit FrexxEd], [https://github.com/vidarh/FrexxEd FrexxEd src], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit Annotate] with [https://www.onyxsoft.se/files/annotate_src.lha src], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Protext], [ CED], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[https://www.onyxsoft.se/annotate.html Annotate], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Repository |<!--AROS-->[ Git] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->Git |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->BASIC Computer Language |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/language Basic4SDL], [ Ace Basic], [ X-AMOS], [SDLBasic], [ Alvyn], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.amiforce.de/main.php Amiblitz 3] with [https://github.com/AmiBlitz/AmiBlitz3 Asm src], [http://amos.condor.serverpro3.com/AmosProManual/contents/c1.html Amos Pro] with [https://github.com/AmiDARK/AmosProfessionalUnity-Official-Releases Asm src], [http://aminet.net/package/dev/basic/ace24dist ACE Basic], [https://github.com/gooofy/aqb aqb], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->sdlBasic |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Computer Languages Translation [https://tetracorp.github.io/guide/reverse-engineering-amiga.html], [https://amigasourcecodepreservation.gitlab.io/amiga-assembler-insider-guide/], [https://github.com/kermitfrog/Amiga-Re-Engineering Rust, Ghidra and FS-UAE], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://bitbucket.org/rhinoid/convert68000toc/src/main/ convert m68k seka asm-one to c], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Gui Creators |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/guitool MuiBuilder], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[ MuiBuilder], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Catalog .cd .ct Custom App Language Editors |<!--AROS-->FlexCat, [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility Flexcat GUI], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.geit.de/deu_simplecat.html SimpleCat], FlexCat |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://aminet.net/package/dev/misc/simplecat SimpleCat], FlexCat |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.geit.de/deu_simplecat.html SimpleCat], FlexCat |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Cross Development |<!--AROS-->[], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/geekychris/amiga_mcp amiga_mcp], [https://github.com/mbergmann-sh/AmigaED4-IDE AmigaED4-IDE], [https://lemonspawn.com/turbo-rascal-syntax-error-expected-but-begin/ Turbo Rascal], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Misc Application 3== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System |<!--AROS-->[ SysExplorer], [ SysMon], [ Scout], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Terminals Shells CLIs |<!--AROS-->[https://tomaszstaniak.com/aros-term/ aros-term], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->OSK On Screen Keyboard |<!--AROS-->[], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/util/wb/OSK.lha OSK] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Magnifier Magnifying Glass Magnification |<!--AROS-->[http://www.onyxsoft.se/files/zoomit.lha ZoomIT], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Comic Book CBR CBZ format reader viewer |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer comics], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer comicon], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Ebook Reader |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/#legadon Legadon EPUB],[] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Ebook Converter |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Text to Speech tts [https://github.com/JonathanFly/bark-installer Bark], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Echo " " >SPEAK:A1 inbuilt], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc flite], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.text2speech.com translator], [https://github.com/sidick/narrator.wyoming narrator.wyoming], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=search&tool=simple FLite] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://se.aminet.net/pub/aminet/mus/misc/ FLite] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speech Voice Recognition Dictation - [http://sourceforge.net/projects/cmusphinx/files/ CMU Sphinx], [http://julius.sourceforge.jp/en_index.php?q=en/index.html Julius], [http://www.isip.piconepress.com/projects/speech/index.html ISIP], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speech Voice Changer [], [], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Display Blanker screensaver |<!--AROS-->Blanker Commodity (built in), [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/screenblanker GarshneBlanker], [http://sourceforge.net/projects/gblanker/ GBlanker Src], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->MultiCX, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->ModernArt Blanker, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Fortune Cookie Quotes Sayings |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/misc AFortune], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} ==Misc Application 4== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Fractals mandelbrot, etc |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/misc], |<!--Amiga OS-->ZoneXplorer, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Landscape Rendering |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/raytrace WCS World Construction Set], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Vista Pro], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/World_Construction_Set World Construction Set] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[ WCS World Construction Set], |<!--MorphOS-->[ WCS World Construction Set], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Astronomy [https://sourceforge.net/projects/skychart/ skychart freepascal], [], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Digital Almanac (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/search?query=planetarium Aminet search], [http://aminet.net/misc/sci/DA3V56ISO.zip Digital Almanac], [https://aminet.net/package/misc/sci/da3sourceV58 Src c V58], [ Galileo renamed to Distant Suns]*, [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/digital-almanac/ Digital Almanac], Distant Suns*, [http://www.digitaluniverse.org.uk/ Digital Universe]*, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.aminet.net/misc/sci/da3.lha Digital Almanac], [http://www.aminet.net/package/misc/sci/da3-mos-src Src c V56], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Astrology [https://sourceforge.net/projects/skylendar/ skylendar], [https://github.com/CruiserOne/Astrolog Astrolog], [https://www.astrolog.org/astrolog/astfile.htm Astrology alt site], [https://saravali.github.io/download.html Maitreya], [https://github.com/alamahant/Asteria Asteria], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Genealogy History Family Tree Ancestry Records (FreeBMD, FreeREG, and FreeCEN file formats or GEDCOM GenTree) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> [ Origins], [ Your Family Tree], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Languages |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Fun School, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->https://github.com/evil4dmin/ami2ha |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Mathematics ([http://www-fourier.ujf-grenoble.fr/~parisse/install_en.html Xcas], etc.), |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/scientific mathX] |<!--Amiga OS-->Maple V, mathX, Fun School, GCSE Maths, [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4-->Yacas |<!--MorphOS-->Yacas |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Maths Graph Function Plotting |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/#MUIPlot MUIPlot], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->App Utility Launcher Dock toolbar |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/docky BoingBar], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/adkennan/DockBot Dockbot], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Printer [https://github.com/OrcaSlicer/OrcaSlicer OrcaSlicer] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PCB design |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Digital Signage |<!--AROS-->Hollywood, Hollywood Designer |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->HAM radio, amateur radio, packet radio, [], [], [], [https://cemaxecuter.com/ Dragon OS], [https://github.com/km4ack/73Linux with 73 link update], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YAL5KNePRSg video for], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/punktniklas/NiKom NiKom], [https://www.amigarealm.com/amiga/amicomms/comm4.htm Comm4], [https://www.amigarealm.com/archives/comms/aarug/ TNC Terminal Node Controller with packets over serial connections on Yaesu or Woxum handheld], [https://aminet.net/comm/misc AmiCom], [ with 7Plus file encoder/decoder], [ mksstv], [ RTTYam], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->modern smart-home network like Home Assistant Automation Yellow, Green, Mosquitto, EMQX, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/evil4dmin/ami2ha HA], [https://github.com/sidick/midge mtqq.lib], [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiHomeassist-0.7 AmiHomeassist], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Teaching classroom learning training [https://github.com/moodle/moodle moodle], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Games & Emulation== Some emulators/games require OpenGL to function and to adjust ahi prefs channels, frequency and unit0 and unit1 and [http://aros.sourceforge.net/documentation/users/shell/changetaskpri.php changetaskpri -1] Rom patching https://www.marcrobledo.com/RomPatcher.js/ https://www.romhacking.net/patch/ (ips, ups, bps, etc) and this other site supports the latter formats https://hack64.net/tools/patcher.php Free public domain roms for use with emulators can be found [http://www.pdroms.de/ here] as most of the rest are covered by copyright rules. If you like to read about old games see [http://retrogamingtimes.com/ here] and [http://www.armchairarcade.com/neo/ here] and a [http://www.vintagecomputing.com/ blog] about old computers. Possibly some of the [http://www.answers.com/topic/list-of-best-selling-computer-and-video-games best selling] of all time. [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_computer_system_emulators Wiki] with emulated systems list. [https://archive.gamehistory.org/ Archive of VGHF], [https://library.gamehistory.org/ Video Game History Foundation Library search] {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:10%;|Games [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Emulation] !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|AmigaOS3(68k) !width:10%;|AmigaOS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Amstrad CPC |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [ Caprice32 (OpenGL & pure SDL)], [ Arnold], [https://retroshowcase.gr/cpcbox-master/], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Apple2 and 2GS |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Arcade |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Mame], [ SI Emu (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS-->Mame, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem xmame], amiarcadia, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2 Mame], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 2600 [], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Stella], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 5200 [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/A5200DS A5200DS], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 7800 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 400 800 130XL [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/A8DS A8DS], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Atari800], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari Lynx |<!--AROS-->[http://myfreefilehosting.com/f/6366e11bdf_1.93MB Handy (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari Jaguar |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Bandai Wonderswan |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation BBC Micro and Acorn Electron [http://beehttps://bem-unix.bbcmicro.com/download.html BeebEm], [http://b-em.bbcmicro.com/ B-Em], [http://elkulator.acornelectron.co.uk/ Elkulator], [http://electrem.emuunlim.com/ ElectrEm], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Dragon 32 and Tandy CoCo [http://www.6809.org.uk/xroar/ xroar], [], |<!--AROS-->[], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore C16 Plus4 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore C64 |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Vice (ABIv0 only)], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Frodo, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem viceplus], |<!--MorphOS-->Vice, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore Amiga |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Janus UAE], Emumiga, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer UAE], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2 UAE], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Japanese MSX MSX2 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Mattel Intelivision |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Mattel Colecovision and Adam |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Milton Bradley (MB) Vectrex [ Vectrex OpenGL], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation PICO8 Pico-8 fantasy video game console [https://github.com/egordorichev/pemsa-sdl/ pemsa-sdl], [https://github.com/jtothebell/fake-08 fake-08], [https://github.com/Epicpkmn11/fake-08/tree/wip fake-08 fork], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo Gameboy |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem vba no sound], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem vba] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo NES |<!--AROS-->[ EmiNES], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Fceu], [https://github.com/takahirox/nes-js?tab=readme-ov-file nes-js], [https://github.com/bfirsh/jsnes jsnes], [https://github.com/angelo-wf/NesJs NesJs], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiNES, [http://www.dridus.com/~nyef/darcnes/ darcNES], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem amines] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo SNES |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Zsnes], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem warpsnes] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://fabportnawak.free.fr/snes/ Snes9x], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo N64 *HLE and plugins [ mupen64], [https://github.com/ares-emulator/ares ares], [https://github.com/N64Recomp/N64Recomp N64Recomp], [https://github.com/rt64/rt64 rt64], [https://github.com/simple64/simple64 Simple64], *LLE [], |<!--AROS-->[http://code.google.com/p/mupen64plus/ Mupen64+], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://code.google.com/p/mupen64plus/ Mupen64+], [http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/tr-981125_src TR64], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Nintendo Gamecube Wii] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Nintendo Wii U] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://github.com/yuzu-emu Nintendo Switch] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation NEC PC Engine |<!--AROS-->[], [], [https://github.com/yhzmr442/jspce js-pce], |[http://www.hugo.fr.fm/ Hugo], [http://mednafen.sourceforge.net/ Mednafen], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem tgemu] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Master System (SMS) |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Dega], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem sms], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem osmose] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Genesis/Megadrive |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem gp no sound], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem DGen], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://code.google.com/p/genplus-gx/ Genplus], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem genesisplus] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Saturn *HLE [https://mednafen.github.io/ mednafen], [http://yabause.org/ yabause], [], *LLE [], [], |<!--AROS-->? |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://yabause.org/ Yabause], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Dreamcast *HLE [https://github.com/flyinghead/flycast flycast], [https://code.google.com/archive/p/nulldc/downloads NullDC], *LLE [], [], |<!--AROS-->? |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair ZX80 and ZX81 |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair Spectrum |[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Fuse (crackly sound)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer SimCoupe], [ FBZX slow], [https://jsspeccy.zxdemo.org/ jsspeccy], [http://torinak.com/qaop/games qaop], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.lasernet.plus.com/ Asp], [http://www.zophar.net/sinclair.html Speculator], [http://www.worldofspectrum.org/x128/index.html X128], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair QL |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/QDOS4amiga1 QDOS4amiga] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation SNK NeoGeo Pocket |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem gngeo], NeoPop, |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sony PlayStation |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem FPSE], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem FPSE] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Sony PS2] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Sony PS3] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://vita3k.org/ Sony Vita] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://github.com/shadps4-emu/shadPS4 PS4] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tangerine_Computer_Systems Tangerine] Oric and Atmos |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Oricutron] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Oricutron] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/oricutron Oricutron] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation TI 99/4 99/4A [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/DS994a DS994a], [], [https://js99er.net/#/ js99er], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/TI4Amiga TI4Amiga], [http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/TI4Amiga_src TI4Amiga src in c], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation HP 38G 40GS 48 49G/50G Graphing Calculators |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation TI 58 83 84 85 86 - 89 92 Graphing Calculators |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:10%;|Games [https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/ General] !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|AmigaOS3(68k) !width:10%;|AmigaOS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- style="background:lightgrey;{{text default color}}; text-align:center; font-weight:bold;" | Games [https://www.trackawesomelist.com/michelpereira/awesome-open-source-games/ Open Source and others] || AROS || Amiga OS || Amiga OS4 || Morphos |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Action like [https://github.com/opentomb/OpenTomb opentomb], [https://github.com/LostArtefacts/TRX TRX formerly Tomb1Main], [https://github.com/TombEngine TombEngine], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action Thrust], [https://github.com/fragglet/sdl-sopwith sdl sopwith], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action BOH], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/BSzili/OpenLara/tree/amiga/src source of openlara SDL2], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Adventure like [http://dotg.sourceforge.net/ DMJ], [https://github.com/kromenak/gengine Gabriel Knight 3], [http://www.sarien.net/ Sierra Sarien], [https://github.com/klembot/twinejs twine js], [https://github.com/QSPFoundation/qspgui Quest Soft Player QSP], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/adventure dmagnetic], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=browse&cat=emulation/misc ScummVM], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying frotz infocom], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Board like [https://github.com/aperture-software/colditz-escape escape from colditz], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/board], [http://amigan.1emu.net/releases Africa] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Cards |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/card], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=180&pid=12934#post_12934 Balatro], |<!--AmigaOS-->[http://home.arcor.de/amigasolitaire/e/welcome.html Reko], [https://github.com/samskivert/beschei-en beschei Src], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Misc [https://github.com/michelpereira/awesome-open-source-games Awesome open], [https://github.com/bobeff/open-source-games General Open Source], [https://github.com/SAT-R/sa2 Sonic Advance 2], [https://github.com/velorek1/cwordle Wordle type], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/misc], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games FPS like [https://aminet.net/package/game/shoot/D1X_Rebirth_AGA Descent D1X src], [https://github.com/DescentDevelopers/Descent3 Descent 3], [https://github.com/Fewnity/Counter-Strike-Nintendo-DS Counter-Strike-Nintendo-DS], [https://github.com/Aleph-One-Marathon/alephone Bungie Marathon 1994], [https://zdoom.org/downloads UzDoom opengl 3.3], [https://github.com/ZDoom/gzdoom gzdoom opengl 3+], [https://zdoom.org/downloads LZDoom opengl 2.1], |<!--AROS-->Doom, Quake, [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Quake 3 Arena (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Cube (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Assault Cube (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Cube 2 Sauerbraten (OpenGL)], [http://fodquake.net/test/ FodQuake QuakeWorld], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Duke Nukem 3D], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Darkplaces Nexuiz Xonotic], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Doom 3 SDL (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Hexenworld and Hexen 2], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Aliens vs Predator Gold 2000 avp (openGL)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Odamex (openGL doom)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/fps/ zgloom], [], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/fps/ ab3dhd], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Doom, Quake, AB3D, Fears, Breathless, Gloom, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Doom, Quake, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12 Doom], Quake, Quake 3 Arena, [https://github.com/OpenXRay/xray-16 S.T.A.L.K.E.R Xray] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games MMORG like |<!--AROS-->[ Eternal Lands (OpenGL)], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Platform like |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/platform], [ Maze of Galious], [ Gish]*(openGL), [ Mega Mario], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ thextech SMBX], [http://www.gianas-return.de/ Giana's Return], [http://www.sqrxz.de/ Sqrxz], [www.sqrxz2.de/ Sqrxz 2], [http://www.sqrxz.de/sqrxz-3/ Sqrxz 3], [http://www.sqrxz.de/sqrxz-4/ Sqrxz 4], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/platform Cave Story], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ Frogatto], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ OpenJazz], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ pekkakana2], [ Aquaria], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ sonic CD], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Giana Sisters], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Puzzle [https://github.com/mariopartyrd/marioparty4/tree/port Party], [https://github.com/mdodis/OpenSolomonsKey OpenSolomonsKey], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/puzzle], [ Cubosphere (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/puzzle Candy Crisis], [http://bszili.morphos.me/ TailTale], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Racing [ Trigger Rally], [ VDrift], [http://www.ultimatestunts.nl/index.php?page=2&lang=en Ultimate Stunts], [http://maniadrive.raydium.org/ Mania Drive], [https://github.com/plowteam/donut Simpsons Hit and Run], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Super Tux Kart (OpenGL)], [http://www.dusabledanslherbe.eu/AROSPage/F1Spirit.30.html F1 Spirit (OpenGL)], [http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html MultiRacer], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ Speed Dreams], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/driving/dethrace-0.10.1.x86_64-aros-v11.zip Carmageddon dethrace 64bit], [], |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html Speed Dreams], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12], [http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html TORCS], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 1st first person DRPG [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/OpenEnroth/OpenEnroth OpenEnroth MM], [] |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/BSzili/aros-stuff Arx Libertatis], [http://www.playfuljs.com/a-first-person-engine-in-265-lines/ js raycaster], [https://github.com/Dorthu/es6-crpg webgl], [https://github.com/sonountaleban/AmiShockolate System Shock], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS-->Phantasie, Faery Tale, Dungeon Master, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 3rd third person action CRPG [https://sourceforge.net/projects/sumwars/ Summoning Wars], [https://www.solarus-games.org/ Solarus], [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/alexbatalov/fallout1-ce fallout ce], [https://github.com/rwengine/openrw gta3], [https://github.com/gta-reversed/gta-reversed gta3 sa], [https://github.com/mrxenginner/reVC gta3 vc revc], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ fheroes2 homm2], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ breakhack], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ devilutionx diablo 1 hellfire], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ fallout 1], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ stratagus], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ hostile-takeover], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games isometric RPG [https://sourceforge.net/projects/sumwars/ Summoning Wars], [https://www.solarus-games.org/ Solarus], [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/topics/dungeon?l=javascript Dungeon], [], [https://github.com/clintbellanger/heroine-dusk JS Dusk], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying nethack], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying GemRB], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games card based RPG [https://github.com/open-duelyst/duelyst Duelyst], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games turn based tactics RPG [], [], [], [], [], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/strategy UFO AI], [http://play.freeciv.org/ FreeCiv], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Strategy [http://rtsgus.org/ RTSgus], [http://stargus.sourceforge.net/ Stargus], [https://github.com/KD-lab-Open-Source/Perimeter Perimeter], [https://matty77.itch.io/conflict-3049 conflict-3049], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/strategy MegaGlest (OpenGL)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ signus], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=140&pid=12446#post_12446 Wargus warcraft 2 setup], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Rhythm, Beat, Step [], [], [https://clonehero.net/ clonehero], [https://github.com/MatteoGodzilla/Dj-Engine Dj-Engine], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/misc Frets on Fire], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Shoot Em Ups [http://www.mhgames.org/oldies/formido/ Formido], [http://code.google.com/p/violetland/ Violetland], ||<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action Open Tyrian], [http://www.parallelrealities.co.uk/projects/starfighter.php Starfighter], [ Alien Blaster], [https://github.com/OpenFodder/openfodder OpenFodder], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/action/ tbftss The Battle for the Solar System: the Pandora War] |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.parallelrealities.co.uk/projects/starfighter.php Starfighter], [ The Battle for the Solar System: the Pandora War] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Simulations [http://scp.indiegames.us/ Freespace 2], [http://www.heptargon.de/gl-117/gl-117.html GL117], [http://code.google.com/p/corsix-th/ Theme Hospital], [http://code.google.com/p/freerct/ Rollercoaster Tycoon], [http://hedgewars.org/ Hedgewars], [https://github.com/raceintospace/raceintospace raceintospace], [https://github.com/Return-To-The-Roots RTTR Settlers 2], [https://github.com/OoliteProject/oolite oolite elite], [https://github.com/fesh0r/newkind newkind elite], [https://github.com/bohemiainteractive/cwr Arma Cold War Src], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->SimCity, SimAnt, Sim Hospital, Theme Park, [https://github.com/angree/openttd_amiga_68k openttd amiga_68k], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Life Sim [https://github.com/ACreTeam/forest Animal Crossing], [ ], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Horror [https://github.com/Mikompilation/MikuPan Fatal Frame], [ ], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Sandbox Voxel Open World Exploration [https://github.com/ClassiCube/ Classicube],[http://www.michaelfogleman.com/craft/ Craft], [https://github.com/tothpaul/DelphiCraft DelphiCraft],[https://www.minetest.net/ Luanti formerly Minetest], [ infiniminer], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Battle Royale [https://bruh.io/ Play.Bruh.io], [https://www.coolmathgames.com/0-copter Copter Royale], [https://surviv.io/ Surviv.io], [https://nuggetroyale.io/#Ketchup Nugget Royale], [https://miniroyale2.io/ Miniroyale2.io], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Tower Defense [https://chriscourses.github.io/tower-defense/ HTML5], [https://github.com/SBardak/Tower-Defense-Game TD C++], [https://github.com/bdoms/love_defense LUA and LOVE], [https://github.com/HyOsori/Osori-WebGame HTML5], [https://github.com/PascalCorpsman/ConfigTD ConfigTD Pascal], [https://github.com/GloriousEggroll/wine-ge-custom Wine], [] |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=180&pid=12871#post_12871 Plants vs Zombies PvZ], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/boingball/miggy-tower-defense miggy-tower-defense], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Visual Novel Engines [https://github.com/diane1f0cd/VisualNovelTemplate Visual Novel Template], [https://github.com/Kirilllive/tuesday-js Tuesday JS], [https://github.com/tejasnayak25/vnsutra vnsutra], [https://github.com/weetabix-su/renpsp-dev RenPSP], [https://github.com/Galladite27/ONScripter-EN ONScripter-EN], [https://github.com/NathanGuilhot/VNES-Raylib https://github.com/NathanGuilhot/VNES VNES in Raylib], [https://www.renpy.org/latest.html renpy ren'py python based], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Reality VR [https://gitlab.com/madsbuvi/openmw openmw vr], [https://github.com/Team-Beef-Studios/BeefRaiderXR BeefRaiderXR], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Table Top VTT [ Roll20], [https://www.owlbear.rodeo/ owlbear rodeo], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Computer assisted TableTop TTRPG OSR [https://www.rpgsolo.com/play.php RPGSolo], [https://github.com/fpsvogel/solo-ttrpgs Solo TTRPG], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 2D 3D Engines [https://github.com/fegennari/3DWorld 3DWorld], [https://github.com/GarageGames/Torque3D Torque3D], [https://github.com/gameplay3d/GamePlay GamePlay 3D], [https://www.babylonjs.com/ BabylonJS ], [ Godot], [ Ogre], [ Crystal Space], [https://github.com/JacobHess03/ Dragon-Quest like], [https://github.com/bjornbytes/lovr Lua LOVE for 2D LOVR for 3D], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arkhamdev.net/wiki.htm?id=agx Arkham Development antiryadgx 8.9 lts with register], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/alpyre/Sevgi_Engine Sevgi Engine], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games C based game frameworks [https://github.com/orangeduck/Corange Corange], [https://github.com/scottcgi/Mojoc Mojoc], [https://orx-project.org/ Orx], [https://github.com/ioquake/ioq3 Quake 3], [https://www.mapeditor.org/ Tiled], [https://www.raylib.com/ 2d Raylib], [https://github.com/Rabios/awesome-raylib other raylib], [https://github.com/MrFrenik/gunslinger Gunslinger], [https://o3de.org/ o3d], [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/library GLFW], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/library Raylib 5], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games RPGMaker MV/MZ-compatible projects [https://github.com/Psychronic-Games/RPGReactor RPGReactor js], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Pinball [https://github.com/vpinball/vpinball vpinball], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games unpack unarc [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |} ==Application Guides== [[#top|...to the top]] ===Web Browser=== OWB is now at version 2.0 (which got an engine refresh, from July 2015 to February 2019) and 3.0. This latest version has a good support for many/most web sites, even YouTube web page now works. [https://www.bilibili.tv/en/search untested] This improved compatibility comes at the expense of higher RAM usage (now 1GB RAM is the absolute minimum). Also, keep in mind that the lack of a JIT (Just-In-Time) JS compiler on the 32 bit version, makes the web surfing a bit slow. Only the 64 bit version of OWB 2.0 will have JIT enabled, thus benefitting of more speed. There are tooltypes that can be added to the icon to provide further features JIT, MSE etc Certificates from [https://curl.se/docs/caextract.html ca certs], DNS tracking blocking with [https://easylist.to/easylist/easylist.txt easylist.txt] in PROGDIR:Conf before starting browser with enabled AdBlock [https://github.com/easylist/easylist/tree/master easylist], [https://gitlab.com/eyeo anti abp], [https://firebog.net/ big blocklist], [https://github.com/StevenBlack/hosts Steves], [], [], This can be enabled with OWB Odyssey with Windows -> Content Blocking and Windows -> Messages and enter https://www.youtube.com/api/stats/ads* https://www.youtube.com/pagead/adview* https://www.youtube.com#@##player-ads* into your custom filters Element blocker browser extension might be needed for [https://github.com/easylist/easylist/wiki/Youtube-Issues youtube], [ mid roll], [ pre roll], [ ], OWB speed is much better when running from RAM Disk, the best way is to add the below into your S:User-Startup which copies OWB drawer from Extras:Internet/OWB to RAM Disk: So add this : <pre> copy Extras:Internet/OWB Ram:OWB/ ALL CLONE >NIL: copy Extras:Internet/OWB.info Ram: >NIL: </pre> Open RAM Disk and open OWB drawer and double click on OWB icon so that the above icon tooltypes are activated Problems are that the copy time is long (around 20 seconds added in the background), but we can make it faster if we delete useless files from the OWB drawer (docs, …) If you don’t copy the drawer back onto the HD, you won’t save your cache, cookies, passwords… So you need a script for it. copy Extras:Internet/Amelinium/#? Ram:Amelinium/ ALL CLONE >NIL: Error messages SSL error "cant verify with ca-certificates", check bios clock time date is correct Error 6, try checking networking prefs settings and Save / Use preferences again or a '''few times''' otherwise the network chipset may not be compatible with Aros [https://www.google.com/search?q=%s&udm=14 Google search without AI overview] ===E-mail=== YAM does not support SSL and most mail providers now switched to encrypted SMTP/POP3 connections ====SimpleMail==== SimpleMail supports IMAP and appears to work with GMail, but it's never been reliable enough, it can crash with large mailboxes. Please read more on this [http://www.freelists.org/list/simplemail-usr User list] GMail Be sure to activate the pop3 usage in your gmail account setup / configuration first. pop3: pop.gmail.com Use SSL: Yes Port: 995 smtp: smtp.gmail.com (with authentication) Use Authentication: Yes Use SSL: Yes Port: 465 or 587 Hotmail/MSN/outlook/Microsoft Mail mid-2017, all outlook.com accounts will be migrated to Office 365 / Exchange Most users are currently on POP which does not allow showing folders and many other features (technical limitations of POP3). With Microsoft IMAP you will get folders, sync read/unread, and show flags. You still won't get push though, as Microsoft has not turned on the IMAP Idle command as at Sept 2013. If you want to try it, you need to first remove (you can't edit) your pop account (long-press the account on the accounts screen, delete account). Then set it up this way: 1. Email/Password 2. Manual 3. IMAP 4. * Incoming: imap-mail.outlook.com, port 993, SSL/TLS should be checked * Outgoing: smtp-mail.outlook.com, port 587, SSL/TLS should be checked * POP server name pop-mail.outlook.com, port 995, POP encryption method SSL Yahoo Mail On April 24, 2002 Yahoo ceased to offer POP access to its free mail service. Introducing instead a yearly payment feature, allowing users POP3 and IMAP server support, along with such benefits as larger file attachment sizes and no adverts. Sorry to see Yahoo leaving its users to cough up for the privilege of accessing their mail. Understandable, when competing against rivals such as Gmail and Hotmail who hold a large majority of users and were hacked in 2014 as well. Incoming Mail (IMAP) Server * Server - imap.mail.yahoo.com * Port - 993 * Requires SSL - Yes Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Server * Server - smtp.mail.yahoo.com * Port - 465 or 587 * Requires SSL - Yes * Requires authentication - Yes Your login info * Email address - Your full email address (name@domain.com) * Password - Your account's password * Requires authentication - Yes Note that you need to enable “Web & POP Access” in your Yahoo Mail account to send and receive Yahoo Mail messages through any other email program. You will have to enable “Allow your Yahoo Mail to be POPed” under “POP and Forwarding”, to send and receive Yahoo mails through any other email client. Cannot be done since 2002 unless the customer pays Yahoo a subscription subs fee to have access to SMTP and POP3 * Set the POP server for incoming mails as pop.mail.yahoo.com. You will have to enable “SSL” and use 995 for Port. * “Account Name or Login Name” – Your Yahoo Mail ID i.e. your email address without the domain “@yahoo.com”. * “Email Address” – Your Yahoo Mail address i.e. your email address including the domain “@yahoo.com”. E.g. myname@yahoo.com * “Password” – Your Yahoo Mail password. Yahoo! Mail Plus users may have to set POP server as plus.pop.mail.yahoo.com and SMTP server as plus.smtp.mail.yahoo.com. * Set the SMTP server for outgoing mails as smtp.mail.yahoo.com. You will also have to make sure that “SSL” is enabled and use 465 for port. you must also enable “authentication” for this to work. ====YAM Yet Another Mailer==== YAM does not support SSL and most mail providers have now switched to encrypted SMTP/POP3 connections This email client is POP3 only if the SSL library is available [http://www.freelists.org/list/yam YAM Freelists] One of the downsides of using a POP3 mailer unfortunately - you have to set an option not to delete the mail if you want it left on the server. IMAP keeps all the emails on the server. Possible issues Sending mail issues is probably a matter of using your ISP's SMTP server, though it could also be an SSL issue. getting a "Couldn't initialise TLSv1 / SSL error Use of on-line e-mail accounts with this email client is not possible as it lacks the OpenSSL AmiSSl v3 compatible library GMail Incoming Mail (POP3) Server - requires SSL: pop.gmail.com Use SSL: Yes Port: 995 Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Server - requires TLS: smtp.gmail.com (use authentication) Use Authentication: Yes Use STARTTLS: Yes (some clients call this SSL) Port: 465 or 587 Account Name: your Gmail username (including '@gmail.com') Email Address: your full Gmail email address (username@gmail.com) Password: your Gmail password Anyway, the SMTP is pop.gmail.com port 465 and it uses SSLLv3 Authentication. The POP3 settings are for the same server (pop.gmail.com), only on port 995 instead. Outlook.com access <pre > Outlook.com SMTP server address: smtp.live.com Outlook.com SMTP user name: Your full Outlook.com email address (not an alias) Outlook.com SMTP password: Your Outlook.com password Outlook.com SMTP port: 587 Outlook.com SMTP TLS/SSL encryption required: yes </pre > Yahoo Mail <pre > “POP3 Server” – Set the POP server for incoming mails as pop.mail.yahoo.com. You will have to enable “SSL” and use 995 for Port. “SMTP Server” – Set the SMTP server for outgoing mails as smtp.mail.yahoo.com. You will also have to make sure that “SSL” is enabled and use 465 for port. you must also enable “authentication” for this to work. “Account Name or Login Name” – Your Yahoo Mail ID i.e. your email address without the domain “@yahoo.com”. “Email Address” – Your Yahoo Mail address i.e. your email address including the domain “@yahoo.com”. E.g. myname@yahoo.com “Password” – Your Yahoo Mail password. </pre > Yahoo! Mail Plus users may have to set POP server as plus.pop.mail.yahoo.com and SMTP server as plus.smtp.mail.yahoo.com. Note that you need to enable “Web & POP Access” in your Yahoo Mail account to send and receive Yahoo Mail messages through any other email program. You will have to enable “Allow your Yahoo Mail to be POPed” under “POP and Forwarding”, to send and receive Yahoo mails through any other email client. Cannot be done since 2002 unless the customer pays Yahoo a monthly fee to have access to SMTP and POP3 Microsoft Outlook Express Mail 1. Get the files to your PC. By whatever method get the files off your Amiga onto your PC. In the YAM folder you have a number of different folders, one for each of your folders in YAM. Inside that is a file usually some numbers such as 332423.283. YAM created a new file for every single email you received. 2. Open up a brand new Outlook Express. Just configure the account to use 127.0.0.1 as mail servers. It doesn't really matter. You will need to manually create any subfolders you used in YAM. 3. You will need to do a mass rename on all your email files from YAM. Just add a .eml to the end of it. Amazing how PCs still rely mostly on the file name so it knows what sort of file it is rather than just looking at it! There are a number of multiple renamers online to download and free too. 4. Go into each of your folders, inbox, sent items etc. And do a select all then drag the files into Outlook Express (to the relevant folder obviously) Amazingly the file format that YAM used is very compatible with .eml standard and viola your emails appear. With correct dates and working attachments. 5. If you want your email into Microsoft Outlook. Open that up and create a new profile and a new blank PST file. Then go into File Import and choose to import from Outlook Express. And the mail will go into there. And viola.. you have your old email from your Amiga in a more modern day format. ===FTP=== Magellan has a great FTP module. It allows transferring files from/to a FTP server over the Internet or the local network and, even if FTP is perceived as a "thing of the past", its usability is all inside the client. The FTP thing has a nice side effect too, since every Icaros machine can be a FTP server as well, and our files can be easily transferred from an Icaros machine to another with a little configuration effort. First of all, we need to know the 'server' IP address. Server is the Icaros machine with the file we are about to download on another Icaros machine, that we're going to call 'client'. To do that, move on the server machine and 1) run Prefs/Services to be sure "FTP file transfer" is enabled (if not, enable it and restart Icaros); 2) run a shell and enter this command: ifconfig -a Make a note of the IP address for the network interface used by the local area network. For cabled devices, it usually is net0:. Now go on the client machine and run Magellan: Perform these actions: 1) click on FTP; 2) click on ADDRESS BOOK; 3) click on "New". You can now add a new entry for your Icaros server machine: 1) Choose a name for your server, in order to spot it immediately in the address book. Enter the IP address you got before. 2) click on Custom Options: 1) go to Miscellaneous in the left menu; 2) Ensure "Passive Transfers" is NOT selected; 3) click on Use. We need to deactivate Passive Transfers because YAFS, the FTP server included in Icaros, only allows active transfers at the current stage. Now, we can finally connect to our new file source: 1) Look into the address book for the newly introduced server, be sure that name and IP address are right, and 2) click on Connect. A new lister with server's "MyWorkspace" contents will appear. You can now transfer files over the network choosing a destination among your local (client's) volumes. Can be adapted to any FTP client on any platform of your choice, just be sure your client allows Active Transfers as well. ===IRC Internet Relay Chat=== Jabberwocky is ideal for one-to-one social media communication, use IRC if you require one to many. Just type a message in ''lowercase''' letters and it will be posted to all in the [ AROS irc channel]. Please do not use UPPER CASE as it is a sign of SHOUTING which is annoying. Other things to type in - replace <message> with a line of text and <nick> with a person's name <pre> /help /list /who /whois <nick> /msg <nick> <message> /query <nick> <message>s /query /away <message> /away /quit <going away message> </pre> [http://irchelp.org/irchelp/new2irc.html#smiley Intro guide here]. IRC Primer can be found here in [http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/ircprimer.html html], [http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/text/ircprimer.txt TXT], [http://www.kei.com/irc/IRCprimer1.1.ps PostScript]. Issue the command /me <text> where <text> is the text that should follow your nickname. Example: /me slaps ajk around a bit with a large trout /nick <newNick> /nickserv register <password> <email address> /ns instead of /nickserv, while others might need /msg nickserv /nickserv identify <password> Alternatives: /ns identify <password> /msg nickserv identify <password> ==== IRC WookieChat ==== WookieChat is the most complete internet client for communication across the IRC Network. WookieChat allows you to swap ideas and communicate in real-time, you can also exchange Files, Documents, Images and everything else using the application's DCC capabilities. add smilies drawer/directory run wookiechat from the shell and set stack to 1000000 e.g. wookiechat stack 1000000 select a server / server window * nickname * user name * real name - optional Once you configure the client with your preferred screen name, you'll want to find a channel to talk in. servers * New Server - click on this to add / add extra - change details in section below this click box * New Group * Delete Entry * Connect to server * connect in new tab * perform on connect Change details * Servername - change text in this box to one of the below Server: * Port number - no need to change * Server password * Channel - add #channel from below * auto join - can click this * nick registration password, Click Connect to server button above <pre> Server: irc.freenode.net Channel: #aros </pre> irc://irc.freenode.net/aros <pre> Server: chat.amigaworld.net Channel: #amigaworld or #amigans </pre> <pre> On Sunday evenings USA time usually starting around 3PM EDT (1900 UTC) Server:irc.superhosts.net Channel #team*amiga </pre> <pre> BitlBee and Minbif are IRCd-like gateways to multiple IM networks Server: im.bitlbee.org Port 6667 Seems to be most useful on WookieChat as you can be connected to several servers at once. One for Bitlbee and any messages that might come through that. One for your normal IRC chat server. </pre> [http://www.bitlbee.org/main.php/servers.html Other servers], <pre> #Amiga.org - irc.synirc.net eu.synirc.net dissonance.nl.eu.synirc.net (IPv6: 2002:5511:1356:0:216:17ff:fe84:68a) twilight.de.eu.synirc.net zero.dk.eu.synirc.net us.synirc.net avarice.az.us.synirc.net envy.il.us.synirc.net harpy.mi.us.synirc.net liberty.nj.us.synirc.net snowball.mo.us.synirc.net - Ports 6660-6669 7001 (SSL) </pre> <pre> Multiple server support "Perform on connect" scripts and channel auto-joins Automatic Nickserv login Tabs for channels and private conversations CTCP PING, TIME, VERSION, SOUND Incoming and Outgoing DCC SEND file transfers Colours for different events Logging and automatic reloading of logs mIRC colour code filters Configurable timestamps GUI for changing channel modes easily Configurable highlight keywords URL Grabber window Optional outgoing swear word filter Event sounds for tabs opening, highlighted words, and private messages DCC CHAT support Doubleclickable URL's Support for multiple languages using LOCALE Clone detection Auto reconnection to Servers upon disconnection Command aliases Chat display can be toggled between AmIRC and mIRC style Counter for Unread messages Graphical nicklist and graphical smileys with a popup chooser </pre> ====IRC Aircos ==== Double click on Aircos icon in Extras:Networking/Apps/Aircos. It has been set up with a guest account for trial purposes. Though ideally, choose a nickname and password for frequent use of irc. ====IRC and XMPP Jabberwocky==== Servers are setup and close down at random You sign up to a server that someone else has setup and access chat services through them. The two ways to access chat from jabberwocky <pre > Jabberwocky -> Server -> XMPP -> open and ad-free Jabberwocky -> Server -> Transports (Gateways) -> Proprietary closed systems </pre > The Jabber.org service connects with all IM services that use XMPP, the open standard for instant messaging and presence over the Internet. The services we connect with include Google Talk (closed), Live Journal Talk, Nimbuzz, Ovi, and thousands more. However, you can not connect from Jabber.org to proprietary services like AIM, ICQ, MSN, Skype, or Yahoo because they don’t yet use XMPP components (XEP-0114) '''but''' you can use Jabber.com's servers and IM gateways (MSN, ICQ, Yahoo etc.) instead. The best way to use jabberwocky is in conjunction with a public jabber server with '''transports''' to your favorite services, like gtalk, Facebook, yahoo, ICQ, AIM, etc. You have to register with one of the servers, [https://list.jabber.at/ this list] or [http://www.jabberes.org/servers/ another list], [http://xmpp.net/ this security XMPP list], Unfortunately jabberwocky can only connect to one server at a time so it is best to check what services each server offers. If you set it up with separate Facebook and google talk accounts, for example, sometimes you'll only get one or the other. Jabberwocky open a window where the Jabber server part is typed in as well as your Nickname and Password. Jabber ID (JID) identifies you to the server and other users. Once registered the next step is to goto Jabberwocky's "Windows" menu and select the "Agents" option. The "Agents List" window will open. Roster (contacts list) [http://search.wensley.org.uk/ Chatrooms] (MUC) are available File Transfer - can send and receive files through the Jabber service but not with other services like IRC, ICQ, AIM or Yahoo. All you need is an installed webbrowser and OpenURL. Clickable URLs - The message window uses Mailtext.mcc and you can set a URL action in the MUI mailtext prefs like SYS:Utils/OpenURL %s NEWWIN. There is no consistent Skype like (H.323 VoIP) video conferencing available over Jabber. The move from xmpp to Jingle should help but no support on any amiga-like systems at the moment. [http://aminet.net/package/dev/src/AmiPhoneSrc192 AmiPhone] and [http://www.lysator.liu.se/%28frame,faq,nobg,useframes%29/ahi/v4-site/ Speak Freely] was an early attempt voice only contact. SIP and Asterisk are other PBX options. Facebook If you're using the XMPP transport provided by Facebook themselves, chat.facebook.com, it looks like they're now requiring SSL transport. This means jabberwocky method below will no longer work. The best thing to do is to create an ID on a public jabber server which has a Facebook gateway. <pre > 1. launch jabberwocky 2. if the login window doesn't appear on launch, select 'account' from the jabberwocky menu 3. your jabber ID will be user@chat.facebook.com where user is your user ID 4. your password is your normal facebook password 5. to save this for next time, click the popup gadget next to the ID field 6. click the 'add' button 7. click the 'close' button 8. click the 'connect' button </pre > you're done. you can also click the 'save as default account' button if you want. jabberwocky configured to auto-connect when launching the program, but you can configure as you like. there is amigaguide documentation included with jabberwocky. [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?topic_id=37085&forum=32 Read more here] for Facebook users, you can log-in directly to Facebook with jabberwocky. just sign in as @chat.facebook.com with your Facebook password as the password Twitter For a few years, there has been added a twitter transport. Servers include [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/ jabber.hot-chili.net], and . An [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/tag/how-tos/ How-to] :Read [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/2010/05/09/twitter-transport-working/ more] Instagram no support at the moment best to use a web browser based client ICQ The new version (beta) of StriCQ uses a newer ICQ protocol. Most of the ICQ Jabber Transports still use an older ICQ protocol. You can only talk one-way to StriCQ using the older Transports. Only the newer ICQv7 Transport lets you talk both ways to StriCQ. Look at the server lists in the first section to check. Register on a Jabber server, e.g. this one works: http://www.jabber.de/ Then login into Jabberwocky with the following login data e.g. xxx@jabber.de / Password: xxx Now add your ICQ account under the window->Agents->"Register". Now Jabberwocky connects via the Jabber.de server with your ICQ account. Yahoo Messenger although yahoo! does not use xmpp protocol, you should be able to use the transport methods to gain access and post your replies MSN early months of 2013 Microsoft will ditch MSN Messenger client and force everyone to use Skype...but MSN protocol and servers will keep working as usual for quite a long time.... Occasionally the Messenger servers have been experiencing problems signing in. You may need to sign in at www.outlook.com and then try again. It may also take multiple tries to sign in. (This also affects you if you’re using Skype.) You have to check each servers' Agents List to see what transports (MSN protocol, ICQ protocol, etc.) are supported or use the list address' provided in the section above. Then register with each transport (IRC, MSN, ICQ, etc.) to which you need access. After registering you can Connect to start chatting. msn.jabber.com/registered should appear in the window. From this [http://tech.dir.groups.yahoo.com/group/amiga-jabberwocky/message/1378 JW group] guide which helps with this process in a clear, step by step procedure. 1. Sign up on MSN's site for a passport account. This typically involves getting a Hotmail address. 2. Log on to the Jabber server of your choice and do the following: * Select the "Windows/Agents" menu option in Jabberwocky. * Select the MSN Agent from the list presented by the server. * Click the Register button to open a new window asking for: **Username = passort account email address, typically your hotmail address. **Nick = Screen name to be shown to anyone you add to your buddy list. **Password = Password for your passport account/hotmail address. * Click the Register button at the bottom of the new window. 3. If all goes well, you will see the MSN Gateway added to your buddy list. If not, repeat part 2 on another server. Some servers may show MSN in their list of available agents, but have not updated their software for the latest protocols used by MSN. 4. Once you are registered, you can now add people to your buddy list. Note that you need to include the '''msn.''' ahead of the servername so that it knows what gateway agent to use. Some servers may use a slight variation and require '''msg.gate.''' before the server name, so try both to see what works. If my friend's msn was amiga@hotmail.co.uk and my jabber server was @jabber.meta.net.nz.. then amiga'''%'''hotmail.com@'''msn.'''jabber.meta.net.nz or another the trick to import MSN contacts is that you don't type the hotmail URL but the passport URL... e.g. Instead of: goodvibe%hotmail.com@msn.jabber.com You type: goodvibe%passport.com@msn.jabber.com And the thing about importing contacts I'm afraid you'll have to do it by hand, one at the time... Google Talk any XMPP server will work, but you have to add your contacts manually. a google talk user is typically either @gmail.com or @talk.google.com. a true gtalk transport is nice because it brings your contacts to you and (can) also support file transfers to/from google talk users. implement Jingle a set of extensions to the IETF's Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP) support ended early 2014 as Google moved to Google+ Hangouts which uses it own proprietary format ===Video Player MPlayer=== Many of the menu features (such as doubling) do not work with the current version of mplayer but using 4:3 mplayer -vf scale=800:600 file.avi 16:9 mplayer -vf scale=854:480 file.avi if you want gui use; mplayer -gui 1 <other params> file.avi <pre > stack 1000000 ; using AspireOS 1.xx ; copy FROM SYS:Extras/Multimedia/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: ; using Icaros Desktop 1.x ; copy FROM SYS:Tools/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: ; using Icaros Desktop 2.x ; copy FROM SYS:Utilities/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: cd RAM:MPlayer run MPlayer -gui > Nil: ;run MPlayer -gui -ao ahi_dev -playlist http://www.radio-paralax.de/listen.pls > Nil: </pre > $ mplayer rtsp://127.0.0.1:554/sample_300kbit.mp4 MPlayer supports multicast streaming, and rtp/rtsp protocols (it might require [http://www.live555.com/openRTSP/ live555 library] to work with some streams). But you might have to build it where it's disabled. Also, multicast won't work with some AmiTCP-likes. MIAMI supported it, though. AROS supports IPv4 (old but works) and this includes the needed address space for RTP. If you mean multicast via RTP - mplayer handles it. You can even force UDP over TCP -rtsp-stream-over-tcp If the rtsp Real Time Streaming Protocol server needs authentification: -user -passwd MPlayer - Menu - Open Playlist and load already downloaded .pls or .m3u file - auto starts around 4 percent cache MPlayer - Menu - Open Stream and copy one of the .pls lines below into space allowed, press OK and press play button on main gui interface Old 8bit 16bit remixes chip tune game music http://www.radio-paralax.de/listen.pls http://scenesat.com/ http://www.shoutcast.com/radio/Amiga http://www.theoldcomputer.com/retro_radio/RetroRadio_Main.htm http://www.kohina.com/ http://www.remix64.com/ http://retrogamer.net/forum/ http://retroasylum.podomatic.com/rss2.xml http://retrogamesquad.com/ http://www.retronauts.com/ http://monsterfeet.com/noquarter/ http://www.retrogamingradio.com/ http://www.radiofeeds.co.uk/mp3.asp [[#top|...to the top]] ====ZunePaint==== simplified typical workflow * importing and organizing and photo management * making global and regional local correction(s) - recalculation is necessary after each adjustment as it is not in real-time * exporting your images in the best format available with the preservation of metadata Whilst achieving 80% of a great photo with just a filter, the remaining 20% comes from a manual fine-tuning of specific image attributes. For photojournalism, documentary, and event coverage, minimal touching is recommended. Stick to Camera Raw for such shots, and limit changes to level adjustment, sharpness, noise reduction, and white balance correction. For fashion or portrait shoots, a large amount of adjustment is allowed and usually ends up far from the original. Skin smoothing, blemish removal, eye touch-ups, etc. are common. Might alter the background a bit to emphasize the subject. Product photography usually requires a lot of sharpening, spot removal, and focus stacking. For landscape shots, best results are achieved by doing the maximum amount of preparation before/while taking the shot. No amount of processing can match timing, proper lighting, correct gear, optimal settings, etc. Excessive post-processing might give you a dramatic shot but best avoided in the long term. * White Balance - Left Amiga or F12 and K and under "Misc color effects" tab with a pull down for White Balance - color temperature also known as AKA tint (movies) or tones (painting) - warm temp raise red reduce green blue - cool raise blue lower red green * Exposure - exposure compensation, highlight/shadow recovery * Noise Reduction - during RAW development or using external software * Lens Corrections - distortion, vignetting, chromatic aberrations * Detail - capture sharpening and local contrast enhancement * Contrast - black point, levels (sliders) and curves tools (F12 and K) * Framing - straighten () and crop (F12 and F) * Refinements - color adjustments and selective enhancements - Left Amiga or F12 and K for RGB and YUV histogram tabs - * Resizing - enlarge for a print or downsize for the web or email (F12 and D) * Output Sharpening - customized for your subject matter and print/screen size White Balance - F12 and K scan your image for a shade which was meant to be white (neutral with each RGB value being equal) like paper or plastic which is in the same light as the subject of the picture. Use the dropper tool to select this color, similar colours will shift and you will have selected the perfect white balance for your part of the image - for the whole picture make sure RAZ or CLR button at the bottom is pressed before applying to the image above. Exposure correction F12 and K - YUV Y luminosity - RGB extra red tint - move red curve slightly down and move blue green curves slightly up Workflows in practice * Undo - Right AROS key or F12 and Z * Redo - Right AROS key or F12 and R First flatten your image (if necessary) and then do a rotation until the picture looks level. * Crop the picture. Click the selection button and drag a box over the area of the picture you want to keep. Press the crop button and the rest of the photo will be gone. * Adjust your saturation, exposure, hue levels, etc., (right AROS Key and K for color correction) until you are happy with the photo. Make sure you zoom in all of the way to 100% and look the photo over, zoom back out and move around. Look for obvious problems with the picture. * After coloring and exposure do a sharpen (Right AROS key and E for Convolution and select drop down option needed), e.g. set the matrix to 5x5 (roughly equivalent Amount to 60%) and set the Radius to 1.0. Click OK. And save your picture Implemented or would like to see for simplification and ease of use basic filters (presets) like black and white, monochrome, edge detection (sobel), motion/gaussian blur, * negative, sepiatone, retro vintage, night vision, colour tint, color gradient, color temperature, glows, fire, lightning, lens flare, emboss, filmic, pixelate mezzotint, antialias, etc. adjust / cosmetic tools such as crop, * reshaping tools, straighten, smear, smooth, perspective, liquify, bloat, pucker, push pixels in any direction, dispersion, transform like warp, blending with soft light, page-curl, whirl, ripple, fisheye, neon, etc. * red eye fixing, blemish remover, skin smoothing, teeth whitener, make eyes look brighter, desaturate, effects like oil paint, cartoon, pencil sketch, charcoal, noise/matrix like sharpen/unsharpen, (right AROS key with A for Artistic effects) * blend two image, gradient blend, masking blend, explode, implode, custom collage, surreal painting, comic book style, needlepoint, stained glass, watercolor, mosaic, stencil/outline, crayon, chalk, etc. borders such as * dropshadow, rounded, blurred, color tint, picture frame, film strip polaroid, bevelled edge, etc. brushes e.g. * frost, smoke, etc. and manual control of fix lens issues including vignetting (darkening), color fringing and barrel distortion, and chromatic and geometric aberration - lens and body profiles perspective correction levels - directly modify the levels of the tone-values of an image, by using sliders for highlights, midtones and shadows curves - Color Adjustment and Brightness/Contrast color balance one single color transparent (alpha channel (color information/selections) for masking and/or blending ) for backgrounds, etc. Threshold indicates how much other colors will be considered mixture of the removed color and non-removed colors decompose layer into a set of layers with each holding a different type of pattern that is visible within the image any selection using any selecting tools like lasso tool, marquee tool etc. the selection will temporarily be save to alpha If you create your image without transparency then the Alpha channel is not present, but you can add later. File formats like .psd (Photoshop file has layers, masks etc. contains edited sensor data. The original sensor data is no longer available) .xcf .raw .hdr Image Picture Formats * low dynamic range (JPEG, PNG, TIFF 8-bit), 16-bit (PPM, TIFF), typically as a 16-bit TIFF in either ProPhoto or AdobeRGB colorspace - TIFF files are also fairly universal – although, if they contain proprietary data, such as Photoshop Adjustment Layers or Smart Filters, then they can only be opened by Photoshop making them proprietary. * linear high dynamic range (HDR) images (PFM, [http://www.openexr.com/ ILM .EXR], jpg, [http://aminet.net/util/dtype cr2] (canon tiff based), hdr, NEF, CRW, ARW, MRW, ORF, RAF (Fuji), PEF, DCR, SRF, ERF, DNG files are RAW converted to an Adobe proprietary format - a container that can embed the raw file as well as the information needed to open it) An old version of [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/convert dcraw] There is no single RAW file format. Each camera manufacturer has one or more unique RAW formats. RAW files contain the brightness levels data captured by the camera sensor. This data cannot be modified. A second smaller file, separate XML file, or within a database with instructions for the RAW processor to change exposure, saturation etc. The extra data can be changed but the original sensor data is still there. RAW is technically least compatible. A raw file is high-bit (usually 12 or 14 bits of information) but a camera-generated TIFF file will be usually converted by the camera (compressed, downsampled) to 8 bits. The raw file has no embedded color balance or color space, but the TIFF has both. These three things (smaller bit depth, embedded color balance, and embedded color space) make it so that the TIFF will lose quality more quickly with image adjustments than the raw file. The camera-generated TIFF image is much more like a camera processed JPEG than a raw file. A strong advantage goes to the raw file. The power of RAW files, such as the ability to set any color temperature non-destructively and will contain more tonal values. The principle of preserving the maximum amount of information to as late as possible in the process. The final conversion - which will always effectively represent a "downsampling" - should prevent as much loss as possible. Once you save it as TIFF, you throw away some of that data irretrievably. When saving in the lossy JPEG format, you get tremendous file size savings, but you've irreversibly thrown away a lot of image data. As long as you have the RAW file, original or otherwise, you have access to all of the image data as captured. Keyboard equivalence with Photoshop(tm) would help File PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP New Ctrl+n New Open Ctrl+o Open Close Ctrl+w Close Save Ctrl+s Save Save as Shift+Ctrl+s Save as Revert F12 Revert Print Ctrl+p Print Exit Ctrl+q Quit Edit PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Undo/Redo (1 level) Ctrl+z Undo (Redo is Shift+Ctrl+z) Cut Ctrl+x Cut Copy Ctrl+c Copy Paste Ctrl+v Paste Paste Into Shift+Ctrl+v Paste Into Fill with FG color Alt+Backspace Fill with FG color Fill with BG color Control+Backspace Fill with BG color Image/Colors PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Levels Ctrl+l Levels Auto Contrast Shift+Ctrl+Alt+l Stretch Contrast (same?) Curves Ctrl+m Curves Color Balance Ctrl+b Color Balance Hue/Saturation Ctrl+u Hue-Saturation Desaturate Shift+Ctrl+u Desaturate Invert Ctrl+i Invert Default Colors d Default Colors Switch Colors x Switch Colors Layer PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP New Layer Shift+Ctrl+n New Layer Layer via Copy Ctrl+j Duplicate Layer Bring (layer) to Front Shift+Ctrl+] Layer to Top Send (layer) to Back Shift+Ctrl+[ Layer to Bottom Bring (layer) Forward Ctrl+] Raise Layer Send (layer) Backward Ctrl+[ Lower Layer Select Top Layer Shift+Alt+] Select Top Layer Select Bottom Layer Shift+Alt+[ Select Bottom Layer Select One Layer Forward Alt+] Select Previous Layer Select One Layer Backward Alt+[ Select Next Layer Merge Down Ctrl+e Merge Down Merge Visible Shift+Ctrl+e Merge Visible Preserve Transparency / Keep Transparency Cycle Modes Forwards Shift+= Next Layer Mode Cycle Modes Backwards Shift+- Previous Layer Mode Select PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Select All Ctrl+a Select All Deselect Ctrl+d Select None Inverse Shift+Ctrl+i Invert Feather Ctrl+Alt+d Feather View PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Zoom In Ctrl+= Zoom In Zoom Out Ctrl+- Zoom Out Fit on Screen Ctrl+0 Zoom to Fit Window Actual Pixels Ctrl+Alt+0 Zoom 1:1 Show/Hide Extras Ctrl+h Toggle Show Selection (close enough?) Show/Hide Guides Ctrl+' Toggle Show Guides Show/Hide Grid Ctrl+Alt+' Toggle Show Grid Show/Hide Rulers Ctrl+r Toggle Show Rulers Snap Ctrl+; Snap to Guides Scroll View Up Page Up Scroll Page Up Scroll View Down Page Down Scroll Page Down Scroll View Left Ctrl+Page Up Scroll Page Left Scroll View Right Ctrl+Page Down Scroll Page Right Window/Dialogs PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP ? F5 Tools Dialog Color Tab F6 Colors Dialog Layers Tab F7 Layers Dialog Info Tab F8 Image Information Tools PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Rectangular Marquee Tool m Rect Select Tool Elliptical Marquee Tool Shift+m Ellipse Select Tool *This is a toggle between 'Elliptical Marquee Tool' and 'Rectangular Marquee Tool' in Photoshop Move Tool v Move Tool Lasso Tool l Free Select Tool Magic Wand Tool w Fuzzy Select Tool Crop Tool c Crop & Resize Tool Airbrush Tool j Airbrush Tool Paintbrush Tool b Paintbrush Tool Clone Stamp Tool s Clone Stamp Tool Eraser Tool e Eraser Tool Gradient Tool g Blend Tool Paint Bucket Tool Shift+g Bucket Fill Tool *This is a toggle between 'Paint Bucket Tool' and 'Gradient Tool' in Photoshop Blur Tool r Convolve Tool Dodge Tool o DodgeBurn Tool Type Tool t Text Tool Pen Tool p Bezier Select Tool Eye Dropper Tool i Color Picker Tool Zoom Tool z Magnify Tool Previous Brush , Previous Brush Next Brush . Next Brush First Brush Shift+< First Brush Last Brush Shift+> Last Brush Decrease Brush Size [ Decrease Brush Size Increase Brush Size ] Increase Brush Size Decrease Brush Hardness { Decrease Brush Hardness Increase Brush Hardness } Increase Brush Hardness Help PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Help F1 Help Context Help Shift+F1 Context Help Misc. PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Last Filter Ctrl+f Repeat Last Filter ? Shift+Ctrl+f Reshow Last Filter Preferences Ctrl+k Preferences Liquify Shift+Ctrl+x IWarp (close enough?) Toggle Quick Mask q Toggle Quick Mask Spotlights - triangle of white opaque shape Cutting out and/or replacing unwanted background or features - select large areas with the selection option like the Magic Wand tool (aka Color Range) or the Lasso (quick and fast) with feather 2 to soften edge or the pen tool which adds points/lines/Bézier curves (better control but slower), hold down the shift button as you click to add extra points/areas of the subject matter to remove. Increase the tolerance to cover more areas. To subtract from your selection hold down alt as you're clicking. * Layer masks are a better way of working than Erase they clip (black hides/hidden white visible/reveal). Clone Stamp can be simulated by and brushes for other areas. * Leave the fine details like hair, fur, etc. to later with lasso and the shift key to draw a line all the way around your subject. Gradient Mapping - Inverse - Mask. i.e. Refine your selected image with edge detection and using the radius and edge options / adjuster (increase/decrease contrast) so that you will capture more fine detail from the background allowing easier removal. Remove fringe/halo saving image as png rather than jpg/jpeg to keep transparency background intact. Implemented [http://colorizer.org/ colour model representations] [http://paulbourke.net/texture_colour/colourspace/ Mathematical approach] - Photo stills are spatially 2d (h and w), but are colorimetrically 3d (r g and b, or H L S, or Y U V etc.) as well. * RGB - split cubed mapped color model for photos and computer graphics hardware using the light spectrum (adding and subtracting) * YUV - Y-Lightness U-blue/yellow V-red/cyan (similar to YPbPr and YCbCr) used in the PAL, NTSC, and SECAM composite digital TV color [http://crewofone.com/2012/chroma-subsampling-and-transcoding/#comment-7299 video] Histograms White balanced (neutral) if the spike happens in the same place in each channel of the RGB graphs. If not, you're not balanced. If you have sky you'll see the blue channel further off to the right. RGB is best one to change colours. These elements RGB is a 3-channel format containing data for Red, Green, and Blue in your photo scale between 0 and 255. The area in a picture that appears to be brighter/whiter contains more red color as compared to the area which is relatively darker. Similarly in the green channel the area that appears to be darker contains less amount of green color as compared to the area that appears to be brighter. Similarly in the blue channel the area appears to be darker contains less amount of blue color as compared to the area that appears to be brighter. Brightness luminance histogram also matches the green histogram more than any other color - human eye interprets green better e.g. RGB rough ratio 15/55/30% RGBA (RGB+A, A means alpha channel) . The alpha channel is used for "alpha compositing", which can mostly be associated as "opacity". AROS deals in RGB with two digits for every color (red, green, blue), in ARGB you have two additional hex digits for the alpha channel. The shadows are represented by the left third of the graph. The highlights are represented by the right third. And the midtones are, of course, in the middle. The higher the black peaks in the graph, the more pixels are concentrated in that tonal range (total black area). By moving the black endpoint, which identifies the shadows (darkness) and a white light endpoint (brightness) up and down either sides of the graph, colors are adjusted based on these points. By dragging the central one, can increased the midtones and control the contrast, raise shadows levels, clip or softly eliminate unsafe levels, alter gamma, etc... in a way that is much more precise and creative . RGB Curves * Move left endpoint (black point) up or right endpoint (white point) up brightens * Move left endpoint down or right endpoint down darkens Color Curves * Dragging up on the Red Curve increases the intensity of the reds in the image but * Dragging down on the Red Curve decreases the intensity of the reds and thus increases the apparent intensity of its complimentary color, cyan. Green’s complimentary color is magenta, and blue’s is yellow. <pre> Red <-> Cyan Green <->Magenta Blue <->Yellow </pre> YUV Best option to analyse and pull out statistical elements of any picture (i.e. separate luminance data from color data). The line in Y luma tone box represents the brightness of the image with the point in the bottom left been black, and the point in the top right as white. A low-contrast image has a concentrated clump of values nearer to the center of the graph. By comparison, a high-contrast image has a wider distribution of values across the entire width of the Histogram. A histogram that is skewed to the right would indicate a picture that is a bit overexposed because most of the color data is on the lighter side (increase exposure with higher value F), while a histogram with the curve on the left shows a picture that is underexposed. This is good information to have when using post-processing software because it shows you not only where the color data exists for a given picture, but also where any data has been clipped (extremes on edges of either side): that is, it does not exist and, therefore, cannot be edited. By dragging the endpoints of the line and as well as the central one, can increased the dark/shadows, midtones and light/bright parts and control the contrast, raise shadows levels, clip or softly eliminate unsafe levels, alter gamma, etc... in a way that is much more precise and creative . The U and V chroma parts show color difference components of the image. It’s useful for checking whether or not the overall chroma is too high, and also whether it’s being limited too much Can be used to create a negative image but also With U (Cb), the higher value you are, the more you're on the blue primary color. If you go to the low values then you're on blue complementary color, i.e. yellow. With V (Cr), this is the same principle but with Red and Cyan. e.g. If you push U full blue and V full red, you get magenta. If you push U full yellow and V full Cyan then you get green. YUV simultaneously adds to one side of the color equation while subtracting from the other. using YUV to do color correction can be very problematic because each curve alters the result of each other: the mutual influence between U and V often makes things tricky. You may also be careful in what you do to avoid the raise of noise (which happens very easily). Best results are obtained with little adjustments sunset that looks uninspiring and needs some color pop especially for the rays over the hill, a subtle contrast raise while setting luma values back to the legal range without hard clipping. ====Lunapaint==== Pixel based drawing app with onion-skin animation function Blocking, Shading, Coloring, adding detail <pre> b BRUSH e ERASER alt eyedropper v layer tool z ZOOM / MAGNIFY < > n spc panning m marque q lasso w same color selection / region </pre> <pre> , LM RM v V f filter F . size p , pick color [] last / next color </pre> There is not much missing in Lunapaint to be as good as FlipBook and then you have to take into account that Flipbook is considered to be amongst the best and easiest to use animation software out there. Ok to be honest Flipbook has some nice features that require more heavy work but those aren't so much needed right away, things like camera effects, sound, smart fill, export to different movie file formats etc. Tried Flipbook with my tablet and compared it to Luna. The feeling is the same when sketching. LunaPaint is very responsive/fluent to draw with. Just as Flipbook is, and that responsiveness is something its users have mentioned as one of the positive sides of said software. author was learning MUI. Some parts just have to be rewritten with proper MUI classes before new features can be added. * add [Frame Add] / [Frame Del] * whole animation feature is impossible to use. If you draw 2 color maybe but if you start coloring your cells then you get in trouble * pickup the entire image as a brush, not just a selection ? And consequently remove the brush from memory when one doesn't need it anymore. can pick up a brush and put it onto a new image but cropping isn't possible, nor to load/save brushes. * Undo is something I longed for ages in Lunapaint. * to import into the current layer, other types of images (e.g. JPEG) besides RAW64. * implement graphic tablet features support **GENERAL DRAWING** Miss it very much: UNDO ERASER COLORPICKER - has to show on palette too which color got picked. BACKGROUND COLOR -Possibility to select from "New project screen" Miss it somewhat: ICON for UNDO ICON for ERASER ICON for CLEAR SCREEN ( What can I say? I start over from scratch very often ) BRUSH - possibility to cut out as brush not just copy off image to brush **ANIMATING** Miss it very much: NUMBER OF CELLS - Possibity to change total no. of cells during project ANIM BRUSH - Possibility to pick up a selected part of cells into an animbrush Miss it somewhat: ADD/REMOVE FRAMES: Add/remove single frame In general LunaPaint is really well done and it feels like a new DeluxePaint version. It works with my tablet. Sure there's much missing of course but things can always be added over time. So there is great potential in LunaPaint that's for sure. Animations could be made in it and maybe put together in QuickVideo, saving in .gif or .mng etc some day. LAYERS -Layers names don't get saved globally in animation frames -Layers order don't change globally in an animation (perhaps as default?). EXPORTING IMAGES -Exporting frames to JPG/PNG gives problems with colors. (wrong colors. See my animatiopn --> My robot was blue now it's "gold" ) I think this only happens if you have layers. -Trying to flatten the layers before export doesn't work if you have animation frames only the one you have visible will flatten properly all other frames are destroyed. (Only one of the layers are visible on them) -Exporting images filenames should be for example e.g. file0001, file0002...file0010 instead as of now file1, file2...file10 LOAD/SAVE (Preferences) -Make a setting for the default "Work" folder. * Destroyed colors if exported image/frame has layers * mystic color cycling of the selected color while stepping frames back/forth (annoying) <pre> Deluxe Paint II enhanced key shortcuts NOTE: @ denotes the ALT key [Technique] F1 - Paint F2 - Single Colour F3 - Replace F4 - Smear F5 - Shade F6 - Cycle F7 - Smooth M - Colour Cycle [Brush] B - Restore O - Outline h - Halve brush size H - Double brush size x - Flip brush on X axis X - Double brush size on X axis only y - Flip on Y Y - Double on Y z - Rotate brush 90 degrees Z - Stretch [Stencil] ` - Stencil On [Miscellaneous] F9 - Info Bar F10 - Selection Bar @o - Co-Ordinates @a - Anti-alias @r - Colourise @t - Translucent TAB - Colour Cycle [Picture] L - Load S - Save j - Page to Spare(Flip) J - Page to Spare(Copy) V - View Page Q - Quit [General Keys] m - Magnify < - Zoom In > - Zoom Out [ - Palette Colour Up ] - Palette Colour Down ( - Palette Colour Left ) - Palette Colour Right , - Eye Dropper . - Pixel / Brush Toggle / - Symmetry | - Co-Ordinates INS - Perspective Control +/- - Brush Size (Fine Control) w - Unfilled Polygon W - Filled Polygon e - Unfilled Ellipse E - Filled Ellipse r - Unfilled Rectangle R - Filled Rectangle t - Type/text tool a - Select Font u/U - Undo d - Brush D - Filled Non-Uniform Polygon f/F - Fill Options g/G - Grid h/H - Brush Size (Coarse Control) K - Clear c - Unfilled Circle C - Filled Circle v - Line b - Scissor Select and Toggle B - Brush {,} - Toggle between two background colours </pre> ====Lodepaint==== Pixel based painting artwork app ====Grafx2==== Pixel based painting artwork app aesprite like [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=59Y6OTzNrhk aesprite workflow keys and tablet use], [], ====Vector Graphics ZuneFIG==== Vector Image Editing of files .svg .ps .eps *Objects - raise lower rotate flip aligning snapping *Path - unify subtract intersect exclude divide *Colour - fill stroke *Stroke - size *Brushes - *Layers - *Effects - gaussian bevels glows shadows *Text - *Transform - AmiFIG ([http://epb.lbl.gov/xfig/frm_introduction.html xfig manual]) [[File:MyScreen.png|thumb|left|alt=Showing all Windows open in AmiFIG.|All windows available to AmiFIG.]] for drawing simple to intermediate vector graphic images for scientific and technical uses and for illustration purposes for those with talent ;Menu options * Load - fig format but import(s) SVG * Save - fig format but export(s) eps, ps, pdf, svg and png * PAN = Ctrl + Arrow keys * Deselect all points There is no selected object until you apply the tool, and the selected object is not highlighted. ;Metrics - to set up page and styles - first window to open on new drawings ;Tools - Drawing Primitives - set Attributes window first before clicking any Tools button(s) * Shapes - circles, ellipses, arcs, splines, boxes, polygon * Lines - polylines * Text "T" button * Photos - bitmaps * Compound - Glue, Break, Scale * POINTs - Move, Add, Remove * Objects - Move, Copy, Delete, Mirror, Rotate, Paste use right mouse button to stop extra lines, shapes being formed and the left mouse to select/deselect tools button(s) * Rotate - moves in 90 degree turns centered on clicked POINT of a polygon or square ;Attributes which provide change(s) to the above primitives * Color * Line Width * Line Style * arrowheads ;Modes Choose from freehand, charts, figures, magnet, etc. ;Library - allows .fig clip-art to be stored * compound tools to add .fig(s) together ;FIG 3.2 [http://epb.lbl.gov/xfig/fig-format.html Format] as produced by xfig version 3.2.5 <pre> Landscape Center Inches Letter 100.00 Single -2 1200 2 4 0 0 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 4 135 1050 1050 2475 This is a test.01 </pre> # change the text alignment within the textbox. I can choose left, center, or right aligned by either changing the integer in the second column from 0 (left) to 1 or 2 (center, or right). # The third integer in the row specifies fontcolor. For instance, 0 is black, but blue is 1 and Green3 is 13. # The sixth integer in the bottom row specifies fontface. 0 is Times-Roman, but 16 is Helvetica (a MATLAB default). # The seventh number is fontsize. 12 represents a 12pt fontsize. Changing the fontsize of an item really is as easy as changing that number to 20. # The next number is the counter-clockwise angle of the text. Notice that I have changed the angle to .7854 (pi/4 rounded to four digits=45 degrees). # twelfth number is the position according to the standard “x-axis” in Xfig units from the left. Note that 1200 Xfig units is equivalent to once inch. # thirteenth number is the “y-position” from the top using the same unit convention as before. * The nested text string is what you entered into the textbox. * The “01″ present at the end of that line in the .fig file is the closing tag. For instance, a change to \100 appends a @ symbol at the end of the period of that sentence. ; Just to note there are no layers, no 3d functions, no shading, no transparency, no animation [[#top|...to the top]] ===Audio=== # AHI uses linear panning/balance, which means that in the center, you will get -6dB. If an app uses panning, this is what you will get. Note that apps like Audio Evolution need panning, so they will have this problem. # When using AHI Hifi modes, mixing is done in 32-bit and sent as 32-bit data to the driver. The Envy24HT driver uses that to output at 24-bit (always). # For the Envy24/Envy24HT, I've made 16-bit and 24-bit inputs (called Line-in 16-bit, Line-in 24-bit etc.). There is unfortunately no app that can handle 24-bit recording. ====Music Mods==== Digital module (mods) trackers are music creation software using samples and sometimes soundfonts, audio plugins (VST, AU or RTAS), MIDI. Generally, MODs are similar to MIDI in that they contain note on/off and other sequence messages that control the mod player. Unlike (most) midi files, however, they also contain sound samples that the sequence information actually plays. MOD files can have many channels (classic amiga mods have 4, corresponding to the inbuilt sound channels), but unlike MIDI, each channel can typically play only one note at once. However, since that note might be a sample of a chord, a drumloop or other complex sound, this is not as limiting as it sounds. Like MIDI, notes will play indefinitely if they're not instructed to end. Most trackers record this information automatically if you play your music in live. If you're using manual note entry, you can enter a note-off command with a keyboard shortcut - usually Caps Lock. In fact when considering file size MOD is not always the best option. Even a dummy song wastes few kilobytes for nothing when a simple SID tune could be few hundreds bytes and not bigger than 64kB. AHX is another small format, AHX tunes are never larger than 64kB excluding comments. [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rXXsZfwgil Protrekkr] (previously aka [w:Juan_Antonio_Arguelles_Rius|NoiseTrekkr]) If Protrekkr does not start, please check if the Unit 0 has been setup in the AHI prefs and still not, go to the directory utilities/protrekkr and double click on the Protrekkr icon *Sample *Note - Effect *Track (column) - Pattern - Order It all starts with the Sample which is used to create Note(s) in a Track (column of a tracker) The Note can be changed with an Effect. A Track of Note(s) can be collected into a Pattern (section of a song) and these can be given Order to create the whole song. Patience (notes have to be entered one at a time) or playing the bassline on a midi controller (faster - see midi section above). Best approach is to wait until a melody popped into your head. *Up-tempo means the track should be reasonably fast, but not super-fast. *Groovy and funky imply the track should have some sort of "swing" feel, with plenty of syncopation or off beat emphasis and a recognizable, melodic bass line. *Sweet and happy mean upbeat melodies, a major key and avoiding harsh sounds. *Moody - minor key First, create a quick bass sound, which is basically a sine wave, but can be hand drawn for a little more variance. It could also work for the melody part, too. This is usually a bass guitar or some kind of synthesizer bass. The bass line is often forgotten by inexperienced composers, but it plays an important role in a musical piece. Together with the rhythm section the bass line forms the groove of a song. It's the glue between the rhythm section and the melodic layer of a song. The drums are just pink noise samples, played at different frequencies to get a slightly different sound for the kick, snare, and hihats. Instruments that fall into the rhythm category are bass drums, snares, hi-hats, toms, cymbals, congas, tambourines, shakers, etc. Any percussive instrument can be used to form part of the rhythm section. The lead is the instrument that plays the main melody, on top of the chords. There are many instruments that can play a lead section, like a guitar, a piano, a saxophone or a flute. The list is almost endless. There is a lot of overlap with instruments that play chords. Often in one piece an instrument serves both roles. The lead melody is often played at a higher pitch than the chords. Listened back to what was produced so far, and a counter-melody can be imagined, which can be added with a triangle wave. To give the ends of phrases some life, you can add a solo part with a crunchy synth. By hitting random notes in the key of G, then edited a few of them. For the climax of the song, filled out the texture with a gentle high-pitch pad… …and a grungy bass synth. The arrow at A points at the pattern order list. As you see, the patterns don't have to be in numerical order. This song starts with pattern "00", then pattern "02", then "03", then "01", etcetera. Patterns may be repeated throughout a song. The B arrow points at the song title. Below it are the global BPM and speed parameters. These determine the tempo of the song, unless the tempo is altered through effect commands during the song. The C arrow points at the list of instruments. An instrument may consist of multiple samples. Which sample will be played depends on the note. This can be set in the Instrument Editing screen. Most instruments will consist of just one sample, though. The sample list for the selected instrument can be found under arrow D. Here's a part of the main editing screen. This is where you put in actual notes. Up to 32 channels can be used, meaning 32 sounds can play simultaneously. The first six channels of pattern "03" at order "02" are shown here. The arrow at A points at the row number. The B arrow points at the note to play, in this case a C4. The column pointed at by the C arrow tells us which instrument is associated with that note, in this case instrument #1 "Kick". The column at D is used (mainly) for volume commands. In this case it is left empty which means the instrument should play at its default volume. You can see the volume column being used in channel #6. The E column tells us which effect to use and any parameters for that effect. In this case it holds the "F" effect, which is a tempo command. The "04" means it should play at tempo 4 (a smaller number means faster). Base pattern When I create a new track I start with what I call the base pattern. It is worthwhile to spend some time polishing it as a lot of the ideas in the base pattern will be copied and used in other patterns. At least, that's how I work. Every musician will have his own way of working. In "Wild Bunnies" the base pattern is pattern "03" at order "02". In the section about selecting samples I talked about the four different categories of instruments: drums, bass, chords and leads. That's also how I usually go about making the base pattern. I start by making a drum pattern, then add a bass line, place some chords and top it off with a lead. This forms the base pattern from which the rest of the song will grow. Drums Here's a screenshot of the first four rows of the base pattern. I usually reserve the first four channels or so for the drum instruments. Right away there are a couple of tricks shown here. In the first channel the kick, or bass drum, plays some notes. Note the alternating F04 and F02 commands. The "F" command alters the tempo of the song and by quickly alternating the tempo; the song will get some kind of "swing" feel. In the second channel the closed hi-hat plays a fairly simple pattern. Further down in the channel, not shown here, some open hi-hat notes are added for a bit of variation. In the third and fourth channel the snare sample plays. The "8" command is for panning. One note is panned hard to the left and the other hard to the right. One sample is played a semitone lower than the other. This results in a cool flanging effect. It makes the snare stand out a little more in the mix. Bass line There are two different instruments used for the bass line. Instrument #6 is a pretty standard synthesized bass sound. Instrument #A sounds a bit like a slap bass when used with a quick fade out. By using two different instruments the bass line sounds a bit more ”human”. The volume command is used to cut off the notes. However, it is never set to zero. Setting the volume to a very small value will result in a reverb-like effect. This makes the song sound more "live". The bass line hints at the chords that will be played and the key the song will be in. In this case the key of the song is D-major, a positive and happy key. Chords The D major chords that are being played here are chords stabs; short sounds with a quick decay (fade out). Two different instruments (#8 and #9) are used to form the chords. These instruments are quite similar, but have a slightly different sound, panning and volume decay. Again, the reason for this is to make the sound more human. The volume command is used on some chords to simulate a delay, to achieve more of a live feel. The chords are placed off-beat making for a funky rhythm. Lead Finally the lead melody is added. The other instruments are invaluable in holding the track together, but the lead melody is usually what catches people's attention. A lot of notes and commands are used here, but it looks more complex than it is. A stepwise ascending melody plays in channel 13. Channel 14 and 15 copy this melody, but play it a few rows later at a lower volume. This creates an echo effect. A bit of panning is used on the notes to create some stereo depth. Like with the bass line, instead of cutting off notes the volume is set to low values for a reverb effect. The "461" effect adds a little vibrato to the note, which sounds nice on sustained notes. Those paying close attention may notice the instrument used here for the lead melody is the same as the one used for the bass line (#6 "Square"), except played two or three octaves higher. This instrument is a looped square wave sample. Each type of wave has its own quirks, but the square wave (shown below) is a really versatile wave form. Song structure Good, catchy songs are often carefully structured into sections, some of which are repeated throughout the song with small variations. A typical pop-song structure is: Intro - Verse - Chorus - Verse - Chorus - Bridge - Chorus. Other single sectional song structures are <pre> Strophic or AAA Song Form - oldest story telling with refrain (often title of the song) repeated in every verse section melody AABA Song Form - early popular, jazz and gospel fading during the 1960s AB or Verse/Chorus Song Form - songwriting format of choice for modern popular music since the 1960s Verse/Chorus/Bridge Song Form ABAB Song Form ABAC Song Form ABCD Song Form AAB 12-Bar Song Form - three four-bar lines or sub-sections 8-Bar Song Form 16-Bar Song Form Hybrid / Compound Song Forms </pre> The most common building blocks are: #INTRODUCTION(INTRO) #VERSE #REFRAIN #PRE-CHORUS / RISE / CLIMB #CHORUS #BRIDGE #MIDDLE EIGHT #SOLO / INSTRUMENTAL BREAK #COLLISION #CODA / OUTRO #AD LIB (OFTEN IN CODA / OUTRO) The chorus usually has more energy than the verse and often has a memorable melody line. As the chorus is repeated the most often during the song, it will be the part that people will remember. The bridge often marks a change of direction in the song. It is not uncommon to change keys in the bridge, or at least to use a different chord sequence. The bridge is used to build up tension towards the big finale, the last repetition of chorus. Playing RCTRL: Play song from row 0. LSHIFT + RCTRL: Play song from current row. RALT: Play pattern from row 0. LSHIFT + RALT: Play pattern from current row. Left mouse on '>': Play song from row 0. Right mouse on '>': Play song from current row. Left mouse on '|>': Play pattern from row 0. Right mouse on '|>': Play pattern from current row. Left mouse on 'Edit/Record': Edit mode on/off. Right mouse on 'Edit/Record': Record mode on/off. Editing LSHIFT + ESCAPE: Switch large patterns view on/off TAB: Go to next track LSHIFT + TAB: Go to prev. track LCTRL + TAB: Go to next note in track LCTRL + LSHIFT + TAB: Go to prev. note in track SPACE: Toggle Edit mode On & Off (Also stop if the song is being played) SHIFT SPACE: Toggle Record mode On & Off (Wait for a key note to be pressed or a midi in message to be received) DOWN ARROW: 1 Line down UP ARROW: 1 Line up LEFT ARROW: 1 Row left RIGHT ARROW: 1 Row right PREV. PAGE: 16 Arrows Up NEXT PAGE: 16 Arrows Down HOME / END: Top left / Bottom right of pattern LCTRL + HOME / END: First / last track F5, F6, F7, F8, F9: Jump to 0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4 lines of the patterns + - (Numeric keypad): Next / Previous pattern LCTRL + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous pattern LCTRL + LALT + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous position LALT + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous instrument LSHIFT + M: Toggle mute state of the current channel LCTRL + LSHIFT + M: Solo the current track / Unmute all LSHIFT + F1 to F11: Select a tab/panel LCTRL + 1 to 4: Select a copy buffer Tracking 1st and 2nd keys rows: Upper octave row 3rd and 4th keys rows: Lower octave row RSHIFT: Insert a note off / and * (Numeric keypad) or F1 F2: -1 or +1 octave INSERT / BACKSPACE: Insert or Delete a line in current track or current selected block. LSHIFT + INSERT / BACKSPACE: Insert or Delete a line in current pattern DELETE (NOT BACKSPACE): Empty a column or a selected block. Blocks (Blocks can also be selected with the mouse by holding the right button and scrolling the pattern with the mouse wheel). LCTRL + A: Select entire current track LCTRL + LSHIFT + A: Select entire current pattern LALT + A: Select entire column note in a track LALT + LSHIFT + A: Select all notes of a track LCTRL + X: Cut the selected block and copy it into the block-buffer LCTRL + C: Copy the selected block into the block-buffer LCTRL + V: Paste the data from the block buffer into the pattern LCTRL + I: Interpolate selected data from the first to the last row of a selection LSHIFT + ARROWS PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE: Select a block LCTRL + R: Randomize the select columns of a selection, works similar to CTRL + I (interpolating them) LCTRL + U: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote higher LCTRL + D: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote lower LCTRL + LSHIFT + U: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote higher (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + LSHIFT + D: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote lower (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + H: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave higher LCTRL + L: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave lower LCTRL + LSHIFT + H: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave higher (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + LSHIFT + L: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave lower (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + W: Save the current selection into a file Misc LALT + ENTER: Switch between full screen / windowed mode LALT + F4: Exit program (Windows only) LCTRL + S: Save current module LSHIFT + S: Switch top right panel to synths list LSHIFT + I: Switch top right panel to instruments list <pre> C-x xh xx xx hhhh Volume B-x xh xx xx hhhh Jump to A#x xh xx xx hhhh hhhh Slide F-x xh xx xx hhhh Tempo D-x xh xx xx hhhh Pattern Break G#x xh xx xx hhhh </pre> h Hex 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 d Dec 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 The Set Volume command: C. Input a note, then move the cursor to the effects command column and type a C. Play the pattern, and you shouldn't be able to hear the note you placed the C by. This is because the effect parameters are 00. Change the two zeros to a 40(Hex)/64(Dec), depending on what your tracker uses. Play back the pattern again, and the note should come in at full volume. The Position Jump command next. This is just a B followed by the position in the playing list that you want to jump to. One thing to remember is that the playing list always starts at 0, not 1. This command is usually in Hex. Onto the volume slide command: A. This is slightly more complex (much more if you're using a newer tracker, if you want to achieve the results here, then set slides to Amiga, not linear), due to the fact it depends on the secondary tempo. For now set a secondary tempo of 06 (you can play around later), load a long or looped sample and input a note or two. A few rows after a note type in the effect command A. For the parameters use 0F. Play back the pattern, and you should notice that when the effect kicks in, the sample drops to a very low volume very quickly. Change the effect parameters to F0, and use a low volume command on the note. Play back the pattern, and when the slide kicks in the volume of the note should increase very quickly. This because each part of the effect parameters for command A does a different thing. The first number slides the volume up, and the second slides it down. It's not recommended that you use both a volume up and volume down at the same time, due to the fact the tracker only looks for the first number that isn't set to 0. If you specify parameters of 8F, the tracker will see the 8, ignore the F, and slide the volume up. Using a slide up and down at same time just makes you look stupid. Don't do it... The Set Tempo command: F, is pretty easy to understand. You simply specify the BPM (in Hex) that you want to change to. One important thing to note is that values of lower than 20 (Hex) sets the secondary tempo rather than the primary. Another useful command is the Pattern Break: D. This will stop the playing of the current pattern and skip to the next one in the playing list. By using parameters of more than 00 you can also specify which line to begin playing from. Command 3 is Portamento to Note. This slides the currently playing note to another note, at a specified speed. The slide then stops when it reaches the desired note. <pre> C-2 1 000 - Starts the note playing --- 000 C-3 330 - Starts the slide to C-3 at a speed of 30. --- 300 - Continues the slide --- 300 - Continues the slide </pre> Once the parameters have been set, the command can be input again without any parameters, and it'll still perform the same function unless you change the parameters. This memory function allows certain commands to function correctly, such as command 5, which is the Portamento to Note and Volume Slide command. Once command 3 has been set up command 5 will simply take the parameters from that and perform a Portamento to Note. Any parameters set up for command 5 itself simply perform a Volume Slide identical to command A at the same time as the Portamento to Note. This memory function will only operate in the same channel where the original parameters were set up. There are various other commands which perform two functions at once. They will be described as we come across them. C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 02 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 05 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 08 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 0A C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 0D C-3 04 .. .. 09 10 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 10 (You can also switch on the Slider Rec to On, and perform parameter-live-recording, such as cutoff transitions, resonance or panning tweaking, etc..) Note: this command only works for volume/panning and fx datas columns. The next command we'll look at is the Portamento up/down: 1 and 2. Command 1 slides the pitch up at a specified speed, and 2 slides it down. This command works in a similar way to the volume slide, in that it is dependent on the secondary tempo. Both these commands have a memory dependent on each other, if you set the slide to a speed of 3 with the 1 command, a 2 command with no parameters will use the speed of 3 from the 1 command, and vice versa. Command 4 is Vibrato. Vibrato is basically rapid changes in pitch, just try it, and you'll see what I mean. Parameters are in the format of xy, where x is the speed of the slide, and y is the depth of the slide. One important point to remember is to keep your vibratos subtle and natural so a depth of 3 or less and a reasonably fast speed, around 8, is usually used. Setting the depth too high can make the part sound out of tune from the rest. Following on from command 4 is command 6. This is the Vibrato and Volume Slide command, and it has a memory like command 5, which you already know how to use. Command 7 is Tremolo. This is similar to vibrato. Rather than changing the pitch it slides the volume. The effect parameters are in exactly the same format. vibrato effect (0x1dxy) x = speed y = depth (can't be used if arpeggio (0x1b) is turned on) <pre> C-7 00 .. .. 1B37 <- Turn Arpeggio effect on --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 1B38 <- Change datas --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 1B00 <- Turn it off </pre> Command 9 is Sample Offset. This starts the playback of the sample from a different place than the start. The effect parameters specify the sample offset, but only very roughly. Say you have a sample which is 8765(Hex) bytes long, and you wanted it to play from position 4321(Hex). The effect parameter could only be as accurate as the 43 part, and it would ignore the 21. Command B is the Playing List/Order Jump command. The parameters specify the position in the Playing List/Order to jump to. When used in conjunction with command D you can specify the position and the line to play from. Command E is pretty complex, as it is used for a lot of different things, depending on what the first parameter is. Let's take a trip through each effect in order. Command E0 controls the hardware filter on an Amiga, which, as a low pass filter, cuts off the highest frequencies being played back. There are very few players and trackers on other system that simulate this function, not that you should need to use it. The second parameter, if set to 1, turns on the filter. If set to 0, the filter gets turned off. Commands E1/E2 are Fine Portamento Up/Down. Exactly the same functions as commands 1/2, except that they only slide the pitch by a very small amount. These commands have a memory the same as 1/2 as well. Command E3 sets the Glissando control. If parameters are set to 1 then when using command 3, any sliding will only use the notes in between the original note and the note being slid to. This produces a somewhat jumpier slide than usual. The best way to understand is to try it out for yourself. Produce a slow slide with command 3, listen to it, and then try using E31. Command E4 is the Set Vibrato Waveform control. This command controls how the vibrato command slides the pitch. Parameters are 0 - Sine, 1 - Ramp Down (Saw), 2 - Square. By adding 4 to the parameters, the waveform will not be restarted when a new note is played e.g. 5 - Sine without restart. Command E5 sets the Fine Tune of the instrument being played, but only for the particular note being played. It will override the default Fine Tune for the instrument. The parameters range from 0 to F, with 0 being -8 and F being +8 Fine Tune. A parameter of 8 gives no Fine Tune. If you're using a newer tracker that supports more than -8 to +8 e.g. -128 to +128, these parameters will give a rough Fine Tune, accurate to the nearest 16. Command E6 is the Jump Loop command. You mark the beginning of the part of a pattern that you want to loop with E60, and then specify with E6x the end of the loop, where x is the number of times you want it to loop. Command E7 is the Set Tremolo Waveform control. This has exactly the same parameters as command E4, except that it works for Tremolo rather than Vibrato. Command E9 is for Retriggering the note quickly. The parameter specifies the interval between the retrigs. Use a value of less than the current secondary tempo, or else the note will not get retrigged. Command EA/B are for Fine Volume Slide Up/Down. Much the same as the normal Volume Slides, except that these are easier to control since they don't depend on the secondary tempo. The parameters specify the amount to slide by e.g. if you have a sample playing at a volume of 08 (Hex) then the effect EA1 will slide this volume to 09 (Hex). A subsequent effect of EB4 would slide this volume down to 05 (Hex). Command EC is the Note Cut. This sets the volume of the currently playing note to 0 at a specified tick. The parameters should be lower than the secondary tempo or else the effect won't work. Command ED is the Note Delay. This should be used at the same time as a note is to be played, and the parameters will specify the number of ticks to delay playing the note. Again, keep the parameters lower than the secondary tempo, or the note won't get played! Command EE is the Pattern Delay. This delays the pattern for the amount of time it would take to play a certain number of rows. The parameters specify how many rows to delay for. Command EF is the Funk Repeat command. Set the sample loop to 0-1000. When EFx is used, the loop will be moved to 1000- 2000, then to 2000-3000 etc. After 9000-10000 the loop is set back to 0- 1000. The speed of the loop "movement" is defined by x. E is two times as slow as F, D is three times as slow as F etc. EF0 will turn the Funk Repeat off and reset the loop (to 0-1000). effects 0x41 and 0x42 to control the volumes of the 2 303 units There is a dedicated panel for synth parameter editing with coherent sections (osc, filter modulation, routing, so on) the interface is much nicer, much better to navigate with customizable colors, the reverb is now customizable (10 delay lines), It accepts newer types of Waves (higher bit rates, at least 24). Has a replay routine. It's pretty much your basic VA synth. The problem isn't with the sampler being to high it's the synth is tuned two octaves too low, but if you want your samples tuned down just set the base note down 2 octaves (in the instrument panel). so the synth is basically divided into 3 sections from left to right: oscillators/envelopes, then filter and LFO's, and in the right column you have mod routings and global settings. for the oscillator section you have two normal oscillators (sine, saw, square, noise), the second of which is tunable, the first one tunes with the key pressed. Attached to OSC 1 is a sub-oscillator, which is a sawtooth wave tuned one octave down. The phase modulation controls the point in the duty cycle at which the oscillator starts. The ADSR envelope sliders (grouped with oscs) are for modulation envelope 1 and 2 respectively. you can use the synth as a sampler by choosing the instrument at the top. In the filter column, the filter settings are: 1 = lowpass, 2 = highpass, 3 = off. cutoff and resonance. For the LFOs they are LFO 1 and LFO 2, the ADSR sliders in those are for the LFO itself. For the modulation routings you have ENV 1, LFO 1 for the first slider and ENV 2, LFO 2 for the second, you can cycle through the individual routings there, and you can route each modulation source to multiple destinations of course, which is another big plus for this synth. Finally the glide time is for portamento and master volume, well, the master volume... it can go quite loud. The sequencer is changed too, It's more like the one in AXS if you've used that, where you can mute tracks to re-use patterns with variation. <pre> Support for the following modules formats: 669 (Composer 669, Unis 669), AMF (DSMI Advanced Module Format), AMF (ASYLUM Music Format V1.0), APUN (APlayer), DSM (DSIK internal format), FAR (Farandole Composer), GDM (General DigiMusic), IT (Impulse Tracker), IMF (Imago Orpheus), MOD (15 and 31 instruments), MED (OctaMED), MTM (MultiTracker Module editor), OKT (Amiga Oktalyzer), S3M (Scream Tracker 3), STM (Scream Tracker), STX (Scream Tracker Music Interface Kit), ULT (UltraTracker), UNI (MikMod), XM (FastTracker 2), Mid (midi format via timidity) </pre> Possible plugin options include [http://lv2plug.in/ LV2], ====Midi - Musical Instrument Digital Interface==== A midi file typically contains music that plays on up to 16 channels (as per the midi standard), but many notes can simultaneously play on each channel (depending on the limit of the midi hardware playing it). '''Timidity''' Although usually already installed, you can uncompress the [http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/ timidity.tar.gz (14MB)] into a suitable drawer like below's SYS:Extras/Audio/ assign timidity: SYS:Extras/Audio/timidity added to SYSːs/User-Startup '''WildMidi playback''' '''Audio Evolution 4 (2003) 4.0.23 (from 2012)''' *Sync Menu - CAMD Receive, Send checked *Options Menu - MIDI Machine Control - Midi Bar Display - Select CAMD MIDI in / out - Midi Remote Setup MCB Master Control Bus *Sending a MIDI start-command and a Song Position Pointer, you can synchronize audio with an external MIDI sequencer (like B&P). *B&P Receive, start AE, add AudioEvolution.ptool in Bars&Pipes track, press play / record in AE then press play in Pipes *CAMD Receive, receive MIDI start or continue commands via camd.library sync to AE *MIDI Machine Control *Midi Bar Display *Select CAMD MIDI in / out *Midi Remote Setup - open requester for external MIDI controllers to control app mixer and transport controls cc remotely Channel - mixer(vol, pan, mute, solo), eq, aux, fx, Subgroup - Volume, Mute, Solo Transport - Start, End, Play, Stop, Record, Rewind, Forward Misc - Master vol., Bank Down, Bank up <pre> q - quit First 3 already opened when AE started F1 - timeline window F2 - mixer F3 - control F4 - subgroups F5 - aux returns F6 - sample list i - Load sample to use space - start/stop play b - reset time 0:00 s - split mode r - open recording window a - automation edit mode with p panning, m mute and v volume [ / ] - zoom in / out : - previous track * - next track x c v f - cut copy paste cross-fade g - snap grid </pre> '''[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars n Pipes sequencer]''' BarsnPipes debug ... in shell Menu (right mouse) *Song - Songs load and save in .song format but option here to load/save Midi_Files .mid in FORMAT0 or FORMAT1 *Track - *Edit - *Tool - *Timing - SMTPE Synchronizing *Windows - *Preferences - Multiple MIDI-in option Windows (some of these are usually already opened when Bars n Pipes starts up for the first time) *Workflow -> Tracks, .... Song Construction, Time-line Scoring, Media Madness, Mix Maestro, *Control -> Transport (or mini one), Windows (which collects all the Windows icons together-shortcut), .... Toolbox, Accessories, Metronome, Once you have your windows placed on the screen that suits your workflow, Song -> Save as Default will save the positions, colors, icons, etc as you'd like them If you need a particular setup of Tracks, Tools, Tempos etc, you save them all as a new song you can load each time Right mouse menu -> Preferences -> Environment... -> ScreenMode - Linkages for Synch (to Slave) usbmidi.out.0 and Send (Master) usbmidi.in.0 - Clock MTC '''Tracks''' #Double-click on B&P's icon. B&P will then open with an empty Song. You can also double-click on a song icon to open a song in B&P. #Choose a track. The B&P screen will contain a Tracks Window with a number of tracks shown as pipelines (Track 1, Track 2, etc...). To choose a track, simply click on the gray box to show an arrow-icon to highlight it. This icon show whether a track is chosen or not. To the right of the arrow-icon, you can see the icon for the midi-input. If you double-click on this icon you can change the MIDI-in setup. #Choose Record for the track. To the right of the MIDI-input channel icon you can see a pipe. This leads to another clickable icon with that shows either P, R or M. This stands for Play, Record or Merge. To change the icon, simply click on it. If you choose P, this track can only play the track (you can't record anything). If you choose R, you can record what you play and it overwrites old stuff in the track. If you choose M, you merge new records with old stuff in the track. Choose R now to be able to make a record. #Chose MIDI-channel. On the most right part of the track you can see an icon with a number in it. This is the MIDI-channel selector. Here you must choose a MIDI-channel that is available on your synthesizer/keyboard. If you choose General MIDI channel 10, most synthesizer will play drum sounds. To the left of this icon is the MIDI-output icon. Double-click on this icon to change the MIDI-output configuration. #Start recording. The next step is to start recording. You must then find the control buttons (they look like buttons on a CD-player). To be able to make a record. you must click on the R icon. You can simply now press the play button (after you have pressed the R button) and play something on you keyboard. To playback your composition, press the Play button on the control panel. #Edit track. To edit a track, you simply double click in the middle part of a track. You will then get a new window containing the track, where you can change what you have recorded using tools provided. Take also a look in the drop-down menus for more features. Videos to help understand [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A6gVTX-9900 small intro], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abq_rUTiSA4&t=3s Overview], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ixOVutKsYQo Workplace Setup CC PC Sysex], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDnJLYPaZTs Import Song], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BC3kkzPLkv4 Tempo Mapping], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sd23kqMYPDs ptool Arpeggi-8], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LDJq-YxgwQg PlayMidi Song], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DY9Pu5P9TaU Amiga Midi], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abq_rUTiSA4 Learning Amiga bars and Pipes], Groups like [https://groups.io/g/barsnpipes/topics this] could help '''Tracks window''' * blue "1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Group" and transport tape deck VCR-type controls * Flags * [http://theproblem.alco-rhythm.com/org/bp.html Track 1, Track2, to Track 16, on each Track there are many options that can be activated] Each Track has a *Left LHS - Click in grey box to select what Track to work on, Midi-In ptool icon should be here (5pin plug icon), and many more from the Toolbox on the Input Pipeline *Middle - (P, R, M) Play, Record, Merge/Multi before the sequencer line and a blue/red/yellow (Thru Mute Play) Tap *Right RHS - Output pipeline, can have icons placed uopn it with the final ptool icon(s) being the 5pin icon symbol for Midi-OUT Clogged pipelines may need Esc pressed several times '''Toolbox (tools affect the chosen pipeline)''' After opening the Toolbox window you can add extra Tools (.ptool) for the pipelines like keyboard(virtual), midimonitor, quick patch, transpose, triad, (un)quantize, feedback in/out, velocity etc right mouse -> Toolbox menu option -> Install Tool... and navigate to Tool drawer (folder) and select requried .ptool Accompany B tool to get some sort of rythmic accompaniment, Rythm Section and Groove Quantize are examples of other tools that make use of rythms [https://aminet.net/search?query=bars Bars & Pipes pattern format .ptrn] for drawer (folder). Load from the Menu as Track or Group '''Accessories (affect the whole app)''' Accessories -> Install... and goto the Accessories drawer for .paccess like adding ARexx scripting support '''Song Construction''' <pre> F1 Pencil F2 Magic Wand F3 Hand F4 Duplicator F5 Eraser F6 Toolpad F7 Bounding box F8 Lock to A-B-A A-B-A strip, section, edit flags, white boxes, </pre> Bars&Pipes Professional offers three track formats; basic song tracks, linear tracks — which don't loop — and finally real‑time tracks. The difference between them is that both song and linear tracks respond to tempo changes, while real‑time tracks use absolute timing, always trigger at the same instant regardless of tempo alterations '''Tempo Map''' F1 Pencil F2 Magic Wand F3 Hand F4 Eraser F5 Curve F6 Toolpad Compositions Lyrics, Key, Rhythm, Time Signature '''Master Parameters''' Key, Scale/Mode '''Track Parameters''' Dynamics '''Time-line Scoring''' '''Media Madness''' '''Mix Maestro''' *ACCESSORIES Allows the importation of other packages and additional modules *CLIPBOARD Full cut, copy and paste operations, enabling user‑definable clips to be shared between tracks. *INFORMATION A complete rundown on the state of the current production and your machine. *MASTER PARAMETERS Enables global definition of time signatures, lyrics, scales, chords, dynamics and rhythm changes. *MEDIA MADNESS A complete multimedia sequencer which allows samples, stills, animation, etc *METRONOME Tempo feedback via MIDI, internal Amiga audio and colour cycling — all three can be mixed and matched as required. *MIX MAESTRO Completely automated mixdown with control for both volume and pan. All fader alterations are memorised by the software *RECORD ACTIVATION Complete specification of the data to be recorded/merged. Allows overdubbing of pitch‑bend, program changes, modulation etc *SET FLAGS Numeric positioning of location and edit flags in either SMPTE or musical time *SONG CONSTRUCTION Large‑scale cut and paste of individual measures, verses or chorus, by means of bounding box and drag‑n‑drop mouse selections *TEMPO MAP Tempo change using a variety of linear and non‑linear transition curves *TEMPO PALETTE Instant tempo changes courtesy of four user‑definable settings. *TIMELINE SCORING Sequencing of a selection of songs over a defined period — ideal for planning an entire set for a live performance. *TOOLBOX Selection screen for the hundreds of signal‑processing tools available *TRACKS Opens the main track window to enable recording, editing and the use of tools. *TRANSPORT Main playback control window, which also provides access to user‑ defined flags, loop and punch‑in record modes. Bars and Pipes Pro 2.5 is using internal 4-Byte IDs, to check which kind of data are currently processed. Especially in all its files the IDs play an important role. The IDs are stored into the file in the same order they are laid out in the memory. In a Bars 'N' Pipes file (no matter which kind) the ID "NAME" (saved as its ANSI-values) is stored on a big endian system (68k-computer) as "NAME". On a little endian system (x86 PC computer) as "EMAN". The target is to make the AROS-BnP compatible to songs, which were stored on a 68k computer (AMIGA). If possible, setting MIDI channels for Local Control for your keyboard http://www.fromwithin.com/liquidmidi/archive.shtml MIDI files are essentially a stream of event data. An event can be many things, but typically "note on", "note off", "program change", "controller change", or messages that instruct a MIDI compatible synth how to play a given bit of music. * Channel - 1 to 16 - * Messages - PC presets, CC effects like delays, reverbs, etc * Sequencing - MIDI instruments, Drums, Sound design, * Recording - * GUI - Piano roll or Tracker, Staves and Notes MIDI events/messages like step entry e.g. Note On, Note Off MIDI events/messages like PB, PC, CC, Mono and Poly After-Touch, Sysex, etc MIDI sync - Midi Clocks (SPS Measures), Midi Time Code (h, m, s and frames) SMPTE Individual track editing with audition edits so easier to test any changes. Possible to stop track playback, mix clips from the right edit flag and scroll the display using arrow keys. Step entry, to extend a selected note hit the space bar and the note grows accordingly. Ability to cancel mouse‑driven edits by simply clicking the right mouse button — at which point everything snaps back into its original form. Lyrics can now be put in with syllable dividers, even across an entire measure or section. Autoranging when you open a edit window, the notes are automatically displayed — working from the lowest upwards. Flag editing, shift‑click on a flag immediately open the bounds window, ready for numeric input. Ability to cancel edits using the right‑hand mouse button, plus much improved Bounding Box operations. Icons other than the BarsnPipes icon -> PUBSCREEN=BarsnPipes (cannot choose modes higher than 8bit 256 colors) Preferences -> Menu in Tracks window - Send MIDI defaults OFF Prefs -> Environment -> screenmode (saved to BarsnPipes.prefs binary file) Customization -> pics in gui drawer (folder) - Can save as .song files and .mid General Midi SMF is a “Standard Midi File” ([http://www.music.mcgill.ca/~ich/classes/mumt306/StandardMIDIfileformat.html SMF0, SMF1 and SMF2]), [https://github.com/stump/libsmf libsmf], [https://github.com/markc/midicomp MIDIcomp], [https://github.com/MajicDesigns/MD_MIDIFile C++ src], [], [https://github.com/newdigate/midi-smf-reader Midi player], * SMF0 All MIDI data is stored in one track only, separated exclusively by the MIDI channel. * SMF1 The MIDI data is stored in separate tracks/channels. * SMF2 (rarely used) The MIDI data is stored in separate tracks, which are additionally wrapped in containers, so it's possible to have e.g. several tracks using the same MIDI channels. Would it be possible to enrich Bars N’Pipes with software synth and sample support along with audio recording and mastering tools like in the named MAC or PC music sequencers? On the classic AMIGA-OS this is not possible because of missing CPU-power. The hardware of the classic AMIGA is not further developed. So we must say (unfortunately) that those dreams can’t become reality BarsnPipes is best used with external MIDI-equipment. This can be a keyboard or synthesizer with MIDI-connectors. <pre> MIDI can control 16 channels There are USB-MIDI-Interfaces on the market with 16 independent MIDI-lines (multi-port), which can handle 16 MIDI devices independently – 16×16 = 256 independent MIDI-channels or instruments handle up to 16 different USB-MIDI-Interfaces (multi-device). That is: 16X16X16 = 4096 independent MIDI-channels – theoretically </pre> <pre> Librarian MIDI SYStem EXplorer (sysex) - PatchEditor and used to be supplied as a separate program like PatchMeister but currently not at present It should support MIDI.library (PD), BlueRibbon.library (B&P), TriplePlayPlus, and CAMD.library (DeluxeMusic) and MIDI information from a device's user manual and configure a custom interface to access parameters for all MIDI products connected to the system Supports ALL MIDI events and the Patch/Librarian data is stored in MIDI standard format Annette M.Crowling, Missing Link Software, Inc. </pre> Composers <pre> [https://x.com/hirasawa/status/1403686519899054086 Susumu Hirasawa] </pre> <pre> 1988 Todor Fay and his wife Melissa Jordan Gray, who founded the Blue Ribbon Inc 1992 Bars&Pipes Pro published November 2000, Todor Fay announcement to release the sourcecode of Bars&Pipes Pro 2.5c beta end of May 2001, the source of the main program and the sources of some tools and accessories were in a complete and compileable state end of October 2009 stop further development of BarsnPipes New for now on all supported systems and made freeware 2013 Alfred Faust diagnosed with incureable illness, called „Myastenia gravis“ (weak muscles) </pre> Protrekkr How to use Midi In/Out in Protrekkr ? First of all, midi in & out capabilities of this program are rather limited. # Go to Misc. Setup section and select a midi in or out device to use (ptk only supports one device at a time). # Go to instrument section, and select a MIDI PRG (the default is N/A, which means no midi program selected). # Go to track section and here you can assign a midi channel to each track of ptk. # Play notes :]. Note off works. F'x' note cut command also works too, and note-volume command (speed) is supported. Also, you can change midicontrollers in the tracker, using '90' in the panning row: <pre> C-3 02 .. .. 0000.... --- .. .. 90 xxyy.... << This will set the value --- .. .. .. 0000.... of the controller n.'xx' to 'yy' (both in hex) --- .. .. .. 0000.... </pre> So "--- .. .. 90 2040...." will set the controller number $20(32) to $40(64). You will need the midi implementation table of your gear to know what you can change with midi controller messages. N.B. Not all MIDI devices are created equal! Although the MIDI specification defines a large range of MIDI messages of various kinds, not every MIDI device is required to work in exactly the same way and respond to all the available messages and ways of working. For example, we don't expect a wind synthesiser to work in the same way as a home keyboard. Some devices, the older ones perhaps, are only able to respond to a single channel. With some of those devices that channel can be altered from the default of 1 (probably) to another channel of the 16 possible. Other devices, for instance monophonic synthesisers, are capable of producing just one note at a time, on one MIDI channel. Others can produce many notes spread across many channels. Further devices can respond to, and transmit, "breath controller" data (MIDI controller number 2 (CC#2)) others may respond to the reception of CC#2 but not be able to create and to send it. A controller keyboard may be capable of sending "expression pedal" data, but another device may not be capable of responding to that message. Some devices just have the basic GM sound set. The "voice" or "instrument" is selected using a "Program Change" message on its own. Other devices have a greater selection of voices, usually arranged in "banks", and the choice of instrument is made by responding to "Bank Select MSB" (MIDI controller 0 (CC#0)), others use "Bank Select LSB" (MIDI controller number 32 (CC#32)), yet others use both MSB and LSB sent one after the other, all followed by the Program Change message. The detailed information about all the different voices will usually be available in a published MIDI Data List. MIDI Implementation Chart But in the User Manual there is sometimes a summary of how the device works, in terms of MIDI, in the chart at the back of the manual, the MIDI Implementation Chart. If you require two devices to work together you can compare the two implementation charts to see if they are "compatible". In order to do this we will need to interpret that chart. The chart is divided into four columns headed "Function", "Transmitted" (or "Tx"), "Received" (or "Rx"), or more correctly "Recognised", and finally, "Remarks". <pre> The left hand column defines which MIDI functions are being described. The 2nd column defines what the device in question is capable of transmitting to another device. The 3rd column defines what the device is capable of responding to. The 4th column is for explanations of the values contained within these previous two columns. </pre> There should then be twelve sections, with possibly a thirteenth containing extra "Notes". Finally there should be an explanation of the four MIDI "modes" and what the "X" and the "O" mean. <pre> Mode 1: Omni On, Poly; Mode 2: Omni On, Mono; Mode 3: Omni Off, Poly; Mode 4: Omni Off, Mono. </pre> O means "yes" (implemented), X means "no" (not implemented). Sometimes you will find a row of asterisks "**************", these seem to indicate that the data is not applicable in this case. Seen in the transmitted field only (unless you've seen otherwise). Lastly you may find against some entries an asterisk followed by a number e.g. *1, these will refer you to further information, often on a following page, giving more detail. Basic Channel But the very first set of boxes will tell us the "Basic Channel(s)" that the device sends or receives on. "Default" is what happens when the device is first turned on, "changed" is what a switch of some kind may allow the device to be set to. For many devices e.g. a GM sound module or a home keyboard, this would be 1-16 for both. That is it can handle sending and receiving on all MIDI channels. On other devices, for example a synthesiser, it may by default only work on channel 1. But the keyboard could be "split" with the lower notes e.g. on channel 2. If the synth has an arppegiator, this may be able to be set to transmit and or receive on yet another channel. So we might see the default as "1" but the changed as "1-16". Modes. We need to understand Omni On and Off, and Mono and Poly, then we can decipher the four modes. But first we need to understand that any of these four Mode messages can be sent to any MIDI channel. They don't necessarily apply to the whole device. If we send an "Omni On" message (CC#125) to a MIDI channel of a device, we are, in effect, asking it to respond to e.g. a Note On / Off message pair, received on any of the sixteen channels. Sound strange? Read it again. Still strange? It certainly is. We normally want a MIDI channel to respond only to Note On / Off messages sent on that channel, not any other. In other words, "Omni Off". So "Omni Off" (CC#124) tells a channel of our MIDI device to respond only to messages sent on that MIDI channel. "Poly" (CC#127) is for e.g. a channel of a polyphonic sound module, or a home keyboard, to be able to respond to many simultaneous Note On / Off message pairs at once and produce musical chords. "Mono" (CC#126) allows us to set a channel to respond as if it were e.g. a flute or a trumpet, playing just one note at a time. If the device is capable of it, then the overlapping of notes will produce legato playing, that is the attack portion of the second note of two overlapping notes will be removed resulting in a "smoother" transition. So a channel with a piano voice assigned to it will have Omni Off, Poly On (Mode 3), a channel with a saxophone voice assigned could be Omni Off, Mono On (Mode 4). We call these combinations the four modes, 1 to 4, as defined above. Most modern devices will have their channels set to Mode 3 (Omni Off, Poly) but be switchable, on a per channel basis, to Mode 4 (Omni Off, Mono). This second section of data will include first its default value i.e. upon device switch on. Then what Mode messages are acceptable, or X if none. Finally, in the "Altered" field, how a Mode message that can't be implemented will be interpreted. Usually there will just be a row of asterisks effectively meaning nothing will be done if you try to switch to an unimplemented mode. Note Number <pre> The next row will tell us which MIDI notes the device can send or receive, normally 0-127. The second line, "True Voice" has the following in the MIDI specification: "Range of received note numbers falling within the range of true notes produced by the instrument." My interpretation is that, for instance, a MIDI piano may be capable of sending all MIDI notes (0 to 127) by transposition, but only responding to the 88 notes (21 to 108) of a real piano. </pre> Velocity This will tell us whether the device we're looking at will handle note velocity, and what range from 1-127, or maybe just 64, it transmits or will recognise. So usually "O" plus a range or "X" for not implemented. After touch This may have one or two lines two it. If a one liner the either "O" or "X", yes or no. If a two liner then it may include "Keys" or "Poly" and "Channel". This will show whether the device will respond to Polyphonic after touch or channel after touch or neither. Pitch Bend Again "O" for implemented, "X" for not implemented. (Many stage pianos will have no pitch bend capability.) It may also, in the notes section, state whether it will respond to the full 14 bits, or not, as usually encoded by the pitch bend wheel. Control Change This is likely to be the largest section of the chart. It will list all those controllers, starting from CC#0, Bank Select MSB, which the device is capable of sending, and those that it will respond to using "O" or "X" respectively. You will, almost certainly, get some further explanation of functionality in the remarks column, or in more detail elsewhere in the documentation. Of course you will need to know what all the various controller numbers do. Lots of the official technical specifications can be found at the [www.midi.org/techspecs/ MMA], with the table of messages and control change [www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php message numbers] Program Change Again "O" or "X" in the Transmitted or Recognised column to indicate whether or not the feature is implemented. In addition a range of numbers is shown, typically 0-127, to show what is available. True # (number): "The range of the program change numbers which correspond to the actual number of patches selected." System Exclusive Used to indicate whether or not the device can send or recognise System Exclusive messages. A short description is often given in the Remarks field followed by a detailed explanation elsewhere in the documentation. System Common - These include the following: <pre> MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame messages (device synchronisation). Song Position Pointer Song Select Tune Request </pre> The section will indicate whether or not the device can send or respond to any of these messages. System Real Time These include the following: <pre> Timing Clock - often just written as "Clock" Start Stop Continue </pre> These three are usually just referred to as "Commands" and listed. Again the section will indicate which, if any, of these messages the device can send or respond to. <pre> Aux. Messages Again "O" or "X" for implemented or not. Aux. = Auxiliary. Active Sense = Active Sensing. </pre> Often with an explanation of the action of the device. Notes The "Notes" section can contain any additional comments to clarify the particular implementation. Some of the explanations have been drawn directly from the MMA MIDI 1.0 Detailed Specification. And the detailed explanation of some of the functions will be found there, or in the General MIDI System Level 1 or General MIDI System Level 2 documents also published by the MMA. OFFICIAL MIDI SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MIDI MESSAGES Table 1 - Summary of MIDI Messages The following table lists the major MIDI messages in numerical (binary) order (adapted from "MIDI by the Numbers" by D. Valenti, Electronic Musician 2/88, and updated by the MIDI Manufacturers Association.). This table is intended as an overview of MIDI, and is by no means complete. WARNING! Details about implementing these messages can dramatically impact compatibility with other products. We strongly recommend consulting the official MIDI Specifications for additional information. MIDI 1.0 Specification Message Summary Channel Voice Messages [nnnn = 0-15 (MIDI Channel Number 1-16)] {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->1000nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Note Off event. This message is sent when a note is released (ended). (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the velocity. |- |<!--Status-->1001nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Note On event. This message is sent when a note is depressed (start). (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the velocity. |- |<!--Status-->1010nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Polyphonic Key Pressure (Aftertouch). This message is most often sent by pressing down on the key after it "bottoms out". (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the pressure value. |- |<!--Status-->1011nnnn || <!--Data-->0ccccccc 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Control Change. This message is sent when a controller value changes. Controllers include devices such as pedals and levers. Controller numbers 120-127 are reserved as "Channel Mode Messages" (below). (ccccccc) is the controller number (0-119). (vvvvvvv) is the controller value (0-127). |- |<!--Status-->1100nnnn || <!--Data-->0ppppppp || <!--Description-->Program Change. This message sent when the patch number changes. (ppppppp) is the new program number. |- |<!--Status-->1101nnnn || <!--Data-->0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Channel Pressure (After-touch). This message is most often sent by pressing down on the key after it "bottoms out". This message is different from polyphonic after-touch. Use this message to send the single greatest pressure value (of all the current depressed keys). (vvvvvvv) is the pressure value. |- |<!--Status-->1110nnnn || <!--Data-->0lllllll 0mmmmmmm || <!--Description-->Pitch Bend Change. This message is sent to indicate a change in the pitch bender (wheel or lever, typically). The pitch bender is measured by a fourteen bit value. Center (no pitch change) is 2000H. Sensitivity is a function of the receiver, but may be set using RPN 0. (lllllll) are the least significant 7 bits. (mmmmmmm) are the most significant 7 bits. |} Channel Mode Messages (See also Control Change, above) {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->1011nnnn || <!--Data-->0ccccccc 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Channel Mode Messages. This the same code as the Control Change (above), but implements Mode control and special message by using reserved controller numbers 120-127. The commands are: *All Sound Off. When All Sound Off is received all oscillators will turn off, and their volume envelopes are set to zero as soon as possible c = 120, v = 0: All Sound Off *Reset All Controllers. When Reset All Controllers is received, all controller values are reset to their default values. (See specific Recommended Practices for defaults) c = 121, v = x: Value must only be zero unless otherwise allowed in a specific Recommended Practice. *Local Control. When Local Control is Off, all devices on a given channel will respond only to data received over MIDI. Played data, etc. will be ignored. Local Control On restores the functions of the normal controllers. c = 122, v = 0: Local Control Off c = 122, v = 127: Local Control On * All Notes Off. When an All Notes Off is received, all oscillators will turn off. c = 123, v = 0: All Notes Off (See text for description of actual mode commands.) c = 124, v = 0: Omni Mode Off c = 125, v = 0: Omni Mode On c = 126, v = M: Mono Mode On (Poly Off) where M is the number of channels (Omni Off) or 0 (Omni On) c = 127, v = 0: Poly Mode On (Mono Off) (Note: These four messages also cause All Notes Off) |} System Common Messages System Messages (0xF0) The final status nybble is a “catch all” for data that doesn’t fit the other statuses. They all use the most significant nybble (4bits) of 0xF, with the least significant nybble indicating the specific category. The messages are denoted when the MSB of the second nybble is 1. When that bit is a 0, the messages fall into two other subcategories. System Common If the MSB of the second second nybble (4 bits) is not set, this indicates a System Common message. Most of these are messages that include some additional data bytes. System Common Messages Type Status Byte Number of Data Bytes Usage <pre> Time Code Quarter Frame 0xF1 1 Indicates timing using absolute time code, primarily for synthronization with video playback systems. A single location requires eight messages to send the location in an encoded hours:minutes:seconds:frames format*. Song Position 0xF2 2 Instructs a sequencer to jump to a new position in the song. The data bytes form a 14-bit value that expresses the location as the number of sixteenth notes from the start of the song. Song Select 0xF3 1 Instructs a sequencer to select a new song. The data byte indicates the song. Undefined 0xF4 0 Undefined 0xF5 0 Tune Request 0xF6 0 Requests that the receiver retunes itself**. </pre> *MIDI Time Code (MTC) is significantly complex. Please see the MIDI Specification **While modern digital instruments are good at staying in tune, older analog synthesizers were prone to tuning drift. Some analog synthesizers had an automatic tuning operation that could be initiated with this command. System Exclusive If you’ve been keeping track, you’ll notice there are two status bytes not yet defined: 0xf0 and 0xf7. These are used by the System Exclusive message, often abbreviated at SysEx. SysEx provides a path to send arbitrary data over a MIDI connection. There is a group of predefined messages for complex data, like fine grained control of MIDI Time code machinery. SysEx is also used to send manufacturer defined data, such as patches, or even firmware updates. System Exclusive messages are longer than other MIDI messages, and can be any length. The messages are of the following format: 0xF0, 0xID, 0xdd, ...... 0xF7 The message is bookended with distinct bytes. It opens with the Start Of Exclusive (SOX) data byte, 0xF0. The next one to three bytes after the start are an identifier. Values from 0x01 to 0x7C are one-byte vendor IDs, assigned to manufacturers who were involved with MIDI at the beginning. If the ID is 0x00, it’s a three-byte vendor ID - the next two bytes of the message are the value. <pre> ID 0x7D is a placeholder for non-commercial entities. ID 0x7E indicates a predefined Non-realtime SysEx message. ID 0x7F indicates a predefined Realtime SysEx message. </pre> After the ID is the data payload, sent as a stream of bytes. The transfer concludes with the End of Exclusive (EOX) byte, 0xF7. The payload data must follow the guidelines for MIDI data bytes – the MSB must not be set, so only 7 bits per byte are actually usable. If the MSB is set, it falls into three possible scenarios. An End of Exclusive byte marks the ordinary termination of the SysEx transfer. System Real Time messages may occur within the transfer without interrupting it. The recipient should handle them independently of the SysEx transfer. Other status bytes implicitly terminate the SysEx transfer and signal the start of new messages. Some inexpensive USB-to-MIDI interfaces aren’t capable of handling messages longer than four bytes. {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->11110000 || <!--Data-->0iiiiiii [0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii] 0ddddddd --- --- 0ddddddd 11110111 || <!--Description-->System Exclusive. This message type allows manufacturers to create their own messages (such as bulk dumps, patch parameters, and other non-spec data) and provides a mechanism for creating additional MIDI Specification messages. The Manufacturer's ID code (assigned by MMA or AMEI) is either 1 byte (0iiiiiii) or 3 bytes (0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii). Two of the 1 Byte IDs are reserved for extensions called Universal Exclusive Messages, which are not manufacturer-specific. If a device recognizes the ID code as its own (or as a supported Universal message) it will listen to the rest of the message (0ddddddd). Otherwise, the message will be ignored. (Note: Only Real-Time messages may be interleaved with a System Exclusive.) |- |<!--Status-->11110001 || <!--Data-->0nnndddd || <!--Description-->MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame. nnn = Message Type dddd = Values |- |<!--Status-->11110010 || <!--Data-->0lllllll 0mmmmmmm || <!--Description-->Song Position Pointer. This is an internal 14 bit register that holds the number of MIDI beats (1 beat= six MIDI clocks) since the start of the song. l is the LSB, m the MSB. |- |<!--Status-->11110011 || <!--Data-->0sssssss || <!--Description-->Song Select. The Song Select specifies which sequence or song is to be played. |- |<!--Status-->11110100 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11110101 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11110110 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Tune Request. Upon receiving a Tune Request, all analog synthesizers should tune their oscillators. |- |<!--Status-->11110111 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->End of Exclusive. Used to terminate a System Exclusive dump. |} System Real-Time Messages {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->11111000 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Timing Clock. Sent 24 times per quarter note when synchronization is required. |- |<!--Status-->11111001 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11111010 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Start. Start the current sequence playing. (This message will be followed with Timing Clocks). |- |<!--Status-->11111011 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Continue. Continue at the point the sequence was Stopped. |- |<!--Status-->11111100 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Stop. Stop the current sequence. |- |<!--Status-->11111101 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11111110 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Active Sensing. This message is intended to be sent repeatedly to tell the receiver that a connection is alive. Use of this message is optional. When initially received, the receiver will expect to receive another Active Sensing message each 300ms (max), and if it does not then it will assume that the connection has been terminated. At termination, the receiver will turn off all voices and return to normal (non- active sensing) operation. |- |<!--Status-->11111111 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Reset. Reset all receivers in the system to power-up status. This should be used sparingly, preferably under manual control. In particular, it should not be sent on power-up. |} Advanced Messages Polyphonic Pressure (0xA0) and Channel Pressure (0xD0) Some MIDI controllers include a feature known as Aftertouch. While a key is being held down, the player can press harder on the key. The controller measures this, and converts it into MIDI messages. Aftertouch comes in two flavors, with two different status messages. The first flavor is polyphonic aftertouch, where every key on the controller is capable of sending its own independent pressure information. The messages are of the following format: <pre> 0xnc, 0xkk, 0xpp n is the status (0xA) c is the channel nybble kk is the key number (0 to 127) pp is the pressure value (0 to 127) </pre> Polyphonic aftertouch is an uncommon feature, usually found on premium quality instruments, because every key requires a separate pressure sensor, plus the circuitry to read them all. Much more commonly found is channel aftertouch. Instead of needing a discrete sensor per key, it uses a single, larger sensor to measure pressure on all of the keys as a group. The messages omit the key number, leaving a two-byte format <pre> 0xnc, 0xpp n is the status (0xD) c is the channel number pp is the pressure value (0 to 127) </pre> Pitch Bend (0xE0) Many keyboards have a wheel or lever towards the left of the keys for pitch bend control. This control is usually spring-loaded, so it snaps back to the center of its range when released. This allows for both upward and downward bends. Pitch Bend Wheel The wheel sends pitch bend messages, of the format <pre> 0xnc, 0xLL, 0xMM n is the status (0xE) c is the channel number LL is the 7 least-significant bits of the value MM is the 7 most-significant bits of the value </pre> You’ll notice that the bender data is actually 14 bits long, transmitted as two 7-bit data bytes. This means that the recipient needs to reassemble those bytes using binary manipulation. 14 bits results in an overall range of 214, or 0 to 16,383. Because it defaults to the center of the range, the default value for the bender is halfway through that range, at 8192 (0x2000). Control Change (0xB0) In addition to pitch bend, MIDI has provisions for a wider range of expressive controls, sometimes known as continuous controllers, often abbreviated CC. These are transmitted by the remaining knobs and sliders on the keyboard controller shown below. Continuous Controllers These controls send the following message format: <pre> 0xnc, 0xcc, 0xvv n is the status (0xB) c is the MIDI channel cc is the controller number (0-127) vv is the controller value (0-127) </pre> Typically, the wheel next to the bender sends controller number one, assigned to modulation (or vibrato) depth. It is implemented by most instruments. The remaining controller number assignments are another point of confusion. The MIDI specification was revised in version 2.0 to assign uses for many of the controllers. However, this implementation is not universal, and there are ranges of unassigned controllers. On many modern MIDI devices, the controllers are assignable. On the controller keyboard shown in the photos, the various controls can be configured to transmit different controller numbers. Controller numbers can be mapped to particular parameters. Virtual synthesizers frequently allow the user to assign CCs to the on-screen controls. This is very flexible, but it might require configuration on both ends of the link and completely bypasses the assignments in the standard. Program Change (0xC0) Most synthesizers have patch storage memory, and can be told to change patches using the following command: <pre> 0xnc, 0xpp n is the status (0xc) c is the channel pp is the patch number (0-127) </pre> This allows for 128 sounds to be selected, but modern instruments contain many more than 128 patches. Controller #0 is used as an additional layer of addressing, interpreted as a “bank select” command. Selecting a sound on such an instrument might involve two messages: a bank select controller message, then a program change. Audio & Midi are not synchronized, what I can do ? Buy a commercial software package but there is a nasty trick to synchronize both. It's a bit hardcore but works for me: Simply put one line down to all midi notes on your pattern (use Insert key) and go to 'Misc. Setup', adjust the latency and just search a value that will make sound sync both audio/midi. The stock Sin/Saw/Pulse and Rnd waveforms are too simple/common, is there a way to use something more complex/rich ? You have to ability to redirect the waveforms of the instruments through the synth pipe by selecting the "wav" option for the oscillator you're using for this synth instrument, samples can be used as wavetables to replace the stock signals. Sound banks like soundfont (sf2) or Kontakt2 are not supported at the moment ====DAW Audio Evolution 4==== Audio Evolution 4 gives you unsurpassed power for digital audio recording and editing on the Amiga. The latest release focusses on time-saving non-linear and non-destructive editing, as seen on other platforms. Besides editing, Audio Evolution 4 offers a wide range of realtime effects, including compression, noise gate, delays, reverb, chorus and 3-band EQ. Whether you put them as inserts on a channel or use them as auxillaries, the effect parameters are realtime adjustable and can be fully automated. Together with all other mixing parameters, they can even be controlled remotely, using more ergonomic MIDI hardware. Non-linear editing on the time line, including cut, copy, paste, move, split, trim and crossfade actions The number of tracks per project(s) is unlimited .... AHI limits you to recording only two at a time. i.e. not on 8 track sound cards like the Juli@ or Phase 88. sample file import is limited to 16bit AIFF (not AIFC, important distinction as some files from other sources can be AIFC with aiff file extension). and 16bit WAV (pcm only) Most apps use the Music Unit only but a few apps also use Unit (0-3) instead or as well. * Set up AHI prefs so that microphone is available. (Input option near the bottom) stereo++ allows the audio piece to be placed anywhere and the left-right adjusted to sound positionally right hifi best for music playback if driver supports this option Load 16bit .aif .aiff only sample(s) to use not AIFC which can have the same ending. AIFF stands for Audio Interchange File Format sox recital.wav recital.aiff sox recital.wav −b 16 recital.aiff channels 1 rate 16k fade 3 norm sox input.wav output.aiff bass −b 16 rate 48k performs the same format translation, but also applies four effects (down-mix to one channel, sample rate change, fade-in, nomalize), and stores the result at a bit-depth of 16. rec −c 2 radio.aiff trim 0 30:00 records half an hour of stereo audio play existing-file.wav 24bit PCM WAV or AIFF do not work *No stream format handling. So no way to pass on an AC3 encoded stream unmodified to the digital outputs through AHI. *No master volume handling. Each application has to set its own volume. So each driver implements its own custom driver-mixer interface for handling master volumes, mute and preamps. *Only one output stream. So all input gets mixed into one output. *No automatic handling of output direction based on connected cables. *No monitor input selection. Only monitor volume control. select the correct input (Don't mistake enabled sound for the correct input.) The monitor will feedback audio to the lineout and hp out no matter if you have selected the correct input to the ADC. The monitor will provide sound for any valid input. This will result in free mixing when recording from the monitor input instead of mic/line because the monitor itself will provide the hardware mixing for you. Be aware that MIC inputs will give two channel mono. Only Linein will give real stereo. Now for the not working part. Attempt to record from linein in the AE4 record window, the right channel is noise and the left channel is distorted. Even with the recommended HIFI 16bit Stereo++ mode at 48kHz. Channels Monitor Gain Inout Output Advanced settings - Debugging via serial port * Options -> Soundcard In/Out * Options -> SampleRate * Options -> Preferences F6 for Sample File List Setting a grid is easy as is measuring the BPM by marking a section of the sample. Is your kick drum track "not in time" ? If so, you're stumped in AE4 as it has no fancy variable time signatures and definitely no 'track this dodgy rhythm' function like software of the nature of Logic has. So if your drum beat is freeform you will need to work in freeform mode. (Real music is free form anyway). If the drum *is* accurate and you are just having trouble measuring the time, I usually measure over a range of bars and set the number of beats in range to say 16 as this is more accurate, Then you will need to shift the drum track to match your grid *before* applying the grid. (probably an iterative process as when the grid is active samples snap to it, and when inactive you cannot see it). AE4 does have ARexx but the functions are more for adding samples at set offsets and starting playback / recording. These are the usual features found in DAWs... * Recording digital audio, midi sequencer and mixer * virtual VST instruments and plug-ins * automation, group channels, MIDI channels, FX sends and returns, audio and MIDI editors and music notation editor * different track views * mixer and track layout (but not the same as below) * traditional two windows (track and mixer) Mixing - mixdown Could not figure out how to select what part I wanted to send to the aux, set it to echo and return. Pretty much the whole echo effect. Or any effect. Take look at page17 of the manual. When you open the EQ / Aux send popup window you will see 4 sends. Now from the menu choose the windows menu. Menus->Windows-> Aux Returns Window or press F5 You will see a small window with 4 volume controls and an effects button for each. Click a button and add an effects to that aux channel, then set it up as desired (note the reverb effect has a special AUX setting that improves its use with the aux channel, not compulsory but highly useful). You set the amount of 'return' on the main mix in the Aux Return window, and the amount sent from each main mixer channel in the popup for that channel. Again the aux sends are "prefade" so the volume faders on each channel do not affect them. Tracking Effects - fade in To add some echoes to some vocals, tried to add an effect on a track but did not come out. This is made more complicated as I wanted to mute a vocal but then make it echo at the muting point. Want to have one word of a vocal heard and then echoed off. But when the track is mute the echo is cancelled out. To correctly understand what is happening here you need to study the figure at the bottom of page 15 on the manual. You will see from that that the effects are applied 'prefade' So the automation you applied will naturally mute the entire signal. There would be a number of ways to achieve the goal, You have three real time effects slots, one for smoothing like so Sample -> Amplify -> Delay Then automate the gain of the amplify block so that it effectively mutes the sample just before the delay at the appropriate moment, the echo effect should then be heard. Getting the effects in the right order will require experimentation as they can only be added top down and it's not obvious which order they are applied to the signal, but there only two possibilities, so it wont take long to find out. Using MUTE can cause clicks to the Amplify can be used to mute more smoothly so that's a secondary advantage. Signal Processing - Overdub [[#top|...to the top]] ===Office=== ====Spreadsheet Leu==== Support for some xlsx, and ods functions ====Spreadsheet Ignition==== ; Needs ABIv1 to be completed before more can be done File formats supported * ascii #?.txt and #?.csv (single sheets with data only). * igs and TurboCalc(WIP) #?.tc for all sheets with data, formats and formulas. There is '''no''' support for xls, xlsx, ods or uos ([http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uniform_Office_Format Uniform Unified Office Format]) at the moment. * Always use Esc key after editing Spreadsheet cells. * copy/paste seems to copy the first instance only so go to Edit -> Clipboard to manage the list of remembered actions. * Right mouse click on row (1 or 2 or 3) or column header (a or b or c) to access optimal height or width of the row or column respectively * Edit -> Insert -> Row seems to clear the spreadsheet or clears the rows after the inserted row until undo restores as it should be... Change Sheet name by Object -> Sheet -> Properties Click in the cell which will contain the result, and click '''down arrow button''' to the right of the formula box at the bottom of the spreadsheet and choose the function required from the list provided. Then click on the start cell and click on the bottom right corner, a '''very''' small blob, which allows stretching a bounding box (thick grey outlines) across many cells This grey bounding box can be used to '''copy a formula''' to other cells. Object -> Cell -> Properties to change cell format - Currency only covers DM and not $, Euro, Renminbi, Yen or Pound etc. Shift key and arrow keys selects a range of cells, so that '''formatting can be done to all highlighted cells'''. View -> Overview then select ALL with one click (in empty cell in the top left hand corner of the sheet). Default mode is relative cell referencing e.g. a1+a2 but absolute e.g. $a$1+$a$2 can be entered. * #sheet-name to '''absolute''' reference another sheet-name cell unless reference() function used. ;Graphs use shift key and arrow keys to select a bunch of cells to be graph'ed making sure that x axes represents and y axes represents * value() - 0 value, 1 percent, 2 date, 3 time, 4 unit ... ;Dates * Excel starts a running count from the 1st Jan 1900 and Ignition starts from 1st Jan 1AD '''(maybe this needs to change)''' Set formatting Object -> Cell -> Properties and put date in days ;Time Set formatting Object -> Cell -> Properties and put time in seconds taken ;Database (to be done by someone else) type - standard, reference (bezug), search criterion (suchkriterium), * select a bunch of cells and Object -> Database -> Define to set Datenbank (database) and Felder (fields not sure how?) * Neu (new) or loschen (delete) to add/remove database headings e.g. Personal, Start Date, Finish Date (one per row?) * Object -> Database -> Index to add fields (felder) like Surname, First Name, Employee ID, etc. to ? Filtering done with dbfilter(), dbproduct() and dbposition(). Activities with dbsum(), dbaverage(), dbmin() and dbmax(). Table sorting - ;Scripts (Arexx) ;Excel(TM) to Ignition - commas ''',''' replaced by semi-colons ''';''' to separate values within functions *SUM(), *AVERAGE(), MAX(), MIN(), INT(), PRODUCT(), MEDIAN(), VAR() becomes Variance(), Percentile(), *IF(), AND, OR, NOT *LEFT(), RIGHT(), MID() becomes MIDDLE(), LEN() becomes LENGTH(), *LOWER() becomes LOWERCASE(), UPPER() becomes UPPERCASE(), * DATE(yyyy,mm,dd) becomes COMPUTEDATE(dd;mm;yyyy), *TODAY(), DAY(),WEEK(), MONTH(),=YEAR(TODAY()), *EOMONTH() becomes MONTHLENGTH(), *NOW() should be date and time becomes time only, SECOND(), MINUTE(), HOUR(), *DBSUM() becomes DSUM(), ;Missing and possibly useful features/functions needed for ignition to have better support of Excel files There is no Merge and Join Text over many cells, no protect and/or freeze row or columns or books but can LOCK sheets, no define bunch of cells as a name, Macros (Arexx?), conditional formatting, no Solver, no Goal Seek, no Format Painter, no AutoFill, no AutoSum function button, no pivot tables, (30 argument limit applies to Excel) *HLOOKUP(), VLOOKUP(), [http://production-scheduling.com/excel-index-function-most-useful/ INDEX(), MATCH()], CHOOSE(), TEXT(), *TRIM(), FIND(), SUBSTITUTE(), CONCATENATE() or &, PROPER(), REPT(), *[https://acingexcel.com/excel-sumproduct-function/ SUMPRODUCT()], ROUND(), ROUNDUP(), *ROUNDDOWN(), COUNT(), COUNTA(), SUMIF(), COUNTIF(), COUNTBLANK(), TRUNC(), *PMT(), PV(), FV(), POWER(), SQRT(), MODE(), TRUE, FALSE, *MODE(), LARGE(), SMALL(), RANK(), STDEV(), *DCOUNT(), DCOUNTA(), WEEKDAY(), ;Excel Keyboard [http://dmcritchie.mvps.org/excel/shortx2k.htm shortcuts needed to aid usability in Ignition] <pre> Ctrl Z - Undo Ctrl D - Fill Down Ctrl R - Fill right Ctrl F - Find Ctrl H - Replace Ctrl 1 - Formatting of Cells CTRL SHIFT ~ Apply General Formatting ie a number Ctrl ; - Todays Date F2 - Edit cell F4 - toggle cell absolute / relative cell references </pre> ====Document Scanning - Scandal==== Scanner usually needs to be connected via a USB port and not via a hub or extension lead. Check in Trident Prefs -> Devices that the USB Scanner is not bound to anything (e.g. Bindings None) If not found then reboot the computer and recheck. Start Scandal, choose Settings from Menu strip at top of screen and in Scanner Driver choose the ?#.device of the scanner (e.g. epson2.device). The next two boxes - leave empty as they are for morphos SCSI use only or put ata.device (use the selection option in bigger box below) and Unit as 0 this is needed for gt68xx * gt68xx - no editing needed in s/gt68xx.conf but needs a firmware file that corresponds to the scanner [http://www.meier-geinitz.de/sane/gt68xx-backend/ gt68xx firmwares] in sys:s/gt68xx. * epson2 - Need to edit the file epson2.conf in sys/s that corresponds to the scanner being used '''Save''' the settings but do not press the Use button (aros freezes) Back to the Picture Scan window and the right-hand sections. Click on the '''Information''' tab and press Connect button and the scanner should now be detected. Go next to the '''Scanner''' tab next to Information Tab should have Color, Black and White, etc. and dpi settings now. Selecting an option Color, B/W etc. can cause dpi settings corruption (especially if the settings are in one line) so set '''dpi first'''. Make sure if Preview is set or not. In the '''Scan''' Tab, press Scan and the scanner will do its duty. Be aware that nothing is saved to disk yet. In the Save tab, change format JPEG, PNG or IFF DEEP. Tick incremental and base filename if necessary and then click the Save button. The image will now be saved to permanent storage. The driver ignores a device if it is already bond to another USB class, rejects it from being usable. However, open Trident prefs, select your device and use the right mouse button to open. Select "NONE" to prevent poseidon from touching the device. Now save settings. It should always work now. [[#top|...to the top]] ===Emulators=== ==== Amiberry ==== ==== Amiga Emu - Janus UAE ==== With Amibridge, AROS attempts to make the UAE emulator seem embedded within but it still is acting as an app There is no dynarec m68k for each hardware that Aros supports or direct patching of motorola calls to AROS hardware accelerated ones unless the emulator has that included Try starting Janus with a priority of -1 like this little script: <pre> cd sys:system/AmiBridge/emulator changetaskpri -1 run janus-uae -f my_uaerc.config >nil: cd sys:prefs endcli </pre> This stops Janus hogging all the CPU time. ===Miscellaneous=== ====Screensaver Blanker==== Most blankers on the amiga (i.e. aros) run as commodities (they are in the tools/commodities drawer). Double click on blanker. Control is with an app called Exchange, which you need to run first (double click on app) or run QUIET sys:tools/commodities/Exchange >NIL: but subsequently can use (Cntrl Alt h). Icon tool types (may be broken) or command line options <pre> seconds=number </pre> Once the timing is right then add the following to s:icaros-sequence or s:user-startup e.g. for 5 minutes run QUIET sys:tools/commodities/Blanker seconds=300 >NIL: *[http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=showfile&file=graphics/screenblanker/gblanker.i386-aros.zip Garshneblanker] can make Aros unstable or slow. Certain blankers crashes in Icaros 2.0.x like Dragon, Executor. *[ Acuario AROS version], the aquarium screen saver. Startup: extras:acuariofv-aros/acuario Kill: c:break name=extras:acuariofv-aros/acuario Managed to start Acuario by the Executor blanker. <pre> cx_priority= cx_popkey= ie CX_POPKEY="Shift F1" cx_popup=Yes or No </pre> <pre> Qualifier String Input Event Class ---------------- ----------------- "lshift" IEQUALIFIER_LSHIFT "rshift" IEQUALIFIER_RSHIFT "capslock" IEQUALIFIER_CAPSLOCK "control" IEQUALIFIER_CONTROL "lalt" IEQUALIFIER_LALT "ralt" IEQUALIFIER_RALT "lcommand" IEQUALIFIER_LCOMMAND "rcommand" IEQUALIFIER_RCOMMAND "numericpad" IEQUALIFIER_NUMERICPAD "repeat" IEQUALIFIER_REPEAT "midbutton" IEQUALIFIER_MIDBUTTON "rbutton" IEQUALIFIER_RBUTTON "leftbutton" IEQUALIFIER_LEFTBUTTON "relativemouse" IEQUALIFIER_RELATIVEMOUSE </pre> <pre> Synonym Synonym String Identifier ------- ---------- "shift" IXSYM_SHIFT /* look for either shift key */ "caps" IXSYM_CAPS /* look for either shift key or capslock */ "alt" IXSYM_ALT /* look for either alt key */ Highmap is one of the following strings: "space", "backspace", "tab", "enter", "return", "esc", "del", "up", "down", "right", "left", "f1", "f2", "f3", "f4", "f5", "f6", "f7", "f8", "f9", "f10", "help". </pre> [[#top|...to the top]] ==== World Construction Set WCS (Version 2.031) ==== WCS is a fractal landscape software such as Scenery Animator, Vista Pro and Panorama. Open sourced February 2022, World Construction Set [https://3dnature.com/downloads/legacy-software/ legally and for free] and [https://github.com/AlphaPixel/3DNature c source]. Announced August 1994 this version dates from April 1996 developed by Gary R. Huber and Chris "Xenon" Hanson" from Questar <pre> Assign "WCSProjects:" "Volume:Dir/Dir/WCSProjects" Assign "WCSFrames:" "Volume:Dir/Dir/WCSFrames" </pre> <pre> Load projects .proj by accessing pull down menu Project -> Open then click on CanyonSunset.proj OK to changing .par file and enlarge Status Log window to show what is happening Render by pull down menu Modules -> Render with End equal 1 not 300 then click bottom middle button Render </pre> [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxQDmf1ZWG0 Youtube walkthrough of above], [], [], Also try working with the already built file ColoDemo - Then open with the drop-down menu: Project/Open, then WCSProject:ColoDemo.proj Which allows you to use altimetric DEM files already included and Loading scene parameters from ColoDemo.par Once this is done, save everything with a new name to start working exclusively on your project. Then drop-down menu and select Save As ("NewName".proj name), then drop-down menu to open parameter and select Save All ( .par name) After launching the software, there is a the Module Control Panel composed of five icons. It is a dock type shortcut of the first few functions of the drop-down menu *Database - Load (#?.proj), Append, Create, Edit, Save, Dir List (of WCSProject drawer), *Data Ops - Extract / Convert Interp DEM, Import DLG, DXF, WDB and export LW map 3d formats *Map View - Database file Loader leading to Map View Control with option to the Database Editor *Parameters - Editor for Motion, Color, Ecosystem, Clouds, Waves, management of altimeter files DEM, sclock settings etc *Render - rendering terrain These are more in the pull down menu but not in the dock *Motion Editor *Color Editor *Ecosys Editor Simple minimal workflow *Load database (1st icon - 1st) *Set parameters and save .par file (4th icon) *Render scene (5th icon) [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZbTwwR2qcc4 Youtube], [], <pre> .proj new project name which creates a drawer of additional files .binary array, ascii array .xyz , z buffer, DTED .dt0, vista 1990s dem, iff conversion .Obj with .elev, .frd with .hdr maps, - digital elevation model (DEM) is a 3D representation of elevation data in various formats USGS 7.5MinDEM, .par </pre> Since for the time being no project is loaded, a query window indicates a procedural error when clicking on the rendering icon (right end of the bar). The menu is quite traditional; it varies according to the activity of the windows. To display any altimetric file in the "Mapview" (third icon of the panel), There are three possibilities: * Loading of a demonstration project. * The import of a DEM file, followed by texturing and packaging from the "Database-Editor" and the "Color-Editor". * The creation of an altimetric file in WCS format, then texturing. The altimeter file editing (display in the menu) is only made possible if the "Mapview" window is active. The software is made up of many windows and won't be able to describe them all. Know that "Color-Editor" and the "Data-Editor" comprise sufficient functions for obtaining an almost real rendering quality. You have the possibility of inserting vector objects in the "Data-Editor" (creation of roads, railways, etc.) The Map View (MapView) window *Database - Objects and Topos *View - Align, Center, Zoom, Pan, Move *Draw - Maps and distance *Object - Find, highlight, add points, conform topo, duplicate *Motion - Camera, Focus, path, elevation *Windows - DEM designer, Cloud (.cld) and wave (.wve) editor, You will notice that by selecting this window and simply moving the pointer to various points on the map you will see latitude and longitude values ​​change, along with the height. Drop-down menu and Modules, then select MapView and change the width of the window with the map to arrange it in the best way on the screen. With the Auto button the center. Window that then displays the contents of my DEM file, in this case the Grand Canyon. MapView allows you to observe the shape of the landscape from above ZOOM button Press the Zoom button and then with the pointer position on a point on the map, press the left mouse button and then move to the opposite corner to circumscribe the chosen area and press the left mouse button again, then we will see the enlarged area selected on the map. Would add that there is a box next to the Zoom button that allows the direct insertion of a value which, the larger it is, the smaller the magnification and the smaller the value, the stronger the magnification. At each numerical change you will need to press the DRAW button to update the view. PAN button Under Zoom you will find the PAN button which allows you to move the map at will in all directions by the amount you want. This is done by drawing a line in one direction, then press PAN and point to an area on the map with the pointer and press the left mouse button. At this point, leave it and move the pointer in one direction by drawing a line and press the left mouse button again to trigger the movement of the map on the screen (origin and end points). Do some experiments and then use the Auto button immediately below to recenter everything. There are parameters such as TOPO, VEC to be left checked and immediately below one that allows different views of the map with the Style command (Single, Multi, Surface, Emboss, Slope, Contour), each with its own particularities to highlight different details. Now you have the first basics to manage your project visually on the map. Close the MapView window and go further... Let's start working on ECOSYSTEMS If we select Emboss from the MapView Style command we will have a clear idea of ​​how the landscape appears, realizing that it is a predominantly desert region of our planet. Therefore we will begin to act on any vegetation present and the appearance of the landscape. With WCS we will begin to break down the elements of the landscape by assigning defined characteristics. It will be necessary to determine the classes of the ecosystem (Class) with parameters of Elevation Line (maximum altitude), Relative Elevation (arrangement on basins or convexities with respectively positive or negative parameters), Min Slope and Max Slope (slope). WCS offers the possibility of making ecosystems coexist on the same terrain with the UnderEco function, by setting a Density value. Ecosys Ecosystem Editor Let's open it from Modules, then Ecosys Editor. In the left pane you will find the list of ecosystems referring to the files present in our project. It will be necessary to clean up that box to leave only the Water and Snow landscapes and a few other predefined ones. We can do this by selecting the items and pressing the Remove button (be careful not for all elements the button is activated, therefore they cannot all be eliminated). Once this is done we can start adding new ecosystems. Scroll through the various Unused and as soon as the Name item at the top is activated allowing you to write, type the name of your ecosystem, adding the necessary parameters. <pre> Ecosystem1: Name: RockBase Class: Rock Density: 80 MinSlope: 15 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosystem2: Name: RockIncl Clss: Rock Density: 80 MinSlope: 30 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosystem3: Name: Grass Class Low Veg Density: 50 Height: 1 Elev Line : 1500 Rel El Eff: 5 Max Slope: 10 – Min Slope: 0 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosistema4: Name: Shrubs Class: Low Veg Density: 40 Height: 8 Elev Line: 3000 Rel El Eff: -2 Max Slope: 20 Min Slope : 5 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosistema5: Name: Terrain Class: Ground Density: 100 UnderEco: Terrain </pre> Now we need to identify an intermediate ecosystem that guarantees a smooth transition between all, therefore we select as Understory Ecosystem the one called Terrain in all ecosystems, except Snow and Water . Now we need to 'emerge' the Colorado River in the Canyon and we can do this by raising the sea level to 900 (Sea Level) in the Ecosystem called Water. Please note that the order of the ecosystem list gives priority to those that come after. So our list must have the following order: Water, Snow, Shrubs, RockIncl, RockBase, Terrain. It is possible to carry out all movements with the Swap button at the bottom. To put order you can also press Short List. Press Keep to confirm all the work done so far with Ecosystem Editor. Remember every now and then to save both the Project 'Modules/Save' and 'Parameter/Save All' EcoModels are made up of .etp .fgp .iff8 for each model Color Editor Now it's time to define the colors of our scene and we can do this by going to Modules and then Color Editor. In the list we focus on our ecosystems, created first. Let's go to the bottom of the list and select the first white space, assigning the name 'empty1', with a color we like and then we will find this element again in other environments... It could serve as an example for other situations! So we move to 'grass' which already exists and assign the following colors: R 60 G 70 B50 <pre> 'shrubs': R 60 G 80 B 30 'RockIncl' R 110 G 65 B 60 'RockBase' R 110 G 80 B 80 ' Terrain' R 150 G 30 B 30 <pre> Now we can work on pre-existing colors <pre> 'SunLight' R 150 G 130 B 130 'Haze and Fog' R 190 G 170 B 170 'Horizon' R 209 G 185 B 190 'Zenith' R 140 G 150 B 200 'Water' R 90 G 125 B 170 </pre> Ambient R 0 G 0 B 0 So don't forget to close Color Editor by pressing Keep. Go once again to Ecosystem Editor and assign the corresponding color to each environment by selecting it using the Ecosystem Color button. Press it several times until the correct one appears. Then save the project and parameters again, as done previously. Motion Editor Now it's time to take care of the framing, so let's go to Modules and then to Motion Editor. An extremely feature-rich window will open. Following is the list of parameters regarding the Camera, position and other characteristics: <pre> -Camera Altitude: 7.0 -Camera Latitude: 36.075 -Camera Longitude: 112.133 -Focus Attitude: -2.0 -Focus Latitude: 36.275 -Focus Longitude: 112.386 -Camera : 512 → rendering window -Camera Y: 384 → rendering window -View Arc: 80 → View width in degrees -Sun Longitude: 172 -Sun Latitude: -0.9 -Haze Start: 3.8 -Haze Range: 78, 5 </pre> As soon as the values ​​shown in the relevant sliders have been modified, we will be ready to open the CamView window to observe the wireframe preview. Let's not consider all the controls that will appear. Well from the Motion Editor if you have selected Camera Altitude and open the CamView panel, you can change the height of the camera by holding down the right mouse button and moving the mouse up and down. To update the view, press the Terrain button in the adjacent window. As soon as you are convinced of the position, confirm again with Keep. You can carry out the same work with the other functions of the camera, such as Focus Altitude... Let's now see the next positioning step on the Camera map, but let's leave the CamView preview window open while we go to Modules to open the window at the same time MapView. We will thus be able to take advantage of the view from the other together with a subjective one. From the MapView window, select with the left mouse button and while it is pressed, move the Camera as desired. To update the subjective preview, always click on Terrain. While with the same procedure you can intervene on the direction of the camera lens, by selecting the cross and with the left button pressed you can choose the desired view. So with the pressure of Terrain I update the Preview. Possibly can enlarge or reduce the Map View using the Zoom button, for greater precision. Also write that the circle around the cameras indicates the beginning of the haze, there are two types (haze and fog) linked to the altitude. Would also add that the camera height is editable through the Motion Editor panel. The sun Let's see that changing the position of the sun from the Motion Editor. Press the SUN button at the bottom right and set the time and the date. Longitude and latitude are automatically obtained by the program. Always open the View Arc command from the Motion Editor panel, an item present in the Parameter List box. Once again confirm everything with Keep and then save again. Animation The animation part is not left-back and also occupies a window. The settings possibilities are enormous. A time line with dragging functions ("slide", "drag"...) comparable to that of LightWave completes this window. A small window is available for positioning the stars as a function of a date, in order to vary the seasons and their various events (and yes...). At the bottom of the "Motion-Editor", a "cam-view" function will give you access to a control panel. Different preview modes are possible. The rendering is also accessible through a window. No less than nine pages compose it. At this level, you will be able to determine the backup name of your images ("path"), the type of texture to be calculated, the resolution of the images, activate or deactivate functions such as the depth buffer ("zbuffer"), the blur, the background image, etc. Once all these parameters have been set, all you have to do is click on the "Render" button. For rendering go to Modules and then Render. Select the resolution, then under IMA select the name of the image. Move to FRA and indicate the level of fractal detail which of 4 is quite good. Then Keep to confirm and then reopen the window, pressing Render you will see the result. The image will be opened with any viewing program. Strengths: * Multi-window. * Quality of rendering. * Accuracy. * Opening, preview and rendering on CyberGraphX screen. * Extract / Convert Interp DEM, Import DLG, DXF, WDB and export LW map 3d formats * The "zbuffer" function. Weaknesses: * No OpenGL management * Calculation time. * No network computing tool. ====Writing CD / DVD - Frying Pan==== Can be backup DVDs (4GB ISO size limit due to use of FileInfoBlock), create audio cds from mp3's, and put .iso files on discs If using for the first time - click Drive button and Device set to ata.device and unit to 0 (zero) Click Tracks Button - Drive 1 - Create New Disc or Import Existing Disc Image (iso bin/cue etc.) - Session File open cue file If you're making a data cd, with files and drawers from your hard drive, you should be using the ISO Builder.. which is the MUI page on the left. ("Data/Audio Tracks" is on the right). You should use the "Data/Audio tracks" page if you want to create music cds with AIFF/WAV/MP3 files, or if you download an .iso file, and you want to put it on a cd. Click WRITE Button - set write speed - click on long Write button Examples Easiest way would be to burn a DATA CD, simply go to "Tracks" page "ISO Builder" and "ADD" everything you need to burn. On the "Write" page i have "Masterize Disc (DAO)", "Close Disc" and "Eject after Write" set. One must not "Blank disc before write" if one uses a CDR AUDIO CD from MP3's are as easy but tricky to deal with. FP only understands one MP3 format, Layer II, everything else will just create empty tracks Burning bootable CD's works only with .iso files. Go to "Tracks" page and "Data/Audio Tracks" and add the .iso ====odf==== Every ODF file is a collection of several subdocuments within a package (ZIP file), each of which stores part of the complete document. * content.xml – Document content and automatic styles used in the content. * styles.xml – Styles used in the document content and automatic styles used in the styles themselves. * meta.xml – Document meta information, such as the author or the time of the last save action. * settings.xml – Application-specific settings, such as the window size or printer information. To read document follow these steps: * Extracting .ods file. * Getting content.xml file (which contains sheets data). * Creating XmlDocument object from content.xml file. * Creating DataSet (that represent Spreadsheet file). * With XmlDocument select “table:table” elements, and then create adequate DataTables. * Parse child’s of “table:table” element and fill DataTables with those data. * At the end, return DataSet and show it in application’s interface. To write document follow these steps: * Extracting template.ods file (.ods file that we use as template). * Getting content.xml file. * Creating XmlDocument object from content.xml file. * Erasing all “table:table” elements from the content.xml file. * Reading data from our DataSet and composing adequate “table:table” elements. * Adding “table:table” elements to content.xml file. * Zipping that file as new .ods file. XLS file format The XLS file format contains streams, substreams, and records. These sheet substreams include worksheets, macro sheets, chart sheets, dialog sheets, and VBA module sheets. All the records in an XLS document start with a 2-byte unsigned integer to specify Record Type (rt), and another for Count of Bytes (cb). A record cannot exceed 8224 bytes. If larger than the rest is stored in one or more continue records. * Workbook stream **Globals substream ***BoundSheet8 record - info for Worksheet substream i.e. name, location, type, and visibility. (4bytes the lbPlyPos FilePointer, specifies the position in the Workbook stream where the sheet substream starts) **Worksheet substream (sheet) - Cell Table - Row record - Cells (2byte=row 2byte=column 2byte=XF format) ***Blank cell record ***RK cell record 32-bit number. ***BoolErr cell record (2-byte Bes structure that may be either a Boolean value or an error code) ***Number cell record (64-bit floating-point number) ***LabelSst cell record (4-byte integer that specifies a string in the Shared Strings Table (SST). Specifically, the integer corresponds to the array index in the RGB field of the SST) ***Formula cell record (FormulaValue structure in the 8 bytes that follow the cell structure. The next 6 bytes can be ignored, and the rest of the record is a CellParsedFormula structure that contains the formula itself) ***MulBlank record (first 2 bytes give the row, and the next 2 bytes give the column that the series of blanks starts at. Next, a variable length array of cell structures follows to store formatting information, and the last 2 bytes show what column the series of blanks ends on) ***MulRK record ***Shared String Table (SST) contains all of the string values in the workbook. ACCRINT(), ACCRINTM(), AMORDEGRC(), AMORLINC(), COUPDAYBS(), COUPDAYS(), COUPDAYSNC(), COUPNCD(), COUPNUM(), COUPPCD(), CUMIPMT(), CUMPRINC(), DB(), DDB(), DISC(), DOLLARDE(), DOLLARFR(), DURATION(), EFFECT(), FV(), FVSCHEDULE(), INTRATE(), IPMT(), IRR(), ISPMT(), MDURATION(), MIRR(), NOMINAL(), NPER(), NPV(), ODDFPRICE(), ODDFYIELD(), ODDLPRICE(), ODDLYIELD(), PMT(), PPMT(), PRICE(), PRICEDISC(), PRICEMAT(), PV(), RATE(), RECEIVED(), SLN(), SYD(), TBILLEQ(), TBILLPRICE(), TBILLYIELD(), VDB(), XIRR(), XNPV(), YIELD(), YIELDDISC(), YIELDMAT(), <pre> </pre> <pre> </pre> <pre> </pre> {{BookCat}} 3x3qyu3vjtigi9pshoou9bd6xcf3kz8 4671030 4670992 2026-09-18T19:42:25Z Jeff1138 301139 4671030 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Introduction== [[#Graphical Image Editing Art]] [[#Office Application]] [[#Audio]] [[#Misc Application]] [[#Games & Emulation]] [[#Application Guides]] [[#top|...to the top]] [[#top|...to the top]] Most apps can be opened on the Workbench (aka publicscreen pubscreen) which is the default display option but can offer a custom one set to your configurations (aka custom screen mode promotion). These custom ones tend to stack so the possible use of A-M/A-N method of switching between full screens and the ability to pull down screens as well If you are interested in creating or porting new software, see [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Developer/Docs here] {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Internet Applications !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1 (68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Web Online Browser [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser Amelinium], Odyssey 2.0, [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1175&highlight=odyssey&rowstart=100 Odyssey 3.0], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://juen.in/ Amelinium], [https://blog.alb42.de/programs/amifox/ amifox] with [https://github.com/alb42/wrp wrp server], IBrowse*, [https://github.com/zapek/Voyager Voyager], [https://github.com/amigazen/aweb3/ AWeb 3.6 src], [https://github.com/matjam/aweb AWeb Src], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/www/NetSurf-m68k-sources Netsurf], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[ Odyssey OWB], [ Timberwolf (Firefox port 2011)], [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?forum=32&topic_id=32847 OWB-mui], [http://strohmayer.org/owb/ OWB-Reaction], IBrowse*, [http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=showfile&file=network/browser/aweb.lha AWeb], Voyager, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser Netsurf], |<!--MorphOS-->Wayfarer, [http://fabportnawak.free.fr/owb/ Odyssey OWB], [ Netsurf], IBrowse*, AWeb, [], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->YouTube, Dailymotion website downloading videos audio [https://github.com/yt-dlp/yt-dlp yt-dlp], [https://clipgrab.org/ clipgrab], |<!--AROS-->[], [https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], [ smtube], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], getVideo, Tubexx, [https://github.com/walkero-gr/aiostreams aiostreams], |<!--MorphOS-->[ ytsearch], [https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 getVideo], Tubexx |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Old style E-mailing SMTP POP3 IMAP based |<!--AROS-->Emailinium, [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/email SimpleMail], [http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplemail/files/ src], [https://github.com/jens-maus/yam YAM] |<!--Amiga OS-->Emailinium, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplemail/files/ SimpleMail], [https://github.com/jens-maus/yam YAM] |<!--AmigaOS4-->SimpleMail, YAM, |<!--MorphOS--> SimpleMail, YAM |- |<!--Sub Menu-->IRC, ICB, |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat WookieChat], [https://sourceforge.net/projects/wookiechat/ Wookiechat src], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat AiRcOS], Jabberwocky, |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/charabaruk/WookieChat Wookiechat], AmIRC |<!--AmigaOS4-->Wookiechat |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Wookiechat], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 AmIRC], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Instant Messaging IM like [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/amidon Hollywood lang based Mastodon client], BlueSky AT protocol, Facebook(TM), Twitter X (TM), Bitlbee IRC Gateway and others |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/kaffeine1/telegram-amiga telegram-amiga], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat jabberwocky], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], CLIMM, SabreMSN, [https://sourceforge.net/projects/ajabberwocky/ jabberwocky], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], SabreMSN, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 PolyglotNG], SabreMSN, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Torrents |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/p2p ArTorr], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->CTorrent, Transmission |<!--MorphOS-->MLDonkey, Beehive, [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Transmission], CTorrent, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->FTP |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], MarranoFTP, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/wput-0.3.4c.i386-aros wput i386 c src] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiFTP AmiFTP], AmiTradeCenter, ncFTP, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/sana2-tftpclient sana2 tftpclient c src] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], |<!--MorphOS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Pftp], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiFTP-1.935-OS4 AmiFTP], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->WYSIWYG Web Site Editor |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Internet Radio Streaming Audio [http://www.gnu.org/software/gnump3d/ gnump3d], [http://www.icecast.org/ Icecast2] Server (Broadcast) and Client (Listen), [ mpd], [http://darkice.sourceforge.net/ DarkIce], [http://www.dyne.org/software/muse/ Muse], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc], Mplayer (Icecast Client only), |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/sandlbn/TuneFinder TuneFinder C Src], [https://github.com/sandlbn/TuneFinderMUI TuneFinderMUI], [http://amigazeux.net/anr/ AmiNetRadio], [https://github.com/boingball/MintAMP MintAMP], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.tunenet.co.uk/ Tunenet], |<!--MorphOS-->Mplayer, AmiNetRadio, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VoIP (Voice over IP) with SIP Client (Session Initiation Protocol) or Asterisk IAX2 Clients Softphone (skype like) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiPhone with Speak Freely, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Weather Forecast |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ WeatherBar], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench AWeather], [] |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://amigazeux.net/wetter/ Wetter], [https://github.com/emartisoft/AmiWeatherForecasts AmiWeatherForecasts src], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/?function=showfile&file=utility/workbench/flipclock.lha FlipClock], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://amigazeux.net/wetter/ Wetter], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Street Road Maps Route Planning GPS Tracking |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/muimapparium/ MuiMapparium] [https://build.alb42.de/ Build of MuiMapp versions], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiAtlas*, UKRoutePlus*, [http://blog.alb42.de/ AmOSM], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://blog.alb42.de/programs/mapparium/ Mapparium], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Clock and Date setting from the internet (either ntp or websites) [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/ World Clock], [http://www.time.gov/ NIST], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/misc ntpsync], |<!--Amiga OS-->ntpsync |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Newsgroups |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://newscoaster.sourceforge.net/ Newscoaster], [https://github.com/jens-maus/newsrog NewsRog], [ WorldNews], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->RSS |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/Team-Boingo/AmiRSS AmiRSS src] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->AI |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/murinsel/AmigaAI Claude], [https://github.com/geekychris/amiga_mcp AI on host machine], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->BBS |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Graphical Image Editing Art== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Image Editing !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Pixel Raster Artwork [https://github.com/LibreSprite/LibreSprite LibreSprite based on GPL aseprite], [https://github.com/abetusk/hsvhero hsvhero], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ZunePaint/ ZunePaint], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit LunaPaint], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit GrafX2], [ LodePaint needs OpenGL], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.amigaforever.com/classic/download.html PPaint], GrafX2, [https://github.com/grovdata/Amiga_Sources/blob/master/software.md DeluxePaint], [http://www.amiforce.de/perfectpaint/perfectpaint.php PerfectPaint], Zoetrope, Brilliance2*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit LodePaint], GrafX2, |<!--MorphOS-->Sketch, Pixel*, GrafX2, [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 LunaPaint] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Image viewing |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ ZuneView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer LookHere], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer LoView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer PicShow] , [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album], |<!--Amiga OS-->PicShow, PicView, Photoalbum, |<!--AmigaOS4-->WarpView, PicShow, flPhoto, Thumbs, [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 ShowGirls], [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Photography retouching / Image Manipulation like Photoshop(tm) |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit RNOEffects], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Tecsoft Video Paint aka TVPaint], Photogenics*, ArtEffect*, ImageFX*, XiPaint, fxPaint, ImageMasterRT, Opalpaint, |<!--AmigaOS4-->WarpView, flPhoto, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit Photocrop] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 ShowGirls], ImageFX*, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Manage RAW picture folder galleries like Darktable, RAWtherapy, etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Graphic Format Converter - ICC profile support sRGB, Adobe RGB, XYZ and linear RGB |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->GraphicsConverter, ImageStudio, [http://www.coplabs.org/artpro.html ArtPro] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Thumbnail Generator [], |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ ZuneView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/shell Thumbnail Generator] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Icon Editor |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/iconedit Archives], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench Icon Toolbox], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/iconedit IconEditor] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D Pixel Art Animation |<!--AROS-->Lunapaint |<!--Amiga OS-->PPaint, AnimatED, Scala*, GoldDisk MovieSetter*, Walt Disney's Animation Studio*, ProDAD*, [https://github.com/historicalsource/DeluxePaint DeluxePaint src], Brilliance |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 Titler] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D SVG based MovieSetter type |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->MovieSetter*, Fantavision* |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Morphing |<!--AROS-->[ GLMorph] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D Cad (qcad->LibreCAD, etc.) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Xcad, MaxonCAD |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Cad like FreeCad, BRL-CAD, OpenSCAD, AvoCADo, etc. using dxf, obj (vertices), blend, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->XCad3d*, DynaCADD*, [https://aminet.net/package/gfx/3d/Cycas178_EN Cycas]*, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Model Rendering of glft (json) gbl (png jpg), usdz (USD files with materials, textures, and animations), FBX Filmbox is a proprietary Autodesk format, |<!--AROS-->POV-Ray |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.discreetfx.com./amigaproducts.html CINEMA 4D]*, POV-Ray, Lightwave3D*, Real3D*, Caligari24*, Reflections/Monzoom*, [https://github.com/privatosan/RayStorm Raystorm src], Tornado 3D, [https://github.com/AlphaPixel/Eric-Graham-1987-Juggler-Raytracer-1.0 Eric-Graham-1987-Juggler-Raytracer-1.0] |<!--AmigaOS4-->Blender, POV-Ray, Yafray |<!--MorphOS-->Blender, POV-Ray, Yafray |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Format Converter [], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=graphics/convert/ 3doc.i386-aros], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=showfile&file=graphics/convert/ivcon.lha IVCon] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen grabbing display |<!--AROS-->[ Screengrabber], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/misc snapit], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/record screen recorder], [] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Grab graphics music from apps [https://github.com/Malvineous/ripper6 ripper6], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Office Application== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Office !width:10%;|AROS (x86) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amiga_software Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1] (68k) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AmigaOS_4 Hyperion OS4] (PPC) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MorphOS MorphOS] (PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Office Suite |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Softwood Final Office], [ Wordworth Office], [ Digita Office], [ The Works!], [ Europress Mini Office], [], [ Papyrus Office Demo], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[ Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Word-processing |<!--AROS-->[https://finalwriter.godaddysites.com/ Final Writer 7*], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1995&rowstart=20&pid=12668#post_12668 Slovo], [https://github.com/sodero/MUI-Vim/releases MUI-Vim], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/wordprocessing Cinnamon Writer], [], |<!--AmigaOS-->[ Softwood FinalCopy II*], Haage AmigaWriter*, Digita WordWorth*, Softwood FinalWriter*, Micro-Systems Excellence 3*, Arnor Protext, Rashumon, [ InterWord], [ KindWords], [WordPerfect], [ New Horizons Flow], [ CygnusEd Pro], [ Micro-systems Scribble], |<!--AmigaOS4-->AbiWord, [ CinnamonWriter], |<!--MorphOS-->[ Cinnamon Writer], [http://www.meta-morphos.org/viewtopic.php?topic=1246&forum=53 scriba], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/index.php Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Spreadsheets |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/leu/ Leu], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/spreadsheet ], |<!--AmigaOS-->[https://aminet.net/package/biz/spread/ignition-src Ignition Src 1.3], [MaxiPlan 500 Plus], [OXXI Plan/IT v2.0 Speadsheet], [ Superplan], [ Creative Developments TurboCalc], [ ProCalc], [ InterSpread], [Digita DGCalc], [ Gold Disk Advantage], [ Micro-systems Analyze!] |<!--AmigaOS4-->Gnumeric, [https://ignition-amiga.sourceforge.net/ Ignition], |<!--MorphOS-->[ ignition], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Presentations |<!--AROS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, [https://github.com/evaneykelen/mediapoint-amiga MediaPoint C and asm], PointRider, Scala*, |<!--Amiga OS4-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, PointRider |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, PointRider |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Databases |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/database BeeBase], |<!--Amiga OS-->Precision Superbase 4 Pro*, Arnor Prodata*, [https://sourceforge.net/projects/beebase/ BeeBase], Datastore, FinalData*, AmigaBase, Fiasco, Twist2*, [Digita DGBase], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->BeeBase, SQLite, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=6 BeeBase], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PDF Viewing and editing digital signatures |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/arospdf/ ArosPDF via splash], [https://github.com/wattoc/AROS-vpdf vpdf wip], |<!--Amiga OS-->APDF |<!--AmigaOS4-->AmiPDF |<!--MorphOS-->APDF, vPDF, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Note Taking markdown support like Obsidian like, joplin, OneNote, EverNotes, xournalpp, etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Study and analyse, collect, organize, annotate, cite, and share |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PIM Personal Information Manager - Day Diary Planner Calendar App |<!--AROS-->[ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->Digita Organiser*, On The Ball, Everyday Organiser, [ Contact Manager], |<!--AmigaOS4-->AOrganiser, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://polymere.free.fr/orga_en.html PolyOrga], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Accounting |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/misc ETB], LoanCalc, [ ], [ ], [ ], |[ Digita Home Accounts2], Accountant, Small Business Accounts, Account Master, [ Amigabok], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Project Management Research |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->SuperGantt, SuperPlan, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Desktop |<!--AROS-->Wanderer, Scalos, Workbook, DOpus5, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[https://github.com/zapek/Ambient Ambient Src] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Wide Search |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool Finder], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Wide Dictionary - multilingual [http://sourceforge.net/projects/babiloo/ Babiloo], [http://code.google.com/p/stardict-3/ StarDict], |<!--AROS-->[ ], |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System wide Thesaurus - multi lingual |<!--AROS-->[ ], |Kuma K-Roget*, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Sticky Desktop Notes (post it type) |<!--AROS-->[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/amimemos.i386-aros AmiMemos], [https://aminet.net/package/util/wb/amimemos.src-aros AmiMemos Src], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/StickIt-2.00 StickIt v2], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->DTP Desktop Publishing |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit RNOPublisher], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]*, Professional Pro Page*, Saxon Publisher, Pagesetter, PenPal, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]* |<!--MorphOS-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]* |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Printing |<!--AROS-->Postscript 3 laser printers, [https://github.com/bohunamiga/MintPRINT MintPRINT AirPrint IPP], [ Ghostscript], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/boingball/MintPRINT MintPRINT IPP], [https://github.com/Andiweli/AmiAirprint AmiAirprint], [http://www.irseesoft.de/tp_what.htm TurboPrint]*, [ GutenPrint], [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/NetPrinter NetPrinter LPR], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->(some native drivers), |<!--MorphOS-->early TurboPrint included, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/NetPrinter NetPrinter LPR], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Scanning |<!--AROS-->[ SCANdal], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->FxScan*, ScanQuix*, [https://github.com/boingball/MintSCAN MintSCAN], |<!--AmigaOS4-->SCANdal (Sane) |<!--MorphOS-->SCANdal |- |<!--Sub Menu-->OCR |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/convert gOCR] |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos-files.net/categories/office/text Tesseract] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Text Editing |<!--AROS-->Jano Editor (already installed as Editor), [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit EdiSyn], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit Annotate], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit Vim], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit FrexxEd] [https://github.com/vidarh/FrexxEd src], [ NoWinEd], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/text/edit/TurboText20 TurboText20 ttx], Annotate, MicroGoldED/CubicIDE*, CygnusED*, Protext*, NoWinED, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Notepad, Annotate, CygnusED*, NoWinED, |<!--MorphOS-->MorphOS ED, NoWinED, GoldED/CubicIDE*, CygnusED*, Annotate, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Office Fonts [http://sourceforge.net/projects/fontforge/files/fontforge-source/ Font Designer] |<!--AROS-->[ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->TypeSmith*, SaxonScript (GetFont Adobe Type 1), |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Drawing Vector |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/amifig/ ZuneFIG previously AmiFIG], [https://github.com/serk118/designworks-aros designworks aros 64bit] |<!--Amiga OS-->Drawstudio*, ProVector*, ArtExpression*, Professional Draw*, AmiFIG, MetaView, [https://gitlab.com/amigasourcecodepreservation/designworks Design Works Src], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->MindSpace, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit amifig], |<!--MorphOS-->SteamDraw, [http://aminet.net/package/gfx/edit/amifig amiFIG], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->video conferencing (jitsi) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->source code hosting |<!--AROS-->Gitlab, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Remote Desktop (server) |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/VNC_Server ArosVNCServer], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://s.guillard.free.fr/AmiVNC/AmiVNC.htm AmiVNC], [http://dspach.free.fr/amiga/avnc/index.html AVNC] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://s.guillard.free.fr/AmiVNC/AmiVNC.htm AmiVNC] |MorphVNC, vncserver |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Remote Desktop (client) login and connect to another machine |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/VNC_Client/ ArosVNC], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/misc rdesktop], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://dspach.free.fr/amiga/vva/index.html VVA], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->notifications |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Ranchero |<!--AmigaOS4-->Ringhio |<!--MorphOS-->MagicBeacon |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Biometric facial logins and fingerprint security features |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Audio== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Audio !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing playback Audio like MP3, [https://github.com/chrg127/gmplayer NSF], [https://github.com/kode54/lazyusf miniusf .usflib] [https://gitlab.com/kode54/psflib with pfslib], [], [], etc |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/play Mplayer], [ HarmonyPlayer hp], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/audio/index.xhtml playcdda] CDs, [ WildMidi Player], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ UADE mod player], [], [ RNOTunes], [ mp3Player], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiNetRadio, AmigaAmp, playOGG, [https://codeberg.org/tygre/amimodradio amimodradio] |<!--AmigaOS4-->TuneNet, SimplePlay, AmigaAmp, TKPlayer |AmiNetRadio, Mplayer, Kaya, AmigaAmp |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Audio |<!--AROS-->[ Audio Evolution 4] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/hd-rec/ HD-Rec Src], [http://www.sonicpulse.de/eng/news.html SoundFX], [ Samplitude], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/hd-rec/ HD-Rec], AmiSoundED, [http://os4depot.net/?function=showfile&file=audio/record/audioevolution4.lha Audio Evolution 4] |[http://www.hd-rec.de/HD-Rec/index.php?site=home HD-Rec], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Tracker Music |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/hitchhikr/protrekkr Protrekkr], [ Schism Tracker], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/tracker MilkyTracker], [http://www.hivelytracker.com/ HivelyTracker], [ Radium in AROS already], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/development/index.xhtml libMikMod], |<!--Amiga OS-->MilkyTracker, HivelyTracker, DigiBooster, Octamed SoundStudio, [https://github.com/elindstrom/soundtracker soundtracker], |<!--AmigaOS4-->MilkyTracker, HivelyTracker, GoatTracker |MilkyTracker, GoatTracker, DigiBooster, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Music [], [https://github.com/kmatheussen/camd CAMD] and/or staves and musical notes on manuscript |<!--AROS-->[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars and Pipes], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars'n'Pipes], MusicX* David "Talin" Joiner & Craig Weeks (for Notator-X), Deluxe Music Construction Set DMCS2*, [https://github.com/timoinutilis/midi-sequencer-amigaos Horny c Src] [https://github.com/kas1e/midi-sequencer-amigaos/tree/master/HornyGCC HornyGCC OS4 src] [https://github.com/capehill/midi-sequencer-amigaos Horny OS4 fork src] [https://www.amigans.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?start=0&topic_id=8143&order=ASC&status=&mode=0 OS4 thread], HD-Rec, [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/dominatorV1_51 Dominator], [https://github.com/royaltm/Amiga-midiIn Amiga-midiIn], [ Aegis Sonix 2.0] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://sourceforge.net/p/hd-rec/code/HEAD/tree/ HD-Rec Src], Rockbeat, [http://bnp.hansfaust.de/download.html Bars'n'Pipes], [https://github.com/gooofy/freeaction Horny OS4 src fork], Audio Evolution 4, |<!--MorphOS-->Bars'n'Pipes, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Sound Sampling |<!--AROS-->[ Advanced AHI Recorder all], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/record Audio Evolution 4], [http://www.imica.net/SitePortalPage.aspx?siteid=1&did=162 Quick Record], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc SOX to get AIFF 16bit files], [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/tree/master/workbench/tools/AHIRecord AHIRecord], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/mus/edit/AudioEvolution3_src Audio Evolution 3 c src], [ Samplitude]*, Audiomaster IV*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://github.com/timoinutilis/phonolith-amigaos phonolith c src], HD-Rec, Audio Evolution 4, |<!--MorphOS-->[https://sourceforge.net/p/hd-rec/code/HEAD/tree/ HD-Rec Src], Audio Evolution 4, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Audio Processing like easyeffects so having limiter, compressor, convolver, equalizer and auto volume and many other plugins |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Live Looping or Audio Misc - Groovebox like |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->CD/DVD burn |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility IsoTools], [https://code.google.com/p/amiga-fryingpan/ FryingPan], |<!--Amiga OS-->FryingPan, [ MakeCD], |<!--AmigaOS4-->FryingPan, AmiDVD, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.amiga.org/forums/printthread.php?t=58736 FryingPan], Jalopeano, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->CD/DVD audio rip |<!--AROS-->Lame, [http://www.imica.net/SitePortalPage.aspx?siteid=1&cfid=0&did=167 Quick CDrip], |<!--Amiga OS-->Lame, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Lame, |<!--MorphOS-->Lame, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->MP3 v1 and v2 Tagger |<!--AROS-->id3ren (v1), [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/edit mp3info], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> | |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Audio Convert |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc Sox], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/mus/misc/SoundBox SoundBox], [http://aminet.net/package/mus/misc/SoundBoxKey SoundBox Key], [http://aminet.net/package/mus/edit/SampleE SampleE], sox |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->DJ mixing jamming |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/djh0ffman/PT1210 Hoffman PT1210 DJ tracker], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Radio Automation Software [http://www.rivendellaudio.org/ Rivendell], [http://code.campware.org/projects/livesupport/report/3 Campware LiveSupport], [http://www.sourcefabric.org/en/airtime/ SourceFabric AirTime], [http://www.ohloh.net/p/mediabox404 MediaBox404], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speakers Audio Sonos Mains AC networked wired controlled *2005 ZP100 with ZP80 *2008 Zoneplayer ZP120 (multi-room wireless amp) ZP90 receiver only with CR100 controller, *2009 ZonePlayer S5, *2010 BR100 wireless Bridge (no support), *2011 Play:3 *2013 Bridge (no support), Play:1, *2016 Arc, Play:1, *Beam (Gen 2), Playbar, Ray, Era 100, Era 300, Roam, Move 2, *Sub (Gen 3), Sub Mini, Five, Amp S2 |<!--AROS-->SonosController |<!--Amiga OS-->SonosController |<!--AmigaOS4-->SonosController |<!--MorphOS-->SonosController |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Smart Speakers |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Video Creativity and Production== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Video !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing Video |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/play Mplayer], [ VAMP], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/video/index.xhtml CDXL player], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/video/index.xhtml IffAnimPlay], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Frogger*, AMP2, MPlayer, RiVA*, MooViD*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->DvPlayer, MPlayer |<!--MorphOS-->MPlayer, Frogger, AMP2, VLC |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Streaming Video and game streaming like OBS studio, Parsec, [https://github.com/lizardbyte/sunshine sunshine], [https://github.com/moonlight-stream/moonlight-qt moonlight], etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing DVD |<!--AROS-->[http://a-mc.biz/ AMC]*, Mplayer |<!--Amiga OS-->AMP2, Frogger |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://a-mc.biz/ AMC]*, DvPlayer*, AMP2, |<!--MorphOS-->Mplayer |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Recording |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/record Screenrecorder], [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->Screenrecorder, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Create Edit Individual Video - Amiga like OSs have no pro NLE |<!--AROS-->[ Mencoder], [ Quick Videos], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit AVIbuild], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/misc FrameBuild], FFMPEG, |<!--Amiga OS-->[ MainConcept Mainactor Broadcast*], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_Toaster Video Toaster*] with [https://discreetfx.com/openvideotoaster.html some c src], MacroSystem MovieShop 4.3*, proDAD Adorage*, [ IOSpirit VHI studio]*, [Gold Disk ShowMaker], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->FFMpeg/GUI |<!--MorphOS-->Blender, Mencoder, FFmpeg |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Subtitle editor |<!--AROS-->[https://aminet.net/package/text/edit/Slarti_Arosx86ABIv0 Slarti_Arosx86ABIv0], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->IP-based video production workflows with High Dynamic Range (HDR), 10-bit color collaborative NDI, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Blogging like Lemmy or kbin |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR face recognition for Vtubers |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR chatting Live2D models with Cubism type editor or [https://github.com/AyagamiDev/ayagami ayagami] like with zipped moc3 with model metadata (model3, cdi3) <pre> Model data (cmo3) Basic motions (can3) Background image (png) Set of files for embedding (runtime folder) • Model data (moc3) • Motion data (motion3.json) • Model settings file (model3.json) • Physics settings file (physics3.json) • Display auxiliary file (cdi3.json) </pre> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR chatting chatters .VRML models - standardized 3D file format for VR avatars |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->V-tubers V-tubing like Vseeface with Openseeface tracker or Vpuppr (virtual puppet project) for online live 2d / 3d art models rigging rigged LIV |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Misc Application== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1 (68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->File Management |<!--AROS-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 DOpus Magellan aka DOpus 5], [ Scalos], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->DOpus2, DOpus 4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], ClassAction, FileMaster, [http://www.amiga.org/forums/showthread.php?t=4897 DirWork 2]*, [https://github.com/RudolphRiedel/DiskMaster2 DiskMaster2 src], |<!--AmigaOS4-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], Filer, AmiDisk |<!--MorphOS-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->File Verification / Repair |<!--AROS-->[https://arosarchives.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility md5sum], [https://arosarchives.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool asum], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool workpar2] (PAR2), [http://zakalwe.fi/~shd/foss/cksfv/files/ compile cksfv from website], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->Par2, |- |Application Installer |<!--AROS-->[], [ InstallerNG], |<!--Amiga OS-->InstallerNG, Grunch, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Jack |<!--MorphOS-->Jack |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Compression archiver [https://github.com/FS-make-simple/paq9a paq9a], [], |<!--AROS-->XAD system is a toolkit designed for handling various file and disk archiver |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://aminet.net/package/util/pack/decrunchmania_os4 Crunchmania CrM2 depacker], |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Binary Hexadecimal Editor |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit Zaphod], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Filesystem Partition Editor formatter Disk Management |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1440&highlight=partition&pid=8821#post_8821 QuickPart], [ HDToolBox] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/stefanskotte/hdpart hdpart], [https://github.com/ChuckyGang/AmiPart AmiPart], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Filesystem Repair and backups |<!--AROS-->ArSFSDoctor, |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/disk/bakup/quarterback_src Quarterback Tools C and asm src], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Disk check, integrity and history [https://github.com/smartmontools/smartmontools smart tools], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Multiple File renaming |<!--AROS-->DOpus 4 or 5, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Anti Virus |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->VChecker, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Random Wallpaper Desktop changer [ DOpus5], [ Scalos], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Alarm Clock, Timer, Stopwatch, Countdown |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench DClock], [http://aminet.net/util/time/AlarmClockAROS.lha AlarmClock], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} ==Misc Application 2== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->C/C++ IDE Integrated Development |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/aidea/ AIDEa], [ Murks], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://devplex.awardspace.biz/cubic/index.html Cubic IDE]*, [ StormC], [https://github.com/jens-maus/amide amide], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->CodeBench , [https://gitlab.com/boemann/codecraft CodeCraft], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://devplex.awardspace.biz/cubic/index.html Cubic IDE]*, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->C/C++ Text Editors |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit FrexxEd], [https://github.com/vidarh/FrexxEd FrexxEd src], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit Annotate] with [https://www.onyxsoft.se/files/annotate_src.lha src], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Protext], [ CED], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[https://www.onyxsoft.se/annotate.html Annotate], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Repository |<!--AROS-->[ Git] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->Git |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->BASIC Computer Language |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/language Basic4SDL], [ Ace Basic], [ X-AMOS], [SDLBasic], [ Alvyn], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.amiforce.de/main.php Amiblitz 3] with [https://github.com/AmiBlitz/AmiBlitz3 Asm src], [http://amos.condor.serverpro3.com/AmosProManual/contents/c1.html Amos Pro] with [https://github.com/AmiDARK/AmosProfessionalUnity-Official-Releases Asm src], [http://aminet.net/package/dev/basic/ace24dist ACE Basic], [https://github.com/gooofy/aqb aqb], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->sdlBasic |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Computer Languages Translation [https://tetracorp.github.io/guide/reverse-engineering-amiga.html], [https://amigasourcecodepreservation.gitlab.io/amiga-assembler-insider-guide/], [https://github.com/kermitfrog/Amiga-Re-Engineering Rust, Ghidra and FS-UAE], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://bitbucket.org/rhinoid/convert68000toc/src/main/ convert m68k seka asm-one to c], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Gui Creators |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/guitool MuiBuilder], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[ MuiBuilder], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Catalog .cd .ct Custom App Language Editors |<!--AROS-->FlexCat, [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility Flexcat GUI], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.geit.de/deu_simplecat.html SimpleCat], FlexCat |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://aminet.net/package/dev/misc/simplecat SimpleCat], FlexCat |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.geit.de/deu_simplecat.html SimpleCat], FlexCat |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Cross Development |<!--AROS-->[], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/geekychris/amiga_mcp amiga_mcp], [https://github.com/mbergmann-sh/AmigaED4-IDE AmigaED4-IDE], [https://lemonspawn.com/turbo-rascal-syntax-error-expected-but-begin/ Turbo Rascal], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Misc Application 3== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System |<!--AROS-->[ SysExplorer], [ SysMon], [ Scout], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Terminals Shells CLIs |<!--AROS-->[https://tomaszstaniak.com/aros-term/ aros-term], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->OSK On Screen Keyboard |<!--AROS-->[], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/util/wb/OSK.lha OSK] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Magnifier Magnifying Glass Magnification |<!--AROS-->[http://www.onyxsoft.se/files/zoomit.lha ZoomIT], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Comic Book CBR CBZ format reader viewer |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer comics], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer comicon], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Ebook Reader |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/#legadon Legadon EPUB],[] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Ebook Converter |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Text to Speech tts [https://github.com/JonathanFly/bark-installer Bark], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Echo " " >SPEAK:A1 inbuilt], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc flite], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.text2speech.com translator], [https://github.com/sidick/narrator.wyoming narrator.wyoming], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=search&tool=simple FLite] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://se.aminet.net/pub/aminet/mus/misc/ FLite] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speech Voice Recognition Dictation - [http://sourceforge.net/projects/cmusphinx/files/ CMU Sphinx], [http://julius.sourceforge.jp/en_index.php?q=en/index.html Julius], [http://www.isip.piconepress.com/projects/speech/index.html ISIP], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speech Voice Changer [], [], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Display Blanker screensaver |<!--AROS-->Blanker Commodity (built in), [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/screenblanker GarshneBlanker], [http://sourceforge.net/projects/gblanker/ GBlanker Src], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->MultiCX, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->ModernArt Blanker, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Fortune Cookie Quotes Sayings |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/misc AFortune], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} ==Misc Application 4== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Fractals mandelbrot, etc |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/misc], |<!--Amiga OS-->ZoneXplorer, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Landscape Rendering |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/raytrace WCS World Construction Set], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Vista Pro], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/World_Construction_Set World Construction Set] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[ WCS World Construction Set], |<!--MorphOS-->[ WCS World Construction Set], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Astronomy [https://sourceforge.net/projects/skychart/ skychart freepascal], [], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Digital Almanac (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/search?query=planetarium Aminet search], [http://aminet.net/misc/sci/DA3V56ISO.zip Digital Almanac], [https://aminet.net/package/misc/sci/da3sourceV58 Src c V58], [ Galileo renamed to Distant Suns]*, [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/digital-almanac/ Digital Almanac], Distant Suns*, [http://www.digitaluniverse.org.uk/ Digital Universe]*, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.aminet.net/misc/sci/da3.lha Digital Almanac], [http://www.aminet.net/package/misc/sci/da3-mos-src Src c V56], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Astrology [https://sourceforge.net/projects/skylendar/ skylendar], [https://github.com/CruiserOne/Astrolog Astrolog], [https://www.astrolog.org/astrolog/astfile.htm Astrology alt site], [https://saravali.github.io/download.html Maitreya], [https://github.com/alamahant/Asteria Asteria], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Genealogy History Family Tree Ancestry Records (FreeBMD, FreeREG, and FreeCEN file formats or GEDCOM GenTree) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> [ Origins], [ Your Family Tree], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Languages |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Fun School, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->https://github.com/evil4dmin/ami2ha |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Mathematics ([http://www-fourier.ujf-grenoble.fr/~parisse/install_en.html Xcas], etc.), |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/scientific mathX] |<!--Amiga OS-->Maple V, mathX, Fun School, GCSE Maths, [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4-->Yacas |<!--MorphOS-->Yacas |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Maths Graph Function Plotting |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/#MUIPlot MUIPlot], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->App Utility Launcher Dock toolbar |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/docky BoingBar], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/adkennan/DockBot Dockbot], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Printer [https://github.com/OrcaSlicer/OrcaSlicer OrcaSlicer] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PCB design |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Digital Signage |<!--AROS-->Hollywood, Hollywood Designer |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->HAM radio, amateur radio, packet radio, [], [], [], [https://cemaxecuter.com/ Dragon OS], [https://github.com/km4ack/73Linux with 73 link update], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YAL5KNePRSg video for], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/punktniklas/NiKom NiKom], [https://www.amigarealm.com/amiga/amicomms/comm4.htm Comm4], [https://www.amigarealm.com/archives/comms/aarug/ TNC Terminal Node Controller with packets over serial connections on Yaesu or Woxum handheld], [https://aminet.net/comm/misc AmiCom], [ with 7Plus file encoder/decoder], [ mksstv], [ RTTYam], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->modern smart-home network like Home Assistant Automation Yellow, Green, Mosquitto, EMQX, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/evil4dmin/ami2ha HA], [https://github.com/sidick/midge mtqq.lib], [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiHomeassist-0.7 AmiHomeassist], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Teaching classroom learning training [https://github.com/moodle/moodle moodle], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Games & Emulation== Some emulators/games require OpenGL to function and to adjust ahi prefs channels, frequency and unit0 and unit1 and [http://aros.sourceforge.net/documentation/users/shell/changetaskpri.php changetaskpri -1] Rom patching https://www.marcrobledo.com/RomPatcher.js/ https://www.romhacking.net/patch/ (ips, ups, bps, etc) and this other site supports the latter formats https://hack64.net/tools/patcher.php Free public domain roms for use with emulators can be found [http://www.pdroms.de/ here] as most of the rest are covered by copyright rules. If you like to read about old games see [http://retrogamingtimes.com/ here] and [http://www.armchairarcade.com/neo/ here] and a [http://www.vintagecomputing.com/ blog] about old computers. Possibly some of the [http://www.answers.com/topic/list-of-best-selling-computer-and-video-games best selling] of all time. [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_computer_system_emulators Wiki] with emulated systems list. [https://archive.gamehistory.org/ Archive of VGHF], [https://library.gamehistory.org/ Video Game History Foundation Library search] {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:10%;|Games [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Emulation] !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|AmigaOS3(68k) !width:10%;|AmigaOS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Amstrad CPC |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [ Caprice32 (OpenGL & pure SDL)], [ Arnold], [https://retroshowcase.gr/cpcbox-master/], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Apple2 and 2GS |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Arcade |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Mame], [ SI Emu (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS-->Mame, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem xmame], amiarcadia, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2 Mame], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 2600 [], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Stella], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 5200 [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/A5200DS A5200DS], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 7800 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 400 800 130XL [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/A8DS A8DS], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Atari800], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari Lynx |<!--AROS-->[http://myfreefilehosting.com/f/6366e11bdf_1.93MB Handy (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari Jaguar |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Bandai Wonderswan |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation BBC Micro and Acorn Electron [http://beehttps://bem-unix.bbcmicro.com/download.html BeebEm], [http://b-em.bbcmicro.com/ B-Em], [http://elkulator.acornelectron.co.uk/ Elkulator], [http://electrem.emuunlim.com/ ElectrEm], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Dragon 32 and Tandy CoCo [http://www.6809.org.uk/xroar/ xroar], [], |<!--AROS-->[], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore C16 Plus4 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore C64 |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Vice (ABIv0 only)], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Frodo, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem viceplus], |<!--MorphOS-->Vice, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore Amiga |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Janus UAE], Emumiga, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer UAE], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2 UAE], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Japanese MSX MSX2 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Mattel Intelivision |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Mattel Colecovision and Adam |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Milton Bradley (MB) Vectrex [ Vectrex OpenGL], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation PICO8 Pico-8 fantasy video game console [https://github.com/egordorichev/pemsa-sdl/ pemsa-sdl], [https://github.com/jtothebell/fake-08 fake-08], [https://github.com/Epicpkmn11/fake-08/tree/wip fake-08 fork], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo Gameboy |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem vba no sound], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem vba] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo NES |<!--AROS-->[ EmiNES], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Fceu], [https://github.com/takahirox/nes-js?tab=readme-ov-file nes-js], [https://github.com/bfirsh/jsnes jsnes], [https://github.com/angelo-wf/NesJs NesJs], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiNES, [http://www.dridus.com/~nyef/darcnes/ darcNES], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem amines] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo SNES |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Zsnes], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem warpsnes] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://fabportnawak.free.fr/snes/ Snes9x], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo N64 *HLE and plugins [ mupen64], [https://github.com/ares-emulator/ares ares], [https://github.com/N64Recomp/N64Recomp N64Recomp], [https://github.com/rt64/rt64 rt64], [https://github.com/simple64/simple64 Simple64], *LLE [], |<!--AROS-->[http://code.google.com/p/mupen64plus/ Mupen64+], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://code.google.com/p/mupen64plus/ Mupen64+], [http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/tr-981125_src TR64], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Nintendo Gamecube Wii] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Nintendo Wii U] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://github.com/yuzu-emu Nintendo Switch] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation NEC PC Engine |<!--AROS-->[], [], [https://github.com/yhzmr442/jspce js-pce], |[http://www.hugo.fr.fm/ Hugo], [http://mednafen.sourceforge.net/ Mednafen], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem tgemu] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Master System (SMS) |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Dega], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem sms], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem osmose] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Genesis/Megadrive |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem gp no sound], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem DGen], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://code.google.com/p/genplus-gx/ Genplus], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem genesisplus] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Saturn *HLE [https://mednafen.github.io/ mednafen], [http://yabause.org/ yabause], [], *LLE [], [], |<!--AROS-->? |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://yabause.org/ Yabause], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Dreamcast *HLE [https://github.com/flyinghead/flycast flycast], [https://code.google.com/archive/p/nulldc/downloads NullDC], *LLE [], [], |<!--AROS-->? |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair ZX80 and ZX81 |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair Spectrum |[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Fuse (crackly sound)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer SimCoupe], [ FBZX slow], [https://jsspeccy.zxdemo.org/ jsspeccy], [http://torinak.com/qaop/games qaop], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.lasernet.plus.com/ Asp], [http://www.zophar.net/sinclair.html Speculator], [http://www.worldofspectrum.org/x128/index.html X128], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair QL |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/QDOS4amiga1 QDOS4amiga] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation SNK NeoGeo Pocket |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem gngeo], NeoPop, |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sony PlayStation |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem FPSE], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem FPSE] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Sony PS2] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Sony PS3] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://vita3k.org/ Sony Vita] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://github.com/shadps4-emu/shadPS4 PS4] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tangerine_Computer_Systems Tangerine] Oric and Atmos |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Oricutron] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Oricutron] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/oricutron Oricutron] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation TI 99/4 99/4A [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/DS994a DS994a], [], [https://js99er.net/#/ js99er], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/TI4Amiga TI4Amiga], [http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/TI4Amiga_src TI4Amiga src in c], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation HP 38G 40GS 48 49G/50G Graphing Calculators |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation TI 58 83 84 85 86 - 89 92 Graphing Calculators |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:10%;|Games [https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/ General] !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|AmigaOS3(68k) !width:10%;|AmigaOS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- style="background:lightgrey;{{text default color}}; text-align:center; font-weight:bold;" | Games [https://www.trackawesomelist.com/michelpereira/awesome-open-source-games/ Open Source and others] || AROS || Amiga OS || Amiga OS4 || Morphos |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Action like [https://github.com/opentomb/OpenTomb opentomb], [https://github.com/LostArtefacts/TRX TRX formerly Tomb1Main], [https://github.com/TombEngine TombEngine], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action Thrust], [https://github.com/fragglet/sdl-sopwith sdl sopwith], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action BOH], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/BSzili/OpenLara/tree/amiga/src source of openlara SDL2], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Adventure like [http://dotg.sourceforge.net/ DMJ], [https://github.com/kromenak/gengine Gabriel Knight 3], [http://www.sarien.net/ Sierra Sarien], [https://github.com/klembot/twinejs twine js], [https://github.com/QSPFoundation/qspgui Quest Soft Player QSP], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/adventure dmagnetic], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=browse&cat=emulation/misc ScummVM], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying frotz infocom], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Board like [https://github.com/aperture-software/colditz-escape escape from colditz], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/board], [http://amigan.1emu.net/releases Africa] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Cards |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/card], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=180&pid=12934#post_12934 Balatro], |<!--AmigaOS-->[http://home.arcor.de/amigasolitaire/e/welcome.html Reko], [https://github.com/samskivert/beschei-en beschei Src], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Misc [https://github.com/michelpereira/awesome-open-source-games Awesome open], [https://github.com/bobeff/open-source-games General Open Source], [https://github.com/SAT-R/sa2 Sonic Advance 2], [https://github.com/velorek1/cwordle Wordle type], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/misc], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games FPS like [https://aminet.net/package/game/shoot/D1X_Rebirth_AGA Descent D1X src], [https://github.com/DescentDevelopers/Descent3 Descent 3], [https://github.com/Fewnity/Counter-Strike-Nintendo-DS Counter-Strike-Nintendo-DS], [https://github.com/Aleph-One-Marathon/alephone Bungie Marathon 1994], [https://zdoom.org/downloads UzDoom opengl 3.3], [https://github.com/ZDoom/gzdoom gzdoom opengl 3+], [https://zdoom.org/downloads LZDoom opengl 2.1], |<!--AROS-->Doom, Quake, [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Quake 3 Arena (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Cube (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Assault Cube (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Cube 2 Sauerbraten (OpenGL)], [http://fodquake.net/test/ FodQuake QuakeWorld], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Duke Nukem 3D], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Darkplaces Nexuiz Xonotic], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Doom 3 SDL (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Hexenworld and Hexen 2], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Aliens vs Predator Gold 2000 avp (openGL)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Odamex (openGL doom)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/fps/ zgloom], [], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/fps/ ab3dhd], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Doom, Quake, AB3D, Fears, Breathless, Gloom, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Doom, Quake, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12 Doom], Quake, Quake 3 Arena, [https://github.com/OpenXRay/xray-16 S.T.A.L.K.E.R Xray] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games MMORG like |<!--AROS-->[ Eternal Lands (OpenGL)], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Platform like |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/platform], [ Maze of Galious], [ Gish]*(openGL), [ Mega Mario], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ thextech SMBX], [http://www.gianas-return.de/ Giana's Return], [http://www.sqrxz.de/ Sqrxz], [www.sqrxz2.de/ Sqrxz 2], [http://www.sqrxz.de/sqrxz-3/ Sqrxz 3], [http://www.sqrxz.de/sqrxz-4/ Sqrxz 4], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/platform Cave Story], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ Frogatto], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ OpenJazz], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ pekkakana2], [ Aquaria], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ sonic CD], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Giana Sisters], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Puzzle [https://github.com/mariopartyrd/marioparty4/tree/port Party], [https://github.com/mdodis/OpenSolomonsKey OpenSolomonsKey], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/puzzle], [ Cubosphere (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/puzzle Candy Crisis], [http://bszili.morphos.me/ TailTale], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Racing [ Trigger Rally], [ VDrift], [http://www.ultimatestunts.nl/index.php?page=2&lang=en Ultimate Stunts], [http://maniadrive.raydium.org/ Mania Drive], [https://github.com/plowteam/donut Simpsons Hit and Run], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Super Tux Kart (OpenGL)], [http://www.dusabledanslherbe.eu/AROSPage/F1Spirit.30.html F1 Spirit (OpenGL)], [http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html MultiRacer], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ Speed Dreams], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/driving/dethrace-0.10.1.x86_64-aros-v11.zip Carmageddon dethrace 64bit], [], |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html Speed Dreams], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12], [http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html TORCS], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 1st first person DRPG [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/OpenEnroth/OpenEnroth OpenEnroth MM], [] |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/BSzili/aros-stuff Arx Libertatis], [http://www.playfuljs.com/a-first-person-engine-in-265-lines/ js raycaster], [https://github.com/Dorthu/es6-crpg webgl], [https://github.com/sonountaleban/AmiShockolate System Shock], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS-->Phantasie, Faery Tale, Dungeon Master, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 3rd third person action CRPG [https://sourceforge.net/projects/sumwars/ Summoning Wars], [https://www.solarus-games.org/ Solarus], [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/alexbatalov/fallout1-ce fallout ce], [https://github.com/rwengine/openrw gta3], [https://github.com/gta-reversed/gta-reversed gta3 sa], [https://github.com/mrxenginner/reVC gta3 vc revc], [https://github.com/jakobharder/burntime/tree/main Burntime], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ fheroes2 homm2], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ breakhack], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ devilutionx diablo 1 hellfire], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ fallout 1], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ stratagus], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ hostile-takeover], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games isometric RPG [https://sourceforge.net/projects/sumwars/ Summoning Wars], [https://www.solarus-games.org/ Solarus], [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/topics/dungeon?l=javascript Dungeon], [], [https://github.com/clintbellanger/heroine-dusk JS Dusk], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying nethack], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying GemRB], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games card based RPG [https://github.com/open-duelyst/duelyst Duelyst], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games turn based tactics RPG [], [], [], [], [], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/strategy UFO AI], [http://play.freeciv.org/ FreeCiv], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Strategy [http://rtsgus.org/ RTSgus], [http://stargus.sourceforge.net/ Stargus], [https://github.com/KD-lab-Open-Source/Perimeter Perimeter], [https://matty77.itch.io/conflict-3049 conflict-3049], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/strategy MegaGlest (OpenGL)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ signus], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=140&pid=12446#post_12446 Wargus warcraft 2 setup], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Rhythm, Beat, Step [], [], [https://clonehero.net/ clonehero], [https://github.com/MatteoGodzilla/Dj-Engine Dj-Engine], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/misc Frets on Fire], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Shoot Em Ups [http://www.mhgames.org/oldies/formido/ Formido], [http://code.google.com/p/violetland/ Violetland], ||<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action Open Tyrian], [http://www.parallelrealities.co.uk/projects/starfighter.php Starfighter], [ Alien Blaster], [https://github.com/OpenFodder/openfodder OpenFodder], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/action/ tbftss The Battle for the Solar System: the Pandora War] |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.parallelrealities.co.uk/projects/starfighter.php Starfighter], [ The Battle for the Solar System: the Pandora War] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Simulations [http://scp.indiegames.us/ Freespace 2], [http://www.heptargon.de/gl-117/gl-117.html GL117], [http://code.google.com/p/corsix-th/ Theme Hospital], [http://code.google.com/p/freerct/ Rollercoaster Tycoon], [http://hedgewars.org/ Hedgewars], [https://github.com/raceintospace/raceintospace raceintospace], [https://github.com/Return-To-The-Roots RTTR Settlers 2], [https://github.com/OoliteProject/oolite oolite elite], [https://github.com/fesh0r/newkind newkind elite], [https://github.com/bohemiainteractive/cwr Arma Cold War Src], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->SimCity, SimAnt, Sim Hospital, Theme Park, [https://github.com/angree/openttd_amiga_68k openttd amiga_68k], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Life Sim [https://github.com/ACreTeam/forest Animal Crossing], [ ], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Horror [https://github.com/Mikompilation/MikuPan Fatal Frame], [ ], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Sandbox Voxel Open World Exploration [https://github.com/ClassiCube/ Classicube],[http://www.michaelfogleman.com/craft/ Craft], [https://github.com/tothpaul/DelphiCraft DelphiCraft],[https://www.minetest.net/ Luanti formerly Minetest], [ infiniminer], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Battle Royale [https://bruh.io/ Play.Bruh.io], [https://www.coolmathgames.com/0-copter Copter Royale], [https://surviv.io/ Surviv.io], [https://nuggetroyale.io/#Ketchup Nugget Royale], [https://miniroyale2.io/ Miniroyale2.io], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Tower Defense [https://chriscourses.github.io/tower-defense/ HTML5], [https://github.com/SBardak/Tower-Defense-Game TD C++], [https://github.com/bdoms/love_defense LUA and LOVE], [https://github.com/HyOsori/Osori-WebGame HTML5], [https://github.com/PascalCorpsman/ConfigTD ConfigTD Pascal], [https://github.com/GloriousEggroll/wine-ge-custom Wine], [] |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=180&pid=12871#post_12871 Plants vs Zombies PvZ], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/boingball/miggy-tower-defense miggy-tower-defense], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Visual Novel Engines [https://github.com/diane1f0cd/VisualNovelTemplate Visual Novel Template], [https://github.com/Kirilllive/tuesday-js Tuesday JS], [https://github.com/tejasnayak25/vnsutra vnsutra], [https://github.com/weetabix-su/renpsp-dev RenPSP], [https://github.com/Galladite27/ONScripter-EN ONScripter-EN], [https://github.com/NathanGuilhot/VNES-Raylib https://github.com/NathanGuilhot/VNES VNES in Raylib], [https://www.renpy.org/latest.html renpy ren'py python based], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Reality VR [https://gitlab.com/madsbuvi/openmw openmw vr], [https://github.com/Team-Beef-Studios/BeefRaiderXR BeefRaiderXR], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Table Top VTT [ Roll20], [https://www.owlbear.rodeo/ owlbear rodeo], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Computer assisted TableTop TTRPG OSR [https://www.rpgsolo.com/play.php RPGSolo], [https://github.com/fpsvogel/solo-ttrpgs Solo TTRPG], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 2D 3D Engines [https://github.com/fegennari/3DWorld 3DWorld], [https://github.com/GarageGames/Torque3D Torque3D], [https://github.com/gameplay3d/GamePlay GamePlay 3D], [https://www.babylonjs.com/ BabylonJS ], [ Godot], [ Ogre], [ Crystal Space], [https://github.com/JacobHess03/ Dragon-Quest like], [https://github.com/bjornbytes/lovr Lua LOVE for 2D LOVR for 3D], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arkhamdev.net/wiki.htm?id=agx Arkham Development antiryadgx 8.9 lts with register], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/alpyre/Sevgi_Engine Sevgi Engine], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games C based game frameworks [https://github.com/orangeduck/Corange Corange], [https://github.com/scottcgi/Mojoc Mojoc], [https://orx-project.org/ Orx], [https://github.com/ioquake/ioq3 Quake 3], [https://www.mapeditor.org/ Tiled], [https://www.raylib.com/ 2d Raylib], [https://github.com/Rabios/awesome-raylib other raylib], [https://github.com/MrFrenik/gunslinger Gunslinger], [https://o3de.org/ o3d], [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/library GLFW], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/library Raylib 5], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games RPGMaker MV/MZ-compatible projects [https://github.com/Psychronic-Games/RPGReactor RPGReactor js], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Pinball [https://github.com/vpinball/vpinball vpinball], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games unpack unarc [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |} ==Application Guides== [[#top|...to the top]] ===Web Browser=== OWB is now at version 2.0 (which got an engine refresh, from July 2015 to February 2019) and 3.0. This latest version has a good support for many/most web sites, even YouTube web page now works. [https://www.bilibili.tv/en/search untested] This improved compatibility comes at the expense of higher RAM usage (now 1GB RAM is the absolute minimum). Also, keep in mind that the lack of a JIT (Just-In-Time) JS compiler on the 32 bit version, makes the web surfing a bit slow. Only the 64 bit version of OWB 2.0 will have JIT enabled, thus benefitting of more speed. There are tooltypes that can be added to the icon to provide further features JIT, MSE etc Certificates from [https://curl.se/docs/caextract.html ca certs], DNS tracking blocking with [https://easylist.to/easylist/easylist.txt easylist.txt] in PROGDIR:Conf before starting browser with enabled AdBlock [https://github.com/easylist/easylist/tree/master easylist], [https://gitlab.com/eyeo anti abp], [https://firebog.net/ big blocklist], [https://github.com/StevenBlack/hosts Steves], [], [], This can be enabled with OWB Odyssey with Windows -> Content Blocking and Windows -> Messages and enter https://www.youtube.com/api/stats/ads* https://www.youtube.com/pagead/adview* https://www.youtube.com#@##player-ads* into your custom filters Element blocker browser extension might be needed for [https://github.com/easylist/easylist/wiki/Youtube-Issues youtube], [ mid roll], [ pre roll], [ ], OWB speed is much better when running from RAM Disk, the best way is to add the below into your S:User-Startup which copies OWB drawer from Extras:Internet/OWB to RAM Disk: So add this : <pre> copy Extras:Internet/OWB Ram:OWB/ ALL CLONE >NIL: copy Extras:Internet/OWB.info Ram: >NIL: </pre> Open RAM Disk and open OWB drawer and double click on OWB icon so that the above icon tooltypes are activated Problems are that the copy time is long (around 20 seconds added in the background), but we can make it faster if we delete useless files from the OWB drawer (docs, …) If you don’t copy the drawer back onto the HD, you won’t save your cache, cookies, passwords… So you need a script for it. copy Extras:Internet/Amelinium/#? Ram:Amelinium/ ALL CLONE >NIL: Error messages SSL error "cant verify with ca-certificates", check bios clock time date is correct Error 6, try checking networking prefs settings and Save / Use preferences again or a '''few times''' otherwise the network chipset may not be compatible with Aros [https://www.google.com/search?q=%s&udm=14 Google search without AI overview] ===E-mail=== YAM does not support SSL and most mail providers now switched to encrypted SMTP/POP3 connections ====SimpleMail==== SimpleMail supports IMAP and appears to work with GMail, but it's never been reliable enough, it can crash with large mailboxes. Please read more on this [http://www.freelists.org/list/simplemail-usr User list] GMail Be sure to activate the pop3 usage in your gmail account setup / configuration first. pop3: pop.gmail.com Use SSL: Yes Port: 995 smtp: smtp.gmail.com (with authentication) Use Authentication: Yes Use SSL: Yes Port: 465 or 587 Hotmail/MSN/outlook/Microsoft Mail mid-2017, all outlook.com accounts will be migrated to Office 365 / Exchange Most users are currently on POP which does not allow showing folders and many other features (technical limitations of POP3). With Microsoft IMAP you will get folders, sync read/unread, and show flags. You still won't get push though, as Microsoft has not turned on the IMAP Idle command as at Sept 2013. If you want to try it, you need to first remove (you can't edit) your pop account (long-press the account on the accounts screen, delete account). Then set it up this way: 1. Email/Password 2. Manual 3. IMAP 4. * Incoming: imap-mail.outlook.com, port 993, SSL/TLS should be checked * Outgoing: smtp-mail.outlook.com, port 587, SSL/TLS should be checked * POP server name pop-mail.outlook.com, port 995, POP encryption method SSL Yahoo Mail On April 24, 2002 Yahoo ceased to offer POP access to its free mail service. Introducing instead a yearly payment feature, allowing users POP3 and IMAP server support, along with such benefits as larger file attachment sizes and no adverts. Sorry to see Yahoo leaving its users to cough up for the privilege of accessing their mail. Understandable, when competing against rivals such as Gmail and Hotmail who hold a large majority of users and were hacked in 2014 as well. Incoming Mail (IMAP) Server * Server - imap.mail.yahoo.com * Port - 993 * Requires SSL - Yes Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Server * Server - smtp.mail.yahoo.com * Port - 465 or 587 * Requires SSL - Yes * Requires authentication - Yes Your login info * Email address - Your full email address (name@domain.com) * Password - Your account's password * Requires authentication - Yes Note that you need to enable “Web & POP Access” in your Yahoo Mail account to send and receive Yahoo Mail messages through any other email program. You will have to enable “Allow your Yahoo Mail to be POPed” under “POP and Forwarding”, to send and receive Yahoo mails through any other email client. Cannot be done since 2002 unless the customer pays Yahoo a subscription subs fee to have access to SMTP and POP3 * Set the POP server for incoming mails as pop.mail.yahoo.com. You will have to enable “SSL” and use 995 for Port. * “Account Name or Login Name” – Your Yahoo Mail ID i.e. your email address without the domain “@yahoo.com”. * “Email Address” – Your Yahoo Mail address i.e. your email address including the domain “@yahoo.com”. E.g. myname@yahoo.com * “Password” – Your Yahoo Mail password. Yahoo! Mail Plus users may have to set POP server as plus.pop.mail.yahoo.com and SMTP server as plus.smtp.mail.yahoo.com. * Set the SMTP server for outgoing mails as smtp.mail.yahoo.com. You will also have to make sure that “SSL” is enabled and use 465 for port. you must also enable “authentication” for this to work. ====YAM Yet Another Mailer==== YAM does not support SSL and most mail providers have now switched to encrypted SMTP/POP3 connections This email client is POP3 only if the SSL library is available [http://www.freelists.org/list/yam YAM Freelists] One of the downsides of using a POP3 mailer unfortunately - you have to set an option not to delete the mail if you want it left on the server. IMAP keeps all the emails on the server. Possible issues Sending mail issues is probably a matter of using your ISP's SMTP server, though it could also be an SSL issue. getting a "Couldn't initialise TLSv1 / SSL error Use of on-line e-mail accounts with this email client is not possible as it lacks the OpenSSL AmiSSl v3 compatible library GMail Incoming Mail (POP3) Server - requires SSL: pop.gmail.com Use SSL: Yes Port: 995 Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Server - requires TLS: smtp.gmail.com (use authentication) Use Authentication: Yes Use STARTTLS: Yes (some clients call this SSL) Port: 465 or 587 Account Name: your Gmail username (including '@gmail.com') Email Address: your full Gmail email address (username@gmail.com) Password: your Gmail password Anyway, the SMTP is pop.gmail.com port 465 and it uses SSLLv3 Authentication. The POP3 settings are for the same server (pop.gmail.com), only on port 995 instead. Outlook.com access <pre > Outlook.com SMTP server address: smtp.live.com Outlook.com SMTP user name: Your full Outlook.com email address (not an alias) Outlook.com SMTP password: Your Outlook.com password Outlook.com SMTP port: 587 Outlook.com SMTP TLS/SSL encryption required: yes </pre > Yahoo Mail <pre > “POP3 Server” – Set the POP server for incoming mails as pop.mail.yahoo.com. You will have to enable “SSL” and use 995 for Port. “SMTP Server” – Set the SMTP server for outgoing mails as smtp.mail.yahoo.com. You will also have to make sure that “SSL” is enabled and use 465 for port. you must also enable “authentication” for this to work. “Account Name or Login Name” – Your Yahoo Mail ID i.e. your email address without the domain “@yahoo.com”. “Email Address” – Your Yahoo Mail address i.e. your email address including the domain “@yahoo.com”. E.g. myname@yahoo.com “Password” – Your Yahoo Mail password. </pre > Yahoo! Mail Plus users may have to set POP server as plus.pop.mail.yahoo.com and SMTP server as plus.smtp.mail.yahoo.com. Note that you need to enable “Web & POP Access” in your Yahoo Mail account to send and receive Yahoo Mail messages through any other email program. You will have to enable “Allow your Yahoo Mail to be POPed” under “POP and Forwarding”, to send and receive Yahoo mails through any other email client. Cannot be done since 2002 unless the customer pays Yahoo a monthly fee to have access to SMTP and POP3 Microsoft Outlook Express Mail 1. Get the files to your PC. By whatever method get the files off your Amiga onto your PC. In the YAM folder you have a number of different folders, one for each of your folders in YAM. Inside that is a file usually some numbers such as 332423.283. YAM created a new file for every single email you received. 2. Open up a brand new Outlook Express. Just configure the account to use 127.0.0.1 as mail servers. It doesn't really matter. You will need to manually create any subfolders you used in YAM. 3. You will need to do a mass rename on all your email files from YAM. Just add a .eml to the end of it. Amazing how PCs still rely mostly on the file name so it knows what sort of file it is rather than just looking at it! There are a number of multiple renamers online to download and free too. 4. Go into each of your folders, inbox, sent items etc. And do a select all then drag the files into Outlook Express (to the relevant folder obviously) Amazingly the file format that YAM used is very compatible with .eml standard and viola your emails appear. With correct dates and working attachments. 5. If you want your email into Microsoft Outlook. Open that up and create a new profile and a new blank PST file. Then go into File Import and choose to import from Outlook Express. And the mail will go into there. And viola.. you have your old email from your Amiga in a more modern day format. ===FTP=== Magellan has a great FTP module. It allows transferring files from/to a FTP server over the Internet or the local network and, even if FTP is perceived as a "thing of the past", its usability is all inside the client. The FTP thing has a nice side effect too, since every Icaros machine can be a FTP server as well, and our files can be easily transferred from an Icaros machine to another with a little configuration effort. First of all, we need to know the 'server' IP address. Server is the Icaros machine with the file we are about to download on another Icaros machine, that we're going to call 'client'. To do that, move on the server machine and 1) run Prefs/Services to be sure "FTP file transfer" is enabled (if not, enable it and restart Icaros); 2) run a shell and enter this command: ifconfig -a Make a note of the IP address for the network interface used by the local area network. For cabled devices, it usually is net0:. Now go on the client machine and run Magellan: Perform these actions: 1) click on FTP; 2) click on ADDRESS BOOK; 3) click on "New". You can now add a new entry for your Icaros server machine: 1) Choose a name for your server, in order to spot it immediately in the address book. Enter the IP address you got before. 2) click on Custom Options: 1) go to Miscellaneous in the left menu; 2) Ensure "Passive Transfers" is NOT selected; 3) click on Use. We need to deactivate Passive Transfers because YAFS, the FTP server included in Icaros, only allows active transfers at the current stage. Now, we can finally connect to our new file source: 1) Look into the address book for the newly introduced server, be sure that name and IP address are right, and 2) click on Connect. A new lister with server's "MyWorkspace" contents will appear. You can now transfer files over the network choosing a destination among your local (client's) volumes. Can be adapted to any FTP client on any platform of your choice, just be sure your client allows Active Transfers as well. ===IRC Internet Relay Chat=== Jabberwocky is ideal for one-to-one social media communication, use IRC if you require one to many. Just type a message in ''lowercase''' letters and it will be posted to all in the [ AROS irc channel]. Please do not use UPPER CASE as it is a sign of SHOUTING which is annoying. Other things to type in - replace <message> with a line of text and <nick> with a person's name <pre> /help /list /who /whois <nick> /msg <nick> <message> /query <nick> <message>s /query /away <message> /away /quit <going away message> </pre> [http://irchelp.org/irchelp/new2irc.html#smiley Intro guide here]. IRC Primer can be found here in [http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/ircprimer.html html], [http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/text/ircprimer.txt TXT], [http://www.kei.com/irc/IRCprimer1.1.ps PostScript]. Issue the command /me <text> where <text> is the text that should follow your nickname. Example: /me slaps ajk around a bit with a large trout /nick <newNick> /nickserv register <password> <email address> /ns instead of /nickserv, while others might need /msg nickserv /nickserv identify <password> Alternatives: /ns identify <password> /msg nickserv identify <password> ==== IRC WookieChat ==== WookieChat is the most complete internet client for communication across the IRC Network. WookieChat allows you to swap ideas and communicate in real-time, you can also exchange Files, Documents, Images and everything else using the application's DCC capabilities. add smilies drawer/directory run wookiechat from the shell and set stack to 1000000 e.g. wookiechat stack 1000000 select a server / server window * nickname * user name * real name - optional Once you configure the client with your preferred screen name, you'll want to find a channel to talk in. servers * New Server - click on this to add / add extra - change details in section below this click box * New Group * Delete Entry * Connect to server * connect in new tab * perform on connect Change details * Servername - change text in this box to one of the below Server: * Port number - no need to change * Server password * Channel - add #channel from below * auto join - can click this * nick registration password, Click Connect to server button above <pre> Server: irc.freenode.net Channel: #aros </pre> irc://irc.freenode.net/aros <pre> Server: chat.amigaworld.net Channel: #amigaworld or #amigans </pre> <pre> On Sunday evenings USA time usually starting around 3PM EDT (1900 UTC) Server:irc.superhosts.net Channel #team*amiga </pre> <pre> BitlBee and Minbif are IRCd-like gateways to multiple IM networks Server: im.bitlbee.org Port 6667 Seems to be most useful on WookieChat as you can be connected to several servers at once. One for Bitlbee and any messages that might come through that. One for your normal IRC chat server. </pre> [http://www.bitlbee.org/main.php/servers.html Other servers], <pre> #Amiga.org - irc.synirc.net eu.synirc.net dissonance.nl.eu.synirc.net (IPv6: 2002:5511:1356:0:216:17ff:fe84:68a) twilight.de.eu.synirc.net zero.dk.eu.synirc.net us.synirc.net avarice.az.us.synirc.net envy.il.us.synirc.net harpy.mi.us.synirc.net liberty.nj.us.synirc.net snowball.mo.us.synirc.net - Ports 6660-6669 7001 (SSL) </pre> <pre> Multiple server support "Perform on connect" scripts and channel auto-joins Automatic Nickserv login Tabs for channels and private conversations CTCP PING, TIME, VERSION, SOUND Incoming and Outgoing DCC SEND file transfers Colours for different events Logging and automatic reloading of logs mIRC colour code filters Configurable timestamps GUI for changing channel modes easily Configurable highlight keywords URL Grabber window Optional outgoing swear word filter Event sounds for tabs opening, highlighted words, and private messages DCC CHAT support Doubleclickable URL's Support for multiple languages using LOCALE Clone detection Auto reconnection to Servers upon disconnection Command aliases Chat display can be toggled between AmIRC and mIRC style Counter for Unread messages Graphical nicklist and graphical smileys with a popup chooser </pre> ====IRC Aircos ==== Double click on Aircos icon in Extras:Networking/Apps/Aircos. It has been set up with a guest account for trial purposes. Though ideally, choose a nickname and password for frequent use of irc. ====IRC and XMPP Jabberwocky==== Servers are setup and close down at random You sign up to a server that someone else has setup and access chat services through them. The two ways to access chat from jabberwocky <pre > Jabberwocky -> Server -> XMPP -> open and ad-free Jabberwocky -> Server -> Transports (Gateways) -> Proprietary closed systems </pre > The Jabber.org service connects with all IM services that use XMPP, the open standard for instant messaging and presence over the Internet. The services we connect with include Google Talk (closed), Live Journal Talk, Nimbuzz, Ovi, and thousands more. However, you can not connect from Jabber.org to proprietary services like AIM, ICQ, MSN, Skype, or Yahoo because they don’t yet use XMPP components (XEP-0114) '''but''' you can use Jabber.com's servers and IM gateways (MSN, ICQ, Yahoo etc.) instead. The best way to use jabberwocky is in conjunction with a public jabber server with '''transports''' to your favorite services, like gtalk, Facebook, yahoo, ICQ, AIM, etc. You have to register with one of the servers, [https://list.jabber.at/ this list] or [http://www.jabberes.org/servers/ another list], [http://xmpp.net/ this security XMPP list], Unfortunately jabberwocky can only connect to one server at a time so it is best to check what services each server offers. If you set it up with separate Facebook and google talk accounts, for example, sometimes you'll only get one or the other. Jabberwocky open a window where the Jabber server part is typed in as well as your Nickname and Password. Jabber ID (JID) identifies you to the server and other users. Once registered the next step is to goto Jabberwocky's "Windows" menu and select the "Agents" option. The "Agents List" window will open. Roster (contacts list) [http://search.wensley.org.uk/ Chatrooms] (MUC) are available File Transfer - can send and receive files through the Jabber service but not with other services like IRC, ICQ, AIM or Yahoo. All you need is an installed webbrowser and OpenURL. Clickable URLs - The message window uses Mailtext.mcc and you can set a URL action in the MUI mailtext prefs like SYS:Utils/OpenURL %s NEWWIN. There is no consistent Skype like (H.323 VoIP) video conferencing available over Jabber. The move from xmpp to Jingle should help but no support on any amiga-like systems at the moment. [http://aminet.net/package/dev/src/AmiPhoneSrc192 AmiPhone] and [http://www.lysator.liu.se/%28frame,faq,nobg,useframes%29/ahi/v4-site/ Speak Freely] was an early attempt voice only contact. SIP and Asterisk are other PBX options. Facebook If you're using the XMPP transport provided by Facebook themselves, chat.facebook.com, it looks like they're now requiring SSL transport. This means jabberwocky method below will no longer work. The best thing to do is to create an ID on a public jabber server which has a Facebook gateway. <pre > 1. launch jabberwocky 2. if the login window doesn't appear on launch, select 'account' from the jabberwocky menu 3. your jabber ID will be user@chat.facebook.com where user is your user ID 4. your password is your normal facebook password 5. to save this for next time, click the popup gadget next to the ID field 6. click the 'add' button 7. click the 'close' button 8. click the 'connect' button </pre > you're done. you can also click the 'save as default account' button if you want. jabberwocky configured to auto-connect when launching the program, but you can configure as you like. there is amigaguide documentation included with jabberwocky. [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?topic_id=37085&forum=32 Read more here] for Facebook users, you can log-in directly to Facebook with jabberwocky. just sign in as @chat.facebook.com with your Facebook password as the password Twitter For a few years, there has been added a twitter transport. Servers include [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/ jabber.hot-chili.net], and . An [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/tag/how-tos/ How-to] :Read [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/2010/05/09/twitter-transport-working/ more] Instagram no support at the moment best to use a web browser based client ICQ The new version (beta) of StriCQ uses a newer ICQ protocol. Most of the ICQ Jabber Transports still use an older ICQ protocol. You can only talk one-way to StriCQ using the older Transports. Only the newer ICQv7 Transport lets you talk both ways to StriCQ. Look at the server lists in the first section to check. Register on a Jabber server, e.g. this one works: http://www.jabber.de/ Then login into Jabberwocky with the following login data e.g. xxx@jabber.de / Password: xxx Now add your ICQ account under the window->Agents->"Register". Now Jabberwocky connects via the Jabber.de server with your ICQ account. Yahoo Messenger although yahoo! does not use xmpp protocol, you should be able to use the transport methods to gain access and post your replies MSN early months of 2013 Microsoft will ditch MSN Messenger client and force everyone to use Skype...but MSN protocol and servers will keep working as usual for quite a long time.... Occasionally the Messenger servers have been experiencing problems signing in. You may need to sign in at www.outlook.com and then try again. It may also take multiple tries to sign in. (This also affects you if you’re using Skype.) You have to check each servers' Agents List to see what transports (MSN protocol, ICQ protocol, etc.) are supported or use the list address' provided in the section above. Then register with each transport (IRC, MSN, ICQ, etc.) to which you need access. After registering you can Connect to start chatting. msn.jabber.com/registered should appear in the window. From this [http://tech.dir.groups.yahoo.com/group/amiga-jabberwocky/message/1378 JW group] guide which helps with this process in a clear, step by step procedure. 1. Sign up on MSN's site for a passport account. This typically involves getting a Hotmail address. 2. Log on to the Jabber server of your choice and do the following: * Select the "Windows/Agents" menu option in Jabberwocky. * Select the MSN Agent from the list presented by the server. * Click the Register button to open a new window asking for: **Username = passort account email address, typically your hotmail address. **Nick = Screen name to be shown to anyone you add to your buddy list. **Password = Password for your passport account/hotmail address. * Click the Register button at the bottom of the new window. 3. If all goes well, you will see the MSN Gateway added to your buddy list. If not, repeat part 2 on another server. Some servers may show MSN in their list of available agents, but have not updated their software for the latest protocols used by MSN. 4. Once you are registered, you can now add people to your buddy list. Note that you need to include the '''msn.''' ahead of the servername so that it knows what gateway agent to use. Some servers may use a slight variation and require '''msg.gate.''' before the server name, so try both to see what works. If my friend's msn was amiga@hotmail.co.uk and my jabber server was @jabber.meta.net.nz.. then amiga'''%'''hotmail.com@'''msn.'''jabber.meta.net.nz or another the trick to import MSN contacts is that you don't type the hotmail URL but the passport URL... e.g. Instead of: goodvibe%hotmail.com@msn.jabber.com You type: goodvibe%passport.com@msn.jabber.com And the thing about importing contacts I'm afraid you'll have to do it by hand, one at the time... Google Talk any XMPP server will work, but you have to add your contacts manually. a google talk user is typically either @gmail.com or @talk.google.com. a true gtalk transport is nice because it brings your contacts to you and (can) also support file transfers to/from google talk users. implement Jingle a set of extensions to the IETF's Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP) support ended early 2014 as Google moved to Google+ Hangouts which uses it own proprietary format ===Video Player MPlayer=== Many of the menu features (such as doubling) do not work with the current version of mplayer but using 4:3 mplayer -vf scale=800:600 file.avi 16:9 mplayer -vf scale=854:480 file.avi if you want gui use; mplayer -gui 1 <other params> file.avi <pre > stack 1000000 ; using AspireOS 1.xx ; copy FROM SYS:Extras/Multimedia/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: ; using Icaros Desktop 1.x ; copy FROM SYS:Tools/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: ; using Icaros Desktop 2.x ; copy FROM SYS:Utilities/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: cd RAM:MPlayer run MPlayer -gui > Nil: ;run MPlayer -gui -ao ahi_dev -playlist http://www.radio-paralax.de/listen.pls > Nil: </pre > $ mplayer rtsp://127.0.0.1:554/sample_300kbit.mp4 MPlayer supports multicast streaming, and rtp/rtsp protocols (it might require [http://www.live555.com/openRTSP/ live555 library] to work with some streams). But you might have to build it where it's disabled. Also, multicast won't work with some AmiTCP-likes. MIAMI supported it, though. AROS supports IPv4 (old but works) and this includes the needed address space for RTP. If you mean multicast via RTP - mplayer handles it. You can even force UDP over TCP -rtsp-stream-over-tcp If the rtsp Real Time Streaming Protocol server needs authentification: -user -passwd MPlayer - Menu - Open Playlist and load already downloaded .pls or .m3u file - auto starts around 4 percent cache MPlayer - Menu - Open Stream and copy one of the .pls lines below into space allowed, press OK and press play button on main gui interface Old 8bit 16bit remixes chip tune game music http://www.radio-paralax.de/listen.pls http://scenesat.com/ http://www.shoutcast.com/radio/Amiga http://www.theoldcomputer.com/retro_radio/RetroRadio_Main.htm http://www.kohina.com/ http://www.remix64.com/ http://retrogamer.net/forum/ http://retroasylum.podomatic.com/rss2.xml http://retrogamesquad.com/ http://www.retronauts.com/ http://monsterfeet.com/noquarter/ http://www.retrogamingradio.com/ http://www.radiofeeds.co.uk/mp3.asp [[#top|...to the top]] ====ZunePaint==== simplified typical workflow * importing and organizing and photo management * making global and regional local correction(s) - recalculation is necessary after each adjustment as it is not in real-time * exporting your images in the best format available with the preservation of metadata Whilst achieving 80% of a great photo with just a filter, the remaining 20% comes from a manual fine-tuning of specific image attributes. For photojournalism, documentary, and event coverage, minimal touching is recommended. Stick to Camera Raw for such shots, and limit changes to level adjustment, sharpness, noise reduction, and white balance correction. For fashion or portrait shoots, a large amount of adjustment is allowed and usually ends up far from the original. Skin smoothing, blemish removal, eye touch-ups, etc. are common. Might alter the background a bit to emphasize the subject. Product photography usually requires a lot of sharpening, spot removal, and focus stacking. For landscape shots, best results are achieved by doing the maximum amount of preparation before/while taking the shot. No amount of processing can match timing, proper lighting, correct gear, optimal settings, etc. Excessive post-processing might give you a dramatic shot but best avoided in the long term. * White Balance - Left Amiga or F12 and K and under "Misc color effects" tab with a pull down for White Balance - color temperature also known as AKA tint (movies) or tones (painting) - warm temp raise red reduce green blue - cool raise blue lower red green * Exposure - exposure compensation, highlight/shadow recovery * Noise Reduction - during RAW development or using external software * Lens Corrections - distortion, vignetting, chromatic aberrations * Detail - capture sharpening and local contrast enhancement * Contrast - black point, levels (sliders) and curves tools (F12 and K) * Framing - straighten () and crop (F12 and F) * Refinements - color adjustments and selective enhancements - Left Amiga or F12 and K for RGB and YUV histogram tabs - * Resizing - enlarge for a print or downsize for the web or email (F12 and D) * Output Sharpening - customized for your subject matter and print/screen size White Balance - F12 and K scan your image for a shade which was meant to be white (neutral with each RGB value being equal) like paper or plastic which is in the same light as the subject of the picture. Use the dropper tool to select this color, similar colours will shift and you will have selected the perfect white balance for your part of the image - for the whole picture make sure RAZ or CLR button at the bottom is pressed before applying to the image above. Exposure correction F12 and K - YUV Y luminosity - RGB extra red tint - move red curve slightly down and move blue green curves slightly up Workflows in practice * Undo - Right AROS key or F12 and Z * Redo - Right AROS key or F12 and R First flatten your image (if necessary) and then do a rotation until the picture looks level. * Crop the picture. Click the selection button and drag a box over the area of the picture you want to keep. Press the crop button and the rest of the photo will be gone. * Adjust your saturation, exposure, hue levels, etc., (right AROS Key and K for color correction) until you are happy with the photo. Make sure you zoom in all of the way to 100% and look the photo over, zoom back out and move around. Look for obvious problems with the picture. * After coloring and exposure do a sharpen (Right AROS key and E for Convolution and select drop down option needed), e.g. set the matrix to 5x5 (roughly equivalent Amount to 60%) and set the Radius to 1.0. Click OK. And save your picture Implemented or would like to see for simplification and ease of use basic filters (presets) like black and white, monochrome, edge detection (sobel), motion/gaussian blur, * negative, sepiatone, retro vintage, night vision, colour tint, color gradient, color temperature, glows, fire, lightning, lens flare, emboss, filmic, pixelate mezzotint, antialias, etc. adjust / cosmetic tools such as crop, * reshaping tools, straighten, smear, smooth, perspective, liquify, bloat, pucker, push pixels in any direction, dispersion, transform like warp, blending with soft light, page-curl, whirl, ripple, fisheye, neon, etc. * red eye fixing, blemish remover, skin smoothing, teeth whitener, make eyes look brighter, desaturate, effects like oil paint, cartoon, pencil sketch, charcoal, noise/matrix like sharpen/unsharpen, (right AROS key with A for Artistic effects) * blend two image, gradient blend, masking blend, explode, implode, custom collage, surreal painting, comic book style, needlepoint, stained glass, watercolor, mosaic, stencil/outline, crayon, chalk, etc. borders such as * dropshadow, rounded, blurred, color tint, picture frame, film strip polaroid, bevelled edge, etc. brushes e.g. * frost, smoke, etc. and manual control of fix lens issues including vignetting (darkening), color fringing and barrel distortion, and chromatic and geometric aberration - lens and body profiles perspective correction levels - directly modify the levels of the tone-values of an image, by using sliders for highlights, midtones and shadows curves - Color Adjustment and Brightness/Contrast color balance one single color transparent (alpha channel (color information/selections) for masking and/or blending ) for backgrounds, etc. Threshold indicates how much other colors will be considered mixture of the removed color and non-removed colors decompose layer into a set of layers with each holding a different type of pattern that is visible within the image any selection using any selecting tools like lasso tool, marquee tool etc. the selection will temporarily be save to alpha If you create your image without transparency then the Alpha channel is not present, but you can add later. File formats like .psd (Photoshop file has layers, masks etc. contains edited sensor data. The original sensor data is no longer available) .xcf .raw .hdr Image Picture Formats * low dynamic range (JPEG, PNG, TIFF 8-bit), 16-bit (PPM, TIFF), typically as a 16-bit TIFF in either ProPhoto or AdobeRGB colorspace - TIFF files are also fairly universal – although, if they contain proprietary data, such as Photoshop Adjustment Layers or Smart Filters, then they can only be opened by Photoshop making them proprietary. * linear high dynamic range (HDR) images (PFM, [http://www.openexr.com/ ILM .EXR], jpg, [http://aminet.net/util/dtype cr2] (canon tiff based), hdr, NEF, CRW, ARW, MRW, ORF, RAF (Fuji), PEF, DCR, SRF, ERF, DNG files are RAW converted to an Adobe proprietary format - a container that can embed the raw file as well as the information needed to open it) An old version of [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/convert dcraw] There is no single RAW file format. Each camera manufacturer has one or more unique RAW formats. RAW files contain the brightness levels data captured by the camera sensor. This data cannot be modified. A second smaller file, separate XML file, or within a database with instructions for the RAW processor to change exposure, saturation etc. The extra data can be changed but the original sensor data is still there. RAW is technically least compatible. A raw file is high-bit (usually 12 or 14 bits of information) but a camera-generated TIFF file will be usually converted by the camera (compressed, downsampled) to 8 bits. The raw file has no embedded color balance or color space, but the TIFF has both. These three things (smaller bit depth, embedded color balance, and embedded color space) make it so that the TIFF will lose quality more quickly with image adjustments than the raw file. The camera-generated TIFF image is much more like a camera processed JPEG than a raw file. A strong advantage goes to the raw file. The power of RAW files, such as the ability to set any color temperature non-destructively and will contain more tonal values. The principle of preserving the maximum amount of information to as late as possible in the process. The final conversion - which will always effectively represent a "downsampling" - should prevent as much loss as possible. Once you save it as TIFF, you throw away some of that data irretrievably. When saving in the lossy JPEG format, you get tremendous file size savings, but you've irreversibly thrown away a lot of image data. As long as you have the RAW file, original or otherwise, you have access to all of the image data as captured. Keyboard equivalence with Photoshop(tm) would help File PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP New Ctrl+n New Open Ctrl+o Open Close Ctrl+w Close Save Ctrl+s Save Save as Shift+Ctrl+s Save as Revert F12 Revert Print Ctrl+p Print Exit Ctrl+q Quit Edit PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Undo/Redo (1 level) Ctrl+z Undo (Redo is Shift+Ctrl+z) Cut Ctrl+x Cut Copy Ctrl+c Copy Paste Ctrl+v Paste Paste Into Shift+Ctrl+v Paste Into Fill with FG color Alt+Backspace Fill with FG color Fill with BG color Control+Backspace Fill with BG color Image/Colors PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Levels Ctrl+l Levels Auto Contrast Shift+Ctrl+Alt+l Stretch Contrast (same?) Curves Ctrl+m Curves Color Balance Ctrl+b Color Balance Hue/Saturation Ctrl+u Hue-Saturation Desaturate Shift+Ctrl+u Desaturate Invert Ctrl+i Invert Default Colors d Default Colors Switch Colors x Switch Colors Layer PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP New Layer Shift+Ctrl+n New Layer Layer via Copy Ctrl+j Duplicate Layer Bring (layer) to Front Shift+Ctrl+] Layer to Top Send (layer) to Back Shift+Ctrl+[ Layer to Bottom Bring (layer) Forward Ctrl+] Raise Layer Send (layer) Backward Ctrl+[ Lower Layer Select Top Layer Shift+Alt+] Select Top Layer Select Bottom Layer Shift+Alt+[ Select Bottom Layer Select One Layer Forward Alt+] Select Previous Layer Select One Layer Backward Alt+[ Select Next Layer Merge Down Ctrl+e Merge Down Merge Visible Shift+Ctrl+e Merge Visible Preserve Transparency / Keep Transparency Cycle Modes Forwards Shift+= Next Layer Mode Cycle Modes Backwards Shift+- Previous Layer Mode Select PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Select All Ctrl+a Select All Deselect Ctrl+d Select None Inverse Shift+Ctrl+i Invert Feather Ctrl+Alt+d Feather View PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Zoom In Ctrl+= Zoom In Zoom Out Ctrl+- Zoom Out Fit on Screen Ctrl+0 Zoom to Fit Window Actual Pixels Ctrl+Alt+0 Zoom 1:1 Show/Hide Extras Ctrl+h Toggle Show Selection (close enough?) Show/Hide Guides Ctrl+' Toggle Show Guides Show/Hide Grid Ctrl+Alt+' Toggle Show Grid Show/Hide Rulers Ctrl+r Toggle Show Rulers Snap Ctrl+; Snap to Guides Scroll View Up Page Up Scroll Page Up Scroll View Down Page Down Scroll Page Down Scroll View Left Ctrl+Page Up Scroll Page Left Scroll View Right Ctrl+Page Down Scroll Page Right Window/Dialogs PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP ? F5 Tools Dialog Color Tab F6 Colors Dialog Layers Tab F7 Layers Dialog Info Tab F8 Image Information Tools PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Rectangular Marquee Tool m Rect Select Tool Elliptical Marquee Tool Shift+m Ellipse Select Tool *This is a toggle between 'Elliptical Marquee Tool' and 'Rectangular Marquee Tool' in Photoshop Move Tool v Move Tool Lasso Tool l Free Select Tool Magic Wand Tool w Fuzzy Select Tool Crop Tool c Crop & Resize Tool Airbrush Tool j Airbrush Tool Paintbrush Tool b Paintbrush Tool Clone Stamp Tool s Clone Stamp Tool Eraser Tool e Eraser Tool Gradient Tool g Blend Tool Paint Bucket Tool Shift+g Bucket Fill Tool *This is a toggle between 'Paint Bucket Tool' and 'Gradient Tool' in Photoshop Blur Tool r Convolve Tool Dodge Tool o DodgeBurn Tool Type Tool t Text Tool Pen Tool p Bezier Select Tool Eye Dropper Tool i Color Picker Tool Zoom Tool z Magnify Tool Previous Brush , Previous Brush Next Brush . Next Brush First Brush Shift+< First Brush Last Brush Shift+> Last Brush Decrease Brush Size [ Decrease Brush Size Increase Brush Size ] Increase Brush Size Decrease Brush Hardness { Decrease Brush Hardness Increase Brush Hardness } Increase Brush Hardness Help PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Help F1 Help Context Help Shift+F1 Context Help Misc. PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Last Filter Ctrl+f Repeat Last Filter ? Shift+Ctrl+f Reshow Last Filter Preferences Ctrl+k Preferences Liquify Shift+Ctrl+x IWarp (close enough?) Toggle Quick Mask q Toggle Quick Mask Spotlights - triangle of white opaque shape Cutting out and/or replacing unwanted background or features - select large areas with the selection option like the Magic Wand tool (aka Color Range) or the Lasso (quick and fast) with feather 2 to soften edge or the pen tool which adds points/lines/Bézier curves (better control but slower), hold down the shift button as you click to add extra points/areas of the subject matter to remove. Increase the tolerance to cover more areas. To subtract from your selection hold down alt as you're clicking. * Layer masks are a better way of working than Erase they clip (black hides/hidden white visible/reveal). Clone Stamp can be simulated by and brushes for other areas. * Leave the fine details like hair, fur, etc. to later with lasso and the shift key to draw a line all the way around your subject. Gradient Mapping - Inverse - Mask. i.e. Refine your selected image with edge detection and using the radius and edge options / adjuster (increase/decrease contrast) so that you will capture more fine detail from the background allowing easier removal. Remove fringe/halo saving image as png rather than jpg/jpeg to keep transparency background intact. Implemented [http://colorizer.org/ colour model representations] [http://paulbourke.net/texture_colour/colourspace/ Mathematical approach] - Photo stills are spatially 2d (h and w), but are colorimetrically 3d (r g and b, or H L S, or Y U V etc.) as well. * RGB - split cubed mapped color model for photos and computer graphics hardware using the light spectrum (adding and subtracting) * YUV - Y-Lightness U-blue/yellow V-red/cyan (similar to YPbPr and YCbCr) used in the PAL, NTSC, and SECAM composite digital TV color [http://crewofone.com/2012/chroma-subsampling-and-transcoding/#comment-7299 video] Histograms White balanced (neutral) if the spike happens in the same place in each channel of the RGB graphs. If not, you're not balanced. If you have sky you'll see the blue channel further off to the right. RGB is best one to change colours. These elements RGB is a 3-channel format containing data for Red, Green, and Blue in your photo scale between 0 and 255. The area in a picture that appears to be brighter/whiter contains more red color as compared to the area which is relatively darker. Similarly in the green channel the area that appears to be darker contains less amount of green color as compared to the area that appears to be brighter. Similarly in the blue channel the area appears to be darker contains less amount of blue color as compared to the area that appears to be brighter. Brightness luminance histogram also matches the green histogram more than any other color - human eye interprets green better e.g. RGB rough ratio 15/55/30% RGBA (RGB+A, A means alpha channel) . The alpha channel is used for "alpha compositing", which can mostly be associated as "opacity". AROS deals in RGB with two digits for every color (red, green, blue), in ARGB you have two additional hex digits for the alpha channel. The shadows are represented by the left third of the graph. The highlights are represented by the right third. And the midtones are, of course, in the middle. The higher the black peaks in the graph, the more pixels are concentrated in that tonal range (total black area). By moving the black endpoint, which identifies the shadows (darkness) and a white light endpoint (brightness) up and down either sides of the graph, colors are adjusted based on these points. By dragging the central one, can increased the midtones and control the contrast, raise shadows levels, clip or softly eliminate unsafe levels, alter gamma, etc... in a way that is much more precise and creative . RGB Curves * Move left endpoint (black point) up or right endpoint (white point) up brightens * Move left endpoint down or right endpoint down darkens Color Curves * Dragging up on the Red Curve increases the intensity of the reds in the image but * Dragging down on the Red Curve decreases the intensity of the reds and thus increases the apparent intensity of its complimentary color, cyan. Green’s complimentary color is magenta, and blue’s is yellow. <pre> Red <-> Cyan Green <->Magenta Blue <->Yellow </pre> YUV Best option to analyse and pull out statistical elements of any picture (i.e. separate luminance data from color data). The line in Y luma tone box represents the brightness of the image with the point in the bottom left been black, and the point in the top right as white. A low-contrast image has a concentrated clump of values nearer to the center of the graph. By comparison, a high-contrast image has a wider distribution of values across the entire width of the Histogram. A histogram that is skewed to the right would indicate a picture that is a bit overexposed because most of the color data is on the lighter side (increase exposure with higher value F), while a histogram with the curve on the left shows a picture that is underexposed. This is good information to have when using post-processing software because it shows you not only where the color data exists for a given picture, but also where any data has been clipped (extremes on edges of either side): that is, it does not exist and, therefore, cannot be edited. By dragging the endpoints of the line and as well as the central one, can increased the dark/shadows, midtones and light/bright parts and control the contrast, raise shadows levels, clip or softly eliminate unsafe levels, alter gamma, etc... in a way that is much more precise and creative . The U and V chroma parts show color difference components of the image. It’s useful for checking whether or not the overall chroma is too high, and also whether it’s being limited too much Can be used to create a negative image but also With U (Cb), the higher value you are, the more you're on the blue primary color. If you go to the low values then you're on blue complementary color, i.e. yellow. With V (Cr), this is the same principle but with Red and Cyan. e.g. If you push U full blue and V full red, you get magenta. If you push U full yellow and V full Cyan then you get green. YUV simultaneously adds to one side of the color equation while subtracting from the other. using YUV to do color correction can be very problematic because each curve alters the result of each other: the mutual influence between U and V often makes things tricky. You may also be careful in what you do to avoid the raise of noise (which happens very easily). Best results are obtained with little adjustments sunset that looks uninspiring and needs some color pop especially for the rays over the hill, a subtle contrast raise while setting luma values back to the legal range without hard clipping. ====Lunapaint==== Pixel based drawing app with onion-skin animation function Blocking, Shading, Coloring, adding detail <pre> b BRUSH e ERASER alt eyedropper v layer tool z ZOOM / MAGNIFY < > n spc panning m marque q lasso w same color selection / region </pre> <pre> , LM RM v V f filter F . size p , pick color [] last / next color </pre> There is not much missing in Lunapaint to be as good as FlipBook and then you have to take into account that Flipbook is considered to be amongst the best and easiest to use animation software out there. Ok to be honest Flipbook has some nice features that require more heavy work but those aren't so much needed right away, things like camera effects, sound, smart fill, export to different movie file formats etc. Tried Flipbook with my tablet and compared it to Luna. The feeling is the same when sketching. LunaPaint is very responsive/fluent to draw with. Just as Flipbook is, and that responsiveness is something its users have mentioned as one of the positive sides of said software. author was learning MUI. Some parts just have to be rewritten with proper MUI classes before new features can be added. * add [Frame Add] / [Frame Del] * whole animation feature is impossible to use. If you draw 2 color maybe but if you start coloring your cells then you get in trouble * pickup the entire image as a brush, not just a selection ? And consequently remove the brush from memory when one doesn't need it anymore. can pick up a brush and put it onto a new image but cropping isn't possible, nor to load/save brushes. * Undo is something I longed for ages in Lunapaint. * to import into the current layer, other types of images (e.g. JPEG) besides RAW64. * implement graphic tablet features support **GENERAL DRAWING** Miss it very much: UNDO ERASER COLORPICKER - has to show on palette too which color got picked. BACKGROUND COLOR -Possibility to select from "New project screen" Miss it somewhat: ICON for UNDO ICON for ERASER ICON for CLEAR SCREEN ( What can I say? I start over from scratch very often ) BRUSH - possibility to cut out as brush not just copy off image to brush **ANIMATING** Miss it very much: NUMBER OF CELLS - Possibity to change total no. of cells during project ANIM BRUSH - Possibility to pick up a selected part of cells into an animbrush Miss it somewhat: ADD/REMOVE FRAMES: Add/remove single frame In general LunaPaint is really well done and it feels like a new DeluxePaint version. It works with my tablet. Sure there's much missing of course but things can always be added over time. So there is great potential in LunaPaint that's for sure. Animations could be made in it and maybe put together in QuickVideo, saving in .gif or .mng etc some day. LAYERS -Layers names don't get saved globally in animation frames -Layers order don't change globally in an animation (perhaps as default?). EXPORTING IMAGES -Exporting frames to JPG/PNG gives problems with colors. (wrong colors. See my animatiopn --> My robot was blue now it's "gold" ) I think this only happens if you have layers. -Trying to flatten the layers before export doesn't work if you have animation frames only the one you have visible will flatten properly all other frames are destroyed. (Only one of the layers are visible on them) -Exporting images filenames should be for example e.g. file0001, file0002...file0010 instead as of now file1, file2...file10 LOAD/SAVE (Preferences) -Make a setting for the default "Work" folder. * Destroyed colors if exported image/frame has layers * mystic color cycling of the selected color while stepping frames back/forth (annoying) <pre> Deluxe Paint II enhanced key shortcuts NOTE: @ denotes the ALT key [Technique] F1 - Paint F2 - Single Colour F3 - Replace F4 - Smear F5 - Shade F6 - Cycle F7 - Smooth M - Colour Cycle [Brush] B - Restore O - Outline h - Halve brush size H - Double brush size x - Flip brush on X axis X - Double brush size on X axis only y - Flip on Y Y - Double on Y z - Rotate brush 90 degrees Z - Stretch [Stencil] ` - Stencil On [Miscellaneous] F9 - Info Bar F10 - Selection Bar @o - Co-Ordinates @a - Anti-alias @r - Colourise @t - Translucent TAB - Colour Cycle [Picture] L - Load S - Save j - Page to Spare(Flip) J - Page to Spare(Copy) V - View Page Q - Quit [General Keys] m - Magnify < - Zoom In > - Zoom Out [ - Palette Colour Up ] - Palette Colour Down ( - Palette Colour Left ) - Palette Colour Right , - Eye Dropper . - Pixel / Brush Toggle / - Symmetry | - Co-Ordinates INS - Perspective Control +/- - Brush Size (Fine Control) w - Unfilled Polygon W - Filled Polygon e - Unfilled Ellipse E - Filled Ellipse r - Unfilled Rectangle R - Filled Rectangle t - Type/text tool a - Select Font u/U - Undo d - Brush D - Filled Non-Uniform Polygon f/F - Fill Options g/G - Grid h/H - Brush Size (Coarse Control) K - Clear c - Unfilled Circle C - Filled Circle v - Line b - Scissor Select and Toggle B - Brush {,} - Toggle between two background colours </pre> ====Lodepaint==== Pixel based painting artwork app ====Grafx2==== Pixel based painting artwork app aesprite like [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=59Y6OTzNrhk aesprite workflow keys and tablet use], [], ====Vector Graphics ZuneFIG==== Vector Image Editing of files .svg .ps .eps *Objects - raise lower rotate flip aligning snapping *Path - unify subtract intersect exclude divide *Colour - fill stroke *Stroke - size *Brushes - *Layers - *Effects - gaussian bevels glows shadows *Text - *Transform - AmiFIG ([http://epb.lbl.gov/xfig/frm_introduction.html xfig manual]) [[File:MyScreen.png|thumb|left|alt=Showing all Windows open in AmiFIG.|All windows available to AmiFIG.]] for drawing simple to intermediate vector graphic images for scientific and technical uses and for illustration purposes for those with talent ;Menu options * Load - fig format but import(s) SVG * Save - fig format but export(s) eps, ps, pdf, svg and png * PAN = Ctrl + Arrow keys * Deselect all points There is no selected object until you apply the tool, and the selected object is not highlighted. ;Metrics - to set up page and styles - first window to open on new drawings ;Tools - Drawing Primitives - set Attributes window first before clicking any Tools button(s) * Shapes - circles, ellipses, arcs, splines, boxes, polygon * Lines - polylines * Text "T" button * Photos - bitmaps * Compound - Glue, Break, Scale * POINTs - Move, Add, Remove * Objects - Move, Copy, Delete, Mirror, Rotate, Paste use right mouse button to stop extra lines, shapes being formed and the left mouse to select/deselect tools button(s) * Rotate - moves in 90 degree turns centered on clicked POINT of a polygon or square ;Attributes which provide change(s) to the above primitives * Color * Line Width * Line Style * arrowheads ;Modes Choose from freehand, charts, figures, magnet, etc. ;Library - allows .fig clip-art to be stored * compound tools to add .fig(s) together ;FIG 3.2 [http://epb.lbl.gov/xfig/fig-format.html Format] as produced by xfig version 3.2.5 <pre> Landscape Center Inches Letter 100.00 Single -2 1200 2 4 0 0 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 4 135 1050 1050 2475 This is a test.01 </pre> # change the text alignment within the textbox. I can choose left, center, or right aligned by either changing the integer in the second column from 0 (left) to 1 or 2 (center, or right). # The third integer in the row specifies fontcolor. For instance, 0 is black, but blue is 1 and Green3 is 13. # The sixth integer in the bottom row specifies fontface. 0 is Times-Roman, but 16 is Helvetica (a MATLAB default). # The seventh number is fontsize. 12 represents a 12pt fontsize. Changing the fontsize of an item really is as easy as changing that number to 20. # The next number is the counter-clockwise angle of the text. Notice that I have changed the angle to .7854 (pi/4 rounded to four digits=45 degrees). # twelfth number is the position according to the standard “x-axis” in Xfig units from the left. Note that 1200 Xfig units is equivalent to once inch. # thirteenth number is the “y-position” from the top using the same unit convention as before. * The nested text string is what you entered into the textbox. * The “01″ present at the end of that line in the .fig file is the closing tag. For instance, a change to \100 appends a @ symbol at the end of the period of that sentence. ; Just to note there are no layers, no 3d functions, no shading, no transparency, no animation [[#top|...to the top]] ===Audio=== # AHI uses linear panning/balance, which means that in the center, you will get -6dB. If an app uses panning, this is what you will get. Note that apps like Audio Evolution need panning, so they will have this problem. # When using AHI Hifi modes, mixing is done in 32-bit and sent as 32-bit data to the driver. The Envy24HT driver uses that to output at 24-bit (always). # For the Envy24/Envy24HT, I've made 16-bit and 24-bit inputs (called Line-in 16-bit, Line-in 24-bit etc.). There is unfortunately no app that can handle 24-bit recording. ====Music Mods==== Digital module (mods) trackers are music creation software using samples and sometimes soundfonts, audio plugins (VST, AU or RTAS), MIDI. Generally, MODs are similar to MIDI in that they contain note on/off and other sequence messages that control the mod player. Unlike (most) midi files, however, they also contain sound samples that the sequence information actually plays. MOD files can have many channels (classic amiga mods have 4, corresponding to the inbuilt sound channels), but unlike MIDI, each channel can typically play only one note at once. However, since that note might be a sample of a chord, a drumloop or other complex sound, this is not as limiting as it sounds. Like MIDI, notes will play indefinitely if they're not instructed to end. Most trackers record this information automatically if you play your music in live. If you're using manual note entry, you can enter a note-off command with a keyboard shortcut - usually Caps Lock. In fact when considering file size MOD is not always the best option. Even a dummy song wastes few kilobytes for nothing when a simple SID tune could be few hundreds bytes and not bigger than 64kB. AHX is another small format, AHX tunes are never larger than 64kB excluding comments. [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rXXsZfwgil Protrekkr] (previously aka [w:Juan_Antonio_Arguelles_Rius|NoiseTrekkr]) If Protrekkr does not start, please check if the Unit 0 has been setup in the AHI prefs and still not, go to the directory utilities/protrekkr and double click on the Protrekkr icon *Sample *Note - Effect *Track (column) - Pattern - Order It all starts with the Sample which is used to create Note(s) in a Track (column of a tracker) The Note can be changed with an Effect. A Track of Note(s) can be collected into a Pattern (section of a song) and these can be given Order to create the whole song. Patience (notes have to be entered one at a time) or playing the bassline on a midi controller (faster - see midi section above). Best approach is to wait until a melody popped into your head. *Up-tempo means the track should be reasonably fast, but not super-fast. *Groovy and funky imply the track should have some sort of "swing" feel, with plenty of syncopation or off beat emphasis and a recognizable, melodic bass line. *Sweet and happy mean upbeat melodies, a major key and avoiding harsh sounds. *Moody - minor key First, create a quick bass sound, which is basically a sine wave, but can be hand drawn for a little more variance. It could also work for the melody part, too. This is usually a bass guitar or some kind of synthesizer bass. The bass line is often forgotten by inexperienced composers, but it plays an important role in a musical piece. Together with the rhythm section the bass line forms the groove of a song. It's the glue between the rhythm section and the melodic layer of a song. The drums are just pink noise samples, played at different frequencies to get a slightly different sound for the kick, snare, and hihats. Instruments that fall into the rhythm category are bass drums, snares, hi-hats, toms, cymbals, congas, tambourines, shakers, etc. Any percussive instrument can be used to form part of the rhythm section. The lead is the instrument that plays the main melody, on top of the chords. There are many instruments that can play a lead section, like a guitar, a piano, a saxophone or a flute. The list is almost endless. There is a lot of overlap with instruments that play chords. Often in one piece an instrument serves both roles. The lead melody is often played at a higher pitch than the chords. Listened back to what was produced so far, and a counter-melody can be imagined, which can be added with a triangle wave. To give the ends of phrases some life, you can add a solo part with a crunchy synth. By hitting random notes in the key of G, then edited a few of them. For the climax of the song, filled out the texture with a gentle high-pitch pad… …and a grungy bass synth. The arrow at A points at the pattern order list. As you see, the patterns don't have to be in numerical order. This song starts with pattern "00", then pattern "02", then "03", then "01", etcetera. Patterns may be repeated throughout a song. The B arrow points at the song title. Below it are the global BPM and speed parameters. These determine the tempo of the song, unless the tempo is altered through effect commands during the song. The C arrow points at the list of instruments. An instrument may consist of multiple samples. Which sample will be played depends on the note. This can be set in the Instrument Editing screen. Most instruments will consist of just one sample, though. The sample list for the selected instrument can be found under arrow D. Here's a part of the main editing screen. This is where you put in actual notes. Up to 32 channels can be used, meaning 32 sounds can play simultaneously. The first six channels of pattern "03" at order "02" are shown here. The arrow at A points at the row number. The B arrow points at the note to play, in this case a C4. The column pointed at by the C arrow tells us which instrument is associated with that note, in this case instrument #1 "Kick". The column at D is used (mainly) for volume commands. In this case it is left empty which means the instrument should play at its default volume. You can see the volume column being used in channel #6. The E column tells us which effect to use and any parameters for that effect. In this case it holds the "F" effect, which is a tempo command. The "04" means it should play at tempo 4 (a smaller number means faster). Base pattern When I create a new track I start with what I call the base pattern. It is worthwhile to spend some time polishing it as a lot of the ideas in the base pattern will be copied and used in other patterns. At least, that's how I work. Every musician will have his own way of working. In "Wild Bunnies" the base pattern is pattern "03" at order "02". In the section about selecting samples I talked about the four different categories of instruments: drums, bass, chords and leads. That's also how I usually go about making the base pattern. I start by making a drum pattern, then add a bass line, place some chords and top it off with a lead. This forms the base pattern from which the rest of the song will grow. Drums Here's a screenshot of the first four rows of the base pattern. I usually reserve the first four channels or so for the drum instruments. Right away there are a couple of tricks shown here. In the first channel the kick, or bass drum, plays some notes. Note the alternating F04 and F02 commands. The "F" command alters the tempo of the song and by quickly alternating the tempo; the song will get some kind of "swing" feel. In the second channel the closed hi-hat plays a fairly simple pattern. Further down in the channel, not shown here, some open hi-hat notes are added for a bit of variation. In the third and fourth channel the snare sample plays. The "8" command is for panning. One note is panned hard to the left and the other hard to the right. One sample is played a semitone lower than the other. This results in a cool flanging effect. It makes the snare stand out a little more in the mix. Bass line There are two different instruments used for the bass line. Instrument #6 is a pretty standard synthesized bass sound. Instrument #A sounds a bit like a slap bass when used with a quick fade out. By using two different instruments the bass line sounds a bit more ”human”. The volume command is used to cut off the notes. However, it is never set to zero. Setting the volume to a very small value will result in a reverb-like effect. This makes the song sound more "live". The bass line hints at the chords that will be played and the key the song will be in. In this case the key of the song is D-major, a positive and happy key. Chords The D major chords that are being played here are chords stabs; short sounds with a quick decay (fade out). Two different instruments (#8 and #9) are used to form the chords. These instruments are quite similar, but have a slightly different sound, panning and volume decay. Again, the reason for this is to make the sound more human. The volume command is used on some chords to simulate a delay, to achieve more of a live feel. The chords are placed off-beat making for a funky rhythm. Lead Finally the lead melody is added. The other instruments are invaluable in holding the track together, but the lead melody is usually what catches people's attention. A lot of notes and commands are used here, but it looks more complex than it is. A stepwise ascending melody plays in channel 13. Channel 14 and 15 copy this melody, but play it a few rows later at a lower volume. This creates an echo effect. A bit of panning is used on the notes to create some stereo depth. Like with the bass line, instead of cutting off notes the volume is set to low values for a reverb effect. The "461" effect adds a little vibrato to the note, which sounds nice on sustained notes. Those paying close attention may notice the instrument used here for the lead melody is the same as the one used for the bass line (#6 "Square"), except played two or three octaves higher. This instrument is a looped square wave sample. Each type of wave has its own quirks, but the square wave (shown below) is a really versatile wave form. Song structure Good, catchy songs are often carefully structured into sections, some of which are repeated throughout the song with small variations. A typical pop-song structure is: Intro - Verse - Chorus - Verse - Chorus - Bridge - Chorus. Other single sectional song structures are <pre> Strophic or AAA Song Form - oldest story telling with refrain (often title of the song) repeated in every verse section melody AABA Song Form - early popular, jazz and gospel fading during the 1960s AB or Verse/Chorus Song Form - songwriting format of choice for modern popular music since the 1960s Verse/Chorus/Bridge Song Form ABAB Song Form ABAC Song Form ABCD Song Form AAB 12-Bar Song Form - three four-bar lines or sub-sections 8-Bar Song Form 16-Bar Song Form Hybrid / Compound Song Forms </pre> The most common building blocks are: #INTRODUCTION(INTRO) #VERSE #REFRAIN #PRE-CHORUS / RISE / CLIMB #CHORUS #BRIDGE #MIDDLE EIGHT #SOLO / INSTRUMENTAL BREAK #COLLISION #CODA / OUTRO #AD LIB (OFTEN IN CODA / OUTRO) The chorus usually has more energy than the verse and often has a memorable melody line. As the chorus is repeated the most often during the song, it will be the part that people will remember. The bridge often marks a change of direction in the song. It is not uncommon to change keys in the bridge, or at least to use a different chord sequence. The bridge is used to build up tension towards the big finale, the last repetition of chorus. Playing RCTRL: Play song from row 0. LSHIFT + RCTRL: Play song from current row. RALT: Play pattern from row 0. LSHIFT + RALT: Play pattern from current row. Left mouse on '>': Play song from row 0. Right mouse on '>': Play song from current row. Left mouse on '|>': Play pattern from row 0. Right mouse on '|>': Play pattern from current row. Left mouse on 'Edit/Record': Edit mode on/off. Right mouse on 'Edit/Record': Record mode on/off. Editing LSHIFT + ESCAPE: Switch large patterns view on/off TAB: Go to next track LSHIFT + TAB: Go to prev. track LCTRL + TAB: Go to next note in track LCTRL + LSHIFT + TAB: Go to prev. note in track SPACE: Toggle Edit mode On & Off (Also stop if the song is being played) SHIFT SPACE: Toggle Record mode On & Off (Wait for a key note to be pressed or a midi in message to be received) DOWN ARROW: 1 Line down UP ARROW: 1 Line up LEFT ARROW: 1 Row left RIGHT ARROW: 1 Row right PREV. PAGE: 16 Arrows Up NEXT PAGE: 16 Arrows Down HOME / END: Top left / Bottom right of pattern LCTRL + HOME / END: First / last track F5, F6, F7, F8, F9: Jump to 0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4 lines of the patterns + - (Numeric keypad): Next / Previous pattern LCTRL + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous pattern LCTRL + LALT + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous position LALT + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous instrument LSHIFT + M: Toggle mute state of the current channel LCTRL + LSHIFT + M: Solo the current track / Unmute all LSHIFT + F1 to F11: Select a tab/panel LCTRL + 1 to 4: Select a copy buffer Tracking 1st and 2nd keys rows: Upper octave row 3rd and 4th keys rows: Lower octave row RSHIFT: Insert a note off / and * (Numeric keypad) or F1 F2: -1 or +1 octave INSERT / BACKSPACE: Insert or Delete a line in current track or current selected block. LSHIFT + INSERT / BACKSPACE: Insert or Delete a line in current pattern DELETE (NOT BACKSPACE): Empty a column or a selected block. Blocks (Blocks can also be selected with the mouse by holding the right button and scrolling the pattern with the mouse wheel). LCTRL + A: Select entire current track LCTRL + LSHIFT + A: Select entire current pattern LALT + A: Select entire column note in a track LALT + LSHIFT + A: Select all notes of a track LCTRL + X: Cut the selected block and copy it into the block-buffer LCTRL + C: Copy the selected block into the block-buffer LCTRL + V: Paste the data from the block buffer into the pattern LCTRL + I: Interpolate selected data from the first to the last row of a selection LSHIFT + ARROWS PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE: Select a block LCTRL + R: Randomize the select columns of a selection, works similar to CTRL + I (interpolating them) LCTRL + U: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote higher LCTRL + D: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote lower LCTRL + LSHIFT + U: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote higher (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + LSHIFT + D: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote lower (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + H: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave higher LCTRL + L: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave lower LCTRL + LSHIFT + H: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave higher (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + LSHIFT + L: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave lower (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + W: Save the current selection into a file Misc LALT + ENTER: Switch between full screen / windowed mode LALT + F4: Exit program (Windows only) LCTRL + S: Save current module LSHIFT + S: Switch top right panel to synths list LSHIFT + I: Switch top right panel to instruments list <pre> C-x xh xx xx hhhh Volume B-x xh xx xx hhhh Jump to A#x xh xx xx hhhh hhhh Slide F-x xh xx xx hhhh Tempo D-x xh xx xx hhhh Pattern Break G#x xh xx xx hhhh </pre> h Hex 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 d Dec 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 The Set Volume command: C. Input a note, then move the cursor to the effects command column and type a C. Play the pattern, and you shouldn't be able to hear the note you placed the C by. This is because the effect parameters are 00. Change the two zeros to a 40(Hex)/64(Dec), depending on what your tracker uses. Play back the pattern again, and the note should come in at full volume. The Position Jump command next. This is just a B followed by the position in the playing list that you want to jump to. One thing to remember is that the playing list always starts at 0, not 1. This command is usually in Hex. Onto the volume slide command: A. This is slightly more complex (much more if you're using a newer tracker, if you want to achieve the results here, then set slides to Amiga, not linear), due to the fact it depends on the secondary tempo. For now set a secondary tempo of 06 (you can play around later), load a long or looped sample and input a note or two. A few rows after a note type in the effect command A. For the parameters use 0F. Play back the pattern, and you should notice that when the effect kicks in, the sample drops to a very low volume very quickly. Change the effect parameters to F0, and use a low volume command on the note. Play back the pattern, and when the slide kicks in the volume of the note should increase very quickly. This because each part of the effect parameters for command A does a different thing. The first number slides the volume up, and the second slides it down. It's not recommended that you use both a volume up and volume down at the same time, due to the fact the tracker only looks for the first number that isn't set to 0. If you specify parameters of 8F, the tracker will see the 8, ignore the F, and slide the volume up. Using a slide up and down at same time just makes you look stupid. Don't do it... The Set Tempo command: F, is pretty easy to understand. You simply specify the BPM (in Hex) that you want to change to. One important thing to note is that values of lower than 20 (Hex) sets the secondary tempo rather than the primary. Another useful command is the Pattern Break: D. This will stop the playing of the current pattern and skip to the next one in the playing list. By using parameters of more than 00 you can also specify which line to begin playing from. Command 3 is Portamento to Note. This slides the currently playing note to another note, at a specified speed. The slide then stops when it reaches the desired note. <pre> C-2 1 000 - Starts the note playing --- 000 C-3 330 - Starts the slide to C-3 at a speed of 30. --- 300 - Continues the slide --- 300 - Continues the slide </pre> Once the parameters have been set, the command can be input again without any parameters, and it'll still perform the same function unless you change the parameters. This memory function allows certain commands to function correctly, such as command 5, which is the Portamento to Note and Volume Slide command. Once command 3 has been set up command 5 will simply take the parameters from that and perform a Portamento to Note. Any parameters set up for command 5 itself simply perform a Volume Slide identical to command A at the same time as the Portamento to Note. This memory function will only operate in the same channel where the original parameters were set up. There are various other commands which perform two functions at once. They will be described as we come across them. C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 02 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 05 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 08 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 0A C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 0D C-3 04 .. .. 09 10 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 10 (You can also switch on the Slider Rec to On, and perform parameter-live-recording, such as cutoff transitions, resonance or panning tweaking, etc..) Note: this command only works for volume/panning and fx datas columns. The next command we'll look at is the Portamento up/down: 1 and 2. Command 1 slides the pitch up at a specified speed, and 2 slides it down. This command works in a similar way to the volume slide, in that it is dependent on the secondary tempo. Both these commands have a memory dependent on each other, if you set the slide to a speed of 3 with the 1 command, a 2 command with no parameters will use the speed of 3 from the 1 command, and vice versa. Command 4 is Vibrato. Vibrato is basically rapid changes in pitch, just try it, and you'll see what I mean. Parameters are in the format of xy, where x is the speed of the slide, and y is the depth of the slide. One important point to remember is to keep your vibratos subtle and natural so a depth of 3 or less and a reasonably fast speed, around 8, is usually used. Setting the depth too high can make the part sound out of tune from the rest. Following on from command 4 is command 6. This is the Vibrato and Volume Slide command, and it has a memory like command 5, which you already know how to use. Command 7 is Tremolo. This is similar to vibrato. Rather than changing the pitch it slides the volume. The effect parameters are in exactly the same format. vibrato effect (0x1dxy) x = speed y = depth (can't be used if arpeggio (0x1b) is turned on) <pre> C-7 00 .. .. 1B37 <- Turn Arpeggio effect on --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 1B38 <- Change datas --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 1B00 <- Turn it off </pre> Command 9 is Sample Offset. This starts the playback of the sample from a different place than the start. The effect parameters specify the sample offset, but only very roughly. Say you have a sample which is 8765(Hex) bytes long, and you wanted it to play from position 4321(Hex). The effect parameter could only be as accurate as the 43 part, and it would ignore the 21. Command B is the Playing List/Order Jump command. The parameters specify the position in the Playing List/Order to jump to. When used in conjunction with command D you can specify the position and the line to play from. Command E is pretty complex, as it is used for a lot of different things, depending on what the first parameter is. Let's take a trip through each effect in order. Command E0 controls the hardware filter on an Amiga, which, as a low pass filter, cuts off the highest frequencies being played back. There are very few players and trackers on other system that simulate this function, not that you should need to use it. The second parameter, if set to 1, turns on the filter. If set to 0, the filter gets turned off. Commands E1/E2 are Fine Portamento Up/Down. Exactly the same functions as commands 1/2, except that they only slide the pitch by a very small amount. These commands have a memory the same as 1/2 as well. Command E3 sets the Glissando control. If parameters are set to 1 then when using command 3, any sliding will only use the notes in between the original note and the note being slid to. This produces a somewhat jumpier slide than usual. The best way to understand is to try it out for yourself. Produce a slow slide with command 3, listen to it, and then try using E31. Command E4 is the Set Vibrato Waveform control. This command controls how the vibrato command slides the pitch. Parameters are 0 - Sine, 1 - Ramp Down (Saw), 2 - Square. By adding 4 to the parameters, the waveform will not be restarted when a new note is played e.g. 5 - Sine without restart. Command E5 sets the Fine Tune of the instrument being played, but only for the particular note being played. It will override the default Fine Tune for the instrument. The parameters range from 0 to F, with 0 being -8 and F being +8 Fine Tune. A parameter of 8 gives no Fine Tune. If you're using a newer tracker that supports more than -8 to +8 e.g. -128 to +128, these parameters will give a rough Fine Tune, accurate to the nearest 16. Command E6 is the Jump Loop command. You mark the beginning of the part of a pattern that you want to loop with E60, and then specify with E6x the end of the loop, where x is the number of times you want it to loop. Command E7 is the Set Tremolo Waveform control. This has exactly the same parameters as command E4, except that it works for Tremolo rather than Vibrato. Command E9 is for Retriggering the note quickly. The parameter specifies the interval between the retrigs. Use a value of less than the current secondary tempo, or else the note will not get retrigged. Command EA/B are for Fine Volume Slide Up/Down. Much the same as the normal Volume Slides, except that these are easier to control since they don't depend on the secondary tempo. The parameters specify the amount to slide by e.g. if you have a sample playing at a volume of 08 (Hex) then the effect EA1 will slide this volume to 09 (Hex). A subsequent effect of EB4 would slide this volume down to 05 (Hex). Command EC is the Note Cut. This sets the volume of the currently playing note to 0 at a specified tick. The parameters should be lower than the secondary tempo or else the effect won't work. Command ED is the Note Delay. This should be used at the same time as a note is to be played, and the parameters will specify the number of ticks to delay playing the note. Again, keep the parameters lower than the secondary tempo, or the note won't get played! Command EE is the Pattern Delay. This delays the pattern for the amount of time it would take to play a certain number of rows. The parameters specify how many rows to delay for. Command EF is the Funk Repeat command. Set the sample loop to 0-1000. When EFx is used, the loop will be moved to 1000- 2000, then to 2000-3000 etc. After 9000-10000 the loop is set back to 0- 1000. The speed of the loop "movement" is defined by x. E is two times as slow as F, D is three times as slow as F etc. EF0 will turn the Funk Repeat off and reset the loop (to 0-1000). effects 0x41 and 0x42 to control the volumes of the 2 303 units There is a dedicated panel for synth parameter editing with coherent sections (osc, filter modulation, routing, so on) the interface is much nicer, much better to navigate with customizable colors, the reverb is now customizable (10 delay lines), It accepts newer types of Waves (higher bit rates, at least 24). Has a replay routine. It's pretty much your basic VA synth. The problem isn't with the sampler being to high it's the synth is tuned two octaves too low, but if you want your samples tuned down just set the base note down 2 octaves (in the instrument panel). so the synth is basically divided into 3 sections from left to right: oscillators/envelopes, then filter and LFO's, and in the right column you have mod routings and global settings. for the oscillator section you have two normal oscillators (sine, saw, square, noise), the second of which is tunable, the first one tunes with the key pressed. Attached to OSC 1 is a sub-oscillator, which is a sawtooth wave tuned one octave down. The phase modulation controls the point in the duty cycle at which the oscillator starts. The ADSR envelope sliders (grouped with oscs) are for modulation envelope 1 and 2 respectively. you can use the synth as a sampler by choosing the instrument at the top. In the filter column, the filter settings are: 1 = lowpass, 2 = highpass, 3 = off. cutoff and resonance. For the LFOs they are LFO 1 and LFO 2, the ADSR sliders in those are for the LFO itself. For the modulation routings you have ENV 1, LFO 1 for the first slider and ENV 2, LFO 2 for the second, you can cycle through the individual routings there, and you can route each modulation source to multiple destinations of course, which is another big plus for this synth. Finally the glide time is for portamento and master volume, well, the master volume... it can go quite loud. The sequencer is changed too, It's more like the one in AXS if you've used that, where you can mute tracks to re-use patterns with variation. <pre> Support for the following modules formats: 669 (Composer 669, Unis 669), AMF (DSMI Advanced Module Format), AMF (ASYLUM Music Format V1.0), APUN (APlayer), DSM (DSIK internal format), FAR (Farandole Composer), GDM (General DigiMusic), IT (Impulse Tracker), IMF (Imago Orpheus), MOD (15 and 31 instruments), MED (OctaMED), MTM (MultiTracker Module editor), OKT (Amiga Oktalyzer), S3M (Scream Tracker 3), STM (Scream Tracker), STX (Scream Tracker Music Interface Kit), ULT (UltraTracker), UNI (MikMod), XM (FastTracker 2), Mid (midi format via timidity) </pre> Possible plugin options include [http://lv2plug.in/ LV2], ====Midi - Musical Instrument Digital Interface==== A midi file typically contains music that plays on up to 16 channels (as per the midi standard), but many notes can simultaneously play on each channel (depending on the limit of the midi hardware playing it). '''Timidity''' Although usually already installed, you can uncompress the [http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/ timidity.tar.gz (14MB)] into a suitable drawer like below's SYS:Extras/Audio/ assign timidity: SYS:Extras/Audio/timidity added to SYSːs/User-Startup '''WildMidi playback''' '''Audio Evolution 4 (2003) 4.0.23 (from 2012)''' *Sync Menu - CAMD Receive, Send checked *Options Menu - MIDI Machine Control - Midi Bar Display - Select CAMD MIDI in / out - Midi Remote Setup MCB Master Control Bus *Sending a MIDI start-command and a Song Position Pointer, you can synchronize audio with an external MIDI sequencer (like B&P). *B&P Receive, start AE, add AudioEvolution.ptool in Bars&Pipes track, press play / record in AE then press play in Pipes *CAMD Receive, receive MIDI start or continue commands via camd.library sync to AE *MIDI Machine Control *Midi Bar Display *Select CAMD MIDI in / out *Midi Remote Setup - open requester for external MIDI controllers to control app mixer and transport controls cc remotely Channel - mixer(vol, pan, mute, solo), eq, aux, fx, Subgroup - Volume, Mute, Solo Transport - Start, End, Play, Stop, Record, Rewind, Forward Misc - Master vol., Bank Down, Bank up <pre> q - quit First 3 already opened when AE started F1 - timeline window F2 - mixer F3 - control F4 - subgroups F5 - aux returns F6 - sample list i - Load sample to use space - start/stop play b - reset time 0:00 s - split mode r - open recording window a - automation edit mode with p panning, m mute and v volume [ / ] - zoom in / out : - previous track * - next track x c v f - cut copy paste cross-fade g - snap grid </pre> '''[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars n Pipes sequencer]''' BarsnPipes debug ... in shell Menu (right mouse) *Song - Songs load and save in .song format but option here to load/save Midi_Files .mid in FORMAT0 or FORMAT1 *Track - *Edit - *Tool - *Timing - SMTPE Synchronizing *Windows - *Preferences - Multiple MIDI-in option Windows (some of these are usually already opened when Bars n Pipes starts up for the first time) *Workflow -> Tracks, .... Song Construction, Time-line Scoring, Media Madness, Mix Maestro, *Control -> Transport (or mini one), Windows (which collects all the Windows icons together-shortcut), .... Toolbox, Accessories, Metronome, Once you have your windows placed on the screen that suits your workflow, Song -> Save as Default will save the positions, colors, icons, etc as you'd like them If you need a particular setup of Tracks, Tools, Tempos etc, you save them all as a new song you can load each time Right mouse menu -> Preferences -> Environment... -> ScreenMode - Linkages for Synch (to Slave) usbmidi.out.0 and Send (Master) usbmidi.in.0 - Clock MTC '''Tracks''' #Double-click on B&P's icon. B&P will then open with an empty Song. You can also double-click on a song icon to open a song in B&P. #Choose a track. The B&P screen will contain a Tracks Window with a number of tracks shown as pipelines (Track 1, Track 2, etc...). To choose a track, simply click on the gray box to show an arrow-icon to highlight it. This icon show whether a track is chosen or not. To the right of the arrow-icon, you can see the icon for the midi-input. If you double-click on this icon you can change the MIDI-in setup. #Choose Record for the track. To the right of the MIDI-input channel icon you can see a pipe. This leads to another clickable icon with that shows either P, R or M. This stands for Play, Record or Merge. To change the icon, simply click on it. If you choose P, this track can only play the track (you can't record anything). If you choose R, you can record what you play and it overwrites old stuff in the track. If you choose M, you merge new records with old stuff in the track. Choose R now to be able to make a record. #Chose MIDI-channel. On the most right part of the track you can see an icon with a number in it. This is the MIDI-channel selector. Here you must choose a MIDI-channel that is available on your synthesizer/keyboard. If you choose General MIDI channel 10, most synthesizer will play drum sounds. To the left of this icon is the MIDI-output icon. Double-click on this icon to change the MIDI-output configuration. #Start recording. The next step is to start recording. You must then find the control buttons (they look like buttons on a CD-player). To be able to make a record. you must click on the R icon. You can simply now press the play button (after you have pressed the R button) and play something on you keyboard. To playback your composition, press the Play button on the control panel. #Edit track. To edit a track, you simply double click in the middle part of a track. You will then get a new window containing the track, where you can change what you have recorded using tools provided. Take also a look in the drop-down menus for more features. Videos to help understand [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A6gVTX-9900 small intro], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abq_rUTiSA4&t=3s Overview], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ixOVutKsYQo Workplace Setup CC PC Sysex], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDnJLYPaZTs Import Song], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BC3kkzPLkv4 Tempo Mapping], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sd23kqMYPDs ptool Arpeggi-8], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LDJq-YxgwQg PlayMidi Song], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DY9Pu5P9TaU Amiga Midi], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abq_rUTiSA4 Learning Amiga bars and Pipes], Groups like [https://groups.io/g/barsnpipes/topics this] could help '''Tracks window''' * blue "1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Group" and transport tape deck VCR-type controls * Flags * [http://theproblem.alco-rhythm.com/org/bp.html Track 1, Track2, to Track 16, on each Track there are many options that can be activated] Each Track has a *Left LHS - Click in grey box to select what Track to work on, Midi-In ptool icon should be here (5pin plug icon), and many more from the Toolbox on the Input Pipeline *Middle - (P, R, M) Play, Record, Merge/Multi before the sequencer line and a blue/red/yellow (Thru Mute Play) Tap *Right RHS - Output pipeline, can have icons placed uopn it with the final ptool icon(s) being the 5pin icon symbol for Midi-OUT Clogged pipelines may need Esc pressed several times '''Toolbox (tools affect the chosen pipeline)''' After opening the Toolbox window you can add extra Tools (.ptool) for the pipelines like keyboard(virtual), midimonitor, quick patch, transpose, triad, (un)quantize, feedback in/out, velocity etc right mouse -> Toolbox menu option -> Install Tool... and navigate to Tool drawer (folder) and select requried .ptool Accompany B tool to get some sort of rythmic accompaniment, Rythm Section and Groove Quantize are examples of other tools that make use of rythms [https://aminet.net/search?query=bars Bars & Pipes pattern format .ptrn] for drawer (folder). Load from the Menu as Track or Group '''Accessories (affect the whole app)''' Accessories -> Install... and goto the Accessories drawer for .paccess like adding ARexx scripting support '''Song Construction''' <pre> F1 Pencil F2 Magic Wand F3 Hand F4 Duplicator F5 Eraser F6 Toolpad F7 Bounding box F8 Lock to A-B-A A-B-A strip, section, edit flags, white boxes, </pre> Bars&Pipes Professional offers three track formats; basic song tracks, linear tracks — which don't loop — and finally real‑time tracks. The difference between them is that both song and linear tracks respond to tempo changes, while real‑time tracks use absolute timing, always trigger at the same instant regardless of tempo alterations '''Tempo Map''' F1 Pencil F2 Magic Wand F3 Hand F4 Eraser F5 Curve F6 Toolpad Compositions Lyrics, Key, Rhythm, Time Signature '''Master Parameters''' Key, Scale/Mode '''Track Parameters''' Dynamics '''Time-line Scoring''' '''Media Madness''' '''Mix Maestro''' *ACCESSORIES Allows the importation of other packages and additional modules *CLIPBOARD Full cut, copy and paste operations, enabling user‑definable clips to be shared between tracks. *INFORMATION A complete rundown on the state of the current production and your machine. *MASTER PARAMETERS Enables global definition of time signatures, lyrics, scales, chords, dynamics and rhythm changes. *MEDIA MADNESS A complete multimedia sequencer which allows samples, stills, animation, etc *METRONOME Tempo feedback via MIDI, internal Amiga audio and colour cycling — all three can be mixed and matched as required. *MIX MAESTRO Completely automated mixdown with control for both volume and pan. All fader alterations are memorised by the software *RECORD ACTIVATION Complete specification of the data to be recorded/merged. Allows overdubbing of pitch‑bend, program changes, modulation etc *SET FLAGS Numeric positioning of location and edit flags in either SMPTE or musical time *SONG CONSTRUCTION Large‑scale cut and paste of individual measures, verses or chorus, by means of bounding box and drag‑n‑drop mouse selections *TEMPO MAP Tempo change using a variety of linear and non‑linear transition curves *TEMPO PALETTE Instant tempo changes courtesy of four user‑definable settings. *TIMELINE SCORING Sequencing of a selection of songs over a defined period — ideal for planning an entire set for a live performance. *TOOLBOX Selection screen for the hundreds of signal‑processing tools available *TRACKS Opens the main track window to enable recording, editing and the use of tools. *TRANSPORT Main playback control window, which also provides access to user‑ defined flags, loop and punch‑in record modes. Bars and Pipes Pro 2.5 is using internal 4-Byte IDs, to check which kind of data are currently processed. Especially in all its files the IDs play an important role. The IDs are stored into the file in the same order they are laid out in the memory. In a Bars 'N' Pipes file (no matter which kind) the ID "NAME" (saved as its ANSI-values) is stored on a big endian system (68k-computer) as "NAME". On a little endian system (x86 PC computer) as "EMAN". The target is to make the AROS-BnP compatible to songs, which were stored on a 68k computer (AMIGA). If possible, setting MIDI channels for Local Control for your keyboard http://www.fromwithin.com/liquidmidi/archive.shtml MIDI files are essentially a stream of event data. An event can be many things, but typically "note on", "note off", "program change", "controller change", or messages that instruct a MIDI compatible synth how to play a given bit of music. * Channel - 1 to 16 - * Messages - PC presets, CC effects like delays, reverbs, etc * Sequencing - MIDI instruments, Drums, Sound design, * Recording - * GUI - Piano roll or Tracker, Staves and Notes MIDI events/messages like step entry e.g. Note On, Note Off MIDI events/messages like PB, PC, CC, Mono and Poly After-Touch, Sysex, etc MIDI sync - Midi Clocks (SPS Measures), Midi Time Code (h, m, s and frames) SMPTE Individual track editing with audition edits so easier to test any changes. Possible to stop track playback, mix clips from the right edit flag and scroll the display using arrow keys. Step entry, to extend a selected note hit the space bar and the note grows accordingly. Ability to cancel mouse‑driven edits by simply clicking the right mouse button — at which point everything snaps back into its original form. Lyrics can now be put in with syllable dividers, even across an entire measure or section. Autoranging when you open a edit window, the notes are automatically displayed — working from the lowest upwards. Flag editing, shift‑click on a flag immediately open the bounds window, ready for numeric input. Ability to cancel edits using the right‑hand mouse button, plus much improved Bounding Box operations. Icons other than the BarsnPipes icon -> PUBSCREEN=BarsnPipes (cannot choose modes higher than 8bit 256 colors) Preferences -> Menu in Tracks window - Send MIDI defaults OFF Prefs -> Environment -> screenmode (saved to BarsnPipes.prefs binary file) Customization -> pics in gui drawer (folder) - Can save as .song files and .mid General Midi SMF is a “Standard Midi File” ([http://www.music.mcgill.ca/~ich/classes/mumt306/StandardMIDIfileformat.html SMF0, SMF1 and SMF2]), [https://github.com/stump/libsmf libsmf], [https://github.com/markc/midicomp MIDIcomp], [https://github.com/MajicDesigns/MD_MIDIFile C++ src], [], [https://github.com/newdigate/midi-smf-reader Midi player], * SMF0 All MIDI data is stored in one track only, separated exclusively by the MIDI channel. * SMF1 The MIDI data is stored in separate tracks/channels. * SMF2 (rarely used) The MIDI data is stored in separate tracks, which are additionally wrapped in containers, so it's possible to have e.g. several tracks using the same MIDI channels. Would it be possible to enrich Bars N’Pipes with software synth and sample support along with audio recording and mastering tools like in the named MAC or PC music sequencers? On the classic AMIGA-OS this is not possible because of missing CPU-power. The hardware of the classic AMIGA is not further developed. So we must say (unfortunately) that those dreams can’t become reality BarsnPipes is best used with external MIDI-equipment. This can be a keyboard or synthesizer with MIDI-connectors. <pre> MIDI can control 16 channels There are USB-MIDI-Interfaces on the market with 16 independent MIDI-lines (multi-port), which can handle 16 MIDI devices independently – 16×16 = 256 independent MIDI-channels or instruments handle up to 16 different USB-MIDI-Interfaces (multi-device). That is: 16X16X16 = 4096 independent MIDI-channels – theoretically </pre> <pre> Librarian MIDI SYStem EXplorer (sysex) - PatchEditor and used to be supplied as a separate program like PatchMeister but currently not at present It should support MIDI.library (PD), BlueRibbon.library (B&P), TriplePlayPlus, and CAMD.library (DeluxeMusic) and MIDI information from a device's user manual and configure a custom interface to access parameters for all MIDI products connected to the system Supports ALL MIDI events and the Patch/Librarian data is stored in MIDI standard format Annette M.Crowling, Missing Link Software, Inc. </pre> Composers <pre> [https://x.com/hirasawa/status/1403686519899054086 Susumu Hirasawa] </pre> <pre> 1988 Todor Fay and his wife Melissa Jordan Gray, who founded the Blue Ribbon Inc 1992 Bars&Pipes Pro published November 2000, Todor Fay announcement to release the sourcecode of Bars&Pipes Pro 2.5c beta end of May 2001, the source of the main program and the sources of some tools and accessories were in a complete and compileable state end of October 2009 stop further development of BarsnPipes New for now on all supported systems and made freeware 2013 Alfred Faust diagnosed with incureable illness, called „Myastenia gravis“ (weak muscles) </pre> Protrekkr How to use Midi In/Out in Protrekkr ? First of all, midi in & out capabilities of this program are rather limited. # Go to Misc. Setup section and select a midi in or out device to use (ptk only supports one device at a time). # Go to instrument section, and select a MIDI PRG (the default is N/A, which means no midi program selected). # Go to track section and here you can assign a midi channel to each track of ptk. # Play notes :]. Note off works. F'x' note cut command also works too, and note-volume command (speed) is supported. Also, you can change midicontrollers in the tracker, using '90' in the panning row: <pre> C-3 02 .. .. 0000.... --- .. .. 90 xxyy.... << This will set the value --- .. .. .. 0000.... of the controller n.'xx' to 'yy' (both in hex) --- .. .. .. 0000.... </pre> So "--- .. .. 90 2040...." will set the controller number $20(32) to $40(64). You will need the midi implementation table of your gear to know what you can change with midi controller messages. N.B. Not all MIDI devices are created equal! Although the MIDI specification defines a large range of MIDI messages of various kinds, not every MIDI device is required to work in exactly the same way and respond to all the available messages and ways of working. For example, we don't expect a wind synthesiser to work in the same way as a home keyboard. Some devices, the older ones perhaps, are only able to respond to a single channel. With some of those devices that channel can be altered from the default of 1 (probably) to another channel of the 16 possible. Other devices, for instance monophonic synthesisers, are capable of producing just one note at a time, on one MIDI channel. Others can produce many notes spread across many channels. Further devices can respond to, and transmit, "breath controller" data (MIDI controller number 2 (CC#2)) others may respond to the reception of CC#2 but not be able to create and to send it. A controller keyboard may be capable of sending "expression pedal" data, but another device may not be capable of responding to that message. Some devices just have the basic GM sound set. The "voice" or "instrument" is selected using a "Program Change" message on its own. Other devices have a greater selection of voices, usually arranged in "banks", and the choice of instrument is made by responding to "Bank Select MSB" (MIDI controller 0 (CC#0)), others use "Bank Select LSB" (MIDI controller number 32 (CC#32)), yet others use both MSB and LSB sent one after the other, all followed by the Program Change message. The detailed information about all the different voices will usually be available in a published MIDI Data List. MIDI Implementation Chart But in the User Manual there is sometimes a summary of how the device works, in terms of MIDI, in the chart at the back of the manual, the MIDI Implementation Chart. If you require two devices to work together you can compare the two implementation charts to see if they are "compatible". In order to do this we will need to interpret that chart. The chart is divided into four columns headed "Function", "Transmitted" (or "Tx"), "Received" (or "Rx"), or more correctly "Recognised", and finally, "Remarks". <pre> The left hand column defines which MIDI functions are being described. The 2nd column defines what the device in question is capable of transmitting to another device. The 3rd column defines what the device is capable of responding to. The 4th column is for explanations of the values contained within these previous two columns. </pre> There should then be twelve sections, with possibly a thirteenth containing extra "Notes". Finally there should be an explanation of the four MIDI "modes" and what the "X" and the "O" mean. <pre> Mode 1: Omni On, Poly; Mode 2: Omni On, Mono; Mode 3: Omni Off, Poly; Mode 4: Omni Off, Mono. </pre> O means "yes" (implemented), X means "no" (not implemented). Sometimes you will find a row of asterisks "**************", these seem to indicate that the data is not applicable in this case. Seen in the transmitted field only (unless you've seen otherwise). Lastly you may find against some entries an asterisk followed by a number e.g. *1, these will refer you to further information, often on a following page, giving more detail. Basic Channel But the very first set of boxes will tell us the "Basic Channel(s)" that the device sends or receives on. "Default" is what happens when the device is first turned on, "changed" is what a switch of some kind may allow the device to be set to. For many devices e.g. a GM sound module or a home keyboard, this would be 1-16 for both. That is it can handle sending and receiving on all MIDI channels. On other devices, for example a synthesiser, it may by default only work on channel 1. But the keyboard could be "split" with the lower notes e.g. on channel 2. If the synth has an arppegiator, this may be able to be set to transmit and or receive on yet another channel. So we might see the default as "1" but the changed as "1-16". Modes. We need to understand Omni On and Off, and Mono and Poly, then we can decipher the four modes. But first we need to understand that any of these four Mode messages can be sent to any MIDI channel. They don't necessarily apply to the whole device. If we send an "Omni On" message (CC#125) to a MIDI channel of a device, we are, in effect, asking it to respond to e.g. a Note On / Off message pair, received on any of the sixteen channels. Sound strange? Read it again. Still strange? It certainly is. We normally want a MIDI channel to respond only to Note On / Off messages sent on that channel, not any other. In other words, "Omni Off". So "Omni Off" (CC#124) tells a channel of our MIDI device to respond only to messages sent on that MIDI channel. "Poly" (CC#127) is for e.g. a channel of a polyphonic sound module, or a home keyboard, to be able to respond to many simultaneous Note On / Off message pairs at once and produce musical chords. "Mono" (CC#126) allows us to set a channel to respond as if it were e.g. a flute or a trumpet, playing just one note at a time. If the device is capable of it, then the overlapping of notes will produce legato playing, that is the attack portion of the second note of two overlapping notes will be removed resulting in a "smoother" transition. So a channel with a piano voice assigned to it will have Omni Off, Poly On (Mode 3), a channel with a saxophone voice assigned could be Omni Off, Mono On (Mode 4). We call these combinations the four modes, 1 to 4, as defined above. Most modern devices will have their channels set to Mode 3 (Omni Off, Poly) but be switchable, on a per channel basis, to Mode 4 (Omni Off, Mono). This second section of data will include first its default value i.e. upon device switch on. Then what Mode messages are acceptable, or X if none. Finally, in the "Altered" field, how a Mode message that can't be implemented will be interpreted. Usually there will just be a row of asterisks effectively meaning nothing will be done if you try to switch to an unimplemented mode. Note Number <pre> The next row will tell us which MIDI notes the device can send or receive, normally 0-127. The second line, "True Voice" has the following in the MIDI specification: "Range of received note numbers falling within the range of true notes produced by the instrument." My interpretation is that, for instance, a MIDI piano may be capable of sending all MIDI notes (0 to 127) by transposition, but only responding to the 88 notes (21 to 108) of a real piano. </pre> Velocity This will tell us whether the device we're looking at will handle note velocity, and what range from 1-127, or maybe just 64, it transmits or will recognise. So usually "O" plus a range or "X" for not implemented. After touch This may have one or two lines two it. If a one liner the either "O" or "X", yes or no. If a two liner then it may include "Keys" or "Poly" and "Channel". This will show whether the device will respond to Polyphonic after touch or channel after touch or neither. Pitch Bend Again "O" for implemented, "X" for not implemented. (Many stage pianos will have no pitch bend capability.) It may also, in the notes section, state whether it will respond to the full 14 bits, or not, as usually encoded by the pitch bend wheel. Control Change This is likely to be the largest section of the chart. It will list all those controllers, starting from CC#0, Bank Select MSB, which the device is capable of sending, and those that it will respond to using "O" or "X" respectively. You will, almost certainly, get some further explanation of functionality in the remarks column, or in more detail elsewhere in the documentation. Of course you will need to know what all the various controller numbers do. Lots of the official technical specifications can be found at the [www.midi.org/techspecs/ MMA], with the table of messages and control change [www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php message numbers] Program Change Again "O" or "X" in the Transmitted or Recognised column to indicate whether or not the feature is implemented. In addition a range of numbers is shown, typically 0-127, to show what is available. True # (number): "The range of the program change numbers which correspond to the actual number of patches selected." System Exclusive Used to indicate whether or not the device can send or recognise System Exclusive messages. A short description is often given in the Remarks field followed by a detailed explanation elsewhere in the documentation. System Common - These include the following: <pre> MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame messages (device synchronisation). Song Position Pointer Song Select Tune Request </pre> The section will indicate whether or not the device can send or respond to any of these messages. System Real Time These include the following: <pre> Timing Clock - often just written as "Clock" Start Stop Continue </pre> These three are usually just referred to as "Commands" and listed. Again the section will indicate which, if any, of these messages the device can send or respond to. <pre> Aux. Messages Again "O" or "X" for implemented or not. Aux. = Auxiliary. Active Sense = Active Sensing. </pre> Often with an explanation of the action of the device. Notes The "Notes" section can contain any additional comments to clarify the particular implementation. Some of the explanations have been drawn directly from the MMA MIDI 1.0 Detailed Specification. And the detailed explanation of some of the functions will be found there, or in the General MIDI System Level 1 or General MIDI System Level 2 documents also published by the MMA. OFFICIAL MIDI SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MIDI MESSAGES Table 1 - Summary of MIDI Messages The following table lists the major MIDI messages in numerical (binary) order (adapted from "MIDI by the Numbers" by D. Valenti, Electronic Musician 2/88, and updated by the MIDI Manufacturers Association.). This table is intended as an overview of MIDI, and is by no means complete. WARNING! Details about implementing these messages can dramatically impact compatibility with other products. We strongly recommend consulting the official MIDI Specifications for additional information. MIDI 1.0 Specification Message Summary Channel Voice Messages [nnnn = 0-15 (MIDI Channel Number 1-16)] {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->1000nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Note Off event. This message is sent when a note is released (ended). (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the velocity. |- |<!--Status-->1001nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Note On event. This message is sent when a note is depressed (start). (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the velocity. |- |<!--Status-->1010nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Polyphonic Key Pressure (Aftertouch). This message is most often sent by pressing down on the key after it "bottoms out". (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the pressure value. |- |<!--Status-->1011nnnn || <!--Data-->0ccccccc 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Control Change. This message is sent when a controller value changes. Controllers include devices such as pedals and levers. Controller numbers 120-127 are reserved as "Channel Mode Messages" (below). (ccccccc) is the controller number (0-119). (vvvvvvv) is the controller value (0-127). |- |<!--Status-->1100nnnn || <!--Data-->0ppppppp || <!--Description-->Program Change. This message sent when the patch number changes. (ppppppp) is the new program number. |- |<!--Status-->1101nnnn || <!--Data-->0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Channel Pressure (After-touch). This message is most often sent by pressing down on the key after it "bottoms out". This message is different from polyphonic after-touch. Use this message to send the single greatest pressure value (of all the current depressed keys). (vvvvvvv) is the pressure value. |- |<!--Status-->1110nnnn || <!--Data-->0lllllll 0mmmmmmm || <!--Description-->Pitch Bend Change. This message is sent to indicate a change in the pitch bender (wheel or lever, typically). The pitch bender is measured by a fourteen bit value. Center (no pitch change) is 2000H. Sensitivity is a function of the receiver, but may be set using RPN 0. (lllllll) are the least significant 7 bits. (mmmmmmm) are the most significant 7 bits. |} Channel Mode Messages (See also Control Change, above) {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->1011nnnn || <!--Data-->0ccccccc 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Channel Mode Messages. This the same code as the Control Change (above), but implements Mode control and special message by using reserved controller numbers 120-127. The commands are: *All Sound Off. When All Sound Off is received all oscillators will turn off, and their volume envelopes are set to zero as soon as possible c = 120, v = 0: All Sound Off *Reset All Controllers. When Reset All Controllers is received, all controller values are reset to their default values. (See specific Recommended Practices for defaults) c = 121, v = x: Value must only be zero unless otherwise allowed in a specific Recommended Practice. *Local Control. When Local Control is Off, all devices on a given channel will respond only to data received over MIDI. Played data, etc. will be ignored. Local Control On restores the functions of the normal controllers. c = 122, v = 0: Local Control Off c = 122, v = 127: Local Control On * All Notes Off. When an All Notes Off is received, all oscillators will turn off. c = 123, v = 0: All Notes Off (See text for description of actual mode commands.) c = 124, v = 0: Omni Mode Off c = 125, v = 0: Omni Mode On c = 126, v = M: Mono Mode On (Poly Off) where M is the number of channels (Omni Off) or 0 (Omni On) c = 127, v = 0: Poly Mode On (Mono Off) (Note: These four messages also cause All Notes Off) |} System Common Messages System Messages (0xF0) The final status nybble is a “catch all” for data that doesn’t fit the other statuses. They all use the most significant nybble (4bits) of 0xF, with the least significant nybble indicating the specific category. The messages are denoted when the MSB of the second nybble is 1. When that bit is a 0, the messages fall into two other subcategories. System Common If the MSB of the second second nybble (4 bits) is not set, this indicates a System Common message. Most of these are messages that include some additional data bytes. System Common Messages Type Status Byte Number of Data Bytes Usage <pre> Time Code Quarter Frame 0xF1 1 Indicates timing using absolute time code, primarily for synthronization with video playback systems. A single location requires eight messages to send the location in an encoded hours:minutes:seconds:frames format*. Song Position 0xF2 2 Instructs a sequencer to jump to a new position in the song. The data bytes form a 14-bit value that expresses the location as the number of sixteenth notes from the start of the song. Song Select 0xF3 1 Instructs a sequencer to select a new song. The data byte indicates the song. Undefined 0xF4 0 Undefined 0xF5 0 Tune Request 0xF6 0 Requests that the receiver retunes itself**. </pre> *MIDI Time Code (MTC) is significantly complex. Please see the MIDI Specification **While modern digital instruments are good at staying in tune, older analog synthesizers were prone to tuning drift. Some analog synthesizers had an automatic tuning operation that could be initiated with this command. System Exclusive If you’ve been keeping track, you’ll notice there are two status bytes not yet defined: 0xf0 and 0xf7. These are used by the System Exclusive message, often abbreviated at SysEx. SysEx provides a path to send arbitrary data over a MIDI connection. There is a group of predefined messages for complex data, like fine grained control of MIDI Time code machinery. SysEx is also used to send manufacturer defined data, such as patches, or even firmware updates. System Exclusive messages are longer than other MIDI messages, and can be any length. The messages are of the following format: 0xF0, 0xID, 0xdd, ...... 0xF7 The message is bookended with distinct bytes. It opens with the Start Of Exclusive (SOX) data byte, 0xF0. The next one to three bytes after the start are an identifier. Values from 0x01 to 0x7C are one-byte vendor IDs, assigned to manufacturers who were involved with MIDI at the beginning. If the ID is 0x00, it’s a three-byte vendor ID - the next two bytes of the message are the value. <pre> ID 0x7D is a placeholder for non-commercial entities. ID 0x7E indicates a predefined Non-realtime SysEx message. ID 0x7F indicates a predefined Realtime SysEx message. </pre> After the ID is the data payload, sent as a stream of bytes. The transfer concludes with the End of Exclusive (EOX) byte, 0xF7. The payload data must follow the guidelines for MIDI data bytes – the MSB must not be set, so only 7 bits per byte are actually usable. If the MSB is set, it falls into three possible scenarios. An End of Exclusive byte marks the ordinary termination of the SysEx transfer. System Real Time messages may occur within the transfer without interrupting it. The recipient should handle them independently of the SysEx transfer. Other status bytes implicitly terminate the SysEx transfer and signal the start of new messages. Some inexpensive USB-to-MIDI interfaces aren’t capable of handling messages longer than four bytes. {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->11110000 || <!--Data-->0iiiiiii [0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii] 0ddddddd --- --- 0ddddddd 11110111 || <!--Description-->System Exclusive. This message type allows manufacturers to create their own messages (such as bulk dumps, patch parameters, and other non-spec data) and provides a mechanism for creating additional MIDI Specification messages. The Manufacturer's ID code (assigned by MMA or AMEI) is either 1 byte (0iiiiiii) or 3 bytes (0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii). Two of the 1 Byte IDs are reserved for extensions called Universal Exclusive Messages, which are not manufacturer-specific. If a device recognizes the ID code as its own (or as a supported Universal message) it will listen to the rest of the message (0ddddddd). Otherwise, the message will be ignored. (Note: Only Real-Time messages may be interleaved with a System Exclusive.) |- |<!--Status-->11110001 || <!--Data-->0nnndddd || <!--Description-->MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame. nnn = Message Type dddd = Values |- |<!--Status-->11110010 || <!--Data-->0lllllll 0mmmmmmm || <!--Description-->Song Position Pointer. This is an internal 14 bit register that holds the number of MIDI beats (1 beat= six MIDI clocks) since the start of the song. l is the LSB, m the MSB. |- |<!--Status-->11110011 || <!--Data-->0sssssss || <!--Description-->Song Select. The Song Select specifies which sequence or song is to be played. |- |<!--Status-->11110100 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11110101 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11110110 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Tune Request. Upon receiving a Tune Request, all analog synthesizers should tune their oscillators. |- |<!--Status-->11110111 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->End of Exclusive. Used to terminate a System Exclusive dump. |} System Real-Time Messages {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->11111000 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Timing Clock. Sent 24 times per quarter note when synchronization is required. |- |<!--Status-->11111001 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11111010 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Start. Start the current sequence playing. (This message will be followed with Timing Clocks). |- |<!--Status-->11111011 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Continue. Continue at the point the sequence was Stopped. |- |<!--Status-->11111100 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Stop. Stop the current sequence. |- |<!--Status-->11111101 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11111110 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Active Sensing. This message is intended to be sent repeatedly to tell the receiver that a connection is alive. Use of this message is optional. When initially received, the receiver will expect to receive another Active Sensing message each 300ms (max), and if it does not then it will assume that the connection has been terminated. At termination, the receiver will turn off all voices and return to normal (non- active sensing) operation. |- |<!--Status-->11111111 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Reset. Reset all receivers in the system to power-up status. This should be used sparingly, preferably under manual control. In particular, it should not be sent on power-up. |} Advanced Messages Polyphonic Pressure (0xA0) and Channel Pressure (0xD0) Some MIDI controllers include a feature known as Aftertouch. While a key is being held down, the player can press harder on the key. The controller measures this, and converts it into MIDI messages. Aftertouch comes in two flavors, with two different status messages. The first flavor is polyphonic aftertouch, where every key on the controller is capable of sending its own independent pressure information. The messages are of the following format: <pre> 0xnc, 0xkk, 0xpp n is the status (0xA) c is the channel nybble kk is the key number (0 to 127) pp is the pressure value (0 to 127) </pre> Polyphonic aftertouch is an uncommon feature, usually found on premium quality instruments, because every key requires a separate pressure sensor, plus the circuitry to read them all. Much more commonly found is channel aftertouch. Instead of needing a discrete sensor per key, it uses a single, larger sensor to measure pressure on all of the keys as a group. The messages omit the key number, leaving a two-byte format <pre> 0xnc, 0xpp n is the status (0xD) c is the channel number pp is the pressure value (0 to 127) </pre> Pitch Bend (0xE0) Many keyboards have a wheel or lever towards the left of the keys for pitch bend control. This control is usually spring-loaded, so it snaps back to the center of its range when released. This allows for both upward and downward bends. Pitch Bend Wheel The wheel sends pitch bend messages, of the format <pre> 0xnc, 0xLL, 0xMM n is the status (0xE) c is the channel number LL is the 7 least-significant bits of the value MM is the 7 most-significant bits of the value </pre> You’ll notice that the bender data is actually 14 bits long, transmitted as two 7-bit data bytes. This means that the recipient needs to reassemble those bytes using binary manipulation. 14 bits results in an overall range of 214, or 0 to 16,383. Because it defaults to the center of the range, the default value for the bender is halfway through that range, at 8192 (0x2000). Control Change (0xB0) In addition to pitch bend, MIDI has provisions for a wider range of expressive controls, sometimes known as continuous controllers, often abbreviated CC. These are transmitted by the remaining knobs and sliders on the keyboard controller shown below. Continuous Controllers These controls send the following message format: <pre> 0xnc, 0xcc, 0xvv n is the status (0xB) c is the MIDI channel cc is the controller number (0-127) vv is the controller value (0-127) </pre> Typically, the wheel next to the bender sends controller number one, assigned to modulation (or vibrato) depth. It is implemented by most instruments. The remaining controller number assignments are another point of confusion. The MIDI specification was revised in version 2.0 to assign uses for many of the controllers. However, this implementation is not universal, and there are ranges of unassigned controllers. On many modern MIDI devices, the controllers are assignable. On the controller keyboard shown in the photos, the various controls can be configured to transmit different controller numbers. Controller numbers can be mapped to particular parameters. Virtual synthesizers frequently allow the user to assign CCs to the on-screen controls. This is very flexible, but it might require configuration on both ends of the link and completely bypasses the assignments in the standard. Program Change (0xC0) Most synthesizers have patch storage memory, and can be told to change patches using the following command: <pre> 0xnc, 0xpp n is the status (0xc) c is the channel pp is the patch number (0-127) </pre> This allows for 128 sounds to be selected, but modern instruments contain many more than 128 patches. Controller #0 is used as an additional layer of addressing, interpreted as a “bank select” command. Selecting a sound on such an instrument might involve two messages: a bank select controller message, then a program change. Audio & Midi are not synchronized, what I can do ? Buy a commercial software package but there is a nasty trick to synchronize both. It's a bit hardcore but works for me: Simply put one line down to all midi notes on your pattern (use Insert key) and go to 'Misc. Setup', adjust the latency and just search a value that will make sound sync both audio/midi. The stock Sin/Saw/Pulse and Rnd waveforms are too simple/common, is there a way to use something more complex/rich ? You have to ability to redirect the waveforms of the instruments through the synth pipe by selecting the "wav" option for the oscillator you're using for this synth instrument, samples can be used as wavetables to replace the stock signals. Sound banks like soundfont (sf2) or Kontakt2 are not supported at the moment ====DAW Audio Evolution 4==== Audio Evolution 4 gives you unsurpassed power for digital audio recording and editing on the Amiga. The latest release focusses on time-saving non-linear and non-destructive editing, as seen on other platforms. Besides editing, Audio Evolution 4 offers a wide range of realtime effects, including compression, noise gate, delays, reverb, chorus and 3-band EQ. Whether you put them as inserts on a channel or use them as auxillaries, the effect parameters are realtime adjustable and can be fully automated. Together with all other mixing parameters, they can even be controlled remotely, using more ergonomic MIDI hardware. Non-linear editing on the time line, including cut, copy, paste, move, split, trim and crossfade actions The number of tracks per project(s) is unlimited .... AHI limits you to recording only two at a time. i.e. not on 8 track sound cards like the Juli@ or Phase 88. sample file import is limited to 16bit AIFF (not AIFC, important distinction as some files from other sources can be AIFC with aiff file extension). and 16bit WAV (pcm only) Most apps use the Music Unit only but a few apps also use Unit (0-3) instead or as well. * Set up AHI prefs so that microphone is available. (Input option near the bottom) stereo++ allows the audio piece to be placed anywhere and the left-right adjusted to sound positionally right hifi best for music playback if driver supports this option Load 16bit .aif .aiff only sample(s) to use not AIFC which can have the same ending. AIFF stands for Audio Interchange File Format sox recital.wav recital.aiff sox recital.wav −b 16 recital.aiff channels 1 rate 16k fade 3 norm sox input.wav output.aiff bass −b 16 rate 48k performs the same format translation, but also applies four effects (down-mix to one channel, sample rate change, fade-in, nomalize), and stores the result at a bit-depth of 16. rec −c 2 radio.aiff trim 0 30:00 records half an hour of stereo audio play existing-file.wav 24bit PCM WAV or AIFF do not work *No stream format handling. So no way to pass on an AC3 encoded stream unmodified to the digital outputs through AHI. *No master volume handling. Each application has to set its own volume. So each driver implements its own custom driver-mixer interface for handling master volumes, mute and preamps. *Only one output stream. So all input gets mixed into one output. *No automatic handling of output direction based on connected cables. *No monitor input selection. Only monitor volume control. select the correct input (Don't mistake enabled sound for the correct input.) The monitor will feedback audio to the lineout and hp out no matter if you have selected the correct input to the ADC. The monitor will provide sound for any valid input. This will result in free mixing when recording from the monitor input instead of mic/line because the monitor itself will provide the hardware mixing for you. Be aware that MIC inputs will give two channel mono. Only Linein will give real stereo. Now for the not working part. Attempt to record from linein in the AE4 record window, the right channel is noise and the left channel is distorted. Even with the recommended HIFI 16bit Stereo++ mode at 48kHz. Channels Monitor Gain Inout Output Advanced settings - Debugging via serial port * Options -> Soundcard In/Out * Options -> SampleRate * Options -> Preferences F6 for Sample File List Setting a grid is easy as is measuring the BPM by marking a section of the sample. Is your kick drum track "not in time" ? If so, you're stumped in AE4 as it has no fancy variable time signatures and definitely no 'track this dodgy rhythm' function like software of the nature of Logic has. So if your drum beat is freeform you will need to work in freeform mode. (Real music is free form anyway). If the drum *is* accurate and you are just having trouble measuring the time, I usually measure over a range of bars and set the number of beats in range to say 16 as this is more accurate, Then you will need to shift the drum track to match your grid *before* applying the grid. (probably an iterative process as when the grid is active samples snap to it, and when inactive you cannot see it). AE4 does have ARexx but the functions are more for adding samples at set offsets and starting playback / recording. These are the usual features found in DAWs... * Recording digital audio, midi sequencer and mixer * virtual VST instruments and plug-ins * automation, group channels, MIDI channels, FX sends and returns, audio and MIDI editors and music notation editor * different track views * mixer and track layout (but not the same as below) * traditional two windows (track and mixer) Mixing - mixdown Could not figure out how to select what part I wanted to send to the aux, set it to echo and return. Pretty much the whole echo effect. Or any effect. Take look at page17 of the manual. When you open the EQ / Aux send popup window you will see 4 sends. Now from the menu choose the windows menu. Menus->Windows-> Aux Returns Window or press F5 You will see a small window with 4 volume controls and an effects button for each. Click a button and add an effects to that aux channel, then set it up as desired (note the reverb effect has a special AUX setting that improves its use with the aux channel, not compulsory but highly useful). You set the amount of 'return' on the main mix in the Aux Return window, and the amount sent from each main mixer channel in the popup for that channel. Again the aux sends are "prefade" so the volume faders on each channel do not affect them. Tracking Effects - fade in To add some echoes to some vocals, tried to add an effect on a track but did not come out. This is made more complicated as I wanted to mute a vocal but then make it echo at the muting point. Want to have one word of a vocal heard and then echoed off. But when the track is mute the echo is cancelled out. To correctly understand what is happening here you need to study the figure at the bottom of page 15 on the manual. You will see from that that the effects are applied 'prefade' So the automation you applied will naturally mute the entire signal. There would be a number of ways to achieve the goal, You have three real time effects slots, one for smoothing like so Sample -> Amplify -> Delay Then automate the gain of the amplify block so that it effectively mutes the sample just before the delay at the appropriate moment, the echo effect should then be heard. Getting the effects in the right order will require experimentation as they can only be added top down and it's not obvious which order they are applied to the signal, but there only two possibilities, so it wont take long to find out. Using MUTE can cause clicks to the Amplify can be used to mute more smoothly so that's a secondary advantage. Signal Processing - Overdub [[#top|...to the top]] ===Office=== ====Spreadsheet Leu==== Support for some xlsx, and ods functions ====Spreadsheet Ignition==== ; Needs ABIv1 to be completed before more can be done File formats supported * ascii #?.txt and #?.csv (single sheets with data only). * igs and TurboCalc(WIP) #?.tc for all sheets with data, formats and formulas. There is '''no''' support for xls, xlsx, ods or uos ([http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uniform_Office_Format Uniform Unified Office Format]) at the moment. * Always use Esc key after editing Spreadsheet cells. * copy/paste seems to copy the first instance only so go to Edit -> Clipboard to manage the list of remembered actions. * Right mouse click on row (1 or 2 or 3) or column header (a or b or c) to access optimal height or width of the row or column respectively * Edit -> Insert -> Row seems to clear the spreadsheet or clears the rows after the inserted row until undo restores as it should be... Change Sheet name by Object -> Sheet -> Properties Click in the cell which will contain the result, and click '''down arrow button''' to the right of the formula box at the bottom of the spreadsheet and choose the function required from the list provided. Then click on the start cell and click on the bottom right corner, a '''very''' small blob, which allows stretching a bounding box (thick grey outlines) across many cells This grey bounding box can be used to '''copy a formula''' to other cells. Object -> Cell -> Properties to change cell format - Currency only covers DM and not $, Euro, Renminbi, Yen or Pound etc. Shift key and arrow keys selects a range of cells, so that '''formatting can be done to all highlighted cells'''. View -> Overview then select ALL with one click (in empty cell in the top left hand corner of the sheet). Default mode is relative cell referencing e.g. a1+a2 but absolute e.g. $a$1+$a$2 can be entered. * #sheet-name to '''absolute''' reference another sheet-name cell unless reference() function used. ;Graphs use shift key and arrow keys to select a bunch of cells to be graph'ed making sure that x axes represents and y axes represents * value() - 0 value, 1 percent, 2 date, 3 time, 4 unit ... ;Dates * Excel starts a running count from the 1st Jan 1900 and Ignition starts from 1st Jan 1AD '''(maybe this needs to change)''' Set formatting Object -> Cell -> Properties and put date in days ;Time Set formatting Object -> Cell -> Properties and put time in seconds taken ;Database (to be done by someone else) type - standard, reference (bezug), search criterion (suchkriterium), * select a bunch of cells and Object -> Database -> Define to set Datenbank (database) and Felder (fields not sure how?) * Neu (new) or loschen (delete) to add/remove database headings e.g. Personal, Start Date, Finish Date (one per row?) * Object -> Database -> Index to add fields (felder) like Surname, First Name, Employee ID, etc. to ? Filtering done with dbfilter(), dbproduct() and dbposition(). Activities with dbsum(), dbaverage(), dbmin() and dbmax(). Table sorting - ;Scripts (Arexx) ;Excel(TM) to Ignition - commas ''',''' replaced by semi-colons ''';''' to separate values within functions *SUM(), *AVERAGE(), MAX(), MIN(), INT(), PRODUCT(), MEDIAN(), VAR() becomes Variance(), Percentile(), *IF(), AND, OR, NOT *LEFT(), RIGHT(), MID() becomes MIDDLE(), LEN() becomes LENGTH(), *LOWER() becomes LOWERCASE(), UPPER() becomes UPPERCASE(), * DATE(yyyy,mm,dd) becomes COMPUTEDATE(dd;mm;yyyy), *TODAY(), DAY(),WEEK(), MONTH(),=YEAR(TODAY()), *EOMONTH() becomes MONTHLENGTH(), *NOW() should be date and time becomes time only, SECOND(), MINUTE(), HOUR(), *DBSUM() becomes DSUM(), ;Missing and possibly useful features/functions needed for ignition to have better support of Excel files There is no Merge and Join Text over many cells, no protect and/or freeze row or columns or books but can LOCK sheets, no define bunch of cells as a name, Macros (Arexx?), conditional formatting, no Solver, no Goal Seek, no Format Painter, no AutoFill, no AutoSum function button, no pivot tables, (30 argument limit applies to Excel) *HLOOKUP(), VLOOKUP(), [http://production-scheduling.com/excel-index-function-most-useful/ INDEX(), MATCH()], CHOOSE(), TEXT(), *TRIM(), FIND(), SUBSTITUTE(), CONCATENATE() or &, PROPER(), REPT(), *[https://acingexcel.com/excel-sumproduct-function/ SUMPRODUCT()], ROUND(), ROUNDUP(), *ROUNDDOWN(), COUNT(), COUNTA(), SUMIF(), COUNTIF(), COUNTBLANK(), TRUNC(), *PMT(), PV(), FV(), POWER(), SQRT(), MODE(), TRUE, FALSE, *MODE(), LARGE(), SMALL(), RANK(), STDEV(), *DCOUNT(), DCOUNTA(), WEEKDAY(), ;Excel Keyboard [http://dmcritchie.mvps.org/excel/shortx2k.htm shortcuts needed to aid usability in Ignition] <pre> Ctrl Z - Undo Ctrl D - Fill Down Ctrl R - Fill right Ctrl F - Find Ctrl H - Replace Ctrl 1 - Formatting of Cells CTRL SHIFT ~ Apply General Formatting ie a number Ctrl ; - Todays Date F2 - Edit cell F4 - toggle cell absolute / relative cell references </pre> ====Document Scanning - Scandal==== Scanner usually needs to be connected via a USB port and not via a hub or extension lead. Check in Trident Prefs -> Devices that the USB Scanner is not bound to anything (e.g. Bindings None) If not found then reboot the computer and recheck. Start Scandal, choose Settings from Menu strip at top of screen and in Scanner Driver choose the ?#.device of the scanner (e.g. epson2.device). The next two boxes - leave empty as they are for morphos SCSI use only or put ata.device (use the selection option in bigger box below) and Unit as 0 this is needed for gt68xx * gt68xx - no editing needed in s/gt68xx.conf but needs a firmware file that corresponds to the scanner [http://www.meier-geinitz.de/sane/gt68xx-backend/ gt68xx firmwares] in sys:s/gt68xx. * epson2 - Need to edit the file epson2.conf in sys/s that corresponds to the scanner being used '''Save''' the settings but do not press the Use button (aros freezes) Back to the Picture Scan window and the right-hand sections. Click on the '''Information''' tab and press Connect button and the scanner should now be detected. Go next to the '''Scanner''' tab next to Information Tab should have Color, Black and White, etc. and dpi settings now. Selecting an option Color, B/W etc. can cause dpi settings corruption (especially if the settings are in one line) so set '''dpi first'''. Make sure if Preview is set or not. In the '''Scan''' Tab, press Scan and the scanner will do its duty. Be aware that nothing is saved to disk yet. In the Save tab, change format JPEG, PNG or IFF DEEP. Tick incremental and base filename if necessary and then click the Save button. The image will now be saved to permanent storage. The driver ignores a device if it is already bond to another USB class, rejects it from being usable. However, open Trident prefs, select your device and use the right mouse button to open. Select "NONE" to prevent poseidon from touching the device. Now save settings. It should always work now. [[#top|...to the top]] ===Emulators=== ==== Amiberry ==== ==== Amiga Emu - Janus UAE ==== With Amibridge, AROS attempts to make the UAE emulator seem embedded within but it still is acting as an app There is no dynarec m68k for each hardware that Aros supports or direct patching of motorola calls to AROS hardware accelerated ones unless the emulator has that included Try starting Janus with a priority of -1 like this little script: <pre> cd sys:system/AmiBridge/emulator changetaskpri -1 run janus-uae -f my_uaerc.config >nil: cd sys:prefs endcli </pre> This stops Janus hogging all the CPU time. ===Miscellaneous=== ====Screensaver Blanker==== Most blankers on the amiga (i.e. aros) run as commodities (they are in the tools/commodities drawer). Double click on blanker. Control is with an app called Exchange, which you need to run first (double click on app) or run QUIET sys:tools/commodities/Exchange >NIL: but subsequently can use (Cntrl Alt h). Icon tool types (may be broken) or command line options <pre> seconds=number </pre> Once the timing is right then add the following to s:icaros-sequence or s:user-startup e.g. for 5 minutes run QUIET sys:tools/commodities/Blanker seconds=300 >NIL: *[http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=showfile&file=graphics/screenblanker/gblanker.i386-aros.zip Garshneblanker] can make Aros unstable or slow. Certain blankers crashes in Icaros 2.0.x like Dragon, Executor. *[ Acuario AROS version], the aquarium screen saver. Startup: extras:acuariofv-aros/acuario Kill: c:break name=extras:acuariofv-aros/acuario Managed to start Acuario by the Executor blanker. <pre> cx_priority= cx_popkey= ie CX_POPKEY="Shift F1" cx_popup=Yes or No </pre> <pre> Qualifier String Input Event Class ---------------- ----------------- "lshift" IEQUALIFIER_LSHIFT "rshift" IEQUALIFIER_RSHIFT "capslock" IEQUALIFIER_CAPSLOCK "control" IEQUALIFIER_CONTROL "lalt" IEQUALIFIER_LALT "ralt" IEQUALIFIER_RALT "lcommand" IEQUALIFIER_LCOMMAND "rcommand" IEQUALIFIER_RCOMMAND "numericpad" IEQUALIFIER_NUMERICPAD "repeat" IEQUALIFIER_REPEAT "midbutton" IEQUALIFIER_MIDBUTTON "rbutton" IEQUALIFIER_RBUTTON "leftbutton" IEQUALIFIER_LEFTBUTTON "relativemouse" IEQUALIFIER_RELATIVEMOUSE </pre> <pre> Synonym Synonym String Identifier ------- ---------- "shift" IXSYM_SHIFT /* look for either shift key */ "caps" IXSYM_CAPS /* look for either shift key or capslock */ "alt" IXSYM_ALT /* look for either alt key */ Highmap is one of the following strings: "space", "backspace", "tab", "enter", "return", "esc", "del", "up", "down", "right", "left", "f1", "f2", "f3", "f4", "f5", "f6", "f7", "f8", "f9", "f10", "help". </pre> [[#top|...to the top]] ==== World Construction Set WCS (Version 2.031) ==== WCS is a fractal landscape software such as Scenery Animator, Vista Pro and Panorama. Open sourced February 2022, World Construction Set [https://3dnature.com/downloads/legacy-software/ legally and for free] and [https://github.com/AlphaPixel/3DNature c source]. Announced August 1994 this version dates from April 1996 developed by Gary R. Huber and Chris "Xenon" Hanson" from Questar <pre> Assign "WCSProjects:" "Volume:Dir/Dir/WCSProjects" Assign "WCSFrames:" "Volume:Dir/Dir/WCSFrames" </pre> <pre> Load projects .proj by accessing pull down menu Project -> Open then click on CanyonSunset.proj OK to changing .par file and enlarge Status Log window to show what is happening Render by pull down menu Modules -> Render with End equal 1 not 300 then click bottom middle button Render </pre> [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxQDmf1ZWG0 Youtube walkthrough of above], [], [], Also try working with the already built file ColoDemo - Then open with the drop-down menu: Project/Open, then WCSProject:ColoDemo.proj Which allows you to use altimetric DEM files already included and Loading scene parameters from ColoDemo.par Once this is done, save everything with a new name to start working exclusively on your project. Then drop-down menu and select Save As ("NewName".proj name), then drop-down menu to open parameter and select Save All ( .par name) After launching the software, there is a the Module Control Panel composed of five icons. It is a dock type shortcut of the first few functions of the drop-down menu *Database - Load (#?.proj), Append, Create, Edit, Save, Dir List (of WCSProject drawer), *Data Ops - Extract / Convert Interp DEM, Import DLG, DXF, WDB and export LW map 3d formats *Map View - Database file Loader leading to Map View Control with option to the Database Editor *Parameters - Editor for Motion, Color, Ecosystem, Clouds, Waves, management of altimeter files DEM, sclock settings etc *Render - rendering terrain These are more in the pull down menu but not in the dock *Motion Editor *Color Editor *Ecosys Editor Simple minimal workflow *Load database (1st icon - 1st) *Set parameters and save .par file (4th icon) *Render scene (5th icon) [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZbTwwR2qcc4 Youtube], [], <pre> .proj new project name which creates a drawer of additional files .binary array, ascii array .xyz , z buffer, DTED .dt0, vista 1990s dem, iff conversion .Obj with .elev, .frd with .hdr maps, - digital elevation model (DEM) is a 3D representation of elevation data in various formats USGS 7.5MinDEM, .par </pre> Since for the time being no project is loaded, a query window indicates a procedural error when clicking on the rendering icon (right end of the bar). The menu is quite traditional; it varies according to the activity of the windows. To display any altimetric file in the "Mapview" (third icon of the panel), There are three possibilities: * Loading of a demonstration project. * The import of a DEM file, followed by texturing and packaging from the "Database-Editor" and the "Color-Editor". * The creation of an altimetric file in WCS format, then texturing. The altimeter file editing (display in the menu) is only made possible if the "Mapview" window is active. The software is made up of many windows and won't be able to describe them all. Know that "Color-Editor" and the "Data-Editor" comprise sufficient functions for obtaining an almost real rendering quality. You have the possibility of inserting vector objects in the "Data-Editor" (creation of roads, railways, etc.) The Map View (MapView) window *Database - Objects and Topos *View - Align, Center, Zoom, Pan, Move *Draw - Maps and distance *Object - Find, highlight, add points, conform topo, duplicate *Motion - Camera, Focus, path, elevation *Windows - DEM designer, Cloud (.cld) and wave (.wve) editor, You will notice that by selecting this window and simply moving the pointer to various points on the map you will see latitude and longitude values ​​change, along with the height. Drop-down menu and Modules, then select MapView and change the width of the window with the map to arrange it in the best way on the screen. With the Auto button the center. Window that then displays the contents of my DEM file, in this case the Grand Canyon. MapView allows you to observe the shape of the landscape from above ZOOM button Press the Zoom button and then with the pointer position on a point on the map, press the left mouse button and then move to the opposite corner to circumscribe the chosen area and press the left mouse button again, then we will see the enlarged area selected on the map. Would add that there is a box next to the Zoom button that allows the direct insertion of a value which, the larger it is, the smaller the magnification and the smaller the value, the stronger the magnification. At each numerical change you will need to press the DRAW button to update the view. PAN button Under Zoom you will find the PAN button which allows you to move the map at will in all directions by the amount you want. This is done by drawing a line in one direction, then press PAN and point to an area on the map with the pointer and press the left mouse button. At this point, leave it and move the pointer in one direction by drawing a line and press the left mouse button again to trigger the movement of the map on the screen (origin and end points). Do some experiments and then use the Auto button immediately below to recenter everything. There are parameters such as TOPO, VEC to be left checked and immediately below one that allows different views of the map with the Style command (Single, Multi, Surface, Emboss, Slope, Contour), each with its own particularities to highlight different details. Now you have the first basics to manage your project visually on the map. Close the MapView window and go further... Let's start working on ECOSYSTEMS If we select Emboss from the MapView Style command we will have a clear idea of ​​how the landscape appears, realizing that it is a predominantly desert region of our planet. Therefore we will begin to act on any vegetation present and the appearance of the landscape. With WCS we will begin to break down the elements of the landscape by assigning defined characteristics. It will be necessary to determine the classes of the ecosystem (Class) with parameters of Elevation Line (maximum altitude), Relative Elevation (arrangement on basins or convexities with respectively positive or negative parameters), Min Slope and Max Slope (slope). WCS offers the possibility of making ecosystems coexist on the same terrain with the UnderEco function, by setting a Density value. Ecosys Ecosystem Editor Let's open it from Modules, then Ecosys Editor. In the left pane you will find the list of ecosystems referring to the files present in our project. It will be necessary to clean up that box to leave only the Water and Snow landscapes and a few other predefined ones. We can do this by selecting the items and pressing the Remove button (be careful not for all elements the button is activated, therefore they cannot all be eliminated). Once this is done we can start adding new ecosystems. Scroll through the various Unused and as soon as the Name item at the top is activated allowing you to write, type the name of your ecosystem, adding the necessary parameters. <pre> Ecosystem1: Name: RockBase Class: Rock Density: 80 MinSlope: 15 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosystem2: Name: RockIncl Clss: Rock Density: 80 MinSlope: 30 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosystem3: Name: Grass Class Low Veg Density: 50 Height: 1 Elev Line : 1500 Rel El Eff: 5 Max Slope: 10 – Min Slope: 0 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosistema4: Name: Shrubs Class: Low Veg Density: 40 Height: 8 Elev Line: 3000 Rel El Eff: -2 Max Slope: 20 Min Slope : 5 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosistema5: Name: Terrain Class: Ground Density: 100 UnderEco: Terrain </pre> Now we need to identify an intermediate ecosystem that guarantees a smooth transition between all, therefore we select as Understory Ecosystem the one called Terrain in all ecosystems, except Snow and Water . Now we need to 'emerge' the Colorado River in the Canyon and we can do this by raising the sea level to 900 (Sea Level) in the Ecosystem called Water. Please note that the order of the ecosystem list gives priority to those that come after. So our list must have the following order: Water, Snow, Shrubs, RockIncl, RockBase, Terrain. It is possible to carry out all movements with the Swap button at the bottom. To put order you can also press Short List. Press Keep to confirm all the work done so far with Ecosystem Editor. Remember every now and then to save both the Project 'Modules/Save' and 'Parameter/Save All' EcoModels are made up of .etp .fgp .iff8 for each model Color Editor Now it's time to define the colors of our scene and we can do this by going to Modules and then Color Editor. In the list we focus on our ecosystems, created first. Let's go to the bottom of the list and select the first white space, assigning the name 'empty1', with a color we like and then we will find this element again in other environments... It could serve as an example for other situations! So we move to 'grass' which already exists and assign the following colors: R 60 G 70 B50 <pre> 'shrubs': R 60 G 80 B 30 'RockIncl' R 110 G 65 B 60 'RockBase' R 110 G 80 B 80 ' Terrain' R 150 G 30 B 30 <pre> Now we can work on pre-existing colors <pre> 'SunLight' R 150 G 130 B 130 'Haze and Fog' R 190 G 170 B 170 'Horizon' R 209 G 185 B 190 'Zenith' R 140 G 150 B 200 'Water' R 90 G 125 B 170 </pre> Ambient R 0 G 0 B 0 So don't forget to close Color Editor by pressing Keep. Go once again to Ecosystem Editor and assign the corresponding color to each environment by selecting it using the Ecosystem Color button. Press it several times until the correct one appears. Then save the project and parameters again, as done previously. Motion Editor Now it's time to take care of the framing, so let's go to Modules and then to Motion Editor. An extremely feature-rich window will open. Following is the list of parameters regarding the Camera, position and other characteristics: <pre> -Camera Altitude: 7.0 -Camera Latitude: 36.075 -Camera Longitude: 112.133 -Focus Attitude: -2.0 -Focus Latitude: 36.275 -Focus Longitude: 112.386 -Camera : 512 → rendering window -Camera Y: 384 → rendering window -View Arc: 80 → View width in degrees -Sun Longitude: 172 -Sun Latitude: -0.9 -Haze Start: 3.8 -Haze Range: 78, 5 </pre> As soon as the values ​​shown in the relevant sliders have been modified, we will be ready to open the CamView window to observe the wireframe preview. Let's not consider all the controls that will appear. Well from the Motion Editor if you have selected Camera Altitude and open the CamView panel, you can change the height of the camera by holding down the right mouse button and moving the mouse up and down. To update the view, press the Terrain button in the adjacent window. As soon as you are convinced of the position, confirm again with Keep. You can carry out the same work with the other functions of the camera, such as Focus Altitude... Let's now see the next positioning step on the Camera map, but let's leave the CamView preview window open while we go to Modules to open the window at the same time MapView. We will thus be able to take advantage of the view from the other together with a subjective one. From the MapView window, select with the left mouse button and while it is pressed, move the Camera as desired. To update the subjective preview, always click on Terrain. While with the same procedure you can intervene on the direction of the camera lens, by selecting the cross and with the left button pressed you can choose the desired view. So with the pressure of Terrain I update the Preview. Possibly can enlarge or reduce the Map View using the Zoom button, for greater precision. Also write that the circle around the cameras indicates the beginning of the haze, there are two types (haze and fog) linked to the altitude. Would also add that the camera height is editable through the Motion Editor panel. The sun Let's see that changing the position of the sun from the Motion Editor. Press the SUN button at the bottom right and set the time and the date. Longitude and latitude are automatically obtained by the program. Always open the View Arc command from the Motion Editor panel, an item present in the Parameter List box. Once again confirm everything with Keep and then save again. Animation The animation part is not left-back and also occupies a window. The settings possibilities are enormous. A time line with dragging functions ("slide", "drag"...) comparable to that of LightWave completes this window. A small window is available for positioning the stars as a function of a date, in order to vary the seasons and their various events (and yes...). At the bottom of the "Motion-Editor", a "cam-view" function will give you access to a control panel. Different preview modes are possible. The rendering is also accessible through a window. No less than nine pages compose it. At this level, you will be able to determine the backup name of your images ("path"), the type of texture to be calculated, the resolution of the images, activate or deactivate functions such as the depth buffer ("zbuffer"), the blur, the background image, etc. Once all these parameters have been set, all you have to do is click on the "Render" button. For rendering go to Modules and then Render. Select the resolution, then under IMA select the name of the image. Move to FRA and indicate the level of fractal detail which of 4 is quite good. Then Keep to confirm and then reopen the window, pressing Render you will see the result. The image will be opened with any viewing program. Strengths: * Multi-window. * Quality of rendering. * Accuracy. * Opening, preview and rendering on CyberGraphX screen. * Extract / Convert Interp DEM, Import DLG, DXF, WDB and export LW map 3d formats * The "zbuffer" function. Weaknesses: * No OpenGL management * Calculation time. * No network computing tool. ====Writing CD / DVD - Frying Pan==== Can be backup DVDs (4GB ISO size limit due to use of FileInfoBlock), create audio cds from mp3's, and put .iso files on discs If using for the first time - click Drive button and Device set to ata.device and unit to 0 (zero) Click Tracks Button - Drive 1 - Create New Disc or Import Existing Disc Image (iso bin/cue etc.) - Session File open cue file If you're making a data cd, with files and drawers from your hard drive, you should be using the ISO Builder.. which is the MUI page on the left. ("Data/Audio Tracks" is on the right). You should use the "Data/Audio tracks" page if you want to create music cds with AIFF/WAV/MP3 files, or if you download an .iso file, and you want to put it on a cd. Click WRITE Button - set write speed - click on long Write button Examples Easiest way would be to burn a DATA CD, simply go to "Tracks" page "ISO Builder" and "ADD" everything you need to burn. On the "Write" page i have "Masterize Disc (DAO)", "Close Disc" and "Eject after Write" set. One must not "Blank disc before write" if one uses a CDR AUDIO CD from MP3's are as easy but tricky to deal with. FP only understands one MP3 format, Layer II, everything else will just create empty tracks Burning bootable CD's works only with .iso files. Go to "Tracks" page and "Data/Audio Tracks" and add the .iso ====odf==== Every ODF file is a collection of several subdocuments within a package (ZIP file), each of which stores part of the complete document. * content.xml – Document content and automatic styles used in the content. * styles.xml – Styles used in the document content and automatic styles used in the styles themselves. * meta.xml – Document meta information, such as the author or the time of the last save action. * settings.xml – Application-specific settings, such as the window size or printer information. To read document follow these steps: * Extracting .ods file. * Getting content.xml file (which contains sheets data). * Creating XmlDocument object from content.xml file. * Creating DataSet (that represent Spreadsheet file). * With XmlDocument select “table:table” elements, and then create adequate DataTables. * Parse child’s of “table:table” element and fill DataTables with those data. * At the end, return DataSet and show it in application’s interface. To write document follow these steps: * Extracting template.ods file (.ods file that we use as template). * Getting content.xml file. * Creating XmlDocument object from content.xml file. * Erasing all “table:table” elements from the content.xml file. * Reading data from our DataSet and composing adequate “table:table” elements. * Adding “table:table” elements to content.xml file. * Zipping that file as new .ods file. XLS file format The XLS file format contains streams, substreams, and records. These sheet substreams include worksheets, macro sheets, chart sheets, dialog sheets, and VBA module sheets. All the records in an XLS document start with a 2-byte unsigned integer to specify Record Type (rt), and another for Count of Bytes (cb). A record cannot exceed 8224 bytes. If larger than the rest is stored in one or more continue records. * Workbook stream **Globals substream ***BoundSheet8 record - info for Worksheet substream i.e. name, location, type, and visibility. (4bytes the lbPlyPos FilePointer, specifies the position in the Workbook stream where the sheet substream starts) **Worksheet substream (sheet) - Cell Table - Row record - Cells (2byte=row 2byte=column 2byte=XF format) ***Blank cell record ***RK cell record 32-bit number. ***BoolErr cell record (2-byte Bes structure that may be either a Boolean value or an error code) ***Number cell record (64-bit floating-point number) ***LabelSst cell record (4-byte integer that specifies a string in the Shared Strings Table (SST). Specifically, the integer corresponds to the array index in the RGB field of the SST) ***Formula cell record (FormulaValue structure in the 8 bytes that follow the cell structure. The next 6 bytes can be ignored, and the rest of the record is a CellParsedFormula structure that contains the formula itself) ***MulBlank record (first 2 bytes give the row, and the next 2 bytes give the column that the series of blanks starts at. Next, a variable length array of cell structures follows to store formatting information, and the last 2 bytes show what column the series of blanks ends on) ***MulRK record ***Shared String Table (SST) contains all of the string values in the workbook. ACCRINT(), ACCRINTM(), AMORDEGRC(), AMORLINC(), COUPDAYBS(), COUPDAYS(), COUPDAYSNC(), COUPNCD(), COUPNUM(), COUPPCD(), CUMIPMT(), CUMPRINC(), DB(), DDB(), DISC(), DOLLARDE(), DOLLARFR(), DURATION(), EFFECT(), FV(), FVSCHEDULE(), INTRATE(), IPMT(), IRR(), ISPMT(), MDURATION(), MIRR(), NOMINAL(), NPER(), NPV(), ODDFPRICE(), ODDFYIELD(), ODDLPRICE(), ODDLYIELD(), PMT(), PPMT(), PRICE(), PRICEDISC(), PRICEMAT(), PV(), RATE(), RECEIVED(), SLN(), SYD(), TBILLEQ(), TBILLPRICE(), TBILLYIELD(), VDB(), XIRR(), XNPV(), YIELD(), YIELDDISC(), YIELDMAT(), <pre> </pre> <pre> </pre> <pre> </pre> {{BookCat}} nas4enim53a0ja7fcpwd9q99jaobum7 4671137 4671030 2026-09-19T11:18:54Z Jeff1138 301139 4671137 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Introduction== [[#Graphical Image Editing Art]] [[#Office Application]] [[#Audio]] [[#Misc Application]] [[#Games & Emulation]] [[#Application Guides]] [[#top|...to the top]] [[#top|...to the top]] Most apps can be opened on the Workbench (aka publicscreen pubscreen) which is the default display option but can offer a custom one set to your configurations (aka custom screen mode promotion). These custom ones tend to stack so the possible use of A-M/A-N method of switching between full screens and the ability to pull down screens as well If you are interested in creating or porting new software, see [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Aros/Developer/Docs here] {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Internet Applications !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1 (68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Web Online Browser [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser Amelinium], Odyssey 2.0, [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1175&highlight=odyssey&rowstart=100 Odyssey 3.0], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://juen.in/ Amelinium], [https://blog.alb42.de/programs/amifox/ amifox] with [https://github.com/alb42/wrp wrp server], IBrowse*, [https://github.com/zapek/Voyager Voyager], [https://github.com/amigazen/aweb3/ AWeb 3.6 src], [https://github.com/matjam/aweb AWeb Src], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/www/NetSurf-m68k-sources Netsurf], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[ Odyssey OWB], [ Timberwolf (Firefox port 2011)], [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?forum=32&topic_id=32847 OWB-mui], [http://strohmayer.org/owb/ OWB-Reaction], IBrowse*, [http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=showfile&file=network/browser/aweb.lha AWeb], Voyager, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser Netsurf], |<!--MorphOS-->Wayfarer, [http://fabportnawak.free.fr/owb/ Odyssey OWB], [ Netsurf], IBrowse*, AWeb, [], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->YouTube, Dailymotion website downloading videos audio [https://github.com/yt-dlp/yt-dlp yt-dlp], [https://clipgrab.org/ clipgrab], |<!--AROS-->[], [https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], [ smtube], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], getVideo, Tubexx, [https://github.com/walkero-gr/aiostreams aiostreams], |<!--MorphOS-->[ ytsearch], [https://blog.alb42.de/amitube/ Amitube], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 getVideo], Tubexx |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Old style E-mailing SMTP POP3 IMAP based |<!--AROS-->Emailinium, [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/email SimpleMail], [http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplemail/files/ src], [https://github.com/jens-maus/yam YAM] |<!--Amiga OS-->Emailinium, [http://sourceforge.net/projects/simplemail/files/ SimpleMail], [https://github.com/jens-maus/yam YAM] |<!--AmigaOS4-->SimpleMail, YAM, |<!--MorphOS--> SimpleMail, YAM |- |<!--Sub Menu-->IRC, ICB, |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat WookieChat], [https://sourceforge.net/projects/wookiechat/ Wookiechat src], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat AiRcOS], Jabberwocky, |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/charabaruk/WookieChat Wookiechat], AmIRC |<!--AmigaOS4-->Wookiechat |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Wookiechat], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 AmIRC], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Instant Messaging IM like [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/amidon Hollywood lang based Mastodon client], BlueSky AT protocol, Facebook(TM), Twitter X (TM), Bitlbee IRC Gateway and others |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/kaffeine1/telegram-amiga telegram-amiga], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/chat jabberwocky], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], CLIMM, SabreMSN, [https://sourceforge.net/projects/ajabberwocky/ jabberwocky], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], SabreMSN, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://amitwitter.sourceforge.net/ AmiTwitter], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 PolyglotNG], SabreMSN, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Torrents |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/p2p ArTorr], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->CTorrent, Transmission |<!--MorphOS-->MLDonkey, Beehive, [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Transmission], CTorrent, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->FTP |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], MarranoFTP, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/wput-0.3.4c.i386-aros wput i386 c src] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiFTP AmiFTP], AmiTradeCenter, ncFTP, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/sana2-tftpclient sana2 tftpclient c src] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], |<!--MorphOS-->[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=5 Pftp], [http://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiFTP-1.935-OS4 AmiFTP], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->WYSIWYG Web Site Editor |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Internet Radio Streaming Audio [http://www.gnu.org/software/gnump3d/ gnump3d], [http://www.icecast.org/ Icecast2] Server (Broadcast) and Client (Listen), [ mpd], [http://darkice.sourceforge.net/ DarkIce], [http://www.dyne.org/software/muse/ Muse], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc], Mplayer (Icecast Client only), |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/sandlbn/TuneFinder TuneFinder C Src], [https://github.com/sandlbn/TuneFinderMUI TuneFinderMUI], [http://amigazeux.net/anr/ AmiNetRadio], [https://github.com/boingball/MintAMP MintAMP], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.tunenet.co.uk/ Tunenet], |<!--MorphOS-->Mplayer, AmiNetRadio, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VoIP (Voice over IP) with SIP Client (Session Initiation Protocol) or Asterisk IAX2 Clients Softphone (skype like) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiPhone with Speak Freely, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Weather Forecast |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ WeatherBar], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench AWeather], [] |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://amigazeux.net/wetter/ Wetter], [https://github.com/emartisoft/AmiWeatherForecasts AmiWeatherForecasts src], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/?function=showfile&file=utility/workbench/flipclock.lha FlipClock], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://amigazeux.net/wetter/ Wetter], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Street Road Maps Route Planning GPS Tracking |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/muimapparium/ MuiMapparium] [https://build.alb42.de/ Build of MuiMapp versions], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiAtlas*, UKRoutePlus*, [http://blog.alb42.de/ AmOSM], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://blog.alb42.de/programs/mapparium/ Mapparium], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Clock and Date setting from the internet (either ntp or websites) [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/ World Clock], [http://www.time.gov/ NIST], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/misc ntpsync], |<!--Amiga OS-->ntpsync |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Newsgroups |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://newscoaster.sourceforge.net/ Newscoaster], [https://github.com/jens-maus/newsrog NewsRog], [ WorldNews], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->RSS |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/Team-Boingo/AmiRSS AmiRSS src] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->AI |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/murinsel/AmigaAI Claude], [https://github.com/geekychris/amiga_mcp AI on host machine], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->BBS |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Graphical Image Editing Art== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Image Editing !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Pixel Raster Artwork [https://github.com/LibreSprite/LibreSprite LibreSprite based on GPL aseprite], [https://github.com/abetusk/hsvhero hsvhero], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ZunePaint/ ZunePaint], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit LunaPaint], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit GrafX2], [ LodePaint needs OpenGL], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.amigaforever.com/classic/download.html PPaint], GrafX2, [https://github.com/grovdata/Amiga_Sources/blob/master/software.md DeluxePaint], [http://www.amiforce.de/perfectpaint/perfectpaint.php PerfectPaint], Zoetrope, Brilliance2*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit LodePaint], GrafX2, |<!--MorphOS-->Sketch, Pixel*, GrafX2, [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 LunaPaint] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Image viewing |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ ZuneView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer LookHere], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer LoView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer PicShow] , [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album], |<!--Amiga OS-->PicShow, PicView, Photoalbum, |<!--AmigaOS4-->WarpView, PicShow, flPhoto, Thumbs, [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 ShowGirls], [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?mode=viewtopic&topic_id=31400&forum=32&start=80&viewmode=flat&order=0#583458 Picture Album] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Photography retouching / Image Manipulation like Photoshop(tm) |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit RNOEffects], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Tecsoft Video Paint aka TVPaint], Photogenics*, ArtEffect*, ImageFX*, XiPaint, fxPaint, ImageMasterRT, Opalpaint, |<!--AmigaOS4-->WarpView, flPhoto, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit Photocrop] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 ShowGirls], ImageFX*, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Manage RAW picture folder galleries like Darktable, RAWtherapy, etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Graphic Format Converter - ICC profile support sRGB, Adobe RGB, XYZ and linear RGB |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->GraphicsConverter, ImageStudio, [http://www.coplabs.org/artpro.html ArtPro] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Thumbnail Generator [], |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/ ZuneView], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/shell Thumbnail Generator] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Icon Editor |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/iconedit Archives], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench Icon Toolbox], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/iconedit IconEditor] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D Pixel Art Animation |<!--AROS-->Lunapaint |<!--Amiga OS-->PPaint, AnimatED, Scala*, GoldDisk MovieSetter*, Walt Disney's Animation Studio*, ProDAD*, [https://github.com/historicalsource/DeluxePaint DeluxePaint src], Brilliance |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=3 Titler] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D SVG based MovieSetter type |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->MovieSetter*, Fantavision* |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Morphing |<!--AROS-->[ GLMorph] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->2D Cad (qcad->LibreCAD, etc.) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Xcad, MaxonCAD |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Cad like FreeCad, BRL-CAD, OpenSCAD, AvoCADo, etc. using dxf, obj (vertices), blend, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->XCad3d*, DynaCADD*, [https://aminet.net/package/gfx/3d/Cycas178_EN Cycas]*, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Model Rendering of glft (json) gbl (png jpg), usdz (USD files with materials, textures, and animations), FBX Filmbox is a proprietary Autodesk format, |<!--AROS-->POV-Ray |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.discreetfx.com./amigaproducts.html CINEMA 4D]*, POV-Ray, Lightwave3D*, Real3D*, Caligari24*, Reflections/Monzoom*, [https://github.com/privatosan/RayStorm Raystorm src], Tornado 3D, [https://github.com/AlphaPixel/Eric-Graham-1987-Juggler-Raytracer-1.0 Eric-Graham-1987-Juggler-Raytracer-1.0] |<!--AmigaOS4-->Blender, POV-Ray, Yafray |<!--MorphOS-->Blender, POV-Ray, Yafray |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Format Converter [], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=graphics/convert/ 3doc.i386-aros], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=showfile&file=graphics/convert/ivcon.lha IVCon] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen grabbing display |<!--AROS-->[ Screengrabber], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/misc snapit], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/record screen recorder], [] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Grab graphics music from apps [https://github.com/Malvineous/ripper6 ripper6], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Office Application== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Office !width:10%;|AROS (x86) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amiga_software Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1] (68k) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AmigaOS_4 Hyperion OS4] (PPC) !width:10%;|[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MorphOS MorphOS] (PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Office Suite |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Softwood Final Office], [ Wordworth Office], [ Digita Office], [ The Works!], [ Europress Mini Office], [], [ Papyrus Office Demo], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[ Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Word-processing |<!--AROS-->[https://finalwriter.godaddysites.com/ Final Writer 7*], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1995&rowstart=20&pid=12668#post_12668 Slovo], [https://github.com/sodero/MUI-Vim/releases MUI-Vim], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/wordprocessing Cinnamon Writer], [], |<!--AmigaOS-->[ Softwood FinalCopy II*], Haage AmigaWriter*, Digita WordWorth*, Softwood FinalWriter*, Micro-Systems Excellence 3*, Arnor Protext, Rashumon, [ InterWord], [ KindWords], [WordPerfect], [ New Horizons Flow], [ CygnusEd Pro], [ Micro-systems Scribble], |<!--AmigaOS4-->AbiWord, [ CinnamonWriter], |<!--MorphOS-->[ Cinnamon Writer], [http://www.meta-morphos.org/viewtopic.php?topic=1246&forum=53 scriba], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/index.php Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Spreadsheets |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/leu/ Leu], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/spreadsheet ], |<!--AmigaOS-->[https://aminet.net/package/biz/spread/ignition-src Ignition Src 1.3], [MaxiPlan 500 Plus], [OXXI Plan/IT v2.0 Speadsheet], [ Superplan], [ Creative Developments TurboCalc], [ ProCalc], [ InterSpread], [Digita DGCalc], [ Gold Disk Advantage], [ Micro-systems Analyze!] |<!--AmigaOS4-->Gnumeric, [https://ignition-amiga.sourceforge.net/ Ignition], |<!--MorphOS-->[ ignition], [http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php Papyrus Office], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Presentations |<!--AROS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, [https://github.com/evaneykelen/mediapoint-amiga MediaPoint C and asm], PointRider, Scala*, |<!--Amiga OS4-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, PointRider |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.hollywoood-mal.com/ Hollywood]*, PointRider |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Databases |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/database BeeBase], |<!--Amiga OS-->Precision Superbase 4 Pro*, Arnor Prodata*, [https://sourceforge.net/projects/beebase/ BeeBase], Datastore, FinalData*, AmigaBase, Fiasco, Twist2*, [Digita DGBase], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->BeeBase, SQLite, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=6 BeeBase], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PDF Viewing and editing digital signatures |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/arospdf/ ArosPDF via splash], [https://github.com/wattoc/AROS-vpdf vpdf wip], |<!--Amiga OS-->APDF |<!--AmigaOS4-->AmiPDF |<!--MorphOS-->APDF, vPDF, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Note Taking markdown support like Obsidian like, joplin, OneNote, EverNotes, xournalpp, etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Study and analyse, collect, organize, annotate, cite, and share |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PIM Personal Information Manager - Day Diary Planner Calendar App |<!--AROS-->[ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->Digita Organiser*, On The Ball, Everyday Organiser, [ Contact Manager], |<!--AmigaOS4-->AOrganiser, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://polymere.free.fr/orga_en.html PolyOrga], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Accounting |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=office/misc ETB], LoanCalc, [ ], [ ], [ ], |[ Digita Home Accounts2], Accountant, Small Business Accounts, Account Master, [ Amigabok], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Project Management Research |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->SuperGantt, SuperPlan, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Desktop |<!--AROS-->Wanderer, Scalos, Workbook, DOpus5, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[https://github.com/zapek/Ambient Ambient Src] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Wide Search |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool Finder], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Wide Dictionary - multilingual [http://sourceforge.net/projects/babiloo/ Babiloo], [http://code.google.com/p/stardict-3/ StarDict], |<!--AROS-->[ ], |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System wide Thesaurus - multi lingual |<!--AROS-->[ ], |Kuma K-Roget*, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Sticky Desktop Notes (post it type) |<!--AROS-->[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/amimemos.i386-aros AmiMemos], [https://aminet.net/package/util/wb/amimemos.src-aros AmiMemos Src], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/util/wb/StickIt-2.00 StickIt v2], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->DTP Desktop Publishing |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit RNOPublisher], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]*, Professional Pro Page*, Saxon Publisher, Pagesetter, PenPal, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]* |<!--MorphOS-->[http://pagestream.org/ Pagestream]* |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Printing |<!--AROS-->Postscript 3 laser printers, [https://github.com/bohunamiga/MintPRINT MintPRINT AirPrint IPP], [ Ghostscript], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/boingball/MintPRINT MintPRINT IPP], [https://github.com/Andiweli/AmiAirprint AmiAirprint], [http://www.irseesoft.de/tp_what.htm TurboPrint]*, [ GutenPrint], [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/NetPrinter NetPrinter LPR], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->(some native drivers), |<!--MorphOS-->early TurboPrint included, [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/NetPrinter NetPrinter LPR], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Scanning |<!--AROS-->[ SCANdal], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->FxScan*, ScanQuix*, [https://github.com/boingball/MintSCAN MintSCAN], |<!--AmigaOS4-->SCANdal (Sane) |<!--MorphOS-->SCANdal |- |<!--Sub Menu-->OCR |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/convert gOCR] |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos-files.net/categories/office/text Tesseract] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Text Editing |<!--AROS-->Jano Editor (already installed as Editor), [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit EdiSyn], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit Annotate], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit Vim], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit FrexxEd] [https://github.com/vidarh/FrexxEd src], [ NoWinEd], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/text/edit/TurboText20 TurboText20 ttx], Annotate, MicroGoldED/CubicIDE*, CygnusED*, Protext*, NoWinED, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Notepad, Annotate, CygnusED*, NoWinED, |<!--MorphOS-->MorphOS ED, NoWinED, GoldED/CubicIDE*, CygnusED*, Annotate, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Office Fonts [http://sourceforge.net/projects/fontforge/files/fontforge-source/ Font Designer] |<!--AROS-->[ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->TypeSmith*, SaxonScript (GetFont Adobe Type 1), |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Drawing Vector |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/amifig/ ZuneFIG previously AmiFIG], [https://github.com/serk118/designworks-aros designworks aros 64bit] |<!--Amiga OS-->Drawstudio*, ProVector*, ArtExpression*, Professional Draw*, AmiFIG, MetaView, [https://gitlab.com/amigasourcecodepreservation/designworks Design Works Src], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->MindSpace, [http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit amifig], |<!--MorphOS-->SteamDraw, [http://aminet.net/package/gfx/edit/amifig amiFIG], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->video conferencing (jitsi) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->source code hosting |<!--AROS-->Gitlab, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Remote Desktop (server) |<!--AROS-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/VNC_Server ArosVNCServer], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://s.guillard.free.fr/AmiVNC/AmiVNC.htm AmiVNC], [http://dspach.free.fr/amiga/avnc/index.html AVNC] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://s.guillard.free.fr/AmiVNC/AmiVNC.htm AmiVNC] |MorphVNC, vncserver |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Remote Desktop (client) login and connect to another machine |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/zunetools/files/VNC_Client/ ArosVNC], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/misc rdesktop], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://dspach.free.fr/amiga/vva/index.html VVA], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |[http://twinvnc.free.fr/index.php?menu=01&lang=eng TwinVNC], [http://www.hd-zone.com/ RDesktop] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->notifications |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Ranchero |<!--AmigaOS4-->Ringhio |<!--MorphOS-->MagicBeacon |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Biometric facial logins and fingerprint security features |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Audio== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Audio !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing playback Audio like MP3, [https://github.com/chrg127/gmplayer NSF], [https://github.com/kode54/lazyusf miniusf .usflib] [https://gitlab.com/kode54/psflib with pfslib], [], [], etc |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/play Mplayer], [ HarmonyPlayer hp], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/audio/index.xhtml playcdda] CDs, [ WildMidi Player], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ UADE mod player], [], [ RNOTunes], [ mp3Player], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiNetRadio, AmigaAmp, playOGG, [https://codeberg.org/tygre/amimodradio amimodradio] |<!--AmigaOS4-->TuneNet, SimplePlay, AmigaAmp, TKPlayer |AmiNetRadio, Mplayer, Kaya, AmigaAmp |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Audio |<!--AROS-->[ Audio Evolution 4] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/hd-rec/ HD-Rec Src], [http://www.sonicpulse.de/eng/news.html SoundFX], [ Samplitude], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/hd-rec/ HD-Rec], AmiSoundED, [http://os4depot.net/?function=showfile&file=audio/record/audioevolution4.lha Audio Evolution 4] |[http://www.hd-rec.de/HD-Rec/index.php?site=home HD-Rec], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Tracker Music |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/hitchhikr/protrekkr Protrekkr], [ Schism Tracker], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/tracker MilkyTracker], [http://www.hivelytracker.com/ HivelyTracker], [ Radium in AROS already], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/development/index.xhtml libMikMod], |<!--Amiga OS-->MilkyTracker, HivelyTracker, DigiBooster, Octamed SoundStudio, [https://github.com/elindstrom/soundtracker soundtracker], |<!--AmigaOS4-->MilkyTracker, HivelyTracker, GoatTracker |MilkyTracker, GoatTracker, DigiBooster, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Editing Music [], [https://github.com/kmatheussen/camd CAMD] and/or staves and musical notes on manuscript |<!--AROS-->[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars and Pipes], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars'n'Pipes], MusicX* David "Talin" Joiner & Craig Weeks (for Notator-X), Deluxe Music Construction Set DMCS2*, [https://github.com/timoinutilis/midi-sequencer-amigaos Horny c Src] [https://github.com/kas1e/midi-sequencer-amigaos/tree/master/HornyGCC HornyGCC OS4 src] [https://github.com/capehill/midi-sequencer-amigaos Horny OS4 fork src] [https://www.amigans.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?start=0&topic_id=8143&order=ASC&status=&mode=0 OS4 thread], HD-Rec, [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/dominatorV1_51 Dominator], [https://github.com/royaltm/Amiga-midiIn Amiga-midiIn], [ Aegis Sonix 2.0] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://sourceforge.net/p/hd-rec/code/HEAD/tree/ HD-Rec Src], Rockbeat, [http://bnp.hansfaust.de/download.html Bars'n'Pipes], [https://github.com/gooofy/freeaction Horny OS4 src fork], Audio Evolution 4, |<!--MorphOS-->Bars'n'Pipes, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Sound Sampling |<!--AROS-->[ Advanced AHI Recorder all], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/record Audio Evolution 4], [http://www.imica.net/SitePortalPage.aspx?siteid=1&did=162 Quick Record], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc SOX to get AIFF 16bit files], [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/tree/master/workbench/tools/AHIRecord AHIRecord], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/mus/edit/AudioEvolution3_src Audio Evolution 3 c src], [ Samplitude]*, Audiomaster IV*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://github.com/timoinutilis/phonolith-amigaos phonolith c src], HD-Rec, Audio Evolution 4, |<!--MorphOS-->[https://sourceforge.net/p/hd-rec/code/HEAD/tree/ HD-Rec Src], Audio Evolution 4, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Audio Processing like easyeffects so having limiter, compressor, convolver, equalizer and auto volume and many other plugins |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Live Looping or Audio Misc - Groovebox like |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->CD/DVD burn |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility IsoTools], [https://code.google.com/p/amiga-fryingpan/ FryingPan], |<!--Amiga OS-->FryingPan, [ MakeCD], |<!--AmigaOS4-->FryingPan, AmiDVD, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.amiga.org/forums/printthread.php?t=58736 FryingPan], Jalopeano, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->CD/DVD audio rip |<!--AROS-->Lame, [http://www.imica.net/SitePortalPage.aspx?siteid=1&cfid=0&did=167 Quick CDrip], |<!--Amiga OS-->Lame, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Lame, |<!--MorphOS-->Lame, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->MP3 v1 and v2 Tagger |<!--AROS-->id3ren (v1), [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/edit mp3info], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> | |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Audio Convert |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc Sox], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/mus/misc/SoundBox SoundBox], [http://aminet.net/package/mus/misc/SoundBoxKey SoundBox Key], [http://aminet.net/package/mus/edit/SampleE SampleE], sox |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->DJ mixing jamming |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/djh0ffman/PT1210 Hoffman PT1210 DJ tracker], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Radio Automation Software [http://www.rivendellaudio.org/ Rivendell], [http://code.campware.org/projects/livesupport/report/3 Campware LiveSupport], [http://www.sourcefabric.org/en/airtime/ SourceFabric AirTime], [http://www.ohloh.net/p/mediabox404 MediaBox404], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speakers Audio Sonos Mains AC networked wired controlled *2005 ZP100 with ZP80 *2008 Zoneplayer ZP120 (multi-room wireless amp) ZP90 receiver only with CR100 controller, *2009 ZonePlayer S5, *2010 BR100 wireless Bridge (no support), *2011 Play:3 *2013 Bridge (no support), Play:1, *2016 Arc, Play:1, *Beam (Gen 2), Playbar, Ray, Era 100, Era 300, Roam, Move 2, *Sub (Gen 3), Sub Mini, Five, Amp S2 |<!--AROS-->SonosController |<!--Amiga OS-->SonosController |<!--AmigaOS4-->SonosController |<!--MorphOS-->SonosController |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Smart Speakers |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Video Creativity and Production== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Video !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing Video |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/play Mplayer], [ VAMP], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/video/index.xhtml CDXL player], [http://www.a500.org/downloads/video/index.xhtml IffAnimPlay], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Frogger*, AMP2, MPlayer, RiVA*, MooViD*, |<!--AmigaOS4-->DvPlayer, MPlayer |<!--MorphOS-->MPlayer, Frogger, AMP2, VLC |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Streaming Video and game streaming like OBS studio, Parsec, [https://github.com/lizardbyte/sunshine sunshine], [https://github.com/moonlight-stream/moonlight-qt moonlight], etc |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Playing DVD |<!--AROS-->[http://a-mc.biz/ AMC]*, Mplayer |<!--Amiga OS-->AMP2, Frogger |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://a-mc.biz/ AMC]*, DvPlayer*, AMP2, |<!--MorphOS-->Mplayer |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Recording |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=video/record Screenrecorder], [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->Screenrecorder, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Create Edit Individual Video - Amiga like OSs have no pro NLE |<!--AROS-->[ Mencoder], [ Quick Videos], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/edit AVIbuild], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/misc FrameBuild], FFMPEG, |<!--Amiga OS-->[ MainConcept Mainactor Broadcast*], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_Toaster Video Toaster*] with [https://discreetfx.com/openvideotoaster.html some c src], MacroSystem MovieShop 4.3*, proDAD Adorage*, [ IOSpirit VHI studio]*, [Gold Disk ShowMaker], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->FFMpeg/GUI |<!--MorphOS-->Blender, Mencoder, FFmpeg |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Subtitle editor |<!--AROS-->[https://aminet.net/package/text/edit/Slarti_Arosx86ABIv0 Slarti_Arosx86ABIv0], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->IP-based video production workflows with High Dynamic Range (HDR), 10-bit color collaborative NDI, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Blogging like Lemmy or kbin |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR face recognition for Vtubers |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR chatting Live2D models with Cubism type editor or [https://github.com/AyagamiDev/ayagami ayagami] like with zipped moc3 with model metadata (model3, cdi3) <pre> Model data (cmo3) Basic motions (can3) Background image (png) Set of files for embedding (runtime folder) • Model data (moc3) • Motion data (motion3.json) • Model settings file (model3.json) • Physics settings file (physics3.json) • Display auxiliary file (cdi3.json) </pre> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->VR chatting chatters .VRML models - standardized 3D file format for VR avatars |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->V-tubers V-tubing like Vseeface with Openseeface tracker or Vpuppr (virtual puppet project) for online live 2d / 3d art models rigging rigged LIV |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. [[#top|...to the top]] ==Misc Application== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1 (68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->File Management |<!--AROS-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 DOpus Magellan aka DOpus 5], [ Scalos], [ ], |<!--Amiga OS-->DOpus2, DOpus 4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], ClassAction, FileMaster, [http://www.amiga.org/forums/showthread.php?t=4897 DirWork 2]*, [https://github.com/RudolphRiedel/DiskMaster2 DiskMaster2 src], |<!--AmigaOS4-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], Filer, AmiDisk |<!--MorphOS-->DOpus4, [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/dopus5 Dopus5 Magellan], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->File Verification / Repair |<!--AROS-->[https://arosarchives.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility md5sum], [https://arosarchives.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool asum], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/filetool workpar2] (PAR2), [http://zakalwe.fi/~shd/foss/cksfv/files/ compile cksfv from website], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->Par2, |- |Application Installer |<!--AROS-->[], [ InstallerNG], |<!--Amiga OS-->InstallerNG, Grunch, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Jack |<!--MorphOS-->Jack |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Compression archiver [https://github.com/FS-make-simple/paq9a paq9a], [], |<!--AROS-->XAD system is a toolkit designed for handling various file and disk archiver |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[https://aminet.net/package/util/pack/decrunchmania_os4 Crunchmania CrM2 depacker], |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Binary Hexadecimal Editor |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/edit Zaphod], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Filesystem Partition Editor formatter Disk Management |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1440&highlight=partition&pid=8821#post_8821 QuickPart], [ HDToolBox] |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/stefanskotte/hdpart hdpart], [https://github.com/ChuckyGang/AmiPart AmiPart], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Filesystem Repair and backups |<!--AROS-->ArSFSDoctor, |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/package/disk/bakup/quarterback_src Quarterback Tools C and asm src], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System Disk check, integrity and history [https://github.com/smartmontools/smartmontools smart tools], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Multiple File renaming |<!--AROS-->DOpus 4 or 5, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Anti Virus |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->VChecker, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Random Wallpaper Desktop changer [ DOpus5], [ Scalos], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Alarm Clock, Timer, Stopwatch, Countdown |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/workbench DClock], [http://aminet.net/util/time/AlarmClockAROS.lha AlarmClock], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} ==Misc Application 2== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->C/C++ IDE Integrated Development |<!--AROS-->[https://sourceforge.net/projects/aidea/ AIDEa], [ Murks], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://devplex.awardspace.biz/cubic/index.html Cubic IDE]*, [ StormC], [https://github.com/jens-maus/amide amide], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->CodeBench , [https://gitlab.com/boemann/codecraft CodeCraft], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://devplex.awardspace.biz/cubic/index.html Cubic IDE]*, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->C/C++ Text Editors |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit FrexxEd], [https://github.com/vidarh/FrexxEd FrexxEd src], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/text/edit Annotate] with [https://www.onyxsoft.se/files/annotate_src.lha src], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Protext], [ CED], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[https://www.onyxsoft.se/annotate.html Annotate], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Repository |<!--AROS-->[ Git] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->Git |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->BASIC Computer Language |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/language Basic4SDL], [ Ace Basic], [ X-AMOS], [SDLBasic], [ Alvyn], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.amiforce.de/main.php Amiblitz 3] with [https://github.com/AmiBlitz/AmiBlitz3 Asm src], [http://amos.condor.serverpro3.com/AmosProManual/contents/c1.html Amos Pro] with [https://github.com/AmiDARK/AmosProfessionalUnity-Official-Releases Asm src], [http://aminet.net/package/dev/basic/ace24dist ACE Basic], [https://github.com/gooofy/aqb aqb], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->sdlBasic |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Computer Languages Translation [https://tetracorp.github.io/guide/reverse-engineering-amiga.html], [https://amigasourcecodepreservation.gitlab.io/amiga-assembler-insider-guide/], [https://github.com/kermitfrog/Amiga-Re-Engineering Rust, Ghidra and FS-UAE], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://bitbucket.org/rhinoid/convert68000toc/src/main/ convert m68k seka asm-one to c], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Gui Creators |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/guitool MuiBuilder], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[ MuiBuilder], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Catalog .cd .ct Custom App Language Editors |<!--AROS-->FlexCat, [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility Flexcat GUI], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.geit.de/deu_simplecat.html SimpleCat], FlexCat |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://aminet.net/package/dev/misc/simplecat SimpleCat], FlexCat |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.geit.de/deu_simplecat.html SimpleCat], FlexCat |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Cross Development |<!--AROS-->[], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/geekychris/amiga_mcp amiga_mcp], [https://github.com/mbergmann-sh/AmigaED4-IDE AmigaED4-IDE], [https://lemonspawn.com/turbo-rascal-syntax-error-expected-but-begin/ Turbo Rascal], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Misc Application 3== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->System |<!--AROS-->[ SysExplorer], [ SysMon], [ Scout], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Terminals Shells CLIs |<!--AROS-->[https://tomaszstaniak.com/aros-term/ aros-term], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->OSK On Screen Keyboard |<!--AROS-->[], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://aminet.net/util/wb/OSK.lha OSK] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Magnifier Magnifying Glass Magnification |<!--AROS-->[http://www.onyxsoft.se/files/zoomit.lha ZoomIT], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Comic Book CBR CBZ format reader viewer |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer comics], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/viewer comicon], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Ebook Reader |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/#legadon Legadon EPUB],[] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Ebook Converter |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Text to Speech tts [https://github.com/JonathanFly/bark-installer Bark], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Echo " " >SPEAK:A1 inbuilt], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=audio/misc flite], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.text2speech.com translator], [https://github.com/sidick/narrator.wyoming narrator.wyoming], [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=search&tool=simple FLite] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://se.aminet.net/pub/aminet/mus/misc/ FLite] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speech Voice Recognition Dictation - [http://sourceforge.net/projects/cmusphinx/files/ CMU Sphinx], [http://julius.sourceforge.jp/en_index.php?q=en/index.html Julius], [http://www.isip.piconepress.com/projects/speech/index.html ISIP], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Speech Voice Changer [], [], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Screen Display Blanker screensaver |<!--AROS-->Blanker Commodity (built in), [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/screenblanker GarshneBlanker], [http://sourceforge.net/projects/gblanker/ GBlanker Src], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->MultiCX, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->ModernArt Blanker, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Fortune Cookie Quotes Sayings |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/misc AFortune], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} ==Misc Application 4== {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:30%;|Misc Application !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|Commodore-Amiga OS 3.1(68k) !width:10%;|Hyperion OS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Fractals mandelbrot, etc |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/misc], |<!--Amiga OS-->ZoneXplorer, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Landscape Rendering |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/raytrace WCS World Construction Set], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Vista Pro], [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/World_Construction_Set World Construction Set] |<!--AmigaOS4-->[ WCS World Construction Set], |<!--MorphOS-->[ WCS World Construction Set], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Astronomy [https://sourceforge.net/projects/skychart/ skychart freepascal], [], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Digital Almanac (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/search?query=planetarium Aminet search], [http://aminet.net/misc/sci/DA3V56ISO.zip Digital Almanac], [https://aminet.net/package/misc/sci/da3sourceV58 Src c V58], [ Galileo renamed to Distant Suns]*, [], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://sourceforge.net/projects/digital-almanac/ Digital Almanac], Distant Suns*, [http://www.digitaluniverse.org.uk/ Digital Universe]*, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://www.aminet.net/misc/sci/da3.lha Digital Almanac], [http://www.aminet.net/package/misc/sci/da3-mos-src Src c V56], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Astrology [https://sourceforge.net/projects/skylendar/ skylendar], [https://github.com/CruiserOne/Astrolog Astrolog], [https://www.astrolog.org/astrolog/astfile.htm Astrology alt site], [https://saravali.github.io/download.html Maitreya], [https://github.com/alamahant/Asteria Asteria], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Genealogy History Family Tree Ancestry Records (FreeBMD, FreeREG, and FreeCEN file formats or GEDCOM GenTree) |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> [ Origins], [ Your Family Tree], [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Languages |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->Fun School, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->https://github.com/evil4dmin/ami2ha |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Mathematics ([http://www-fourier.ujf-grenoble.fr/~parisse/install_en.html Xcas], etc.), |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/scientific mathX] |<!--Amiga OS-->Maple V, mathX, Fun School, GCSE Maths, [ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4-->Yacas |<!--MorphOS-->Yacas |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Maths Graph Function Plotting |<!--AROS-->[https://blog.alb42.de/programs/#MUIPlot MUIPlot], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->App Utility Launcher Dock toolbar |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=utility/docky BoingBar], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/adkennan/DockBot Dockbot], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->3D Printer [https://github.com/OrcaSlicer/OrcaSlicer OrcaSlicer] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->PCB design |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[ ], [ ], [ ], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Digital Signage |<!--AROS-->Hollywood, Hollywood Designer |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->HAM radio, amateur radio, packet radio, [], [], [], [https://cemaxecuter.com/ Dragon OS], [https://github.com/km4ack/73Linux with 73 link update], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YAL5KNePRSg video for], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/punktniklas/NiKom NiKom], [https://www.amigarealm.com/amiga/amicomms/comm4.htm Comm4], [https://www.amigarealm.com/archives/comms/aarug/ TNC Terminal Node Controller with packets over serial connections on Yaesu or Woxum handheld], [https://aminet.net/comm/misc AmiCom], [ with 7Plus file encoder/decoder], [ mksstv], [ RTTYam], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->modern smart home network like Home Assistant Automation Yellow, Green, Mosquitto, EMQX, |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/evil4dmin/ami2ha HA], [https://github.com/sidick/midge mtqq.lib], [https://aminet.net/package/comm/tcp/AmiHomeassist-0.7 AmiHomeassist], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Teaching classroom learning training [https://github.com/moodle/moodle moodle], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} <nowiki>*</nowiki> Commercial product. ==Games & Emulation== Some emulators/games require OpenGL to function and to adjust ahi prefs channels, frequency and unit0 and unit1 and [http://aros.sourceforge.net/documentation/users/shell/changetaskpri.php changetaskpri -1] Rom patching https://www.marcrobledo.com/RomPatcher.js/ https://www.romhacking.net/patch/ (ips, ups, bps, etc) and this other site supports the latter formats https://hack64.net/tools/patcher.php Free public domain roms for use with emulators can be found [http://www.pdroms.de/ here] as most of the rest are covered by copyright rules. If you like to read about old games see [http://retrogamingtimes.com/ here] and [http://www.armchairarcade.com/neo/ here] and a [http://www.vintagecomputing.com/ blog] about old computers. Possibly some of the [http://www.answers.com/topic/list-of-best-selling-computer-and-video-games best selling] of all time. [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_computer_system_emulators Wiki] with emulated systems list. [https://archive.gamehistory.org/ Archive of VGHF], [https://library.gamehistory.org/ Video Game History Foundation Library search] {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:10%;|Games [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Emulation] !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|AmigaOS3(68k) !width:10%;|AmigaOS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Amstrad CPC |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [ Caprice32 (OpenGL & pure SDL)], [ Arnold], [https://retroshowcase.gr/cpcbox-master/], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Apple2 and 2GS |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Arcade |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Mame], [ SI Emu (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS-->Mame, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem xmame], amiarcadia, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2 Mame], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 2600 [], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Stella], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 5200 [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/A5200DS A5200DS], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 7800 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari 400 800 130XL [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/A8DS A8DS], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Atari800], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari Lynx |<!--AROS-->[http://myfreefilehosting.com/f/6366e11bdf_1.93MB Handy (ABIv0 only)], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Atari Jaguar |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Bandai Wonderswan |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation BBC Micro and Acorn Electron [http://beehttps://bem-unix.bbcmicro.com/download.html BeebEm], [http://b-em.bbcmicro.com/ B-Em], [http://elkulator.acornelectron.co.uk/ Elkulator], [http://electrem.emuunlim.com/ ElectrEm], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Dragon 32 and Tandy CoCo [http://www.6809.org.uk/xroar/ xroar], [], |<!--AROS-->[], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore C16 Plus4 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore C64 |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Vice (ABIv0 only)], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Frodo, |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem viceplus], |<!--MorphOS-->Vice, |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Commodore Amiga |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Janus UAE], Emumiga, |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer UAE], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=2 UAE], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Japanese MSX MSX2 |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Mattel Intelivision |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Mattel Colecovision and Adam |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Milton Bradley (MB) Vectrex [ Vectrex OpenGL], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation PICO8 Pico-8 fantasy video game console [https://github.com/egordorichev/pemsa-sdl/ pemsa-sdl], [https://github.com/jtothebell/fake-08 fake-08], [https://github.com/Epicpkmn11/fake-08/tree/wip fake-08 fork], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo Gameboy |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem vba no sound], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem vba] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo NES |<!--AROS-->[ EmiNES], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Fceu], [https://github.com/takahirox/nes-js?tab=readme-ov-file nes-js], [https://github.com/bfirsh/jsnes jsnes], [https://github.com/angelo-wf/NesJs NesJs], |<!--Amiga OS-->AmiNES, [http://www.dridus.com/~nyef/darcnes/ darcNES], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem amines] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo SNES |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Zsnes], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem warpsnes] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://fabportnawak.free.fr/snes/ Snes9x], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Nintendo N64 *HLE and plugins [ mupen64], [https://github.com/ares-emulator/ares ares], [https://github.com/N64Recomp/N64Recomp N64Recomp], [https://github.com/rt64/rt64 rt64], [https://github.com/simple64/simple64 Simple64], *LLE [], |<!--AROS-->[http://code.google.com/p/mupen64plus/ Mupen64+], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://code.google.com/p/mupen64plus/ Mupen64+], [http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/tr-981125_src TR64], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Nintendo Gamecube Wii] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Nintendo Wii U] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://github.com/yuzu-emu Nintendo Switch] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation NEC PC Engine |<!--AROS-->[], [], [https://github.com/yhzmr442/jspce js-pce], |[http://www.hugo.fr.fm/ Hugo], [http://mednafen.sourceforge.net/ Mednafen], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem tgemu] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Master System (SMS) |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Dega], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem sms], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem osmose] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Genesis/Megadrive |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem gp no sound], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem DGen], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://code.google.com/p/genplus-gx/ Genplus], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem genesisplus] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Saturn *HLE [https://mednafen.github.io/ mednafen], [http://yabause.org/ yabause], [], *LLE [], [], |<!--AROS-->? |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://yabause.org/ Yabause], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sega Dreamcast *HLE [https://github.com/flyinghead/flycast flycast], [https://code.google.com/archive/p/nulldc/downloads NullDC], *LLE [], [], |<!--AROS-->? |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair ZX80 and ZX81 |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair Spectrum |[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Fuse (crackly sound)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer SimCoupe], [ FBZX slow], [https://jsspeccy.zxdemo.org/ jsspeccy], [http://torinak.com/qaop/games qaop], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://www.lasernet.plus.com/ Asp], [http://www.zophar.net/sinclair.html Speculator], [http://www.worldofspectrum.org/x128/index.html X128], |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sinclair QL |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/QDOS4amiga1 QDOS4amiga] |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation SNK NeoGeo Pocket |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem gngeo], NeoPop, |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation Sony PlayStation |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem FPSE], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem FPSE] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Sony PS2] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[ Sony PS3] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://vita3k.org/ Sony Vita] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->[https://github.com/shadps4-emu/shadPS4 PS4] |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tangerine_Computer_Systems Tangerine] Oric and Atmos |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer Oricutron] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.os4depot.net/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/gamesystem Oricutron] |<!--MorphOS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/oricutron Oricutron] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation TI 99/4 99/4A [https://github.com/wavemotion-dave/DS994a DS994a], [], [https://js99er.net/#/ js99er], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=emulation/computer], |<!--Amiga OS-->[http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/TI4Amiga TI4Amiga], [http://aminet.net/package/misc/emu/TI4Amiga_src TI4Amiga src in c], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation HP 38G 40GS 48 49G/50G Graphing Calculators |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Emulation TI 58 83 84 85 86 - 89 92 Graphing Calculators |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu--> |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |} {| class="wikitable sortable" |- !width:10%;|Games [https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/ General] !width:10%;|AROS(x86) !width:10%;|AmigaOS3(68k) !width:10%;|AmigaOS4(PPC) !width:10%;|MorphOS(PPC) |- style="background:lightgrey;{{text default color}}; text-align:center; font-weight:bold;" | Games [https://www.trackawesomelist.com/michelpereira/awesome-open-source-games/ Open Source and others] || AROS || Amiga OS || Amiga OS4 || Morphos |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Action like [https://github.com/opentomb/OpenTomb opentomb], [https://github.com/LostArtefacts/TRX TRX formerly Tomb1Main], [https://github.com/TombEngine TombEngine], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action Thrust], [https://github.com/fragglet/sdl-sopwith sdl sopwith], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action BOH], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/BSzili/OpenLara/tree/amiga/src source of openlara SDL2], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Adventure like [http://dotg.sourceforge.net/ DMJ], [https://github.com/kromenak/gengine Gabriel Knight 3], [http://www.sarien.net/ Sierra Sarien], [https://github.com/klembot/twinejs twine js], [https://github.com/QSPFoundation/qspgui Quest Soft Player QSP], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/adventure dmagnetic], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=browse&cat=emulation/misc ScummVM], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying frotz infocom], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Board like [https://github.com/aperture-software/colditz-escape escape from colditz], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/board], [http://amigan.1emu.net/releases Africa] |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Cards |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/card], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=180&pid=12934#post_12934 Balatro], |<!--AmigaOS-->[http://home.arcor.de/amigasolitaire/e/welcome.html Reko], [https://github.com/samskivert/beschei-en beschei Src], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Misc [https://github.com/michelpereira/awesome-open-source-games Awesome open], [https://github.com/bobeff/open-source-games General Open Source], [https://github.com/SAT-R/sa2 Sonic Advance 2], [https://github.com/velorek1/cwordle Wordle type], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/misc], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games FPS like [https://aminet.net/package/game/shoot/D1X_Rebirth_AGA Descent D1X src], [https://github.com/DescentDevelopers/Descent3 Descent 3], [https://github.com/Fewnity/Counter-Strike-Nintendo-DS Counter-Strike-Nintendo-DS], [https://github.com/Aleph-One-Marathon/alephone Bungie Marathon 1994], [https://zdoom.org/downloads UzDoom opengl 3.3], [https://github.com/ZDoom/gzdoom gzdoom opengl 3+], [https://zdoom.org/downloads LZDoom opengl 2.1], |<!--AROS-->Doom, Quake, [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Quake 3 Arena (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Cube (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Assault Cube (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Cube 2 Sauerbraten (OpenGL)], [http://fodquake.net/test/ FodQuake QuakeWorld], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Duke Nukem 3D], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Darkplaces Nexuiz Xonotic], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Doom 3 SDL (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Hexenworld and Hexen 2], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Aliens vs Predator Gold 2000 avp (openGL)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/fps Odamex (openGL doom)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/fps/ zgloom], [], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/fps/ ab3dhd], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->Doom, Quake, AB3D, Fears, Breathless, Gloom, |<!--AmigaOS4-->Doom, Quake, |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12 Doom], Quake, Quake 3 Arena, [https://github.com/OpenXRay/xray-16 S.T.A.L.K.E.R Xray] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games MMORG like |<!--AROS-->[ Eternal Lands (OpenGL)], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Platform like |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/platform], [ Maze of Galious], [ Gish]*(openGL), [ Mega Mario], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ thextech SMBX], [http://www.gianas-return.de/ Giana's Return], [http://www.sqrxz.de/ Sqrxz], [www.sqrxz2.de/ Sqrxz 2], [http://www.sqrxz.de/sqrxz-3/ Sqrxz 3], [http://www.sqrxz.de/sqrxz-4/ Sqrxz 4], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/platform Cave Story], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ Frogatto], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ OpenJazz], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ pekkakana2], [ Aquaria], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/platform/ sonic CD], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[ Giana Sisters], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Puzzle [https://github.com/mariopartyrd/marioparty4/tree/port Party], [https://github.com/mdodis/OpenSolomonsKey OpenSolomonsKey], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/puzzle], [ Cubosphere (OpenGL)], [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/puzzle Candy Crisis], [http://bszili.morphos.me/ TailTale], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Racing [ Trigger Rally], [ VDrift], [http://www.ultimatestunts.nl/index.php?page=2&lang=en Ultimate Stunts], [http://maniadrive.raydium.org/ Mania Drive], [https://github.com/plowteam/donut Simpsons Hit and Run], [], |<!--AROS-->[ Super Tux Kart (OpenGL)], [http://www.dusabledanslherbe.eu/AROSPage/F1Spirit.30.html F1 Spirit (OpenGL)], [http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html MultiRacer], [https://bszili.morphos.me/ Speed Dreams], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/driving/dethrace-0.10.1.x86_64-aros-v11.zip Carmageddon dethrace 64bit], [], |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html Speed Dreams], |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12], [http://bszili.morphos.me/index.html TORCS], |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 1st first person DRPG [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/OpenEnroth/OpenEnroth OpenEnroth MM], [] |<!--AROS-->[https://github.com/BSzili/aros-stuff Arx Libertatis], [http://www.playfuljs.com/a-first-person-engine-in-265-lines/ js raycaster], [https://github.com/Dorthu/es6-crpg webgl], [https://github.com/sonountaleban/AmiShockolate System Shock], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS-->Phantasie, Faery Tale, Dungeon Master, |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 3rd third person action CRPG [https://sourceforge.net/projects/sumwars/ Summoning Wars], [https://www.solarus-games.org/ Solarus], [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/alexbatalov/fallout1-ce fallout ce], [https://github.com/rwengine/openrw gta3], [https://github.com/gta-reversed/gta-reversed gta3 sa], [https://github.com/mrxenginner/reVC gta3 vc revc], [https://github.com/jakobharder/burntime/tree/main Burntime], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ fheroes2 homm2], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ breakhack], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ devilutionx diablo 1 hellfire], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/roleplaying/ fallout 1], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ stratagus], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ hostile-takeover], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games isometric RPG [https://sourceforge.net/projects/sumwars/ Summoning Wars], [https://www.solarus-games.org/ Solarus], [https://wiki.rpg.net/index.php/Open_Game_Systems Misc], [https://github.com/topics/dungeon?l=javascript Dungeon], [], [https://github.com/clintbellanger/heroine-dusk JS Dusk], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying nethack], [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/roleplaying GemRB], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games card based RPG [https://github.com/open-duelyst/duelyst Duelyst], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games turn based tactics RPG [], [], [], [], [], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/strategy UFO AI], [http://play.freeciv.org/ FreeCiv], [], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Strategy [http://rtsgus.org/ RTSgus], [http://stargus.sourceforge.net/ Stargus], [https://github.com/KD-lab-Open-Source/Perimeter Perimeter], [https://matty77.itch.io/conflict-3049 conflict-3049], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/strategy MegaGlest (OpenGL)], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/strategy/ signus], [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=140&pid=12446#post_12446 Wargus warcraft 2 setup], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Rhythm, Beat, Step [], [], [https://clonehero.net/ clonehero], [https://github.com/MatteoGodzilla/Dj-Engine Dj-Engine], |<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/misc Frets on Fire], [], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Shoot Em Ups [http://www.mhgames.org/oldies/formido/ Formido], [http://code.google.com/p/violetland/ Violetland], ||<!--AROS-->[https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=game/action Open Tyrian], [http://www.parallelrealities.co.uk/projects/starfighter.php Starfighter], [ Alien Blaster], [https://github.com/OpenFodder/openfodder OpenFodder], [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=game/action/ tbftss The Battle for the Solar System: the Pandora War] |<!--AmigaOS--> |<!--AmigaOS4-->[http://www.parallelrealities.co.uk/projects/starfighter.php Starfighter], [ The Battle for the Solar System: the Pandora War] |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Simulations [http://scp.indiegames.us/ Freespace 2], [http://www.heptargon.de/gl-117/gl-117.html GL117], [http://code.google.com/p/corsix-th/ Theme Hospital], [http://code.google.com/p/freerct/ Rollercoaster Tycoon], [http://hedgewars.org/ Hedgewars], [https://github.com/raceintospace/raceintospace raceintospace], [https://github.com/Return-To-The-Roots RTTR Settlers 2], [https://github.com/OoliteProject/oolite oolite elite], [https://github.com/fesh0r/newkind newkind elite], [https://github.com/bohemiainteractive/cwr Arma Cold War Src], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS-->SimCity, SimAnt, Sim Hospital, Theme Park, [https://github.com/angree/openttd_amiga_68k openttd amiga_68k], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS-->[http://morphos.lukysoft.cz/en/vypis.php?kat=12] |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Life Sim [https://github.com/ACreTeam/forest Animal Crossing], [ ], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Horror [https://github.com/Mikompilation/MikuPan Fatal Frame], [ ], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Sandbox Voxel Open World Exploration [https://github.com/ClassiCube/ Classicube],[http://www.michaelfogleman.com/craft/ Craft], [https://github.com/tothpaul/DelphiCraft DelphiCraft],[https://www.minetest.net/ Luanti formerly Minetest], [ infiniminer], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Battle Royale [https://bruh.io/ Play.Bruh.io], [https://www.coolmathgames.com/0-copter Copter Royale], [https://surviv.io/ Surviv.io], [https://nuggetroyale.io/#Ketchup Nugget Royale], [https://miniroyale2.io/ Miniroyale2.io], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Tower Defense [https://chriscourses.github.io/tower-defense/ HTML5], [https://github.com/SBardak/Tower-Defense-Game TD C++], [https://github.com/bdoms/love_defense LUA and LOVE], [https://github.com/HyOsori/Osori-WebGame HTML5], [https://github.com/PascalCorpsman/ConfigTD ConfigTD Pascal], [https://github.com/GloriousEggroll/wine-ge-custom Wine], [] |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=1443&rowstart=180&pid=12871#post_12871 Plants vs Zombies PvZ], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/boingball/miggy-tower-defense miggy-tower-defense], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Visual Novel Engines [https://github.com/diane1f0cd/VisualNovelTemplate Visual Novel Template], [https://github.com/Kirilllive/tuesday-js Tuesday JS], [https://github.com/tejasnayak25/vnsutra vnsutra], [https://github.com/weetabix-su/renpsp-dev RenPSP], [https://github.com/Galladite27/ONScripter-EN ONScripter-EN], [https://github.com/NathanGuilhot/VNES-Raylib https://github.com/NathanGuilhot/VNES VNES in Raylib], [https://www.renpy.org/latest.html renpy ren'py python based], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Reality VR [https://gitlab.com/madsbuvi/openmw openmw vr], [https://github.com/Team-Beef-Studios/BeefRaiderXR BeefRaiderXR], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Table Top VTT [ Roll20], [https://www.owlbear.rodeo/ owlbear rodeo], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Computer assisted TableTop TTRPG OSR [https://www.rpgsolo.com/play.php RPGSolo], [https://github.com/fpsvogel/solo-ttrpgs Solo TTRPG], [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games 2D 3D Engines [https://github.com/fegennari/3DWorld 3DWorld], [https://github.com/GarageGames/Torque3D Torque3D], [https://github.com/gameplay3d/GamePlay GamePlay 3D], [https://www.babylonjs.com/ BabylonJS ], [ Godot], [ Ogre], [ Crystal Space], [https://github.com/JacobHess03/ Dragon-Quest like], [https://github.com/bjornbytes/lovr Lua LOVE for 2D LOVR for 3D], [], |<!--AROS-->[https://www.arkhamdev.net/wiki.htm?id=agx Arkham Development antiryadgx 8.9 lts with register], [], |<!--Amiga OS-->[https://github.com/alpyre/Sevgi_Engine Sevgi Engine], [], [], |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games C based game frameworks [https://github.com/orangeduck/Corange Corange], [https://github.com/scottcgi/Mojoc Mojoc], [https://orx-project.org/ Orx], [https://github.com/ioquake/ioq3 Quake 3], [https://www.mapeditor.org/ Tiled], [https://www.raylib.com/ 2d Raylib], [https://github.com/Rabios/awesome-raylib other raylib], [https://github.com/MrFrenik/gunslinger Gunslinger], [https://o3de.org/ o3d], [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/library GLFW], [], |<!--AROS-->[http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=development/library Raylib 5], |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games RPGMaker MV/MZ-compatible projects [https://github.com/Psychronic-Games/RPGReactor RPGReactor js], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games Virtual Pinball [https://github.com/vpinball/vpinball vpinball], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |- |<!--Sub Menu-->Games unpack unarc [], [], |<!--AROS--> |<!--Amiga OS--> |<!--AmigaOS4--> |<!--MorphOS--> |} ==Application Guides== [[#top|...to the top]] ===Web Browser=== OWB is now at version 2.0 (which got an engine refresh, from July 2015 to February 2019) and 3.0. This latest version has a good support for many/most web sites, even YouTube web page now works. [https://www.bilibili.tv/en/search untested] This improved compatibility comes at the expense of higher RAM usage (now 1GB RAM is the absolute minimum). Also, keep in mind that the lack of a JIT (Just-In-Time) JS compiler on the 32 bit version, makes the web surfing a bit slow. Only the 64 bit version of OWB 2.0 will have JIT enabled, thus benefitting of more speed. There are tooltypes that can be added to the icon to provide further features JIT, MSE etc Certificates from [https://curl.se/docs/caextract.html ca certs], DNS tracking blocking with [https://easylist.to/easylist/easylist.txt easylist.txt] in PROGDIR:Conf before starting browser with enabled AdBlock [https://github.com/easylist/easylist/tree/master easylist], [https://gitlab.com/eyeo anti abp], [https://firebog.net/ big blocklist], [https://github.com/StevenBlack/hosts Steves], [], [], This can be enabled with OWB Odyssey with Windows -> Content Blocking and Windows -> Messages and enter https://www.youtube.com/api/stats/ads* https://www.youtube.com/pagead/adview* https://www.youtube.com#@##player-ads* into your custom filters Element blocker browser extension might be needed for [https://github.com/easylist/easylist/wiki/Youtube-Issues youtube], [ mid roll], [ pre roll], [ ], OWB speed is much better when running from RAM Disk, the best way is to add the below into your S:User-Startup which copies OWB drawer from Extras:Internet/OWB to RAM Disk: So add this : <pre> copy Extras:Internet/OWB Ram:OWB/ ALL CLONE >NIL: copy Extras:Internet/OWB.info Ram: >NIL: </pre> Open RAM Disk and open OWB drawer and double click on OWB icon so that the above icon tooltypes are activated Problems are that the copy time is long (around 20 seconds added in the background), but we can make it faster if we delete useless files from the OWB drawer (docs, …) If you don’t copy the drawer back onto the HD, you won’t save your cache, cookies, passwords… So you need a script for it. copy Extras:Internet/Amelinium/#? Ram:Amelinium/ ALL CLONE >NIL: Error messages SSL error "cant verify with ca-certificates", check bios clock time date is correct Error 6, try checking networking prefs settings and Save / Use preferences again or a '''few times''' otherwise the network chipset may not be compatible with Aros [https://www.google.com/search?q=%s&udm=14 Google search without AI overview] ===E-mail=== YAM does not support SSL and most mail providers now switched to encrypted SMTP/POP3 connections ====SimpleMail==== SimpleMail supports IMAP and appears to work with GMail, but it's never been reliable enough, it can crash with large mailboxes. Please read more on this [http://www.freelists.org/list/simplemail-usr User list] GMail Be sure to activate the pop3 usage in your gmail account setup / configuration first. pop3: pop.gmail.com Use SSL: Yes Port: 995 smtp: smtp.gmail.com (with authentication) Use Authentication: Yes Use SSL: Yes Port: 465 or 587 Hotmail/MSN/outlook/Microsoft Mail mid-2017, all outlook.com accounts will be migrated to Office 365 / Exchange Most users are currently on POP which does not allow showing folders and many other features (technical limitations of POP3). With Microsoft IMAP you will get folders, sync read/unread, and show flags. You still won't get push though, as Microsoft has not turned on the IMAP Idle command as at Sept 2013. If you want to try it, you need to first remove (you can't edit) your pop account (long-press the account on the accounts screen, delete account). Then set it up this way: 1. Email/Password 2. Manual 3. IMAP 4. * Incoming: imap-mail.outlook.com, port 993, SSL/TLS should be checked * Outgoing: smtp-mail.outlook.com, port 587, SSL/TLS should be checked * POP server name pop-mail.outlook.com, port 995, POP encryption method SSL Yahoo Mail On April 24, 2002 Yahoo ceased to offer POP access to its free mail service. Introducing instead a yearly payment feature, allowing users POP3 and IMAP server support, along with such benefits as larger file attachment sizes and no adverts. Sorry to see Yahoo leaving its users to cough up for the privilege of accessing their mail. Understandable, when competing against rivals such as Gmail and Hotmail who hold a large majority of users and were hacked in 2014 as well. Incoming Mail (IMAP) Server * Server - imap.mail.yahoo.com * Port - 993 * Requires SSL - Yes Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Server * Server - smtp.mail.yahoo.com * Port - 465 or 587 * Requires SSL - Yes * Requires authentication - Yes Your login info * Email address - Your full email address (name@domain.com) * Password - Your account's password * Requires authentication - Yes Note that you need to enable “Web & POP Access” in your Yahoo Mail account to send and receive Yahoo Mail messages through any other email program. You will have to enable “Allow your Yahoo Mail to be POPed” under “POP and Forwarding”, to send and receive Yahoo mails through any other email client. Cannot be done since 2002 unless the customer pays Yahoo a subscription subs fee to have access to SMTP and POP3 * Set the POP server for incoming mails as pop.mail.yahoo.com. You will have to enable “SSL” and use 995 for Port. * “Account Name or Login Name” – Your Yahoo Mail ID i.e. your email address without the domain “@yahoo.com”. * “Email Address” – Your Yahoo Mail address i.e. your email address including the domain “@yahoo.com”. E.g. myname@yahoo.com * “Password” – Your Yahoo Mail password. Yahoo! Mail Plus users may have to set POP server as plus.pop.mail.yahoo.com and SMTP server as plus.smtp.mail.yahoo.com. * Set the SMTP server for outgoing mails as smtp.mail.yahoo.com. You will also have to make sure that “SSL” is enabled and use 465 for port. you must also enable “authentication” for this to work. ====YAM Yet Another Mailer==== YAM does not support SSL and most mail providers have now switched to encrypted SMTP/POP3 connections This email client is POP3 only if the SSL library is available [http://www.freelists.org/list/yam YAM Freelists] One of the downsides of using a POP3 mailer unfortunately - you have to set an option not to delete the mail if you want it left on the server. IMAP keeps all the emails on the server. Possible issues Sending mail issues is probably a matter of using your ISP's SMTP server, though it could also be an SSL issue. getting a "Couldn't initialise TLSv1 / SSL error Use of on-line e-mail accounts with this email client is not possible as it lacks the OpenSSL AmiSSl v3 compatible library GMail Incoming Mail (POP3) Server - requires SSL: pop.gmail.com Use SSL: Yes Port: 995 Outgoing Mail (SMTP) Server - requires TLS: smtp.gmail.com (use authentication) Use Authentication: Yes Use STARTTLS: Yes (some clients call this SSL) Port: 465 or 587 Account Name: your Gmail username (including '@gmail.com') Email Address: your full Gmail email address (username@gmail.com) Password: your Gmail password Anyway, the SMTP is pop.gmail.com port 465 and it uses SSLLv3 Authentication. The POP3 settings are for the same server (pop.gmail.com), only on port 995 instead. Outlook.com access <pre > Outlook.com SMTP server address: smtp.live.com Outlook.com SMTP user name: Your full Outlook.com email address (not an alias) Outlook.com SMTP password: Your Outlook.com password Outlook.com SMTP port: 587 Outlook.com SMTP TLS/SSL encryption required: yes </pre > Yahoo Mail <pre > “POP3 Server” – Set the POP server for incoming mails as pop.mail.yahoo.com. You will have to enable “SSL” and use 995 for Port. “SMTP Server” – Set the SMTP server for outgoing mails as smtp.mail.yahoo.com. You will also have to make sure that “SSL” is enabled and use 465 for port. you must also enable “authentication” for this to work. “Account Name or Login Name” – Your Yahoo Mail ID i.e. your email address without the domain “@yahoo.com”. “Email Address” – Your Yahoo Mail address i.e. your email address including the domain “@yahoo.com”. E.g. myname@yahoo.com “Password” – Your Yahoo Mail password. </pre > Yahoo! Mail Plus users may have to set POP server as plus.pop.mail.yahoo.com and SMTP server as plus.smtp.mail.yahoo.com. Note that you need to enable “Web & POP Access” in your Yahoo Mail account to send and receive Yahoo Mail messages through any other email program. You will have to enable “Allow your Yahoo Mail to be POPed” under “POP and Forwarding”, to send and receive Yahoo mails through any other email client. Cannot be done since 2002 unless the customer pays Yahoo a monthly fee to have access to SMTP and POP3 Microsoft Outlook Express Mail 1. Get the files to your PC. By whatever method get the files off your Amiga onto your PC. In the YAM folder you have a number of different folders, one for each of your folders in YAM. Inside that is a file usually some numbers such as 332423.283. YAM created a new file for every single email you received. 2. Open up a brand new Outlook Express. Just configure the account to use 127.0.0.1 as mail servers. It doesn't really matter. You will need to manually create any subfolders you used in YAM. 3. You will need to do a mass rename on all your email files from YAM. Just add a .eml to the end of it. Amazing how PCs still rely mostly on the file name so it knows what sort of file it is rather than just looking at it! There are a number of multiple renamers online to download and free too. 4. Go into each of your folders, inbox, sent items etc. And do a select all then drag the files into Outlook Express (to the relevant folder obviously) Amazingly the file format that YAM used is very compatible with .eml standard and viola your emails appear. With correct dates and working attachments. 5. If you want your email into Microsoft Outlook. Open that up and create a new profile and a new blank PST file. Then go into File Import and choose to import from Outlook Express. And the mail will go into there. And viola.. you have your old email from your Amiga in a more modern day format. ===FTP=== Magellan has a great FTP module. It allows transferring files from/to a FTP server over the Internet or the local network and, even if FTP is perceived as a "thing of the past", its usability is all inside the client. The FTP thing has a nice side effect too, since every Icaros machine can be a FTP server as well, and our files can be easily transferred from an Icaros machine to another with a little configuration effort. First of all, we need to know the 'server' IP address. Server is the Icaros machine with the file we are about to download on another Icaros machine, that we're going to call 'client'. To do that, move on the server machine and 1) run Prefs/Services to be sure "FTP file transfer" is enabled (if not, enable it and restart Icaros); 2) run a shell and enter this command: ifconfig -a Make a note of the IP address for the network interface used by the local area network. For cabled devices, it usually is net0:. Now go on the client machine and run Magellan: Perform these actions: 1) click on FTP; 2) click on ADDRESS BOOK; 3) click on "New". You can now add a new entry for your Icaros server machine: 1) Choose a name for your server, in order to spot it immediately in the address book. Enter the IP address you got before. 2) click on Custom Options: 1) go to Miscellaneous in the left menu; 2) Ensure "Passive Transfers" is NOT selected; 3) click on Use. We need to deactivate Passive Transfers because YAFS, the FTP server included in Icaros, only allows active transfers at the current stage. Now, we can finally connect to our new file source: 1) Look into the address book for the newly introduced server, be sure that name and IP address are right, and 2) click on Connect. A new lister with server's "MyWorkspace" contents will appear. You can now transfer files over the network choosing a destination among your local (client's) volumes. Can be adapted to any FTP client on any platform of your choice, just be sure your client allows Active Transfers as well. ===IRC Internet Relay Chat=== Jabberwocky is ideal for one-to-one social media communication, use IRC if you require one to many. Just type a message in ''lowercase''' letters and it will be posted to all in the [ AROS irc channel]. Please do not use UPPER CASE as it is a sign of SHOUTING which is annoying. Other things to type in - replace <message> with a line of text and <nick> with a person's name <pre> /help /list /who /whois <nick> /msg <nick> <message> /query <nick> <message>s /query /away <message> /away /quit <going away message> </pre> [http://irchelp.org/irchelp/new2irc.html#smiley Intro guide here]. IRC Primer can be found here in [http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/ircprimer.html html], [http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/text/ircprimer.txt TXT], [http://www.kei.com/irc/IRCprimer1.1.ps PostScript]. Issue the command /me <text> where <text> is the text that should follow your nickname. Example: /me slaps ajk around a bit with a large trout /nick <newNick> /nickserv register <password> <email address> /ns instead of /nickserv, while others might need /msg nickserv /nickserv identify <password> Alternatives: /ns identify <password> /msg nickserv identify <password> ==== IRC WookieChat ==== WookieChat is the most complete internet client for communication across the IRC Network. WookieChat allows you to swap ideas and communicate in real-time, you can also exchange Files, Documents, Images and everything else using the application's DCC capabilities. add smilies drawer/directory run wookiechat from the shell and set stack to 1000000 e.g. wookiechat stack 1000000 select a server / server window * nickname * user name * real name - optional Once you configure the client with your preferred screen name, you'll want to find a channel to talk in. servers * New Server - click on this to add / add extra - change details in section below this click box * New Group * Delete Entry * Connect to server * connect in new tab * perform on connect Change details * Servername - change text in this box to one of the below Server: * Port number - no need to change * Server password * Channel - add #channel from below * auto join - can click this * nick registration password, Click Connect to server button above <pre> Server: irc.freenode.net Channel: #aros </pre> irc://irc.freenode.net/aros <pre> Server: chat.amigaworld.net Channel: #amigaworld or #amigans </pre> <pre> On Sunday evenings USA time usually starting around 3PM EDT (1900 UTC) Server:irc.superhosts.net Channel #team*amiga </pre> <pre> BitlBee and Minbif are IRCd-like gateways to multiple IM networks Server: im.bitlbee.org Port 6667 Seems to be most useful on WookieChat as you can be connected to several servers at once. One for Bitlbee and any messages that might come through that. One for your normal IRC chat server. </pre> [http://www.bitlbee.org/main.php/servers.html Other servers], <pre> #Amiga.org - irc.synirc.net eu.synirc.net dissonance.nl.eu.synirc.net (IPv6: 2002:5511:1356:0:216:17ff:fe84:68a) twilight.de.eu.synirc.net zero.dk.eu.synirc.net us.synirc.net avarice.az.us.synirc.net envy.il.us.synirc.net harpy.mi.us.synirc.net liberty.nj.us.synirc.net snowball.mo.us.synirc.net - Ports 6660-6669 7001 (SSL) </pre> <pre> Multiple server support "Perform on connect" scripts and channel auto-joins Automatic Nickserv login Tabs for channels and private conversations CTCP PING, TIME, VERSION, SOUND Incoming and Outgoing DCC SEND file transfers Colours for different events Logging and automatic reloading of logs mIRC colour code filters Configurable timestamps GUI for changing channel modes easily Configurable highlight keywords URL Grabber window Optional outgoing swear word filter Event sounds for tabs opening, highlighted words, and private messages DCC CHAT support Doubleclickable URL's Support for multiple languages using LOCALE Clone detection Auto reconnection to Servers upon disconnection Command aliases Chat display can be toggled between AmIRC and mIRC style Counter for Unread messages Graphical nicklist and graphical smileys with a popup chooser </pre> ====IRC Aircos ==== Double click on Aircos icon in Extras:Networking/Apps/Aircos. It has been set up with a guest account for trial purposes. Though ideally, choose a nickname and password for frequent use of irc. ====IRC and XMPP Jabberwocky==== Servers are setup and close down at random You sign up to a server that someone else has setup and access chat services through them. The two ways to access chat from jabberwocky <pre > Jabberwocky -> Server -> XMPP -> open and ad-free Jabberwocky -> Server -> Transports (Gateways) -> Proprietary closed systems </pre > The Jabber.org service connects with all IM services that use XMPP, the open standard for instant messaging and presence over the Internet. The services we connect with include Google Talk (closed), Live Journal Talk, Nimbuzz, Ovi, and thousands more. However, you can not connect from Jabber.org to proprietary services like AIM, ICQ, MSN, Skype, or Yahoo because they don’t yet use XMPP components (XEP-0114) '''but''' you can use Jabber.com's servers and IM gateways (MSN, ICQ, Yahoo etc.) instead. The best way to use jabberwocky is in conjunction with a public jabber server with '''transports''' to your favorite services, like gtalk, Facebook, yahoo, ICQ, AIM, etc. You have to register with one of the servers, [https://list.jabber.at/ this list] or [http://www.jabberes.org/servers/ another list], [http://xmpp.net/ this security XMPP list], Unfortunately jabberwocky can only connect to one server at a time so it is best to check what services each server offers. If you set it up with separate Facebook and google talk accounts, for example, sometimes you'll only get one or the other. Jabberwocky open a window where the Jabber server part is typed in as well as your Nickname and Password. Jabber ID (JID) identifies you to the server and other users. Once registered the next step is to goto Jabberwocky's "Windows" menu and select the "Agents" option. The "Agents List" window will open. Roster (contacts list) [http://search.wensley.org.uk/ Chatrooms] (MUC) are available File Transfer - can send and receive files through the Jabber service but not with other services like IRC, ICQ, AIM or Yahoo. All you need is an installed webbrowser and OpenURL. Clickable URLs - The message window uses Mailtext.mcc and you can set a URL action in the MUI mailtext prefs like SYS:Utils/OpenURL %s NEWWIN. There is no consistent Skype like (H.323 VoIP) video conferencing available over Jabber. The move from xmpp to Jingle should help but no support on any amiga-like systems at the moment. [http://aminet.net/package/dev/src/AmiPhoneSrc192 AmiPhone] and [http://www.lysator.liu.se/%28frame,faq,nobg,useframes%29/ahi/v4-site/ Speak Freely] was an early attempt voice only contact. SIP and Asterisk are other PBX options. Facebook If you're using the XMPP transport provided by Facebook themselves, chat.facebook.com, it looks like they're now requiring SSL transport. This means jabberwocky method below will no longer work. The best thing to do is to create an ID on a public jabber server which has a Facebook gateway. <pre > 1. launch jabberwocky 2. if the login window doesn't appear on launch, select 'account' from the jabberwocky menu 3. your jabber ID will be user@chat.facebook.com where user is your user ID 4. your password is your normal facebook password 5. to save this for next time, click the popup gadget next to the ID field 6. click the 'add' button 7. click the 'close' button 8. click the 'connect' button </pre > you're done. you can also click the 'save as default account' button if you want. jabberwocky configured to auto-connect when launching the program, but you can configure as you like. there is amigaguide documentation included with jabberwocky. [http://amigaworld.net/modules/newbb/viewtopic.php?topic_id=37085&forum=32 Read more here] for Facebook users, you can log-in directly to Facebook with jabberwocky. just sign in as @chat.facebook.com with your Facebook password as the password Twitter For a few years, there has been added a twitter transport. Servers include [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/ jabber.hot-chili.net], and . An [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/tag/how-tos/ How-to] :Read [http://jabber.hot-chilli.net/2010/05/09/twitter-transport-working/ more] Instagram no support at the moment best to use a web browser based client ICQ The new version (beta) of StriCQ uses a newer ICQ protocol. Most of the ICQ Jabber Transports still use an older ICQ protocol. You can only talk one-way to StriCQ using the older Transports. Only the newer ICQv7 Transport lets you talk both ways to StriCQ. Look at the server lists in the first section to check. Register on a Jabber server, e.g. this one works: http://www.jabber.de/ Then login into Jabberwocky with the following login data e.g. xxx@jabber.de / Password: xxx Now add your ICQ account under the window->Agents->"Register". Now Jabberwocky connects via the Jabber.de server with your ICQ account. Yahoo Messenger although yahoo! does not use xmpp protocol, you should be able to use the transport methods to gain access and post your replies MSN early months of 2013 Microsoft will ditch MSN Messenger client and force everyone to use Skype...but MSN protocol and servers will keep working as usual for quite a long time.... Occasionally the Messenger servers have been experiencing problems signing in. You may need to sign in at www.outlook.com and then try again. It may also take multiple tries to sign in. (This also affects you if you’re using Skype.) You have to check each servers' Agents List to see what transports (MSN protocol, ICQ protocol, etc.) are supported or use the list address' provided in the section above. Then register with each transport (IRC, MSN, ICQ, etc.) to which you need access. After registering you can Connect to start chatting. msn.jabber.com/registered should appear in the window. From this [http://tech.dir.groups.yahoo.com/group/amiga-jabberwocky/message/1378 JW group] guide which helps with this process in a clear, step by step procedure. 1. Sign up on MSN's site for a passport account. This typically involves getting a Hotmail address. 2. Log on to the Jabber server of your choice and do the following: * Select the "Windows/Agents" menu option in Jabberwocky. * Select the MSN Agent from the list presented by the server. * Click the Register button to open a new window asking for: **Username = passort account email address, typically your hotmail address. **Nick = Screen name to be shown to anyone you add to your buddy list. **Password = Password for your passport account/hotmail address. * Click the Register button at the bottom of the new window. 3. If all goes well, you will see the MSN Gateway added to your buddy list. If not, repeat part 2 on another server. Some servers may show MSN in their list of available agents, but have not updated their software for the latest protocols used by MSN. 4. Once you are registered, you can now add people to your buddy list. Note that you need to include the '''msn.''' ahead of the servername so that it knows what gateway agent to use. Some servers may use a slight variation and require '''msg.gate.''' before the server name, so try both to see what works. If my friend's msn was amiga@hotmail.co.uk and my jabber server was @jabber.meta.net.nz.. then amiga'''%'''hotmail.com@'''msn.'''jabber.meta.net.nz or another the trick to import MSN contacts is that you don't type the hotmail URL but the passport URL... e.g. Instead of: goodvibe%hotmail.com@msn.jabber.com You type: goodvibe%passport.com@msn.jabber.com And the thing about importing contacts I'm afraid you'll have to do it by hand, one at the time... Google Talk any XMPP server will work, but you have to add your contacts manually. a google talk user is typically either @gmail.com or @talk.google.com. a true gtalk transport is nice because it brings your contacts to you and (can) also support file transfers to/from google talk users. implement Jingle a set of extensions to the IETF's Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP) support ended early 2014 as Google moved to Google+ Hangouts which uses it own proprietary format ===Video Player MPlayer=== Many of the menu features (such as doubling) do not work with the current version of mplayer but using 4:3 mplayer -vf scale=800:600 file.avi 16:9 mplayer -vf scale=854:480 file.avi if you want gui use; mplayer -gui 1 <other params> file.avi <pre > stack 1000000 ; using AspireOS 1.xx ; copy FROM SYS:Extras/Multimedia/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: ; using Icaros Desktop 1.x ; copy FROM SYS:Tools/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: ; using Icaros Desktop 2.x ; copy FROM SYS:Utilities/MPlayer/ TO RAM:MPlayer ALL CLONE > Nil: cd RAM:MPlayer run MPlayer -gui > Nil: ;run MPlayer -gui -ao ahi_dev -playlist http://www.radio-paralax.de/listen.pls > Nil: </pre > $ mplayer rtsp://127.0.0.1:554/sample_300kbit.mp4 MPlayer supports multicast streaming, and rtp/rtsp protocols (it might require [http://www.live555.com/openRTSP/ live555 library] to work with some streams). But you might have to build it where it's disabled. Also, multicast won't work with some AmiTCP-likes. MIAMI supported it, though. AROS supports IPv4 (old but works) and this includes the needed address space for RTP. If you mean multicast via RTP - mplayer handles it. You can even force UDP over TCP -rtsp-stream-over-tcp If the rtsp Real Time Streaming Protocol server needs authentification: -user -passwd MPlayer - Menu - Open Playlist and load already downloaded .pls or .m3u file - auto starts around 4 percent cache MPlayer - Menu - Open Stream and copy one of the .pls lines below into space allowed, press OK and press play button on main gui interface Old 8bit 16bit remixes chip tune game music http://www.radio-paralax.de/listen.pls http://scenesat.com/ http://www.shoutcast.com/radio/Amiga http://www.theoldcomputer.com/retro_radio/RetroRadio_Main.htm http://www.kohina.com/ http://www.remix64.com/ http://retrogamer.net/forum/ http://retroasylum.podomatic.com/rss2.xml http://retrogamesquad.com/ http://www.retronauts.com/ http://monsterfeet.com/noquarter/ http://www.retrogamingradio.com/ http://www.radiofeeds.co.uk/mp3.asp [[#top|...to the top]] ====ZunePaint==== simplified typical workflow * importing and organizing and photo management * making global and regional local correction(s) - recalculation is necessary after each adjustment as it is not in real-time * exporting your images in the best format available with the preservation of metadata Whilst achieving 80% of a great photo with just a filter, the remaining 20% comes from a manual fine-tuning of specific image attributes. For photojournalism, documentary, and event coverage, minimal touching is recommended. Stick to Camera Raw for such shots, and limit changes to level adjustment, sharpness, noise reduction, and white balance correction. For fashion or portrait shoots, a large amount of adjustment is allowed and usually ends up far from the original. Skin smoothing, blemish removal, eye touch-ups, etc. are common. Might alter the background a bit to emphasize the subject. Product photography usually requires a lot of sharpening, spot removal, and focus stacking. For landscape shots, best results are achieved by doing the maximum amount of preparation before/while taking the shot. No amount of processing can match timing, proper lighting, correct gear, optimal settings, etc. Excessive post-processing might give you a dramatic shot but best avoided in the long term. * White Balance - Left Amiga or F12 and K and under "Misc color effects" tab with a pull down for White Balance - color temperature also known as AKA tint (movies) or tones (painting) - warm temp raise red reduce green blue - cool raise blue lower red green * Exposure - exposure compensation, highlight/shadow recovery * Noise Reduction - during RAW development or using external software * Lens Corrections - distortion, vignetting, chromatic aberrations * Detail - capture sharpening and local contrast enhancement * Contrast - black point, levels (sliders) and curves tools (F12 and K) * Framing - straighten () and crop (F12 and F) * Refinements - color adjustments and selective enhancements - Left Amiga or F12 and K for RGB and YUV histogram tabs - * Resizing - enlarge for a print or downsize for the web or email (F12 and D) * Output Sharpening - customized for your subject matter and print/screen size White Balance - F12 and K scan your image for a shade which was meant to be white (neutral with each RGB value being equal) like paper or plastic which is in the same light as the subject of the picture. Use the dropper tool to select this color, similar colours will shift and you will have selected the perfect white balance for your part of the image - for the whole picture make sure RAZ or CLR button at the bottom is pressed before applying to the image above. Exposure correction F12 and K - YUV Y luminosity - RGB extra red tint - move red curve slightly down and move blue green curves slightly up Workflows in practice * Undo - Right AROS key or F12 and Z * Redo - Right AROS key or F12 and R First flatten your image (if necessary) and then do a rotation until the picture looks level. * Crop the picture. Click the selection button and drag a box over the area of the picture you want to keep. Press the crop button and the rest of the photo will be gone. * Adjust your saturation, exposure, hue levels, etc., (right AROS Key and K for color correction) until you are happy with the photo. Make sure you zoom in all of the way to 100% and look the photo over, zoom back out and move around. Look for obvious problems with the picture. * After coloring and exposure do a sharpen (Right AROS key and E for Convolution and select drop down option needed), e.g. set the matrix to 5x5 (roughly equivalent Amount to 60%) and set the Radius to 1.0. Click OK. And save your picture Implemented or would like to see for simplification and ease of use basic filters (presets) like black and white, monochrome, edge detection (sobel), motion/gaussian blur, * negative, sepiatone, retro vintage, night vision, colour tint, color gradient, color temperature, glows, fire, lightning, lens flare, emboss, filmic, pixelate mezzotint, antialias, etc. adjust / cosmetic tools such as crop, * reshaping tools, straighten, smear, smooth, perspective, liquify, bloat, pucker, push pixels in any direction, dispersion, transform like warp, blending with soft light, page-curl, whirl, ripple, fisheye, neon, etc. * red eye fixing, blemish remover, skin smoothing, teeth whitener, make eyes look brighter, desaturate, effects like oil paint, cartoon, pencil sketch, charcoal, noise/matrix like sharpen/unsharpen, (right AROS key with A for Artistic effects) * blend two image, gradient blend, masking blend, explode, implode, custom collage, surreal painting, comic book style, needlepoint, stained glass, watercolor, mosaic, stencil/outline, crayon, chalk, etc. borders such as * dropshadow, rounded, blurred, color tint, picture frame, film strip polaroid, bevelled edge, etc. brushes e.g. * frost, smoke, etc. and manual control of fix lens issues including vignetting (darkening), color fringing and barrel distortion, and chromatic and geometric aberration - lens and body profiles perspective correction levels - directly modify the levels of the tone-values of an image, by using sliders for highlights, midtones and shadows curves - Color Adjustment and Brightness/Contrast color balance one single color transparent (alpha channel (color information/selections) for masking and/or blending ) for backgrounds, etc. Threshold indicates how much other colors will be considered mixture of the removed color and non-removed colors decompose layer into a set of layers with each holding a different type of pattern that is visible within the image any selection using any selecting tools like lasso tool, marquee tool etc. the selection will temporarily be save to alpha If you create your image without transparency then the Alpha channel is not present, but you can add later. File formats like .psd (Photoshop file has layers, masks etc. contains edited sensor data. The original sensor data is no longer available) .xcf .raw .hdr Image Picture Formats * low dynamic range (JPEG, PNG, TIFF 8-bit), 16-bit (PPM, TIFF), typically as a 16-bit TIFF in either ProPhoto or AdobeRGB colorspace - TIFF files are also fairly universal – although, if they contain proprietary data, such as Photoshop Adjustment Layers or Smart Filters, then they can only be opened by Photoshop making them proprietary. * linear high dynamic range (HDR) images (PFM, [http://www.openexr.com/ ILM .EXR], jpg, [http://aminet.net/util/dtype cr2] (canon tiff based), hdr, NEF, CRW, ARW, MRW, ORF, RAF (Fuji), PEF, DCR, SRF, ERF, DNG files are RAW converted to an Adobe proprietary format - a container that can embed the raw file as well as the information needed to open it) An old version of [http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=graphics/convert dcraw] There is no single RAW file format. Each camera manufacturer has one or more unique RAW formats. RAW files contain the brightness levels data captured by the camera sensor. This data cannot be modified. A second smaller file, separate XML file, or within a database with instructions for the RAW processor to change exposure, saturation etc. The extra data can be changed but the original sensor data is still there. RAW is technically least compatible. A raw file is high-bit (usually 12 or 14 bits of information) but a camera-generated TIFF file will be usually converted by the camera (compressed, downsampled) to 8 bits. The raw file has no embedded color balance or color space, but the TIFF has both. These three things (smaller bit depth, embedded color balance, and embedded color space) make it so that the TIFF will lose quality more quickly with image adjustments than the raw file. The camera-generated TIFF image is much more like a camera processed JPEG than a raw file. A strong advantage goes to the raw file. The power of RAW files, such as the ability to set any color temperature non-destructively and will contain more tonal values. The principle of preserving the maximum amount of information to as late as possible in the process. The final conversion - which will always effectively represent a "downsampling" - should prevent as much loss as possible. Once you save it as TIFF, you throw away some of that data irretrievably. When saving in the lossy JPEG format, you get tremendous file size savings, but you've irreversibly thrown away a lot of image data. As long as you have the RAW file, original or otherwise, you have access to all of the image data as captured. Keyboard equivalence with Photoshop(tm) would help File PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP New Ctrl+n New Open Ctrl+o Open Close Ctrl+w Close Save Ctrl+s Save Save as Shift+Ctrl+s Save as Revert F12 Revert Print Ctrl+p Print Exit Ctrl+q Quit Edit PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Undo/Redo (1 level) Ctrl+z Undo (Redo is Shift+Ctrl+z) Cut Ctrl+x Cut Copy Ctrl+c Copy Paste Ctrl+v Paste Paste Into Shift+Ctrl+v Paste Into Fill with FG color Alt+Backspace Fill with FG color Fill with BG color Control+Backspace Fill with BG color Image/Colors PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Levels Ctrl+l Levels Auto Contrast Shift+Ctrl+Alt+l Stretch Contrast (same?) Curves Ctrl+m Curves Color Balance Ctrl+b Color Balance Hue/Saturation Ctrl+u Hue-Saturation Desaturate Shift+Ctrl+u Desaturate Invert Ctrl+i Invert Default Colors d Default Colors Switch Colors x Switch Colors Layer PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP New Layer Shift+Ctrl+n New Layer Layer via Copy Ctrl+j Duplicate Layer Bring (layer) to Front Shift+Ctrl+] Layer to Top Send (layer) to Back Shift+Ctrl+[ Layer to Bottom Bring (layer) Forward Ctrl+] Raise Layer Send (layer) Backward Ctrl+[ Lower Layer Select Top Layer Shift+Alt+] Select Top Layer Select Bottom Layer Shift+Alt+[ Select Bottom Layer Select One Layer Forward Alt+] Select Previous Layer Select One Layer Backward Alt+[ Select Next Layer Merge Down Ctrl+e Merge Down Merge Visible Shift+Ctrl+e Merge Visible Preserve Transparency / Keep Transparency Cycle Modes Forwards Shift+= Next Layer Mode Cycle Modes Backwards Shift+- Previous Layer Mode Select PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Select All Ctrl+a Select All Deselect Ctrl+d Select None Inverse Shift+Ctrl+i Invert Feather Ctrl+Alt+d Feather View PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Zoom In Ctrl+= Zoom In Zoom Out Ctrl+- Zoom Out Fit on Screen Ctrl+0 Zoom to Fit Window Actual Pixels Ctrl+Alt+0 Zoom 1:1 Show/Hide Extras Ctrl+h Toggle Show Selection (close enough?) Show/Hide Guides Ctrl+' Toggle Show Guides Show/Hide Grid Ctrl+Alt+' Toggle Show Grid Show/Hide Rulers Ctrl+r Toggle Show Rulers Snap Ctrl+; Snap to Guides Scroll View Up Page Up Scroll Page Up Scroll View Down Page Down Scroll Page Down Scroll View Left Ctrl+Page Up Scroll Page Left Scroll View Right Ctrl+Page Down Scroll Page Right Window/Dialogs PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP ? F5 Tools Dialog Color Tab F6 Colors Dialog Layers Tab F7 Layers Dialog Info Tab F8 Image Information Tools PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Rectangular Marquee Tool m Rect Select Tool Elliptical Marquee Tool Shift+m Ellipse Select Tool *This is a toggle between 'Elliptical Marquee Tool' and 'Rectangular Marquee Tool' in Photoshop Move Tool v Move Tool Lasso Tool l Free Select Tool Magic Wand Tool w Fuzzy Select Tool Crop Tool c Crop & Resize Tool Airbrush Tool j Airbrush Tool Paintbrush Tool b Paintbrush Tool Clone Stamp Tool s Clone Stamp Tool Eraser Tool e Eraser Tool Gradient Tool g Blend Tool Paint Bucket Tool Shift+g Bucket Fill Tool *This is a toggle between 'Paint Bucket Tool' and 'Gradient Tool' in Photoshop Blur Tool r Convolve Tool Dodge Tool o DodgeBurn Tool Type Tool t Text Tool Pen Tool p Bezier Select Tool Eye Dropper Tool i Color Picker Tool Zoom Tool z Magnify Tool Previous Brush , Previous Brush Next Brush . Next Brush First Brush Shift+< First Brush Last Brush Shift+> Last Brush Decrease Brush Size [ Decrease Brush Size Increase Brush Size ] Increase Brush Size Decrease Brush Hardness { Decrease Brush Hardness Increase Brush Hardness } Increase Brush Hardness Help PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Help F1 Help Context Help Shift+F1 Context Help Misc. PHOTOSHOP SHORTCUT GIMP Last Filter Ctrl+f Repeat Last Filter ? Shift+Ctrl+f Reshow Last Filter Preferences Ctrl+k Preferences Liquify Shift+Ctrl+x IWarp (close enough?) Toggle Quick Mask q Toggle Quick Mask Spotlights - triangle of white opaque shape Cutting out and/or replacing unwanted background or features - select large areas with the selection option like the Magic Wand tool (aka Color Range) or the Lasso (quick and fast) with feather 2 to soften edge or the pen tool which adds points/lines/Bézier curves (better control but slower), hold down the shift button as you click to add extra points/areas of the subject matter to remove. Increase the tolerance to cover more areas. To subtract from your selection hold down alt as you're clicking. * Layer masks are a better way of working than Erase they clip (black hides/hidden white visible/reveal). Clone Stamp can be simulated by and brushes for other areas. * Leave the fine details like hair, fur, etc. to later with lasso and the shift key to draw a line all the way around your subject. Gradient Mapping - Inverse - Mask. i.e. Refine your selected image with edge detection and using the radius and edge options / adjuster (increase/decrease contrast) so that you will capture more fine detail from the background allowing easier removal. Remove fringe/halo saving image as png rather than jpg/jpeg to keep transparency background intact. Implemented [http://colorizer.org/ colour model representations] [http://paulbourke.net/texture_colour/colourspace/ Mathematical approach] - Photo stills are spatially 2d (h and w), but are colorimetrically 3d (r g and b, or H L S, or Y U V etc.) as well. * RGB - split cubed mapped color model for photos and computer graphics hardware using the light spectrum (adding and subtracting) * YUV - Y-Lightness U-blue/yellow V-red/cyan (similar to YPbPr and YCbCr) used in the PAL, NTSC, and SECAM composite digital TV color [http://crewofone.com/2012/chroma-subsampling-and-transcoding/#comment-7299 video] Histograms White balanced (neutral) if the spike happens in the same place in each channel of the RGB graphs. If not, you're not balanced. If you have sky you'll see the blue channel further off to the right. RGB is best one to change colours. These elements RGB is a 3-channel format containing data for Red, Green, and Blue in your photo scale between 0 and 255. The area in a picture that appears to be brighter/whiter contains more red color as compared to the area which is relatively darker. Similarly in the green channel the area that appears to be darker contains less amount of green color as compared to the area that appears to be brighter. Similarly in the blue channel the area appears to be darker contains less amount of blue color as compared to the area that appears to be brighter. Brightness luminance histogram also matches the green histogram more than any other color - human eye interprets green better e.g. RGB rough ratio 15/55/30% RGBA (RGB+A, A means alpha channel) . The alpha channel is used for "alpha compositing", which can mostly be associated as "opacity". AROS deals in RGB with two digits for every color (red, green, blue), in ARGB you have two additional hex digits for the alpha channel. The shadows are represented by the left third of the graph. The highlights are represented by the right third. And the midtones are, of course, in the middle. The higher the black peaks in the graph, the more pixels are concentrated in that tonal range (total black area). By moving the black endpoint, which identifies the shadows (darkness) and a white light endpoint (brightness) up and down either sides of the graph, colors are adjusted based on these points. By dragging the central one, can increased the midtones and control the contrast, raise shadows levels, clip or softly eliminate unsafe levels, alter gamma, etc... in a way that is much more precise and creative . RGB Curves * Move left endpoint (black point) up or right endpoint (white point) up brightens * Move left endpoint down or right endpoint down darkens Color Curves * Dragging up on the Red Curve increases the intensity of the reds in the image but * Dragging down on the Red Curve decreases the intensity of the reds and thus increases the apparent intensity of its complimentary color, cyan. Green’s complimentary color is magenta, and blue’s is yellow. <pre> Red <-> Cyan Green <->Magenta Blue <->Yellow </pre> YUV Best option to analyse and pull out statistical elements of any picture (i.e. separate luminance data from color data). The line in Y luma tone box represents the brightness of the image with the point in the bottom left been black, and the point in the top right as white. A low-contrast image has a concentrated clump of values nearer to the center of the graph. By comparison, a high-contrast image has a wider distribution of values across the entire width of the Histogram. A histogram that is skewed to the right would indicate a picture that is a bit overexposed because most of the color data is on the lighter side (increase exposure with higher value F), while a histogram with the curve on the left shows a picture that is underexposed. This is good information to have when using post-processing software because it shows you not only where the color data exists for a given picture, but also where any data has been clipped (extremes on edges of either side): that is, it does not exist and, therefore, cannot be edited. By dragging the endpoints of the line and as well as the central one, can increased the dark/shadows, midtones and light/bright parts and control the contrast, raise shadows levels, clip or softly eliminate unsafe levels, alter gamma, etc... in a way that is much more precise and creative . The U and V chroma parts show color difference components of the image. It’s useful for checking whether or not the overall chroma is too high, and also whether it’s being limited too much Can be used to create a negative image but also With U (Cb), the higher value you are, the more you're on the blue primary color. If you go to the low values then you're on blue complementary color, i.e. yellow. With V (Cr), this is the same principle but with Red and Cyan. e.g. If you push U full blue and V full red, you get magenta. If you push U full yellow and V full Cyan then you get green. YUV simultaneously adds to one side of the color equation while subtracting from the other. using YUV to do color correction can be very problematic because each curve alters the result of each other: the mutual influence between U and V often makes things tricky. You may also be careful in what you do to avoid the raise of noise (which happens very easily). Best results are obtained with little adjustments sunset that looks uninspiring and needs some color pop especially for the rays over the hill, a subtle contrast raise while setting luma values back to the legal range without hard clipping. ====Lunapaint==== Pixel based drawing app with onion-skin animation function Blocking, Shading, Coloring, adding detail <pre> b BRUSH e ERASER alt eyedropper v layer tool z ZOOM / MAGNIFY < > n spc panning m marque q lasso w same color selection / region </pre> <pre> , LM RM v V f filter F . size p , pick color [] last / next color </pre> There is not much missing in Lunapaint to be as good as FlipBook and then you have to take into account that Flipbook is considered to be amongst the best and easiest to use animation software out there. Ok to be honest Flipbook has some nice features that require more heavy work but those aren't so much needed right away, things like camera effects, sound, smart fill, export to different movie file formats etc. Tried Flipbook with my tablet and compared it to Luna. The feeling is the same when sketching. LunaPaint is very responsive/fluent to draw with. Just as Flipbook is, and that responsiveness is something its users have mentioned as one of the positive sides of said software. author was learning MUI. Some parts just have to be rewritten with proper MUI classes before new features can be added. * add [Frame Add] / [Frame Del] * whole animation feature is impossible to use. If you draw 2 color maybe but if you start coloring your cells then you get in trouble * pickup the entire image as a brush, not just a selection ? And consequently remove the brush from memory when one doesn't need it anymore. can pick up a brush and put it onto a new image but cropping isn't possible, nor to load/save brushes. * Undo is something I longed for ages in Lunapaint. * to import into the current layer, other types of images (e.g. JPEG) besides RAW64. * implement graphic tablet features support **GENERAL DRAWING** Miss it very much: UNDO ERASER COLORPICKER - has to show on palette too which color got picked. BACKGROUND COLOR -Possibility to select from "New project screen" Miss it somewhat: ICON for UNDO ICON for ERASER ICON for CLEAR SCREEN ( What can I say? I start over from scratch very often ) BRUSH - possibility to cut out as brush not just copy off image to brush **ANIMATING** Miss it very much: NUMBER OF CELLS - Possibity to change total no. of cells during project ANIM BRUSH - Possibility to pick up a selected part of cells into an animbrush Miss it somewhat: ADD/REMOVE FRAMES: Add/remove single frame In general LunaPaint is really well done and it feels like a new DeluxePaint version. It works with my tablet. Sure there's much missing of course but things can always be added over time. So there is great potential in LunaPaint that's for sure. Animations could be made in it and maybe put together in QuickVideo, saving in .gif or .mng etc some day. LAYERS -Layers names don't get saved globally in animation frames -Layers order don't change globally in an animation (perhaps as default?). EXPORTING IMAGES -Exporting frames to JPG/PNG gives problems with colors. (wrong colors. See my animatiopn --> My robot was blue now it's "gold" ) I think this only happens if you have layers. -Trying to flatten the layers before export doesn't work if you have animation frames only the one you have visible will flatten properly all other frames are destroyed. (Only one of the layers are visible on them) -Exporting images filenames should be for example e.g. file0001, file0002...file0010 instead as of now file1, file2...file10 LOAD/SAVE (Preferences) -Make a setting for the default "Work" folder. * Destroyed colors if exported image/frame has layers * mystic color cycling of the selected color while stepping frames back/forth (annoying) <pre> Deluxe Paint II enhanced key shortcuts NOTE: @ denotes the ALT key [Technique] F1 - Paint F2 - Single Colour F3 - Replace F4 - Smear F5 - Shade F6 - Cycle F7 - Smooth M - Colour Cycle [Brush] B - Restore O - Outline h - Halve brush size H - Double brush size x - Flip brush on X axis X - Double brush size on X axis only y - Flip on Y Y - Double on Y z - Rotate brush 90 degrees Z - Stretch [Stencil] ` - Stencil On [Miscellaneous] F9 - Info Bar F10 - Selection Bar @o - Co-Ordinates @a - Anti-alias @r - Colourise @t - Translucent TAB - Colour Cycle [Picture] L - Load S - Save j - Page to Spare(Flip) J - Page to Spare(Copy) V - View Page Q - Quit [General Keys] m - Magnify < - Zoom In > - Zoom Out [ - Palette Colour Up ] - Palette Colour Down ( - Palette Colour Left ) - Palette Colour Right , - Eye Dropper . - Pixel / Brush Toggle / - Symmetry | - Co-Ordinates INS - Perspective Control +/- - Brush Size (Fine Control) w - Unfilled Polygon W - Filled Polygon e - Unfilled Ellipse E - Filled Ellipse r - Unfilled Rectangle R - Filled Rectangle t - Type/text tool a - Select Font u/U - Undo d - Brush D - Filled Non-Uniform Polygon f/F - Fill Options g/G - Grid h/H - Brush Size (Coarse Control) K - Clear c - Unfilled Circle C - Filled Circle v - Line b - Scissor Select and Toggle B - Brush {,} - Toggle between two background colours </pre> ====Lodepaint==== Pixel based painting artwork app ====Grafx2==== Pixel based painting artwork app aesprite like [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=59Y6OTzNrhk aesprite workflow keys and tablet use], [], ====Vector Graphics ZuneFIG==== Vector Image Editing of files .svg .ps .eps *Objects - raise lower rotate flip aligning snapping *Path - unify subtract intersect exclude divide *Colour - fill stroke *Stroke - size *Brushes - *Layers - *Effects - gaussian bevels glows shadows *Text - *Transform - AmiFIG ([http://epb.lbl.gov/xfig/frm_introduction.html xfig manual]) [[File:MyScreen.png|thumb|left|alt=Showing all Windows open in AmiFIG.|All windows available to AmiFIG.]] for drawing simple to intermediate vector graphic images for scientific and technical uses and for illustration purposes for those with talent ;Menu options * Load - fig format but import(s) SVG * Save - fig format but export(s) eps, ps, pdf, svg and png * PAN = Ctrl + Arrow keys * Deselect all points There is no selected object until you apply the tool, and the selected object is not highlighted. ;Metrics - to set up page and styles - first window to open on new drawings ;Tools - Drawing Primitives - set Attributes window first before clicking any Tools button(s) * Shapes - circles, ellipses, arcs, splines, boxes, polygon * Lines - polylines * Text "T" button * Photos - bitmaps * Compound - Glue, Break, Scale * POINTs - Move, Add, Remove * Objects - Move, Copy, Delete, Mirror, Rotate, Paste use right mouse button to stop extra lines, shapes being formed and the left mouse to select/deselect tools button(s) * Rotate - moves in 90 degree turns centered on clicked POINT of a polygon or square ;Attributes which provide change(s) to the above primitives * Color * Line Width * Line Style * arrowheads ;Modes Choose from freehand, charts, figures, magnet, etc. ;Library - allows .fig clip-art to be stored * compound tools to add .fig(s) together ;FIG 3.2 [http://epb.lbl.gov/xfig/fig-format.html Format] as produced by xfig version 3.2.5 <pre> Landscape Center Inches Letter 100.00 Single -2 1200 2 4 0 0 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 4 135 1050 1050 2475 This is a test.01 </pre> # change the text alignment within the textbox. I can choose left, center, or right aligned by either changing the integer in the second column from 0 (left) to 1 or 2 (center, or right). # The third integer in the row specifies fontcolor. For instance, 0 is black, but blue is 1 and Green3 is 13. # The sixth integer in the bottom row specifies fontface. 0 is Times-Roman, but 16 is Helvetica (a MATLAB default). # The seventh number is fontsize. 12 represents a 12pt fontsize. Changing the fontsize of an item really is as easy as changing that number to 20. # The next number is the counter-clockwise angle of the text. Notice that I have changed the angle to .7854 (pi/4 rounded to four digits=45 degrees). # twelfth number is the position according to the standard “x-axis” in Xfig units from the left. Note that 1200 Xfig units is equivalent to once inch. # thirteenth number is the “y-position” from the top using the same unit convention as before. * The nested text string is what you entered into the textbox. * The “01″ present at the end of that line in the .fig file is the closing tag. For instance, a change to \100 appends a @ symbol at the end of the period of that sentence. ; Just to note there are no layers, no 3d functions, no shading, no transparency, no animation [[#top|...to the top]] ===Audio=== # AHI uses linear panning/balance, which means that in the center, you will get -6dB. If an app uses panning, this is what you will get. Note that apps like Audio Evolution need panning, so they will have this problem. # When using AHI Hifi modes, mixing is done in 32-bit and sent as 32-bit data to the driver. The Envy24HT driver uses that to output at 24-bit (always). # For the Envy24/Envy24HT, I've made 16-bit and 24-bit inputs (called Line-in 16-bit, Line-in 24-bit etc.). There is unfortunately no app that can handle 24-bit recording. ====Music Mods==== Digital module (mods) trackers are music creation software using samples and sometimes soundfonts, audio plugins (VST, AU or RTAS), MIDI. Generally, MODs are similar to MIDI in that they contain note on/off and other sequence messages that control the mod player. Unlike (most) midi files, however, they also contain sound samples that the sequence information actually plays. MOD files can have many channels (classic amiga mods have 4, corresponding to the inbuilt sound channels), but unlike MIDI, each channel can typically play only one note at once. However, since that note might be a sample of a chord, a drumloop or other complex sound, this is not as limiting as it sounds. Like MIDI, notes will play indefinitely if they're not instructed to end. Most trackers record this information automatically if you play your music in live. If you're using manual note entry, you can enter a note-off command with a keyboard shortcut - usually Caps Lock. In fact when considering file size MOD is not always the best option. Even a dummy song wastes few kilobytes for nothing when a simple SID tune could be few hundreds bytes and not bigger than 64kB. AHX is another small format, AHX tunes are never larger than 64kB excluding comments. [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rXXsZfwgil Protrekkr] (previously aka [w:Juan_Antonio_Arguelles_Rius|NoiseTrekkr]) If Protrekkr does not start, please check if the Unit 0 has been setup in the AHI prefs and still not, go to the directory utilities/protrekkr and double click on the Protrekkr icon *Sample *Note - Effect *Track (column) - Pattern - Order It all starts with the Sample which is used to create Note(s) in a Track (column of a tracker) The Note can be changed with an Effect. A Track of Note(s) can be collected into a Pattern (section of a song) and these can be given Order to create the whole song. Patience (notes have to be entered one at a time) or playing the bassline on a midi controller (faster - see midi section above). Best approach is to wait until a melody popped into your head. *Up-tempo means the track should be reasonably fast, but not super-fast. *Groovy and funky imply the track should have some sort of "swing" feel, with plenty of syncopation or off beat emphasis and a recognizable, melodic bass line. *Sweet and happy mean upbeat melodies, a major key and avoiding harsh sounds. *Moody - minor key First, create a quick bass sound, which is basically a sine wave, but can be hand drawn for a little more variance. It could also work for the melody part, too. This is usually a bass guitar or some kind of synthesizer bass. The bass line is often forgotten by inexperienced composers, but it plays an important role in a musical piece. Together with the rhythm section the bass line forms the groove of a song. It's the glue between the rhythm section and the melodic layer of a song. The drums are just pink noise samples, played at different frequencies to get a slightly different sound for the kick, snare, and hihats. Instruments that fall into the rhythm category are bass drums, snares, hi-hats, toms, cymbals, congas, tambourines, shakers, etc. Any percussive instrument can be used to form part of the rhythm section. The lead is the instrument that plays the main melody, on top of the chords. There are many instruments that can play a lead section, like a guitar, a piano, a saxophone or a flute. The list is almost endless. There is a lot of overlap with instruments that play chords. Often in one piece an instrument serves both roles. The lead melody is often played at a higher pitch than the chords. Listened back to what was produced so far, and a counter-melody can be imagined, which can be added with a triangle wave. To give the ends of phrases some life, you can add a solo part with a crunchy synth. By hitting random notes in the key of G, then edited a few of them. For the climax of the song, filled out the texture with a gentle high-pitch pad… …and a grungy bass synth. The arrow at A points at the pattern order list. As you see, the patterns don't have to be in numerical order. This song starts with pattern "00", then pattern "02", then "03", then "01", etcetera. Patterns may be repeated throughout a song. The B arrow points at the song title. Below it are the global BPM and speed parameters. These determine the tempo of the song, unless the tempo is altered through effect commands during the song. The C arrow points at the list of instruments. An instrument may consist of multiple samples. Which sample will be played depends on the note. This can be set in the Instrument Editing screen. Most instruments will consist of just one sample, though. The sample list for the selected instrument can be found under arrow D. Here's a part of the main editing screen. This is where you put in actual notes. Up to 32 channels can be used, meaning 32 sounds can play simultaneously. The first six channels of pattern "03" at order "02" are shown here. The arrow at A points at the row number. The B arrow points at the note to play, in this case a C4. The column pointed at by the C arrow tells us which instrument is associated with that note, in this case instrument #1 "Kick". The column at D is used (mainly) for volume commands. In this case it is left empty which means the instrument should play at its default volume. You can see the volume column being used in channel #6. The E column tells us which effect to use and any parameters for that effect. In this case it holds the "F" effect, which is a tempo command. The "04" means it should play at tempo 4 (a smaller number means faster). Base pattern When I create a new track I start with what I call the base pattern. It is worthwhile to spend some time polishing it as a lot of the ideas in the base pattern will be copied and used in other patterns. At least, that's how I work. Every musician will have his own way of working. In "Wild Bunnies" the base pattern is pattern "03" at order "02". In the section about selecting samples I talked about the four different categories of instruments: drums, bass, chords and leads. That's also how I usually go about making the base pattern. I start by making a drum pattern, then add a bass line, place some chords and top it off with a lead. This forms the base pattern from which the rest of the song will grow. Drums Here's a screenshot of the first four rows of the base pattern. I usually reserve the first four channels or so for the drum instruments. Right away there are a couple of tricks shown here. In the first channel the kick, or bass drum, plays some notes. Note the alternating F04 and F02 commands. The "F" command alters the tempo of the song and by quickly alternating the tempo; the song will get some kind of "swing" feel. In the second channel the closed hi-hat plays a fairly simple pattern. Further down in the channel, not shown here, some open hi-hat notes are added for a bit of variation. In the third and fourth channel the snare sample plays. The "8" command is for panning. One note is panned hard to the left and the other hard to the right. One sample is played a semitone lower than the other. This results in a cool flanging effect. It makes the snare stand out a little more in the mix. Bass line There are two different instruments used for the bass line. Instrument #6 is a pretty standard synthesized bass sound. Instrument #A sounds a bit like a slap bass when used with a quick fade out. By using two different instruments the bass line sounds a bit more ”human”. The volume command is used to cut off the notes. However, it is never set to zero. Setting the volume to a very small value will result in a reverb-like effect. This makes the song sound more "live". The bass line hints at the chords that will be played and the key the song will be in. In this case the key of the song is D-major, a positive and happy key. Chords The D major chords that are being played here are chords stabs; short sounds with a quick decay (fade out). Two different instruments (#8 and #9) are used to form the chords. These instruments are quite similar, but have a slightly different sound, panning and volume decay. Again, the reason for this is to make the sound more human. The volume command is used on some chords to simulate a delay, to achieve more of a live feel. The chords are placed off-beat making for a funky rhythm. Lead Finally the lead melody is added. The other instruments are invaluable in holding the track together, but the lead melody is usually what catches people's attention. A lot of notes and commands are used here, but it looks more complex than it is. A stepwise ascending melody plays in channel 13. Channel 14 and 15 copy this melody, but play it a few rows later at a lower volume. This creates an echo effect. A bit of panning is used on the notes to create some stereo depth. Like with the bass line, instead of cutting off notes the volume is set to low values for a reverb effect. The "461" effect adds a little vibrato to the note, which sounds nice on sustained notes. Those paying close attention may notice the instrument used here for the lead melody is the same as the one used for the bass line (#6 "Square"), except played two or three octaves higher. This instrument is a looped square wave sample. Each type of wave has its own quirks, but the square wave (shown below) is a really versatile wave form. Song structure Good, catchy songs are often carefully structured into sections, some of which are repeated throughout the song with small variations. A typical pop-song structure is: Intro - Verse - Chorus - Verse - Chorus - Bridge - Chorus. Other single sectional song structures are <pre> Strophic or AAA Song Form - oldest story telling with refrain (often title of the song) repeated in every verse section melody AABA Song Form - early popular, jazz and gospel fading during the 1960s AB or Verse/Chorus Song Form - songwriting format of choice for modern popular music since the 1960s Verse/Chorus/Bridge Song Form ABAB Song Form ABAC Song Form ABCD Song Form AAB 12-Bar Song Form - three four-bar lines or sub-sections 8-Bar Song Form 16-Bar Song Form Hybrid / Compound Song Forms </pre> The most common building blocks are: #INTRODUCTION(INTRO) #VERSE #REFRAIN #PRE-CHORUS / RISE / CLIMB #CHORUS #BRIDGE #MIDDLE EIGHT #SOLO / INSTRUMENTAL BREAK #COLLISION #CODA / OUTRO #AD LIB (OFTEN IN CODA / OUTRO) The chorus usually has more energy than the verse and often has a memorable melody line. As the chorus is repeated the most often during the song, it will be the part that people will remember. The bridge often marks a change of direction in the song. It is not uncommon to change keys in the bridge, or at least to use a different chord sequence. The bridge is used to build up tension towards the big finale, the last repetition of chorus. Playing RCTRL: Play song from row 0. LSHIFT + RCTRL: Play song from current row. RALT: Play pattern from row 0. LSHIFT + RALT: Play pattern from current row. Left mouse on '>': Play song from row 0. Right mouse on '>': Play song from current row. Left mouse on '|>': Play pattern from row 0. Right mouse on '|>': Play pattern from current row. Left mouse on 'Edit/Record': Edit mode on/off. Right mouse on 'Edit/Record': Record mode on/off. Editing LSHIFT + ESCAPE: Switch large patterns view on/off TAB: Go to next track LSHIFT + TAB: Go to prev. track LCTRL + TAB: Go to next note in track LCTRL + LSHIFT + TAB: Go to prev. note in track SPACE: Toggle Edit mode On & Off (Also stop if the song is being played) SHIFT SPACE: Toggle Record mode On & Off (Wait for a key note to be pressed or a midi in message to be received) DOWN ARROW: 1 Line down UP ARROW: 1 Line up LEFT ARROW: 1 Row left RIGHT ARROW: 1 Row right PREV. PAGE: 16 Arrows Up NEXT PAGE: 16 Arrows Down HOME / END: Top left / Bottom right of pattern LCTRL + HOME / END: First / last track F5, F6, F7, F8, F9: Jump to 0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4 lines of the patterns + - (Numeric keypad): Next / Previous pattern LCTRL + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous pattern LCTRL + LALT + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous position LALT + LEFT / RIGHT: Next / Previous instrument LSHIFT + M: Toggle mute state of the current channel LCTRL + LSHIFT + M: Solo the current track / Unmute all LSHIFT + F1 to F11: Select a tab/panel LCTRL + 1 to 4: Select a copy buffer Tracking 1st and 2nd keys rows: Upper octave row 3rd and 4th keys rows: Lower octave row RSHIFT: Insert a note off / and * (Numeric keypad) or F1 F2: -1 or +1 octave INSERT / BACKSPACE: Insert or Delete a line in current track or current selected block. LSHIFT + INSERT / BACKSPACE: Insert or Delete a line in current pattern DELETE (NOT BACKSPACE): Empty a column or a selected block. Blocks (Blocks can also be selected with the mouse by holding the right button and scrolling the pattern with the mouse wheel). LCTRL + A: Select entire current track LCTRL + LSHIFT + A: Select entire current pattern LALT + A: Select entire column note in a track LALT + LSHIFT + A: Select all notes of a track LCTRL + X: Cut the selected block and copy it into the block-buffer LCTRL + C: Copy the selected block into the block-buffer LCTRL + V: Paste the data from the block buffer into the pattern LCTRL + I: Interpolate selected data from the first to the last row of a selection LSHIFT + ARROWS PREV. PAGE NEXT PAGE: Select a block LCTRL + R: Randomize the select columns of a selection, works similar to CTRL + I (interpolating them) LCTRL + U: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote higher LCTRL + D: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote lower LCTRL + LSHIFT + U: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote higher (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + LSHIFT + D: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 seminote lower (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + H: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave higher LCTRL + L: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave lower LCTRL + LSHIFT + H: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave higher (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + LSHIFT + L: Transpose the note of a selection to 1 octave lower (only for the current instrument) LCTRL + W: Save the current selection into a file Misc LALT + ENTER: Switch between full screen / windowed mode LALT + F4: Exit program (Windows only) LCTRL + S: Save current module LSHIFT + S: Switch top right panel to synths list LSHIFT + I: Switch top right panel to instruments list <pre> C-x xh xx xx hhhh Volume B-x xh xx xx hhhh Jump to A#x xh xx xx hhhh hhhh Slide F-x xh xx xx hhhh Tempo D-x xh xx xx hhhh Pattern Break G#x xh xx xx hhhh </pre> h Hex 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 d Dec 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 The Set Volume command: C. Input a note, then move the cursor to the effects command column and type a C. Play the pattern, and you shouldn't be able to hear the note you placed the C by. This is because the effect parameters are 00. Change the two zeros to a 40(Hex)/64(Dec), depending on what your tracker uses. Play back the pattern again, and the note should come in at full volume. The Position Jump command next. This is just a B followed by the position in the playing list that you want to jump to. One thing to remember is that the playing list always starts at 0, not 1. This command is usually in Hex. Onto the volume slide command: A. This is slightly more complex (much more if you're using a newer tracker, if you want to achieve the results here, then set slides to Amiga, not linear), due to the fact it depends on the secondary tempo. For now set a secondary tempo of 06 (you can play around later), load a long or looped sample and input a note or two. A few rows after a note type in the effect command A. For the parameters use 0F. Play back the pattern, and you should notice that when the effect kicks in, the sample drops to a very low volume very quickly. Change the effect parameters to F0, and use a low volume command on the note. Play back the pattern, and when the slide kicks in the volume of the note should increase very quickly. This because each part of the effect parameters for command A does a different thing. The first number slides the volume up, and the second slides it down. It's not recommended that you use both a volume up and volume down at the same time, due to the fact the tracker only looks for the first number that isn't set to 0. If you specify parameters of 8F, the tracker will see the 8, ignore the F, and slide the volume up. Using a slide up and down at same time just makes you look stupid. Don't do it... The Set Tempo command: F, is pretty easy to understand. You simply specify the BPM (in Hex) that you want to change to. One important thing to note is that values of lower than 20 (Hex) sets the secondary tempo rather than the primary. Another useful command is the Pattern Break: D. This will stop the playing of the current pattern and skip to the next one in the playing list. By using parameters of more than 00 you can also specify which line to begin playing from. Command 3 is Portamento to Note. This slides the currently playing note to another note, at a specified speed. The slide then stops when it reaches the desired note. <pre> C-2 1 000 - Starts the note playing --- 000 C-3 330 - Starts the slide to C-3 at a speed of 30. --- 300 - Continues the slide --- 300 - Continues the slide </pre> Once the parameters have been set, the command can be input again without any parameters, and it'll still perform the same function unless you change the parameters. This memory function allows certain commands to function correctly, such as command 5, which is the Portamento to Note and Volume Slide command. Once command 3 has been set up command 5 will simply take the parameters from that and perform a Portamento to Note. Any parameters set up for command 5 itself simply perform a Volume Slide identical to command A at the same time as the Portamento to Note. This memory function will only operate in the same channel where the original parameters were set up. There are various other commands which perform two functions at once. They will be described as we come across them. C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 02 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 05 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 08 C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 0A C-3 04 .. .. 09 00 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 0D C-3 04 .. .. 09 10 ---> C-3 04 .. .. 09 10 (You can also switch on the Slider Rec to On, and perform parameter-live-recording, such as cutoff transitions, resonance or panning tweaking, etc..) Note: this command only works for volume/panning and fx datas columns. The next command we'll look at is the Portamento up/down: 1 and 2. Command 1 slides the pitch up at a specified speed, and 2 slides it down. This command works in a similar way to the volume slide, in that it is dependent on the secondary tempo. Both these commands have a memory dependent on each other, if you set the slide to a speed of 3 with the 1 command, a 2 command with no parameters will use the speed of 3 from the 1 command, and vice versa. Command 4 is Vibrato. Vibrato is basically rapid changes in pitch, just try it, and you'll see what I mean. Parameters are in the format of xy, where x is the speed of the slide, and y is the depth of the slide. One important point to remember is to keep your vibratos subtle and natural so a depth of 3 or less and a reasonably fast speed, around 8, is usually used. Setting the depth too high can make the part sound out of tune from the rest. Following on from command 4 is command 6. This is the Vibrato and Volume Slide command, and it has a memory like command 5, which you already know how to use. Command 7 is Tremolo. This is similar to vibrato. Rather than changing the pitch it slides the volume. The effect parameters are in exactly the same format. vibrato effect (0x1dxy) x = speed y = depth (can't be used if arpeggio (0x1b) is turned on) <pre> C-7 00 .. .. 1B37 <- Turn Arpeggio effect on --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 1B38 <- Change datas --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 0000 --- .. .. .. 1B00 <- Turn it off </pre> Command 9 is Sample Offset. This starts the playback of the sample from a different place than the start. The effect parameters specify the sample offset, but only very roughly. Say you have a sample which is 8765(Hex) bytes long, and you wanted it to play from position 4321(Hex). The effect parameter could only be as accurate as the 43 part, and it would ignore the 21. Command B is the Playing List/Order Jump command. The parameters specify the position in the Playing List/Order to jump to. When used in conjunction with command D you can specify the position and the line to play from. Command E is pretty complex, as it is used for a lot of different things, depending on what the first parameter is. Let's take a trip through each effect in order. Command E0 controls the hardware filter on an Amiga, which, as a low pass filter, cuts off the highest frequencies being played back. There are very few players and trackers on other system that simulate this function, not that you should need to use it. The second parameter, if set to 1, turns on the filter. If set to 0, the filter gets turned off. Commands E1/E2 are Fine Portamento Up/Down. Exactly the same functions as commands 1/2, except that they only slide the pitch by a very small amount. These commands have a memory the same as 1/2 as well. Command E3 sets the Glissando control. If parameters are set to 1 then when using command 3, any sliding will only use the notes in between the original note and the note being slid to. This produces a somewhat jumpier slide than usual. The best way to understand is to try it out for yourself. Produce a slow slide with command 3, listen to it, and then try using E31. Command E4 is the Set Vibrato Waveform control. This command controls how the vibrato command slides the pitch. Parameters are 0 - Sine, 1 - Ramp Down (Saw), 2 - Square. By adding 4 to the parameters, the waveform will not be restarted when a new note is played e.g. 5 - Sine without restart. Command E5 sets the Fine Tune of the instrument being played, but only for the particular note being played. It will override the default Fine Tune for the instrument. The parameters range from 0 to F, with 0 being -8 and F being +8 Fine Tune. A parameter of 8 gives no Fine Tune. If you're using a newer tracker that supports more than -8 to +8 e.g. -128 to +128, these parameters will give a rough Fine Tune, accurate to the nearest 16. Command E6 is the Jump Loop command. You mark the beginning of the part of a pattern that you want to loop with E60, and then specify with E6x the end of the loop, where x is the number of times you want it to loop. Command E7 is the Set Tremolo Waveform control. This has exactly the same parameters as command E4, except that it works for Tremolo rather than Vibrato. Command E9 is for Retriggering the note quickly. The parameter specifies the interval between the retrigs. Use a value of less than the current secondary tempo, or else the note will not get retrigged. Command EA/B are for Fine Volume Slide Up/Down. Much the same as the normal Volume Slides, except that these are easier to control since they don't depend on the secondary tempo. The parameters specify the amount to slide by e.g. if you have a sample playing at a volume of 08 (Hex) then the effect EA1 will slide this volume to 09 (Hex). A subsequent effect of EB4 would slide this volume down to 05 (Hex). Command EC is the Note Cut. This sets the volume of the currently playing note to 0 at a specified tick. The parameters should be lower than the secondary tempo or else the effect won't work. Command ED is the Note Delay. This should be used at the same time as a note is to be played, and the parameters will specify the number of ticks to delay playing the note. Again, keep the parameters lower than the secondary tempo, or the note won't get played! Command EE is the Pattern Delay. This delays the pattern for the amount of time it would take to play a certain number of rows. The parameters specify how many rows to delay for. Command EF is the Funk Repeat command. Set the sample loop to 0-1000. When EFx is used, the loop will be moved to 1000- 2000, then to 2000-3000 etc. After 9000-10000 the loop is set back to 0- 1000. The speed of the loop "movement" is defined by x. E is two times as slow as F, D is three times as slow as F etc. EF0 will turn the Funk Repeat off and reset the loop (to 0-1000). effects 0x41 and 0x42 to control the volumes of the 2 303 units There is a dedicated panel for synth parameter editing with coherent sections (osc, filter modulation, routing, so on) the interface is much nicer, much better to navigate with customizable colors, the reverb is now customizable (10 delay lines), It accepts newer types of Waves (higher bit rates, at least 24). Has a replay routine. It's pretty much your basic VA synth. The problem isn't with the sampler being to high it's the synth is tuned two octaves too low, but if you want your samples tuned down just set the base note down 2 octaves (in the instrument panel). so the synth is basically divided into 3 sections from left to right: oscillators/envelopes, then filter and LFO's, and in the right column you have mod routings and global settings. for the oscillator section you have two normal oscillators (sine, saw, square, noise), the second of which is tunable, the first one tunes with the key pressed. Attached to OSC 1 is a sub-oscillator, which is a sawtooth wave tuned one octave down. The phase modulation controls the point in the duty cycle at which the oscillator starts. The ADSR envelope sliders (grouped with oscs) are for modulation envelope 1 and 2 respectively. you can use the synth as a sampler by choosing the instrument at the top. In the filter column, the filter settings are: 1 = lowpass, 2 = highpass, 3 = off. cutoff and resonance. For the LFOs they are LFO 1 and LFO 2, the ADSR sliders in those are for the LFO itself. For the modulation routings you have ENV 1, LFO 1 for the first slider and ENV 2, LFO 2 for the second, you can cycle through the individual routings there, and you can route each modulation source to multiple destinations of course, which is another big plus for this synth. Finally the glide time is for portamento and master volume, well, the master volume... it can go quite loud. The sequencer is changed too, It's more like the one in AXS if you've used that, where you can mute tracks to re-use patterns with variation. <pre> Support for the following modules formats: 669 (Composer 669, Unis 669), AMF (DSMI Advanced Module Format), AMF (ASYLUM Music Format V1.0), APUN (APlayer), DSM (DSIK internal format), FAR (Farandole Composer), GDM (General DigiMusic), IT (Impulse Tracker), IMF (Imago Orpheus), MOD (15 and 31 instruments), MED (OctaMED), MTM (MultiTracker Module editor), OKT (Amiga Oktalyzer), S3M (Scream Tracker 3), STM (Scream Tracker), STX (Scream Tracker Music Interface Kit), ULT (UltraTracker), UNI (MikMod), XM (FastTracker 2), Mid (midi format via timidity) </pre> Possible plugin options include [http://lv2plug.in/ LV2], ====Midi - Musical Instrument Digital Interface==== A midi file typically contains music that plays on up to 16 channels (as per the midi standard), but many notes can simultaneously play on each channel (depending on the limit of the midi hardware playing it). '''Timidity''' Although usually already installed, you can uncompress the [http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/ timidity.tar.gz (14MB)] into a suitable drawer like below's SYS:Extras/Audio/ assign timidity: SYS:Extras/Audio/timidity added to SYSːs/User-Startup '''WildMidi playback''' '''Audio Evolution 4 (2003) 4.0.23 (from 2012)''' *Sync Menu - CAMD Receive, Send checked *Options Menu - MIDI Machine Control - Midi Bar Display - Select CAMD MIDI in / out - Midi Remote Setup MCB Master Control Bus *Sending a MIDI start-command and a Song Position Pointer, you can synchronize audio with an external MIDI sequencer (like B&P). *B&P Receive, start AE, add AudioEvolution.ptool in Bars&Pipes track, press play / record in AE then press play in Pipes *CAMD Receive, receive MIDI start or continue commands via camd.library sync to AE *MIDI Machine Control *Midi Bar Display *Select CAMD MIDI in / out *Midi Remote Setup - open requester for external MIDI controllers to control app mixer and transport controls cc remotely Channel - mixer(vol, pan, mute, solo), eq, aux, fx, Subgroup - Volume, Mute, Solo Transport - Start, End, Play, Stop, Record, Rewind, Forward Misc - Master vol., Bank Down, Bank up <pre> q - quit First 3 already opened when AE started F1 - timeline window F2 - mixer F3 - control F4 - subgroups F5 - aux returns F6 - sample list i - Load sample to use space - start/stop play b - reset time 0:00 s - split mode r - open recording window a - automation edit mode with p panning, m mute and v volume [ / ] - zoom in / out : - previous track * - next track x c v f - cut copy paste cross-fade g - snap grid </pre> '''[http://bnp.hansfaust.de/ Bars n Pipes sequencer]''' BarsnPipes debug ... in shell Menu (right mouse) *Song - Songs load and save in .song format but option here to load/save Midi_Files .mid in FORMAT0 or FORMAT1 *Track - *Edit - *Tool - *Timing - SMTPE Synchronizing *Windows - *Preferences - Multiple MIDI-in option Windows (some of these are usually already opened when Bars n Pipes starts up for the first time) *Workflow -> Tracks, .... Song Construction, Time-line Scoring, Media Madness, Mix Maestro, *Control -> Transport (or mini one), Windows (which collects all the Windows icons together-shortcut), .... Toolbox, Accessories, Metronome, Once you have your windows placed on the screen that suits your workflow, Song -> Save as Default will save the positions, colors, icons, etc as you'd like them If you need a particular setup of Tracks, Tools, Tempos etc, you save them all as a new song you can load each time Right mouse menu -> Preferences -> Environment... -> ScreenMode - Linkages for Synch (to Slave) usbmidi.out.0 and Send (Master) usbmidi.in.0 - Clock MTC '''Tracks''' #Double-click on B&P's icon. B&P will then open with an empty Song. You can also double-click on a song icon to open a song in B&P. #Choose a track. The B&P screen will contain a Tracks Window with a number of tracks shown as pipelines (Track 1, Track 2, etc...). To choose a track, simply click on the gray box to show an arrow-icon to highlight it. This icon show whether a track is chosen or not. To the right of the arrow-icon, you can see the icon for the midi-input. If you double-click on this icon you can change the MIDI-in setup. #Choose Record for the track. To the right of the MIDI-input channel icon you can see a pipe. This leads to another clickable icon with that shows either P, R or M. This stands for Play, Record or Merge. To change the icon, simply click on it. If you choose P, this track can only play the track (you can't record anything). If you choose R, you can record what you play and it overwrites old stuff in the track. If you choose M, you merge new records with old stuff in the track. Choose R now to be able to make a record. #Chose MIDI-channel. On the most right part of the track you can see an icon with a number in it. This is the MIDI-channel selector. Here you must choose a MIDI-channel that is available on your synthesizer/keyboard. If you choose General MIDI channel 10, most synthesizer will play drum sounds. To the left of this icon is the MIDI-output icon. Double-click on this icon to change the MIDI-output configuration. #Start recording. The next step is to start recording. You must then find the control buttons (they look like buttons on a CD-player). To be able to make a record. you must click on the R icon. You can simply now press the play button (after you have pressed the R button) and play something on you keyboard. To playback your composition, press the Play button on the control panel. #Edit track. To edit a track, you simply double click in the middle part of a track. You will then get a new window containing the track, where you can change what you have recorded using tools provided. Take also a look in the drop-down menus for more features. Videos to help understand [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A6gVTX-9900 small intro], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abq_rUTiSA4&t=3s Overview], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ixOVutKsYQo Workplace Setup CC PC Sysex], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDnJLYPaZTs Import Song], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BC3kkzPLkv4 Tempo Mapping], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sd23kqMYPDs ptool Arpeggi-8], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LDJq-YxgwQg PlayMidi Song], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DY9Pu5P9TaU Amiga Midi], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abq_rUTiSA4 Learning Amiga bars and Pipes], Groups like [https://groups.io/g/barsnpipes/topics this] could help '''Tracks window''' * blue "1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Group" and transport tape deck VCR-type controls * Flags * [http://theproblem.alco-rhythm.com/org/bp.html Track 1, Track2, to Track 16, on each Track there are many options that can be activated] Each Track has a *Left LHS - Click in grey box to select what Track to work on, Midi-In ptool icon should be here (5pin plug icon), and many more from the Toolbox on the Input Pipeline *Middle - (P, R, M) Play, Record, Merge/Multi before the sequencer line and a blue/red/yellow (Thru Mute Play) Tap *Right RHS - Output pipeline, can have icons placed uopn it with the final ptool icon(s) being the 5pin icon symbol for Midi-OUT Clogged pipelines may need Esc pressed several times '''Toolbox (tools affect the chosen pipeline)''' After opening the Toolbox window you can add extra Tools (.ptool) for the pipelines like keyboard(virtual), midimonitor, quick patch, transpose, triad, (un)quantize, feedback in/out, velocity etc right mouse -> Toolbox menu option -> Install Tool... and navigate to Tool drawer (folder) and select requried .ptool Accompany B tool to get some sort of rythmic accompaniment, Rythm Section and Groove Quantize are examples of other tools that make use of rythms [https://aminet.net/search?query=bars Bars & Pipes pattern format .ptrn] for drawer (folder). Load from the Menu as Track or Group '''Accessories (affect the whole app)''' Accessories -> Install... and goto the Accessories drawer for .paccess like adding ARexx scripting support '''Song Construction''' <pre> F1 Pencil F2 Magic Wand F3 Hand F4 Duplicator F5 Eraser F6 Toolpad F7 Bounding box F8 Lock to A-B-A A-B-A strip, section, edit flags, white boxes, </pre> Bars&Pipes Professional offers three track formats; basic song tracks, linear tracks — which don't loop — and finally real‑time tracks. The difference between them is that both song and linear tracks respond to tempo changes, while real‑time tracks use absolute timing, always trigger at the same instant regardless of tempo alterations '''Tempo Map''' F1 Pencil F2 Magic Wand F3 Hand F4 Eraser F5 Curve F6 Toolpad Compositions Lyrics, Key, Rhythm, Time Signature '''Master Parameters''' Key, Scale/Mode '''Track Parameters''' Dynamics '''Time-line Scoring''' '''Media Madness''' '''Mix Maestro''' *ACCESSORIES Allows the importation of other packages and additional modules *CLIPBOARD Full cut, copy and paste operations, enabling user‑definable clips to be shared between tracks. *INFORMATION A complete rundown on the state of the current production and your machine. *MASTER PARAMETERS Enables global definition of time signatures, lyrics, scales, chords, dynamics and rhythm changes. *MEDIA MADNESS A complete multimedia sequencer which allows samples, stills, animation, etc *METRONOME Tempo feedback via MIDI, internal Amiga audio and colour cycling — all three can be mixed and matched as required. *MIX MAESTRO Completely automated mixdown with control for both volume and pan. All fader alterations are memorised by the software *RECORD ACTIVATION Complete specification of the data to be recorded/merged. Allows overdubbing of pitch‑bend, program changes, modulation etc *SET FLAGS Numeric positioning of location and edit flags in either SMPTE or musical time *SONG CONSTRUCTION Large‑scale cut and paste of individual measures, verses or chorus, by means of bounding box and drag‑n‑drop mouse selections *TEMPO MAP Tempo change using a variety of linear and non‑linear transition curves *TEMPO PALETTE Instant tempo changes courtesy of four user‑definable settings. *TIMELINE SCORING Sequencing of a selection of songs over a defined period — ideal for planning an entire set for a live performance. *TOOLBOX Selection screen for the hundreds of signal‑processing tools available *TRACKS Opens the main track window to enable recording, editing and the use of tools. *TRANSPORT Main playback control window, which also provides access to user‑ defined flags, loop and punch‑in record modes. Bars and Pipes Pro 2.5 is using internal 4-Byte IDs, to check which kind of data are currently processed. Especially in all its files the IDs play an important role. The IDs are stored into the file in the same order they are laid out in the memory. In a Bars 'N' Pipes file (no matter which kind) the ID "NAME" (saved as its ANSI-values) is stored on a big endian system (68k-computer) as "NAME". On a little endian system (x86 PC computer) as "EMAN". The target is to make the AROS-BnP compatible to songs, which were stored on a 68k computer (AMIGA). If possible, setting MIDI channels for Local Control for your keyboard http://www.fromwithin.com/liquidmidi/archive.shtml MIDI files are essentially a stream of event data. An event can be many things, but typically "note on", "note off", "program change", "controller change", or messages that instruct a MIDI compatible synth how to play a given bit of music. * Channel - 1 to 16 - * Messages - PC presets, CC effects like delays, reverbs, etc * Sequencing - MIDI instruments, Drums, Sound design, * Recording - * GUI - Piano roll or Tracker, Staves and Notes MIDI events/messages like step entry e.g. Note On, Note Off MIDI events/messages like PB, PC, CC, Mono and Poly After-Touch, Sysex, etc MIDI sync - Midi Clocks (SPS Measures), Midi Time Code (h, m, s and frames) SMPTE Individual track editing with audition edits so easier to test any changes. Possible to stop track playback, mix clips from the right edit flag and scroll the display using arrow keys. Step entry, to extend a selected note hit the space bar and the note grows accordingly. Ability to cancel mouse‑driven edits by simply clicking the right mouse button — at which point everything snaps back into its original form. Lyrics can now be put in with syllable dividers, even across an entire measure or section. Autoranging when you open a edit window, the notes are automatically displayed — working from the lowest upwards. Flag editing, shift‑click on a flag immediately open the bounds window, ready for numeric input. Ability to cancel edits using the right‑hand mouse button, plus much improved Bounding Box operations. Icons other than the BarsnPipes icon -> PUBSCREEN=BarsnPipes (cannot choose modes higher than 8bit 256 colors) Preferences -> Menu in Tracks window - Send MIDI defaults OFF Prefs -> Environment -> screenmode (saved to BarsnPipes.prefs binary file) Customization -> pics in gui drawer (folder) - Can save as .song files and .mid General Midi SMF is a “Standard Midi File” ([http://www.music.mcgill.ca/~ich/classes/mumt306/StandardMIDIfileformat.html SMF0, SMF1 and SMF2]), [https://github.com/stump/libsmf libsmf], [https://github.com/markc/midicomp MIDIcomp], [https://github.com/MajicDesigns/MD_MIDIFile C++ src], [], [https://github.com/newdigate/midi-smf-reader Midi player], * SMF0 All MIDI data is stored in one track only, separated exclusively by the MIDI channel. * SMF1 The MIDI data is stored in separate tracks/channels. * SMF2 (rarely used) The MIDI data is stored in separate tracks, which are additionally wrapped in containers, so it's possible to have e.g. several tracks using the same MIDI channels. Would it be possible to enrich Bars N’Pipes with software synth and sample support along with audio recording and mastering tools like in the named MAC or PC music sequencers? On the classic AMIGA-OS this is not possible because of missing CPU-power. The hardware of the classic AMIGA is not further developed. So we must say (unfortunately) that those dreams can’t become reality BarsnPipes is best used with external MIDI-equipment. This can be a keyboard or synthesizer with MIDI-connectors. <pre> MIDI can control 16 channels There are USB-MIDI-Interfaces on the market with 16 independent MIDI-lines (multi-port), which can handle 16 MIDI devices independently – 16×16 = 256 independent MIDI-channels or instruments handle up to 16 different USB-MIDI-Interfaces (multi-device). That is: 16X16X16 = 4096 independent MIDI-channels – theoretically </pre> <pre> Librarian MIDI SYStem EXplorer (sysex) - PatchEditor and used to be supplied as a separate program like PatchMeister but currently not at present It should support MIDI.library (PD), BlueRibbon.library (B&P), TriplePlayPlus, and CAMD.library (DeluxeMusic) and MIDI information from a device's user manual and configure a custom interface to access parameters for all MIDI products connected to the system Supports ALL MIDI events and the Patch/Librarian data is stored in MIDI standard format Annette M.Crowling, Missing Link Software, Inc. </pre> Composers <pre> [https://x.com/hirasawa/status/1403686519899054086 Susumu Hirasawa] </pre> <pre> 1988 Todor Fay and his wife Melissa Jordan Gray, who founded the Blue Ribbon Inc 1992 Bars&Pipes Pro published November 2000, Todor Fay announcement to release the sourcecode of Bars&Pipes Pro 2.5c beta end of May 2001, the source of the main program and the sources of some tools and accessories were in a complete and compileable state end of October 2009 stop further development of BarsnPipes New for now on all supported systems and made freeware 2013 Alfred Faust diagnosed with incureable illness, called „Myastenia gravis“ (weak muscles) </pre> Protrekkr How to use Midi In/Out in Protrekkr ? First of all, midi in & out capabilities of this program are rather limited. # Go to Misc. Setup section and select a midi in or out device to use (ptk only supports one device at a time). # Go to instrument section, and select a MIDI PRG (the default is N/A, which means no midi program selected). # Go to track section and here you can assign a midi channel to each track of ptk. # Play notes :]. Note off works. F'x' note cut command also works too, and note-volume command (speed) is supported. Also, you can change midicontrollers in the tracker, using '90' in the panning row: <pre> C-3 02 .. .. 0000.... --- .. .. 90 xxyy.... << This will set the value --- .. .. .. 0000.... of the controller n.'xx' to 'yy' (both in hex) --- .. .. .. 0000.... </pre> So "--- .. .. 90 2040...." will set the controller number $20(32) to $40(64). You will need the midi implementation table of your gear to know what you can change with midi controller messages. N.B. Not all MIDI devices are created equal! Although the MIDI specification defines a large range of MIDI messages of various kinds, not every MIDI device is required to work in exactly the same way and respond to all the available messages and ways of working. For example, we don't expect a wind synthesiser to work in the same way as a home keyboard. Some devices, the older ones perhaps, are only able to respond to a single channel. With some of those devices that channel can be altered from the default of 1 (probably) to another channel of the 16 possible. Other devices, for instance monophonic synthesisers, are capable of producing just one note at a time, on one MIDI channel. Others can produce many notes spread across many channels. Further devices can respond to, and transmit, "breath controller" data (MIDI controller number 2 (CC#2)) others may respond to the reception of CC#2 but not be able to create and to send it. A controller keyboard may be capable of sending "expression pedal" data, but another device may not be capable of responding to that message. Some devices just have the basic GM sound set. The "voice" or "instrument" is selected using a "Program Change" message on its own. Other devices have a greater selection of voices, usually arranged in "banks", and the choice of instrument is made by responding to "Bank Select MSB" (MIDI controller 0 (CC#0)), others use "Bank Select LSB" (MIDI controller number 32 (CC#32)), yet others use both MSB and LSB sent one after the other, all followed by the Program Change message. The detailed information about all the different voices will usually be available in a published MIDI Data List. MIDI Implementation Chart But in the User Manual there is sometimes a summary of how the device works, in terms of MIDI, in the chart at the back of the manual, the MIDI Implementation Chart. If you require two devices to work together you can compare the two implementation charts to see if they are "compatible". In order to do this we will need to interpret that chart. The chart is divided into four columns headed "Function", "Transmitted" (or "Tx"), "Received" (or "Rx"), or more correctly "Recognised", and finally, "Remarks". <pre> The left hand column defines which MIDI functions are being described. The 2nd column defines what the device in question is capable of transmitting to another device. The 3rd column defines what the device is capable of responding to. The 4th column is for explanations of the values contained within these previous two columns. </pre> There should then be twelve sections, with possibly a thirteenth containing extra "Notes". Finally there should be an explanation of the four MIDI "modes" and what the "X" and the "O" mean. <pre> Mode 1: Omni On, Poly; Mode 2: Omni On, Mono; Mode 3: Omni Off, Poly; Mode 4: Omni Off, Mono. </pre> O means "yes" (implemented), X means "no" (not implemented). Sometimes you will find a row of asterisks "**************", these seem to indicate that the data is not applicable in this case. Seen in the transmitted field only (unless you've seen otherwise). Lastly you may find against some entries an asterisk followed by a number e.g. *1, these will refer you to further information, often on a following page, giving more detail. Basic Channel But the very first set of boxes will tell us the "Basic Channel(s)" that the device sends or receives on. "Default" is what happens when the device is first turned on, "changed" is what a switch of some kind may allow the device to be set to. For many devices e.g. a GM sound module or a home keyboard, this would be 1-16 for both. That is it can handle sending and receiving on all MIDI channels. On other devices, for example a synthesiser, it may by default only work on channel 1. But the keyboard could be "split" with the lower notes e.g. on channel 2. If the synth has an arppegiator, this may be able to be set to transmit and or receive on yet another channel. So we might see the default as "1" but the changed as "1-16". Modes. We need to understand Omni On and Off, and Mono and Poly, then we can decipher the four modes. But first we need to understand that any of these four Mode messages can be sent to any MIDI channel. They don't necessarily apply to the whole device. If we send an "Omni On" message (CC#125) to a MIDI channel of a device, we are, in effect, asking it to respond to e.g. a Note On / Off message pair, received on any of the sixteen channels. Sound strange? Read it again. Still strange? It certainly is. We normally want a MIDI channel to respond only to Note On / Off messages sent on that channel, not any other. In other words, "Omni Off". So "Omni Off" (CC#124) tells a channel of our MIDI device to respond only to messages sent on that MIDI channel. "Poly" (CC#127) is for e.g. a channel of a polyphonic sound module, or a home keyboard, to be able to respond to many simultaneous Note On / Off message pairs at once and produce musical chords. "Mono" (CC#126) allows us to set a channel to respond as if it were e.g. a flute or a trumpet, playing just one note at a time. If the device is capable of it, then the overlapping of notes will produce legato playing, that is the attack portion of the second note of two overlapping notes will be removed resulting in a "smoother" transition. So a channel with a piano voice assigned to it will have Omni Off, Poly On (Mode 3), a channel with a saxophone voice assigned could be Omni Off, Mono On (Mode 4). We call these combinations the four modes, 1 to 4, as defined above. Most modern devices will have their channels set to Mode 3 (Omni Off, Poly) but be switchable, on a per channel basis, to Mode 4 (Omni Off, Mono). This second section of data will include first its default value i.e. upon device switch on. Then what Mode messages are acceptable, or X if none. Finally, in the "Altered" field, how a Mode message that can't be implemented will be interpreted. Usually there will just be a row of asterisks effectively meaning nothing will be done if you try to switch to an unimplemented mode. Note Number <pre> The next row will tell us which MIDI notes the device can send or receive, normally 0-127. The second line, "True Voice" has the following in the MIDI specification: "Range of received note numbers falling within the range of true notes produced by the instrument." My interpretation is that, for instance, a MIDI piano may be capable of sending all MIDI notes (0 to 127) by transposition, but only responding to the 88 notes (21 to 108) of a real piano. </pre> Velocity This will tell us whether the device we're looking at will handle note velocity, and what range from 1-127, or maybe just 64, it transmits or will recognise. So usually "O" plus a range or "X" for not implemented. After touch This may have one or two lines two it. If a one liner the either "O" or "X", yes or no. If a two liner then it may include "Keys" or "Poly" and "Channel". This will show whether the device will respond to Polyphonic after touch or channel after touch or neither. Pitch Bend Again "O" for implemented, "X" for not implemented. (Many stage pianos will have no pitch bend capability.) It may also, in the notes section, state whether it will respond to the full 14 bits, or not, as usually encoded by the pitch bend wheel. Control Change This is likely to be the largest section of the chart. It will list all those controllers, starting from CC#0, Bank Select MSB, which the device is capable of sending, and those that it will respond to using "O" or "X" respectively. You will, almost certainly, get some further explanation of functionality in the remarks column, or in more detail elsewhere in the documentation. Of course you will need to know what all the various controller numbers do. Lots of the official technical specifications can be found at the [www.midi.org/techspecs/ MMA], with the table of messages and control change [www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php message numbers] Program Change Again "O" or "X" in the Transmitted or Recognised column to indicate whether or not the feature is implemented. In addition a range of numbers is shown, typically 0-127, to show what is available. True # (number): "The range of the program change numbers which correspond to the actual number of patches selected." System Exclusive Used to indicate whether or not the device can send or recognise System Exclusive messages. A short description is often given in the Remarks field followed by a detailed explanation elsewhere in the documentation. System Common - These include the following: <pre> MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame messages (device synchronisation). Song Position Pointer Song Select Tune Request </pre> The section will indicate whether or not the device can send or respond to any of these messages. System Real Time These include the following: <pre> Timing Clock - often just written as "Clock" Start Stop Continue </pre> These three are usually just referred to as "Commands" and listed. Again the section will indicate which, if any, of these messages the device can send or respond to. <pre> Aux. Messages Again "O" or "X" for implemented or not. Aux. = Auxiliary. Active Sense = Active Sensing. </pre> Often with an explanation of the action of the device. Notes The "Notes" section can contain any additional comments to clarify the particular implementation. Some of the explanations have been drawn directly from the MMA MIDI 1.0 Detailed Specification. And the detailed explanation of some of the functions will be found there, or in the General MIDI System Level 1 or General MIDI System Level 2 documents also published by the MMA. OFFICIAL MIDI SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MIDI MESSAGES Table 1 - Summary of MIDI Messages The following table lists the major MIDI messages in numerical (binary) order (adapted from "MIDI by the Numbers" by D. Valenti, Electronic Musician 2/88, and updated by the MIDI Manufacturers Association.). This table is intended as an overview of MIDI, and is by no means complete. WARNING! Details about implementing these messages can dramatically impact compatibility with other products. We strongly recommend consulting the official MIDI Specifications for additional information. MIDI 1.0 Specification Message Summary Channel Voice Messages [nnnn = 0-15 (MIDI Channel Number 1-16)] {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->1000nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Note Off event. This message is sent when a note is released (ended). (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the velocity. |- |<!--Status-->1001nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Note On event. This message is sent when a note is depressed (start). (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the velocity. |- |<!--Status-->1010nnnn || <!--Data-->0kkkkkkk 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Polyphonic Key Pressure (Aftertouch). This message is most often sent by pressing down on the key after it "bottoms out". (kkkkkkk) is the key (note) number. (vvvvvvv) is the pressure value. |- |<!--Status-->1011nnnn || <!--Data-->0ccccccc 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Control Change. This message is sent when a controller value changes. Controllers include devices such as pedals and levers. Controller numbers 120-127 are reserved as "Channel Mode Messages" (below). (ccccccc) is the controller number (0-119). (vvvvvvv) is the controller value (0-127). |- |<!--Status-->1100nnnn || <!--Data-->0ppppppp || <!--Description-->Program Change. This message sent when the patch number changes. (ppppppp) is the new program number. |- |<!--Status-->1101nnnn || <!--Data-->0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Channel Pressure (After-touch). This message is most often sent by pressing down on the key after it "bottoms out". This message is different from polyphonic after-touch. Use this message to send the single greatest pressure value (of all the current depressed keys). (vvvvvvv) is the pressure value. |- |<!--Status-->1110nnnn || <!--Data-->0lllllll 0mmmmmmm || <!--Description-->Pitch Bend Change. This message is sent to indicate a change in the pitch bender (wheel or lever, typically). The pitch bender is measured by a fourteen bit value. Center (no pitch change) is 2000H. Sensitivity is a function of the receiver, but may be set using RPN 0. (lllllll) are the least significant 7 bits. (mmmmmmm) are the most significant 7 bits. |} Channel Mode Messages (See also Control Change, above) {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->1011nnnn || <!--Data-->0ccccccc 0vvvvvvv || <!--Description-->Channel Mode Messages. This the same code as the Control Change (above), but implements Mode control and special message by using reserved controller numbers 120-127. The commands are: *All Sound Off. When All Sound Off is received all oscillators will turn off, and their volume envelopes are set to zero as soon as possible c = 120, v = 0: All Sound Off *Reset All Controllers. When Reset All Controllers is received, all controller values are reset to their default values. (See specific Recommended Practices for defaults) c = 121, v = x: Value must only be zero unless otherwise allowed in a specific Recommended Practice. *Local Control. When Local Control is Off, all devices on a given channel will respond only to data received over MIDI. Played data, etc. will be ignored. Local Control On restores the functions of the normal controllers. c = 122, v = 0: Local Control Off c = 122, v = 127: Local Control On * All Notes Off. When an All Notes Off is received, all oscillators will turn off. c = 123, v = 0: All Notes Off (See text for description of actual mode commands.) c = 124, v = 0: Omni Mode Off c = 125, v = 0: Omni Mode On c = 126, v = M: Mono Mode On (Poly Off) where M is the number of channels (Omni Off) or 0 (Omni On) c = 127, v = 0: Poly Mode On (Mono Off) (Note: These four messages also cause All Notes Off) |} System Common Messages System Messages (0xF0) The final status nybble is a “catch all” for data that doesn’t fit the other statuses. They all use the most significant nybble (4bits) of 0xF, with the least significant nybble indicating the specific category. The messages are denoted when the MSB of the second nybble is 1. When that bit is a 0, the messages fall into two other subcategories. System Common If the MSB of the second second nybble (4 bits) is not set, this indicates a System Common message. Most of these are messages that include some additional data bytes. System Common Messages Type Status Byte Number of Data Bytes Usage <pre> Time Code Quarter Frame 0xF1 1 Indicates timing using absolute time code, primarily for synthronization with video playback systems. A single location requires eight messages to send the location in an encoded hours:minutes:seconds:frames format*. Song Position 0xF2 2 Instructs a sequencer to jump to a new position in the song. The data bytes form a 14-bit value that expresses the location as the number of sixteenth notes from the start of the song. Song Select 0xF3 1 Instructs a sequencer to select a new song. The data byte indicates the song. Undefined 0xF4 0 Undefined 0xF5 0 Tune Request 0xF6 0 Requests that the receiver retunes itself**. </pre> *MIDI Time Code (MTC) is significantly complex. Please see the MIDI Specification **While modern digital instruments are good at staying in tune, older analog synthesizers were prone to tuning drift. Some analog synthesizers had an automatic tuning operation that could be initiated with this command. System Exclusive If you’ve been keeping track, you’ll notice there are two status bytes not yet defined: 0xf0 and 0xf7. These are used by the System Exclusive message, often abbreviated at SysEx. SysEx provides a path to send arbitrary data over a MIDI connection. There is a group of predefined messages for complex data, like fine grained control of MIDI Time code machinery. SysEx is also used to send manufacturer defined data, such as patches, or even firmware updates. System Exclusive messages are longer than other MIDI messages, and can be any length. The messages are of the following format: 0xF0, 0xID, 0xdd, ...... 0xF7 The message is bookended with distinct bytes. It opens with the Start Of Exclusive (SOX) data byte, 0xF0. The next one to three bytes after the start are an identifier. Values from 0x01 to 0x7C are one-byte vendor IDs, assigned to manufacturers who were involved with MIDI at the beginning. If the ID is 0x00, it’s a three-byte vendor ID - the next two bytes of the message are the value. <pre> ID 0x7D is a placeholder for non-commercial entities. ID 0x7E indicates a predefined Non-realtime SysEx message. ID 0x7F indicates a predefined Realtime SysEx message. </pre> After the ID is the data payload, sent as a stream of bytes. The transfer concludes with the End of Exclusive (EOX) byte, 0xF7. The payload data must follow the guidelines for MIDI data bytes – the MSB must not be set, so only 7 bits per byte are actually usable. If the MSB is set, it falls into three possible scenarios. An End of Exclusive byte marks the ordinary termination of the SysEx transfer. System Real Time messages may occur within the transfer without interrupting it. The recipient should handle them independently of the SysEx transfer. Other status bytes implicitly terminate the SysEx transfer and signal the start of new messages. Some inexpensive USB-to-MIDI interfaces aren’t capable of handling messages longer than four bytes. {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->11110000 || <!--Data-->0iiiiiii [0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii] 0ddddddd --- --- 0ddddddd 11110111 || <!--Description-->System Exclusive. This message type allows manufacturers to create their own messages (such as bulk dumps, patch parameters, and other non-spec data) and provides a mechanism for creating additional MIDI Specification messages. The Manufacturer's ID code (assigned by MMA or AMEI) is either 1 byte (0iiiiiii) or 3 bytes (0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii 0iiiiiii). Two of the 1 Byte IDs are reserved for extensions called Universal Exclusive Messages, which are not manufacturer-specific. If a device recognizes the ID code as its own (or as a supported Universal message) it will listen to the rest of the message (0ddddddd). Otherwise, the message will be ignored. (Note: Only Real-Time messages may be interleaved with a System Exclusive.) |- |<!--Status-->11110001 || <!--Data-->0nnndddd || <!--Description-->MIDI Time Code Quarter Frame. nnn = Message Type dddd = Values |- |<!--Status-->11110010 || <!--Data-->0lllllll 0mmmmmmm || <!--Description-->Song Position Pointer. This is an internal 14 bit register that holds the number of MIDI beats (1 beat= six MIDI clocks) since the start of the song. l is the LSB, m the MSB. |- |<!--Status-->11110011 || <!--Data-->0sssssss || <!--Description-->Song Select. The Song Select specifies which sequence or song is to be played. |- |<!--Status-->11110100 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11110101 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11110110 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Tune Request. Upon receiving a Tune Request, all analog synthesizers should tune their oscillators. |- |<!--Status-->11110111 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->End of Exclusive. Used to terminate a System Exclusive dump. |} System Real-Time Messages {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Status D7----D0 ! width="10%" |Data Byte(s) D7----D0 ! width="20%" |Description |- |<!--Status-->11111000 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Timing Clock. Sent 24 times per quarter note when synchronization is required. |- |<!--Status-->11111001 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11111010 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Start. Start the current sequence playing. (This message will be followed with Timing Clocks). |- |<!--Status-->11111011 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Continue. Continue at the point the sequence was Stopped. |- |<!--Status-->11111100 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Stop. Stop the current sequence. |- |<!--Status-->11111101 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Undefined. (Reserved) |- |<!--Status-->11111110 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Active Sensing. This message is intended to be sent repeatedly to tell the receiver that a connection is alive. Use of this message is optional. When initially received, the receiver will expect to receive another Active Sensing message each 300ms (max), and if it does not then it will assume that the connection has been terminated. At termination, the receiver will turn off all voices and return to normal (non- active sensing) operation. |- |<!--Status-->11111111 || <!--Data--> || <!--Description-->Reset. Reset all receivers in the system to power-up status. This should be used sparingly, preferably under manual control. In particular, it should not be sent on power-up. |} Advanced Messages Polyphonic Pressure (0xA0) and Channel Pressure (0xD0) Some MIDI controllers include a feature known as Aftertouch. While a key is being held down, the player can press harder on the key. The controller measures this, and converts it into MIDI messages. Aftertouch comes in two flavors, with two different status messages. The first flavor is polyphonic aftertouch, where every key on the controller is capable of sending its own independent pressure information. The messages are of the following format: <pre> 0xnc, 0xkk, 0xpp n is the status (0xA) c is the channel nybble kk is the key number (0 to 127) pp is the pressure value (0 to 127) </pre> Polyphonic aftertouch is an uncommon feature, usually found on premium quality instruments, because every key requires a separate pressure sensor, plus the circuitry to read them all. Much more commonly found is channel aftertouch. Instead of needing a discrete sensor per key, it uses a single, larger sensor to measure pressure on all of the keys as a group. The messages omit the key number, leaving a two-byte format <pre> 0xnc, 0xpp n is the status (0xD) c is the channel number pp is the pressure value (0 to 127) </pre> Pitch Bend (0xE0) Many keyboards have a wheel or lever towards the left of the keys for pitch bend control. This control is usually spring-loaded, so it snaps back to the center of its range when released. This allows for both upward and downward bends. Pitch Bend Wheel The wheel sends pitch bend messages, of the format <pre> 0xnc, 0xLL, 0xMM n is the status (0xE) c is the channel number LL is the 7 least-significant bits of the value MM is the 7 most-significant bits of the value </pre> You’ll notice that the bender data is actually 14 bits long, transmitted as two 7-bit data bytes. This means that the recipient needs to reassemble those bytes using binary manipulation. 14 bits results in an overall range of 214, or 0 to 16,383. Because it defaults to the center of the range, the default value for the bender is halfway through that range, at 8192 (0x2000). Control Change (0xB0) In addition to pitch bend, MIDI has provisions for a wider range of expressive controls, sometimes known as continuous controllers, often abbreviated CC. These are transmitted by the remaining knobs and sliders on the keyboard controller shown below. Continuous Controllers These controls send the following message format: <pre> 0xnc, 0xcc, 0xvv n is the status (0xB) c is the MIDI channel cc is the controller number (0-127) vv is the controller value (0-127) </pre> Typically, the wheel next to the bender sends controller number one, assigned to modulation (or vibrato) depth. It is implemented by most instruments. The remaining controller number assignments are another point of confusion. The MIDI specification was revised in version 2.0 to assign uses for many of the controllers. However, this implementation is not universal, and there are ranges of unassigned controllers. On many modern MIDI devices, the controllers are assignable. On the controller keyboard shown in the photos, the various controls can be configured to transmit different controller numbers. Controller numbers can be mapped to particular parameters. Virtual synthesizers frequently allow the user to assign CCs to the on-screen controls. This is very flexible, but it might require configuration on both ends of the link and completely bypasses the assignments in the standard. Program Change (0xC0) Most synthesizers have patch storage memory, and can be told to change patches using the following command: <pre> 0xnc, 0xpp n is the status (0xc) c is the channel pp is the patch number (0-127) </pre> This allows for 128 sounds to be selected, but modern instruments contain many more than 128 patches. Controller #0 is used as an additional layer of addressing, interpreted as a “bank select” command. Selecting a sound on such an instrument might involve two messages: a bank select controller message, then a program change. Audio & Midi are not synchronized, what I can do ? Buy a commercial software package but there is a nasty trick to synchronize both. It's a bit hardcore but works for me: Simply put one line down to all midi notes on your pattern (use Insert key) and go to 'Misc. Setup', adjust the latency and just search a value that will make sound sync both audio/midi. The stock Sin/Saw/Pulse and Rnd waveforms are too simple/common, is there a way to use something more complex/rich ? You have to ability to redirect the waveforms of the instruments through the synth pipe by selecting the "wav" option for the oscillator you're using for this synth instrument, samples can be used as wavetables to replace the stock signals. Sound banks like soundfont (sf2) or Kontakt2 are not supported at the moment ====DAW Audio Evolution 4==== Audio Evolution 4 gives you unsurpassed power for digital audio recording and editing on the Amiga. The latest release focusses on time-saving non-linear and non-destructive editing, as seen on other platforms. Besides editing, Audio Evolution 4 offers a wide range of realtime effects, including compression, noise gate, delays, reverb, chorus and 3-band EQ. Whether you put them as inserts on a channel or use them as auxillaries, the effect parameters are realtime adjustable and can be fully automated. Together with all other mixing parameters, they can even be controlled remotely, using more ergonomic MIDI hardware. Non-linear editing on the time line, including cut, copy, paste, move, split, trim and crossfade actions The number of tracks per project(s) is unlimited .... AHI limits you to recording only two at a time. i.e. not on 8 track sound cards like the Juli@ or Phase 88. sample file import is limited to 16bit AIFF (not AIFC, important distinction as some files from other sources can be AIFC with aiff file extension). and 16bit WAV (pcm only) Most apps use the Music Unit only but a few apps also use Unit (0-3) instead or as well. * Set up AHI prefs so that microphone is available. (Input option near the bottom) stereo++ allows the audio piece to be placed anywhere and the left-right adjusted to sound positionally right hifi best for music playback if driver supports this option Load 16bit .aif .aiff only sample(s) to use not AIFC which can have the same ending. AIFF stands for Audio Interchange File Format sox recital.wav recital.aiff sox recital.wav −b 16 recital.aiff channels 1 rate 16k fade 3 norm sox input.wav output.aiff bass −b 16 rate 48k performs the same format translation, but also applies four effects (down-mix to one channel, sample rate change, fade-in, nomalize), and stores the result at a bit-depth of 16. rec −c 2 radio.aiff trim 0 30:00 records half an hour of stereo audio play existing-file.wav 24bit PCM WAV or AIFF do not work *No stream format handling. So no way to pass on an AC3 encoded stream unmodified to the digital outputs through AHI. *No master volume handling. Each application has to set its own volume. So each driver implements its own custom driver-mixer interface for handling master volumes, mute and preamps. *Only one output stream. So all input gets mixed into one output. *No automatic handling of output direction based on connected cables. *No monitor input selection. Only monitor volume control. select the correct input (Don't mistake enabled sound for the correct input.) The monitor will feedback audio to the lineout and hp out no matter if you have selected the correct input to the ADC. The monitor will provide sound for any valid input. This will result in free mixing when recording from the monitor input instead of mic/line because the monitor itself will provide the hardware mixing for you. Be aware that MIC inputs will give two channel mono. Only Linein will give real stereo. Now for the not working part. Attempt to record from linein in the AE4 record window, the right channel is noise and the left channel is distorted. Even with the recommended HIFI 16bit Stereo++ mode at 48kHz. Channels Monitor Gain Inout Output Advanced settings - Debugging via serial port * Options -> Soundcard In/Out * Options -> SampleRate * Options -> Preferences F6 for Sample File List Setting a grid is easy as is measuring the BPM by marking a section of the sample. Is your kick drum track "not in time" ? If so, you're stumped in AE4 as it has no fancy variable time signatures and definitely no 'track this dodgy rhythm' function like software of the nature of Logic has. So if your drum beat is freeform you will need to work in freeform mode. (Real music is free form anyway). If the drum *is* accurate and you are just having trouble measuring the time, I usually measure over a range of bars and set the number of beats in range to say 16 as this is more accurate, Then you will need to shift the drum track to match your grid *before* applying the grid. (probably an iterative process as when the grid is active samples snap to it, and when inactive you cannot see it). AE4 does have ARexx but the functions are more for adding samples at set offsets and starting playback / recording. These are the usual features found in DAWs... * Recording digital audio, midi sequencer and mixer * virtual VST instruments and plug-ins * automation, group channels, MIDI channels, FX sends and returns, audio and MIDI editors and music notation editor * different track views * mixer and track layout (but not the same as below) * traditional two windows (track and mixer) Mixing - mixdown Could not figure out how to select what part I wanted to send to the aux, set it to echo and return. Pretty much the whole echo effect. Or any effect. Take look at page17 of the manual. When you open the EQ / Aux send popup window you will see 4 sends. Now from the menu choose the windows menu. Menus->Windows-> Aux Returns Window or press F5 You will see a small window with 4 volume controls and an effects button for each. Click a button and add an effects to that aux channel, then set it up as desired (note the reverb effect has a special AUX setting that improves its use with the aux channel, not compulsory but highly useful). You set the amount of 'return' on the main mix in the Aux Return window, and the amount sent from each main mixer channel in the popup for that channel. Again the aux sends are "prefade" so the volume faders on each channel do not affect them. Tracking Effects - fade in To add some echoes to some vocals, tried to add an effect on a track but did not come out. This is made more complicated as I wanted to mute a vocal but then make it echo at the muting point. Want to have one word of a vocal heard and then echoed off. But when the track is mute the echo is cancelled out. To correctly understand what is happening here you need to study the figure at the bottom of page 15 on the manual. You will see from that that the effects are applied 'prefade' So the automation you applied will naturally mute the entire signal. There would be a number of ways to achieve the goal, You have three real time effects slots, one for smoothing like so Sample -> Amplify -> Delay Then automate the gain of the amplify block so that it effectively mutes the sample just before the delay at the appropriate moment, the echo effect should then be heard. Getting the effects in the right order will require experimentation as they can only be added top down and it's not obvious which order they are applied to the signal, but there only two possibilities, so it wont take long to find out. Using MUTE can cause clicks to the Amplify can be used to mute more smoothly so that's a secondary advantage. Signal Processing - Overdub [[#top|...to the top]] ===Office=== ====Spreadsheet Leu==== Support for some xlsx, and ods functions ====Spreadsheet Ignition==== ; Needs ABIv1 to be completed before more can be done File formats supported * ascii #?.txt and #?.csv (single sheets with data only). * igs and TurboCalc(WIP) #?.tc for all sheets with data, formats and formulas. There is '''no''' support for xls, xlsx, ods or uos ([http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uniform_Office_Format Uniform Unified Office Format]) at the moment. * Always use Esc key after editing Spreadsheet cells. * copy/paste seems to copy the first instance only so go to Edit -> Clipboard to manage the list of remembered actions. * Right mouse click on row (1 or 2 or 3) or column header (a or b or c) to access optimal height or width of the row or column respectively * Edit -> Insert -> Row seems to clear the spreadsheet or clears the rows after the inserted row until undo restores as it should be... Change Sheet name by Object -> Sheet -> Properties Click in the cell which will contain the result, and click '''down arrow button''' to the right of the formula box at the bottom of the spreadsheet and choose the function required from the list provided. Then click on the start cell and click on the bottom right corner, a '''very''' small blob, which allows stretching a bounding box (thick grey outlines) across many cells This grey bounding box can be used to '''copy a formula''' to other cells. Object -> Cell -> Properties to change cell format - Currency only covers DM and not $, Euro, Renminbi, Yen or Pound etc. Shift key and arrow keys selects a range of cells, so that '''formatting can be done to all highlighted cells'''. View -> Overview then select ALL with one click (in empty cell in the top left hand corner of the sheet). Default mode is relative cell referencing e.g. a1+a2 but absolute e.g. $a$1+$a$2 can be entered. * #sheet-name to '''absolute''' reference another sheet-name cell unless reference() function used. ;Graphs use shift key and arrow keys to select a bunch of cells to be graph'ed making sure that x axes represents and y axes represents * value() - 0 value, 1 percent, 2 date, 3 time, 4 unit ... ;Dates * Excel starts a running count from the 1st Jan 1900 and Ignition starts from 1st Jan 1AD '''(maybe this needs to change)''' Set formatting Object -> Cell -> Properties and put date in days ;Time Set formatting Object -> Cell -> Properties and put time in seconds taken ;Database (to be done by someone else) type - standard, reference (bezug), search criterion (suchkriterium), * select a bunch of cells and Object -> Database -> Define to set Datenbank (database) and Felder (fields not sure how?) * Neu (new) or loschen (delete) to add/remove database headings e.g. Personal, Start Date, Finish Date (one per row?) * Object -> Database -> Index to add fields (felder) like Surname, First Name, Employee ID, etc. to ? Filtering done with dbfilter(), dbproduct() and dbposition(). Activities with dbsum(), dbaverage(), dbmin() and dbmax(). Table sorting - ;Scripts (Arexx) ;Excel(TM) to Ignition - commas ''',''' replaced by semi-colons ''';''' to separate values within functions *SUM(), *AVERAGE(), MAX(), MIN(), INT(), PRODUCT(), MEDIAN(), VAR() becomes Variance(), Percentile(), *IF(), AND, OR, NOT *LEFT(), RIGHT(), MID() becomes MIDDLE(), LEN() becomes LENGTH(), *LOWER() becomes LOWERCASE(), UPPER() becomes UPPERCASE(), * DATE(yyyy,mm,dd) becomes COMPUTEDATE(dd;mm;yyyy), *TODAY(), DAY(),WEEK(), MONTH(),=YEAR(TODAY()), *EOMONTH() becomes MONTHLENGTH(), *NOW() should be date and time becomes time only, SECOND(), MINUTE(), HOUR(), *DBSUM() becomes DSUM(), ;Missing and possibly useful features/functions needed for ignition to have better support of Excel files There is no Merge and Join Text over many cells, no protect and/or freeze row or columns or books but can LOCK sheets, no define bunch of cells as a name, Macros (Arexx?), conditional formatting, no Solver, no Goal Seek, no Format Painter, no AutoFill, no AutoSum function button, no pivot tables, (30 argument limit applies to Excel) *HLOOKUP(), VLOOKUP(), [http://production-scheduling.com/excel-index-function-most-useful/ INDEX(), MATCH()], CHOOSE(), TEXT(), *TRIM(), FIND(), SUBSTITUTE(), CONCATENATE() or &, PROPER(), REPT(), *[https://acingexcel.com/excel-sumproduct-function/ SUMPRODUCT()], ROUND(), ROUNDUP(), *ROUNDDOWN(), COUNT(), COUNTA(), SUMIF(), COUNTIF(), COUNTBLANK(), TRUNC(), *PMT(), PV(), FV(), POWER(), SQRT(), MODE(), TRUE, FALSE, *MODE(), LARGE(), SMALL(), RANK(), STDEV(), *DCOUNT(), DCOUNTA(), WEEKDAY(), ;Excel Keyboard [http://dmcritchie.mvps.org/excel/shortx2k.htm shortcuts needed to aid usability in Ignition] <pre> Ctrl Z - Undo Ctrl D - Fill Down Ctrl R - Fill right Ctrl F - Find Ctrl H - Replace Ctrl 1 - Formatting of Cells CTRL SHIFT ~ Apply General Formatting ie a number Ctrl ; - Todays Date F2 - Edit cell F4 - toggle cell absolute / relative cell references </pre> ====Document Scanning - Scandal==== Scanner usually needs to be connected via a USB port and not via a hub or extension lead. Check in Trident Prefs -> Devices that the USB Scanner is not bound to anything (e.g. Bindings None) If not found then reboot the computer and recheck. Start Scandal, choose Settings from Menu strip at top of screen and in Scanner Driver choose the ?#.device of the scanner (e.g. epson2.device). The next two boxes - leave empty as they are for morphos SCSI use only or put ata.device (use the selection option in bigger box below) and Unit as 0 this is needed for gt68xx * gt68xx - no editing needed in s/gt68xx.conf but needs a firmware file that corresponds to the scanner [http://www.meier-geinitz.de/sane/gt68xx-backend/ gt68xx firmwares] in sys:s/gt68xx. * epson2 - Need to edit the file epson2.conf in sys/s that corresponds to the scanner being used '''Save''' the settings but do not press the Use button (aros freezes) Back to the Picture Scan window and the right-hand sections. Click on the '''Information''' tab and press Connect button and the scanner should now be detected. Go next to the '''Scanner''' tab next to Information Tab should have Color, Black and White, etc. and dpi settings now. Selecting an option Color, B/W etc. can cause dpi settings corruption (especially if the settings are in one line) so set '''dpi first'''. Make sure if Preview is set or not. In the '''Scan''' Tab, press Scan and the scanner will do its duty. Be aware that nothing is saved to disk yet. In the Save tab, change format JPEG, PNG or IFF DEEP. Tick incremental and base filename if necessary and then click the Save button. The image will now be saved to permanent storage. The driver ignores a device if it is already bond to another USB class, rejects it from being usable. However, open Trident prefs, select your device and use the right mouse button to open. Select "NONE" to prevent poseidon from touching the device. Now save settings. It should always work now. [[#top|...to the top]] ===Emulators=== ==== Amiberry ==== ==== Amiga Emu - Janus UAE ==== With Amibridge, AROS attempts to make the UAE emulator seem embedded within but it still is acting as an app There is no dynarec m68k for each hardware that Aros supports or direct patching of motorola calls to AROS hardware accelerated ones unless the emulator has that included Try starting Janus with a priority of -1 like this little script: <pre> cd sys:system/AmiBridge/emulator changetaskpri -1 run janus-uae -f my_uaerc.config >nil: cd sys:prefs endcli </pre> This stops Janus hogging all the CPU time. ===Miscellaneous=== ====Screensaver Blanker==== Most blankers on the amiga (i.e. aros) run as commodities (they are in the tools/commodities drawer). Double click on blanker. Control is with an app called Exchange, which you need to run first (double click on app) or run QUIET sys:tools/commodities/Exchange >NIL: but subsequently can use (Cntrl Alt h). Icon tool types (may be broken) or command line options <pre> seconds=number </pre> Once the timing is right then add the following to s:icaros-sequence or s:user-startup e.g. for 5 minutes run QUIET sys:tools/commodities/Blanker seconds=300 >NIL: *[http://archives.aros-exec.org/index.php?function=showfile&file=graphics/screenblanker/gblanker.i386-aros.zip Garshneblanker] can make Aros unstable or slow. Certain blankers crashes in Icaros 2.0.x like Dragon, Executor. *[ Acuario AROS version], the aquarium screen saver. Startup: extras:acuariofv-aros/acuario Kill: c:break name=extras:acuariofv-aros/acuario Managed to start Acuario by the Executor blanker. <pre> cx_priority= cx_popkey= ie CX_POPKEY="Shift F1" cx_popup=Yes or No </pre> <pre> Qualifier String Input Event Class ---------------- ----------------- "lshift" IEQUALIFIER_LSHIFT "rshift" IEQUALIFIER_RSHIFT "capslock" IEQUALIFIER_CAPSLOCK "control" IEQUALIFIER_CONTROL "lalt" IEQUALIFIER_LALT "ralt" IEQUALIFIER_RALT "lcommand" IEQUALIFIER_LCOMMAND "rcommand" IEQUALIFIER_RCOMMAND "numericpad" IEQUALIFIER_NUMERICPAD "repeat" IEQUALIFIER_REPEAT "midbutton" IEQUALIFIER_MIDBUTTON "rbutton" IEQUALIFIER_RBUTTON "leftbutton" IEQUALIFIER_LEFTBUTTON "relativemouse" IEQUALIFIER_RELATIVEMOUSE </pre> <pre> Synonym Synonym String Identifier ------- ---------- "shift" IXSYM_SHIFT /* look for either shift key */ "caps" IXSYM_CAPS /* look for either shift key or capslock */ "alt" IXSYM_ALT /* look for either alt key */ Highmap is one of the following strings: "space", "backspace", "tab", "enter", "return", "esc", "del", "up", "down", "right", "left", "f1", "f2", "f3", "f4", "f5", "f6", "f7", "f8", "f9", "f10", "help". </pre> [[#top|...to the top]] ==== World Construction Set WCS (Version 2.031) ==== WCS is a fractal landscape software such as Scenery Animator, Vista Pro and Panorama. Open sourced February 2022, World Construction Set [https://3dnature.com/downloads/legacy-software/ legally and for free] and [https://github.com/AlphaPixel/3DNature c source]. Announced August 1994 this version dates from April 1996 developed by Gary R. Huber and Chris "Xenon" Hanson" from Questar <pre> Assign "WCSProjects:" "Volume:Dir/Dir/WCSProjects" Assign "WCSFrames:" "Volume:Dir/Dir/WCSFrames" </pre> <pre> Load projects .proj by accessing pull down menu Project -> Open then click on CanyonSunset.proj OK to changing .par file and enlarge Status Log window to show what is happening Render by pull down menu Modules -> Render with End equal 1 not 300 then click bottom middle button Render </pre> [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CxQDmf1ZWG0 Youtube walkthrough of above], [], [], Also try working with the already built file ColoDemo - Then open with the drop-down menu: Project/Open, then WCSProject:ColoDemo.proj Which allows you to use altimetric DEM files already included and Loading scene parameters from ColoDemo.par Once this is done, save everything with a new name to start working exclusively on your project. Then drop-down menu and select Save As ("NewName".proj name), then drop-down menu to open parameter and select Save All ( .par name) After launching the software, there is a the Module Control Panel composed of five icons. It is a dock type shortcut of the first few functions of the drop-down menu *Database - Load (#?.proj), Append, Create, Edit, Save, Dir List (of WCSProject drawer), *Data Ops - Extract / Convert Interp DEM, Import DLG, DXF, WDB and export LW map 3d formats *Map View - Database file Loader leading to Map View Control with option to the Database Editor *Parameters - Editor for Motion, Color, Ecosystem, Clouds, Waves, management of altimeter files DEM, sclock settings etc *Render - rendering terrain These are more in the pull down menu but not in the dock *Motion Editor *Color Editor *Ecosys Editor Simple minimal workflow *Load database (1st icon - 1st) *Set parameters and save .par file (4th icon) *Render scene (5th icon) [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZbTwwR2qcc4 Youtube], [], <pre> .proj new project name which creates a drawer of additional files .binary array, ascii array .xyz , z buffer, DTED .dt0, vista 1990s dem, iff conversion .Obj with .elev, .frd with .hdr maps, - digital elevation model (DEM) is a 3D representation of elevation data in various formats USGS 7.5MinDEM, .par </pre> Since for the time being no project is loaded, a query window indicates a procedural error when clicking on the rendering icon (right end of the bar). The menu is quite traditional; it varies according to the activity of the windows. To display any altimetric file in the "Mapview" (third icon of the panel), There are three possibilities: * Loading of a demonstration project. * The import of a DEM file, followed by texturing and packaging from the "Database-Editor" and the "Color-Editor". * The creation of an altimetric file in WCS format, then texturing. The altimeter file editing (display in the menu) is only made possible if the "Mapview" window is active. The software is made up of many windows and won't be able to describe them all. Know that "Color-Editor" and the "Data-Editor" comprise sufficient functions for obtaining an almost real rendering quality. You have the possibility of inserting vector objects in the "Data-Editor" (creation of roads, railways, etc.) The Map View (MapView) window *Database - Objects and Topos *View - Align, Center, Zoom, Pan, Move *Draw - Maps and distance *Object - Find, highlight, add points, conform topo, duplicate *Motion - Camera, Focus, path, elevation *Windows - DEM designer, Cloud (.cld) and wave (.wve) editor, You will notice that by selecting this window and simply moving the pointer to various points on the map you will see latitude and longitude values ​​change, along with the height. Drop-down menu and Modules, then select MapView and change the width of the window with the map to arrange it in the best way on the screen. With the Auto button the center. Window that then displays the contents of my DEM file, in this case the Grand Canyon. MapView allows you to observe the shape of the landscape from above ZOOM button Press the Zoom button and then with the pointer position on a point on the map, press the left mouse button and then move to the opposite corner to circumscribe the chosen area and press the left mouse button again, then we will see the enlarged area selected on the map. Would add that there is a box next to the Zoom button that allows the direct insertion of a value which, the larger it is, the smaller the magnification and the smaller the value, the stronger the magnification. At each numerical change you will need to press the DRAW button to update the view. PAN button Under Zoom you will find the PAN button which allows you to move the map at will in all directions by the amount you want. This is done by drawing a line in one direction, then press PAN and point to an area on the map with the pointer and press the left mouse button. At this point, leave it and move the pointer in one direction by drawing a line and press the left mouse button again to trigger the movement of the map on the screen (origin and end points). Do some experiments and then use the Auto button immediately below to recenter everything. There are parameters such as TOPO, VEC to be left checked and immediately below one that allows different views of the map with the Style command (Single, Multi, Surface, Emboss, Slope, Contour), each with its own particularities to highlight different details. Now you have the first basics to manage your project visually on the map. Close the MapView window and go further... Let's start working on ECOSYSTEMS If we select Emboss from the MapView Style command we will have a clear idea of ​​how the landscape appears, realizing that it is a predominantly desert region of our planet. Therefore we will begin to act on any vegetation present and the appearance of the landscape. With WCS we will begin to break down the elements of the landscape by assigning defined characteristics. It will be necessary to determine the classes of the ecosystem (Class) with parameters of Elevation Line (maximum altitude), Relative Elevation (arrangement on basins or convexities with respectively positive or negative parameters), Min Slope and Max Slope (slope). WCS offers the possibility of making ecosystems coexist on the same terrain with the UnderEco function, by setting a Density value. Ecosys Ecosystem Editor Let's open it from Modules, then Ecosys Editor. In the left pane you will find the list of ecosystems referring to the files present in our project. It will be necessary to clean up that box to leave only the Water and Snow landscapes and a few other predefined ones. We can do this by selecting the items and pressing the Remove button (be careful not for all elements the button is activated, therefore they cannot all be eliminated). Once this is done we can start adding new ecosystems. Scroll through the various Unused and as soon as the Name item at the top is activated allowing you to write, type the name of your ecosystem, adding the necessary parameters. <pre> Ecosystem1: Name: RockBase Class: Rock Density: 80 MinSlope: 15 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosystem2: Name: RockIncl Clss: Rock Density: 80 MinSlope: 30 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosystem3: Name: Grass Class Low Veg Density: 50 Height: 1 Elev Line : 1500 Rel El Eff: 5 Max Slope: 10 – Min Slope: 0 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosistema4: Name: Shrubs Class: Low Veg Density: 40 Height: 8 Elev Line: 3000 Rel El Eff: -2 Max Slope: 20 Min Slope : 5 UnderEco: Terrain Ecosistema5: Name: Terrain Class: Ground Density: 100 UnderEco: Terrain </pre> Now we need to identify an intermediate ecosystem that guarantees a smooth transition between all, therefore we select as Understory Ecosystem the one called Terrain in all ecosystems, except Snow and Water . Now we need to 'emerge' the Colorado River in the Canyon and we can do this by raising the sea level to 900 (Sea Level) in the Ecosystem called Water. Please note that the order of the ecosystem list gives priority to those that come after. So our list must have the following order: Water, Snow, Shrubs, RockIncl, RockBase, Terrain. It is possible to carry out all movements with the Swap button at the bottom. To put order you can also press Short List. Press Keep to confirm all the work done so far with Ecosystem Editor. Remember every now and then to save both the Project 'Modules/Save' and 'Parameter/Save All' EcoModels are made up of .etp .fgp .iff8 for each model Color Editor Now it's time to define the colors of our scene and we can do this by going to Modules and then Color Editor. In the list we focus on our ecosystems, created first. Let's go to the bottom of the list and select the first white space, assigning the name 'empty1', with a color we like and then we will find this element again in other environments... It could serve as an example for other situations! So we move to 'grass' which already exists and assign the following colors: R 60 G 70 B50 <pre> 'shrubs': R 60 G 80 B 30 'RockIncl' R 110 G 65 B 60 'RockBase' R 110 G 80 B 80 ' Terrain' R 150 G 30 B 30 <pre> Now we can work on pre-existing colors <pre> 'SunLight' R 150 G 130 B 130 'Haze and Fog' R 190 G 170 B 170 'Horizon' R 209 G 185 B 190 'Zenith' R 140 G 150 B 200 'Water' R 90 G 125 B 170 </pre> Ambient R 0 G 0 B 0 So don't forget to close Color Editor by pressing Keep. Go once again to Ecosystem Editor and assign the corresponding color to each environment by selecting it using the Ecosystem Color button. Press it several times until the correct one appears. Then save the project and parameters again, as done previously. Motion Editor Now it's time to take care of the framing, so let's go to Modules and then to Motion Editor. An extremely feature-rich window will open. Following is the list of parameters regarding the Camera, position and other characteristics: <pre> -Camera Altitude: 7.0 -Camera Latitude: 36.075 -Camera Longitude: 112.133 -Focus Attitude: -2.0 -Focus Latitude: 36.275 -Focus Longitude: 112.386 -Camera : 512 → rendering window -Camera Y: 384 → rendering window -View Arc: 80 → View width in degrees -Sun Longitude: 172 -Sun Latitude: -0.9 -Haze Start: 3.8 -Haze Range: 78, 5 </pre> As soon as the values ​​shown in the relevant sliders have been modified, we will be ready to open the CamView window to observe the wireframe preview. Let's not consider all the controls that will appear. Well from the Motion Editor if you have selected Camera Altitude and open the CamView panel, you can change the height of the camera by holding down the right mouse button and moving the mouse up and down. To update the view, press the Terrain button in the adjacent window. As soon as you are convinced of the position, confirm again with Keep. You can carry out the same work with the other functions of the camera, such as Focus Altitude... Let's now see the next positioning step on the Camera map, but let's leave the CamView preview window open while we go to Modules to open the window at the same time MapView. We will thus be able to take advantage of the view from the other together with a subjective one. From the MapView window, select with the left mouse button and while it is pressed, move the Camera as desired. To update the subjective preview, always click on Terrain. While with the same procedure you can intervene on the direction of the camera lens, by selecting the cross and with the left button pressed you can choose the desired view. So with the pressure of Terrain I update the Preview. Possibly can enlarge or reduce the Map View using the Zoom button, for greater precision. Also write that the circle around the cameras indicates the beginning of the haze, there are two types (haze and fog) linked to the altitude. Would also add that the camera height is editable through the Motion Editor panel. The sun Let's see that changing the position of the sun from the Motion Editor. Press the SUN button at the bottom right and set the time and the date. Longitude and latitude are automatically obtained by the program. Always open the View Arc command from the Motion Editor panel, an item present in the Parameter List box. Once again confirm everything with Keep and then save again. Animation The animation part is not left-back and also occupies a window. The settings possibilities are enormous. A time line with dragging functions ("slide", "drag"...) comparable to that of LightWave completes this window. A small window is available for positioning the stars as a function of a date, in order to vary the seasons and their various events (and yes...). At the bottom of the "Motion-Editor", a "cam-view" function will give you access to a control panel. Different preview modes are possible. The rendering is also accessible through a window. No less than nine pages compose it. At this level, you will be able to determine the backup name of your images ("path"), the type of texture to be calculated, the resolution of the images, activate or deactivate functions such as the depth buffer ("zbuffer"), the blur, the background image, etc. Once all these parameters have been set, all you have to do is click on the "Render" button. For rendering go to Modules and then Render. Select the resolution, then under IMA select the name of the image. Move to FRA and indicate the level of fractal detail which of 4 is quite good. Then Keep to confirm and then reopen the window, pressing Render you will see the result. The image will be opened with any viewing program. Strengths: * Multi-window. * Quality of rendering. * Accuracy. * Opening, preview and rendering on CyberGraphX screen. * Extract / Convert Interp DEM, Import DLG, DXF, WDB and export LW map 3d formats * The "zbuffer" function. Weaknesses: * No OpenGL management * Calculation time. * No network computing tool. ====Writing CD / DVD - Frying Pan==== Can be backup DVDs (4GB ISO size limit due to use of FileInfoBlock), create audio cds from mp3's, and put .iso files on discs If using for the first time - click Drive button and Device set to ata.device and unit to 0 (zero) Click Tracks Button - Drive 1 - Create New Disc or Import Existing Disc Image (iso bin/cue etc.) - Session File open cue file If you're making a data cd, with files and drawers from your hard drive, you should be using the ISO Builder.. which is the MUI page on the left. ("Data/Audio Tracks" is on the right). You should use the "Data/Audio tracks" page if you want to create music cds with AIFF/WAV/MP3 files, or if you download an .iso file, and you want to put it on a cd. Click WRITE Button - set write speed - click on long Write button Examples Easiest way would be to burn a DATA CD, simply go to "Tracks" page "ISO Builder" and "ADD" everything you need to burn. On the "Write" page i have "Masterize Disc (DAO)", "Close Disc" and "Eject after Write" set. One must not "Blank disc before write" if one uses a CDR AUDIO CD from MP3's are as easy but tricky to deal with. FP only understands one MP3 format, Layer II, everything else will just create empty tracks Burning bootable CD's works only with .iso files. Go to "Tracks" page and "Data/Audio Tracks" and add the .iso ====odf==== Every ODF file is a collection of several subdocuments within a package (ZIP file), each of which stores part of the complete document. * content.xml – Document content and automatic styles used in the content. * styles.xml – Styles used in the document content and automatic styles used in the styles themselves. * meta.xml – Document meta information, such as the author or the time of the last save action. * settings.xml – Application-specific settings, such as the window size or printer information. To read document follow these steps: * Extracting .ods file. * Getting content.xml file (which contains sheets data). * Creating XmlDocument object from content.xml file. * Creating DataSet (that represent Spreadsheet file). * With XmlDocument select “table:table” elements, and then create adequate DataTables. * Parse child’s of “table:table” element and fill DataTables with those data. * At the end, return DataSet and show it in application’s interface. To write document follow these steps: * Extracting template.ods file (.ods file that we use as template). * Getting content.xml file. * Creating XmlDocument object from content.xml file. * Erasing all “table:table” elements from the content.xml file. * Reading data from our DataSet and composing adequate “table:table” elements. * Adding “table:table” elements to content.xml file. * Zipping that file as new .ods file. XLS file format The XLS file format contains streams, substreams, and records. These sheet substreams include worksheets, macro sheets, chart sheets, dialog sheets, and VBA module sheets. All the records in an XLS document start with a 2-byte unsigned integer to specify Record Type (rt), and another for Count of Bytes (cb). A record cannot exceed 8224 bytes. If larger than the rest is stored in one or more continue records. * Workbook stream **Globals substream ***BoundSheet8 record - info for Worksheet substream i.e. name, location, type, and visibility. (4bytes the lbPlyPos FilePointer, specifies the position in the Workbook stream where the sheet substream starts) **Worksheet substream (sheet) - Cell Table - Row record - Cells (2byte=row 2byte=column 2byte=XF format) ***Blank cell record ***RK cell record 32-bit number. ***BoolErr cell record (2-byte Bes structure that may be either a Boolean value or an error code) ***Number cell record (64-bit floating-point number) ***LabelSst cell record (4-byte integer that specifies a string in the Shared Strings Table (SST). Specifically, the integer corresponds to the array index in the RGB field of the SST) ***Formula cell record (FormulaValue structure in the 8 bytes that follow the cell structure. The next 6 bytes can be ignored, and the rest of the record is a CellParsedFormula structure that contains the formula itself) ***MulBlank record (first 2 bytes give the row, and the next 2 bytes give the column that the series of blanks starts at. Next, a variable length array of cell structures follows to store formatting information, and the last 2 bytes show what column the series of blanks ends on) ***MulRK record ***Shared String Table (SST) contains all of the string values in the workbook. ACCRINT(), ACCRINTM(), AMORDEGRC(), AMORLINC(), COUPDAYBS(), COUPDAYS(), COUPDAYSNC(), COUPNCD(), COUPNUM(), COUPPCD(), CUMIPMT(), CUMPRINC(), DB(), DDB(), DISC(), DOLLARDE(), DOLLARFR(), DURATION(), EFFECT(), FV(), FVSCHEDULE(), INTRATE(), IPMT(), IRR(), ISPMT(), MDURATION(), MIRR(), NOMINAL(), NPER(), NPV(), ODDFPRICE(), ODDFYIELD(), ODDLPRICE(), ODDLYIELD(), PMT(), PPMT(), PRICE(), PRICEDISC(), PRICEMAT(), PV(), RATE(), RECEIVED(), SLN(), SYD(), TBILLEQ(), TBILLPRICE(), TBILLYIELD(), VDB(), XIRR(), XNPV(), YIELD(), YIELDDISC(), YIELDMAT(), <pre> </pre> <pre> </pre> <pre> </pre> {{BookCat}} 23l9eijq3e2bv15y2x734gxe9rantn0 110 244883 4671086 4472230 2026-09-18T23:57:27Z TechVindicator 3626296 /* Moldova's History */ 4671086 wikitext text/x-wiki {{DISPLAYTITLE:<span style="color:blue"><center>{{SUBPAGENAME}}</center></span>}} [[Image:Flag of Moldova.svg|border|250px|thumb|left|The national flag of Moldova.]] [[Image:Location_Moldova_Europe.png|border|250px|thumb|right|Location of Moldova in Europe]] '''Moldova''' is a small country in eastern Europe bordering [[Wikijunior:Europe/Romania|Romania]] and [[Wikijunior:Europe/Ukraine|Ukraine]]. The capital city is [[w:Chişinău|Chişinău]]. Other large cities are Tiraspol (located in the breakaway region of ''Transnistria'') and Bălţi. Moldova is not part of the [[../EU|European Union]] and uses the '''[[w:Moldovan leu|Moldovan leu]]''' as its currency. ==Moldova's History== Until 1991 Moldova was part of the USSR. When Moldova was part of the Soviet Union, it had the modern day borders of Moldova and was known as the Moldavian Soviet Socialist Republic. {{{{BOOKTEMPLATE}}/Define|Soviet Union|This was a massive country consisting of Russia, Kazakhstan, Ukraine and many other countries. It was a super power until it ended in 1991.}} [[Image:Dniester in Moldova, 2004.jpg|border|300px|thumb|left|Dniester river]] The area east of the Dniester river, known as '''Transnistria''', contains a majority of ethnic Ukrainians and Russians who did not wish to be part of Moldova. In 1992 military conflict occurred between Transistria and the Moldovan government and '''Transnistria''' declared itself independent although most countries in the world still recognise it as being part of Moldova. Transnistria's capital is '''Tiraspol'''. Since independent, the Communist Party has been the most popular party in Moldova until 2009 when a coalition took control. Moldova is the poorest country in Europe. The average income in the country is about $1,900 per year, far lower than central and western Europe and lower than other parts of eastern Europe. ==Moldova's Geography== Moldova is located very close to the Black Sea but it does not touch the sea so it is one of Europe's landlocked countries. The country is hilly but contains no mountains - the largest hill is '''Bălănești Hill''' at 430 metres. Because Moldova is close to the Black Sea it has warm and sunny summers but winters can be cold with average temperatures of −4 °C in mid-winter. The country has many rivers including Dniester (which separates Moldova from Transnistria) and Prut. Central Europe's largest river, the Danube, enters Moldovan territory for only half a kilometre. [[Image:Căpriana monastery in Moldova.jpg|border|300px|thumb|right|Căpriana monastery]] ==Moldova's People== Moldova has a population of about 3.5 million. The official language of Moldova is Moldovan which is recognized as a dialect of [[Wikijunior:Languages/Romanian|Romanian]]. A large number of people, especially in the Transnistria region, speak [[Wikijunior:Languages/Russian|Russian]]. The vast majority of Moldovans are [[Wikijunior:World Religions/Christianity|Orthodox Christians]]. Moldova has many beautiful churches and monasteries. Because of poverty many Moldovans, as many as 25% of the population, work in other countries in Europe and send money home to their families. ==Moldova's Sights== Tourism is increasing in Moldova especially since 2007 when new laws meant that EU citizens no longer need visas to visit the country. Wine-making holidays, especially near the capital are the most popular activity for tourists in Moldova. Monasteries like '''Căpriana monastery''' are also popular with Moldovan and foreign tourists. Moldova has one [[Wikijunior:World Heritage Sites|UNESCO World Heritage Site]]: Rudi Geodetic Point. {{wikipedia|Moldova}} <br> {{Template:WikijuniorEurope}} {{BookCat}} {{Wikivoyage|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} j56ow2v7fjqcbuf0samkw4sl3hu3nxn 0 248421 4671107 4670174 2026-09-19T07:26:52Z Larsnooden 430753 TCPKeepAlive is on by default 4671107 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{simple chapter navigation|previous=Host-based Authentication|next=Multiplexing}}</noinclude> &nbsp; ==MaxStartups== Random early drop can be enabled by specifying the three colon-separated values ''start'':''rate'':''full''. After the number of unauthenticated connections reaches the value specified by ''start'', [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] will begin to refuse new connections at a percentage specified by ''rate''. The proportional rate of refused connections then increases linearly as the limit specified by ''full'' is approached until 100% is reached. At that point all new attempts at connection are refused until the backlog goes down. <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> MaxStartups 10:30:100 </syntaxhighlight> For example, if '''MaxStartups 5:30:90''' is given in [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd_config.5 sshd_config(5)], then starting with 5 new connections pending authentication the server will start to drop 30% of the new connections. By the time the backlog increases to 90 pending unauthenticated connections, 100% will be dropped. In the default settings, the value for ''full'' has been increased to 100 pending connections to make it harder to succumb to a denial of service due to attack or heavy load. So the new default is 10:30:100. Alternately, if the number of incoming connections is not managed at the network level by a packet filter or other tricks like round-robin DNS, it is possible to limit it at the SSH server itself. Setting '''MaxStartups''' to an integer sets a hard limit to the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon. <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> MaxStartups 10 </syntaxhighlight> Additional connections will be dropped until authentication succeeds or the '''LoginGraceTime''' expires for another connection. The old default was 10. ===Turning Off MaxStartups Or PerSourcePenalties=== In short, you cannot turn off '''MaxStartups''' but it can be set to a higher number. That number should still be as low as possible because it is used to set some one-off allocations<ref name="MaxStartups">{{cite mailing list | last=Miller | first=Damien | date=2026-09-14 | access-date=2026-09-14 | title=How to turn OFF MaxStartups/SourcePenalties ? | url=https://lists.mindrot.org/pipermail/openssh-unix-dev/2026-September/042736.html | archive-url=https://lists.mindrot.org/pipermail/openssh-unix-dev/ | mailing-list=openssh-unix-dev | publisher=lists.mindrot.org}}</ref>. An alternative to turning off '''PerSourcePenalties''' is to set the penalty period to zero for just the specific penalties which are involved in the problem being observed. For example, clients that fail or never complete authentication can be addressed be zeroing out '''authfail:''' and '''noauth:''' penalties. <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> PerSourcePenalties authfail:0 noauth:0 </syntaxhighlight> See [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd_config.5 sshd_config(5)] for the choices. However, zeroing out the penalties will eventually cause trouble so it would be best to fix the problem(s) with the connecting clients instead. At the very least, leaving the penalties in place serves as useful exploit mitigation which might be critical if there is ever another bad pre-authentication bug again. ==Preventing Timeouts Of A Not So Active Session== There are two connections that can be tracked during an SSH session, the network's TCP connection and the encrypted SSH session traveling on top of it. Some tunnels and VPNs might not be active all the time, so there is the risk that the session times out or even that the TCP session times out at the router or firewall. The network connection can be be tracked with '''TCPKeepAlive''', which is on by default, but it is not an accurate indication of the state of the actual SSH connections. It is, however, a useful indicator of the status of the actual network. Either the client or the server can counter such timeouts by keeping either the encrypted connection active using a heartbeat. On the client side, if the global client configuration is not already set, individuals can use '''ServerAliveInterval''' to choose an interval in seconds for server alive heartbeats and use '''ServerAliveCountMax''' to set the corresponding maximum number of missed client messages allowed before the encrypted SSH session is considered closed. <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> ServerAliveInterval 15 ServerAliveCountMax 4 </syntaxhighlight> On the server side, '''ClientAliveInterval''' sets the interval in seconds between client alive heartbeats. '''ClientAliveCountMax''' sets the maximum number of missed client messages allowed before the encrypted SSH session is considered closed. If no other data has been sent or received during that time, [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. If [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd_config.5 sshd_config(5)] has '''ClientAliveInterval''' set to 15, and '''ClientAliveCountMax''' set to 4, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 60 (= 15 x 4) seconds. <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 4 </syntaxhighlight> If a time-based '''RekeyLimit''' is also used but the time limit is shorter than the '''ClientAliveInterval''' heartbeat, then the shorter re-key limit will be used for the heartbeat interval instead. This is more or less the same principle as with the server. Again, that is set in [http://man.openbsd.org/ssh_config.5 ~/.ssh/config] and can be applied globally to all connections from that account or selectively to specific connections using a '''Host''' or '''Match''' block. ==Ensuring Timeouts Of An Inactive Interactive Session== If the server is no longer disconnecting idle SSH accounts when they reach the timeout configured by the '''ClientAliveInterval''' option, then the work-around for that is to set the shell's '''TMOUT''' variable to the desire timeout value. When '''TMOUT''' is set, it specifies the number of seconds the shell will wait for a line of input to be entered before closing the shell and thus the SSH session. Note that this means pressing ''Enter'', too, because other typing will not be enough by itself to prevent the timeout and the line must actually be entered for the timer to be reset. On the server, check for the presence of the '''SSH_CONNECTION''' variable, which is usually empty unless currently in an SSH session, to differentiate an SSH session from a local shell. If the account is allowed to make changes to the timeout, then the following can be in the account's own profile, such as '''~/.profile''', <syntaxhighlight lang="shell"> if [ "$SSH_CONNECTION" != "" ]; then # 10 minutes TMOUT=600 export TMOUT fi </syntaxhighlight> If the account must not be able to change this setting, then it must be in the global profile and made read-only, such as somewhere under '''/etc/profile.d/''', <syntaxhighlight lang="shell"> if [ "$SSH_CONNECTION" != "" ]; then # 10 minutes TMOUT=600 readonly TMOUT export TMOUT fi </syntaxhighlight> Both examples above are for Bourne shells, their derivatives, and maybe some other shells. A few shells might have other options available, such as an actual '''autologout''' variable found in [https://linux.die.net/man/1/tcsh tcsh(1)]. ==TCP Wrappers, Also Called tcpd(8)== As of 6.7, OpenSSH's [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] no longer supports TCP Wrappers, also referred to as [http://linux.die.net/man/8/tcpd tcpd(8)]. So this subsection only applies to 6.6 and earlier. Other options that can be used instead of [http://linux.die.net/man/8/tcpd tcpd(8)] include packet filters like PF <ref name="Hansteen_PF">{{cite web |url=http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/ |title=Firewalling with PF |author=Peter N M Hansteen |year=2011}}</ref>, ipf, NFTables, or even old IPTables. In particular, the '''Match''' directive for the OpenSSH server supports filtering by CIDR address. Use these instead and keep in mind the phrase "equivalent security control" which can smooth out hassles caused by security auditors which may still have a "tcpwrappers" checkbox left over from the 1990s on their worksheets. The [http://linux.die.net/man/8/tcpd tcpd(8)] program was an access control utility for incoming requests to Internet services. It was used for services that have a one-to-one mapping to executables, such as [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)], and which have been compiled to interact with it. It checked first a whitelist ('''/etc/hosts.allow''') and then a blacklist ('''/etc/hosts.deny''') to approve or deny access. The first pattern to match any given connection attempt was used. The default in '''/etc/hosts.deny''' was to block access, if no rules match in '''/etc/hosts.allow''': <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> sshd: ALL </syntaxhighlight> In addition to access control, [http://linux.die.net/man/8/tcpd tcpd(8)] can be set to run scripts using twist or spawn when a rule is triggered. spawn launches another program as a child process of [http://linux.die.net/man/8/tcpd tcpd(8)]. From '''/etc/hosts.allow''': <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> sshd: .example.org : allow sshd: .example.com : spawn \ /bin/date -u +"%%F %%T UTC from %h" >> /var/log/sshd.log : allow </syntaxhighlight> The variable '''%h''' expands to the connecting clients host name or ip number. The manual page for [http://linux.die.net/man/5/hosts_access hosts_access(5)] includes a full description of the variables available. Because the program in the example, date, uses the same symbol for variables, the escape character ('''%''') must be escaped ('''%%''') so it will be ignored by [http://linux.die.net/man/8/tcpd tcpd(8)] and get passed on to date correctly. '''twist''' replaces the service requested with another program. It is sometimes used for honeypots, but can really be used for anything. From '''/etc/hosts.deny''': <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> sshd: .example.org : deny sshd: ALL : twist /bin/echo "Sorry, fresh out." : deny </syntaxhighlight> With TCP Wrappers the whitelist '''/etc/hosts.allow''' is searched first, then the blacklist '''/etc/hosts.deny'''. The first match is applied. If no applicable rules are found, then access is granted by default. It should not be used any more and the better alternatives used instead. See also the '''Match''' directive in [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd_config.5 sshd_config(5)] about CIDR addresses or else the '''AllowUsers''' and '''DenyUsers''' directives. ===Using TCP Wrappers To Allow Connections From Only A Specific Subnet=== It was possible to use TCP Wrappers just set [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] to listen only to the local address and not accept any external connections. That was one way. To use TCP Wrappers for that, put a line in '''/etc/hosts.deny''' blocking everything: <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> sshd: ALL </syntaxhighlight> And add an exception for the in '''/etc/hosts.allow''' by designating the ip range using CIDR notation or by domain name <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> sshd: 192.0.32.0/20 </syntaxhighlight> The same method can be used to limit access to just the localhost (127.0.0.0/8) by adding a line to '''/etc/hosts.allow''': <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> sshd: 127.0.0.0/8 </syntaxhighlight> Again, the best practice is to block from everywhere and then open up exceptions. Keep in mind that if domains are used instead of IP ranges, DNS entries must be in order and DNS itself accessible. However, the above is of historical interest only. The same kind of limitations are better done by setting [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd_config.5 sshd_config(5)] accordingly and instead of using TCP Wrappers utilize the '''Match''' directive in the OpenSSH server or the packet filter in the operating system itself. ==The Extended Internet Services Daemon (xinetd)== The Extended Internet Services Daemon, [http://linux.die.net/man/8/xinetd xinetd(8)], can provide many kinds of access control. That includes but is not limited to name, address or network of remote host, and time of day. It can place limits on the number of services per each service as well as discontinue services if loads exceed a certain limit. The super-server listens for incoming requests and launches [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] on demand, so it is necessary to first stop [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] from running as standalone daemon. This may mean modifying System V init scripts or Upstart configuration files. Then make an [http://linux.die.net/man/8/xinetd xinetd(8)] configuration file for the service SSH. It will probably go in '''/etc/xinetd.d/ssh''' The argument '''-i''' is important as it tells [http://man.openbsd.org/sshd.8 sshd(8)] that it is being run from [http://linux.die.net/man/8/xinetd xinetd(8)]. <syntaxhighlight lang="apache"> service ssh { socket_type = stream protocol = tcp wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/sshd server_args = -i per_source = UNLIMITED log_on_failure = USERID HOST access_times = 08:00-15:25 banner = /etc/banner.inetd.connection.txt banner_success = /etc/banner.inetd.welcome.txt banner_fail = /etc/banner.inetd.takeahike.txt # log_on_success = PID HOST DURATION TRAFFIC EXIT # instances = 10 # nice = 10 # bind = 192.168.0.100 # only_from = 192.168.0.0 # no_access = 192.168.54.0 # no_access += 192.168.33.0 } </syntaxhighlight> Finally, reload the configuration by sending SIGHUP to [http://linux.die.net/man/8/xinetd xinetd(8)]. <noinclude> == References == {{reflist}} {{OpenSSH/TOC|mini}} </noinclude> {{BookCat}} {{status|100%}} nosvv7g1z3rj5gzrhdlk9eexzevzj3b 0 258145 4671000 3571679 2026-09-18T18:53:42Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4671000 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Introduction== The federal interstate system in the United States has created a lasting social and economic impact on the American landscape. From birth, cities have grown to love and loath the interstate system that became the transportation norm in post-WW II America. However, by the 1990s, the love affair for building new interstate networks had faded and the focus shifted towards maintaining the status quo. Despite this shift in policy, the debate to build one last interstate, Interstate 69, continues today. If fully implemented, Interstate 69 will extend nearly 1,700 miles through a seven state region. There are a number of issues that have arisen with this proposol and we present these issues as a launching point for discussion on future infrastructure investments and their possible consequences. ==Additional Readings== * [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/publications/publicroads/06jan/01.cfm The Year of the Interstate] * [http://books.google.com.ezp1.lib.umn.edu/books?hl=en&lr=&id=0r5_vJm6TcUC&oi=fnd&pg=PA3&dq=Interstate+69+in+Indiana&ots=FmLP6-y7hM&sig=_BVauapSLWzuNHTcZUi04uq2-oY#v=onepage&q=Interstate%2069%20in%20Indiana&f=false Excert from "Interstate 69: The Unfinished Story of the Last Great American Highway"] * [http://www.commonsensei69.org/documents/I69UICRpt01-00-99.pdf The Proposed New Interstate 69 Highway: Is It A Cost Effective Tool For Southwest Indiana?] * [http://www.i69tour.org/index.html COUNT US! County Under New Terrain I-69] * [http://www.i69texasalliance.com/alliance.html Alliance for I-69 Texas] ==Timeline== * November 1967: The first segments of the new I-69/US-27 freeway open for public use in Michigan. The segment of the I-69/US-27 freeway from the Indiana state line northerly to the Branch/Calhoun Co line is certified, and much of the former route of US-27 is turned back to local control on November 1st. The exception is the 3 miles from Fenn Rd northerly to US-12/Chicago St downtown Coldwater, which becomes part of a new BL I-69. Six weeks later, the segment of the I-69/US-27 freeway from the Branch/Calhoun Co line northerly to I-94 at Marshall is certified. Old US-27 remains an unnumbered state highway for several more months. At Marshall, the I-69 designation terminates at I-94, while the US-27 routing turns easterly via I-94 for about 1-1/2 miles back to the original US-27 alignment, then northerly toward Olivet and Charlotte. A brand new BUS US-27 designation is commissioned, beginning at I-69/US-27 on the west side of Marshall (present day Exit 36), and running easterly via Michigan Ave into downtown, then northerly via the former route of US-27 (Kalamazoo Ave & Brewer St) to the junction of I-94 & US-27 north of town at Exit 110. The BL I-94 routing at Marshall is realigned to run westerly from downtown via Michigan Ave (newly co-designated as BUS US-27) to the new I-69/US-27 freeway, then northerly via the freeway to end at I-94. The former routing of BL I-94 northerly from downtown Marshall is redesignated as a part of the new BUS US-27.<ref name="Bessert" /> * November 1991: Congress passes the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) which designated the extension of Interstate 69 from Indianapolis to the Texas/Mexican border as part of high priority corridor 18 <ref name="M28"> I-69 Research. Web. 19 Oct. 2011. <http://www.indiana.edu/~bslib/i69guide.html></ref>. * July 16, 2008: Construction begins on Section 1 in Southwest Indiana.<ref>"History: Build I-69." Build I-69. 2009. Web. 21 Oct. 2011. <http://www.buildi69.com/?page_id=84>.</ref> *Summer 2009: Construction of Section 7 is launched in Tennessee<ref name="TN" /> * August 25, 2011: Federal Highway Administrator Victor Mendez approves a section covering the Ford/Western Kentucky Parkway from its interchange with I-24 near Eddyville to its interchange with the Breathitt/Pennyrile Parkway near Nortonville, in Hopkins County that will become part of the I-69 corridor through Kentucky.<ref name="KY" /> ==Narrative== ===National Interstate and Defense Highways Act of 1956=== There were several Federal-Aid Acts passed by legislation to help the interstate system become a priority and begin its birthing phase. The first of these Acts was in 1952, when $25 million was authorized for the construction of the interstate highway system. Then in 1954, another Act was authorized by legislation for $175 million annually for the fiscal years 1956 and 1957. The largest and most aggressive Act to help the interstate system get off the ground came within a year of Dwight Eisenhower becoming President of the United States. The famous Act of 1956 authorized $13.5 billion for the development of the interstate highway system. This Act increased the proposed length to 41,000 miles of interstate highway to be planned for and built. ====Planning==== The need for an interstate highway system in the United States came about early in the 1900s around the time of World War I. It was 1919, when army captain at the time Dwight Eisenhower, along with 294 other members of the army, drove the first motorized caravan across the country. The caravan departed from Washington D.C. arriving 62 days later at their destination of Union Square in San Fransico, California. The caravan averaged roughly 5 miles per hour on this journey due to the terrain they faced along the way <ref name="M6">Rosenberg, Matt. "Interstate Highways - An Overview of Interstate Highways."Geography Home Page - Geography at About.com. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://geography.about.com/od/urbaneconomicgeography/a/interstates.htm>.</ref> . Eisenhower was also inspired for an interstate highway system by his experience during World War II when he noticed the German’s ability to efficiently move forces in a two-front war by the use of the Autobahn <ref name="M2">Garrison, William L., and David M. Levinson. The Transportation Experience: Policy, Planning, and Deployment. New York: Oxford UP, 2006. Print.</ref>. Policy played a huge role in the development of the interstate highway system in the United States. Planning the interstate highway system began in the late 1930s. The Federal-Aid Act of 1938 called the Bureau of Public Roads (BPR) to study the feasibility of a toll financed system of three east-west and three north-south superhighways. This study consisted of a total of about 14,000 miles of national toll road system <ref name="M2">Garrison, William L., and David M. Levinson. The Transportation Experience: Policy, Planning, and Deployment. New York: Oxford UP, 2006. Print.</ref>. The study found that the toll network would not be self-supporting and the proposal died. Instead the BPR’s report advocated a 26,700-mile interregional highway network. It was then in the 1950s when America was threatened with possible nuclear attacks from the Soviet Union, which spurred the need for a national interstate highway system. It was believed that an interstate highway system would allow citizens with evacuation routes if the need ever came <ref name="M6">Rosenberg, Matt. "Interstate Highways - An Overview of Interstate Highways."Geography Home Page - Geography at About.com. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://geography.about.com/od/urbaneconomicgeography/a/interstates.htm>.</ref> . It wasn’t long after that Dwight Eisenhower became president of the United States in 1952 that a push for the interstate system began to grow. It was then in 1956 that the Federal Aid to Highway/Interstate Highway Act (FAHA) was signed and the interstate highways would begin to spread across the country in the years to follow. The first stretch of the interstate highway system opened in Topeka, Kansas and was a total length of about eight-miles. The plan for the interstate highway system was to have all 42,000 miles of interstate highway complete within 16 years. The construction and completion of the originally planned 42,000 miles of interstate highway actually took 27 years to complete, with the last link being Interstate 105 in Los Angeles, which was completed in 1993 <ref name="M6">Rosenberg, Matt. "Interstate Highways - An Overview of Interstate Highways." Geography Home Page - Geography at About.com. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://geography.about.com/od/urbaneconomicgeography/a/interstates.htm>.</ref> . ====Construction==== The first decade of the interstate highway construction was the most intense period of road building in history. About half of the proposed interstate highway system was opened by the end of 1966, with the system essentially complete by the 1980s <ref name="M4">"Interstate System - Design - FHWA." Home | Federal Highway Administration. U.S. Department of Transportation. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/interstate.cfm>.</ref>. The rapid growth phase was due in large part to the government support it received when Dwight Eisenhower became President of the United States of America. During his first term in office, within his first year, the FAHA was signed and allotted $13.5 billion for the planning and construction of the interstate highway system. With the money made available for the construction of the interstate highway system, it was set on the fast track to completion. According to the available data, about 23,500 miles (34,115 km) of the interstate highway system had been completed by the end of 1966. And by 1980, what would be considered the end of the growth phase, roughly 40,250 miles (64,430 km) were finished and opened <ref name="M7">"USA Interstate Highway System: Miles Opened by Year." THE PUBLIC PURPOSE (Wendell Cox Consultancy). Web. 09 Oct. 2011. <http://www.publicpurpose.com/hwy-intmiles.htm>.</ref>. Some of the previous technologies that were brought together in the interstate highway system were taken from existing roads and highways. Greater emphasis was placed on standards for the construction of the interstate highway system, as it was important to have uniformity throughout the system. The standards were developed and adopted by the FHWA <ref name="M4">"Interstate System - Design - FHWA." Home | Federal Highway Administration. U.S. Department of Transportation. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/interstate.cfm>.</ref>. Similar standards are used in the construction of new interstate highway links. ====Ramifications==== With the growth of the interstate highway system and the increased dominance of the automobile came about urban sprawl. Both private and mass transportation were also dynamically changed due to the interstate highway system. Some of the issues we face even today, many believe, came about as a result of the interstate highway system include issues of economic mobility and growth, problems of sustainability, pollution, congestion and the creation of metropolitan landscapes which lack spatial and cultural harmony <ref name="M1">Armbruster, Andrew. "The Interstate Highway System: It's Development and It's Effects on the American Spatial, Economic and Cultural Landscape." http://www.emich.edu/studentorgs/place/Officers/andrew/Econ%20375%20-%20The%20Construction%20of%20the%20IHS-B.pdf. 5 Apr. 2005. Web. 9 Oct. 2011.</ref>. Major shifts in the relationship between the traditionally dominant core cities and the surrounding suburban areas began to evolve. Economies began to shift out from core cities, and population patterns became more focused on suburban areas. The interstate highway system is designed with the highway arteries directed towards the core of the economic energy and in accordance with the existing population density. The highway network concentrated itself as it came into downtown areas and expanded as it moved outward from the city limits. A large reason why the highway system network focuses toward the intercity downtown area is because when it was originally built, it was to be able to be used as an evacuation route for citizens if there was ever a situation where people needed to be evacuated from the city <ref name="M1">Armbruster, Andrew. "The Interstate Highway System: It's Development and It's Effects on the American Spatial, Economic and Cultural Landscape." http://www.emich.edu/studentorgs/place/Officers/andrew/Econ%20375%20-%20The%20Construction%20of%20the%20IHS-B.pdf. 5 Apr. 2005. Web. 9 Oct. 2011.</ref>. ===Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 === On December 18, 1991, President Bush signed the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ITSEA 1991) providing authorizations for highways, highway safety, and mass transportation for the next 6 years. Total funding of about $155 billion was appropriated for fiscal years 1992-1997. The statement of policy outlines several important components: "to develop a National Intermodal Transportation System that is economically efficient, environmentally sound, provides the foundation for the Nation to compete in the global economy and will move people and goods in an energy efficient manner"<ref name="ITSEA">United States. Department of Transportation. Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 - Summary. By Samuel K. Skinner. National Transportation Library. Web. 21 Oct. 2011. <http://ntl.bts.gov/DOCS/ste.html>.</ref> Among the goals of ITSEA 1991 are: * A National Highway System (NHS), consisting primarily of existing Interstate routes and a portion of the Primary System, is established to focus Federal resources on roads that are the most important to interstate travel and national defense, roads that connect with other modes of transportation, and are essential for international commerce.<ref name="ITSEA" /> * * State and local governments are given more flexibility in determining transportation solutions, whether transit or highways, and the tools of enhanced planning and management systems to guide them in making the best choices.<ref name="ITSEA" /> * * New technologies, such as intelligent vehicle highway systems and prototype magnetic levitation systems, are funded to push the Nation forward into thinking of new approaches in providing 21st Century transportation.<ref name="ITSEA" /> * * The private sector is tapped as a source for funding transportation improvements. Restrictions on the use of Federal funds for toll roads have been relaxed and private entities may even own such facilities.<ref name="ITSEA" /> * * Highway funds are available for activities that enhance the environment, such as wetland banking, mitigation of damage to wildlife habitat, historic sites, activities that contribute to meeting air quality standards, a wide range of bicycle and pedestrian projects, and highway beautification.<ref name="ITSEA" /> ====Major Change in Transportation Planning, Policy, and Deployment==== The transit formula and discretionary programs requirements and program structure remained basically unchanged from previous law, but achieved such objectives as transit and highway funding flexibility and identical matching shares, rail modernization funding by formula, increased use of the trust fund, and an expanded research program. However, a number of programs, including planning and research, began to be funded as percentage takedowns from the total amount of funding provided rather than as separate line items. Reflecting the broader mandates of the transit program, the Urban Mass Transportation Administration, who generally administered these provisions, was renamed the Federal Transit Administration (FTA).<ref name="ITSEA" /> ====I-69 advocacy begins==== Long before the passing of ITSEA, residents of southwestern Indiana had been exploring the construction of an interstate between Indianapolis and Evansville in hopes of spurring economic development in the region <ref name="M29"> I-69 Information. Web. 21 Oct. 2011. <http://www.ccswin.com/policy/I-69.asp></ref>. Throughout the mid-1980s, the Southwestern Indiana Highway Coalition (SWIRHC) advocated for a connection to be built and successfully lobbied for a feasibility study to be conducted in hopes of validating that proposition. Unfortunately for the SWIRHC and its supporters in southwestern Indiana, the feasibility study concluded that a highway between the two cities would not be cost-effective <ref name="M28"> I-69 Research. Web. 19 Oct. 2011. <http://www.indiana.edu/~bslib/i69guide.html></ref>. This report, commonly referred to as the "Donohue Study" was forwarded to the Federal Highway Administration and effectively shut out the possibility of an individual interstate being built solely for the purpose of connected the two cities <ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref>. But the proponents of getting the two cities connected were not stifled by the Donahue study, instead they opted to get their connection built through a grander road building project, Interstate 69. This pursuit of this project became a reality when an Indiana businessman named David Graham met with a researcher at the Hudson Institute named David Reed <ref name="M30">The Men Behind the Interstate. Web. 19 Oct. 2011. <http://washtimesherald.com/local/x1703939795/The-men-behind-an-interstate></ref>. Together, these men drew up a broad proposal to extend interstate 69 from Michigan, through Indiana, and through four other states before terminating in Texas along the Mexico border <ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref>. With this proposal in hand, David Graham set out to promote the vision and would go on to form the Mid-Continent Highway Coalition <ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref>. It is from here that one of the most controversial road proposals in the history of the United States began. ==Stakeholders== ===States=== ====Michigan==== While many maps of the proposed Eisenhower Interstate System from the late 1950s and 1960s depict I-69 running as far north as I-94 at Marshall, the Michigan State Highway Department had other plans in mind. The I-69 interchange with I-94 was constructed as a full cloverleaf-style interchange with collector/distributor ramps that indicated future expansion. In 1968, the northern end of the actual freeway ended almost a mile north of I-94. Expansion would come in 1970 and 1971.<ref name="Bessert">Bessert, Christopher J. Michigan Highways: Highways 60 through 69. 31 January 2009. 16 October 2011 <http://www.michiganhighways.org/listings/MichHwys60-69.html#I-069>.</ref> [[File:Interstate 69 map.png|thumb|Map of Interstate 69 from Michigan to Indianapolis, Indiana]] With the signing of the North American Free Trade Agreement in the early 1990s, many border points between Canada, the United States and Mexico became increasingly important points of international trade, with I-69 and I-94 being two Interstates leading directly from Canadian border crossings to major cities in the Midwest. Proponents of extending I-69 southeasterly into Texas use the "NAFTA Highway" concept in their defense of the extension, while opponents cite the lack of a need for such a highway and the environmental concerns. Today, I-69 begins in Michigan and ends in neighboring Indiana. The first 81 miles of I-69 in Michigan is signed as a north-south highway. At Mile 81, I-69 is signed as an east-west highway.<ref name="Bessert" /> ====Indiana==== Since the 1940s the Indiana Department of Transportation (INDOT) and its predecessor agencies considered an improved highway between Evansville and Indianapolis. Although the idea wasn’t fully developed the idea continued to receive attention until the early 1990s. Congress selected an Evansville to Indianapolis highway as part of a national high priority transportation corridor, designated as Corridor 18 in the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (known as ISTEA). By the late 1990s, Congress further decided that Corridor 18 would be a part of a national Interstate highway project, I-69, which would improve connections between Canada, Mexico and the United States. <ref name="INDOT">"Project Overview: i69indyevn.org". Indiana Department of Transportation. Web. 16 October 2011.<http://www.i69indyevn.org/i-69-tier-2-overview/></ref> Congress has addressed the location of Corridor 18 in several ways; by designating the corridor itself, by approving funding for a "high-priority segment" of the corridor, and by approving the National Highway System (NHS) map for Indiana. To determine the legal status of Corridor 18, it is necessary to consider all of these expressions of the intentions of Congress.<ref name="DEIS">"I-69 FAQ." Official I-69 Evansville to Indianapolis Study Homepage. Indiana Department of Transportation. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://deis.i69indyevn.org/faq.html>.</ref> Section 1105(f) of ISTEA authorized funding for certain "high-priority segments" of the high-priority corridors. One of the high-priority segments listed in this section was the "Bloomington-to-Newberry" section of Corridor 18. Subsequently, the description of this high-priority segment was extended to "Bloomington to Evansville."<ref name="DEIS" /> In ISTEA, Congress directed the States to recommend routes that should be included on the NHS, a national network of highways that serve as the primary focus for federal transportation investments. The map developed by INDOT, and approved by FHWA, included an Evansville-to-Bloomington-to-Indianapolis route. Congress approved the Indiana NHS map in 1995, and approved a slightly modified version in 1998. The current approved NHS map for Indiana shows an Evansville-to-Bloomington-to-Indianapolis highway, but does not specifically designate this route as Corridor 18 and does not depict this route as an Interstate. <ref name="DEIS" /> The FHWA and INDOT interpret the current legal status of Corridor 18 as follows: Corridor 18 must connect Evansville and Indianapolis, but does not need to connect to Bloomington; the funding authorized for the "high-priority segment" between Evansville and Bloomington can be used for construction of Corridor 18 only if an Evansville-to-Bloomington-to-Indianapolis route is chosen (or the legislation is changed); and the current NHS map for Indiana does not specifically identify a location for Corridor 18.<ref name="DEIS" /> ====Kentucky==== Gov. Steve Beshear announced federal approval of an agreement by which a 38-mile section of the Wendell H. Ford Western Kentucky Parkway will be designated Interstate 69 by Fall 2011. It is the first segment of what will become an I-69 corridor from Henderson to Fulton, incorporating the Julian Carroll/Purchase Parkway, Edward T. Breathitt Pennyrile Parkway and a portion of I-24 in addition to the Ford/Western Kentucky Parkway. The agreement, which Federal Highway Administrator Victor Mendez approved on Aug. 25, 2011 covers the Ford/Western Kentucky Parkway from its interchange with I-24 near Eddyville to its interchange with the Breathitt/Pennyrile Parkway near Nortonville, in Hopkins County. The agreement outlines improvements the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet will undertake to bring sections of the parkway up to interstate standards. It also identifies design features that are less than interstate standards but which the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) has determined acceptable.<ref name="KY">Todd, Keith. "Kentucky I-69 Agreement Approved." WKMS. WKMS.com, 31 Aug. 2011. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.publicbroadcasting.net/wkms/news.newsmain/article/0/5666/1847209/Regional.Headlines/Kentucky.I-69.Agreement.Approved>.</ref> Once the agreed improvements have been advertised to construction contractors, the designated section of the Ford/Western Kentucky Parkway will be eligible for the distinctive red, white and blue shield signs that identify interstate routes. In addition, about 17 miles of I-24, from Eddyville to the Carroll/Purchase Parkway interchange, will also bear I-69 signs, making the total, initial I-69 designation 55 miles long. <ref name="KY" /> ====Tennessee==== Approximately four miles of I-69 will be built in and around Union City and Troy; this area is represented by federal site maps as "Sections of Independent Utility - 7" or SIU-7. The super-highway will incept north of Union City on U.S. Highway 21 and will run north to Kentucky and southwest, behind Goodyear and Hampton Inn. It will also continue running east of Troy, intersecting U.S. Highway 5. The interstate will then merge into existing U.S Highway 51, which will be upgraded and converted to I-69, between Troy and Dyersburg.<ref name="TN">"Dyersburg State Gazette: Local News: Northwest Tennessee Construction of I-69 Continues This Summer (04/09/09)." Dyersburg State Gazette. Dyersburg State Gazette, 09 Apr. 2009. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.stategazette.com/story/1529259.html>.</ref> The project continues from Millington to Dyersburg, Tennessee in Shelby, Tipton, Lauderdale, and Dyer Counties. The proposed project represented on federal site maps as SIU-8 begins at State Route 385 (Paul Barrett Parkway) in Shelby County and extends north to the I-155/US-412/US-51 interchange in Dyer County. The project has two main alternative corridors. Corridor R (Red) extends from the State Route 385 (Paul Barrett Parkway) to the west of Millington, Covington, Ripley and Dyersburg and west of US 51 (SR 3) to I-155 in Dyersburg. Corridor G (Green) extends to the east of US 51 (SR 3) from State Route 385 (Paul Barrett Parkway) to the I-155/US-412/US-51 interchange in Dyersburg. Variations of these corridors with crossovers are being studied. The proposed project will be built to interstate design standards and will consist of a four-lane divided, access controlled facility with interchanges at major crossroads. This proposed project is approximately 65 miles in length.<ref>"Interstate 69 Project." PROJECT DATA SUMMARY SHEET: INTERSTATE 69, Section 8. Tennessee Department of Transportation. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.tdot.state.tn.us/i69/segment8/description.htm>.</ref> The final section of the proposed I-69 route, SUI-9, runs from Hernando, Mississippi to Millington, Tennessee passing through Desoto and Marshall Counties in Mississippi and Shelby and Fayette Counties in Tennessee. The Tennessee Department of Transportation is continuing its public involvement process for the Shelby County I-69/I-269 project area.<ref>"Interstate 69 Project." PROJECT DATA SUMMARY SHEET: INTERSTATE 69, Section 9. Tennessee Department of Transportation. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.tdot.state.tn.us/i69/segment9/>.</ref> ====Mississippi==== In Shelby County, I-269, a western, semi-circular subsection of I-69, encompasses former U.S. Highway 385. The future I-269 subsection on the corridor is almost completed between Millington and Collierville. It is expected to be fully constructed by 2013. The I-69 corridor will run west of U.S. Highway 51 and will be broken into three sections. It will then join Interstate 240, also a Future I-69 Corridor, and will run directly through Memphis, merging into Interstate-55 at Hernando, Miss. The route then runs east to Tunica, Miss. This particular section of I-69, running from Hernando to Tunica, is complete. Efforts are currently under way to acquire rights of way on I-240. I-69 construction lettings on I-240 are to begin later this year. A groundbreaking ceremony was held on June 23, 2011 in celebration of beginning construction on one of its five I-269 subsection SIUs.<ref name="Cherry">Cherry, Bessie. "Local Portion of I-69 Expected to Be Complete in Summer 2012." nwtntoday.com. The Messenger, 5 Oct. 2011. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.nwtntoday.com/news.php?viewStory=61776>.</ref> ====Louisiana==== The Louisiana Department of Transportation and Development (DOTD), in cooperation with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), is conducting an environmental and location study to construct a section of the I–69, known nationally as SIU 15. The project would provide a divided, four-lane, limited access highway on new location between US Highway 171 (US 171) near the Town of Stonewall in DeSoto Parish, and Interstate Highway 20 (I–20) near the Town of Haughton in Bossier Parish, a distance of approximately 35 miles. The project Study Area encompasses portions of Bossier, Caddo, and DeSoto Parishes.<ref>"DOTD I-69, SIU 15 Project Site - Why A New Highway?" DOTD I-69, SIU 15 Project Site - Home Page. The Louisiana Department of Transportation and Development. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.i69dotd.com/WhyNewHighway.htm>.</ref> ====Texas==== The Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) plans routes of the interstate in five segments with the help of committees composed of local officials and stakeholders. I-69 is planned to occupy the footprint of existing highways, including U.S. highways 59, 77, 84 and 281, and State Highway 44.<ref>Villarreal, Michelle. "Transportation Officials to Meet Wednesday in Kingsville to Discuss I-69 Development » Corpus Christi Caller-Times." Caller.com. Corpus Christi Caller-Times, 20 Sept. 2011. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.caller.com/news/2011/sep/20/transportation-officials-to-meet-wednesday-in-to/>.</ref> TxDOT has not determined specific locations for the Texas Corridor, but the proposed routes would generally parallel interstate routes. As currently envisioned, each corridor will include as many as six lanes for passenger vehicles and up to four lanes for large trucks. Corridors also will have up to six rail lines for high-speed passenger rail between cities, high-speed freight, and conventional commuter and freight transit. Another unique component of each route will be a 61-meter (200-foot)-wide dedicated utility zone for water, oil, and gas pipelines, and transmission lines for electricity, broadband, and other telecommunications services.<ref>Palacios, Antonio. "Trans-Texas Corridor - Vol. 69 No. 1 - Public Roads." Federal Highway Administration. Federal Highway Administration, July-Aug. 2005. Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/publications/publicroads/05jul/07.cfm>.</ref> ===Advocacy Groups=== The proposed building of an interstate that if completed, would span 1,700 miles across seven states, is bound to draw the interest of both supporters and opponents. The authors of this case study will address the prominent members of both sides in hopes of painting the representative ideals of each movement. ====Groups in Support of I-69==== Although initially started as an Indiana movement to build an interstate from Evansville to Bloomington, I-69's supporters now span an eight state region <ref name="M25"> History of the I-69 Boondoggle. Web. 20 Oct. 2011. <http://www.i69tour.org/boondoggle.html></ref>. In each state, the politically and monetarily invested champion the development of I-69 with varying degrees of success. In battleground states such as Texas and Indiana, the proverbial wars between groups in favor and those in opposition of I-69 routinely make the news. In states like Kentucky, the opposition movement is less prevalent and support is widely accepted. Despite these differences, supporters in each state tout economic development and safety as the two principal reasons to build I-69. =====Mid-Continent Highway Coalition===== The Mid-Continent Highway Coalition is comprised of a group of politicians, businessman, and community leaders from seven states, that have lobbied for the completion of the I-69 corridor project <ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref>. Started in 1993, the Coalition been successful at drumming up support and garnering funding needed to complete I-69. The Mid-Continent Highway Coalition is the most storied and powerful of all the pro I-69 groups. Initially the Coalition's efforts towards earning support was modest. The group's efforts consisted primarily of newsletter distribution and an annual trip by two of its members to Washington D.C.. After nominal success by these means, the Coalition decided it needed to increase its efforts by hiring lobbyists to campaign on behalf of them. Starting in 1995, the vast majority of the Mid-Continent Highway Coalition's annual budget went to paying for the annual salary of its two lobbyists <ref name="M25"> History of the I-69 Boondoggle. Web. 20 Oct. 2011. <http://www.i69tour.org/boondoggle.html></ref>. The use of well paid lobbyists differs greatly from the internet-based efforts of opposition groups. Although the group has suffered some partnership drawbacks, particular with the state of Texas, the group has been the prominent voice in support of the completion of I-69. =====Alliance for I-69 Texas===== The Alliance for I-69 Texas formed in 1994 and is comprised of cities, counties, port authorities and community leaders that support the I-69 corridor project in Texas <ref name="M24">Alliance for I-69 Texas. Web. 20 Oct. 2011. <http://www.i69texasalliance.com/alliance.html>. </ref>. The coalition strongly promotes the conversion of existing Highways 59, 77, 84 and 281, and State Highway 44 to interstate quality. This incremental approach to upgrading to interstate standards is unique for the Texas delegation <ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref>. The Alliance firmly believes that this conversion will make travel for Texans safer and that they will reap economic benefits from this heavy investment. This investment is projected to cost billions of dollars and the means to provide funding for it have caused rifts throughout Texas. Governor Perry's Trans-Texas Corridor project sought to ease the funding constraints of road building in Texas through the use of public private partnerships. Some members of the Alliance embraced this concept and voiced their support of the Trans-Texas Corridor project. However, many felt that the support for another highway project strayed from the Alliance's primary focus and as a result, withdrew from the coalition <ref name="M25">County quits Alliance for I-69. Web. 20 Oct. 2011. <http://www.chron.com/news/houston-texas/article/County-quits-Alliance-for-I-69-1641332.php>. </ref>. Despite these setbacks, the Alliance for I-69 Texas maintains: * The I-69 corridor promotes economic development, new jobs and more efficient freight movements between cities and rural towns. * Converting the current highways to interstate standards will provide safer travel for Texans throughout the corridor. * Recognizes the funding constraints of the I-69 proposal and encourages innovative financing tools to step up the pace of developing incremental projects. ====Groups Against the Construction of I-69==== For over two decades, the I-69 corridor proposal has created a substantial opposition force that consists of everyone from farmers to environmentalists. These groups initially operated independently from one another but with the utilization of the internet, the movement expanded throughout the nation. In states that were directly affected by the project, opposition varied. In states like Kentucky and Mississippi, opposition to the proposal was marginal when compared to the states of Indiana and Texas. Opposition groups utilized a wide range of techniques to promote their beliefs. Grassroots organizations like CARR and Count US!, used education, research, and letter writing as a means to influence change. Other groups, such as Roadblock Earth First! utilized more unconventional means to get their message across. Although united in opposition, the unconventional tactics of Roadblock Earth First! drew criticism from CARR and Count US!. It is important to note that attempting to summarize the wide dispersal of opposition groups throughout the I-69 corridor is a monumental task. The authors of this case study chose the following opposition groups in hopes of generalizing the common ideologies that characterize the movement. =====Citizens for Appropriate Rural Roads===== The Citizens for Appropriate Rural Roads (CARR) was founded by Thomas and Sandra Tokarski of Standford, Indiana<ref name="M9">"CARR, Citizens for Appropriate Rural Roads." . Web. 11 Oct. 2011. <http://www.carri69.org/>.</ref>. CARR was the first organized group that universally opposed the construction of the I-69 corridor. The Tokarskis founded the group in the fall of 1990 after learning the proposed interstate project would be built directly through their property despite a federally funded study opposing the future development of the interstate corridor. CARR started small in advocacy, reserving a fire station hall and bringing the I-69 proposal to light for the citizens of Standford. From there, the opposition to I-69 continued to grow at a localized level. Although CARR's opposition to the I-69 proposal was notable on a local scale, as it matured, supporters from across the nation began aiding in the group's cause. In 1995, with the help of an environmental lawyer, CARR successfully proved that the environmental studies conducted by the Indianan Department of Transportation (INDOT) for the I-69 proposal were flawed and violated provisions outlined by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)<ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref> . This victory in court meant that for I-69 to move forward, INDOT would have to adhere to the provisions outlined by NEPA, which included fully assessing alternatives to the building of the interstate<ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref> . CARR's success at delaying the building of I-69 caught national attention and the group garnered support from a wide swath of citizens ranging from environmentalists to fiscal conservatives. The group rejects I-69 for the following reasons<ref name="M9">"CARR, Citizens for Appropriate Rural Roads." . Web. 11 Oct. 2011. <http://www.carri69.org/>.</ref>: *Environmental impacts on the area's water wells, wetlands, wild-life, and limestone karst landscape. *Believes I-69 is not appropriately funded and that the fiscal benefits that are associated with the project are grossly over-estimated. *Advocates maintaining the current infrastructure of roads that adequately serve the region. =====Count US!===== Count US! is an acronym for Counties Under New Terrain US I-69. Count US! was founded by John Smith, who formed the group after learning his house would be lost if the corridor proposals for I-69 came to fruition<ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref>. Count US! worked in unison with CARR to oppose the building of I-69 through southwestern Indiana. The group maintained that the specific interstate route proposals from INDOT were intentionally vague and posed a significant threat to homeowners in the proposed corridor area<ref name="M12">"CAR Car Rally Tour". Web. 12 Oct. 2011. <http://www.i69tour.org/oldindex.html/>.</ref>. Through its newsletters and website, the group maintained the following<ref name="M13">COUNT US! Counties Under New Terrain US I-69". Web. 16 Oct. 2011. <http://www.i69tour.org/>.</ref>: *The Environmental Impact Studies conducted for the I-69 route selection were misleading. *Simply upgrading IN-41 / I-70 would save money, the environment, and free up funds for maintaining the current road infrastructure. *Governor Daniel's plan to allow the privatization/tolling of I-69 puts taxpayers at the mercy of private for-profit organizations. =====Corridor Watch===== Corridor Watch was established in 2004 as a direct response to the Trans Texas Corridor Project. Corridor Watch's founding members, Linda and David Stall, became active after learning that House Bill 3588 had passed through the Texas State Legislature<ref name="M10">Dellinger, Matt. Interstate 69. New York: Scribner, 2011. Print.</ref> .. According to the Stalls, advocacy for opposition to HB 3588 was needed because the bill authorized the use of privatized tolling as a means to fund future highway projects, to include I-69. Using the Toronto's 407 as a reference point, the Stalls stated that greed for increased profit margins would negate any benefits gleaned from this privatized funding structure. Corridor Watch is against<ref name="M23">"CorridorWatch.org-Challenging the Wisdom of the Trans Texas Corridor Project." Web. 11 Oct. 2011. <http://www.corridorwatch.org/ttc_2007/CW00000035.htm>.</ref>: *Private control of public infrastructure, whether direct or indirect. *The use of transportation and transportation related projects as general revenue generators. *Conversion of existing free highways into toll ways. =====Roadblock Earth First!===== Roadblock Earth First! is an offshoot of the anarchist, environmentalist group, "Earth First!". Earth First! (EF!) was founded in 1979 as an environmentalist movement that rejects the human-centric, industrialized world through the use of unconventional protest<ref name="M22">"Earth First! No Compromise in Defense of Mother Earth". Web. 12 Oct. 2011. <http://www.earthfirstjournal.org/section.php?id=1/>.</ref>. EF! rejects the concept of a professional organization with a structured hierarchy. The group simply advocates action in defense of Mother Earth. Unlike other opposition groups, Roadblock EF!'s founder and members are shrouded in secrecy. The group is notoriously secretive and embraces anonymity as a key strength in the organization. Since 2005, Roadblock EF! has vandalized and intimidated a number of organizations associated with the construction of I-69. In fact, the group maintains an online journal, cataloging their exploits<ref name="M21">"Stop I-69". Web. 12 Oct. 2011. <http://stopi69.wordpress.com/>.</ref>. Although no specific leadership is identified, Roadblock EF! maintains that I-69 is a highway is being built on the foundation of globalized corporate greed. The group believes that: *I-69 is a NAFTA super highway, that will be utilized to move businesses south to exploit cheap labor in Mexico. *Majority of route will displace families, destroy archeological sites, and destroy the environment through the building of "new terrain". *Direct action in the form of civil disobedience, vandalism, and other unconventional tactics are the best means to stop the building of I-69. ==Future Developments== <br /> The future of the I-69 corridor is currently uncertain. With local and state governments scrabbling to salvage their budgets and a strong drive in Washington to trim the size of the federal government, funding for the corridor is uncertain at best. The absence of a long-term federal surface transportation bill puts the brakes on construction and has left the local partners in a game of wait-and-see. A planning commission representative from Tennessee says “recent and expected upcoming budget cuts in funding for I-69 most certainly pose possible construction delays for developing throughout northwest Tennessee.” The Federal Transportation Funding Bill is expected to cut funding by about 35 percent, which will cut the Tennessee Department of Transportation’s funding for the project by about $281 million. U.S. senators for Tennessee, Bob Corker and Lamar Alexander, both say the federal government is doing as much as it can to fund project efforts. In order to secure more stable funding for the project they have proposed the states involved in the corridor should levy a gasoline tax.<ref name="Cherry" /><br /> A different strategy has been used by Indiana to fund their portions. Indiana has used, and is continuing to use, proceeds from a commercial highway toll booth in order to fund its portion of I-69 construction. By 2014, Indiana will only have approximately 50 remaining miles left to build from Bloomington to Indianapolis. Despite a better funding situation, local opposition to the corridor is threatening to halt the project. <br /> The Bloomington Metropolitan Planning Organization has removed the two mile stretch of I-69 from their long-range comprehensive plans. A federal delegation of congressional representatives from the state have petitioned the planning commission chair stating that the organization holds “legitimate concerns about the project” but that they should be worked out with INDot and the Federal Highway Administration.<ref>Gabrick, Jason. “Federal Transportation Dollars at Risk with I-69.” Indiana Public Media. 11 October 2011.</ref> Bloomington removed I-69 from their plans due to significant local opposition from community members. Local opposition could lead to a loss all federal transportation dollars slated for the portion of the corridor.<br /> Kentucky has hired a lobbyist in coordination with Indiana to leverage federal funding for a bridge across the Ohio River in order to link the state’s sections of the I-69 corridor. Instead of acquiring new right of way for I-69, Kentucky plans to reconstruct its existing western U.S. Highways at Pennyrile Parkway and Purchase Parkway. Despite this cost saving measure, the retrofitting is still estimated to cost over a billion dollars.<br /> Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana and Texas have not made significant progress in completing their local portions of the corridor. In Mississippi, environmental impact studies have been completed for four of their five sections of roadway but local funding is not available to start construction. Arkansas has started minor construction only in very small areas. The state has hired a consultant to investigate “innovative financing” options for the state’s portion. Louisiana has yet to identify where it plans to site its section of the corridor. Texas has made no progress on the project except for putting signs along U.S. highway 59 to notify locals that it is part of the future corridor.<ref>Green, Sean. “The Road to I-69.” Bossier Press – Tribune. 30 September 2011.</ref><br /> ==References== {{Reflist|refs= <ref name="M1">Armbruster, Andrew. "The Interstate Highway System: It's Development and It's Effects on the American Spatial, Economic and Cultural Landscape." http://www.emich.edu/studentorgs/place/Officers/andrew/Econ%20375%20-%20The%20Construction%20of%20the%20IHS-B.pdf. 5 Apr. 2005. Web. 9 Oct. 2011.</ref> <ref name="M2">Garrison, William L., and David M. Levinson. The Transportation Experience: Policy, Planning, and Deployment. New York: Oxford UP, 2006. Print.</ref> <ref name="M4">"Interstate System - Design - FHWA." Home | Federal Highway Administration. U.S. Department of Transportation. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/interstate.cfm>.</ref> <ref name="M6">Rosenberg, Matt. "Interstate Highways - An Overview of Interstate Highways." Geography Home Page - Geography at About.com. Web. 08 Oct. 2011. <http://geography.about.com/od/urbaneconomicgeography/a/interstates.htm>.</ref> <ref name="M7">"USA Interstate Highway System: Miles Opened by Year." THE PUBLIC PURPOSE (Wendell Cox Consultancy). Web. 09 Oct. 2011. <http://www.publicpurpose.com/hwy-intmiles.htm>.</ref> <ref name="M9">"CARR, Citizens for Appropriate Rural Roads." . Web. 11 Oct. 2011. <http://www.carri69.org/>.</ref> http://www.i69tour.org/oldindex.html }} {{BookCat}} chszm40dnqsynlorzqfu0fu6bpmstcd 110 280830 4671084 4624021 2026-09-18T23:52:52Z TechVindicator 3626296 4671084 wikitext text/x-wiki {{DISPLAYTITLE:<center><span style="color:blue">Wikijunior Europe: {{SUBPAGENAME}}</span></center>}} The '''Democratic Republic of Germany''' (German: ''Deutsche Demokratische Republik''), also known as the DDR, GDR or East Germany was a country which existed until 1990 in the eastern parts of present-day [[../Germany|Germany]]. The country controlled the eastern parts of Germany except for West Berlin which was administered by the FDR (West Germany). East Germany shared borders with [[../Poland|Poland]], Czechoslovakia and West Germany. The capital was '''East Berlin''' and the country's currency was the DDR Mark. == History of East Germany == After the end of World War II Germany was divided into many parts. Some eastern areas were completely detached from Germany and given to the USSR (Kaliningrad) and Poland (much of present-day western Poland). What became East Germany was administered by the Soviets while the western parts were controlled by the Americans, British and French. The city of Berlin was similarly divided into four parts too. In the early years after the war thousands of people fled from East Germany to the west for better jobs and more freedom. In 1961 the Soviets built the Inner German Wall and the [[w:Berlin Wall|Berlin Wall]] to stop people escaping from East Germany. In 1989 the communist governments in central and eastern Europe started to collapse starting in Poland and [[../Hungary|Hungary]]. Protests against the government became bigger and bigger and eventually in November 1989 the government agreed to allow people to travel to the west. By 1990 East Germany ceased to exist and the two countries were reunited. == Image Gallery == <gallery class="center" caption="" widths=195px> File:Berlinermauer.jpg|The Berlin Wall divided East and West Berlin File:Soviet Sector Germany.png|Division of Germany after World War II - Dark grey became (West) Germany, red became the DDR with the dark grey in the middle being West Berlin, the crescent-shaped light grey area and the lower of the other two light grey areas were given to Poland and the upper light-grey area became Russia's Kaliningrad File:Deutschland Besatzungszonen 8 Jun 1947 - 22 Apr 1949.svg|How the remainder of Germany was divided. The red part is East Germany. The orange, green and blue parts became West Germany File:VolksbühBerlJan08.JPG|East German architecture, Volksbühne (People's Theatre) </gallery> == Geography of East Germany == == People of East Germany == As in Germany today, the national language was [[Wikijunior:Languages/German|German]]. As a communist government under control of the Soviet Union religion was actively discouraged although the church remained influential. After World War II the country's population was 19 million but this had shrunk to less than 16 million when the country was unified. == Sights of East Germany == {{wikipedia|East Germany}} <br> {{Template:WikijuniorEurope}} {{BookCat}} btjp455gdxvkste1qwej7qupkkswjvh 0 286123 4670897 4670894 2026-09-18T12:11:37Z Jeff1138 301139 4670897 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ArosNav}} [[#Native]] [[#Hosted]] [[#Build]] [[#Hardware]] [[#References]] [[#Future]] ==Introduction== [[File:Scalos00.png|thumb|Scalos on Aros Pi3b]] Aros aims to cover Pi 3 to 5 1Gb+ RAM ideally as you may have to switch to 256Mb gfx mode depending on the application running Options to boot from using a good power source to prevent the yellow lightning symbol. *With Pi3b+ the max you can get is 5.1V 2.5A with micro usb. *With Pi4 5.1V 3A with usb-c *With Pi5 5.1V 5A, the amps went ever upwards, even to 5.1V 9A with usb-c Pi500+ keyboard wedge - Pi400 RPI-400 keyboard wedge - resolution changing and audio from micro hdmi0 (near 40pin) and micro hdmi1 (near usb-c psu) - Fn F10 0x5e power on and off works or held down for over 7 seconds auto shutdown - keyboard ok - wifi and lan ethernet testing - * Pi 5 - Quad A76 64bit ARMv8 and RP1 "southbridge" with VideoCore 7 Pre-D0 (Rev1.0) or D0 (rev1.1) * Pi 4 - Quad A72 64bit ARMv8 with VideoCore 6 * Pi 3 - Quad A53 [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/processors.html 64 bit] ARMv8 with VideoCore 4 with heatsink/fan on 3b to prevent cpu 82C+ throttling * Pi 2 - Quad 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - mostly not 64bit compatible * Pi Model B+ 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - not 64bit compatible * Pi Model A and B 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - not 64bit compatible ===Native=== * 2013-03 Kalamatee starts work * 2015-04 Work continues with mschulz on the kernel and Kalamatee (NicJA) on gpio and usb * 2018 [https://www.patreon.com/posts/i-owe-you-some-20956961 mschulz resume adding BE big endian support], [https://www.patreon.com/michal_schulz/posts Big endian on Pi] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=bsek latest commits for pi 3b, 4 and 5 64bit] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=metaneutrons latest commits for Pi5] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=bitplane latest commits for ARM] '''Download''' [https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html RaspberryPi 3, 3+, 4 and 5 64bit ArmV8 builds] [https://sourceforge.net/projects/aros/files/ Alternative site and nightly2] both raspi-aarch64-system and raspi-aarch64-contrib can be unbz2'd and copied to fat32 8GB+ microSD card (there will be folders - boot c Classes Demos Developer Devs Extras etc only showing). The SD can be plugged in to the Pi 64bit build works well on a single core LE little endian. Multicore [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/1df0747c2bda3523a43029725a709b1f377d84ec may follow]. Any issues booting could be down to the SD card so please use another SD to see if it is resolved. Please report your experiences in the [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2019&rowstart=80 Aros Raspberry pi 3 64bit thread] and on the [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?p=2387984#p2387984 Raspberry Pi forum thread] Boots with '''USB3''' port based sata3 ssd on Pi400 but untested on Pi4 (may need eeprom update from PiOS or Pi SD Imager) and Pi5 Pi 3 B+ is pre-configured for USB sata3 boot - untested Pi 3 B may need [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ubnwvxF3Klc PiOS to set OTP to boot from usb - do so at your own risk] - if OTP set to usb, boot works but slower than SD card Speed write wise (top faster) <pre> *NVME Pi5 untested >1000MB/sec or faster if matched correctly *Sata3 ssd 500MB/sec *SD V90 90MB/sec 4K maybe 8K *SD V60 60MB/sec 1080p *SD U3 V30 30MB/sec 720p *SD C10 U1 V10 A1 A2 10MB/sec minimum should be used now *SD C06 6MB/sec *SD C04 4MB/sec </pre> As a homage to the past, Aros shows a reduced number of icons but this can be changed by left mouse click in the window and then right click down to Window -> View -> All files Windows can be manipulated by the top (moving) and the bottom right corner (resizing) only. Zune like MUI gui interface, has a unique quirk in that after changing a setting in a text box, you may sometimes need to press Enter/Return before clicking OK, Save, etc Like most amiga like OSs the audio and networking need to be setup manually Audio AHI prefs - Mode settings tab - needs both Music unit and Unit 0 set to RPiHDMI:16 bit stereo++ or RPiPWM:16 bit stereo++ at 44100Hz. Press '''Save or Use''' button after each choice Double left mouse click on most picture (Developer/Debug/Tests/Datatypes), audio and video files are supported, via datatypes, by the multiview application. Esc escape key usually closes open windows even the desktop In Prefs/Appearance some decorative theming elements need work. There is a few Mason icons in /Prefs/Presets/Icons/Mason/ and the ever present default Gorilla - Icon exchange in works For more intensive graphics applications, you may need to edit config.txt in the root folder and change 128M to 256M to adjust more memory to graphics usage [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser amelinium web browser] is available with an [https://eab.abime.net/showthread.php?t=122494&page=51 eab thread] reminiscent of [https://github.com/zapek/Voyager Voyager] and to a lesser extent [https://github.com/amigazen/aweb3/ Aweb]. [[File:Wifi00.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] [[File:Wifi01.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] [[File:Wifi02.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] Wifi setup needs the network prefs with the TCP/IP tab click add interface -> change Device to bwfm.device as net0:, IP Mode as DHCP and IPv4. Wireless tab gets your router settings. If it does not set to start at boot, settings are preserved. Instead, add this to the user-startup: <pre> execute sys:system/network/arostcp/s/startnet run wirelessmanager device=bwfm.device >nil: </pre> Network will start automatically on boot. If you don't want the wirelessmanager icon on Wanderer desktop, just add 'nogui' to the wirelessmanager line Lan ethernet port on *lan9514 Pi3b Pi2 no support at the moment *lan7515 Pi3b+ type into Device usblan78xx.device as net0: remove other device(s) *bcmgenet Pi4 Pi400 choose for Device bcmgenet.device Summary *3b ethernet not supported, usb ethernet not working and setup wifi has interface issues *3b+ seems to work wifi and ethernet *4 untested *400 seems to work wifi and ethernet (with interface issues) There is normally no Bluetooth support for most amiga like OSs but Aros has one [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/6942cbfbf66426d21963a7fcd8aba6aff611a9e0 work in progress] [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?t=338466 firmware] *Bluetooth 4.1 BCM43430A1.hcd Pi3B, Pi3A, Zero 2W *Bluetooth 4.2 BCM4345C0.hcd Pi3B+, Pi4 *Bluetooth 5.0 BCM4345C5.hcd Pi4B rev, CM4 and maybe Pi5 and CM5 *bthid keyboard mouse support *btserial serial *btpan short range wireless connecting devices Only the Pi5 has a RTC real time clock, the other Pis will need to use Extras:Networking/utils/ntpsync/ or [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network PiNTP] to get the date and time from the internet It helps to have all usb devices already plugged in before power on to detect at the moment. Even then some usb devices will freeze the mouse cursor and the only resolution is to remove the offending usb device and reinsert. Sometimes, the reinsert leads to the mouse cursor vanishing, it is still there and responds to left and right clicks. USB classes support from Prefs/Trident is still work in process *usbaudio working on usb3 port (blue) on pi4, 400 but not working (no rt isochronous) on usb2otg (white or black) for pi3b, zero 2w *[https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/camd camdusbmidi] detects midi devices without a preferences file (Prefs/Env-Archive/sys/midi.prefs) as [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RBxHkwy4Nrw auto setup now] possibly with [https://github.com/metaneutrons/mt32-pi metaneutrons mt32-pi] [https://github.com/rtzor/mt32-pi mt32-pi fork] [https://github.com/ahmadexp/mt32-pi fork] [] [https://github.com/dwhinham/mt32-pi mt32-pi pi3+] as well as need developer gcc tools to look at 64bit ports of [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=driver/audio/usbmidi.i386-aros.lha usbmidi], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/CAMD_Toolkit CAMD_Toolkit], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/camdtools camdtools], [https://github.com/cnvogelg/amiditools amiditools], [https://github.com/timoinutilis/midi-sequencer-amigaos horny src], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/horny-base horny-base], [http://bnp.hansfaust.de/index.html BnP], [], Regarding 680x0 emulation, there are several options that could be considered *[https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/blob/6722a0ae9e03fe5d26e32703360bd2059e0864cc/rom/m68kemu/README.md?plain=1#L424 m68kemu.library] for some Amiga productivity where the cpu is emulated and the system calls are redirected to Aros ones *[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/amiberry amiberry] (winuae) for everything else like games *[https://github.com/jonx/AROS/tree/aarch64-darwin-graft/arch/all-darwin/libs/emu68k emu68k] *[https://scriptedamigaemulator.net/ Scripted Amiga] with [https://github.com/naTmeg/ScriptedAmigaEmulator ScriptedAmigaEmulator] or older [https://github.com/gbraad-amiga/ScriptedAmigaEmulator2 ScriptedAmigaEmulator2] [https://pinout.xyz/ GPIO 40 pins] [https://learn.sparkfun.com/tutorials/raspberry-gpio/gpio-pinout pinout] Some exceptions: *Physical pins 27, 28 (GPIO0, 1) are an internal I2C bus and should not be used *The other I2C on pins 3, 5 (GPIO 2, 3) can be used generally, but be aware they have permanent pull-up resistors to 3.3V *For MIDI use USB but there are dedicated UART pins 8, 10 (GPIO 14, 15). With a HAT it's more awkward -- you need to know which pins are used by the HAT and avoid them. Hopefully this will be documented. Remember all GPIOs are 3.3V (not 5V tolerant), floating/noisy inputs can cause odd behavior, and that shorting the power supplies can cause instant death of the Pi. In the shell GPIO PIN/A/N,SET/N,GET/S,MODE/K,PULL/K Controls and queries hardware GPIO pins via gpio.resource which is stored in the rom or Devs/ '''please test''' *PIN -- (Required) Target GPIO pin number (e.g. 12). *SET -- Set pin output value to 0 (LOW) or 1 (HIGH). *GET -- Read and print current digital input level (0 or 1). *MODE -- Configure pin mode: IN (Input), OUT (Output), ALT (Alternate). *PULL -- Configure pull resistor: NONE, UP, DOWN. EXAMPLES <pre> GPIO 12 MODE OUT GPIO 12 SET 1 GPIO 12 GET GPIO 13 PULL UP </pre> [https://gpiozero.readthedocs.io/en/stable/installing.html Current] [https://gpiozero.readthedocs.io/en/v1.2.0/api_boards.html old support for gpiozero is unknown at present] [https://energenie4u.co.uk/res/pdfs/ENER314%20UM.pdf and associated 433MHz equipment] [ USA X10 security and lights via USB] [ OpenHab with Shelly Smart Plug connected over Wi-Fi, controlled by MQTT or HTTP] Printing only with Postscript but [https://github.com/bohunamiga/MintPRINT one] of [https://github.com/boingball/MintPRINT two] [https://github.com/Andiweli/AmiAirPrint/tree/main AirPrint] IPP has been attempted with [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2061&pid=13954#post_13954 discussion] Youtube [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X4fmWAIv7FE Aros native on Pi3b], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TSxlYb1eQWU Installed on Pi3b+], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFF1H3jCoz8 testing Aros native on Pi400], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nIVx7mh1E1Q&pp=ygUHYXJvcyBwadIHCQkTDAGHKiGM7w%3D%3D Aros on Thumb 2 based 32bit-ish ARM STM32H743 board], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zQM4CD64xDE&t=612s&pp=ugUEEgJlbg%3D%3D Performance under Linux] but on Aros... {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Single Core 2D ! width="10%" |Single Core 3D ! width="10%" |Single Core 3D ! width="10%" |SMP 2D ! width="10%" |SMP 3D ! width="10%" |SMP 3D ! width="35%" |Comments |- | <!--Single Core 2D--> | <!--Single Core 3D--> | <!--Single Core 3D--> | <!--SMP 2D--> | <!--SMP 3D--> | <!--SMP 3D--> | <!--Comments--> |- |} The status of AROS native ARMv6 for 32bit RasPi was OK. System booting, USB working (although with some issues but plans to fix them). 32bit native [http://www.aros.org/nightly1.html ARMv6 32bit nightlys] raspi-armhf-system raspi-armhf-contrib unbz2'd to fat32 microSD ===Hosted=== AArch64 CPU backend for AROS, a Cocoa/Metal display, clipboard / host-volume / CoreAudio / BSD-sockets bridges, GPU 2D via gpufx.library, a 68k→AArch64 JIT (run68k), and a full Rust std port. On [https://www.jkn.me/blog/macaros-aros-on-apple-silicon/ latest Apple Silicon] [https://github.com/jonx/Macaros early buggy alpha version of hosted Aros .dmg on MacOS12+]. Please use [https://github.com/jonx/Macaros/issues MACAros github] for issues, features etc and possibly [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2030&pid=13910#post_13910 here] [http://www.aros.org/snapshots1.html old linux and android hosted 32bit] ===Good sites to visit=== *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/tree/master/ Raspberry Pi Firmware build] *[https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/software-sources.html Documentation] *[https://rpilocator.com/ RPiLocator] Linux only *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux Raspberry Pi Linux Build] *[https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/operating-systems/ PiOS Lite] and then [https://hstwb.firstrealize.com/ HST] *[https://dietpi.com/ DietPi] *[http://www.tinycorelinux.net/ports.html piCore] *[https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Raspberry_Pi Alpine Linux] *[https://github.com/armbian/build Armbian] *[ PiMiga] *[ FydeOS] *[ TwisterOS based on ChromiumOS] *[https://note.com/jamesmondo/n/nc76e31402be8?hl=en BSD] Other alternative lighter smaller than Pi OS *[https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html Aros 64bit ARMV8 single core] *[https://www.riscosopen.org/wiki/documentation/show/Welcome%20to%20RISC%20OS%20Pi RiscOS on Pi3 and Pi4] *[https://github.com/michalsc/Emu68 ARM based realtime JIT 68k for amiga computers] *[https://github.com/JJDSNT/bellatrix/releases/ Alternative use of Emu68 on Pi3b] *[https://github.com/stevereaver/uaos uaOS with Emu68k] *[https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/f80a268607dfae81b2db94755ab4e4d31ccb72d6 m68kemu library reference] *[ HaikuOS] *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/noobs NOOBS] os loader with successor [https://github.com/procount/pinn PINN] *[https://github.com/maxnet/berryboot berryboot] *[https://github.com/brianwiddas/pi-baremetal Bare Metal Access on Pi 32bit] ==== Hosted ==== =====64bit===== [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2019&rowstart=80&pid=13667#post_13667 Ubuntu Linux PC hosted Pi compiler build] [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/aros-compiler-docker Docker based cross compiler for various Aros systems], =====32bit===== Ubuntu VM approach to compiling [http://lallafa.de/blog/2013/06/building-aros-hosted-for-raspbian/ Linux hosted AROS June 04, 2013] ../AROS/configure --target=linux-armhf --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include --x-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include --x-libraries=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/lib arm-elf- is symbol-linked to arm-linux-gnueabi- (arm-linux-gnueabi- is more correct in this case, because it's going to be compiling the ARM AROSBootstrap for ARM Linux) *armel - many of the "android" machines require since the entire OS is made for soft float VFP. *armfp - Efika MX target, Raspberry PI, EfikaMX, Pandora and virtually everything (VFP) Keep in mind it's possible to start hardfp AROS hosted on softfp system, though, as long as no calls between AROS and host require floating point parameters. NOTE: hardfloat objects *cannot* be linked with softfloat objects - they have a different ABI. Just keep in mind the arm nightly build machine is quite complex beast. It needs the x86_64 host compiler to compile AROS tools. The arm version is built every night using gcc-4.6.2 crosscompiler (built together with AROS) and successfully builds armel and armhf linux hosted targets. *needs an AROS code compiler for ARM target *as well as unix compiler for ARM linux host (would be best to have both softfp and armhf, we have softfp only now) with full set of libraries and includes. with—disable-crosstools $AROS_CC is always a wrapper around $KERNEL_CC ? If so, this is wrong for some ports. This can break Darwin, Windows and Android port. Yes, Android port will build. And even work. But it's not good because the port will not be ABI-compatible with other ARM ports. Android's ABI is different from GNUEABI. For example: <pre> enum test {foo, bar}; enum test testvar; </pre> sizeof(testvar) will be equal to sizeof(int) in GNUEABI (Linux and AROS) and sizeof(short) on Android. This affects linking objects from static linklibs, for example. Previously everything worked because $AROS_CC was a wrapper on top of $HOST_CC. And a real crosscompiler was used on non-ELF hosts. Android is the same. $KERNEL_CC is incompatible with AROS. compiler=kernel is appropriate _ONLY FOR CODE WHICH RUNS ON HOST OS_ (or barebone hardware, if we talk about native). This includes bootstraps, their linklibs, and host-side dynamic libraries (Windows makes extensive use of them because of architectural considerations. No single AROS object should be compiled with this setting. $KERNEL_CC is really compatible with AROS *ONLY IN LINUX-HOSTED* and no more. On other systems (Darwin, Windows, Android) this is not true any more, and compiler=kernel is never going to work. If you want to compile your AROS module against host OS includes, append the following to USER_INCLUDES (or USER_CFLAGS, this is effectively the same): -isystem $(GENINCDIR) $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) expands to: -isystem <your_os_includes> -isystem <host_OS_gcc_private_includes> -nostdinc This makes AROS compiler adhering to host OS APIs. If you want some preprocessor symbols based on what your host OS actually is, add something like -DHOST_OS_$(AROS_HOST_ARCH). Why is there $(GENINCDIR) at all? Because host OS has its own libc includes, which would conflict with AROS ones. And the host OS libc is not binary-compatible with AROS one. Why doesn't Windows-hosted port use $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) ? Because WinAPI includes conflict with AROS ones in fundamental typedefs, like WORD, BYTE and BOOL. It's almost impossible to deal with this in any other way than rewriting WinAPI definitions using AROS types. Building under centos 6.3 (i386) currently, and AROS creates the toolchain itself. haven't yet committed the necessary changes but "./configure --target=raspi-armhf" is enough to start, then "make arosboot-raspi" will generate arosraspi.img (containing the bootstrap, kernel.resource, and exec.library) as well as arosraspi.rom (containing all the other essentials components such as dos, graphics etc). It will also copy over a config.txt file to make the raspi bootstrap code load the correct kernel, and a cmdline.txt that enables exec debug output. *armel = typically Debian 6, Ubuntu Maverick, Android, *armhf = typically Debian 7, Debian 8, Ubuntu Precise, Cross-compiling Ubuntu ARM softfp <pre> sudo sh echo 'foreign-architecture armel' >>/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/multiarch echo 'deb [arch=armel] http://ports.ubuntu.com/ precise main universe' >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/armel.list apt-get update apt-get install gcc-arm-linux-gnueabi libx11-dev:armel libsdl-dev:armel </pre> <pre> ./configure --target=linux-arm --x-includes=/usr/include \ --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabi/include </pre> Cross-compiling Ubuntu ARM hard-float <pre> sudo sh echo 'foreign-architecture armhf' >>/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/multiarch echo 'deb [arch=armhf] http://ports.ubuntu.com/ precise main universe' >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/armhf.list apt-get update apt-get install gcc-arm-linux-gnueabihf libx11-dev:armhf libsdl-dev:armhf </pre> <pre> ./configure --target=linux-armhf --x-includes=/usr/include \ --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include </pre> Now, the AROS build is configured properly and all you need to do is: make ==Build== ===64bit=== ===32bit=== # download/checkout the source someplace, e.g. /build/AROS-Src/ # make a directory to store external sources AROS downloads, e.g. /build/Ports # make a build directory, e.g. /build/aros-raspi-armhf # cd into the build dir, configure, and then run make -: <pre> >cd /build/aros-raspi-armhf >/build/AROS-Src/configure --target=raspberrypi-armhf --with-serial-debug --enable-ccache --with-portssources=/build/Ports >make >make arosboot-raspi </pre> then copy the files from /build/aros-raspi-armhf/bin/raspi-armhf/AROS/ onto an sdcard, and download/copy the Raspi firmware files onto it. You should then be able to boot the sdcard on your RasPi. The current W.I.P tree to svn. it can be built as follows .. <pre> ./configure --target=raspi-armhf make arosboot-raspi </pre> That will generate arosraspi.img, arosraspi.rom and config.txt in bin/raspi-arm/AROS - so either copy just those files to a fat formatted SD card (with the firmware files on), or copy the whole contents of the AROS folder. NB - if you have a Linux/other install, backup the existing config.txt first arosraspi.img contains the bootstrap (which has very basic mailbox code, framebuffer/gpio init, and console "emulation" via code pinched from our libbootconsole), kernel.resource, and exec.library arosraspi.rom contains all the other components needed to boot AROS. The config.txt file will tell the RasPI bootstrap to load the arosraspi kernel and ramdisk (rom). the bootstrap has minimal mailbox code, planning on adding either a resource or library that driver/app code will use to access it (likewise for GPIO) Help building AROS hosted on Linux ARM Was looking a way to use more my Handheld ARM based called Pyra (Dragonbox Pyra) an ARM (Omap5 cpu with 4GB ram) linux based machine (Debian Buster v10 with kernel 5.6.19 adapted) and have a try to compile the latest Aros sources by Deadwood directly on this device. Compilation stops after build libpopupmenu.a and trying to build libatomic have this error: <pre> Configuring build in bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic configure: WARNING: unrecognized options: --disable-nls, --without-x checking for --enable-version-specific-runtime-libs... no checking for --enable-generated-files-in-srcdir... no checking build system type... arm-unknown-linux-gnu checking host system type... arm-unknown-aros checking target system type... arm-unknown-aros checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c checking whether build environment is sane... yes checking for arm-aros-strip... /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-strip checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... /usr/bin/mkdir -p checking for gawk... no checking for mawk... mawk checking whether make sets $(MAKE)... yes checking whether make supports nested variables... yes checking for arm-aros-gcc... /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-gcc checking whether the C compiler works... no configure: error: in /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic': configure: error: C compiler cannot create executables See config.log' for more details make[2]: *** [mmakefile:4489: /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic/.configured] Error 77 [MMAKE] make --no-print-directory TOP=/media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build SRCDIR=/media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/AROS CURDIR=tools/crosstools/gnu TARGET=tools-crosstools-gcc-libatomic-configure -s --file=mmakefile tools-crosstools-gcc-libatomic-configure failed: 512 [MMAKE] Error: Error while running make in tools/crosstools/gnu: No such file or directory make[1]: *** [Makefile:361: linklibs-libatomic] Error 10 make: *** [Makefile:183: crosstools] Error 2 </pre> looking at config.log on arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic found that arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-ld: cannot find -laeabi so do make linklibs-aeabi-arm-quick and the missing lib was built. now the next stop is at fatal error: bits/libc-header-start.h: No such file or directory and fatal error: sys/cdefs.h: No such file or directory in many places so after checking that have this missing include files i have noted that my include path is a bit different, standard searching path is /usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf but in my system is /usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf so if i add my path to some mmakefiles compilation goes on....but is a better way to add this path to avoid every mmakefiles to be changed? fixed with adding -I/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf to where is missing on mmakefiles like USER_INCLUDES := -isystem $(GENINCDIR) -I/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) P.s. I have changed many mmakefiles and have at least compiled (after many hours) the toolchain doing make every time in arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build (also have to disable making tests under cplusplus but don't remember the directory ...) but ask an help to have an automated way to correctly build without modify mmakefiles. Last time built armhf target was around 2 years ago. At that point built is via cross-compilation from linux (ubuntu 22.04) using linux armhf crosscompiler (this can explain the path differences you are experiencing) as well as using AROS gcc cross-compiler in version 6.5.0 (build with option 21) in rebuild.sh). Since then AROS GCC has been updated to 10.5.0 and don't believe anyone tried to build the armhf target again. My suggestion would be to downgrade GCC to 6.5.0 (via editing AROS/config/gcc_def file) and try to first build using cross-compilation from x86_64 linux. Once that works, you will have a "template" to compare to native compilation under arm linux. Thanks for your suggestion...but think the toolchain with GCC 10.5.0 is compilable if i found a way to pass the path of my system to the script that build (option 21 on rebuild). The other only changes are (but don't know where to modify...) is to add the build of libaeabi and disable the building of some tests under cplusplus that use exceptions and is not supported under ARM. try to crosscompile with my Linux amd64 PC. For paths look into core-linux-armhf/bin/linux-armhf/gen/config/target.cfg. A number of build-wide variable is set there containing paths to local build system. These variables and the target.cfg file are generated by AROS ./configure script. Thanks compilation now go forward...changed target.cfg under "toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/config" and do make on "toolchain-core-armhf-build" dir. Need to find where to enable build libaeabi.a so can build the entire toolchain with option 21 of rebuild.sh Found something that looks like libeabi in AROS/arm-all/arm-aeabi/mmakefile.src. Try adding a third line there: #MM- linklibs-armhd : libklibs-aeabi-arm Don't remember needing this library. Possibly the 6.5.0 GCC somehow does this while 10.5.0 is missing this. Try adding this line (and the variant "linklibs-armhf" instead of hd) but it did not solve the automatic building of the missing lib. I must do "linklibs-aeabi-arm-quick". Anyway after have build the aeabi lib i succefully built the toolchain (after many hours...). Smile To test I restarted from selecting option 21 (on rebuild.sh) but after many hours i get the same error of the kernel includes not found...maybe i need to modify the configure script for my case. With the toolchain built i try to build the core-linux-armhf (DEBUG) (option 22) but after a while it stopped with "cannot find -laeabi " so i made it built manually...and now i can continue compiling...i'll let you know if all goes ok. == Hardware == ===64bit=== ====BCM2712==== With the Pi5 Broadcom VideoCore 7 vc7 is an integrated GPU with 12 cores and up to 800 MHz clock. VideoCore VII is capable of OpenGL ES 3.1 and Vulkan 1.2. The driver support for the Raspberry Pi continues to build upon the [https://lore.kernel.org/dri-devel/20230928114532.167854-1-itoral@igalia.com/ open-source V3D driver] stack within [https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/mesa/mesa/-/merge_requests/25450 Mesa] hopefully be merged for Mesa 23.3 *Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+ Expansion Board *Geekworm X1001 PCIe to M.2 Key-M NVMe *Geekworm X1003 PCIe to M.2 HAT NVMe SSD PIP Board for Raspberry Pi 5 *Pineboards Pi Hut HatDrive! M.2 HAT 2024/V4 *Hat+ Gen2 Gen3 Nvme *GeeekPi 52Pi N04 for Raspberry Pi 5 NVME M.2 * *2024 RPI AI HAT - Hailo 20TOPs no LLMs *2026 RPI AI HAT+ 2 - Hailo 40TOPs slightly better? [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/accessories/camera.html Cameras for Pi] *Raspberry Pi camera module, the V3 with Sony IMX708 back-illuminated CMOS 12 Megapixel sensor *Raspberry Pi Camera Module V2 – 8MP Sony IMX219 Sensor *Raspberry Pi camera Rev 1.3, 5MP 1080P OV5647 image/video module, 2592 x 1944 pixels ====BCM2711==== With the Pi4 an ARM a72 cpu is about x3 times the size of an a53 in the Pi3 the 2711b line used more power when idle, compared to the 2711c *2018 Raspberry Pi PoE HAT Power Over Ethernet Hat - design issues *2020 Raspberry Pi PoE+ HAT Power Over Ethernet Hat Pi3b+ Pi4 only - better design *Waveshare PoE HAT (B) with cooling fan for Raspberry Pi 3B+/4B 802.3af PoE *[https://github.com/axizo-pi/V3DLib vc6 V3D 4.2] is derived from [https://docs.broadcom.com/doc/12358545 vc4], but it is significantly different The QPU pipeline stays mostly the same, you still have an add ALU and a multiply ALU and it can issue two ALU OPs per cycle. There is still 4 SIMD lanes, interleaved over 4 cycles. The instruction encoding for the QPUs is different, but the core instructions are the same. Instructions for packed 8 bit int math has been dropped, along with most of the pack modes. Instructions for packed 16bit float math has been added (2 floats at in a single operation) With vc5/vc6, you write two packed 16f value to the tilebuffer (or four writes of 32f, if you are using the rgba32f framebuffer). And there is a handy vfpack operation which allows you to pack two f32s into a single 32bit value in a single instruction. You can vfpack directly into the tile buffer register. the multiply ALU can now fadd, so you can issue two fadds per instruction. the add ALU has gained a bunch of new instructions the A and B register files have been merged. You still only get an A read and a B read per instruction, but they read from one big register file (which means the underlying memory block has gone from two sets of "one read port, one write port" to one "two read ports, one write port" block) The theoretical max FLOPs per QPU remains the same at two per cycle, other than the bump from 400mhz to 500mhx but it looks like a lot of effort has been put putting those theoretical FLOPs to better use. *vc4 could run one or two threads per QPU. When you ran in two thread mode, the available register file halfed to 32 registers. *vc5 added a four thread per QPU mode, with 16 registers per thread. *vc6 doubled the size of the register file. You could now use all 64 threads in two thread mode and 32 registers in for thread mode. Single thread mode was removed, you always have at least two threads. With the threading improvements, the QPUs should spent much less time idle waiting NOPs for memory requests. Most of the design changes have gone to improving the fixed function hardware around the QPUs. A fixed function blend unit has been added, which should reduce load on the QPUs when doing alpha blending. hope software blending is still possible The tile buffer can now store upto 4 render targets (up to 128bits per pixel, so if you are using 4 32bit render targets, you can't have a depth buffer) A MMU, allowing a much simpler/faster kernel driver. Many more texture formats, framebuffer formats. All the features needed for opengl es 3.0 H.265 / HEVC decoder is a HEVCv2 Main 4:4:4 10 design supporting bitstreams up to profile 5.1 HEVC hardware decode supports 4kp60, 10-bit. Audio output is pretty much unchanged, but the HDMI audio channels now support 8x192kHz bitrates Each ALU typically have 2 floating point operators, and as you pointed out in a earlier post videocore 6 is no exception, with both a multiply and additive floating point operator. Thus theoretical GFLOPs are calculated with both operators in mind. That is what the 2 in my formula represents, and is common across any modern programmable shader, whether you calculate Nvidia, AMD, Intel, Boardcom or any other company's GPUs. Total ALUs * 2 * GHz clock = GFLOPs, In the case of Raspberry Pi 3, it's 24 ALUs * 2 operators * 0.4GHz = 19.2GFLOPs If the Videocore 6 does indeed only have 16 ALUs (16 * 2 * 0.5GHz), you'd have only 16GFLOPs but they are better utilised Possible maximum performance <pre> VideoCore IV @ 250MHz: 250 [MHz] x 3 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 24 Gflop/s VideoCore IV @ 300MHz: 300 [MHz] x 3 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 28.8 Gflop/s VideoCore VI @ 500MHz: 500 [MHz] x 2 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 32 Gflop/s </pre> Faster LPDDR4 memory. ====BCM2837==== With the Pi3 * Broadcom BCM43438 chip provides 2.4&nbsp;GHz 802.11n wireless LAN, Bluetooth Low Energy, and Bluetooth 4.1 Classic radio support, 3B+ [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/afa5bc0bb17d5dd06bcfdbac00853a3799ca8d76 LAN7515] The overclock ability has diminished with each chip version as the energy usage has increased. BCM2837 is one of the warmest yet and benefits from active fan cooling if all four cpu cores are in use for a short while. Video playback is not affected due to the custom support in the GPU. 5 V / 2.4 or 2.5 amp power supply recommended if all four cpu cores are running, else throttling (cpu slowdown) might occur. Dual VDP and scalable QPU in VC4 ARMv8-A has [https://developer.arm.com/documentation/102412/0100/Privilege-and-Exception-levels privilege levels] where userspace typically runs at ‘EL0’, the kernel at ‘EL1’ or ‘EL2’ and the firmware at the highest level ‘EL3’. ===32bit=== === Core Kernel === ====BCM2708(family)==== which includes the [http://elinux.org/RPi_Hardware BCM2835] (ARM1176JZF-S 700&nbsp;MHz CPU + VideoCore IV GPU + up to 1GB RAM) *Framebuffer (fb) using mailbox *IRQ scheduler, etc *Arasan based SD Card controller *Synopsis DesignWare USB 2.0 OTG controller [http://networkdirection.net/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=106:rasperry-pi-usb-controller&catid=45:raspberry-pi&Itemid=54 Unofficial DOCS pdf], [dwc_otg.c FreeBSD], [], [https://www.riscosopen.org/viewer/view/mixed/RiscOS/Sources/HWSupport/USB/Controllers/DWCDriver/ RiscOS USB Driver], [https://www.riscosopen.org/forum/forums/5/topics/878 RiscOS USB Discussion], [https://www.riscosopen.org/forum/forums/11/topics/1893 Other USB RiscOS], [http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9/index.html Plan9 Miller's usb] http://plan9.bell-labs.com/sources/contrib/miller/, [https://github.com/Chadderz121/csud CSUD driver], *[http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/9512.pdf SMSC 9512] USB LAN/Hub chip *CMOS RAM *VCHIQ port which sends messages to the GPU e.g. for mouse, keyboard, audio on HDMI, etc *Audio Driver *Serial Peripheral Interface Bus (SPI) *[http://www.susa.net/wordpress/2012/06/raspberry-pi-pcf8563-real-time-clock-rtc/ I2C registers] *I2S *Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) *[http://elinux.org/RPi_BCM2835_GPIOs GPIOs] and [http://www.adafruit.com/blog/2012/08/17/broadcom-bcm2835-peripheral-memory-map-and-gpio-alternate-use-chart-piday-raspberrypi-raspberry_pi/ Alternative view of GPIO] BCM2836 * For Pi B+, PI 2 and Pi 3 SMSC LAN9514 chip adding 10/100 Ethernet connectivity and four USB channels to the board *[http://www.andrewscheller.co.uk/rpi_pcb_modules.html PCB], [http://elinux.org/RPi_Low-level_peripherals Low level features], Implemented so far... # Modify the configure system so that it correctly builds for the arm hardware float raspi target. # Implemented the bootstrap to load the aros modules and prepare the arm to jump into them. Reworked the x86 console support so that parts can be stolen for raspi to use since t has no basic functionality to output to the display. # Implemented a kernel.resource to prepare the raspi for running aros and provide the low level api calls to expose available resources and allow exec, etc function. # Implemented serial debug support # Implemented the exec (and kernel) functionality required to make multitasking work (and interrupts, exceptions, syscalls, etc) # Implemented a timer.device to utilise the hardware timers. # Implemented a very basic gfx driver to expose the hardware's framebuffer. # Implemented an SD-Card driver for AROS which presently only supports the raspi's chipset but can easily be modified to support all sd-card hardware and media. # Fixed the fat filesystem support in AROS so that it can boot on RasPi's normal SD-Card setup. The "rom" image files needed use a different filename than the default linux, etc images so can be easily installed without harming the existing files - you only need to change the loaded images in the config file to get aros to boot. # Updated the build scripts to automatically download the necessary raspi firmware files and wrap it all up so that you can simply extract the archive to a fat formatted sdcard and boot it on the raspi without having to get anything else. # fix everything in contrib and ports to build for raspi (needs proper testing/fixes but allows every component to actually compile at least, including owb) + numerous other fixes to get things working on arm/raspi .. Improvements... # Implement a USB chipset driver "OR" finish the existing one [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/c07d13c724f944674be5db54fc6a71ee72a01809 usb otg] - the current code is mostly a skeleton that should initialise the chipset and then needs relevant code to support the different transfer types. It also has the "virtual" hub code in place to represent the raspi's USB port (from poseidons p.o.v) # Implement a driver for the USB NIC (a few weeks - depends on USB above) # Write an [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/d55d0f74d20b769bbb8c8d386e5c1d7a9154f05a audio driver] (a few weeks - independent of USB) and [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/e93a4c245f27a87c9c4c1d39206694b39059998a HDMI] # fix syscall bug in the current raspi kernel code # Graphics depend on having a decent "bcmdma.resource" implemented as to use the cpu's dma engine. The sd card driver needs to use it for transfers to/from the controller - and the gfx system needs to use it for "blitting". # [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/4019d84e4975d4dad987a12d57fe108f5ac048e6 Improve the gfx driver], [ vc4gfx HIDD] add [http://dri.freedesktop.org/wiki/VC4/ Gallium3D support] # [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/b13905b3e8e45b089f520b44692c81affddd066f Improve] the [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/3a876755c070f5c73c4f53c7f4d35b4f923088b9 sdcard] device driver - which is also pretty basic but should work with most cards, rework it to also support pci, etc. sd card interfaces on x86 # The current code using very rudimentary access to the gpio interface - so that should be implemented as some resource for other components to access, as-well as the i2c interface exposed over the gpio interface. that should have a hidd class implemented which uses the gpio resource to communicate. Boot up typical for most other OSs before the open sourcing of many binary blobs from 2017 onwards On power-up, the rpi [http://www.open.com.au/mikem/bcm2835/ BCM 2835] [https://github.com/hermanhermitage/videocoreiv VideoCore4] GPU, not the ARM CPU, is in control, and the SD card slot is the only peripheral device with power. The firmware burned into the BCM2835's VideoCoreIV GPU PROM requires a DOS-style partition table; a FAT-formatted first partition; and the freely redistributable but closed sourced Broadcom files “bootcode.bin” and “start.elf” in that partition. The boot sequence carries out several pre-boot tasks *On powering of the rpi, the GPU reads and executes bootcode.bin, which then loads start.elf *The GPU loads the “start.elf” file, eventually, into the L2 cache and then executes it *configures the memory split for the CPU and GPU *reads and parses “config.txt” from the same partition on the SD card and applies the settings (like a PC’s BIOS settings) *loads the “kernel.img” file, again from the same partition *activates the CPU to begin executing the loaded kernel image The CPU/GPU memory split is hard-coded into start.elf, so Broadcom provides three start.elf images, to give 32M, 64M, or 128M to the GPU for multimedia performance, and the remainder to the CPU. RPi uses [https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware some closed source loaders] and at some point it loads a binary blob named "kernel.img" at 0x8000, at that point there would be a rudimentary Aros alive. If one wants to use the SD-card then there would have to be a driver for the interface and a fat filesystem handler (SD-card has to be formatted to fat filesystem) Boot code and kernel are now linked together and made into that binary blob, just for starters. Raspberry Pi uses [http://kernelnomicon.org/?p=133 u-boot] and [http://kernelnomicon.org/?p=138 UBoot] as bootloader, there's already some code in the Efika MX port for that. UBoot is a native bootloader and not just for the raspberry pi, it loads after start.elf. You can find Efika MX port from arch implementations, some hacking is needed for the mmakefile.src'es as iit dates back to before the Aros crosstool era or else you get some weird errors while building. You also need to code the bootstrap and serial handling. At the moment it seems that a fastest route for the native build would be to make one binary blob without using the package system. Raspberry's memory layout is pretty simple and if the implemented u-boot doesn't support loading other modules <pre> ? - alias for 'help' mtest - simple RAM test autoscr - run script from memory base - print or set address offset bbm - BBM sub-system bdinfo - print Board Info structure boot - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' bootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' bootm - boot application image from memory bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol cmp - memory compare coninfo - print console devices and information cp - memory copy crc32 - checksum calculation echo - echo args to console fatinfo - print information about filesystem fatload - load binary file from a dos filesystem fatls - list files in a directory (default /) go - start application at address 'addr' help - print online help iminfo - print header information for application image itest - return true/false on integer compare jade - loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) loads - load S-Record file over serial line loady - load binary file over serial line (ymodem mode) loop - infinite loop on address range md - memory display mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) mtest - simple RAM test mw - memory write (fill) nfs - boot image via network using NFS protocol nm - memory modify (constant address) pci - list and access PCI Configuration Space ping - send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network host printenv - print environment variables rarpboot - boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol reset - Perform RESET of the CPU run - run commands in an environment variable saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage saves - save S-Record file over serial line setenv - set environment variables sleep - delay execution for some time tftpboot - boot image via network using TFTP protocol USB - USB sub-system usbboot - boot from USB device version - print monitor version </pre> And there is one more thing about modular ports. In order to actually implement this, your bootstrapping environment should provide the ability to load several files. On PC this is provided by GRUB2. on CHRP you can read filesystem via OpenFirmware, and Sam's Parthenope relies on modified u-boot. If your bootstrap allows to load only a single file, then you stuck with monolithic kickstart. By the way... u-boot allows not only to boot up a single uImage or zImage, it also allows to write client programs AFAIK. With this approach, you actually can write modular bootstrap for ARM AROS using unmodified u-boot. Most used [http://www.compulab.co.il/workspace/mediawiki/index.php5/U-Boot_quick_reference uboot options] are fatls usb 0:1, the reason behind INTB_KERNEL is to allow use of the standard Exec function AddIntServer() to add interrupt handlers for hardware drivers etc. AmigaOS never used it for abstract hardware drivers. AmigaOS routed only raw hardware IRQs there. Their assignment was hardcoded. As well as number of them. Actually on AmigaOS every bus has its own interrupt subsystem. For example PCI bus. PCI interrupts on Amiga are routed to a single exec interrupt. 1:1 relationship between CPU and hardware interrupts is present only on PC. IMHO we miss things like AddInterrupt/RemInterrupt methods on our PCI subsystem's device class. PCI bus class should map these methods to whatever is appropriate. This is how it is done on AmigaOS and friends. When these are implemented, raw kernel.resource API will be needed only for several PC-specific drivers with hardwired resources. Exec IRQs are real IRQs only on Amiga hardware. On other machines they can be emulated where appropriate (VBlank is a good example). kernel.resource is meant to be different, its IRQs are hardware-agnostic, they are plain "Hardware IRQ number X, whatever this means". They are low-level actually, and meaningful only in the context of a particular system. Was that not the transition from irq.hidd to kernel.resource? No. A long time ago there was another hacky bit named INTB_TIMERTICK. It was "abstract timer interrupt", used by timer.device. It was the same as VBlank, but with larger frequency. I removed it, because kernel.resource API was a cleaner way to access this interrupt. Furthermore, there can be more than one timer in the system. Thinking about bringing back timer HIDD definitions again. hpet.resource is a bad idea. Can someone please enlighten me a little on how the scheduler is meant to work? Poseidon.library creates its "Poseidon Event Task" during RTF_COLDSTART -> then calls Wait(), and ends up in limbo because wait disables interrupts (used for the scheduler heartbeat), and basically waits forever because the sigbit is never set, since krnSwitch doesn't switch the task unless TF_SWITCH is set, and no codepath run during this seems to set it?? TF_SWITCH does not disable/enable switching. This flag just enables to run user-supplied hook when the task is being switched away. It is completely safe to call Wait() in Disable()d state. Doing this actually temporarily breaks this state. IDNestCnt gets remembered in struct Task, then next task is selected, and its IDNestCnt is restored in sysbase (see kernel_scheduler.c). If there are no other tasks, then your cpu_Dispatch() should enable interrupts on the CPU and enter idle mode. See x86 implementation for good example. You miss what happens next... 1. KrnSwitch() saves context of your task, saves IDNestCnt (core_Switch() and cpu_Switch()), then drops into cpu_Dispatch(). 2. cpu_Dispatch() calls core_Dispatch. Then two cases are possible: 2a. There is a READY task. It is picked up, its IDNestCnt is restored in SysBase, then cpu_Dispatch() needs to restore registers and exit. The next task is run. 2b. There are no READY tasks. core_Dispatch() returns NULL. In this case your cpu_Dispatch() should enter idle loop. It should just enable interrupts on the CPU and put it on halt. This allows it to process hardware interrupts. Eventually some of your interrupt handlers wakes up your task and puts it into READY list. My heartbeat interrupt has been slowed atm to help debugging - but it never actually gets a chance to fire because of the Wait() disabling interrupts. Perhaps you have forgotten to enable interrupts in your idle loop. There is a change in the format of AROS executables. Until now we were using Elf RELocable files which are usually used as intermediate object files. We had them for various reasons, one of them was how AROS files were built in the past. That days we had no real aros cross compiler and the option to embed relocation data in unix executables (or in executable files in general) was rather new and not every linux/unix system had it. Therefore we have decided to use intermediate files. Although it was somehow working (and it is still working :-)), it has some drawbacks. Therefore decided to introduce real Elf EXEC types, in first turn implemented on ARM target with option to expand in future to all other AROS architectures. The first patch was pretty easy and appeared to work somehow. It generated nice executables with embedded relocation info. Not only that, it also removed all global symbols adjusting relocation data to be relative to the beginning of the sections. That move reduced number of symbols in each executable significantly (depending on the file between 20 and 80% of all symbols could be removed). The only symbols that stayed in the file are local ones - due to the nature of the patch wasn't able to remove them since we have not seen them in the symbol hash table. The patch didn't worked though. The files were relocated, AROS kernel loaded, but it crashed very early. What happened? Well, the nature of ARM relocations happened :) Most of the relocation data on all machines is rather simple. Relocation can be absolute or pc-relative, sometimes the offset has to be bit shifted. On ARM v7 there is another one. There, when one wants to load an address of function/variable into register a combination of two instructions can be used: movw and movt. The first one loads immediate into lower 16 bits of a register while clearing upper 16 bits. The second one loads immediate into upper 16 bits without touching lower halfword. Loading of a pointer into a register looks like this: movw r0, #:lower16:label movt r0, #:upper16:label In this case there are two relocations - one for lower halfword and another for upper. If an overflow of lower 16 bits occurs during relocation process, the upper one should be updated as well. Unfortunately with current patch and with typical ARM executables there is not enough information to perform the calculations. There are two options - the first one would be to give up and go back to "fake" executables, another one would be to change from REL to RELA relocation info. The latter contains an addend, extra data which can be used to perform all the relocation calculations I need. Decided for the second option. The patch is already in the works. There is another function for the binutils' bfd backend to perform the final relocation. There can decide what to do with every reloc info, modify data and eventually strip some symbols. An advantage is - at this stage of the linking process have also full access to all local symbols so can change all relocations section relative and eventually strip all symbols from the files. GPU VCore developed by Alphamosaic Ltd and now owned by Broadcom. Most of start.elf runs on the GPU. Placing ALL the userland GPU code in the videocore.hidd isn't going to be a terribly big problem because the code they published is nothing more than a shim that sends data straight to the GPU to execute. The good news about this is that we only need to write our HIDD using the OpenVG API. The shim is relatively small codewise and lives in the ARM memory (the actual OpenVG code itself lives in the GPU RAM area and its loaded from start.elf). That's also the bad news. Our driver has to translate AROS video calls to OpenVG calls, for most tasks it should be easy, for some, not so much. It's still probably less difficult and less work, than controlling the GPU directly. The other good news is that anything done through OpenVG happens on the GPU, its truly accelerated. It also has some nice font functions, meaning we can lead into an accelerated text mode later. Basically, AROS resets or locks up when it tries to use AROS_ATOMIC_INC or DEC. If I comment out the byte/word operations in the header files and use non-atomic operations, the code works as expected. have read that the L1 cache needs to be enabled to use LDREX and co (which I also read is only meant to be used on multi processor systems with shared memory) - however I am certain this is correctly enabled. If you are using LREX or STREX, you should have L1 cache enabled, at least on the ARM CPU I work with at work. L1 cache is enabled by enabling the MMU *AND* setting the C and I bits in the CPU - the C bit is ignored, and the I bit only covers the 16 byte instruction pipeline if the MMU is not enabled. Can you verify that your assembly is generating LDREX/STREX? From the behavior, it almost sounds like its generating the default Semaphore locked atomics. Impossible. There are no semaphore-locked atomics. There are Disable()/Enable()-based ones instead. And there's a special #define AROS_NO_ATOMIC_OPERATIONS in this case, which tweaks Disable()/Enable() implementations not to recurse forever. I have tested this on ARMv5 which does not have ldrex/strex, it works fine. On those ARMs there's no way to have real atomics. On other OSes (like Linux) this is done by introducing things like atomic_t, which appears to be a complex structure, holding the value together with accompanying spinlock (implemented using swp). #warning "TODO: lookup optimal mmu table settings for raspi memory" /* Set up an identity-mapping for all 4GB */ for(x = 0; x < 4096; x ++) { pagetable[x] = x<<20 | (0x40002|0x80000|0x010000|0x00C00|0x04); } Shouldn't there be a second loop that sets the 'C' bit in the descriptor for the RAM pages? Currently, you have TEX=0, C=0, B=1 for all pages (Shared Device). You should have TEX=0, C=1, B=0 for RAM (Write-Through, Cached) So .. pagetable[x] = x<<20 | 2; should be enough? No, for RAM you need to change the '| 0x40' to '| 0x80' tell dosboot the correct defaults to use Please don't do this. This bootconfig.c is a deprecated legacy thing. I wanted it to go away completely with time. Instead, display drivers should auto-install themselves during own initialization phase. I. e. detect hardware=>instantiate itself. This should make things way simpler. With this approach you only need to add the driver into KS image to get the device autobooted. No hardcoded stuff. Currently VESA and VGA drivers do this, look there for examples. never rewrote ATI driver because i don't have any test system for it. they defined a smaller AROSCPUContext than the ExceptionContext - yet reference it as ExceptionContext in other places, and since it hasn't allocated enough storage for ExceptionContext, are corrupting memory/the structure (since the elements that are there don't map 1 to 1 with the exception context). AFAIK, AROS has been moving in a different direction to this in recent years. It is the job of graphics HIDDs to allocate bitmaps etc. so that they have the most suitable characteristics, including allocating them from GPU RAM where possible. The concept of chip RAM is only for legacy code, and most if not all non-68k platforms should have all system RAM marked as chip. BTW, is the video processing code you mention CPU code or GPU code? Also, IIRC we have support for "external memory allocators". Perhaps that's what we need for the allocation of GPU RAM through the mailbox. All hosted and x86 native ports should use proper context formats. trying to clarify if the vblank handler has to have run by this point to prevent this deadlock. Actually, no. Unless you have installed VBlank handler which should wake up at some point. Without VBlank there will be no quantum count. Consequently, there will be no forced preemption. But the rest will work, and multitasking will be cooperative (switch happens only when current task voluntarily gives up the CPU). Does it depend on the vblank having run before this point? and if yes what does that mean on systems where it might be able to run enough code (e.g. get to this point) before the vblank interrupt has triggered? What is it waiting for? It could wait for timer, in this case you need timer.device working. VBlank is currently needed for exec's quantum counter. In current native ports we have only a single timer, which is served by timer.device. VBlank is simulated by timer.device also. If your machine has two timers, then you can use one of them for VBlank, and another for timer.device, this will simplify things down. VBlank needs to be 50 Hz for historical reasons, many programs use it as cheap timer. I am periodically thinking about making some abstract mechanism to be able to change quantum source (and untie it from 50 Hz), but have no time to come up with something good. Additionally i started disliking timer.device hardcoded design when PC has got many timers (old 8253, APIC, HPET). Currently i think there should be some low-level entity representing tick source. timer.device should just select the most appropriate source for its units. The BCM2835 has 4 GPU based timer sources - 2 are used by the GPU, so im using Timer3 for our heartbeat and the remaining one will be free to the system. There is also the less capable ARM timer but that is dependent on the CPU frequency. Very good. You won't need any emulation. Set the heartbeat to 50 Hz and drive VBlank from it. Use other timer for MicroHZ. Can you use the 'econsole.hook' I make for debugging the Sam460 via the serial port? It provides a before-anything-else shell prompt on the serial port. You can then do 'NewCLI' to test your graphics, or use any DOS command in shellcommands.resource. You should just be able to add econsole.hook to your module list, and use 'econsole' in your bootargs. So long as you have a working Exec/RawMayGetChar and Exec/RawPutChar, it should work. Also make sure to add shell.resource and shellcommands.resource for this. That should have done it. If you set "#define DEBUG 1" in arch/all-native/econsole/econsole.c, do you get any additional serial output? have added it to the build and added econsole to the command line - and can see the bootloader picks up on the emergency bootconsole tag, but I still only get the insert bootable media display? Im assuming it exposes a fake filesystem that tricks aros into booting? The contents of which are: ECON:AROS.boot Way to handle the scheduling code? The implementations I had been following were causing problems, due to cascading interrupts which I cant handle properly in the asm stubs just now (when they break disable etc.) - since it means detecting the interrupted codes cpu mode and getting the correct sp/lr for it, and that's just too tedious for arm. To work around this ive added a system idle task which does nothing - and when the scheduling code has no task to run switches this in and lets it run, thereby allowing the interrupts etc to resume until something does need to happen. Also, by adding accounting code to cpu_Switch() and cpu_Dispatch(), it should allow the system to log idle time correctly (as well as running tasks). have thought of also adding an additional task that never runs, solely to record time spent in IRQ handlers, but I digress.. was under the impression that kernel.resource should *never* be used outside of exec.library. This is a wrong impression. Michal started designing it because portable nature of AROS does not fit well into exec's API with all its assumptions. So, he started the new, hardware-agnostic kernel API from scratch. Yes, exec sits on top of it in places. But kernel always meant to be open thing. Otherwise it would not exist. it wasn't meant to be just used willy nilly by user code - but by lower system components (e.g. exec) so that they could be implemented in a more generic fashion, and the kernel resource itself hide the systems quirks. Adding new things there perfectly keeps up with our decision to minimize AROS-specific intervention into APIs which can clash with MorphOS or Amiga OS4 extensions. We want at least source-level compatibility there. Binary compatibility on PPC would be extremely cool, but at the other hand we have no maintainer for this, as well as their ABIs splintering. It depends on what exactly is being implemented - there's no reason we should have everything crammed into kernel.resource if it doesn't need to be (i.e. if its better suited as a separate component/subsystem in its own right) The _LE versions are for when you have endian swapping taking place. If the graphics are the same endian as the CPU, no swapping should occur. I ran into a similar terminology problem in SDL with a friend insisting that his Radeon 7000 on his PC was big-endian. It is not, it just uses the same endianness for the graphics card and the CPU so no swapping was necessary. They were both little-endian. The _LE versions are because the PixFmts refer to the bitmap data being in big endian format in memory, for which the normal version would need to do endianness conversion before applying the shifts/masks. on this platform it is in _LE in memory also so we don't need the conversion hence using the _LE version of the call). would use _LE (if it's really little endian 16 bit mode). What is the bare minimum needed to implement a framebuffer based gfx driver, with our software handling the rest? Have tried with just a gfx class that only expose new/dispose/newbitmap - and having an onscreenbitmap used only for the framebuffer itself (with all other bitmaps being chunkybm, and the framebuffer's superclass also being chunkybm), but that alone isn't enough it seems? You can use workbench/hidds/sm502/ as your example - it is as simple as I could make it. So, AROS creates the framebuffer bitmap (verified this) -> so surely it should be capable of then rendeing into it? I don't actually create the framebuffer "bitmap object" myself - only as a result of being asked to. The code I currently have on SVN seems to create the framebuffers bitmap object fine, but then crashes in intuitions DisplayDriver callback. In particular it crashes performing the getattr on the system default pointer. don't expose MEMF_CHIP in an allocatable form so AllocSpriteData was failing (and other code later doesn't check if the values are valid == illegal memory accesses) So far have -: vc_init: queries the gpus memory, and sets up a fake memory handler for it, then adds the bootmode driver and returns saying all is well vc_gfxhidd:New: sets up some fake syncmodes to test with and creates the real gfx object. vc_gfxhidd:NewBitmap: checks if its a framebuffer and uses the onbitmap class or uses the chunkybm class otherwise vc_onbitmap:New; creates a chunkybm object and then pushes the real framebuffer address into it as the buffer, vc4 had v8adds, v8subs, v8muld, v8min and v8max which operated on four 8bit uint values packed into a 32bit register. Multiplication was in the range 0.0 to 1.0 and addition/subtraction saturated. There were also a range unpacking/packing modes that allowed you to pack and unpack 8bit values into 32bit registers. RasPi has to speak to the "operating system" which runs on the GPU itself and request/free memory - it cant directly manage it itself, and so the managed functions were used to wrap these calls. The Arm and GPU share memory space. The framebuffer is shared. The Arm can write a pixel and it will appear on the screen (through GPU hardware) without flushing/copying being required. The GPU can composite multiple FB's in real time - so you have a number of surfaces defined which are rotated etc and composited in real time to the output. Copying can map from the address space of the Arm to the flat space of the GPU which takes some code, but I don't think whole buffers are copied. The DMA hardware can also access the whole memory space and can perform 2D fills and blits (no blending). This is documented in the peripheral spec posted. The DMA is just an Arm accessible peripheral and can be set up with low latency (e.g. microseconds). must use a 0xc0000000-based bus address to access SDRAM, yet non-DMA access should go via a 0x0-based bus address. For 2D dma, set TDMODE, and the spec says "interpret the TXFR_LEN register as YLENGTH number of transfers each of XLENGTH, and add the strides to the address after each transfer." so set STRIDE to pitch of the image, the width is XLENGTH and height is YLENGTH. You would fill by not setting the SRC_INC and point source to your fill data. The DMA cannot see the ARM's L1 cache, so you would map the framebuffer with ioremap_nocache. Depending on where the source data comes from, it may need an L1 cache flush. The DMA can see the L2 cache. Use 0xC0000000 bus addresses when L2 is disabled and 0x40000000 bus addresses when L2 is enabled. (actually just call virt_to_bus and you'll get the right address out). openGLES/openVG has high latency. Writing to framebuffer then reading it back is very inefficient (e.g. milliseconds). If you can drive it a unidirectional way, just streaming commands at then that is efficient. openVG is not implemented on top of openGLES - it uses the same hardware but as a first class interface To improve the Gfx driver, we will need a DMA resource implemented so can use to perform DMA operations. The Gfx driver will need this to perform blits. Actually MEMF_CHIP has to present, for historical reasons. This has been never fully agreed upon, but in ports i wrote i exposed the whole memory as MEMF_CHIP. The idea behind this is that CHIP is originally the memory where graphics and sound data can be put. On non-Amiga platforms there are no restrictions on this, so the whole memory is CHIP. Yes, many old software can misbehave with CHIP memory size larger than 2MB. But this actually applies only to m68k AROS which is going to run m68k binaries. In other cases it's quite logical to fix the program when porting. As to original question: yes, it's enough to have a framebuffer bitmap (one with aoHidd_BitMap_FrameBuffer set to TRUE) and PutPixel routine. It framebuffer can be served by chunky bitmap class, then you can simply create chunky bitmap with your own buffer (see how VESA driver does this). Chunky PutPixel is already there. struggling to determine what is the correct pixfmt to use for the 24/16/15 bit gfx modes on the RasPi. AFAIK it uses RGB565, for 16bit but im unsure what shifts etc should go with it? suffice to say Im getting the wrong colors so far lol. <pre> redmask: 0x0000F800 greenmask: 0x000007E0 bluemask: 0x0000001F alphamask: 0 redshift: 16 greenshift: 21 blueshift: 27 alphashift: 0 </pre> It should likely be vHidd_StdPixFmt_RGB16_LE This stuff is a bit confusing. The "names" of the stdpixfmts are based on the layout in memory, ignoring endianess. So for example: ARGB32: will be 0xAA 0xRR 0xGG 0xBB in memory on both big endian and little endian machines. The shifts and masks OTOH are based on pixel access (ULONG in this case), so differ depending on whether you run on big endian machine or little endian machine (that's why there's stdpixfmt_le.h and stdpixfmt_be.h in rom/hidds/graphics/). With the 16 bit pixel format it's even more confusing, as for example it's impossible on little endian machine to describe RGB16 with shifts/masks alone. That's why there's vHidd_PixFmt_SwapPixelBytes_Flag. (RGB16 == RRRRRGGG GGGBBBBB in memory, and for pixel (WORD) access on little endian machine it needs to be accessed as GGGBBBBBRRRRRGGGG). The shifts btw indicate how much to shift the component to the left (!) so that it is moved to the highest bit (31). The aHidd_PixFmt_StdPixFmt you specify will be ignored most of the time, because when the pixelfmt is registered, the gfx hidd checks if there's an identical pixfmt (shifts/masks/etc., but ignoring pixfmt->stdpixfmt) already in the system, and if so, it uses the already existing one and does not create a new one. In theory it would be better if gfx drivers could simply/only specify a StdPixFmt without all the shifts/masks stuff when the gfx driver uses pixfmt which matches one of the stdpixfmts exactly. Another possibility would be for gfx drivers to use HIDD_Gfx_GetPIxFmt(stdpixfmt_gfx_driver_wants_to_use) and then peek shifts/masks from it and fill out a pixfmt tag list based on that. 15bit very blue/green: Try to pass same shifts/masks/etc. as in 16 bit pixfmt (maybe you think it's using 15 bit R5G5B5 (or swapped) but it's actually still using 16 bit R5G6B5 (or swapped). aHidd_PixFmt_StdPixFmt you pass is mostly ignored. It's the shift/masks/etc. that count. But I would still pass the correct one (_LE) == whatever rom/hidds/graphics/stdpixfmts_??.h uses in the entry where you have looked up shifts/masks/etc. Use the shifts/masks/etc. from the entry in stdpixfmt_le.h (if you are running on little endian machine) or stdpixfmt_be.h (if you are running on little endian machine) that matches the pixfmt that its meant to be. 0xAA,0xRR,0xGG,0xBB on little endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_le.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_ARGB32) 0xBB,0xGG,0xRR,0xAA on little endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_le.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_BGRA32) 0xAA,0xRR,0xGG,0xBB on big endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_be.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_ARGB32) 0xBB,0xGG,0xRR,0xAA on big endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_be.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_BGRA32) it feels like AROS trashes the alpha component, otherwise it should be 8A8R8G8B. read on the subject suggest its in 1x5r5g5b (x is ignored) to keep 16bit alignment . Suggests to me that wrong shift/mask are being applied - however going by the 16bit versions it all looks correct to me so I am really confused as to what is happening. The output image looks to have too much green/blue, and very weak red. Kickstart The idea is to minimize amount of archirecture-specific modules to make the user's life easier. So, the kickstart was split into 'base' (which does not contain anything machine-specific) and 'BSP' (Board Support Package) which contains all hardware-specific stuff. This way, for example, distribution makers can save up space on CD and make CDs with multiple platform support. Different configuration would load the same base with different BSP's. Next there was some part which is entirely missing on hosted. These are filesystems. Hosted ports do not need them to boot up, so on hosted they are left out. At the other hand, they are also architecture-agnostic. So i put them into 'FS' package (standing for 'filesystem'). USB Poseidon is one more big part. I made it into separate package in order to allow users to omit it if they don't need it (for example, to run on retro PCs without USB). Personally i have one. Again, Poseidon is hardware-agnostic (well, there are USB drivers but HCIs are pretty standard). AFAIK its HCI 1.0 compliant but not familiar enough with poseidons drivers, nor USB, to just hack away at the existing code. Perhaps once i'm more familiar with the workings I can merge in the changes needed to get it operating but for now I will focus on getting it running. Also our drivers have known issues so perhaps a fresh set of eyes might shed some light on what is going wrong. Another interesting question is whether Poseidon can operate on device side. Is it flexible enough? How similar is being a USB host and USB device? think it will need a bit of work on Poseidon's side. Until then I will force the driver into Host/Master mode in the init code, but leave open device etc to configure the chipset for either's use - and look at trying to add support for working in Device/Slave mode & switching modes once it's up and running. Actually USBROMStartup is some kind of kludge. Can there be any alternative? Could device drivers be self-installing, like our HIDDs? This would get rid of need to list them in USBRomStartup. * Model A and B limited to 150 mA per port. * Model B+ and Pi 2 introduced configurable 600 mA to 1.2 A support over all ports - anything above that requires a powered USB hub. Implementing the hardware driver that Poseidon uses to interact with the USB components. Have code in place to (try) and initialise the USB chipset, and configure host/device mode operation (though AFAICT Poseidon doesn't support device mode). Started to get the "virtual" root hub written for the single USB port so that Poseidon should at least list it correctly in the GUI - and try to interact with it to find peripherals. The BCM2835 uses a soft IP block from Synopsys’ DesignWare library (DWC), specifically the block is called dwc_usb_2_0_hs_otg_subsystem-ahb_se (“USB 2.0 Hi-Speed OTG Controller Subsystem w/AHB Interface SE”). There is no public documentation for this, and pretty much zero chance of anyone getting hold of it even with NDA. However, there's a Linux driver written by Synopsys ([https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux dwc_usb]). Specifically directories [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/drivers/usb/host dwc_common_port] and [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/drivers/usb/host dwc_otg]. The Synopsys code is actually under a fairly permissive licence – it's not GPL, it's similar to BSD (’don't sue us if it breaks’ is pretty much the only clause). So this should not be a barrier to porting the code. The code is really well written, with a nice partition between the work done by the driver (dwc_otg, which is fairly involved, given the host does more work than a conventional EHCI driver), and the interface to Linux (dwc_common_port). Probably only need provision of relevant changes to dwc_common_port. Other things to consider.... * Provision of necessary headers to get it to compile * Provision of necessary functions (main issues are wait queues, threads, work queues, tasklets, timers, spinlocks and mutexes (multithreading) ) * Interfacing between USB stack and the driver. dwc_otg/dwc_otg_hcd_linux.c looks like the place to start. the Linux bits of the headers are only required for the dwc_common_port library. dwc_common_port includes a variety of crypto functions which are not used – it appears to also be used for ultrawideband (UWB) and wireless USB (WUSB) drivers where crypto will be an issue, but it isn't going to be for plain wired USB. Every USB driver acts as an USB hub as well in order to let Poseidon control the state of USB ports. The code there was reading status of the only USB port in Raspberry's CPU but when changing the status it erroneously deleted some of the status bits, including the port enable one. It was so because those bits in the status register are of a type Read/WriteToClear. It means, if one does not want to change their value from 1 back to 0, one has to actually write the 0 value. Very practical thing e.g. in interrupt handlers, where one reads the interrupt status register to learn what was the interrupt reason, and writes it back to the same register in order to clear the interrupts. After fixing that code it turned out that the communication was still unsuccessful. Apparently the USB device was not understanding the host for some reason. That should not happen since the request sent was one of the standard ones implemented by virtually anything with an USB connector, assumed that Poseidon clears the data caches before forwarding the work to the USB drivers but that's the responsibility of the driver itself. The USB device responded and acknowledged the transmission! But why were all the request sent after address change failing with timeout? They should not. Once again, address set is supported just by anything. Tried to contact the device at address 0 once again and there it was, still responding properly. The enlightenment came. The bus address for DMA transmissions was, as it is in many bare metal USB implementations, just the pure memory address of the buffer as seen by the ARM cpu. Have "prefixed" it with the real location of uncached RAM and booted AROS once again. Trident saw this: Product : Hub: Vdr=0424/PID=9514 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 9 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 2 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 38164 DevVers : 0200 and this: Product : Vendor: Vdr=0424/PID=EC00 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 255 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 1 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 60416 DevVers : 0200 and even this: Product : Hub: Vdr=0424/PID=9514 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 9 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 2 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 38164 DevVers : 0200 What are these things? The first one is USB hub built in the Raspberry. Thanks to this one the Pi machines (with exception of Pi0 and computing modules) have more than just one single USB port. The second one is the network chip in raspberry, the third one is my USB SD card reader which have just connected to see what happens. AROS tried, of course, to boot from it ;) So, the first step towards working USB is done. The control transfers are working as you can see above. Next step is to implement bulk and interrupt transfers, having the basics in place. Finally some error handling will be added and USB for Pi will be as complete as the PC version. [http://www.raspyfi.com/raspberry-pi-usb-audio-fix/ Issue with USB Audio] Audio [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/sound/arm audio] and its [https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/2 very high speed message passing interface type of thing VCHI] The Model B+ added an additional voltage regulator for the audio output and an additional output driver to drive low-resistance loads like headphones. However it is still using pulse-width modulation (PWM), which has a major impact on sound quality the old Raspberry Pi used a linear voltage regulator to provide the 3.3V to many of the components on the board while the new one uses a switching regulator. Both can perform reasonably well. However switch mode power supplies often show higher noise figures Analogue audio Audio over HDMI rev 1.3 & 1.4 Ethernet 10/100 BaseT Ethernet RJ45 socket GPIO GPIO shouldn't be too bad but bear in mind it is already accessed in places so they would need to allocate pins etc through it (e.g. sdcard to flicker the activity light, serial debug to output data on the GPIO pins) Probably a resource rather than a device... Started an i2c driver that will need to allocate GPIO pins. Feel free to work on it if you are interested ;p GPU graphics with 2D and 3D acceleration Sadly none yet for 32bit but for 64bit... Miscellanous hdmi issues Setting the hdmi_force_hotplug=1 makes sure the Pi believes the monitor/TV is really there. You might also need to set config_hdmi_boost=4 or even higher (up to 9) if your display needs a stronger signal. If the display is a computer monitor or newer tv, use hdmi_group=1 (auto HDMI use) and if it is an older TV, try hdmi_group=2 (for DMT formats, i.e. for PC monitors) then you HAVE to "set hdmi_drive = 2 to enable HDMI output as this forces HDMI mode rather than DVI mode Do not set hdmi_safe=1 as that overrides many of the previous options. Using a shorter or better quality HDMI cable might help. Make sure your Pi's power supply delivers 1 A and not 500 mA. If you see a problem with the red colour - either absent, or interference - then try a boost composite video changing the RCA cable, then the composite port worked out of the box Boot it as you are doing, without HDMI. If you now plug in the HDMI, do you get the image? In other words, does the Pi think HDMI is connected even when it isn't? Rename all the files in the first partion of the card except bootcode.bin, start.elf and fixup.dat What's the result? Put back config.txt What's the result? for PAL mode sdtv_mode=2 dmi_ignore_hotplug Pretends HDMI hotplug signal is not asserted so it appears a HDMI display is not attached hdmi_ignore_hotplug=1 Use composite mode even if HDMI monitor is detected <pre> # NOOBS Auto-generated Settings: #hdmi_force_hotplug=1 #config_hdmi_boost=4 #overscan_left=24 #overscan_right=24 #overscan_top=16 #overscan_bottom=16 #disable_overscan=0 start_x=1 gpu_mem=128 </pre> tvservice -c "PAL 4:3" <pre> /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -s or tvservice -s state: HPD high|HDMI mode|HDCP off|composite off (0x12001a), 1920x1080 @ 60 Hz, progressive /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m CEA Group CEA has 1 modes: (native) mode 16: 1920x1080 @ 60 Hz, progressive /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m DMT Group DMT has 0 modes: </pre> sudo amixer cset numid=3 1 forces the audio to the headphone jack, even with the HDMI video output plugged in config.txt the hdmi_ignore_edid_audio=1 option sems relevant as it should tell ALSA that the only available audio is analog, no matter what the display says There are several different ways that these 4 pole (ring) composite analog cables can be wired up, so some work great in some applications and can be a waste of time in others. What is needed for the Raspberry Pi B+ and above, which like many camcorders needs the ring contact next to the base contact to be the ground. The wiring for the 4 pole are: TIP (LEFT AUDIO CHANNEL) RING 1 (RIGHT AUDIO CHANNEL) RING 2 (GROUND/EARTH) RING 3 BASE/SLEEVE (VIDEO) YELLOW Most Apple based Players and the Microsoft Zune (TM) are wired this way. Most analogue camcorders are wired this way as well, where the ground in on Ring 2 will work with the Pi although you may need to swap your Video plug with the Right Audio plug. Nearly all other MP3 players are not wired this way, the ground is on another ring ie the wrong one. External devices * Camera Module Omnivision ov5647 Sunny 5MP (NoIR version) V1.3 - NoIR at 850&nbsp;nm, peak at 880&nbsp;nm and trails off at 940&nbsp;nm wavelengths * Camera V2 Sony IMX219 V2.1 8mpixel 8MP 8megapixel - 3280 x 2464 pixels - video at 1080p30, 720p60 and 640x480p90 - wider field of view, 62 vs 54 degrees horizontally - * Branded WIFI usb BCM43143 dongle N.B. dreaded error after changing cameras (stupidly without turning off the power first) and lasted through several power cycles. It can be a bad 15-pin FFC ribbon cable, when swapped, camera(s) and the Pi itself are working OK. It can be an instance of a cold solder joint on the CSI connector on the pi board. the camera can be detected (that's done via I2C) but may still not be able to receive image data (done via CSI-2) if something is broken. CSI-2 is uni-directional. Control is generally done via I2C. The CSI-2 receiver always writes to memory, not direct to the ISP. That's the way the Broadcom architecture works as it allows multipass processing easily. GPU memory is accessible from the ARM. Processing using the QPU graphics processors may be possible. currently the only supported sensor is OV5647 and IMX219. The linux drivers are all in the firmware blob, else you'd be looking at at least a man-month of work in a fully fledged imaging lab to do a decent tuning of the camera modules' ISP parameters. Static electricity maybe an issue for the camera module and slightly less for the pi board. == References == Testing procedure is put sd card in, connect board to board if necessary, plug in hdmi and then power nothing else is done especially CSI DSI etc [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/compute-module.html CM5] has the same 55mm x 40mm 2x100pin connectors form factor as the CM4 but [https://www.epdtonthenet.net/article/214508/Key-Considerations-When-Migrating-from-Raspberry-Pi-CM4-to-CM5.aspx some pins and other small things] have changed. Will need the [https://raspipcb.com/tech-blog/raspberry-pi-cm4-vs-cm5-difference-in-booting-from-sd-card/ right IO board to suit] *Green [ Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 IO Board REV2 [https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/1097-raspberry-pi-compute-module-5-io-board SC1967]] - untested *Green [ RPi Compute Module 5 IO board REV1 [https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/1097-raspberry-pi-compute-module-5-io-board SC1751]] - untested *Black SupTronics Geekbord X1500 CM5 IO Carrier Board - untested *Black DeskPi Super6C Cluster Mini-ITX Board - untested *[https://sipeed.com/nanocluster Sipeed NanoCluster] - untested up to 7 CM5 *Green BentoIO CMX0 - untested *Box EDATec ED-CLAWBOX - untested *Home Assistant Yellow - Kit with PoE with Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5_PoE_BASE_A Waveshare CM5-PoE-BASE-A] - untested *Box Waveshare [ CM5-POE-BOX-A] - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-IO-BASE-B Waveshare CM5-IO-BASE-B] - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-IO-BASE-A Waveshare CM5-IO-BASE-A] - untested *Blue Waveshare [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-NANO-B CM5-NANO-B] - untested *[https://carboncomputers.us/products/pi-flux piFlux] *[https://carboncomputers.us/products/ Zitaotech Hackberry] CM5 lite only - *Portable [https://www.waveshare.com/pocketterm35.htm Waveshare PocketTerm35] with Pi4B or Pi5 - untested *Box [https://www.clockworkpi.com/uconsole ClockworkPi uConsole][https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtI_bAahbR8 CM4 into an adapter or CM3 into so-dimm - Cyberdeck] - untested *Green RPi [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip Compute Module 4] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf IO board] V1.4 [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IOUSB3-KiCAD.zip USB3] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4iousb3-appnote.pdf CM4ISO] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf Dual100pin] (2020) aka Development Platform Board - untested *Purple Pi Hut Cytron CM4 Maker Board - untested *Black DeskPi Super6C Cluster Mini-ITX Board - untested *[ KubeSail PiBox mini 2] *Home Assistant Yellow with Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 - untested *[ Turing Pi V2] - untested CM4 with 260-pin SO-DIMM socket adapters and/or nvidia jetson nanos - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-C Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-C] - untested but binary blobs Rev01 Rev02 *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-B Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-B] - untested but binary blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-A Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-A] - untested but binary blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-NANO-B Waveshare CM4-NANO] - untested but usb and audio turned off or rerouted CM3 has a 200 pin sodimm ddr2 connector form factor but not electrically SC0028, SC0029 *Blue [https://wiki.geekworm.com/CM_IO_Board Geekworm RPi Compute Module IO Board] [https://github.com/geekworm-com/cm-io-board CSI DSI] with CM3 in ddr2 slot underside - '''works''' if SW1 on but CM3+ '''does not''' *Green [https://cdn-shop.adafruit.com/product-files/3442/CMIO_schematic.pdf RPi V3 IO board CM3IO] and CM3 Lite - untested *Green [https://turingpi.com/ turingpi v1 cluster] - untested up to 7 cm3 7xlan9514 12V discontinued, 3 x Pi4 homelab maybe better *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/Compute_Module_PoE_Board Waveshare Compute Module PoE Board] and CM3 lite (if not lite, write files to internal eMMC fat32) '''AVOID''' bin blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/compute-module-io-board-plus.htm Waveshare Compute Module IO Board Plus] [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/Compute_Module_IO_Board_Plus wiki] [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?t=235695 pin settings] with CM3+ Lite - '''AVOID''' binary blob *[ Pi02w on Geekworm SupTronics X305 Raspberry Pi Zero IO Baseboard] - untested *[ Spotpear Pi Zero 2w to Pi3b format-ish] - untested *[ pi-top v4] box has 128x64 oled display, micro hdmi, 19Whr battery with pi4 and 15V PD 36W min needed *[ pi-top v3] three green pieces, heatsink covers most of the base tray, pi-top hub mk1 lhs and Pi1B Pi2b Pi3b rhs secured from below, black rounded strip with pi-top above keyboard, 13.3" HD 1366 x 768 display, small touchpad, *[ pi-top Model 2.0] pi-top on bottom bezel of 14-inch green laptop, large trackpad, keyboard slide down to reveal main system hub on slide rails moved to the right, Raspberry Pi3b screws down, hub slides in, 18V 2.5A 45W charger brick, battery 11.1V 3500mAh 38.85Wh and storage PiTopOS *[ Pi-Top CEED Raspberry Pi Modular Educational Desktop with RPI3] monitor *[https://www.indiegogo.com/en/projects/jesselozano/pi-top-a-raspberry-pi-laptop-you-build-yourself Pi-Top v1] wedge laptop with RPi2 <pre> 2008 Trustees collected for Foundation 2009 Pi Foundation charity status gained 2010 2011 First Raspberry prototypes 2012 First boards go on sale at CPC and RS. The Model A and B 700 MHz Arm11 - February 29th BCM 2835 2012 First million sold - more than the 10,000 original planned and anticipated 2013 First Alpha Experimental builds of AROS Native for the 32bit Pi 2013 Pi Trading launched making grants available, providing in house educational resources and Pi Academy for teacher training 2013 Over two million sold 2014 Over three million sold 2014 Pi 1 Model B+ introduced that moved composite video to audio jack and same half gig of memory 2014 Pi Model A+ v1.1 no ethernet and 1 usb - a little smaller - 2015 Over four million first gen pis sold 2015 Pi Zero 1.2 BCM2835 first production revision released with no camera port 2016 Pi0 1.3 released with camera csi connector 2017 Pi Zero W v1.1 1GHz Pi0W, single-core 32bit CPU BCM2835 released with Cypress CYW43438 wireless 2020 Raspberry Pi Pico SC0919 with RP2040 32-bit 2Core ARM Cortex-M0+ up to 133 MHz - 264KB of SRAM and 2MB of on-board QSPI Flash - 2024 Raspberry Pi Pico 2 with RP2350 2Core 32bit Arm Cortex-M33 and 2core open-hardware [https://github.com/wren6991/hazard3 Hazard3 RISC-V] 2015 Pi 2 Model B v1.1 BCM2836 900/600 MHz ARM Cortex-A7 Armv7 quad 32bit, 32bit VideoCore IV GPU - 1Gb RAM - 5V 2A micro usb - SMSC LAN9514 chip - 2015 Over a million pi2s sold 2015 Raspberry Pi 2 Model B version 1.2 Pi2bv1.2, aka Pi2B2 has armv8 BCM2837 underclocked to 900Mhz without wifi/bluetooth module 2016 Pi 3 Model B - Broadcom BCM2837 SOC four 64bit ARMv8 Cortex-A53 1.2GHz 32bit 1080p VideoCore IV GPU - 1Gb DDR2 - bluetooth 4.1, Cypress CYW43438 wireless 802.11n - 4 x USB2.0 ports - 5.1V 2.5A - SMSC LAN9514 chip 2016 PIs total over 10 million worldwide 2017 Compute Module 3 CM3 with BCM2837B0 armv8 Quad 64-bit - small 67.6mm x 31mm board which fits DDR2 SODIMM connector but not electrically compatible which plugs into needed IO board - beware of the I2C protocol issue 1Gb LPDDR2 RAM - Lite or 4Gb Emmc storage 2017 12 million pis sold in total 2018 Pi 3 Model B+ - 4c A53 BCM2837B0 1.4Ghz - 1Gb, wireless 802.11ac, gigabit ethernet (300Mbit/s) and bluetooth 4.2 - power over ethernet - 4 x USB2.0 ports - Microchip LAN7515 chip 2019 Over 15 million sold 2019 Pi 3 Model A+ with BCM2837b0 Cortex-A53 64-bit SoC @ 1.4 GHz with 512Mb LPDDR2, 1 usb2, 1 hdmi, 1 micro usb 5V 2A - no ethernet - 2019 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3+ CM3+ - Broadcom BCM2837B0 1.2Ghz, Cortex-A53 (ARMv8) 64-bit SoC on DDR2 SODIMM mechanically compatible only factor - IO board required 1Gb DDR2 and 8GB, 16GB, 32GB or a Lite variant without eMMC 2021 Pi zero 2 (w or no W) RP3A0 quad 1GHz Cortex-A53 64bit BCM2710A1 512mB SDRam 2025 edaTEC CM0 ED-CM0NANA with additional dev board with quad 1Ghz A53 with 512Mb Raysan RAM, 2 USB2 and 10/100 ethernet - pico castellated edge 2019 Pi 4 Model B RPI4B - BCM2711B0T quad 64bit A72 1.5GHz, 4K VideoCore VI, AC wifi, Bluetooth 5.0, GbE Broadcom BCM54213PE (PHY ID 0x600d84a2), 2 micro hdmi decode up to 4K, USB-C 5.1V 3A power, 2xVLI VL805 USB 3, 2xUSB 2.0, 2GB 9LDWW D9WHZ or 4GB 9FDWW D9WHV, 8GB 0AA47 D9ZCL ddr4 ram 2020 Silent Pi 4 v1.2 upgrade with more USB-c psu support 2020 PI400 BCM2711C0T 1.8GHz 4Gb DDR4 inside keyboard, 5.1V 5A 27W usb-c psu, 2 micro hdmi, external ide style 40pin gpio, no audio port - 2020 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 BCM2711B0T on new 55mm x 40mm 2x100 pin form factor with extra breakout IO board CM4101000 1Gb RAM Lite SOM CM4102000 2GB RAM Lite CM4104000 4GB RAM Lite CM4004008-4GB-RAM 8GB-EMMC SOM System on Modules CM4104032 4GB RAM 32GB emmc CM4108000 8GB RAM Lite CM4008016 8GB RAM 16Gb eMMc 2021 Raspberry Pi SC0763 Compute Module 4S CM4S with ddr2 sodimm pinouts but not electrically the same with suitable IO board extra cost - CM4S01000 1GB RAM Lite CM4S01008 1GB RAM 8GB eMMC Flash CM4S02000 2GB RAM Lite CM4S04000 4GB RAM Lite CM4S08000 8GB RAM Lite 2021 Pi 4 v1.4 BCM2711B1 upgraded power regulator, to deal with 8gig of ram being more power hungry - 2021-48 Raspberry Pi 4 model B v1.5 2GB 2023 Pi 5 v1.0 BCM2712 Quad A76 @2.4Ghz - VideoCore VII - no audio socket - dual 4k from mini hdmi - fan connector - 5.1V 5A psu 2024 Pi 5 2GB DDR4 version uses BCM2712D0 2024 Pi-500 with 8Gb LPDDR5 and membrane keyboard 2024 Pi 5 v1.1 2024 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 CM5 BCM2712 55mm x 40mm form factor with additional IO board CM5004000 04GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite CM5008000 08GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite CM5016000 16GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite 2025 Pi-500+ with 256GB NVMe storage, 16GB LPDDR4 RAM, and Gateron KS-33 Low Profile Blue mechanical keyboard switches 2025 Pi5 1GB DDR4 announced 2022 PiOS linux goes 64bit 2024 Pi Trading IPO stockmarket stock exchange listing 2026 April and May Aros 64bit fixed, added AHI audio, VC4 gfx started, usb functions added to rom 2026 June and July Aros 64bit usb2otg started, dma.resource, sdio.resource, bwfm.device wifi added 2026 Late July daily 64bit Pi3 LE little endian builds start 2026 August Pi 4, 400, 5 and 500 DTBs added, expanding existing support and wifi for Pi4 and Pi5 2026 August Pi5 HAT+ nvme and HDMI, AHI RPiI2S added, Pi4 HVS5 video scaler started, 2026 2027 2028 Pi 6 </pre> ==Future== [https://github.com/ARMSX2/ARMSX2 Arm pi of pcsx2] {{BookCat}} nj4ogh6qig7te5r0onob5jzemi3maex 4670898 4670897 2026-09-18T12:12:50Z Jeff1138 301139 4670898 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ArosNav}} [[#Native]] [[#Hosted]] [[#Build]] [[#Hardware]] [[#References]] [[#Future]] ==Introduction== [[File:Scalos00.png|thumb|Scalos on Aros Pi3b]] Aros aims to cover Pi 3 to 5 1Gb+ RAM ideally as you may have to switch to 256Mb gfx mode depending on the application running Options to boot from using a good power source to prevent the yellow lightning symbol. *With Pi3b+ the max you can get is 5.1V 2.5A with micro usb. *With Pi4 5.1V 3A with usb-c *With Pi5 5.1V 5A, the amps went ever upwards, even to 5.1V 9A with usb-c Pi500+ keyboard wedge - Pi400 RPI-400 keyboard wedge - resolution changing and audio from micro hdmi0 (near 40pin) and micro hdmi1 (near usb-c psu) - Fn F10 0x5e power on and off works or held down for over 7 seconds auto shutdown - keyboard ok - wifi and lan ethernet testing - * Pi 5 - Quad A76 64bit ARMv8 and RP1 "southbridge" with VideoCore 7 Pre-D0 (Rev1.0) or D0 (rev1.1) * Pi 4 - Quad A72 64bit ARMv8 with VideoCore 6 * Pi 3 - Quad A53 [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/processors.html 64 bit] ARMv8 with VideoCore 4 with heatsink/fan on 3b to prevent cpu 82C+ throttling * Pi 2 - Quad 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - mostly not 64bit compatible * Pi Model B+ 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - not 64bit compatible * Pi Model A and B 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - not 64bit compatible ===Native=== * 2013-03 Kalamatee starts work * 2015-04 Work continues with mschulz on the kernel and Kalamatee (NicJA) on gpio and usb * 2018 [https://www.patreon.com/posts/i-owe-you-some-20956961 mschulz resume adding BE big endian support], [https://www.patreon.com/michal_schulz/posts Big endian on Pi] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=bsek latest commits for pi 3b, 4 and 5 64bit] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=metaneutrons latest commits for Pi5] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=bitplane latest commits for ARM] '''Download''' [https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html RaspberryPi 3, 3+, 4 and 5 64bit ArmV8 builds] [https://sourceforge.net/projects/aros/files/ Alternative site and nightly2] both raspi-aarch64-system and raspi-aarch64-contrib can be unbz2'd and copied to fat32 8GB+ microSD card (there will be folders - boot c Classes Demos Developer Devs Extras etc only showing). The SD can be plugged in to the Pi 64bit build works well on a single core LE little endian. Multicore [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/1df0747c2bda3523a43029725a709b1f377d84ec may follow]. Any issues booting could be down to the SD card so please use another SD to see if it is resolved. Please report your experiences in the [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2019&rowstart=80 Aros Raspberry pi 3 64bit thread] and on the [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?p=2387984#p2387984 Raspberry Pi forum thread] Boots with '''USB3''' port based sata3 ssd on Pi400 but untested on Pi4 (may need eeprom update from PiOS or Pi SD Imager) and Pi5 Pi 3 B+ is pre-configured for USB sata3 boot - untested Pi 3 B may need [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ubnwvxF3Klc PiOS to set OTP to boot from usb - do so at your own risk] - if OTP set to usb, boot works but slower than SD card Speed write wise (top faster) <pre> *NVME Pi5 untested >1000MB/sec or faster if matched correctly *Sata3 ssd 500MB/sec *SD V90 90MB/sec 4K maybe 8K *SD V60 60MB/sec 1080p *SD U3 V30 30MB/sec 720p *SD C10 U1 V10 A1 A2 10MB/sec minimum should be used now *SD C06 6MB/sec *SD C04 4MB/sec </pre> As a homage to the past, Aros shows a reduced number of icons but this can be changed by left mouse click in the window and then right click down to Window -> View -> All files Windows can be manipulated by the top (moving) and the bottom right corner (resizing) only. Zune like MUI gui interface, has a unique quirk in that after changing a setting in a text box, you may sometimes need to press Enter/Return before clicking OK, Save, etc Like most amiga like OSs the audio and networking need to be setup manually Audio AHI prefs - Mode settings tab - needs both Music unit and Unit 0 set to RPiHDMI:16 bit stereo++ or RPiPWM:16 bit stereo++ at 44100Hz. Press '''Save or Use''' button after each choice Double left mouse click on most picture (Developer/Debug/Tests/Datatypes), audio and video files are supported, via datatypes, by the multiview application. Esc escape key usually closes open windows even the desktop In Prefs/Appearance some decorative theming elements need work. There is a few Mason icons in /Prefs/Presets/Icons/Mason/ and the ever present default Gorilla - Icon exchange in works For more intensive graphics applications, you may need to edit config.txt in the root folder and change 128M to 256M to adjust more memory to graphics usage [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser amelinium web browser] is available with an [https://eab.abime.net/showthread.php?t=122494&page=51 eab thread] reminiscent of [https://github.com/zapek/Voyager Voyager] and to a lesser extent [https://github.com/amigazen/aweb3/ Aweb]. [[File:Wifi00.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] [[File:Wifi01.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] [[File:Wifi02.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] Wifi setup needs the network prefs with the TCP/IP tab click add interface -> change Device to bwfm.device as net0:, IP Mode as DHCP and IPv4. Wireless tab gets your router settings. If it does not set to start at boot, settings are preserved. Instead, add this to the user-startup: <pre> execute sys:system/network/arostcp/s/startnet run wirelessmanager device=bwfm.device >nil: </pre> Network will start automatically on boot. If you don't want the wirelessmanager icon on Wanderer desktop, just add 'nogui' to the wirelessmanager line Lan ethernet port on *lan9514 Pi3b Pi2 no support at the moment *lan7515 Pi3b+ type into Device usblan78xx.device as net0: remove other device(s) *bcmgenet Pi4 Pi400 choose for Device bcmgenet.device Summary *3b ethernet not supported, usb ethernet not working and setup wifi has interface issues *3b+ seems to work wifi and ethernet *4 untested *400 seems to work wifi and ethernet (with interface issues) There is normally no Bluetooth support for most amiga like OSs but Aros has one [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/6942cbfbf66426d21963a7fcd8aba6aff611a9e0 work in progress] [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?t=338466 firmware] *Bluetooth 4.1 BCM43430A1.hcd Pi3B, Pi3A, Zero 2W *Bluetooth 4.2 BCM4345C0.hcd Pi3B+, Pi4 *Bluetooth 5.0 BCM4345C5.hcd Pi4B rev, CM4 and maybe Pi5 and CM5 *bthid keyboard mouse support *btserial serial *btpan short range wireless connecting devices Only the Pi5 has a RTC real time clock, the other Pis will need to use Extras:Networking/utils/ntpsync/ or [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network PiNTP] to get the date and time from the internet It helps to have all usb devices already plugged in before power on to detect at the moment. Even then some usb devices will freeze the mouse cursor and the only resolution is to remove the offending usb device and reinsert. Sometimes, the reinsert leads to the mouse cursor vanishing, it is still there and responds to left and right clicks. USB classes support from Prefs/Trident is still work in process *usbaudio working on usb3 port (blue) on pi4, 400 but not working (no rt isochronous) on usb2otg (white or black) for pi3b, zero 2w *[https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/camd camdusbmidi] detects midi devices without a preferences file (Prefs/Env-Archive/sys/midi.prefs) as [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RBxHkwy4Nrw auto setup now] possibly with [https://github.com/metaneutrons/mt32-pi metaneutrons mt32-pi] [https://github.com/rtzor/mt32-pi mt32-pi fork] [https://github.com/ahmadexp/mt32-pi fork] [] [https://github.com/dwhinham/mt32-pi mt32-pi pi3+] as well as need developer gcc tools to look at 64bit ports of [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=driver/audio/usbmidi.i386-aros.lha usbmidi], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/CAMD_Toolkit CAMD_Toolkit], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/camdtools camdtools], [https://github.com/cnvogelg/amiditools amiditools], [https://github.com/timoinutilis/midi-sequencer-amigaos horny src], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/horny-base horny-base], [http://bnp.hansfaust.de/index.html BnP], [], Regarding 680x0 emulation, there are several options that could be considered *[https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/blob/6722a0ae9e03fe5d26e32703360bd2059e0864cc/rom/m68kemu/README.md?plain=1#L424 m68kemu.library] for some Amiga productivity where the cpu is emulated and the system calls are redirected to Aros ones *[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/amiberry amiberry] (winuae) for everything else like games *[https://github.com/jonx/AROS/tree/aarch64-darwin-graft/arch/all-darwin/libs/emu68k emu68k] *[https://scriptedamigaemulator.net/ Scripted Amiga] with [https://github.com/naTmeg/ScriptedAmigaEmulator ScriptedAmigaEmulator] or older [https://github.com/gbraad-amiga/ScriptedAmigaEmulator2 ScriptedAmigaEmulator2] [https://pinout.xyz/ GPIO 40 pins] [https://learn.sparkfun.com/tutorials/raspberry-gpio/gpio-pinout pinout] Some exceptions: *Physical pins 27, 28 (GPIO0, 1) are an internal I2C bus and should not be used *The other I2C on pins 3, 5 (GPIO 2, 3) can be used generally, but be aware they have permanent pull-up resistors to 3.3V *For MIDI use USB but there are dedicated UART pins 8, 10 (GPIO 14, 15). With a HAT it's more awkward -- you need to know which pins are used by the HAT and avoid them. Hopefully this will be documented. Remember all GPIOs are 3.3V (not 5V tolerant), floating/noisy inputs can cause odd behavior, and that shorting the power supplies can cause instant death of the Pi. In the shell GPIO PIN/A/N,SET/N,GET/S,MODE/K,PULL/K Controls and queries hardware GPIO pins via gpio.resource which is stored in the rom or Devs/ '''please test''' *PIN -- (Required) Target GPIO pin number (e.g. 12). *SET -- Set pin output value to 0 (LOW) or 1 (HIGH). *GET -- Read and print current digital input level (0 or 1). *MODE -- Configure pin mode: IN (Input), OUT (Output), ALT (Alternate). *PULL -- Configure pull resistor: NONE, UP, DOWN. EXAMPLES <pre> GPIO 12 MODE OUT GPIO 12 SET 1 GPIO 12 GET GPIO 13 PULL UP </pre> [https://gpiozero.readthedocs.io/en/stable/installing.html Current] [https://gpiozero.readthedocs.io/en/v1.2.0/api_boards.html old support for gpiozero is unknown at present] [https://energenie4u.co.uk/res/pdfs/ENER314%20UM.pdf and associated 433MHz equipment] [ USA X10 security and lights via USB] [ OpenHab with Shelly Smart Plug connected over Wi-Fi, controlled by MQTT or HTTP] Printing only with Postscript but [https://github.com/bohunamiga/MintPRINT one] of [https://github.com/boingball/MintPRINT two] [https://github.com/Andiweli/AmiAirPrint/tree/main AirPrint] IPP has been attempted with [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2061&pid=13954#post_13954 discussion] Youtube [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X4fmWAIv7FE Aros native on Pi3b], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TSxlYb1eQWU Installed on Pi3b+], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFF1H3jCoz8 testing Aros native on Pi400], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nIVx7mh1E1Q&pp=ygUHYXJvcyBwadIHCQkTDAGHKiGM7w%3D%3D Aros on Thumb 2 based 32bit-ish ARM STM32H743 board], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zQM4CD64xDE&t=612s&pp=ugUEEgJlbg%3D%3D Performance under Linux] but on Aros... {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Pi ! width="10%" |Single Core 2D ! width="10%" |Single Core 3D ! width="10%" |Single Core 3D ! width="10%" |SMP 2D ! width="10%" |SMP 3D ! width="10%" |SMP 3D ! width="35%" |Comments |- | <!--Pi-->Pi3 | <!--Single Core 2D--> | <!--Single Core 3D--> | <!--Single Core 3D--> | <!--SMP 2D--> | <!--SMP 3D--> | <!--SMP 3D--> | <!--Comments--> |- |} The status of AROS native ARMv6 for 32bit RasPi was OK. System booting, USB working (although with some issues but plans to fix them). 32bit native [http://www.aros.org/nightly1.html ARMv6 32bit nightlys] raspi-armhf-system raspi-armhf-contrib unbz2'd to fat32 microSD ===Hosted=== AArch64 CPU backend for AROS, a Cocoa/Metal display, clipboard / host-volume / CoreAudio / BSD-sockets bridges, GPU 2D via gpufx.library, a 68k→AArch64 JIT (run68k), and a full Rust std port. On [https://www.jkn.me/blog/macaros-aros-on-apple-silicon/ latest Apple Silicon] [https://github.com/jonx/Macaros early buggy alpha version of hosted Aros .dmg on MacOS12+]. Please use [https://github.com/jonx/Macaros/issues MACAros github] for issues, features etc and possibly [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2030&pid=13910#post_13910 here] [http://www.aros.org/snapshots1.html old linux and android hosted 32bit] ===Good sites to visit=== *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/tree/master/ Raspberry Pi Firmware build] *[https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/software-sources.html Documentation] *[https://rpilocator.com/ RPiLocator] Linux only *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux Raspberry Pi Linux Build] *[https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/operating-systems/ PiOS Lite] and then [https://hstwb.firstrealize.com/ HST] *[https://dietpi.com/ DietPi] *[http://www.tinycorelinux.net/ports.html piCore] *[https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Raspberry_Pi Alpine Linux] *[https://github.com/armbian/build Armbian] *[ PiMiga] *[ FydeOS] *[ TwisterOS based on ChromiumOS] *[https://note.com/jamesmondo/n/nc76e31402be8?hl=en BSD] Other alternative lighter smaller than Pi OS *[https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html Aros 64bit ARMV8 single core] *[https://www.riscosopen.org/wiki/documentation/show/Welcome%20to%20RISC%20OS%20Pi RiscOS on Pi3 and Pi4] *[https://github.com/michalsc/Emu68 ARM based realtime JIT 68k for amiga computers] *[https://github.com/JJDSNT/bellatrix/releases/ Alternative use of Emu68 on Pi3b] *[https://github.com/stevereaver/uaos uaOS with Emu68k] *[https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/f80a268607dfae81b2db94755ab4e4d31ccb72d6 m68kemu library reference] *[ HaikuOS] *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/noobs NOOBS] os loader with successor [https://github.com/procount/pinn PINN] *[https://github.com/maxnet/berryboot berryboot] *[https://github.com/brianwiddas/pi-baremetal Bare Metal Access on Pi 32bit] ==== Hosted ==== =====64bit===== [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2019&rowstart=80&pid=13667#post_13667 Ubuntu Linux PC hosted Pi compiler build] [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/aros-compiler-docker Docker based cross compiler for various Aros systems], =====32bit===== Ubuntu VM approach to compiling [http://lallafa.de/blog/2013/06/building-aros-hosted-for-raspbian/ Linux hosted AROS June 04, 2013] ../AROS/configure --target=linux-armhf --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include --x-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include --x-libraries=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/lib arm-elf- is symbol-linked to arm-linux-gnueabi- (arm-linux-gnueabi- is more correct in this case, because it's going to be compiling the ARM AROSBootstrap for ARM Linux) *armel - many of the "android" machines require since the entire OS is made for soft float VFP. *armfp - Efika MX target, Raspberry PI, EfikaMX, Pandora and virtually everything (VFP) Keep in mind it's possible to start hardfp AROS hosted on softfp system, though, as long as no calls between AROS and host require floating point parameters. NOTE: hardfloat objects *cannot* be linked with softfloat objects - they have a different ABI. Just keep in mind the arm nightly build machine is quite complex beast. It needs the x86_64 host compiler to compile AROS tools. The arm version is built every night using gcc-4.6.2 crosscompiler (built together with AROS) and successfully builds armel and armhf linux hosted targets. *needs an AROS code compiler for ARM target *as well as unix compiler for ARM linux host (would be best to have both softfp and armhf, we have softfp only now) with full set of libraries and includes. with—disable-crosstools $AROS_CC is always a wrapper around $KERNEL_CC ? If so, this is wrong for some ports. This can break Darwin, Windows and Android port. Yes, Android port will build. And even work. But it's not good because the port will not be ABI-compatible with other ARM ports. Android's ABI is different from GNUEABI. For example: <pre> enum test {foo, bar}; enum test testvar; </pre> sizeof(testvar) will be equal to sizeof(int) in GNUEABI (Linux and AROS) and sizeof(short) on Android. This affects linking objects from static linklibs, for example. Previously everything worked because $AROS_CC was a wrapper on top of $HOST_CC. And a real crosscompiler was used on non-ELF hosts. Android is the same. $KERNEL_CC is incompatible with AROS. compiler=kernel is appropriate _ONLY FOR CODE WHICH RUNS ON HOST OS_ (or barebone hardware, if we talk about native). This includes bootstraps, their linklibs, and host-side dynamic libraries (Windows makes extensive use of them because of architectural considerations. No single AROS object should be compiled with this setting. $KERNEL_CC is really compatible with AROS *ONLY IN LINUX-HOSTED* and no more. On other systems (Darwin, Windows, Android) this is not true any more, and compiler=kernel is never going to work. If you want to compile your AROS module against host OS includes, append the following to USER_INCLUDES (or USER_CFLAGS, this is effectively the same): -isystem $(GENINCDIR) $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) expands to: -isystem <your_os_includes> -isystem <host_OS_gcc_private_includes> -nostdinc This makes AROS compiler adhering to host OS APIs. If you want some preprocessor symbols based on what your host OS actually is, add something like -DHOST_OS_$(AROS_HOST_ARCH). Why is there $(GENINCDIR) at all? Because host OS has its own libc includes, which would conflict with AROS ones. And the host OS libc is not binary-compatible with AROS one. Why doesn't Windows-hosted port use $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) ? Because WinAPI includes conflict with AROS ones in fundamental typedefs, like WORD, BYTE and BOOL. It's almost impossible to deal with this in any other way than rewriting WinAPI definitions using AROS types. Building under centos 6.3 (i386) currently, and AROS creates the toolchain itself. haven't yet committed the necessary changes but "./configure --target=raspi-armhf" is enough to start, then "make arosboot-raspi" will generate arosraspi.img (containing the bootstrap, kernel.resource, and exec.library) as well as arosraspi.rom (containing all the other essentials components such as dos, graphics etc). It will also copy over a config.txt file to make the raspi bootstrap code load the correct kernel, and a cmdline.txt that enables exec debug output. *armel = typically Debian 6, Ubuntu Maverick, Android, *armhf = typically Debian 7, Debian 8, Ubuntu Precise, Cross-compiling Ubuntu ARM softfp <pre> sudo sh echo 'foreign-architecture armel' >>/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/multiarch echo 'deb [arch=armel] http://ports.ubuntu.com/ precise main universe' >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/armel.list apt-get update apt-get install gcc-arm-linux-gnueabi libx11-dev:armel libsdl-dev:armel </pre> <pre> ./configure --target=linux-arm --x-includes=/usr/include \ --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabi/include </pre> Cross-compiling Ubuntu ARM hard-float <pre> sudo sh echo 'foreign-architecture armhf' >>/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/multiarch echo 'deb [arch=armhf] http://ports.ubuntu.com/ precise main universe' >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/armhf.list apt-get update apt-get install gcc-arm-linux-gnueabihf libx11-dev:armhf libsdl-dev:armhf </pre> <pre> ./configure --target=linux-armhf --x-includes=/usr/include \ --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include </pre> Now, the AROS build is configured properly and all you need to do is: make ==Build== ===64bit=== ===32bit=== # download/checkout the source someplace, e.g. /build/AROS-Src/ # make a directory to store external sources AROS downloads, e.g. /build/Ports # make a build directory, e.g. /build/aros-raspi-armhf # cd into the build dir, configure, and then run make -: <pre> >cd /build/aros-raspi-armhf >/build/AROS-Src/configure --target=raspberrypi-armhf --with-serial-debug --enable-ccache --with-portssources=/build/Ports >make >make arosboot-raspi </pre> then copy the files from /build/aros-raspi-armhf/bin/raspi-armhf/AROS/ onto an sdcard, and download/copy the Raspi firmware files onto it. You should then be able to boot the sdcard on your RasPi. The current W.I.P tree to svn. it can be built as follows .. <pre> ./configure --target=raspi-armhf make arosboot-raspi </pre> That will generate arosraspi.img, arosraspi.rom and config.txt in bin/raspi-arm/AROS - so either copy just those files to a fat formatted SD card (with the firmware files on), or copy the whole contents of the AROS folder. NB - if you have a Linux/other install, backup the existing config.txt first arosraspi.img contains the bootstrap (which has very basic mailbox code, framebuffer/gpio init, and console "emulation" via code pinched from our libbootconsole), kernel.resource, and exec.library arosraspi.rom contains all the other components needed to boot AROS. The config.txt file will tell the RasPI bootstrap to load the arosraspi kernel and ramdisk (rom). the bootstrap has minimal mailbox code, planning on adding either a resource or library that driver/app code will use to access it (likewise for GPIO) Help building AROS hosted on Linux ARM Was looking a way to use more my Handheld ARM based called Pyra (Dragonbox Pyra) an ARM (Omap5 cpu with 4GB ram) linux based machine (Debian Buster v10 with kernel 5.6.19 adapted) and have a try to compile the latest Aros sources by Deadwood directly on this device. Compilation stops after build libpopupmenu.a and trying to build libatomic have this error: <pre> Configuring build in bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic configure: WARNING: unrecognized options: --disable-nls, --without-x checking for --enable-version-specific-runtime-libs... no checking for --enable-generated-files-in-srcdir... no checking build system type... arm-unknown-linux-gnu checking host system type... arm-unknown-aros checking target system type... arm-unknown-aros checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c checking whether build environment is sane... yes checking for arm-aros-strip... /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-strip checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... /usr/bin/mkdir -p checking for gawk... no checking for mawk... mawk checking whether make sets $(MAKE)... yes checking whether make supports nested variables... yes checking for arm-aros-gcc... /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-gcc checking whether the C compiler works... no configure: error: in /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic': configure: error: C compiler cannot create executables See config.log' for more details make[2]: *** [mmakefile:4489: /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic/.configured] Error 77 [MMAKE] make --no-print-directory TOP=/media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build SRCDIR=/media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/AROS CURDIR=tools/crosstools/gnu TARGET=tools-crosstools-gcc-libatomic-configure -s --file=mmakefile tools-crosstools-gcc-libatomic-configure failed: 512 [MMAKE] Error: Error while running make in tools/crosstools/gnu: No such file or directory make[1]: *** [Makefile:361: linklibs-libatomic] Error 10 make: *** [Makefile:183: crosstools] Error 2 </pre> looking at config.log on arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic found that arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-ld: cannot find -laeabi so do make linklibs-aeabi-arm-quick and the missing lib was built. now the next stop is at fatal error: bits/libc-header-start.h: No such file or directory and fatal error: sys/cdefs.h: No such file or directory in many places so after checking that have this missing include files i have noted that my include path is a bit different, standard searching path is /usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf but in my system is /usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf so if i add my path to some mmakefiles compilation goes on....but is a better way to add this path to avoid every mmakefiles to be changed? fixed with adding -I/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf to where is missing on mmakefiles like USER_INCLUDES := -isystem $(GENINCDIR) -I/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) P.s. I have changed many mmakefiles and have at least compiled (after many hours) the toolchain doing make every time in arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build (also have to disable making tests under cplusplus but don't remember the directory ...) but ask an help to have an automated way to correctly build without modify mmakefiles. Last time built armhf target was around 2 years ago. At that point built is via cross-compilation from linux (ubuntu 22.04) using linux armhf crosscompiler (this can explain the path differences you are experiencing) as well as using AROS gcc cross-compiler in version 6.5.0 (build with option 21) in rebuild.sh). Since then AROS GCC has been updated to 10.5.0 and don't believe anyone tried to build the armhf target again. My suggestion would be to downgrade GCC to 6.5.0 (via editing AROS/config/gcc_def file) and try to first build using cross-compilation from x86_64 linux. Once that works, you will have a "template" to compare to native compilation under arm linux. Thanks for your suggestion...but think the toolchain with GCC 10.5.0 is compilable if i found a way to pass the path of my system to the script that build (option 21 on rebuild). The other only changes are (but don't know where to modify...) is to add the build of libaeabi and disable the building of some tests under cplusplus that use exceptions and is not supported under ARM. try to crosscompile with my Linux amd64 PC. For paths look into core-linux-armhf/bin/linux-armhf/gen/config/target.cfg. A number of build-wide variable is set there containing paths to local build system. These variables and the target.cfg file are generated by AROS ./configure script. Thanks compilation now go forward...changed target.cfg under "toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/config" and do make on "toolchain-core-armhf-build" dir. Need to find where to enable build libaeabi.a so can build the entire toolchain with option 21 of rebuild.sh Found something that looks like libeabi in AROS/arm-all/arm-aeabi/mmakefile.src. Try adding a third line there: #MM- linklibs-armhd : libklibs-aeabi-arm Don't remember needing this library. Possibly the 6.5.0 GCC somehow does this while 10.5.0 is missing this. Try adding this line (and the variant "linklibs-armhf" instead of hd) but it did not solve the automatic building of the missing lib. I must do "linklibs-aeabi-arm-quick". Anyway after have build the aeabi lib i succefully built the toolchain (after many hours...). Smile To test I restarted from selecting option 21 (on rebuild.sh) but after many hours i get the same error of the kernel includes not found...maybe i need to modify the configure script for my case. With the toolchain built i try to build the core-linux-armhf (DEBUG) (option 22) but after a while it stopped with "cannot find -laeabi " so i made it built manually...and now i can continue compiling...i'll let you know if all goes ok. == Hardware == ===64bit=== ====BCM2712==== With the Pi5 Broadcom VideoCore 7 vc7 is an integrated GPU with 12 cores and up to 800 MHz clock. VideoCore VII is capable of OpenGL ES 3.1 and Vulkan 1.2. The driver support for the Raspberry Pi continues to build upon the [https://lore.kernel.org/dri-devel/20230928114532.167854-1-itoral@igalia.com/ open-source V3D driver] stack within [https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/mesa/mesa/-/merge_requests/25450 Mesa] hopefully be merged for Mesa 23.3 *Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+ Expansion Board *Geekworm X1001 PCIe to M.2 Key-M NVMe *Geekworm X1003 PCIe to M.2 HAT NVMe SSD PIP Board for Raspberry Pi 5 *Pineboards Pi Hut HatDrive! M.2 HAT 2024/V4 *Hat+ Gen2 Gen3 Nvme *GeeekPi 52Pi N04 for Raspberry Pi 5 NVME M.2 * *2024 RPI AI HAT - Hailo 20TOPs no LLMs *2026 RPI AI HAT+ 2 - Hailo 40TOPs slightly better? [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/accessories/camera.html Cameras for Pi] *Raspberry Pi camera module, the V3 with Sony IMX708 back-illuminated CMOS 12 Megapixel sensor *Raspberry Pi Camera Module V2 – 8MP Sony IMX219 Sensor *Raspberry Pi camera Rev 1.3, 5MP 1080P OV5647 image/video module, 2592 x 1944 pixels ====BCM2711==== With the Pi4 an ARM a72 cpu is about x3 times the size of an a53 in the Pi3 the 2711b line used more power when idle, compared to the 2711c *2018 Raspberry Pi PoE HAT Power Over Ethernet Hat - design issues *2020 Raspberry Pi PoE+ HAT Power Over Ethernet Hat Pi3b+ Pi4 only - better design *Waveshare PoE HAT (B) with cooling fan for Raspberry Pi 3B+/4B 802.3af PoE *[https://github.com/axizo-pi/V3DLib vc6 V3D 4.2] is derived from [https://docs.broadcom.com/doc/12358545 vc4], but it is significantly different The QPU pipeline stays mostly the same, you still have an add ALU and a multiply ALU and it can issue two ALU OPs per cycle. There is still 4 SIMD lanes, interleaved over 4 cycles. The instruction encoding for the QPUs is different, but the core instructions are the same. Instructions for packed 8 bit int math has been dropped, along with most of the pack modes. Instructions for packed 16bit float math has been added (2 floats at in a single operation) With vc5/vc6, you write two packed 16f value to the tilebuffer (or four writes of 32f, if you are using the rgba32f framebuffer). And there is a handy vfpack operation which allows you to pack two f32s into a single 32bit value in a single instruction. You can vfpack directly into the tile buffer register. the multiply ALU can now fadd, so you can issue two fadds per instruction. the add ALU has gained a bunch of new instructions the A and B register files have been merged. You still only get an A read and a B read per instruction, but they read from one big register file (which means the underlying memory block has gone from two sets of "one read port, one write port" to one "two read ports, one write port" block) The theoretical max FLOPs per QPU remains the same at two per cycle, other than the bump from 400mhz to 500mhx but it looks like a lot of effort has been put putting those theoretical FLOPs to better use. *vc4 could run one or two threads per QPU. When you ran in two thread mode, the available register file halfed to 32 registers. *vc5 added a four thread per QPU mode, with 16 registers per thread. *vc6 doubled the size of the register file. You could now use all 64 threads in two thread mode and 32 registers in for thread mode. Single thread mode was removed, you always have at least two threads. With the threading improvements, the QPUs should spent much less time idle waiting NOPs for memory requests. Most of the design changes have gone to improving the fixed function hardware around the QPUs. A fixed function blend unit has been added, which should reduce load on the QPUs when doing alpha blending. hope software blending is still possible The tile buffer can now store upto 4 render targets (up to 128bits per pixel, so if you are using 4 32bit render targets, you can't have a depth buffer) A MMU, allowing a much simpler/faster kernel driver. Many more texture formats, framebuffer formats. All the features needed for opengl es 3.0 H.265 / HEVC decoder is a HEVCv2 Main 4:4:4 10 design supporting bitstreams up to profile 5.1 HEVC hardware decode supports 4kp60, 10-bit. Audio output is pretty much unchanged, but the HDMI audio channels now support 8x192kHz bitrates Each ALU typically have 2 floating point operators, and as you pointed out in a earlier post videocore 6 is no exception, with both a multiply and additive floating point operator. Thus theoretical GFLOPs are calculated with both operators in mind. That is what the 2 in my formula represents, and is common across any modern programmable shader, whether you calculate Nvidia, AMD, Intel, Boardcom or any other company's GPUs. Total ALUs * 2 * GHz clock = GFLOPs, In the case of Raspberry Pi 3, it's 24 ALUs * 2 operators * 0.4GHz = 19.2GFLOPs If the Videocore 6 does indeed only have 16 ALUs (16 * 2 * 0.5GHz), you'd have only 16GFLOPs but they are better utilised Possible maximum performance <pre> VideoCore IV @ 250MHz: 250 [MHz] x 3 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 24 Gflop/s VideoCore IV @ 300MHz: 300 [MHz] x 3 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 28.8 Gflop/s VideoCore VI @ 500MHz: 500 [MHz] x 2 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 32 Gflop/s </pre> Faster LPDDR4 memory. ====BCM2837==== With the Pi3 * Broadcom BCM43438 chip provides 2.4&nbsp;GHz 802.11n wireless LAN, Bluetooth Low Energy, and Bluetooth 4.1 Classic radio support, 3B+ [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/afa5bc0bb17d5dd06bcfdbac00853a3799ca8d76 LAN7515] The overclock ability has diminished with each chip version as the energy usage has increased. BCM2837 is one of the warmest yet and benefits from active fan cooling if all four cpu cores are in use for a short while. Video playback is not affected due to the custom support in the GPU. 5 V / 2.4 or 2.5 amp power supply recommended if all four cpu cores are running, else throttling (cpu slowdown) might occur. Dual VDP and scalable QPU in VC4 ARMv8-A has [https://developer.arm.com/documentation/102412/0100/Privilege-and-Exception-levels privilege levels] where userspace typically runs at ‘EL0’, the kernel at ‘EL1’ or ‘EL2’ and the firmware at the highest level ‘EL3’. ===32bit=== === Core Kernel === ====BCM2708(family)==== which includes the [http://elinux.org/RPi_Hardware BCM2835] (ARM1176JZF-S 700&nbsp;MHz CPU + VideoCore IV GPU + up to 1GB RAM) *Framebuffer (fb) using mailbox *IRQ scheduler, etc *Arasan based SD Card controller *Synopsis DesignWare USB 2.0 OTG controller [http://networkdirection.net/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=106:rasperry-pi-usb-controller&catid=45:raspberry-pi&Itemid=54 Unofficial DOCS pdf], [dwc_otg.c FreeBSD], [], [https://www.riscosopen.org/viewer/view/mixed/RiscOS/Sources/HWSupport/USB/Controllers/DWCDriver/ RiscOS USB Driver], [https://www.riscosopen.org/forum/forums/5/topics/878 RiscOS USB Discussion], [https://www.riscosopen.org/forum/forums/11/topics/1893 Other USB RiscOS], [http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9/index.html Plan9 Miller's usb] http://plan9.bell-labs.com/sources/contrib/miller/, [https://github.com/Chadderz121/csud CSUD driver], *[http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/9512.pdf SMSC 9512] USB LAN/Hub chip *CMOS RAM *VCHIQ port which sends messages to the GPU e.g. for mouse, keyboard, audio on HDMI, etc *Audio Driver *Serial Peripheral Interface Bus (SPI) *[http://www.susa.net/wordpress/2012/06/raspberry-pi-pcf8563-real-time-clock-rtc/ I2C registers] *I2S *Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) *[http://elinux.org/RPi_BCM2835_GPIOs GPIOs] and [http://www.adafruit.com/blog/2012/08/17/broadcom-bcm2835-peripheral-memory-map-and-gpio-alternate-use-chart-piday-raspberrypi-raspberry_pi/ Alternative view of GPIO] BCM2836 * For Pi B+, PI 2 and Pi 3 SMSC LAN9514 chip adding 10/100 Ethernet connectivity and four USB channels to the board *[http://www.andrewscheller.co.uk/rpi_pcb_modules.html PCB], [http://elinux.org/RPi_Low-level_peripherals Low level features], Implemented so far... # Modify the configure system so that it correctly builds for the arm hardware float raspi target. # Implemented the bootstrap to load the aros modules and prepare the arm to jump into them. Reworked the x86 console support so that parts can be stolen for raspi to use since t has no basic functionality to output to the display. # Implemented a kernel.resource to prepare the raspi for running aros and provide the low level api calls to expose available resources and allow exec, etc function. # Implemented serial debug support # Implemented the exec (and kernel) functionality required to make multitasking work (and interrupts, exceptions, syscalls, etc) # Implemented a timer.device to utilise the hardware timers. # Implemented a very basic gfx driver to expose the hardware's framebuffer. # Implemented an SD-Card driver for AROS which presently only supports the raspi's chipset but can easily be modified to support all sd-card hardware and media. # Fixed the fat filesystem support in AROS so that it can boot on RasPi's normal SD-Card setup. The "rom" image files needed use a different filename than the default linux, etc images so can be easily installed without harming the existing files - you only need to change the loaded images in the config file to get aros to boot. # Updated the build scripts to automatically download the necessary raspi firmware files and wrap it all up so that you can simply extract the archive to a fat formatted sdcard and boot it on the raspi without having to get anything else. # fix everything in contrib and ports to build for raspi (needs proper testing/fixes but allows every component to actually compile at least, including owb) + numerous other fixes to get things working on arm/raspi .. Improvements... # Implement a USB chipset driver "OR" finish the existing one [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/c07d13c724f944674be5db54fc6a71ee72a01809 usb otg] - the current code is mostly a skeleton that should initialise the chipset and then needs relevant code to support the different transfer types. It also has the "virtual" hub code in place to represent the raspi's USB port (from poseidons p.o.v) # Implement a driver for the USB NIC (a few weeks - depends on USB above) # Write an [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/d55d0f74d20b769bbb8c8d386e5c1d7a9154f05a audio driver] (a few weeks - independent of USB) and [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/e93a4c245f27a87c9c4c1d39206694b39059998a HDMI] # fix syscall bug in the current raspi kernel code # Graphics depend on having a decent "bcmdma.resource" implemented as to use the cpu's dma engine. The sd card driver needs to use it for transfers to/from the controller - and the gfx system needs to use it for "blitting". # [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/4019d84e4975d4dad987a12d57fe108f5ac048e6 Improve the gfx driver], [ vc4gfx HIDD] add [http://dri.freedesktop.org/wiki/VC4/ Gallium3D support] # [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/b13905b3e8e45b089f520b44692c81affddd066f Improve] the [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/3a876755c070f5c73c4f53c7f4d35b4f923088b9 sdcard] device driver - which is also pretty basic but should work with most cards, rework it to also support pci, etc. sd card interfaces on x86 # The current code using very rudimentary access to the gpio interface - so that should be implemented as some resource for other components to access, as-well as the i2c interface exposed over the gpio interface. that should have a hidd class implemented which uses the gpio resource to communicate. Boot up typical for most other OSs before the open sourcing of many binary blobs from 2017 onwards On power-up, the rpi [http://www.open.com.au/mikem/bcm2835/ BCM 2835] [https://github.com/hermanhermitage/videocoreiv VideoCore4] GPU, not the ARM CPU, is in control, and the SD card slot is the only peripheral device with power. The firmware burned into the BCM2835's VideoCoreIV GPU PROM requires a DOS-style partition table; a FAT-formatted first partition; and the freely redistributable but closed sourced Broadcom files “bootcode.bin” and “start.elf” in that partition. The boot sequence carries out several pre-boot tasks *On powering of the rpi, the GPU reads and executes bootcode.bin, which then loads start.elf *The GPU loads the “start.elf” file, eventually, into the L2 cache and then executes it *configures the memory split for the CPU and GPU *reads and parses “config.txt” from the same partition on the SD card and applies the settings (like a PC’s BIOS settings) *loads the “kernel.img” file, again from the same partition *activates the CPU to begin executing the loaded kernel image The CPU/GPU memory split is hard-coded into start.elf, so Broadcom provides three start.elf images, to give 32M, 64M, or 128M to the GPU for multimedia performance, and the remainder to the CPU. RPi uses [https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware some closed source loaders] and at some point it loads a binary blob named "kernel.img" at 0x8000, at that point there would be a rudimentary Aros alive. If one wants to use the SD-card then there would have to be a driver for the interface and a fat filesystem handler (SD-card has to be formatted to fat filesystem) Boot code and kernel are now linked together and made into that binary blob, just for starters. Raspberry Pi uses [http://kernelnomicon.org/?p=133 u-boot] and [http://kernelnomicon.org/?p=138 UBoot] as bootloader, there's already some code in the Efika MX port for that. UBoot is a native bootloader and not just for the raspberry pi, it loads after start.elf. You can find Efika MX port from arch implementations, some hacking is needed for the mmakefile.src'es as iit dates back to before the Aros crosstool era or else you get some weird errors while building. You also need to code the bootstrap and serial handling. At the moment it seems that a fastest route for the native build would be to make one binary blob without using the package system. Raspberry's memory layout is pretty simple and if the implemented u-boot doesn't support loading other modules <pre> ? - alias for 'help' mtest - simple RAM test autoscr - run script from memory base - print or set address offset bbm - BBM sub-system bdinfo - print Board Info structure boot - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' bootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' bootm - boot application image from memory bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol cmp - memory compare coninfo - print console devices and information cp - memory copy crc32 - checksum calculation echo - echo args to console fatinfo - print information about filesystem fatload - load binary file from a dos filesystem fatls - list files in a directory (default /) go - start application at address 'addr' help - print online help iminfo - print header information for application image itest - return true/false on integer compare jade - loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) loads - load S-Record file over serial line loady - load binary file over serial line (ymodem mode) loop - infinite loop on address range md - memory display mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) mtest - simple RAM test mw - memory write (fill) nfs - boot image via network using NFS protocol nm - memory modify (constant address) pci - list and access PCI Configuration Space ping - send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network host printenv - print environment variables rarpboot - boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol reset - Perform RESET of the CPU run - run commands in an environment variable saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage saves - save S-Record file over serial line setenv - set environment variables sleep - delay execution for some time tftpboot - boot image via network using TFTP protocol USB - USB sub-system usbboot - boot from USB device version - print monitor version </pre> And there is one more thing about modular ports. In order to actually implement this, your bootstrapping environment should provide the ability to load several files. On PC this is provided by GRUB2. on CHRP you can read filesystem via OpenFirmware, and Sam's Parthenope relies on modified u-boot. If your bootstrap allows to load only a single file, then you stuck with monolithic kickstart. By the way... u-boot allows not only to boot up a single uImage or zImage, it also allows to write client programs AFAIK. With this approach, you actually can write modular bootstrap for ARM AROS using unmodified u-boot. Most used [http://www.compulab.co.il/workspace/mediawiki/index.php5/U-Boot_quick_reference uboot options] are fatls usb 0:1, the reason behind INTB_KERNEL is to allow use of the standard Exec function AddIntServer() to add interrupt handlers for hardware drivers etc. AmigaOS never used it for abstract hardware drivers. AmigaOS routed only raw hardware IRQs there. Their assignment was hardcoded. As well as number of them. Actually on AmigaOS every bus has its own interrupt subsystem. For example PCI bus. PCI interrupts on Amiga are routed to a single exec interrupt. 1:1 relationship between CPU and hardware interrupts is present only on PC. IMHO we miss things like AddInterrupt/RemInterrupt methods on our PCI subsystem's device class. PCI bus class should map these methods to whatever is appropriate. This is how it is done on AmigaOS and friends. When these are implemented, raw kernel.resource API will be needed only for several PC-specific drivers with hardwired resources. Exec IRQs are real IRQs only on Amiga hardware. On other machines they can be emulated where appropriate (VBlank is a good example). kernel.resource is meant to be different, its IRQs are hardware-agnostic, they are plain "Hardware IRQ number X, whatever this means". They are low-level actually, and meaningful only in the context of a particular system. Was that not the transition from irq.hidd to kernel.resource? No. A long time ago there was another hacky bit named INTB_TIMERTICK. It was "abstract timer interrupt", used by timer.device. It was the same as VBlank, but with larger frequency. I removed it, because kernel.resource API was a cleaner way to access this interrupt. Furthermore, there can be more than one timer in the system. Thinking about bringing back timer HIDD definitions again. hpet.resource is a bad idea. Can someone please enlighten me a little on how the scheduler is meant to work? Poseidon.library creates its "Poseidon Event Task" during RTF_COLDSTART -> then calls Wait(), and ends up in limbo because wait disables interrupts (used for the scheduler heartbeat), and basically waits forever because the sigbit is never set, since krnSwitch doesn't switch the task unless TF_SWITCH is set, and no codepath run during this seems to set it?? TF_SWITCH does not disable/enable switching. This flag just enables to run user-supplied hook when the task is being switched away. It is completely safe to call Wait() in Disable()d state. Doing this actually temporarily breaks this state. IDNestCnt gets remembered in struct Task, then next task is selected, and its IDNestCnt is restored in sysbase (see kernel_scheduler.c). If there are no other tasks, then your cpu_Dispatch() should enable interrupts on the CPU and enter idle mode. See x86 implementation for good example. You miss what happens next... 1. KrnSwitch() saves context of your task, saves IDNestCnt (core_Switch() and cpu_Switch()), then drops into cpu_Dispatch(). 2. cpu_Dispatch() calls core_Dispatch. Then two cases are possible: 2a. There is a READY task. It is picked up, its IDNestCnt is restored in SysBase, then cpu_Dispatch() needs to restore registers and exit. The next task is run. 2b. There are no READY tasks. core_Dispatch() returns NULL. In this case your cpu_Dispatch() should enter idle loop. It should just enable interrupts on the CPU and put it on halt. This allows it to process hardware interrupts. Eventually some of your interrupt handlers wakes up your task and puts it into READY list. My heartbeat interrupt has been slowed atm to help debugging - but it never actually gets a chance to fire because of the Wait() disabling interrupts. Perhaps you have forgotten to enable interrupts in your idle loop. There is a change in the format of AROS executables. Until now we were using Elf RELocable files which are usually used as intermediate object files. We had them for various reasons, one of them was how AROS files were built in the past. That days we had no real aros cross compiler and the option to embed relocation data in unix executables (or in executable files in general) was rather new and not every linux/unix system had it. Therefore we have decided to use intermediate files. Although it was somehow working (and it is still working :-)), it has some drawbacks. Therefore decided to introduce real Elf EXEC types, in first turn implemented on ARM target with option to expand in future to all other AROS architectures. The first patch was pretty easy and appeared to work somehow. It generated nice executables with embedded relocation info. Not only that, it also removed all global symbols adjusting relocation data to be relative to the beginning of the sections. That move reduced number of symbols in each executable significantly (depending on the file between 20 and 80% of all symbols could be removed). The only symbols that stayed in the file are local ones - due to the nature of the patch wasn't able to remove them since we have not seen them in the symbol hash table. The patch didn't worked though. The files were relocated, AROS kernel loaded, but it crashed very early. What happened? Well, the nature of ARM relocations happened :) Most of the relocation data on all machines is rather simple. Relocation can be absolute or pc-relative, sometimes the offset has to be bit shifted. On ARM v7 there is another one. There, when one wants to load an address of function/variable into register a combination of two instructions can be used: movw and movt. The first one loads immediate into lower 16 bits of a register while clearing upper 16 bits. The second one loads immediate into upper 16 bits without touching lower halfword. Loading of a pointer into a register looks like this: movw r0, #:lower16:label movt r0, #:upper16:label In this case there are two relocations - one for lower halfword and another for upper. If an overflow of lower 16 bits occurs during relocation process, the upper one should be updated as well. Unfortunately with current patch and with typical ARM executables there is not enough information to perform the calculations. There are two options - the first one would be to give up and go back to "fake" executables, another one would be to change from REL to RELA relocation info. The latter contains an addend, extra data which can be used to perform all the relocation calculations I need. Decided for the second option. The patch is already in the works. There is another function for the binutils' bfd backend to perform the final relocation. There can decide what to do with every reloc info, modify data and eventually strip some symbols. An advantage is - at this stage of the linking process have also full access to all local symbols so can change all relocations section relative and eventually strip all symbols from the files. GPU VCore developed by Alphamosaic Ltd and now owned by Broadcom. Most of start.elf runs on the GPU. Placing ALL the userland GPU code in the videocore.hidd isn't going to be a terribly big problem because the code they published is nothing more than a shim that sends data straight to the GPU to execute. The good news about this is that we only need to write our HIDD using the OpenVG API. The shim is relatively small codewise and lives in the ARM memory (the actual OpenVG code itself lives in the GPU RAM area and its loaded from start.elf). That's also the bad news. Our driver has to translate AROS video calls to OpenVG calls, for most tasks it should be easy, for some, not so much. It's still probably less difficult and less work, than controlling the GPU directly. The other good news is that anything done through OpenVG happens on the GPU, its truly accelerated. It also has some nice font functions, meaning we can lead into an accelerated text mode later. Basically, AROS resets or locks up when it tries to use AROS_ATOMIC_INC or DEC. If I comment out the byte/word operations in the header files and use non-atomic operations, the code works as expected. have read that the L1 cache needs to be enabled to use LDREX and co (which I also read is only meant to be used on multi processor systems with shared memory) - however I am certain this is correctly enabled. If you are using LREX or STREX, you should have L1 cache enabled, at least on the ARM CPU I work with at work. L1 cache is enabled by enabling the MMU *AND* setting the C and I bits in the CPU - the C bit is ignored, and the I bit only covers the 16 byte instruction pipeline if the MMU is not enabled. Can you verify that your assembly is generating LDREX/STREX? From the behavior, it almost sounds like its generating the default Semaphore locked atomics. Impossible. There are no semaphore-locked atomics. There are Disable()/Enable()-based ones instead. And there's a special #define AROS_NO_ATOMIC_OPERATIONS in this case, which tweaks Disable()/Enable() implementations not to recurse forever. I have tested this on ARMv5 which does not have ldrex/strex, it works fine. On those ARMs there's no way to have real atomics. On other OSes (like Linux) this is done by introducing things like atomic_t, which appears to be a complex structure, holding the value together with accompanying spinlock (implemented using swp). #warning "TODO: lookup optimal mmu table settings for raspi memory" /* Set up an identity-mapping for all 4GB */ for(x = 0; x < 4096; x ++) { pagetable[x] = x<<20 | (0x40002|0x80000|0x010000|0x00C00|0x04); } Shouldn't there be a second loop that sets the 'C' bit in the descriptor for the RAM pages? Currently, you have TEX=0, C=0, B=1 for all pages (Shared Device). You should have TEX=0, C=1, B=0 for RAM (Write-Through, Cached) So .. pagetable[x] = x<<20 | 2; should be enough? No, for RAM you need to change the '| 0x40' to '| 0x80' tell dosboot the correct defaults to use Please don't do this. This bootconfig.c is a deprecated legacy thing. I wanted it to go away completely with time. Instead, display drivers should auto-install themselves during own initialization phase. I. e. detect hardware=>instantiate itself. This should make things way simpler. With this approach you only need to add the driver into KS image to get the device autobooted. No hardcoded stuff. Currently VESA and VGA drivers do this, look there for examples. never rewrote ATI driver because i don't have any test system for it. they defined a smaller AROSCPUContext than the ExceptionContext - yet reference it as ExceptionContext in other places, and since it hasn't allocated enough storage for ExceptionContext, are corrupting memory/the structure (since the elements that are there don't map 1 to 1 with the exception context). AFAIK, AROS has been moving in a different direction to this in recent years. It is the job of graphics HIDDs to allocate bitmaps etc. so that they have the most suitable characteristics, including allocating them from GPU RAM where possible. The concept of chip RAM is only for legacy code, and most if not all non-68k platforms should have all system RAM marked as chip. BTW, is the video processing code you mention CPU code or GPU code? Also, IIRC we have support for "external memory allocators". Perhaps that's what we need for the allocation of GPU RAM through the mailbox. All hosted and x86 native ports should use proper context formats. trying to clarify if the vblank handler has to have run by this point to prevent this deadlock. Actually, no. Unless you have installed VBlank handler which should wake up at some point. Without VBlank there will be no quantum count. Consequently, there will be no forced preemption. But the rest will work, and multitasking will be cooperative (switch happens only when current task voluntarily gives up the CPU). Does it depend on the vblank having run before this point? and if yes what does that mean on systems where it might be able to run enough code (e.g. get to this point) before the vblank interrupt has triggered? What is it waiting for? It could wait for timer, in this case you need timer.device working. VBlank is currently needed for exec's quantum counter. In current native ports we have only a single timer, which is served by timer.device. VBlank is simulated by timer.device also. If your machine has two timers, then you can use one of them for VBlank, and another for timer.device, this will simplify things down. VBlank needs to be 50 Hz for historical reasons, many programs use it as cheap timer. I am periodically thinking about making some abstract mechanism to be able to change quantum source (and untie it from 50 Hz), but have no time to come up with something good. Additionally i started disliking timer.device hardcoded design when PC has got many timers (old 8253, APIC, HPET). Currently i think there should be some low-level entity representing tick source. timer.device should just select the most appropriate source for its units. The BCM2835 has 4 GPU based timer sources - 2 are used by the GPU, so im using Timer3 for our heartbeat and the remaining one will be free to the system. There is also the less capable ARM timer but that is dependent on the CPU frequency. Very good. You won't need any emulation. Set the heartbeat to 50 Hz and drive VBlank from it. Use other timer for MicroHZ. Can you use the 'econsole.hook' I make for debugging the Sam460 via the serial port? It provides a before-anything-else shell prompt on the serial port. You can then do 'NewCLI' to test your graphics, or use any DOS command in shellcommands.resource. You should just be able to add econsole.hook to your module list, and use 'econsole' in your bootargs. So long as you have a working Exec/RawMayGetChar and Exec/RawPutChar, it should work. Also make sure to add shell.resource and shellcommands.resource for this. That should have done it. If you set "#define DEBUG 1" in arch/all-native/econsole/econsole.c, do you get any additional serial output? have added it to the build and added econsole to the command line - and can see the bootloader picks up on the emergency bootconsole tag, but I still only get the insert bootable media display? Im assuming it exposes a fake filesystem that tricks aros into booting? The contents of which are: ECON:AROS.boot Way to handle the scheduling code? The implementations I had been following were causing problems, due to cascading interrupts which I cant handle properly in the asm stubs just now (when they break disable etc.) - since it means detecting the interrupted codes cpu mode and getting the correct sp/lr for it, and that's just too tedious for arm. To work around this ive added a system idle task which does nothing - and when the scheduling code has no task to run switches this in and lets it run, thereby allowing the interrupts etc to resume until something does need to happen. Also, by adding accounting code to cpu_Switch() and cpu_Dispatch(), it should allow the system to log idle time correctly (as well as running tasks). have thought of also adding an additional task that never runs, solely to record time spent in IRQ handlers, but I digress.. was under the impression that kernel.resource should *never* be used outside of exec.library. This is a wrong impression. Michal started designing it because portable nature of AROS does not fit well into exec's API with all its assumptions. So, he started the new, hardware-agnostic kernel API from scratch. Yes, exec sits on top of it in places. But kernel always meant to be open thing. Otherwise it would not exist. it wasn't meant to be just used willy nilly by user code - but by lower system components (e.g. exec) so that they could be implemented in a more generic fashion, and the kernel resource itself hide the systems quirks. Adding new things there perfectly keeps up with our decision to minimize AROS-specific intervention into APIs which can clash with MorphOS or Amiga OS4 extensions. We want at least source-level compatibility there. Binary compatibility on PPC would be extremely cool, but at the other hand we have no maintainer for this, as well as their ABIs splintering. It depends on what exactly is being implemented - there's no reason we should have everything crammed into kernel.resource if it doesn't need to be (i.e. if its better suited as a separate component/subsystem in its own right) The _LE versions are for when you have endian swapping taking place. If the graphics are the same endian as the CPU, no swapping should occur. I ran into a similar terminology problem in SDL with a friend insisting that his Radeon 7000 on his PC was big-endian. It is not, it just uses the same endianness for the graphics card and the CPU so no swapping was necessary. They were both little-endian. The _LE versions are because the PixFmts refer to the bitmap data being in big endian format in memory, for which the normal version would need to do endianness conversion before applying the shifts/masks. on this platform it is in _LE in memory also so we don't need the conversion hence using the _LE version of the call). would use _LE (if it's really little endian 16 bit mode). What is the bare minimum needed to implement a framebuffer based gfx driver, with our software handling the rest? Have tried with just a gfx class that only expose new/dispose/newbitmap - and having an onscreenbitmap used only for the framebuffer itself (with all other bitmaps being chunkybm, and the framebuffer's superclass also being chunkybm), but that alone isn't enough it seems? You can use workbench/hidds/sm502/ as your example - it is as simple as I could make it. So, AROS creates the framebuffer bitmap (verified this) -> so surely it should be capable of then rendeing into it? I don't actually create the framebuffer "bitmap object" myself - only as a result of being asked to. The code I currently have on SVN seems to create the framebuffers bitmap object fine, but then crashes in intuitions DisplayDriver callback. In particular it crashes performing the getattr on the system default pointer. don't expose MEMF_CHIP in an allocatable form so AllocSpriteData was failing (and other code later doesn't check if the values are valid == illegal memory accesses) So far have -: vc_init: queries the gpus memory, and sets up a fake memory handler for it, then adds the bootmode driver and returns saying all is well vc_gfxhidd:New: sets up some fake syncmodes to test with and creates the real gfx object. vc_gfxhidd:NewBitmap: checks if its a framebuffer and uses the onbitmap class or uses the chunkybm class otherwise vc_onbitmap:New; creates a chunkybm object and then pushes the real framebuffer address into it as the buffer, vc4 had v8adds, v8subs, v8muld, v8min and v8max which operated on four 8bit uint values packed into a 32bit register. Multiplication was in the range 0.0 to 1.0 and addition/subtraction saturated. There were also a range unpacking/packing modes that allowed you to pack and unpack 8bit values into 32bit registers. RasPi has to speak to the "operating system" which runs on the GPU itself and request/free memory - it cant directly manage it itself, and so the managed functions were used to wrap these calls. The Arm and GPU share memory space. The framebuffer is shared. The Arm can write a pixel and it will appear on the screen (through GPU hardware) without flushing/copying being required. The GPU can composite multiple FB's in real time - so you have a number of surfaces defined which are rotated etc and composited in real time to the output. Copying can map from the address space of the Arm to the flat space of the GPU which takes some code, but I don't think whole buffers are copied. The DMA hardware can also access the whole memory space and can perform 2D fills and blits (no blending). This is documented in the peripheral spec posted. The DMA is just an Arm accessible peripheral and can be set up with low latency (e.g. microseconds). must use a 0xc0000000-based bus address to access SDRAM, yet non-DMA access should go via a 0x0-based bus address. For 2D dma, set TDMODE, and the spec says "interpret the TXFR_LEN register as YLENGTH number of transfers each of XLENGTH, and add the strides to the address after each transfer." so set STRIDE to pitch of the image, the width is XLENGTH and height is YLENGTH. You would fill by not setting the SRC_INC and point source to your fill data. The DMA cannot see the ARM's L1 cache, so you would map the framebuffer with ioremap_nocache. Depending on where the source data comes from, it may need an L1 cache flush. The DMA can see the L2 cache. Use 0xC0000000 bus addresses when L2 is disabled and 0x40000000 bus addresses when L2 is enabled. (actually just call virt_to_bus and you'll get the right address out). openGLES/openVG has high latency. Writing to framebuffer then reading it back is very inefficient (e.g. milliseconds). If you can drive it a unidirectional way, just streaming commands at then that is efficient. openVG is not implemented on top of openGLES - it uses the same hardware but as a first class interface To improve the Gfx driver, we will need a DMA resource implemented so can use to perform DMA operations. The Gfx driver will need this to perform blits. Actually MEMF_CHIP has to present, for historical reasons. This has been never fully agreed upon, but in ports i wrote i exposed the whole memory as MEMF_CHIP. The idea behind this is that CHIP is originally the memory where graphics and sound data can be put. On non-Amiga platforms there are no restrictions on this, so the whole memory is CHIP. Yes, many old software can misbehave with CHIP memory size larger than 2MB. But this actually applies only to m68k AROS which is going to run m68k binaries. In other cases it's quite logical to fix the program when porting. As to original question: yes, it's enough to have a framebuffer bitmap (one with aoHidd_BitMap_FrameBuffer set to TRUE) and PutPixel routine. It framebuffer can be served by chunky bitmap class, then you can simply create chunky bitmap with your own buffer (see how VESA driver does this). Chunky PutPixel is already there. struggling to determine what is the correct pixfmt to use for the 24/16/15 bit gfx modes on the RasPi. AFAIK it uses RGB565, for 16bit but im unsure what shifts etc should go with it? suffice to say Im getting the wrong colors so far lol. <pre> redmask: 0x0000F800 greenmask: 0x000007E0 bluemask: 0x0000001F alphamask: 0 redshift: 16 greenshift: 21 blueshift: 27 alphashift: 0 </pre> It should likely be vHidd_StdPixFmt_RGB16_LE This stuff is a bit confusing. The "names" of the stdpixfmts are based on the layout in memory, ignoring endianess. So for example: ARGB32: will be 0xAA 0xRR 0xGG 0xBB in memory on both big endian and little endian machines. The shifts and masks OTOH are based on pixel access (ULONG in this case), so differ depending on whether you run on big endian machine or little endian machine (that's why there's stdpixfmt_le.h and stdpixfmt_be.h in rom/hidds/graphics/). With the 16 bit pixel format it's even more confusing, as for example it's impossible on little endian machine to describe RGB16 with shifts/masks alone. That's why there's vHidd_PixFmt_SwapPixelBytes_Flag. (RGB16 == RRRRRGGG GGGBBBBB in memory, and for pixel (WORD) access on little endian machine it needs to be accessed as GGGBBBBBRRRRRGGGG). The shifts btw indicate how much to shift the component to the left (!) so that it is moved to the highest bit (31). The aHidd_PixFmt_StdPixFmt you specify will be ignored most of the time, because when the pixelfmt is registered, the gfx hidd checks if there's an identical pixfmt (shifts/masks/etc., but ignoring pixfmt->stdpixfmt) already in the system, and if so, it uses the already existing one and does not create a new one. In theory it would be better if gfx drivers could simply/only specify a StdPixFmt without all the shifts/masks stuff when the gfx driver uses pixfmt which matches one of the stdpixfmts exactly. Another possibility would be for gfx drivers to use HIDD_Gfx_GetPIxFmt(stdpixfmt_gfx_driver_wants_to_use) and then peek shifts/masks from it and fill out a pixfmt tag list based on that. 15bit very blue/green: Try to pass same shifts/masks/etc. as in 16 bit pixfmt (maybe you think it's using 15 bit R5G5B5 (or swapped) but it's actually still using 16 bit R5G6B5 (or swapped). aHidd_PixFmt_StdPixFmt you pass is mostly ignored. It's the shift/masks/etc. that count. But I would still pass the correct one (_LE) == whatever rom/hidds/graphics/stdpixfmts_??.h uses in the entry where you have looked up shifts/masks/etc. Use the shifts/masks/etc. from the entry in stdpixfmt_le.h (if you are running on little endian machine) or stdpixfmt_be.h (if you are running on little endian machine) that matches the pixfmt that its meant to be. 0xAA,0xRR,0xGG,0xBB on little endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_le.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_ARGB32) 0xBB,0xGG,0xRR,0xAA on little endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_le.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_BGRA32) 0xAA,0xRR,0xGG,0xBB on big endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_be.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_ARGB32) 0xBB,0xGG,0xRR,0xAA on big endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_be.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_BGRA32) it feels like AROS trashes the alpha component, otherwise it should be 8A8R8G8B. read on the subject suggest its in 1x5r5g5b (x is ignored) to keep 16bit alignment . Suggests to me that wrong shift/mask are being applied - however going by the 16bit versions it all looks correct to me so I am really confused as to what is happening. The output image looks to have too much green/blue, and very weak red. Kickstart The idea is to minimize amount of archirecture-specific modules to make the user's life easier. So, the kickstart was split into 'base' (which does not contain anything machine-specific) and 'BSP' (Board Support Package) which contains all hardware-specific stuff. This way, for example, distribution makers can save up space on CD and make CDs with multiple platform support. Different configuration would load the same base with different BSP's. Next there was some part which is entirely missing on hosted. These are filesystems. Hosted ports do not need them to boot up, so on hosted they are left out. At the other hand, they are also architecture-agnostic. So i put them into 'FS' package (standing for 'filesystem'). USB Poseidon is one more big part. I made it into separate package in order to allow users to omit it if they don't need it (for example, to run on retro PCs without USB). Personally i have one. Again, Poseidon is hardware-agnostic (well, there are USB drivers but HCIs are pretty standard). AFAIK its HCI 1.0 compliant but not familiar enough with poseidons drivers, nor USB, to just hack away at the existing code. Perhaps once i'm more familiar with the workings I can merge in the changes needed to get it operating but for now I will focus on getting it running. Also our drivers have known issues so perhaps a fresh set of eyes might shed some light on what is going wrong. Another interesting question is whether Poseidon can operate on device side. Is it flexible enough? How similar is being a USB host and USB device? think it will need a bit of work on Poseidon's side. Until then I will force the driver into Host/Master mode in the init code, but leave open device etc to configure the chipset for either's use - and look at trying to add support for working in Device/Slave mode & switching modes once it's up and running. Actually USBROMStartup is some kind of kludge. Can there be any alternative? Could device drivers be self-installing, like our HIDDs? This would get rid of need to list them in USBRomStartup. * Model A and B limited to 150 mA per port. * Model B+ and Pi 2 introduced configurable 600 mA to 1.2 A support over all ports - anything above that requires a powered USB hub. Implementing the hardware driver that Poseidon uses to interact with the USB components. Have code in place to (try) and initialise the USB chipset, and configure host/device mode operation (though AFAICT Poseidon doesn't support device mode). Started to get the "virtual" root hub written for the single USB port so that Poseidon should at least list it correctly in the GUI - and try to interact with it to find peripherals. The BCM2835 uses a soft IP block from Synopsys’ DesignWare library (DWC), specifically the block is called dwc_usb_2_0_hs_otg_subsystem-ahb_se (“USB 2.0 Hi-Speed OTG Controller Subsystem w/AHB Interface SE”). There is no public documentation for this, and pretty much zero chance of anyone getting hold of it even with NDA. However, there's a Linux driver written by Synopsys ([https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux dwc_usb]). Specifically directories [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/drivers/usb/host dwc_common_port] and [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/drivers/usb/host dwc_otg]. The Synopsys code is actually under a fairly permissive licence – it's not GPL, it's similar to BSD (’don't sue us if it breaks’ is pretty much the only clause). So this should not be a barrier to porting the code. The code is really well written, with a nice partition between the work done by the driver (dwc_otg, which is fairly involved, given the host does more work than a conventional EHCI driver), and the interface to Linux (dwc_common_port). Probably only need provision of relevant changes to dwc_common_port. Other things to consider.... * Provision of necessary headers to get it to compile * Provision of necessary functions (main issues are wait queues, threads, work queues, tasklets, timers, spinlocks and mutexes (multithreading) ) * Interfacing between USB stack and the driver. dwc_otg/dwc_otg_hcd_linux.c looks like the place to start. the Linux bits of the headers are only required for the dwc_common_port library. dwc_common_port includes a variety of crypto functions which are not used – it appears to also be used for ultrawideband (UWB) and wireless USB (WUSB) drivers where crypto will be an issue, but it isn't going to be for plain wired USB. Every USB driver acts as an USB hub as well in order to let Poseidon control the state of USB ports. The code there was reading status of the only USB port in Raspberry's CPU but when changing the status it erroneously deleted some of the status bits, including the port enable one. It was so because those bits in the status register are of a type Read/WriteToClear. It means, if one does not want to change their value from 1 back to 0, one has to actually write the 0 value. Very practical thing e.g. in interrupt handlers, where one reads the interrupt status register to learn what was the interrupt reason, and writes it back to the same register in order to clear the interrupts. After fixing that code it turned out that the communication was still unsuccessful. Apparently the USB device was not understanding the host for some reason. That should not happen since the request sent was one of the standard ones implemented by virtually anything with an USB connector, assumed that Poseidon clears the data caches before forwarding the work to the USB drivers but that's the responsibility of the driver itself. The USB device responded and acknowledged the transmission! But why were all the request sent after address change failing with timeout? They should not. Once again, address set is supported just by anything. Tried to contact the device at address 0 once again and there it was, still responding properly. The enlightenment came. The bus address for DMA transmissions was, as it is in many bare metal USB implementations, just the pure memory address of the buffer as seen by the ARM cpu. Have "prefixed" it with the real location of uncached RAM and booted AROS once again. Trident saw this: Product : Hub: Vdr=0424/PID=9514 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 9 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 2 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 38164 DevVers : 0200 and this: Product : Vendor: Vdr=0424/PID=EC00 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 255 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 1 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 60416 DevVers : 0200 and even this: Product : Hub: Vdr=0424/PID=9514 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 9 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 2 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 38164 DevVers : 0200 What are these things? The first one is USB hub built in the Raspberry. Thanks to this one the Pi machines (with exception of Pi0 and computing modules) have more than just one single USB port. The second one is the network chip in raspberry, the third one is my USB SD card reader which have just connected to see what happens. AROS tried, of course, to boot from it ;) So, the first step towards working USB is done. The control transfers are working as you can see above. Next step is to implement bulk and interrupt transfers, having the basics in place. Finally some error handling will be added and USB for Pi will be as complete as the PC version. [http://www.raspyfi.com/raspberry-pi-usb-audio-fix/ Issue with USB Audio] Audio [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/sound/arm audio] and its [https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/2 very high speed message passing interface type of thing VCHI] The Model B+ added an additional voltage regulator for the audio output and an additional output driver to drive low-resistance loads like headphones. However it is still using pulse-width modulation (PWM), which has a major impact on sound quality the old Raspberry Pi used a linear voltage regulator to provide the 3.3V to many of the components on the board while the new one uses a switching regulator. Both can perform reasonably well. However switch mode power supplies often show higher noise figures Analogue audio Audio over HDMI rev 1.3 & 1.4 Ethernet 10/100 BaseT Ethernet RJ45 socket GPIO GPIO shouldn't be too bad but bear in mind it is already accessed in places so they would need to allocate pins etc through it (e.g. sdcard to flicker the activity light, serial debug to output data on the GPIO pins) Probably a resource rather than a device... Started an i2c driver that will need to allocate GPIO pins. Feel free to work on it if you are interested ;p GPU graphics with 2D and 3D acceleration Sadly none yet for 32bit but for 64bit... Miscellanous hdmi issues Setting the hdmi_force_hotplug=1 makes sure the Pi believes the monitor/TV is really there. You might also need to set config_hdmi_boost=4 or even higher (up to 9) if your display needs a stronger signal. If the display is a computer monitor or newer tv, use hdmi_group=1 (auto HDMI use) and if it is an older TV, try hdmi_group=2 (for DMT formats, i.e. for PC monitors) then you HAVE to "set hdmi_drive = 2 to enable HDMI output as this forces HDMI mode rather than DVI mode Do not set hdmi_safe=1 as that overrides many of the previous options. Using a shorter or better quality HDMI cable might help. Make sure your Pi's power supply delivers 1 A and not 500 mA. If you see a problem with the red colour - either absent, or interference - then try a boost composite video changing the RCA cable, then the composite port worked out of the box Boot it as you are doing, without HDMI. If you now plug in the HDMI, do you get the image? In other words, does the Pi think HDMI is connected even when it isn't? Rename all the files in the first partion of the card except bootcode.bin, start.elf and fixup.dat What's the result? Put back config.txt What's the result? for PAL mode sdtv_mode=2 dmi_ignore_hotplug Pretends HDMI hotplug signal is not asserted so it appears a HDMI display is not attached hdmi_ignore_hotplug=1 Use composite mode even if HDMI monitor is detected <pre> # NOOBS Auto-generated Settings: #hdmi_force_hotplug=1 #config_hdmi_boost=4 #overscan_left=24 #overscan_right=24 #overscan_top=16 #overscan_bottom=16 #disable_overscan=0 start_x=1 gpu_mem=128 </pre> tvservice -c "PAL 4:3" <pre> /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -s or tvservice -s state: HPD high|HDMI mode|HDCP off|composite off (0x12001a), 1920x1080 @ 60 Hz, progressive /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m CEA Group CEA has 1 modes: (native) mode 16: 1920x1080 @ 60 Hz, progressive /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m DMT Group DMT has 0 modes: </pre> sudo amixer cset numid=3 1 forces the audio to the headphone jack, even with the HDMI video output plugged in config.txt the hdmi_ignore_edid_audio=1 option sems relevant as it should tell ALSA that the only available audio is analog, no matter what the display says There are several different ways that these 4 pole (ring) composite analog cables can be wired up, so some work great in some applications and can be a waste of time in others. What is needed for the Raspberry Pi B+ and above, which like many camcorders needs the ring contact next to the base contact to be the ground. The wiring for the 4 pole are: TIP (LEFT AUDIO CHANNEL) RING 1 (RIGHT AUDIO CHANNEL) RING 2 (GROUND/EARTH) RING 3 BASE/SLEEVE (VIDEO) YELLOW Most Apple based Players and the Microsoft Zune (TM) are wired this way. Most analogue camcorders are wired this way as well, where the ground in on Ring 2 will work with the Pi although you may need to swap your Video plug with the Right Audio plug. Nearly all other MP3 players are not wired this way, the ground is on another ring ie the wrong one. External devices * Camera Module Omnivision ov5647 Sunny 5MP (NoIR version) V1.3 - NoIR at 850&nbsp;nm, peak at 880&nbsp;nm and trails off at 940&nbsp;nm wavelengths * Camera V2 Sony IMX219 V2.1 8mpixel 8MP 8megapixel - 3280 x 2464 pixels - video at 1080p30, 720p60 and 640x480p90 - wider field of view, 62 vs 54 degrees horizontally - * Branded WIFI usb BCM43143 dongle N.B. dreaded error after changing cameras (stupidly without turning off the power first) and lasted through several power cycles. It can be a bad 15-pin FFC ribbon cable, when swapped, camera(s) and the Pi itself are working OK. It can be an instance of a cold solder joint on the CSI connector on the pi board. the camera can be detected (that's done via I2C) but may still not be able to receive image data (done via CSI-2) if something is broken. CSI-2 is uni-directional. Control is generally done via I2C. The CSI-2 receiver always writes to memory, not direct to the ISP. That's the way the Broadcom architecture works as it allows multipass processing easily. GPU memory is accessible from the ARM. Processing using the QPU graphics processors may be possible. currently the only supported sensor is OV5647 and IMX219. The linux drivers are all in the firmware blob, else you'd be looking at at least a man-month of work in a fully fledged imaging lab to do a decent tuning of the camera modules' ISP parameters. Static electricity maybe an issue for the camera module and slightly less for the pi board. == References == Testing procedure is put sd card in, connect board to board if necessary, plug in hdmi and then power nothing else is done especially CSI DSI etc [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/compute-module.html CM5] has the same 55mm x 40mm 2x100pin connectors form factor as the CM4 but [https://www.epdtonthenet.net/article/214508/Key-Considerations-When-Migrating-from-Raspberry-Pi-CM4-to-CM5.aspx some pins and other small things] have changed. Will need the [https://raspipcb.com/tech-blog/raspberry-pi-cm4-vs-cm5-difference-in-booting-from-sd-card/ right IO board to suit] *Green [ Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 IO Board REV2 [https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/1097-raspberry-pi-compute-module-5-io-board SC1967]] - untested *Green [ RPi Compute Module 5 IO board REV1 [https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/1097-raspberry-pi-compute-module-5-io-board SC1751]] - untested *Black SupTronics Geekbord X1500 CM5 IO Carrier Board - untested *Black DeskPi Super6C Cluster Mini-ITX Board - untested *[https://sipeed.com/nanocluster Sipeed NanoCluster] - untested up to 7 CM5 *Green BentoIO CMX0 - untested *Box EDATec ED-CLAWBOX - untested *Home Assistant Yellow - Kit with PoE with Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5_PoE_BASE_A Waveshare CM5-PoE-BASE-A] - untested *Box Waveshare [ CM5-POE-BOX-A] - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-IO-BASE-B Waveshare CM5-IO-BASE-B] - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-IO-BASE-A Waveshare CM5-IO-BASE-A] - untested *Blue Waveshare [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-NANO-B CM5-NANO-B] - untested *[https://carboncomputers.us/products/pi-flux piFlux] *[https://carboncomputers.us/products/ Zitaotech Hackberry] CM5 lite only - *Portable [https://www.waveshare.com/pocketterm35.htm Waveshare PocketTerm35] with Pi4B or Pi5 - untested *Box [https://www.clockworkpi.com/uconsole ClockworkPi uConsole][https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtI_bAahbR8 CM4 into an adapter or CM3 into so-dimm - Cyberdeck] - untested *Green RPi [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip Compute Module 4] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf IO board] V1.4 [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IOUSB3-KiCAD.zip USB3] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4iousb3-appnote.pdf CM4ISO] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf Dual100pin] (2020) aka Development Platform Board - untested *Purple Pi Hut Cytron CM4 Maker Board - untested *Black DeskPi Super6C Cluster Mini-ITX Board - untested *[ KubeSail PiBox mini 2] *Home Assistant Yellow with Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 - untested *[ Turing Pi V2] - untested CM4 with 260-pin SO-DIMM socket adapters and/or nvidia jetson nanos - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-C Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-C] - untested but binary blobs Rev01 Rev02 *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-B Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-B] - untested but binary blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-A Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-A] - untested but binary blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-NANO-B Waveshare CM4-NANO] - untested but usb and audio turned off or rerouted CM3 has a 200 pin sodimm ddr2 connector form factor but not electrically SC0028, SC0029 *Blue [https://wiki.geekworm.com/CM_IO_Board Geekworm RPi Compute Module IO Board] [https://github.com/geekworm-com/cm-io-board CSI DSI] with CM3 in ddr2 slot underside - '''works''' if SW1 on but CM3+ '''does not''' *Green [https://cdn-shop.adafruit.com/product-files/3442/CMIO_schematic.pdf RPi V3 IO board CM3IO] and CM3 Lite - untested *Green [https://turingpi.com/ turingpi v1 cluster] - untested up to 7 cm3 7xlan9514 12V discontinued, 3 x Pi4 homelab maybe better *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/Compute_Module_PoE_Board Waveshare Compute Module PoE Board] and CM3 lite (if not lite, write files to internal eMMC fat32) '''AVOID''' bin blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/compute-module-io-board-plus.htm Waveshare Compute Module IO Board Plus] [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/Compute_Module_IO_Board_Plus wiki] [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?t=235695 pin settings] with CM3+ Lite - '''AVOID''' binary blob *[ Pi02w on Geekworm SupTronics X305 Raspberry Pi Zero IO Baseboard] - untested *[ Spotpear Pi Zero 2w to Pi3b format-ish] - untested *[ pi-top v4] box has 128x64 oled display, micro hdmi, 19Whr battery with pi4 and 15V PD 36W min needed *[ pi-top v3] three green pieces, heatsink covers most of the base tray, pi-top hub mk1 lhs and Pi1B Pi2b Pi3b rhs secured from below, black rounded strip with pi-top above keyboard, 13.3" HD 1366 x 768 display, small touchpad, *[ pi-top Model 2.0] pi-top on bottom bezel of 14-inch green laptop, large trackpad, keyboard slide down to reveal main system hub on slide rails moved to the right, Raspberry Pi3b screws down, hub slides in, 18V 2.5A 45W charger brick, battery 11.1V 3500mAh 38.85Wh and storage PiTopOS *[ Pi-Top CEED Raspberry Pi Modular Educational Desktop with RPI3] monitor *[https://www.indiegogo.com/en/projects/jesselozano/pi-top-a-raspberry-pi-laptop-you-build-yourself Pi-Top v1] wedge laptop with RPi2 <pre> 2008 Trustees collected for Foundation 2009 Pi Foundation charity status gained 2010 2011 First Raspberry prototypes 2012 First boards go on sale at CPC and RS. The Model A and B 700 MHz Arm11 - February 29th BCM 2835 2012 First million sold - more than the 10,000 original planned and anticipated 2013 First Alpha Experimental builds of AROS Native for the 32bit Pi 2013 Pi Trading launched making grants available, providing in house educational resources and Pi Academy for teacher training 2013 Over two million sold 2014 Over three million sold 2014 Pi 1 Model B+ introduced that moved composite video to audio jack and same half gig of memory 2014 Pi Model A+ v1.1 no ethernet and 1 usb - a little smaller - 2015 Over four million first gen pis sold 2015 Pi Zero 1.2 BCM2835 first production revision released with no camera port 2016 Pi0 1.3 released with camera csi connector 2017 Pi Zero W v1.1 1GHz Pi0W, single-core 32bit CPU BCM2835 released with Cypress CYW43438 wireless 2020 Raspberry Pi Pico SC0919 with RP2040 32-bit 2Core ARM Cortex-M0+ up to 133 MHz - 264KB of SRAM and 2MB of on-board QSPI Flash - 2024 Raspberry Pi Pico 2 with RP2350 2Core 32bit Arm Cortex-M33 and 2core open-hardware [https://github.com/wren6991/hazard3 Hazard3 RISC-V] 2015 Pi 2 Model B v1.1 BCM2836 900/600 MHz ARM Cortex-A7 Armv7 quad 32bit, 32bit VideoCore IV GPU - 1Gb RAM - 5V 2A micro usb - SMSC LAN9514 chip - 2015 Over a million pi2s sold 2015 Raspberry Pi 2 Model B version 1.2 Pi2bv1.2, aka Pi2B2 has armv8 BCM2837 underclocked to 900Mhz without wifi/bluetooth module 2016 Pi 3 Model B - Broadcom BCM2837 SOC four 64bit ARMv8 Cortex-A53 1.2GHz 32bit 1080p VideoCore IV GPU - 1Gb DDR2 - bluetooth 4.1, Cypress CYW43438 wireless 802.11n - 4 x USB2.0 ports - 5.1V 2.5A - SMSC LAN9514 chip 2016 PIs total over 10 million worldwide 2017 Compute Module 3 CM3 with BCM2837B0 armv8 Quad 64-bit - small 67.6mm x 31mm board which fits DDR2 SODIMM connector but not electrically compatible which plugs into needed IO board - beware of the I2C protocol issue 1Gb LPDDR2 RAM - Lite or 4Gb Emmc storage 2017 12 million pis sold in total 2018 Pi 3 Model B+ - 4c A53 BCM2837B0 1.4Ghz - 1Gb, wireless 802.11ac, gigabit ethernet (300Mbit/s) and bluetooth 4.2 - power over ethernet - 4 x USB2.0 ports - Microchip LAN7515 chip 2019 Over 15 million sold 2019 Pi 3 Model A+ with BCM2837b0 Cortex-A53 64-bit SoC @ 1.4 GHz with 512Mb LPDDR2, 1 usb2, 1 hdmi, 1 micro usb 5V 2A - no ethernet - 2019 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3+ CM3+ - Broadcom BCM2837B0 1.2Ghz, Cortex-A53 (ARMv8) 64-bit SoC on DDR2 SODIMM mechanically compatible only factor - IO board required 1Gb DDR2 and 8GB, 16GB, 32GB or a Lite variant without eMMC 2021 Pi zero 2 (w or no W) RP3A0 quad 1GHz Cortex-A53 64bit BCM2710A1 512mB SDRam 2025 edaTEC CM0 ED-CM0NANA with additional dev board with quad 1Ghz A53 with 512Mb Raysan RAM, 2 USB2 and 10/100 ethernet - pico castellated edge 2019 Pi 4 Model B RPI4B - BCM2711B0T quad 64bit A72 1.5GHz, 4K VideoCore VI, AC wifi, Bluetooth 5.0, GbE Broadcom BCM54213PE (PHY ID 0x600d84a2), 2 micro hdmi decode up to 4K, USB-C 5.1V 3A power, 2xVLI VL805 USB 3, 2xUSB 2.0, 2GB 9LDWW D9WHZ or 4GB 9FDWW D9WHV, 8GB 0AA47 D9ZCL ddr4 ram 2020 Silent Pi 4 v1.2 upgrade with more USB-c psu support 2020 PI400 BCM2711C0T 1.8GHz 4Gb DDR4 inside keyboard, 5.1V 5A 27W usb-c psu, 2 micro hdmi, external ide style 40pin gpio, no audio port - 2020 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 BCM2711B0T on new 55mm x 40mm 2x100 pin form factor with extra breakout IO board CM4101000 1Gb RAM Lite SOM CM4102000 2GB RAM Lite CM4104000 4GB RAM Lite CM4004008-4GB-RAM 8GB-EMMC SOM System on Modules CM4104032 4GB RAM 32GB emmc CM4108000 8GB RAM Lite CM4008016 8GB RAM 16Gb eMMc 2021 Raspberry Pi SC0763 Compute Module 4S CM4S with ddr2 sodimm pinouts but not electrically the same with suitable IO board extra cost - CM4S01000 1GB RAM Lite CM4S01008 1GB RAM 8GB eMMC Flash CM4S02000 2GB RAM Lite CM4S04000 4GB RAM Lite CM4S08000 8GB RAM Lite 2021 Pi 4 v1.4 BCM2711B1 upgraded power regulator, to deal with 8gig of ram being more power hungry - 2021-48 Raspberry Pi 4 model B v1.5 2GB 2023 Pi 5 v1.0 BCM2712 Quad A76 @2.4Ghz - VideoCore VII - no audio socket - dual 4k from mini hdmi - fan connector - 5.1V 5A psu 2024 Pi 5 2GB DDR4 version uses BCM2712D0 2024 Pi-500 with 8Gb LPDDR5 and membrane keyboard 2024 Pi 5 v1.1 2024 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 CM5 BCM2712 55mm x 40mm form factor with additional IO board CM5004000 04GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite CM5008000 08GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite CM5016000 16GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite 2025 Pi-500+ with 256GB NVMe storage, 16GB LPDDR4 RAM, and Gateron KS-33 Low Profile Blue mechanical keyboard switches 2025 Pi5 1GB DDR4 announced 2022 PiOS linux goes 64bit 2024 Pi Trading IPO stockmarket stock exchange listing 2026 April and May Aros 64bit fixed, added AHI audio, VC4 gfx started, usb functions added to rom 2026 June and July Aros 64bit usb2otg started, dma.resource, sdio.resource, bwfm.device wifi added 2026 Late July daily 64bit Pi3 LE little endian builds start 2026 August Pi 4, 400, 5 and 500 DTBs added, expanding existing support and wifi for Pi4 and Pi5 2026 August Pi5 HAT+ nvme and HDMI, AHI RPiI2S added, Pi4 HVS5 video scaler started, 2026 2027 2028 Pi 6 </pre> ==Future== [https://github.com/ARMSX2/ARMSX2 Arm pi of pcsx2] {{BookCat}} dyhjtq440wfdvm7eqhsqyhv0p4165q0 4671150 4670898 2026-09-19T11:55:45Z Jeff1138 301139 4671150 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ArosNav}} [[#Native]] [[#Hosted]] [[#Build]] [[#Hardware]] [[#References]] [[#Future]] ==Introduction== [[File:Scalos00.png|thumb|Scalos on Aros Pi3b]] Aros aims to cover Pi 3 to 5 1Gb+ RAM ideally as you may have to switch to 256Mb gfx mode depending on the application running Options to boot from using a good power source to prevent the yellow lightning symbol. *With Pi3b+ the max you can get is 5.1V 2.5A with micro usb. *With Pi4 5.1V 3A with usb-c *With Pi5 5.1V 5A, the amps went ever upwards, even to 5.1V 9A with usb-c Pi500+ keyboard wedge - Pi400 RPI-400 keyboard wedge - resolution changing and audio from micro hdmi0 (near 40pin) and micro hdmi1 (near usb-c psu) - Fn F10 0x5e power on and off works or held down for over 7 seconds auto shutdown - keyboard ok - wifi and lan ethernet testing - * Pi 5 - Quad A76 64bit ARMv8 and RP1 "southbridge" with VideoCore 7 Pre-D0 (Rev1.0) or D0 (rev1.1) * Pi 4 - Quad A72 64bit ARMv8 with VideoCore 6 * Pi 3 - Quad A53 [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/processors.html 64 bit] ARMv8 with VideoCore 4 with heatsink/fan on 3b to prevent cpu 82C+ throttling * Pi 2 - Quad 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - mostly not 64bit compatible * Pi Model B+ 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - not 64bit compatible * Pi Model A and B 32bit ARMv6 with VideoCore 4 - not 64bit compatible ===Native=== * 2013-03 Kalamatee starts work * 2015-04 Work continues with mschulz on the kernel and Kalamatee (NicJA) on gpio and usb * 2018 [https://www.patreon.com/posts/i-owe-you-some-20956961 mschulz resume adding BE big endian support], [https://www.patreon.com/michal_schulz/posts Big endian on Pi] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=bsek latest commits for pi 3b, 4 and 5 64bit] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=metaneutrons latest commits for Pi5] * 2026 [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commits?author=bitplane latest commits for ARM] '''Download''' [https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html RaspberryPi 3, 3+, 4 and 5 64bit ArmV8 builds] [https://sourceforge.net/projects/aros/files/ Alternative site and nightly2] both raspi-aarch64-system and raspi-aarch64-contrib can be unbz2'd and copied to fat32 8GB+ microSD card (there will be folders - boot c Classes Demos Developer Devs Extras etc only showing). The SD can be plugged in to the Pi 64bit build works well on a single core LE little endian. Multicore [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/1df0747c2bda3523a43029725a709b1f377d84ec may follow]. Any issues booting could be down to the SD card so please use another SD to see if it is resolved. Please report your experiences in the [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2019&rowstart=80 Aros Raspberry pi 3 64bit thread] and on the [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?p=2387984#p2387984 Raspberry Pi forum thread]. Any bugs or issues can be [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/issues described here to fix] Boots with '''USB3''' port based sata3 ssd on Pi400 but untested on Pi4 (may need eeprom update from PiOS or Pi SD Imager) and Pi5 Pi 3 B+ is pre-configured for USB sata3 boot - untested Pi 3 B may need [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ubnwvxF3Klc PiOS to set OTP to boot from usb - do so at your own risk] - if OTP set to usb, boot works but slower than SD card Speed write wise (top faster) <pre> *NVME Pi5 untested >1000MB/sec or faster if matched correctly *Sata3 ssd 500MB/sec *SD V90 90MB/sec 4K maybe 8K *SD V60 60MB/sec 1080p *SD U3 V30 30MB/sec 720p *SD C10 U1 V10 A1 A2 10MB/sec minimum should be used now *SD C06 6MB/sec *SD C04 4MB/sec </pre> As a homage to the past, Aros shows a reduced number of icons but this can be changed by left mouse click in the window and then right click down to Window -> View -> All files Windows can be manipulated by the top (moving) and the bottom right corner (resizing) only. Zune like MUI gui interface, has a unique quirk in that after changing a setting in a text box, you may sometimes need to press Enter/Return before clicking OK, Save, etc Like most amiga like OSs the audio and networking need to be setup manually Audio AHI prefs - Mode settings tab - needs both Music unit and Unit 0 set to RPiHDMI:16 bit stereo++ or RPiPWM:16 bit stereo++ at 44100Hz. Press '''Save or Use''' button after each choice Double left mouse click on most picture (Developer/Debug/Tests/Datatypes), audio and video files are supported, via datatypes, by the multiview application. Esc escape key usually closes open windows even the desktop In Prefs/Appearance some decorative theming elements need work. There is a few Mason icons in /Prefs/Presets/Icons/Mason/ and the ever present default Gorilla - Icon exchange in works For more intensive graphics applications, you may need to edit config.txt in the root folder and change 128M to 256M to adjust more memory to graphics usage [http://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network/browser amelinium web browser] is available with an [https://eab.abime.net/showthread.php?t=122494&page=51 eab thread] reminiscent of [https://github.com/zapek/Voyager Voyager] and to a lesser extent [https://github.com/amigazen/aweb3/ Aweb]. [[File:Wifi00.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] [[File:Wifi01.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] [[File:Wifi02.png|thumb|Setup wifi on Aros Pi3b]] Wifi setup needs the network prefs with the TCP/IP tab click add interface -> change Device to bwfm.device as net0:, IP Mode as DHCP and IPv4. Wireless tab gets your router settings. If it does not set to start at boot, settings are preserved. Instead, add this to the user-startup: <pre> execute sys:system/network/arostcp/s/startnet run wirelessmanager device=bwfm.device >nil: </pre> Network will start automatically on boot. If you don't want the wirelessmanager icon on Wanderer desktop, just add 'nogui' to the wirelessmanager line Lan ethernet port on *lan9514 Pi3b Pi2 no support at the moment *lan7515 Pi3b+ type into Device usblan78xx.device as net0: remove other device(s) *bcmgenet Pi4 Pi400 choose for Device bcmgenet.device Summary *3b ethernet not supported, usb ethernet not working and setup wifi has interface issues *3b+ seems to work wifi and ethernet *4 untested *400 seems to work wifi and ethernet (with interface issues) There is normally no Bluetooth support for most amiga like OSs but Aros has one [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/6942cbfbf66426d21963a7fcd8aba6aff611a9e0 work in progress] [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?t=338466 firmware] *Bluetooth 4.1 BCM43430A1.hcd Pi3B, Pi3A, Zero 2W *Bluetooth 4.2 BCM4345C0.hcd Pi3B+, Pi4 *Bluetooth 5.0 BCM4345C5.hcd Pi4B rev, CM4 and maybe Pi5 and CM5 *bthid keyboard mouse support *btserial serial *btpan short range wireless connecting devices Only the Pi5 has a RTC real time clock, the other Pis will need to use Extras:Networking/utils/ntpsync/ or [https://archives.arosworld.org/index.php?function=browse&cat=network PiNTP] to get the date and time from the internet It helps to have all usb devices already plugged in before power on to detect at the moment. Even then some usb devices will freeze the mouse cursor and the only resolution is to remove the offending usb device and reinsert. Sometimes, the reinsert leads to the mouse cursor vanishing, it is still there and responds to left and right clicks. USB classes support from Prefs/Trident is still work in process *usbaudio working on usb3 port (blue) on pi4, 400 but not working (no rt isochronous) on usb2otg (white or black) for pi3b, zero 2w *[https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/camd camdusbmidi] detects midi devices without a preferences file (Prefs/Env-Archive/sys/midi.prefs) as [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RBxHkwy4Nrw auto setup now] possibly with [https://github.com/metaneutrons/mt32-pi metaneutrons mt32-pi] [https://github.com/rtzor/mt32-pi mt32-pi fork] [https://github.com/ahmadexp/mt32-pi fork] [] [https://github.com/dwhinham/mt32-pi mt32-pi pi3+] as well as need developer gcc tools to look at 64bit ports of [https://archives.arosworld.org/?function=showfile&file=driver/audio/usbmidi.i386-aros.lha usbmidi], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/CAMD_Toolkit CAMD_Toolkit], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/camdtools camdtools], [https://github.com/cnvogelg/amiditools amiditools], [https://github.com/timoinutilis/midi-sequencer-amigaos horny src], [https://aminet.net/package/mus/midi/horny-base horny-base], [http://bnp.hansfaust.de/index.html BnP], [], Regarding 680x0 emulation, there are several options that could be considered *[https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/blob/6722a0ae9e03fe5d26e32703360bd2059e0864cc/rom/m68kemu/README.md?plain=1#L424 m68kemu.library] for some Amiga productivity where the cpu is emulated and the system calls are redirected to Aros ones *[https://github.com/BlitterStudio/amiberry amiberry] (winuae) for everything else like games *[https://github.com/jonx/AROS/tree/aarch64-darwin-graft/arch/all-darwin/libs/emu68k emu68k] *[https://scriptedamigaemulator.net/ Scripted Amiga] with [https://github.com/naTmeg/ScriptedAmigaEmulator ScriptedAmigaEmulator] or older [https://github.com/gbraad-amiga/ScriptedAmigaEmulator2 ScriptedAmigaEmulator2] [https://pinout.xyz/ GPIO 40 pins] [https://learn.sparkfun.com/tutorials/raspberry-gpio/gpio-pinout pinout] Some exceptions: *Physical pins 27, 28 (GPIO0, 1) are an internal I2C bus and should not be used *The other I2C on pins 3, 5 (GPIO 2, 3) can be used generally, but be aware they have permanent pull-up resistors to 3.3V *For MIDI use USB but there are dedicated UART pins 8, 10 (GPIO 14, 15). With a HAT it's more awkward -- you need to know which pins are used by the HAT and avoid them. Hopefully this will be documented. Remember all GPIOs are 3.3V (not 5V tolerant), floating/noisy inputs can cause odd behavior, and that shorting the power supplies can cause instant death of the Pi. In the shell GPIO PIN/A/N,SET/N,GET/S,MODE/K,PULL/K Controls and queries hardware GPIO pins via gpio.resource which is stored in the rom or Devs/ '''please test''' *PIN -- (Required) Target GPIO pin number (e.g. 12). *SET -- Set pin output value to 0 (LOW) or 1 (HIGH). *GET -- Read and print current digital input level (0 or 1). *MODE -- Configure pin mode: IN (Input), OUT (Output), ALT (Alternate). *PULL -- Configure pull resistor: NONE, UP, DOWN. EXAMPLES <pre> GPIO 12 MODE OUT GPIO 12 SET 1 GPIO 12 GET GPIO 13 PULL UP </pre> [https://gpiozero.readthedocs.io/en/stable/installing.html Current] [https://gpiozero.readthedocs.io/en/v1.2.0/api_boards.html old support for gpiozero is unknown at present] [https://energenie4u.co.uk/res/pdfs/ENER314%20UM.pdf and associated 433MHz equipment] [ USA X10 security and lights via USB] [ OpenHab with Shelly Smart Plug connected over Wi-Fi, controlled by MQTT or HTTP] Printing only with Postscript but [https://github.com/bohunamiga/MintPRINT one] of [https://github.com/boingball/MintPRINT two] [https://github.com/Andiweli/AmiAirPrint/tree/main AirPrint] IPP has been attempted with [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2061&pid=13954#post_13954 discussion] Youtube [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X4fmWAIv7FE Aros native on Pi3b], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TSxlYb1eQWU Installed on Pi3b+], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFF1H3jCoz8 testing Aros native on Pi400], [], [], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nIVx7mh1E1Q&pp=ygUHYXJvcyBwadIHCQkTDAGHKiGM7w%3D%3D Aros on Thumb 2 based 32bit-ish ARM STM32H743 board], [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zQM4CD64xDE&t=612s&pp=ugUEEgJlbg%3D%3D Performance under Linux] but on Aros... {| class="wikitable sortable" width="90%" ! width="10%" |Pi ! width="10%" |Single Core 2D ! width="10%" |Single Core 3D ! width="10%" |Single Core 3D ! width="10%" |SMP 2D ! width="10%" |SMP 3D ! width="10%" |SMP 3D ! width="35%" |Comments |- | <!--Pi-->Pi3 | <!--Single Core 2D--> | <!--Single Core 3D--> | <!--Single Core 3D--> | <!--SMP 2D--> | <!--SMP 3D--> | <!--SMP 3D--> | <!--Comments--> |- |} The status of AROS native ARMv6 for 32bit RasPi was OK. System booting, USB working (although with some issues but plans to fix them). 32bit native [http://www.aros.org/nightly1.html ARMv6 32bit nightlys] raspi-armhf-system raspi-armhf-contrib unbz2'd to fat32 microSD ===Hosted=== AArch64 CPU backend for AROS, a Cocoa/Metal display, clipboard / host-volume / CoreAudio / BSD-sockets bridges, GPU 2D via gpufx.library, a 68k→AArch64 JIT (run68k), and a full Rust std port. On [https://www.jkn.me/blog/macaros-aros-on-apple-silicon/ latest Apple Silicon] [https://github.com/jonx/Macaros early buggy alpha version of hosted Aros .dmg on MacOS12+]. Please use [https://github.com/jonx/Macaros/issues MACAros github] for issues, features etc and possibly [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2030&pid=13910#post_13910 here] [http://www.aros.org/snapshots1.html old linux and android hosted 32bit] ===Good sites to visit=== *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/tree/master/ Raspberry Pi Firmware build] *[https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/software-sources.html Documentation] *[https://rpilocator.com/ RPiLocator] Linux only *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux Raspberry Pi Linux Build] *[https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/operating-systems/ PiOS Lite] and then [https://hstwb.firstrealize.com/ HST] *[https://dietpi.com/ DietPi] *[http://www.tinycorelinux.net/ports.html piCore] *[https://wiki.alpinelinux.org/wiki/Raspberry_Pi Alpine Linux] *[https://github.com/armbian/build Armbian] *[ PiMiga] *[ FydeOS] *[ TwisterOS based on ChromiumOS] *[https://note.com/jamesmondo/n/nc76e31402be8?hl=en BSD] Other alternative lighter smaller than Pi OS *[https://aros.sourceforge.io/nightly1.html Aros 64bit ARMV8 single core] *[https://www.riscosopen.org/wiki/documentation/show/Welcome%20to%20RISC%20OS%20Pi RiscOS on Pi3 and Pi4] *[https://github.com/michalsc/Emu68 ARM based realtime JIT 68k for amiga computers] *[https://github.com/JJDSNT/bellatrix/releases/ Alternative use of Emu68 on Pi3b] *[https://github.com/stevereaver/uaos uaOS with Emu68k] *[https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/f80a268607dfae81b2db94755ab4e4d31ccb72d6 m68kemu library reference] *[ HaikuOS] *[https://github.com/raspberrypi/noobs NOOBS] os loader with successor [https://github.com/procount/pinn PINN] *[https://github.com/maxnet/berryboot berryboot] *[https://github.com/brianwiddas/pi-baremetal Bare Metal Access on Pi 32bit] ==== Hosted ==== =====64bit===== [https://www.arosworld.org/infusions/forum/viewthread.php?thread_id=2019&rowstart=80&pid=13667#post_13667 Ubuntu Linux PC hosted Pi compiler build] [https://github.com/BlitterStudio/aros-compiler-docker Docker based cross compiler for various Aros systems], =====32bit===== Ubuntu VM approach to compiling [http://lallafa.de/blog/2013/06/building-aros-hosted-for-raspbian/ Linux hosted AROS June 04, 2013] ../AROS/configure --target=linux-armhf --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include --x-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include --x-libraries=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/lib arm-elf- is symbol-linked to arm-linux-gnueabi- (arm-linux-gnueabi- is more correct in this case, because it's going to be compiling the ARM AROSBootstrap for ARM Linux) *armel - many of the "android" machines require since the entire OS is made for soft float VFP. *armfp - Efika MX target, Raspberry PI, EfikaMX, Pandora and virtually everything (VFP) Keep in mind it's possible to start hardfp AROS hosted on softfp system, though, as long as no calls between AROS and host require floating point parameters. NOTE: hardfloat objects *cannot* be linked with softfloat objects - they have a different ABI. Just keep in mind the arm nightly build machine is quite complex beast. It needs the x86_64 host compiler to compile AROS tools. The arm version is built every night using gcc-4.6.2 crosscompiler (built together with AROS) and successfully builds armel and armhf linux hosted targets. *needs an AROS code compiler for ARM target *as well as unix compiler for ARM linux host (would be best to have both softfp and armhf, we have softfp only now) with full set of libraries and includes. with—disable-crosstools $AROS_CC is always a wrapper around $KERNEL_CC ? If so, this is wrong for some ports. This can break Darwin, Windows and Android port. Yes, Android port will build. And even work. But it's not good because the port will not be ABI-compatible with other ARM ports. Android's ABI is different from GNUEABI. For example: <pre> enum test {foo, bar}; enum test testvar; </pre> sizeof(testvar) will be equal to sizeof(int) in GNUEABI (Linux and AROS) and sizeof(short) on Android. This affects linking objects from static linklibs, for example. Previously everything worked because $AROS_CC was a wrapper on top of $HOST_CC. And a real crosscompiler was used on non-ELF hosts. Android is the same. $KERNEL_CC is incompatible with AROS. compiler=kernel is appropriate _ONLY FOR CODE WHICH RUNS ON HOST OS_ (or barebone hardware, if we talk about native). This includes bootstraps, their linklibs, and host-side dynamic libraries (Windows makes extensive use of them because of architectural considerations. No single AROS object should be compiled with this setting. $KERNEL_CC is really compatible with AROS *ONLY IN LINUX-HOSTED* and no more. On other systems (Darwin, Windows, Android) this is not true any more, and compiler=kernel is never going to work. If you want to compile your AROS module against host OS includes, append the following to USER_INCLUDES (or USER_CFLAGS, this is effectively the same): -isystem $(GENINCDIR) $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) expands to: -isystem <your_os_includes> -isystem <host_OS_gcc_private_includes> -nostdinc This makes AROS compiler adhering to host OS APIs. If you want some preprocessor symbols based on what your host OS actually is, add something like -DHOST_OS_$(AROS_HOST_ARCH). Why is there $(GENINCDIR) at all? Because host OS has its own libc includes, which would conflict with AROS ones. And the host OS libc is not binary-compatible with AROS one. Why doesn't Windows-hosted port use $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) ? Because WinAPI includes conflict with AROS ones in fundamental typedefs, like WORD, BYTE and BOOL. It's almost impossible to deal with this in any other way than rewriting WinAPI definitions using AROS types. Building under centos 6.3 (i386) currently, and AROS creates the toolchain itself. haven't yet committed the necessary changes but "./configure --target=raspi-armhf" is enough to start, then "make arosboot-raspi" will generate arosraspi.img (containing the bootstrap, kernel.resource, and exec.library) as well as arosraspi.rom (containing all the other essentials components such as dos, graphics etc). It will also copy over a config.txt file to make the raspi bootstrap code load the correct kernel, and a cmdline.txt that enables exec debug output. *armel = typically Debian 6, Ubuntu Maverick, Android, *armhf = typically Debian 7, Debian 8, Ubuntu Precise, Cross-compiling Ubuntu ARM softfp <pre> sudo sh echo 'foreign-architecture armel' >>/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/multiarch echo 'deb [arch=armel] http://ports.ubuntu.com/ precise main universe' >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/armel.list apt-get update apt-get install gcc-arm-linux-gnueabi libx11-dev:armel libsdl-dev:armel </pre> <pre> ./configure --target=linux-arm --x-includes=/usr/include \ --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabi/include </pre> Cross-compiling Ubuntu ARM hard-float <pre> sudo sh echo 'foreign-architecture armhf' >>/etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/multiarch echo 'deb [arch=armhf] http://ports.ubuntu.com/ precise main universe' >/etc/apt/sources.list.d/armhf.list apt-get update apt-get install gcc-arm-linux-gnueabihf libx11-dev:armhf libsdl-dev:armhf </pre> <pre> ./configure --target=linux-armhf --x-includes=/usr/include \ --enable-includes=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf/include </pre> Now, the AROS build is configured properly and all you need to do is: make ==Build== ===64bit=== ===32bit=== # download/checkout the source someplace, e.g. /build/AROS-Src/ # make a directory to store external sources AROS downloads, e.g. /build/Ports # make a build directory, e.g. /build/aros-raspi-armhf # cd into the build dir, configure, and then run make -: <pre> >cd /build/aros-raspi-armhf >/build/AROS-Src/configure --target=raspberrypi-armhf --with-serial-debug --enable-ccache --with-portssources=/build/Ports >make >make arosboot-raspi </pre> then copy the files from /build/aros-raspi-armhf/bin/raspi-armhf/AROS/ onto an sdcard, and download/copy the Raspi firmware files onto it. You should then be able to boot the sdcard on your RasPi. The current W.I.P tree to svn. it can be built as follows .. <pre> ./configure --target=raspi-armhf make arosboot-raspi </pre> That will generate arosraspi.img, arosraspi.rom and config.txt in bin/raspi-arm/AROS - so either copy just those files to a fat formatted SD card (with the firmware files on), or copy the whole contents of the AROS folder. NB - if you have a Linux/other install, backup the existing config.txt first arosraspi.img contains the bootstrap (which has very basic mailbox code, framebuffer/gpio init, and console "emulation" via code pinched from our libbootconsole), kernel.resource, and exec.library arosraspi.rom contains all the other components needed to boot AROS. The config.txt file will tell the RasPI bootstrap to load the arosraspi kernel and ramdisk (rom). the bootstrap has minimal mailbox code, planning on adding either a resource or library that driver/app code will use to access it (likewise for GPIO) Help building AROS hosted on Linux ARM Was looking a way to use more my Handheld ARM based called Pyra (Dragonbox Pyra) an ARM (Omap5 cpu with 4GB ram) linux based machine (Debian Buster v10 with kernel 5.6.19 adapted) and have a try to compile the latest Aros sources by Deadwood directly on this device. Compilation stops after build libpopupmenu.a and trying to build libatomic have this error: <pre> Configuring build in bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic configure: WARNING: unrecognized options: --disable-nls, --without-x checking for --enable-version-specific-runtime-libs... no checking for --enable-generated-files-in-srcdir... no checking build system type... arm-unknown-linux-gnu checking host system type... arm-unknown-aros checking target system type... arm-unknown-aros checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c checking whether build environment is sane... yes checking for arm-aros-strip... /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-strip checking for a thread-safe mkdir -p... /usr/bin/mkdir -p checking for gawk... no checking for mawk... mawk checking whether make sets $(MAKE)... yes checking whether make supports nested variables... yes checking for arm-aros-gcc... /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-gcc checking whether the C compiler works... no configure: error: in /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic': configure: error: C compiler cannot create executables See config.log' for more details make[2]: *** [mmakefile:4489: /media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic/.configured] Error 77 [MMAKE] make --no-print-directory TOP=/media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build SRCDIR=/media/farox/pyra2/arosbuilds/AROS CURDIR=tools/crosstools/gnu TARGET=tools-crosstools-gcc-libatomic-configure -s --file=mmakefile tools-crosstools-gcc-libatomic-configure failed: 512 [MMAKE] Error: Error while running make in tools/crosstools/gnu: No such file or directory make[1]: *** [Makefile:361: linklibs-libatomic] Error 10 make: *** [Makefile:183: crosstools] Error 2 </pre> looking at config.log on arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/host/tools/crosstools/gnu/gcc/arm-aros/libatomic found that arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf/arm-aros-ld: cannot find -laeabi so do make linklibs-aeabi-arm-quick and the missing lib was built. now the next stop is at fatal error: bits/libc-header-start.h: No such file or directory and fatal error: sys/cdefs.h: No such file or directory in many places so after checking that have this missing include files i have noted that my include path is a bit different, standard searching path is /usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf but in my system is /usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf so if i add my path to some mmakefiles compilation goes on....but is a better way to add this path to avoid every mmakefiles to be changed? fixed with adding -I/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf to where is missing on mmakefiles like USER_INCLUDES := -isystem $(GENINCDIR) -I/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabihf $(KERNEL_INCLUDES) P.s. I have changed many mmakefiles and have at least compiled (after many hours) the toolchain doing make every time in arosbuilds/toolchain-core-armhf-build (also have to disable making tests under cplusplus but don't remember the directory ...) but ask an help to have an automated way to correctly build without modify mmakefiles. Last time built armhf target was around 2 years ago. At that point built is via cross-compilation from linux (ubuntu 22.04) using linux armhf crosscompiler (this can explain the path differences you are experiencing) as well as using AROS gcc cross-compiler in version 6.5.0 (build with option 21) in rebuild.sh). Since then AROS GCC has been updated to 10.5.0 and don't believe anyone tried to build the armhf target again. My suggestion would be to downgrade GCC to 6.5.0 (via editing AROS/config/gcc_def file) and try to first build using cross-compilation from x86_64 linux. Once that works, you will have a "template" to compare to native compilation under arm linux. Thanks for your suggestion...but think the toolchain with GCC 10.5.0 is compilable if i found a way to pass the path of my system to the script that build (option 21 on rebuild). The other only changes are (but don't know where to modify...) is to add the build of libaeabi and disable the building of some tests under cplusplus that use exceptions and is not supported under ARM. try to crosscompile with my Linux amd64 PC. For paths look into core-linux-armhf/bin/linux-armhf/gen/config/target.cfg. A number of build-wide variable is set there containing paths to local build system. These variables and the target.cfg file are generated by AROS ./configure script. Thanks compilation now go forward...changed target.cfg under "toolchain-core-armhf-build/bin/linux-arm/gen/config" and do make on "toolchain-core-armhf-build" dir. Need to find where to enable build libaeabi.a so can build the entire toolchain with option 21 of rebuild.sh Found something that looks like libeabi in AROS/arm-all/arm-aeabi/mmakefile.src. Try adding a third line there: #MM- linklibs-armhd : libklibs-aeabi-arm Don't remember needing this library. Possibly the 6.5.0 GCC somehow does this while 10.5.0 is missing this. Try adding this line (and the variant "linklibs-armhf" instead of hd) but it did not solve the automatic building of the missing lib. I must do "linklibs-aeabi-arm-quick". Anyway after have build the aeabi lib i succefully built the toolchain (after many hours...). Smile To test I restarted from selecting option 21 (on rebuild.sh) but after many hours i get the same error of the kernel includes not found...maybe i need to modify the configure script for my case. With the toolchain built i try to build the core-linux-armhf (DEBUG) (option 22) but after a while it stopped with "cannot find -laeabi " so i made it built manually...and now i can continue compiling...i'll let you know if all goes ok. == Hardware == ===64bit=== ====BCM2712==== With the Pi5 Broadcom VideoCore 7 vc7 is an integrated GPU with 12 cores and up to 800 MHz clock. VideoCore VII is capable of OpenGL ES 3.1 and Vulkan 1.2. The driver support for the Raspberry Pi continues to build upon the [https://lore.kernel.org/dri-devel/20230928114532.167854-1-itoral@igalia.com/ open-source V3D driver] stack within [https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/mesa/mesa/-/merge_requests/25450 Mesa] hopefully be merged for Mesa 23.3 *Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+ Expansion Board *Geekworm X1001 PCIe to M.2 Key-M NVMe *Geekworm X1003 PCIe to M.2 HAT NVMe SSD PIP Board for Raspberry Pi 5 *Pineboards Pi Hut HatDrive! M.2 HAT 2024/V4 *Hat+ Gen2 Gen3 Nvme *GeeekPi 52Pi N04 for Raspberry Pi 5 NVME M.2 * *2024 RPI AI HAT - Hailo 20TOPs no LLMs *2026 RPI AI HAT+ 2 - Hailo 40TOPs slightly better? [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/accessories/camera.html Cameras for Pi] *Raspberry Pi camera module, the V3 with Sony IMX708 back-illuminated CMOS 12 Megapixel sensor *Raspberry Pi Camera Module V2 – 8MP Sony IMX219 Sensor *Raspberry Pi camera Rev 1.3, 5MP 1080P OV5647 image/video module, 2592 x 1944 pixels ====BCM2711==== With the Pi4 an ARM a72 cpu is about x3 times the size of an a53 in the Pi3 the 2711b line used more power when idle, compared to the 2711c *2018 Raspberry Pi PoE HAT Power Over Ethernet Hat - design issues *2020 Raspberry Pi PoE+ HAT Power Over Ethernet Hat Pi3b+ Pi4 only - better design *Waveshare PoE HAT (B) with cooling fan for Raspberry Pi 3B+/4B 802.3af PoE *[https://github.com/axizo-pi/V3DLib vc6 V3D 4.2] is derived from [https://docs.broadcom.com/doc/12358545 vc4], but it is significantly different The QPU pipeline stays mostly the same, you still have an add ALU and a multiply ALU and it can issue two ALU OPs per cycle. There is still 4 SIMD lanes, interleaved over 4 cycles. The instruction encoding for the QPUs is different, but the core instructions are the same. Instructions for packed 8 bit int math has been dropped, along with most of the pack modes. Instructions for packed 16bit float math has been added (2 floats at in a single operation) With vc5/vc6, you write two packed 16f value to the tilebuffer (or four writes of 32f, if you are using the rgba32f framebuffer). And there is a handy vfpack operation which allows you to pack two f32s into a single 32bit value in a single instruction. You can vfpack directly into the tile buffer register. the multiply ALU can now fadd, so you can issue two fadds per instruction. the add ALU has gained a bunch of new instructions the A and B register files have been merged. You still only get an A read and a B read per instruction, but they read from one big register file (which means the underlying memory block has gone from two sets of "one read port, one write port" to one "two read ports, one write port" block) The theoretical max FLOPs per QPU remains the same at two per cycle, other than the bump from 400mhz to 500mhx but it looks like a lot of effort has been put putting those theoretical FLOPs to better use. *vc4 could run one or two threads per QPU. When you ran in two thread mode, the available register file halfed to 32 registers. *vc5 added a four thread per QPU mode, with 16 registers per thread. *vc6 doubled the size of the register file. You could now use all 64 threads in two thread mode and 32 registers in for thread mode. Single thread mode was removed, you always have at least two threads. With the threading improvements, the QPUs should spent much less time idle waiting NOPs for memory requests. Most of the design changes have gone to improving the fixed function hardware around the QPUs. A fixed function blend unit has been added, which should reduce load on the QPUs when doing alpha blending. hope software blending is still possible The tile buffer can now store upto 4 render targets (up to 128bits per pixel, so if you are using 4 32bit render targets, you can't have a depth buffer) A MMU, allowing a much simpler/faster kernel driver. Many more texture formats, framebuffer formats. All the features needed for opengl es 3.0 H.265 / HEVC decoder is a HEVCv2 Main 4:4:4 10 design supporting bitstreams up to profile 5.1 HEVC hardware decode supports 4kp60, 10-bit. Audio output is pretty much unchanged, but the HDMI audio channels now support 8x192kHz bitrates Each ALU typically have 2 floating point operators, and as you pointed out in a earlier post videocore 6 is no exception, with both a multiply and additive floating point operator. Thus theoretical GFLOPs are calculated with both operators in mind. That is what the 2 in my formula represents, and is common across any modern programmable shader, whether you calculate Nvidia, AMD, Intel, Boardcom or any other company's GPUs. Total ALUs * 2 * GHz clock = GFLOPs, In the case of Raspberry Pi 3, it's 24 ALUs * 2 operators * 0.4GHz = 19.2GFLOPs If the Videocore 6 does indeed only have 16 ALUs (16 * 2 * 0.5GHz), you'd have only 16GFLOPs but they are better utilised Possible maximum performance <pre> VideoCore IV @ 250MHz: 250 [MHz] x 3 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 24 Gflop/s VideoCore IV @ 300MHz: 300 [MHz] x 3 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 28.8 Gflop/s VideoCore VI @ 500MHz: 500 [MHz] x 2 [slice] x 4 [qpu/slice] x 4 [processor] x 2 [op/clock] = 32 Gflop/s </pre> Faster LPDDR4 memory. ====BCM2837==== With the Pi3 * Broadcom BCM43438 chip provides 2.4&nbsp;GHz 802.11n wireless LAN, Bluetooth Low Energy, and Bluetooth 4.1 Classic radio support, 3B+ [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/afa5bc0bb17d5dd06bcfdbac00853a3799ca8d76 LAN7515] The overclock ability has diminished with each chip version as the energy usage has increased. BCM2837 is one of the warmest yet and benefits from active fan cooling if all four cpu cores are in use for a short while. Video playback is not affected due to the custom support in the GPU. 5 V / 2.4 or 2.5 amp power supply recommended if all four cpu cores are running, else throttling (cpu slowdown) might occur. Dual VDP and scalable QPU in VC4 ARMv8-A has [https://developer.arm.com/documentation/102412/0100/Privilege-and-Exception-levels privilege levels] where userspace typically runs at ‘EL0’, the kernel at ‘EL1’ or ‘EL2’ and the firmware at the highest level ‘EL3’. ===32bit=== === Core Kernel === ====BCM2708(family)==== which includes the [http://elinux.org/RPi_Hardware BCM2835] (ARM1176JZF-S 700&nbsp;MHz CPU + VideoCore IV GPU + up to 1GB RAM) *Framebuffer (fb) using mailbox *IRQ scheduler, etc *Arasan based SD Card controller *Synopsis DesignWare USB 2.0 OTG controller [http://networkdirection.net/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=106:rasperry-pi-usb-controller&catid=45:raspberry-pi&Itemid=54 Unofficial DOCS pdf], [dwc_otg.c FreeBSD], [], [https://www.riscosopen.org/viewer/view/mixed/RiscOS/Sources/HWSupport/USB/Controllers/DWCDriver/ RiscOS USB Driver], [https://www.riscosopen.org/forum/forums/5/topics/878 RiscOS USB Discussion], [https://www.riscosopen.org/forum/forums/11/topics/1893 Other USB RiscOS], [http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9/index.html Plan9 Miller's usb] http://plan9.bell-labs.com/sources/contrib/miller/, [https://github.com/Chadderz121/csud CSUD driver], *[http://www.smsc.com/media/Downloads_Public/Data_Sheets/9512.pdf SMSC 9512] USB LAN/Hub chip *CMOS RAM *VCHIQ port which sends messages to the GPU e.g. for mouse, keyboard, audio on HDMI, etc *Audio Driver *Serial Peripheral Interface Bus (SPI) *[http://www.susa.net/wordpress/2012/06/raspberry-pi-pcf8563-real-time-clock-rtc/ I2C registers] *I2S *Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) *[http://elinux.org/RPi_BCM2835_GPIOs GPIOs] and [http://www.adafruit.com/blog/2012/08/17/broadcom-bcm2835-peripheral-memory-map-and-gpio-alternate-use-chart-piday-raspberrypi-raspberry_pi/ Alternative view of GPIO] BCM2836 * For Pi B+, PI 2 and Pi 3 SMSC LAN9514 chip adding 10/100 Ethernet connectivity and four USB channels to the board *[http://www.andrewscheller.co.uk/rpi_pcb_modules.html PCB], [http://elinux.org/RPi_Low-level_peripherals Low level features], Implemented so far... # Modify the configure system so that it correctly builds for the arm hardware float raspi target. # Implemented the bootstrap to load the aros modules and prepare the arm to jump into them. Reworked the x86 console support so that parts can be stolen for raspi to use since t has no basic functionality to output to the display. # Implemented a kernel.resource to prepare the raspi for running aros and provide the low level api calls to expose available resources and allow exec, etc function. # Implemented serial debug support # Implemented the exec (and kernel) functionality required to make multitasking work (and interrupts, exceptions, syscalls, etc) # Implemented a timer.device to utilise the hardware timers. # Implemented a very basic gfx driver to expose the hardware's framebuffer. # Implemented an SD-Card driver for AROS which presently only supports the raspi's chipset but can easily be modified to support all sd-card hardware and media. # Fixed the fat filesystem support in AROS so that it can boot on RasPi's normal SD-Card setup. The "rom" image files needed use a different filename than the default linux, etc images so can be easily installed without harming the existing files - you only need to change the loaded images in the config file to get aros to boot. # Updated the build scripts to automatically download the necessary raspi firmware files and wrap it all up so that you can simply extract the archive to a fat formatted sdcard and boot it on the raspi without having to get anything else. # fix everything in contrib and ports to build for raspi (needs proper testing/fixes but allows every component to actually compile at least, including owb) + numerous other fixes to get things working on arm/raspi .. Improvements... # Implement a USB chipset driver "OR" finish the existing one [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/c07d13c724f944674be5db54fc6a71ee72a01809 usb otg] - the current code is mostly a skeleton that should initialise the chipset and then needs relevant code to support the different transfer types. It also has the "virtual" hub code in place to represent the raspi's USB port (from poseidons p.o.v) # Implement a driver for the USB NIC (a few weeks - depends on USB above) # Write an [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/d55d0f74d20b769bbb8c8d386e5c1d7a9154f05a audio driver] (a few weeks - independent of USB) and [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/e93a4c245f27a87c9c4c1d39206694b39059998a HDMI] # fix syscall bug in the current raspi kernel code # Graphics depend on having a decent "bcmdma.resource" implemented as to use the cpu's dma engine. The sd card driver needs to use it for transfers to/from the controller - and the gfx system needs to use it for "blitting". # [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/4019d84e4975d4dad987a12d57fe108f5ac048e6 Improve the gfx driver], [ vc4gfx HIDD] add [http://dri.freedesktop.org/wiki/VC4/ Gallium3D support] # [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/b13905b3e8e45b089f520b44692c81affddd066f Improve] the [https://github.com/aros-development-team/AROS/commit/3a876755c070f5c73c4f53c7f4d35b4f923088b9 sdcard] device driver - which is also pretty basic but should work with most cards, rework it to also support pci, etc. sd card interfaces on x86 # The current code using very rudimentary access to the gpio interface - so that should be implemented as some resource for other components to access, as-well as the i2c interface exposed over the gpio interface. that should have a hidd class implemented which uses the gpio resource to communicate. Boot up typical for most other OSs before the open sourcing of many binary blobs from 2017 onwards On power-up, the rpi [http://www.open.com.au/mikem/bcm2835/ BCM 2835] [https://github.com/hermanhermitage/videocoreiv VideoCore4] GPU, not the ARM CPU, is in control, and the SD card slot is the only peripheral device with power. The firmware burned into the BCM2835's VideoCoreIV GPU PROM requires a DOS-style partition table; a FAT-formatted first partition; and the freely redistributable but closed sourced Broadcom files “bootcode.bin” and “start.elf” in that partition. The boot sequence carries out several pre-boot tasks *On powering of the rpi, the GPU reads and executes bootcode.bin, which then loads start.elf *The GPU loads the “start.elf” file, eventually, into the L2 cache and then executes it *configures the memory split for the CPU and GPU *reads and parses “config.txt” from the same partition on the SD card and applies the settings (like a PC’s BIOS settings) *loads the “kernel.img” file, again from the same partition *activates the CPU to begin executing the loaded kernel image The CPU/GPU memory split is hard-coded into start.elf, so Broadcom provides three start.elf images, to give 32M, 64M, or 128M to the GPU for multimedia performance, and the remainder to the CPU. RPi uses [https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware some closed source loaders] and at some point it loads a binary blob named "kernel.img" at 0x8000, at that point there would be a rudimentary Aros alive. If one wants to use the SD-card then there would have to be a driver for the interface and a fat filesystem handler (SD-card has to be formatted to fat filesystem) Boot code and kernel are now linked together and made into that binary blob, just for starters. Raspberry Pi uses [http://kernelnomicon.org/?p=133 u-boot] and [http://kernelnomicon.org/?p=138 UBoot] as bootloader, there's already some code in the Efika MX port for that. UBoot is a native bootloader and not just for the raspberry pi, it loads after start.elf. You can find Efika MX port from arch implementations, some hacking is needed for the mmakefile.src'es as iit dates back to before the Aros crosstool era or else you get some weird errors while building. You also need to code the bootstrap and serial handling. At the moment it seems that a fastest route for the native build would be to make one binary blob without using the package system. Raspberry's memory layout is pretty simple and if the implemented u-boot doesn't support loading other modules <pre> ? - alias for 'help' mtest - simple RAM test autoscr - run script from memory base - print or set address offset bbm - BBM sub-system bdinfo - print Board Info structure boot - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' bootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' bootm - boot application image from memory bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol cmp - memory compare coninfo - print console devices and information cp - memory copy crc32 - checksum calculation echo - echo args to console fatinfo - print information about filesystem fatload - load binary file from a dos filesystem fatls - list files in a directory (default /) go - start application at address 'addr' help - print online help iminfo - print header information for application image itest - return true/false on integer compare jade - loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) loads - load S-Record file over serial line loady - load binary file over serial line (ymodem mode) loop - infinite loop on address range md - memory display mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) mtest - simple RAM test mw - memory write (fill) nfs - boot image via network using NFS protocol nm - memory modify (constant address) pci - list and access PCI Configuration Space ping - send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network host printenv - print environment variables rarpboot - boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol reset - Perform RESET of the CPU run - run commands in an environment variable saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage saves - save S-Record file over serial line setenv - set environment variables sleep - delay execution for some time tftpboot - boot image via network using TFTP protocol USB - USB sub-system usbboot - boot from USB device version - print monitor version </pre> And there is one more thing about modular ports. In order to actually implement this, your bootstrapping environment should provide the ability to load several files. On PC this is provided by GRUB2. on CHRP you can read filesystem via OpenFirmware, and Sam's Parthenope relies on modified u-boot. If your bootstrap allows to load only a single file, then you stuck with monolithic kickstart. By the way... u-boot allows not only to boot up a single uImage or zImage, it also allows to write client programs AFAIK. With this approach, you actually can write modular bootstrap for ARM AROS using unmodified u-boot. Most used [http://www.compulab.co.il/workspace/mediawiki/index.php5/U-Boot_quick_reference uboot options] are fatls usb 0:1, the reason behind INTB_KERNEL is to allow use of the standard Exec function AddIntServer() to add interrupt handlers for hardware drivers etc. AmigaOS never used it for abstract hardware drivers. AmigaOS routed only raw hardware IRQs there. Their assignment was hardcoded. As well as number of them. Actually on AmigaOS every bus has its own interrupt subsystem. For example PCI bus. PCI interrupts on Amiga are routed to a single exec interrupt. 1:1 relationship between CPU and hardware interrupts is present only on PC. IMHO we miss things like AddInterrupt/RemInterrupt methods on our PCI subsystem's device class. PCI bus class should map these methods to whatever is appropriate. This is how it is done on AmigaOS and friends. When these are implemented, raw kernel.resource API will be needed only for several PC-specific drivers with hardwired resources. Exec IRQs are real IRQs only on Amiga hardware. On other machines they can be emulated where appropriate (VBlank is a good example). kernel.resource is meant to be different, its IRQs are hardware-agnostic, they are plain "Hardware IRQ number X, whatever this means". They are low-level actually, and meaningful only in the context of a particular system. Was that not the transition from irq.hidd to kernel.resource? No. A long time ago there was another hacky bit named INTB_TIMERTICK. It was "abstract timer interrupt", used by timer.device. It was the same as VBlank, but with larger frequency. I removed it, because kernel.resource API was a cleaner way to access this interrupt. Furthermore, there can be more than one timer in the system. Thinking about bringing back timer HIDD definitions again. hpet.resource is a bad idea. Can someone please enlighten me a little on how the scheduler is meant to work? Poseidon.library creates its "Poseidon Event Task" during RTF_COLDSTART -> then calls Wait(), and ends up in limbo because wait disables interrupts (used for the scheduler heartbeat), and basically waits forever because the sigbit is never set, since krnSwitch doesn't switch the task unless TF_SWITCH is set, and no codepath run during this seems to set it?? TF_SWITCH does not disable/enable switching. This flag just enables to run user-supplied hook when the task is being switched away. It is completely safe to call Wait() in Disable()d state. Doing this actually temporarily breaks this state. IDNestCnt gets remembered in struct Task, then next task is selected, and its IDNestCnt is restored in sysbase (see kernel_scheduler.c). If there are no other tasks, then your cpu_Dispatch() should enable interrupts on the CPU and enter idle mode. See x86 implementation for good example. You miss what happens next... 1. KrnSwitch() saves context of your task, saves IDNestCnt (core_Switch() and cpu_Switch()), then drops into cpu_Dispatch(). 2. cpu_Dispatch() calls core_Dispatch. Then two cases are possible: 2a. There is a READY task. It is picked up, its IDNestCnt is restored in SysBase, then cpu_Dispatch() needs to restore registers and exit. The next task is run. 2b. There are no READY tasks. core_Dispatch() returns NULL. In this case your cpu_Dispatch() should enter idle loop. It should just enable interrupts on the CPU and put it on halt. This allows it to process hardware interrupts. Eventually some of your interrupt handlers wakes up your task and puts it into READY list. My heartbeat interrupt has been slowed atm to help debugging - but it never actually gets a chance to fire because of the Wait() disabling interrupts. Perhaps you have forgotten to enable interrupts in your idle loop. There is a change in the format of AROS executables. Until now we were using Elf RELocable files which are usually used as intermediate object files. We had them for various reasons, one of them was how AROS files were built in the past. That days we had no real aros cross compiler and the option to embed relocation data in unix executables (or in executable files in general) was rather new and not every linux/unix system had it. Therefore we have decided to use intermediate files. Although it was somehow working (and it is still working :-)), it has some drawbacks. Therefore decided to introduce real Elf EXEC types, in first turn implemented on ARM target with option to expand in future to all other AROS architectures. The first patch was pretty easy and appeared to work somehow. It generated nice executables with embedded relocation info. Not only that, it also removed all global symbols adjusting relocation data to be relative to the beginning of the sections. That move reduced number of symbols in each executable significantly (depending on the file between 20 and 80% of all symbols could be removed). The only symbols that stayed in the file are local ones - due to the nature of the patch wasn't able to remove them since we have not seen them in the symbol hash table. The patch didn't worked though. The files were relocated, AROS kernel loaded, but it crashed very early. What happened? Well, the nature of ARM relocations happened :) Most of the relocation data on all machines is rather simple. Relocation can be absolute or pc-relative, sometimes the offset has to be bit shifted. On ARM v7 there is another one. There, when one wants to load an address of function/variable into register a combination of two instructions can be used: movw and movt. The first one loads immediate into lower 16 bits of a register while clearing upper 16 bits. The second one loads immediate into upper 16 bits without touching lower halfword. Loading of a pointer into a register looks like this: movw r0, #:lower16:label movt r0, #:upper16:label In this case there are two relocations - one for lower halfword and another for upper. If an overflow of lower 16 bits occurs during relocation process, the upper one should be updated as well. Unfortunately with current patch and with typical ARM executables there is not enough information to perform the calculations. There are two options - the first one would be to give up and go back to "fake" executables, another one would be to change from REL to RELA relocation info. The latter contains an addend, extra data which can be used to perform all the relocation calculations I need. Decided for the second option. The patch is already in the works. There is another function for the binutils' bfd backend to perform the final relocation. There can decide what to do with every reloc info, modify data and eventually strip some symbols. An advantage is - at this stage of the linking process have also full access to all local symbols so can change all relocations section relative and eventually strip all symbols from the files. GPU VCore developed by Alphamosaic Ltd and now owned by Broadcom. Most of start.elf runs on the GPU. Placing ALL the userland GPU code in the videocore.hidd isn't going to be a terribly big problem because the code they published is nothing more than a shim that sends data straight to the GPU to execute. The good news about this is that we only need to write our HIDD using the OpenVG API. The shim is relatively small codewise and lives in the ARM memory (the actual OpenVG code itself lives in the GPU RAM area and its loaded from start.elf). That's also the bad news. Our driver has to translate AROS video calls to OpenVG calls, for most tasks it should be easy, for some, not so much. It's still probably less difficult and less work, than controlling the GPU directly. The other good news is that anything done through OpenVG happens on the GPU, its truly accelerated. It also has some nice font functions, meaning we can lead into an accelerated text mode later. Basically, AROS resets or locks up when it tries to use AROS_ATOMIC_INC or DEC. If I comment out the byte/word operations in the header files and use non-atomic operations, the code works as expected. have read that the L1 cache needs to be enabled to use LDREX and co (which I also read is only meant to be used on multi processor systems with shared memory) - however I am certain this is correctly enabled. If you are using LREX or STREX, you should have L1 cache enabled, at least on the ARM CPU I work with at work. L1 cache is enabled by enabling the MMU *AND* setting the C and I bits in the CPU - the C bit is ignored, and the I bit only covers the 16 byte instruction pipeline if the MMU is not enabled. Can you verify that your assembly is generating LDREX/STREX? From the behavior, it almost sounds like its generating the default Semaphore locked atomics. Impossible. There are no semaphore-locked atomics. There are Disable()/Enable()-based ones instead. And there's a special #define AROS_NO_ATOMIC_OPERATIONS in this case, which tweaks Disable()/Enable() implementations not to recurse forever. I have tested this on ARMv5 which does not have ldrex/strex, it works fine. On those ARMs there's no way to have real atomics. On other OSes (like Linux) this is done by introducing things like atomic_t, which appears to be a complex structure, holding the value together with accompanying spinlock (implemented using swp). #warning "TODO: lookup optimal mmu table settings for raspi memory" /* Set up an identity-mapping for all 4GB */ for(x = 0; x < 4096; x ++) { pagetable[x] = x<<20 | (0x40002|0x80000|0x010000|0x00C00|0x04); } Shouldn't there be a second loop that sets the 'C' bit in the descriptor for the RAM pages? Currently, you have TEX=0, C=0, B=1 for all pages (Shared Device). You should have TEX=0, C=1, B=0 for RAM (Write-Through, Cached) So .. pagetable[x] = x<<20 | 2; should be enough? No, for RAM you need to change the '| 0x40' to '| 0x80' tell dosboot the correct defaults to use Please don't do this. This bootconfig.c is a deprecated legacy thing. I wanted it to go away completely with time. Instead, display drivers should auto-install themselves during own initialization phase. I. e. detect hardware=>instantiate itself. This should make things way simpler. With this approach you only need to add the driver into KS image to get the device autobooted. No hardcoded stuff. Currently VESA and VGA drivers do this, look there for examples. never rewrote ATI driver because i don't have any test system for it. they defined a smaller AROSCPUContext than the ExceptionContext - yet reference it as ExceptionContext in other places, and since it hasn't allocated enough storage for ExceptionContext, are corrupting memory/the structure (since the elements that are there don't map 1 to 1 with the exception context). AFAIK, AROS has been moving in a different direction to this in recent years. It is the job of graphics HIDDs to allocate bitmaps etc. so that they have the most suitable characteristics, including allocating them from GPU RAM where possible. The concept of chip RAM is only for legacy code, and most if not all non-68k platforms should have all system RAM marked as chip. BTW, is the video processing code you mention CPU code or GPU code? Also, IIRC we have support for "external memory allocators". Perhaps that's what we need for the allocation of GPU RAM through the mailbox. All hosted and x86 native ports should use proper context formats. trying to clarify if the vblank handler has to have run by this point to prevent this deadlock. Actually, no. Unless you have installed VBlank handler which should wake up at some point. Without VBlank there will be no quantum count. Consequently, there will be no forced preemption. But the rest will work, and multitasking will be cooperative (switch happens only when current task voluntarily gives up the CPU). Does it depend on the vblank having run before this point? and if yes what does that mean on systems where it might be able to run enough code (e.g. get to this point) before the vblank interrupt has triggered? What is it waiting for? It could wait for timer, in this case you need timer.device working. VBlank is currently needed for exec's quantum counter. In current native ports we have only a single timer, which is served by timer.device. VBlank is simulated by timer.device also. If your machine has two timers, then you can use one of them for VBlank, and another for timer.device, this will simplify things down. VBlank needs to be 50 Hz for historical reasons, many programs use it as cheap timer. I am periodically thinking about making some abstract mechanism to be able to change quantum source (and untie it from 50 Hz), but have no time to come up with something good. Additionally i started disliking timer.device hardcoded design when PC has got many timers (old 8253, APIC, HPET). Currently i think there should be some low-level entity representing tick source. timer.device should just select the most appropriate source for its units. The BCM2835 has 4 GPU based timer sources - 2 are used by the GPU, so im using Timer3 for our heartbeat and the remaining one will be free to the system. There is also the less capable ARM timer but that is dependent on the CPU frequency. Very good. You won't need any emulation. Set the heartbeat to 50 Hz and drive VBlank from it. Use other timer for MicroHZ. Can you use the 'econsole.hook' I make for debugging the Sam460 via the serial port? It provides a before-anything-else shell prompt on the serial port. You can then do 'NewCLI' to test your graphics, or use any DOS command in shellcommands.resource. You should just be able to add econsole.hook to your module list, and use 'econsole' in your bootargs. So long as you have a working Exec/RawMayGetChar and Exec/RawPutChar, it should work. Also make sure to add shell.resource and shellcommands.resource for this. That should have done it. If you set "#define DEBUG 1" in arch/all-native/econsole/econsole.c, do you get any additional serial output? have added it to the build and added econsole to the command line - and can see the bootloader picks up on the emergency bootconsole tag, but I still only get the insert bootable media display? Im assuming it exposes a fake filesystem that tricks aros into booting? The contents of which are: ECON:AROS.boot Way to handle the scheduling code? The implementations I had been following were causing problems, due to cascading interrupts which I cant handle properly in the asm stubs just now (when they break disable etc.) - since it means detecting the interrupted codes cpu mode and getting the correct sp/lr for it, and that's just too tedious for arm. To work around this ive added a system idle task which does nothing - and when the scheduling code has no task to run switches this in and lets it run, thereby allowing the interrupts etc to resume until something does need to happen. Also, by adding accounting code to cpu_Switch() and cpu_Dispatch(), it should allow the system to log idle time correctly (as well as running tasks). have thought of also adding an additional task that never runs, solely to record time spent in IRQ handlers, but I digress.. was under the impression that kernel.resource should *never* be used outside of exec.library. This is a wrong impression. Michal started designing it because portable nature of AROS does not fit well into exec's API with all its assumptions. So, he started the new, hardware-agnostic kernel API from scratch. Yes, exec sits on top of it in places. But kernel always meant to be open thing. Otherwise it would not exist. it wasn't meant to be just used willy nilly by user code - but by lower system components (e.g. exec) so that they could be implemented in a more generic fashion, and the kernel resource itself hide the systems quirks. Adding new things there perfectly keeps up with our decision to minimize AROS-specific intervention into APIs which can clash with MorphOS or Amiga OS4 extensions. We want at least source-level compatibility there. Binary compatibility on PPC would be extremely cool, but at the other hand we have no maintainer for this, as well as their ABIs splintering. It depends on what exactly is being implemented - there's no reason we should have everything crammed into kernel.resource if it doesn't need to be (i.e. if its better suited as a separate component/subsystem in its own right) The _LE versions are for when you have endian swapping taking place. If the graphics are the same endian as the CPU, no swapping should occur. I ran into a similar terminology problem in SDL with a friend insisting that his Radeon 7000 on his PC was big-endian. It is not, it just uses the same endianness for the graphics card and the CPU so no swapping was necessary. They were both little-endian. The _LE versions are because the PixFmts refer to the bitmap data being in big endian format in memory, for which the normal version would need to do endianness conversion before applying the shifts/masks. on this platform it is in _LE in memory also so we don't need the conversion hence using the _LE version of the call). would use _LE (if it's really little endian 16 bit mode). What is the bare minimum needed to implement a framebuffer based gfx driver, with our software handling the rest? Have tried with just a gfx class that only expose new/dispose/newbitmap - and having an onscreenbitmap used only for the framebuffer itself (with all other bitmaps being chunkybm, and the framebuffer's superclass also being chunkybm), but that alone isn't enough it seems? You can use workbench/hidds/sm502/ as your example - it is as simple as I could make it. So, AROS creates the framebuffer bitmap (verified this) -> so surely it should be capable of then rendeing into it? I don't actually create the framebuffer "bitmap object" myself - only as a result of being asked to. The code I currently have on SVN seems to create the framebuffers bitmap object fine, but then crashes in intuitions DisplayDriver callback. In particular it crashes performing the getattr on the system default pointer. don't expose MEMF_CHIP in an allocatable form so AllocSpriteData was failing (and other code later doesn't check if the values are valid == illegal memory accesses) So far have -: vc_init: queries the gpus memory, and sets up a fake memory handler for it, then adds the bootmode driver and returns saying all is well vc_gfxhidd:New: sets up some fake syncmodes to test with and creates the real gfx object. vc_gfxhidd:NewBitmap: checks if its a framebuffer and uses the onbitmap class or uses the chunkybm class otherwise vc_onbitmap:New; creates a chunkybm object and then pushes the real framebuffer address into it as the buffer, vc4 had v8adds, v8subs, v8muld, v8min and v8max which operated on four 8bit uint values packed into a 32bit register. Multiplication was in the range 0.0 to 1.0 and addition/subtraction saturated. There were also a range unpacking/packing modes that allowed you to pack and unpack 8bit values into 32bit registers. RasPi has to speak to the "operating system" which runs on the GPU itself and request/free memory - it cant directly manage it itself, and so the managed functions were used to wrap these calls. The Arm and GPU share memory space. The framebuffer is shared. The Arm can write a pixel and it will appear on the screen (through GPU hardware) without flushing/copying being required. The GPU can composite multiple FB's in real time - so you have a number of surfaces defined which are rotated etc and composited in real time to the output. Copying can map from the address space of the Arm to the flat space of the GPU which takes some code, but I don't think whole buffers are copied. The DMA hardware can also access the whole memory space and can perform 2D fills and blits (no blending). This is documented in the peripheral spec posted. The DMA is just an Arm accessible peripheral and can be set up with low latency (e.g. microseconds). must use a 0xc0000000-based bus address to access SDRAM, yet non-DMA access should go via a 0x0-based bus address. For 2D dma, set TDMODE, and the spec says "interpret the TXFR_LEN register as YLENGTH number of transfers each of XLENGTH, and add the strides to the address after each transfer." so set STRIDE to pitch of the image, the width is XLENGTH and height is YLENGTH. You would fill by not setting the SRC_INC and point source to your fill data. The DMA cannot see the ARM's L1 cache, so you would map the framebuffer with ioremap_nocache. Depending on where the source data comes from, it may need an L1 cache flush. The DMA can see the L2 cache. Use 0xC0000000 bus addresses when L2 is disabled and 0x40000000 bus addresses when L2 is enabled. (actually just call virt_to_bus and you'll get the right address out). openGLES/openVG has high latency. Writing to framebuffer then reading it back is very inefficient (e.g. milliseconds). If you can drive it a unidirectional way, just streaming commands at then that is efficient. openVG is not implemented on top of openGLES - it uses the same hardware but as a first class interface To improve the Gfx driver, we will need a DMA resource implemented so can use to perform DMA operations. The Gfx driver will need this to perform blits. Actually MEMF_CHIP has to present, for historical reasons. This has been never fully agreed upon, but in ports i wrote i exposed the whole memory as MEMF_CHIP. The idea behind this is that CHIP is originally the memory where graphics and sound data can be put. On non-Amiga platforms there are no restrictions on this, so the whole memory is CHIP. Yes, many old software can misbehave with CHIP memory size larger than 2MB. But this actually applies only to m68k AROS which is going to run m68k binaries. In other cases it's quite logical to fix the program when porting. As to original question: yes, it's enough to have a framebuffer bitmap (one with aoHidd_BitMap_FrameBuffer set to TRUE) and PutPixel routine. It framebuffer can be served by chunky bitmap class, then you can simply create chunky bitmap with your own buffer (see how VESA driver does this). Chunky PutPixel is already there. struggling to determine what is the correct pixfmt to use for the 24/16/15 bit gfx modes on the RasPi. AFAIK it uses RGB565, for 16bit but im unsure what shifts etc should go with it? suffice to say Im getting the wrong colors so far lol. <pre> redmask: 0x0000F800 greenmask: 0x000007E0 bluemask: 0x0000001F alphamask: 0 redshift: 16 greenshift: 21 blueshift: 27 alphashift: 0 </pre> It should likely be vHidd_StdPixFmt_RGB16_LE This stuff is a bit confusing. The "names" of the stdpixfmts are based on the layout in memory, ignoring endianess. So for example: ARGB32: will be 0xAA 0xRR 0xGG 0xBB in memory on both big endian and little endian machines. The shifts and masks OTOH are based on pixel access (ULONG in this case), so differ depending on whether you run on big endian machine or little endian machine (that's why there's stdpixfmt_le.h and stdpixfmt_be.h in rom/hidds/graphics/). With the 16 bit pixel format it's even more confusing, as for example it's impossible on little endian machine to describe RGB16 with shifts/masks alone. That's why there's vHidd_PixFmt_SwapPixelBytes_Flag. (RGB16 == RRRRRGGG GGGBBBBB in memory, and for pixel (WORD) access on little endian machine it needs to be accessed as GGGBBBBBRRRRRGGGG). The shifts btw indicate how much to shift the component to the left (!) so that it is moved to the highest bit (31). The aHidd_PixFmt_StdPixFmt you specify will be ignored most of the time, because when the pixelfmt is registered, the gfx hidd checks if there's an identical pixfmt (shifts/masks/etc., but ignoring pixfmt->stdpixfmt) already in the system, and if so, it uses the already existing one and does not create a new one. In theory it would be better if gfx drivers could simply/only specify a StdPixFmt without all the shifts/masks stuff when the gfx driver uses pixfmt which matches one of the stdpixfmts exactly. Another possibility would be for gfx drivers to use HIDD_Gfx_GetPIxFmt(stdpixfmt_gfx_driver_wants_to_use) and then peek shifts/masks from it and fill out a pixfmt tag list based on that. 15bit very blue/green: Try to pass same shifts/masks/etc. as in 16 bit pixfmt (maybe you think it's using 15 bit R5G5B5 (or swapped) but it's actually still using 16 bit R5G6B5 (or swapped). aHidd_PixFmt_StdPixFmt you pass is mostly ignored. It's the shift/masks/etc. that count. But I would still pass the correct one (_LE) == whatever rom/hidds/graphics/stdpixfmts_??.h uses in the entry where you have looked up shifts/masks/etc. Use the shifts/masks/etc. from the entry in stdpixfmt_le.h (if you are running on little endian machine) or stdpixfmt_be.h (if you are running on little endian machine) that matches the pixfmt that its meant to be. 0xAA,0xRR,0xGG,0xBB on little endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_le.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_ARGB32) 0xBB,0xGG,0xRR,0xAA on little endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_le.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_BGRA32) 0xAA,0xRR,0xGG,0xBB on big endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_be.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_ARGB32) 0xBB,0xGG,0xRR,0xAA on big endian (->entry in stdpixfmt_be.h which says vHidd_StdPixFmt_BGRA32) it feels like AROS trashes the alpha component, otherwise it should be 8A8R8G8B. read on the subject suggest its in 1x5r5g5b (x is ignored) to keep 16bit alignment . Suggests to me that wrong shift/mask are being applied - however going by the 16bit versions it all looks correct to me so I am really confused as to what is happening. The output image looks to have too much green/blue, and very weak red. Kickstart The idea is to minimize amount of archirecture-specific modules to make the user's life easier. So, the kickstart was split into 'base' (which does not contain anything machine-specific) and 'BSP' (Board Support Package) which contains all hardware-specific stuff. This way, for example, distribution makers can save up space on CD and make CDs with multiple platform support. Different configuration would load the same base with different BSP's. Next there was some part which is entirely missing on hosted. These are filesystems. Hosted ports do not need them to boot up, so on hosted they are left out. At the other hand, they are also architecture-agnostic. So i put them into 'FS' package (standing for 'filesystem'). USB Poseidon is one more big part. I made it into separate package in order to allow users to omit it if they don't need it (for example, to run on retro PCs without USB). Personally i have one. Again, Poseidon is hardware-agnostic (well, there are USB drivers but HCIs are pretty standard). AFAIK its HCI 1.0 compliant but not familiar enough with poseidons drivers, nor USB, to just hack away at the existing code. Perhaps once i'm more familiar with the workings I can merge in the changes needed to get it operating but for now I will focus on getting it running. Also our drivers have known issues so perhaps a fresh set of eyes might shed some light on what is going wrong. Another interesting question is whether Poseidon can operate on device side. Is it flexible enough? How similar is being a USB host and USB device? think it will need a bit of work on Poseidon's side. Until then I will force the driver into Host/Master mode in the init code, but leave open device etc to configure the chipset for either's use - and look at trying to add support for working in Device/Slave mode & switching modes once it's up and running. Actually USBROMStartup is some kind of kludge. Can there be any alternative? Could device drivers be self-installing, like our HIDDs? This would get rid of need to list them in USBRomStartup. * Model A and B limited to 150 mA per port. * Model B+ and Pi 2 introduced configurable 600 mA to 1.2 A support over all ports - anything above that requires a powered USB hub. Implementing the hardware driver that Poseidon uses to interact with the USB components. Have code in place to (try) and initialise the USB chipset, and configure host/device mode operation (though AFAICT Poseidon doesn't support device mode). Started to get the "virtual" root hub written for the single USB port so that Poseidon should at least list it correctly in the GUI - and try to interact with it to find peripherals. The BCM2835 uses a soft IP block from Synopsys’ DesignWare library (DWC), specifically the block is called dwc_usb_2_0_hs_otg_subsystem-ahb_se (“USB 2.0 Hi-Speed OTG Controller Subsystem w/AHB Interface SE”). There is no public documentation for this, and pretty much zero chance of anyone getting hold of it even with NDA. However, there's a Linux driver written by Synopsys ([https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux dwc_usb]). Specifically directories [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/drivers/usb/host dwc_common_port] and [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/drivers/usb/host dwc_otg]. The Synopsys code is actually under a fairly permissive licence – it's not GPL, it's similar to BSD (’don't sue us if it breaks’ is pretty much the only clause). So this should not be a barrier to porting the code. The code is really well written, with a nice partition between the work done by the driver (dwc_otg, which is fairly involved, given the host does more work than a conventional EHCI driver), and the interface to Linux (dwc_common_port). Probably only need provision of relevant changes to dwc_common_port. Other things to consider.... * Provision of necessary headers to get it to compile * Provision of necessary functions (main issues are wait queues, threads, work queues, tasklets, timers, spinlocks and mutexes (multithreading) ) * Interfacing between USB stack and the driver. dwc_otg/dwc_otg_hcd_linux.c looks like the place to start. the Linux bits of the headers are only required for the dwc_common_port library. dwc_common_port includes a variety of crypto functions which are not used – it appears to also be used for ultrawideband (UWB) and wireless USB (WUSB) drivers where crypto will be an issue, but it isn't going to be for plain wired USB. Every USB driver acts as an USB hub as well in order to let Poseidon control the state of USB ports. The code there was reading status of the only USB port in Raspberry's CPU but when changing the status it erroneously deleted some of the status bits, including the port enable one. It was so because those bits in the status register are of a type Read/WriteToClear. It means, if one does not want to change their value from 1 back to 0, one has to actually write the 0 value. Very practical thing e.g. in interrupt handlers, where one reads the interrupt status register to learn what was the interrupt reason, and writes it back to the same register in order to clear the interrupts. After fixing that code it turned out that the communication was still unsuccessful. Apparently the USB device was not understanding the host for some reason. That should not happen since the request sent was one of the standard ones implemented by virtually anything with an USB connector, assumed that Poseidon clears the data caches before forwarding the work to the USB drivers but that's the responsibility of the driver itself. The USB device responded and acknowledged the transmission! But why were all the request sent after address change failing with timeout? They should not. Once again, address set is supported just by anything. Tried to contact the device at address 0 once again and there it was, still responding properly. The enlightenment came. The bus address for DMA transmissions was, as it is in many bare metal USB implementations, just the pure memory address of the buffer as seen by the ARM cpu. Have "prefixed" it with the real location of uncached RAM and booted AROS once again. Trident saw this: Product : Hub: Vdr=0424/PID=9514 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 9 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 2 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 38164 DevVers : 0200 and this: Product : Vendor: Vdr=0424/PID=EC00 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 255 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 1 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 60416 DevVers : 0200 and even this: Product : Hub: Vdr=0424/PID=9514 Manufacturer: Standard Microsystems Corp. SerialNumber: n/a /Users/michal/git/AROS/rom/USB/poseidon/./poseidon.library.c:psd_20_psdEnumerateDevice/3092: USBVersion: 0200 Class : 9 SubClass : 0 DevProto : 2 VendorID : 1060 ProductID : 38164 DevVers : 0200 What are these things? The first one is USB hub built in the Raspberry. Thanks to this one the Pi machines (with exception of Pi0 and computing modules) have more than just one single USB port. The second one is the network chip in raspberry, the third one is my USB SD card reader which have just connected to see what happens. AROS tried, of course, to boot from it ;) So, the first step towards working USB is done. The control transfers are working as you can see above. Next step is to implement bulk and interrupt transfers, having the basics in place. Finally some error handling will be added and USB for Pi will be as complete as the PC version. [http://www.raspyfi.com/raspberry-pi-usb-audio-fix/ Issue with USB Audio] Audio [https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-patches/sound/arm audio] and its [https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/issues/2 very high speed message passing interface type of thing VCHI] The Model B+ added an additional voltage regulator for the audio output and an additional output driver to drive low-resistance loads like headphones. However it is still using pulse-width modulation (PWM), which has a major impact on sound quality the old Raspberry Pi used a linear voltage regulator to provide the 3.3V to many of the components on the board while the new one uses a switching regulator. Both can perform reasonably well. However switch mode power supplies often show higher noise figures Analogue audio Audio over HDMI rev 1.3 & 1.4 Ethernet 10/100 BaseT Ethernet RJ45 socket GPIO GPIO shouldn't be too bad but bear in mind it is already accessed in places so they would need to allocate pins etc through it (e.g. sdcard to flicker the activity light, serial debug to output data on the GPIO pins) Probably a resource rather than a device... Started an i2c driver that will need to allocate GPIO pins. Feel free to work on it if you are interested ;p GPU graphics with 2D and 3D acceleration Sadly none yet for 32bit but for 64bit... Miscellanous hdmi issues Setting the hdmi_force_hotplug=1 makes sure the Pi believes the monitor/TV is really there. You might also need to set config_hdmi_boost=4 or even higher (up to 9) if your display needs a stronger signal. If the display is a computer monitor or newer tv, use hdmi_group=1 (auto HDMI use) and if it is an older TV, try hdmi_group=2 (for DMT formats, i.e. for PC monitors) then you HAVE to "set hdmi_drive = 2 to enable HDMI output as this forces HDMI mode rather than DVI mode Do not set hdmi_safe=1 as that overrides many of the previous options. Using a shorter or better quality HDMI cable might help. Make sure your Pi's power supply delivers 1 A and not 500 mA. If you see a problem with the red colour - either absent, or interference - then try a boost composite video changing the RCA cable, then the composite port worked out of the box Boot it as you are doing, without HDMI. If you now plug in the HDMI, do you get the image? In other words, does the Pi think HDMI is connected even when it isn't? Rename all the files in the first partion of the card except bootcode.bin, start.elf and fixup.dat What's the result? Put back config.txt What's the result? for PAL mode sdtv_mode=2 dmi_ignore_hotplug Pretends HDMI hotplug signal is not asserted so it appears a HDMI display is not attached hdmi_ignore_hotplug=1 Use composite mode even if HDMI monitor is detected <pre> # NOOBS Auto-generated Settings: #hdmi_force_hotplug=1 #config_hdmi_boost=4 #overscan_left=24 #overscan_right=24 #overscan_top=16 #overscan_bottom=16 #disable_overscan=0 start_x=1 gpu_mem=128 </pre> tvservice -c "PAL 4:3" <pre> /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -s or tvservice -s state: HPD high|HDMI mode|HDCP off|composite off (0x12001a), 1920x1080 @ 60 Hz, progressive /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m CEA Group CEA has 1 modes: (native) mode 16: 1920x1080 @ 60 Hz, progressive /opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m DMT Group DMT has 0 modes: </pre> sudo amixer cset numid=3 1 forces the audio to the headphone jack, even with the HDMI video output plugged in config.txt the hdmi_ignore_edid_audio=1 option sems relevant as it should tell ALSA that the only available audio is analog, no matter what the display says There are several different ways that these 4 pole (ring) composite analog cables can be wired up, so some work great in some applications and can be a waste of time in others. What is needed for the Raspberry Pi B+ and above, which like many camcorders needs the ring contact next to the base contact to be the ground. The wiring for the 4 pole are: TIP (LEFT AUDIO CHANNEL) RING 1 (RIGHT AUDIO CHANNEL) RING 2 (GROUND/EARTH) RING 3 BASE/SLEEVE (VIDEO) YELLOW Most Apple based Players and the Microsoft Zune (TM) are wired this way. Most analogue camcorders are wired this way as well, where the ground in on Ring 2 will work with the Pi although you may need to swap your Video plug with the Right Audio plug. Nearly all other MP3 players are not wired this way, the ground is on another ring ie the wrong one. External devices * Camera Module Omnivision ov5647 Sunny 5MP (NoIR version) V1.3 - NoIR at 850&nbsp;nm, peak at 880&nbsp;nm and trails off at 940&nbsp;nm wavelengths * Camera V2 Sony IMX219 V2.1 8mpixel 8MP 8megapixel - 3280 x 2464 pixels - video at 1080p30, 720p60 and 640x480p90 - wider field of view, 62 vs 54 degrees horizontally - * Branded WIFI usb BCM43143 dongle N.B. dreaded error after changing cameras (stupidly without turning off the power first) and lasted through several power cycles. It can be a bad 15-pin FFC ribbon cable, when swapped, camera(s) and the Pi itself are working OK. It can be an instance of a cold solder joint on the CSI connector on the pi board. the camera can be detected (that's done via I2C) but may still not be able to receive image data (done via CSI-2) if something is broken. CSI-2 is uni-directional. Control is generally done via I2C. The CSI-2 receiver always writes to memory, not direct to the ISP. That's the way the Broadcom architecture works as it allows multipass processing easily. GPU memory is accessible from the ARM. Processing using the QPU graphics processors may be possible. currently the only supported sensor is OV5647 and IMX219. The linux drivers are all in the firmware blob, else you'd be looking at at least a man-month of work in a fully fledged imaging lab to do a decent tuning of the camera modules' ISP parameters. Static electricity maybe an issue for the camera module and slightly less for the pi board. == References == Testing procedure is put sd card in, connect board to board if necessary, plug in hdmi and then power nothing else is done especially CSI DSI etc [https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/compute-module.html CM5] has the same 55mm x 40mm 2x100pin connectors form factor as the CM4 but [https://www.epdtonthenet.net/article/214508/Key-Considerations-When-Migrating-from-Raspberry-Pi-CM4-to-CM5.aspx some pins and other small things] have changed. Will need the [https://raspipcb.com/tech-blog/raspberry-pi-cm4-vs-cm5-difference-in-booting-from-sd-card/ right IO board to suit] *Green [ Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 IO Board REV2 [https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/1097-raspberry-pi-compute-module-5-io-board SC1967]] - untested *Green [ RPi Compute Module 5 IO board REV1 [https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/1097-raspberry-pi-compute-module-5-io-board SC1751]] - untested *Black SupTronics Geekbord X1500 CM5 IO Carrier Board - untested *Black DeskPi Super6C Cluster Mini-ITX Board - untested *[https://sipeed.com/nanocluster Sipeed NanoCluster] - untested up to 7 CM5 *Green BentoIO CMX0 - untested *Box EDATec ED-CLAWBOX - untested *Home Assistant Yellow - Kit with PoE with Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5_PoE_BASE_A Waveshare CM5-PoE-BASE-A] - untested *Box Waveshare [ CM5-POE-BOX-A] - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-IO-BASE-B Waveshare CM5-IO-BASE-B] - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-IO-BASE-A Waveshare CM5-IO-BASE-A] - untested *Blue Waveshare [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM5-NANO-B CM5-NANO-B] - untested *[https://carboncomputers.us/products/pi-flux piFlux] *[https://carboncomputers.us/products/ Zitaotech Hackberry] CM5 lite only - *Portable [https://www.waveshare.com/pocketterm35.htm Waveshare PocketTerm35] with Pi4B or Pi5 - untested *Box [https://www.clockworkpi.com/uconsole ClockworkPi uConsole][https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtI_bAahbR8 CM4 into an adapter or CM3 into so-dimm - Cyberdeck] - untested *Green RPi [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip Compute Module 4] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf IO board] V1.4 [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IOUSB3-KiCAD.zip USB3] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4iousb3-appnote.pdf CM4ISO] [https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf Dual100pin] (2020) aka Development Platform Board - untested *Purple Pi Hut Cytron CM4 Maker Board - untested *Black DeskPi Super6C Cluster Mini-ITX Board - untested *[ KubeSail PiBox mini 2] *Home Assistant Yellow with Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 - untested *[ Turing Pi V2] - untested CM4 with 260-pin SO-DIMM socket adapters and/or nvidia jetson nanos - untested *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-C Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-C] - untested but binary blobs Rev01 Rev02 *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-B Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-B] - untested but binary blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-IO-BASE-A Waveshare CM4-IO-BASE-A] - untested but binary blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/CM4-NANO-B Waveshare CM4-NANO] - untested but usb and audio turned off or rerouted CM3 has a 200 pin sodimm ddr2 connector form factor but not electrically SC0028, SC0029 *Blue [https://wiki.geekworm.com/CM_IO_Board Geekworm RPi Compute Module IO Board] [https://github.com/geekworm-com/cm-io-board CSI DSI] with CM3 in ddr2 slot underside - '''works''' if SW1 on but CM3+ '''does not''' *Green [https://cdn-shop.adafruit.com/product-files/3442/CMIO_schematic.pdf RPi V3 IO board CM3IO] and CM3 Lite - untested *Green [https://turingpi.com/ turingpi v1 cluster] - untested up to 7 cm3 7xlan9514 12V discontinued, 3 x Pi4 homelab maybe better *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/Compute_Module_PoE_Board Waveshare Compute Module PoE Board] and CM3 lite (if not lite, write files to internal eMMC fat32) '''AVOID''' bin blobs *Blue [https://www.waveshare.com/compute-module-io-board-plus.htm Waveshare Compute Module IO Board Plus] [https://www.waveshare.com/wiki/Compute_Module_IO_Board_Plus wiki] [https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?t=235695 pin settings] with CM3+ Lite - '''AVOID''' binary blob *[ Pi02w on Geekworm SupTronics X305 Raspberry Pi Zero IO Baseboard] - untested *[ Spotpear Pi Zero 2w to Pi3b format-ish] - untested *[ pi-top v4] box has 128x64 oled display, micro hdmi, 19Whr battery with pi4 and 15V PD 36W min needed *[ pi-top v3] three green pieces, heatsink covers most of the base tray, pi-top hub mk1 lhs and Pi1B Pi2b Pi3b rhs secured from below, black rounded strip with pi-top above keyboard, 13.3" HD 1366 x 768 display, small touchpad, *[ pi-top Model 2.0] pi-top on bottom bezel of 14-inch green laptop, large trackpad, keyboard slide down to reveal main system hub on slide rails moved to the right, Raspberry Pi3b screws down, hub slides in, 18V 2.5A 45W charger brick, battery 11.1V 3500mAh 38.85Wh and storage PiTopOS *[ Pi-Top CEED Raspberry Pi Modular Educational Desktop with RPI3] monitor *[https://www.indiegogo.com/en/projects/jesselozano/pi-top-a-raspberry-pi-laptop-you-build-yourself Pi-Top v1] wedge laptop with RPi2 <pre> 2008 Trustees collected for Foundation 2009 Pi Foundation charity status gained 2010 2011 First Raspberry prototypes 2012 First boards go on sale at CPC and RS. The Model A and B 700 MHz Arm11 - February 29th BCM 2835 2012 First million sold - more than the 10,000 original planned and anticipated 2013 First Alpha Experimental builds of AROS Native for the 32bit Pi 2013 Pi Trading launched making grants available, providing in house educational resources and Pi Academy for teacher training 2013 Over two million sold 2014 Over three million sold 2014 Pi 1 Model B+ introduced that moved composite video to audio jack and same half gig of memory 2014 Pi Model A+ v1.1 no ethernet and 1 usb - a little smaller - 2015 Over four million first gen pis sold 2015 Pi Zero 1.2 BCM2835 first production revision released with no camera port 2016 Pi0 1.3 released with camera csi connector 2017 Pi Zero W v1.1 1GHz Pi0W, single-core 32bit CPU BCM2835 released with Cypress CYW43438 wireless 2020 Raspberry Pi Pico SC0919 with RP2040 32-bit 2Core ARM Cortex-M0+ up to 133 MHz - 264KB of SRAM and 2MB of on-board QSPI Flash - 2024 Raspberry Pi Pico 2 with RP2350 2Core 32bit Arm Cortex-M33 and 2core open-hardware [https://github.com/wren6991/hazard3 Hazard3 RISC-V] 2015 Pi 2 Model B v1.1 BCM2836 900/600 MHz ARM Cortex-A7 Armv7 quad 32bit, 32bit VideoCore IV GPU - 1Gb RAM - 5V 2A micro usb - SMSC LAN9514 chip - 2015 Over a million pi2s sold 2015 Raspberry Pi 2 Model B version 1.2 Pi2bv1.2, aka Pi2B2 has armv8 BCM2837 underclocked to 900Mhz without wifi/bluetooth module 2016 Pi 3 Model B - Broadcom BCM2837 SOC four 64bit ARMv8 Cortex-A53 1.2GHz 32bit 1080p VideoCore IV GPU - 1Gb DDR2 - bluetooth 4.1, Cypress CYW43438 wireless 802.11n - 4 x USB2.0 ports - 5.1V 2.5A - SMSC LAN9514 chip 2016 PIs total over 10 million worldwide 2017 Compute Module 3 CM3 with BCM2837B0 armv8 Quad 64-bit - small 67.6mm x 31mm board which fits DDR2 SODIMM connector but not electrically compatible which plugs into needed IO board - beware of the I2C protocol issue 1Gb LPDDR2 RAM - Lite or 4Gb Emmc storage 2017 12 million pis sold in total 2018 Pi 3 Model B+ - 4c A53 BCM2837B0 1.4Ghz - 1Gb, wireless 802.11ac, gigabit ethernet (300Mbit/s) and bluetooth 4.2 - power over ethernet - 4 x USB2.0 ports - Microchip LAN7515 chip 2019 Over 15 million sold 2019 Pi 3 Model A+ with BCM2837b0 Cortex-A53 64-bit SoC @ 1.4 GHz with 512Mb LPDDR2, 1 usb2, 1 hdmi, 1 micro usb 5V 2A - no ethernet - 2019 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3+ CM3+ - Broadcom BCM2837B0 1.2Ghz, Cortex-A53 (ARMv8) 64-bit SoC on DDR2 SODIMM mechanically compatible only factor - IO board required 1Gb DDR2 and 8GB, 16GB, 32GB or a Lite variant without eMMC 2021 Pi zero 2 (w or no W) RP3A0 quad 1GHz Cortex-A53 64bit BCM2710A1 512mB SDRam 2025 edaTEC CM0 ED-CM0NANA with additional dev board with quad 1Ghz A53 with 512Mb Raysan RAM, 2 USB2 and 10/100 ethernet - pico castellated edge 2019 Pi 4 Model B RPI4B - BCM2711B0T quad 64bit A72 1.5GHz, 4K VideoCore VI, AC wifi, Bluetooth 5.0, GbE Broadcom BCM54213PE (PHY ID 0x600d84a2), 2 micro hdmi decode up to 4K, USB-C 5.1V 3A power, 2xVLI VL805 USB 3, 2xUSB 2.0, 2GB 9LDWW D9WHZ or 4GB 9FDWW D9WHV, 8GB 0AA47 D9ZCL ddr4 ram 2020 Silent Pi 4 v1.2 upgrade with more USB-c psu support 2020 PI400 BCM2711C0T 1.8GHz 4Gb DDR4 inside keyboard, 5.1V 5A 27W usb-c psu, 2 micro hdmi, external ide style 40pin gpio, no audio port - 2020 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 BCM2711B0T on new 55mm x 40mm 2x100 pin form factor with extra breakout IO board CM4101000 1Gb RAM Lite SOM CM4102000 2GB RAM Lite CM4104000 4GB RAM Lite CM4004008-4GB-RAM 8GB-EMMC SOM System on Modules CM4104032 4GB RAM 32GB emmc CM4108000 8GB RAM Lite CM4008016 8GB RAM 16Gb eMMc 2021 Raspberry Pi SC0763 Compute Module 4S CM4S with ddr2 sodimm pinouts but not electrically the same with suitable IO board extra cost - CM4S01000 1GB RAM Lite CM4S01008 1GB RAM 8GB eMMC Flash CM4S02000 2GB RAM Lite CM4S04000 4GB RAM Lite CM4S08000 8GB RAM Lite 2021 Pi 4 v1.4 BCM2711B1 upgraded power regulator, to deal with 8gig of ram being more power hungry - 2021-48 Raspberry Pi 4 model B v1.5 2GB 2023 Pi 5 v1.0 BCM2712 Quad A76 @2.4Ghz - VideoCore VII - no audio socket - dual 4k from mini hdmi - fan connector - 5.1V 5A psu 2024 Pi 5 2GB DDR4 version uses BCM2712D0 2024 Pi-500 with 8Gb LPDDR5 and membrane keyboard 2024 Pi 5 v1.1 2024 Raspberry Pi Compute Module 5 CM5 BCM2712 55mm x 40mm form factor with additional IO board CM5004000 04GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite CM5008000 08GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite CM5016000 16GB RAM 0GB eMMC Lite 2025 Pi-500+ with 256GB NVMe storage, 16GB LPDDR4 RAM, and Gateron KS-33 Low Profile Blue mechanical keyboard switches 2025 Pi5 1GB DDR4 announced 2022 PiOS linux goes 64bit 2024 Pi Trading IPO stockmarket stock exchange listing 2026 April and May Aros 64bit fixed, added AHI audio, VC4 gfx started, usb functions added to rom 2026 June and July Aros 64bit usb2otg started, dma.resource, sdio.resource, bwfm.device wifi added 2026 Late July daily 64bit Pi3 LE little endian builds start 2026 August Pi 4, 400, 5 and 500 DTBs added, expanding existing support and wifi for Pi4 and Pi5 2026 August Pi5 HAT+ nvme and HDMI, AHI RPiI2S added, Pi4 HVS5 video scaler started, 2026 2027 2028 Pi 6 </pre> ==Future== [https://github.com/ARMSX2/ARMSX2 Arm pi of pcsx2] {{BookCat}} 07lqxhdz4fxzl69pab4z2hfq0i77ir7 0 294126 4670996 3666385 2026-09-18T18:51:48Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670996 wikitext text/x-wiki == Background == [[File:Prostate (normal and enlarged).jpg|thumb|Normal and Enlarged Prostate]] === ''Prostate Cancer'' === The prostate is part of the male reproductive system. The walnut sized organ is located below the bladder and in front of the bowel. Its primary function is to produce fluid to protect and enrich sperm.<ref name="PCFA">Prostate Cancer Foundation of Australia. (2013). The Prostate – What is it? Retrieved from Prostate Cancer Foundation of Australia website: http://www.prostate.org.au/articleLive/pages/The-Prostate-%252d-What-is-it%3F.html</ref> The development of prostate cancer (PCa) occurs when the abnormal growth of cells mutate and form a tumour within the prostate. Left untreated, the tumour can spread to other areas of the body, including lymph nodes and bone, and can be life-threatening.<ref name="PCFA"/> <br /> There are several symptoms associated with PCa, often dismissed as being a natural consequence of ageing.<ref name="PCFA"/><ref name="PCI">Prostate Cancer Institute. (2012). Exercise and Diet. Retrieved from Prostate Cancer Institute website: http://www.prostatecancer.org.au/PCI/Exercise_%26_Diet.html</ref> ''See further readings for an indepth description of symptoms''. === ''Prevalence'' === Prostate cancer has the highest level of incidence for men within Australian and New Zealand populations. Approximately 18,700 men are diagnosed each year, with an approximate 14.9% mortality rate (over a five year period) in Australian and New Zealand alone.<ref name="WHO">World Health Organisation (2008). Globocan Fast Stats: Australia/New Zealand Cancer Statistics. Retrieved from WHO International Agency for Research on Cancer website: http://globocan.iarc.fr/factsheet</ref> PCa is the second leading cause of cancer related deaths among the male population.<ref name="PCFA"/><ref name="WHO"/><ref name="Culos">Culos-Reed, S. N., Robinson, J. W., Lau, H., Stephenson, L., Keats, M., Norris, S., ... Faris, P. (2010). Physical activity for men receiving androgen deprivation therapy for prostate cancer: Benefits from a 16-week intervention. Support Care Cancer, 18, 591-599.</ref><ref name="Smith">Smith, M, R., Finkelstein, J.S., McGovern, F.J., Zeitman, A.L., Fallon, M., Schoenfeld, D.A. & Kantoff, P.W. (2002). Changes in body composition during androgen deprivation therapy for prostate cancer. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 87(2), 599-603.</ref> It is more common for PCa to impact men over 50 years of age. However younger individuals, with family history of PCa, have a greater risk of developing the cancer.<ref name="PCFA"/>{{BookCat}} === ''Androgens'' === Androgens are primarily produced in the form of testosterone by the Leydig cells in the testes.<ref name="grossman">Grossmann, M.E., Huang, H., & Tindall, D.J. (2001). Androgen receptor signalling in androgen-refactory prostate cancer. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 93(22), 1687-1697.</ref> It circulates in the blood where it binds with albumin and sex-hormone-binding-globulin.<ref name="feldman">Feldman, B.J., & Feldman, D. (2001). The development of androgen-independent prostate cancer. Nature Reviews Cancer, 1(1), 34-45.</ref> When testosterone enters prostate cells, it get converted to dihydrotestosterone, enabling it to have a greater affinity with the androgen receptors (AR).<ref name="feldman"/> The development of prostate cancer relies on AR for the growth of the cancerous cells to avoid apoptosis.<ref name="grossman"/> As a result, standard therapy for PCa is to deprive the cancerous cells of the androgens, i.e. through androgen deprivation therapy.<ref name="feldman"/> == Androgen Deprivation Therapy == Androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) is a widely utilised form of hormonal treatment for advanced prostate sufferers.<ref name="Galvao">Galvao, D.A., Nosaka, K., Taaffe, D.R., Peake, J., Spry, N., Suzuki, K., ... Newton, R.U. (2007). Endocrine and immune responses to resistance training in prostate cancer patients. Prostate Cancer and Prostatic Diseases, 1-6.</ref><ref name="Tsai">Tsai, H.K., D’Amico, A.V., Sadetsky, N., Chen, M.H. & Carroll, P.R. (2007). Androgen deprivation therapy for localised prostate cancer and the risk of cardiovascular mortality. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 99(20), 1516-1524.</ref> ADT can be achieved through either surgical castration or medicinal administration of luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LH-RH).<ref name="Galvao"/><ref name="Letsch">Letsch, M., Schally, A.V., Stangelberger, A., Groot, K. & Varga, J.L. (2004). Antagonists of growth hormone-releasing hormone (GH-RH) enhance tumour growth inhabitation induced by androgen deprivation in human MDA-Pca-2b prostate cancers. European Journal of Cancer, 40, 436-444.</ref> LH-RH acts through blocking the androgen receptors, suppressing growth of the cancerous cells.<ref name="Tsai"/> The main aim of ADT is to reduce the size of the tumor in the prostate,<ref name="Galvao"/> further increasing the survival rate by reducing the amount of testicular androgen production via LH-RH.<ref name="Galvao"/><ref name="Tsai"/> Studies have identified ADT to adversely be associated with significant morbidities, including an increase in body mass index, increased fat deposition, muscle atrophy, reduced strength, decreased insulin sensitivity, osteoporosis, fatigue, depression and loss of sexual functioning.<ref name="Culos"/><ref name="Tsai"/> Many of these side effects may compromise a patient’s quality of life (QOL),<ref name="Tsai"/> which can impair psychological wellbeing of the individual.<ref name="PCI"/> == Exercise: An Intervention == Pharmaceutical intervention is expensive and does not provide an intervention to improve physical functioning or quality of life.<ref name="Galvao"/> Research has shown that men receiving ADT should undertake progressive resistance and aerobic training to alleviate the potential side effects of the treatment.<ref name="Galvao2">Galvao, A, D., (2006). Resistance exercise in men receiving androgen deprivation therapy for prostate cancer. School of Exercise, biomedical and health sciences Edith Cowan University. 5,64-73</ref><br/> Exercise as an intervention aims to do the following: <br> {| class="wikitable" |- ! '''''Resistance Exercise''''' !! '''''Aerobic Exercise''''' !! '''''Impact on Quality of Life''''' |- | '''Main Goal:'''<br> * Increase muscular strength<ref name="Keogh"/> <br> * Reduce adiposity<ref name="Segal03"/><ref name="Segal2"/> <br> * Minimise effects of ADT<ref name="Tsai"/> <br> * Improvements in motor control<ref name="Tsai"/>|| '''Main Goal:'''<br> * Improves cardiovascular fitness <br> * Improves musculoskeletal functioning<ref name="Keogh">Keogh, J, W. & McLeod, R.D. (2012). Body composition, physical fitness, functional performance, quality of life, and fatigue benefits of exercise for prostate cancer patients: A systematic review. Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, 43(1), 96-110).</ref> <br> * Improvements in overall health<ref name="Tsai"/> <br> * Improvement in psychological functioning<ref name="Segal03">Segal, R.J., Reid, R.D., Courneya, K.S., Malone, S.C., Parliament, M.B., Scott, C.G ... Wells, G.A. (2003). Resistance exercise in men receiving androgen deprivation therapy for prostate cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 21(9), 1653-1659.</ref><ref name="Segal2">Segal, R.J., Reid, R.D., Courneya, K.S., Sigal, R.J., Kenny, G.P., Prud’Homme, D.G., ... D’Angelo, S. (2009). Randomised controlled trial of resistance or aerobic exercise in men receiving radiation therapy for prostate cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 27(3), 344-351.</ref> || '''Main Goal:''' <br> * Improves ability to perform daily activities without the effects of fatigue<ref name="Keogh"/><br> * Reduces the effects of co-morbidities<ref name="Segal03"/><ref name="Segal2"/> <br> * Reduces potential sexual dysfunction<ref name="Tsai"/> <br>* Improves overall self-efficacy and psychological wellbeing.<ref name="Segal03"/><ref name="Segal2"/> |} == Recommendations == === ''Resistance Training'' === Initially, resistance exercises should incorporate training machines (to provide concentric muscle contractions).<ref name="Segal03"/><ref name="Segal2"/> Exercises should altered as the individual progresses, incorporating an adequate warm up and warm down and general flexibility exercises.<ref name="Galvao2"/> <br> {| class="wikitable" |- ! '''''Weight''''' !! '''''Intensity''''' !! '''''Exercise Examples''''' |- | 60-70% 1RM*|| 2-4sets<br> 6-12repetitions|| Leg extension, leg curl, chest press, lower back extension, calf raises, latissimus pull down, tricep extension, bicep curls, chin-up's (assisted). |}<small>*RM=repetition max, the maximum amount of weight that can be lifted at once.<ref name="Segal2"/> To ensure safety to participants, all exercises should be supervised for correct technique.</small> === ''Aerobic Training'' === Cardiovascular training should also be incorporated within the exercise program.<ref name="Segal2"/> Initial aerobic exercises should be completed at a low intensity, increasing in intensity as the weeks progress.<ref name="Keogh"/> <br> :''Exercises'': walking, cycling, jogging, or swimming. :''Duration'': 15 minutes (initially), and up to 45-60 minutes.<ref name="Keogh"/> :''Intensity'': 50-60% maximum effort, increasing to 75% maximum effort. Monitoring rate of perceived exertion and heart rate.<ref name="Segal2"/> == Further reading == * Prostate cancer symptoms:<ref name="PCFA"/> [http://www.prostate.org.au/articleLive/pages/The-Prostate-%252d-What-is-it%3F.html Prostate Cancer Foundation Australia] * Androgen Deprivation factsheet:<ref>Allan, C. (2012). Fact sheet: Androgen deprivation therapy (ADT). Retrieved from Andrology Australia website: https://www.andrologyaustralia.org/wp-content/uploads/AA_Factsheet_ADT_v1.pdf</ref> [https://www.andrologyaustralia.org/wp-content/uploads/AA_Factsheet_ADT_v1.pdf Andrology Australia] == References == <references/> f1bivpq7l8eqjklim0qzwjhtzo2o50l 110 295412 4671090 3101158 2026-09-19T00:21:18Z TechVindicator 3626296 4671090 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Flag of Lesotho.svg|thumbnail|right|Flag of Lesotho]] '''[[w:Lesotho|Lesotho]]''', officially the '''Kingdom of Lesotho''' ([[w:Sotho|Sotho]]: ''Muso oa Lesotho'') is a country in southern Africa. The country is an enclave of South Africa, is landlocked, and is one of the lar ==Geography== [[File:Maletsunyanefalls.JPG|thumbnail|Waterfall in Lesotho]] Lesotho is an enclave of [[Wikijunior:Africa/South Africa|South Africa]], meaning South Africa completely surrounds the country. ==History== ==Economy== The currency of Lesotho is the loti, with the South African rand also being accepted as currency. ==People== The main ethnic group in Lesotho are the [[w:Sotho people|Sotho people]]. Around 2 million people live in Lesotho. The official languages are English and Sotho. ==Sights== ==See also== *[[Wikijunior:Countries A-Z/Lesotho]] {{WikijuniorAfrica}} {{wikipedia|Lesotho}} {{Wikivoyage|Lesotho}} {{BookCat}} 6p0nfbc9mjl4bdy09c3qnlgh7r94lc0 0 308674 4670981 4633361 2026-09-18T18:09:00Z ~2026-50426-34 3626279 4670981 wikitext text/x-wiki In the wake of the mass devastation seen in the aftermath of World War II, the United States and the Soviet Union emerged as rival superpowers. As they sought to reshape the postwar world, their former wartime alliance fell apart when their conflicting visions and approaches for securing peace and stability generated great tension, culminating in the Cold War. America and its western allies responded to these tensions through the policy of containment, in which they attempted to prevent the spread of communism through a variety of means. ==^Origins of the Cold War== === Background === [[File:Yalta summit 1945 with Churchill, Roosevelt, Stalin.jpg|thumb|The 'Big Three' at the Yalta Conference, February 1945, where deep disagreements over the postwar order foreshadowed the coming Cold War]] The alliance between the U.S. and USSR during the war against the Axis was an ephemeral halt in their poor relations of the past. Americans had viewed the Soviets as a threat to capitalistic countries since the Bolsheviks established a communist government in Russia in 1917; it even led to the Red Scare of 1919. It took until 1933 before America even recognized the Soviet Union as a country. Throughout the war, Stalin had accused the Americans and British of waiting until 1944 before opening a second front against Germany in France. This wait led to the Soviet Union bearing the brunt of fighting the Axis, with the Soviets suffering millions of deaths and having their country face extreme devastation in the bitter fighting. Negotiations between the U.S., UK, and USSR at Yalta and Potsdam in 1945 quickly revealed that there would be conflicts over Central and Eastern Europe after the war ended. When Franklin Roosevelt died, his vice president Harry S. Truman came to power, and quickly became suspicious of the Soviets. === Aftermath of World War II === [[File:Destoyed Buildings in Stalingrad, 1942 (6).jpg|thumb|The ruins of buildings in Stalingrad in 1942; the USSR was ravaged during World War II]]Despite both America and the Soviet Union emerging from World War II as superpowers, the outcomes were not even. Having borne the brunt of the fighting, the USSR was completely ravaged. Thousands of kilometers of railway track were now useless; thousands of factories in ruins; millions killed; and towns, villages, and farms were demolished and razed. Reconstruction was desperately needed.Conversely, America was the only power to come out of the war almost completely unscathed—having been separated from the conflict by the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Much of the world now owed money to the United States due to debts accrued during the war, the dollar replaced the pound as the world's principal currency at the Bretton Woods Conference in 1944, and by the end of the war, it produced around fifty percent of the world's industrial goods. In addition to America's economic dominance, it held a monopoly on atomic bomb stockpiles. Both sides harbored dissimilar perspectives regarding the establishment and maintenance of postwar security. America viewed it with the idea that governments would resolve their issues peacefully through international organizations when they had U.S.-style governments and markets. Thus, they sought the establishment of free trade and the rebuilding of a capitalist Europe. By contrast, Soviet leaders understood the acquisition of space between itself and its rivals as the best way to secure peace for itself; this view influenced by its firsthand experience of the brutality of total war. Thus, they sought to prevent a similar war from happening by securing control of Poland, the Balkans, and crushing Germany's capacity to fight another war—creating a "buffer zone" between itself and the west using Eastern Europe. == President Harry S. Truman == [[File:TRUMAN 58-766-06 (cropped).jpg|thumb|upright|President Truman]] Harry S. Truman had been vice president for only 82 days when President Roosevelt died, on April 12, 1945. He told reporters, "I felt like the moon, the stars, and all the planets had fallen on me." He had had very little communication with Roosevelt about world affairs or domestic politics and was uninformed about major initiatives relating to the war and the top secret Manhattan Project, which was about to test the world's first atomic bomb. Truman was much more difficult for the Secret Service to protect than the wheel chair–bound Roosevelt had been. Truman was an avid walker, regularly taking walks around Washington. Truman was President from April 12, 1945 to January 20, 1953. Deciding not to run again, he retired to his home town of Independence, Missouri. == Truman Doctrine == World War II changed the balance of power in the international community by reducing the influence of France and the United Kingdom, while increasing the influence of the United States and the Soviet Union, which became the world's superpowers. The initial sentiments of the US government towards the avowedly socialist Soviet Union were friendly. In the aftermath of the war, however, relations between the two powers quickly deteriorated. At the end of World War II, a number of entities were established by Allied nations to help maintain international order; the most notable of these was the [[w:United Nations|United Nations]]. Within the framework of the UN, the United States and Britain advocated for the creation of a regulatory entity for the world's monetary system which would help avoid another worldwide depression similar to that seen during the Great Depression before the war. Talks among Allied delegates were held in 1944 which resulted in the creation of the [[w:International Monetary Fund|International Monetary Fund]] and what would eventually become the [[w:World Bank|World Bank]], organizations established to make currency exchange easier and to regulate international debt. The Soviet government was highly suspicious of these entities—it viewed them as a tool for the western world to force capitalism on socialist member-states—and it refused to support them. The USSR's refusal to support the IMF and the World Bank set off a diplomatic chain reaction that would eventually grow into what became known as the Cold War. The Soviet Union believed that its control of Eastern Europe was vital to its security, and said that it was right for it to do so, for "we suffered at Stalingrad". As agreed at the Yalta Conference, the World War II Allies divided Germany into four zones, giving one zone each to the United Kingdom, France, the United States, and the Soviet Union. The Soviet Union's zone, known as East Germany, was later transformed into a Communist state, after an agreement on a unified Germany could not be reached. The other three zones, West Germany, were joined—at first economically through a currency reform—during the implementation of the Marshall Plan in 1948. The city of Berlin, which was surrounded by East Germany, was divided in two parts between East and West Germany. Critics correctly pointed out that the Soviet Union was little involved in the Greek Civil War, that the communists in Greece were more pro-Tito than pro-Stalin, and that the resistance movement had non-communists as well as communist members. Nor was The Soviet Union threatening turkey at the time. Others suggested that such aid should be channeled through the United Nations. In 1947, Greece became the focus of the Cold War. The Greek monarchy had been supported by Great Britain since 1945. Greek Communists threatened to overthrow this regime, which was corrupt and not representative of the people. In order to "shock" the American public into accepting American involvement in order to help other peoples resist the "communist threat" and secure the strategically and economically important Middle East for US influence, President Harry Truman issued the ''Truman Doctrine''. The Doctrine suggested that the US would aid nations threatened by revolutionary forces. Congress agreed and appropriated $400 million in aid for Greece and Turkey. By 1949, the Communists in Greece were defeated. In 1952, Greece and Turkey entered the NATO. == The Marshall Plan == [[File:MarshallDonkey.jpg|thumb|A photo of some Marshall Plan aid being delivered to Greek areas by donkey.]] The Marshall Plan was the first attempt to achieve the goals that America set in western Europe. The European nations were still unstable, both in politics and in economics, and so they did not have the money to purchase the good that they required from the U.S. The people and government of America were all extremely worried that if Europe's funds continued to be so unstable, this would trigger another great depression. With the memories of all the hardships and economic ruin of the Great Depression in the 1930s fresh in the American people's minds, the government decided they needed to do something. In order to make sure that there was not another worldwide depression, in 1948 the American government decided to launch a massive European recovery program called the Marshall Plan which sent 12.4 billion dollars to western Europe. A condition of this program was that Europe would spend this foreign-aid money on American products. This program ended in 1951. The Marshall Plan was a mixture of failure and success. In Europe, it assisted to further divide eastern and western Europe and it caused inflation which did nothing to solve the balance-of-payment problem. However, this program did succeed in spurring western European industrialization and investment. <ref>A People and A Nation Eighth Edition</ref> == Reconstruction of the New World == [[File:Bundesarchiv Bild 183-B0527-0001-753, Krefeld, Hungerwinter, Demonstration.jpg|thumb|Hungry, and cold Germans protesting for bread and coal during the winter of 1947. The situation in Europe was dire following the war.]] The leadership in the United States by contrast, came out of war extremely confident about the immediate security of the country’s borders. Separated from the other world powers by two vast oceans, the American home base had been virtually immune from attack during the fighting—only the occasional shell from a submarine or a hostile balloon reached the shores of the continental United States American casualties were fewer than those of any other major combatants—hugely so in comparison with the Soviet Union. With its fixed capital intact, its resources more plentiful than ever, and in lone possession of the atomic bomb, the United States was the strongest power in the world at war’s ends. Yet this was no time for complacency, Washington officials reminded one another. Some other power—almost certainly the USSR—could take advantage of the political and economic instability in war-torn Europe and Asia, and eventually seize control of these areas, with dire implications for America’s physical and economic security. To prevent this eventuality, officials in Washington sought forward bases overseas, in order to keep a airborne enemy at bay. To further enhance U.S. security, American planners, in direct contrast to their Soviet counterparts, sought the quick reconstruction of nations—including the former enemies Germany and Japan—and a world economy based on free trade. Such a system, they reasoned, was essential to preserve America’s economic well being. The Soviets, on the other hand refused to join the new World Bank and International Monetary Fund, created at the July 1944 Bretton Woods Conference by forty-four nations to stabilize trade and finances. They held that the United States dominated both institutions and used them to promote private investment and open international commerce, which Moscow saw as capitalist tools of exploitation. With the United States as its largest donor, the World Bank opened its doors in 1945 and began to make loans to help members finance reconstruction projects; the IMF, also heavily backed by the united states, helped members meet their balance-of-payment problems through currency loans. == Reconstruction of Japan == [[File:Sto1001.jpg|thumb|Tokyo in 1946. The reconstruction of Japan eventually lead to a postwar economic boom.]] After Japan's surrender in 1945, the United States military was directed to reconstruct the nation. American General Douglas MacArthur headed the Reconstruction effort. However, he was aided at every stage by anthropologists and specialists on Japanese history and culture. This effort was not simply an attempt to make the defeated Japanese knuckle under, but a sensitive reconstruction of the whole society for both political modernization and cultural continuity with the pre-Dictatorship history. MacArthur was dealing with a society in physical and cultural shock. The Japanese Dictatorship had used the Emperor's position as the head of Shinto religion, and his people thought of him as a god. They heard his voice for the first time over the radio announcing their nation's capitulation. Bombing of Japanese infrastructure, and months of shortages, had ruined electrical, water, and sanitary systems. Before Fat Man and Little Boy, an American campaign of bombing Tokyo had killed, wounded, and dismayed civilians. The A-bombs had left areas of Hiroshima and Nagasaki radioactive. Those who had not been killed outright were dying of radiation poisoning and cancer. In 1947, a new Constitution for Japan was created. The Constitution entirely changed the role of the Emperor from an active leader to a passive symbol of the nation. The Diet, or legislature, was modeled on the British Parliament. The Constitution granted an enormous number of rights to Japanese citizens. Finally, the Constitution formally denounced all military conflict and prohibited Japan from keeping any armed forces. The Reconstruction of Japan made other sweeping changes. For example, the Reconstruction introduced labor unions and reduced the influence of monopolistic businesses. During the Cold War, America was determined to make an ally out of the Empire of Japan. The Reconstruction made an about-face, reversing its policy of reducing the power of large businesses. More regulations regarding the economy were made. In 1951, the US agreed to grant Japan full independence and autonomy. The treaty, however, did permit the US to maintain parts of its military in Japan. The treaty became effective in 1952. == The Rise of Communism in China == After the fall of the Qing Dynasty, China was in a state of confusion and unrest. The nation saw the worst nightmares as the people were without stable unified authority, fragmenting into a rudderless giant. Many land lords (ward lords, since the standing was imposed and established by force of arms) took advantage of the situation aiming to expand their influence and so fought against each other regardless of common statehood ideas or national purpose and gradually the situation became chaotic. This was the period of warlordism in China, it lasted from 1916 to 1927, a dark period in China’s history. Meanwhile the principles of communism began to spread in the country and those ideals attracted a majority of the people. The people who belonged to the lower strata were for these principles especially for the law of equality. The rise of Communism in China is mainly due to a man named Mao Zedong. The son of a farmer, Mao was highly intelligent. Zedong left home for school and had become a member of the Nationalist Army as the Revolution began around 1911. He was soon introduced to and became powerfully influenced by the philosophies of Marxism. After decades of civil war and invasion by Japan, the communists under Mao prevailed. The opposition nationalists fell and barely managed to retreat offshore to Taiwan. Communism came to power in 1949 under the power of Mao. Communism began as a movement that paved the way for the liberation of the proletariat. Proletariat is that class of society which lives entirely from the sale of its labor and does not draw profit from any kind of capital; whose weal and woe, whose life and death, whose sole existence depends on the demand for labor – hence, on the changing state of business, on the vagaries of unbridled competition. The proletariat, or the class of proletarians, is, in a word, the working class of the 19th century. Anarchy was to some extend controlled by Mao but he faced failure many times. Mao’s initiatives did cause a kind of equality to emerge in China, but it was not one in which all the inhabitants of China benefited. Contrarily, many of them suffered extreme poverty and greatness was lost in the realms of academia, science, and technology which hindered China’s ability to become a modern nation capable of interacting on the global scale. == The Red Scare and McCarthyism == [[File:Welch-McCarthy-Hearings.jpg|thumb|Joseph Welch and McCarthy. During McCarthy's investigation of Communists in the Army Welch asked McCarthy "At long last, have you left no sense of decency?"]] When China fell to Communism, suspicion of the ideology's influence in the American government became a pandemic. Many experts on China and the regions around it were fired as in some way causing the change. This became a problem during the Korean War. What became known as '''the Red Scare''' proved costly in American life. Congress passed the McCarran Internal Security Act in 1950, overriding President Truman's veto. The Act created a public body known as the ''Subversive Activities Control Board''; the Board was charged with monitoring and investigating Communist Activities. In Congress, meanwhile, Wisconsin Senator Joseph McCarthy accused certain government officials of being Communists and disloyal. While a Communist conspiracy involving State Department employees was eventually uncovered, many of the accusations were baseless. The word ''McCarthyism'' refers to a vindictive persecution of the innocent. Documents from the Venona counterintelligence project suggest that a few targets of McCarthyism were indeed working with the Soviet Union. Historians continue to debate this topic. The House of Representatives had established a Committee on Un-American Activities in 1947. The Committee performed actions such as investigating actors, directors, and writers. As was the case with Red Summer, it was not mere membership in the Communist party which caused suspicion. Individuals were sometimes grilled for belonging to the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People or the American Civil Liberties Union. It was not enough to confess innocence: you had in turn to accuse others of Communism. A few in the dragnet had actually been Communists, either because they had actually believed in its aims or as part of the polarization of American society in the era of the Spanish Civil War. However, the opponents of the Committee were not all Communist. Some accused it of violating the Constitutional rights against self-incrimination and for freedom of belief. The entertainment industry, fearful of an investigation, fired many people who had become shadowed by the hearings, or by a pamphlet called "Red Channels." Men and women lost their livelihood, in some cases fleeing to Europe and elsewhere, in others even committing suicide over their lost lives. Ten individuals refused to name names, including screenwriters Dalton Trumbo and Ring Lardner, Jr., and were all duly blacklisted as ''the Hollywood Ten''. Some local communities banned literature that they feared would encourage Communism. Public servants and teachers were forced to take a so-called "loyalty oath": those who refused, for whatever reason, were not hired. Others lost their jobs due to unfounded accusations of disloyalty. FBI director J. Edgar Hoover, who had come to power in the wake of the first Communist scare, had Americans followed on suspicion of Communism. Scientist J. Robert Oppenheimer, who had helped develop the atomic bomb, was fired from his high-security job because of his former associations with the Communist party. Yet the career of Joseph McCarthy was also derailed during the Red Scare: in 1954, the Senate formally censured him for abusing his powers and using unfair tactics in targeting innocent government officials. Even at the height of the McCarthyist furor in the early 1950s, the anti-Communist crusade was relatively mild. Many prosecutions faltered on appeal and only a few foreign-born radicals were actually deported. Only Julius and Ethel Rosenberg were put to death. Of the roughly 150 people who went to prison, most were released within a year or two. Yet the after effects lasted for decades. When the United States later fought a war in Vietnam, it was often in the dark because a number of regional experts had been lost to the Red Scare. == The Korean War == ===Background=== After World War II, the US attempted to curb Soviet influence on the Korean Peninsula by occupying southern part of that area. The area occupied by the US became South Korea, while the other part became North Korea. North Korea soon passed into the control of the Communist Party. ===North Korean Offensive=== [[File:South Korean refugees mid-1950.jpg|thumb|South Korean refugees flee the North Korean army.]] In May, 1949, fighting between North and South Korean troops broke out near the border between the two nations. In an attempt to add South Korea to the Communist World, North Korea invaded South Korea in 1950. The People's Republic of China and the Soviet Union lent their support to North Korea, while the United States did the same to South Korea. On June 25, 1950 a large military force moved across the 38th parallel in the Republic of Korea. Since 1910, Korea had been divided into two by the powers of Japans victory in 1945. The Korean war was seen as an internal struggle, with the north heavily armed and backed by China and the Soviet Union invading the lightly armed south. The two parts moved along the temporary border while the anti-government fighting began to flare into the south. On June 27, 1950 the United Nations security Council first adopted a ceasefire resolution. When the United Nations Security Council voted to aid South Korea in stopping North Korean aggression, the United States agreed to send troops to the Korean Peninsula. General Douglas MacArthur was given the command of UN troops in Korea. The United States agreed to send troops over on June 30 along with increasing aid to the French fight against Communists rebels in Indochina. MacArthur was placed in command on July 8. At the beginning the U.S. troops were lacking training and were out of shape. In the first few weeks of fighting the U.S. troops were pushed back to a defensive perimeter at Pusan.<ref>"Don't Know Much About History" by Kenneth C. Davis</ref> ===Back and Fourth=== [[File:HA-SC-98-06983-Crew of M24 along Naktong River front-Korean war-17 Aug 1950.JPEG|thumb|American troops in Korea]] By the autumn of 1950, North Korean troops were forced out of South Korea. In October, General MacArthur ordered troops to cross into North Korea. In the third week of that month, the US took the capital of North Korea, Pyongyang. [[File:Max Desfor - Flight of Refugees Across Wrecked Bridge in Korea.jpg|thumb|Refugees flee Pyongyang on a destroyed bridge.]] However, just six days after the United Nations forces took Pyongyang, the People's Republic of China sent a quarter million men on a series of counterattacks. In December, Chinese "volunteers" took over Pyongyang and by January 1951 they had taken the South Korean capital, Seoul. The US intended to do whatever it took to win the Korean War. It even planned on using the atomic bomb. However, President Truman did not trust General MacArthur to follow orders when using the atomic bomb. Therefore, he asked for MacArthur's resignation; MacArthur complied. ===Stalemate=== In 1953, Dwight D. Eisenhower became President of the US. Having promised during the election campaign to end the Korean War, he fulfilled this promise by continuing negotiations with the North and South Koreans, Chinese, and the Soviet Union and using "brinkmanship" to reach an agreement acceptable to all countries involved except for South Korea, which tried to induce the US to help unite Korea. ==Weapons of the Cold War== ===Nuclear Weapons=== [[File:Ivy Mike (Eniwetok-Atoll - 31. Oktober 1952).jpg|thumb|''Ivy Mike'', the first Hydrogen Bomb, was tested November 1st, 1952. The testing site, [[w: Elugelab|Elugelab island]], became an underwater crater following the test. It's yield of 10.4 ''mega''tons of TNT dwarfed that of Fat Man, which only had a yield of 20 ''kilo''tons.]] The nuclear arms race was central to the Cold War. Many feared where the Cold War was going with the belief that the more nuclear weapons you had, the more powerful you were. Both America and The Soviet Union massively built up their stockpiles of nuclear weapons. The world greatly changed when USA exploded the H-bomb in 1952. This one bomb was smaller in size than the Hiroshima atomic bomb but 2500 times more powerful. The Soviets produced an H-bomb in 1953 and the world became a much more dangerous place. ===Nuclear Triad=== [[File:Boeing B-47B rocket-assisted take off on April 15, 1954 061024-F-1234S-011.jpg|thumb|Innovations in weapon delivery platforms played a major role in the Cold War]] The Cold War also saw innovation in delivery platforms. By using land based, sea based, and air based weapons platforms, a [[w:Nuclear triad|Nuclear triad]] could be established. This made it difficult to ensure all of a nations nuclear weaponry could be destroyed in a surprise first strike. ===Deterrence=== By April of 1950 the US Department of State had concluded that the Soviet Union was a significant hostile threat, and through it's NSC-68 report advocated that deterrence through an arms build up would be the best way to counter that threat.<ref>{{cite web |title=Milestones: 1945–1952 - Office of the Historian |url=https://history.state.gov/milestones/1945-1952/NSC68 |website=history.state.gov |access-date=23 October 2021}}</ref> By building up a number of weapons, it was hoped that the Soviet Union would be detered from waging a nuclear war. USA produced a bomber—the B52—that could fly 6,000 miles and deliver a nuclear pay-load. Such a development required massive financial backing from the government—something which America could afford to do and which The Soviet Union could not. The Soviet Union concentrated on producing bigger bombs—a far more cost effective procedure. In October 1957, the world was introduced to the fear of a missile attack when the Soviet Satellite Sputnik was launched. This was to lead to ICBM’s : Inter-continental ballistic missiles. As a result, America built the [[w:Distant Early Warning Line|DEW line]] around the Arctic—Distant Early Warning system. At the end of the 1950’s, American Intelligence estimated that in a Soviet missile attack, 20 million Americans would die and 22 million would be injured. During the 1960’s, the Soviet's put their money into producing larger missiles, Eventually creating Tsar Bomba, the biggest Nuclear Weapon ever created. America built fewer but technologically superior missiles—the Atlas could go 5,000 miles at a speed of 16,000 mph. By 1961, there were enough bombs to destroy the world. Despite this, great emphasis was put on new weapon systems—mobile missile launchers were built, missiles were housed underground in silos and in 1960 the first Polaris submarine was launched carrying 16 nuclear missiles. Each missile carried four warheads which could targeted on different cities; hence one submarine effectively carried 64 nuclear warheads. During the 1960’s the theory of MAD developed—Mutually Assured Destruction. This meant that if The Soviet Union attacked the west, the west would make sure that they would suitably retaliate i.e. there would be no winners. [[File:MX MIRV reentry vehicles.jpg|thumb|A MIRV test in 1984.]] By 1981, the United States had 8,000 ICBMs and 4,000 planes capable of delivering nuclear bombs; the USSR had 7,000 ICBMs and 5,000 planes. U.S. defense spending ballooned from $178 billion in 1981 to $367 billion by 1986. That same year, it is estimated that there were 40,000 nuclear warheads—the equivalent of one million Hiroshima bombs—throughout the world. British Intelligence estimated that just one medium sized H-bomb on London would essentially destroy anything living up to 30 miles away. Confronted by such awesome statistics, world leaders had to move to a position where they trusted each other more. Throughout the 1960's and 1970's "detente" had been used to ease bad relations between the superpowers. This was to culminate in the Reykjavik meeting between presidents Reagan and Gorbachev that started real progress in the cut in nuclear weaponry in future meetings (if little was actually gained at the meeting in Reykjavik). ==References== {{reflist|2}} {{chapnav|World War II and Rise of Atomic Age|Eisenhower Civil Rights Fifties}} {{status|100%}} {{BookCat}} 08606ouvf5nyiaushva1prvdisdcb77 1 373875 4670919 4669917 2026-09-18T15:18:35Z ~2026-50596-47 3626268 /* Granton Bus / L66 */ Reply 4670919 wikitext text/x-wiki we would like to apply for WMI code we do not know from which site apply so we need some your help please kindly give me your website or your contact details . thanking you SS AUTO uttar sishu bari , po-gopal bagan alipurduar West bengal, INDIA. contact-9002110341 /9932608044 , Email-ssauto2013@gmail.com == Honda Plant in Indiana US is Missing == There is a Honda plant in United States, in Greensburg, Indiana that is missing. I have a 2020 Honda vehicle and my VIN number starts with two numbers, not a number and a letter H -> 19X, which does not fall under any of your listed VIN numbers listed on this website's table, so this table is incomplete. The Honda Manufacturing plant of Indiana is located at 2755 North Michigan Avenue, Greensburg, IN 47240-9341. Proof of this plant may be found at their website here: https://indiana.honda.com/contact-us. This plant has existed since 2008, so this chart has not been updated to reflect this new Indiana US plant in 12 years, or at least has not had any codes that have reflected this Indiana plant has generated any cars. Please update this chart because it is very valuable information. Thanks in advance. V/r, KB == 6G3 == Chevrolet Australia 2014-2017 == US Army Unimogs == at cars and bids I have seen ex USA Army Unimogs for sale, with VINs starting with 1FG. However NHTSA's VIN decoder, that's meant for US-spec vehicles doesn't decode it. How do you think it should be added? [[User:Vard 57|Vard 57]] ([[User talk:Vard 57|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vard 57|contribs]]) 21:32, 18 August 2025 (UTC) == Granton Bus / L66 == I took a photo of the placard from a Granton GTZ6709BEVBF that states the manufacturer as "Zonson Smart Auto Corporation" how should it be added? [[User:Vard 57|Vard 57]] ([[User talk:Vard 57|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Vard 57|contribs]]) 17:11, 13 September 2026 (UTC) :MB8DR11AAJ8681957 [[Special:Contributions/~2026-50596-47|~2026-50596-47]] ([[User talk:~2026-50596-47|talk]]) 15:18, 18 September 2026 (UTC) gqfloo5gm4inf1z5pcprxlq0uytdpxv 10 374700 4671131 4448769 2026-09-19T10:49:00Z TechVindicator 3626296 -IP address +temporary account 4671131 wikitext text/x-wiki Hello, {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{ipname|}}}|{{{ipname}}},&#32;}}and welcome to Wikibooks! Thank you for [[Special:Contributions/{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}ROOTPAGENAME}}|your contributions]]{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{art|}}}|, such as the one you made to {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}linked|{{{art}}}}}|&#32;so far}}. I hope you like the place and decide to stay. You don't have to [[Special:UserLogin|log in]] to read or edit pages on Wikibooks, but if you wish to acquire [[Using Wikibooks/Setting Up A User Account|additional privileges]], you can simply '''<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:UserLogin|type=signup&campaign=anonwelcometemplate}} create a named account]</span>'''. It's free, requires no personal information, and lets you: * '''Create new pages''' and '''rename pages''' * Edit '''[[Wikibooks:Protection policy#Semi-protection|semi-protected pages]]''' * '''[[Help:Files#Uploading files|Upload images]]''' * Have your own '''watchlist''', which shows when articles you are interested in have changed. If you edit without using a named account, your {{w|Wikipedia:Temporary accounts|temporary account}} ({{ {{{|safesubst:}}}ROOTPAGENAME}}) is used to identify you instead. By the way, please make sure to sign and date your talk page comments with four tildes ('''&#126;&#126;&#126;&#126;'''). {{{1|Happy editing!}}} <!-- Template:welcome-anon --><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 6pr5sau5b9lfkvum5nqrtlfxyv0j2n1 0 379292 4671029 4637485 2026-09-18T19:36:33Z ~2026-50350-13 3626286 Changed "game tempo" to "gain tempo" 4671029 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Chess Opening Theory/Position |name=Yugoslav attack |eco=[[Chess/ECOB|B72]] |parent=[[Chess Opening Theory/1. e4/1...c5|Sicilian defence]] → [[Chess Opening Theory/1. e4/1...c5/2. Nf3/2...d6/3. d4/3...cxd4/4. Nxd4/4...Nf6/5. Nc3/5...g6|Dragon variation]] → [[../|6...Bg7]] }} == 7. f3 · Yugoslav attack == White's f-pawn defends e4, freeing the c3-knight from the duty, and controls the g4-square. This prevents ...Ng4, which Black was threatening to play and gain time on White's bishop. The pawn on f3 is critical for supporting a king's side attack with g4, h4, and h5 in the future, where White aims to take advantage of the "hook" in the Black king's side, the g6 pawn. [[/7...O-O|'''7...O-O''']] is the main move, which gets the king to safety, and aims to setup a sharp and exciting game involving opposite-sides castling. [[/7...Nc6|'''7...Nc6''']] is the '''Belezky line'''. Usually this is just a small move order difference, and transposes to the main line after 8. Qd2 O-O. However, seeing that White is already preparing to storm the king's side, Black's idea may be to avoid castling completely. [[/7...a6|'''7...a6!?''']] is an alternative. The move ...a6 on turn five is the start of the Najdorf variation, so this line that mixes the Najdorf with the dragon is given the twee name '''dragondorf'''. That's where the similarities end, though: the usual way of combatting the English attack (the Yugoslav's cousin in the Najdorf) involves ...e5 and ...Be6, where ...a6 serves to prevent Nb5 or Bb5+, but a pawn on e5 is hardly desirable in the Dragon with Black's bishop on g7. Instead the idea of ...a6 in the dragondorf is usually to support ...b5, and Black plays with a queen's side fianchetto and avoids castling. == Theory table == {{ChessTable}} {{Chess/theory table |links=1 |line1=7...O-O 8. Qd2 Nc6 9. O-O-O d5 10. exd5 Nxd5 11. Nxc6 bxc6 12. Bd4 |name1=Yugoslav attack, Modern line |line2=7. ... ... 8. ... ... 9. Bc4 Bd7 10. O-O-O Rc8 11. Bb3 Ne5 12. Kb1 |name2=Traditional line |line3=7. ... ... 8. ... ... 9. g4 Be6 10. Nxe6 fxe6 11. O-O-O Ne5 12. Be2 |name3=Panov variation |line4=7...Nc6 8. Qd2 Bd7 9. O-O-O h5 10. Kb1 Rc8 |name4=Belezky variation |line5=7...a6!? 8. Qd2 Nbd7 9. O-O-O b5 10. g4 Bb7 |name5=Dragondorf variation }} {{ChessMid}} == References == {{reflist}} === See also === {{Wikipedia|Yugoslav Attack}} {{ChessFooter}} 3vby3wz0hhvg9o5dsx7nn21t4dmwomy 0 397636 4670987 4021386 2026-09-18T18:48:21Z R. Henrik Nilsson 3395618 extention > extension 4670987 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Nav}}</noinclude> <br/> == An outstanding Goal == The very first [https://dsf.berkeley.edu/papers/ERL-M85-95.pdf concept paper] - published in 1986 - defines a goal that distinguishes PostgreSQL from many other systems until today: ''"provide user extendibility for data types, operators, and access methods"''. This goal is reached. And it is not only available for users, even the internal implementation utilizes those interfaces to create system components. == Architecture == PostgreSQL implements a client/server model. Each ''client process'' connects to one ''backend process'' at the server site. Such backend processes are part of the ''instance'', a group of many processes which act closely together and handle the data access. PostgreSQL does not use threading in the backend processes or elsewhere. == Features == === Security === * Authentication methods: SCRAM-SHA-256, GSSAPI, SSPI, LDAP, RADIUS, Certificate, PAM * Roles (users and groups) authorize access to data and execution of functions === Reliability === * Transactions with full ACID support and diverse isolation levels * Savepoints (Sub-transactions) * Multi-Version Concurrency Control (MVCC) * Point-in-Time Recovery * Partitioning of tables and indexes * Synchronous, asynchronous, and logical replication * Bi-Directional replication * Publish/subscribe mechanism * Parallel execution of single queries at multiple CPUs === Application Aspects === * Rich set of predefined data-types, i.a. JSON * Support for arrays * Composite type (similar to a ''record'' in some programming languages), constructor for rows via ''row'' keyword * Check constraints * Referential integrity with foreign keys * Table inheritance * Views, materialized views, updateable views === Extendability === * User defined data-types, operators, and index access methods * User-defined functions, procedures, triggers, and procedural languages * ''Create extension'' interface to create user-defined packages. Some publicly available examples: ** ''Foreign data wrappers'' to other - PostgreSQL or non-PostgreSQL - databases or to the file-system ** ''PostGIS'': an extension for Spatial and Geographic Objects ** ''hstore'': a key/value storage === SQL Support === * High degree of conformance to the SQL standard: 170 out of 177 features * Outer join, union, intersect, except * Group by, grouping set, cube, rollup * Common table expressions (CTE) * Recursive queries, graph queries * Window functions, analytic functions <noinclude>{{Nav}}</noinclude> {{Status|100%}} 2igdv82w0hm1el6hfbnrw36f9iynaq3 0 468147 4670896 4670419 2026-09-18T12:07:27Z Bautsch 630029 /* Further implications */ interference 4670896 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude> {{Chapter navigation|Cosmology of retarded interaction|Table with computed results}} </noinclude> ==Conclusion== The considerations described above show that '''retarded gravitational potentials''' can contribute to the explanation of the '''accelerated expansion''' of the visible part of the universe, if the outer spherical '''black shell''' of the universe would consist of expanding matter with a huge mass. This would also hold in a steady state universe and even if the black shell would not move at all. In the latter case any moving masses within the black shell would reach the black shell in finite time. It can also be considered that the effect of the retarded gravitational potentials will accelerate moving objects the more, the faster they move and the closer they are to the black shell. Furthermore, also objects within smaller spherical shells that not only are surrounded by the black shell, but also by other visible objects, will experience the retarded gravitational potentials of these objects, and therefore, they will experience an additional acceleration which is directed outwards. This all leads to an inhomogeneous evolution of the mass density in particular during the early development stages of an inflating universe: <gallery caption="Evolvement of the mass density in an expanding spherical universe with constant mass" perrow=2 widths=600 heights=300> Evolvement.universe.instant.gravitation.png|Evolvement of the universe with '''instant gravitational potentials''' in a homogeneous sphere. Evolvement.universe.retarded.gravitation.png|Evolvement of the universe with '''retarded gravitational potentials''' in an isotropic sphere. Due to the acceleration of matter in the direction of the outer rim of the universe, a shell is growing with a thickness corresponding to its Schwarzschild distance (bluish). This matter within this shell cannot emit any electromagnetic radiation or send any information back to the centre of the universe, since the strong gravitational forces keep the radiation and all masses within the shell. </gallery> <big>'''As a result, the universe has become increasingly inhomogeneous, the cosmological principle no longer applies, the conditions for the Friedmann-Lemaître equations are not met, and the Lambda-CDM model is not applicable.'''</big> [[File:Kosmologisches.Modell.Schwarze.Schale.Rotverschiebung.png|thumb|upright=3|centre|A cosmological model of our isotropic and inhomogeneous universe at the centre, enveloped by an opaque and massive black shell. Viewed from the outer region, our universe is a gigantic black hole. No exchange of information is possible between the inner and outer regions of the black shell. Any matter entering the black shell from the inside or the outside is no longer visible. Therefore, the inner as well as the outer border of the black shell are event horizons.]] Computing the corresponding and permanently increasing '''Schwarzschild distances''' of the black shell of the universe gives three remarkable points: # Today we can observe the cosmic microwave background at a cosmic age of 380,000 years, where the Schwarzschild distance was increasing much faster than the mass of the black shell. # The very distant primordial galaxy JADES-GS-z14-0 has a cosmic age of 290&nbsp;million years, where the increase of the Schwarzschild distance and the increase of the mass of the black shell became much smaller. # The Schwarzschild distance for the equality of the masses of the visible universe and the black shell is 860&nbsp;million light-years. This value is rather close to the distances that are computed by the standard ΛCDM model between the particle horizon that expands with speed of light and the visible horizon that can be observed as the cosmic microwave background. Cosmologists call the period in between the creation of the cosmic microwave background and the first stars as the dark ages, where dark matter is supposed to be transformed into dark energy. So far, the nature of '''dark matter''', '''dark energy''', '''dark fluid''' or '''negative mass''' is completely unclear, but the increase of the mass of an invisible black shell behind the visible universe could help to find physical explanations for all these concepts and ideas. According to the definition of dark matter, there is no interaction between this matter and light. The baryonic matter in the black shell causes gravity and also interacts with photons. However, it cannot be observed from the inner region of the universe, which could be misinterpreted as a lack of interaction. The high velocity of visible objects in the vincity of the black shell as well as the huge mass of the matter in front of them seem to be the reasons for the extreme redshift of their light that can be observed by us. The observation that this redshift is greater than expected for distant objects led to the assumption that the further away these objects are, the more they are accelerated. Another reason for this could be found in the effects of the retarded gravitational potentials of a massive black shell. Furthermore, the additional '''gravitational redshift''' leads to a higher value than expected only by the relativistic Doppler effect. This is in accordance with the observations of very far and young galaxies such as JADES-GS-z14-0 or of the cosmic microwave background (CMB). The agglomeration of mass in the outer areas of our universe not only leads to a shell with increased mass density, but the high mass density could also be the seed for '''primordial black holes''', which could be a reason for the formation of very early galaxies observed by the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST).<ref>{{Cite web |author=Niranjana Rajalakshmi |title=James Webb Space Telescope reveals unexpected complex chemistry in primordial galaxy |editor=University of Arizona News |url=https://news.arizona.edu/news/james-webb-space-telescope-reveals-unexpected-complex-chemistry-primordial-galaxy |date=2025-03-01 |access-date=2025-06-15 |website=news.arizona.edu |language=en}}</ref> Furthermore, the earliest stars in this region may have already produced heavyier chemical elements, which is not possible according to the ΛCDM model, but can be observed at primordial supernovae as well as in spectrosopic data of primordial galaxies.<ref>{{Cite web |last=information@eso.org |title=Oxygen discovered in most distant known galaxy |url=https://www.eso.org/public/news/eso2507/ |access-date=2025-11-20 |website=www.eso.org |language=en}}</ref> ===Cosmic Voids=== It appears that the gravitational potential of the '''Shapley Supercluster''' is not strong enough to attract our '''Local Group''' at the observed rate. It is hypothesised that a supergiant void –&nbsp;the so-called '''Dipole Repeller'''&nbsp;– on the opposite side of the Local Group causes a gravitational repulsion that imparts additional acceleration to all masses between the Shapley Attractor and the Dipole Repeller.<ref>{{Cite journal |last=Hoffman |first=Yehuda |last2=Pomarède |first2=Daniel |last3=Tully |first3=R. Brent |last4=Courtois |first4=Hélène M. |date=2017-01-30 |title=The dipole repeller |url=https://www.nature.com/articles/s41550-016-0036 |journal=Nature Astronomy |language=en |volume=1 |issue=2 |pages=1–5 |doi=10.1038/s41550-016-0036 |issn=2397-3366}}</ref> However, we know of no negative masses that could cause such a repulsion. Moreover, the situation resembles an outer black shell of the universe which gives all moving masses an acceleration that is always directed towards the outer regions. Therefore, for our local group, it would be more obvious to assume a superposition of the gravitational forces of the black shell with the gravitational forces of the supergiant Shapley Attractor than the gravitational forces of a virtual gravitational dipole between the Shapley Attractor and a void. The effect of the retarded gravitational potentials could be seen as a "pump of the void", as the inner volume of a large expanding shell becomes thinner and thinner over time. This could be interpreted as a virtual pressure in the voids that is pumping all mass particles towards the outer regions. This effect has also been observed in the largest known structures in the universe, the '''galaxy filaments'''. These huge and massive structures form boundaries between '''cosmic voids'''.<ref>{{Cite web |last=Myers |first=James |date=2024-03-30 |title=Evolution of the Universe: Why Measuring Voids of Nothing Tells Us Something |url=https://thequantumrecord.com/science-news/evolution-of-the-universe-measuring-voids-of-nothing/ |access-date=2025-02-05 |website=The Quantum Record |language=en-CA}}</ref> Indeed retarded gravitational potentials can also help to explain the behaviour and the growth of these voids. ===Galaxies=== Even in much smaller structures, the galaxies themselves, retarded gravitational potentials can be applied for successfully explain the anomalies in their '''rotation curves'''. The Spitzer Space Telescope recorded a large amount of observation data which was compiled in the project “SPARC (Spitzer Photometry and Accurate Rotation Curves) Galaxy collection”. If retarded gravitational potentials are applied to these data and the time-varying distribution of baryonic matter in and around these galaxies is taken into account, neither the assumption of dark matter nor a modification of the general theory of relativity is necessary to explain the observations within their uncertainties. <ref>{{Cite journal |last1=Yahalom |first1=Asher |title=The Effect of Retardation on Galactic Rotation Curves |journal=Journal of Physics: Conference Series |volume=1239 |issue=1 |date=2019-05-01 |ISSN=1742-6588 |DOI=10.1088/1742-6596/1239/1/012006 |url=https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1742-6596/1239/1/012006 |access-date=2025-06-07}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite journal |last1=Yahalom |first1=Asher |title=Tully–Fisher relations and retardation theory for galaxies |journal=International Journal of Modern Physics D |volume=30 |issue=14 |date=2021-09-17 |ISSN=0218-2718 |DOI=10.1142/S0218271821420086 |url=https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/S0218271821420086 |access-date=2025-06-07}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite journal |last1=Glass |first1=Yuval |last2=Zimmerman |first2=Tomer |last3=Yahalom |first3=Asher |title=Retarded Gravity in Disk Galaxies |url=https://www.preprints.org/manuscript/202402.1088/v1 |journal=Symmetry |language=en |volume=16 |issue=4 |date=2024-03-26 |doi=10.3390/sym16040387 |doi-access=free |bibcode=2024Symm...16..387G |issn=2073-8994 |access-date=2025-02-05}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite journal |last1=Wagman |first1=Michal |first2=Lawrence Paul |last2=Horwitz |first3=Asher |last3=Yahalom |title=Retardation theory of eleven galaxies |journal=Physica Scripta |language=en |volume=99 |issue=10 |date=2024-09-01 |issn=1402-4896 |doi=10.1088/1402-4896/ad6c8d |url=https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1402-4896/ad6c8d |access-date=2025-06-07}}</ref> ===Further implications=== Due to Newton's third law ('''actio = reactio''') the black shell experiences the same retarded gravitational forces as the moving masses within the shell. These forces will cause a deceleration of the shell which is the stronger the closer the masses within the visible universe are to it. Provided that the '''angular momentum''' of all visible galaxies does not add up to zero<ref>{{Cite journal |last=Lior |first=Shamir, |date=2025-02-28 |title=The distribution of galaxy rotation in JWST Advanced Deep Extragalactic Survey |url=https://academic.oup.com/mnras/article/538/1/76/8019798 |journal=Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society |language=en |volume=538 |issue=1 |doi=10.1093/mnra |issn=0035-8711}}</ref>, the angular momentum of the entire universe could be enhanced, weakened, compensated to zero or even overcompensated by the angular momentum of the invisible black shell. The moment of inertia <math>I_{shell}</math> of a thin shell with the mass <math>m</math> and the radius <math>r</math> is about 67 percent higher than the moment of inertia <math>I_{sphere}</math> of a solid sphere with the same mass and radius. This can be computed by the ratio of the two moments of inertia: :<math>\frac {I_{shell}} {I_{sphere}} \approx \frac {\frac {2} {3} m r^2} {\frac {2} {5} m r^2} = \frac {5} {3} = 1.\overline{666}</math> If matter and '''antimatter''' were created in equal parts during the Big Bang, it would be conceivable that the visible universe consists of the remaining matter and the black shell of the remaining antimatter. This could be a reason for the observed '''baryon asymmetry'''. Since we cannot obtain any information from the black shell, antimatter would not be observable for us. Furthermore, any electromagnetic radiation that leaves the visible universe by passing the limit of the Schwarzschild distance into the black shell cannot return to us or be observed by us. If the total mass of the universe <math>M_{universe,total}</math>, including the visible universe and the invisible black shell, were constant, and the size of the expanding universe were always determined by its Schwarzschild radius, the gravitational constant <math>G</math> would be a variable that increases very slowly and linearly with time <math>t</math>: :<math>G(t) = \frac {c^3} {M_{universe,total}} \, t</math> However, the computation of the equations of motion based on retarded gravitational forces becomes very expensive, if the black shell is neither homogeneous, nor spherical or symmetrical, or if the concept of spacetime has a structure based on a non-Euclidean geometry. Furthermore, relativistic effects (including the transverse Doppler effect) could cause time dilatation or mass increase that would have to be considered, too. Finally, is would be necessary to consider the loss of mass in the visible universe over the time, since a significant amount of visible matter may have traversed the event horizon that is caused by the huge mass in the black shell of the universe. It is even conceivable that our universe is becoming heavier due to the accretion of matter from outer regions: :<math>\frac {\mathrm {d} M_{universe,total}} {\mathrm {d} t} > 0</math> Viewed from the outside, this matter would disappear into the black shell. Since this matter would remain within the black shell. Therefore, it cannot be seen from the inside, but its gravitational forces would affect all matter inside. An expanding black shell will emit gravitational waves to the centre of the universe. Since these waves will come from all directions, and as the result, they will interfere everywhere within the observable universe. It is obvious that in regions of constructive interference there will be stronger gravitational forces than in regions of destructive interference. Depending on the degree of coherence of these waves as well as on the homogeneity of the mass distribution in the black shell, the interference pattern could match the geometry of the filaments that are observed in space. This can lead to the formation of condensation points, which act as gravitational attractors for the baryonic matter in their vicinity. <div style="clear:both"></div> ===References=== <references></references> 60i5gwvw9dup9y3b8ru8jpbxf1b1alv 2 474624 4670985 4669627 2026-09-18T18:30:00Z JustTheFacts33 3434282 /* Current production facilities */ 4670985 wikitext text/x-wiki {{user sandbox}} {{tmbox|type=notice|text=This is a sandbox page, a place for experimenting with Wikibooks.}} The following is a list of current, former, and confirmed future facilities of [[w:Ford Motor Company|Ford Motor Company]] for manufacturing automobiles and other components. Per regulations, the factory is encoded into each vehicle's [[w:VIN|VIN]] as character 11 for North American models. European models have the factory encoded into each vehicle's [[w:VIN|VIN]] as character 8 (except for the VW-built 3rd gen. Ford Tourneo Connect and Transit Connect, which have the plant code in position 11 as VW does for all of its models regardless of region). The River Rouge Complex manufactured most of the components of Ford vehicles, starting with the Model T. Much of the production was devoted to compiling "[[w:knock-down kit|knock-down kit]]s" that were then shipped in wooden crates to Branch Assembly locations across the United States by railroad and assembled locally, using local supplies as necessary.<ref name="MyLifeandWork">{{cite book|last=Ford|first=Henry|last2=Crowther|first2=Samuel|year=1922|title=My Life and Work|publisher=Garden City Publishing|pages=[https://archive.org/details/bub_gb_4K82efXzn10C/page/n87 81], 167|url=https://archive.org/details/bub_gb_4K82efXzn10C|quote=Ford 1922 My Life and Work|access-date=2010-06-08 }}</ref> A few of the original Branch Assembly locations still remain while most have been repurposed or have been demolished and the land reused. Knock-down kits were also shipped internationally until the River Rouge approach was duplicated in Europe and Asia. For US-built models, Ford switched from 2-letter plant codes to a 1-letter plant code in 1953. Mercury and Lincoln, however, kept using the 2-letter plant codes through 1957. Mercury and Lincoln switched to the 1-letter plant codes for 1958. Edsel, which was new for 1958, used the 1-letter plant codes from the outset. The 1956-1957 Continental Mark II, a product of the Continental Division, did not use a plant code as they were all built in the same plant. The 2-letter plant code in 1950-1952 Ford cars and 1950-1957 Mercurys and Lincolns was in position 3 & 4 of the serial number. The 1-letter plant code in 1953-1959 Ford cars, including the Ford Ranchero, and 1958-1959 Mercurys, Lincolns, and Edsels was in position 3 of the serial number. The 1-letter plant code in 1960-1980 Ford cars, including the Ford Ranchero, 1960-1980 Mercurys & Lincolns, and 1960 Edsels was in position 2 of the serial number. The 2-letter plant code in 1951-1952 Ford trucks was in position 5 & 6 of the serial number. The 1-letter plant code in 1953-1960 Ford trucks was in position 6 of the serial number. The 1-letter plant code in 1961-1980 Ford trucks, including Bronco and Econoline, was in position 5 of the serial number. Canadian-built models used a different system for VINs until 1966, when Ford of Canada adopted the same system as the US. In 1950-1959, Canadian-built cars, including the Ford Ranchero, had a plant code in the 5th position of the serial number. In 1948-1950, Canadian-built Ford and Mercury trucks had a plant code in the 5th position of the serial number. In 1951-1954, Canadian-built Ford and Mercury trucks had a plant code in the 7th position of the serial number. In 1955-1959, Canadian-built Ford and Mercury trucks had a plant code in the 9th position of the serial number. Mexican-built models often just had "MEX" inserted into the VIN instead of a plant code in the pre-standardized VIN era. European-built Fords have the source company code in the 7th position and the plant code in the 8th position beginning in 1981. From 1965-1980, the source company code was in the 1st position and the plant code was in the 2nd position. Since the letter for the plant code is sometimes used by more than one plant, the source company code immediately preceding the plant code is needed to determine which plant is being referred to. For a listing of Ford's proving grounds and test facilities see [[w:Ford Proving Grounds|Ford Proving Grounds]]. ==Current production facilities== {| class="wikitable sortable" style="font-size:90%" |- ! style="width:120px;"| VIN ! style="width:200px;"| Name ! style="width:100px;"| City/state ! style="width:100px;"| Country ! data-sort-type="isoDate" style="width:60px;" | Opened ! data-sort-type="number" style="width:80px;" | Employees ! style="width:220px;"| Products ! style="width:350px;" class="unsortable"| Comments |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:AutoAlliance Thailand|AutoAlliance Thailand]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pluak Daeng district|Pluak Daeng district]], [[w:Rayong|Rayong]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Thailand|Thailand]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1998 | style="text-align:right;"| 5,400 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)|Ford Ranger (T6)]]<br /> [[w:Ford Everest|Ford Everest]]<br /> [[w:Mazda 2|Mazda 2]]<br >[[w:Mazda 3|Mazda 3]]<br >[[w:Mazda CX-3|Mazda CX-3]]<br />[[w:Mazda CX-30|Mazda CX-30]] | Joint venture 50% owned by Ford and 50% owned by Mazda. <br />Previously: [[w:Ford Ranger (international)#First generation (PE/PG/PH; 1998)|Ford Ranger (PE/PG/PH)]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (international)#Second generation (PJ/PK; 2006)|Ford Ranger (PJ/PK)]]<br /> [[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br /> [[w:Mazda Familia#Ninth generation (BJ; 1998–2003)|Mazda Protege]]<br />[[w:Mazda B series#UN|Mazda B-Series]]<br >[[w:Mazda BT-50#First generation (UN; 2006)|Mazda BT-50 (UN)]] <br >[[w:Mazda BT-50#Second generation (UP, UR; 2011)|Mazda BT-50 (T6)]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Buffalo Stamping|Buffalo Stamping]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hamburg, New York|Hamburg, New York]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1950 | style="text-align:right;"| 843 | style="text-align:left;"| Body panels: Quarter Panels, Body Sides, Rear Floor Pan, Rear Doors, Roofs, front doors, hoods | Located at 3663 Lake Shore Rd. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| A (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford|Changan Ford]] Chongqing Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chongqing|Chongqing]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2004 (Plant 1) <br /> 2012 (Plant 2) <br /> 2014 (Plant 3) | style="text-align:right;"| 5,000+ | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Escape#fourth|Ford Escape]] <br />[[w:Ford Mondeo Sport|Ford Mondeo Sport]]<br /> [[w:Ford Mondeo|Ford Mondeo]]<br />[[w:Lincoln Corsair|Lincoln Corsair]] (US: '27-)<br />[[w:Lincoln Zephyr (China)|Lincoln Zephyr/Z]] | style="text-align:left;"| Joint Venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%), Ford Motor Company (50%). <br />Complex includes three assembly plants. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford EcoSport#Second generation (B515; 2012)|Ford EcoSport]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (China)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Evos|Ford Evos]]<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta (fourth generation)|Ford Fiesta (Gen 4)]]<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta (fifth generation)|Ford Fiesta (Gen 5)]]<br />[[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br />[[w:Ford Kuga#third|Ford Kuga]]<br />[[w:Ford Mustang Mach-E|Ford Mustang Mach-E]]<br /> [[w:Ford S-Max#First generation (2006)|Ford S-Max]]<br />[[w:Mazda3#First generation (BK; 2003)|Mazda 3]]<br />[[w:Volvo S40#Second generation (2004–2012)|Volvo S40]]<br />[[w:Volvo S80#S80L|Volvo S80L]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford|Changan Ford]] Chongqing Engine | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chongqing|Chongqing]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2013 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,310 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#1.0 L Fox|Ford 1.0 L Ecoboost I3 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Sigma engine|Ford 1.5 L Sigma I4 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#Inline four-cylinder|Ford 1.5 L EcoBoost I4 engine]]<br /> | style="text-align:left;"| Joint Venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%), Ford Motor Company (50%). |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford|Changan Ford]] Chongqing Transmission | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chongqing|Chongqing]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2014 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,480 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford 6F transmission|Ford 6F15 transmission]]<br />[[w:Ford 6F transmission|Ford 6F35 transmission]]<br /> | style="text-align:left;"| Joint Venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%), Ford Motor Company (50%). |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford|Changan Ford]] Hangzhou Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hangzhou|Hangzhou]], [[w:Zhejiang|Zhejiang]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2015 | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Edge#Third generation (Edge L—CDX706; 2023)|Ford Edge L]]<br />[[w:Ford Explorer#Sixth generation (U625; 2020)|Ford Explorer]] <br />[[w:Lincoln Aviator#Second generation (U611; 2020)|Lincoln Aviator]]<br />[[w:Lincoln Nautilus|Lincoln Nautilus]] (US: '24-) | style="text-align:left;"| Joint Venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%), Ford Motor Company (50%). <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Edge#Second generation (CD539; 2015)|Ford Edge Plus]]<br />[[w:Ford Taurus (China)|Ford Taurus]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford|Changan Ford]] <br> Harbin Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Harbin|Harbin]], [[w:Heilongjiang|Heilongjiang]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2016 (Start of Ford production) | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Production suspended in Nov. 2019 | style="text-align:left;"| Plant formerly belonged to Harbin Hafei Automobile Group Co. Bought by Changan Ford in 2015. Joint Venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%), Ford Motor Company (50%). <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Focus (third generation)|Ford Focus]] (Gen 3)<br>[[w:Ford Focus (fourth generation)|Ford Focus]] (Gen 4) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| CHI/CH/G (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chicago Assembly|Chicago Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chicago|Chicago]], [[w:Illinois|Illinois]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1924 | style="text-align:right;"| 4,852 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Explorer#Sixth generation (U625; 2020)|Ford Explorer (U625)]] (2020-)<br />[[w:Lincoln Aviator#Second generation (U611; 2020)|Lincoln Aviator (U611)]] (2020-) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 12600 S Torrence Avenue.<br/>Replaced the previous location at 3915 Wabash Avenue.<br /> Built armored personnel carriers for US military during WWII. <br /> Final Taurus rolled off the assembly line March 1, 2019.<br />Previously: <br /> [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1953-1964) <br /> [[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1965)<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1973)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD (full-size)]] (1968, 1970-1972, 1974)<br />[[w:Ford Torino|Ford Torino]] (1974-1976)<br />[[w:Ford Elite|Ford Elite]] (1974-1976)<br /> [[w:Ford Thunderbird|Ford Thunderbird]] (1977-1980)<br />[[w:Ford Granada (North America)#Second generation (1981–1982)|Ford Granada]] (1981-1982)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Fifth generation (1980–1982)|Mercury Cougar]] (non-XR-7 models only) (1981-1982)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)#Fourth generation (1983–1986)|Ford LTD (midsize)]] (1983-1986)<br />[[w:Mercury Marquis#Fourth generation (1983–1986)|Mercury Marquis]] (1983-1986)<br />[[w:Ford Taurus|Ford Taurus]] (1986–2019)<br />[[w:Mercury Sable|Mercury Sable]] (1986–2005, 2008-2009)<br />[[w:Ford Five Hundred|Ford Five Hundred]] (2005-2007)<br />[[w:Mercury Montego#Third generation (2005–2007)|Mercury Montego]] (2005-2007)<br />[[w:Lincoln MKS|Lincoln MKS]] (2009-2016)<br />[[w:Ford Freestyle|Ford Freestyle]] (2005-2007)<br />[[w:Ford Taurus X|Ford Taurus X]] (2008-2009)<br />[[w:Ford Explorer#Fifth generation (U502; 2011)|Ford Explorer (U502)]] (2011-2019) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Chicago Stamping | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chicago Heights, Illinois|Chicago Heights, Illinois]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1956 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,165 | | Located at 1000 E Lincoln Hwy, Chicago Heights, IL |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chihuahua Engine|Chihuahua Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chihuahua, Chihuahua|Chihuahua, Chihuahua]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1983 | style="text-align:right;"| 2,430 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mazda L engine|Ford Duratec 2.0/2.3/2.5 I4]] <br />[[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#1.5 L Dragon|Ford 1.5L Dragon EcoBoost I3]] <br /> [[w:Ford Power Stroke engine#6.7 Power Stroke|Ford 6.7L Scorpion Diesel V8]] | style="text-align:left;"| Began operations July 27, 1983. 1,902,600 Penta engines produced from 1983-1991. 2,340,464 Zeta engines produced from 1993-2004. Over 14 million total engines produced. Complex includes 3 engine plants. Plant 1, opened in 1983, builds 4-cylinder engines. Plant 2, opened in 2010, builds diesel V8 engines. Plant 3, opened in 2018, builds the Dragon 3-cylinder. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford HSC engine|Ford HSC/Penta engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Zeta engine|Ford Zeta engine]]<br />[[w:Ford 4.4 Turbo Diesel|4.4L Diesel V8]] (for Land Rover) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cleveland Engine|Cleveland Engine]] #1 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brook Park, Ohio|Brook Park, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1951 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,834 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#2.0 L (2010–2015)|Ford 2.0/2.3 EcoBoost I4]]<br /> [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#3.5 L (first generation)|Ford 3.5&nbsp;L EcoBoost V6]]<br />[[w:Ford Cyclone engine|Ford 3.5/3.7 Cyclone V6 (for RWD vehicles)]] | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 17601 Brookpark Rd. Idled from May 2007 to May 2009.<br />Previously: [[w:Lincoln Y-block V8 engine|Lincoln Y-block V8 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford small block engine|Ford 221/260/289/302 Windsor V8]]<br />[[w:Ford Duratec V6 engine#3.0 L|Ford 3.0L Duratec V6]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| A (EU) [when following G] [includes Mercury Capri] /<br> E (NA) <br> [Merkur Scorpio] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cologne Body & Assembly|Cologne Body & Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:North Rhine-Westphalia|North Rhine-Westphalia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1931 | style="text-align:right;"| 4,090 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Explorer EV|Ford Explorer EV]] (VW MEB-based) <br /> [[w:Ford Capri EV|Ford Capri EV]] (VW MEB-based) | Previously: [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:Ford Model B (1932)|Ford Model B]]<br />[[w:Ford Rheinland|Ford Rheinland]]<br />[[w:Ford Köln|Ford Köln]]<br />[[w:Ford Eifel|Ford Eifel]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus|Ford Taunus]]<br /> [[w:Ford Transit#Taunus Transit (1953)|Ford Taunus Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford Capri|Ford Capri]]<br />[[w:Mercury Capri#First generation (1970–1978)|Mercury Capri]] (1970-1974, 1976-1977)<br />[[w:Ford Consul#Ford Consul (Granada Mark I based) (1972–1975)|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Granada (Europe)|Ford Granada]]<br />[[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]]<br />[[w:Ford Mondeo (first generation)|Ford Mondeo]]<br />[[w:Ford Scorpio|Ford Scorpio]]<br />[[w:Merkur Scorpio|Merkur Scorpio]] (1988-1989)<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]] <br /> [[w:Ford Fusion (Europe)|Ford Fusion]]<br />[[w:Ford Puma (sport compact)|Ford Puma]]<br />[[w:Ford Courier#Europe (1991–2002)|Ford Courier]]<br />[[w:de:Ford Modell V8-51|Ford Model V8-51]]<br />[[w:de:Ford V-3000-Serie|Ford V-3000/Ford B 3000 series]]<br />[[w:Ford Rhein|Ford Rhein]]<br />[[w:Ford Ruhr|Ford Ruhr]]<br />[[w:Ford FK|Ford FK]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Cologne Engine | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:North Rhine-Westphalia|North Rhine-Westphalia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1962 | style="text-align:right;"| 810 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#1.0 L Fox|1.0 litre EcoBoost I3]] <br /> [[w:Aston Martin V12 engine|Aston Martin V12 engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| Aston Martin engines are built at the [[w:Aston Martin Engine Plant|Aston Martin Engine Plant]], a special section of the plant which is separated from the rest of the plant.<br> Previously: <br /> [[w:Ford Taunus V4 engine|Ford Taunus V4 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Cologne V6 engine|Ford Cologne V6 engine]]<br />[[w:Jaguar AJ-V8 engine#Aston Martin 4.3/4.7|Aston Martin 4.3/4.7 V8]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Cologne Tool & Die | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:North Rhine-Westphalia|North Rhine-Westphalia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1963 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,140 | style="text-align:left;"| Tooling, dies, fixtures, jigs, die repair | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Cologne Transmission | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:North Rhine-Westphalia|North Rhine-Westphalia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1935 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,280 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford MTX-75 transmission|Ford MTX-75 transmission]]<br /> [[w:Ford MTX-75 transmission|Ford VXT-75 transmission]]<br />Ford VMT6 transmission<br />[[w:Volvo Cars#Manual transmissions|Volvo M56/M58/M66 transmission]]<br />Ford MMT6 transmission | Formerly part of the [[w:Getrag Ford Transmission|Getrag Ford Transmission]] joint venture. Returned to 100% Ford ownership in 2021. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Cortako Cologne GmbH | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:North Rhine-Westphalia|North Rhine-Westphalia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1961 | style="text-align:right;"| 410 | style="text-align:left;"| Forging of steel parts for engines, transmissions, and chassis | Originally known as Cologne Forge & Die Cast Plant. Previously known as Tekfor Cologne GmbH from 2003 to 2011, a 50/50 joint venture between Ford and Neumayer Tekfor GmbH. Also briefly known as Cologne Precision Forge GmbH. Bought back by Ford in 2011 and now 100% owned by Ford. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Coscharis Motors Assembly Ltd. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lagos|Lagos]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Nigeria|Nigeria]] | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)|Ford Ranger]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant owned by Coscharis Motors Assembly Ltd. Built under contract for Ford. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| M (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cuautitlán Assembly|Cuautitlán Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cuautitlán Izcalli|Cuautitlán Izcalli]], [[w:Mexico State|Mexico State]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1964 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,000 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Mustang Mach-E|Ford Mustang Mach-E]] (2021-) | Truck assembly began in 1970 while car production began in 1980. <br /> Previously made:<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1992-2010) <br> (US: F-250 '97, F-350 '97,<br> F-Super Duty chassis cab '97,<br> F-150 Reg. Cab '00-'02,<br> Mexico: includes F-150 & Lobo)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Sixth generation (1980–1999)|Ford F-800]] (US: 1999) <br />[[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Seventh generation (2000–2015)|Ford F-650/F-750]] (2000-2003) <br /> [[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]] (2011-2019)<br />[[w:Ford Contour|Ford Contour]] (1995-2000)<br />[[w:Mercury Mystique|Mercury Mystique]] (1995-2000)<br />For Mexico only:<br>[[w:Ford Ikon#First generation (1999–2011)|Ford Fiesta Ikon]] (2001-2009)<br />[[w:Ford Topaz|Ford Topaz]]<br />[[w:Mercury Topaz|Ford Ghia]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)#Third generation (1979–1982)|Ford LTD]] (Mexico: 1980-1981)<br />[[w:Ford Grand Marquis|Ford Grand Marquis]] (Mexico: 1982-84)<br />[[w:Mercury Sable|Ford Taurus]]<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird|Ford Thunderbird]]<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar|Ford Cougar]]<br />[[w:Ford Mustang (third generation)|Ford Mustang]] Gen 3 (1979-1984) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Dagenham|Dagenham Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dagenham|Dagenham]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1931 | style="text-align:right;"| 2,000 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBlue engine|Ford EcoBlue 1.5/2.0 Diesel I4 engine]] (Panther)<br /> [[w:Ford AJD-V6/PSA DT17#Lion V6|Ford 3.0 Lion Diesel V6]] |Previously: [[w:Ford I4 DOHC engine|Ford I4 DOHC engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Endura-D engine|Ford Endura-D engine]] (Lynx)<br />[[w:Ford Duratorq engine#ZSD ("Puma")|Ford Puma I4 diesel engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Essex V4 engine|Ford Essex V4 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Essex V6 engine (UK)|Ford Essex V6 engine (UK)]]<br />[[w:Ford LT engine|Ford LT engine]]<br />[[w:Ford York engine|Ford York engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Dorset/Dover engine|Ford Dorset/Dover engine]] <br /> [[w:Ford AJD-V6/PSA DT17#Lion V6|Ford 2.7 Lion Diesel V6]]<br /> [[w:Ford AJD-V6/PSA DT17#Lion V8|Ford 3.6L Diesel V8]] <br /> [[w:Ford DLD engine|Ford DLD engine]] (Tiger) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| W (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford River Rouge Complex|Ford Rouge Electric Vehicle Center]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 2021 | style="text-align:right;"| 2,200 | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. <br> Previously: [[w:Ford F-150 Lightning|Ford F-150 Lightning EV]] (2022-2025) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Dearborn Diversified Manufacturing Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1942 | style="text-align:right;"| 773 | style="text-align:left;"| Axles, suspension parts. Frames for F-Series trucks. | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford River Rouge Complex|Dearborn Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1941 | style="text-align:right;"| 445 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mazda L engine#2.0 L (LF-DE, LF-VE, LF-VD)|Ford Duratec 20]]<br />[[w:Mazda L engine#2.3L (L3-VE, L3-NS, L3-DE)|Ford Duratec 23]]<br />[[w:Mazda L engine#2.5 L (L5-VE)|Ford Duratec 25]] <br />[[w:Ford Modular engine#Carnivore|Ford 5.2L Carnivore V8]] <br>(F-150 Raptor R)<br />[[w:Ford Modular engine#Predator|Ford 5.2L Predator V8]] (Mustang GTD,<br> Dark Horse SC)<br />Engine components | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. Carnivore & Predator engines are produced on a new Niche Engine line at the Dearborn Engine Plant which replaced the Niche Engine line at the now closed Romeo Engine Plant. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford FE engine|Ford FE engine]]<br />[[w:Ford CVH engine|Ford CVH engine]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford River Rouge Complex|Dearborn Stamping]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1939 | style="text-align:right;"|1,658 | style="text-align:left;"| Body stampings | Part of the River Rouge Complex. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Dearborn Tool & Die | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1938 | style="text-align:right;"| 271 | style="text-align:left;"| Tooling | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| F (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn Truck|Dearborn Truck]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 2004 | style="text-align:right;"| 6,131 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford F-Series (fourteenth generation)|Ford F-150]] (2021-) | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. Located at 3001 Miller Rd. Replaced the nearby Dearborn Assembly Plant for MY2005. Built the 40 millionth Ford <br> F-Series in Jan. 2022, which was an <br> F-150 Tremor.<br />Previously: <br />[[w:Ford F-Series (eleventh generation)|Ford F-Series (eleventh generation)]] (2005-2008 F-150)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (twelfth generation)|Ford F-Series (twelfth generation)]] (2009-2014 F-150)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (thirteenth generation)|Ford F-Series (thirteenth generation)]] (2015-2020 F-150)<br />[[w:Lincoln Mark LT|Lincoln Mark LT]] (2006-2008) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 0 (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| Detroit Chassis LLC | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Detroit, Michigan|Detroit, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 2000 | | style="text-align:left;"| Ford F-53 Motorhome Chassis (2000-)<br/>Ford F-59 Commercial Chassis (2000-) | Located at 6501 Lynch Rd. Replaced production at IMMSA in Mexico. Plant owned by Detroit Chassis LLC. Produced under contract for Ford. <br /> Previously: [[w:Think Global#TH!NK Neighbor|Ford TH!NK Neighbor]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Essex Engine|Essex Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor, Ontario|Windsor, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1981 | style="text-align:right;"| 930 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Modular engine#5.0 L Coyote|Ford 5.0L Coyote V8]]<br />[[w:Ford Godzilla engine|Ford 7.3L Godzilla V8]]<br>Engine components | style="text-align:left;"|Idled in November 2007, reopened February 2010. Previously: <br />[[w:Ford Essex V6 engine (Canadian)|Ford Essex V6 engine (Canadian)]] 3.8/3.9/4.2L <br />[[w:Ford Modular engine|Ford 5.4L 3-valve Modular V8]]<br/>[[w:Ford Modular engine# Boss 302 (Road Runner) variant|Ford 5.0L Road Runner V8]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 5 (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Flat Rock Assembly Plant|Flat Rock Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Flat Rock, Michigan|Flat Rock, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1987 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,826 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Mustang (seventh generation)|Ford Mustang (Gen 7)]] (2024-) | style="text-align:left;"| Built at site of closed Ford Michigan Casting Center (1972-1981) , which cast various parts for Ford including V8 engine blocks and heads for Ford [[w:Ford 335 engine|335]], [[w:Ford 385 engine|385]], & [[w:Ford FE engine|FE/FT series]] engines as well as transmission, axle, & steering gear housings and gear cases. Opened as a Mazda plant (Mazda Motor Manufacturing USA) in 1987. Became AutoAlliance International from 1992 to 2012 after Ford bought 50% of the plant from Mazda. Became Flat Rock Assembly Plant in 2012 when Mazda ended production and Ford took full management control of the plant. <br /> Previously: <br />[[w:Ford Mustang (sixth generation)|Ford Mustang (Gen 6)]] (2015-2023)<br /> [[w:Ford Mustang (fifth generation)|Ford Mustang (Gen 5)]] (2005-2014)<br /> [[w:Lincoln Continental#Tenth generation (2017–2020)|Lincoln Continental]] (2017-2020)<br />[[w:Ford Fusion (Americas)|Ford Fusion]] (2014-2016)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Eighth generation (1999–2002)|Mercury Cougar]] (1999-2002)<br />[[w:Ford Probe|Ford Probe]] (1989-1997)<br />[[w:Mazda 6|Mazda 6]] (2003-2013)<br />[[w:Mazda 626|Mazda 626]] (1990-2002)<br />[[w:Mazda MX-6|Mazda MX-6]] (1988-1997) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 2 (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Lio Ho|Ford Lio Ho Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Zhongli District|Zhongli District]], [[w:Taoyuan, Taiwan|Taoyuan]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Taiwan|Taiwan]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1973 | style="text-align:right;"| 800 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br /> Ford Focus Active <br /> [[w:Ford Kuga|Ford Kuga]]<br /> [[w:Ford Territory (China)#Second generation (CX743MCA; 2022)|Ford Territory]] | Joint venture 70% owned by Ford and 30% owned by Lio Ho Group. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Laser#Ford Tierra|Ford Activa]]<br />[[w:Ford Aztec|Ford Aztec]]<br />[[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br />[[w:Ford Econovan|Ford Econovan]]<br />[[w:Ford Escape|Ford Escape]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort (Europe)]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (China)|Ford Escort (Chinese)]]<br />[[w:Ford Festiva|Ford Festiva]]<br />Ford Fiera<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Ford Granada (Europe)|Ford Granada]]<br />[[w:Ford Ixion|Ford Ixion]]<br />[[w:Ford i-Max|Ford i-Max]]<br />[[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Liata|Ford Liata]]<br />[[w:Ford Mondeo|Ford Mondeo]]<br />[[w:Ford Pronto|Ford Pronto]]<br />[[w:Ford Telstar|Ford Telstar]]<br />[[w:Ford Tierra|Ford Tierra]] <br /> [[w:Mercury Tracer#First generation (1987–1989)|Mercury Tracer]] (Canadian market)<br />[[w:Mazda 3|Mazda 3]]<br />[[w:Mazda Familia|Mazda 323 Protege]]<br />[[w:Mazda Premacy|Mazda Premacy]]<br />[[w:Mazda 5|Mazda 5]]<br />[[w:Mazda E-Series|Mazda E-Series]]<br />[[w:Mazda Tribute|Mazda Tribute]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Lio Ho|Ford Lio Ho Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Zhongli District|Zhongli District]], [[w:Taoyuan, Taiwan|Taoyuan]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Taiwan|Taiwan]] | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:right;"| 90 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mazda L engine|Mazda L engine]] (1.8, 2.0, 2.3) | Joint venture 70% owned by Ford and 30% owned by Lio Ho Group. <br /> Previously: <br /> [[w:Ford Zeta engine|Ford Zeta engine]]<br />[[w:Mazda Z engine#Z6/M|Mazda 1.6 ZM-DE I4]]<br />[[w:Mazda F engine|Mazda F engine]] (1.8, 2.0)<br /> [[w:Suzuki F engine#Four-cylinder|Suzuki 1.0 I4]] (for Ford Pronto) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J (EU) [when following M] (for Ford),<br> S (for VW) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company of Southern Africa|Ford Motor Company of Southern Africa]] Silverton Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Silverton, Pretoria|Silverton]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Africa|South Africa]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1967 | style="text-align:right;"| 4,650 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (international)|Ford Ranger]]<br /> [[w:Ford Everest|Ford Everest]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Amarok#Second generation (2022)|VW Amarok]] | Silverton plant was originally a Chrysler of South Africa plant from 1961 to 1976. In 1976, it merged with a unit of mining company Anglo-American to form Sigma Motor Corp., which Chrysler retained 25% ownership of. Chrysler sold its 25% stake to Anglo-American in 1983. Sigma was restructured into Amcar Motor Holdings Ltd. in 1984. In 1985, Amcar merged with Ford South Africa to form SAMCOR (South African Motor Corporation). Sigma had already assembled Mazda & Mitsubishi vehicles previously and SAMCOR continued to do so. In 1988, Ford divested from South Africa & sold its stake in SAMCOR. SAMCOR continued to build Ford vehicles as well as Mazdas & Mitsubishis. In 1994, Ford bought a 45% stake in SAMCOR and it bought the remaining 55% in 1998. It then renamed the company Ford Motor Company of Southern Africa in 2000. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Laser#South Africa|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Laser#South Africa|Ford Meteor]]<br />[[w:Ford Tonic|Ford Tonic]]<br />[[w:Ford_Laser#South_Africa|Ford Tracer]]<br />[[w:Mazda 323|Mazda 323]]<br />[[w:Mazda Familia|Mazda Etude]]<br />[[w:Mazda Familia#Export markets 2|Mazda Sting]]<br />[[w:Sao Penza|Sao Penza]]<br />[[w:Mazda Familia#Lantis/Astina/323F|Mazda 323 Astina]]<br />[[w:Ford Focus (second generation, Europe)|Ford Focus]]<br />[[w:Mazda 3|Mazda 3]]<br />[[w:Ford Bantam|Ford Bantam]]<br />[[w:Mazda Rustler|Mazda Rustler]]<br />[[w:Mitsubishi Delica#Second generation (1979)|Ford Husky]]<br />[[w:Mitsubishi Delica#Second generation (1979)|Mitsubishi Starwagon]]<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta (fourth generation)|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta (fourth generation)#Mazda 121|Mazda 121 Soho]]<br />[[w:Ford Ikon#First generation (1999–2011)|Ford Ikon]]<br />[[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]]<br />[[w:Ford Sapphire|Ford Sapphire]]<br />[[w:Ford Telstar|Ford Telstar]]<br />[[w:Mazda 626|Mazda 626]]<br />[[w:Mazda MX-6|Mazda MX-6]]<br />[[w:Ford Mondeo (first generation)|Ford Mondeo]]<br />[[w:Ford Courier#Third generation (1985–1998)|Ford Courier]]<br />[[w:Mazda B-Series|Mazda B-Series]]<br />[[w:Mazda Drifter|Mazda Drifter]]<br />[[w:Mazda BT-50|Mazda BT-50]] Gen 1 & Gen 2<br />[[w:Ford Spectron|Ford Spectron]]<br />[[w:Mazda Bongo|Mazda Marathon]]<br /> [[w:Mitsubishi Fuso Canter#Fourth generation|Mitsubishi Canter]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Defender|Land Rover Defender]] <br/>[[w:Volvo S40|Volvo S40/V40]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company of Southern Africa|Ford Motor Company of Southern Africa]] Struandale Engine Plant | style="text-align:left;"| Struandale, [[w:Port Elizabeth|Port Elizabeth]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Africa|South Africa]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1964 | style="text-align:right;"| 850 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBlue engine|Ford 2.0L Panther EcoBlue single-turbodiesel & twin-turbodiesel I4]]<br />[[w:Ford Power Stroke engine#3.0 Power Stroke|Ford 3.0 Lion turbodiesel V6]]<br />[[w:Ford Duratorq engine#ZSD ("Puma")|Ford 2.2/3.2 Puma diesel engine]]<br />Machining of engine components | Previously: [[w:Ford Kent engine#Crossflow|Ford Kent Crossflow I4 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford CVH engine#CVH-PTE|Ford 1.4L CVH-PTE engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Zeta engine|Ford 1.6L EFI Zetec I4]]<br /> [[w:Ford Sigma engine#Zetec RoCam|Ford Zetec RoCam engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Essex V6 engine (UK)|Ford Essex V6 engine (UK)]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"|T (EU) [when following T],<br> T (NA) ('10-'13 Transit Connect) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Otosan|Ford Otosan Assembly - Gölcük]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Gölcük, Kocaeli|Gölcük, Kocaeli]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Turkey|Turkey]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2001 | style="text-align:right;"| 7,530 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit#Fourth generation (2014)|Ford Transit]] (Gen 4) | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Otosan is 41% owned by Ford, 41% owned by Koç Holding and 18% publicly traded in Turkey. Transit Connect started shipping to the US in fall of 2009. <br /> Previously: <br />[[w:Ford Transit#Third generation (2000)|Ford Transit]] (Gen 3)<br /> [[w:Ford Transit Connect#First generation (2002)|Ford Transit Connect]] (Gen 1)<br />[[w:Ford Transit Connect#First generation (2002)|Ford Tourneo Connect]] (Gen 1)<br /> [[w:Ford Transit Custom# First generation (2012)|Ford Transit Custom]] (Gen 1)<br />[[w:Ford Transit Custom# First generation (2012)|Ford Tourneo Custom]] (Gen 1) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| A (EU) [when following T] (for Ford),<br> K (for VW) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Otosan|Ford Otosan Assembly - Yeniköy]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:tr:Yeniköy Merkez, Başiskele|Yeniköy Merkez]], [[w:Başiskele|Başiskele]], [[w:Kocaeli Province|Kocaeli]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Turkey|Turkey]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2014 | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit Custom#Second generation (2023)|Ford Transit Custom]] (Gen 2)<br /> [[w:Ford Transit Custom#Second generation (2023)|Ford Tourneo Custom]] (Gen 2) <br /> [[w:Volkswagen Transporter (T7)|Volkswagen Transporter/Caravelle (T7)]] | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Otosan is 41% owned by Ford, 41% owned by Koç Holding and 18% publicly traded in Turkey. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Transit Courier#First generation (2014)| Ford Transit Courier]] (Gen 1) <br /> [[w:Ford Transit Courier#First generation (2014)|Ford Tourneo Courier]] (Gen 1) |- style="vertical-align:top;" |style="text-align:center;"| P (EU) [when following T] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Otosan|Ford Otosan Truck Assembly & Engine Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Inonu, Eskisehir|Inonu, Eskisehir]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Turkey|Turkey]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1982 | style="text-align:right;"| 350 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBlue engine|Ford 2.0L "Panther" EcoBlue diesel I4]]<br /> [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford F-Line]] truck<br />[[w:Ford F-MAX|Ford F-MAX]]<br />[[w:Ford Ecotorq engine|Ford 9.0L/12.7L Ecotorq diesel I6]]<br />Ford EcoTorq transmission<br /> Rear Axle for Ford Transit | Ford Otosan is 41% owned by Ford, 41% owned by Koç Holding and 18% publicly traded in Turkey. <br /> Previously: <br /> [[w:Ford D series|Ford D series]]<br /> [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] truck<br />[[w:Ford Zeta engine|Ford 1.6 Zetec I4]]<br />[[w:Ford York engine|Ford 2.5 DI diesel I4]]<br />[[w:Ford Duratorq engine#ZSD ("Puma")|Ford Puma I4/I5 diesel engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Dorset/Dover engine|Ford 6.0/6.2 diesel inline-6]]<br />[[w:Ford Ecotorq engine|7.3L Ecotorq diesel I6]]<br />[[w:Ford MT75 transmission|Ford MT75 transmission]] for Transit |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| R (EU) [when following E] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Romania|Ford Romania/<br>Ford Otosan Romania]]<br> Craiova Assembly & Engine Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Craiova|Craiova]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Romania|Romania]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2009 | style="text-align:right;"| 4,000 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Puma (crossover)|Ford Puma]] (2020-)<br />[[w:Ford Puma Gen-E|Ford Puma Gen-E]] EV (2025-)<br />[[w:Ford Transit Courier#Second generation (2023)|Ford Transit Courier/Tourneo Courier]] (Gen 2) (2023-)<br /> [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#Inline three-cylinder|Ford 1.0 Fox EcoBoost I3]] | Plant was originally Oltcit, a 64/36 joint venture between Romania and Citroen established in 1976. In 1991, Citroen withdrew and the car brand became Oltena while the company became Automobile Craiova. In 1994, it established a 49/51 joint venture with Daewoo called Rodae Automobile which was renamed Daewoo Automobile Romania in 1997. Engine and transmission plants were added in 1997. Following Daewoo’s collapse in 2000, the Romanian government bought out Daewoo’s 51% stake in 2006. Ford bought a 72.4% stake in Automobile Craiova in 2008, which was renamed Ford Romania. Ford increased its stake to 95.63% in 2009. In 2022, Ford transferred ownership of the Craiova plant to its Turkish joint venture Ford Otosan. <br /> Previously:<br> [[w:Ford Transit Connect#First generation (2002)|Ford Transit Connect]] (Gen 1) (2010-2012)<br /> [[w:Ford B-Max|Ford B-Max]] (2012-2017) <br /> [[w:Ford EcoSport#Second generation (B515; 2012)|Ford EcoSport]] (2018-2022) <br /> [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#Inline four-cylinder|Ford 1.5 Sigma EcoBoost I4]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Thailand Manufacturing|Ford Thailand Manufacturing]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pluak Daeng district|Pluak Daeng district]], [[w:Rayong|Rayong]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Thailand|Thailand]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2012 | style="text-align:right;"| 3,000 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)|Ford Ranger (T6)]] | Previously: [[w:Ford EcoSport#Second generation (B515; 2012)|Ford EcoSport]]<br /> [[w:Ford Focus (third generation)|Ford Focus]]<br /> [[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Vietnam|Hai Duong Assembly, Ford Vietnam, Ltd.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hai Duong|Hai Duong]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Vietnam|Vietnam]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1995 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,250 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit#Transit T8 (2023-present)|Ford Transit]] (Gen 4-based)<br /> [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)|Ford Ranger (T6)]]<br /> [[w:Ford Territory (China)#Second generation (CX743MCA; 2022)|Ford Territory]] | Joint venture 75% owned by Ford and 25% owned by Song Cong Diesel Company. <br />Previously: [[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Econovan|Ford Econovan]]<br /> [[w:Ford Tourneo|Ford Tourneo]]<br /> [[w:Ford Ranger (international)|Ford Ranger]]<br /> [[w:Ford Escape|Ford Escape]]<br /> [[w:Ford Mondeo|Ford Mondeo]]<br /> [[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br />[[w:Ford EcoSport#Second generation (B515; 2012)|Ford Ecosport]]<br />[[w:Ford Everest|Ford Everest]] <br /> [[w:Ford Transit#2021 Ford Transit Pro|Ford Transit]] (Gen 3-based) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Halewood Transmission|Halewood Transmission]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Halewood|Halewood]], [[w:Merseyside|Merseyside]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1964 | style="text-align:right;"| 450 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford MT75 transmission|Ford MT75 transmission]]<br />Ford MT82 transmission<br /> [[w:Ford BC-series transmission#iB5 Version|Ford IB5 transmission]]<br />Ford iB6 transmission<br />PTO Transmissions | Formerly part of the [[w:Getrag Ford Transmission|Getrag Ford Transmission]] joint venture. Returned to 100% Ford ownership in 2021. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| R (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hermosillo Stamping and Assembly|Hermosillo Stamping and Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hermosillo|Hermosillo]], [[w:Sonora|Sonora]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1986 | style="text-align:right;"| 2,870 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Bronco Sport|Ford Bronco Sport]] (2021-)<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (2022)|Ford Maverick pickup]] (2022-) | Hermosillo produced its 7 millionth vehicle, a blue Ford Bronco Sport, in June 2024.<br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Fusion (Americas)|Ford Fusion]] (2006-2020)<br />[[w:Mercury Milan|Mercury Milan]] (2006-2011)<br />[[w:Lincoln MKZ|Lincoln Zephyr]] (2006)<br />[[w:Lincoln MKZ|Lincoln MKZ]] (2007-2020)<br />[[w:Ford Focus (North America)|Ford Focus]] (hatchback) (2000-2005)<br />[[w:Ford Escort (North America)|Ford Escort]] (1991-2002)<br />[[w:Ford Escort (North America)#ZX2|Ford Escort ZX2]] (1998-2003)<br />[[w:Mercury Tracer|Mercury Tracer]] (1988-1999) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Irapuato Electric Powertrain Center (formerly Irapuato Transmission Plant) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Irapuato|Irapuato]], [[w:Guanajuato|Guanajuato]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:right;"| 700 | style="text-align:left;"| E-motor and <br> E-transaxle (1T50LP) <br> for Mustang Mach-E | Formerly Getrag Americas, a joint venture between [[w:Getrag|Getrag]] and the [[w:Getrag Ford Transmission|Getrag Ford Transmission]] joint venture. Became 100% owned by Ford in 2016 and launched conventional automatic transmission production in July 2017. Previously built the [[w:Ford PowerShift transmission|Ford PowerShift transmission]] (6DCT250 DPS6) <br /> [[w:Ford 6F transmission|Ford 6F15 transmission]]<br />[[w:Ford 8F transmission|Ford 8F24 transmission]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jiangling Motors|Jiangling Motors Corp., Ltd.]] (JMC Fushan Assembly Plant) | style="text-align:left;"| Xiaolan Economic Development Zone, [[w:Nanchang|Nanchang]], [[w:Jiangxi|Jiangxi]] | style="text-align:left;"| China | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:right;"| 1,725 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Equator|Ford Equator]]<br />[[w:Ford Equator Sport|Ford Equator Sport]]<br />[[w:Ford Territory (China)|Ford Territory]] <br> [[w:Ford Bronco New Energy|Ford Bronco New Energy EV/EREV]] <br /> JMC models | style="text-align:left;"| Partnership with [[w:Jiangling Motors Corporation Group#Jiangling Motor Holding and Jiangling Investment|Jiangling Investment Co., Ltd.]] Jiangling Motors is 32% owned by Ford. <br /> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jiangling Motors|Jiangling Motors Corp., Ltd.]] (JMC Xiaolan Assembly Plant) | style="text-align:left;"| Xiaolan Economic Development Zone, [[w:Nanchang|Nanchang]], [[w:Jiangxi|Jiangxi]] | style="text-align:left;"| China | style="text-align:center;"| 1997 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,660 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit#Transit T8 (2023-present)|Ford Transit T8]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit Custom|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit Custom|Ford Tourneo]] <br />[[w:Ford Ranger (T6)#Second generation (P703/RA; 2022)|Ford Ranger (T6)]]<br /> [[w:Ford Bronco#Sixth generation (U725; 2021)|Ford Bronco (U725)]] <br> [[w:Ford Transit City|Ford Transit City]]<br /> JMC models | style="text-align:left;"| Partnership with [[w:Jiangling Motors Corporation Group#Jiangling Motor Holding and Jiangling Investment|Jiangling Investment Co., Ltd.]] Jiangling Motors is 32% owned by Ford. <br /> Previously: <br />[[w:Ford Transit#Chinese production|Ford Transit & Transit Classic]] <br /> [[w:Ford Transit#2021 Ford Transit Pro|Ford Transit Pro]]<br />[[w:Ford Everest#Second generation (U375/UA; 2015)|Ford Everest]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jiangling Motors|Jiangling Motors Corp., Ltd.]] (JMC Xiaolan Engine Plant) | style="text-align:left;"| Xiaolan Economic Development Zone, [[w:Nanchang|Nanchang]], [[w:Jiangxi|Jiangxi]] | style="text-align:left;"| China | style="text-align:center;"| 2015 | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#2.0 L (2010–2015)|Ford 2.0 L EcoBoost I4]]<br />JMC 1.5/1.8 GTDi engines<br /> | style="text-align:left;"| Partnership with [[w:Jiangling Motors Corporation Group#Jiangling Motor Holding and Jiangling Investment|Jiangling Investment Co., Ltd.]] Jiangling Motors is 32% owned by Ford. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| K (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[W:Kansas City Assembly|Kansas City Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[W:Claycomo, Missouri|Claycomo, Missouri]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1951 <br><br> 1957 (Vehicle production) | style="text-align:right;"| 9,468 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford F-Series (fourteenth generation)|Ford F-150]] (2021-)<br /> [[w:Ford Transit#Fourth generation (2014)|Ford Transit]] (2015-) | style="text-align:left;"| Original location at 1025 Winchester Ave. was first Ford factory in the USA built outside the Detroit area, lasted from 1912–1956. Replaced by Claycomo plant at 8121 US 69, which began to produce civilian vehicles on January 7, 1957 beginning with the Ford F-100 pickup. The Claycomo plant only produced for the military (including wings for B-46 bombers) from when it opened in 1951-1956, when it converted to civilian production.<br />Previously:<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (third generation)|Ford F-Series (third generation)]]<br> (1957-1960)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (fourth generation)|Ford F-Series (fourth generation)]]<br> (1961-1966)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (fifth generation)|Ford F-Series (fifth generation)]]<br> (1967-1972)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (sixth generation)|Ford F-Series (sixth generation)]]<br> (1973-1979)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (seventh generation)|Ford F-Series (seventh generation)]] (1980-1986)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (eighth generation)|Ford F-Series (eighth generation)]]<br> (1987-1991)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (ninth generation)|Ford F-Series (ninth generation)]]<br> (1992-1996)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (tenth generation)|Ford F-Series (tenth generation)]] [PN96]<br> (1997-2003 F-150, 1997-1999 F-250)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (eleventh generation)|Ford F-Series (eleventh generation)]] (2004-2008 F-150)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (twelfth generation)|Ford F-Series (twelfth generation)]] (2009-2014 F-150)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (thirteenth generation)|Ford F-Series (thirteenth generation)]] (2015-2020 F-150)<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959) <br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon (compact)]] (1960-1962, 1964, 1966-1970)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet#First generation (1960–1963)|Comet]] (1960-1961)<br /> [[w:Mercury Comet|Mercury Comet]] (1962)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane]] (1962-1969)<br />[[w:Ford Torino|Ford Torino]] (1968-1969)<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1957-1962, 1966-1969)<br /> [[w:Mercury Meteor#Intermediate (1962–1963)|Mercury Meteor]] (1962-1963)<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Maverick]] (1970-1977)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet#Fifth generation (1971–1977)|Mercury Comet]] (1971-1977)<br />[[w:Ford Fairmont|Ford Fairmont]] (1978-1983)<br />[[w:Mercury Zephyr|Mercury Zephyr]] (1978-1983)<br />[[w:Ford Tempo|Ford Tempo]] (1984-1994)<br />[[w:Mercury Topaz|Mercury Topaz]] (1984-1994)<br />[[w:Ford Contour|Ford Contour]] (1995-2000)<br />[[w:Mercury Mystique|Mercury Mystique]] (1995-2000)<br />[[w:Ford Escape|Ford Escape]] (2001-2012)<br />[[w:Mercury Mariner|Mercury Mariner]] (2005-2011)<br />[[w:Mazda Tribute|Mazda Tribute]] (2001-2011)<br />[[w:Lincoln Blackwood|Lincoln Blackwood]] (2002) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| E (NA) for pickups & SUVs<br /> or <br /> V (NA) for med. & heavy trucks & bus chassis | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kentucky Truck Assembly|Kentucky Truck Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Louisville, Kentucky|Louisville, Kentucky]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1969 | style="text-align:right;"| 9,251 | style="text-align:left;"| VIN code E:<br> [[w:Ford Super Duty|Ford Super Duty]] (1999-)<br /> [[w:Ford Expedition|Ford Expedition]] (2009-) <br /> [[w:Lincoln Navigator|Lincoln Navigator]] (2009-) | Located at 3001 Chamberlain Lane. <br /> Previously:<br> VIN code V:<br> [[w:Ford B series|Ford B series]] (1970-1998)<br />[[w:Ford C series|Ford C series]] (1970-1990)<br />Ford W series<br />Ford CL series<br />[[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] (1991-1997)<br />[[w:Ford L series|Ford L series/Louisville/Aeromax]]<br> (1970-1998) <br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Fifth generation (1967–1979)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1970–1979) <br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Sixth generation (1980–1999)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1980–1998)<br />VIN code E:<br> [[w:Ford F-Series (ninth generation)|Ford F-Series (ninth generation)]] - <br> (F-250: 1995-1997/F-350: 1994-1997/<br> F-Super Duty: 1994-1997)<br />[[w:Ford Excursion|Ford Excursion]] (2000-2005) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lima Engine|Lima Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lima, Ohio|Lima, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1957 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,457 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#2.7 L Nano (first generation)|Ford 2.7/3.0 Nano EcoBoost V6]]<br />[[w:Ford Cyclone engine|Ford 3.3 Cyclone V6]]<br />[[w:Ford Cyclone engine|Ford 3.5/3.7 Cyclone V6 (for FWD vehicles)]] | Previously: [[w:Ford MEL engine|Ford MEL engine]]<br />[[w:Ford 385 engine|Ford 385 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford straight-six engine#Third generation|Ford Thriftpower (Falcon) Six]]<br />[[w:Ford Pinto engine#Lima OHC (LL)|Ford Lima/Pinto I4]]<br />[[w:Ford HSC engine|Ford HSC I4]]<br />[[w:Ford Vulcan engine|Ford Vulcan V6]]<br /> [[w:Jaguar AJ-V8 engine#3.9 L|Jaguar AJ30/AJ35 - Ford 3.9L V8]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Livonia Transmission|Livonia Transmission]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Livonia, Michigan|Livonia, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1952 | style="text-align:right;"| 3,075 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford 6R transmission|Ford 6R transmission]]<br />[[w:Ford-GM 10-speed automatic transmission|Ford 10R60/10R80 transmission]]<br />[[w:Ford 8F transmission|Ford 8F35/8F40 transmission]] <br /> Service components | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| U (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Louisville Assembly Plant|Louisville Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Louisville, Kentucky|Louisville, Kentucky]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1955 | style="text-align:right;"| 3,483 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Escape|Ford Escape]] (2013-2026)<br />[[w:Lincoln Corsair|Lincoln Corsair]] (2020-2026) <br> [[w:Ford Fathom|Ford Fathom]] EV (2028-) | Original location opened in 1913. Ford then moved in 1916 and again in 1925. Current location at 2000 Fern Valley Rd. first opened on April 18, 1955. It produced both cars and trucks. The majority of Edsels were produced here.[https://www.edsel.com/registry/index.html] Passenger car production ended on June 12, 1981 when the last Ford LTD was produced at Louisville.[https://www.google.com/books/edition/The_Encyclopedia_of_Louisville/pXbYITw4ZesC?hl=en&gbpv=1&bsq=ford%20motor] The plant was then converted to build the Ranger pickup and the related Bronco II SUV. Ranger production began on January 18, 1982. The plant was upgraded and expanded to build Explorer, which launched in 1990 and replaced the Bronco II. Explorer was joined by the Mercury Mountaineer in April 1996. Ranger production ended in April 1999 but the Explorer Sport Trac pickup was built here beginning in 2000. The plant was idled in December 2010 and then reopened on April 4, 2012 to build the Ford Escape crossover which was followed by the Escape-based Lincoln MKC, later replaced by the Corsair. Escape and Corsair production ended in mid-December 2025 and the factory was then idled. <br />Previously: [[w:Lincoln MKC|Lincoln MKC]] (2015-2019)<br />[[w:Ford Explorer|Ford Explorer]] (1991-2010)<br />[[w:Mercury Mountaineer|Mercury Mountaineer]] (1997-2010)<br />[[w:Mazda Navajo|Mazda Navajo]] (1991-1994)<br />[[w:Ford Explorer#3-door / Explorer Sport|Ford Explorer Sport]] (2001-2003)<br />[[w:Ford Explorer Sport Trac|Ford Explorer Sport Trac]] (2001-2010)<br />[[w:Ford Bronco II|Ford Bronco II]] (1984-1990)<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (Americas)|Ford Ranger]] (1983-1999)<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Third generation (1957–1960)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1958)<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Fifth generation (1967–1979)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1967-1969)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1955-1957, 1973-1982)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1966, 1970-1981)<br />[[w:Edsel Pacer|Edsel Pacer]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Ranger|Edsel Ranger]] (1958-1960)<br />[[w:Edsel Corsair#1959|Edsel Corsair]] (1959)<br />[[w:Edsel Roundup|Edsel Roundup]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Villager|Edsel Villager]] (1958-1960)<br />[[w:Edsel Bermuda|Edsel Bermuda]] (1958)<br />[[w:Ford Custom|Ford Custom]] (1970)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane]] (1955-1958, 1960-1961)<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1957)<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1971)<br />[[w:Ford 300|Ford 300]] (1963)<br />Heavy trucks were produced on a separate line from early 1958 until Kentucky Truck Plant opened in 1969. Includes [[w:Ford B series|Ford B series]] bus, [[w:Ford C series|Ford C series]], [[w:Ford H series|Ford H series]], Ford W series, and [[w:Ford L series#Background|Ford N-Series]] (1963-69). In addition to cars, F-Series light trucks were built from 1973-1981. Louisville Assembly was then converted to build the Ranger compact pickup, production of which began on January 18, 1982. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| L (NA) (1964-) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Michigan Assembly Plant|Michigan Assembly Plant]] <br> Previously: Michigan Truck Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wayne, Michigan|Wayne, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1957 | style="text-align:right;"| 5,126 | style="text-align:Left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)#Second generation (P703/RA; 2022)|Ford Ranger (T6-P703)]] (2024-)<br /> [[w:Ford Bronco#Sixth generation (U725; 2021)|Ford Bronco (U725)]] (2021-) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 38303 Michigan Ave. Opened in 1957 to build station wagons as the Michigan Station Wagon Plant. Due to a sales slump, the plant was idled in 1959 until 1964. The plant was reopened and converted to build <br> F-Series trucks in 1964, becoming the Michigan Truck Plant. Was original production location for the [[w:Ford Bronco|Ford Bronco]] in 1966. In 1997, F-Series production ended so the plant could focus on the Expedition and Navigator full-size SUVs. In December 2008, Expedition and Navigator production ended and would move to the Kentucky Truck plant during 2009. In 2011, the Michigan Truck Plant was combined with the Wayne Stamping & Assembly Plant, which were then renamed the [[w:Michigan Assembly Plant|Michigan Assembly Plant]]. The plant was converted to build small cars, beginning with the 2012 Focus, followed by the 2013 C-Max. Car production ended in May 2018 and the plant was converted back to building trucks, beginning with the 2019 Ranger, followed by the 2021 Bronco.<br> Previously:<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (T6)#North American version (2019–2023)|Ford Ranger (T6-P375)]] (2019-2023)<br />[[w:Ford Focus (North America)|Ford Focus]] (2012-2018)<br />[[w:Ford C-Max#Second generation (2011)|Ford C-Max]] (2013-2018)<br /> [[w:Ford Bronco|Ford Bronco]] (1966-1996)<br />[[w:Ford Expedition|Ford Expedition]] (1997-2009)<br />[[w:Lincoln Navigator|Lincoln Navigator]] (1998-2009)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1964-1997)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (ninth generation)#SVT Lightning|Ford F-150 Lightning]] (1993-1995)<br /> [[w:Mercury Colony Park|Mercury Colony Park]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| H (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Multimatic|Multimatic]] <br> Markham Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Markham, Ontario|Markham, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2016-2022, 2025- (Ford production) | | [[w:Ford Mustang (seventh generation)#Mustang GTD|Ford Mustang GTD]] (2025-) | Plant owned by [[w:Multimatic|Multimatic]] Inc.<br /> Previously:<br />[[w:Ford GT#Second generation (2016–2022)|Ford GT]] (2017-2022) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| S (NA) (for Pilot Plant),<br> No plant code for Mark II | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Pilot Plant|New Model Programs Development Center]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Allen Park, Michigan|Allen Park, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1956 | | style="text-align:left;"| Commonly known as "Pilot Plant" | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 17000 Oakwood Boulevard. Originally Allen Park Body & Assembly to build the 1956-1957 [[w:Continental Mark II|Continental Mark II]]. Then was Edsel Division headquarters until 1959. Later became the New Model Programs Development Center, where new models and their manufacturing processes are developed and tested. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:fr:Nordex S.A.|Nordex S.A.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Montevideo|Montevideo]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Uruguay|Uruguay]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2021 (Ford production) | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit#Fourth generation (2014)|Ford Transit]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant owned by Nordex S.A. Built under contract for Ford for South American markets. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| K (1954-1959)<br>/<br> No plant codes used (1960-1965)<br>/<br> B (NA) (1966-present) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Oakville Assembly|Oakville Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Oakville, Ontario|Oakville, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1953 | style="text-align:right;"| 3,600 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Super Duty|Ford Super Duty]] (2027-) | style="text-align:left;"| Truck production moved to the neighboring Ontario Truck plant when it opened in 1965. After Ontario Truck closed in 2004, it was absorbed into the Oakville Assembly plant. Ford Edge production ended in May 2024 and Oakville Assembly was idled.<br /> Previously: <br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1967-1968, 1971)<br />[[w:Meteor (automobile)|Meteor cars]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero#First generation (1957–1959)|Meteor Ranchero]] (1957-1958)<br />[[w:Monarch (marque)|Monarch cars]]<br />[[w:Edsel Citation|Edsel Citation]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Corsair|Edsel Corsair]] (1958-1959)<br />[[w:Edsel Pacer|Edsel Pacer]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Ranger|Edsel Ranger]] (1958-1959)<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon (compact)]] (1960-1968)<br />[[w:Frontenac (marque)|Frontenac]] (1960)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet|Mercury Comet]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (Americas)#Intermediate Falcon (1970½)|Ford Falcon (intermediate)]] (1970 1/2)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane]] (1970)<br />[[w:Ford Torino|Ford Torino]] (1970, 1972-1974)<br />[[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964-1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1966-1967)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1969-1970, 1972, 1975-1982)<br />[[w:Ford LTD Crown Victoria|Ford LTD Crown Victoria]] (1983)<br />[[w:Mercury Montclair|Mercury Montclair]] (1966-1967)<br />[[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1971)<br />[[w:Mercury Marquis|Mercury Marquis]] (1972, 1976-1977)<br />[[w:Mercury Park Lane|Mercury Park Lane]] (1968)<br />[[w:Ford Escort (North America)|Ford Escort]] (1984-1987)<br />[[w:Mercury Lynx|Mercury Lynx]] (1984-1987)<br />[[w:Ford Tempo|Ford Tempo]] (1984-1994)<br />[[w:Mercury Topaz|Mercury Topaz]] (1984-1994)<br />[[w:Ford Windstar|Ford Windstar]] (1995-2003)<br />[[w:Ford Freestar|Ford Freestar]] (2004-2007)<br />[[w:Ford Windstar#Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (2004-2007)<br /> [[w:Ford Flex|Ford Flex]] (2009-2019)<br /> [[w:Lincoln MKT|Lincoln MKT]] (2010-2019)<br />[[w:Ford Edge|Ford Edge]] (2007-2024)<br />[[w:Lincoln MKX|Lincoln MKX]] (2007-2018) <br />[[w:Lincoln Nautilus#First generation (U540; 2019)|Lincoln Nautilus]] (2019-2023)<br />[[w:Ford E-Series|Ford Econoline]] (1961-1981)<br />[[w:Ford E-Series#First generation (1961–1967)|Mercury Econoline]] (1961-1965)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1954-1965)<br />[[w:Mercury M-Series|Mercury M-Series]] (1954-1965) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| D (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ohio Assembly|Ohio Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Avon Lake, Ohio|Avon Lake, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1974 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,802 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford E-Series|Ford E-Series]]<br> (Body assembly: 1975-,<br> Final assembly: 2006-)<br> (Van thru 2014,<br> Cutaway thru present day)<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)#Eighth generation (2016–present)|Ford F-650/750]] (2016-)<br /> [[w:Ford Super Duty|Ford Super Duty <br /> F-350/450/550 Chassis Cab]] (2017-)<br /> [[w:Ford Super Duty|Ford Super Duty <br /> F-600 Chassis Cab]] (2020-) | style="text-align:left;"| Was previously a Fruehauf truck trailer plant.<br />Previously: [[w:Ford Escape|Ford Escape]] (2004-2005)<br />[[w:Mercury Mariner|Mercury Mariner]] (2005-2006)<br />[[w:Mercury Villager|Mercury Villager]] (1993-2002)<br />[[w:Nissan Quest|Nissan Quest]] (1993-2002) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| B (SA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pacheco Stamping and Assembly|Pacheco Stamping and Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:General Pacheco|General Pacheco]], [[w:Buenos Aires Province|Buenos Aires Province]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Argentina|Argentina]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1961 | style="text-align:right;"| 3,823 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)|Ford Ranger (T6)]] | style="text-align:left;"| Part of [[w:Autolatina|Autolatina]] venture with VW from 1987 to 1996. Ford kept this side of the Pacheco plant when Autolatina dissolved while VW got the other side of the plant, which it still operates. This plant has made both cars and trucks. <br /> Formerly:<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-100/F-150]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-250/F-350/F-3500/F-400/F-4000/F-500]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)|Ford F-600/F-6000/F-700/F-7000]]<br />[[w:Ford B-Series|Ford B-Series]] (B-600/B-700/B-7000)<br /> [[w:Ford Falcon (Argentina)|Ford Falcon]] (1962 to 1991)<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero#Argentine Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]]<br /> [[w:Ford Taunus TC#Argentina|Ford Taunus]]<br /> [[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]]<br /> [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Verona#Second generation (1993–1996)|Ford Verona]]<br />[[w:Ford Orion|Ford Orion]]<br /> [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)#Ford Fairlane in Argentina|Ford Fairlane]]<br />[[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br />[[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (Americas)|Ford Ranger (US design)]]<br />[[w:Ford straight-six engine|Ford 170/187/188/221 inline-6]]<br />[[w:Ford Y-block engine#292|Ford 292 Y-block V8]]<br />[[w:Ford Duratorq engine#ZSD ("Puma")|Ford 2.2/3.2 Puma diesel engine]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Pointer|VW Pointer]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Rawsonville Components | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ypsilanti, Michigan|Ypsilanti, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1956 | style="text-align:right;"| 788 | style="text-align:left;"| Integrated Air/Fuel Modules<br /> Air Induction Systems<br> Transmission Oil Pumps<br />HEV and PHEV Batteries<br /> Fuel Pumps<br /> Carbon Canisters<br />Ignition Coils<br />Transmission components for Van Dyke Transmission Plant | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 10300 Textile Road. Spun off as part of [[w:Visteon|Visteon]] in 2000. Taken back by Ford in 2005 as part of [[w:Automotive Components Holdings|Automotive Components Holdings]] LLC. Sold to parent Ford in 2009. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| L (N. American-style VIN position) | style="text-align:left;"| RMA Automotive Cambodia | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Krakor district|Krakor district]], [[w:Pursat province|Pursat province]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cambodia|Cambodia]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2022 | style="text-align:right;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (T6)|Ford Ranger (T6)]]<br />[[w:Ford Everest|Ford Everest]] <br /> [[w:Ford Territory (China)#Second generation (CX743MCA; 2022)|Ford Territory]] [https://cambodianess.com/article/rma-cambodia-plc-officially-launches-new-ford-production-line-and-ford-sub-assembly-plant-in-pursat-province] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant belongs to RMA Group, Ford's distributor in Cambodia. Builds vehicles under license from Ford. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| C (EU) [when following G] [includes <br> US-mkt. '78-'80 Ford Fiesta] <br>/<br> 4 (NA) ['16-'18 US-mkt. <br> Focus RS] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Saarlouis Body & Assembly|Saarlouis Body & Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Saarlouis|Saarlouis]], [[w:Saarland|Saarland]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1968 (components), 1970 (vehicle prod.) | style="text-align:right;"| 1,276 | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Plant was built on the site of the former Roderberg airfield. First opened as a components plant in 1968, supplying other Ford plants and also supplying Renault with body panels. This production ended once Ford Escort production began in 1970. The first Escort body shell was completed on October 20, 1969. Began vehicle production with the Escort on January 16, 1970. Saarlouis shared Escort production with Ford's Halewood, UK plant. About 150,000 Capris were built at Saarlouis from 1971-1975, including the 1 millionth Capri built, an RS2600 completed on August 29, 1973. Fiesta began production at Saarlouis on May 11, 1976 and ended in 1980. Over 700,000 Fiestas were built in Saarlouis. Escort was replaced by the Focus in 1998. Saarlouis produced over 6.5 million Escorts from 1970-1998. Focus began production on August 10, 1998. All Focus RS & RS500 models were made in Saarlouis. In June 2013, the Ford Focus Electric began production in Saarlouis. It was the first fully electric Ford in Europe and the first fully electric car to be produced in Germany. Production ended by April 2017. C-Max production began in Saarlouis in November 2003. C-Max production shifted to Valencia, Spain in 2010 but returned to Saarlouis in 2014. C-Max production ended in June 2019 and was discontinued. About 1.2 million <br> C-Max vehicles were built at Saarlouis. Last Focus ST produced September 26, 2025. Last Focus, a white 5-d hatchback, was produced on November 14, 2025. That was the end of vehicle production at Saarlouis. In 1980, Saarlouis built its 2 millionth vehicle, a Fiesta 3-d. In February 1990, Saarlouis produced its 5 millionth vehicle, a 4th gen. Escort. In July 2005, Saarlouis produced its 10 millionth vehicle, a blue Focus wagon. On November 19, 2007, Saarlouis produced its 11 millionth vehicle, a silver C-Max. On August 26, 2010, the 12 millionth vehicle, a white Focus 5-d hatchback, was produced. On June 16, 2016, the 14 millionth vehicle, a red Focus 5-d hatchback, was produced. In December 2019, Saarlouis produced its 15 millionth vehicle, a red Focus ST 5-d. About 15.6 million vehicles were produced in total at Saarlouis.<br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]] (1970-1998)<br />[[w:Ford Orion|Ford Orion]] (1983-1993)<br />[[w:Ford Capri|Ford Capri]] (1971-1975)<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]] (1976-1980)<br />[[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]] (1998-2025)<br />[[w:Ford C-Max|Ford C-Max]] (2003-2010, 2015-2019)<br />[[w:Ford Kuga#First generation (C394; 2008)|Ford Kuga]] (Gen 1: 2008-2012) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | [[w:Ford India|Sanand Engine Plant]] | [[w:Sanand|Sanand]], [[w:Gujarat|Gujarat]] | [[w:India|India]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2015 | | [[w:Ford EcoBlue engine|Ford EcoBlue/Panther 2.0L Diesel I4 engine]] | Although the Sanand property including the assembly plant was sold to [[w:Tata Motors|Tata Motors]] in 2022, the engine plant buildings and property were leased back from Tata by Ford India so that the engine plant could continue building diesel engines for export to Thailand, Vietnam, and Argentina. <br /> Previously: [[w:List of Ford engines#1.2 L Dragon|1.2/1.5 Ti-VCT Dragon I3]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sharonville Transmission|Sharonville Transmission]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sharonville, Ohio|Sharonville, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1958 | style="text-align:right;"| 2,003 | style="text-align:left;"| Ford 6R140 transmission<br /> [[w:Ford-GM 10-speed automatic transmission|Ford 10R80/10R140 transmission]]<br /> Gears for 6R80/140, 6F35/50/55, & 8F57 transmissions <br /> | Located at 3000 E Sharon Rd. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford 4R70W transmission|Ford 4R70W transmission]]<br /> [[w:Ford C6 transmission#4R100|Ford 4R100 transmission]]<br /> Ford 5R110W transmission<br /> [[w:Ford C3 transmission#5R44E/5R55E/N/S/W|Ford 5R55S transmission]]<br /> [[w:Ford CD4E transmission|Ford CD4E transmission]]<br /> Ford FN transmission |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Sterling Axle | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sterling Heights, Michigan|Sterling Heights, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1956 | style="text-align:right;"| 2,391 | style="text-align:left;"| Front axles<br /> Rear axles<br /> Rear drive units | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 39000 Mound Rd. Spun off as part of [[w:Visteon|Visteon]] in 2000; taken back by Ford in 2005 as part of [[w:Automotive Components Holdings|Automotive Components Holdings]] LLC. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| P (EU) [when following W] /<br> 1 (NA) ('14-'23 Transit Connect) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Valencia Body and Assembly|Ford Valencia Body and Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Almussafes|Almussafes]], [[w:Province of Valencia|Valencia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Spain|Spain]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1976 | style="text-align:right;"| 5,400 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Kuga#Third generation (C482; 2019)|Ford Kuga]] (Gen 3) | Previously: [[w:Ford C-Max#Second generation (2011)|Ford C-Max]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxy#Third generation (CD390; 2015)|Ford Galaxy]]<br />[[w:Ford Ka#First generation (BE146; 1996)|Ford Ka]]<br />[[w:Ford Kuga#Second generation (C520; 2012)|Ford Kuga]] (Gen 2)<br />[[w:Ford Mondeo (fourth generation)|Ford Mondeo]]<br />[[w:Ford Orion|Ford Orion]] <br /> [[w:Ford S-Max#Second generation (CD539; 2015)|Ford S-Max]] <br /> [[w:Ford Transit Connect#Second generation (2012)|Ford Transit Connect]]<br /> [[w:Ford Transit Connect#Second generation (2012)|Ford Tourneo Connect]]<br />[[w:Mazda2#First generation (DY; 2002)|Mazda 2]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Valencia Engine | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Almussafes|Almussafes]], [[w:Province of Valencia|Valencia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Spain|Spain]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1976 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,000 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mazda L engine|Ford Duratec HE 1.8/2.0]]<br /> [[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#2.0 L (2010–2015)|Ford Ecoboost 2.0L]]<br />[[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#2.3 L|Ford Ecoboost 2.3L]] | Previously: [[w:Ford Kent engine#Valencia|Ford Kent/Valencia engine]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Van Dyke Electric Powertrain Center | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sterling Heights, Michigan|Sterling Heights, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1968 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,444 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford 6F transmission|Ford 6F35/6F55]]<br /> Ford HF35/HF45 transmission for hybrids & PHEVs<br />Ford 8F57 transmission<br />Electric motors (eMotor) for hybrids & EVs<br />Electric vehicle transmissions | Located at 41111 Van Dyke Ave. Formerly known as Van Dyke Transmission Plant.<br />Originally made suspension parts. Began making transmissions in 1993.<br /> Previously: [[w:Ford AX4N transmission|Ford AX4N transmission]]<br /> Ford FN transmission |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| X (for VW & for Ford) | style="text-align:left;"| Volkswagen Poznań | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Poznań|Poznań]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Poland|Poland]] | style="text-align:center;"| | | [[w:Ford Transit Connect#Third generation (2021)|Ford Tourneo Connect]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit Connect#Third generation (2021)|Ford Transit Connect]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Caddy#Fourth generation (Typ SB; 2020)|VW Caddy]]<br /> | Plant owned by [[W:Volkswagen|Volkswagen]]. Production for Ford began in 2022. <br> Previously: [[w:Volkswagen Transporter (T6)|VW Transporter (T6)]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Windsor Engine Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor, Ontario|Windsor, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1923 | style="text-align:right;"| 1,850 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Godzilla engine|Ford 7.3L Godzilla V8]] | Main Windsor Engine Plant closed but the Windsor Annex Engine Plant, located on the south end of the Windsor Engine Plant property off Seminole Street, is still open. <br> Previously: [[w:Ford small block engine|Ford 255/289/302/351 Windsor V8]]<br />[[w:Ford Modular engine|Ford Modular engine]]: 4.6/5.4L V8 & 6.8L V10<br>[[w:Ford Godzilla engine|Ford 6.8 Godzilla V8]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Woodhaven Forging | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Woodhaven, Michigan|Woodhaven, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1995 | style="text-align:right;"| 86 | style="text-align:left;"| Crankshaft forgings for 2.7/3.0 Nano EcoBoost V6, 3.5 Cyclone V6, & 3.5 EcoBoost V6 | Located at 24189 Allen Rd. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Woodhaven Stamping | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Woodhaven, Michigan|Woodhaven, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1964 | style="text-align:right;"| 499 | style="text-align:left;"| Body panels | Located at 20900 West Rd. |} ==Future production facilities== {| class="wikitable sortable" style="font-size:90%" |- ! style="width:120px;"| VIN ! style="width:200px;"| Name ! style="width:100px;"| City/state ! style="width:100px;"| Country ! style="width:120px;" class="unsortable"| Status ! style="width:150px;"| Employees ! style="width:200px;"| Products ! style="width:300px;" class="unsortable"| Comments |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Blue Oval City|Tennessee Truck Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Stanton, Tennessee|Stanton, Tennessee]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:lightyellow;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Announced | style="text-align:right;"| ~6,000 | style="text-align:left;"| Ford gas-powered pickup | Was scheduled to start EV production in 2028, following delays. As of December 2025, plant is renamed Tennessee Truck Plant and production of a gas-powered truck is scheduled to start in 2029. Battery manufacturing onsite would have been part of BlueOval SK, a joint venture with SK On, a subsidiary of [[w:SK Innovation|SK Innovation]].<ref name=BlueOval>{{cite news|url=https://www.detroitnews.com/story/business/autos/ford/2021/09/27/ford-four-new-plants-tennessee-kentucky-electric-vehicles/5879885001/|title=Ford, partner to spend $11.4B on four new plants in Tennessee, Kentucky to support EVs|first1=Jordyn|last1=Grzelewski|first2=Riley|last2=Beggin|newspaper=The Detroit News|date=September 27, 2021|accessdate=September 27, 2021}}</ref> However, as of December 2025, the venture is being dissolved. Ford will keep the Kentucky battery plants while SK On will keep the Tennessee battery plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| BlueOval SK Battery Park | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Glendale, Kentucky|Glendale, Kentucky]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:lightyellow;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Announced | style="text-align:right;"| ~5,000 | style="text-align:left;"| Lithium-ion Batteries for E-Transit and LFP batteries for energy storage systems | Consists of 2 battery plants. Both were originally scheduled to start production in 2025. Plant 1 began commercial production on August 19, 2025 but Plant 2 has been delayed to 2027. Part of BlueOval SK, a joint venture between Ford Motor Company and SK On, a subsidiary of SK Innovation.<ref name=BlueOval/> As of December 2025, the venture is being dissolved. Ford will keep the Kentucky battery plants while SK On will keep the Tennessee battery plant. The Glendale plant is now making battery packs for Ford Energy, a new Ford subsidiary making battery energy storage systems for data centers, utilities, and large industrial and commercial customers in the U.S. <br> Previously: Lithium-ion Batteries for F-150 Lightning |} ==Former production facilities== {| class="wikitable sortable" style="font-size:90%" |- ! style="width:120px;"| VIN ! style="width:220px;"| Name ! style="width:100px;"| City/State ! style="width:100px;"| Country ! style="width:100px;" class="unsortable"| Years ! style="width:250px;"| Products ! style="width:350px;" class="unsortable"| Comments | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| F (EU) [serial# starts with BF] | style="text-align:left;"| Advanced Vehicle Operations (AVO) "Aveley plant" | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Ockendon|South Ockendon]], [[w:Essex|Essex]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Vehicle production from Nov. 1970 - Early 1975 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)#First generation (1967)|Ford Escort]] Mexico, RS1600, & RS2000 models | Was located on Arisdale Avenue in South Ockendon. Plant was set up to build special, high performance Escort models that needed extra work to build, which the Halewood plant was struggling to do. Escort two-door bodyshells, already painted, trimmed, and built to strengthened Type 49 specification, were shipped in directly from the Halewood plant that built mainstream Escorts. Once at the AVO plant, the bodies were placed on an overhead carousel which ran around the factory. As the cars moved around, the engine, transmission, and suspension were fitted from below. When auto sales declined following the 1973 Energy Crisis, spare capacity opened up at the mainstream Escort plants and a dedicated plant for performance versions was no longer needed and the AVO plant closed in early 1975. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Alexandria Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Alexandria|Alexandria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Egypt|Egypt]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1950-1966 | style="text-align:left;"| Ford trucks including [[w:Thames Trader|Thames Trader]] trucks | Opened in 1950. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Ali Automobiles | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Karachi|Karachi]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pakistan|Pakistan]] | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]], [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]], [[w:Ford Transit#Taunus Transit (1953)|Ford Kombi]], [[w:Ford F-Series second generation|Ford F-Series pickups]] | Ford production ended. Ali Automobiles was nationalized in 1972, becoming Awami Autos. Today, Awami is partnered with Suzuki in the Pak Suzuki joint venture. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| N (EU) [when following C] | style="text-align:left;"| Amsterdam Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Amsterdam|Amsterdam]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Netherlands|Netherlands]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1932-1981 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]], [[w:Ford Transcontinental|Ford Transcontinental]], [[w:Ford D Series|Ford D-Series]],<br> Ford N-Series (EU) | Assembled a wide range of Ford products primarily for the local market from Sept. 1932–Nov. 1981. Began with the [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]. Car assembly (latterly [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]], [[w:Ford Corsair|Ford Corsair]], [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]], [[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]], [[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]], [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]], [[w:Ford Vedette|Ford Vedette]], and [[w:Ford Taunus|Ford Taunus]]) ended 1978. Also, [[w:Ford Mustang (first generation)|Ford Mustang]], [[w:Ford Custom 500|Ford Custom 500]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Antwerp Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Antwerp|Antwerp]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Belgium|Belgium]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1922-1964 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P3|Ford Taunus P3]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P4|Ford Taunus P4]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]]<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane]]<br />[[w:Edsel|Edsel]] (CKD)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] | Original plant was on Rue Dubois from 1922 to 1926. Ford then moved to the Hoboken District of Antwerp in 1926 until they moved to a plant near the Bassin Canal in 1931. Replaced by the Genk plant that opened in 1964, however tractors were then made at Antwerp for some time after car & truck production ended. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford France|Asnières-sur-Seine Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Asnières-sur-Seine|Asnières-sur-Seine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:France|France]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]] (Ford 6CV) | Ford sold the plant to Société Immobilière Industrielle d'Asnières or SIIDA on April 30, 1941. SIIDA leased it to the LAFFLY company (New Machine Tool Company) on October 30, 1941. [[w:Citroën|Citroën]] then bought most of the shares in LAFFLY in 1948 and the lease was transferred from LAFFLY to [[w:Citroën|Citroën]] in 1949, which then began to move in and set up production. A hydraulics building for the manufacture of the hydropneumatic suspension of the DS was built in 1953. [[w:Citroën|Citroën]] manufactured machined parts and hydraulic components for its hydropneumatic suspension system (also supplied to [[w:Rolls-Royce Motors|Rolls-Royce Motors]]) at Asnières as well as steering components and connecting rods & camshafts after Nanterre was closed. SIIDA was taken over by Citroën on September 2, 1968. In 2000, the Asnières site became a joint venture between [[w:Siemens|Siemens Automotive]] and [[w:PSA Group|PSA Group]] (Siemens 52% -PSA 48%) called Siemens Automotive Hydraulics SA (SAH). In 2007, when [[w:Continental AG|Continental AG]] took over [[w:Siemens VDO|Siemens VDO]], SAH became CAAF (Continental Automotive Asnières France) and PSA sold off its stake in the joint venture. Continental closed the Asnières plant in 2009. Most of the site was demolished between 2011 and 2013. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| G | style="text-align:left;"| Aston Martin Gaydon Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Gaydon|Gaydon, Warwickshire]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Aston Martin DB9|Aston Martin DB9]]<br />[[w:Aston Martin Vantage (2005)|Aston Martin V8 Vantage/V12 Vantage]]<br />[[w:Aston Martin DBS V12|Aston Martin DBS V12]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold along with [[w:Aston Martin|Aston Martin]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| T (DBS-based V8 & Lagonda sedan), <br /> B (Virage & Vanquish) | style="text-align:left;"| Aston Martin Newport Pagnell Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Newport Pagnell|Newport Pagnell]], [[w:Buckinghamshire|Buckinghamshire]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Aston Martin Vanquish#First generation (2001–2007)|Aston Martin V12 Vanquish]]<br />[[w:Aston Martin Virage|Aston Martin Virage]] 1st generation <br />[[w:Aston Martin V8|Aston Martin V8]]<br />[[w:Aston Martin Lagonda|Aston Martin Lagonda sedan]] <br />[[w:Aston Martin V8 engine|Aston Martin V8 engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold along with [[w:Aston Martin|Aston Martin]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| AT/A (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Atlanta Assembly|Atlanta Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hapeville, Georgia|Hapeville, Georgia]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1947-2006 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Taurus|Ford Taurus]] (1986-2007)<br /> [[w:Mercury Sable|Mercury Sable]] (1986-2005) | Began F-Series production December 3, 1947. Demolished. Site now occupied by the headquarters of Porsche North America.<ref>{{cite web|title=Porsche breaks ground in Hapeville on new North American HQ|url=http://www.cbsatlanta.com/story/20194429/porsche-breaks-ground-in-hapeville-on-new-north-american-hq|publisher=CBS Atlanta}}</ref> <br />Previously: <br /> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1956, 1958, 1960)<br />[[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1967)<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1961, 1963-1967)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1966, 1969, 1979-1980)<br />[[w:Mercury Marquis|Mercury Marquis]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon (compact)]] (1961-1964)<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)#Intermediate Falcon (1970½)|Ford Falcon (intermediate)]] (1970 1/2)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane]] (1962-1963, 1965-1970)<br />[[w:Ford Torino|Ford Torino]] (1968-1976)<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1969-1977)<br />[[w:Mercury Montego|Mercury Montego]]<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Third generation (1974–1976)|Mercury Cougar]] (1974-1976)<br />[[w:Ford LTD II|Ford LTD II]] (1977-1978)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Fourth generation (1977–1979)|Mercury Cougar XR-7]] (1977)<br />[[w:Ford Fairmont|Ford Fairmont]] (1981-1982)<br />[[w:Mercury Zephyr|Mercury Zephyr]] (1981-1982)<br />[[w:Ford Granada (North America)#Second generation (1981–1982)|Ford Granada]] (1981-1982)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Fifth generation (1980–1982)|Mercury Cougar]] (non-XR-7 models only) (1981-1982)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (ninth generation)|Ford Thunderbird (Gen 9)]] (1983-1985)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Sixth generation (1983–1988)|Mercury Cougar]] (1984-1985) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Auckland Operations | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wiri|Wiri]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:New Zealand|New Zealand]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1973-1997 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Telstar|Ford Telstar]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (Australia)|Ford Falcon]]<br /> [[w:Mazda 323|Mazda 323]]<br /> [[w:Mazda 626|Mazda 626]] | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1973 as Wiri Assembly (also included transmission & chassis component plants), name changed in 1983 to Auckland Operations, became a joint venture with Mazda called Vehicles Assemblers of New Zealand (VANZ) in 1987, closed in 1997. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| S (EU) [when following P] (for Ford),<br> V (for VW & Seat) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Autoeuropa|Autoeuropa]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Palmela|Palmela]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Portugal|Portugal]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold to [[w:Volkswagen|Volkswagen]] in 1999, Ford production ended in 2006 | [[w:Ford Galaxy#First generation (V191; 1995)|Ford Galaxy (1995–2006)]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Sharan|Volkswagen Sharan]]<br />[[w:SEAT Alhambra|SEAT Alhambra]] | Autoeuropa was a 50/50 joint venture between Ford & VW created in 1991. Production began in 1995. Ford sold its half of the plant to VW in 1999 but the Ford Galaxy continued to be built at the plant until the first generation ended production in 2006. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Automotive Industries|Automotive Industries]], Ltd. (AIL) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Nazareth Illit|Nazareth Illit]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Israel|Israel]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1968-1985? | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford D Series|Ford D Series]]<br />[[w:Ford L-Series|Ford L-9000]] | Car production began in 1968 in conjunction with Ford's local distributor, Israeli Automobile Corp. Truck production began in 1973. Ford Escort production ended in 1981. Truck production may have continued to c.1985. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Avtotor|Avtotor]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kaliningrad|Kaliningrad]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Russia|Russia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Suspended | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] truck<br />[[w:Ford F-MAX|Ford F-MAX]] | Produced trucks under contract for Ford Otosan. Production began with the Cargo in 2015; the F-Max was added in 2019. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| P (EU) [when following C] | style="text-align:left;"| Azambuja Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Azambuja|Azambuja]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Portugal|Portugal]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed in 2000 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br /> [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br /> [[w:Ford Granada (Europe)|Ford Granada]]<br />[[w:Ford P100#Sierra-based model|Ford P100]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P4|Ford Taunus P4]] (12M)<br />[[w:Ford Transit#Taunus Transit (1953)|Ford Taunus Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford Thames 400E|Ford Thames 400E]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Thames Trader|Thames Trader]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| G (EU) [when following W] (Ford Maverick made by Nissan) | style="text-align:left;"| Barcelona Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Barcelona|Barcelona]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Spain|Spain]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1923-1954 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]], [[w:Ford Model C Ten|Ford Model C Ten]] | Became Motor Iberica SA after nationalization in 1954. Built Ford's [[w:Thames Trader|Thames Trader]] trucks under license which were sold under the [[w:Ebro trucks|Ebro]] name. Later taken over in stages by Nissan from 1979 to 1987 when it became [[w:Nissan Motor Ibérica|Nissan Motor Ibérica]] SA. Under Nissan, the [[w:Nissan Terrano II|Ford Maverick]] SUV was built in the Barcelona plant under an OEM agreement. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Argentina|Barracas Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Barracas, Buenos Aires|Barracas]], [[w:Buenos Aires|Buenos Aires]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Argentina|Argentina]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1916-1922 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| First Ford assembly plant in Latin America and the second outside North America after Britain. Replaced by the La Boca plant in 1922. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Basildon | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Basildon|Basildon]], [[w:Essex|Essex]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|U.K.]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1964-1991 | style="text-align:left;"| Ford tractor range | style="text-align:left;"| Sold with New Holland tractor business |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Batavia Transmission|Batavia Transmission]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Batavia, Ohio|Batavia, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1980-2008 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford CD4E transmission|Ford CD4E transmission]]<br /> [[w:Ford ATX transmission|Ford ATX transmission]]<br />[[w:Batavia Transmission#Partnership|CFT23 & CFT30 CVT transmissions]] produced as part of ZF Batavia joint venture with [[w:ZF Friedrichshafen|ZF Friedrichshafen]] | ZF Batavia joint venture was created in 1999 and was 49% owned by Ford and 51% owned by [[w:ZF Friedrichshafen|ZF Friedrichshafen]]. Jointly developed CVT production began in late 2003. Ford bought out ZF in 2005 and the plant became Batavia Transmissions LLC, owned 100% by Ford. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Germany|Berlin Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Berlin|Berlin]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1931 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model TT|Ford Model TT]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] | Replaced by Cologne plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Aquitaine Industries Bordeaux Automatic Transmission Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Blanquefort, Gironde|Blanquefort]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:France|France]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1973-2019 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford C3 transmission|Ford C3/A4LD/A4LDE/4R44E/4R55E/5R44E/5R55E/5R55S/5R55W 3-, 4-, & 5-speed automatic transmissions]]<br />[[w:Ford 6F transmission|Ford 6F35 6-speed automatic transmission]]<br />Components | Sold to HZ Holding in 2009 but the deal collapsed and Ford bought the plant back in 2011. Closed in September 2019. Demolished in 2021. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| K (for DB7) | style="text-align:left;"| Bloxham Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bloxham|Bloxham]], [[w:Oxfordshire|Oxfordshire]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|U.K.]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2003 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Aston Martin DB7|Aston Martin DB7]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XJ220|Jaguar XJ220]] | style="text-align:left;"| Originally a JaguarSport plant. After XJ220 production ended, plant was transferred to Aston Martin to build the DB7. Closed with the end of DB7 production in 2003. Aston Martin has since been sold by Ford in 2007. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| V (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:International Motors#Blue Diamond Truck|Blue Diamond Truck]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:General Escobedo|General Escobedo, Nuevo León]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"|Joint venture ended in 2015 | style="text-align:left;"|[[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)#Seventh generation (2000-2015)|Ford F-650]] (2004-2015)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)#Seventh generation (2000-2015)|Ford F-750]] (2004-2015)<br /> [[w:Ford LCF|Ford LCF]] (2006-2009) | style="text-align:left;"| Commercial truck joint venture with Navistar until 2015 when Ford production moved back to USA and plant was returned to Navistar. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford India|Bombay Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bombay|Bombay]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:India|India]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1926-1954 | style="text-align:left;"| | Ford's original Indian plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford France|Bordeaux Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bordeaux|Bordeaux]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:France|France]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1925 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | Replaced by Asnières-sur-Seine plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bridgend Engine|Bridgend Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bridgend|Bridgend]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wales|Wales]], [[w:UK|U.K.]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed September 2020 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford CVH engine|Ford CVH engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Sigma engine|Ford Sigma engine]]<br />[[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#Inline four-cylinder|Ford 1.5/1.6 Sigma EcoBoost I4]]<br />[[w:Ford Zeta engine|Ford Zeta engine]]<br />[[w:Ford EcoBoost engine#1.5 L Dragon|Ford 1.5L Dragon EcoBoost I3]]<br /> [[w:Jaguar AJ-V8 engine|Jaguar AJ-V8 engine]] 4.0/4.2/4.4L<br />[[w:Jaguar AJ-V8 engine#V6|Jaguar AJ126 3.0L V6]]<br />[[w:Jaguar AJ-V8 engine#AJ-V8 Gen III|Jaguar AJ133 5.0L V8]]<br /> [[w:Volvo SI6 engine|Volvo SI6 engine]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| JG (AU) /<br> G (AU) /<br> 8 (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Broadmeadows Assembly Plant|Broadmeadows Assembly Plant]] (Broadmeadows Car Assembly) (Plant 1) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Campbellfield|Campbellfield]], [[w:Victoria (Australia)|Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1959-2016<ref name="abc_4707960">{{cite news|title=Ford Australia to close Broadmeadows and Geelong plants, 1,200 jobs to go|url=http://www.abc.net.au/news/2013-05-23/ford-to-close-geelong-and-broadmeadows-plants/4707960|work=abc.net.au|access-date=25 May 2013}}</ref> | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br />[[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia#Anglia 105E (1959–1968)|Ford Anglia 105E]]<br />[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]]<br />[[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]] TC-TF<br />[[w:Ford Telstar#First generation (AR, AS; 1982–1987)|Ford Telstar]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (Australia)|Ford Falcon]]<br /> Ford Falcon Ute<br /> [[w:Nissan Ute|Nissan Ute]] (XFN)<br />Ford Falcon Panel Van<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Australia)|Ford Fairlane]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Australia)|Ford LTD]]<br /> [[w:Ford Territory (Australia)|Ford Territory]]<br /> [[w:Ford Capri (Australia)|Ford Capri Convertible]]<br />[[w:Mercury Capri#Third generation (1991–1994)|Mercury Capri convertible]] (1991–1994)<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1959-1961 Ford Custom 300/Fairlane 500/Ranch Wagon]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie#Australian production|Ford Galaxie (1969-1972) (conversion to right hand drive)]] | Plant opened August 1959. Closed Oct 7th 2016. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| JL (AU) /<br> L (AU) | style="text-align:left;"| Broadmeadows Commercial Vehicle Plant (Assembly Plant 2) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Campbellfield|Campbellfield]],[[w:Victoria (Australia)|Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1971-1992 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (F-100/F-150/F-250/F-350)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)|Ford F-Series medium duty]] (F-500/F-600/F-700/F-750/F-800/F-8000)<br />[[w:Ford L-Series|Ford L-Series/Louisville/Aeromax]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit#First generation (1965)|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford Bronco#Australian assembly|Ford Bronco]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Cadiz Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cadiz|Cadiz]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Spain|Spain]] | style="text-align:center;"| 1920-1923 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | Replaced by Barcelona plant. |- | style="text-align:center;"| 8 (SA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Brasil|Camaçari Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Camaçari, Bahia|Camaçari, Bahia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2001-2021<ref name="camacari">{{cite web |title=Ford Advances South America Restructuring; Will Cease Manufacturing in Brazil, Serve Customers With New Lineup {{!}} Ford Media Center |url=https://media.ford.com/content/fordmedia/fna/us/en/news/2021/01/11/ford-advances-south-america-restructuring.html |website=media.ford.com |access-date=6 June 2022 |date=11 January 2021}}</ref><ref>{{cite web|title=Rui diz que negociação para atrair nova montadora de veículos para Camaçari está avançada|url=https://destaque1.com/rui-diz-que-negociacao-para-atrair-nova-montadora-de-veiculos-para-camacari-esta-avancada/|website=destaque1.com|access-date=30 May 2022|date=24 May 2022}}</ref> | [[w:Ford Ka|Ford Ka]]<br /> [[w:Ford Ka|Ford Ka+]]<br /> [[w:Ford EcoSport|Ford EcoSport]]<br /> [[w:List of Ford engines#1.0 L Fox|Fox 1.0L I3 Engine]] | [[w:Ford Fiesta (fifth generation)|Ford Fiesta & Fiesta Rocam]]<br />[[w:Ford Courier#Brazil (1998–2013)|Ford Courier]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Canton Forge Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canton, Ohio|Canton, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1988 | | Located on Georgetown Road NE. |- | | Casablanca Automotive Plant | [[w:Casablanca, Chile|Casablanca, Chile]] | [[w:Chile|Chile]] | style="text-align:center;" | 1969-1971<ref>{{Cite web |last=U |first=Juan Ignacio Alamos |date=2011-12-06 |title=AUTOS CHILENOS: PLANTA FORD CASABLANCA (1971) |url=https://autoschilenos.blogspot.com/2011/12/planta-ford-casablanca-1971.html |access-date=2022-08-04 |website=AUTOS CHILENOS}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web |title=Reuters Archive Licensing |url=https://reuters.screenocean.com/record/1076777 |access-date=2022-08-04 |website=Reuters Archive Licensing |language=en}}</ref> | [[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]], [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-series]], [[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)#Fifth generation (1967-1979)|Ford F-600]] | Nationalized by the Chilean government.<ref>{{Cite book |last=Trowbridge |first=Alexander B. |title=Overseas Business Reports, US Department of Commerce |date=February 1968 |publisher=US Government Printing Office |edition=OBR 68-3 |location=Washington, D.C. |pages=18 |language=English}}</ref><ref name=":1">{{Cite web |title=EyN: Henry Ford II regresa a Chile |url=http://www.economiaynegocios.cl/noticias/noticias.asp?id=541850 |access-date=2022-08-04 |website=www.economiaynegocios.cl}}</ref> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford Mazda|Changan Ford Mazda Automobile Co.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Nanjing|Nanjing]], [[w:Jiangsu|Jiangsu]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| -2012 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Mazda2#DE|Mazda 2]]<br />[[w:Mazda 3|Mazda 3]] | style="text-align:left;"| Joint venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%). Ford Motor Company (35%), Mazda Motor Company (15%). JV was divided in 2012 into [[w:Changan Ford|Changan Ford]] and [[w:Changan Mazda|Changan Mazda]]. Changan Mazda took the Nanjing plant while Changan Ford kept the other plants. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Changan Ford Mazda Engine|Changan Ford Mazda Engine Co.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Nanjing|Nanjing]], [[w:Jiangsu|Jiangsu]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:China|China]] | style="text-align:center;"| -2019 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Sigma engine|Ford Sigma engine]]<br />[[w:Mazda L engine|Mazda L engine]]<br />[[w:Mazda Z engine|Mazda BZ series 1.3/1.6 engine]]<br />[[w:Skyactiv#Skyactiv-G|Mazda Skyactiv-G 1.5/2.0/2.5]] | style="text-align:left;"| Joint venture: Chongqing Changan Automobile Co., Ltd. (50%), Ford Motor Company (25%), Mazda Motor Company (25%). Ford sold its stake to Mazda in 2019. Now known as Changan Mazda Engine Co., Ltd. owned 50% by Mazda & 50% by Changan. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Charles McEnearney & Co. Ltd. | style="text-align:left;"| Tumpuna Road, [[w:Arima|Arima]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Trinidad and Tobago|Trinidad and Tobago]] | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]], [[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]] | Ford production ended & factory closed in 1990's. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | [[w:Ford India|Chennai Engine Plant]] | [[w:Maraimalai Nagar|Maraimalai Nagar]], [[w:Tamil Nadu|Tamil Nadu]] | [[w:India|India]] | style="text-align:center;"| 2010–2022 <ref name=":0">{{cite web|date=2021-09-09|title=Ford to stop making cars in India|url=https://www.reuters.com/business/autos-transportation/ford-motor-cease-local-production-india-shut-down-both-plants-sources-2021-09-09/|access-date=2021-09-09|website=Reuters|language=en}}</ref> | [[w:Ford DLD engine#DLD-415|Ford DLD engine]] (DLD-415/DV5)<br /> [[w:Ford Sigma engine|Ford Sigma engine]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | C (NA)<br>/<br> R (EU) [when following M] | [[w:Ford India|Chennai Vehicle Assembly Plant]] | [[w:Maraimalai Nagar|Maraimalai Nagar]], [[w:Tamil Nadu|Tamil Nadu]] | [[w:India|India]] | style="text-align:center;"| Opened in 1999 <br> Closed in 2022<ref name=":0"/> | [[w:Ford Endeavour|Ford Endeavour]]<br /> [[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]] 5th & 6th generations<br /> [[w:Ford Figo#First generation (B517; 2010)|Ford Figo]]<br /> [[w:Ford EcoSport#Second generation (B515; 2012)|Ford EcoSport]]<br />[[w:Ford Ikon|Ford Ikon]]<br />[[w:Ford Fusion (Europe)|Ford Fusion]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| N (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| Chicago SHO Center | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chicago|Chicago]], [[w:Illinois|Illinois]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 2021-2023 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Explorer#Sixth generation (U625; 2020)|Ford Explorer]] (2021-2023)<br />[[w:Lincoln Aviator#Second generation (U611; 2020)|Lincoln Aviator]] (2021-2023) | style="text-align:left;"| 12429 S Burley Ave in Chicago. Located about 1.2 miles away from Ford's Chicago Assembly Plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Cleveland Aluminum Casting Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brook Park, Ohio|Brook Park, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Opened in 2000,<br> Closed in 2003 | style="text-align:left;"| Aluminum engine blocks for 2.3L Duratec 23 I4 | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Cleveland Casting | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brook Park, Ohio|Brook Park, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Opened in 1952,<br>Closed in 2010 | style="text-align:left;"| Iron engine blocks, heads, crankshafts, and main bearing caps | style="text-align:left;"|Located at 5600 Henry Ford Blvd. (Engle Rd.), immediately to the south of Cleveland Engine Plant 1. Construction 1950, operational 1952 to 2010.<ref>{{cite web|title=Ford foundry in Brook Park to close after 58 years of service|url=http://www.cleveland.com/business/index.ssf/2010/10/ford_foundry_in_brook_park_to.html|website=Cleveland.com|access-date=9 February 2018|date=23 October 2010}}</ref> Demolished 2011.<ref>{{cite web|title=Ford begins plans to demolish shuttered Cleveland Casting Plant|url=http://www.crainscleveland.com/article/20110627/FREE/306279972/ford-begins-plans-to-demolish-shuttered-cleveland-casting-plant|website=Cleveland Business|access-date=9 February 2018|date=27 June 2011}}</ref> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cleveland Engine|Cleveland Engine]] #2 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brook Park, Ohio|Brook Park, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Opened in 1955,<br>Closed in 2012 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Duratec V6 engine#2.5 L|Ford 2.5L Duratec V6]]<br />[[w:Ford Duratec V6 engine#3.0 L|Ford 3.0L Duratec V6]]<br />[[w:Jaguar AJ-V6 engine|Jaguar AJ-V6 engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 18300 Five Points Rd., south of Cleveland Engine Plant 1 and the Cleveland Casting Plant. Opened in 1955. Partially demolished and converted into Forward Innovation Center West. Source of the [[w:Ford 351 Cleveland|Ford 351 Cleveland]] V8 & the [[w:Ford 335 engine#400|Cleveland-based 400 V8]] and the closely related [[w:Ford 335 engine#351M|400 Cleveland-based 351M V8]]. Also, [[w:Ford Y-block engine|Ford Y-block engine]] & [[w:Ford Super Duty engine|Ford Super Duty engine]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Compañía Colombiana Automotriz|Compañía Colombiana Automotriz]] (Mazda) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bogotá|Bogotá]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Colombia|Colombia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended. Mazda closed the factory in 2014. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Laser#Latin America|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Mazda 323|Mazda 323]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (international)|Ford Ranger]]<br />[[w:Mazda B series|Mazda B series]]<br />[[w:Mazda BT-50#First generation (UN; 2006)|Mazda BT-50]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant owned by Mazda. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| E (EU) [when following C] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Henry Ford & Sons Ltd|Henry Ford & Sons Ltd]] | style="text-align:left;"| Marina, [[w:Cork (city)|Cork]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Munster|Munster]], [[w:Republic of Ireland|Ireland]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1984) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Fordson|Fordson]] tractor (1919-1922, 1929-1932) and car assembly, including [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]] and [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]] in the 1970s finally ending with the [[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]] in 1980s.<ref>{{cite web|title=The history of Ford in Ireland|url=http://www.ford.ie/AboutFord/CompanyInformation/HistoryOfFord|work=Ford|access-date=10 July 2012}}</ref> Also [[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]], [[w:Ford A series|Ford A-series]], and [[w:Ford D Series|Ford D-Series]]. Also [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] (1923-1927), [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]], [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]], [[w:Ford Corsair|Ford Corsair]], [[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]], [[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]], and [[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]. | style="text-align:left;"| Founded in 1917 with production from 1919 to 1984. Produced Model T components beginning in 1921 before complete cars began to be assembled (Model T in 1923). Supplied components to the Manchester, England Model T plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Croydon Stamping | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Croydon|Croydon]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2003) | style="text-align:left;"| Parts - Small metal stampings and assemblies | Opened in 1949 as Briggs Motor Bodies & purchased by Ford in 1957. Expanded in 1989. Site completely vacated in 2005. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Cuautitlán Engine | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cuautitlán Izcalli|Cuautitln Izcalli]], [[w:Mexico State|Mexico State]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1964. Included a foundry and machining plant. <br /> [[w:Ford small block engine#289|Ford 289 V8]]<br />[[w:Ford small block engine#302|Ford 302 V8]]<br />[[w:Ford small block engine#351W|Ford 351 Windsor V8]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| A (EU) [when following B] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Dagenham assembly plant|Dagenham Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dagenham|Dagenham]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2002) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]], [[w:Ford Model C Ten|Ford Model C Ten]], [[w:Ford CX|Ford CX]], [[w:Ford 7W|Ford 7W]], [[w:Ford 7Y|Ford 7Y]], [[w:Ford Model 91|Ford Model 91]], [[w:Ford Pilot|Ford Pilot]], [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]], [[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]], [[w:Ford Popular|Ford Popular]], [[w:Ford Squire|Ford Squire]], [[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]], [[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]], [[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]], [[w:Ford Consul Classic|Ford Consul Classic]], [[w:Ford Corsair|Ford Corsair]], [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]], [[w:Ford Granada (Europe)|Ford Granada]], [[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]], [[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]], [[w:Ford Courier#Europe (1991–2002)|Ford Courier]], [[w:Ford Fiesta (fourth generation)#Mazda 121|Mazda 121]], [[w:Fordson E83W|Fordson E83W]], [[w:Thames (commercial vehicles)#Fordson 7V|Fordson 7V]], [[w:Fordson WOT|Fordson WOT]], [[w:Thames (commercial vehicles)#Fordson Thames ET|Fordson Thames ET]], [[w:Ford Thames 300E|Ford Thames 300E]], [[w:Ford Thames 307E|Ford Thames 307E]], [[w:Ford Thames 400E|Ford Thames 400E]], [[w:Thames Trader|Thames Trader]], [[w:Thames Trader#Normal Control models|Thames Trader NC]], [[w:Thames Trader#Normal Control models|Ford K-Series]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1931–2002, formerly principal Ford UK plant |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Dagenham|Dagenham Stamping & Tooling]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dagenham|Dagenham]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2013)<ref name="End of an era">{{cite news|title=End of an era|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-20078108|work=BBC News|access-date=26 October 2012}}</ref> Demolished. | Body panels, wheels | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| DS/DL/D (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| Dallas Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dallas|Dallas, TX]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1925 to 1970 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford GPW|Ford GPW]] (93,748 units)<ref>{{cite web|title=Arsenal of Democracy; The American Automobile Industry in World War II|date=2013 |url=https://www.google.com/books/edition/Arsenal_of_Democracy/P-PCAgAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&pg=PA150&printsec=frontcover|author=Charles K. Hyde|publisher=Wayne State University Press|page=150-151}}</ref><br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1960) <br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1969)<br />[[w:Ford 300|Ford 300]] (1963)<br />[[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1968)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1968)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1970) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 5200 E. Grand Ave. near Fair Park. Replaced original Dallas plant at 2700 Canton St. in 1925. Assembly stopped February 1933 but resumed in 1934. Closed February 20, 1970. Over 3 million vehicles built. 5200 E. Grand Ave. is now owned by City Warehouse Corp. and is used by multiple businesses. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| DA/F (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn Assembly Plant|Dearborn Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2004) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Eagle-class patrol craft|Eagle-class patrol craft]] during WWI<br />[[w:Fordson|Fordson]] tractors (1921-1928) <br />Parts for Ford Model T<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] (1928-1932)<br />[[w:Ford Model B (1932)|Ford Model B]] (1932-1934)<br />[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]] (1935-1936)<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]] (1937-1940)<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]] (1941-1942, 1946-1948)<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]] (1949-1951)<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]] (1952-1954)<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]] (1955-1956)<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]] (1957-1959)<br />[[w:Mercury Eight|Mercury Eight]] (1939-1951)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1955-1961)<br /> [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1960)<br /> [[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1957-1958)<br /> [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (midsize)]] (1962-1964)<br /> [[w:Mercury Meteor#Intermediate (1962–1963)|Mercury Meteor]] (1962-1963)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (first generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (1955-1957)<br />[[w:Ford Mustang|Ford Mustang]] (1965-2004)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar|Mercury Cougar]] (1967-1973)<br />[[w:Mercury Capri#Second generation (1979–1986)|Mercury Capri]] (1979-1986)<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]] (1966)<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Maverick]] (1972-1973)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet#Fifth generation (1971–1977)|Mercury Comet]] (1972-1973)<br />[[w:Ford GPW|Ford GPW]] (21,559 units)<ref>{{cite web|title=Arsenal of Democracy; The American Automobile Industry in World War II|date=2013 |url=https://www.google.com/books/edition/Arsenal_of_Democracy/P-PCAgAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&pg=PA150&printsec=frontcover|author=Charles K. Hyde|publisher=Wayne State University Press|page=150-151}}</ref> <br>[[w:Ford GPA|Ford GPA]] 'Seep' (Sea Jeep) | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. Started building Eagle-class patrol boats in 1918 during World War I. After the war ended, builtt Fordson tractors and parts for the Model T but didn't assemble any complete Model Ts. The Model A was the first complete car built at the Rouge complex. During World War II, the Rouge complex produced Jeeps (GPW), aircraft engines and engine parts, aircraft components, tires and tubes, armor plating, and tractors. During 2004, Mustangs built at Dearborn Assembly and F-150s built at Dearborn Truck were painted in the same new paint shop that opened in 2000. On May 10, 2004, the final vehicle was built at Dearborn Assembly: a '04 Mustang GT convertible. Replaced by Dearborn Truck Plant for 2005MY. This plant within the Rouge complex was demolished in 2008. It is now a parking lot to hold trucks from the Dearborn Truck Plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Dearborn Iron Foundry | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1974) | style="text-align:left;"| Cast iron parts including engine blocks. | style="text-align:left;"| Part of the River Rouge Complex. Replaced by Michigan Casting Center in the early 1970s. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| H (AU) | style="text-align:left;"| Eagle Farm Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Eagle Farm, Queensland|Eagle Farm (Brisbane), Queensland]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1998) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Falcon (Australia)|Ford Falcon]]<br />Ford Falcon Ute (including XY 4x4)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Australia)|Ford Fairlane]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Australia)|Ford LTD]]<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] trucks<br />[[w:Ford L-Series|Ford L-Series/Louisville/Aeromax trucks]]<br />[[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]]<br />[[w:Ford Trader|Ford Trader]] | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1926. Closed in 1998; demolished |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| ME/T (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Edison Assembly|Edison Assembly]] (a.k.a. Metuchen Assembly) | style="text-align:left;"|[[w:Edison, New Jersey|Edison, New Jersey]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1948–2004 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (Americas)|Ford Ranger]] (1991-2004)<br />[[w:Ford Ranger EV|Ford Ranger EV]] (1998-2001)<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (Americas)#Mazda B-Series/Mazda Truck (1994–2010)|Mazda B-Series]] (1994–2004)<br />[[w:Ford Escort (North America)|Ford Escort]] (1981-1990)<br />[[w:Mercury Lynx|Mercury Lynx]] (1981-1987)<br />[[w:Ford Mustang|Ford Mustang]] (1965-1971)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar|Mercury Cougar]]<br />[[w:Ford Pinto|Ford Pinto]] (1971-1980)<br />[[w:Mercury Bobcat|Mercury Bobcat]] (1975-1980)<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]] (1960-1965)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet|Mercury Comet]] (1963-1965)<br />[[w:Mercury Custom|Mercury Custom]]<br />[[w:Mercury Eight|Mercury Eight]] (1950-1951)<br />[[w:Mercury Medalist|Mercury Medalist]] (1956)<br />[[w:Mercury Montclair|Mercury Montclair]] (1955-1959)<br />[[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1952-1959)<br />[[w:Mercury Park Lane|Mercury Park Lane]] (1959-1960)<br />[[w:Mercury Turnpike Cruiser|Mercury Turnpike Cruiser]]<br />[[w:Mercury Meteor#Full-size (1961)|Mercury Meteor]] <br /> [[w:Mercury Commuter|Mercury Commuter]] (1958) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 939 U.S. Route 1. Demolished in 2005. Now a shopping mall called Edison Towne Square. Also known as Metuchen Assembly. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Essex Aluminum|Essex Aluminum]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor, Ontario|Windsor, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2012) | style="text-align:left;"| 3.8/4.2L V6 cylinder heads<br />4.6L, 5.4L V8 cylinder heads<br />6.8L V10 cylinder heads<br />Pistons | style="text-align:left;"| Opened 1981. Sold to Nemak Aluminum (a 25/75 joint venture between Ford & Nemak, which is 75.24% owned by Alfa Group of Mexico) in 2001; shuttered in 2009 except for the melting operation which closed in 2012. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Fairfax Transmission | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Fairfax, Ohio|Fairfax, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1979) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cruise-O-Matic|Ford-O-Matic/Merc-O-Matic/Lincoln Turbo-Drive]]<br /> [[w:Cruise-O-Matic#MX/FX|Cruise-O-Matic (FX transmission)]]<br />[[w:Cruise-O-Matic#FMX|FMX transmission]] | Located at 4000 Red Bank Road. Opened in 1950. Original Ford-O-Matic was a licensed design from the Warner Gear division of [[w:Borg-Warner|Borg-Warner]]. Also produced aircraft engine parts during the Korean War. Closed in 1979. Sold to Red Bank Distribution of Cincinnati in 1987. Transferred to Cincinnati Port Authority in 2006 after Cincinnati agreed not to sue the previous owner for environmental and general negligence. Redeveloped into Red Bank Village, a mixed-use commercial and office space complex, which opened in 2009 and includes a Wal-Mart. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| T (EU) [when following L] (for Ford),<br> J (for Fiat - later years) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:FCA Poland|Fiat Tychy Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Tychy|Tychy]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Poland|Poland]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended in 2016 | [[w:Ford Ka#Second generation (2008)|Ford Ka]]<br />[[w:Fiat 500 (2007)|Fiat 500]] | Plant owned by [[w:Fiat|Fiat]], which is now part of [[w:Stellantis|Stellantis]]. Production for Ford began in 2008. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Foden Trucks|Foden Trucks]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sandbach|Sandbach]], [[w:Cheshire|Cheshire]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended in 1984. Factory closed in 2000. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transcontinental|Ford Transcontinental]] | style="text-align:left;"| Foden Trucks plant. Produced for Ford after Ford closed Amsterdam plant. 504 units produced by Foden. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Malaysia Sdn. Bhd | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Selangor|Selangor]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Malaysia|Malaysia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Lynx|Ford Lynx]]<br /> [[w:Ford Telstar|Ford Telstar]]<br />[[w:Ford Escape#First generation (2001)|Ford Escape]]<br /> [[w:Ford Ranger (international)|Ford Ranger]]<br /> [[w:Ford Econovan|Ford Econovan]]<br />[[w:Ford Spectron|Ford Spectron]]<br /> [[w:Ford Trader|Ford Trader]]<br />[[w:BMW 3-Series|BMW 3-Series]] E46, E90<br />[[w:BMW 5-Series|BMW 5-Series]] E60<br />[[w:Land Rover Defender|Land Rover Defender]]<br /> [[w:Land Rover Discovery|Land Rover Discovery]] | style="text-align:left;"|Originally known as AMIM (Associated Motor Industries Malaysia) Holdings Sdn. Bhd. which was 30% owned by Ford from the early 1980s. Previously, Associated Motor Industries Malaysia had assembled for various automotive brands including Ford but was not owned by Ford. In 2000, Ford increased its stake to 49% and renamed the company Ford Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. The other 51% was owned by Tractors Malaysia Bhd., a subsidiary of Sime Darby Bhd. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Lamp Factory|Ford Motor Company Lamp Factory]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Flat Rock, Michigan|Flat Rock, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1950) | style="text-align:left;"| Automotive lighting | Located at 26601 W. Huron River Drive. Opened in 1923. Also produced junction boxes for the B-24 bomber as well as lighting for military vehicles during World War II. Closed in 1950. Sold to Moynahan Bronze Company in 1950. Sold to Stearns Manufacturing in 1972. Leased in 1981 to Flat Rock Metal Inc., which later purchased the building. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Philippines#History|Ford Philippines, Inc.]] Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sucat, Muntinlupa|Sucat]], [[w:Muntinlupa|Muntinlupa]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Philippines|Philippines]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (August 1984) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br /> [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus|Ford Taunus]]<br /> [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]]<br />[[w:Ford Laser#First generation (KA/KB; 1981)|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Telstar#First generation (AR, AS; 1982–1987)|Ford Telstar]]<br /> American Ford trucks<br />British Ford trucks<br />Ford Fiera | style="text-align:left;"| Plant opened 1968. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Philippines#History|Ford Philippines, Inc.]] Stamping Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mariveles|Mariveles]], [[w:Bataan|Bataan]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Philippines|Philippines]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (August 1984) | style="text-align:left;"| Stampings | style="text-align:left;"| Plant opened 1976. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Italia|Ford Motor Co. d’Italia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Trieste|Trieste]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Italy|Italy]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1931) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] <br />[[w:Fordson|Fordson]] tractors | style="text-align:left;"| |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company of Japan|Ford Motor Company of Japan]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Yokohama|Yokohama]], [[w:Kanagawa Prefecture|Kanagawa Prefecture]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Japan|Japan]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1941) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932-1934 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]] | style="text-align:left;"| Founded in 1925. Factory was seized by Imperial Japanese Government. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| T | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Motor Company del Peru | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lima|Lima]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Peru|Peru]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Mustang (first generation)|Ford Mustang (first generation)]]<br /> [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus|Ford Taunus]] 17M<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1965.<ref>{{Cite news |date=1964-07-28 |title=Ford to Assemble Cars In Big New Plant in Peru |language=en-US |work=The New York Times |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1964/07/28/archives/ford-to-assemble-cars-in-big-new-plant-in-peru.html |access-date=2022-11-05 |issn=0362-4331}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web |date=2017-06-22 |title=Ford del Perú |url=https://archivodeautos.wordpress.com/2017/06/22/ford-del-peru/ |access-date=2022-11-05 |website=Archivo de autos |language=es}}</ref> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Philippines|Ford Motor Company Philippines]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Santa Rosa, Laguna|Santa Rosa, Laguna]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Philippines|Philippines]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (December 2012) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Lynx|Ford Lynx]]<br /> [[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br /> [[w:Mazda Protege|Mazda Protege]]<br />[[w:Mazda 3|Mazda 3]]<br /> [[w:Ford Escape|Ford Escape]]<br /> [[w:Mazda Tribute|Mazda Tribute]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (international)#First generation (PE/PG/PH; 1998)|Ford Ranger]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant sold to Mitsubishi Motors |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Motor Company Caribbean, Inc. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canóvanas, Puerto Rico|Canóvanas]], [[w:Puerto Rico|Puerto Rico]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:United States|U.S.]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| Ball bearings | Plant opened in the 1960s. Constructed on land purchased from the [[w:Puerto Rico Industrial Development Company|Puerto Rico Industrial Development Company]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| M (EU) [when following C] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:de:Ford Motor Company of Rhodesia|Ford Motor Co. Rhodesia (Pvt.) Ltd.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Willowvale, Harare|Willowvale]], [[w:Harare|Salisbury]] (now Harare) | style="text-align:left;"| ([[w:Southern Rhodesia|Southern Rhodesia]]) / [[w:Rhodesia (1964–1965)|Rhodesia (colony)]] / [[w:Rhodesia|Rhodesia (country)]] (now [[w:Zimbabwe|Zimbabwe]]) | style="text-align:center;"| Sold in 1967 to state-owned Industrial Development Corporation | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)#Fourth generation (1962–1965)|Ford Fairlane]]<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)#Fifth generation (1966–1967)|Ford Fairlane]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (fourth generation)|Ford F-100]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul#Ford Consul Mark II (1956–1962)|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul Classic|Ford Consul Classic]]<br />[[w:Ford Corsair|Ford Corsair]]<br />[[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br />[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br />[[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]]<br />[[w:Ford Thames 400E|Ford Thames 400E/800]]<br />[[w:Thames Trader|Thames Trader]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P3|Ford Taunus P3]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P5|Ford Taunus P5]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit#Taunus Transit (1953)|Ford Taunus Transit]]<br />[[w:Fordson#Dexta|Fordson Dexta tractors]]<br />[[w:Fordson#E1A|Fordson Super Major]]<br />[[w:Deutz-Fahr|Deutz F1M 414 tractor]] | style="text-align:left;"| Assembly began in 1961. Became [[w:Willowvale Motor Industries|Willowvale Motor Industries]] after the Ford sale. Became Willowvale Mazda Motor Industries from 1989 to 2014. Name went back to [[w:Willowvale Motor Industries|Willowvale Motor Industries]] in 2015. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Former Ford Factory|Ford Motor Co. (Singapore)]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bukit Timah|Bukit Timah]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Singapore|Singapore]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1980) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul#Ford Consul Mark II (1956–1962)|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Custom|Ford Custom]]<br />[[w:Ford Corsair|Ford Corsair]]<br />[[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br /> [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (Australia)|Ford Falcon]]<br />[[w:Ford Granada (Europe)|Ford Granada]]<br />[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]]<br />[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br />[[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]] | style="text-align:left;"|Originally known as Ford Motor Company of Malaya Ltd. & subsequently as Ford Motor Company of Malaysia. Factory was originally on Anson Road, then moved to Prince Edward Road in Jan. 1930 before moving to Bukit Timah Road in April 1941. Factory was occupied by Japan from 1942 to 1945 during World War II. It was then used by British military authorities until April 1947 when it was returned to Ford. Production resumed in December 1947. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company of Southern Africa|Ford Motor Company of South Africa Ltd.]] Struandale Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| Struandale, [[w:Port Elizabeth|Port Elizabeth]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Africa|South Africa]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold to [[w:Delta Motor Corporation|Delta Motor Corporation]] (later [[w:General Motors South Africa|GM South Africa]]) in 1994 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon (North America)]]<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (Americas)]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero#First generation (1957–1959)|Ford Ranchero (American)]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]]<br />[[w:Ford Capri|Ford Capri]]<br />[[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br />[[w:Ford P100#Cortina-based model|Ford Cortina Pickup/P100/Ford 1-Tonner]]<br />[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br />[[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P3|Ford Taunus P3]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P5|Ford Taunus (P5) 17M]]<br />[[w:Ford P7|Ford (Taunus P7) 17M/20M]]<br />[[w:Ford Granada (Europe)#Mark I (1972–1977)|Ford Granada]]<br />[[w:Ford Fairmont (Australia)#South Africa|Ford Fairmont/Fairmont GT]] (XW, XY)<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] ([[w:Ford Falcon (Australia)#Falcon utility|Falcon Ute-based]]) (XT, XW, XY, XA, XB)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Australia)#Second generation|Ford Fairlane (Australia)]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort/XR3/XR3i]]<br />[[w:Ford Bantam|Ford Bantam]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit#First generation (1965)|Ford Transit]] | Ford first began production in South Africa in 1924 in a former wool store on Grahamstown Road in Port Elizabeth. Ford then moved to a larger location on Harrower Road in October 1930. In 1948, Ford moved again to a plant in Neave Township, Port Elizabeth. Struandale Assembly opened in 1974. Ford ended vehicle production in Port Elizabeth in December 1985, moving all vehicle production to SAMCOR's Silverton plant that had come from Sigma Motor Corp., the other partner in the [[w:SAMCOR|SAMCOR]] merger. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Sollers|Ford Sollers]] Naberezhny Chelny Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Naberezhny Chelny|Naberezhny Chelny]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Russia|Russia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2019), JV with 50% owned by Sollers | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford EcoSport#Second generation (B515; 2012)|Ford EcoSport]]<br /> [[w:Ford Fiesta (sixth generation)|Ford Fiesta]] | Became part of the 50/50 Ford Sollers joint venture in 2011. Closed in 2019 when Ford discontinued its passenger vehicle portfolio in Russia. Ford Sollers was dissolved in 2022. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Sollers|Ford Sollers]] St. Petersburg Assembly Plant, previously [[w:Ford Motor Company ZAO|Ford Motor Company ZAO]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Vsevolozhsk|Vsevolozhsk]], [[w:Leningrad Oblast|Leningrad Oblast]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Russia|Russia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2019), JV with 50% owned by Sollers | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br /> [[w:Ford Mondeo|Ford Mondeo]] | Opened as a 100%-owned Ford plant in 2002 building the Focus. Mondeo was added in 2009. Became part of the 50/50 Ford Sollers joint venture in 2011. Closed in 2019 when Ford discontinued its passenger vehicle portfolio in Russia. Ford Sollers was dissolved in 2022. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Sollers|Ford Sollers]] Yelabuga Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Yelabuga|Yelabuga]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Russia|Russia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2022). Became part of the 50/50 Ford Sollers joint venture in 2011. Restructured & renamed Sollers Ford in 2020 after Sollers increased its stake to 51% in 2019 with Ford owning 49%. Production suspended in March 2022. Ford Sollers was dissolved in October 2022 when Ford sold its remaining 49% stake and exited the Russian market. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit#Fourth generation (2014)|Ford Transit]] | Previously: [[w:Ford Explorer#Fifth generation (U502; 2011)|Ford Explorer]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxy#Second generation (2006)|Ford Galaxy]]<br />[[w:Ford Kuga#Second generation (C520; 2012)|Ford Kuga]]<br />[[w:Ford S-Max#First generation (2006)|Ford S-Max]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit Custom#First generation (2012)|Ford Transit Custom]]<br />[[w:Ford Tourneo Custom#First generation (2012)|Ford Tourneo Custom]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit#Third generation (2000)|Ford Transit]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Sollers|Ford Sollers]] Yelabuga Engine Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Yelabuga|Yelabuga]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Russia|Russia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2019), JV with 50% owned by Sollers | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Sigma engine|Ford 1.6L Duratec I4]] | Opened as part of the 50/50 Ford Sollers joint venture in 2015. Closed in 2019 when Ford discontinued its passenger vehicle portfolio in Russia. Ford Sollers was dissolved in 2022. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Union|Ford Union]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Apčak|Obchuk]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Belarus|Belarus]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2000) | [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)#Sixth generation (1995–2002)|Ford Escort, Escort Van]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]] | Ford Union was a joint venture which was 51% owned by Ford, 23% owned by distributor Lada-OMC, & 26% owned by the Belarus government. Production began in 1997. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford-Vairogs|Ford-Vairogs]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Riga|Riga]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Latvia|Latvia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1940). Nationalized following Soviet invasion & takeover of Latvia. | [[w:Ford Prefect#E93A (1938–49)|Ford-Vairogs Junior]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus G93A#Ford Taunus G93A (1939–1942)|Ford-Vairogs Taunus]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|Ford-Vairogs V8 Standard]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|Ford-Vairogs V8 De Luxe]]<br />Ford-Vairogs V8 3-ton trucks<br />Ford-Vairogs buses | Produced vehicles under license from Ford's Copenhagen, Denmark division. Production began in 1937. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Fremantle Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:North Fremantle, Western Australia|North Fremantle, Western Australia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1987 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)| Ford Model A]] <br /> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] <br /> [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br>[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]]<br>[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br>[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]] <br>Ford trucks <br> Ford tractors | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 130 Stirling Highway. Plant opened in March 1930. In the 1970’s and 1980’s the factory was assembling tractors and rectifying vehicles delivered from Geelong in Victoria. The factory was also used as a depot for spare parts for Ford dealerships. Later used by Matilda Bay Brewing Company from 1988-2013 though beer production ended in 2007. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Geelong Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norlane, Victoria|Norlane, Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]]<br />[[w:Ford Model C Ten|Ford Model C Ten]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932-1934 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48/Model 68]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937-1940 Ford]]<br />[[w:Mercury Eight|Mercury Eight]] (through 1948)<br />[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford#Australian production|1941-1942 & 1946-1948 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Pilot|Ford Pilot]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br />[[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]]<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949-1951 Ford Custom Fordor/Coupe Utility/Deluxe Coupe Utility]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952-1954 Ford Customline sedan/Mainline Coupe Utility]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955-1956 Ford Customline sedan/Mainline Coupe Utility]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957-1959 Ford Custom 300/Fairlane 500/Ranch Wagon]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford Freighter/F-Series]] | Production began in 1925 in a former wool storage warehouse in Geelong before moving to a new plant in the Geelong suburb that later became known as Norlane. Vehicle production later moved to Broadmeadows plant that opened in 1959. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Geelong Aluminum Casting | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norlane, Victoria|Norlane, Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2016 | style="text-align:left;"| Aluminum cylinder heads, intake manifolds, and structural oil pans | Opened 1986. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Geelong Iron Casting | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norlane, Victoria|Norlane, Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2016 | style="text-align:left;"| I6 engine blocks, camshafts, crankshafts, exhaust manifolds, bearing caps, disc brake rotors and flywheels | Opened 1972. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Geelong Chassis Components | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norlane, Victoria|Norlane, Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2004 | style="text-align:left;"| Parts - Machine cylinder heads, suspension arms and brake rotors | Opened 1983. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Geelong Engine | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norlane, Victoria|Norlane, Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2016 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford 335 engine#302 and 351 Cleveland (Australia)|Ford 302 & 351 Cleveland V8]]<br />[[w:Ford straight-six engine#Ford Australia|Ford Australia Falcon I6]]<br />[[w:Ford Barra engine#Inline 6|Ford Australia Barra I6]] | Opened 1926. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Geelong Stamping | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norlane, Victoria|Norlane, Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2016 | style="text-align:left;"| Ford Falcon/Futura/Fairmont body panels <br /> Ford Falcon Utility body panels <br /> Ford Territory body panels | Opened 1926. Previously: Ford Fairlane body panels <br /> Ford LTD body panels <br /> Ford Capri body panels <br /> Ford Cortina body panels <br /> Welded subassemblies and steel press tools |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| B (EU) [when following G] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Genk Body & Assembly|Genk Body & Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Genk|Genk]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Belgium|Belgium]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed in 2014 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Mondeo|Ford Mondeo]]<br /> [[w:Ford S-Max|Ford S-MAX]]<br /> [[w:Ford Galaxy|Ford Galaxy]] | Opened in 1964.<br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Taunus P4|Ford Taunus P4]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P5|Ford Taunus P5]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus P6|Ford Taunus P6]]<br />[[w:Ford P7|Ford Taunus P7]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus TC|Ford Taunus TC]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia#Anglia Torino 105E (1965–67)|Ford Anglia Torino]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)#First generation (1967–1975)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| GETRAG FORD Transmissions Bordeaux Transaxle Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Blanquefort, Gironde|Blanquefort]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:France|France]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold to Getrag/Magna Powertrain in 2021 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford BC-series transmission|Ford BC4/BC5 transmission]]<br />[[w:Ford BC-series transmission#iB5 Version|Ford iB5 transmission (5MTT170/5MTT200)]]<br />[[w:Ford Durashift#Durashift EST|Ford Durashift-EST(iB5-ASM/5MTT170-ASM)]]<br />MX65 transmission<br />CTX [[w:Continuously variable transmission|CVT]] | Opened in 1976. Became a joint venture with [[w:Getrag|Getrag]] in 2001. Joint Venture: 50% Ford Motor Company / 50% Getrag Transmission. Joint venture dissolved in 2021 and this plant was kept by Getrag, which was taken over by [[w:Magna Powertrain|Magna Powertrain]] in 2015. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Green Island Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Green Island, New York|Green Island, New York]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1989) | style="text-align:left;"| Radiators, springs | style="text-align:left;"| 1922-1989, demolished in 2004 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| B (EU) (for Fords) [when following B],<br> X (for Jaguar w/2.5L),<br> W (for Jaguar w/3.0L),<br> H (for Land Rover) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Halewood Body & Assembly|Halewood Body & Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Halewood|Halewood]], [[w:Merseyside|Merseyside]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2008) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]], [[w:Ford Corsair|Ford Corsair]], [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]], [[w:Ford Capri|Ford Capri]], [[w:Ford Orion|Ford Orion]], [[w:Jaguar X-Type|Jaguar X-Type]], [[w:Land Rover Freelander#Freelander 2 (L359; 2006–2015)|Land Rover Freelander 2 / LR2]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1963–2008. Ford assembly ended in July 2000, then transferred to Jaguar/Land Rover. Sold to [[w:Tata Motors|Tata Motors]] with Jaguar/Land Rover business. The van variant of the Escort remained in production in a facility located behind the now Jaguar plant at Halewood until October 2002. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Hamilton Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hamilton, Ohio|Hamilton, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1950) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Fordson|Fordson]] tractors/tractor components<br /> Wheels for cars like Model T & Model A<br />Locks and lock parts<br />Radius rods<br />Running Boards | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1920. Factory used hydroelectric power. Switched from tractors to auto parts less than 6 months after production began. Also made parts for bomber engines during World War II. Plant closed in 1950. Sold to Bendix Aviation Corporation in 1951. Bendix closed the plant in 1962 and sold it in 1963 to Ward Manufacturing Co., which made camping trailers there. In 1975, it was sold to Chem-Dyne Corp., which used it for chemical waste storage & disposal. Demolished around 1981 as part of a Federal Superfund cleanup of the site. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Heimdalsgade Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Heimdalsgade|Heimdalsgade street]], [[w:Nørrebro|Nørrebro district]], [[w:Copenhagen|Copenhagen]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Denmark|Denmark]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1924) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1919–1924. Was replaced by, at the time, Europe's most modern Ford-plant, "Sydhavnen Assembly". |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| HP/HM/H (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Highland Park Ford Plant|Highland Park Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Highland Park, Michigan|Highland Park, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (1981) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />Ford trucks (pre-1948)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1948-1950, 1951-1956)<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Second generation (1953–1956)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1953, 1956)<br />[[w:Fordson|Fordson]] tractors and tractor components | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 91 Manchester Avenue (at Woodward Avenue). Ford Motor Company's third American factory. Was also Ford's world headquarters from 1910-1927. First automobile factory in history to utilize a moving assembly line (implemented October 7, 1913). Model T production from 1910 to 1927. Car production then shifted to the Rouge complex in Dearborn. Continued to make automotive trim parts after 1927. Also made [[w:M4 Sherman#M4A3|M4A3 Sherman tanks]], M34 and M34A1 Gun Mounts for Sherman Tanks, M10A1 "Wolverine" Tank Destroyers, M7 gun directors, Squad Tents for the Army, and parts for Pratt & Whitney R-2800 radial aircraft engines made by Ford at the Rouge complex during World War II. Became Ford's main tractor plant in 1947. One of the first 2 Ford plants to build the <br> F-Series, beginning November 27, 1947 (other was Richmond, California). F-Series truck production ended in 1957. Production of trim parts ended in the 1960s. Tractor production ended in 1974. Ford sold the Highland Park plant in October 1981, but continues to lease space there for storage. In October 2012, Ford moved its records storage out of Highland Park (Bldg. AA). Some of the site has been demolished and replaced by a mall called Model T Plaza but multiple buildings of the complex are still standing. A Forman Mills store opened in Bldg. JJ. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 1973. Designated a National Historic Landmark in 1978. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Hobart Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"|[[w:Hobart, Tasmania|Hobart, Tasmania]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br /> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)| Ford Model A]] <br>Ford trucks <br> Ford tractors | style="text-align:left;"| Located on Collins Street. Plant opened in December 1925. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| K (AU) | style="text-align:left;"| Homebush Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Homebush West, New South Wales|Homebush (Sydney), NSW]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1994 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br>[[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br>[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br>[[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br> [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort Mk. 1 & 2]]<br /> [[w:Ford Capri#Ford Capri Mk I (1969–1974)|Ford Capri]] Mk.1<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Australia)#Intermediate Fairlanes (1962–1965)|Ford Fairlane (1962-1964)]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1965-1968)<br />[[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br /> [[w:Ford Meteor|Ford Meteor]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit#First generation (1965)|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford Mustang (first generation)|Ford Mustang (conversion to right hand drive)]] | style="text-align:left;"| Ford’s first factory in New South Wales opened in 1925 in the Sandown area of Sydney making the [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] and later the [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)| Ford Model A]] and the [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]. This plant was replaced by the Homebush plant which opened in March 1936 and later closed in September 1994. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:List of Hyundai Motor Company manufacturing facilities#Ulsan Plant|Hyundai Ulsan Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ulsan|Ulsan]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Korea|South Korea]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended in 1985. Licensing agreement with Ford ended. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]] Mk2-Mk5<br />[[w:Ford P7|Ford P7]]<br />[[w:Ford Granada (Europe)#Mark II (1977–1985)|Ford Granada MkII]]<br />[[w:Ford D series|Ford D-750/D-800]]<br />[[w:Ford R series|Ford R-182]] | [[w:Hyundai Motor|Hyundai Motor]] began by producing Ford models under license. Replaced by self-developed Hyundai models. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| IMMSA | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Monterrey, Nuevo Leon|Monterrey, Nuevo Leon]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2000). Agreement with Ford ended. | style="text-align:left;"| Ford M450 motorhome chassis | Replaced by Detroit Chassis LLC plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Indianapolis Steering Systems Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Indianapolis|Indianapolis, IN]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"|1957–2011, demolished in 2017 | style="text-align:left;"| Steering columns, Steering gears | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 6900 English Ave. Spun off as part of [[w:Visteon|Visteon]] in 2000. Taken back by Ford in 2005 as part of [[w:Automotive Components Holdings|Automotive Components Holdings]] LLC. Closed in 2011. Demolished in 2017. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Industrias Chilenas de Automotores SA (Chilemotores) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Arica|Arica]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chile|Chile]] | style="text-align:center;" | Closed c.1969 | [[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]] | Opened 1964. Was a 50/50 joint venture between Ford and Bolocco & Cia. Replaced by Ford's 100% owned Casablanca, Chile plant.<ref name=":2">{{Cite web |last=S.A.P |first=El Mercurio |date=2020-04-15 |title=Infografía: Conoce la historia de la otrora productiva industria automotriz chilena {{!}} Emol.com |url=https://www.emol.com/noticias/Autos/2020/04/15/983059/infiografia-historia-industria-automotriz-chile.html |access-date=2022-11-05 |website=Emol |language=Spanish}}</ref> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Inokom|Inokom]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kulim, Kedah|Kulim, Kedah]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Malaysia|Malaysia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended 2016 | [[w:Ford Transit#Facelift (2006)|Ford Transit]] | Plant owned by Inokom |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| D (SA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Brasil|Ipiranga Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ipiranga (district of São Paulo)|Ipiranga, São Paulo]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2000) | CKD, Ford tractors, [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]], [[w:Ford Galaxie#Brazilian production|Ford Galaxie]], [[w:Ford Landau|Ford Landau]], [[w:Ford LTD (Americas)#Brazil|Ford LTD]], [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] Trucks, Ford B-1618 & B-1621 bus chassis, Ford B12000 school bus chassis, [[w:Volkswagen Delivery|VW Delivery]], [[w:Volkswagen Worker|VW Worker]], [[w:Volkswagen L80|VW L80]], [[w:Volkswagen Volksbus|VW Volksbus 16.180 CO bus chassis]] | Part of Autolatina joint venture with VW from 1987 to 1996. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Brasil|Ipiranga Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ipiranga (district of São Paulo)|Ipiranga, São Paulo]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | [[w:Ford Y-block engine#272|Ford 272 Y-block V8]], [[w:Ford Y-block engine#292|Ford 292 Y-block V8]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Otosan#History|Istanbul Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Tophane|Tophane]], [[w:Istanbul|Istanbul]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Turkey|Turkey]] | style="text-align:center;"| Production stopped in 1934 as a result of the [[w:Great Depression|Great Depression]]. Then handled spare parts & service for existing cars. Closed entirely in 1944. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | Opened 1929. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Browns Lane plant|Jaguar Browns Lane plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Coventry|Coventry]], [[w:West Midlands (county)|West Midlands]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2007) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jaguar XJ|Jaguar XJ]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XJ-S|Jaguar XJ-S]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XK (X100)|Jaguar XK8/XKR (X100)]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XJ (XJ40)#Daimler/Vanden Plas|Daimler six-cylinder sedan (XJ40)]]<br />[[w:Daimler Six|Daimler Six]] (X300)<br />[[w:Daimler Sovereign#Daimler Double-Six (1972–1992, 1993–1997)|Daimler Double Six]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XJ (X308)#Daimler/Vanden Plas|Daimler Eight/Super V8]] (X308)<br />[[w:Daimler Super Eight|Daimler Super Eight]] (X350/X356)<br /> [[w:Daimler DS420|Daimler DS420]] | style="text-align:left;"| |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Castle Bromwich Assembly|Jaguar Castle Bromwich Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Castle Bromwich|Castle Bromwich]], [[w:West Midlands (county)|West Midlands]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2008) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jaguar S-Type (1999)|Jaguar S-Type]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XF (X250)|Jaguar XF (X250)]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XJ (X350)|Jaguar XJ (X356/X358)]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XJ (X351)|Jaguar XJ (X351)]]<br />[[w:Jaguar XK (X150)|Jaguar XK (X150)]]<br />[[w:Daimler Super Eight|Daimler Super Eight]] <br />Painted bodies for models made at Browns Lane | style="text-align:left;"| Sold to [[w:Tata Motors|Tata Motors]] in 2008 as part of sale of Jaguar Land Rover. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Jaguar Radford Engine | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Radford, Coventry|Radford]], [[w:West Midlands (county)|West Midlands]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1997) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jaguar AJ6 engine|Jaguar AJ6 engine]]<br />[[w:Jaguar V12 engine|Jaguar V12 engine]]<br />Axles | style="text-align:left;"| Originally a [[w:Daimler Company|Daimler]] site. Daimler had built buses in Radford. Jaguar took over Daimler in 1960. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| K (EU) [when following G] (for Ford), <br> M (NA) (for Merkur) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Karmann|Karmann Rheine Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Rheine|Rheine]], [[w:North Rhine-Westphalia|North Rhine-Westphalia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Germany|Germany]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed in 2008 (Ford production ended in 1997) | [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort Convertible]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort RS Cosworth|Ford Escort RS Cosworth]]<br />[[w:Merkur XR4Ti|Merkur XR4Ti]] (1985-1989) | Plant owned by [[w:Karmann|Karmann]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Kechnec Transmission (Getrag Ford Transmissions) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kechnec|Kechnec]], [[w:Košice Region|Košice Region]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Slovakia|Slovakia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold to [[w:Getrag|Getrag]]/[[w:Magna Powertrain|Magna Powertrain]] in 2019 | style="text-align:left;"| Ford MPS6 transmissions<br /> Ford SPS6 transmissions | style="text-align:left;"| Ford/Getrag "Powershift" dual clutch transmission. Originally owned by Getrag Ford Transmissions - a joint venture 50% owned by Ford Motor Company & 50% owned by Getrag Transmission. Plant sold to Getrag in 2019. Getrag Ford Transmissions joint venture was dissolved in 2021. Getrag was previously taken over by [[w:Magna Powertrain|Magna Powertrain]] in 2015. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 6 (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kia Design and Manufacturing Facilities#Sohari Plant|Kia Sohari Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Gwangmyeong|Gwangmyeong]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Korea|South Korea]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended (2000) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Festiva|Ford Festiva]] (US: 1988-1993)<br />[[w:Ford Aspire|Ford Aspire]] (US: 1994-1997) | style="text-align:left;"| Plant owned by Kia. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Argentina|La Boca Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:La Boca|La Boca]], [[w:Buenos Aires|Buenos Aires]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Argentina|Argentina]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1961) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (third generation)|Ford F-Series (Gen 3)]]<br />[[w:Ford B series#Third generation (1957–1960)|Ford B-600 bus]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (fourth generation)#Argentinian-made 1961–1968|Ford F-Series (Early Gen 4)]] | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced by the [[w:Pacheco Stamping and Assembly|General Pacheco]] plant in 1961. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| F | style="text-align:left;"| La Villa Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| La Villa, [[w:Mexico City|Mexico City]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1984) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus|Ford Taunus]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]]<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Falcon Maverick]]<br />[[w:Ford Fairmont|Ford Fairmont/Elite II]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]]<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird|Ford Thunderbird]]<br />[[w:Ford Mustang (first generation)|Ford Mustang]]<br />[[w:Ford Mustang (second generation)|Ford Mustang II]] | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced San Lazaro plant. Opened 1932.<ref>{{cite web|url=http://www.fundinguniverse.com/company-histories/ford-motor-company-s-a-de-c-v-history/|title=History of Ford Motor Company, S.A. de C.V. – FundingUniverse|website=www.fundinguniverse.com}}</ref> Is now the Plaza Tepeyac shopping center. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| A | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Solihull plant|Land Rover Solihull Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Solihull|Solihull]], [[w:West Midlands (county)|West Midlands]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2008) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Land Rover Defender|Land Rover Defender (L316)]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Discovery#First generation|Land Rover Discovery]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Freelander#First generation (L314; 1997–2006)|Land Rover Freelander]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Discovery#Discovery 3 / LR3 (2004–2009)|Land Rover Discovery 3/LR3]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Discovery#Discovery 4 / LR4 (2009–2016)|Land Rover Discovery 4/LR4]]<br />[[w:Range Rover (P38A)|Land Rover Range Rover (P38A)]]<br /> [[w:Range Rover (L322)|Land Rover Range Rover (L322)]]<br /> [[w:Range Rover Sport#First generation (L320; 2005–2013)|Land Rover Range Rover Sport]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold to [[w:Tata Motors|Tata Motors]] in 2008 as part of sale of Jaguar Land Rover. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| C (EU) [when following B] | style="text-align:left;"| Langley Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Langley, Berkshire|Langley, Slough]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold/closed (1986/1997) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]] and [[w:Ford A series|Ford A-series]] vans; [[w:Ford D Series|Ford D-Series]] and [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] trucks; [[w:Ford R series|Ford R-Series]] bus/coach chassis | style="text-align:left;"| 1949–1986. Former Hawker aircraft factory. Sold to Iveco, closed 1997. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Largs Bay Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Largs Bay, South Australia|Largs Bay (Port Adelaide Enfield), South Australia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1965 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] <br /> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] <br /> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] <br /> [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br>[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]]<br>[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br>[[w:Ford Customline|Ford Customline]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant opened in 1926. Was at the corner of Victoria Rd and Jetty Rd. Later used by James Hardie to manufacture asbestos fiber sheeting. Is now Rapid Haulage at 214 Victoria Road. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Leamington Foundry | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Leamington Spa|Leamington Spa]], [[w:Warwickshire|Warwickshire]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2007) | style="text-align:left;"| Castings including brake drums and discs, differential gear cases, flywheels, hubs and exhaust manifolds | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1940, closed in July 2007. Demolished 2012. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| LP (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lincoln Motor Company Plant|Lincoln Motor Company Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Detroit, Michigan|Detroit, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1952); Most buildings demolished in 2002-2003 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lincoln L series|Lincoln L series]]<br />[[w:Lincoln K series|Lincoln K series]]<br />[[w:Lincoln Custom|Lincoln Custom]]<br />[[w:Lincoln-Zephyr|Lincoln-Zephyr]]<br />[[w:Lincoln EL-series|Lincoln EL-series]] (1950-1951)<br />[[w:Lincoln Cosmopolitan|Lincoln Cosmopolitan]] (1950-1952)<br /> [[w:Lincoln Capri#First generation (1952–1955))|Lincoln Capri]] (1952 only)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental#First generation (1940–1942, 1946–1948)|Lincoln Continental (retroactively Mark I)]] <br /> [[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1952) | Located at 6200 West Warren Avenue at corner of Livernois. Built before Lincoln was part of Ford Motor Co. Ford kept some offices here after production ended in 1952. Sold to Detroit Edison in 1955. Eventually replaced by Wixom Assembly plant. Mostly demolished in 2002-2003. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Los Angeles Assembly|Los Angeles Assembly]] (Los Angeles Assembly plant #2) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pico Rivera, California|Pico Rivera, California]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1957 to 1980 | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"|Located at 8900 East Washington Blvd. and Rosemead Blvd. Sold to Northrop Aircraft Company in 1982 for B-2 Stealth Bomber development. Demolished 2001. Now the Pico Rivera Towne Center, an open-air shopping mall. Plant only operated one shift due to California Air Quality restrictions. First vehicles produced were the Edsel [[w:Edsel Corsair|Corsair]] (1958) & [[w:Edsel Citation|Citation]] (1958) and Mercurys. Later vehicles were [[w:Ford 300|Ford 300]] (1963), [[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1964-1965, 1968), [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1960-1961),[[w:Ford Galaxie|Galaxie]] (1959-1971, 1973), [[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|LTD]] (1967-1976, 1978, 1980), [[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1960-1962), [[w:Mercury Park Lane|Mercury Park Lane]] (1958), [[w:Mercury S-55|Mercury S-55]], [[w:Mercury Marauder|Mercury Marauder]], [[w:Mercury Meteor#Full-size (1961)|Mercury Meteor]], [[w:Mercury Marquis|Mercury Marquis]], [[w:Mercury Montclair|Mercury Montclair]] (1958-1960, 1967), [[w:Mercury Turnpike Cruiser|Mercury Turnpike Cruiser]] (1958), and [[w:Ford Thunderbird|Ford Thunderbird]] (1968-1979). Also, [[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]], [[w:Mercury Comet|Mercury Comet]] (1962-1967), [[w:Ford LTD II|Ford LTD II]], & [[w:Mercury Cougar#Fourth generation (1977–1979)|Mercury Cougar]]. Thunderbird production ended after the 1979 model year. The last vehicle produced was the Panther platform [[w:Ford LTD (Americas)#Third generation (1979–1982)|Ford LTD]] on January 26, 1980. Built 1,419,498 vehicles. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| LA (early)/<br>LB/L (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Long Beach Assembly|Long Beach Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Long Beach, California|Long Beach, California]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1930 to 1959 | style="text-align:left;"| (1930-32, 1934-59):<br> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]],<br> [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]],<br> [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]] (1957-1959), [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959),<br> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1958). | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 700 Henry Ford Ave. Ended production March 20, 1959 when the site became unstable due to oil drilling. Production moved to the Los Angeles plant in Pico Rivera. Ford sold the Long Beach plant to the Dallas and Mavis Forwarding Company of South Bend, Indiana on January 28, 1960. It was then sold to the Port of Long Beach in the 1970's. Demolished from 1990-1991. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| H (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lorain Assembly|Lorain Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lorain, Ohio|Lorain, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1958 to 2005 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Econoline|Ford Econoline/Club Wagon/E-Series]] (1961-2006) | style="text-align:left;"|Located at 5401 Baumhart Road. Closed December 14, 2005. Produced 15,805,106 vehicles, nearly half of which are Econoline/Club Wagon/<br>E-Series vans. Operations transferred to Avon Lake.<br /> Previously:<br> [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959)<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1959-1965, 1978-1979)<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]] (1960-1965)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet#First generation (1960–1963)|Comet]] (1960-1961)<br />[[w:Mercury Comet|Mercury Comet]] (1962-1969)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane]] (1966-1969)<br />[[w:Ford Torino|Ford Torino]] (1968-1976)<br />[[w:Mercury Montego|Mercury Montego]] (1968-1976)<br />[[w:Mercury Cyclone|Mercury Cyclone]] (1968-1971)<br />[[w:Ford LTD II|Ford LTD II]] (1977-1979)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird|Ford Thunderbird]] (1980-1997)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Fourth generation (1977–1979)|Mercury Cougar]] (1977-1979)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Fifth generation (1980–1982)|Mercury Cougar XR-7]] (1980-1982)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Sixth generation (1983–1988)|Mercury Cougar]] (1983-1988)<br />[[w:Mercury Cougar#Seventh generation (1989–1997)|Mercury Cougar]] (1989-1997)<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1959-1964)<br />[[w:Ford E-Series#Mercury Econoline|Mercury Econoline pickup]] (1961) <br />[[w:Ford E-Series#Mercury Econoline|Mercury Econoline]] (1966-1967) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Mack Avenue Plant|Mack Avenue Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Detroit|Detroit, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production: June 1903-October 1904 | style="text-align:left;"| Original [[w:Ford Model A (1903–04)|Ford Model A]] [[w:Ford Model A (1903–04)#Ford Model AC|Ford Model AC]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1903–1904. Ford Motor Company's first factory (rented). Ford began occupying the rented plant in April 1903 but production didn't start until after Ford Motor Co. was incorporated in June 1903. Ford assembled components here that were purchased from other companies including Dodge Bros. Co., which supplied the chassis, engine, transmission, driveshaft, and both axles. A second story was added in late 1903 to provide a paint shop and additional space for storage. Ford relocated to the Piquette Ave. plant in Detroit in Oct. 1904 because they had outgrown the Mack Ave. plant and needed a larger factory space. The Mack Avenue Plant's address was originally 588–592 Mack Avenue when Ford Motor Company occupied the building. Its address became 6520 Mack Avenue after the city of Detroit changed its street numbering system in January 1921. Various other tenants occupied the building after Ford left including the Columbia Motors Co. Columbia Motors also occupied the building diagonally across Mack Ave. (6501 Mack Ave.) which was originally owned by the Aerocar Co., founded by Alexander Malcomson, an early investor in Ford Motor Co. who had a falling out with Henry Ford regarding company direction. After Aerocar went bankrupt in 1907, 6501 Mack Ave. was the first plant of Hudson Motor Car Co. Hudson quickly outgrew the plant and moved a few miles away to a larger plant. The Ford plant building burned down in August 1941. An imprecise replica of the building was built in 1945 and is located at [[w:The Henry Ford|The Henry Ford]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| E (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mahwah Assembly|Mahwah Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mahwah, New Jersey|Mahwah, New Jersey]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1955 to 1980. | style="text-align:left;"| Last vehicles produced:<br> [[w:Ford Fairmont|Ford Fairmont]] (1978-1980)<br /> [[w:Mercury Zephyr|Mercury Zephyr]] (1978-1980) | style="text-align:left;"| Located on Orient Blvd. Truck production ended in July 1979. Car production ended in June 1980 and the plant closed. Demolished. Site then used by Sharp Electronics Corp. as a North American headquarters from 1985 until 2016 when former Ford subsidiaries Jaguar Land Rover took over the site for their North American headquarters. Another part of the site is used by retail stores.<br /> Previously:<br> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1955-1958, 1960-1979)<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1957)<br />[[w:Edsel Pacer|Edsel Pacer]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Ranger|Edsel Ranger]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Roundup|Edsel Roundup]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Villager|Edsel Villager]] (1958)<br />[[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1961)<br />[[w:Ford 300|Ford 300]] (1963)<br />[[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1964, 1966-1967)<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1970)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1966-1967, 1969, 1971-1972, 1974)<br /> [[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1961-1963) <br /> [[w:Mercury Commuter|Mercury Commuter]] (1962)<br /> [[w:Ford Granada (North America)#First generation (1975–1980)|Ford Granada]] (1975-1980)<br />[[w:Mercury Monarch|Mercury Monarch]] (1975-1980) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Manukau Alloy Wheel | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Manukau|Manukau, Auckland]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:New Zealand|New Zealand]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2001) | style="text-align:left;"| Aluminum wheels and cross members | style="text-align:left;"| Established 1981. Sold in 2001 to Argent Metals Technology |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Matford|Matford]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Strasbourg|Strasbourg]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:France|France]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mathis (automobile)|Mathis cars]]<br />Matford V8 cars <br />Matford trucks | Matford was a joint venture 60% owned by Ford and 40% owned by French automaker Mathis. Replaced by Ford's own Poissy plant after Matford was dissolved. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Maumee Stamping | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Maumee, Ohio|Maumee, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2007) | style="text-align:left;"| body panels | style="text-align:left;"| Closed in 2007, sold, and reopened as independent stamping plant |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:MÁVAG#Car manufacturing, the MÁVAG-Ford|MAVAG]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Budapest|Budapest]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hungary|Hungary]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1939) | [[w:Ford Eifel|Ford Eifel]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|Ford V8]]<br />[[w:de:Ford-Barrel-Nose-Lkw|Ford G917T]] | Opened 1938. Produced under license from Ford Germany. MAVAG was nationalized in 1946. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| LA (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Maywood Assembly|Maywood Assembly]] <ref>{{cite web|url=http://skyscraperpage.com/forum/showthread.php?t=170279&page=955|title=Photo of Lincoln-Mercury Assembly}}</ref> (Los Angeles Assembly plant #1) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Maywood, California|Maywood, California]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1948 to 1957 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mercury Eight|Mercury Eight]] (-1951), [[w:Mercury Custom|Mercury Custom]] (1955-1956), [[w:Mercury Medalist|Mercury Medalist]] (1956), [[w:Mercury Montclair|Mercury Montclair]] (1955-1957), [[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1952-1957), [[w:Mercury Turnpike Cruiser|Mercury Turnpike Cruiser]] (1957), [[w:Lincoln EL-series|Lincoln EL-series]] (1950-1951), [[w:Lincoln Cosmopolitan|Lincoln Cosmopolitan]] (1951-1952, 1954), [[w:Lincoln Premiere|Lincoln Premiere]] (1956), [[w:Lincoln Capri|Lincoln Capri]] (1953-1956). Painting of Pico Rivera-built Edsel bodies until Pico Rivera's paint shop was up and running. | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 5801 South Eastern Avenue and Slauson Avenue in Maywood, now part of City of Commerce. Across the street from the [[w:Los Angeles (Maywood) Assembly|Chrysler Los Angeles Assembly plant]]. Plant was demolished following closure. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| 0 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:List of Mazda facilities#List of Mazda production plants|Mazda Hiroshima Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hiroshima|Hiroshima]], [[w:Hiroshima Prefecture|Hiroshima Prefecture]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Japan|Japan]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended. Ford no longer owns a stake in Mazda. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Courier#Mazda-based models|Ford Courier]]<br />[[w:Ford Festiva#Third generation (1996)|Ford Festiva Mini Wagon]]<br />[[w:Ford Freda|Ford Freda]]<br />[[w:Mazda Bongo|Ford Econovan/Econowagon/Spectron]]<br />[[w:Ford Raider|Ford Raider]]<br />[[w:Ford Trader|Ford Trader]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant owned by Mazda. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| 1 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:List of Mazda facilities#List of Mazda production plants|Mazda Hofu Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hofu|Hofu]], [[w:Yamaguchi Prefecture|Yamaguchi Prefecture]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Japan|Japan]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended. Ford no longer owns a stake in Mazda. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Ford Telstar|Ford Telstar]] | style="text-align:left;"| Plant owned by Mazda. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Metcon Casting (Metalurgica Constitución S.A.) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Villa Constitución|Villa Constitución]], [[w:Santa Fe Province|Santa Fe Province]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Argentina|Argentina]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold to Paraná Metal SA | style="text-align:left;"| Parts - Iron castings | Originally opened in 1957. Bought by Ford in 1967. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Monroe Stamping Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Monroe, Michigan|Monroe, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"|Closed as a factory in 2008. Now a Ford warehouse. | style="text-align:left;"| Coil springs, wheels, stabilizer bars, catalytic converters, headlamp housings, and bumpers. Chrome Plating (1956-1982) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 3200 E. Elm Ave. Originally built by Newton Steel around 1929 and subsequently owned by [[w:Alcoa|Alcoa]] and Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Co. Bought by Ford in 1949 and opened in 1950. Spun off as part of [[w:Visteon|Visteon]] in 2000. Taken back by Ford in 2005 as part of [[w:Automotive Components Holdings|Automotive Components Holdings]] LLC. Closed in 2008. Sold to parent Ford Motor Co. in 2009. Converted into Ford River Raisin Warehouse. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Montevideo Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Montevideo|Montevideo]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Uruguay|Uruguay]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1985) | [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (Argentina)|Ford Falcon]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]]<br />[[w:Ford D Series|Ford D series]] | Plant was on Calle Cuaró. Opened 1920. Ford Uruguay S.A. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Nissan Motor Australia|Nissan Motor Australia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Clayton, Victoria|Clayton]], [[w:Victoria (Australia)|Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1992) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Corsair#Ford Corsair (UA, Australia)|Ford Corsair (UA)]]<br />[[w:Nissan Pintara|Nissan Pintara]]<br />[[w:Nissan Skyline#Seventh generation (R31; 1985)|Nissan Skyline]] | Plant owned by Nissan. Ford production was part of the [[w:Button Plan|Button Plan]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| NK/NR/N (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norfolk Assembly|Norfolk Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norfolk, Virginia|Norfolk, Virginia]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1925 to 2007 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-2007) | Located at 2424 Springfield Ave. on the Elizabeth River. Opened April 20, 1925. Production ended on June 28, 2007. Ford sold the property in 2011. Mostly Demolished. <br /> Previously: [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]] <br /> [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1960-1961) <br /> [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1970, 1973-1974)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1966-1967, 1974) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Valve Plant|Ford Valve Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Northville, Michigan|Northville, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1981) | style="text-align:left;"| Engine valves for cars and tractors | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 235 East Main Street. Previously a gristmill purchased by Ford in 1919 that was reconfigured to make engine valves from 1920 to 1936. Replaced with a new purpose-built structure designed by Albert Kahn in 1936 which includes a waterwheel. Closed in 1981. Later used as a manufacturing plant by R&D Enterprises from 1994 to 2005 to make heat exchangers. Known today as the Water Wheel Centre, a commercial space that includes design firms and a fitness club. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 1995. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| C (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ontario Truck|Ontario Truck]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Oakville, Ontario|Oakville, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2004) | style="text-align:left;"|[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1966-2003)<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (tenth generation)|Ford F-150 Heritage]] (2004)<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (tenth generation)#SVT Lightning (1999-2004)|Ford F-150 Lightning SVT]] (1999-2004) | Opened in 1965. Truck production moved from the neighboring Oakville Assembly plant when Ontario Truck opened in 1965. After Ontario Truck closed in 2004, it was absorbed into the Oakville Assembly plant.<br /> Previously:<br> [[w:Mercury M-Series|Mercury M-Series]] (1966-1968) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Officine Stampaggi Industriali|OSI]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Turin|Turin]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Italy|Italy]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1967) | [[w:Ford Anglia#Anglia Torino 105E (1965–67)|Ford Anglia Torino]]<br />[[w:OSI-Ford 20 M TS|OSI-Ford 20 M TS]] | Plant owned by [[w:Officine Stampaggi Industriali|OSI]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Otosan|Ford Otosan Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Istanbul|Istanbul]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Turkey|Turkey]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2001) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus TC#Turkey|Ford Taunus]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (fourth generation)|Ford F-600]]<br />[[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]]<br />[[w:Ford D series|Ford D Series]]<br />[[w:Ford Thames 400E|Ford Thames 800]]<br />[[w:Thames Trader|Thames Trader]]<br />[[w:Ford P100#Cortina-based model|Otosan P100]]<br />[[w:Anadol|Anadol]] | style="text-align:left;"| Opened 1960. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Pacheco Truck Assembly and Painting Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:General Pacheco|General Pacheco]], [[w:Buenos Aires Province|Buenos Aires Province]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Argentina|Argentina]] | style="text-align:center;"| Transferred to VW when Autolatina dissolved (1996) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-100/F-150]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-250/F-350/F-400/F-4000]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series (medium duty truck)|Ford F-600/F-6000/F-700/F-7000]] | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1982. Part of [[w:Autolatina|Autolatina]] joint venture with VW from 1987 to 1996. VW kept this side of the Pacheco plant when Autolatina dissolved and converted it to car production. VW has since then used this plant for Amarok pickup truck production. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| U (EU) [when following L] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pininfarina|Pininfarina Bairo Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bairo|Bairo]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Italy|Italy]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2010) | [[w:Ford Focus (second generation, Europe)#Coupé-Cabriolet|Ford Focus Coupe-Cabriolet]]<br />[[w:Ford Ka#StreetKa and SportKa|Ford StreetKa]] | Plant owned by [[w:Pininfarina|Pininfarina]] |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Piquette Avenue Plant|Piquette Avenue Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Detroit|Detroit, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (1911), reopened as a museum (2001) | style="text-align:left;"| Models [[w:Ford Model B (1904)|B]], [[w:Ford Model C|C]], [[w:Ford Model F|F]], [[w:Ford Model K|K]], [[w:Ford Model N|N]], [[w:Ford Model N#Model R|R]], [[w:Ford Model S|S]], and [[w:Ford Model T|T]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1904–1910. Ford Motor Company's second American factory (first owned). Concept of a moving assembly line experimented with and developed here before being fully implemented at Highland Park plant. Birthplace of the [[w:Ford Model T|Model T]] (September 27, 1908). Sold to [[w:Studebaker|Studebaker]] in 1911. Sold to [[w:3M|3M]] in 1936. Sold to Cadillac Overall Company, a work clothes supplier, in 1968. Owned by Heritage Investment Company from 1989 to 2000. Sold to the Model T Automotive Heritage Complex in April 2000. Run as a museum since July 27, 2001. Oldest car factory building on Earth open to the general public. The Piquette Avenue Plant was added to the National Register of Historic Places in 2002, designated as a Michigan State Historic Site in 2003, and became a National Historic Landmark in 2006. The building has also been a contributing property for the surrounding Piquette Avenue Industrial Historic District since 2004. The factory's front façade was fully restored to its 1904 appearance and revealed to the public on September 27, 2008, the 100th anniversary of the completion of the first production Model T. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Plonsk Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Plonsk|Plonsk]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Poland|Poland]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2000) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]]<br /> | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1995. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford France|Poissy Assembly]] (now the [[w:Stellantis Poissy Plant|Stellantis Poissy Plant]]) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Poissy|Poissy]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:France|France]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold in 1954 to Simca | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford SAF#Ford SAF (1945-1954)|Ford F-472/F-472A (13CV) & F-998A (22CV)]]<br />[[w:Ford Vedette|Ford Vedette]]<br />[[w:Ford Abeille|Ford Abeille]]<br />[[w:Ford Vendôme|Ford Vendôme]] <br />[[w:Ford Comèt|Ford Comète]]<br /> Ford F-198 T/F-598 T/F-698 W/Cargo F798WM/Remorqueur trucks<br />French Ford based Simca models:<br />[[w:Simca Vedette|Simca Vedette]]<br />[[w:Simca Ariane|Simca Ariane]]<br />[[w:Simca Ariane|Simca Miramas]]<br />[[w:Ford Comète|Simca Comète]] | Ford France including the Poissy plant and all current and upcoming French Ford models was sold to [[w:Simca|Simca]] in 1954 and Ford took a 15.2% stake in Simca. In 1958, Ford sold its stake in [[w:Simca|Simca]] to [[w:Chrysler|Chrysler]]. In 1963, [[w:Chrysler|Chrysler]] increased their stake in [[w:Simca|Simca]] to a controlling 64% by purchasing stock from Fiat, and they subsequently extended that holding further to 77% in 1967. In 1970, Chrysler increased its stake in Simca to 99.3% and renamed it Chrysler France. In 1978, Chrysler sold its entire European operations including Simca to PSA Peugeot-Citroën and Chrysler Europe's models were rebranded as Talbot. Talbot production at Poissy ended in 1986 and the Talbot brand was phased out. Poissy went on to produce Peugeot and Citroën models. Poissy has therefore, over the years, produced vehicles for the following brands: [[w:Ford France|Ford]], [[w:Simca|Simca]], [[w:Chrysler Europe|Chrysler]], [[w:Talbot#Chrysler/Peugeot era (1979–1985)|Talbot]], [[w:Peugeot|Peugeot]], [[w:Citroën|Citroën]], [[w:DS Automobiles|DS Automobiles]], [[w:Opel|Opel]], and [[w:Vauxhall Motors|Vauxhall]]. Opel and Vauxhall are included due to their takeover by [[w:PSA Group|PSA Group]] in 2017 from [[w:General Motors|General Motors]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Recife Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Recife|Recife]], [[w:Pernambuco|Pernambuco]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br /> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br /> | Opened 1925. Brazilian branch assembly plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Automotive industry in Australia#Renault Australia|Renault Australia]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Heidelberg, Victoria|Heidelberg]], [[w:Victoria (Australia)|Victoria]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Australia|Australia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Factory closed in 1981 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Cortina#Mark IV (1976–1979)|Ford Cortina wagon]] | Assembled by Renault Australia under a 3-year contract to [[w:Ford Australia|Ford Australia]] beginning in 1977. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Romania#20th century|Ford Română S.A.R.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Romania|Romania]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48/Model 68]] (1935-1936)<br /> [[w:1937 Ford|Ford Model 74/78/81A/82A/91A/92A/01A/02A]] (1937-1940)<br />[[w:Mercury Eight|Mercury Eight]] (1939-1940)<br /> | Production ended in 1940 due to World War II. The factory then did repair work only. The factory was nationalized by the Communist Romanian government in 1948. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Romeo Engine Plant|Romeo Engine]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[W:Romeo, Michigan|Romeo, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (December 2022) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Boss engine|Ford 6.2L Boss V8]]<br /> [[w:Ford Modular engine|Ford 4.6/5.4 Modular V8]] <br />[[w:Ford Modular engine#5.8 L Trinity|Ford 5.8L supercharged Trinity V8]]<br /> [[w:Ford Modular engine#Voodoo|Ford 5.2L flat-plane crank Voodoo V8]]<br /> [[w:Ford Modular engine#Predator|Ford 5.2L supercharged Predator V8]] | Located at 701 E. 32 Mile Road. Made Ford tractors and engines, parts, and farm implements for tractors from 1973 until 1988. Reopened in 1990 making the Modular V8. Included 2 lines: a high volume engine line and a niche engine line, which, since 1996, made high-performance V8 engines by hand including the Trinity, Voodoo, and Predator engines as well as the 32-valve 4.6L V8 in the Mustang Cobra SVT of '96-'99 & '01 and the <br> 32-valve 5.4L V8 in the '00 Mustang Cobra R and the supercharged 32-valve 4.6L V8 in the Mustang Cobra SVT of '03-'04 & the supercharged 32-valve 5.4L V8 in the Mustang Shelby GT500 of '07-'12 and the Ford GT of '05-'06. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| R (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:San Jose Assembly Plant|San Jose Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Milpitas, California|Milpitas, California]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style=”text-align:center;"| 1955-1983 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1955-1983), [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1960), [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1960), [[w:Edsel Pacer|Edsel Pacer]] (1958), [[w:Edsel Ranger|Edsel Ranger]] (1958), [[w:Edsel Roundup|Edsel Roundup]] (1958), [[w:Edsel Villager|Edsel Villager]] (1958), [[w:Edsel Bermuda|Edsel Bermuda]] (1958), [[w:Ford Pinto|Ford Pinto]] (1971-1978), [[w:Mercury Bobcat|Mercury Bobcat]] (1976, 1978), [[w:Ford Escort (North America)#First generation (1981–1990)|Ford Escort]] (1982-1983), [[w:Ford EXP|Ford EXP]] (1982-1983), [[w:Mercury Lynx|Mercury Lynx]] (1982-1983), [[w:Mercury LN7|Mercury LN7]] (1982-1983), [[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]] (1961-1964), [[w:Mercury Comet#First generation (1960–1963)|Comet]] (1961), [[w:Mercury Comet|Mercury Comet]] (1962), [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (midsize)]] (1962-1964, 1969-1970), [[w:Ford Torino|Ford Torino]] (1969-1970), [[w:Ford Ranchero|Ford Ranchero]] (1957-1964, 1970), [[w:Mercury Montego|Mercury Montego]], [[w:Ford Mustang|Ford Mustang]] (1965-1970, 1974-1981), [[w:Mercury Cougar|Mercury Cougar]] (1968-1969), & [[w:Mercury Capri#Second generation (1979–1986)|Mercury Capri]] (1979-1981). | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced the Richmond Assembly Plant. Was northwest of the intersection of Great Mall Parkway/Capitol Avenue and Montague Expressway extending west to S. Main St. (in Milpitas). Site is now Great Mall of the Bay Area. |- | | style="text-align:left;"| San Lazaro Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| San Lazaro, [[w:Mexico City|Mexico City]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;" | Operated 1925-c.1932 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] | First auto plant in Mexico opened in 1925. Replaced by La Villa plant in 1932. |- | style="text-align:center;"| T (EU) [when following M] | [[w:Ford India|Sanand Vehicle Assembly Plant]] | [[w:Sanand|Sanand]], [[w:Gujarat|Gujarat]] | [[w:India|India]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2021)<ref name=":0"/> Sold to [[w:Tata Motors|Tata Motors]] in 2022. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Figo#Second generation (B562; 2015)|Ford Figo]]<br />[[w:Ford Figo Aspire|Ford Figo Aspire]]<br />[[w:Ford Figo#Freestyle|Ford Freestyle]] | Opened March 2015<ref name="sanand">{{cite web|title=News|url=https://www.at.ford.com/en/homepage/news-and-clipsheet/news.html|website=www.at.ford.com}}</ref> |- | | Santiago Exposition Street Plant (Planta Calle Exposición 1258) | [[w:es:Calle Exposición|Calle Exposición]], [[w:Santiago, Chile|Santiago, Chile]] | [[w:Chile|Chile]] | style="text-align:center;" |Operated 1924-c.1962 <ref>{{Cite web |last=U |first=Juan Ignacio Alamos |date=2013-04-10 |title=AUTOS CHILENOS: PLANTA FORD CALLE EXPOSICIÓN (1924 - c.1962) |url=https://autoschilenos.blogspot.com/2013/04/planta-ford-calle-exposicion-1924-c1962.html |access-date=2022-08-04 |website=AUTOS CHILENOS}}</ref><ref name=":1" /> | [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] | First plant opened in Chile in 1924.<ref name=":2" /> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| B (SA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Brasil|São Bernardo Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:São Bernardo do Campo|São Bernardo do Campo]], [[w:São Paulo (state)|São Paulo (state)]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed Oct. 30, 2019 & Sold 2020 <ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.reuters.com/article/us-ford-motor-southamerica-heavytruck-idUSKCN1Q82EB|title=Ford to close oldest Brazil plant, exit South America truck biz|date=2019-02-20|work=Reuters|access-date=2019-03-07|language=en}}</ref> | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]]<br /> [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] Trucks<br /> [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] | Originally the Willys-Overland do Brazil plant. Bought by Ford in 1967. Part of [[w:Autolatina|Autolatina]] joint venture with VW from 1987 to 1996. No more Cargo Trucks produced in Brazil since 2019. Sold to Construtora São José Desenvolvimento Imobiliária.<br />Previously:<br />[[w:Willys Aero#Brazilian production|Ford Aero]]<br />[[w:Ford Belina|Ford Belina]]<br />[[w:Ford Corcel|Ford Corcel]]<br />[[w:Ford Del Rey|Ford Del Rey]]<br />[[w:Willys Aero#Brazilian production|Ford Itamaraty]]<br />[[w:Jeep CJ#Brazil|Ford Jeep]]<br /> [[w:Ford Rural|Ford Rural]]<br />[[w:Ford F-75|Ford F-75]]<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Maverick]]<br />[[w:Ford Pampa|Ford Pampa]]<br />[[w:Ford Courier#Brazil (1998–2013)|Ford Courier]]<br />[[w:Ford Ka|Ford Ka]] (BE146 & B402)<br />[[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br />[[w:Ford Orion|Ford Orion]]<br />[[w:Ford Verona|Ford Verona]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Apollo|Volkswagen Apollo]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Logus|Volkswagen Logus]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Pointer|Volkswagen Pointer]]<br />Ford tractors |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:pt:Ford do Brasil|São Paulo city assembly plants]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:São Paulo|São Paulo]], [[w:São Paulo (state)|São Paulo (state)]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br /> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br /> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />Ford tractors | First plant opened in 1919 on Rua Florêncio de Abreu, in São Paulo. Moved to a larger plant in Praça da República in São Paulo in 1920. Then moved to an even larger plant on Rua Solon, in the Bom Retiro neighborhood of São Paulo in 1921. Replaced by Ipiranga plant in 1953. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| L (NZ) | style="text-align:left;"| Seaview Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lower Hutt|Lower Hutt]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:New Zealand|New Zealand]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1988) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model 48#1936|Ford Model 68]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]] Model 78<br />[[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Model Y]]<br />[[w:Ford Model C Ten|Ford Model C Ten]]<br />[[w:Ford 7W|Ford 7W]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul Capri|Ford Consul Classic 315]]<br />[[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Zephyr|Ford Zephyr]]<br /> [[w:Ford Zodiac|Ford Zodiac]]<br /> [[w:Ford Pilot|Ford Pilot]]<br />[[w:1949 Ford|Ford Custom V8 Fordor]]<br /> [[w:Ford Escort (Europe)|Ford Escort]]<br /> [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]]<br /> [[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]] wagon<br />[[w:Ford Telstar|Ford Telstar]]<br />[[w:Ford Falcon (Australia)|Ford Falcon]]<br />[[w:Ford Thames 400E|Ford Thames 400E]]<br />[[w:Ford Transit#First generation (1965)|Ford Transit]]<br />[[w:Fordson|Fordson]] Major tractors | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1936, closed in 1988 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Sheffield Aluminum Casting Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sheffield, Alabama|Sheffield, Alabama]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1983) | style="text-align:left;"| Die cast parts<br /> pistons<br /> transmission cases | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1958, closed in December 1983. Demolished 2008. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J (EU) [when following B] | style="text-align:left;"| Shenstone plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Shenstone, Staffordshire|Shenstone, Staffordshire]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1986) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford RS200|Ford RS200]] | style="text-align:left;"| Former [[w:Reliant Motors|Reliant Motors]] plant. Leased by Ford from 1985-1986 to build the RS200. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| D (EU) [when following B] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Southampton plant|Southampton Body & Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Southampton|Southampton]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2013)<ref name="End of an era"/> | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Transit|Ford Transit]] van | style="text-align:left;"| Former Supermarine aircraft factory, acquired 1953. Built Ford vans 1972 – July 2013 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| SL/Z (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:St. Louis Assembly|St. Louis Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Hazelwood, MO|Hazelwood, MO]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1948-2006 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Explorer|Ford Explorer]] (1995-2006)<br>[[w:Mercury Mountaineer|Mercury Mountaineer]] (2002-2006)<br>[[w:Lincoln Aviator#First generation (UN152; 2003)|Lincoln Aviator]] (2003-2005) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 2-58 Ford Lane and Aviator Dr. St. Louis plant is now a mixed use residential/commercial space (West End Lofts). Hazelwood plant was demolished in 2009.<br /> Previously:<br /> [[w:Ford Aerostar|Ford Aerostar]] (1986-1997)<br /> [[w:Ford LTD Crown Victoria|Ford LTD Crown Victoria]] (1983-1985) <br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]]<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]]<br> [[w:Mercury Grand Marquis|Mercury Grand Marquis]] (1983-1985)<br />[[w:Mercury Marquis|Mercury Marquis]] (1967-1982)<br />[[w:Mercury Marquis#Third generation (1979–1982)|Mercury Marquis Meteor (Canada only)]] (1980-81)<br /> [[w:Mercury Marauder|Mercury Marauder]] <br />[[w:Mercury Medalist|Mercury Medalist]] (1956, 1958)<br /> [[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1952-1970, 1974)<br>[[w:Mercury Montclair|Mercury Montclair]] (1955-1960, 1964-1968)<br />[[w:Mercury S-55|Mercury S-55]] (1962-1963, 1966-1967)<br>[[w:Mercury Park Lane|Mercury Park Lane]] (1959, 1964-1968)<br />[[w:Mercury Turnpike Cruiser|Mercury Turnpike Cruiser]] (1957-1958)<br>[[w:Mercury Eight|Mercury Eight]] (1950-1951)<br /> [[w:Mercury Custom|Mercury Custom]] (1952-1953) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| X (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:St. Thomas Assembly|St. Thomas Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Talbotville, Ontario|Talbotville, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2011)<ref>{{cite news|url=https://www.theglobeandmail.com/investing/markets/|title=Markets|website=The Globe and Mail}}</ref> | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford LTD Crown Victoria|Ford LTD Crown Victoria]] (1984-1991) <br />[[w:Ford Crown Victoria|Ford Crown Victoria]] (1992-2011)<br /> [[w:Mercury Grand Marquis|Mercury Grand Marquis]] (1984-2011)<br />[[w:Mercury Marauder#Third generation (2003–2004)|Mercury Marauder]] (2003-2004)<br /> [[w:Lincoln Town Car#Third generation (FN145; 1998–2011)|Lincoln Town Car]] (2008-2011) | style="text-align:left;"| Opened in 1967. Demolished. Now an Amazon fulfillment center.<br /> Previously:<br /> [[w:Ford Falcon (North America)|Ford Falcon]] (1968-1969)<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Maverick]] (1970-77) <br />[[w:Ford Pinto|Ford Pinto]] (1971, 1973-1977, 1980)<br />[[w:Mercury Bobcat|Mercury Bobcat]] (1980)<br />[[w:Ford Fairmont|Ford Fairmont]] (1978-81)<br />[[w:Mercury Zephyr|Mercury Zephyr]] (1978-81) <br />[[w:Ford EXP|Ford EXP]] (1982-1983)<br />[[w:Mercury LN7|Mercury LN7]] (1982-1983) |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Stockholm Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| Free Port area (Frihamnen in Swedish), [[w:Stockholm|Stockholm]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sweden|Sweden]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1957) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Consul|Ford Consul]]<br />[[w:Ford Prefect|Ford Prefect]]<br />[[w:Ford Vedette|Ford Vedette]]<br />Ford trucks | style="text-align:left;"| |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 5 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Swedish Motor Assemblies|Swedish Motor Assemblies]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kuala Lumpur|Kuala Lumpur]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Malaysia|Malaysia]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold 2010 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo S40|Volvo S40]]<br />[[w:Volvo S40#First generation (1995–2004)|Volvo V40]]<br />[[w:Volvo V50|Volvo V50]]<br />[[w:Volvo S60|Volvo S60]]<br />[[w:Volvo S70|Volvo S70]]<br />[[w:Volvo S80|Volvo S80]]<br />[[w:Volvo V70|Volvo V70]]<br />[[w:Volvo XC90|Volvo XC90]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Defender|Land Rover Defender]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Discovery|Land Rover Discovery]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Freelander|Land Rover Freelander]] | style="text-align:left;"| Also built Volvo trucks and buses. Used to do contract assembly for other automakers including Suzuki and Daihatsu. Volvo Cars was sold to [[w:Geely|Zhejiang Geely Holding Group Co., Ltd.]] in 2010. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Sydhavnen Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sydhavnen|Sydhavnen district]], [[w:Copenhagen|Copenhagen]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Denmark|Denmark]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1966) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model Y|Ford Junior]]<br />[[w:Ford Model C (Europe)|Ford Junior De Luxe]]<br />[[w:Ford Eifel|Ford Eifel]]<br />[[w:Ford Taunus|Ford Taunus]]<br />[[w:Ford Anglia|Ford Anglia]]<br />[[w:Ford Thames 400E|Ford Thames 400E]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1924–1966. 325,482 vehicles were built. Plant was then converted into a tractor assembly plant for Ford Industrial Equipment Co. Tractor plant closed in the mid-1970's. Administration & depot building next to assembly plant was used until 1991 when depot for remote storage closed & offices moved to Glostrup. Assembly plant building stood until 2006 when it was demolished. |- | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Brasil|Taubate Engine & Transmission & Chassis Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Taubaté, São Paulo|Taubaté, São Paulo]], Av. Charles Schnneider, 2222 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 2021<ref name="camacari"/> & Sold 05.18.2022 | [[w:Ford Pinto engine#2.3 (LL23)|Ford Pinto/Lima 2.3L I4]]<br />[[w:Ford Sigma engine#Zetec RoCam|Ford Zetec RoCam engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Sigma engine#Brazil|Ford Sigma engine]]<br />[[w:List of Ford engines#1.5 L Dragon|1.5L Ti-VCT Dragon 3-cyl.]]<br />[[w:Ford BC-series transmission#iB5 Version|iB5 5-speed manual transmission]]<br />MX65 5-speed manual transmission<br />aluminum casting<br />Chassis components | Opened in 1974. Sold to Construtora São José Desenvolvimento Imobiliária https://construtorasaojose.com<ref>{{Cite news|url=https://www.focus.jor.br/ford-vai-vender-fabrica-de-sp-para-construtora-troller-segue-sem-definicao/|title=Ford sold Factory in Taubaté to Buildings Development Constructor|date=2022-05-18|access-date=2022-05-29|language=pt}}</ref> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:AutoAlliance Thailand#History|Thai Motor Co.]] | style="text-align:left;"| ? | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Thailand|Thailand]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Cortina|Ford Cortina]] | Factory was a joint venture between Ford UK & Ford's Thai distributor, Anglo-Thai Motors Company. Taken over by Ford in 1973 when it was renamed Ford Thailand, closed in 1976 when Ford left Thailand. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 4 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:List of Volvo Car production plants|Thai-Swedish Assembly Co. Ltd.]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Samutprakarn|Samutprakarn]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Thailand|Thailand]] | style="text-align:center;"| Plant no longer used by Volvo Cars. Sold to Volvo AB in 2008. Volvo Car production ended in 2011. Production consolidated to Malaysia plant in 2012. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo 200 Series|Volvo 200 Series]]<br />[[w:Volvo 940|Volvo 940]]<br />[[w:Volvo S40|Volvo S40/V40]]<br />[[w:Volvo S70|Volvo S70]]<br />[[w:Volvo S60|Volvo S60]]<br />[[w:Volvo S80|Volvo S80]]<br />[[w:Volvo V70|Volvo V70]]<br />[[w:Volvo XC90|Volvo XC90]]<br />[[w:Land Rover Freelander#First generation (L314; 1997–2006)|Land Rover Freelander]]<br />Volvo Trucks<br />Volvo Buses | Was 56% owned by Volvo and 44% owned by Swedish Motor. Volvo Cars was sold to [[w:Geely|Zhejiang Geely Holding Group Co., Ltd.]] in 2010. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Think Global|TH!NK Nordic AS]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Aurskog|Aurskog]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Norway|Norway]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2003) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Think City|Ford Think City]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold to Kamkorp Microelectronics as of February 1, 2003 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Tlalnepantla Tool & Die | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Tlalnepantla|Tlalnepantla]], [[w:Mexico State|Mexico State]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Mexico|Mexico]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed 1985 | style="text-align:left;"| Tooling for vehicle production | Was previously a Studebaker-Packard assembly plant. Bought by Ford in 1962 and converted into a tool & die plant. Operations transferred to Cuautitlan at the end of 1985. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Trafford Park Factory|Ford Trafford Park Factory]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Trafford Park|Trafford Park]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:England|England]], [[w:UK|UK]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1911–1931, formerly principal Ford UK plant. Produced [[w:Rolls-Royce Merlin|Rolls-Royce Merlin]] aircraft engines during World War II. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Transax, S.A. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Córdoba, Argentina|Córdoba]], [[w:Córdoba Province, Argentina|Córdoba Province]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Argentina|Argentina]] | style="text-align:center;"| Transferred to VW when Autolatina dissolved (1996) | style="text-align:left;"| Transmissions <br /> Axles | style="text-align:left;"| Bought by Ford in 1967 from [[w:Industrias Kaiser Argentina|IKA]]. Part of [[w:Autolatina|Autolatina]] joint venture with VW from 1987 to 1996. VW kept this plant when Autolatina dissolved. VW has since then used this plant for transmission production. |- | style="text-align:center;"| H (SA) | style="text-align:left;"|[[w:Troller Veículos Especiais|Troller Veículos Especiais]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Horizonte, Ceará|Horizonte, Ceará]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Acquired in 2007; operated until 2021. Closed (2021).<ref name="camacari"/> | [[w:Troller T4|Troller T4]], [[w:Troller Pantanal|Troller Pantanal]] | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| P (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Twin Cities Assembly Plant|Twin Cities Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Saint Paul, Minnesota|St. Paul]], MN | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Operated from 1925 to 2011 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Ranger (Americas)|Ford Ranger]] (1986-2011)<br />[[w:Ford Ranger (Americas)#Mazda B-Series/Mazda Truck (1994–2010)|Mazda B-Series]] (2005-2009 & 2010 in Canada) | style="text-align:left;"|Located at 966 S. Mississippi River Blvd. Began production May 4, 1925. Production ended December 1932 but resumed in 1935. Closed December 16, 2011. <br>Previously: [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]], [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]], [[w:Ford Fairlane (Americas)|Ford Fairlane (full-size)]] (1960-1961), [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1972, 1974), [[w:Ford 300|Ford 300]] (1963), [[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1964, 1966, 1976), [[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1967-1970, 1972-1973, 1975, 1977-1978), [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1992) <br /> [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Second generation (1953–1956)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1954)<br />From 1926-1959, there was an onsite glass plant making glass for vehicle windows. Plant closed in 1933, reopened in 1935 with glass production resuming in 1937. Truck production began in 1950 alongside car production. Car production ended in 1978. F-Series production ended in 1992. Ranger production began in 1985 for the 1986 model year. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J (SA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Valencia Assembly|Valencia Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Valencia, Venezuela|Valencia]], [[w:Carabobo|Carabobo]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Venezuela|Venezuela]] | style="text-align:center;"| Opened 1962, Production suspended around 2019 | style="text-align:left;"| Previously built <br />[[w:Ford Bronco|Ford Bronco]] <br /> [[w:Ford Corcel|Ford Corcel]] <br />[[w:Ford Explorer|Ford Explorer]] <br />[[w:Ford Torino#Venezuela|Ford Fairlane (Gen 1)]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD II#Venezuela|Ford Fairlane (Gen 2)]]<br />[[w:Ford Fiesta (fifth generation)|Ford Fiesta Move]], [[w:Ford Fiesta|Ford Fiesta]]<br />[[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]]<br /> [[w:Ford Ka|Ford Ka]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)#Venezuela|Ford LTD]]<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)#Fourth generation (1983–1986)|Ford Granada]]<br />[[w:Mercury Marquis#Fourth generation (1983–1986)|Ford Cougar]]<br />[[w:Ford Laser|Ford Laser]] <br /> [[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Maverick]] <br />[[w:Ford Mustang (first generation)|Ford Mustang]] <br /> [[w:Ford Sierra|Ford Sierra]]<br />[[w:Mazda Allegro|Mazda Allegro]]<br />[[w:Ford F-250|Ford F-250]]<br /> [[w:Ford F-350|Ford F-350]]<br /> [[w:Ford Cargo|Ford Cargo]] | style="text-align:left;"| Served Ford markets in Colombia, Ecuador and Venezuela. Production suspended due to collapse of Venezuela’s economy under Socialist rule of Hugo Chavez & Nicolas Maduro. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Autolatina|Volkswagen São Bernardo Assembly]] ([[w:Volkswagen do Brasil|Anchieta]]) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:São Bernardo do Campo|São Bernardo do Campo]], [[w:São Paulo (state)|São Paulo (state)]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Brazil|Brazil]] | style="text-align:center;"| Returned to VW do Brazil when Autolatina dissolved in 1996 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Versailles|Ford Versailles]]/Ford Galaxy (Argentina)<br />[[w:Ford Royale|Ford Royale]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Santana#Santana (Brazil; 1984–2006)|Volkswagen Santana]]<br />[[w:Volkswagen Santana#Santana (Brazil; 1984–2006)|Volkswagen Quantum]] | Part of [[w:Autolatina|Autolatina]] joint venture between Ford and VW from 1987 to 1996. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:List of Volvo Car production plants|Volvo AutoNova Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Uddevalla|Uddevalla]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sweden|Sweden]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold to Pininfarina Sverige AB | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo C70#First generation (1996–2005)|Volvo C70]] (Gen 1) | style="text-align:left;"| AutoNova was originally a 49/51 joint venture between Volvo & [[w:Tom Walkinshaw Racing|TWR]]. Restructured into Pininfarina Sverige AB, a new joint venture with [[w:Pininfarina|Pininfarina]] to build the 2nd generation C70. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 2 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo Car Gent|Volvo Ghent Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ghent|Ghent]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Belgium|Belgium]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo C30|Volvo C30]]<br />[[w:Volvo S40#Second generation (2004–2012)|Volvo S40]]<br />[[w:Volvo S60|Volvo S60]]<br />[[w:Volvo S70|Volvo S70]]<br />[[w:Volvo V40 (2012–2019)|Volvo V40]]<br />[[w:Volvo V50|Volvo V50]]<br />[[w:Volvo V70|Volvo V70]]<br />[[w:Volvo V70/XC70|Volvo XC70]] <br /> [[w:Volvo XC60|Volvo XC60]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold as part of sale of Volvo Cars to [[w:Geely|Zhejiang Geely Holding Group Co., Ltd.]] in 2010 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| F | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:NedCar|Volvo Nedcar Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Born, Netherlands|Born]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Netherlands|Netherlands]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold (2001) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo S40#First generation (1995–2004)|Volvo S40]]<br />[[w:Volvo S40#First generation (1995–2004)|Volvo V40]]<br />[[w:Mitsubishi Carisma|Mitsubishi Carisma]] <br /> [[w:Mitsubishi Space Star|Mitsubishi Space Star]] | style="text-align:left;"| Taken over by [[w:Mitsubishi Motors|Mitsubishi Motors]] in 2001, and later by [[w:VDL Groep|VDL Groep]] in 2012, when it became VDL Nedcar. Volvo production ended in 2004. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| J | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pininfarina#Uddevalla, Sweden Pininfarina Sverige AB|Volvo Pininfarina Sverige Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Uddevalla|Uddevalla]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sweden|Sweden]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed by Volvo after the Geely takeover | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo C70#Second generation (2006–2013)|Volvo C70]] (Gen 2) | style="text-align:left;"| Pininfarina Sverige was a 40/60 joint venture between Volvo & [[w:Pininfarina|Pininfarina]]. Sold by Ford as part of sale of Volvo Cars to [[w:Geely|Zhejiang Geely Holding Group Co., Ltd.]] in 2010. Volvo bought back Pininfarina's shares in 2013 and closed the Uddevalla plant after C70 production ended later in 2013. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Volvo Skövde Engine Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Skövde|Skövde]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sweden|Sweden]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo Modular engine|Volvo Modular engine]] I4/I5/I6<br />[[w:Volvo D5 engine|Volvo D5 engine]]<br />[[w:Ford Duratorq engine#2005 TDCi (PSA DW Based)|PSA/Ford-based 2.0/2.2 diesel I4]]<br /> | style="text-align:left;"| Sold as part of sale of Volvo Cars to [[w:Geely|Zhejiang Geely Holding Group Co., Ltd.]] in 2010 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| 1 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Torslandaverken|Volvo Torslanda Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Torslanda|Torslanda]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Sweden|Sweden]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Volvo S60|Volvo S60]]<br />[[w:Volvo S70|Volvo S70]]<br />[[w:Volvo S80|Volvo S80]]<br />[[w:Volvo V60|Volvo V60]]<br />[[w:Volvo V70|Volvo V70]]<br />[[w:Volvo V70/XC70|Volvo XC70]] <br /> [[w:Volvo XC90|Volvo XC90]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold as part of sale of Volvo Cars to [[w:Geely|Zhejiang Geely Holding Group Co., Ltd.]] in 2010 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Vulcan Forge | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dearborn, Michigan|Dearborn, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2003) | style="text-align:left;"| Connecting rods and rod cap forgings | |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| H (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Walkerville Plant|Walkerville Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor, Ontario|Windsor, Ontario]] (Walkerville was taken over by Windsor in Sept. 1929) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (1953) and vacant land next to Detroit River (Fleming Channel). Replaced by Oakville Assembly. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model C|Ford Model C]]<br />[[w:Ford Model N|Ford Model N]]<br />[[w:Ford Model K|Ford Model K]]<br />[[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />1946-1947 Mercury trucks<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:Meteor (automobile)|Meteor]]<br />[[w:Monarch (marque)|Monarch]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]]<br />[[w:Mercury M-Series|Mercury M-Series]] (1948-1953) | style="text-align:left;"| 1904–1953. First factory to produce Ford cars outside the USA (via [[w:Ford Motor Company of Canada|Ford Motor Company of Canada]], a separate company from Ford at the time). |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Walton Hills Stamping | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Walton Hills, Ohio|Walton Hills, Ohio]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"|Closed Winter 2014 | style="text-align:left;"| Body panels, bumpers | Opened in 1954. Located at 7845 Northfield Rd. Demolished. Site is now the Forward Innovation Center East. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| WA/W (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wayne Stamping & Assembly|Wayne Stamping & Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wayne, Michigan|Wayne, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| 1952-2010 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Focus|Ford Focus]] (2000-2011)<br /> [[w:Ford Escort (North America)|Ford Escort]] (1981-1999)<br />[[w:Mercury Tracer|Mercury Tracer]] (1996-1999)<br />[[w:Mercury Lynx|Mercury Lynx]] (1981-1987)<br />[[w:Ford EXP|Ford EXP]] (1984-1988)<br />[[w:Ford Granada (North America)#First generation (1975–1980)|Ford Granada]] (1975-1980)<br />[[w:Mercury Monarch|Mercury Monarch]] (1975-1980)<br />[[w:Lincoln Versailles|Lincoln Versailles]] (1977-1980)<br />[[w:Ford Maverick (1970–1977)|Ford Maverick]] (1974)<br />[[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1960, 1962-1969, 1971-1972)<br />[[w:Ford 300|Ford 300]] (1963)<br />[[w:Ford Custom#Custom and Custom 500 (1964–1981)|Ford Custom/Custom 500]] (1971)<br />[[w:Ford LTD (Americas)|Ford LTD]] (1968, 1970-1972, 1974)<br />[[w:Lincoln Capri|Lincoln Capri]] (1953-1957)<br />[[w:Lincoln Cosmopolitan#Second generation (1952-1954)|Lincoln Cosmopolitan]] (1953-1954)<br />[[w:Lincoln Custom|Lincoln Custom]] (1955 only)<br />[[w:Lincoln Premiere|Lincoln Premiere]] (1956-1957)<br />[[w:Mercury Custom|Mercury Custom]] (1953-)<br />[[w:Mercury Medalist|Mercury Medalist]]<br /> [[w:Mercury Commuter|Mercury Commuter]] (1960, 1965)<br />[[w:Mercury Meteor#Full-size (1961)|Mercury Meteor]] (1961 only)<br />[[w:Mercury Monterey|Mercury Monterey]] (1953-1966)<br />[[w:Mercury Montclair|Mercury Montclair]] (1955-1958, 1964-1967)<br />[[w:Mercury Turnpike Cruiser|Mercury Turnpike Cruiser]] (1957-1958)<br />[[w:Mercury S-55|Mercury S-55]] (1962-1963, 1966)<br />[[w:Mercury Marauder|Mercury Marauder]] (1964-1965)<br />[[w:Mercury Park Lane|Mercury Park Lane]] (1958-1959, 1964-1966)<br />[[w:Edsel Corsair|Edsel Corsair]] (1958)<br />[[w:Edsel Citation|Edsel Citation]] (1958) | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 37500 Van Born Rd. Was main production site for Mercury vehicles when plant opened in 1952 and shipped knock-down kits to dedicated Mercury assembly locations. First vehicle built was a Mercury Montclair on October 1, 1952. Built Lincolns from 1953-1957 after the Lincoln plant in Detroit closed in 1952. Lincoln production moved to a new plant in Wixom for 1958. The larger, Mercury-based Edsel Corsair and Citation were built in Wayne for 1958. The plant shifted to building smaller cars in the mid-1970's. In 1987, a new stamping plant was built on Van Born Rd. and was connected to the assembly plant via overhead tunnels. Production ended in December 2010 and the Wayne Stamping & Assembly Plant was combined with the Michigan Truck Plant, which was then renamed the [[w:Michigan Assembly Plant|Michigan Assembly Plant]]. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Willowvale Motor Industries|Willowvale Motor Industries]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Willowvale, Harare|Willowvale]], [[w:Harare|Harare]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Zimbabwe|Zimbabwe]] | style="text-align:center;"| Ford production ended. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Laser#First generation (KA/KB; 1981)|Ford Laser]]<br />[[w:Mazda 323|Mazda 323]]<br />[[w:Mazda Rustler|Mazda Rustler]]<br />[[w:Mazda B series|Mazda B series]]<br />[[w:Mazda Titan#Second generation (1980–1989)|Mazda T3500]] | style="text-align:left;"| Assembly began in 1961 as Ford of Rhodesia. Became [[w:Willowvale Motor Industries|Willowvale Motor Industries]] after the Ford sale to the state-owned Industrial Development Corporation. Became Willowvale Mazda Motor Industries from 1989 to 2014. Name went back to [[w:Willowvale Motor Industries|Willowvale Motor Industries]] in 2015. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Windsor Aluminum | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor, Ontario|Windsor, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Duratec V6 engine|Duratec V6]] engine blocks<br /> [[w:Jaguar AJ-V8 engine#3.9 L|Ford 3.9L V8]] engine blocks<br /> [[w:Ford Modular engine|Ford Modular engine]] blocks | style="text-align:left;"| Opened 1992. Sold to Nemak Aluminum (a 25/75 joint venture between Ford & Nemak, which is 75.24% owned by Alfa Group of Mexico) in 2001. Subsequently produced engine blocks for GM. Production ended in September 2020. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor Casting|Windsor Casting]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Windsor, Ontario|Windsor, Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="text-align:center;"| Closed (2007) | style="text-align:left;"| Engine parts: Cylinder blocks, crankshafts | Opened 1934. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| Y (NA) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wixom Assembly Plant|Wixom Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Wixom, Michigan|Wixom, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Idle (2007); torn down (2013) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Lincoln Continental|Lincoln Continental]] (1961-1980, 1982-2002)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental Mark III|Lincoln Continental Mark III]] (1969-1971)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental Mark IV|Lincoln Continental Mark IV]] (1972-1976)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental Mark V|Lincoln Continental Mark V]] (1977-1979)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental Mark VI|Lincoln Continental Mark VI]] (1980-1983)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental Mark VII|Lincoln Continental Mark VII]] (1984-1992)<br />[[w:Lincoln Mark VIII|Lincoln Mark VIII]] (1993-1998)<br /> [[w:Lincoln Town Car|Lincoln Town Car]] (1981-2007)<br /> [[w:Lincoln LS|Lincoln LS]] (2000-2006)<br /> [[w:Ford GT#First generation (2005–2006)|Ford GT]] (2005-2006)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (second generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (1958-1960)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (third generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (1961-1963)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (fourth generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (1964-1966)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (fifth generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (1967-1971)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (sixth generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (1972-1976)<br />[[w:Ford Thunderbird (eleventh generation)|Ford Thunderbird]] (2002-2005)<br /> [[w:Ford GT40|Ford GT40]] MKIV<br />[[w:Lincoln Capri#Third generation (1958–1959)|Lincoln Capri]] (1958-1959)<br />[[w:Lincoln Capri#1960 Lincoln|1960 Lincoln]] (1960)<br />[[w:Lincoln Premiere#1958–1960|Lincoln Premiere]] (1958–1960)<br />[[w:Lincoln Continental#Third generation (1958–1960)|Lincoln Continental Mark III/IV/V]] (1958-1960) | Demolished in 2012. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Ypsilanti Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ypsilanti, Michigan|Ypsilanti, Michigan]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="text-align:center;"| Sold | style="text-align:left;"| Starters<br /> Starter Assemblies<br /> Alternators<br /> ignition coils<br /> distributors<br /> horns<br /> struts<br />air conditioner clutches<br /> bumper shock devices | style="text-align:left;"| Located at 128 Spring St. Originally owned by Ford Motor Company, it then became a [[w:Visteon|Visteon]] Plant when [[w:Visteon|Visteon]] was spun off in 2000, and later turned into an [[w:Automotive Components Holdings|Automotive Components Holdings]] Plant in 2005. It is said that [[w:Henry Ford|Henry Ford]] used to walk this factory when he acquired it in 1932. The Ypsilanti Plant was closed in 2009. Demolished in 2010. The UAW Local was Local 849. |} ==Former branch assembly plants== {| class="wikitable sortable" style="font-size:90%" |- ! style="width:120px;"| VIN ! style="width:200px;"| Name ! style="width:100px;"| City/state ! style="width:100px;"| Country ! style="width:120px;" class="unsortable"| Status ! style="width:150px;"| Former Address ! style="width:200px;"| Products ! style="width:300px;" class="unsortable"| Comments |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| A/AA | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Assembly Plant (Atlanta)|Atlanta Assembly Plant (Poncey-Highland)]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Poncey-Highland|Poncey-Highland, Georgia]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated 1915-1942 | style="text-align:left;"| Originally 465 Ponce de Leon Ave. but was renumbered as 699 Ponce de Leon Ave. in 1926. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Southeast USA headquarters and assembly operations from 1915 to 1942. Assembly ceased in 1932 but resumed in 1937. Sold to US War Dept. in 1942. Replaced by new plant in Atlanta suburb of Hapeville ([[w:Atlanta Assembly|Atlanta Assembly]]), which opened in 1947. Added to the National Register of Historic Places in 1984. Sold in 1979 and redeveloped into mixed retail/residential complex called Ford Factory Square/Ford Factory Lofts. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| BO/BF/B | style="text-align:left;"| Buffalo Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Buffalo, New York|Buffalo, NY]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}};text-align:center;"| Original location operated from 1913 - 1915. 2nd location operated from 1915 – 1931. 3rd location operated from 1931 - 1958. | style="text-align:left;"| Originally located at Kensington Ave. and Eire Railroad. Moved to 2495 Main St. at Rodney in December 1915. Moved to 901 Fuhmann Boulevard in 1931. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]],<br> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]],<br> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]],<br> [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]],<br> [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]], [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]], [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1953, 1955) | style="text-align:left;"| Assembly ceased in January 1933 but resumed in 1934. Operations moved to Lorain, Ohio. 2495 Main St. is now the Tri-Main Center. Previously made diesel engines for the Navy and Bell Aircraft Corporation, was used by Bell Aircraft to design and construct America's first jet engine warplane, and made windshield wipers for Trico Products Co. 901 Fuhmann Boulevard used as a port terminal by Niagara Frontier Transportation Authority after Ford sold the property. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Burnaby Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Burnaby|Burnaby, BC]] | style="text-align:left;"| Canada | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1938 to 1960 | style="text-align:left;"| Was located at 4600 Kingsway | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]], [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Building demolished in 1988 to build Station Square |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cambridge Assembly|Cambridge Branch Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cambridge, Massachusetts|Cambridge, MA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1926 | style="text-align:left;"| 640 Memorial Dr. and Cottage Farm Bridge | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Had the first vertically integrated assembly line in the world. Replaced by Somerville plant in 1926. Renovated, currently home to Boston Biomedical. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| CE | style="text-align:left;"| Charlotte Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Charlotte, North Carolina|Charlotte, NC]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated 1914-1933 | style="text-align:left;"| 222 North Tryon then moved to 210 E. Sixth St. in 1916 and again to 1920 Statesville Ave in 1924 | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Closed in March 1933, Used by Douglas Aircraft to assemble missiles for the U.S. Army between 1955 and 1964, sold to Atco Properties in 2017<ref>{{cite web|url=https://ui.uncc.edu/gallery/model-ts-missiles-millennials-new-lives-old-factory|title=From Model Ts to missiles to Millennials, new lives for old factory &#124; UNC Charlotte Urban Institute|website=ui.uncc.edu}}</ref> |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Chicago Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Chicago|Chicago]], [[w:Illinois|Illinois]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Opened in 1914<br>Moved to current location on 12600 S Torrence Ave. in 1924 | style="text-align:left;"| 3915 Wabash Avenue | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced by current [[w:Chicago Assembly|Chicago Assembly Plant]] on Torrence Ave. in 1924. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| CI | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Cincinnati Plant|Cincinnati Branch Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cincinnati|Cincinnati, OH]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated 1915-1938 | style="text-align:left;"| 660 Lincoln Ave | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Added to the National Register of Historic Places in 1989, renovated 2002, currently owned by Cincinnati Children's Hospital. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| CL/CLE/CLEV | style="text-align:left;"| Cleveland Branch Assembly Plant<ref>{{cite web |url=https://loc.gov/pictures/item/oh0114|title=Ford Motor Company, Cleveland Branch Assembly Plant, Euclid Avenue & East 116th Street, Cleveland, Cuyahoga County, OH|website=Library of Congress}}</ref> | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Cleveland|Cleveland, OH]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated 1915-1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 11610 Euclid Ave. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Added to the National Register of Historic Places in 1976, renovated, currently home to Cleveland Institute of Art. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| G | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company - Columbus Assembly Plant|Columbus Branch Assembly Plant]]<ref>[http://digital-collections.columbuslibrary.org/cdm/compoundobject/collection/ohio/id/12969/rec/1 "Ford Motor Company – Columbus Plant (Photo and History)"], Columbus Metropolitan Library Digital Collections</ref> | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Columbus, Ohio|Columbus, OH]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 – 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 427 Cleveland Avenue | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Assembly ended March 1932. Factory closed 1939. Was the Kroger Co. Columbus Bakery until February 2019. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| JE (JK) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Commodore Point|Commodore Point Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Jacksonville, Florida|Jacksonville, Florida]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Produced from 1924 to 1932. Closed (1968) | style="text-align:left;"| 1900 Wambolt Street. At the Foot of Wambolt St. on the St. John's River next to the Mathews Bridge. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] cars and trucks, [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| 1924–1932, production years. Parts warehouse until 1968. Planned to be demolished in 2023. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| DS/DL | style="text-align:left;"| Dallas Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dallas|Dallas, TX]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1925 | style="text-align:left;"| 2700 Canton St then moved in 1925 to 5200 E. Grand Ave. near Fair Park | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced by plant on 5200 E. Grand Ave. in 1925. Ford continued to use 2700 Canton St. for display and storage until 1939. In 1942, sold to Peaslee-Gaulbert Corporation, which had already been using the building since 1939. Sold to Adam Hats in 1959. Redeveloped in 1997 into Adam Hats Lofts, a loft-style apartment complex. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| T | style="text-align:left;"| Danforth Avenue Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Toronto|Toronto]], [[w:Ontario|Ontario]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Canada|Canada]] | style="background:Khaki;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Sold (1946) | style="text-align:left;"| 2951-2991 Danforth Ave. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br /> and other cars | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced by [[w:Oakville Assembly|Oakville Assembly]]. Sold to [[w:Nash Motors|Nash Motors]] in 1946 which then merged with [[w:Hudson Motor Car Company|Hudson Motor Car Company]] to form [[w:American Motors Corporation|American Motors Corporation]], which then used the plant until it was closed in 1957. Converted to a mall in 1962, Shoppers World Danforth. The main building of the mall (now a Lowe's) is still the original structure of the factory. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| DR | style="text-align:left;"| Denver Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Denver|Denver, CO]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1933 | style="text-align:left;"| 900 South Broadway | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model TT|Ford Model TT]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold to Gates Rubber Co. in 1945. Gates sold the building in 1995. Now used as office space. Partly used as a data center by Hosting.com, now known as Ntirety, from 2009. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| DM | style="text-align:left;"| Des Moines Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Des Moines, IA|Des Moines, IA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from April 1920–December 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 1800 Grand Avenue | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Sold in 1943. Renovated in the 1980s into Des Moines School District's technical high school and central campus. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Dothan Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Dothan, AL|Dothan, AL]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| 1923–1927? | style="text-align:left;"| 193 South Saint Andrews Street and corner of E. Crawford Street | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Later became an auto dealership called Malone Motor Company and was St. Andrews Market, an indoor market and event space, from 2013-2015 until a partial roof collapse during a severe storm. Since 2020, being redeveloped into an apartment complex. The curved assembly line anchored into the ceiling is still intact and is being left there. Sometimes called the Ford Malone Building. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Dupont St Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Toronto|Toronto, ON]] | style="text-align:left;"| Canada | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1915 to 1925 | style="text-align:left;"| 672 Dupont St | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Production moved to Danforth Assembly Plant. Building roof was used as a test track for the Model T. Used by several food processing companies. Became Planters Peanuts Canada from 1948 till 1987. The building currently is used for commercial and retail space. Included on the Inventory of Heritage Properties. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| E/EG/E | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Edgewater Assembly|Edgewater Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Edgewater, New Jersey|Edgewater, New Jersey]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}};text-align:center;"| Operated from 1930 to 1955 | style="text-align:left;"| 309 River Road | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]]<br />[[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford GPW|Ford GPW]] (Jan.-Apr. 1943 only: 1,333 units)<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1954) | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced with the Mahwah Assembly Plant. Added to the National Register of Historic Places on September 15, 1983. The building was torn down in 2006 and replaced with a residential development called Independence Harbor. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Fargo Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Fargo, North Dakota|Fargo, ND]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1915 to 1917 | style="text-align:left;"| 505 N. Broadway | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| After assembly ended, Ford used it as a sales office, sales and service branch, and a parts depot. Ford sold the building in 1956. Now called the Ford Building, a mixed commercial/residential property. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Fort Worth Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Fort Worth, TX|Fort Worth, TX]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated for about 6 months around 1916 | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Briefly supplemented Dallas plant but production was then reconsolidated into the Dallas plant and Fort Worth plant was closed. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| H | style="text-align:left;"| Houston Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Houston|Houston, TX]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 3906 Harrisburg Boulevard | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], aircraft parts during WWII | style="text-align:left;"| Divested during World War II; later acquired by General Foods in 1946 (later the Houston facility for [[w:Maxwell House|Maxwell House]]) until 2006 when the plant was sold to Maximus and rebranded as the Atlantic Coffee Solutions facility. Atlantic Coffee Solutions shut down the plant in 2018 when they went out of business. Leased by Elemental Processing in 2019 for hemp processing with plans to begin operations in 2020. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| I | style="text-align:left;"| Indianapolis Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Indianapolis|Indianapolis, IN]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"|1914–1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 1315 East Washington Street | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Vehicle production ended in December 1932. Used as a Ford parts service and automotive sales branch and for administrative purposes until 1942. Sold in 1942. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| KC/K | style="text-align:left;"| Kansas City Branch Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kansas City, Missouri|Kansas City, Missouri]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| 1912–1956 | style="text-align:left;"| Original location from 1912 to 1956 at 1025 Winchester Avenue & corner of E. 12th Street | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]],<br> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]],<br> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], <br>[[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]],<br> [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]], [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]], [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1956), [[w:Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)#Second generation (1953–1956)|Ford F-Series (medium-duty truck)]] (1956) | style="text-align:left;"| First Ford factory in the USA built outside the Detroit area. Location of first UAW strike against Ford and where the 20 millionth Ford vehicle was assembled. Last vehicle produced was a 1957 Ford Fairlane Custom 300 on December 28, 1956. 2,337,863 vehicles were produced at the Winchester Ave. plant. Replaced by [[w:Ford Kansas City Assembly Plant|Claycomo]] plant in 1957. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| KY | style="text-align:left;"| Kearny Assembly | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Kearny, New Jersey|Kearny, New Jersey]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1918 to 1930 | style="text-align:left;"| 135 Central Ave., corner of Ford Lane | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced by the Edgewater Assembly Plant. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| Long Island City Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Long Island City|Long Island City]], [[w:Queens|Queens, NY]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1912 to 1917 | style="text-align:left;"| 564 Jackson Ave. (now known as <br> 33-00 Northern Boulevard) and corner of Honeywell St. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| Opened as Ford Assembly and Service Center of Long Island City. Building was later significantly expanded around 1914. The original part of the building is along Honeywell St. and around onto Northern Blvd. for the first 3 banks of windows. Replaced by the Kearny Assembly Plant in NJ. Plant taken over by U.S. Government. Later occupied by Goodyear Tire (which bought the plant in 1920), Durant Motors (which bought the plant in 1921 and produced Durant-, Star-, and Flint-brand cars there), Roto-Broil, and E.R. Squibb & Son. Now called The Center Building and used as office space. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"|LA | style="text-align:left;"| Los Angeles Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Los Angeles|Los Angeles, CA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1930 | style="text-align:left;"| 12th and Olive Streets, then E. 7th St. and Santa Fe Ave. (2060 East 7th St. or 777 S. Santa Fe Avenue). | style="text-align:left;"| Original Los Angeles plant: [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]. <br /> Second Los Angeles plant (1914-1930): [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]. | style="text-align:left;"| Location on 7th & Santa Fe is now the headquarters of Warner Music Group. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| LE/LU/U | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Louisville Assembly Plant|Louisville Branch Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Louisville, Kentucky|Louisville, Kentucky]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| 1913–1916, 1916–1925, 1925–1955, 1955–present | style="text-align:left;"| 931 South Third Street then <br /> 2400 South Third Street then <br /> 1400 Southwestern Parkway then <br /> 2000 Fern Valley Rd. | style="text-align:left;"| |style="text-align:left;"| Original location opened in 1913. Ford then moved in 1916 and again in 1925. First 2 plants made the [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]. The third plant made the [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1954) as well as Jeeps ([[w:Ford GPW|Ford GPW]] - 93,364 units), military trucks, and V8 engines during World War II. Current location at 2000 Fern Valley Rd. first opened in 1955.<br /> The 2400 South Third Street location (at the corner of Eastern Parkway) was sold to Reynolds Metals Company and has since been converted into residential space called Reynolds Lofts under lease from current owner, University of Louisville. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| MEM/MP/M | style="text-align:left;"| Memphis Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Memphis, Tennessee|Memphis, TN]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1913-June 1958 | style="text-align:left;"| 495 Union Ave. (1913–1924) then 1429 Riverside Blvd. and South Parkway West (1924–1933, 1935–1958) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]], [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]], [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1952, 1954-1956) | style="text-align:left;"| Both plants have been demolished. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| Milwaukee Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Milwaukee|Milwaukee, WI]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1916 to 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 2185 N. Prospect Ave. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Building is still standing as a mixed use development. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| TC/SP | style="text-align:left;"| Minneapolis Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Minneapolis|Minneapolis, MN]] and [[w:Saint Paul, Minnesota|St. Paul]], MN | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1912 to 2011 | style="text-align:left;"| 616 S. Third St in Minneapolis (1912-1914) then 420 N. Fifth St. in Minneapolis (1914-1925) and 117 University Ave. West in St. Paul (1914-1920) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] | style="text-align:left;"| 420 N. Fifth St. is now called Ford Center, an office building. Was the tallest automotive assembly plant at 10 stories.<br /> University Ave. plant in St. Paul is now called the Ford Building. After production ended, was used as a Ford sales and service center, an auto mechanics school, a warehouse, and Federal government offices. Bought by the State of Minnesota in 1952 and used by the state government until 2004. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| M | style="text-align:left;"| Montreal Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Montreal|Montreal, QC]] | style="text-align:left;"| Canada | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| | style="text-align:left;"| 119-139 Laurier Avenue East | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| NO | style="text-align:left;"| New Orleans | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Arabi, Louisiana|Arabi, Louisiana]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1923–December 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 7200 North Peters Street, Arabi, St. Bernard Parish, Louisiana | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model TT|Ford Model TT]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] | style="text-align:left;"| Later used by Ford as a parts and vehicle dist. center. Used by the US Army as a warehouse during WWII. After the war, was used as a parts and vehicle dist. center by a Ford dealer, Capital City Ford of Baton Rouge. Used by Southern Service Co. to prepare Toyotas and Mazdas prior to their delivery into Midwestern markets from 1971 to 1977. Became a freight storage facility for items like coffee, twine, rubber, hardwood, burlap and cotton from 1977 to 2005. Flooded during Hurricane Katrina. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2018. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| OC | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Oklahoma City Ford Motor Company Assembly Plant|Oklahoma City Branch Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Oklahoma City|Oklahoma City, OK]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1916 to 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 900 West Main St. | style="text-align:left;"|[[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]]<br /> [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br /> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] |Had extensive access to rail via the Rock Island railroad. Production ended with the 1932 models. The plant was converted to a Ford Regional Parts Depot (1 of 3 designated “slow-moving parts branches") and remained so until 1967, when the plant closed, and was then sold in 1968 to The Fred Jones Companies, an authorized re-manufacturer of Ford and later on, also GM Parts. It remained the headquarters for operations of Fred Jones Enterprises (a subsidiary of The Fred Jones Companies) until Hall Capital, the parent of The Fred Jones Companies, entered into a partnership with 21c Hotels to open a location in the building. The 21c Museum Hotel officially opened its hotel, restaurant and art museum in June, 2016 following an extensive remodel of the property. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2014. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Omaha Ford Motor Company Assembly Plant|Omaha Ford Motor Company Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Omaha, Nebraska|Omaha, NE]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1916 to 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 1502-24 Cuming St. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Used as a warehouse by Western Electric Company from 1956 to 1959. It was then vacant until 1963, when it was used for manufacturing hair accessories and other plastic goods by Tip Top Plastic Products from 1963 to 1986. After being vacant again for several years, it was then used by Good and More Enterprises, a tire warehouse and retail outlet. After another period of vacancy, it was redeveloped into Tip Top Apartments, a mixed-use building with office space on the first floor and loft-style apartments on the upper levels which opened in 2005. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2004. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"|CR/CS/C | style="text-align:left;"| Philadelphia Branch Assembly Plant ([[w:Chester Assembly|Chester Assembly]]) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Philadelphia|Philadelphia, PA]]<br>[[w:Chester, Pennsylvania|Chester, Pennsylvania]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1961 | style="text-align:left;"| Philadelphia: 2700 N. Broad St., corner of W. Lehigh Ave. (November 1914-June 1927) then in Chester: Front Street from Fulton to Pennell streets along the Delaware River (800 W. Front St.) (March 1928-February 1961) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]],<br> [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]],<br> [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]],<br> [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:Ford GPW|Ford GPW]] (18,533 units), [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]],<br> [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]], [[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]], [[w:Ford Galaxie|Ford Galaxie]] (1959-1961), [[w:Ford F-Series (first generation)|Ford F-Series (first generation)]] (1951-1952),<br> [[w:Ford F-Series (second generation)|Ford F-Series (second generation)]] (1953-1955),<br> [[w:Ford F-Series (third generation)|Ford F-Series (third generation)]] | style="text-align:left;"| November 1914-June 1927 in Philadelphia then March 1928-February 1961 in Chester. Broad St. plant made equipment for US Army in WWI including helmets and machine gun trucks. Sold in 1927. Later used as a [[w:Sears|Sears]] warehouse and then to manufacture men's clothing by Joseph H. Cohen & Sons, which later took over [[w:Botany 500|Botany 500]], whose suits were then also made at Broad St., giving rise to the nickname, Botany 500 Building. Cohen & Sons sold the building in 1989 which seems to be empty now. Chester plant also handled exporting to overseas plants. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| P | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Assembly Plant (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania)|Pittsburgh Branch Assembly Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Pittsburgh|Pittsburgh, PA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1915 to 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 5000 Baum Blvd and Morewood Ave. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Became a Ford sales, parts, and service branch until Ford sold the building in 1953. The building then went through a variety of light industrial uses before being purchased by the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center (UPMC) in 2006. It was subsequently purchased by the University of Pittsburgh in 2018 to house the UPMC Immune Transplant and Therapy Center, a collaboration between the university and UPMC. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2018. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| PO | style="text-align:left;"| Portland Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Portland, Oregon|Portland, OR]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated 1914–1917, 1923–1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 2505 SE 11th Avenue | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Called the Ford Building and is occupied by various businesses. . |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| RH/R (Richmond) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Richmond Plant|Richmond Plant]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Richmond, California|Richmond, California]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| 1931-1955 | style="text-align:left;"| 1414 Harbour Way S | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], [[w:Ford GPW|Ford GPW]] (49,359 units), [[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1954), [[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]], [[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]], [[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]. | style="text-align:left;"| Richmond was one of the first 2 Ford plants to build the F-Series, beginning November 27, 1947 (other was Highland Park, Michigan). Richmond location is now part of Rosie the Riveter National Historical Park. Replaced by San Jose Assembly Plant in Milpitas. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"|SFA/SFAA (San Francisco) | style="text-align:left;"| San Francisco Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:San Francisco|San Francisco, CA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| 1914-1931 | style="text-align:left;"| 2905 21st Street and Harrison St. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]] | style="text-align:left;"| Replaced by the Richmond Assembly Plant. San Francisco Plant was demolished after the 1989 earthquake. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| SR/S | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Somerville Assembly|Somerville Assembly]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Somerville, Massachusetts|Somerville, Massachusetts]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1926 to 1958 | style="text-align:left;"| 183 Middlesex Ave. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]] <br />[[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]]<br />[[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]]<br />[[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]]<br />[[w:1949 Ford|1949 Ford]]<br />[[w:1952 Ford|1952 Ford]]<br />[[w:1955 Ford|1955 Ford]]<br />[[w:1957 Ford|1957 Ford]]<br />[[w:Ford F-Series|Ford F-Series]] (1951-1953)<br />Built [[w:Edsel Corsair|Edsel Corsair]] (1958) & [[w:Edsel Citation|Edsel Citation]] (1958) July-October 1957, Built [[w:1957 Ford|1958 Fords]] November 1957 - March 1958. | style="text-align:left;"| The only [[w:Edsel|Edsel]]-only assembly line. Operations moved to Lorain, OH. Converted to [[w:Assembly Square Mall|Assembly Square Mall]] in 1980 |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| AS | style="text-align:left;"| [http://pcad.lib.washington.edu/building/4902/ Seattle Branch Assembly Plant #1] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:South Lake Union, Seattle|South Lake Union, Seattle, WA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1914 to 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 1155 Valley Street & corner of 700 Fairview Ave. N. | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Now a Public Storage site. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| AS | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Motor Company Assembly Plant (Seattle)|Seattle Branch Assembly Plant #2]] | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Georgetown, Seattle|Georgetown, Seattle, WA]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from May 1932–December 1932 | style="text-align:left;"| 4730 East Marginal Way | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Still a Ford sales and service site through 1941. As early as 1940, the U.S. Army occupied a portion of the facility which had become known as the "Seattle General Depot". Sold to US Government in 1942 for WWII-related use. Used as a staging site for supplies headed for the Pacific Front. The U.S. Army continued to occupy the facility until 1956. In 1956, the U.S. Air Force acquired control of the property and leased the facility to the Boeing Company. A year later, in 1957, the Boeing Company purchased the property. Known as the Boeing Airplane Company Missile Production Center, the facility provided support functions for several aerospace and defense related development programs, including the organizational and management facilities for the Minuteman-1 missile program, deployed in 1960, and the Minuteman-II missile program, deployed in 1969. These nuclear missile systems, featuring solid rocket boosters (providing faster lift-offs) and the first digital flight computer, were developed in response to the Cold War between the U.S. and the Soviet Union in the 1960s and 1970s. The Boeing Aerospace Group also used the former Ford plant for several other development and manufacturing uses, such as developing aspects of the Lunar Orbiter Program, producing unstaffed spacecraft to photograph the moon in 1966–1967, the BOMARC defensive missile system, and hydrofoil boats. After 1970, Boeing phased out its operations at the former Ford plant, moving them to the Boeing Space Center in the city of Kent and the company's other Seattle plant complex. Owned by the General Services Administration since 1973, it's known as the "Federal Center South Complex", housing various government offices. Listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2013. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"|STL/SL | style="text-align:left;"| St. Louis Branch Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:St. Louis|St. Louis, MO]] | style="text-align:left;"| U.S. | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| 1914-1942 | style="text-align:left;"| 4100 Forest Park Ave. | style="text-align:left;"| | style="text-align:left;"| |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| V | style="text-align:left;"| Vancouver Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Vancouver|Vancouver, BC]] | style="text-align:left;"| Canada | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1920 to 1938 | style="text-align:left;"| 1188 Hamilton St | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]] | style="text-align:left;"| Production moved to Burnaby plant in 1938. Still standing; used as commercial space. |- style="vertical-align:top;" | style="text-align:center;"| W | style="text-align:left;"| Winnipeg Assembly Plant | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Winnipeg|Winnipeg, MB]] | style="text-align:left;"| Canada | style="background:LightSalmon;{{Text default color}}; text-align:center;"| Operated from 1915 to 1941 | style="text-align:left;"| 1181 Portage Avenue (corner of Wall St.) | style="text-align:left;"| [[w:Ford Model T|Ford Model T]], [[w:Ford Model A (1927–1931)|Ford Model A]], [[w:1932 Ford|1932 Ford]], [[w:Ford Model 48|Ford Model 48]], [[w:1937 Ford|1937 Ford]], [[w:1941 Ford|1941 Ford]], military trucks | style="text-align:left;"| Bought by Manitoba provincial government in 1942. Became Manitoba Technical Institute. Now known as the Robert Fletcher Building |- style="vertical-align:top;" |} jt4xthje0ty1t8yvkihsz44mz6ejesp 0 476838 4670906 4670822 2026-09-18T15:05:09Z DavidCota64 3507033 Standardise visible index labels and clarify the book's independent pedagogical scope 4670906 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity Cover.png|center|frameless|1200px]] == Contents == [[/Preface/|Preface]] [[/Introduction/|Introduction]] == [[/Philosophical Commitments/|1. Philosophical Commitments]] == * [[/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism/|1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]] * [[/Philosophical Commitments/Against the Invention of Two Worlds/|1.2 – Against the Invention of Two Worlds]] * [[/Philosophical Commitments/Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject/|1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject]] * [[/Philosophical Commitments/The Symbol Is Not Transcendent/|1.4 – The Symbol Is Not Transcendent]] * [[/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan/|1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan]] * [[/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate/|1.6 – Matter as the Only Substrate]] * [[/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem/|1.7 – Instability as a Condition, Not a Problem]] == 2. Method and Style == * [[/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response/|2.1 – Thought as Singular Response]] * [[/Method and Style/Listening as Ontological Exposure/|2.2 – Listening as Ontological Exposure]] * [[/Method and Style/No Redemption, No Teleology/|2.3 – No Redemption, No Teleology]] == 3. Core Concepts == === 3.1 Complexity, Relation, Excess === * [[/Complexity, Relation, Excess/I - The Refusal of Linear Complexity|3.1.1 – The Refusal of Linear Complexity]] * [[/Complexity, Relation, Excess/II - Relational Tension as Ontological Principle|3.1.2 – Relational Tension as Ontological Principle]] * [[/Complexity, Relation, Excess/III - Stability Is Not Continuity|3.1.3 – Stability Is Not Continuity]] === 3.2 Emergence Without Origin === This sequence examines how emergence can be described without treating a later form as the fulfilment of an origin, a hidden plan, or a completed possibility already waiting to unfold. * [[/Emergence Without Origin/I - The Regime of Precedence|3.2.1 – The Regime of Precedence]] * [[/Emergence Without Origin/II - The Classical Substrate: Substance and Necessity|3.2.2 – The Classical Substrate: Substance and Necessity]] * [[/Emergence Without Origin/III - Modernity’s Continuation: Foundation and Structure|3.2.3 – Modernity’s Continuation: Foundation and Structure]] * [[/Emergence Without Origin/IV - Critical Displacement without Abandonment|3.2.4 – Critical Displacement without Abandonment]] * [[/Emergence Without Origin/V - The Irruption Without Ground|3.2.5 – The Irruption Without Ground]] * [[/Emergence Without Origin/VI - Language and Logic as Prison of Sequence|3.2.6 – Language and Logic as Prison of Sequence]] * [[/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|3.2.7 – Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence]] === 3.3 Order as Local Effect === * [[/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|3.3.1 – Against Order as Principle]] * [[/Order as Local Effect/II - The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field|3.3.2 – The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field]] * [[/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|3.3.3 – Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling]] * [[/Order as Local Effect/IV - The Retrospective Illusion of Origin: Order as Post-Nomination|3.3.4 – The Retrospective Illusion of Origin: Order as Post-Nomination]] * [[/Order as Local Effect/V - Order as a Symbolic Gesture Without an Author|3.3.5 – Order as a Symbolic Gesture Without an Author]] * [[/Order as Local Effect/VI - Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation|3.3.6 – Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation]] * [[/Order as Local Effect/VII - Ontological and Ethical Consequences|3.3.7 – Ontological and Ethical Consequences]] == 4. Ethical and Political Implications == * [[/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center/|4.1 – Vulnerability Without a Centre]] * [[/4.2 Ethics as Symbolic Reorganization/|4.2 – Ethics as Symbolic Reorganisation]] * [[/4.3 Politics Beyond the Subject/|4.3 – Politics Beyond the Subject]] == 5. Critical Dialogues with Tradition == * [[/5.1 Displacement of Classical Ontologies/|5.1 – Displacement of Classical Ontologies]] * [[/5.2 Limits of Modern Rationalism/|5.2 – Limits of Modern Rationalism]] * [[/5.3 Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism/|5.3 – Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism]] == 6. Lexicon and Variations == * [[/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC/|6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC]] * [[/6.2 – Ontological Variations/|6.2 – Ontological Variations]] * [[/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon/|6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon]] == Conclusion == * [[/Conclusion/|Conclusion — Results, Limits, and Open Questions]] == 7. Bibliography and Influences == * [[/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors/|7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors]] * [[/7.2 – Conceptual Sources/|7.2 – Conceptual Sources]] * [[/References/|7.3 – References]] * [[/7.4 – Further Readings and Connections/|7.4 – Further Readings and Connections]] == Supplementary material == * [[/Theoretical Appendix/|Theoretical Appendix]] ---- ''Written by David Cota. Information about the author and the wider project: [https://travessia.online/ travessia.online].'' -------------------------------------------------------------- {{BookCat}} __INDEX__ __NEWSECTIONLINK__ hnk8kmn9hmjgfi4nzetf90rrllybo10 0 476952 4670907 4670794 2026-09-18T15:05:42Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify the edition's independent pedagogical path and standardise EN-GB spelling 4670907 wikitext text/x-wiki == Purpose and educational orientation == This book introduces a philosophical current: the Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC). It is neither a manifesto nor a speculative exercise detached from the traditions and sciences it engages. Its purpose is more exacting: to present, in a structured and pedagogically usable form, the commitments, distinctions, and vocabulary of a materialist ontology that takes instability, operative excess, and symbolic operation seriously. The current was first articulated in 2020 as an attempt to think the real without transcendent grounds, without giving permanence priority over variation, and without the dualist architectures that divide matter from thought. This volume is a self-contained pedagogical work with its own editorial path. All arguments, definitions, examples, and references required for its study are contained in, or linked from, these pages. Information about the author and the wider project is available at [https://travessia.online/ travessia.online]. === A book in open development === The text is written and revised in public. Its seven-part architecture is stable, but individual pages may be clarified, extended, or corrected when a distinction proves inadequate, an objection exposes an ambiguity, or a scientific example requires greater precision. Openness here does not mean indeterminacy. Revisions remain accountable to the same conceptual constraints as the pages they change. This form of publication also reflects the matter of the book. If every symbolic ordering encounters differences that it cannot fully integrate, philosophical writing cannot exempt itself from revision. The aim is therefore not a final vocabulary, but a sufficiently coherent one: precise enough to guide analysis, explicit enough to be criticised, and flexible enough to change when a phenomenon resists its present distinctions. === Intended readers === The book is written for: * students and teachers seeking a guided introduction to contemporary materialist ontology; * researchers in epistemology, complexity studies, philosophy of science, technology, and artificial intelligence; * readers interested in emergence, symbolic operations, and non-dualist accounts of matter and thought; * study groups that require short conceptual units with questions for discussion. No specialist training is presupposed, although the argument makes demands on the reader. Accessibility is provided through explanations, cross-links, examples, conceptual contrasts, and reading questions. It does not depend on weakening the claims under examination. === How to use the book === The Parts form a cumulative path. Part I establishes the philosophical commitments; Part II examines what those commitments require of philosophical practice; Part III develops the central mechanics of complexity, emergence, and local order. Parts IV and V test the ethical, political, and historical consequences. Part VI stabilises the working vocabulary, and Part VII supplies the interlocutors, sources, references, and routes for further reading. Each conceptual page should first be read as an argument rather than as a list of theses. The accompanying Reading Colloquium then changes the pace. It identifies the problem at stake, isolates the central distinction, connects the page to neighbouring sections, and offers questions through which the reader can test understanding. The lexicon in Part VI is best consulted after encountering a term in use; definitions become clearer when their argumentative function is already visible. === Conditions of authorship === Artificial intelligence has been used as an instrument of textual work: drafting, formatting, managing cross-references, and checking consistency across a large set of interconnected pages. It has not determined the philosophical architecture or the theoretical decisions of the book. Those remain the author's responsibility. The disclosure matters because intellectual production has material conditions. Documents, software, archives, editorial platforms, and technical systems participate in the organisation of a text. A materialist account should make those conditions visible without confusing an instrument of inscription with philosophical authorship. === Invitation to critical use === The book asks for neither adherence nor passive reception. Its concepts should be compared with alternatives, applied to cases, and rejected where they fail. A productive reading will therefore keep two questions active: what distinction does a page make possible, and what would count against that distinction? The work remains open because its claims are exposed to the field they attempt to describe. That exposure is the condition of rigour, not an exception to it. {{BookCat}} 5wapxuczqu9864e78ame2t1z9bky0vm 4671006 4670907 2026-09-18T19:15:30Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify the book’s pedagogical contract and the status of its philosophical claims 4671006 wikitext text/x-wiki == Purpose and educational orientation == This book introduces a philosophical current: the Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC). It is neither a manifesto nor a speculative exercise detached from the traditions and sciences it engages. Its purpose is more exacting: to present, in a structured and pedagogically usable form, the commitments, distinctions, and vocabulary of a materialist ontology that takes instability, operative excess, and symbolic operation seriously. The current was first articulated in 2020 as an attempt to think the real without transcendent grounds, without giving permanence priority over variation, and without the dualist architectures that divide matter from thought. This volume is a self-contained pedagogical work with its own editorial path. All arguments, definitions, examples, and references required for its study are contained in, or linked from, these pages. Information about the author and the wider project is available at [https://travessia.online/ travessia.online]. === A book in open development === The text is written and revised in public. Its seven-part architecture is stable, but individual pages may be clarified, extended, or corrected when a distinction proves inadequate, an objection exposes an ambiguity, or a scientific example requires greater precision. Openness here does not mean indeterminacy. Revisions remain accountable to the same conceptual constraints as the pages they change. This form of publication also reflects the matter of the book. If every symbolic ordering encounters differences that it cannot fully integrate, philosophical writing cannot exempt itself from revision. The aim is therefore not a final vocabulary, but a sufficiently coherent one: precise enough to guide analysis, explicit enough to be criticised, and flexible enough to change when a phenomenon resists its present distinctions. === Intended readers === The book is written for: * students and teachers seeking a guided introduction to contemporary materialist ontology; * researchers in epistemology, complexity studies, philosophy of science, technology, and artificial intelligence; * readers interested in emergence, symbolic operations, and non-dualist accounts of matter and thought; * study groups that require short conceptual units with questions for discussion. No specialist training is presupposed, although the argument makes demands on the reader. Accessibility is provided through explanations, cross-links, examples, conceptual contrasts, and reading questions. It does not depend on weakening the claims under examination. === How to use the book === The Parts form a cumulative path. Part I establishes the philosophical commitments; Part II examines what those commitments require of philosophical practice; Part III develops the central mechanics of complexity, emergence, and local order. Parts IV and V test the ethical, political, and historical consequences. Part VI stabilises the working vocabulary, and Part VII supplies the interlocutors, sources, references, and routes for further reading. The book uses several teaching forms because its pages perform different tasks. An argumentative page should make four functions available to the reader: orientation to the problem, development through distinctions and examples, an opportunity to test understanding, and a passage to the next question. These functions may appear as headings, questions, worked cases, summaries, or transitions; they do not require every page to reproduce an identical Reading Colloquium. The lexicon, conclusion, bibliographic maps, references, and theoretical appendix are definitional, synoptic, documentary, or formal units and should be judged by the clarity appropriate to those functions. The architecture is therefore functionally asymmetrical. Some parts require an independent overview; others begin directly with a chapter whose opening already supplies the necessary orientation. The absence of a separate part-opening page is not, by itself, a missing component. The book also distinguishes its philosophical commitments from claims of scientific consensus. Materialist monism, the refusal of teleology, and the divergences from Deleuze's virtual and Simondon's preindividual are positions argued for within this framework. Scientific work constrains examples and causal claims, but it does not by itself decide these philosophical commitments or establish that the interlocutors displaced here were simply mistaken. === Conditions of authorship === Artificial intelligence has been used as an instrument of textual work: drafting, formatting, managing cross-references, and checking consistency across a large set of interconnected pages. It has not determined the philosophical architecture or the theoretical decisions of the book. Those remain the author's responsibility. The disclosure matters because intellectual production has material conditions. Documents, software, archives, editorial platforms, and technical systems participate in the organisation of a text. A materialist account should make those conditions visible without confusing an instrument of inscription with philosophical authorship. === Invitation to critical use === The book asks for neither adherence nor passive reception. Its concepts should be compared with alternatives, applied to cases, and rejected where they fail. A productive reading will therefore keep two questions active: what distinction does a page make possible, and what would count against that distinction? The work remains open because its claims are exposed to the field they attempt to describe. That exposure is the condition of rigour, not an exception to it. {{BookCat}} 2k9ncuroumzr81np9nrkg40nde4q0cf 4671081 4671006 2026-09-18T23:12:05Z DavidCota64 3507033 Finalise the edition framing while preserving conceptual revisability 4671081 wikitext text/x-wiki == Purpose and educational orientation == This book introduces a philosophical current: the Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC). It is neither a manifesto nor a speculative exercise detached from the traditions and sciences it engages. Its purpose is more exacting: to present, in a structured and pedagogically usable form, the commitments, distinctions, and vocabulary of a materialist ontology that takes instability, operative excess, and symbolic operation seriously. The current was first articulated in 2020 as an attempt to think the real without transcendent grounds, without giving permanence priority over variation, and without the dualist architectures that divide matter from thought. This volume is a self-contained pedagogical work with its own editorial path. All arguments, definitions, examples, and references required for its study are contained in, or linked from, these pages. Information about the author and the wider project is available at [https://travessia.online/ travessia.online]. === A book in open development === The text was written and revised in public through successive states. Its seven-part architecture is now fixed, and the present edition incorporates the clarifications, extensions, and corrections required when distinctions proved inadequate, objections exposed ambiguities, or scientific examples demanded greater precision. Finalising this edition does not make its conceptual vocabulary unrevisable. Any future revision must remain accountable to the same conceptual constraints as the pages it changes. This form of publication also reflects the matter of the book. If every symbolic ordering encounters differences that it cannot fully integrate, philosophical writing cannot exempt itself from revision. The aim is therefore not a final vocabulary, but a sufficiently coherent one: precise enough to guide analysis, explicit enough to be criticised, and flexible enough to change when a phenomenon resists its present distinctions. === Intended readers === The book is written for: * students and teachers seeking a guided introduction to contemporary materialist ontology; * researchers in epistemology, complexity studies, philosophy of science, technology, and artificial intelligence; * readers interested in emergence, symbolic operations, and non-dualist accounts of matter and thought; * study groups that require short conceptual units with questions for discussion. No specialist training is presupposed, although the argument makes demands on the reader. Accessibility is provided through explanations, cross-links, examples, conceptual contrasts, and reading questions. It does not depend on weakening the claims under examination. === How to use the book === The Parts form a cumulative path. Part I establishes the philosophical commitments; Part II examines what those commitments require of philosophical practice; Part III develops the central mechanics of complexity, emergence, and local order. Parts IV and V test the ethical, political, and historical consequences. Part VI stabilises the working vocabulary, and Part VII supplies the interlocutors, sources, references, and routes for further reading. The book uses several teaching forms because its pages perform different tasks. An argumentative page should make four functions available to the reader: orientation to the problem, development through distinctions and examples, an opportunity to test understanding, and a passage to the next question. These functions may appear as headings, questions, worked cases, summaries, or transitions; they do not require every page to reproduce an identical Reading Colloquium. The lexicon, conclusion, bibliographic maps, references, and theoretical appendix are definitional, synoptic, documentary, or formal units and should be judged by the clarity appropriate to those functions. The architecture is therefore functionally asymmetrical. Some parts require an independent overview; others begin directly with a chapter whose opening already supplies the necessary orientation. The absence of a separate part-opening page is not, by itself, a missing component. The book also distinguishes its philosophical commitments from claims of scientific consensus. Materialist monism, the refusal of teleology, and the divergences from Deleuze's virtual and Simondon's preindividual are positions argued for within this framework. Scientific work constrains examples and causal claims, but it does not by itself decide these philosophical commitments or establish that the interlocutors displaced here were simply mistaken. === Conditions of authorship === Artificial intelligence has been used as an instrument of textual work: drafting, formatting, managing cross-references, and checking consistency across a large set of interconnected pages. It has not determined the philosophical architecture or the theoretical decisions of the book. Those remain the author's responsibility. The disclosure matters because intellectual production has material conditions. Documents, software, archives, editorial platforms, and technical systems participate in the organisation of a text. A materialist account should make those conditions visible without confusing an instrument of inscription with philosophical authorship. === Invitation to critical use === The book asks for neither adherence nor passive reception. Its concepts should be compared with alternatives, applied to cases, and rejected where they fail. A productive reading will therefore keep two questions active: what distinction does a page make possible, and what would count against that distinction? The work remains open because its claims are exposed to the field they attempt to describe. That exposure is the condition of rigour, not an exception to it. {{BookCat}} 72uvhirw3469rqc5urfkw6iwllq0un4 4671082 4671081 2026-09-18T23:19:18Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify AI as an instrument of textual production 4671082 wikitext text/x-wiki == Purpose and educational orientation == This book introduces a philosophical current: the Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC). It is neither a manifesto nor a speculative exercise detached from the traditions and sciences it engages. Its purpose is more exacting: to present, in a structured and pedagogically usable form, the commitments, distinctions, and vocabulary of a materialist ontology that takes instability, operative excess, and symbolic operation seriously. The current was first articulated in 2020 as an attempt to think the real without transcendent grounds, without giving permanence priority over variation, and without the dualist architectures that divide matter from thought. This volume is a self-contained pedagogical work with its own editorial path. All arguments, definitions, examples, and references required for its study are contained in, or linked from, these pages. Information about the author and the wider project is available at [https://travessia.online/ travessia.online]. === A book in open development === The text was written and revised in public through successive states. Its seven-part architecture is now fixed, and the present edition incorporates the clarifications, extensions, and corrections required when distinctions proved inadequate, objections exposed ambiguities, or scientific examples demanded greater precision. Finalising this edition does not make its conceptual vocabulary unrevisable. Any future revision must remain accountable to the same conceptual constraints as the pages it changes. This form of publication also reflects the matter of the book. If every symbolic ordering encounters differences that it cannot fully integrate, philosophical writing cannot exempt itself from revision. The aim is therefore not a final vocabulary, but a sufficiently coherent one: precise enough to guide analysis, explicit enough to be criticised, and flexible enough to change when a phenomenon resists its present distinctions. === Intended readers === The book is written for: * students and teachers seeking a guided introduction to contemporary materialist ontology; * researchers in epistemology, complexity studies, philosophy of science, technology, and artificial intelligence; * readers interested in emergence, symbolic operations, and non-dualist accounts of matter and thought; * study groups that require short conceptual units with questions for discussion. No specialist training is presupposed, although the argument makes demands on the reader. Accessibility is provided through explanations, cross-links, examples, conceptual contrasts, and reading questions. It does not depend on weakening the claims under examination. === How to use the book === The Parts form a cumulative path. Part I establishes the philosophical commitments; Part II examines what those commitments require of philosophical practice; Part III develops the central mechanics of complexity, emergence, and local order. Parts IV and V test the ethical, political, and historical consequences. Part VI stabilises the working vocabulary, and Part VII supplies the interlocutors, sources, references, and routes for further reading. The book uses several teaching forms because its pages perform different tasks. An argumentative page should make four functions available to the reader: orientation to the problem, development through distinctions and examples, an opportunity to test understanding, and a passage to the next question. These functions may appear as headings, questions, worked cases, summaries, or transitions; they do not require every page to reproduce an identical Reading Colloquium. The lexicon, conclusion, bibliographic maps, references, and theoretical appendix are definitional, synoptic, documentary, or formal units and should be judged by the clarity appropriate to those functions. The architecture is therefore functionally asymmetrical. Some parts require an independent overview; others begin directly with a chapter whose opening already supplies the necessary orientation. The absence of a separate part-opening page is not, by itself, a missing component. The book also distinguishes its philosophical commitments from claims of scientific consensus. Materialist monism, the refusal of teleology, and the divergences from Deleuze's virtual and Simondon's preindividual are positions argued for within this framework. Scientific work constrains examples and causal claims, but it does not by itself decide these philosophical commitments or establish that the interlocutors displaced here were simply mistaken. === Conditions of authorship === Artificial intelligence has been used as an instrument of textual work: drafting, formatting, managing cross-references, and checking consistency across a large set of interconnected pages. It has not determined the philosophical architecture or the theoretical decisions of the book. Those remain the author's responsibility. The disclosure matters because intellectual production has material conditions. Documents, software, archives, editorial platforms, and technical systems participate in the organisation of a text. A materialist account should make those conditions visible without confusing a technical instrument of textual production with philosophical authorship. === Invitation to critical use === The book asks for neither adherence nor passive reception. Its concepts should be compared with alternatives, applied to cases, and rejected where they fail. A productive reading will therefore keep two questions active: what distinction does a page make possible, and what would count against that distinction? The work remains open because its claims are exposed to the field they attempt to describe. That exposure is the condition of rigour, not an exception to it. {{BookCat}} fx8htb2x4xl0sfovyy5zh9r8a5bnywu 0 476953 4671085 4670795 2026-09-18T23:55:39Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify operational emergence and distinguish symbolic reorganisation from its material effects 4671085 wikitext text/x-wiki == A materialist threshold == To introduce a philosophical framework is already to organise a field of problems. The opening question here is simple to state and difficult to sustain: how can matter produce life, thought, symbols, institutions, and ethical responsibility without receiving any of them from an immaterial source or following a plan that preceded their appearance? One familiar answer reduces the later capacities to the vocabulary of the earlier configuration. Thought becomes only neural activity; meaning becomes only signal transmission; ethics becomes only adaptive behaviour. A second answer protects novelty by dividing reality into levels or substances, granting mind, value, or form an ontological independence from matter. The first answer loses the phenomenon it claims to explain. The second preserves it by restoring a division that requires another explanation. The position developed in this book proceeds through thresholds. There is one material field, without an ontological exterior. Under determinate conditions, local organisations cross thresholds at which new operative capacities appear. Those capacities depend on the configurations from which they emerge, yet they cannot be adequately described by merely repeating the earlier vocabulary. No new substance enters the field. The organisation changes, and with it the range of operations that the configuration can perform. == Why emergence rather than genesis? == Genesis usually suggests an origin from which a later form unfolds. Even where no conscious designer is invoked, the ending can be read back into the beginning: the mature capacity appears as the realisation of something that was already latent. Emergence blocks that retrospective reassurance. A threshold is materially conditioned. Molecular relations constrain the appearance of a living organisation; neural and bodily relations constrain symbolic capacities; inherited institutions constrain new political forms. Constraint, however, is not specification. Antecedent conditions may make an event possible without containing its completed form, guaranteeing its arrival, or directing the field towards it. This distinction also separates emergence from progress. Greater complexity is not automatically better, higher, or more valuable. A new capacity may increase the possibilities of a system while also creating new dependencies and forms of damage. Many configurations disappear. Those that persist do so through local couplings that hold under particular conditions and for a limited duration. The title therefore names ''emergent'' complexity: complexity whose operative form appears through material reorganisation and cannot be treated as the execution of a prior model. == Threshold materialism == Threshold materialism combines two commitments that are often separated. First, it is a monism. Thought, symbolism, and normativity require no immaterial substance. Books, gestures, neural processes, instruments, laws, and institutions operate through material supports and relations. A symbol is not an ideal object hovering above its inscription. Second, the position rejects reductive continuity. When a capacity appears at a threshold, its dependence on prior material conditions does not make it reducible to the operations available in the preceding configuration. Metabolism cannot be replaced by a list of molecules without losing the organisation that keeps a cell active. Symbolic representation cannot be replaced by the physical description of ink while ignoring the material system that recognises, relates, and reuses symbols. The threshold is not a mysterious leap. It names the point at which the organisation supports operations that were unavailable in the preceding configuration. Determining whether such a point has been crossed requires empirical evidence and conceptual care; the word ''emergence'' is not an explanation by itself. == Three decisive differences == === Emergence without a reserve === Novelty is not the actualisation of a completed repertoire stored in a virtual plane, a pre-individual reservoir, or a hidden essence. Present configurations contain constraints and compatibilities, not blueprints of every capacity that may arise from them. Part III develops this difference through the analysis of precedence, irruption, and operative excess. === Symbolic operation within matter === A material difference does not become a symbol merely because it exists or persists. Symbolic operation requires an organised system capable of discriminating a new difference and inscribing it. In the inaugural inscription, the mark and the first symbol are co-constituted. Later occurrences may be recognised as instances under that mark, and the system may establish relations between symbols. The distinction prevents two errors. Idealism separates meaning from its material support. Pan-symbolism treats every pattern as though it were already meaningful. The framework instead asks which capacities and protocols make a difference legible for a particular system. === Ethics from organised exposure === Every complex configuration depends on relations that also expose it to disruption. Organisms need environments; institutions need participants, infrastructures, and rules; symbolic systems need supports and practices of recognition. Vulnerability follows from organised dependence. Ethics becomes possible when symbolically responsive systems can recognise effects and reorganise symbolic relations so as to guide material responses to shared vulnerability. This passage does not derive an obligation from a bare fact. It identifies a material situation in which actions already redistribute exposure, protection, voice, and possibilities of repair. Part IV examines the criteria by which such reorganisations can be assessed without appealing to a transcendent moral order. == How the Parts work together == Part I establishes the commitments that keep the inquiry within one material field: the refusal of metaphysical dualism, the account of thought and symbols, the rejection of ground and teleology, and the treatment of instability as a condition. Part II changes the method. A philosophy without an external guarantee cannot apply a universal procedure from above. Thought becomes a situated response; listening names exposure to what resists an existing vocabulary; the refusal of redemption prevents inquiry from being organised around a promised final reconciliation. Part III supplies the central mechanics. Complexity concerns the proliferation and irreducibility of relations. Emergence concerns capacities that appear at thresholds without a founding origin. Order is examined as a local effect of functional coupling within an unstable field. Part IV follows the consequences for vulnerability, ethical decision, and politics. Part V then places the framework in critical dialogue with classical ontology, modern rationalism, and post-structuralism. Part VI stabilises the lexicon without turning it into a set of essences. Part VII documents the interlocutors, conceptual sources, references, and routes for further study. The sequence is cumulative, but it is not an evolutionary ladder. Later Parts do not leave matter behind. They examine material organisations whose capacities and responsibilities have changed. == A reading discipline == Three habits help when working through the book. # Distinguish dependence from reduction. A symbolic capacity depends on material support without being exhausted by a description of that support. # Ask for the mechanism. Terms such as ''emergence'', ''complexity'', and ''reorganisation'' have force only when the relevant relations, constraints, and thresholds are identified. # Keep ontology and evidence apart without separating them. Philosophical distinctions organise what is being claimed; empirical inquiry constrains whether a concrete case warrants the claim. The Reading Colloquia provide a slower route through each conceptual unit. They identify the problem, the core distinction, the links to neighbouring pages, and questions that test whether the distinction can be used rather than merely repeated. == Questions to carry forward == * When does material dependence become explanatory reduction? * What evidence would justify saying that a new operative capacity has appeared? * Can a system inscribe symbols without being conscious? * How does local order persist without becoming a transcendent principle? * Which forms of vulnerability become ethically relevant once a system can recognise and reorganise their distribution? The book begins from one field and many thresholds. Its wager is that novelty can be real without becoming supernatural, and that materialism can remain rigorous without making the new disappear. {{BookCat}} cw5mkxo8fo74rpl90htza4fdijgm58d 0 476954 4670908 4670752 2026-09-18T15:06:14Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild the Part I overview with learning outcomes, conceptual map, and study questions 4670908 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1. Philosophical Commitments == Part I establishes the commitments that guide the rest of the book. It asks how thought and symbols, as well as local order and novelty, can be explained within one material field, without reducing them to elementary processes and without placing them in a second ontological domain. The seven chapters form a cumulative argument. They should not be read as independent theses: each removes a difficulty that the next chapter must address. == Learning orientation == After completing Part I, the reader should be able to: * distinguish ontological difference from metaphysical dualism; * explain why one material field need not be homogeneous; * separate thought, symbolic operation, and consciousness; * describe the mark–symbol relation without appealing to an immaterial realm of meaning; * distinguish the absence of a transcendent ground from disorder or nihilism; * explain material sufficiency without reductive physicalism; * understand stability as a local achievement within conditions that carry no final guarantee. The guiding question is: '''How can genuinely new capacities arise within matter without being reduced to their prior conditions or attributed to a second world?''' == Route through Part I == === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism|1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]] === The opening chapter identifies the recurring gesture that separates matter from thought and gives one side authority over the other. Difference remains; the task is to ask whether it requires two kinds of being. === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Against the Invention of Two Worlds|1.2 – Against the Invention of Two Worlds]] === The second chapter examines why philosophy repeatedly constructs an ideal or intelligible order above the material one. It replaces the hierarchy of two worlds with the harder demand of explaining heterogeneity within one field. === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject|1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject]] === Once a separate thinking substance is refused, thought must be described as a materially realised capacity. The chapter introduces thresholds and recursive symbolic operation while warning against panpsychism and against treating thought as synonymous with consciousness. === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/The Symbol Is Not Transcendent|1.4 – The Symbol Is Not Transcendent]] === The fourth chapter locates representation within material operations. It distinguishes passive marks from symbols and explains how a system can relate symbols without transferring meaning to an immaterial domain. === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan|1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan]] === The fifth chapter removes the expectation that matter must be directed by a prior purpose. Local order and function remain real, but they are not evidence of a plan written into the whole field. === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate|1.6 – Matter as the Only Substrate]] === The sixth chapter states the positive materialist commitment. Material sufficiency excludes immaterial causes; it does not imply that the vocabulary of fundamental physics is sufficient for every scale and regime. === [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|1.7 – Instability as a Condition, Not a Problem]] === The final chapter explains how stable configurations can be real without becoming absolute. Instability names their dependence on sustaining relations, not chaos, randomness, or a preference for disruption. == Conceptual map == The sequence has three movements: # '''Refusal:''' 1.1 and 1.2 remove the need for a second ontological domain. # '''Reconstruction:''' 1.3 and 1.4 explain thought and symbolism as material capacities with specific conditions. # '''Positive commitment:''' 1.5–1.7 describe a field without external plan, materially sufficient and capable of local stability without final guarantee. No movement proves the next one automatically. Refusing dualism does not by itself explain thought; materialising the symbol does not by itself establish ethics; recognising instability does not guarantee emergence. Each transition creates a new explanatory burden. == How to study this Part == For each chapter, try to identify four elements: # the inherited distinction being challenged; # the phenomenon that must still be explained after that challenge; # the positive operator introduced by the chapter; # the evidence that would count against its use in a concrete case. The Reading Colloquia slow the argument down and offer questions or exercises. The [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|lexicon]] should be used after encountering a term in context, not as a substitute for the argument. == Questions before continuing == * Does refusing two substances force us to use one explanatory vocabulary? * What additional capacities distinguish symbolic operation from ordinary causal response? * Can a configuration have a local function without nature as a whole having a purpose? * What makes a stable order conditional while remaining real? * Which claim in Part I appears most vulnerable to counterexample, and what kind of case would test it? Part II begins with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response|2.1 – Thought as Singular Response]], where the question changes from what the framework commits to, to how inquiry should proceed without an external guarantee. {{BookCat}} 36n7mopohy8dspgjptxdjhm0ka4sc13 0 476955 4670912 4670853 2026-09-18T15:13:56Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify the anti-dualist argument, interlocutors, and mark-symbol sequence 4670912 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism == '''Introduction''' Metaphysical dualism — the belief in an ontological split between matter and thought, between the extended and the internal, between what is acted upon and what gives meaning — is not merely one doctrine among others in the history of philosophy. It is the foundational operation through which Western metaphysics secured its authority. Rather than describing reality, dualism organised an ontological hierarchy: between the visible and the invisible, the contingent and the necessary, the finite and the infinite. It did not simply distinguish levels of reality; it installed a logic of transcendence that positioned one pole as source and measure of the other, subordinating the sensible to the intelligible, the body to the soul, experience to reason. This is the logic refused here. The critique does not dismiss a list of theories as though they were interchangeable; it targets the operative gesture of separation through which one domain is made the source and measure of another. The refusal, in the framework here adopted, is therefore not a mere counter-argument. It is a shift of philosophical ground. In refusing the dualist gesture, the framework dislodges thought from its transcendent anchor and returns it to the immanent field of matter in transformation. This position does not deny the complexity of thought or of the symbolic; on the contrary, it affirms them by showing them as an effect of material complexification and not as an exterior principle. What is at stake is the possibility of an ontology that does not resort to an “outside” to explain intelligence, consciousness or meaning. '''The Dualist Architecture and its Stabilising Function''' The history of Western philosophy can be read as the history of successive reconfigurations of dualism. From Plato’s Idea, an immutable archetype set against the sensible world in becoming, through Augustine’s immortal soul, which transcends the sinful body, to Descartes’ radical separation between res cogitans and res extensa, the gesture is reiterated: a pure instance is established, uncontaminated by materiality, which serves as the foundation for knowledge and value. This architecture is not epistemologically neutral; it functions as a mechanism of symbolic stabilisation. By projecting the source of meaning outside the material, temporal and contingent world, metaphysics protects intelligibility from empirical disorder. In Kant, this operation is displaced to the transcendental subject and its a priori structures, which constitute possible experience, leaving the noumenon as an inaccessible beyond. In Husserl, it is the phenomenological reduction that seeks a pure subjectivity. Even in Heidegger, the ontological difference between Being and beings, while criticising the metaphysics of presence, maintains an opening to an instance (Being) that is not exhausted by material entities. Dualism, then, is not an error but an ontological strategy. It secures the authority of philosophy by founding knowledge in an order that, by definition, escapes the vagaries of matter. The present framework refuses this strategy not because it is logically flawed, but because it is understood as a flight from the radicality of the real — a real that is, by nature, unstable, asymmetrical and without guarantees. '''The Persistence of Transcendence in Critiques of Dualism''' Philosophies that reject classical substances may still leave open the question of how their decisive operators are materially realised. Derrida’s ''différance'' destabilises the priority of presence; Lacan shows that the subject is constituted through a symbolic order rather than preceding it; Levinas gives ethical priority to an alterity that cannot be reduced to possession. These are substantial gains, not disguised repetitions of one doctrine (Derrida [1967] 1997; Lacan 1981; Levinas [1961] 1969). The disagreement developed here is narrower. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, and ethical exteriority have been sufficiently located in the material supports and relations through which they become operative. The claim is not that these thinkers posit a second substance. It is that their concepts can be read in ways that grant an irreducible exteriority to material organisation. The present argument retains the instability of meaning, the linguistic constitution of the subject, and the priority of responsibility, while reconstructing each within finite material relations. This is a contested interpretation and should be assessed against the cited works, not treated as a neutral summary of them. '''Thought as Modulation of Matter: Beyond Simondon''' If there is no separate thinking substance, how are we to understand thought? The framework adopted here does not reduce thought to a cerebral epiphenomenon; it proposes to understand it as a specific modulation of matter. Thought appears when a material system — the biosoma — reaches such a threshold of complexity that it becomes capable of operating recursively upon its own configurations. Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation is an important ally because it does not treat the individual as a given substance. Individuation proceeds within a metastable field charged with tensions; the pre-individual is “more than one”, not a warehouse of ready-made forms (Simondon 2005). The divergence is therefore not based on the mistaken claim that Simondon simply posits a reserve of completed possibilities. It concerns the ontological role assigned to a pre-individual condition antecedent to individuation. The position developed here begins instead from already configured matter whose relations remain capable of new functional couplings. Novelty does not require a completed form hidden in advance, but neither does it require a shapeless background awaiting form. Thought is, therefore, an effect of threshold — a functional reorganisation that emerges when matter, under the pressure of complex relations, acquires the capacity to refer to itself, to displace and to reorganise its own patterns. It is not a “thing”, but a local and excessive operability. '''The Symbol as Immanent Operation, not Transcendent Reference''' One of the most radical consequences of this position is the redefinition of the status of the symbol. In the metaphysical tradition, the symbol — and, by extension, language — is often treated as a medium pointing beyond itself: to an idea, a meaning, an essence. Even in secularised versions, the symbol is viewed as representing a mental content or a conceptual structure. The present framework refuses this architecture. The symbol is not a window onto another world or the vehicle of an immaterial content. A material difference first becomes a trace when an organised system discriminates it as a new or previously unknown configuration. In an inaugural inscription, a passive mark and a first symbol are co-constituted: the mark is the materially preserved configuration; the symbol is the materially realised instance through which that mark becomes legible to the system. Later occurrences may be recognised as instances under the same mark and give rise to additional symbols. This sequence locates representation within matter without denying it. A symbol represents an already inscribed mark; the system can then establish relations among symbols and modulate further operations. The mark itself does not compare, interpret, or reorganise, and a symbol does not act in isolation. Reorganisation belongs to the organised system operating through symbolic relations. Nothing in this account requires a realm of meanings above the material supports, protocols, and effects that make representation possible. '''Consequences and Programmatic Opening''' To refuse metaphysical dualism is not, therefore, a denial of difference, but its radical relocation. Difference ceases to be a gap between two realms and becomes the signature of the internal modulation of a single, immanent field. The world is not flattened; on the contrary, it is recognised in its constitutive heterogeneity — a heterogeneity that is entirely immanent. The implications of this inaugural gesture are vast and will resonate throughout the work: they reshape our understanding of knowledge (which ceases to be representation and becomes operative inscription), of ethics (to be thought from shared material vulnerability rather than from transcendental laws), and of politics (concerned with the composition of bodies and symbols in a field without ultimate foundation). In refusing dualism, the framework here adopted does not offer a new dogmatic system. On the contrary, it opens a field of interrogation and risk. To accept that there is no “beyond” to which to escape is to accept the tremendous responsibility of thinking and acting in a world that is itself the only source of meaning — a world inconsistent, trembling, yet radically sufficient. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the inaugural text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity''. It establishes the foundational gesture upon which the entire architecture depends: the refusal of metaphysical dualism. Without this refusal, the framework's subsequent moves — the dissolution of the two-worlds fiction (1.2), the material account of thought (1.3), the operative theory of the symbol (1.4), and the rejection of ground and teleology (1.5) — would remain trapped within the very structures they seek to displace. This section is not merely a preamble; it is the condition of possibility for the entire ontology. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The problem is structural: Western philosophy has been constituted through the repeated installation of a dualist architecture — matter/thought, body/soul, sensible/intelligible, finite/infinite — in which one pole is elevated to the status of ground, origin, or measure, and the other is subordinated as derivative, deficient, or apparent. The question this text confronts is not whether any particular dualism is correct or incorrect, but whether the dualist gesture itself — the operation of splitting being into two domains — can be refused without simply inverting the hierarchy. Can thought be placed inside matter without reducing it to mechanism? Can transcendence be refused without collapsing into a flat materialism that cannot account for the complexity of the symbolic? === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis is that dualism is not a descriptive error but an ontological strategy — a symbolic operation designed to secure the authority of philosophy by immunising intelligibility against the instability of the material field. The argument refuses this strategy by relocating thought, the symbol, and ethical responsibility within the immanent field of matter. This is not a reduction but a complexification: matter is not the inert substrate that dualism describes, but an unstable field capable of producing, at specific thresholds of complexity, the very operations (thought, inscription, self-reference) that dualism attributed to a separate domain. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The key concepts introduced here include the refusal of transcendence as a constitutive gesture (not a conclusion but a point of departure), the biossoma as the living material body capable of symbolic reorganisation that replaces the mind/body split, operative excess as the pressure created when available operations exceed the system’s present symbolic organisation, and thought as modulation of matter rather than as the activity of a separate substance. The section also performs critical engagements with Derrida (différance as residual transcendence), Lacan (the Symbolic order as pre-material structure), Levinas (ethical alterity as infinite transcendence), and Simondon (pre-individual metastability as an ontological antecedent), retaining their insights while refusing the transcendent residues in each. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Readers should attend to the precision of the refusal: it is not anti-rationalist, not irrationalist, and not a simple materialism that denies the reality of thought. It is a relocation. Students familiar with continental philosophy will recognise the interlocutors; the challenge is to see how each is both retained and displaced. The key pedagogical move is to understand that "placing thought inside matter" does not mean explaining thought away — it means showing that matter is already more complex than any dualist framework can accommodate. Readers are encouraged to test this claim against their own philosophical commitments: where does transcendence reappear in frameworks that claim to have overcome it? == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} 4xz792najgm5muladfw2ru29yz34jtb 4670959 4670912 2026-09-18T16:25:10Z DavidCota64 3507033 Define biossoma precisely and separate thought from complexity or recursion alone 4670959 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism == '''Introduction''' Metaphysical dualism — the belief in an ontological split between matter and thought, between the extended and the internal, between what is acted upon and what gives meaning — is not merely one doctrine among others in the history of philosophy. It is the foundational operation through which Western metaphysics secured its authority. Rather than describing reality, dualism organised an ontological hierarchy: between the visible and the invisible, the contingent and the necessary, the finite and the infinite. It did not simply distinguish levels of reality; it installed a logic of transcendence that positioned one pole as source and measure of the other, subordinating the sensible to the intelligible, the body to the soul, experience to reason. This is the logic refused here. The critique does not dismiss a list of theories as though they were interchangeable; it targets the operative gesture of separation through which one domain is made the source and measure of another. The refusal, in the framework here adopted, is therefore not a mere counter-argument. It is a shift of philosophical ground. In refusing the dualist gesture, the framework dislodges thought from its transcendent anchor and returns it to the immanent field of matter in transformation. This position does not deny the complexity of thought or of the symbolic; on the contrary, it affirms them by showing them as an effect of material complexification and not as an exterior principle. What is at stake is the possibility of an ontology that does not resort to an “outside” to explain intelligence, consciousness or meaning. '''The Dualist Architecture and its Stabilising Function''' The history of Western philosophy can be read as the history of successive reconfigurations of dualism. From Plato’s Idea, an immutable archetype set against the sensible world in becoming, through Augustine’s immortal soul, which transcends the sinful body, to Descartes’ radical separation between res cogitans and res extensa, the gesture is reiterated: a pure instance is established, uncontaminated by materiality, which serves as the foundation for knowledge and value. This architecture is not epistemologically neutral; it functions as a mechanism of symbolic stabilisation. By projecting the source of meaning outside the material, temporal and contingent world, metaphysics protects intelligibility from empirical disorder. In Kant, this operation is displaced to the transcendental subject and its a priori structures, which constitute possible experience, leaving the noumenon as an inaccessible beyond. In Husserl, it is the phenomenological reduction that seeks a pure subjectivity. Even in Heidegger, the ontological difference between Being and beings, while criticising the metaphysics of presence, maintains an opening to an instance (Being) that is not exhausted by material entities. Dualism, then, is not an error but an ontological strategy. It secures the authority of philosophy by founding knowledge in an order that, by definition, escapes the vagaries of matter. The present framework refuses this strategy not because it is logically flawed, but because it is understood as a flight from the radicality of the real — a real that is, by nature, unstable, asymmetrical and without guarantees. '''The Persistence of Transcendence in Critiques of Dualism''' Philosophies that reject classical substances may still leave open the question of how their decisive operators are materially realised. Derrida’s ''différance'' destabilises the priority of presence; Lacan shows that the subject is constituted through a symbolic order rather than preceding it; Levinas gives ethical priority to an alterity that cannot be reduced to possession. These are substantial gains, not disguised repetitions of one doctrine (Derrida [1967] 1997; Lacan 1981; Levinas [1961] 1969). The disagreement developed here is narrower. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, and ethical exteriority have been sufficiently located in the material supports and relations through which they become operative. The claim is not that these thinkers posit a second substance. It is that their concepts can be read in ways that grant an irreducible exteriority to material organisation. The present argument retains the instability of meaning, the linguistic constitution of the subject, and the priority of responsibility, while reconstructing each within finite material relations. This is a contested interpretation and should be assessed against the cited works, not treated as a neutral summary of them. '''Thought as Modulation of Matter: Beyond Simondon''' If there is no separate thinking substance, how are we to understand thought? The framework adopted here does not reduce thought to a cerebral epiphenomenon; it proposes to understand it as a specific modulation of matter. In established human cases, thought is realised by a biossoma: a living biological body sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is not a synonym for every complex or recursively operating system, and neither complexity nor recursion alone establishes thought or consciousness. Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation is an important ally because it does not treat the individual as a given substance. Individuation proceeds within a metastable field charged with tensions; the pre-individual is “more than one”, not a warehouse of ready-made forms (Simondon 2005). The divergence is therefore not based on the mistaken claim that Simondon simply posits a reserve of completed possibilities. It concerns the ontological role assigned to a pre-individual condition antecedent to individuation. The position developed here begins instead from already configured matter whose relations remain capable of new functional couplings. Novelty does not require a completed form hidden in advance, but neither does it require a shapeless background awaiting form. Thought is, therefore, an effect of threshold — a functional reorganisation that emerges when matter, under the pressure of complex relations, acquires the capacity to refer to itself, to displace and to reorganise its own patterns. It is not a “thing”, but a local and excessive operability. '''The Symbol as Immanent Operation, not Transcendent Reference''' One of the most radical consequences of this position is the redefinition of the status of the symbol. In the metaphysical tradition, the symbol — and, by extension, language — is often treated as a medium pointing beyond itself: to an idea, a meaning, an essence. Even in secularised versions, the symbol is viewed as representing a mental content or a conceptual structure. The present framework refuses this architecture. The symbol is not a window onto another world or the vehicle of an immaterial content. A material difference first becomes a trace when an organised system discriminates it as a new or previously unknown configuration. In an inaugural inscription, a passive mark and a first symbol are co-constituted: the mark is the materially preserved configuration; the symbol is the materially realised instance through which that mark becomes legible to the system. Later occurrences may be recognised as instances under the same mark and give rise to additional symbols. This sequence locates representation within matter without denying it. A symbol represents an already inscribed mark; the system can then establish relations among symbols and modulate further operations. The mark itself does not compare, interpret, or reorganise, and a symbol does not act in isolation. Reorganisation belongs to the organised system operating through symbolic relations. Nothing in this account requires a realm of meanings above the material supports, protocols, and effects that make representation possible. '''Consequences and Programmatic Opening''' To refuse metaphysical dualism is not, therefore, a denial of difference, but its radical relocation. Difference ceases to be a gap between two realms and becomes the signature of the internal modulation of a single, immanent field. The world is not flattened; on the contrary, it is recognised in its constitutive heterogeneity — a heterogeneity that is entirely immanent. The implications of this inaugural gesture are vast and will resonate throughout the work: they reshape our understanding of knowledge (which ceases to be representation and becomes operative inscription), of ethics (to be thought from shared material vulnerability rather than from transcendental laws), and of politics (concerned with the composition of bodies and symbols in a field without ultimate foundation). In refusing dualism, the framework here adopted does not offer a new dogmatic system. On the contrary, it opens a field of interrogation and risk. To accept that there is no “beyond” to which to escape is to accept the tremendous responsibility of thinking and acting in a world that is itself the only source of meaning — a world inconsistent, trembling, yet radically sufficient. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the inaugural text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity''. It establishes the foundational gesture upon which the entire architecture depends: the refusal of metaphysical dualism. Without this refusal, the framework's subsequent moves — the dissolution of the two-worlds fiction (1.2), the material account of thought (1.3), the operative theory of the symbol (1.4), and the rejection of ground and teleology (1.5) — would remain trapped within the very structures they seek to displace. This section is not merely a preamble; it is the condition of possibility for the entire ontology. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The problem is structural: Western philosophy has been constituted through the repeated installation of a dualist architecture — matter/thought, body/soul, sensible/intelligible, finite/infinite — in which one pole is elevated to the status of ground, origin, or measure, and the other is subordinated as derivative, deficient, or apparent. The question this text confronts is not whether any particular dualism is correct or incorrect, but whether the dualist gesture itself — the operation of splitting being into two domains — can be refused without simply inverting the hierarchy. Can thought be placed inside matter without reducing it to mechanism? Can transcendence be refused without collapsing into a flat materialism that cannot account for the complexity of the symbolic? === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis is that dualism is not a descriptive error but an ontological strategy — a symbolic operation designed to secure the authority of philosophy by immunising intelligibility against the instability of the material field. The argument refuses this strategy by relocating thought, the symbol, and ethical responsibility within the immanent field of matter. This is not a reduction but a complexification: matter is not the inert substrate that dualism describes, but an unstable field capable of producing, at specific thresholds of complexity, the very operations (thought, inscription, self-reference) that dualism attributed to a separate domain. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The key concepts introduced here include the refusal of transcendence as a constitutive gesture (not a conclusion but a point of departure), the biossoma as the living material body capable of symbolic reorganisation that replaces the mind/body split, operative excess as the pressure created when available operations exceed the system’s present symbolic organisation, and thought as modulation of matter rather than as the activity of a separate substance. The section also performs critical engagements with Derrida (différance as residual transcendence), Lacan (the Symbolic order as pre-material structure), Levinas (ethical alterity as infinite transcendence), and Simondon (pre-individual metastability as an ontological antecedent), retaining their insights while refusing the transcendent residues in each. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Readers should attend to the precision of the refusal: it is not anti-rationalist, not irrationalist, and not a simple materialism that denies the reality of thought. It is a relocation. Students familiar with continental philosophy will recognise the interlocutors; the challenge is to see how each is both retained and displaced. The key pedagogical move is to understand that "placing thought inside matter" does not mean explaining thought away — it means showing that matter is already more complex than any dualist framework can accommodate. Readers are encouraged to test this claim against their own philosophical commitments: where does transcendence reappear in frameworks that claim to have overcome it? == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} bas79vph75w965fzd9c3q7zr4i64xnx 4671007 4670959 2026-09-18T19:15:33Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify material representation and open the argument from a concrete problem 4671007 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism == '''Introduction''' A brain lesion can alter speech; an inscription on paper can preserve a relation after its writer has gone; a technical interface can change which distinctions become actionable. These changes occur in material supports, yet inherited vocabularies often assign meaning or intelligibility to a different ontological domain. The resistance that begins this chapter is therefore concrete: how can symbolic efficacy be real without adding an immaterial substance? Metaphysical dualism — the belief in an ontological split between matter and thought, between the extended and the internal, between what is acted upon and what gives meaning — is not merely one doctrine among others in the history of philosophy. It is the foundational operation through which Western metaphysics secured its authority. Rather than describing reality, dualism organised an ontological hierarchy: between the visible and the invisible, the contingent and the necessary, the finite and the infinite. It did not simply distinguish levels of reality; it installed a logic of transcendence that positioned one pole as source and measure of the other, subordinating the sensible to the intelligible, the body to the soul, experience to reason. This is the logic refused here. The critique does not dismiss a list of theories as though they were interchangeable; it targets the operative gesture of separation through which one domain is made the source and measure of another. The refusal, in the framework here adopted, is therefore not a mere counter-argument. It is a shift of philosophical ground. In refusing the dualist gesture, the framework dislodges thought from its transcendent anchor and returns it to the immanent field of matter in transformation. This position does not deny the complexity of thought or of the symbolic; on the contrary, it affirms them by showing them as an effect of material complexification and not as an exterior principle. What is at stake is the possibility of an ontology that does not resort to an “outside” to explain intelligence, consciousness or meaning. '''The Dualist Architecture and its Stabilising Function''' The history of Western philosophy can be read as the history of successive reconfigurations of dualism. From Plato’s Idea, an immutable archetype set against the sensible world in becoming, through Augustine’s immortal soul, which transcends the sinful body, to Descartes’ radical separation between res cogitans and res extensa, the gesture is reiterated: a pure instance is established, uncontaminated by materiality, which serves as the foundation for knowledge and value. This architecture is not epistemologically neutral; it functions as a mechanism of symbolic stabilisation. By projecting the source of meaning outside the material, temporal and contingent world, metaphysics protects intelligibility from empirical disorder. In Kant, this operation is displaced to the transcendental subject and its a priori structures, which constitute possible experience, leaving the noumenon as an inaccessible beyond. In Husserl, it is the phenomenological reduction that seeks a pure subjectivity. Even in Heidegger, the ontological difference between Being and beings, while criticising the metaphysics of presence, maintains an opening to an instance (Being) that is not exhausted by material entities. Dualism, then, is not an error but an ontological strategy. It secures the authority of philosophy by founding knowledge in an order that, by definition, escapes the vagaries of matter. The present framework refuses this strategy not because it is logically flawed, but because it is understood as a flight from the radicality of the real — a real that is, by nature, unstable, asymmetrical and without guarantees. '''The Persistence of Transcendence in Critiques of Dualism''' Philosophies that reject classical substances may still leave open the question of how their decisive operators are materially realised. Derrida’s ''différance'' destabilises the priority of presence; Lacan shows that the subject is constituted through a symbolic order rather than preceding it; Levinas gives ethical priority to an alterity that cannot be reduced to possession. These are substantial gains, not disguised repetitions of one doctrine (Derrida [1967] 1997; Lacan 1981; Levinas [1961] 1969). The disagreement developed here is narrower. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, and ethical exteriority have been sufficiently located in the material supports and relations through which they become operative. The claim is not that these thinkers posit a second substance. It is that their concepts can be read in ways that grant an irreducible exteriority to material organisation. The present argument retains the instability of meaning, the linguistic constitution of the subject, and the priority of responsibility, while reconstructing each within finite material relations. This is a contested interpretation and should be assessed against the cited works, not treated as a neutral summary of them. '''Thought as Modulation of Matter: Beyond Simondon''' If there is no separate thinking substance, how are we to understand thought? The framework adopted here does not reduce thought to a cerebral epiphenomenon; it proposes to understand it as a specific modulation of matter. In established human cases, thought is realised by a biossoma: a living biological body sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is not a synonym for every complex or recursively operating system, and neither complexity nor recursion alone establishes thought or consciousness. Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation is an important ally because it does not treat the individual as a given substance. Individuation proceeds within a metastable field charged with tensions; the pre-individual is “more than one”, not a warehouse of ready-made forms (Simondon 2005). The divergence is therefore not based on the mistaken claim that Simondon simply posits a reserve of completed possibilities. It concerns the ontological role assigned to a pre-individual condition antecedent to individuation. The position developed here begins instead from already configured matter whose relations remain capable of new functional couplings. Novelty does not require a completed form hidden in advance, but neither does it require a shapeless background awaiting form. Thought is, therefore, an effect of threshold — a functional reorganisation that emerges when matter, under the pressure of complex relations, acquires the capacity to refer to itself, to displace and to reorganise its own patterns. It is not a “thing”, but a local and excessive operability. '''The Symbol as Immanent Operation, not Transcendent Reference''' One of the most radical consequences of this position is the redefinition of the status of the symbol. In the metaphysical tradition, the symbol — and, by extension, language — is often treated as a medium pointing beyond itself: to an idea, a meaning, an essence. Even in secularised versions, the symbol is viewed as representing a mental content or a conceptual structure. The present framework refuses this architecture. The symbol is not a window onto another world or the vehicle of an immaterial content. A material difference first becomes a trace when an organised system discriminates it as a new or previously unknown configuration. In an inaugural inscription, a passive mark and a first symbol are co-constituted: the mark is the materially preserved configuration; the symbol is the materially realised instance through which that mark becomes legible to the system. Later occurrences may be recognised as instances under the same mark and give rise to additional symbols. This sequence locates representation within matter without denying it. A symbol represents an already inscribed mark; the system can then establish relations among symbols and modulate further operations. The mark itself does not compare, interpret, or reorganise, and a symbol does not act in isolation. Reorganisation belongs to the organised system operating through symbolic relations. Nothing in this account requires a realm of meanings above the material supports, protocols, and effects that make representation possible. '''Consequences and Programmatic Opening''' To refuse metaphysical dualism is not, therefore, a denial of difference, but its radical relocation. Difference ceases to be a gap between two realms and becomes the signature of the internal modulation of a single, immanent field. The world is not flattened; on the contrary, it is recognised in its constitutive heterogeneity — a heterogeneity that is entirely immanent. The implications of this inaugural gesture are developed throughout the work: they reshape our understanding of knowledge, which ceases to be imagined as passive mirroring and becomes materially mediated, situated representation open to correction; of ethics, which begins from shared material vulnerability rather than transcendental law; and of politics, which concerns the composition of bodies and symbols in a field without ultimate foundation. In refusing dualism, the framework here adopted does not offer a new dogmatic system. On the contrary, it opens a field of interrogation and risk. To accept that there is no “beyond” to which to escape is to accept the tremendous responsibility of thinking and acting in a world that is itself the only source of meaning — a world inconsistent, trembling, yet radically sufficient. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the inaugural text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity''. It establishes the foundational gesture upon which the entire architecture depends: the refusal of metaphysical dualism. Without this refusal, the framework's subsequent moves — the dissolution of the two-worlds fiction (1.2), the material account of thought (1.3), the operative theory of the symbol (1.4), and the rejection of ground and teleology (1.5) — would remain trapped within the very structures they seek to displace. This section is not merely a preamble; it is the condition of possibility for the entire ontology. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The problem is structural: Western philosophy has been constituted through the repeated installation of a dualist architecture — matter/thought, body/soul, sensible/intelligible, finite/infinite — in which one pole is elevated to the status of ground, origin, or measure, and the other is subordinated as derivative, deficient, or apparent. The question this text confronts is not whether any particular dualism is correct or incorrect, but whether the dualist gesture itself — the operation of splitting being into two domains — can be refused without simply inverting the hierarchy. Can thought be placed inside matter without reducing it to mechanism? Can transcendence be refused without collapsing into a flat materialism that cannot account for the complexity of the symbolic? === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis is that dualism is not a descriptive error but an ontological strategy — a symbolic operation designed to secure the authority of philosophy by immunising intelligibility against the instability of the material field. The argument refuses this strategy by relocating thought, the symbol, and ethical responsibility within the immanent field of matter. This is not a reduction but a complexification: matter is not the inert substrate that dualism describes, but an unstable field capable of producing, at specific thresholds of complexity, the very operations (thought, inscription, self-reference) that dualism attributed to a separate domain. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The key concepts introduced here include the refusal of transcendence as a constitutive gesture (not a conclusion but a point of departure), the biossoma as the living material body capable of symbolic reorganisation that replaces the mind/body split, operative excess as the pressure created when available operations exceed the system’s present symbolic organisation, and thought as modulation of matter rather than as the activity of a separate substance. The section also performs critical engagements with Derrida (différance as residual transcendence), Lacan (the Symbolic order as pre-material structure), Levinas (ethical alterity as infinite transcendence), and Simondon (pre-individual metastability as an ontological antecedent), retaining their insights while refusing the transcendent residues in each. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Readers should attend to the precision of the refusal: it is not anti-rationalist, not irrationalist, and not a simple materialism that denies the reality of thought. It is a relocation. Students familiar with continental philosophy will recognise the interlocutors; the challenge is to see how each is both retained and displaced. The key pedagogical move is to understand that "placing thought inside matter" does not mean explaining thought away — it means showing that matter is already more complex than any dualist framework can accommodate. Readers are encouraged to test this claim against their own philosophical commitments: where does transcendence reappear in frameworks that claim to have overcome it? == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} 2kojqo4oe16smrf87t1iufgvtycqiko 4671063 4671007 2026-09-18T21:23:48Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671063 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism == '''Introduction''' A brain lesion can alter speech; an inscription on paper can preserve a relation after its writer has gone; a technical interface can change which distinctions become actionable. These changes occur in material supports, yet inherited vocabularies often assign meaning or intelligibility to a different ontological domain. The resistance that begins this chapter is therefore concrete: how can symbolic efficacy be real without adding an immaterial substance? Metaphysical dualism — the belief in an ontological split between matter and thought, between the extended and the internal, between what is acted upon and what gives meaning — is not merely one doctrine among others in the history of philosophy. It is the foundational operation through which Western metaphysics secured its authority. Rather than describing reality, dualism organised an ontological hierarchy: between the visible and the invisible, the contingent and the necessary, the finite and the infinite. It did not simply distinguish levels of reality; it installed a logic of transcendence that positioned one pole as source and measure of the other, subordinating the sensible to the intelligible, the body to the soul, experience to reason. This is the logic refused here. The critique does not dismiss a list of theories as though they were interchangeable; it targets the operative gesture of separation through which one domain is made the source and measure of another. The refusal, in the framework here adopted, is therefore not a mere counter-argument. It is a shift of philosophical ground. In refusing the dualist gesture, the framework dislodges thought from its transcendent anchor and returns it to the immanent field of matter in transformation. This position does not deny the complexity of thought or of the symbolic; on the contrary, it affirms them by showing them as an effect of material complexification and not as an exterior principle. What is at stake is the possibility of an ontology that does not resort to an “outside” to explain intelligence, consciousness or meaning. '''The Dualist Architecture and its Stabilising Function''' The history of Western philosophy can be read as the history of successive reconfigurations of dualism. From Plato’s Idea, an immutable archetype set against the sensible world in becoming, through Augustine’s immortal soul, which transcends the sinful body, to Descartes’ radical separation between res cogitans and res extensa, the gesture is reiterated: a pure instance is established, uncontaminated by materiality, which serves as the foundation for knowledge and value. This architecture is not epistemologically neutral; it functions as a mechanism of symbolic stabilisation. By projecting the source of meaning outside the material, temporal and contingent world, metaphysics protects intelligibility from empirical disorder. In Kant, this operation is displaced to the transcendental subject and its a priori structures, which constitute possible experience, leaving the noumenon as an inaccessible beyond. In Husserl, it is the phenomenological reduction that seeks a pure subjectivity. Even in Heidegger, the ontological difference between Being and beings, while criticising the metaphysics of presence, maintains an opening to an instance (Being) that is not exhausted by material entities. Dualism, then, is not an error but an ontological strategy. It secures the authority of philosophy by founding knowledge in an order that, by definition, escapes the vagaries of matter. The present framework refuses this strategy not because it is logically flawed, but because it is understood as a flight from the radicality of the real — a real that is, by nature, unstable, asymmetrical and without guarantees. '''The Persistence of Transcendence in Critiques of Dualism''' Philosophies that reject classical substances may still leave open the question of how their decisive operators are materially realised. Derrida’s ''différance'' destabilises the priority of presence; Lacan shows that the subject is constituted through a symbolic order rather than preceding it; Levinas gives ethical priority to an alterity that cannot be reduced to possession. These are substantial gains, not disguised repetitions of one doctrine (Derrida [1967] 1997; Lacan 1981; Levinas [1961] 1969). The disagreement developed here is narrower. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, and ethical exteriority have been sufficiently located in the material supports and relations through which they become operative. The claim is not that these thinkers posit a second substance. It is that their concepts can be read in ways that grant an irreducible exteriority to material organisation. The present argument retains the instability of meaning, the linguistic constitution of the subject, and the priority of responsibility, while reconstructing each within finite material relations. This is a contested interpretation and should be assessed against the cited works, not treated as a neutral summary of them. '''Thought as Modulation of Matter: Beyond Simondon''' If there is no separate thinking substance, how are we to understand thought? The framework adopted here does not reduce thought to a cerebral epiphenomenon; it proposes to understand it as a specific modulation of matter. In established human cases, thought is realised by a biossoma: a living biological body sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is not a synonym for every complex or recursively operating system, and neither complexity nor recursion alone establishes thought or consciousness. Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation is an important ally because it does not treat the individual as a given substance. Individuation proceeds within a metastable field charged with tensions; the pre-individual is “more than one”, not a warehouse of ready-made forms (Simondon 2005). The divergence is therefore not based on the mistaken claim that Simondon simply posits a reserve of completed possibilities. It concerns the ontological role assigned to a pre-individual condition antecedent to individuation. The position developed here begins instead from already configured matter whose relations remain capable of new functional couplings. Novelty does not require a completed form hidden in advance, but neither does it require a shapeless background awaiting form. Thought is, therefore, an effect of threshold — a functional reorganisation that emerges when matter, under the pressure of complex relations, acquires the capacity to refer to itself, to displace and to reorganise its own patterns. It is not a “thing”, but a local and excessive operability. '''The Symbol as Immanent Operation, not Transcendent Reference''' One of the most radical consequences of this position is the redefinition of the status of the symbol. In the metaphysical tradition, the symbol — and, by extension, language — is often treated as a medium pointing beyond itself: to an idea, a meaning, an essence. Even in secularised versions, the symbol is viewed as representing a mental content or a conceptual structure. The present framework refuses this architecture. The symbol is not a window onto another world or the vehicle of an immaterial content. A material difference first becomes a trace when an organised system discriminates it as a new or previously unknown configuration. In an inaugural inscription, a passive mark and a first symbol are co-constituted: the mark is the materially preserved configuration; the symbol is the materially realised instance through which that mark becomes legible to the system. Later occurrences may be recognised as instances under the same mark and give rise to additional symbols. This sequence locates representation within matter without denying it. A symbol represents an already inscribed mark; the system can then establish relations among symbols and modulate further operations. The mark itself does not compare, interpret, or reorganise, and a symbol does not act in isolation. Reorganisation belongs to the organised system operating through symbolic relations. Nothing in this account requires a realm of meanings above the material supports, protocols, and effects that make representation possible. '''Consequences and Programmatic Opening''' To refuse metaphysical dualism is not, therefore, a denial of difference, but its radical relocation. Difference ceases to be a gap between two realms and becomes the signature of the internal modulation of a single, immanent field. The world is not flattened; on the contrary, it is recognised in its constitutive heterogeneity — a heterogeneity that is entirely immanent. The implications of this inaugural gesture are developed throughout the work: they reshape our understanding of knowledge, which ceases to be imagined as passive mirroring and becomes materially mediated, situated representation open to correction; of ethics, which begins from shared material vulnerability rather than transcendental law; and of politics, which concerns the composition of bodies and symbols in a field without ultimate foundation. In refusing dualism, the framework here adopted does not offer a new dogmatic system. On the contrary, it opens a field of interrogation and risk. To accept that there is no “beyond” to which to escape is to accept the tremendous responsibility of thinking and acting in a world that is itself the only source of meaning — a world inconsistent, trembling, yet radically sufficient. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the inaugural text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity''. It establishes the foundational gesture upon which the entire architecture depends: the refusal of metaphysical dualism. Without this refusal, the framework's subsequent moves — the dissolution of the two-worlds fiction (1.2), the material account of thought (1.3), the operative theory of the symbol (1.4), and the rejection of ground and teleology (1.5) — would remain trapped within the very structures they seek to displace. This section is not merely a preamble; it is the condition of possibility for the entire ontology. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The problem is structural: Western philosophy has been constituted through the repeated installation of a dualist architecture — matter/thought, body/soul, sensible/intelligible, finite/infinite — in which one pole is elevated to the status of ground, origin, or measure, and the other is subordinated as derivative, deficient, or apparent. The question this text confronts is not whether any particular dualism is correct or incorrect, but whether the dualist gesture itself — the operation of splitting being into two domains — can be refused without simply inverting the hierarchy. Can thought be placed inside matter without reducing it to mechanism? Can transcendence be refused without collapsing into a flat materialism that cannot account for the complexity of the symbolic? === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis is that dualism is not a descriptive error but an ontological strategy — a symbolic operation designed to secure the authority of philosophy by immunising intelligibility against the instability of the material field. The argument refuses this strategy by relocating thought, the symbol, and ethical responsibility within the immanent field of matter. This is not a reduction but a complexification: matter is not the inert substrate that dualism describes, but an unstable field capable of producing, at specific thresholds of complexity, the very operations (thought, inscription, self-reference) that dualism attributed to a separate domain. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The key concepts introduced here include the refusal of transcendence as a constitutive gesture (not a conclusion but a point of departure), the biossoma as the living material body capable of symbolic reorganisation that replaces the mind/body split, operative excess as the pressure created when materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed the system’s present symbolic or structural form, and thought as modulation of matter rather than as the activity of a separate substance. The section also performs critical engagements with Derrida (différance as residual transcendence), Lacan (the Symbolic order as pre-material structure), Levinas (ethical alterity as infinite transcendence), and Simondon (pre-individual metastability as an ontological antecedent), retaining their insights while refusing the transcendent residues in each. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Readers should attend to the precision of the refusal: it is not anti-rationalist, not irrationalist, and not a simple materialism that denies the reality of thought. It is a relocation. Students familiar with continental philosophy will recognise the interlocutors; the challenge is to see how each is both retained and displaced. The key pedagogical move is to understand that "placing thought inside matter" does not mean explaining thought away — it means showing that matter is already more complex than any dualist framework can accommodate. Readers are encouraged to test this claim against their own philosophical commitments: where does transcendence reappear in frameworks that claim to have overcome it? == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} ccjg0ydad3qnt9v33x8uwjbdios9ml8 4671078 4671063 2026-09-18T21:27:55Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671078 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.1 – Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism == '''Introduction''' A brain lesion can alter speech; an inscription on paper can preserve a relation after its writer has gone; a technical interface can change which distinctions become actionable. These changes occur in material supports, yet inherited vocabularies often assign meaning or intelligibility to a different ontological domain. The resistance that begins this chapter is therefore concrete: how can symbolic efficacy be real without adding an immaterial substance? Metaphysical dualism — the belief in an ontological split between matter and thought, between the extended and the internal, between what is acted upon and what gives meaning — is not merely one doctrine among others in the history of philosophy. It is the foundational operation through which Western metaphysics secured its authority. Rather than describing reality, dualism organised an ontological hierarchy: between the visible and the invisible, the contingent and the necessary, the finite and the infinite. It did not simply distinguish levels of reality; it installed a logic of transcendence that positioned one pole as source and measure of the other, subordinating the sensible to the intelligible, the body to the soul, experience to reason. This is the logic refused here. The critique does not dismiss a list of theories as though they were interchangeable; it targets the operative gesture of separation through which one domain is made the source and measure of another. The refusal, in the framework here adopted, is therefore not a mere counter-argument. It is a shift of philosophical ground. In refusing the dualist gesture, the framework dislodges thought from its transcendent anchor and returns it to the immanent field of matter in transformation. This position does not deny the complexity of thought or of the symbolic; on the contrary, it affirms them by showing them as an effect of material complexification and not as an exterior principle. What is at stake is the possibility of an ontology that does not resort to an “outside” to explain intelligence, consciousness or meaning. '''The Dualist Architecture and its Stabilising Function''' The history of Western philosophy can be read as the history of successive reconfigurations of dualism. From Plato’s Idea, an immutable archetype set against the sensible world in becoming, through Augustine’s immortal soul, which transcends the sinful body, to Descartes’ radical separation between res cogitans and res extensa, the gesture is reiterated: a pure instance is established, uncontaminated by materiality, which serves as the foundation for knowledge and value. This architecture is not epistemologically neutral; it functions as a mechanism of symbolic stabilisation. By projecting the source of meaning outside the material, temporal and contingent world, metaphysics protects intelligibility from empirical disorder. In Kant, this operation is displaced to the transcendental subject and its a priori structures, which constitute possible experience, leaving the noumenon as an inaccessible beyond. In Husserl, it is the phenomenological reduction that seeks a pure subjectivity. Even in Heidegger, the ontological difference between Being and beings, while criticising the metaphysics of presence, maintains an opening to an instance (Being) that is not exhausted by material entities. Dualism, then, is not an error but an ontological strategy. It secures the authority of philosophy by founding knowledge in an order that, by definition, escapes the vagaries of matter. The present framework refuses this strategy not because it is logically flawed, but because it is understood as a flight from the radicality of the real — a real that is, by nature, unstable, asymmetrical and without guarantees. '''The Persistence of Transcendence in Critiques of Dualism''' Philosophies that reject classical substances may still leave open the question of how their decisive operators are materially realised. Derrida’s ''différance'' destabilises the priority of presence; Lacan shows that the subject is constituted through a symbolic order rather than preceding it; Levinas gives ethical priority to an alterity that cannot be reduced to possession. These are substantial gains, not disguised repetitions of one doctrine (Derrida [1967] 1997; Lacan 1981; Levinas [1961] 1969). The disagreement developed here is narrower. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, and ethical exteriority have been sufficiently located in the material supports and relations through which they become operative. The claim is not that these thinkers posit a second substance. It is that their concepts can be read in ways that grant an irreducible exteriority to material organisation. The present argument retains the instability of meaning, the linguistic constitution of the subject, and the priority of responsibility, while reconstructing each within finite material relations. This is a contested interpretation and should be assessed against the cited works, not treated as a neutral summary of them. '''Thought as Modulation of Matter: Beyond Simondon''' If there is no separate thinking substance, how are we to understand thought? The framework adopted here does not reduce thought to a cerebral epiphenomenon; it proposes to understand it as a specific modulation of matter. In established human cases, thought is realised by a biossoma: a living biological body sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is not a synonym for every complex or recursively operating system, and neither complexity nor recursion alone establishes thought or consciousness. Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation is an important ally because it does not treat the individual as a given substance. Individuation proceeds within a metastable field charged with tensions; the pre-individual is “more than one”, not a warehouse of ready-made forms (Simondon 2005). The divergence is therefore not based on the mistaken claim that Simondon simply posits a reserve of completed possibilities. It concerns the ontological role assigned to a pre-individual condition antecedent to individuation. The position developed here begins instead from already configured matter whose relations remain capable of new functional couplings. Novelty does not require a completed form hidden in advance, but neither does it require a shapeless background awaiting form. Thought is, therefore, an effect of threshold — a functional reorganisation that emerges when matter, under the pressure of complex relations, acquires the capacity to refer to itself, to displace and to reorganise its own patterns. It is not a “thing”, but a local and excessive operability. '''The Symbol as Immanent Operation, not Transcendent Reference''' One of the most radical consequences of this position is the redefinition of the status of the symbol. In the metaphysical tradition, the symbol — and, by extension, language — is often treated as a medium pointing beyond itself: to an idea, a meaning, an essence. Even in secularised versions, the symbol is viewed as representing a mental content or a conceptual structure. The present framework refuses this architecture. The symbol is not a window onto another world or the vehicle of an immaterial content. A material difference first becomes a trace when an organised system discriminates it as a new or previously unknown configuration. In an inaugural inscription, a passive mark and a first symbol are co-constituted: the mark is the materially preserved configuration; the symbol is the materially realised instance through which that mark becomes legible to the system. Later occurrences may be recognised as instances under the same mark and give rise to additional symbols. This sequence locates representation within matter without denying it. A symbol represents an already inscribed mark; the system can then establish relations among symbols and modulate further operations. The mark itself does not compare, interpret, or reorganise, and a symbol does not act in isolation. Reorganisation belongs to the organised system operating through symbolic relations. Nothing in this account requires a realm of meanings above the material supports, protocols, and effects that make representation possible. '''Consequences and Programmatic Opening''' To refuse metaphysical dualism is not, therefore, a denial of difference, but its radical relocation. Difference ceases to be a gap between two realms and becomes the signature of the internal modulation of a single, immanent field. The world is not flattened; on the contrary, it is recognised in its constitutive heterogeneity — a heterogeneity that is entirely immanent. The implications of this inaugural gesture are developed throughout the work: they reshape our understanding of knowledge, which ceases to be imagined as passive mirroring and becomes materially mediated, situated representation open to correction; of ethics, which begins from shared material vulnerability rather than transcendental law; and of politics, which concerns the composition of bodies and symbols in a field without ultimate foundation. In refusing dualism, the framework here adopted does not offer a new dogmatic system. On the contrary, it opens a field of interrogation and risk. To accept that there is no “beyond” to which to escape is to accept the tremendous responsibility of thinking and acting in a world that is itself the only source of meaning — a world inconsistent, trembling, yet radically sufficient. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the inaugural text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity''. It establishes the foundational gesture upon which the entire architecture depends: the refusal of metaphysical dualism. Without this refusal, the framework's subsequent moves — the dissolution of the two-worlds fiction (1.2), the material account of thought (1.3), the operative theory of the symbol (1.4), and the rejection of ground and teleology (1.5) — would remain trapped within the very structures they seek to displace. This section is not merely a preamble; it is the condition of possibility for the entire ontology. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The problem is structural: Western philosophy has been constituted through the repeated installation of a dualist architecture — matter/thought, body/soul, sensible/intelligible, finite/infinite — in which one pole is elevated to the status of ground, origin, or measure, and the other is subordinated as derivative, deficient, or apparent. The question this text confronts is not whether any particular dualism is correct or incorrect, but whether the dualist gesture itself — the operation of splitting being into two domains — can be refused without simply inverting the hierarchy. Can thought be placed inside matter without reducing it to mechanism? Can transcendence be refused without collapsing into a flat materialism that cannot account for the complexity of the symbolic? === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis is that dualism is not a descriptive error but an ontological strategy — a symbolic operation designed to secure the authority of philosophy by immunising intelligibility against the instability of the material field. The argument refuses this strategy by relocating thought, the symbol, and ethical responsibility within the immanent field of matter. This is not a reduction but a complexification: matter is not the inert substrate that dualism describes, but an unstable field capable of producing, at specific thresholds of complexity, the very operations (thought, inscription, self-reference) that dualism attributed to a separate domain. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The key concepts introduced here include the refusal of transcendence as a constitutive gesture (not a conclusion but a point of departure), the biossoma as the living material body capable of symbolic reorganisation that replaces the mind/body split, operative excess as the affirmative causal condition in which available compatibilities exceed the system’s present symbolic or structural form and force reorganisation, and thought as modulation of matter rather than as the activity of a separate substance. The section also performs critical engagements with Derrida (différance as residual transcendence), Lacan (the Symbolic order as pre-material structure), Levinas (ethical alterity as infinite transcendence), and Simondon (pre-individual metastability as an ontological antecedent), retaining their insights while refusing the transcendent residues in each. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Readers should attend to the precision of the refusal: it is not anti-rationalist, not irrationalist, and not a simple materialism that denies the reality of thought. It is a relocation. Students familiar with continental philosophy will recognise the interlocutors; the challenge is to see how each is both retained and displaced. The key pedagogical move is to understand that "placing thought inside matter" does not mean explaining thought away — it means showing that matter is already more complex than any dualist framework can accommodate. Readers are encouraged to test this claim against their own philosophical commitments: where does transcendence reappear in frameworks that claim to have overcome it? == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} 5a8h26u5evpsa3tk1wxuyijzotjgzy2 0 476956 4670913 4670823 2026-09-18T15:14:15Z DavidCota64 3507033 Qualify the historical argument, standardise citations and EN-GB, and link references 4670913 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.2 – Against the Invention of Two Worlds == The history of Western thought is not simply marked by dualism — it is produced by it. The division between two orders of reality, one ideal and the other material, one immutable and the other corruptible, was not a neutral philosophical distinction. It was an ontological strategy. A fiction powerful enough to regulate thought itself. From the intelligible realm in Plato (Plato 1997, 1132, 1259) to the Cartesian distinction between ''res cogitans'' and ''res extensa'' (Descartes 1996, 26, 59), the recurrent strategy is not merely terminological. It constructs a topology of being that places sense, value, and intelligibility on one side, and contingency, opacity, and error on the other. This invention was not innocent. It allowed philosophy to stabilise itself by exiling instability. By assigning disorder, transformation, and imperfection to the lower world — the world of matter, bodies, time — it created a sanctuary for truth untouched by becoming. The intelligible was protected not through demonstration, but through exclusion. It is not that thought discovered a higher realm; it constructed it in order to escape the pressures of what resists coherence. The asymmetry was never concealed. The two worlds were never equal. One governed, the other served. The ideal was origin, foundation, law; the material was effect, fall, copy. Even when their relation was dialectical, as in Neoplatonism (''Plotinus, 1966, p. 198'') or Hegelianism (''Hegel, 1977, p. 27; p. 45''), the movement still ascended. Mediation was not horizontal but hierarchical — a ladder toward restoration. Kant displaced the metaphysical hierarchy into epistemology (''Kant, 1998, p. 360''), but retained the split: the noumenon remained unreachable, the thing-in-itself forever bracketed. Experience, in this configuration, is always partial, always suspect, always a veil. A more difficult question concerns thinkers who explicitly displace classical metaphysics. Heidegger’s ontological difference is not a second substance; Levinas’s alterity is not an object placed in another world; Derrida’s trace contests the very ideal of pure presence (Heidegger [1927] 1962, 41; Levinas [1961] 1969, 77; Derrida [1967] 1997, 71). The critical reading tested here asks whether these operators can nevertheless function as irreducible remainders when their material supports and effects are left unspecified. That question marks a disagreement; it does not erase the differences among the three positions. The ontology here rejects this architecture in its entirety. There is no realm beyond material organisation, no pure alterity that escapes relation, no ontological tier immune to modulation. Emergence is not the appearance of the higher in the lower. It is the operation of matter at the threshold of complexity. What exists does not echo another plane. It configures itself here, in the trembling of systems without foundation. There are not two worlds. There is only one — unstable, excessive, ungrounded — and it is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This second text builds directly upon the refusal of dualism (Text I), but introduces a strategic shift: it moves from conceptual structure to historical gesture. The focus is not merely on critiquing a theoretical separation between matter and thought, but on dismantling the very invention of “two worlds” as a foundational act of philosophical self-legitimation. The text argues that this is not a descriptive distinction, but an ontological operation that founded the authority of Western thought by excluding instability. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question here is: what symbolic and political function is fulfilled by the division between an ideal world and a sensible one? Contrary to a naive reading of philosophy’s history, the text asserts that this division is not a discovery but a normative invention — a fiction that regulates what counts as intelligible by excluding time, bodies, error, and transformation. This foundational fiction enabled philosophy to expel instability, not by rational refutation but by symbolic hierarchy. The material world was relegated to the status of fall, copy, or noise. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The argument rejects this entire architecture of two worlds. It does not replace it with a new hierarchy, but refuses the founding gesture that created the asymmetry between the ideal and the material. Emergence is not the appearance of something higher within something lower, but a material operation at the threshold of complexity. This shift leads to a reconfiguration of key philosophical concepts: origin, truth, meaning, and relation. Thought does not ascend — it modulates. Difference does not arrive from outside — it erupts internally. The real does not need another realm to justify itself — it is sufficient unto itself, in its instability and excess. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Invention of Two Worlds''': the foundational metaphysical operation that divides being into ideal and material orders. * '''Symbolic Hierarchy''': the structure that subjects the sensible world to a superior plane of meaning, framing it as copy, error, or lack. * '''Ontological Fiction''': a philosophical construct that regulates thought by excluding the unstable. * '''Emergence''': a threshold operation within matter — not ascension, not manifestation of a higher order. * '''Rejection of Transcendence''': refusal of any “plane of being” exterior or prior to the real in transformation. The text asks whether even critical thinkers like Heidegger, Levinas, and Derrida retain subtle forms of transcendence through a remainder that cannot be materialised: being that exceeds beings, alterity that precedes relation, the trace that escapes presence. Against this, the chapter tests whether immanence can be treated as sufficient without becoming homogeneous. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text helps identify a recurring blind spot: the assumption that meaning requires an “elsewhere.” By showing that this demand for exteriority is historically constructed, the text challenges the reader to think the real as sufficient, without appeal to higher planes. Suggestions for classroom or study group engagement: * Map the evolution of the “two worlds” idea from Plato to Kant and Hegel. * Analyse how hierarchical structures persist even in philosophies of difference or alterity. * Discuss how this division still operates in contemporary discourses (e.g., spiritualism, techno-gnosis, idealised aesthetics). * Exercise: imagine what a radically immanent thought would be — with no “outside,” no transcendence, no foundation. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} hnfa42vqp5ooxaz5ym31tb3qkb8rfeu 4671008 4670913 2026-09-18T19:15:35Z DavidCota64 3507033 Delimit the historical scope of the critique of dualist hierarchies 4671008 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.2 – Against the Invention of Two Worlds == Several influential Western philosophical lineages have organised intelligibility through a hierarchy between ideal and material orders. Plato's intelligible realm and Descartes's distinction between ''res cogitans'' and ''res extensa'' exemplify different versions of that operation (Plato 1997, 1132, 1259; Descartes 1996, 26, 59). They do not exhaust Western thought and they do not form one doctrine. The narrower claim is that, where sense, value, and intelligibility are secured by a superior order, contingency, opacity, and error are assigned a subordinate status. In the cases examined here, that hierarchy performs more than a terminological distinction. It stabilises philosophy by protecting truth from transformation and by treating matter, bodies, and time as the domain in which imperfection must be managed. The argument is not that every appeal to form or intelligibility is an escape from matter. It is that a duplicated ontology becomes philosophically costly when the higher order is used to explain away the resistance of material processes. The asymmetry was never concealed. The two worlds were never equal. One governed, the other served. The ideal was origin, foundation, law; the material was effect, fall, copy. Even when their relation was dialectical, as in Neoplatonism (''Plotinus, 1966, p. 198'') or Hegelianism (''Hegel, 1977, p. 27; p. 45''), the movement still ascended. Mediation was not horizontal but hierarchical — a ladder toward restoration. Kant displaced the metaphysical hierarchy into epistemology (''Kant, 1998, p. 360''), but retained the split: the noumenon remained unreachable, the thing-in-itself forever bracketed. Experience, in this configuration, is always partial, always suspect, always a veil. A more difficult question concerns thinkers who explicitly displace classical metaphysics. Heidegger’s ontological difference is not a second substance; Levinas’s alterity is not an object placed in another world; Derrida’s trace contests the very ideal of pure presence (Heidegger [1927] 1962, 41; Levinas [1961] 1969, 77; Derrida [1967] 1997, 71). The critical reading tested here asks whether these operators can nevertheless function as irreducible remainders when their material supports and effects are left unspecified. That question marks a disagreement; it does not erase the differences among the three positions. The ontology here rejects this architecture in its entirety. There is no realm beyond material organisation, no pure alterity that escapes relation, no ontological tier immune to modulation. Emergence is not the appearance of the higher in the lower. It is the operation of matter at the threshold of complexity. What exists does not echo another plane. It configures itself here, in the trembling of systems without foundation. There are not two worlds. There is only one — unstable, excessive, ungrounded — and it is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This second text builds directly upon the refusal of dualism (Text I), but introduces a strategic shift: it moves from conceptual structure to historical gesture. The focus is not merely on critiquing a theoretical separation between matter and thought, but on dismantling the very invention of “two worlds” as a foundational act of philosophical self-legitimation. The text argues that this is not a descriptive distinction, but an ontological operation that founded the authority of Western thought by excluding instability. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question here is: what symbolic and political function is fulfilled by the division between an ideal world and a sensible one? Contrary to a naive reading of philosophy’s history, the text asserts that this division is not a discovery but a normative invention — a fiction that regulates what counts as intelligible by excluding time, bodies, error, and transformation. This foundational fiction enabled philosophy to expel instability, not by rational refutation but by symbolic hierarchy. The material world was relegated to the status of fall, copy, or noise. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The argument rejects this entire architecture of two worlds. It does not replace it with a new hierarchy, but refuses the founding gesture that created the asymmetry between the ideal and the material. Emergence is not the appearance of something higher within something lower, but a material operation at the threshold of complexity. This shift leads to a reconfiguration of key philosophical concepts: origin, truth, meaning, and relation. Thought does not ascend — it modulates. Difference does not arrive from outside — it erupts internally. The real does not need another realm to justify itself — it is sufficient unto itself, in its instability and excess. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Invention of Two Worlds''': the foundational metaphysical operation that divides being into ideal and material orders. * '''Symbolic Hierarchy''': the structure that subjects the sensible world to a superior plane of meaning, framing it as copy, error, or lack. * '''Ontological Fiction''': a philosophical construct that regulates thought by excluding the unstable. * '''Emergence''': a threshold operation within matter — not ascension, not manifestation of a higher order. * '''Rejection of Transcendence''': refusal of any “plane of being” exterior or prior to the real in transformation. The text asks whether even critical thinkers like Heidegger, Levinas, and Derrida retain subtle forms of transcendence through a remainder that cannot be materialised: being that exceeds beings, alterity that precedes relation, the trace that escapes presence. Against this, the chapter tests whether immanence can be treated as sufficient without becoming homogeneous. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text helps identify a recurring blind spot: the assumption that meaning requires an “elsewhere.” By showing that this demand for exteriority is historically constructed, the text challenges the reader to think the real as sufficient, without appeal to higher planes. Suggestions for classroom or study group engagement: * Map the evolution of the “two worlds” idea from Plato to Kant and Hegel. * Analyse how hierarchical structures persist even in philosophies of difference or alterity. * Discuss how this division still operates in contemporary discourses (e.g., spiritualism, techno-gnosis, idealised aesthetics). * Exercise: imagine what a radically immanent thought would be — with no “outside,” no transcendence, no foundation. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} ny8v8qn5m56wxpkyyynv7m8jmhxyogi 0 476957 4670914 4670824 2026-09-18T15:14:33Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish thought, symbolic operation, biossoma, and consciousness 4670914 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject == Thought is not the arrival of an immaterial principle within matter. In the sense tested here, it is a materially realised capacity of an organised system to establish, retain, and revise relations among symbols in ways that modulate further operations. The claim is therefore neither that every material process thinks nor that thought can be reduced to a list of elementary interactions. It identifies a threshold at which a material configuration can operate through symbolic relations. Recursion, memory, and adaptive response may be necessary to such a capacity, but none is sufficient by itself. A thermostat can alter its output in response to a difference; that does not show that it thinks. Evidence of symbolic operation requires discrimination, inscription, recognition through symbols, relations among symbols, and effects on subsequent action. Evidence of consciousness poses a further question and must not be inferred merely from symbolic competence. The title “matter thinks” thus rejects an immaterial thinker without distributing thought across matter indiscriminately. This position resonates, partially, with Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation — notably articulated in ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information'', where beings are not given substances but emerge through processes of modulation within metastable fields (''Simondon, 2005, p. 215''). For Simondon, individuation is a becoming — not a static being. Yet even there, a distinction remains between the pre-individual and the individuated — a layered ontology that is here refused. There is no before. No hidden potentiality. Only operations within matter — varying in intensity, scale, and recursive complexity. Spinoza offers a powerful non-dualist model, positing that thought and extension are parallel attributes of the same substance (''Spinoza [1677] 1996, p. 83''). But by preserving the notion of attributes, he sustains a formal structure of duality. The parallelism avoids interaction, yet maintains a bifurcated schema — two expressions of the same substance, but distinct and irreducible. Thought and extension, however, need not be distinct modes: they may be seen as inflections within one continuous material field. Thought is not a separate manifestation of substance. It is a particular modulation within the immanent flux of matter, arising when material systems acquire the capacity for symbolic reconfiguration. Even Deleuze, whose philosophy of difference and becoming offers essential resources, retains the notion of a virtual — a realm of potentiality that subtends the actual (''Deleuze, 1994, p. 208''). This risks reinstating a reserve behind the real, a transcendent consistency beyond matter. But thought does not require this reserve. There is no virtual beneath the actual. There is only matter, operating under pressure, producing patterns that may, under specific conditions, become symbolic. No plane of immanence is required beyond the one that trembles here. In every established human case, thought is realised by a living body rather than housed inside it. The term ''biossoma'' names a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation. It is not a synonym for any complex system, and it should not be extended automatically to technical configurations. A non-biological system that appeared to satisfy comparable functional criteria would require its own empirical assessment as a possible case of post-biological symbolic emergence. The materialist claim fixes no conclusion in advance about consciousness or subjectivity in such a system. This is why any ontology of levels must be refused. There is no transition from matter to thought, no leap, no elevation. Thought is not another substance, another realm, another language. It is material relation crossing a threshold. What we call intelligence, sense, interpretation — these are names for the moment when matter becomes capable of sustaining differential patterns symbolically. Not because it desires, intends, or knows — but because, under excess, it reorganises. To think is not to rise above. It is to intensify relation to the point where the world begins to fold back upon itself, symbolically — without foundation, without interiority, without subject. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the third text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity'', and it marks a turning point. After the refusal of dualism (Text I) and the dismantling of the two-worlds fiction (Text II), this text shifts the focus to the positive field of the emergence of thought. That is, instead of merely deconstructing inherited frameworks, it begins to articulate an alternative ontology: a materialist theory of thought as functional reorganisation. It is a crucial inflection point in the construction of the OEC, as it clarifies how thinking is possible without invoking a subject or any form of transcendence. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question is precise and profound: how can we think thought without invoking a subject, an interiority, or a realm separate from matter? Even non-dualist philosophical traditions tend to retain some form of ontological separation — as attribute (Spinoza), virtual (Deleuze), or pre-individual (Simondon). This text refuses all such reserves and proposes a response: thought is a material effect of complexity reorganising itself symbolically. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The central thesis may be formulated as follows: thought is a material operation that emerges from an internal excess of complexity, when a system acquires the capacity for recursive symbolic reorganisation. This means that thought is not an external plane, a separate faculty, or an invisible essence — it is a local effect of intensive modulation within a material system. Classical subjectivity is thus replaced by a functional notion of symbolic folding of matter upon itself. This reformulation shifts the question from “who thinks?” to “what happens when matter reinscribes itself symbolically?” === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Thought as a Material Function''': an operation of symbolic reconfiguration internal to complex systems. * '''Rejection of Interiorisation''': there is no hidden thinking subject, only self-modulating material processes. * '''Biossoma''': a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation; not a generic name for every complex system. * '''Symbolic Recursivity''': the ability of a structure to reorganise itself based on its own prior configurations. * '''Refusal of Ontological Reserves''': critique of the pre-individual (Simondon), parallel attributes (Spinoza), and the virtual (Deleuze) as residues of transcendence. By rejecting any hidden plane (virtual, noumenal, or substantial), the text affirms a material account of symbolic emergence — without the need for a “before,” an “outside,” or a “beyond.” === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text demands a radical letting go of the classical image of mind. There is no consciousness as reflection, no cognition as intentional mediation. What there is, is material symbolic organisation — thinkability without subject. Suggestions for further engagement in pedagogical contexts: * Compare with the authors discussed: Simondon (pre-individual), Spinoza (attributes), Deleuze (virtual). * Debate the idea of “thought without a subject”: how does this differ from mere technical automatism? * Work through the concept of a symbolic threshold as a moment of material reorganisation. * Exercise: rewrite the phrase “the body is the mind” in light of this proposal — not as metaphor, but as ontological consequence. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} l2fagvp4ft1k7cutmts7jvqvpnqwjkn 4671009 4670914 2026-09-18T19:15:37Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify the functional transition, interiority, subjectivation, and consciousness 4671009 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject == A thermostat changes its output after a temperature difference; a language user can retain a sign, relate it to other signs, revise that relation, and let the revision alter later action. Both are material responses, but they do not display the same capacity. Rejecting an immaterial mind therefore does not license the claim that every material response is thought. The problem is to identify the functional transition without converting it into a transition between substances. This position resonates, partially, with Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation — notably articulated in ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information'', where beings are not given substances but emerge through processes of modulation within metastable fields (''Simondon, 2005, p. 215''). For Simondon, individuation is a becoming — not a static being. Yet even there, a distinction remains between the pre-individual and the individuated — a layered ontology that is here refused. There is no before. No hidden potentiality. Only operations within matter — varying in intensity, scale, and recursive complexity. Spinoza offers a powerful non-dualist model, positing that thought and extension are parallel attributes of the same substance (''Spinoza [1677] 1996, p. 83''). But by preserving the notion of attributes, he sustains a formal structure of duality. The parallelism avoids interaction, yet maintains a bifurcated schema — two expressions of the same substance, but distinct and irreducible. Thought and extension, however, need not be distinct modes: they may be seen as inflections within one continuous material field. Thought is not a separate manifestation of substance. It is a particular modulation within the immanent flux of matter, arising when material systems acquire the capacity for symbolic reconfiguration. Even Deleuze, whose philosophy of difference and becoming offers essential resources, retains the notion of a virtual — a realm of potentiality that subtends the actual (''Deleuze, 1994, p. 208''). This risks reinstating a reserve behind the real, a transcendent consistency beyond matter. But thought does not require this reserve. There is no virtual beneath the actual. There is only matter, operating under pressure, producing patterns that may, under specific conditions, become symbolic. No plane of immanence is required beyond the one that trembles here. In every established human case, thought is realised by a living body rather than housed inside it. The term ''biossoma'' names a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation. It is not a synonym for any complex system, and it should not be extended automatically to technical configurations. A non-biological system that appeared to satisfy comparable functional criteria would require its own empirical assessment as a possible case of post-biological symbolic emergence. The materialist claim fixes no conclusion in advance about consciousness or subjectivity in such a system. What must be refused is a hierarchy or transition between substances, not a functional transition within matter. When an organised system crosses an operational threshold, it acquires a capacity to establish and revise relations among symbols that the prior organisation did not exercise. This transition does not introduce another realm or language. It identifies a change in what the material configuration can do. Operative excess may press an existing symbolic organisation towards reconfiguration, but it neither produces thought in every material system nor guarantees the transition. Thought does not require an immaterial interior or a sovereign subject standing outside its operations. This does not abolish every form of functional interiority or subjectivation, and symbolic competence does not by itself establish consciousness. Functional interiority names the system's materially organised capacity to retain and modulate its own operations; subjectivation names the formation of a position within symbolic and social relations; consciousness requires the separate threshold criteria stated in Section 6.1. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the third text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity'', and it marks a turning point. After the refusal of dualism (Text I) and the dismantling of the two-worlds fiction (Text II), this text shifts the focus to the positive field of the emergence of thought. That is, instead of merely deconstructing inherited frameworks, it begins to articulate an alternative ontology: a materialist theory of thought as functional reorganisation. It is a crucial inflection point in the construction of the OEC, as it clarifies how thinking is possible without invoking a subject or any form of transcendence. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question is precise and profound: how can we think thought without invoking a subject, an interiority, or a realm separate from matter? Even non-dualist philosophical traditions tend to retain some form of ontological separation — as attribute (Spinoza), virtual (Deleuze), or pre-individual (Simondon). This text refuses all such reserves and proposes a response: thought is a material effect of complexity reorganising itself symbolically. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The central thesis may be formulated as follows: thought is a material operation that emerges from an internal excess of complexity, when a system acquires the capacity for recursive symbolic reorganisation. This means that thought is not an external plane, a separate faculty, or an invisible essence — it is a local effect of intensive modulation within a material system. Classical subjectivity is thus replaced by a functional notion of symbolic folding of matter upon itself. This reformulation shifts the question from “who thinks?” to “which material operations allow an organised system to discriminate, retain, relate, and revise symbols in ways that alter what it can do?” === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Thought as a Material Function''': an operation of symbolic reconfiguration internal to complex systems. * '''Rejection of Interiorisation''': there is no hidden thinking subject, only self-modulating material processes. * '''Biossoma''': a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation; not a generic name for every complex system. * '''Symbolic Recursivity''': the ability of a structure to reorganise itself based on its own prior configurations. * '''Refusal of Ontological Reserves''': critique of the pre-individual (Simondon), parallel attributes (Spinoza), and the virtual (Deleuze) as residues of transcendence. By rejecting any hidden plane (virtual, noumenal, or substantial), the text affirms a material account of symbolic emergence — without the need for a “before,” an “outside,” or a “beyond.” === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text demands a radical letting go of the classical image of mind. Symbolic organisation does not by itself establish consciousness, intention, or a sovereign subject. Each attribution requires its own evidence and criteria. Suggestions for further engagement in pedagogical contexts: * Compare with the authors discussed: Simondon (pre-individual), Spinoza (attributes), Deleuze (virtual). * Debate the idea of “thought without a subject”: how does this differ from mere technical automatism? * Work through the concept of a symbolic threshold as a moment of material reorganisation. * Exercise: rewrite the phrase “the body is the mind” in light of this proposal — not as metaphor, but as ontological consequence. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} b49bw4ur8gm686sylws7v695j4by1zv 4671031 4671009 2026-09-18T19:56:03Z DavidCota64 3507033 Blind-read correction: distinguish the enabling threshold of thought from later operative excess 4671031 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject == A thermostat changes its output after a temperature difference; a language user can retain a sign, relate it to other signs, revise that relation, and let the revision alter later action. Both are material responses, but they do not display the same capacity. Rejecting an immaterial mind therefore does not license the claim that every material response is thought. The problem is to identify the functional transition without converting it into a transition between substances. This position resonates, partially, with Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation — notably articulated in ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information'', where beings are not given substances but emerge through processes of modulation within metastable fields (''Simondon, 2005, p. 215''). For Simondon, individuation is a becoming — not a static being. Yet even there, a distinction remains between the pre-individual and the individuated — a layered ontology that is here refused. There is no before. No hidden potentiality. Only operations within matter — varying in intensity, scale, and recursive complexity. Spinoza offers a powerful non-dualist model, positing that thought and extension are parallel attributes of the same substance (''Spinoza [1677] 1996, p. 83''). But by preserving the notion of attributes, he sustains a formal structure of duality. The parallelism avoids interaction, yet maintains a bifurcated schema — two expressions of the same substance, but distinct and irreducible. Thought and extension, however, need not be distinct modes: they may be seen as inflections within one continuous material field. Thought is not a separate manifestation of substance. It is a particular modulation within the immanent flux of matter, arising when material systems acquire the capacity for symbolic reconfiguration. Even Deleuze, whose philosophy of difference and becoming offers essential resources, retains the notion of a virtual — a realm of potentiality that subtends the actual (''Deleuze, 1994, p. 208''). This risks reinstating a reserve behind the real, a transcendent consistency beyond matter. But thought does not require this reserve. There is no virtual beneath the actual. There is only matter, operating under pressure, producing patterns that may, under specific conditions, become symbolic. No plane of immanence is required beyond the one that trembles here. In every established human case, thought is realised by a living body rather than housed inside it. The term ''biossoma'' names a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation. It is not a synonym for any complex system, and it should not be extended automatically to technical configurations. A non-biological system that appeared to satisfy comparable functional criteria would require its own empirical assessment as a possible case of post-biological symbolic emergence. The materialist claim fixes no conclusion in advance about consciousness or subjectivity in such a system. What must be refused is a hierarchy or transition between substances, not a functional transition within matter. When an organised system crosses an operational threshold, it acquires a capacity to establish and revise relations among symbols that the prior organisation did not exercise. This transition does not introduce another realm or language. It identifies a change in what the material configuration can do. Operative excess may press an existing symbolic organisation towards reconfiguration, but it neither produces thought in every material system nor guarantees the transition. Thought does not require an immaterial interior or a sovereign subject standing outside its operations. This does not abolish every form of functional interiority or subjectivation, and symbolic competence does not by itself establish consciousness. Functional interiority names the system's materially organised capacity to retain and modulate its own operations; subjectivation names the formation of a position within symbolic and social relations; consciousness requires the separate threshold criteria stated in Section 6.1. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the third text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity'', and it marks a turning point. After the refusal of dualism (Text I) and the dismantling of the two-worlds fiction (Text II), this text shifts the focus to the positive field of the emergence of thought. That is, instead of merely deconstructing inherited frameworks, it begins to articulate an alternative ontology: a materialist theory of thought as functional reorganisation. It is a crucial inflection point in the construction of the OEC, as it clarifies how thinking is possible without invoking a subject or any form of transcendence. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question is precise and profound: how can we think thought without invoking a subject, an interiority, or a realm separate from matter? Even non-dualist philosophical traditions tend to retain some form of ontological separation — as attribute (Spinoza), virtual (Deleuze), or pre-individual (Simondon). This text refuses all such reserves and proposes a response: thought is a material effect of complexity reorganising itself symbolically. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The central thesis may be formulated as follows: thought is a materially realised capacity that becomes operative when functional couplings cross an enabling threshold for recursive symbolic reorganisation. This threshold does not presuppose operative excess; operative excess arises only once a symbolic organisation exists and possible or demanded operations exceed its current form. Thought is not an external plane, a separate faculty, or an invisible essence — it is a local effect of organised material relations. This displaces the sovereign subject without erasing functional interiority, subjectivation, or consciousness as distinct questions. This reformulation shifts the question from “who thinks?” to “which material operations allow an organised system to discriminate, retain, relate, and revise symbols in ways that alter what it can do?” === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Thought as a Material Function''': an operation of symbolic reconfiguration internal to complex systems. * '''Rejection of Interiorisation''': there is no hidden thinking subject, only self-modulating material processes. * '''Biossoma''': a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation; not a generic name for every complex system. * '''Symbolic Recursivity''': the ability of a structure to reorganise itself based on its own prior configurations. * '''Refusal of Ontological Reserves''': critique of the pre-individual (Simondon), parallel attributes (Spinoza), and the virtual (Deleuze) as residues of transcendence. By rejecting any hidden plane (virtual, noumenal, or substantial), the text affirms a material account of symbolic emergence — without the need for a “before,” an “outside,” or a “beyond.” === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text demands a radical letting go of the classical image of mind. Symbolic organisation does not by itself establish consciousness, intention, or a sovereign subject. Each attribution requires its own evidence and criteria. Suggestions for further engagement in pedagogical contexts: * Compare with the authors discussed: Simondon (pre-individual), Spinoza (attributes), Deleuze (virtual). * Debate the idea of “thought without a subject”: how does this differ from mere technical automatism? * Work through the concept of a symbolic threshold as a moment of material reorganisation. * Exercise: rewrite the phrase “the body is the mind” in light of this proposal — not as metaphor, but as ontological consequence. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 4wlx95aanmniikpudlbl2kpz9yl0da3 4671042 4671031 2026-09-18T20:15:20Z DavidCota64 3507033 Correct the threshold type: realised operation requires an operational, not merely enabling, threshold 4671042 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject == A thermostat changes its output after a temperature difference; a language user can retain a sign, relate it to other signs, revise that relation, and let the revision alter later action. Both are material responses, but they do not display the same capacity. Rejecting an immaterial mind therefore does not license the claim that every material response is thought. The problem is to identify the functional transition without converting it into a transition between substances. This position resonates, partially, with Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation — notably articulated in ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information'', where beings are not given substances but emerge through processes of modulation within metastable fields (''Simondon, 2005, p. 215''). For Simondon, individuation is a becoming — not a static being. Yet even there, a distinction remains between the pre-individual and the individuated — a layered ontology that is here refused. There is no before. No hidden potentiality. Only operations within matter — varying in intensity, scale, and recursive complexity. Spinoza offers a powerful non-dualist model, positing that thought and extension are parallel attributes of the same substance (''Spinoza [1677] 1996, p. 83''). But by preserving the notion of attributes, he sustains a formal structure of duality. The parallelism avoids interaction, yet maintains a bifurcated schema — two expressions of the same substance, but distinct and irreducible. Thought and extension, however, need not be distinct modes: they may be seen as inflections within one continuous material field. Thought is not a separate manifestation of substance. It is a particular modulation within the immanent flux of matter, arising when material systems acquire the capacity for symbolic reconfiguration. Even Deleuze, whose philosophy of difference and becoming offers essential resources, retains the notion of a virtual — a realm of potentiality that subtends the actual (''Deleuze, 1994, p. 208''). This risks reinstating a reserve behind the real, a transcendent consistency beyond matter. But thought does not require this reserve. There is no virtual beneath the actual. There is only matter, operating under pressure, producing patterns that may, under specific conditions, become symbolic. No plane of immanence is required beyond the one that trembles here. In every established human case, thought is realised by a living body rather than housed inside it. The term ''biossoma'' names a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation. It is not a synonym for any complex system, and it should not be extended automatically to technical configurations. A non-biological system that appeared to satisfy comparable functional criteria would require its own empirical assessment as a possible case of post-biological symbolic emergence. The materialist claim fixes no conclusion in advance about consciousness or subjectivity in such a system. What must be refused is a hierarchy or transition between substances, not a functional transition within matter. When an organised system crosses an operational threshold, it acquires a capacity to establish and revise relations among symbols that the prior organisation did not exercise. This transition does not introduce another realm or language. It identifies a change in what the material configuration can do. Operative excess may press an existing symbolic organisation towards reconfiguration, but it neither produces thought in every material system nor guarantees the transition. Thought does not require an immaterial interior or a sovereign subject standing outside its operations. This does not abolish every form of functional interiority or subjectivation, and symbolic competence does not by itself establish consciousness. Functional interiority names the system's materially organised capacity to retain and modulate its own operations; subjectivation names the formation of a position within symbolic and social relations; consciousness requires the separate threshold criteria stated in Section 6.1. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the third text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity'', and it marks a turning point. After the refusal of dualism (Text I) and the dismantling of the two-worlds fiction (Text II), this text shifts the focus to the positive field of the emergence of thought. That is, instead of merely deconstructing inherited frameworks, it begins to articulate an alternative ontology: a materialist theory of thought as functional reorganisation. It is a crucial inflection point in the construction of the OEC, as it clarifies how thinking is possible without invoking a subject or any form of transcendence. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question is precise and profound: how can we think thought without invoking a subject, an interiority, or a realm separate from matter? Even non-dualist philosophical traditions tend to retain some form of ontological separation — as attribute (Spinoza), virtual (Deleuze), or pre-individual (Simondon). This text refuses all such reserves and proposes a response: thought is a material effect of complexity reorganising itself symbolically. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The central thesis may be formulated as follows: thought is a materially realised capacity that becomes operative when functional couplings cross an operational threshold for recursive symbolic reorganisation. This threshold does not presuppose operative excess; operative excess arises only once a symbolic organisation exists and possible or demanded operations exceed its current form. Thought is not an external plane, a separate faculty, or an invisible essence — it is a local effect of organised material relations. This displaces the sovereign subject without erasing functional interiority, subjectivation, or consciousness as distinct questions. This reformulation shifts the question from “who thinks?” to “which material operations allow an organised system to discriminate, retain, relate, and revise symbols in ways that alter what it can do?” === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Thought as a Material Function''': an operation of symbolic reconfiguration internal to complex systems. * '''Rejection of Interiorisation''': there is no hidden thinking subject, only self-modulating material processes. * '''Biossoma''': a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation; not a generic name for every complex system. * '''Symbolic Recursivity''': the ability of a structure to reorganise itself based on its own prior configurations. * '''Refusal of Ontological Reserves''': critique of the pre-individual (Simondon), parallel attributes (Spinoza), and the virtual (Deleuze) as residues of transcendence. By rejecting any hidden plane (virtual, noumenal, or substantial), the text affirms a material account of symbolic emergence — without the need for a “before,” an “outside,” or a “beyond.” === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text demands a radical letting go of the classical image of mind. Symbolic organisation does not by itself establish consciousness, intention, or a sovereign subject. Each attribution requires its own evidence and criteria. Suggestions for further engagement in pedagogical contexts: * Compare with the authors discussed: Simondon (pre-individual), Spinoza (attributes), Deleuze (virtual). * Debate the idea of “thought without a subject”: how does this differ from mere technical automatism? * Work through the concept of a symbolic threshold as a moment of material reorganisation. * Exercise: rewrite the phrase “the body is the mind” in light of this proposal — not as metaphor, but as ontological consequence. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} rwf8xnrfpjm4ixypg1jidta57qhtz17 4671056 4671042 2026-09-18T21:23:21Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671056 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject == A thermostat changes its output after a temperature difference; a language user can retain a sign, relate it to other signs, revise that relation, and let the revision alter later action. Both are material responses, but they do not display the same capacity. Rejecting an immaterial mind therefore does not license the claim that every material response is thought. The problem is to identify the functional transition without converting it into a transition between substances. This position resonates, partially, with Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation — notably articulated in ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information'', where beings are not given substances but emerge through processes of modulation within metastable fields (''Simondon, 2005, p. 215''). For Simondon, individuation is a becoming — not a static being. Yet even there, a distinction remains between the pre-individual and the individuated — a layered ontology that is here refused. There is no before. No hidden potentiality. Only operations within matter — varying in intensity, scale, and recursive complexity. Spinoza offers a powerful non-dualist model, positing that thought and extension are parallel attributes of the same substance (''Spinoza [1677] 1996, p. 83''). But by preserving the notion of attributes, he sustains a formal structure of duality. The parallelism avoids interaction, yet maintains a bifurcated schema — two expressions of the same substance, but distinct and irreducible. Thought and extension, however, need not be distinct modes: they may be seen as inflections within one continuous material field. Thought is not a separate manifestation of substance. It is a particular modulation within the immanent flux of matter, arising when material systems acquire the capacity for symbolic reconfiguration. Even Deleuze, whose philosophy of difference and becoming offers essential resources, retains the notion of a virtual — a realm of potentiality that subtends the actual (''Deleuze, 1994, p. 208''). This risks reinstating a reserve behind the real, a transcendent consistency beyond matter. But thought does not require this reserve. There is no virtual beneath the actual. There is only matter, operating under pressure, producing patterns that may, under specific conditions, become symbolic. No plane of immanence is required beyond the one that trembles here. In every established human case, thought is realised by a living body rather than housed inside it. The term ''biossoma'' names a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation. It is not a synonym for any complex system, and it should not be extended automatically to technical configurations. A non-biological system that appeared to satisfy comparable functional criteria would require its own empirical assessment as a possible case of post-biological symbolic emergence. The materialist claim fixes no conclusion in advance about consciousness or subjectivity in such a system. What must be refused is a hierarchy or transition between substances, not a functional transition within matter. When an organised system crosses an operational threshold, it acquires a capacity to establish and revise relations among symbols that the prior organisation did not exercise. This transition does not introduce another realm or language. It identifies a change in what the material configuration can do. Operative excess may press an existing structural or symbolic organisation towards reconfiguration, but it neither produces thought in every material system nor guarantees the transition. Thought does not require an immaterial interior or a sovereign subject standing outside its operations. This does not abolish every form of functional interiority or subjectivation, and symbolic competence does not by itself establish consciousness. Functional interiority names the system's materially organised capacity to retain and modulate its own operations; subjectivation names the formation of a position within symbolic and social relations; consciousness requires the separate threshold criteria stated in Section 6.1. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the third text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity'', and it marks a turning point. After the refusal of dualism (Text I) and the dismantling of the two-worlds fiction (Text II), this text shifts the focus to the positive field of the emergence of thought. That is, instead of merely deconstructing inherited frameworks, it begins to articulate an alternative ontology: a materialist theory of thought as functional reorganisation. It is a crucial inflection point in the construction of the OEC, as it clarifies how thinking is possible without invoking a subject or any form of transcendence. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question is precise and profound: how can we think thought without invoking a subject, an interiority, or a realm separate from matter? Even non-dualist philosophical traditions tend to retain some form of ontological separation — as attribute (Spinoza), virtual (Deleuze), or pre-individual (Simondon). This text refuses all such reserves and proposes a response: thought is a material effect of complexity reorganising itself symbolically. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The central thesis may be formulated as follows: thought is a materially realised capacity that becomes operative when functional couplings cross an operational threshold for recursive symbolic reorganisation. This threshold does not presuppose operative excess; a new capacity can emerge through other material dynamics. Operative excess can arise at a structural level and, where symbolic organisation exists, at a symbolic level: in either case, materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed the system’s current symbolic or structural form. Thought is not an external plane, a separate faculty, or an invisible essence — it is a local effect of organised material relations. This displaces the sovereign subject without erasing functional interiority, subjectivation, or consciousness as distinct questions. This reformulation shifts the question from “who thinks?” to “which material operations allow an organised system to discriminate, retain, relate, and revise symbols in ways that alter what it can do?” === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Thought as a Material Function''': an operation of symbolic reconfiguration internal to complex systems. * '''Rejection of Interiorisation''': there is no hidden thinking subject, only self-modulating material processes. * '''Biossoma''': a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation; not a generic name for every complex system. * '''Symbolic Recursivity''': the ability of a structure to reorganise itself based on its own prior configurations. * '''Refusal of Ontological Reserves''': critique of the pre-individual (Simondon), parallel attributes (Spinoza), and the virtual (Deleuze) as residues of transcendence. By rejecting any hidden plane (virtual, noumenal, or substantial), the text affirms a material account of symbolic emergence — without the need for a “before,” an “outside,” or a “beyond.” === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text demands a radical letting go of the classical image of mind. Symbolic organisation does not by itself establish consciousness, intention, or a sovereign subject. Each attribution requires its own evidence and criteria. Suggestions for further engagement in pedagogical contexts: * Compare with the authors discussed: Simondon (pre-individual), Spinoza (attributes), Deleuze (virtual). * Debate the idea of “thought without a subject”: how does this differ from mere technical automatism? * Work through the concept of a symbolic threshold as a moment of material reorganisation. * Exercise: rewrite the phrase “the body is the mind” in light of this proposal — not as metaphor, but as ontological consequence. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 2jcsiczvm8tujf3tpmk0vtvah1fa1rr 4671071 4671056 2026-09-18T21:27:25Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671071 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.3 – Matter Thinks — But Not Like a Subject == A thermostat changes its output after a temperature difference; a language user can retain a sign, relate it to other signs, revise that relation, and let the revision alter later action. Both are material responses, but they do not display the same capacity. Rejecting an immaterial mind therefore does not license the claim that every material response is thought. The problem is to identify the functional transition without converting it into a transition between substances. This position resonates, partially, with Gilbert Simondon’s theory of individuation — notably articulated in ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information'', where beings are not given substances but emerge through processes of modulation within metastable fields (''Simondon, 2005, p. 215''). For Simondon, individuation is a becoming — not a static being. Yet even there, a distinction remains between the pre-individual and the individuated — a layered ontology that is here refused. There is no before. No hidden potentiality. Only operations within matter — varying in intensity, scale, and recursive complexity. Spinoza offers a powerful non-dualist model, positing that thought and extension are parallel attributes of the same substance (''Spinoza [1677] 1996, p. 83''). But by preserving the notion of attributes, he sustains a formal structure of duality. The parallelism avoids interaction, yet maintains a bifurcated schema — two expressions of the same substance, but distinct and irreducible. Thought and extension, however, need not be distinct modes: they may be seen as inflections within one continuous material field. Thought is not a separate manifestation of substance. It is a particular modulation within the immanent flux of matter, arising when material systems acquire the capacity for symbolic reconfiguration. Even Deleuze, whose philosophy of difference and becoming offers essential resources, retains the notion of a virtual — a realm of potentiality that subtends the actual (''Deleuze, 1994, p. 208''). This risks reinstating a reserve behind the real, a transcendent consistency beyond matter. But thought does not require this reserve. There is no virtual beneath the actual. There is only matter, operating under pressure, producing patterns that may, under specific conditions, become symbolic. No plane of immanence is required beyond the one that trembles here. In every established human case, thought is realised by a living body rather than housed inside it. The term ''biossoma'' names a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation. It is not a synonym for any complex system, and it should not be extended automatically to technical configurations. A non-biological system that appeared to satisfy comparable functional criteria would require its own empirical assessment as a possible case of post-biological symbolic emergence. The materialist claim fixes no conclusion in advance about consciousness or subjectivity in such a system. What must be refused is a hierarchy or transition between substances, not a functional transition within matter. When an organised system crosses an operational threshold, it acquires a capacity to establish and revise relations among symbols that the prior organisation did not exercise. This transition does not introduce another realm or language. It identifies a change in what the material configuration can do. Operative excess supplies the affirmative material cause of the reorganisation that can reach this threshold: available compatibilities exceed the existing structural organisation. It does not by itself specify that thought, rather than a different capacity, will emerge. Thought does not require an immaterial interior or a sovereign subject standing outside its operations. This does not abolish every form of functional interiority or subjectivation, and symbolic competence does not by itself establish consciousness. Functional interiority names the system's materially organised capacity to retain and modulate its own operations; subjectivation names the formation of a position within symbolic and social relations; consciousness requires the separate threshold criteria stated in Section 6.1. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This is the third text of the ''Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity'', and it marks a turning point. After the refusal of dualism (Text I) and the dismantling of the two-worlds fiction (Text II), this text shifts the focus to the positive field of the emergence of thought. That is, instead of merely deconstructing inherited frameworks, it begins to articulate an alternative ontology: a materialist theory of thought as functional reorganisation. It is a crucial inflection point in the construction of the OEC, as it clarifies how thinking is possible without invoking a subject or any form of transcendence. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The core question is precise and profound: how can we think thought without invoking a subject, an interiority, or a realm separate from matter? Even non-dualist philosophical traditions tend to retain some form of ontological separation — as attribute (Spinoza), virtual (Deleuze), or pre-individual (Simondon). This text refuses all such reserves and proposes a response: thought is a material effect of complexity reorganising itself symbolically. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The central thesis may be formulated as follows: thought is a materially realised capacity that becomes operative when functional couplings cross an operational threshold for recursive symbolic reorganisation. This threshold presupposes operative excess: compatibilities available to the material organisation exceed its present structural form and force reorganisation. Once symbolic organisation exists, further excess can also arise relative to its symbolic form. In either case, operative excess is the causal motor of emergence without predetermining the concrete configuration that will emerge. Thought is not an external plane, a separate faculty, or an invisible essence — it is a local effect of organised material relations. This displaces the sovereign subject without erasing functional interiority, subjectivation, or consciousness as distinct questions. This reformulation shifts the question from “who thinks?” to “which material operations allow an organised system to discriminate, retain, relate, and revise symbols in ways that alter what it can do?” === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === * '''Thought as a Material Function''': an operation of symbolic reconfiguration internal to complex systems. * '''Rejection of Interiorisation''': there is no hidden thinking subject, only self-modulating material processes. * '''Biossoma''': a living, sensitive material body capable of symbolic reorganisation; not a generic name for every complex system. * '''Symbolic Recursivity''': the ability of a structure to reorganise itself based on its own prior configurations. * '''Refusal of Ontological Reserves''': critique of the pre-individual (Simondon), parallel attributes (Spinoza), and the virtual (Deleuze) as residues of transcendence. By rejecting any hidden plane (virtual, noumenal, or substantial), the text affirms a material account of symbolic emergence — without the need for a “before,” an “outside,” or a “beyond.” === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text demands a radical letting go of the classical image of mind. Symbolic organisation does not by itself establish consciousness, intention, or a sovereign subject. Each attribution requires its own evidence and criteria. Suggestions for further engagement in pedagogical contexts: * Compare with the authors discussed: Simondon (pre-individual), Spinoza (attributes), Deleuze (virtual). * Debate the idea of “thought without a subject”: how does this differ from mere technical automatism? * Work through the concept of a symbolic threshold as a moment of material reorganisation. * Exercise: rewrite the phrase “the body is the mind” in light of this proposal — not as metaphor, but as ontological consequence. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} e022agavpd0uo0464imiahcecp86wfg 0 476958 4670915 4670825 2026-09-18T15:14:50Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild the chapter with a precise material account of marks, symbols, and representation 4670915 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.4 – The Symbol Is Not Transcendent == The previous chapter located thought within materially organised systems. A further problem now appears. If a symbol can refer, be reused, and make something absent operable, does it require a realm of meaning distinct from its physical support? The answer developed here is no. Symbols are materially realised, but their materiality does not reduce them to ink, sound, voltage, or neural activity considered in isolation. A symbolic operation depends on an organised system that can discriminate a difference, inscribe it, recognise later occurrences through symbols, and establish relations among symbols. Representation remains real; transcendence is unnecessary. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a material difference, a trace, a mark, and a symbol; * explain how the inaugural inscription co-constitutes a mark and a first symbol; * state why marks are passive while symbolic relations can reorganise a system; * defend representation without introducing an immaterial signified; * distinguish functional absence from an ontological elsewhere; * identify what evidence would be needed before calling a process symbolic. The guiding question is: '''How can a material system represent what is not locally present without transferring meaning to another world?''' == Why the symbol can appear transcendent == Symbols seem to exceed their immediate supports. The same word can be printed in different fonts, spoken by different voices, or stored as different electrical states. A mathematical relation can be used in distant places and times. A legal document can change what people may do even though its physical marks do not resemble the actions it regulates. These facts encourage two shortcuts. The first treats meaning as an ideal object that the material sign merely carries. The second reacts by denying representation and reducing a symbol to whatever physical event happens to support it. Neither is adequate. The first separates meaning from operation; the second loses the organised capacity that makes one material occurrence legible through another. Derrida, Lacan, and Heidegger each challenged simple accounts of signs and presence in different ways (Derrida 1982; Lacan 1981; Heidegger 1971). The criticism tested here is not that they all posit an immaterial substance. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, or linguistic disclosure can be explained without leaving their material realisation secondary. The issue is a philosophical disagreement about explanatory priority, not a claim that these distinct projects are secretly identical. == From difference to symbol == The relevant sequence begins before there is a symbol. # A '''material difference''' occurs: a variation in a field, object, signal, gesture, or inscription. # It becomes a '''trace''' when an organised system discriminates that difference as a new or previously unknown material configuration under a material protocol. # In the inaugural '''inscription''', a passive '''mark''' and a first '''symbol''' are co-constituted. # The mark is the materially stabilised configuration. It does not recognise, compare, or act. # The symbol is the materially realised instance through which the mark becomes legible to the system. # A later occurrence may be recognised as an instance under the already inscribed mark, producing an additional symbol without repeating the inaugural inscription. # The system can establish relations among symbols, and those relations can modulate further operations. This account does not claim that a difference becomes symbolic merely by persisting. A pattern in a rock is not a symbol simply because an observer could notice it. The relevant question is which organised system discriminates the difference, by which protocol, and with what subsequent symbolic effects. == Representation without an ideal realm == A symbol represents a mark. This representational relation is internal to a materially organised process: the mark, the symbol, the recognising protocol, and the later effects all require material realisation. Nothing has to cross from an ideal domain into a physical one. Representation is therefore preserved, but its scope is specified. The symbol is not a miniature copy of an external object and does not contain an immaterial meaning. By relating symbols, a system can nevertheless make a non-local or no-longer-present configuration operable. A medical record can bring a prior measurement into a current decision; a map can orient action towards a place that is not visible; a mathematical notation can preserve a relation across different material inscriptions. The absence involved in these cases is functional, not ontological. The represented configuration may be missing from the present location. It still belongs to the same material field, and its local absence does not make it immaterial. == What performs the reorganisation? == It is tempting to say that a symbol acts, compares, or reorganises. That formulation is too compressed. A mark is passive. A symbol is a material instance of legibility. The organised system performs operations by establishing and modifying relations among symbols. This distinction matters whenever agency is attributed. A warning icon on a screen does not inspect the situation or decide what to do. Within a system of sensors, software, users, protocols, and institutions, the icon can participate in symbolic relations that alter action. The effect is real. It belongs to the organised coupling and cannot be assigned to the isolated sign. Operative excess helps explain why new symbolic relations may become necessary. When the operations available to a system exceed what its present symbolic organisation can integrate, the system may produce a new inscription or reorganise existing relations. Excess creates pressure; it does not guarantee success, meaning, or persistence. == Worked example: a laboratory alert == Consider a laboratory system that monitors temperature. # A sensor registers a material variation. # A protocol discriminates a range as relevant to the experiment. # During calibration, an inaugural inscription establishes a materially preserved mark and a first symbol under which the range becomes legible. # Later readings are recognised as instances under that mark and produce further symbolic instances. # The system relates those symbols to other symbols: time, sample identity, tolerance, and response procedure. # A visible alert can then alter what trained users do. The alert is not an immaterial meaning attached to a coloured shape. Nor does the shape act by itself. Its efficacy depends on the material-symbolic organisation that can recognise and relate it. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Symbols are material | A physical description of their support is a complete symbolic explanation |- | A symbol represents a mark | Meaning exists in an ideal realm or the symbol resembles an external object |- | Marks are passive | Marks are unreal or causally irrelevant as material configurations |- | Systems relate symbols | Every responsive system is already symbolic |- | Functional absence is real | Absence constitutes a second ontological domain |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a persistent material pattern not automatically a mark or a symbol? * What is co-constituted in the inaugural inscription? * Why do later recognitions not repeat that inscription? * Which operations belong to the organised system? Why can they not be attributed to the mark? * How can a symbol make something absent operable without becoming transcendent? == Transition == If symbols and their effects require no immaterial source, they also require no plan written in advance. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan|Section 1.5]] examines how order and function can remain real without becoming evidence of a final purpose. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} baz53w6fobaas7quqjlnnj9boq839x9 4670960 4670915 2026-09-18T16:28:56Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with the canonical symbolic-system definition 4670960 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.4 – The Symbol Is Not Transcendent == The previous chapter located thought within materially organised systems. A further problem now appears. If a symbol can refer, be reused, and make something absent operable, does it require a realm of meaning distinct from its physical support? The answer developed here is no. Symbols are materially realised, but their materiality does not reduce them to ink, sound, voltage, or neural activity considered in isolation. A symbolic operation depends on an organised system that can discriminate a difference, inscribe it, recognise later occurrences through symbols, and establish relations among symbols. Representation remains real; transcendence is unnecessary. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a material difference, a trace, a mark, and a symbol; * explain how the inaugural inscription co-constitutes a mark and a first symbol; * state why marks are passive while symbolic relations can reorganise a system; * defend representation without introducing an immaterial signified; * distinguish functional absence from an ontological elsewhere; * identify what evidence would be needed before calling a process symbolic. The guiding question is: '''How can a material system represent what is not locally present without transferring meaning to another world?''' == Why the symbol can appear transcendent == Symbols seem to exceed their immediate supports. The same word can be printed in different fonts, spoken by different voices, or stored as different electrical states. A mathematical relation can be used in distant places and times. A legal document can change what people may do even though its physical marks do not resemble the actions it regulates. These facts encourage two shortcuts. The first treats meaning as an ideal object that the material sign merely carries. The second reacts by denying representation and reducing a symbol to whatever physical event happens to support it. Neither is adequate. The first separates meaning from operation; the second loses the organised capacity that makes one material occurrence legible through another. Derrida, Lacan, and Heidegger each challenged simple accounts of signs and presence in different ways (Derrida 1982; Lacan 1981; Heidegger 1971). The criticism tested here is not that they all posit an immaterial substance. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, or linguistic disclosure can be explained without leaving their material realisation secondary. The issue is a philosophical disagreement about explanatory priority, not a claim that these distinct projects are secretly identical. == From difference to symbol == The relevant sequence begins before there is a symbol. # A '''material difference''' occurs: a variation in a field, object, signal, gesture, or inscription. # It becomes a '''trace''' when an organised system discriminates that difference as a new or previously unknown material configuration under a material protocol. # In the inaugural '''inscription''', a passive '''mark''' and a first '''symbol''' are co-constituted. # The mark is the materially stabilised configuration. It does not recognise, compare, or act. # The symbol is the materially realised instance through which the mark becomes legible to the system. # A later occurrence may be recognised as an instance under the already inscribed mark, producing an additional symbol without repeating the inaugural inscription. # The system can establish relations among symbols, and those relations can modulate further operations. This account does not claim that a difference becomes symbolic merely by persisting. A pattern in a rock is not a symbol simply because an observer could notice it. The relevant question is which organised system discriminates the difference, by which protocol, and with what subsequent symbolic effects. == Representation without an ideal realm == A symbol represents a mark. This representational relation is internal to a materially organised process: the mark, the symbol, the recognising protocol, and the later effects all require material realisation. Nothing has to cross from an ideal domain into a physical one. Representation is therefore preserved, but its scope is specified. The symbol is not a miniature copy of an external object and does not contain an immaterial meaning. By relating symbols, a system can nevertheless make a non-local or no-longer-present configuration operable. A medical record can bring a prior measurement into a current decision; a map can orient action towards a place that is not visible; a mathematical notation can preserve a relation across different material inscriptions. The absence involved in these cases is functional, not ontological. The represented configuration may be missing from the present location. It still belongs to the same material field, and its local absence does not make it immaterial. == What performs the reorganisation? == It is tempting to say that a symbol acts, compares, or reorganises. That formulation is too compressed. A mark is passive. A symbol is a material instance of legibility. The organised system performs operations by establishing and modifying relations among symbols. This distinction matters whenever agency is attributed. A warning icon on a screen does not inspect the situation or decide what to do. Within a system of sensors, software, users, protocols, and institutions, the icon can participate in symbolic relations that alter action. The effect is real. It belongs to the organised coupling and cannot be assigned to the isolated sign. Operative excess helps explain why new symbolic relations may become necessary. When the operations possible within or demanded of a symbolically organised system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate, the system may produce a new inscription or reorganise existing relations. Excess creates pressure; it does not guarantee success, meaning, or persistence. == Worked example: a laboratory alert == Consider a laboratory system that monitors temperature. # A sensor registers a material variation. # A protocol discriminates a range as relevant to the experiment. # During calibration, an inaugural inscription establishes a materially preserved mark and a first symbol under which the range becomes legible. # Later readings are recognised as instances under that mark and produce further symbolic instances. # The system relates those symbols to other symbols: time, sample identity, tolerance, and response procedure. # A visible alert can then alter what trained users do. The alert is not an immaterial meaning attached to a coloured shape. Nor does the shape act by itself. Its efficacy depends on the material-symbolic organisation that can recognise and relate it. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Symbols are material | A physical description of their support is a complete symbolic explanation |- | A symbol represents a mark | Meaning exists in an ideal realm or the symbol resembles an external object |- | Marks are passive | Marks are unreal or causally irrelevant as material configurations |- | Systems relate symbols | Every responsive system is already symbolic |- | Functional absence is real | Absence constitutes a second ontological domain |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a persistent material pattern not automatically a mark or a symbol? * What is co-constituted in the inaugural inscription? * Why do later recognitions not repeat that inscription? * Which operations belong to the organised system? Why can they not be attributed to the mark? * How can a symbol make something absent operable without becoming transcendent? == Transition == If symbols and their effects require no immaterial source, they also require no plan written in advance. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan|Section 1.5]] examines how order and function can remain real without becoming evidence of a final purpose. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 4ab7a7d7glaid1q7ljgywqk84mb8c9w 4671010 4670960 2026-09-18T19:16:13Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish discrimination, recognition, situated reference, and error 4671010 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.4 – The Symbol Is Not Transcendent == The previous chapter located thought within materially organised systems. A further problem now appears. If a symbol can refer, be reused, and make something absent operable, does it require a realm of meaning distinct from its physical support? The answer developed here is no. Symbols are materially realised, but their materiality does not reduce them to ink, sound, voltage, or neural activity considered in isolation. A symbolic operation depends on an organised system that can discriminate a difference, inscribe it, recognise later occurrences through symbols, and establish relations among symbols. Representation remains real; transcendence is unnecessary. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a material difference, a trace, a mark, and a symbol; * explain how the inaugural inscription co-constitutes a mark and a first symbol; * state why marks are passive while symbolic relations can reorganise a system; * defend representation without introducing an immaterial signified; * distinguish functional absence from an ontological elsewhere; * identify what evidence would be needed before calling a process symbolic. The guiding question is: '''How can a material system represent what is not locally present without transferring meaning to another world?''' == Why the symbol can appear transcendent == Symbols seem to exceed their immediate supports. The same word can be printed in different fonts, spoken by different voices, or stored as different electrical states. A mathematical relation can be used in distant places and times. A legal document can change what people may do even though its physical marks do not resemble the actions it regulates. These facts encourage two shortcuts. The first treats meaning as an ideal object that the material sign merely carries. The second reacts by denying representation and reducing a symbol to whatever physical event happens to support it. Neither is adequate. The first separates meaning from operation; the second loses the organised capacity that makes one material occurrence legible through another. Derrida, Lacan, and Heidegger each challenged simple accounts of signs and presence in different ways (Derrida 1982; Lacan 1981; Heidegger 1971). The criticism tested here is not that they all posit an immaterial substance. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, or linguistic disclosure can be explained without leaving their material realisation secondary. The issue is a philosophical disagreement about explanatory priority, not a claim that these distinct projects are secretly identical. == From difference to symbol == The relevant sequence begins before there is a symbol. # A '''material difference''' occurs: a variation in a field, object, signal, gesture, or inscription. # It becomes a '''trace''' when an organised system discriminates that difference as a new or previously unknown material configuration under a material protocol. # In the inaugural '''inscription''', a passive '''mark''' and a first '''symbol''' are co-constituted. # The mark is the materially stabilised configuration. It does not recognise, compare, or act. # The symbol is the materially realised instance through which the mark becomes legible to the system. # A later occurrence may be recognised as an instance under the already inscribed mark, producing an additional symbol without repeating the inaugural inscription. # The system can establish relations among symbols, and those relations can modulate further operations. Discrimination, recognition, reference, and error must be kept distinct. Discrimination occurs when a capable system treats a material difference as new or previously unknown. Recognition occurs when a later occurrence is treated under an available mark; that occurrence then constitutes a new symbolic instance rather than a new inscription. Reference is situated: through that symbol, the system can make the marked configuration relevant to other symbolic operations, including when the configuration is absent from the present location. Error remains possible. An occurrence may be recognised under the wrong mark, or a correct recognition may be related to other symbols in a way that supports a failed prediction or intervention. Material realisation therefore explains how representation operates; it does not make representation infallible. This account does not claim that a difference becomes symbolic merely by persisting. A pattern in a rock is not a symbol simply because an observer could notice it. The relevant question is which organised system discriminates the difference, by which protocol, and with what subsequent symbolic effects. == Representation without an ideal realm == A symbol represents a mark. This representational relation is internal to a materially organised process: the mark, the symbol, the recognising protocol, and the later effects all require material realisation. Nothing has to cross from an ideal domain into a physical one. Representation is therefore preserved, but its scope is specified. The symbol is not a miniature copy of an external object and does not contain an immaterial meaning. By relating symbols, a system can nevertheless make a non-local or no-longer-present configuration operable. A medical record can bring a prior measurement into a current decision; a map can orient action towards a place that is not visible; a mathematical notation can preserve a relation across different material inscriptions. The absence involved in these cases is functional, not ontological. The represented configuration may be missing from the present location. It still belongs to the same material field, and its local absence does not make it immaterial. == What performs the reorganisation? == It is tempting to say that a symbol acts, compares, or reorganises. That formulation is too compressed. A mark is passive. A symbol is a material instance of legibility. The organised system performs operations by establishing and modifying relations among symbols. This distinction matters whenever agency is attributed. A warning icon on a screen does not inspect the situation or decide what to do. Within a system of sensors, software, users, protocols, and institutions, the icon can participate in symbolic relations that alter action. The effect is real. It belongs to the organised coupling and cannot be assigned to the isolated sign. Operative excess helps explain why new symbolic relations may become necessary. When the operations possible within or demanded of a symbolically organised system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate, the system may produce a new inscription or reorganise existing relations. Excess creates pressure; it does not guarantee success, meaning, or persistence. == Worked example: a laboratory alert == Consider a laboratory system that monitors temperature. # A sensor registers a material variation. # A protocol discriminates a range as relevant to the experiment. # During calibration, an inaugural inscription establishes a materially preserved mark and a first symbol under which the range becomes legible. # Later readings are recognised as instances under that mark and produce further symbolic instances. # The system relates those symbols to other symbols: time, sample identity, tolerance, and response procedure. # A visible alert can then alter what trained users do. The alert is not an immaterial meaning attached to a coloured shape. Nor does the shape act by itself. Its efficacy depends on the material-symbolic organisation that can recognise and relate it. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Symbols are material | A physical description of their support is a complete symbolic explanation |- | A symbol represents a mark | Meaning exists in an ideal realm or the symbol resembles an external object |- | Marks are passive | Marks are unreal or causally irrelevant as material configurations |- | Systems relate symbols | Every responsive system is already symbolic |- | Functional absence is real | Absence constitutes a second ontological domain |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a persistent material pattern not automatically a mark or a symbol? * What is co-constituted in the inaugural inscription? * Why do later recognitions not repeat that inscription? * Which operations belong to the organised system? Why can they not be attributed to the mark? * How can a symbol make something absent operable without becoming transcendent? == Transition == If symbols and their effects require no immaterial source, they also require no plan written in advance. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan|Section 1.5]] examines how order and function can remain real without becoming evidence of a final purpose. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} q5l8uvlc48qndbx5xk1e1w0o4th5hs6 4671079 4671010 2026-09-18T21:27:58Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671079 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.4 – The Symbol Is Not Transcendent == The previous chapter located thought within materially organised systems. A further problem now appears. If a symbol can refer, be reused, and make something absent operable, does it require a realm of meaning distinct from its physical support? The answer developed here is no. Symbols are materially realised, but their materiality does not reduce them to ink, sound, voltage, or neural activity considered in isolation. A symbolic operation depends on an organised system that can discriminate a difference, inscribe it, recognise later occurrences through symbols, and establish relations among symbols. Representation remains real; transcendence is unnecessary. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a material difference, a trace, a mark, and a symbol; * explain how the inaugural inscription co-constitutes a mark and a first symbol; * state why marks are passive while symbolic relations can reorganise a system; * defend representation without introducing an immaterial signified; * distinguish functional absence from an ontological elsewhere; * identify what evidence would be needed before calling a process symbolic. The guiding question is: '''How can a material system represent what is not locally present without transferring meaning to another world?''' == Why the symbol can appear transcendent == Symbols seem to exceed their immediate supports. The same word can be printed in different fonts, spoken by different voices, or stored as different electrical states. A mathematical relation can be used in distant places and times. A legal document can change what people may do even though its physical marks do not resemble the actions it regulates. These facts encourage two shortcuts. The first treats meaning as an ideal object that the material sign merely carries. The second reacts by denying representation and reducing a symbol to whatever physical event happens to support it. Neither is adequate. The first separates meaning from operation; the second loses the organised capacity that makes one material occurrence legible through another. Derrida, Lacan, and Heidegger each challenged simple accounts of signs and presence in different ways (Derrida 1982; Lacan 1981; Heidegger 1971). The criticism tested here is not that they all posit an immaterial substance. It asks whether trace, symbolic order, or linguistic disclosure can be explained without leaving their material realisation secondary. The issue is a philosophical disagreement about explanatory priority, not a claim that these distinct projects are secretly identical. == From difference to symbol == The relevant sequence begins before there is a symbol. # A '''material difference''' occurs: a variation in a field, object, signal, gesture, or inscription. # It becomes a '''trace''' when an organised system discriminates that difference as a new or previously unknown material configuration under a material protocol. # In the inaugural '''inscription''', a passive '''mark''' and a first '''symbol''' are co-constituted. # The mark is the materially stabilised configuration. It does not recognise, compare, or act. # The symbol is the materially realised instance through which the mark becomes legible to the system. # A later occurrence may be recognised as an instance under the already inscribed mark, producing an additional symbol without repeating the inaugural inscription. # The system can establish relations among symbols, and those relations can modulate further operations. Discrimination, recognition, reference, and error must be kept distinct. Discrimination occurs when a capable system treats a material difference as new or previously unknown. Recognition occurs when a later occurrence is treated under an available mark; that occurrence then constitutes a new symbolic instance rather than a new inscription. Reference is situated: through that symbol, the system can make the marked configuration relevant to other symbolic operations, including when the configuration is absent from the present location. Error remains possible. An occurrence may be recognised under the wrong mark, or a correct recognition may be related to other symbols in a way that supports a failed prediction or intervention. Material realisation therefore explains how representation operates; it does not make representation infallible. This account does not claim that a difference becomes symbolic merely by persisting. A pattern in a rock is not a symbol simply because an observer could notice it. The relevant question is which organised system discriminates the difference, by which protocol, and with what subsequent symbolic effects. == Representation without an ideal realm == A symbol represents a mark. This representational relation is internal to a materially organised process: the mark, the symbol, the recognising protocol, and the later effects all require material realisation. Nothing has to cross from an ideal domain into a physical one. Representation is therefore preserved, but its scope is specified. The symbol is not a miniature copy of an external object and does not contain an immaterial meaning. By relating symbols, a system can nevertheless make a non-local or no-longer-present configuration operable. A medical record can bring a prior measurement into a current decision; a map can orient action towards a place that is not visible; a mathematical notation can preserve a relation across different material inscriptions. The absence involved in these cases is functional, not ontological. The represented configuration may be missing from the present location. It still belongs to the same material field, and its local absence does not make it immaterial. == What performs the reorganisation? == It is tempting to say that a symbol acts, compares, or reorganises. That formulation is too compressed. A mark is passive. A symbol is a material instance of legibility. The organised system performs operations by establishing and modifying relations among symbols. This distinction matters whenever agency is attributed. A warning icon on a screen does not inspect the situation or decide what to do. Within a system of sensors, software, users, protocols, and institutions, the icon can participate in symbolic relations that alter action. The effect is real. It belongs to the organised coupling and cannot be assigned to the isolated sign. Operative excess explains why a symbolic form must be reorganised when the possible or demanded operations of a symbolically organised system exceed what that form can integrate. The excess renders the current form insufficient and forces a reorganisation of inscriptions or symbolic relations. It is the causal motor of the new symbolic form, but it does not predetermine that form or guarantee its truth, meaning, or persistence. == Worked example: a laboratory alert == Consider a laboratory system that monitors temperature. # A sensor registers a material variation. # A protocol discriminates a range as relevant to the experiment. # During calibration, an inaugural inscription establishes a materially preserved mark and a first symbol under which the range becomes legible. # Later readings are recognised as instances under that mark and produce further symbolic instances. # The system relates those symbols to other symbols: time, sample identity, tolerance, and response procedure. # A visible alert can then alter what trained users do. The alert is not an immaterial meaning attached to a coloured shape. Nor does the shape act by itself. Its efficacy depends on the material-symbolic organisation that can recognise and relate it. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Symbols are material | A physical description of their support is a complete symbolic explanation |- | A symbol represents a mark | Meaning exists in an ideal realm or the symbol resembles an external object |- | Marks are passive | Marks are unreal or causally irrelevant as material configurations |- | Systems relate symbols | Every responsive system is already symbolic |- | Functional absence is real | Absence constitutes a second ontological domain |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a persistent material pattern not automatically a mark or a symbol? * What is co-constituted in the inaugural inscription? * Why do later recognitions not repeat that inscription? * Which operations belong to the organised system? Why can they not be attributed to the mark? * How can a symbol make something absent operable without becoming transcendent? == Transition == If symbols and their effects require no immaterial source, they also require no plan written in advance. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan|Section 1.5]] examines how order and function can remain real without becoming evidence of a final purpose. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 8e5dqoynvlxfw7qdh6ambjmvqc99t7g 0 476959 4670916 4670826 2026-09-18T15:15:05Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify teleology, standardise EN-GB and citations, and consolidate references 4670916 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualization of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture in its entirety. To reject dualism is also to reject finality, ground, and design. There is no pre-written plan, no hidden soul awaiting discovery, no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122). It does not express a divine intention. It does not hide a truth to be revealed. It simply operates — locally, relationally, under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of excess. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. The world is not falling from an origin, nor ascending toward a ''telos''. It is reorganising itself continuously, through unstable thresholds of interaction. The real is not the trace of a past intention or the anticipation of a future goal — it is what, under pressure, becomes form. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalized — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no plan, no design. What exists does not follow a vocation — and yet, it organises itself. This is the central wager of the text: organisation without finality. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality has no ground, no soul, no plan — and this absence is not a flaw but the very condition of material emergence. Matter organises itself without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the very condition for the transient stabilisation of systems. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing toward a goal: it reorganises itself locally under pressures of excess, without promise, without loss. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation — it is precisely because it has no predetermined purpose that it reorganises. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility: the world is not secured by any external order, and so depends entirely on its own capacities for reconfiguration and symbolic inscription. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} fzzf1oy3zq2jayemh270wk1qbj8vqcv 4671011 4670916 2026-09-18T19:16:15Z DavidCota64 3507033 Delimit operative excess, qualify instability, and apply British spelling 4671011 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualisation of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture in its entirety. To reject dualism is also to reject finality, ground, and design. There is no pre-written plan, no hidden soul awaiting discovery, no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122). It does not express a divine intention. It does not hide a truth to be revealed. It simply operates — locally, relationally, under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of material relations through functional coupling. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. Material configurations can reorganise when their conditions and couplings change; none is guaranteed to do so continuously. The real is neither a past intention nor a future goal: forms arise and persist through situated relations without a pre-written direction. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalised — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no plan, no design. What exists does not follow a vocation — and yet, it organises itself. This is the central wager of the text: organisation without finality. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality has no ground, no soul, no plan — and this absence is not a flaw but the very condition of material emergence. Matter organises itself without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the very condition for the transient stabilisation of systems. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing toward a goal: it reorganises itself locally under pressures of excess, without promise, without loss. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation — it is precisely because it has no predetermined purpose that it reorganises. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility: the world is not secured by any external order, and so depends entirely on its own capacities for reconfiguration and symbolic inscription. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 2ib0rq9puf06uqjoj94x9soc2ck8c8w 4671032 4671011 2026-09-18T19:56:05Z DavidCota64 3507033 Blind-read correction: separate the rejection of dualism from the independent antiteleological commitment 4671032 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualisation of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture, but the inferential steps must remain distinct. Rejecting dualism does not by itself refute every possible immanent teleology. The framework therefore adopts an additional antiteleological commitment: no cosmic finality or pre-written plan governs material becoming. This does not deny local design, biological function, or situated ends produced within organised systems. There is no hidden soul awaiting discovery and no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122), express a divine intention, or hide a truth to be revealed. It operates locally, relationally, and under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of material relations through functional coupling. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. Material configurations can reorganise when their conditions and couplings change; none is guaranteed to do so continuously. The real is neither a past intention nor a future goal: forms arise and persist through situated relations without a pre-written direction. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalised — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no plan, no design. What exists does not follow a vocation — and yet, it organises itself. This is the central wager of the text: organisation without finality. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality has no ground, no soul, no plan — and this absence is not a flaw but the very condition of material emergence. Matter organises itself without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the very condition for the transient stabilisation of systems. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing toward a goal: it reorganises itself locally under pressures of excess, without promise, without loss. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation — it is precisely because it has no predetermined purpose that it reorganises. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility: the world is not secured by any external order, and so depends entirely on its own capacities for reconfiguration and symbolic inscription. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} qgzk45w2evsbtqpm43olrwbz7uu7vk2 4671033 4671032 2026-09-18T20:02:08Z DavidCota64 3507033 Blind-read correction: restrict operative excess and symbolic inscription to their proper domains 4671033 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualisation of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture, but the inferential steps must remain distinct. Rejecting dualism does not by itself refute every possible immanent teleology. The framework therefore adopts an additional antiteleological commitment: no cosmic finality or pre-written plan governs material becoming. This does not deny local design, biological function, or situated ends produced within organised systems. There is no hidden soul awaiting discovery and no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122), express a divine intention, or hide a truth to be revealed. It operates locally, relationally, and under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of material relations through functional coupling. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. Material configurations can reorganise when their conditions and couplings change; none is guaranteed to do so continuously. The real is neither a past intention nor a future goal: forms arise and persist through situated relations without a pre-written direction. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalised — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no plan, no design. What exists does not follow a vocation — and yet, it organises itself. This is the central wager of the text: organisation without finality. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality has no ground, no soul, no plan — and this absence is not a flaw but the very condition of material emergence. Matter organises itself without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the condition under which systems can stabilise without acquiring a final guarantee. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing towards a goal. Material configurations reorganise under changing constraints and couplings; where symbolic organisation already exists, operative excess may add pressure for revision without forcing it. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation — it is precisely because it has no predetermined purpose that it reorganises. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility. No external order secures the world, so responsibility must be exercised through the situated capacities of material configurations for response and reconfiguration. Symbolic inscription is one local capacity of appropriately organised systems, not a capacity of the world as a whole. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} d6i281g3c8mcne43a9lauz2h9tc7sfj 4671039 4671033 2026-09-18T20:12:45Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify that anti-teleology rejects a cosmic pre-written plan, not situated purposes, designs, or functional ends 4671039 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualisation of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture, but the inferential steps must remain distinct. Rejecting dualism does not by itself refute every possible immanent teleology. The framework therefore adopts an additional antiteleological commitment: no cosmic finality or pre-written plan governs material becoming. This does not deny local design, biological function, or situated ends produced within organised systems. There is no hidden soul awaiting discovery and no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122), express a divine intention, or hide a truth to be revealed. It operates locally, relationally, and under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of material relations through functional coupling. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. Material configurations can reorganise when their conditions and couplings change; none is guaranteed to do so continuously. The real is neither a past intention nor a future goal: forms arise and persist through situated relations without a pre-written direction. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalised — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no cosmic plan or pre-written design governing the whole. What exists need not follow a vocation — and yet material systems can organise themselves, while symbolically capable systems can formulate local purposes and designs. The central wager is organisation without an externally given finality; it does not deny situated projects or functional ends. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality as a whole has no external ground, transcendent soul, or pre-written plan — and this absence is not a flaw but a condition of material emergence. Here, “plan” means a programme antecedent to and governing the real; it does not mean the situated plans, designs, functions, or purposes that some organised systems can produce. Matter can organise without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the condition under which systems can stabilise without acquiring a final guarantee. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing towards a goal. Material configurations reorganise under changing constraints and couplings; where symbolic organisation already exists, operative excess may add pressure for revision without forcing it. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation. Reorganisation does not require a predetermined purpose, even though some systems can develop local purposes after they emerge. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility. No external order secures the world, so responsibility must be exercised through the situated capacities of material configurations for response and reconfiguration. Symbolic inscription is one local capacity of appropriately organised systems, not a capacity of the world as a whole. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} kk45evv7hqv3wcipu6t4w9mvrx38ou4 4671064 4671039 2026-09-18T21:23:51Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671064 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualisation of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture, but the inferential steps must remain distinct. Rejecting dualism does not by itself refute every possible immanent teleology. The framework therefore adopts an additional antiteleological commitment: no cosmic finality or pre-written plan governs material becoming. This does not deny local design, biological function, or situated ends produced within organised systems. There is no hidden soul awaiting discovery and no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122), express a divine intention, or hide a truth to be revealed. It operates locally, relationally, and under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of material relations through functional coupling. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. Material configurations can reorganise when their conditions and couplings change; none is guaranteed to do so continuously. The real is neither a past intention nor a future goal: forms arise and persist through situated relations without a pre-written direction. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalised — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no cosmic plan or pre-written design governing the whole. What exists need not follow a vocation — and yet material systems can organise themselves, while symbolically capable systems can formulate local purposes and designs. The central wager is organisation without an externally given finality; it does not deny situated projects or functional ends. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality as a whole has no external ground, transcendent soul, or pre-written plan — and this absence is not a flaw but a condition of material emergence. Here, “plan” means a programme antecedent to and governing the real; it does not mean the situated plans, designs, functions, or purposes that some organised systems can produce. Matter can organise without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the condition under which systems can stabilise without acquiring a final guarantee. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing towards a goal. Material configurations reorganise under changing constraints and couplings; when materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed the current symbolic or structural form, operative excess may add pressure for revision without forcing it. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation. Reorganisation does not require a predetermined purpose, even though some systems can develop local purposes after they emerge. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility. No external order secures the world, so responsibility must be exercised through the situated capacities of material configurations for response and reconfiguration. Symbolic inscription is one local capacity of appropriately organised systems, not a capacity of the world as a whole. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 6hpeqv0ctfan4xgsni2gfdp71x7tgoh 4671080 4671064 2026-09-18T21:28:01Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671080 wikitext text/x-wiki == 1.5 – No Ground, No Soul, No Plan == Western metaphysics has long been haunted by the dream of a hidden order — a ''telos'' inscribed behind appearances, a logic of finality that guides matter toward its destined form. From the unmoved mover of Aristotle (Aristotle 1984a, 1072) to the divine plan in Augustine (Augustine 2003, 455), from the Spirit’s self-realisation in Hegel (Hegel [1807] 1977, 13) to the cosmic spiritualisation of matter in Teilhard de Chardin (Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959, 139), philosophy has repeatedly imagined that what exists must answer to something beyond — a ground, a soul, a purpose. Dualism is not merely an ontological split; it is the structural foundation of this teleological imaginary. If there are two orders — one ideal and one material, one eternal and one temporal — then the former must guide, redeem, or complete the latter. The existence of a “higher” plane legitimates the idea of progress, direction, and ultimate fulfilment. The world is read as an unfolding script, and matter becomes either a vehicle or an obstacle in the path of transcendence. This ontology refuses such architecture, but the inferential steps must remain distinct. Rejecting dualism does not by itself refute every possible immanent teleology. The framework therefore adopts an additional antiteleological commitment: no cosmic finality or pre-written plan governs material becoming. This does not deny local design, biological function, or situated ends produced within organised systems. There is no hidden soul awaiting discovery and no axis of meaning guiding becoming from behind. Matter does not evolve toward spirit (Spinoza [1677] 1996, 122), express a divine intention, or hide a truth to be revealed. It operates locally, relationally, and under tension. This does not imply chaos. The refusal of finalism is not a celebration of disorder. It is the recognition that coherence does not require a plan. What holds, holds not because it fulfils a purpose, but because it achieves a provisional consistency — through friction, feedback, resonance, and modulation. What we call order is not the realisation of a higher design, but the local stabilisation of material relations through functional coupling. What we call sense is not the echo of essence, but the emergence of operability within a dense field of relations. In this framework, contingency is not lack — it is condition. There is no loss to mourn, no purpose to recover. Material configurations can reorganise when their conditions and couplings change; none is guaranteed to do so continuously. The real is neither a past intention nor a future goal: forms arise and persist through situated relations without a pre-written direction. The argument rejects metaphysical models in which history, life, or matter fulfils a destination fixed in advance. It therefore contests Hegelian progress towards reconciliation, theological eschatology, and any reading of complexity science that turns local self-organisation into a universal tendency towards higher order (Hegel [1807] 1977, 27; Bergson 1911, 103; Kauffman 1995, 223). Models of self-organisation need not themselves be teleological. The critical question is whether direction is demonstrated at the scale under study or projected retrospectively onto the process. There is no ground. No soul. No plan. Only matter — ungrounded, unsaved, and unfinalised — folding into consistencies without guarantee. What emerges is not what should be, but what manages to hold — temporarily, incompletely, but operatively. And that is enough. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == ''(For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.)'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This fifth text marks a decisive shift in the consolidation of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity: it is here that the most explicit rupture with Western theological, teleological, and metaphysical inheritances takes place. While previous texts had already rejected dualisms, transcendences, and essentialisms, this one affirms — without reservation — that there is no ground, no soul, no plan. On this account, reality as a whole is not guided, not redeemable, not finalizable. This move dismantles the entire edifice of classical philosophy, from Aristotle to contemporary complexity theory, rejecting both final causality and the more modern insinuation of a “natural tendency” toward order, progress, or functional harmony. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The central question here is: can the real be thought without purpose, plan, or orienting essence? The text shows how Western philosophy — even in secular and modern versions — continues to operate under the belief that matter must respond to something “more”: a meaning, a destiny, a soul, or an invisible rationality. The chapter dismantles that presupposition. There is no cosmic plan or pre-written design governing the whole. What exists need not follow a vocation — and yet material systems can organise themselves, while symbolically capable systems can formulate local purposes and designs. The central wager is organisation without an externally given finality; it does not deny situated projects or functional ends. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The thesis can be stated as follows: reality as a whole has no external ground, transcendent soul, or pre-written plan — and this absence is not a flaw but a condition of material emergence. Here, “plan” means a programme antecedent to and governing the real; it does not mean the situated plans, designs, functions, or purposes that some organised systems can produce. Matter can organise without external direction, through local compatibilities, operational thresholds, and functional couplings. Functional coupling designates contingent junctions between partial structures, which, even in the absence of any plan, produce provisionally consistent and operative forms. What emerges is not what “should” be, but what manages to sustain itself. In this framework, contingency is not a sign of disorder but the condition under which systems can stabilise without acquiring a final guarantee. The world is neither falling from an origin nor progressing towards a goal. Material configurations reorganise under changing constraints and couplings; when available compatibilities exceed the present symbolic or structural form, operative excess renders that form insufficient and forces reorganisation without dictating the form that will emerge. === 4. Key Concepts and Articulations === * '''Rejection of teleology''': no direction is inscribed in matter; the real does not fulfil a plan — it operates from within. * '''Denial of ground''': there is no ontological foundation where meaning rests — only operations of transient consistency. * '''Functional coupling''': a form of local junction between partial systems that produces operative stabilisations without any prior blueprint. * '''Contingency as condition''': what happens is not error or deviation. Reorganisation does not require a predetermined purpose, even though some systems can develop local purposes after they emerge. * '''Reconfiguration without redemption''': what stabilises does so without promising salvation or progress. The refusal of a plan does not lead to nihilism — it leads to immanent responsibility. No external order secures the world, so responsibility must be exercised through the situated capacities of material configurations for response and reconfiguration. Symbolic inscription is one local capacity of appropriately organised systems, not a capacity of the world as a whole. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === This text challenges one of the most deeply rooted structures of philosophical and theological tradition: the assumption that reality must have a goal, a beginning, or a direction in order to be intelligible. The argument refuses this model. What renders something consistent is not its fidelity to a plan, but its capacity to operate functional relations under pressure. Pedagogical pathways for deeper engagement: * Map the subtle forms of teleology present in contemporary theories of self-organisation, evolution, or history. * Distinguish between emergent coherence and projected finalism. * Explore the concept of functional coupling as a form of organisation without plan. * Exercise: take a scientific, political, or artistic explanation that presupposes an inevitable direction and rewrite it through the lens of local organisation without telos. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 4jqwqouh950da4t1eurp3id80zt7qrx 0 476961 4670917 4670840 2026-09-18T15:15:23Z DavidCota64 3507033 Remove self-authorising formulations while preserving the materialist argument 4670917 wikitext text/x-wiki To say that matter is the only substrate can sound self-contradictory in a philosophy that rejects ultimate grounds. The apparent contradiction disappears once two senses of ''substrate'' are separated. The chapter rejects a '''substratum''': an inert layer lying beneath appearances and waiting to receive form. It retains “only substrate” as a negative ontological commitment: nothing that exists requires an immaterial substance, a transcendent plane, or a disembodied principle. There is one material field, internally differentiated and capable of producing heterogeneous regimes of organisation. The position developed here is therefore materialist without treating matter as dead stuff, and non-reductive without adding a second world. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish matter from a passive metaphysical substratum; * explain why materialism does not entail physicalist reduction; * separate operative effect from agency; * understand how one field can contain different regimes and scales; * state what “material sufficiency” does and does not claim. The guiding question is: '''How can every process be material without every adequate explanation being written in the vocabulary of fundamental physics?''' == No metaphysical floor == Classical and modern philosophies often picture matter through a contrast. In hylomorphic descriptions it can appear as what receives form; in Cartesian dualism extension is distinguished from thought; in other systems a material order is supplemented by mind, spirit, value, or intelligible structure. The systems differ, and none should be reduced to a slogan. What matters here is the recurrent explanatory gesture: material processes are treated as insufficient until another principle gives them identity, intelligibility, or direction. This chapter refuses that supplement. Matter does not sit beneath the world as a featureless base. It names the whole immanent field of interactions, constraints, differences, and possible effects. A body, equation, memory, institution, and computer model differ in their organisation. None needs an immaterial component in order to be real. This is a claim of '''material sufficiency'''. It does not mean that current science already explains everything. It means that an unexplained phenomenon does not license the introduction of a non-material cause. Gaps in knowledge remain questions for inquiry, not entrances to another ontological domain. “Matter operates” must also be distinguished from “matter is universally agentive”. Rivers erode, metals expand, and storms alter coastlines. These are operative effects. Symbolic agency requires more specific capacities: material support, discrimination, inscription, recognition through symbols, relations between symbols, and the modulation of further action. The field is active without every configuration becoming a subject. == Materialism is not physicalism == Physicalism covers several doctrines. Many versions claim that every fact is ultimately fixed by physical facts or that a completed physics would supply the most fundamental description of everything. The OEC makes a different claim. All configurations are materially dependent, yet the vocabulary adequate to one regime may be insufficient for another. A chemical reaction must be physically possible. Chemical concepts nevertheless identify patterns that are not usefully replaced by a list of elementary interactions. An organism depends on chemistry. Metabolism, regulation, and ecological dependence require biological descriptions. A legal institution depends on bodies, documents, buildings, servers, and repeated practices. Its powers cannot be identified by measuring those supports alone. This is not an argument for mysterious higher substances. It is an argument about '''organisation and explanatory scale'''. New capacities become operative when material relations cross functional thresholds. The capacity remains materially realised, but it belongs to the configuration as organised, not to each component taken separately. Three positions should therefore be distinguished: {| class="wikitable" ! Position ! Central claim ! Response developed here |- | Reductive physicalism | One fundamental vocabulary is sufficient in principle | Material dependence does not erase regime-specific organisation |- | Ontological dualism | Mind, meaning, or value requires a second kind of substance | Symbolic and ethical operations remain materially realised |- | Threshold materialism | One field produces heterogeneous capacities at specific organisational thresholds | Adopted, provided every claimed capacity is demonstrated through its effects |} The last proviso is important. Calling a process “emergent” is not an alternative to explaining it. The analysis must identify the relevant relations, the threshold, and the new operation. == Matter as an immanent, self-modulating field == “Self-modulating” does not mean that the field forms an intentional whole which directs itself. It means that changes in material relations can alter the conditions of further operation without an external organiser. Feedback, constraint, and functional coupling can stabilise a configuration; perturbations can reorganise or dissolve it. This formulation learns from process philosophies and theories of individuation while declining to turn process into a deeper reserve. Simondon’s metastability and Deleuze’s immanence help displace static substance. The OEC nevertheless resists treating the pre-individual or the virtual as a domain that already contains the new capacity in another form. Material conditions enable and constrain emergence; they do not constitute a hidden inventory of everything that will occur. Scientific descriptions can illuminate such processes, but they must not be converted into metaphysical proof. The dynamics of fields, phase transitions, and far-from-equilibrium systems show that contemporary science does not require the old image of inert matter. No single scientific theory, however, establishes the ontology of the book. The philosophical claim is assessed by its coherence across regimes and by its capacity to guide inquiry without contradicting empirical knowledge. == Heterogeneity without separate worlds == One material field can sustain radically different organisations. “One” refers to ontological continuity, not to homogeneity. The molecular, cellular, organismic, technical, symbolic, institutional, and planetary are analytical scales and regimes within the same field. They interact, constrain one another, and sometimes form new couplings. No scale has automatic explanatory privilege. Smaller does not mean more real; larger does not mean more complete. An account of molecular bonds can be indispensable to a study of a medicine while remaining insufficient to explain access to that medicine. Conversely, an institutional account cannot suspend pharmacology. Adequate explanation may require several scales whose relations are stated rather than collapsed. The same point prevents a hierarchy of substances. Biological organisation is not a second world added to physics. Symbolic organisation is not a third world added to life. Historically known symbolic systems depend on biological and technical supports. Their defining criteria are functional and remain open to configurations beyond any single species. What changes at a threshold is what the configuration can do. == Position among contemporary materialisms == This framework shares several commitments with contemporary materialisms: refusal of passive matter, criticism of anthropocentrism, and attention to the material efficacy of representations and institutions. It differs where vitality or agency is attributed too widely. Jane Bennett’s language of vibrant matter, for example, productively directs attention to non-human effects and assemblages. The OEC preserves that insight while reserving agency for configurations that meet explicit functional criteria. This restriction is not a return to human supremacy. It allows non-human agency in principle, but prevents every causal contribution from being renamed agency. The resulting position is '''threshold materialism'''. It holds together four claims: # all actual processes are materially realised; # matter is organised heterogeneously rather than uniformly; # new capacities can become operative at thresholds of functional coupling; # no capacity should be attributed without evidence appropriate to the regime. == Worked example: a digital medical record == A digital medical record helps clarify material sufficiency without reduction. # The record depends on electrical activity, storage media, networks, screens, bodies, and trained users. # A measurement becomes available through a protocol and a material inscription. # Symbols relate the measurement to diagnoses, prior results, uncertainty, and possible interventions. # Institutional rules determine who may read or alter the record. # Those symbolic and institutional operations can change treatment and redistribute exposure to benefit or harm. Nothing in this process is immaterial. Yet a description of voltages alone would not explain the clinical meaning, access rules, or ethical consequences. Different vocabularies track different organisations of the same material field. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Matter is the only substrate | Matter is an inert foundation beneath the world |- | The field is immanent | Every process is equally accessible to physics |- | Matter has operative effects | Every material configuration is an agent |- | Regimes are irreducible in description | Regimes are separate substances or worlds |- | Symbolic operations are material | Meanings can be read directly from their physical supports |} == Check your understanding == * Why is material sufficiency a constraint on explanation rather than a completed explanation? * What would be lost by describing an institution only at the molecular scale? * How can a capacity be irreducible to its components without becoming immaterial? * Which evidence would be required before calling a technical system symbolically agentive? * Why does “one field” not imply “one vocabulary”? == Transition == If material configurations require no external ground, their persistence cannot be guaranteed by one. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|Section 1.7]] examines instability as the condition under which local order, history, and emergence become possible. For the preceding refusal of ground and teleology, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/No Ground, No Soul, No Plan|Section 1.5]]. Bibliographic details are gathered in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} su5ncqis4itdjlwgz02mjxynoz1v23h 0 476962 4670918 4670772 2026-09-18T15:15:39Z DavidCota64 3507033 Remove self-authorising formulations while preserving the account of instability 4670918 wikitext text/x-wiki Instability is not the opposite of order. It is the absence of any final guarantee that an order will persist. A configuration can be highly regular, durable, and predictable while remaining dependent on conditions that may change. This chapter therefore treats stability as a local achievement within instability, not as the original state from which change deviates. This claim is ontological, but it must be used carefully. It does not say that everything changes rapidly, that laws are unreliable, or that disorder is preferable to organisation. It says that no configuration is self-sufficient or exempt from the relations that sustain it. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish instability from chaos, randomness, and visible volatility; * explain conditional stability without reducing it to illusion; * separate instability from operative excess; * understand why novelty requires instability but instability does not guarantee novelty; * show how this chapter completes the seven commitments of Part I. The guiding question is: '''What makes a stable configuration real without making its stability absolute?''' == Instability as an ontological condition == A bridge, organism, language, and star persist over very different intervals and through different mechanisms. Each can be treated as a configuration because its relations remain sufficiently consistent for the question being asked. None exists independently of those relations. Loads, maintenance, metabolism, communication, or physical interactions sustain its continuity. Instability names this dependence on variable conditions. It is not a hidden force underneath every event. Nor is it the prediction that collapse is imminent. A configuration is unstable in the technical sense used here because a change in its sustaining relations can perturb, reorganise, or dissolve it. This definition produces an important shift: * stability is not denied; it is explained; * change is not an exception; it is a standing possibility; * persistence is not inertia; it is continued material organisation; * order is not universal; it is local to a configuration, scale, and interval. The expression “to be is to be unstable” should therefore be read as “to exist materially is to depend on relations that do not carry an eternal guarantee”. == What instability is not == Instability is easily confused with neighbouring concepts. {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning ! Relation to the present use of instability |- | Disorder | Absence of a selected pattern or failure of a particular organisation | A system may be unstable without appearing disordered |- | Randomness | A statistical or epistemic property defined within a model | Instability is not established merely by unpredictability |- | Deterministic chaos | Sensitive dependence within specified nonlinear dynamics | A scientific case of complex behaviour, not the definition of the ontological operator |- | Volatility | Rapid or large observable variation | A slowly changing configuration can remain conditionally stable |- | Fragility | Low resistance to a relevant perturbation | Some unstable configurations are nevertheless very robust |} These distinctions protect the argument from a common shortcut: using “instability” as a dramatic synonym for whatever is complicated or uncertain. == Conditional stability across regimes == The concept applies differently according to scale and regime. A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice under a wide range of ordinary conditions. Its stability is real and measurable. It remains conditional upon temperature, pressure, chemical environment, and the structure of the material. The philosophical point is not that the crystal is secretly chaotic, but that its order does not explain or guarantee itself. A living cell persists through active regulation: exchanges across a membrane, repair, energy use, and coordination among processes. Here stability is visibly dynamic. Suspending the relevant exchanges does not reveal a permanent substance beneath them; it interrupts the organisation that maintained the cell. A legal institution persists through documents, procedures, buildings, technical systems, trained participants, enforcement, and public recognition. Its continuity is neither merely mental nor reducible to the paper on which rules are written. It is a material-symbolic achievement reproduced through many couplings. The examples are not interchangeable. Crystal formation does not constitute symbolic decision; institutional revision is not a phase transition in the physical sense. They demonstrate a shared analytical question: '''which relations maintain this order, and what changes would exceed its capacity to persist in its present form?''' == Instability and formal systems == Formal reasoning does not escape every limit by becoming abstract. Gödel’s incompleteness theorems show, under precise conditions, that sufficiently expressive consistent formal systems cannot prove every arithmetical truth expressible within them. Turing’s halting result shows that no general algorithm decides for every programme and input whether the programme will halt. These results should not be turned into metaphors about matter. They concern formal systems and computation, not the ontology of physical processes. Their relevance is limited but instructive: even exact symbolic constructions have domains, assumptions, and internal limits. They do not justify the OEC’s ontology, but they undermine the easy ideal of a single, complete, self-validating symbolic closure. The analogy must stop there. Ontological instability is not a theorem of logic, and logical incompleteness is not material instability. Rigour depends on preserving the difference. == Instability and operative excess == Instability and operative excess are connected but not identical. '''Instability''' concerns persistence: no configuration is finally guaranteed against perturbation or reorganisation. '''Operative excess''' concerns integration: operations available to, imposed upon, or made possible within a system exceed what its present organisation can integrate. A stone exposed to erosion illustrates instability without thereby possessing a symbolic organisation under operative excess. A research programme confronted by results that its conceptual framework cannot integrate may exhibit both: its established order is vulnerable to revision, and the required operations exceed its current symbolic form. Operative excess can press a system towards invention, but it can also overwhelm it. Instability makes reorganisation possible; it does not guarantee that a new order will emerge. == Novelty without romanticising disruption == If every configuration were absolutely fixed, no new relation or capacity could become operative. In this restricted sense, novelty requires instability. Yet it would be a serious mistake to conclude that greater instability is always better. Disruption can destroy capacities, erase memory, sever support, and concentrate harm. An ecosystem may lose relations faster than new couplings can form. An institution may be destabilised in ways that remove mechanisms of protection without creating more responsive ones. Ethical and political analysis must therefore distinguish generative reorganisation from destructive disorganisation. The argument affirms neither chaos nor disruption. It affirms the openness of material configurations to variation while asking what capacities survive, what new couplings become possible, and how exposure is redistributed. This also clarifies the relation between instability and emergence: # a configuration depends on variable material conditions; # a perturbation or internal tension changes the relations; # new couplings may form if enabling conditions are present; # a new capacity counts as emergent only when its effects become operative; # the resulting local order remains conditionally stable. The sequence is analytical, not a universal timetable. Many perturbations produce no novelty; many thresholds are approached without being crossed. == Worked example: a candle flame == A candle flame appears as a stable object, but it is a maintained pattern. # Wax melts and is transported through the wick. # Fuel vapour interacts with oxygen. # Heat sustains further melting and combustion. # The visible form persists while these processes remain coupled. # Remove fuel or oxygen, or alter the conditions sufficiently, and the flame disappears. The flame is neither unreal nor permanent. Its stability consists in the continued reproduction of a pattern through flow. It offers a simple model of local order, although organisms and institutions require additional concepts that the flame does not instantiate. Now change scale. A laboratory can keep the flame burning under controlled conditions for a long interval. The increased stability results from further couplings — equipment, monitoring, procedures, and intervention — not from escape from instability. Control extends a local order; it does not confer metaphysical permanence. == Closing Part I: seven commitments, one field == Part I has established a connected position: # no metaphysical dualism; # no duplicated world behind or above this one; # thought as a materially realised capacity rather than an immaterial subject; # symbolisation as an immanent material operation; # no transcendent ground, soul, or plan; # matter as the only substrate, without physicalist reduction; # instability as the condition of every local order. These commitments do not form a deductive system from which the rest of the book follows automatically. They define the field within which its method and operators will be tested. Part II turns from what the framework commits to towards how inquiry should proceed when no final standpoint is available. == Check your understanding == * Can something be stable for millions of years and still be unstable in the sense used here? * Why does unpredictability alone not establish ontological instability? * What is the difference between instability and operative excess? * Why does novelty require instability without being guaranteed by it? * Which additional capacities distinguish an institution from the candle-flame example? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response|Section 2.1]] begins the methodological part of the book: thought is approached as a situated response within the same unstable field, not as observation from outside it. For the materialist commitment on which this chapter depends, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate|Section 1.6]]. {{BookCat}} 5iam5ktuuwjkcd5r8m1hw1zdkpkss1t 4670952 4670918 2026-09-18T16:16:20Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restrict operative excess to symbolically organised systems 4670952 wikitext text/x-wiki Instability is not the opposite of order. It is the absence of any final guarantee that an order will persist. A configuration can be highly regular, durable, and predictable while remaining dependent on conditions that may change. This chapter therefore treats stability as a local achievement within instability, not as the original state from which change deviates. This claim is ontological, but it must be used carefully. It does not say that everything changes rapidly, that laws are unreliable, or that disorder is preferable to organisation. It says that no configuration is self-sufficient or exempt from the relations that sustain it. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish instability from chaos, randomness, and visible volatility; * explain conditional stability without reducing it to illusion; * separate instability from operative excess; * understand why novelty requires instability but instability does not guarantee novelty; * show how this chapter completes the seven commitments of Part I. The guiding question is: '''What makes a stable configuration real without making its stability absolute?''' == Instability as an ontological condition == A bridge, organism, language, and star persist over very different intervals and through different mechanisms. Each can be treated as a configuration because its relations remain sufficiently consistent for the question being asked. None exists independently of those relations. Loads, maintenance, metabolism, communication, or physical interactions sustain its continuity. Instability names this dependence on variable conditions. It is not a hidden force underneath every event. Nor is it the prediction that collapse is imminent. A configuration is unstable in the technical sense used here because a change in its sustaining relations can perturb, reorganise, or dissolve it. This definition produces an important shift: * stability is not denied; it is explained; * change is not an exception; it is a standing possibility; * persistence is not inertia; it is continued material organisation; * order is not universal; it is local to a configuration, scale, and interval. The expression “to be is to be unstable” should therefore be read as “to exist materially is to depend on relations that do not carry an eternal guarantee”. == What instability is not == Instability is easily confused with neighbouring concepts. {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning ! Relation to the present use of instability |- | Disorder | Absence of a selected pattern or failure of a particular organisation | A system may be unstable without appearing disordered |- | Randomness | A statistical or epistemic property defined within a model | Instability is not established merely by unpredictability |- | Deterministic chaos | Sensitive dependence within specified nonlinear dynamics | A scientific case of complex behaviour, not the definition of the ontological operator |- | Volatility | Rapid or large observable variation | A slowly changing configuration can remain conditionally stable |- | Fragility | Low resistance to a relevant perturbation | Some unstable configurations are nevertheless very robust |} These distinctions protect the argument from a common shortcut: using “instability” as a dramatic synonym for whatever is complicated or uncertain. == Conditional stability across regimes == The concept applies differently according to scale and regime. A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice under a wide range of ordinary conditions. Its stability is real and measurable. It remains conditional upon temperature, pressure, chemical environment, and the structure of the material. The philosophical point is not that the crystal is secretly chaotic, but that its order does not explain or guarantee itself. A living cell persists through active regulation: exchanges across a membrane, repair, energy use, and coordination among processes. Here stability is visibly dynamic. Suspending the relevant exchanges does not reveal a permanent substance beneath them; it interrupts the organisation that maintained the cell. A legal institution persists through documents, procedures, buildings, technical systems, trained participants, enforcement, and public recognition. Its continuity is neither merely mental nor reducible to the paper on which rules are written. It is a material-symbolic achievement reproduced through many couplings. The examples are not interchangeable. Crystal formation does not constitute symbolic decision; institutional revision is not a phase transition in the physical sense. They demonstrate a shared analytical question: '''which relations maintain this order, and what changes would exceed its capacity to persist in its present form?''' == Instability and formal systems == Formal reasoning does not escape every limit by becoming abstract. Gödel’s incompleteness theorems show, under precise conditions, that sufficiently expressive consistent formal systems cannot prove every arithmetical truth expressible within them. Turing’s halting result shows that no general algorithm decides for every programme and input whether the programme will halt. These results should not be turned into metaphors about matter. They concern formal systems and computation, not the ontology of physical processes. Their relevance is limited but instructive: even exact symbolic constructions have domains, assumptions, and internal limits. They do not justify the OEC’s ontology, but they undermine the easy ideal of a single, complete, self-validating symbolic closure. The analogy must stop there. Ontological instability is not a theorem of logic, and logical incompleteness is not material instability. Rigour depends on preserving the difference. == Instability and operative excess == Instability and operative excess are connected but not identical. '''Instability''' concerns persistence: no configuration is finally guaranteed against perturbation or reorganisation. '''Operative excess''' concerns integration within a symbolically organised system: operations possible within or demanded of the system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. A stone exposed to erosion illustrates instability without thereby possessing a symbolic organisation under operative excess. A research programme confronted by results that its conceptual framework cannot integrate may exhibit both: its established order is vulnerable to revision, and the required operations exceed its current symbolic form. Operative excess can press a system towards invention, but it can also overwhelm it. Instability makes reorganisation possible; it does not guarantee that a new order will emerge. == Novelty without romanticising disruption == If every configuration were absolutely fixed, no new relation or capacity could become operative. In this restricted sense, novelty requires instability. Yet it would be a serious mistake to conclude that greater instability is always better. Disruption can destroy capacities, erase memory, sever support, and concentrate harm. An ecosystem may lose relations faster than new couplings can form. An institution may be destabilised in ways that remove mechanisms of protection without creating more responsive ones. Ethical and political analysis must therefore distinguish generative reorganisation from destructive disorganisation. The argument affirms neither chaos nor disruption. It affirms the openness of material configurations to variation while asking what capacities survive, what new couplings become possible, and how exposure is redistributed. This also clarifies the relation between instability and emergence: # a configuration depends on variable material conditions; # a perturbation or internal tension changes the relations; # new couplings may form if enabling conditions are present; # a new capacity counts as emergent only when its effects become operative; # the resulting local order remains conditionally stable. The sequence is analytical, not a universal timetable. Many perturbations produce no novelty; many thresholds are approached without being crossed. == Worked example: a candle flame == A candle flame appears as a stable object, but it is a maintained pattern. # Wax melts and is transported through the wick. # Fuel vapour interacts with oxygen. # Heat sustains further melting and combustion. # The visible form persists while these processes remain coupled. # Remove fuel or oxygen, or alter the conditions sufficiently, and the flame disappears. The flame is neither unreal nor permanent. Its stability consists in the continued reproduction of a pattern through flow. It offers a simple model of local order, although organisms and institutions require additional concepts that the flame does not instantiate. Now change scale. A laboratory can keep the flame burning under controlled conditions for a long interval. The increased stability results from further couplings — equipment, monitoring, procedures, and intervention — not from escape from instability. Control extends a local order; it does not confer metaphysical permanence. == Closing Part I: seven commitments, one field == Part I has established a connected position: # no metaphysical dualism; # no duplicated world behind or above this one; # thought as a materially realised capacity rather than an immaterial subject; # symbolisation as an immanent material operation; # no transcendent ground, soul, or plan; # matter as the only substrate, without physicalist reduction; # instability as the condition of every local order. These commitments do not form a deductive system from which the rest of the book follows automatically. They define the field within which its method and operators will be tested. Part II turns from what the framework commits to towards how inquiry should proceed when no final standpoint is available. == Check your understanding == * Can something be stable for millions of years and still be unstable in the sense used here? * Why does unpredictability alone not establish ontological instability? * What is the difference between instability and operative excess? * Why does novelty require instability without being guaranteed by it? * Which additional capacities distinguish an institution from the candle-flame example? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response|Section 2.1]] begins the methodological part of the book: thought is approached as a situated response within the same unstable field, not as observation from outside it. For the materialist commitment on which this chapter depends, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate|Section 1.6]]. {{BookCat}} 10ynd0x8jk5me0q4d7u0yytzyuxl365 4671012 4670952 2026-09-18T19:16:18Z DavidCota64 3507033 Open the account of instability with contrasting material cases 4671012 wikitext text/x-wiki A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice for a vast interval; a flame persists only while flows continue; a legal institution can retain its name while its practices change. Durability alone makes none of them self-sufficient. The problem is to explain real persistence without converting it into an unconditional guarantee. Instability is not the opposite of order. It names the dependence of every local order on relations and conditions that may change. A configuration can be highly regular, durable, and predictable while remaining dependent on conditions that may change. This chapter therefore treats stability as a local achievement within instability, not as the original state from which change deviates. This claim is ontological, but it must be used carefully. It does not say that everything changes rapidly, that laws are unreliable, or that disorder is preferable to organisation. It says that no configuration is self-sufficient or exempt from the relations that sustain it. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish instability from chaos, randomness, and visible volatility; * explain conditional stability without reducing it to illusion; * separate instability from operative excess; * understand why novelty requires instability but instability does not guarantee novelty; * show how this chapter completes the seven commitments of Part I. The guiding question is: '''What makes a stable configuration real without making its stability absolute?''' == Instability as an ontological condition == A bridge, organism, language, and star persist over very different intervals and through different mechanisms. Each can be treated as a configuration because its relations remain sufficiently consistent for the question being asked. None exists independently of those relations. Loads, maintenance, metabolism, communication, or physical interactions sustain its continuity. Instability names this dependence on variable conditions. It is not a hidden force underneath every event. Nor is it the prediction that collapse is imminent. A configuration is unstable in the technical sense used here because a change in its sustaining relations can perturb, reorganise, or dissolve it. This definition produces an important shift: * stability is not denied; it is explained; * change is not an exception; it is a standing possibility; * persistence is not inertia; it is continued material organisation; * order is not universal; it is local to a configuration, scale, and interval. The expression “to be is to be unstable” should therefore be read as “to exist materially is to depend on relations that do not carry an eternal guarantee”. == What instability is not == Instability is easily confused with neighbouring concepts. {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning ! Relation to the present use of instability |- | Disorder | Absence of a selected pattern or failure of a particular organisation | A system may be unstable without appearing disordered |- | Randomness | A statistical or epistemic property defined within a model | Instability is not established merely by unpredictability |- | Deterministic chaos | Sensitive dependence within specified nonlinear dynamics | A scientific case of complex behaviour, not the definition of the ontological operator |- | Volatility | Rapid or large observable variation | A slowly changing configuration can remain conditionally stable |- | Fragility | Low resistance to a relevant perturbation | Some unstable configurations are nevertheless very robust |} These distinctions protect the argument from a common shortcut: using “instability” as a dramatic synonym for whatever is complicated or uncertain. == Conditional stability across regimes == The concept applies differently according to scale and regime. A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice under a wide range of ordinary conditions. Its stability is real and measurable. It remains conditional upon temperature, pressure, chemical environment, and the structure of the material. The philosophical point is not that the crystal is secretly chaotic, but that its order does not explain or guarantee itself. A living cell persists through active regulation: exchanges across a membrane, repair, energy use, and coordination among processes. Here stability is visibly dynamic. Suspending the relevant exchanges does not reveal a permanent substance beneath them; it interrupts the organisation that maintained the cell. A legal institution persists through documents, procedures, buildings, technical systems, trained participants, enforcement, and public recognition. Its continuity is neither merely mental nor reducible to the paper on which rules are written. It is a material-symbolic achievement reproduced through many couplings. The examples are not interchangeable. Crystal formation does not constitute symbolic decision; institutional revision is not a phase transition in the physical sense. They demonstrate a shared analytical question: '''which relations maintain this order, and what changes would exceed its capacity to persist in its present form?''' == Instability and formal systems == Formal reasoning does not escape every limit by becoming abstract. Gödel’s incompleteness theorems show, under precise conditions, that sufficiently expressive consistent formal systems cannot prove every arithmetical truth expressible within them. Turing’s halting result shows that no general algorithm decides for every programme and input whether the programme will halt. These results should not be turned into metaphors about matter. They concern formal systems and computation, not the ontology of physical processes. Their relevance is limited but instructive: even exact symbolic constructions have domains, assumptions, and internal limits. They do not justify the OEC’s ontology, but they undermine the easy ideal of a single, complete, self-validating symbolic closure. The analogy must stop there. Ontological instability is not a theorem of logic, and logical incompleteness is not material instability. Rigour depends on preserving the difference. == Instability and operative excess == Instability and operative excess are connected but not identical. '''Instability''' concerns persistence: no configuration is finally guaranteed against perturbation or reorganisation. '''Operative excess''' concerns integration within a symbolically organised system: operations possible within or demanded of the system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. A stone exposed to erosion illustrates instability without thereby possessing a symbolic organisation under operative excess. A research programme confronted by results that its conceptual framework cannot integrate may exhibit both: its established order is vulnerable to revision, and the required operations exceed its current symbolic form. Operative excess can press a system towards invention, but it can also overwhelm it. Instability makes reorganisation possible; it does not guarantee that a new order will emerge. == Novelty without romanticising disruption == If every configuration were absolutely fixed, no new relation or capacity could become operative. In this restricted sense, novelty requires instability. Yet it would be a serious mistake to conclude that greater instability is always better. Disruption can destroy capacities, erase memory, sever support, and concentrate harm. An ecosystem may lose relations faster than new couplings can form. An institution may be destabilised in ways that remove mechanisms of protection without creating more responsive ones. Ethical and political analysis must therefore distinguish generative reorganisation from destructive disorganisation. The argument affirms neither chaos nor disruption. It affirms the openness of material configurations to variation while asking what capacities survive, what new couplings become possible, and how exposure is redistributed. This also clarifies the relation between instability and emergence: # a configuration depends on variable material conditions; # a perturbation or internal tension changes the relations; # new couplings may form if enabling conditions are present; # a new capacity counts as emergent only when its effects become operative; # the resulting local order remains conditionally stable. The sequence is analytical, not a universal timetable. Many perturbations produce no novelty; many thresholds are approached without being crossed. == Worked example: a candle flame == A candle flame appears as a stable object, but it is a maintained pattern. # Wax melts and is transported through the wick. # Fuel vapour interacts with oxygen. # Heat sustains further melting and combustion. # The visible form persists while these processes remain coupled. # Remove fuel or oxygen, or alter the conditions sufficiently, and the flame disappears. The flame is neither unreal nor permanent. Its stability consists in the continued reproduction of a pattern through flow. It offers a simple model of local order, although organisms and institutions require additional concepts that the flame does not instantiate. Now change scale. A laboratory can keep the flame burning under controlled conditions for a long interval. The increased stability results from further couplings — equipment, monitoring, procedures, and intervention — not from escape from instability. Control extends a local order; it does not confer metaphysical permanence. == Closing Part I: seven commitments, one field == Part I has established a connected position: # no metaphysical dualism; # no duplicated world behind or above this one; # thought as a materially realised capacity rather than an immaterial subject; # symbolisation as an immanent material operation; # no transcendent ground, soul, or plan; # matter as the only substrate, without physicalist reduction; # instability as the condition of every local order. These commitments do not form a deductive system from which the rest of the book follows automatically. They define the field within which its method and operators will be tested. Part II turns from what the framework commits to towards how inquiry should proceed when no final standpoint is available. == Check your understanding == * Can something be stable for millions of years and still be unstable in the sense used here? * Why does unpredictability alone not establish ontological instability? * What is the difference between instability and operative excess? * Why does novelty require instability without being guaranteed by it? * Which additional capacities distinguish an institution from the candle-flame example? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response|Section 2.1]] begins the methodological part of the book: thought is approached as a situated response within the same unstable field, not as observation from outside it. For the materialist commitment on which this chapter depends, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate|Section 1.6]]. {{BookCat}} dkvsj8un34o1d5q1fxmzf9foeiltk1i 4671057 4671012 2026-09-18T21:23:24Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671057 wikitext text/x-wiki A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice for a vast interval; a flame persists only while flows continue; a legal institution can retain its name while its practices change. Durability alone makes none of them self-sufficient. The problem is to explain real persistence without converting it into an unconditional guarantee. Instability is not the opposite of order. It names the dependence of every local order on relations and conditions that may change. A configuration can be highly regular, durable, and predictable while remaining dependent on conditions that may change. This chapter therefore treats stability as a local achievement within instability, not as the original state from which change deviates. This claim is ontological, but it must be used carefully. It does not say that everything changes rapidly, that laws are unreliable, or that disorder is preferable to organisation. It says that no configuration is self-sufficient or exempt from the relations that sustain it. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish instability from chaos, randomness, and visible volatility; * explain conditional stability without reducing it to illusion; * separate instability from operative excess; * understand why novelty requires instability but instability does not guarantee novelty; * show how this chapter completes the seven commitments of Part I. The guiding question is: '''What makes a stable configuration real without making its stability absolute?''' == Instability as an ontological condition == A bridge, organism, language, and star persist over very different intervals and through different mechanisms. Each can be treated as a configuration because its relations remain sufficiently consistent for the question being asked. None exists independently of those relations. Loads, maintenance, metabolism, communication, or physical interactions sustain its continuity. Instability names this dependence on variable conditions. It is not a hidden force underneath every event. Nor is it the prediction that collapse is imminent. A configuration is unstable in the technical sense used here because a change in its sustaining relations can perturb, reorganise, or dissolve it. This definition produces an important shift: * stability is not denied; it is explained; * change is not an exception; it is a standing possibility; * persistence is not inertia; it is continued material organisation; * order is not universal; it is local to a configuration, scale, and interval. The expression “to be is to be unstable” should therefore be read as “to exist materially is to depend on relations that do not carry an eternal guarantee”. == What instability is not == Instability is easily confused with neighbouring concepts. {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning ! Relation to the present use of instability |- | Disorder | Absence of a selected pattern or failure of a particular organisation | A system may be unstable without appearing disordered |- | Randomness | A statistical or epistemic property defined within a model | Instability is not established merely by unpredictability |- | Deterministic chaos | Sensitive dependence within specified nonlinear dynamics | A scientific case of complex behaviour, not the definition of the ontological operator |- | Volatility | Rapid or large observable variation | A slowly changing configuration can remain conditionally stable |- | Fragility | Low resistance to a relevant perturbation | Some unstable configurations are nevertheless very robust |} These distinctions protect the argument from a common shortcut: using “instability” as a dramatic synonym for whatever is complicated or uncertain. == Conditional stability across regimes == The concept applies differently according to scale and regime. A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice under a wide range of ordinary conditions. Its stability is real and measurable. It remains conditional upon temperature, pressure, chemical environment, and the structure of the material. The philosophical point is not that the crystal is secretly chaotic, but that its order does not explain or guarantee itself. A living cell persists through active regulation: exchanges across a membrane, repair, energy use, and coordination among processes. Here stability is visibly dynamic. Suspending the relevant exchanges does not reveal a permanent substance beneath them; it interrupts the organisation that maintained the cell. A legal institution persists through documents, procedures, buildings, technical systems, trained participants, enforcement, and public recognition. Its continuity is neither merely mental nor reducible to the paper on which rules are written. It is a material-symbolic achievement reproduced through many couplings. The examples are not interchangeable. Crystal formation does not constitute symbolic decision; institutional revision is not a phase transition in the physical sense. They demonstrate a shared analytical question: '''which relations maintain this order, and what changes would exceed its capacity to persist in its present form?''' == Instability and formal systems == Formal reasoning does not escape every limit by becoming abstract. Gödel’s incompleteness theorems show, under precise conditions, that sufficiently expressive consistent formal systems cannot prove every arithmetical truth expressible within them. Turing’s halting result shows that no general algorithm decides for every programme and input whether the programme will halt. These results should not be turned into metaphors about matter. They concern formal systems and computation, not the ontology of physical processes. Their relevance is limited but instructive: even exact symbolic constructions have domains, assumptions, and internal limits. They do not justify the OEC’s ontology, but they undermine the easy ideal of a single, complete, self-validating symbolic closure. The analogy must stop there. Ontological instability is not a theorem of logic, and logical incompleteness is not material instability. Rigour depends on preserving the difference. == Instability and operative excess == Instability and operative excess are connected but not identical. '''Instability''' concerns persistence: no configuration is finally guaranteed against perturbation or reorganisation. '''Operative excess''' concerns a system in which materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. A stone exposed to erosion illustrates instability without thereby establishing operative excess: erosion alone does not show that the operations or compatibilities materially possible in the stone–environment system exceed its current structural form. A research programme confronted by results that its conceptual framework cannot integrate may exhibit both: its established order is vulnerable to revision, and the required operations exceed its current symbolic form. Operative excess can press a system towards invention, but it can also overwhelm it. Instability makes reorganisation possible; it does not guarantee that a new order will emerge. == Novelty without romanticising disruption == If every configuration were absolutely fixed, no new relation or capacity could become operative. In this restricted sense, novelty requires instability. Yet it would be a serious mistake to conclude that greater instability is always better. Disruption can destroy capacities, erase memory, sever support, and concentrate harm. An ecosystem may lose relations faster than new couplings can form. An institution may be destabilised in ways that remove mechanisms of protection without creating more responsive ones. Ethical and political analysis must therefore distinguish generative reorganisation from destructive disorganisation. The argument affirms neither chaos nor disruption. It affirms the openness of material configurations to variation while asking what capacities survive, what new couplings become possible, and how exposure is redistributed. This also clarifies the relation between instability and emergence: # a configuration depends on variable material conditions; # a perturbation or internal tension changes the relations; # new couplings may form if enabling conditions are present; # a new capacity counts as emergent only when its effects become operative; # the resulting local order remains conditionally stable. The sequence is analytical, not a universal timetable. Many perturbations produce no novelty; many thresholds are approached without being crossed. == Worked example: a candle flame == A candle flame appears as a stable object, but it is a maintained pattern. # Wax melts and is transported through the wick. # Fuel vapour interacts with oxygen. # Heat sustains further melting and combustion. # The visible form persists while these processes remain coupled. # Remove fuel or oxygen, or alter the conditions sufficiently, and the flame disappears. The flame is neither unreal nor permanent. Its stability consists in the continued reproduction of a pattern through flow. It offers a simple model of local order, although organisms and institutions require additional concepts that the flame does not instantiate. Now change scale. A laboratory can keep the flame burning under controlled conditions for a long interval. The increased stability results from further couplings — equipment, monitoring, procedures, and intervention — not from escape from instability. Control extends a local order; it does not confer metaphysical permanence. == Closing Part I: seven commitments, one field == Part I has established a connected position: # no metaphysical dualism; # no duplicated world behind or above this one; # thought as a materially realised capacity rather than an immaterial subject; # symbolisation as an immanent material operation; # no transcendent ground, soul, or plan; # matter as the only substrate, without physicalist reduction; # instability as the condition of every local order. These commitments do not form a deductive system from which the rest of the book follows automatically. They define the field within which its method and operators will be tested. Part II turns from what the framework commits to towards how inquiry should proceed when no final standpoint is available. == Check your understanding == * Can something be stable for millions of years and still be unstable in the sense used here? * Why does unpredictability alone not establish ontological instability? * What is the difference between instability and operative excess? * Why does novelty require instability without being guaranteed by it? * Which additional capacities distinguish an institution from the candle-flame example? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response|Section 2.1]] begins the methodological part of the book: thought is approached as a situated response within the same unstable field, not as observation from outside it. For the materialist commitment on which this chapter depends, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate|Section 1.6]]. {{BookCat}} 7vaslje2t3hkygunua7mjerrm5c435b 4671072 4671057 2026-09-18T21:27:30Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671072 wikitext text/x-wiki A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice for a vast interval; a flame persists only while flows continue; a legal institution can retain its name while its practices change. Durability alone makes none of them self-sufficient. The problem is to explain real persistence without converting it into an unconditional guarantee. Instability is not the opposite of order. It names the dependence of every local order on relations and conditions that may change. A configuration can be highly regular, durable, and predictable while remaining dependent on conditions that may change. This chapter therefore treats stability as a local achievement within instability, not as the original state from which change deviates. This claim is ontological, but it must be used carefully. It does not say that everything changes rapidly, that laws are unreliable, or that disorder is preferable to organisation. It says that no configuration is self-sufficient or exempt from the relations that sustain it. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish instability from chaos, randomness, and visible volatility; * explain conditional stability without reducing it to illusion; * separate instability from operative excess; * understand why novelty requires instability but instability does not guarantee novelty; * show how this chapter completes the seven commitments of Part I. The guiding question is: '''What makes a stable configuration real without making its stability absolute?''' == Instability as an ontological condition == A bridge, organism, language, and star persist over very different intervals and through different mechanisms. Each can be treated as a configuration because its relations remain sufficiently consistent for the question being asked. None exists independently of those relations. Loads, maintenance, metabolism, communication, or physical interactions sustain its continuity. Instability names this dependence on variable conditions. It is not a hidden force underneath every event. Nor is it the prediction that collapse is imminent. A configuration is unstable in the technical sense used here because a change in its sustaining relations can perturb, reorganise, or dissolve it. This definition produces an important shift: * stability is not denied; it is explained; * change is not an exception; it is a standing possibility; * persistence is not inertia; it is continued material organisation; * order is not universal; it is local to a configuration, scale, and interval. The expression “to be is to be unstable” should therefore be read as “to exist materially is to depend on relations that do not carry an eternal guarantee”. == What instability is not == Instability is easily confused with neighbouring concepts. {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning ! Relation to the present use of instability |- | Disorder | Absence of a selected pattern or failure of a particular organisation | A system may be unstable without appearing disordered |- | Randomness | A statistical or epistemic property defined within a model | Instability is not established merely by unpredictability |- | Deterministic chaos | Sensitive dependence within specified nonlinear dynamics | A scientific case of complex behaviour, not the definition of the ontological operator |- | Volatility | Rapid or large observable variation | A slowly changing configuration can remain conditionally stable |- | Fragility | Low resistance to a relevant perturbation | Some unstable configurations are nevertheless very robust |} These distinctions protect the argument from a common shortcut: using “instability” as a dramatic synonym for whatever is complicated or uncertain. == Conditional stability across regimes == The concept applies differently according to scale and regime. A crystal can preserve an ordered lattice under a wide range of ordinary conditions. Its stability is real and measurable. It remains conditional upon temperature, pressure, chemical environment, and the structure of the material. The philosophical point is not that the crystal is secretly chaotic, but that its order does not explain or guarantee itself. A living cell persists through active regulation: exchanges across a membrane, repair, energy use, and coordination among processes. Here stability is visibly dynamic. Suspending the relevant exchanges does not reveal a permanent substance beneath them; it interrupts the organisation that maintained the cell. A legal institution persists through documents, procedures, buildings, technical systems, trained participants, enforcement, and public recognition. Its continuity is neither merely mental nor reducible to the paper on which rules are written. It is a material-symbolic achievement reproduced through many couplings. The examples are not interchangeable. Crystal formation does not constitute symbolic decision; institutional revision is not a phase transition in the physical sense. They demonstrate a shared analytical question: '''which relations maintain this order, and what changes would exceed its capacity to persist in its present form?''' == Instability and formal systems == Formal reasoning does not escape every limit by becoming abstract. Gödel’s incompleteness theorems show, under precise conditions, that sufficiently expressive consistent formal systems cannot prove every arithmetical truth expressible within them. Turing’s halting result shows that no general algorithm decides for every programme and input whether the programme will halt. These results should not be turned into metaphors about matter. They concern formal systems and computation, not the ontology of physical processes. Their relevance is limited but instructive: even exact symbolic constructions have domains, assumptions, and internal limits. They do not justify the OEC’s ontology, but they undermine the easy ideal of a single, complete, self-validating symbolic closure. The analogy must stop there. Ontological instability is not a theorem of logic, and logical incompleteness is not material instability. Rigour depends on preserving the difference. == Instability and operative excess == Instability and operative excess are connected but not identical. '''Instability''' concerns persistence: no configuration is finally guaranteed against perturbation or reorganisation. '''Operative excess''' concerns a system in which materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. A stone exposed to erosion illustrates instability without thereby establishing operative excess: erosion alone does not show that the operations or compatibilities materially possible in the stone–environment system exceed its current structural form. A research programme confronted by results that its conceptual framework cannot integrate may exhibit both: its established order is vulnerable to revision, and the required operations exceed its current symbolic form. Operative excess renders the present symbolic or structural form insufficient and forces reorganisation. Instability makes variation possible; operative excess is the affirmative causal motor of emergence. Neither predetermines the concrete form that will emerge. == Novelty without romanticising disruption == If every configuration were absolutely fixed, no new relation or capacity could become operative. In this restricted sense, novelty requires instability. Yet it would be a serious mistake to conclude that greater instability is always better. Disruption can destroy capacities, erase memory, sever support, and concentrate harm. An ecosystem may lose relations faster than new couplings can form. An institution may be destabilised in ways that remove mechanisms of protection without creating more responsive ones. Ethical and political analysis must therefore distinguish generative reorganisation from destructive disorganisation. The argument affirms neither chaos nor disruption. It affirms the openness of material configurations to variation while asking what capacities survive, what new couplings become possible, and how exposure is redistributed. This also clarifies the relation between instability and emergence: # a configuration depends on variable material conditions; # a perturbation or internal tension changes the relations; # new couplings may form if enabling conditions are present; # a new capacity counts as emergent only when its effects become operative; # the resulting local order remains conditionally stable. The sequence is analytical, not a universal timetable. Many perturbations produce no novelty; many thresholds are approached without being crossed. == Worked example: a candle flame == A candle flame appears as a stable object, but it is a maintained pattern. # Wax melts and is transported through the wick. # Fuel vapour interacts with oxygen. # Heat sustains further melting and combustion. # The visible form persists while these processes remain coupled. # Remove fuel or oxygen, or alter the conditions sufficiently, and the flame disappears. The flame is neither unreal nor permanent. Its stability consists in the continued reproduction of a pattern through flow. It offers a simple model of local order, although organisms and institutions require additional concepts that the flame does not instantiate. Now change scale. A laboratory can keep the flame burning under controlled conditions for a long interval. The increased stability results from further couplings — equipment, monitoring, procedures, and intervention — not from escape from instability. Control extends a local order; it does not confer metaphysical permanence. == Closing Part I: seven commitments, one field == Part I has established a connected position: # no metaphysical dualism; # no duplicated world behind or above this one; # thought as a materially realised capacity rather than an immaterial subject; # symbolisation as an immanent material operation; # no transcendent ground, soul, or plan; # matter as the only substrate, without physicalist reduction; # instability as the condition of every local order. These commitments do not form a deductive system from which the rest of the book follows automatically. They define the field within which its method and operators will be tested. Part II turns from what the framework commits to towards how inquiry should proceed when no final standpoint is available. == Check your understanding == * Can something be stable for millions of years and still be unstable in the sense used here? * Why does unpredictability alone not establish ontological instability? * What is the difference between instability and operative excess? * Why does novelty require instability without being guaranteed by it? * Which additional capacities distinguish an institution from the candle-flame example? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Thought as Singular Response|Section 2.1]] begins the methodological part of the book: thought is approached as a situated response within the same unstable field, not as observation from outside it. For the materialist commitment on which this chapter depends, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Matter as the Only Substrate|Section 1.6]]. {{BookCat}} 70ju51e71lw3wjp74ojz748yv3tnguf 0 476963 4670920 4670827 2026-09-18T15:22:22Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild the chapter around situated inquiry, evidence, and criticisable singular response 4670920 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.1 – Thought as Singular Response == Part I established a field without an external ground or final guarantee. Part II asks what this requires of inquiry. If no universal standpoint stands outside the material configuration under study, thought cannot begin by forcing every problem through the same conceptual grid. It must respond to the specific resistance of the phenomenon. A singular response is not a private opinion or an improvisation without rules. It is an answer whose form is constrained by the configuration that calls for it. The response remains accountable to evidence, logical consistency, and the consequences of its distinctions. Singularity removes a guarantee in advance; it does not remove standards of assessment. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a method from a recipe that predetermines its result; * explain why a situated response can remain objective and criticisable; * separate response from reaction and originality from arbitrariness; * identify the roles of evidence, correspondence, and operative coherence; * explain why a concept should enter only when the phenomenon requires it; * assess whether the form of an argument serves its problem. The guiding question is: '''How can thought answer a singular configuration without becoming arbitrary?''' == Method without a universal recipe == Descartes sought rules capable of directing reason reliably, while Hegel treated method as inseparable from the movement of the concept (Descartes 1996; Hegel [1812–1816] 1969). These projects differ profoundly. The concern developed here is narrower: a procedure becomes inadequate when it determines in advance which differences can count and how every problem must be resolved. This is not an argument against method in science, logic, history, or philosophy. Reproducible procedures, explicit criteria, and valid inference are indispensable within their domains. The refusal concerns the elevation of one method into a universal form that makes the phenomenon illustrate the framework. A disciplined inquiry may use many methods while allowing the object to determine which are relevant. The sequence is therefore: # describe the phenomenon in the terms appropriate to its field; # identify the resistance that existing distinctions cannot resolve; # test whether a new operator is necessary; # formulate the smallest distinction that answers that resistance; # confront the result with evidence, relevant mechanisms, counterexamples, and alternative explanations. The concept arrives because the inquiry needs it. It should not appear merely to display allegiance to a philosophical vocabulary. == Singularity belongs to the configuration == “Singular” does not mean unique because a particular author created it. The singularity belongs first to the material arrangement of the problem: its scale, history, constraints, available evidence, and unresolved tensions. Two investigators may answer the same configuration differently, but their proposals are not equally adequate merely because both are situated. A response can be assessed by asking: * Does it preserve the relevant evidence? * Does it identify the mechanism and avoid merely renaming the difficulty? * Does it distinguish what the case supports from what remains uncertain? * Does it survive a plausible counterexample? * Does it produce a clearer and more testable organisation of the problem? The configuration constrains the response without dictating a single sentence or concept. Objectivity here means answerability to what resists the inquiry; it requires more than agreement and claims no view from nowhere. == Response is not reaction == A reaction can reproduce an established pattern automatically. A response, in the technical sense used here, reorganises symbolic relations because the present organisation proves insufficient. Simondon’s account of individuation helps describe why a metastable configuration can change without developing a form already completed in advance (Simondon 2005). The present chapter retains that attention to tension while refusing to treat every tension as a problem destined for resolution. Operative excess names the relevant pressure: possible or demanded operations exceed what the current symbolic form can integrate. The result may be invention, revision, suspension, or failure. Excess can create pressure for a response, but it neither makes a particular response necessary nor guarantees that one will be true or successful. No specific substrate should be assumed by definition. Human philosophical thought is realised through living bodies, technical supports, languages, and institutions. Claims about non-biological thought require independent evidence of symbolic inscription, relations among symbols, recursive modulation, and effects on further action. They cannot be inferred from complexity alone. == Rigour after the loss of guarantee == The absence of a universal recipe makes rigour more important. Three tests are central. {| class="wikitable" ! Test ! Question |- | Internal consistency | Can the distinctions coexist without contradiction? |- | Material correspondence | Do the claims remain answerable to the evidence and mechanisms of the case? |- | Operative adequacy | Does the response reorganise the problem without hiding relevant differences or creating unnecessary metaphysical commitments? |} Operative power cannot replace truth. A concept may be rhetorically productive and still misdescribe the phenomenon. Conversely, a careful description may force the framework to revise one of its own operators. That possibility is not a weakness; it is the practical meaning of exposure to the real. Laruelle’s critique of philosophical sovereignty is relevant at this point because it challenges philosophy’s claim to legislate over its object (Laruelle 1996). The chapter does not adopt non-philosophy as a method. It retains the more limited demand that philosophy must not exempt its own categories from the conditions of inquiry. == Worked example: deciding whether a system uses symbols == Suppose a technical system changes its output after receiving new data. # A ready-made method labels any input-output adaptation “symbolic”. # The phenomenon resists that label because ordinary feedback can change output without inscription or relations among symbols. # The inquiry therefore asks what is discriminated, what is inscribed, how later occurrences are recognised, and which symbol-to-symbol relations modulate action. # If those mechanisms are absent, the symbolic description is withdrawn. # If they are present, the claim is stated with its evidence and without inferring consciousness automatically. The response is singular because it follows the organisation of the case. It is rigorous because another investigator can challenge each step. == Writing as part of the response == The form of a philosophical text should make the movement of the inquiry visible: resistance, attempted explanation, insufficiency, distinction, and consequence. Style contributes to that operation; no page needs a unique format. Headings, tables, examples, and repeated pedagogical devices are legitimate when they help the reader reconstruct the argument. The decisive test is functional. Does the form allow the phenomenon to resist the framework, or does it present a doctrine whose conclusion was fixed before the inquiry began? == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Thought is situated | Every interpretation is equally valid |- | No universal recipe guarantees the result | Methods and standards are unnecessary |- | A response is singular | It is valuable merely because it is original |- | Concepts reorganise problems | Conceptual productivity makes a claim true |- | The phenomenon has priority | Inquiry can proceed without prior knowledge or instruments |} == Check your understanding == * What distinguishes a singular response from a subjective preference? * When does a method become a grid imposed on its object? * Why can operative excess produce failure as well as invention? * Which test prevents conceptual usefulness from replacing truth? * How can a counterexample improve an inquiry? == Transition == A response is possible only if the existing symbolic organisation can be affected by what it does not yet integrate. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Listening as Ontological Exposure|Section 2.2]] calls this condition “listening” and asks how exposure differs from passive reception. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} e1ham1w5wnd4hj8le58ax7zuysqf7vw 4671058 4670920 2026-09-18T21:23:27Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671058 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.1 – Thought as Singular Response == Part I established a field without an external ground or final guarantee. Part II asks what this requires of inquiry. If no universal standpoint stands outside the material configuration under study, thought cannot begin by forcing every problem through the same conceptual grid. It must respond to the specific resistance of the phenomenon. A singular response is not a private opinion or an improvisation without rules. It is an answer whose form is constrained by the configuration that calls for it. The response remains accountable to evidence, logical consistency, and the consequences of its distinctions. Singularity removes a guarantee in advance; it does not remove standards of assessment. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a method from a recipe that predetermines its result; * explain why a situated response can remain objective and criticisable; * separate response from reaction and originality from arbitrariness; * identify the roles of evidence, correspondence, and operative coherence; * explain why a concept should enter only when the phenomenon requires it; * assess whether the form of an argument serves its problem. The guiding question is: '''How can thought answer a singular configuration without becoming arbitrary?''' == Method without a universal recipe == Descartes sought rules capable of directing reason reliably, while Hegel treated method as inseparable from the movement of the concept (Descartes 1996; Hegel [1812–1816] 1969). These projects differ profoundly. The concern developed here is narrower: a procedure becomes inadequate when it determines in advance which differences can count and how every problem must be resolved. This is not an argument against method in science, logic, history, or philosophy. Reproducible procedures, explicit criteria, and valid inference are indispensable within their domains. The refusal concerns the elevation of one method into a universal form that makes the phenomenon illustrate the framework. A disciplined inquiry may use many methods while allowing the object to determine which are relevant. The sequence is therefore: # describe the phenomenon in the terms appropriate to its field; # identify the resistance that existing distinctions cannot resolve; # test whether a new operator is necessary; # formulate the smallest distinction that answers that resistance; # confront the result with evidence, relevant mechanisms, counterexamples, and alternative explanations. The concept arrives because the inquiry needs it. It should not appear merely to display allegiance to a philosophical vocabulary. == Singularity belongs to the configuration == “Singular” does not mean unique because a particular author created it. The singularity belongs first to the material arrangement of the problem: its scale, history, constraints, available evidence, and unresolved tensions. Two investigators may answer the same configuration differently, but their proposals are not equally adequate merely because both are situated. A response can be assessed by asking: * Does it preserve the relevant evidence? * Does it identify the mechanism and avoid merely renaming the difficulty? * Does it distinguish what the case supports from what remains uncertain? * Does it survive a plausible counterexample? * Does it produce a clearer and more testable organisation of the problem? The configuration constrains the response without dictating a single sentence or concept. Objectivity here means answerability to what resists the inquiry; it requires more than agreement and claims no view from nowhere. == Response is not reaction == A reaction can reproduce an established pattern automatically. A response, in the technical sense used here, reorganises symbolic relations because the present organisation proves insufficient. Simondon’s account of individuation helps describe why a metastable configuration can change without developing a form already completed in advance (Simondon 2005). The present chapter retains that attention to tension while refusing to treat every tension as a problem destined for resolution. Operative excess names the relevant pressure: materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what the current symbolic or structural form can integrate. In thought and inquiry, this often appears as possible or demanded operations outrunning a symbolic form. The result may be invention, revision, suspension, or failure. Excess can create pressure for a response, but it neither makes a particular response necessary nor guarantees that one will be true or successful. No specific substrate should be assumed by definition. Human philosophical thought is realised through living bodies, technical supports, languages, and institutions. Claims about non-biological thought require independent evidence of symbolic inscription, relations among symbols, recursive modulation, and effects on further action. They cannot be inferred from complexity alone. == Rigour after the loss of guarantee == The absence of a universal recipe makes rigour more important. Three tests are central. {| class="wikitable" ! Test ! Question |- | Internal consistency | Can the distinctions coexist without contradiction? |- | Material correspondence | Do the claims remain answerable to the evidence and mechanisms of the case? |- | Operative adequacy | Does the response reorganise the problem without hiding relevant differences or creating unnecessary metaphysical commitments? |} Operative power cannot replace truth. A concept may be rhetorically productive and still misdescribe the phenomenon. Conversely, a careful description may force the framework to revise one of its own operators. That possibility is not a weakness; it is the practical meaning of exposure to the real. Laruelle’s critique of philosophical sovereignty is relevant at this point because it challenges philosophy’s claim to legislate over its object (Laruelle 1996). The chapter does not adopt non-philosophy as a method. It retains the more limited demand that philosophy must not exempt its own categories from the conditions of inquiry. == Worked example: deciding whether a system uses symbols == Suppose a technical system changes its output after receiving new data. # A ready-made method labels any input-output adaptation “symbolic”. # The phenomenon resists that label because ordinary feedback can change output without inscription or relations among symbols. # The inquiry therefore asks what is discriminated, what is inscribed, how later occurrences are recognised, and which symbol-to-symbol relations modulate action. # If those mechanisms are absent, the symbolic description is withdrawn. # If they are present, the claim is stated with its evidence and without inferring consciousness automatically. The response is singular because it follows the organisation of the case. It is rigorous because another investigator can challenge each step. == Writing as part of the response == The form of a philosophical text should make the movement of the inquiry visible: resistance, attempted explanation, insufficiency, distinction, and consequence. Style contributes to that operation; no page needs a unique format. Headings, tables, examples, and repeated pedagogical devices are legitimate when they help the reader reconstruct the argument. The decisive test is functional. Does the form allow the phenomenon to resist the framework, or does it present a doctrine whose conclusion was fixed before the inquiry began? == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Thought is situated | Every interpretation is equally valid |- | No universal recipe guarantees the result | Methods and standards are unnecessary |- | A response is singular | It is valuable merely because it is original |- | Concepts reorganise problems | Conceptual productivity makes a claim true |- | The phenomenon has priority | Inquiry can proceed without prior knowledge or instruments |} == Check your understanding == * What distinguishes a singular response from a subjective preference? * When does a method become a grid imposed on its object? * Why can operative excess produce failure as well as invention? * Which test prevents conceptual usefulness from replacing truth? * How can a counterexample improve an inquiry? == Transition == A response is possible only if the existing symbolic organisation can be affected by what it does not yet integrate. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Listening as Ontological Exposure|Section 2.2]] calls this condition “listening” and asks how exposure differs from passive reception. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} atupfo57yzora8xgx3kdkq5u0ka4q4h 4671073 4671058 2026-09-18T21:27:38Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671073 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.1 – Thought as Singular Response == Part I established a field without an external ground or final guarantee. Part II asks what this requires of inquiry. If no universal standpoint stands outside the material configuration under study, thought cannot begin by forcing every problem through the same conceptual grid. It must respond to the specific resistance of the phenomenon. A singular response is not a private opinion or an improvisation without rules. It is an answer whose form is constrained by the configuration that calls for it. The response remains accountable to evidence, logical consistency, and the consequences of its distinctions. Singularity removes a guarantee in advance; it does not remove standards of assessment. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a method from a recipe that predetermines its result; * explain why a situated response can remain objective and criticisable; * separate response from reaction and originality from arbitrariness; * identify the roles of evidence, correspondence, and operative coherence; * explain why a concept should enter only when the phenomenon requires it; * assess whether the form of an argument serves its problem. The guiding question is: '''How can thought answer a singular configuration without becoming arbitrary?''' == Method without a universal recipe == Descartes sought rules capable of directing reason reliably, while Hegel treated method as inseparable from the movement of the concept (Descartes 1996; Hegel [1812–1816] 1969). These projects differ profoundly. The concern developed here is narrower: a procedure becomes inadequate when it determines in advance which differences can count and how every problem must be resolved. This is not an argument against method in science, logic, history, or philosophy. Reproducible procedures, explicit criteria, and valid inference are indispensable within their domains. The refusal concerns the elevation of one method into a universal form that makes the phenomenon illustrate the framework. A disciplined inquiry may use many methods while allowing the object to determine which are relevant. The sequence is therefore: # describe the phenomenon in the terms appropriate to its field; # identify the resistance that existing distinctions cannot resolve; # test whether a new operator is necessary; # formulate the smallest distinction that answers that resistance; # confront the result with evidence, relevant mechanisms, counterexamples, and alternative explanations. The concept arrives because the inquiry needs it. It should not appear merely to display allegiance to a philosophical vocabulary. == Singularity belongs to the configuration == “Singular” does not mean unique because a particular author created it. The singularity belongs first to the material arrangement of the problem: its scale, history, constraints, available evidence, and unresolved tensions. Two investigators may answer the same configuration differently, but their proposals are not equally adequate merely because both are situated. A response can be assessed by asking: * Does it preserve the relevant evidence? * Does it identify the mechanism and avoid merely renaming the difficulty? * Does it distinguish what the case supports from what remains uncertain? * Does it survive a plausible counterexample? * Does it produce a clearer and more testable organisation of the problem? The configuration constrains the response without dictating a single sentence or concept. Objectivity here means answerability to what resists the inquiry; it requires more than agreement and claims no view from nowhere. == Response is not reaction == A reaction can reproduce an established pattern automatically. A response, in the technical sense used here, reorganises symbolic relations because the present organisation proves insufficient. Simondon’s account of individuation helps describe why a metastable configuration can change without developing a form already completed in advance (Simondon 2005). The present chapter retains that attention to tension while refusing to treat every tension as a problem destined for resolution. Operative excess names the relevant pressure: materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what the current symbolic or structural form can integrate. In thought and inquiry, this often appears as possible or demanded operations outrunning a symbolic form. The result may be invention, revision, suspension, or failure. Excess forces a reorganisation of response, but it neither makes a particular response necessary nor guarantees that the response will be true or successful. No specific substrate should be assumed by definition. Human philosophical thought is realised through living bodies, technical supports, languages, and institutions. Claims about non-biological thought require independent evidence of symbolic inscription, relations among symbols, recursive modulation, and effects on further action. They cannot be inferred from complexity alone. == Rigour after the loss of guarantee == The absence of a universal recipe makes rigour more important. Three tests are central. {| class="wikitable" ! Test ! Question |- | Internal consistency | Can the distinctions coexist without contradiction? |- | Material correspondence | Do the claims remain answerable to the evidence and mechanisms of the case? |- | Operative adequacy | Does the response reorganise the problem without hiding relevant differences or creating unnecessary metaphysical commitments? |} Operative power cannot replace truth. A concept may be rhetorically productive and still misdescribe the phenomenon. Conversely, a careful description may force the framework to revise one of its own operators. That possibility is not a weakness; it is the practical meaning of exposure to the real. Laruelle’s critique of philosophical sovereignty is relevant at this point because it challenges philosophy’s claim to legislate over its object (Laruelle 1996). The chapter does not adopt non-philosophy as a method. It retains the more limited demand that philosophy must not exempt its own categories from the conditions of inquiry. == Worked example: deciding whether a system uses symbols == Suppose a technical system changes its output after receiving new data. # A ready-made method labels any input-output adaptation “symbolic”. # The phenomenon resists that label because ordinary feedback can change output without inscription or relations among symbols. # The inquiry therefore asks what is discriminated, what is inscribed, how later occurrences are recognised, and which symbol-to-symbol relations modulate action. # If those mechanisms are absent, the symbolic description is withdrawn. # If they are present, the claim is stated with its evidence and without inferring consciousness automatically. The response is singular because it follows the organisation of the case. It is rigorous because another investigator can challenge each step. == Writing as part of the response == The form of a philosophical text should make the movement of the inquiry visible: resistance, attempted explanation, insufficiency, distinction, and consequence. Style contributes to that operation; no page needs a unique format. Headings, tables, examples, and repeated pedagogical devices are legitimate when they help the reader reconstruct the argument. The decisive test is functional. Does the form allow the phenomenon to resist the framework, or does it present a doctrine whose conclusion was fixed before the inquiry began? == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Thought is situated | Every interpretation is equally valid |- | No universal recipe guarantees the result | Methods and standards are unnecessary |- | A response is singular | It is valuable merely because it is original |- | Concepts reorganise problems | Conceptual productivity makes a claim true |- | The phenomenon has priority | Inquiry can proceed without prior knowledge or instruments |} == Check your understanding == * What distinguishes a singular response from a subjective preference? * When does a method become a grid imposed on its object? * Why can operative excess produce failure as well as invention? * Which test prevents conceptual usefulness from replacing truth? * How can a counterexample improve an inquiry? == Transition == A response is possible only if the existing symbolic organisation can be affected by what it does not yet integrate. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/Listening as Ontological Exposure|Section 2.2]] calls this condition “listening” and asks how exposure differs from passive reception. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} mj7had1yydevua824lloebd76bhxgex 0 476964 4670922 4670828 2026-09-18T15:22:40Z DavidCota64 3507033 Define listening through explicit symbolic criteria and distinguish exposure from ethics 4670922 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.2 – Listening as Ontological Exposure == Section 2.1 described thought as a singular response. A response, however, cannot be singular if the system merely repeats what its existing categories already permit. Something in the encounter must be able to alter the organisation through which the encounter becomes legible. This chapter calls that condition '''listening'''. Listening is a technical term here whose scope extends beyond hearing. It cannot name every causal sensitivity. A system listens in the relevant sense when a discriminated difference can enter its symbolic organisation, modify relations among symbols, and alter subsequent operations. Exposure is material; its outcome is not guaranteed. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish hearing, causal response, interpretation, and listening in the technical sense; * explain how exposure differs from both passive reception and sovereign imposition; * identify the symbolic capacities required for listening; * separate a living biossoma from a technical system without deciding the latter’s capacities in advance; * explain why exposure can enable ethical judgement without constituting ethics by itself; * use resistance as a test of whether inquiry has been genuinely altered. The guiding question is: '''What must happen for an encounter to change the symbolic organisation through which it is understood?''' == From hearing to listening == Hearing is an auditory capacity. Listening, in ordinary language, often adds attention or interpretation. The technical use developed here extends the term further, but it does so under explicit conditions. An acoustic signal can cause a physical response without becoming symbolic. A microphone changes an electrical state; a reflex alters a movement; a thermostat switches an output. These processes may be complex and effective, but causal sensitivity alone does not establish listening. The relevant process requires an organised system capable of: # discriminating a difference; # inscribing or recognising it through symbols; # relating it to other symbols; # allowing those relations to modify later operations. Listening therefore presupposes symbolic capacity. It may produce a new inscription when existing relations cannot integrate the difference, or it may reorganise established relations. It may also fail: the difference can be ignored, misclassified, or forced into a familiar category. == Exposure without passivity == Exposure means that the system does not control in advance which differences will matter. It does not mean that the system receives an unmediated reality. Instruments, bodies, languages, prior concepts, and institutions all shape what can be discriminated. Nor is listening passive. Preserving a difference long enough for it to challenge an established interpretation may require comparison and suspension before revision. The contrast is not between an active thinker and a passive world, or between a passive thinker and an all-powerful field. It is between two modes of activity: * '''imposition''', in which the existing grid determines the result; * '''exposure''', in which the grid itself can be modified by what it fails to integrate. The distinction can be tested. If an inquiry ends with exactly the operators and conclusion it would have produced before encountering the evidence, it has probably not listened. == Dialogue with hermeneutics and phenomenology == Hermeneutic traditions emphasise that understanding begins within a historical horizon rather than from a neutral standpoint. Gadamer’s “fusion of horizons” and Ricoeur’s account of interpretation make the interpreter’s prior formation part of the event of understanding (Gadamer [1960] 2004; Ricoeur 1991). Phenomenology, including Merleau-Ponty’s embodied perception and Nancy’s analysis of resonance, displaces the model of a detached spectator (Merleau-Ponty 1962; Nancy 2007). The present account retains situatedness, embodiment, historical mediation, and transformation. Its disagreement concerns explanatory priority. Listening is not first the achievement of a sovereign subject who then incorporates a meaning. It is a materially realised alteration in the symbolic organisation through which a subject may itself be formed. This does not show that consciousness is absent. It shows only that a conscious subject need not be treated as the unchanging origin of the operation. Perspectivist and more-than-human approaches also widen the field of relation (Viveiros de Castro 2014; Kohn 2013). They caution against making the human standpoint the measure of every signifying process. The same caution applies here, but no organism, collective, or technical system is declared symbolic by analogy alone. The criteria must be demonstrated in each case. == Biossoma and technical mediation == In established human cases, listening is realised by a '''biossoma''': a living, sensitive body capable of symbolic reorganisation. The body is not a container that receives a message and passes it to an immaterial mind. Perception, memory, affect, language, and action participate in one materially organised process. Technical systems can extend or filter that process; they may also record and transform it. A stethoscope, database, or language model may participate in a listening arrangement. Participation does not by itself settle whether the technical component listens in the full sense. That assessment requires evidence of inscription, recognition through symbols, relations among symbols, and self-modifying effects at the level attributed to the system. Complexity and responsiveness, even when accompanied by fluent output, are not sufficient shortcuts. == Exposure and ethics == Glissant’s defence of opacity and Moten’s work on non-sovereignty help articulate a refusal to reduce the other to what an existing framework can grasp (Glissant [1990] 1997; Moten 2003). Listening can therefore prepare ethical judgement by allowing another configuration to resist assimilation. Exposure is not yet ethics. A system can be altered and still act destructively. Ethical assessment requires the symbolic recognition of effects, available alternatives, conflicts, and distributions of vulnerability. It asks who becomes more exposed, whose difference is erased, which capacities are sustained, and which relations can be reorganised without converting the other into an instance of the same. This distinction prevents a naturalistic shortcut. The material fact that systems affect one another does not generate an obligation by itself. It creates the field within which responsibility can become symbolically operative. == Worked example: an anomalous clinical result == A clinician receives a laboratory result that conflicts with the expected diagnosis. # '''Hearing or reception:''' the result enters the record and is noticed. # '''Automatic reaction:''' it is dismissed as error because it does not fit the current category. # '''Listening:''' the anomaly is preserved, compared with symptoms and prior results, and allowed to alter the relations among diagnostic symbols. # '''Response:''' the clinician revises the hypothesis, repeats a test, or suspends judgement. # '''Ethical assessment:''' the possible benefits, delays, burdens, and risks to the patient are made explicit. The clinician interprets; the chapter does not deny that fact. “Listening” names the more specific event in which the symbolic organisation of interpretation becomes revisable under material resistance. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Listening is more than hearing | Auditory perception is unimportant |- | Listening requires exposure | The system receives reality without mediation |- | A difference alters symbolic relations | Every causal change is symbolic |- | A subject need not be the origin | Consciousness has been disproved |- | Listening can prepare ethical judgement | Being affected is already morally good |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a thermostat’s response not sufficient evidence of listening? * What distinguishes exposure from passivity? * How can prior concepts enable listening while also obstructing it? * Which evidence would be needed before attributing listening to a technical system? * Why does exposure create an ethical problem without solving it? == Transition == Listening prevents inquiry from reproducing its conclusion unchanged, but it offers no promised final reconciliation. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Method and Style/No Redemption, No Teleology|Section 2.3]] examines how thought can remain oriented and criticisable without treating truth, history, or ethics as a path towards a predetermined end. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} r13ojbfl0k1hohfqxfrpyipm8bxyvlx 0 476965 4670923 4670829 2026-09-18T15:22:56Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify teleology, function, progress, and inquiry without promised closure 4670923 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.3 – No Redemption, No Teleology == Section 1.5 rejected a plan inscribed in reality as a whole. The methodological consequence is not that inquiry must avoid conclusions, aims, or improvement. It is that no conclusion is guaranteed by a destination fixed in advance, and no local success proves that history, life, or thought is moving towards final reconciliation. This chapter distinguishes several ideas that the word “teleology” often compresses. Without those distinctions, the refusal of a cosmic plan can become a denial of biological function, purposeful action, ethical orientation, or rational progress. None of those denials follows. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish ontological teleology from local goals, biological function, teleonomy, and progress; * explain why evolution need not aim at its later results; * separate improvement under an explicit criterion from universal progress; * recognise redemptive narratives without reducing every hope or project to redemption; * explain why inquiry can seek truth without expecting final closure; * formulate ethical orientation without appealing to a predetermined end of history. The guiding question is: '''How can a process have functions and goals, together with better or worse outcomes, without the whole of reality having a destination?''' == Five distinctions == {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning used here ! What it does not establish |- | Ontological teleology | A process is directed towards an end inscribed in the structure of reality | That agents can pursue local goals |- | Local goal | A represented outcome guides the operations of an agent or designed system | That the wider field shares that goal |- | Biological function | A contribution of a trait or process explained within an organism, lineage, or system | That the trait arose because a future state caused it |- | Teleonomy | Apparently goal-directed organisation explained through natural mechanisms such as selection, development, or feedback | A hidden designer or cosmic purpose |- | Progress | Improvement relative to an explicit criterion | A universal ascent towards greater complexity or value |} The refusal defended here targets the first claim and any unargued passage from the other four to it. == Function without future causation == Biologists routinely ask what a structure does and how it contributes to an organism or lineage. Such explanations can be rigorous without claiming that a future purpose caused the structure to appear. Accounts of selection, development, inheritance, constraint, and causal role offer different ways of explaining function. The philosophy of biology continues to debate their scope; the language of function is not simply a disguised survival of Aristotelian final causes (Mayr 1988, 1997). To say that a wing has a function in flight does not mean that “flight” reached backwards in time and produced wings. Nor does every present use explain the history of a trait. The questions must be separated: * What causal role does the structure perform now? * Which history helps explain why it is present? * At which level is the function attributed? * Which evidence would distinguish function from accidental utility? The same discipline applies beyond biology. A thermostat has a designed set point; an institution can adopt a target; a person can act for a reason. These local forms of direction do not imply that matter as a whole is moving towards their ends. == Evolution is not a ladder == Evolution can produce local trends, increasing complexity in some lineages and simplification in others. None of this supports a general hierarchy in which later means higher, more complex means better, or humanity constitutes the destination of life. Gould’s critique of evolutionary progress is useful because it redirects attention from an exceptional extreme to the full distribution of variation (Gould 1996). Emergence is equally non-evaluative by itself. A new capacity may enlarge a system’s operations while increasing fragility, dependence, or harm. Calling the capacity emergent says something about its relation to prior organisation; it does not praise the result. Progress remains possible under a stated criterion. A treatment may reduce mortality; an explanation may predict more accurately; an institution may distribute protection more fairly. Such judgements are local, revisable, and contestable. They do not require history to have a final form. == Redemption as an interpretive pattern == Redemption is stronger than change or hope. It organises a process around the recovery of a lost wholeness, the fulfilment of a final reconciliation, or escape from a deficient condition. Some readings of Hegel treat reconciliation in this way, and Teilhard de Chardin explicitly interprets evolution through convergence towards an Omega Point (Hegel [1807] 1977; Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959). Other thinkers cannot be placed under the same description without argument. Overcoming in Nietzsche, the retrieval of the question of Being in Heidegger, messianic interruption in Benjamin, and technological futures in contemporary writing perform different functions. A responsible critique must identify the exact mechanism by which a particular text turns an end into the measure of the process. The word “redemption” should not replace that analysis. The practical test is this: does the account make the present intelligible through a completed future that the process is said to realise? If so, the future is functioning as an origin in reverse. == Inquiry without promised arrival == Rejecting final reconciliation does not mean that thought avoids truth or refuses to resolve any question. A calculation can be completed, an empirical claim can be confirmed, and an argument can reach a justified conclusion. What remains open is the wider field: conclusions depend on conditions, evidence can change, and new questions can reorganise what appeared settled. The value of inquiry therefore lies both in what it concludes and in the differences it makes available for further testing. “No redemption” blocks the conversion of a warranted result into a final standpoint exempt from revision. This position also refines the relation between failure and operative excess. Breakdown can expose a limit. Emergence can occur without collapse, and collapse alone produces no emergence. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess is positive in the minimal sense that possible or demanded operations exceed what the current symbolic form can integrate. Reorganisation may follow before, during, or after a crisis; it may also fail. No dramatic rupture should be made into a universal motor of novelty. == Ethics without a final judgement == Ethical orientation does not require a promised end of history. Symbolically capable systems already act within relations that distribute vulnerability, protection, voice, and possibilities of repair. They can compare consequences, recognise conflicts, revise norms, and pursue local improvements. The absence of cosmic guarantee makes those judgements more exposed, not meaningless. A goal must be stated, its effects examined, and those affected allowed to resist its categories. Butler’s account of precarious life, Mbembe’s analysis of violence, and Glissant’s defence of opacity offer different resources for that work; they should not be collapsed into a single doctrine of salvation or its refusal (Butler 2004, 2005; Mbembe 2003, 2013; Glissant [1990] 1997). No future state absolves present decisions. Equally, no rejection of teleology absolves inquiry from distinguishing repair from damage. == Worked example: antibiotic resistance == Antibiotic resistance illustrates direction without a predetermined destination. # A bacterial population contains or acquires variation relevant to the drug. # Treatment changes the conditions of survival and reproduction. # Resistant variants leave more descendants under those conditions. # The population changes across generations. # The resulting resistance has a function in the present environment, but the future resistant population did not cause the earlier variation. The process is not random in every respect, and it is not directed towards a higher form. It is historically constrained selection without a plan. For medicine, the result is not progress: it is a new problem that requires changed action. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Reality has no final destination | Agents cannot form purposes |- | Evolution is non-teleological | Biological functions are unreal |- | Emergence is not progress | No outcome can be better under an explicit criterion |- | Inquiry has no final closure | Inquiry does not seek truth or conclusions |- | Ethics has no transcendent end | Ethical judgements are arbitrary |} == Check your understanding == * Why does a local goal not establish ontological teleology? * What is the difference between a trait’s current causal role and its evolutionary history? * Under which conditions can “progress” be a legitimate judgement? * How does a redemptive future become an origin in reverse? * Why does the rejection of final closure increase rather than remove responsibility for conclusions? == Transition == Parts I and II have fixed the commitments and the discipline of inquiry. Part III begins with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Complexity, Relation, Excess/I - The Refusal of Linear Complexity|3.1.1 – The Refusal of Linear Complexity]], where complexity is examined as a problem of relations rather than a scale of ascent. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 78glsuwsybnrqaz0dwul0ind4qqq4vl 4671027 4670923 2026-09-18T19:22:47Z DavidCota64 3507033 Reconcile the Mbembe book citation with the English edition 4671027 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.3 – No Redemption, No Teleology == Section 1.5 rejected a plan inscribed in reality as a whole. The methodological consequence is not that inquiry must avoid conclusions, aims, or improvement. It is that no conclusion is guaranteed by a destination fixed in advance, and no local success proves that history, life, or thought is moving towards final reconciliation. This chapter distinguishes several ideas that the word “teleology” often compresses. Without those distinctions, the refusal of a cosmic plan can become a denial of biological function, purposeful action, ethical orientation, or rational progress. None of those denials follows. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish ontological teleology from local goals, biological function, teleonomy, and progress; * explain why evolution need not aim at its later results; * separate improvement under an explicit criterion from universal progress; * recognise redemptive narratives without reducing every hope or project to redemption; * explain why inquiry can seek truth without expecting final closure; * formulate ethical orientation without appealing to a predetermined end of history. The guiding question is: '''How can a process have functions and goals, together with better or worse outcomes, without the whole of reality having a destination?''' == Five distinctions == {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning used here ! What it does not establish |- | Ontological teleology | A process is directed towards an end inscribed in the structure of reality | That agents can pursue local goals |- | Local goal | A represented outcome guides the operations of an agent or designed system | That the wider field shares that goal |- | Biological function | A contribution of a trait or process explained within an organism, lineage, or system | That the trait arose because a future state caused it |- | Teleonomy | Apparently goal-directed organisation explained through natural mechanisms such as selection, development, or feedback | A hidden designer or cosmic purpose |- | Progress | Improvement relative to an explicit criterion | A universal ascent towards greater complexity or value |} The refusal defended here targets the first claim and any unargued passage from the other four to it. == Function without future causation == Biologists routinely ask what a structure does and how it contributes to an organism or lineage. Such explanations can be rigorous without claiming that a future purpose caused the structure to appear. Accounts of selection, development, inheritance, constraint, and causal role offer different ways of explaining function. The philosophy of biology continues to debate their scope; the language of function is not simply a disguised survival of Aristotelian final causes (Mayr 1988, 1997). To say that a wing has a function in flight does not mean that “flight” reached backwards in time and produced wings. Nor does every present use explain the history of a trait. The questions must be separated: * What causal role does the structure perform now? * Which history helps explain why it is present? * At which level is the function attributed? * Which evidence would distinguish function from accidental utility? The same discipline applies beyond biology. A thermostat has a designed set point; an institution can adopt a target; a person can act for a reason. These local forms of direction do not imply that matter as a whole is moving towards their ends. == Evolution is not a ladder == Evolution can produce local trends, increasing complexity in some lineages and simplification in others. None of this supports a general hierarchy in which later means higher, more complex means better, or humanity constitutes the destination of life. Gould’s critique of evolutionary progress is useful because it redirects attention from an exceptional extreme to the full distribution of variation (Gould 1996). Emergence is equally non-evaluative by itself. A new capacity may enlarge a system’s operations while increasing fragility, dependence, or harm. Calling the capacity emergent says something about its relation to prior organisation; it does not praise the result. Progress remains possible under a stated criterion. A treatment may reduce mortality; an explanation may predict more accurately; an institution may distribute protection more fairly. Such judgements are local, revisable, and contestable. They do not require history to have a final form. == Redemption as an interpretive pattern == Redemption is stronger than change or hope. It organises a process around the recovery of a lost wholeness, the fulfilment of a final reconciliation, or escape from a deficient condition. Some readings of Hegel treat reconciliation in this way, and Teilhard de Chardin explicitly interprets evolution through convergence towards an Omega Point (Hegel [1807] 1977; Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959). Other thinkers cannot be placed under the same description without argument. Overcoming in Nietzsche, the retrieval of the question of Being in Heidegger, messianic interruption in Benjamin, and technological futures in contemporary writing perform different functions. A responsible critique must identify the exact mechanism by which a particular text turns an end into the measure of the process. The word “redemption” should not replace that analysis. The practical test is this: does the account make the present intelligible through a completed future that the process is said to realise? If so, the future is functioning as an origin in reverse. == Inquiry without promised arrival == Rejecting final reconciliation does not mean that thought avoids truth or refuses to resolve any question. A calculation can be completed, an empirical claim can be confirmed, and an argument can reach a justified conclusion. What remains open is the wider field: conclusions depend on conditions, evidence can change, and new questions can reorganise what appeared settled. The value of inquiry therefore lies both in what it concludes and in the differences it makes available for further testing. “No redemption” blocks the conversion of a warranted result into a final standpoint exempt from revision. This position also refines the relation between failure and operative excess. Breakdown can expose a limit. Emergence can occur without collapse, and collapse alone produces no emergence. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess is positive in the minimal sense that possible or demanded operations exceed what the current symbolic form can integrate. Reorganisation may follow before, during, or after a crisis; it may also fail. No dramatic rupture should be made into a universal motor of novelty. == Ethics without a final judgement == Ethical orientation does not require a promised end of history. Symbolically capable systems already act within relations that distribute vulnerability, protection, voice, and possibilities of repair. They can compare consequences, recognise conflicts, revise norms, and pursue local improvements. The absence of cosmic guarantee makes those judgements more exposed, not meaningless. A goal must be stated, its effects examined, and those affected allowed to resist its categories. Butler’s account of precarious life, Mbembe’s analysis of violence, and Glissant’s defence of opacity offer different resources for that work; they should not be collapsed into a single doctrine of salvation or its refusal (Butler 2004, 2005; Mbembe 2003, [2013] 2017; Glissant [1990] 1997). No future state absolves present decisions. Equally, no rejection of teleology absolves inquiry from distinguishing repair from damage. == Worked example: antibiotic resistance == Antibiotic resistance illustrates direction without a predetermined destination. # A bacterial population contains or acquires variation relevant to the drug. # Treatment changes the conditions of survival and reproduction. # Resistant variants leave more descendants under those conditions. # The population changes across generations. # The resulting resistance has a function in the present environment, but the future resistant population did not cause the earlier variation. The process is not random in every respect, and it is not directed towards a higher form. It is historically constrained selection without a plan. For medicine, the result is not progress: it is a new problem that requires changed action. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Reality has no final destination | Agents cannot form purposes |- | Evolution is non-teleological | Biological functions are unreal |- | Emergence is not progress | No outcome can be better under an explicit criterion |- | Inquiry has no final closure | Inquiry does not seek truth or conclusions |- | Ethics has no transcendent end | Ethical judgements are arbitrary |} == Check your understanding == * Why does a local goal not establish ontological teleology? * What is the difference between a trait’s current causal role and its evolutionary history? * Under which conditions can “progress” be a legitimate judgement? * How does a redemptive future become an origin in reverse? * Why does the rejection of final closure increase rather than remove responsibility for conclusions? == Transition == Parts I and II have fixed the commitments and the discipline of inquiry. Part III begins with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Complexity, Relation, Excess/I - The Refusal of Linear Complexity|3.1.1 – The Refusal of Linear Complexity]], where complexity is examined as a problem of relations rather than a scale of ascent. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} dgw6gv0v4zqz1b2wctociwmdf9vsqsn 4671059 4671027 2026-09-18T21:23:36Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671059 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.3 – No Redemption, No Teleology == Section 1.5 rejected a plan inscribed in reality as a whole. The methodological consequence is not that inquiry must avoid conclusions, aims, or improvement. It is that no conclusion is guaranteed by a destination fixed in advance, and no local success proves that history, life, or thought is moving towards final reconciliation. This chapter distinguishes several ideas that the word “teleology” often compresses. Without those distinctions, the refusal of a cosmic plan can become a denial of biological function, purposeful action, ethical orientation, or rational progress. None of those denials follows. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish ontological teleology from local goals, biological function, teleonomy, and progress; * explain why evolution need not aim at its later results; * separate improvement under an explicit criterion from universal progress; * recognise redemptive narratives without reducing every hope or project to redemption; * explain why inquiry can seek truth without expecting final closure; * formulate ethical orientation without appealing to a predetermined end of history. The guiding question is: '''How can a process have functions and goals, together with better or worse outcomes, without the whole of reality having a destination?''' == Five distinctions == {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning used here ! What it does not establish |- | Ontological teleology | A process is directed towards an end inscribed in the structure of reality | That agents can pursue local goals |- | Local goal | A represented outcome guides the operations of an agent or designed system | That the wider field shares that goal |- | Biological function | A contribution of a trait or process explained within an organism, lineage, or system | That the trait arose because a future state caused it |- | Teleonomy | Apparently goal-directed organisation explained through natural mechanisms such as selection, development, or feedback | A hidden designer or cosmic purpose |- | Progress | Improvement relative to an explicit criterion | A universal ascent towards greater complexity or value |} The refusal defended here targets the first claim and any unargued passage from the other four to it. == Function without future causation == Biologists routinely ask what a structure does and how it contributes to an organism or lineage. Such explanations can be rigorous without claiming that a future purpose caused the structure to appear. Accounts of selection, development, inheritance, constraint, and causal role offer different ways of explaining function. The philosophy of biology continues to debate their scope; the language of function is not simply a disguised survival of Aristotelian final causes (Mayr 1988, 1997). To say that a wing has a function in flight does not mean that “flight” reached backwards in time and produced wings. Nor does every present use explain the history of a trait. The questions must be separated: * What causal role does the structure perform now? * Which history helps explain why it is present? * At which level is the function attributed? * Which evidence would distinguish function from accidental utility? The same discipline applies beyond biology. A thermostat has a designed set point; an institution can adopt a target; a person can act for a reason. These local forms of direction do not imply that matter as a whole is moving towards their ends. == Evolution is not a ladder == Evolution can produce local trends, increasing complexity in some lineages and simplification in others. None of this supports a general hierarchy in which later means higher, more complex means better, or humanity constitutes the destination of life. Gould’s critique of evolutionary progress is useful because it redirects attention from an exceptional extreme to the full distribution of variation (Gould 1996). Emergence is equally non-evaluative by itself. A new capacity may enlarge a system’s operations while increasing fragility, dependence, or harm. Calling the capacity emergent says something about its relation to prior organisation; it does not praise the result. Progress remains possible under a stated criterion. A treatment may reduce mortality; an explanation may predict more accurately; an institution may distribute protection more fairly. Such judgements are local, revisable, and contestable. They do not require history to have a final form. == Redemption as an interpretive pattern == Redemption is stronger than change or hope. It organises a process around the recovery of a lost wholeness, the fulfilment of a final reconciliation, or escape from a deficient condition. Some readings of Hegel treat reconciliation in this way, and Teilhard de Chardin explicitly interprets evolution through convergence towards an Omega Point (Hegel [1807] 1977; Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959). Other thinkers cannot be placed under the same description without argument. Overcoming in Nietzsche, the retrieval of the question of Being in Heidegger, messianic interruption in Benjamin, and technological futures in contemporary writing perform different functions. A responsible critique must identify the exact mechanism by which a particular text turns an end into the measure of the process. The word “redemption” should not replace that analysis. The practical test is this: does the account make the present intelligible through a completed future that the process is said to realise? If so, the future is functioning as an origin in reverse. == Inquiry without promised arrival == Rejecting final reconciliation does not mean that thought avoids truth or refuses to resolve any question. A calculation can be completed, an empirical claim can be confirmed, and an argument can reach a justified conclusion. What remains open is the wider field: conclusions depend on conditions, evidence can change, and new questions can reorganise what appeared settled. The value of inquiry therefore lies both in what it concludes and in the differences it makes available for further testing. “No redemption” blocks the conversion of a warranted result into a final standpoint exempt from revision. This position also refines the relation between failure and operative excess. Breakdown can expose a limit. Emergence can occur without collapse, and collapse alone produces no emergence. Operative excess is positive in the minimal sense that materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what the system’s current symbolic or structural form can integrate. Reorganisation may follow before, during, or after a crisis; it may also fail. No dramatic rupture should be made into a universal motor of novelty. == Ethics without a final judgement == Ethical orientation does not require a promised end of history. Symbolically capable systems already act within relations that distribute vulnerability, protection, voice, and possibilities of repair. They can compare consequences, recognise conflicts, revise norms, and pursue local improvements. The absence of cosmic guarantee makes those judgements more exposed, not meaningless. A goal must be stated, its effects examined, and those affected allowed to resist its categories. Butler’s account of precarious life, Mbembe’s analysis of violence, and Glissant’s defence of opacity offer different resources for that work; they should not be collapsed into a single doctrine of salvation or its refusal (Butler 2004, 2005; Mbembe 2003, [2013] 2017; Glissant [1990] 1997). No future state absolves present decisions. Equally, no rejection of teleology absolves inquiry from distinguishing repair from damage. == Worked example: antibiotic resistance == Antibiotic resistance illustrates direction without a predetermined destination. # A bacterial population contains or acquires variation relevant to the drug. # Treatment changes the conditions of survival and reproduction. # Resistant variants leave more descendants under those conditions. # The population changes across generations. # The resulting resistance has a function in the present environment, but the future resistant population did not cause the earlier variation. The process is not random in every respect, and it is not directed towards a higher form. It is historically constrained selection without a plan. For medicine, the result is not progress: it is a new problem that requires changed action. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Reality has no final destination | Agents cannot form purposes |- | Evolution is non-teleological | Biological functions are unreal |- | Emergence is not progress | No outcome can be better under an explicit criterion |- | Inquiry has no final closure | Inquiry does not seek truth or conclusions |- | Ethics has no transcendent end | Ethical judgements are arbitrary |} == Check your understanding == * Why does a local goal not establish ontological teleology? * What is the difference between a trait’s current causal role and its evolutionary history? * Under which conditions can “progress” be a legitimate judgement? * How does a redemptive future become an origin in reverse? * Why does the rejection of final closure increase rather than remove responsibility for conclusions? == Transition == Parts I and II have fixed the commitments and the discipline of inquiry. Part III begins with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Complexity, Relation, Excess/I - The Refusal of Linear Complexity|3.1.1 – The Refusal of Linear Complexity]], where complexity is examined as a problem of relations rather than a scale of ascent. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} msg71j8dy9fme36e3ssco1u97ca5ppi 4671074 4671059 2026-09-18T21:27:41Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671074 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2.3 – No Redemption, No Teleology == Section 1.5 rejected a plan inscribed in reality as a whole. The methodological consequence is not that inquiry must avoid conclusions, aims, or improvement. It is that no conclusion is guaranteed by a destination fixed in advance, and no local success proves that history, life, or thought is moving towards final reconciliation. This chapter distinguishes several ideas that the word “teleology” often compresses. Without those distinctions, the refusal of a cosmic plan can become a denial of biological function, purposeful action, ethical orientation, or rational progress. None of those denials follows. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish ontological teleology from local goals, biological function, teleonomy, and progress; * explain why evolution need not aim at its later results; * separate improvement under an explicit criterion from universal progress; * recognise redemptive narratives without reducing every hope or project to redemption; * explain why inquiry can seek truth without expecting final closure; * formulate ethical orientation without appealing to a predetermined end of history. The guiding question is: '''How can a process have functions and goals, together with better or worse outcomes, without the whole of reality having a destination?''' == Five distinctions == {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Meaning used here ! What it does not establish |- | Ontological teleology | A process is directed towards an end inscribed in the structure of reality | That agents can pursue local goals |- | Local goal | A represented outcome guides the operations of an agent or designed system | That the wider field shares that goal |- | Biological function | A contribution of a trait or process explained within an organism, lineage, or system | That the trait arose because a future state caused it |- | Teleonomy | Apparently goal-directed organisation explained through natural mechanisms such as selection, development, or feedback | A hidden designer or cosmic purpose |- | Progress | Improvement relative to an explicit criterion | A universal ascent towards greater complexity or value |} The refusal defended here targets the first claim and any unargued passage from the other four to it. == Function without future causation == Biologists routinely ask what a structure does and how it contributes to an organism or lineage. Such explanations can be rigorous without claiming that a future purpose caused the structure to appear. Accounts of selection, development, inheritance, constraint, and causal role offer different ways of explaining function. The philosophy of biology continues to debate their scope; the language of function is not simply a disguised survival of Aristotelian final causes (Mayr 1988, 1997). To say that a wing has a function in flight does not mean that “flight” reached backwards in time and produced wings. Nor does every present use explain the history of a trait. The questions must be separated: * What causal role does the structure perform now? * Which history helps explain why it is present? * At which level is the function attributed? * Which evidence would distinguish function from accidental utility? The same discipline applies beyond biology. A thermostat has a designed set point; an institution can adopt a target; a person can act for a reason. These local forms of direction do not imply that matter as a whole is moving towards their ends. == Evolution is not a ladder == Evolution can produce local trends, increasing complexity in some lineages and simplification in others. None of this supports a general hierarchy in which later means higher, more complex means better, or humanity constitutes the destination of life. Gould’s critique of evolutionary progress is useful because it redirects attention from an exceptional extreme to the full distribution of variation (Gould 1996). Emergence is equally non-evaluative by itself. A new capacity may enlarge a system’s operations while increasing fragility, dependence, or harm. Calling the capacity emergent says something about its relation to prior organisation; it does not praise the result. Progress remains possible under a stated criterion. A treatment may reduce mortality; an explanation may predict more accurately; an institution may distribute protection more fairly. Such judgements are local, revisable, and contestable. They do not require history to have a final form. == Redemption as an interpretive pattern == Redemption is stronger than change or hope. It organises a process around the recovery of a lost wholeness, the fulfilment of a final reconciliation, or escape from a deficient condition. Some readings of Hegel treat reconciliation in this way, and Teilhard de Chardin explicitly interprets evolution through convergence towards an Omega Point (Hegel [1807] 1977; Teilhard de Chardin [1955] 1959). Other thinkers cannot be placed under the same description without argument. Overcoming in Nietzsche, the retrieval of the question of Being in Heidegger, messianic interruption in Benjamin, and technological futures in contemporary writing perform different functions. A responsible critique must identify the exact mechanism by which a particular text turns an end into the measure of the process. The word “redemption” should not replace that analysis. The practical test is this: does the account make the present intelligible through a completed future that the process is said to realise? If so, the future is functioning as an origin in reverse. == Inquiry without promised arrival == Rejecting final reconciliation does not mean that thought avoids truth or refuses to resolve any question. A calculation can be completed, an empirical claim can be confirmed, and an argument can reach a justified conclusion. What remains open is the wider field: conclusions depend on conditions, evidence can change, and new questions can reorganise what appeared settled. The value of inquiry therefore lies both in what it concludes and in the differences it makes available for further testing. “No redemption” blocks the conversion of a warranted result into a final standpoint exempt from revision. This position also refines the relation between failure and operative excess. Breakdown can expose a limit, but emergence does not arise from collapse, and collapse alone produces no emergence. Operative excess is positive: available compatibilities exceed the system’s present symbolic or structural form, render that form insufficient, and force reorganisation. It is the causal motor of emergence, while the concrete form that emerges is not prescribed in advance. No dramatic rupture should be made into a universal motor of novelty. == Ethics without a final judgement == Ethical orientation does not require a promised end of history. Symbolically capable systems already act within relations that distribute vulnerability, protection, voice, and possibilities of repair. They can compare consequences, recognise conflicts, revise norms, and pursue local improvements. The absence of cosmic guarantee makes those judgements more exposed, not meaningless. A goal must be stated, its effects examined, and those affected allowed to resist its categories. Butler’s account of precarious life, Mbembe’s analysis of violence, and Glissant’s defence of opacity offer different resources for that work; they should not be collapsed into a single doctrine of salvation or its refusal (Butler 2004, 2005; Mbembe 2003, [2013] 2017; Glissant [1990] 1997). No future state absolves present decisions. Equally, no rejection of teleology absolves inquiry from distinguishing repair from damage. == Worked example: antibiotic resistance == Antibiotic resistance illustrates direction without a predetermined destination. # A bacterial population contains or acquires variation relevant to the drug. # Treatment changes the conditions of survival and reproduction. # Resistant variants leave more descendants under those conditions. # The population changes across generations. # The resulting resistance has a function in the present environment, but the future resistant population did not cause the earlier variation. The process is not random in every respect, and it is not directed towards a higher form. It is historically constrained selection without a plan. For medicine, the result is not progress: it is a new problem that requires changed action. == Common confusions == {| class="wikitable" ! Claim ! It does not mean |- | Reality has no final destination | Agents cannot form purposes |- | Evolution is non-teleological | Biological functions are unreal |- | Emergence is not progress | No outcome can be better under an explicit criterion |- | Inquiry has no final closure | Inquiry does not seek truth or conclusions |- | Ethics has no transcendent end | Ethical judgements are arbitrary |} == Check your understanding == * Why does a local goal not establish ontological teleology? * What is the difference between a trait’s current causal role and its evolutionary history? * Under which conditions can “progress” be a legitimate judgement? * How does a redemptive future become an origin in reverse? * Why does the rejection of final closure increase rather than remove responsibility for conclusions? == Transition == Parts I and II have fixed the commitments and the discipline of inquiry. Part III begins with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Complexity, Relation, Excess/I - The Refusal of Linear Complexity|3.1.1 – The Refusal of Linear Complexity]], where complexity is examined as a problem of relations rather than a scale of ascent. For bibliographic details, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} og9ccsh3fjaqagl1c0r0e8axas17avs 0 476966 4670924 4670830 2026-09-18T15:31:42Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild the chapter with explicit emergence criteria and scale-sensitive complexity 4670924 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.1.1 — The Refusal of Linear Complexity == === Learning orientation === “Complexity” can name several different problems. Those differences matter here. It may refer to the number of parts in a system, the difficulty of describing it, the structure of a network, sensitivity to initial conditions, or the appearance of capacities at a new scale. These uses are legitimate within their domains, but they are not interchangeable. This section refuses a '''linear''' picture of complexity: the idea that complexity simply increases when more units, links, information, or time are added. Quantitative accumulation can matter, but a qualitative transformation requires a change in organisation and capacity. === One word, several measures === Scientific measures of complexity answer defined questions. Shannon entropy measures uncertainty in a distribution of messages (Shannon 1948). Kolmogorov complexity concerns the length of the shortest description that generates a string (Kolmogorov 1965). Network measures describe features such as degree, clustering, centrality, and path length (Barabási 2002; Watts 2003). General systems theory studies organised wholes and relations that cannot be understood by isolating components alone (Bertalanffy 1968). None of these approaches should be dismissed for failing to provide an ontology. Their value depends on the question asked. The mistake would be to transfer a measure from one domain and treat it as a complete definition of material complexity. {| class="wikitable" ! Question !! Suitable description !! What it does not establish by itself |- | How many interacting components are present? || Structural complication or network size. || That a new capacity has emerged. |- | How compressible is a description? || Algorithmic complexity. || That the described object reorganises itself. |- | How uncertain is a message source? || Informational entropy. || That uncertainty produces material novelty. |- | Does a change in organisation alter what the system can do? || Threshold and emergent capacity. || That the change was progressive or inevitable. |} === Non-linearity and thresholds === A linear model expects a proportional relation: add the same amount and obtain the same kind of effect. Non-linear systems can respond differently. Small changes may have negligible effects in one region and large effects near a threshold; feedback can amplify or dampen perturbations; several relations can jointly produce an outcome that no relation produces alone. Non-linearity is not yet emergence. A process may be non-linear while remaining within the same range of operations. Emergence is the stronger claim that a materially organised configuration crosses a threshold and acquires a capacity absent from the prior organisation. The distinction prevents two shortcuts: # “many parts” does not automatically mean emergent novelty; # “unexpected result” does not automatically prove a new capacity. Evidence must identify the organisation, threshold, scale, and operation at issue. === Complexity without an evolutionary ladder === Complexity does not form a single scale with humanity or consciousness at its summit. Genome size, number of cell types, behavioural repertoire, network density, and symbolic capacity measure different features. They cannot be combined into one neutral ranking. Gould's critique of evolutionary progress is useful here: a directional appearance in the history of life need not reveal an intrinsic tendency towards “higher” forms (Gould 1996). Historical accumulation is real, but accumulation does not imply a goal. Later configurations inherit conditions from earlier ones without fulfilling a plan written into them. === Operative excess is not a universal force === In this book, '''operative excess''' has a restricted meaning. It concerns a symbolically organised system whose possible operations exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. It is a positive surplus of possible operation, not a lack, disorder, or external energy. The concept must not be extended automatically to every physical or biological process. A storm or a crystal may be complex and non-linear without possessing a symbolic form; the same is true of many chemical reactions. Material emergence can therefore occur without operative excess in this technical sense. Where symbolic organisation exists, excess may create pressure for reorganisation, but it does not force or guarantee an outcome. === Worked example: a transport network === Adding one road to a city does not produce a proportional result. It may shorten some journeys, shift congestion elsewhere, alter land use, or generate new travel patterns. The effects depend on the network, habits, schedules, regulation, and scale of analysis. The example illustrates non-linearity, not automatically emergence. To claim emergence, one would need to identify a new network-level capacity and show the organisational threshold at which it appeared. To claim operative excess, one would need the additional evidence of a symbolic system whose possible operations exceed its current form. Keeping these claims separate prevents “complexity” from becoming a vague synonym for surprise. === Check your understanding === * Why can a quantitative measure of complexity be valid without serving as a complete ontology? * How does non-linearity differ from emergence? * Why is there no single ladder of complexity? * What additional conditions are required before using the term “operative excess”? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 7a9p8y0svmp8zbd88s8o49kl46flj67 4671046 4670924 2026-09-18T21:22:47Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671046 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.1.1 — The Refusal of Linear Complexity == === Learning orientation === “Complexity” can name several different problems. Those differences matter here. It may refer to the number of parts in a system, the difficulty of describing it, the structure of a network, sensitivity to initial conditions, or the appearance of capacities at a new scale. These uses are legitimate within their domains, but they are not interchangeable. This section refuses a '''linear''' picture of complexity: the idea that complexity simply increases when more units, links, information, or time are added. Quantitative accumulation can matter, but a qualitative transformation requires a change in organisation and capacity. === One word, several measures === Scientific measures of complexity answer defined questions. Shannon entropy measures uncertainty in a distribution of messages (Shannon 1948). Kolmogorov complexity concerns the length of the shortest description that generates a string (Kolmogorov 1965). Network measures describe features such as degree, clustering, centrality, and path length (Barabási 2002; Watts 2003). General systems theory studies organised wholes and relations that cannot be understood by isolating components alone (Bertalanffy 1968). None of these approaches should be dismissed for failing to provide an ontology. Their value depends on the question asked. The mistake would be to transfer a measure from one domain and treat it as a complete definition of material complexity. {| class="wikitable" ! Question !! Suitable description !! What it does not establish by itself |- | How many interacting components are present? || Structural complication or network size. || That a new capacity has emerged. |- | How compressible is a description? || Algorithmic complexity. || That the described object reorganises itself. |- | How uncertain is a message source? || Informational entropy. || That uncertainty produces material novelty. |- | Does a change in organisation alter what the system can do? || Threshold and emergent capacity. || That the change was progressive or inevitable. |} === Non-linearity and thresholds === A linear model expects a proportional relation: add the same amount and obtain the same kind of effect. Non-linear systems can respond differently. Small changes may have negligible effects in one region and large effects near a threshold; feedback can amplify or dampen perturbations; several relations can jointly produce an outcome that no relation produces alone. Non-linearity is not yet emergence. A process may be non-linear while remaining within the same range of operations. Emergence is the stronger claim that a materially organised configuration crosses a threshold and acquires a capacity absent from the prior organisation. The distinction prevents two shortcuts: # “many parts” does not automatically mean emergent novelty; # “unexpected result” does not automatically prove a new capacity. Evidence must identify the organisation, threshold, scale, and operation at issue. === Complexity without an evolutionary ladder === Complexity does not form a single scale with humanity or consciousness at its summit. Genome size, number of cell types, behavioural repertoire, network density, and symbolic capacity measure different features. They cannot be combined into one neutral ranking. Gould's critique of evolutionary progress is useful here: a directional appearance in the history of life need not reveal an intrinsic tendency towards “higher” forms (Gould 1996). Historical accumulation is real, but accumulation does not imply a goal. Later configurations inherit conditions from earlier ones without fulfilling a plan written into them. === Operative excess is not a universal force === In this book, '''operative excess''' has a restricted meaning. It concerns a materially organised system whose possible operations or compatibilities exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. It is a positive surplus of possible operation or compatibility, not a lack, disorder, or external energy. The concept must not be extended automatically to every physical or biological process. A storm, a crystal, or a chemical reaction may be complex and non-linear without thereby being under operative excess. In a non-symbolic configuration, the relevant question is whether materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed an identifiable structural form; in a symbolic configuration, it is whether they exceed the present symbolic form. In either case, excess may create pressure for reorganisation, but it does not force or guarantee an outcome. === Worked example: a transport network === Adding one road to a city does not produce a proportional result. It may shorten some journeys, shift congestion elsewhere, alter land use, or generate new travel patterns. The effects depend on the network, habits, schedules, regulation, and scale of analysis. The example illustrates non-linearity, not automatically emergence. To claim emergence, one would need to identify a new network-level capacity and show the organisational threshold at which it appeared. To claim operative excess, one would need the additional evidence that the system’s materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed its current symbolic or structural form. Keeping these claims separate prevents “complexity” from becoming a vague synonym for surprise. === Check your understanding === * Why can a quantitative measure of complexity be valid without serving as a complete ontology? * How does non-linearity differ from emergence? * Why is there no single ladder of complexity? * What additional conditions are required before using the term “operative excess”? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} liwekvirkrl85iiqef5lmwff5tzvlyw 4671065 4671046 2026-09-18T21:27:05Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671065 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.1.1 — The Refusal of Linear Complexity == === Learning orientation === “Complexity” can name several different problems. Those differences matter here. It may refer to the number of parts in a system, the difficulty of describing it, the structure of a network, sensitivity to initial conditions, or the appearance of capacities at a new scale. These uses are legitimate within their domains, but they are not interchangeable. This section refuses a '''linear''' picture of complexity: the idea that complexity simply increases when more units, links, information, or time are added. Quantitative accumulation can matter, but a qualitative transformation requires a change in organisation and capacity. === One word, several measures === Scientific measures of complexity answer defined questions. Shannon entropy measures uncertainty in a distribution of messages (Shannon 1948). Kolmogorov complexity concerns the length of the shortest description that generates a string (Kolmogorov 1965). Network measures describe features such as degree, clustering, centrality, and path length (Barabási 2002; Watts 2003). General systems theory studies organised wholes and relations that cannot be understood by isolating components alone (Bertalanffy 1968). None of these approaches should be dismissed for failing to provide an ontology. Their value depends on the question asked. The mistake would be to transfer a measure from one domain and treat it as a complete definition of material complexity. {| class="wikitable" ! Question !! Suitable description !! What it does not establish by itself |- | How many interacting components are present? || Structural complication or network size. || That a new capacity has emerged. |- | How compressible is a description? || Algorithmic complexity. || That the described object reorganises itself. |- | How uncertain is a message source? || Informational entropy. || That uncertainty produces material novelty. |- | Does a change in organisation alter what the system can do? || Threshold and emergent capacity. || That the change was progressive or inevitable. |} === Non-linearity and thresholds === A linear model expects a proportional relation: add the same amount and obtain the same kind of effect. Non-linear systems can respond differently. Small changes may have negligible effects in one region and large effects near a threshold; feedback can amplify or dampen perturbations; several relations can jointly produce an outcome that no relation produces alone. Non-linearity is not yet emergence. A process may be non-linear while remaining within the same range of operations. Emergence is the stronger claim that a materially organised configuration crosses a threshold and acquires a capacity absent from the prior organisation. The distinction prevents two shortcuts: # “many parts” does not automatically mean emergent novelty; # “unexpected result” does not automatically prove a new capacity. Evidence must identify the organisation, threshold, scale, and operation at issue. === Complexity without an evolutionary ladder === Complexity does not form a single scale with humanity or consciousness at its summit. Genome size, number of cell types, behavioural repertoire, network density, and symbolic capacity measure different features. They cannot be combined into one neutral ranking. Gould's critique of evolutionary progress is useful here: a directional appearance in the history of life need not reveal an intrinsic tendency towards “higher” forms (Gould 1996). Historical accumulation is real, but accumulation does not imply a goal. Later configurations inherit conditions from earlier ones without fulfilling a plan written into them. === Operative excess is not a universal force === In this book, '''operative excess''' has a restricted meaning. It concerns a materially organised system whose possible operations or compatibilities exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. It is a positive surplus of possible operation or compatibility, not a lack, disorder, or external energy. The concept must not be extended automatically to every physical or biological process. A storm, a crystal, or a chemical reaction may be complex and non-linear without thereby being under operative excess. In a non-symbolic configuration, the relevant question is whether available material compatibilities exceed the present structural form; in a symbolic configuration, it is whether possible operations exceed the present symbolic form. When they do, the current form is insufficient and reorganisation is forced. This does not predetermine the concrete form that will emerge or make every complex process an instance of operative excess. === Worked example: a transport network === Adding one road to a city does not produce a proportional result. It may shorten some journeys, shift congestion elsewhere, alter land use, or generate new travel patterns. The effects depend on the network, habits, schedules, regulation, and scale of analysis. The example illustrates non-linearity, not automatically emergence. To claim emergence, one would need to identify a new network-level capacity and show the organisational threshold at which it appeared. To claim operative excess, one would need the additional evidence that the system’s materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed its current symbolic or structural form. Keeping these claims separate prevents “complexity” from becoming a vague synonym for surprise. === Check your understanding === * Why can a quantitative measure of complexity be valid without serving as a complete ontology? * How does non-linearity differ from emergence? * Why is there no single ladder of complexity? * What additional conditions are required before using the term “operative excess”? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 1tiz0tlamgfnmqd7tck5vucbhzz4ms5 0 476967 4670925 4670831 2026-09-18T15:31:54Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify relational tension, material conditions, and the trace-mark-symbol sequence 4670925 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.1.2 — Relational Tension as Ontological Principle == === Learning orientation === Material configurations do not first exist as fully self-sufficient things and only later acquire connections. They become determinate through relations of composition, dependence, exchange, constraint, and differentiation. This is the precise sense in which relation has ontological priority here. The claim does not replace matter with an immaterial web of relations. Every relation is materially instantiated. Nor does it mean that a term can never exist before entering a particular relation. It means that no concrete entity is independent of all the relations through which it is constituted and maintained. === Relata and relations === A classical objection asks: if there is a relation, must there not already be things that are related? The answer depends on the scale and the relation under discussion. Two already formed bodies can enter a new relation, as when separate magnets are brought close together. Yet each magnet is itself a material organisation whose identity depends on internal and environmental relations. The new relation presupposes the magnets, while the magnets do not presuppose complete independence from every relation. Relational priority should therefore not be read as a temporal sequence in which “relations” existed before matter. It is an analytical claim: what appears as a self-contained term is a relatively stable boundary drawn within a materially relational field. Simondon's account of individuation is an important interlocutor because it treats the individual as a result of individuation rather than its unexplained starting point (Simondon 2005). === Material relation and symbolic relation === The word “relation” operates at two levels in this book: {| class="wikitable" ! Level !! Examples !! Requirement |- | Material relation || Gravitational attraction, chemical bonding, energy transfer, ecological dependence, mechanical constraint. || Material interaction; no interpretation is required. |- | Symbolic relation || A system discriminates an occurrence under an inscribed mark and relates the resulting symbol to other symbols. || A materially realised capacity for discrimination, inscription, and symbolic organisation. |} Symbolic relation is a special material regime, not the source of all relation. Galaxies and chemical structures do not become relational only when a living being describes them; neither do magnetic fields. Their relations are materially real before any description. A description introduces another relation: a symbolic articulation within the describing system. === Difference, trace, mark, and symbol === The sequence must be stated precisely. # A material difference occurs. # When a capable system discriminates that difference as a new or previously unknown material configuration, it functions as a '''trace'''. # An inaugural inscription co-constitutes a passive '''mark''' and the first '''symbol''' under that mark. # A later occurrence recognised under the existing mark produces another symbol instance; it does not reinscribe the mark. # The system relates symbols. Marks do not interpret, organise, or act by themselves. The external configuration does not arrive already labelled as “the symbolised”. It becomes symbolically articulated through this operation. This avoids both idealism, in which the system creates the material difference, and naïve realism, in which a ready-made symbol is simply copied from outside. === What relational tension means === '''Relational tension''' names an incompatibility or asymmetry within a field of relations. Different processes may impose demands that cannot all be satisfied by the current organisation. Tension is real when its effects can be identified; it is not a metaphor for philosophical drama. Tension can condition reorganisation, but it is not a universal motor and does not guarantee success. A configuration may absorb a perturbation, remain metastable, reorganise, or collapse. The outcome depends on material capacities and constraints. This qualification is important. To say that a system was “forced” to reorganise can conceal several distinct processes. Which coupling changed? Which operation became unavailable? What alternatives existed? Which threshold was crossed? An operational description must answer those questions. === Relation without harmony === Relational constitution does not imply cooperation or moral agreement. Predation, exploitation, exclusion, and mechanical resistance are relations too. Conversely, asymmetry does not make every relation violent. The conceptual point is neutral: relata can be unequal, dependent, or mutually transforming without forming a harmonious whole. Merleau-Ponty's account of embodied perception, Foucault's analysis of practices and archives, Glissant's poetics of relation, and Deleuze's philosophy of difference illuminate different aspects of this problem (Merleau-Ponty 1964; Foucault 1972; Glissant [1990] 1997; Deleuze [1968] 1994). They remain interlocutors rather than interchangeable authorities. === Check your understanding === * In what sense can relation be prior without existing before matter? * Why is symbolic relation a special case of material relation? * What is co-constituted in the inaugural inscription? * Why does relational tension not guarantee reorganisation? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} rxyntnwmk8kx3m5c6azhz3nw1ax80vy 4671013 4670925 2026-09-18T19:17:53Z DavidCota64 3507033 Open relational priority with concrete cases and disambiguate the Merleau-Ponty citation 4671013 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.1.2 — Relational Tension as Ontological Principle == === Learning orientation === A cell boundary depends on exchanges it regulates; a legal category depends on documents, institutions, and acts of recognition; a tree remains distinct from soil and fungi while depending on both. These cases resist a choice between isolated things and an undifferentiated web. Material configurations do not first exist as fully self-sufficient things and only later acquire connections. They become determinate through relations of composition, dependence, exchange, constraint, and differentiation. This is the precise sense in which relation has ontological priority here. The claim does not replace matter with an immaterial web of relations. Every relation is materially instantiated. Nor does it mean that a term can never exist before entering a particular relation. It means that no concrete entity is independent of all the relations through which it is constituted and maintained. === Relata and relations === A classical objection asks: if there is a relation, must there not already be things that are related? The answer depends on the scale and the relation under discussion. Two already formed bodies can enter a new relation, as when separate magnets are brought close together. Yet each magnet is itself a material organisation whose identity depends on internal and environmental relations. The new relation presupposes the magnets, while the magnets do not presuppose complete independence from every relation. Relational priority should therefore not be read as a temporal sequence in which “relations” existed before matter. It is an analytical claim: what appears as a self-contained term is a relatively stable boundary drawn within a materially relational field. Simondon's account of individuation is an important interlocutor because it treats the individual as a result of individuation rather than its unexplained starting point (Simondon 2005). === Material relation and symbolic relation === The word “relation” operates at two levels in this book: {| class="wikitable" ! Level !! Examples !! Requirement |- | Material relation || Gravitational attraction, chemical bonding, energy transfer, ecological dependence, mechanical constraint. || Material interaction; no interpretation is required. |- | Symbolic relation || A system discriminates an occurrence under an inscribed mark and relates the resulting symbol to other symbols. || A materially realised capacity for discrimination, inscription, and symbolic organisation. |} Symbolic relation is a special material regime, not the source of all relation. Galaxies and chemical structures do not become relational only when a living being describes them; neither do magnetic fields. Their relations are materially real before any description. A description introduces another relation: a symbolic articulation within the describing system. === Difference, trace, mark, and symbol === The sequence must be stated precisely. # A material difference occurs. # When a capable system discriminates that difference as a new or previously unknown material configuration, it functions as a '''trace'''. # An inaugural inscription co-constitutes a passive '''mark''' and the first '''symbol''' under that mark. # A later occurrence recognised under the existing mark produces another symbol instance; it does not reinscribe the mark. # The system relates symbols. Marks do not interpret, organise, or act by themselves. The external configuration does not arrive already labelled as “the symbolised”. It becomes symbolically articulated through this operation. This avoids both idealism, in which the system creates the material difference, and naïve realism, in which a ready-made symbol is simply copied from outside. === What relational tension means === '''Relational tension''' names an incompatibility or asymmetry within a field of relations. Different processes may impose demands that cannot all be satisfied by the current organisation. Tension is real when its effects can be identified; it is not a metaphor for philosophical drama. Tension can condition reorganisation, but it is not a universal motor and does not guarantee success. A configuration may absorb a perturbation, remain metastable, reorganise, or collapse. The outcome depends on material capacities and constraints. This qualification is important. To say that a system was “forced” to reorganise can conceal several distinct processes. Which coupling changed? Which operation became unavailable? What alternatives existed? Which threshold was crossed? An operational description must answer those questions. === Relation without harmony === Relational constitution does not imply cooperation or moral agreement. Predation, exploitation, exclusion, and mechanical resistance are relations too. Conversely, asymmetry does not make every relation violent. The conceptual point is neutral: relata can be unequal, dependent, or mutually transforming without forming a harmonious whole. Merleau-Ponty's account of embodied perception, Foucault's analysis of practices and archives, Glissant's poetics of relation, and Deleuze's philosophy of difference illuminate different aspects of this problem (Merleau-Ponty 1964b; Foucault 1972; Glissant [1990] 1997; Deleuze [1968] 1994). They remain interlocutors rather than interchangeable authorities. === Check your understanding === * In what sense can relation be prior without existing before matter? * Why is symbolic relation a special case of material relation? * What is co-constituted in the inaugural inscription? * Why does relational tension not guarantee reorganisation? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 1wkwkqeeudy8olj88th4fgtpv4e89af 0 476968 4670926 4670832 2026-09-18T15:33:09Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish stability, continuity, regulation, and symbolic mediation 4670926 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.1.3 — Stability Is Not Continuity == === Learning orientation === Continuity and stability answer different questions. * '''Continuity''' asks whether a material process or configuration persists across an interval. * '''Stability''' asks how resistant that configuration is to specified perturbations under specified conditions. A configuration can be continuous but unstable, or stable over one interval and unstable over another. The title “stability is not continuity” establishes a distinction, not a claim that the two can never coincide. === Continuity is material persistence === Continuity does not require exact repetition of form. A river continues while its water changes; an organism continues while exchanging matter and energy; an institution continues while its members are replaced. In each case, criteria are needed to decide which process is being tracked and across which interval. Those criteria are partly empirical and partly conceptual. The material process exists independently of its description, but a description selects the features to follow and the scale at which their boundary is drawn. Continuity is therefore neither an eternal essence nor a purely symbolic invention. === Stability is relative to perturbation === Nothing is simply “stable” in every respect. A crystal may resist small mechanical disturbances while dissolving in a different chemical environment. An ecosystem may preserve some functions while changing its species composition. A legal institution may retain its name while losing the practices that once defined it. A precise stability claim specifies: {| class="wikitable" ! Element !! Question |- | Configuration || What is said to remain stable? |- | Perturbation || Against which change or pressure? |- | Variable || Which feature is expected to remain within a range? |- | Scale || At which spatial, temporal, or organisational level? |- | Interval || For how long? |} Stability is local and conditioned. That does not make it unreal. It makes the claim testable. === Different modes of stability === Stable configurations need not all maintain themselves in the same way. # '''Structural stability''' can result from material arrangement without regulation, as in a crystal under suitable conditions. # '''Regulated stability''' involves processes that counter deviations, as in some forms of homeostasis. # '''Symbolically mediated stability''' involves a system that discriminates occurrences under marks and reorganises relations among symbols, as in many linguistic and institutional practices. These modes can overlap. None should be used as the universal model of persistence. In particular, it is inaccurate to say that every stable thing responds to operative excess or continuously reorganises itself. DNA should also not be called a symbolic system merely because biologists use informational language. Nucleic-acid sequences participate in materially organised cellular processes. Whether “symbolic” is appropriate depends on evidence for the discriminative and inscriptional operations defined in this book, not on analogy alone. === Stability within instability === Instability is not constant disorder. It means that no configuration carries a final guarantee of persistence. A stable interval is a local achievement of compatible relations within that broader condition. Some achievements require continuous energy and regulation. Others persist because present conditions do not disturb their structure. Both remain vulnerable to changes of scale, material history, environment, or coupling. Prigogine and Stengers show how organised patterns can arise and persist far from equilibrium; Simondon analyses metastability as a field containing unresolved potentials for transformation (Prigogine and Stengers [1979] 1984; Simondon 2005). These accounts illuminate specific regimes without becoming a single law of all stability. === Functional coupling === '''Functional coupling''' names a relation in which the operations of different components or configurations become mutually relevant to a capacity. Such coupling can help explain the persistence of an organism or a device; related analyses apply to institutions. It is developed in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|Section 3.3.3]]. Coupling is not automatically harmonious or adaptive. A stable harmful institution can be maintained by couplings that distribute costs unequally. Nor is every physical stability functional: the arrangement of a rock need not have a function in order to persist. === Identity across change === The distinction between continuity and stability changes the question of identity. Instead of asking for an unchanging core, analysis can ask which material continuities, functions, memories, boundaries, and recognitions support the claim that a configuration remains the same. Different cases require different criteria. Personal identity cannot be reduced to cellular replacement; species continuity is not institutional succession; legal continuity includes symbolic acts that a river does not perform. The framework therefore rejects one universal test while preserving the reality of each material history. === Check your understanding === * How can a process be continuous but unstable? * Why must a stability claim specify a perturbation and an interval? * What distinguishes structural, regulated, and symbolically mediated stability? * Why is instability compatible with long periods of stability? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} kvaxwmcmzdfj530z5h8ko75eyscggkl 0 476971 4670927 4670833 2026-09-18T15:33:45Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild precedence as a diagnostic error without denying material antecedents 4670927 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.1 — The Regime of Precedence == === Learning orientation === This section introduces the '''regime of precedence''': the habit of treating what came earlier as the ground that already determines what comes later. The target is neither historical-causal inquiry nor temporal ordering. The target is a stronger inference: <blockquote>Because A preceded B, A must already contain the principle and full meaning that make B possible.</blockquote> That inference makes genuine novelty difficult to describe. It turns an outcome into the delayed expression of its antecedents. === Priority is not yet a foundation === Material processes have histories. A living cell depends on earlier chemistry; a language depends on inherited practices; an institution depends on previous decisions, resources, and conflicts; a technical system depends on accumulated materials and skills. To deny these dependencies would make emergence unintelligible. Precedence becomes a regime only when priority is given excessive explanatory force. Three claims must therefore be kept distinct: {| class="wikitable" ! Claim !! Status in this framework |- | Some conditions occur earlier than an emergent capacity. || Accepted. |- | Earlier conditions constrain what can occur. || Accepted. |- | Earlier conditions already specify the capacity that will emerge. || Rejected unless independently demonstrated. |} The third claim cannot be inferred from the first two. A complete account must examine antecedent conditions and the threshold at which the range of possible operations changes. === How the regime appears === The regime of precedence takes several forms. In a substantial form, change is explained through an enduring entity that carries identity beneath alteration. In a rationalist form, an event is admitted only when it can be located within a prior system of sufficient reasons. In a transcendental form, experience is organised by conditions that are not themselves derived from experience. In a historical form, the present is read as the necessary result of a developmental sequence. These approaches are not equivalent, and the authors associated with them should not be collapsed into one position. Aristotle's account of substance, Leibniz's principle of sufficient reason, Kant's transcendental conditions, and Hegel's dialectical development address different problems (Aristotle 1984a; Leibniz 1989; Kant [1781] 1998; Hegel [1807] 1977). They are relevant here because each shows a distinct way in which philosophical explanation can privilege what is prior. The framework does not claim that these philosophies are simply wrong. It asks a narrower question: when does a legitimate search for conditions become an assumption that the new was already conceptually contained in them? === Retrospective intelligibility === After an event, its history often becomes easier to narrate. Once a new capacity exists, investigators can identify dependencies that previously appeared unrelated. This retrospective reconstruction is indispensable, but it creates a danger: the completed outcome can be projected backwards, making the path look inevitable. Consider the emergence of a new scientific instrument. Its construction depends on prior theories, materials, institutions, skills, and funding. Yet those conditions do not by themselves specify every operation the instrument will enable. Once the instrument produces results, its history may be rewritten as though all earlier work had been directed towards that outcome. The history is real; the appearance of inevitability is retrospective. === From origin to operative conditions === The question “Where did this come from?” is not forbidden. It becomes more precise when divided into several questions: # Which material conditions were required? # Which relations and constraints limited the field of possibilities? # Which threshold altered the available operations? # Which capacities appeared only after that threshold? # Which present couplings continue to sustain the configuration? Changing the questions displaces origin as a total explanation. It does not erase the past. It prevents the past from being treated as a hidden plan. === Precedence and insistence === Precedence concerns what came before. '''Insistence''' concerns the continuing effects and couplings through which a configuration persists now. Both temporal directions matter, but they answer different questions. A historical cause may explain why a pattern began; insistence helps explain its continuation and resistance to correction, including the pressure it may generate for reorganisation. This distinction will become explicit in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|Section 3.2.7]]. For the moment, the key point is methodological: do not confuse chronological priority with ontological sovereignty. === Check your understanding === * Why does the critique of precedence not abolish causal explanation? * What is added when an earlier condition is treated as a foundation? * How can an event be intelligible after it occurs without having been fully specified in advance? * In the instrument example, which facts concern antecedent conditions and which concern emergent capacities? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} b15kxd77jz5gz8zccehwyunzksnakfr 4671014 4670927 2026-09-18T19:18:19Z DavidCota64 3507033 Open the regime of precedence with contrasting causal cases 4671014 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.1 — The Regime of Precedence == === Learning orientation === A code repository precedes a running application, and a seed precedes a mature plant. Neither fact shows that the earlier configuration already contains every later operation in finished form. The regime of precedence begins when temporal or causal priority is converted into a sufficient ontological ground. The target is neither historical-causal inquiry nor temporal ordering. The target is a stronger inference: <blockquote>Because A preceded B, A must already contain the principle and full meaning that make B possible.</blockquote> That inference makes genuine novelty difficult to describe. It turns an outcome into the delayed expression of its antecedents. === Priority is not yet a foundation === Material processes have histories. A living cell depends on earlier chemistry; a language depends on inherited practices; an institution depends on previous decisions, resources, and conflicts; a technical system depends on accumulated materials and skills. To deny these dependencies would make emergence unintelligible. Precedence becomes a regime only when priority is given excessive explanatory force. Three claims must therefore be kept distinct: {| class="wikitable" ! Claim !! Status in this framework |- | Some conditions occur earlier than an emergent capacity. || Accepted. |- | Earlier conditions constrain what can occur. || Accepted. |- | Earlier conditions already specify the capacity that will emerge. || Rejected unless independently demonstrated. |} The third claim cannot be inferred from the first two. A complete account must examine antecedent conditions and the threshold at which the range of possible operations changes. === How the regime appears === The regime of precedence takes several forms. In a substantial form, change is explained through an enduring entity that carries identity beneath alteration. In a rationalist form, an event is admitted only when it can be located within a prior system of sufficient reasons. In a transcendental form, experience is organised by conditions that are not themselves derived from experience. In a historical form, the present is read as the necessary result of a developmental sequence. These approaches are not equivalent, and the authors associated with them should not be collapsed into one position. Aristotle's account of substance, Leibniz's principle of sufficient reason, Kant's transcendental conditions, and Hegel's dialectical development address different problems (Aristotle 1984a; Leibniz 1989; Kant [1781] 1998; Hegel [1807] 1977). They are relevant here because each shows a distinct way in which philosophical explanation can privilege what is prior. The framework does not claim that these philosophies are simply wrong. It asks a narrower question: when does a legitimate search for conditions become an assumption that the new was already conceptually contained in them? === Retrospective intelligibility === After an event, its history often becomes easier to narrate. Once a new capacity exists, investigators can identify dependencies that previously appeared unrelated. This retrospective reconstruction is indispensable, but it creates a danger: the completed outcome can be projected backwards, making the path look inevitable. Consider the emergence of a new scientific instrument. Its construction depends on prior theories, materials, institutions, skills, and funding. Yet those conditions do not by themselves specify every operation the instrument will enable. Once the instrument produces results, its history may be rewritten as though all earlier work had been directed towards that outcome. The history is real; the appearance of inevitability is retrospective. === From origin to operative conditions === The question “Where did this come from?” is not forbidden. It becomes more precise when divided into several questions: # Which material conditions were required? # Which relations and constraints limited the field of possibilities? # Which threshold altered the available operations? # Which capacities appeared only after that threshold? # Which present couplings continue to sustain the configuration? Changing the questions displaces origin as a total explanation. It does not erase the past. It prevents the past from being treated as a hidden plan. === Precedence and insistence === Precedence concerns what came before. '''Insistence''' concerns the continuing effects and couplings through which a configuration persists now. Both temporal directions matter, but they answer different questions. A historical cause may explain why a pattern began; insistence helps explain its continuation and resistance to correction, including the pressure it may generate for reorganisation. This distinction will become explicit in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|Section 3.2.7]]. For the moment, the key point is methodological: do not confuse chronological priority with ontological sovereignty. === Check your understanding === * Why does the critique of precedence not abolish causal explanation? * What is added when an earlier condition is treated as a foundation? * How can an event be intelligible after it occurs without having been fully specified in advance? * In the instrument example, which facts concern antecedent conditions and which concern emergent capacities? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} ihye797aibmta2y25w6hdevtacbgfzh 0 476972 4670928 4670805 2026-09-18T15:33:56Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify substance, necessity, conditions, and conditioned emergence 4670928 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.2 — The Classical Substrate: Substance and Necessity == === Learning orientation === This section examines one influential answer to the problem of change: something can alter only because something persists. Classical accounts often name that persistence '''substance'''. The problem remains, but the answer changes here: a permanent metaphysical substrate must be distinguished from a materially sustained pattern that remains relatively stable through change. === The problem that substance addresses === If everything changed in every respect at every moment, it would be difficult to identify a process or a living being across time; the same difficulty would affect ordinary objects. Accounts of substance respond by explaining how a thing can undergo alteration while remaining the same thing. Aristotle's account is more complex than the picture of an inert block beneath appearances. His analysis of matter and form, actuality and potentiality, and different senses of substance provides tools for describing organised beings and change (Aristotle 1984a; Aristotle 1984b). The issue here is therefore not to dismiss classical philosophy. It is to ask whether persistence requires an invariant ontological bearer. === Substrate, matter, and organisation === Three ideas must be separated: {| class="wikitable" ! Term !! Meaning |- | Material substrate || The matter and energy through which a process occurs. |- | Metaphysical substance || An enduring bearer whose identity is taken to ground changing properties. |- | Persistent organisation || A pattern maintained through ongoing relations, exchanges, and constraints. |} The framework affirms the first and studies the third without requiring the second: matter is the only substrate, but it is not a featureless foundation, since its organised histories impose limits and distribute capacities unequally. A whirlpool is a simple illustration. The water composing it changes continuously, while a recognisable pattern can persist because flow, channel, gravity, and surrounding pressures remain coupled. The whirlpool has material reality; it is not a mere appearance. Yet its persistence does not require an unchanging whirlpool-substance beneath the moving water. The example does not prove that every object is a whirlpool. It shows only that recognisable continuity can, in some cases, be explained through maintained organisation rather than an invariant bearer. === Necessity and conditional stability === Classical and medieval traditions also distinguish contingent beings from what exists necessarily. The explanatory function of necessary being is to stop the regress of dependence at a ground that does not itself depend on something else. The framework does not redescribe necessary being as an unusually durable object. It declines that move. Material stability remains conditional because even a highly persistent configuration depends on relations that can be investigated, while endurance alone does not make the configuration metaphysically necessary. This does not mean that anything can happen. Constraints are real. A configuration may be impossible under given conditions or highly probable under others. Different arrangements can remain robust across a wide range of perturbations. None of those modal judgements requires a transcendent plan. === Potentiality without a prewritten outcome === Potentiality is useful when it identifies capacities of a concrete configuration. A seed can develop only within a limited range because of its organisation and environment. But the language of potentiality becomes misleading when the completed outcome is imagined as a miniature form waiting to unfold. Emergence requires a stricter formulation. Antecedent configurations enable and constrain later events; they do not necessarily contain a complete representation of the capacity that appears after a threshold. The new is neither creation from nothing nor the unveiling of a hidden copy. === A diagnostic comparison === Suppose a material configuration persists while many of its components are replaced. * A substance-based explanation asks which bearer remains identical. * An organisational explanation asks which couplings, boundaries, and exchanges maintain the pattern. * An emergent explanation adds a further question: has the maintained organisation crossed a threshold at which new operations become possible? These questions can overlap, but they should not be treated as interchangeable. === Check your understanding === * Why is the rejection of a permanent substrate not a rejection of matter? * How does persistent organisation differ from metaphysical substance? * Why does conditional stability not imply arbitrariness? * When does talk of potentiality become a retrospective projection? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 7twbrg2vuxa64zl0ybyf0em1kbk66bs 0 476973 4670929 4670806 2026-09-18T15:34:08Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild the modern foundations chapter without confusing causes and grounds 4670929 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.3 — Modernity's Continuation: Foundation and Structure == === Learning orientation === Modern philosophy transforms the problem of ground. The relocation is decisive. Instead of merely repeating classical substance or speaking with one voice, several modern systems seek a principle capable of securing knowledge and the possibility of development before particular claims are admitted. This section compares three different relocations of ground: the knowing subject, the conditions of experience, and dialectical development. === Descartes: certainty and the knowing subject === Descartes uses methodical doubt to identify a claim that remains certain while other beliefs are suspended. The ''cogito'' does not state that every event is produced by an individual mind. It establishes a point of epistemic certainty from which knowledge can be rebuilt (Descartes 1996). The question raised here is narrower. When certainty begins from a self-transparent act of thought, the subject can acquire the role of validating ground. What does not fit that route to certainty may then appear secondary or derivative. The framework retains Descartes's demand for justification while rejecting the assumption that the operations of the real depend on their availability to a foundational subject. === Leibniz: sufficient reason === Leibniz asks why there is something rather than nothing and develops the principle that no fact is without a sufficient reason (Leibniz 1989). The principle expresses a demand for intelligibility, not a denial of complexity or contingency. The difficulty arises when intelligibility is equated with complete derivability. An emergent capacity can have causes and enabling conditions even when no description of those conditions, taken alone, specifies the capacity in advance. Explanation may therefore be adequate without becoming an exhaustive deduction. === Kant: conditions of possible experience === Kant shifts the question from what things must be in themselves to the conditions under which objects can be experienced and known. His transcendental analysis is not a return to classical substance. It investigates the contribution of sensibility and understanding to experience (Kant [1781] 1998). Kant's move is indispensable for recognising that knowledge is structured. It also marks a limit: transcendental conditions concern possible experience, not a complete inventory of what material processes can become. The conditions of knowing and the conditions of material emergence must not be collapsed. === Hegel: development through determinate negation === Hegel does not begin from a static foundation. His dialectical method treats determinations as internally unstable and follows transformations produced through their tensions (Hegel [1807] 1977). Such a method is closer to a dynamic account than the image of an unmoving ground. The present framework nevertheless resists reading later formations as the necessary fulfilment of a dialectical sequence. No reconciliation follows automatically. Tension can condition transformation without guaranteeing progress or totality, and a history may remain intelligible without forming a single developmental arc. === What continues, and what changes === {| class="wikitable" ! Thinker !! Displacement of ground !! Question retained here |- | Descartes || From external substance to epistemic certainty in the thinking subject. || How are claims justified without making the subject the ground of material reality? |- | Leibniz || From brute occurrence to a rational demand for sufficient reason. || How can emergence be explained without requiring complete derivation? |- | Kant || From objects as simply given to conditions of possible experience. || How do conditions of knowledge differ from conditions of material emergence? |- | Hegel || From static identity to development through internal tension. || How can tension transform a field without guaranteeing reconciliation or totality? |} These positions share no doctrine. Their structural continuity lies in the recurrent wish to secure the new through a prior structure of validation; the correction proposed here preserves rational inquiry and historical conditions while preventing either from becoming a complete advance specification of what can emerge. === Materially conditioned novelty === Emergence does not exceed every condition. It crosses a threshold within material conditions. The outcome is constrained by the organisation that precedes it, yet the new capacity is identified only when the range of operations changes. The formulation avoids two errors. Deterministic foundationalism treats novelty as merely latent. Unconditioned irruption makes novelty causally mysterious. Material emergence is neither: it is conditioned without being fully prewritten. === Check your understanding === * Why are Descartes, Leibniz, Kant, and Hegel not versions of the same theory? * What is preserved from each thinker in the comparison above? * How does explanation differ from exhaustive deduction? * Why is “conditioned without being fully prewritten” not a contradiction? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} b3xejb3ynrcmsejey8jjsbb2v5o49u1 0 476974 4670930 4670807 2026-09-18T15:34:20Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify critical displacement and add explicit sources for philosophical claims 4670930 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.4 — Critical Displacement without Abandonment == === Learning orientation === Critique need not choose between preserving a tradition unchanged and discarding it altogether. '''Critical displacement''' retains an analytical achievement while refusing the foundational role that once accompanied it. This operation is more demanding than inversion. To replace substance with flux, presence with absence, or identity with difference may leave the same architecture in place: one privileged term is exchanged for another. Displacement asks which distinctions still do explanatory work after their claim to sovereignty has been removed. === What can be retained === Twentieth-century philosophy provides indispensable resources for this task. The authors below do not form a single school, and their concepts are not interchangeable. {| class="wikitable" ! Interlocutor !! Resource retained !! Reduction refused |- | Freud || Present conduct can be shaped by processes unavailable to immediate awareness (Freud 1920). || Every novelty is the disguised return of a founding trauma. |- | Heidegger || Historical horizons affect what can appear as meaningful (Heidegger [1927] 1962). || Every event is exhausted by a single history of concealment. |- | Derrida || Presence depends on differentiation, iteration, and traces that prevent complete self-identity (Derrida [1967] 1997). || Deferral alone explains every material emergence. |- | Foucault || Archives, practices, and institutions organise fields of visibility and statement (Foucault 1972). || A discursive regime completely determines all events that occur within it. |- | Nancy || Existence is exposed and shared rather than enclosed in self-sufficient subjects (Nancy 1991). || Exposure is itself a sufficient account of how new capacities arise. |} The right-hand column does not attribute those reductions to each author as a whole. It identifies uses of their concepts that would obstruct the account of emergence developed here. === Displacement is not denial === Inherited structures can have real causal effects. The point is concrete: trauma can reorganise a life, an archive can exclude statements, an institution can preserve asymmetries, and a language can delimit available distinctions. Refusing those effects would replace metaphysical critique with empirical blindness. The question is whether one of these structures should function as a complete ground. If every later event is treated as the expression of an earlier trauma, archive, absence, or horizon, novelty becomes apparent rather than real. Critical displacement retains the constraint while reopening the range of possible operations. === Immanent constraints === A configuration without a transcendent ground is not unconstrained. Its constraints are '''immanent''': they arise from the materials, relations, histories, and environments that compose the field. Take a public archive. Its holdings, cataloguing system, preservation practices, legal rules, technical infrastructure, and staff shape what researchers can find, yet they neither guarantee every resulting interpretation or discovery nor contain it as a message waiting to be recovered. A new connection may become possible when records are reorganised or digitised and then read alongside materials previously kept apart. The novelty is conditioned. It is not prewritten. === Matter as substrate, not sovereign explanation === Matter remains the only substrate in this framework, but this statement does not turn “matter” into a self-explaining substance, because material explanation still requires analysis of organisation, scale, interaction, and threshold. Materiality begins the investigation. It does not conclude it. Critical displacement therefore performs two refusals at once: # no transcendent foundation is required to guarantee the field; # no single immanent condition is promoted into a total explanation of every event. Between those refusals lies a positive task: identify operating constraints and the relations they sustain, then determine which capacities change when a threshold is crossed. === A practical test === When using an inherited concept, ask: * What phenomenon did this concept make visible? * What evidence supports its use in this case? * Is it one condition among others, or is it being made into a complete ground? * Which operations become invisible if the concept is treated as exhaustive? * Can the retained insight be stated without installing an opposite first principle? These questions allow critique to learn from a tradition without becoming captive to it. === Check your understanding === * How does displacement differ from inversion? * Why are immanent constraints compatible with genuine novelty? * What is retained from the archive example, and what is refused? * Why is “matter is the only substrate” not a complete causal explanation? For cited works and editions, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} efs9l82mohp6db23cnjyfv9r8b9tmi6 4671015 4670930 2026-09-18T19:18:21Z DavidCota64 3507033 Reconcile the Freud citation with the referenced English edition 4671015 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.4 — Critical Displacement without Abandonment == === Learning orientation === Critique need not choose between preserving a tradition unchanged and discarding it altogether. '''Critical displacement''' retains an analytical achievement while refusing the foundational role that once accompanied it. This operation is more demanding than inversion. To replace substance with flux, presence with absence, or identity with difference may leave the same architecture in place: one privileged term is exchanged for another. Displacement asks which distinctions still do explanatory work after their claim to sovereignty has been removed. === What can be retained === Twentieth-century philosophy provides indispensable resources for this task. The authors below do not form a single school, and their concepts are not interchangeable. {| class="wikitable" ! Interlocutor !! Resource retained !! Reduction refused |- | Freud || Present conduct can be shaped by processes unavailable to immediate awareness (Freud [1920] 1955). || Every novelty is the disguised return of a founding trauma. |- | Heidegger || Historical horizons affect what can appear as meaningful (Heidegger [1927] 1962). || Every event is exhausted by a single history of concealment. |- | Derrida || Presence depends on differentiation, iteration, and traces that prevent complete self-identity (Derrida [1967] 1997). || Deferral alone explains every material emergence. |- | Foucault || Archives, practices, and institutions organise fields of visibility and statement (Foucault 1972). || A discursive regime completely determines all events that occur within it. |- | Nancy || Existence is exposed and shared rather than enclosed in self-sufficient subjects (Nancy 1991). || Exposure is itself a sufficient account of how new capacities arise. |} The right-hand column does not attribute those reductions to each author as a whole. It identifies uses of their concepts that would obstruct the account of emergence developed here. === Displacement is not denial === Inherited structures can have real causal effects. The point is concrete: trauma can reorganise a life, an archive can exclude statements, an institution can preserve asymmetries, and a language can delimit available distinctions. Refusing those effects would replace metaphysical critique with empirical blindness. The question is whether one of these structures should function as a complete ground. If every later event is treated as the expression of an earlier trauma, archive, absence, or horizon, novelty becomes apparent rather than real. Critical displacement retains the constraint while reopening the range of possible operations. === Immanent constraints === A configuration without a transcendent ground is not unconstrained. Its constraints are '''immanent''': they arise from the materials, relations, histories, and environments that compose the field. Take a public archive. Its holdings, cataloguing system, preservation practices, legal rules, technical infrastructure, and staff shape what researchers can find, yet they neither guarantee every resulting interpretation or discovery nor contain it as a message waiting to be recovered. A new connection may become possible when records are reorganised or digitised and then read alongside materials previously kept apart. The novelty is conditioned. It is not prewritten. === Matter as substrate, not sovereign explanation === Matter remains the only substrate in this framework, but this statement does not turn “matter” into a self-explaining substance, because material explanation still requires analysis of organisation, scale, interaction, and threshold. Materiality begins the investigation. It does not conclude it. Critical displacement therefore performs two refusals at once: # no transcendent foundation is required to guarantee the field; # no single immanent condition is promoted into a total explanation of every event. Between those refusals lies a positive task: identify operating constraints and the relations they sustain, then determine which capacities change when a threshold is crossed. === A practical test === When using an inherited concept, ask: * What phenomenon did this concept make visible? * What evidence supports its use in this case? * Is it one condition among others, or is it being made into a complete ground? * Which operations become invisible if the concept is treated as exhaustive? * Can the retained insight be stated without installing an opposite first principle? These questions allow critique to learn from a tradition without becoming captive to it. === Check your understanding === * How does displacement differ from inversion? * Why are immanent constraints compatible with genuine novelty? * What is retained from the archive example, and what is refused? * Why is “matter is the only substrate” not a complete causal explanation? For cited works and editions, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} ktldfq1hmevqhj4ycr5jlgxcc1sorym 0 476975 4670931 4670808 2026-09-18T15:34:33Z DavidCota64 3507033 Define emergence without ground as conditioned novelty rather than uncaused irruption 4670931 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.5 — The Irruption Without Ground == === Learning orientation === '''Irruption without ground''' names the appearance of a new operative capacity that was not fully specified by a prior plan, essence, or foundation. It does not name an event without material conditions. The phrase joins two claims: * '''irruption''': a threshold is crossed and the range of operations changes; * '''without ground''': no antecedent functions as a complete blueprint or sufficient metaphysical foundation for the new capacity. This distinction protects the concept from two opposite errors: reducing novelty to the unfolding of what was already present, and treating novelty as a causeless miracle. === Conditions are real === Nothing in this account emerges from nothing. Every candidate case has antecedent materials, relations, energy flows, histories, and constraints. These conditions must be investigated. If a proposed emergence is incompatible with the relevant material conditions, the proposal fails. Conditions can be necessary without being sufficient. They can also be contributory rather than strictly necessary. Which description is appropriate depends on the evidence available in each domain. The framework supplies no shortcut around empirical inquiry. “Without ground” therefore means neither “without a past” nor “without a cause”. It means that the past is not treated as a hidden copy of the future. === Threshold and new capacity === A mere change of state is not automatically an emergence. The stronger claim requires evidence that a new capacity appears at a threshold of organisation. {| class="wikitable" ! Question !! Purpose |- | What changed materially? || Identifies the reorganisation rather than naming novelty abstractly. |- | At what scale is the change described? || Prevents transfer of a claim between molecular, organismic, social, or symbolic scales without argument. |- | Which operation became possible? || Specifies the alleged new capacity. |- | Was that operation available to the components in isolation? || Tests whether the claim exceeds simple aggregation. |- | Which couplings sustain the capacity? || Keeps emergence tied to continuing material conditions. |- | What observation could disconfirm the claim? || Distinguishes explanation from retrospective celebration. |} The threshold is not an invisible line added by theory. It is inferred from a demonstrable change in what the configuration can do. === Example: an autocatalytic network === Imagine a set of chemical reactions in which no isolated reaction maintains the whole process. When concentrations and boundary conditions permit sufficient energy flow, products of some reactions begin to support other reactions, forming a network that can maintain its activity for a time. The chemicals and reaction pathways precede the network. They constrain what can occur. Yet the capacity for network-level maintenance belongs to their coupling under those conditions, not to a miniature network hidden inside one component. The case is emergent only if that additional capacity is established by evidence. This example should not be confused with a complete theory of the origin of life. Research on abiogenesis investigates many further requirements. The example illustrates the logical structure of the claim: conditioned novelty at a material threshold. === Intelligible without being fully derivable === Once a capacity has appeared, its mechanisms may become increasingly well understood. Better explanation does not make the novelty unreal. Nor does unpredictability by itself prove emergence: failure to predict may reflect limited knowledge or computation. The relevant issue is operational. Did the reorganisation produce a capacity that the prior configuration, as organised then, did not possess? If so, later explanation can show how the capacity depends on its conditions without turning those conditions into a pre-existing plan. === Verification by effects === An emergent capacity is not self-validating. It must be identified through effects that can be examined. In different domains, those effects may include maintained chemical activity, adaptive regulation, symbolic discrimination, coordinated institutional action, or another specified operation. The criteria must fit the domain. Biological sensitivity should not be attributed to an institution; symbolic interpretation should not be attributed to a chemical network; consciousness should not be inferred from complexity alone. Emergence is always a claim about a particular capacity at a particular scale. === Check your understanding === * What does “without ground” deny, and what does it preserve? * Why is unpredictability insufficient evidence of emergence? * How does a threshold differ from a vague declaration that something is new? * Why must the relevant capacity and scale be stated together? For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 7wsf82l8dqjwwmvq5qqr20rcxtgagx8 4671016 4670931 2026-09-18T19:18:26Z DavidCota64 3507033 Open irruption without ground with a material worked case 4671016 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.5 — The Irruption Without Ground == === Learning orientation === In an autocatalytic network, reactions that were separately possible can become mutually sustaining once a material organisation reaches the relevant conditions. The example does not abolish chemistry or causal history; it raises a narrower question: when does a conditioned change justify saying that a new capacity has become operative? Irruption without ground names that appearance without treating any antecedent as a complete blueprint. The phrase joins two claims: * '''irruption''': a threshold is crossed and the range of operations changes; * '''without ground''': no antecedent functions as a complete blueprint or sufficient metaphysical foundation for the new capacity. This distinction protects the concept from two opposite errors: reducing novelty to the unfolding of what was already present, and treating novelty as a causeless miracle. === Conditions are real === Nothing in this account emerges from nothing. Every candidate case has antecedent materials, relations, energy flows, histories, and constraints. These conditions must be investigated. If a proposed emergence is incompatible with the relevant material conditions, the proposal fails. Conditions can be necessary without being sufficient. They can also be contributory rather than strictly necessary. Which description is appropriate depends on the evidence available in each domain. The framework supplies no shortcut around empirical inquiry. “Without ground” therefore means neither “without a past” nor “without a cause”. It means that the past is not treated as a hidden copy of the future. === Threshold and new capacity === A mere change of state is not automatically an emergence. The stronger claim requires evidence that a new capacity appears at a threshold of organisation. {| class="wikitable" ! Question !! Purpose |- | What changed materially? || Identifies the reorganisation rather than naming novelty abstractly. |- | At what scale is the change described? || Prevents transfer of a claim between molecular, organismic, social, or symbolic scales without argument. |- | Which operation became possible? || Specifies the alleged new capacity. |- | Was that operation available to the components in isolation? || Tests whether the claim exceeds simple aggregation. |- | Which couplings sustain the capacity? || Keeps emergence tied to continuing material conditions. |- | What observation could disconfirm the claim? || Distinguishes explanation from retrospective celebration. |} The threshold is not an invisible line added by theory. It is inferred from a demonstrable change in what the configuration can do. === Example: an autocatalytic network === Imagine a set of chemical reactions in which no isolated reaction maintains the whole process. When concentrations and boundary conditions permit sufficient energy flow, products of some reactions begin to support other reactions, forming a network that can maintain its activity for a time. The chemicals and reaction pathways precede the network. They constrain what can occur. Yet the capacity for network-level maintenance belongs to their coupling under those conditions, not to a miniature network hidden inside one component. The case is emergent only if that additional capacity is established by evidence. This example should not be confused with a complete theory of the origin of life. Research on abiogenesis investigates many further requirements. The example illustrates the logical structure of the claim: conditioned novelty at a material threshold. === Intelligible without being fully derivable === Once a capacity has appeared, its mechanisms may become increasingly well understood. Better explanation does not make the novelty unreal. Nor does unpredictability by itself prove emergence: failure to predict may reflect limited knowledge or computation. The relevant issue is operational. Did the reorganisation produce a capacity that the prior configuration, as organised then, did not possess? If so, later explanation can show how the capacity depends on its conditions without turning those conditions into a pre-existing plan. === Verification by effects === An emergent capacity is not self-validating. It must be identified through effects that can be examined. In different domains, those effects may include maintained chemical activity, adaptive regulation, symbolic discrimination, coordinated institutional action, or another specified operation. The criteria must fit the domain. Biological sensitivity should not be attributed to an institution; symbolic interpretation should not be attributed to a chemical network; consciousness should not be inferred from complexity alone. Emergence is always a claim about a particular capacity at a particular scale. === Check your understanding === * What does “without ground” deny, and what does it preserve? * Why is unpredictability insufficient evidence of emergence? * How does a threshold differ from a vague declaration that something is new? * Why must the relevant capacity and scale be stated together? For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} q4yb73byj9nq1s2dgeg9slhrx7g9exp 0 476976 4670932 4670834 2026-09-18T15:35:17Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish logical, temporal, causal, and expository sequence 4670932 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.2.6 — Language and Logic as Prison of Sequence == === Learning orientation === Sentences unfold one after another. Arguments introduce premises before conclusions. Books place one section after another. Material processes, however, may involve simultaneous interactions, feedback loops, different rates, and changes that become visible only at another scale. Language and logic become a '''prison of sequence''' when the order of an explanation is mistaken for the organisation of the process explained. The response is not to abandon language, logic, chronology, or causality. It is to use them while keeping their limits visible. === Four kinds of order === Several orders that often appear together must be distinguished: {| class="wikitable" ! Order !! Guiding question |- | Expository order || In what sequence are ideas presented to a reader? |- | Logical order || Which claims support or entail other claims? |- | Temporal order || Which events occurred earlier, later, or simultaneously? |- | Causal order || Which processes made a difference to which outcomes? |} An author may present a cause after its effect for pedagogical reasons. A logical premise need not occur earlier in time than the conclusion it supports. Two causes may interact simultaneously even though a sentence must mention one first. Confusing these orders creates false ontological conclusions. === Sequence is necessary but incomplete === Discursive sequence is not an error. Without some order, an explanation cannot be followed or assessed. The difficulty begins when a single line of exposition is taken to exhaust a field of relations. Consider temperature regulation in a building. A textbook may present the system as a chain: sensor, controller, heater, room temperature. In operation, the room affects the sensor, the controller alters the heater, the heater changes the room, and external weather modifies the entire cycle. The process has temporal and causal structure, but it is not adequately represented by one irreversible line. Feedback does not abolish causes. It makes causal organisation recurrent and reciprocal across intervals. Likewise, simultaneity does not abolish sequence: some changes still occur before others. The analytical task is to represent both without forcing the process into a single direction. === The danger of grammatical subjects === Language also encourages agents and actions: “the system decides”, “matter reorganises itself”, “order imposes itself”. Such sentences can be convenient, but they may suggest a hidden subject or intention. Whenever agency is unclear, replace the grammatical shortcut with an operational description. Which components interact? Which boundary changes? Which signal is discriminated? Which coupling is maintained? This translation does not eliminate concepts; it tests whether they refer to identifiable operations. === Critical use of concepts === The framework cannot step outside language to describe a pure, unmediated real. It can instead use several corrective practices: # distinguish expository, logical, temporal, and causal order; # state the scale at which a relation is described; # use cross-references to show conceptual dependence that is not linear; # represent feedback and reciprocal constraint explicitly; # test process-language against observations and counterfactuals; # revise a concept when it hides the operations it was meant to clarify. These practices turn language into an instrument of inquiry rather than a transparent mirror. === Logic and emergence === Emergence does not license contradiction or exemption from evidence. If two claims cannot both be true in the same respect and at the same time, calling the conflict “complex” does not resolve it. Nor does the novelty of an outcome permit an explanation to ignore causal dependencies. Logic remains necessary for checking consistency and inference. Its limit is different: a valid formal relation between propositions does not by itself describe every material relation in the process. Logical order and material organisation must be connected by argument and evidence. === Reading this book non-linearly === The numbered order offers a route, not a metaphysical chronology. Readers may move backwards when a later distinction clarifies an earlier claim. In particular: * [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/I - The Regime of Precedence|3.2.1]] distinguishes priority from foundation; * [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/V - The Irruption Without Ground|3.2.5]] defines conditioned novelty at a threshold; * [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|3.2.7]] shifts attention to continuing effects and couplings. The cross-references do not escape sequence. They make the dependencies between concepts more explicit. === Check your understanding === * Why does criticism of linear exposition not deny temporal succession? * How does feedback complicate, but not abolish, causal analysis? * What hidden assumption may be introduced by the phrase “the system decides”? * Why does emergence not suspend logical consistency? For cited works and conceptual sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} bck6ands8x4nsmyw0lnweg1h0i3f666 0 476977 4670935 4670771 2026-09-18T15:40:51Z DavidCota64 3507033 Remove self-authorising formulations and link the consolidated references 4670935 wikitext text/x-wiki The preceding sections have criticised a recurrent regime of precedence: once a configuration exists, inquiry looks backwards for what came first and then treats that antecedent as the sufficient origin of what followed. The criticism does not deny history, causality, enabling conditions, or temporal order. It denies the conversion of an antecedent into a foundation that is supposed to contain the novelty in advance. The final move of this section is from '''precedence''' to '''insistence'''. Instead of asking only “What was there first?”, the analysis asks “What continues to operate, to resist integration, or to require renewed coupling in the present configuration?” == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a real antecedent from a founding origin; * define insistence without confusing it with repetition, inertia, or operative excess; * explain how causal history and emergent novelty can be studied together; * answer the objection that emergence without origin is irrational; * connect insistence with local order in Section 3.3. The guiding question is: '''What explains the continuation or reorganisation of a configuration now, rather than merely naming what preceded it?''' == The limit of precedence == Temporal precedence is indispensable in many explanations. Fuel must be present before combustion; prior training affects later performance; an institution inherits procedures from earlier decisions. The present analysis does not dispute such dependencies. A '''regime of precedence''' arises when “earlier than” is silently transformed into “ontologically more fundamental than”. A cause, condition, or historical event is then treated as if it already contained the identity and capacities of the later configuration. The explanatory sequence becomes: # identify a later event; # reconstruct an earlier condition; # interpret the condition as the event’s true origin; # reduce the novelty to the unfolding of what was supposedly there all along. This reconstruction can erase emergence. Conditions constrain and enable, but they need not specify the complete operation that later becomes possible. A history of components is necessary for explanation; it is not always sufficient to explain the capacities of their organised coupling. The point is not to replace retrospective explanation with attention to an isolated present. Present configurations are sedimented histories. The point is to prevent history from becoming destiny. == The concept of insistence == '''Insistence''' names the continued operative presence of a relation, pressure, configuration, or unresolved difference through renewed material operations. What insists does not persist because it was first. It persists because couplings keep reproducing it, because a pressure remains unintegrated, or because the configuration continues to generate effects that require response. This definition includes two related cases: * a configuration insists when its operative consistency is actively maintained under changing conditions; * a difference or pressure insists when the current organisation repeatedly fails to integrate its effects. Neither case makes insistence a hidden force. The analyst must identify what continues, through which material supports, with which effects, and over what interval. Insistence is not identical to several neighbouring terms: {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! What it names ! Difference from insistence |- | Repetition | Recurrence of an operation or pattern | Insistence may involve changed operations rather than recurrence of the same |- | Persistence | Continued existence across an interval | Insistence emphasises the ongoing work or pressure that sustains continuation |- | Inertia | Continuation without relevant change in motion or state | Insistence can require active adjustment and reorganisation |- | Operative excess | Operations exceed what the present organisation can integrate | Excess may insist, but insistence is not itself the production of excess |- | Precedence | An antecedent relation in time or explanation | What came first need not be what remains operative |} The term should therefore not be applied automatically to every durable object. A rock may persist, but calling its persistence “insistence” is useful only if the analysis can identify an ongoing operative relation or pressure that the term helps distinguish. == Material and symbolic cases == In a living organism, continued viability depends on renewed exchange, repair, regulation, and adjustment. The organism does not endure as an unchanged substance. Its configuration insists through operations that preserve a range of organisation while components and conditions change. In an institution, a rule insists through documents, software, training, budgets, sanctions, expectations, and repeated decisions. Its historical origin may explain how it began. Its present material supports explain how it continues. If those supports are altered, the rule may cease to operate even while its founding text remains. In a symbolic inquiry, an anomalous result can insist when later tests reproduce effects that the accepted framework cannot integrate. The anomaly is not important because it came first; it becomes important because it continues to constrain interpretation and action. Here insistence and operative excess may intersect: the continuing results demand operations that exceed the available symbolic organisation. These cases are not claims that one mechanism operates identically in biology, institutions, and science. They show how the same question can be specified differently: what must keep happening for this configuration or pressure to remain operative? == Insistence is not a new ground == A concept introduced to displace origins can easily become another origin. If insistence were described as a universal energy, law, or motor behind all change, it would repeat the structure it is meant to criticise. Insistence has no independent existence behind configurations. It is an analytical operator for continued operation in a determinate case. It does not explain by itself. Saying “the system insists” is incomplete until the relations, supports, repetitions, corrections, and effects are described. For the same reason, insistence should not replace causal analysis. A complete inquiry may need to ask: * Which antecedent conditions made the configuration possible? * Which threshold was crossed? * Which couplings sustain its current operation? * What remains unintegrated? * Which effects continue despite attempts to suppress or absorb them? * What kind of reorganisation would change the pattern? Precedence and insistence are not mutually exclusive observations. The displacement concerns explanatory privilege: no antecedent is assumed to contain the later capacity, and no present configuration is understood without the operations that sustain it. == Against the objection of irrationalism == If novelty is not fully specified by what preceded it, does explanation become impossible? No. The objection confuses determination with intelligibility. An emergent capacity can be studied through its material conditions, threshold, organisation, and effects. What is refused is the stronger claim that a complete account of prior components would, by itself, make the new capacity deductively inevitable. Explanation can be constrained, evidence-based, and revisable without treating the future as already contained in the past. Intelligibility is often partly retrospective. Once a new capacity operates, inquiry can identify relations that were necessary, compare cases, and refine models. Retrospective analysis does not prove that the capacity was preformed. It shows how a singular outcome became materially possible. Kuhn’s account of scientific change and Bachelard’s account of epistemological rupture offer useful analogies: new conceptual organisations can alter the standards by which evidence is interpreted. This framework does not convert those histories of science into an ontological proof. They illustrate how intelligibility can itself be reorganised. == The ethical dimension == Insistence has ethical relevance when a material pressure, injury, exclusion, or unregistered effect continues to demand symbolic response. The demand is not morally authoritative merely because it persists. Harmful institutions and dominating classifications can insist as effectively as neglected vulnerabilities. Ethical evaluation therefore requires more than attention to what insists. It asks how a possible response would redistribute exposure, maintain capacities for response and repair, preserve heterogeneity, and remain open to contestation. Insistence identifies what cannot responsibly be treated as resolved; it does not decide the response in advance. '''Hesitation''' becomes important here. It suspends an automatic answer long enough to determine whether the current symbolic framework can register the continuing pressure. '''Decision''' then reorganises relations without the guarantee that every consequence is known. These operators are developed in Part IV. == Worked example: a recurring railway failure == Imagine a railway signalling fault that appears intermittently. # The first incident has many antecedent conditions: hardware, software, maintenance history, weather, and operating procedures. # A quick repair restores service, but similar faults recur. # The pattern insists because its effects continue across interventions; the existing classification of the fault is insufficient. # Investigators revise the field of analysis, including interactions that the initial procedure excluded. # A new coupling or failure mode becomes identifiable, and maintenance is reorganised. # The historical cause still matters, but it is the continuing operative pressure that prevents the first explanation from closing the case. The example shows why insistence is neither mystery nor rhetorical emphasis. It directs attention to continued effects and to the work required to alter them. == From emergence to local order == The move from precedence to insistence completes the analysis of emergence without origin. Novelty is materially conditioned but not treated as the expression of a founding reserve. Once a new capacity appears, its continuation depends on couplings that must be maintained. The next question is therefore not “Which eternal order does it instantiate?” but “How does this configuration hold together here?” [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Section 3.3.1]] begins the analysis of order as a local effect. It examines how insistence can produce relative consistency without becoming a principle of universal order. == Check your understanding == * Why does criticism of precedence not abolish causal history? * What additional evidence is needed before calling persistence “insistence”? * Can a harmful institution insist? What follows? * How are insistence and operative excess related without being identical? * Why is retrospective intelligibility compatible with genuine emergence? For the critique of sequential language that prepares this move, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VI - Language and Logic as Prison of Sequence|Section 3.2.6]]. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} t47qixevw7oz5ute9w91szrcg4306gd 4671017 4670935 2026-09-18T19:18:28Z DavidCota64 3507033 Open insistence with a recurring material failure 4671017 wikitext text/x-wiki A railway signalling fault can recur after its first incident has been repaired. Identifying the earliest failure may be historically necessary, but it does not explain why the fault continues under later conditions. The case directs attention from what came first to what remains operative. The preceding sections call this displacement a move from precedence to insistence. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish a real antecedent from a founding origin; * define insistence without confusing it with repetition, inertia, or operative excess; * explain how causal history and emergent novelty can be studied together; * answer the objection that emergence without origin is irrational; * connect insistence with local order in Section 3.3. The guiding question is: '''What explains the continuation or reorganisation of a configuration now, rather than merely naming what preceded it?''' == The limit of precedence == Temporal precedence is indispensable in many explanations. Fuel must be present before combustion; prior training affects later performance; an institution inherits procedures from earlier decisions. The present analysis does not dispute such dependencies. A '''regime of precedence''' arises when “earlier than” is silently transformed into “ontologically more fundamental than”. A cause, condition, or historical event is then treated as if it already contained the identity and capacities of the later configuration. The explanatory sequence becomes: # identify a later event; # reconstruct an earlier condition; # interpret the condition as the event’s true origin; # reduce the novelty to the unfolding of what was supposedly there all along. This reconstruction can erase emergence. Conditions constrain and enable, but they need not specify the complete operation that later becomes possible. A history of components is necessary for explanation; it is not always sufficient to explain the capacities of their organised coupling. The point is not to replace retrospective explanation with attention to an isolated present. Present configurations are sedimented histories. The point is to prevent history from becoming destiny. == The concept of insistence == '''Insistence''' names the continued operative presence of a relation, pressure, configuration, or unresolved difference through renewed material operations. What insists does not persist because it was first. It persists because couplings keep reproducing it, because a pressure remains unintegrated, or because the configuration continues to generate effects that require response. This definition includes two related cases: * a configuration insists when its operative consistency is actively maintained under changing conditions; * a difference or pressure insists when the current organisation repeatedly fails to integrate its effects. Neither case makes insistence a hidden force. The analyst must identify what continues, through which material supports, with which effects, and over what interval. Insistence is not identical to several neighbouring terms: {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! What it names ! Difference from insistence |- | Repetition | Recurrence of an operation or pattern | Insistence may involve changed operations rather than recurrence of the same |- | Persistence | Continued existence across an interval | Insistence emphasises the ongoing work or pressure that sustains continuation |- | Inertia | Continuation without relevant change in motion or state | Insistence can require active adjustment and reorganisation |- | Operative excess | Operations exceed what the present organisation can integrate | Excess may insist, but insistence is not itself the production of excess |- | Precedence | An antecedent relation in time or explanation | What came first need not be what remains operative |} The term should therefore not be applied automatically to every durable object. A rock may persist, but calling its persistence “insistence” is useful only if the analysis can identify an ongoing operative relation or pressure that the term helps distinguish. == Material and symbolic cases == In a living organism, continued viability depends on renewed exchange, repair, regulation, and adjustment. The organism does not endure as an unchanged substance. Its configuration insists through operations that preserve a range of organisation while components and conditions change. In an institution, a rule insists through documents, software, training, budgets, sanctions, expectations, and repeated decisions. Its historical origin may explain how it began. Its present material supports explain how it continues. If those supports are altered, the rule may cease to operate even while its founding text remains. In a symbolic inquiry, an anomalous result can insist when later tests reproduce effects that the accepted framework cannot integrate. The anomaly is not important because it came first; it becomes important because it continues to constrain interpretation and action. Here insistence and operative excess may intersect: the continuing results demand operations that exceed the available symbolic organisation. These cases are not claims that one mechanism operates identically in biology, institutions, and science. They show how the same question can be specified differently: what must keep happening for this configuration or pressure to remain operative? == Insistence is not a new ground == A concept introduced to displace origins can easily become another origin. If insistence were described as a universal energy, law, or motor behind all change, it would repeat the structure it is meant to criticise. Insistence has no independent existence behind configurations. It is an analytical operator for continued operation in a determinate case. It does not explain by itself. Saying “the system insists” is incomplete until the relations, supports, repetitions, corrections, and effects are described. For the same reason, insistence should not replace causal analysis. A complete inquiry may need to ask: * Which antecedent conditions made the configuration possible? * Which threshold was crossed? * Which couplings sustain its current operation? * What remains unintegrated? * Which effects continue despite attempts to suppress or absorb them? * What kind of reorganisation would change the pattern? Precedence and insistence are not mutually exclusive observations. The displacement concerns explanatory privilege: no antecedent is assumed to contain the later capacity, and no present configuration is understood without the operations that sustain it. == Against the objection of irrationalism == If novelty is not fully specified by what preceded it, does explanation become impossible? No. The objection confuses determination with intelligibility. An emergent capacity can be studied through its material conditions, threshold, organisation, and effects. What is refused is the stronger claim that a complete account of prior components would, by itself, make the new capacity deductively inevitable. Explanation can be constrained, evidence-based, and revisable without treating the future as already contained in the past. Intelligibility is often partly retrospective. Once a new capacity operates, inquiry can identify relations that were necessary, compare cases, and refine models. Retrospective analysis does not prove that the capacity was preformed. It shows how a singular outcome became materially possible. Kuhn’s account of scientific change and Bachelard’s account of epistemological rupture offer useful analogies: new conceptual organisations can alter the standards by which evidence is interpreted. This framework does not convert those histories of science into an ontological proof. They illustrate how intelligibility can itself be reorganised. == The ethical dimension == Insistence has ethical relevance when a material pressure, injury, exclusion, or unregistered effect continues to demand symbolic response. The demand is not morally authoritative merely because it persists. Harmful institutions and dominating classifications can insist as effectively as neglected vulnerabilities. Ethical evaluation therefore requires more than attention to what insists. It asks how a possible response would redistribute exposure, maintain capacities for response and repair, preserve heterogeneity, and remain open to contestation. Insistence identifies what cannot responsibly be treated as resolved; it does not decide the response in advance. '''Hesitation''' becomes important here. It suspends an automatic answer long enough to determine whether the current symbolic framework can register the continuing pressure. '''Decision''' then reorganises relations without the guarantee that every consequence is known. These operators are developed in Part IV. == Worked example: a recurring railway failure == Imagine a railway signalling fault that appears intermittently. # The first incident has many antecedent conditions: hardware, software, maintenance history, weather, and operating procedures. # A quick repair restores service, but similar faults recur. # The pattern insists because its effects continue across interventions; the existing classification of the fault is insufficient. # Investigators revise the field of analysis, including interactions that the initial procedure excluded. # A new coupling or failure mode becomes identifiable, and maintenance is reorganised. # The historical cause still matters, but it is the continuing operative pressure that prevents the first explanation from closing the case. The example shows why insistence is neither mystery nor rhetorical emphasis. It directs attention to continued effects and to the work required to alter them. == From emergence to local order == The move from precedence to insistence completes the analysis of emergence without origin. Novelty is materially conditioned but not treated as the expression of a founding reserve. Once a new capacity appears, its continuation depends on couplings that must be maintained. The next question is therefore not “Which eternal order does it instantiate?” but “How does this configuration hold together here?” [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Section 3.3.1]] begins the analysis of order as a local effect. It examines how insistence can produce relative consistency without becoming a principle of universal order. == Check your understanding == * Why does criticism of precedence not abolish causal history? * What additional evidence is needed before calling persistence “insistence”? * Can a harmful institution insist? What follows? * How are insistence and operative excess related without being identical? * Why is retrospective intelligibility compatible with genuine emergence? For the critique of sequential language that prepares this move, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VI - Language and Logic as Prison of Sequence|Section 3.2.6]]. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} o2am1yv7kolikspgxyqys2go7y0ilws 0 476978 4670933 4670810 2026-09-18T15:35:30Z DavidCota64 3507033 Rebuild order as a real local effect without making it a universal principle 4670933 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.1 — Against Order as Principle == === Learning orientation === Order is real. It need not be a first principle. A crystal lattice, an ecological cycle, a timetable, and a legal procedure are ordered in different senses; the philosophical mistake begins when one of those senses is projected onto the whole of reality as its source, plan, or final standard. This section distinguishes three uses: {| class="wikitable" ! Use of “order” !! Example !! Question |- | Material order || A recurring spatial, temporal, or causal pattern. || Which conditions produce and sustain it? |- | Symbolic or normative order || A classification, rule, schedule, or institution. || Which system inscribes, applies, and revises it? |- | Order as ontological principle || A universal plan or rational structure said to govern every event. || What evidence warrants this universal explanatory role? |} The framework accepts the first two as objects of investigation. It rejects the third when it is treated as a guarantee that precedes all material organisation. === Why order has been treated as a principle === Several philosophical traditions use order to make change intelligible, but they do so in different ways. Plato's ''Timaeus'' presents a cosmos ordered in relation to an intelligible model (Plato 1997). Aristotle's analysis of causes includes final causation, yet his account of natural beings cannot be reduced to the image of an external designer (Aristotle 1984b). Hegel interprets historical and conceptual development through a dialectical structure, but that structure is not simply a static plan imposed from outside (Hegel [1807] 1977). These positions should not be collapsed into one doctrine. The relevant question is structural: does order explain a configuration because its material conditions and operations have been shown, or is order invoked as the condition that makes every configuration possible in advance? === Order as effect === To call order an '''effect''' is to redirect inquiry towards its production and maintenance: a pattern exists because specified relations hold within a range of conditions, and it may alter or disappear when those relations change. This does not make the pattern unreal. A salt crystal has a material lattice before any observer names it. Its organisation depends on the properties and conditions of crystallisation; it is neither a human projection nor evidence of a cosmic plan. When a scientist describes the lattice, a symbolic order is added: concepts, measurements, diagrams, and classifications make the material organisation legible. Material order and symbolic order can therefore interact without being identical. The first concerns the configuration investigated. The second concerns the operations through which a capable system discriminates, represents, coordinates, or regulates it. === Laws, regularities, and principles === Rejecting order as a metaphysical principle does not require denying physical laws or stable regularities. It requires care about their role. A scientific law can describe a robust relation and guide prediction by supporting counterfactual reasoning. Whether laws are fundamental, emergent, local, or features of our best representations is a further philosophical question. The account developed here does not settle that debate by definition. Its claim is limited: no observed regularity, by itself, proves that all reality realises a single prior order. Local order need not be weak or brief. A configuration may persist for billions of years while remaining dependent on conditions that can change. Duration alone proves nothing: it changes the scale of inquiry without converting an effect into a transcendent foundation. === Order without a hidden author === Symbolic and institutional orders may also arise without one author who designed the whole. A language is maintained through many speakers, inherited distinctions, material media, and institutions. A transport timetable is deliberately designed, but it operates only through vehicles, staff, infrastructure, clocks, rules, and repeated compliance. Agency can be distributed even when some decisions have identifiable authors. Responsibility remains. Even without a single author, particular actors may exercise power, exclude alternatives, conceal costs, or prevent revision; “emergent” must never become an excuse for treating an institution as nobody's responsibility. === Emergence is not the new sovereign principle === The rejection of universal order would fail if emergence were installed as a universal force that explains everything. Emergence is a type of claim about a change in capacity at a material threshold. Some processes are emergent; others are continuations, decompositions, repetitions, or changes adequately explained at the same scale. The task is therefore diagnostic, not devotional. For each apparent order, ask which relations sustain it, which scale makes it visible, what it enables, and under which changes it would cease to hold. === Check your understanding === * How does material order differ from symbolic or normative order? * Why is order as effect still real? * What remains open when this framework discusses scientific laws? * Why should emergence not replace order as a universal principle? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 7m5n3xhiy62pm8enee0df01mswnfwp1 4671018 4670933 2026-09-18T19:19:23Z DavidCota64 3507033 State the governing distinction between material and symbolic order 4671018 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.1 — Against Order as Principle == === Learning orientation === Order is real. It need not be a first principle. A crystal lattice, an ecological cycle, a timetable, and a legal procedure are ordered in different senses; the philosophical mistake begins when one of those senses is projected onto the whole of reality as its source, plan, or final standard. This section distinguishes three uses: {| class="wikitable" ! Use of “order” !! Example !! Question |- | Material order || A recurring spatial, temporal, or causal pattern. || Which conditions produce and sustain it? |- | Symbolic or normative order || A classification, rule, schedule, or institution. || Which system inscribes, applies, and revises it? |- | Order as ontological principle || A universal plan or rational structure said to govern every event. || What evidence warrants this universal explanatory role? |} The framework accepts the first two as objects of investigation. It rejects the third when it is treated as a guarantee that precedes all material organisation. === Why order has been treated as a principle === Several philosophical traditions use order to make change intelligible, but they do so in different ways. Plato's ''Timaeus'' presents a cosmos ordered in relation to an intelligible model (Plato 1997). Aristotle's analysis of causes includes final causation, yet his account of natural beings cannot be reduced to the image of an external designer (Aristotle 1984b). Hegel interprets historical and conceptual development through a dialectical structure, but that structure is not simply a static plan imposed from outside (Hegel [1807] 1977). These positions should not be collapsed into one doctrine. The relevant question is structural: does order explain a configuration because its material conditions and operations have been shown, or is order invoked as the condition that makes every configuration possible in advance? === Order as effect === To call order an '''effect''' is to redirect inquiry towards its production and maintenance: a pattern exists because specified relations hold within a range of conditions, and it may alter or disappear when those relations change. This does not make the pattern unreal. A salt crystal has a material lattice before any observer names it. Its organisation depends on the properties and conditions of crystallisation; it is neither a human projection nor evidence of a cosmic plan. When a scientist describes the lattice, a symbolic order is added: concepts, measurements, diagrams, and classifications make the material organisation legible. Material order and symbolic order can therefore interact without being identical. The first concerns the configuration investigated. The second concerns the operations through which a capable system discriminates, represents, coordinates, or regulates it. This distinction governs the rest of Part III: naming, interpretation, exclusion, and revision apply only where symbolic or normative order exists. They must not be projected backwards onto material regularities that operate without a system of inscription. === Laws, regularities, and principles === Rejecting order as a metaphysical principle does not require denying physical laws or stable regularities. It requires care about their role. A scientific law can describe a robust relation and guide prediction by supporting counterfactual reasoning. Whether laws are fundamental, emergent, local, or features of our best representations is a further philosophical question. The account developed here does not settle that debate by definition. Its claim is limited: no observed regularity, by itself, proves that all reality realises a single prior order. Local order need not be weak or brief. A configuration may persist for billions of years while remaining dependent on conditions that can change. Duration alone proves nothing: it changes the scale of inquiry without converting an effect into a transcendent foundation. === Order without a hidden author === Symbolic and institutional orders may also arise without one author who designed the whole. A language is maintained through many speakers, inherited distinctions, material media, and institutions. A transport timetable is deliberately designed, but it operates only through vehicles, staff, infrastructure, clocks, rules, and repeated compliance. Agency can be distributed even when some decisions have identifiable authors. Responsibility remains. Even without a single author, particular actors may exercise power, exclude alternatives, conceal costs, or prevent revision; “emergent” must never become an excuse for treating an institution as nobody's responsibility. === Emergence is not the new sovereign principle === The rejection of universal order would fail if emergence were installed as a universal force that explains everything. Emergence is a type of claim about a change in capacity at a material threshold. Some processes are emergent; others are continuations, decompositions, repetitions, or changes adequately explained at the same scale. The task is therefore diagnostic, not devotional. For each apparent order, ask which relations sustain it, which scale makes it visible, what it enables, and under which changes it would cease to hold. === Check your understanding === * How does material order differ from symbolic or normative order? * Why is order as effect still real? * What remains open when this framework discusses scientific laws? * Why should emergence not replace order as a universal principle? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} a8f368m98ywpfo7jtheofnmvzvjwyj4 0 476979 4670936 4670835 2026-09-18T15:41:04Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify material order, symbolic legibility, stability, and scale while preserving the chapter 4670936 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.2 — The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field == Order, as conceived within this chapter, does not present itself as a transcendent instance or as a plan preceding matter. On the contrary, it arises as a localised and ephemeral effect of the productive instability of the real. Within this ontological regime, there is no original repose, no inaugural equilibrium: no material order carries a final guarantee of persistence; configurations remain dependent on conditions that can change, tensional composition without centre, without exteriority, and without normative reference. The classical image of the cosmos, understood as pre-established harmony, dissolves into a new image of the real as chaosmos — a term coined by Joyce, adopted philosophically by Deleuze and Guattari, and circulated within complex thought by Edgar Morin — an operative term designating the coexistence of order and disorder, of form and flux, of emergence and simultaneous dissolution. As previously articulated, stability is a conditioned interval rather than an unconditional foundation, not a foundation. Form is not a given, but a torsion: a temporary inflection of matter in variation, which, through functional coupling, reorganises itself and produces zones of operative consistency. This formulation resonates with process philosophy, particularly in Whitehead, who conceives reality as a succession of relational events rather than fixed substantial aggregates — though what is retained here is the relational event alone, not the experiential occasions already refused above (§3.1.3). Such relational composition — and it is crucial to reiterate this — is not chaos conceived as absolute disorganisation, but a dynamic regime of material interactions in perpetual modulation. Within it, matter does not rest: it recomposes, hesitates, resists, and reshapes itself. Upon reaching certain thresholds of complexity, some material reorganisations produce temporary patterns or torsions; a torsion is symbolic only when a capable system discriminates and inscribes it, precarious stabilisations. These patterns, though they may acquire relative durability, remain fundamentally unstable in both origin and persistence. At this juncture, the distinction between a teleological conception of order — as a structuring force guiding the real towards its fulfilment — and an emergentist conception becomes evident. The latter conceives order as a whirlpool: a swirling of forces that, for brief moments, produces organisation, before dissolving back into the relentless movement from which it arose. Far from being metaphorical, this image carries conceptual potency: like the whirlpool, order does not come from outside, is not imposed, nor sustained by a centre; it is matter itself operating as such. This approach stands in direct opposition to the Platonic tradition and transcendental idealism, both of which posit immutable forms or pre-experiential ordering principles. Stability, then, is not the natural state of things, but their recurring exception. Regularity is not a principle, but a collateral effect of threshold conditions. In complex systems — such as climate, ecosystems, or living organisms — order appears precisely when multiple instabilities intersect and enter into resonance. This reading aligns with the paradigm of self-organisation proposed by Prigogine, for whom order in dissipative systems emerges from instability, not homogeneity — a gain retained here with its divergence marked: what generates the new is not fluctuation or collapse as such but the excess of operative combinations, and the extension of the dissipative pattern beyond thermodynamics is an ontological thesis of this framework, not a result licensed by the physics. Local order can coexist with variation and with processes described as disordered at another scale. Chaos is not a universal substance or a necessary condition of every order. The relevant task is to identify the interactions and thresholds that sustain the configuration under study. Such a formulation destabilises any ontological attempt to ground order as essence. In this framework, order is not a “state” to be preserved, but a function to be understood. There is no model to be followed, only operations to be recognised. The local torsion within this dynamic network of materiality points not towards an ideal totality, but to the capacity of the real to inscribe itself differently upon itself — always in a situated, ephemeral, and relational manner. The scale of such inscription, however, is not fixed. What appears as an instant to human consciousness may, at another scale, constitute a stability of millions of years. The fleeting formation of a complex molecule, lasting mere seconds, and the persistence of a structured galaxy whose coherence spans billions of years, both belong to the same regime of transitional organisation. The difference between them lies not in their ontological nature, but in the duration of their consistency — time understood here as an interval of material operativity, not as a metaphysical substrate. Even when prolonged, stability does not lose its status as pause: it is always an event of instability, never its overcoming. It must be emphasised that such torsion is neither directed by an agent nor aimed at an end: it occurs through saturation of material conditions, through tensions that precariously balance, through convergence of heterogeneous flows. This is unplanned emergence, where material operation can precede symbolic meaning, and consistency precedes representation. In this sense, one may affirm that order is the name we assign to certain forms of duration — not because they endure intrinsically, but because, by enduring, they allow for naming. Such duration, however, is what permits inscription — it is not substance. What emerges as form is matter itself reorganising, becoming capable of maintaining, if only briefly, a functional coherence. Contrary to idealist conceptions, there is no antecedent plan to be fulfilled; a materially sustained pattern takes form through the relations that produce it — and, in happening, already begins to unravel. Material configurations can display order before any system names them. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a capable system selects a scale, discriminates recurrences, and relates symbols through which that order becomes describable. The description is situated and partial, but the material pattern is not created merely by being described. “Ephemeral torsion” therefore names a conditioned material configuration; its recognition as order belongs to a distinct symbolic operation. Torsion, therefore, is the minimal figure of order — not its foundation, but its event, and also its interpretation. A fold without plan, a curvature of instability, an operation without guarantee, and a symbolic reading that transforms such an operation into intelligible form. And it is precisely this unstable and symbolic condition that renders order thinkable — not as promise of salvation, but as index of the potency of a real that never rests, but that, at times, allows us to believe it might. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Section 3.3.1 rejected order as a principle placed before matter. This subsection provides the positive account that the rejection requires: order is a local configuration within an unstable field. Section 3.3.3 will then identify functional coupling as the mechanism through which such configurations acquire consistency. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === If order is neither a transcendent plan nor a permanent foundation, how can it still be real? The difficulty disappears once material consistency is distinguished from permanence. A whirlpool is real even though it depends on the flow that sustains it; an ecosystem is organised even though its organisation changes with its relations. Order can therefore persist without becoming necessary. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The figure of torsion names a local inflection that endures while its enabling conditions continue. “Ephemeral” refers to this dependence, not to chronological brevity: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share the same ontological status. The distinction matters. Duration changes the scale of observation; it does not convert a conditioned configuration into a foundation. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The unstable field supplies the variations from which a torsion forms. Functional coupling gives that torsion local consistency. Ephemerality marks its dependence on conditions, while scale explains why the same regime can include both brief and very long-lived organisations. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a material pattern may persist before a system recognises and names it as order. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Use the concept by asking three questions of any apparently stable system: which relations sustain it, at what scale does it appear stable, and what change would alter or dissolve that stability? The exercise avoids two opposite errors. Conditional order is neither eternal nor unreal; its fragility is part of its mode of existence. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} bwm2ljethki75j77ape72zu7vr8ybbq 4671019 4670936 2026-09-18T19:19:26Z DavidCota64 3507033 Reconstruct the account of torsion and distinguish material order from symbolic legibility 4671019 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.2 — The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field == Order, as conceived within this chapter, does not present itself as a transcendent instance or as a plan preceding matter. On the contrary, it arises as a localised and ephemeral effect of the productive instability of the real. Within this ontological regime, there is no original repose, no inaugural equilibrium: no material order carries a final guarantee of persistence; configurations remain dependent on conditions that can change, tensional composition without centre, without exteriority, and without normative reference. A whirlpool, a crystal lattice, and a galaxy can all display order, although their mechanisms and durations differ. None requires a plan placed before the relations that sustain it. The problem is therefore not whether order is real, but how a configuration acquires consistency without turning that consistency into a universal principle. The image of pre-established harmony gives way to a field in which local order and variation coexist. Stability is a conditioned interval rather than an unconditional foundation. A torsion names a local inflection of material relations that acquires operative consistency through functional coupling. The term does not imply that every configuration is symbolic, that every stable system is already dissolving, or that every material process reorganises itself. This formulation resonates with process philosophy, particularly in Whitehead, who conceives reality as a succession of relational events rather than fixed substantial aggregates — though what is retained here is the relational event alone, not the experiential occasions already refused above (§3.1.3). Such relational composition — and it is crucial to reiterate this — is not chaos conceived as absolute disorganisation, but a dynamic regime of material interactions in perpetual modulation. Within it, matter does not rest: it recomposes, hesitates, resists, and reshapes itself. Material interactions can produce patterns that persist for very different intervals. These patterns are material orders before any system describes them. A torsion becomes symbolically legible only when a capable system discriminates relevant recurrences, inscribes a difference where necessary, and relates symbols through which the pattern can be represented. “Ephemeral” therefore means conditioned, not necessarily brief: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share this ontological status. At this juncture, the distinction between a teleological conception of order — as a structuring force guiding the real towards its fulfilment — and an emergentist conception becomes evident. The latter conceives order as a whirlpool: a swirling of forces that, for brief moments, produces organisation, before dissolving back into the relentless movement from which it arose. Far from being metaphorical, this image carries conceptual potency: like the whirlpool, order does not come from outside, is not imposed, nor sustained by a centre; it is matter itself operating as such. This approach stands in direct opposition to the Platonic tradition and transcendental idealism, both of which posit immutable forms or pre-experiential ordering principles. Stability, then, is not the natural state of things, but their recurring exception. Regularity is not a principle, but a collateral effect of threshold conditions. In complex systems — such as climate, ecosystems, or living organisms — order appears precisely when multiple instabilities intersect and enter into resonance. This reading aligns with the paradigm of self-organisation proposed by Prigogine, for whom order in dissipative systems emerges from instability, not homogeneity — a gain retained here with its divergence marked: Dissipative structures show that some physical orders arise and persist under specified non-equilibrium conditions. Extending that pattern beyond thermodynamics is an ontological proposal, not a result licensed by the physics. Material novelty is described here through compatibilities, constraints, thresholds, and functional couplings. Operative excess is reserved for symbolically organised systems. Local order can coexist with variation and with processes described as disordered at another scale. Chaos is not a universal substance or a necessary condition of every order. The relevant task is to identify the interactions and thresholds that sustain the configuration under study. Such a formulation destabilises any ontological attempt to ground order as essence. In this framework, order is not a “state” to be preserved, but a function to be understood. There is no model to be followed, only operations to be recognised. The local torsion within this dynamic network of materiality points not towards an ideal totality, but to the capacity of the real to inscribe itself differently upon itself — always in a situated, ephemeral, and relational manner. The scale of such inscription, however, is not fixed. What appears as an instant to human consciousness may, at another scale, constitute a stability of millions of years. The fleeting formation of a complex molecule, lasting mere seconds, and the persistence of a structured galaxy whose coherence spans billions of years, both belong to the same regime of transitional organisation. The difference between them lies not in their ontological nature, but in the duration of their consistency — time understood here as an interval of material operativity, not as a metaphysical substrate. Even when prolonged, stability does not lose its status as pause: it is always an event of instability, never its overcoming. It must be emphasised that such torsion is neither directed by an agent nor aimed at an end: it occurs through saturation of material conditions, through tensions that precariously balance, through convergence of heterogeneous flows. This is unplanned emergence, where material operation can precede symbolic meaning, and consistency precedes representation. In this sense, one may affirm that order is the name we assign to certain forms of duration — not because they endure intrinsically, but because, by enduring, they allow for naming. Such duration, however, is what permits inscription — it is not substance. What emerges as form is matter itself reorganising, becoming capable of maintaining, if only briefly, a functional coherence. Contrary to idealist conceptions, there is no antecedent plan to be fulfilled; a materially sustained pattern takes form through the relations that produce it — and, in happening, already begins to unravel. Material configurations can display order before any system names them. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a capable system selects a scale, discriminates recurrences, and relates symbols through which that order becomes describable. The description is situated and partial, but the material pattern is not created merely by being described. “Ephemeral torsion” therefore names a conditioned material configuration; its recognition as order belongs to a distinct symbolic operation. Torsion is the minimal figure of conditioned material order: a local curvature of relations that persists without plan or guarantee. Its symbolic interpretation is a further operation performed by a capable system. Keeping those levels distinct makes order thinkable without turning it into a transcendent principle or a mere projection. The real need not “never rest”; the stricter claim is that no finite configuration is guaranteed against every change in its sustaining conditions. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Section 3.3.1 rejected order as a principle placed before matter. This subsection provides the positive account that the rejection requires: order is a local configuration within an unstable field. Section 3.3.3 will then identify functional coupling as the mechanism through which such configurations acquire consistency. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === If order is neither a transcendent plan nor a permanent foundation, how can it still be real? The difficulty disappears once material consistency is distinguished from permanence. A whirlpool is real even though it depends on the flow that sustains it; an ecosystem is organised even though its organisation changes with its relations. Order can therefore persist without becoming necessary. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The figure of torsion names a local inflection that endures while its enabling conditions continue. “Ephemeral” refers to this dependence, not to chronological brevity: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share the same ontological status. The distinction matters. Duration changes the scale of observation; it does not convert a conditioned configuration into a foundation. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The unstable field supplies the variations from which a torsion forms. Functional coupling gives that torsion local consistency. Ephemerality marks its dependence on conditions, while scale explains why the same regime can include both brief and very long-lived organisations. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a material pattern may persist before a system recognises and names it as order. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Use the concept by asking three questions of any apparently stable system: which relations sustain it, at what scale does it appear stable, and what change would alter or dissolve that stability? The exercise avoids two opposite errors. Conditional order is neither eternal nor unreal; its fragility is part of its mode of existence. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} henbjv5coc7l3qr8vjndqhvsv4qlnb3 4671034 4671019 2026-09-18T20:02:11Z DavidCota64 3507033 Blind-read correction: separate material persistence from hesitation and inscription 4671034 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.2 — The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field == Order, as conceived in this chapter, does not present itself as a transcendent instance or as a plan preceding matter. It arises as a local and conditioned effect of material relations. No material order carries a final guarantee of persistence: configurations remain dependent on conditions that can change, without this implying that matter is continuous agitation or that durable stability is unreal. A whirlpool, a crystal lattice, and a galaxy can all display order, although their mechanisms and durations differ. None requires a plan placed before the relations that sustain it. The problem is therefore not whether order is real, but how a configuration acquires consistency without turning that consistency into a universal principle. The image of pre-established harmony gives way to a field in which local order and variation coexist. Stability is a conditioned interval rather than an unconditional foundation. A torsion names a local inflection of material relations that acquires operative consistency through functional coupling. The term does not imply that every configuration is symbolic, that every stable system is already dissolving, or that every material process reorganises itself. This formulation resonates with process philosophy, particularly in Whitehead, who conceives reality as a succession of relational events rather than fixed substantial aggregates — though what is retained here is the relational event alone, not the experiential occasions already refused above (§3.1.3). Such relational composition is not chaos conceived as absolute disorganisation, but a dynamic regime of material interactions. Some material reorganisations produce temporary patterns or torsions. A torsion becomes symbolically legible only when a capable system discriminates relevant recurrences, inscribes a difference where necessary, and relates symbols through which the pattern can be represented. Stability in a non-symbolic configuration requires no interpretation. These patterns may acquire substantial durability while remaining dependent on the conditions that sustain them. “Ephemeral” therefore means conditioned, not necessarily brief: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share this ontological status. At this juncture, the distinction between a teleological conception of order — as a structuring force guiding the real towards its fulfilment — and an emergentist conception becomes evident. The latter conceives order as a whirlpool: a swirling of forces that, for brief moments, produces organisation, before dissolving back into the relentless movement from which it arose. Far from being metaphorical, this image carries conceptual potency: like the whirlpool, order does not come from outside, is not imposed, nor sustained by a centre; it is matter itself operating as such. This approach stands in direct opposition to the Platonic tradition and transcendental idealism, both of which posit immutable forms or pre-experiential ordering principles. Stability, then, is not the natural state of things, but their recurring exception. Regularity is not a principle, but a collateral effect of threshold conditions. In complex systems — such as climate, ecosystems, or living organisms — order appears precisely when multiple instabilities intersect and enter into resonance. This reading aligns with the paradigm of self-organisation proposed by Prigogine, for whom order in dissipative systems emerges from instability, not homogeneity — a gain retained here with its divergence marked: Dissipative structures show that some physical orders arise and persist under specified non-equilibrium conditions. Extending that pattern beyond thermodynamics is an ontological proposal, not a result licensed by the physics. Material novelty is described here through compatibilities, constraints, thresholds, and functional couplings. Operative excess is reserved for symbolically organised systems. Local order can coexist with variation and with processes described as disordered at another scale. Chaos is not a universal substance or a necessary condition of every order. The relevant task is to identify the interactions and thresholds that sustain the configuration under study. Such a formulation rejects order as essence while retaining order as a state, pattern, or capacity to be explained. There is no universal model to be followed. A local torsion points not towards an ideal totality but towards the material relations that sustain a configuration under specified conditions. Where a symbolic system exists, that configuration may be inscribed and represented; the real does not inscribe itself. The scale of such conditioned persistence is not fixed. A complex molecule lasting seconds and a structured galaxy persisting for billions of years can both be conditioned material orders, but their differences concern mechanisms and perturbations as well as duration. Long persistence is genuine stability within a range of conditions, not merely an inscription or a pause. It does not become an unconditional foundation. It must be emphasised that such torsion is neither directed by an agent nor aimed at an end: it occurs through saturation of material conditions, through tensions that precariously balance, through convergence of heterogeneous flows. This is unplanned emergence, where material operation can precede symbolic meaning, and consistency precedes representation. In this sense, one may affirm that order is the name we assign to certain forms of duration — not because they endure intrinsically, but because, by enduring, they allow for naming. Such duration, however, is what permits inscription — it is not substance. What emerges as form is matter itself reorganising, becoming capable of maintaining, if only briefly, a functional coherence. Contrary to idealist conceptions, there is no antecedent plan to be fulfilled; a materially sustained pattern takes form through the relations that produce it — and, in happening, already begins to unravel. Material configurations can display order before any system names them. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a capable system selects a scale, discriminates recurrences, and relates symbols through which that order becomes describable. The description is situated and partial, but the material pattern is not created merely by being described. “Ephemeral torsion” therefore names a conditioned material configuration; its recognition as order belongs to a distinct symbolic operation. Torsion is the minimal figure of conditioned material order: a local curvature of relations that persists without plan or guarantee. Its symbolic interpretation is a further operation performed by a capable system. Keeping those levels distinct makes order thinkable without turning it into a transcendent principle or a mere projection. The real need not “never rest”; the stricter claim is that no finite configuration is guaranteed against every change in its sustaining conditions. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Section 3.3.1 rejected order as a principle placed before matter. This subsection provides the positive account that the rejection requires: order is a local configuration within an unstable field. Section 3.3.3 will then identify functional coupling as the mechanism through which such configurations acquire consistency. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === If order is neither a transcendent plan nor a permanent foundation, how can it still be real? The difficulty disappears once material consistency is distinguished from permanence. A whirlpool is real even though it depends on the flow that sustains it; an ecosystem is organised even though its organisation changes with its relations. Order can therefore persist without becoming necessary. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The figure of torsion names a local inflection that endures while its enabling conditions continue. “Ephemeral” refers to this dependence, not to chronological brevity: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share the same ontological status. The distinction matters. Duration changes the scale of observation; it does not convert a conditioned configuration into a foundation. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The unstable field supplies the variations from which a torsion forms. Functional coupling gives that torsion local consistency. Ephemerality marks its dependence on conditions, while scale explains why the same regime can include both brief and very long-lived organisations. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a material pattern may persist before a system recognises and names it as order. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Use the concept by asking three questions of any apparently stable system: which relations sustain it, at what scale does it appear stable, and what change would alter or dissolve that stability? The exercise avoids two opposite errors. Conditional order is neither eternal nor unreal; its fragility is part of its mode of existence. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 0pvmfxlyzequ5xd1or09uuhu73chcw1 4671040 4671034 2026-09-18T20:13:07Z DavidCota64 3507033 Remove residual claims that conditioned order must be brief, exceptional, or already dissolving 4671040 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.2 — The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field == Order, as conceived in this chapter, does not present itself as a transcendent instance or as a plan preceding matter. It arises as a local and conditioned effect of material relations. No material order carries a final guarantee of persistence: configurations remain dependent on conditions that can change, without this implying that matter is continuous agitation or that durable stability is unreal. A whirlpool, a crystal lattice, and a galaxy can all display order, although their mechanisms and durations differ. None requires a plan placed before the relations that sustain it. The problem is therefore not whether order is real, but how a configuration acquires consistency without turning that consistency into a universal principle. The image of pre-established harmony gives way to a field in which local order and variation coexist. Stability is a conditioned interval rather than an unconditional foundation. A torsion names a local inflection of material relations that acquires operative consistency through functional coupling. The term does not imply that every configuration is symbolic, that every stable system is already dissolving, or that every material process reorganises itself. This formulation resonates with process philosophy, particularly in Whitehead, who conceives reality as a succession of relational events rather than fixed substantial aggregates — though what is retained here is the relational event alone, not the experiential occasions already refused above (§3.1.3). Such relational composition is not chaos conceived as absolute disorganisation, but a dynamic regime of material interactions. Some material reorganisations produce temporary patterns or torsions. A torsion becomes symbolically legible only when a capable system discriminates relevant recurrences, inscribes a difference where necessary, and relates symbols through which the pattern can be represented. Stability in a non-symbolic configuration requires no interpretation. These patterns may acquire substantial durability while remaining dependent on the conditions that sustain them. “Ephemeral” therefore means conditioned, not necessarily brief: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share this ontological status. At this juncture, the distinction between a teleological conception of order — as a structuring force guiding the real towards its fulfilment — and an emergentist conception becomes evident. The latter can be approached through the image of a whirlpool: relational forces compose a local pattern without an external centre. The analogy concerns immanent formation, not temporal brevity. Ordered configurations may be fleeting or extraordinarily durable, depending on the relations and constraints that sustain them. Order does not come from outside, is not imposed, nor sustained by a centre; it is matter itself operating as such. This approach stands in direct opposition to the Platonic tradition and transcendental idealism, both of which posit immutable forms or pre-experiential ordering principles. Stability, then, is neither a primordial ground nor a guaranteed natural state. Regularity is not a principle, but a conditioned achievement. In complex systems — such as climate, ecosystems, or living organisms — order can appear when multiple dynamics enter into relations that sustain a configuration. This reading aligns with the paradigm of self-organisation proposed by Prigogine, for whom order in dissipative systems emerges from instability, not homogeneity — a gain retained here with its divergence marked: Dissipative structures show that some physical orders arise and persist under specified non-equilibrium conditions. Extending that pattern beyond thermodynamics is an ontological proposal, not a result licensed by the physics. Material novelty is described here through compatibilities, constraints, thresholds, and functional couplings. Operative excess is reserved for symbolically organised systems. Local order can coexist with variation and with processes described as disordered at another scale. Chaos is not a universal substance or a necessary condition of every order. The relevant task is to identify the interactions and thresholds that sustain the configuration under study. Such a formulation rejects order as essence while retaining order as a state, pattern, or capacity to be explained. There is no universal model to be followed. A local torsion points not towards an ideal totality but towards the material relations that sustain a configuration under specified conditions. Where a symbolic system exists, that configuration may be inscribed and represented; the real does not inscribe itself. The scale of such conditioned persistence is not fixed. A complex molecule lasting seconds and a structured galaxy persisting for billions of years can both be conditioned material orders, but their differences concern mechanisms and perturbations as well as duration. Long persistence is genuine stability within a range of conditions, not merely an inscription or a pause. It does not become an unconditional foundation. It must be emphasised that such torsion is neither directed by an agent nor aimed at an end: it occurs through saturation of material conditions, through tensions that precariously balance, through convergence of heterogeneous flows. This is unplanned emergence, where material operation can precede symbolic meaning, and consistency precedes representation. In this sense, one may affirm that order is the name we assign to certain forms of duration — not because they endure intrinsically, but because, by enduring, they allow for naming. Such duration, however, is what permits inscription — it is not substance. What emerges as form is matter itself reorganising and maintaining functional coherence for as long as the relevant relations and constraints sustain it. Contrary to idealist conceptions, there is no antecedent plan to be fulfilled; a materially sustained pattern takes form through the relations that produce it. It remains exposed to reconfiguration, but exposure does not imply that dissolution has already begun or that persistence must be short. Material configurations can display order before any system names them. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a capable system selects a scale, discriminates recurrences, and relates symbols through which that order becomes describable. The description is situated and partial, but the material pattern is not created merely by being described. “Ephemeral torsion” therefore names a conditioned material configuration; its recognition as order belongs to a distinct symbolic operation. Torsion is the minimal figure of conditioned material order: a local curvature of relations that persists without plan or guarantee. Its symbolic interpretation is a further operation performed by a capable system. Keeping those levels distinct makes order thinkable without turning it into a transcendent principle or a mere projection. The real need not “never rest”; the stricter claim is that no finite configuration is guaranteed against every change in its sustaining conditions. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Section 3.3.1 rejected order as a principle placed before matter. This subsection provides the positive account that the rejection requires: order is a local configuration within an unstable field. Section 3.3.3 will then identify functional coupling as the mechanism through which such configurations acquire consistency. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === If order is neither a transcendent plan nor a permanent foundation, how can it still be real? The difficulty disappears once material consistency is distinguished from permanence. A whirlpool is real even though it depends on the flow that sustains it; an ecosystem is organised even though its organisation changes with its relations. Order can therefore persist without becoming necessary. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The figure of torsion names a local inflection that endures while its enabling conditions continue. “Ephemeral” refers to this dependence, not to chronological brevity: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share the same ontological status. The distinction matters. Duration changes the scale of observation; it does not convert a conditioned configuration into a foundation. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The unstable field supplies the variations from which a torsion forms. Functional coupling gives that torsion local consistency. Ephemerality marks its dependence on conditions, while scale explains why the same regime can include both brief and very long-lived organisations. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a material pattern may persist before a system recognises and names it as order. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Use the concept by asking three questions of any apparently stable system: which relations sustain it, at what scale does it appear stable, and what change would alter or dissolve that stability? The exercise avoids two opposite errors. Conditional order is neither eternal nor unreal; its fragility is part of its mode of existence. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} m9am4phqfx41q1pfyvkkkze7s2mq314 4671060 4671040 2026-09-18T21:23:39Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671060 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.2 — The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field == Order, as conceived in this chapter, does not present itself as a transcendent instance or as a plan preceding matter. It arises as a local and conditioned effect of material relations. No material order carries a final guarantee of persistence: configurations remain dependent on conditions that can change, without this implying that matter is continuous agitation or that durable stability is unreal. A whirlpool, a crystal lattice, and a galaxy can all display order, although their mechanisms and durations differ. None requires a plan placed before the relations that sustain it. The problem is therefore not whether order is real, but how a configuration acquires consistency without turning that consistency into a universal principle. The image of pre-established harmony gives way to a field in which local order and variation coexist. Stability is a conditioned interval rather than an unconditional foundation. A torsion names a local inflection of material relations that acquires operative consistency through functional coupling. The term does not imply that every configuration is symbolic, that every stable system is already dissolving, or that every material process reorganises itself. This formulation resonates with process philosophy, particularly in Whitehead, who conceives reality as a succession of relational events rather than fixed substantial aggregates — though what is retained here is the relational event alone, not the experiential occasions already refused above (§3.1.3). Such relational composition is not chaos conceived as absolute disorganisation, but a dynamic regime of material interactions. Some material reorganisations produce temporary patterns or torsions. A torsion becomes symbolically legible only when a capable system discriminates relevant recurrences, inscribes a difference where necessary, and relates symbols through which the pattern can be represented. Stability in a non-symbolic configuration requires no interpretation. These patterns may acquire substantial durability while remaining dependent on the conditions that sustain them. “Ephemeral” therefore means conditioned, not necessarily brief: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share this ontological status. At this juncture, the distinction between a teleological conception of order — as a structuring force guiding the real towards its fulfilment — and an emergentist conception becomes evident. The latter can be approached through the image of a whirlpool: relational forces compose a local pattern without an external centre. The analogy concerns immanent formation, not temporal brevity. Ordered configurations may be fleeting or extraordinarily durable, depending on the relations and constraints that sustain them. Order does not come from outside, is not imposed, nor sustained by a centre; it is matter itself operating as such. This approach stands in direct opposition to the Platonic tradition and transcendental idealism, both of which posit immutable forms or pre-experiential ordering principles. Stability, then, is neither a primordial ground nor a guaranteed natural state. Regularity is not a principle, but a conditioned achievement. In complex systems — such as climate, ecosystems, or living organisms — order can appear when multiple dynamics enter into relations that sustain a configuration. This reading aligns with the paradigm of self-organisation proposed by Prigogine, for whom order in dissipative systems emerges from instability, not homogeneity — a gain retained here with its divergence marked: Dissipative structures show that some physical orders arise and persist under specified non-equilibrium conditions. Extending that pattern beyond thermodynamics is an ontological proposal, not a result licensed by the physics. Material novelty is described here through compatibilities, constraints, thresholds, and functional couplings. Operative excess is not a synonym for such novelty: it occurs only when materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what an identifiable symbolic or structural form can integrate. Local order can coexist with variation and with processes described as disordered at another scale. Chaos is not a universal substance or a necessary condition of every order. The relevant task is to identify the interactions and thresholds that sustain the configuration under study. Such a formulation rejects order as essence while retaining order as a state, pattern, or capacity to be explained. There is no universal model to be followed. A local torsion points not towards an ideal totality but towards the material relations that sustain a configuration under specified conditions. Where a symbolic system exists, that configuration may be inscribed and represented; the real does not inscribe itself. The scale of such conditioned persistence is not fixed. A complex molecule lasting seconds and a structured galaxy persisting for billions of years can both be conditioned material orders, but their differences concern mechanisms and perturbations as well as duration. Long persistence is genuine stability within a range of conditions, not merely an inscription or a pause. It does not become an unconditional foundation. It must be emphasised that such torsion is neither directed by an agent nor aimed at an end: it occurs through saturation of material conditions, through tensions that precariously balance, through convergence of heterogeneous flows. This is unplanned emergence, where material operation can precede symbolic meaning, and consistency precedes representation. In this sense, one may affirm that order is the name we assign to certain forms of duration — not because they endure intrinsically, but because, by enduring, they allow for naming. Such duration, however, is what permits inscription — it is not substance. What emerges as form is matter itself reorganising and maintaining functional coherence for as long as the relevant relations and constraints sustain it. Contrary to idealist conceptions, there is no antecedent plan to be fulfilled; a materially sustained pattern takes form through the relations that produce it. It remains exposed to reconfiguration, but exposure does not imply that dissolution has already begun or that persistence must be short. Material configurations can display order before any system names them. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a capable system selects a scale, discriminates recurrences, and relates symbols through which that order becomes describable. The description is situated and partial, but the material pattern is not created merely by being described. “Ephemeral torsion” therefore names a conditioned material configuration; its recognition as order belongs to a distinct symbolic operation. Torsion is the minimal figure of conditioned material order: a local curvature of relations that persists without plan or guarantee. Its symbolic interpretation is a further operation performed by a capable system. Keeping those levels distinct makes order thinkable without turning it into a transcendent principle or a mere projection. The real need not “never rest”; the stricter claim is that no finite configuration is guaranteed against every change in its sustaining conditions. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Section 3.3.1 rejected order as a principle placed before matter. This subsection provides the positive account that the rejection requires: order is a local configuration within an unstable field. Section 3.3.3 will then identify functional coupling as the mechanism through which such configurations acquire consistency. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === If order is neither a transcendent plan nor a permanent foundation, how can it still be real? The difficulty disappears once material consistency is distinguished from permanence. A whirlpool is real even though it depends on the flow that sustains it; an ecosystem is organised even though its organisation changes with its relations. Order can therefore persist without becoming necessary. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The figure of torsion names a local inflection that endures while its enabling conditions continue. “Ephemeral” refers to this dependence, not to chronological brevity: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share the same ontological status. The distinction matters. Duration changes the scale of observation; it does not convert a conditioned configuration into a foundation. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The unstable field supplies the variations from which a torsion forms. Functional coupling gives that torsion local consistency. Ephemerality marks its dependence on conditions, while scale explains why the same regime can include both brief and very long-lived organisations. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a material pattern may persist before a system recognises and names it as order. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Use the concept by asking three questions of any apparently stable system: which relations sustain it, at what scale does it appear stable, and what change would alter or dissolve that stability? The exercise avoids two opposite errors. Conditional order is neither eternal nor unreal; its fragility is part of its mode of existence. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} nvp7e5lplkdnil62v80ywiim44o6a9d 4671075 4671060 2026-09-18T21:27:45Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671075 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.2 — The Emergence of Order as an Ephemeral Torsion of the Unstable Field == Order, as conceived in this chapter, does not present itself as a transcendent instance or as a plan preceding matter. It arises as a local and conditioned effect of material relations. No material order carries a final guarantee of persistence: configurations remain dependent on conditions that can change, without this implying that matter is continuous agitation or that durable stability is unreal. A whirlpool, a crystal lattice, and a galaxy can all display order, although their mechanisms and durations differ. None requires a plan placed before the relations that sustain it. The problem is therefore not whether order is real, but how a configuration acquires consistency without turning that consistency into a universal principle. The image of pre-established harmony gives way to a field in which local order and variation coexist. Stability is a conditioned interval rather than an unconditional foundation. A torsion names a local inflection of material relations that acquires operative consistency through functional coupling. The term does not imply that every configuration is symbolic, that every stable system is already dissolving, or that every material process reorganises itself. This formulation resonates with process philosophy, particularly in Whitehead, who conceives reality as a succession of relational events rather than fixed substantial aggregates — though what is retained here is the relational event alone, not the experiential occasions already refused above (§3.1.3). Such relational composition is not chaos conceived as absolute disorganisation, but a dynamic regime of material interactions. Some material reorganisations produce temporary patterns or torsions. A torsion becomes symbolically legible only when a capable system discriminates relevant recurrences, inscribes a difference where necessary, and relates symbols through which the pattern can be represented. Stability in a non-symbolic configuration requires no interpretation. These patterns may acquire substantial durability while remaining dependent on the conditions that sustain them. “Ephemeral” therefore means conditioned, not necessarily brief: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share this ontological status. At this juncture, the distinction between a teleological conception of order — as a structuring force guiding the real towards its fulfilment — and an emergentist conception becomes evident. The latter can be approached through the image of a whirlpool: relational forces compose a local pattern without an external centre. The analogy concerns immanent formation, not temporal brevity. Ordered configurations may be fleeting or extraordinarily durable, depending on the relations and constraints that sustain them. Order does not come from outside, is not imposed, nor sustained by a centre; it is matter itself operating as such. This approach stands in direct opposition to the Platonic tradition and transcendental idealism, both of which posit immutable forms or pre-experiential ordering principles. Stability, then, is neither a primordial ground nor a guaranteed natural state. Regularity is not a principle, but a conditioned achievement. In complex systems — such as climate, ecosystems, or living organisms — order can appear when multiple dynamics enter into relations that sustain a configuration. This reading aligns with the paradigm of self-organisation proposed by Prigogine, for whom order in dissipative systems emerges from instability, not homogeneity — a gain retained here with its divergence marked: Dissipative structures show that some physical orders arise and persist under specified non-equilibrium conditions. Extending that pattern beyond thermodynamics is an ontological proposal, not a result licensed by the physics. Material novelty is described here through compatibilities, constraints, thresholds, and functional couplings. Operative excess is not a synonym for complexity or mere variation: it occurs when available compatibilities exceed an identifiable symbolic or structural form, rendering that form insufficient and forcing the reorganisation through which emergence occurs. Local order can coexist with variation and with processes described as disordered at another scale. Chaos is not a universal substance or a necessary condition of every order. The relevant task is to identify the interactions and thresholds that sustain the configuration under study. Such a formulation rejects order as essence while retaining order as a state, pattern, or capacity to be explained. There is no universal model to be followed. A local torsion points not towards an ideal totality but towards the material relations that sustain a configuration under specified conditions. Where a symbolic system exists, that configuration may be inscribed and represented; the real does not inscribe itself. The scale of such conditioned persistence is not fixed. A complex molecule lasting seconds and a structured galaxy persisting for billions of years can both be conditioned material orders, but their differences concern mechanisms and perturbations as well as duration. Long persistence is genuine stability within a range of conditions, not merely an inscription or a pause. It does not become an unconditional foundation. It must be emphasised that such torsion is neither directed by an agent nor aimed at an end: it occurs through saturation of material conditions, through tensions that precariously balance, through convergence of heterogeneous flows. This is unplanned emergence, where material operation can precede symbolic meaning, and consistency precedes representation. In this sense, one may affirm that order is the name we assign to certain forms of duration — not because they endure intrinsically, but because, by enduring, they allow for naming. Such duration, however, is what permits inscription — it is not substance. What emerges as form is matter itself reorganising and maintaining functional coherence for as long as the relevant relations and constraints sustain it. Contrary to idealist conceptions, there is no antecedent plan to be fulfilled; a materially sustained pattern takes form through the relations that produce it. It remains exposed to reconfiguration, but exposure does not imply that dissolution has already begun or that persistence must be short. Material configurations can display order before any system names them. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a capable system selects a scale, discriminates recurrences, and relates symbols through which that order becomes describable. The description is situated and partial, but the material pattern is not created merely by being described. “Ephemeral torsion” therefore names a conditioned material configuration; its recognition as order belongs to a distinct symbolic operation. Torsion is the minimal figure of conditioned material order: a local curvature of relations that persists without plan or guarantee. Its symbolic interpretation is a further operation performed by a capable system. Keeping those levels distinct makes order thinkable without turning it into a transcendent principle or a mere projection. The real need not “never rest”; the stricter claim is that no finite configuration is guaranteed against every change in its sustaining conditions. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Section 3.3.1 rejected order as a principle placed before matter. This subsection provides the positive account that the rejection requires: order is a local configuration within an unstable field. Section 3.3.3 will then identify functional coupling as the mechanism through which such configurations acquire consistency. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === If order is neither a transcendent plan nor a permanent foundation, how can it still be real? The difficulty disappears once material consistency is distinguished from permanence. A whirlpool is real even though it depends on the flow that sustains it; an ecosystem is organised even though its organisation changes with its relations. Order can therefore persist without becoming necessary. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === The figure of torsion names a local inflection that endures while its enabling conditions continue. “Ephemeral” refers to this dependence, not to chronological brevity: a pattern lasting seconds and one lasting millions of years can share the same ontological status. The distinction matters. Duration changes the scale of observation; it does not convert a conditioned configuration into a foundation. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The unstable field supplies the variations from which a torsion forms. Functional coupling gives that torsion local consistency. Ephemerality marks its dependence on conditions, while scale explains why the same regime can include both brief and very long-lived organisations. Symbolic legibility is a further operation: a material pattern may persist before a system recognises and names it as order. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Use the concept by asking three questions of any apparently stable system: which relations sustain it, at what scale does it appear stable, and what change would alter or dissolve that stability? The exercise avoids two opposite errors. Conditional order is neither eternal nor unreal; its fragility is part of its mode of existence. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} q1wybki4zsy04d593emr2koqmtw07jh 0 476980 4670934 4670836 2026-09-18T15:35:42Z DavidCota64 3507033 Define functional coupling with material, causal, and counterfactual criteria 4670934 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.3 — Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling == === Learning orientation === '''Functional coupling''' occurs when two or more materially organised processes constrain or enable one another in a way that sustains a specified capacity. The term explains how a local order can be produced without a prior plan. “Functional” does not mean directed towards a cosmic purpose. It identifies a causal contribution to a capacity under stated conditions. “Coupling” does not mean any interaction. The interaction must make an identifiable difference to the operation being analysed. === Criteria for functional coupling === A claim of functional coupling should identify five elements: # the material processes or configurations coupled; # the exchanges, constraints, or signals that connect them; # the capacity to which each process contributes; # the conditions and scale at which the capacity is sustained; # the expected result if the coupling is interrupted or altered. The fifth element supplies a counterfactual test. If removing the alleged coupling makes no relevant difference, the explanation must be revised. {| class="wikitable" ! Relation !! Functional coupling? |- | Two objects collide once. || Not necessarily; interaction alone is insufficient. |- | A sensor and controller recurrently regulate temperature. || Yes, relative to the capacity for temperature regulation. |- | Two institutions share a building but operate independently. || Not on that fact alone. |- | A court, registry, enforcement service, and body of rules jointly sustain a legal procedure. || Yes, if their coordinated operations are required for that procedure. |} === The substrate is material === Coupling never occurs “without substrate”. It is realised through matter and energy: membranes, chemical gradients, bodies, documents, machines, buildings, electrical signals, or other concrete media. A relation may be described abstractly, but its operation depends on material instantiation. This point prevents functional coupling from becoming a hidden formal substance. The pattern is not an entity floating above its components. It is the organised activity of components and environments across time. === Coupling and emergence === Some couplings sustain an existing capacity; others participate in the appearance of a new one. The distinction must be demonstrated rather than assumed. The endosymbiotic history of mitochondria offers a biological example (Margulis 1970). Present eukaryotic cells depend on tightly integrated relations between cellular processes and mitochondria. The resulting energetic capacities belong to the coupled cellular organisation. Yet the historical claim, the current mechanism, and the philosophical description should remain distinct: evidence from biology establishes the first two; the concept of functional coupling organises their relevance to the present argument. At an institutional scale, a legal order depends on people, texts, databases, offices, communication systems, enforcement practices, and public recognition. These elements do not merely sit beside one another. Their couplings sustain capacities for processing a claim and implementing a remedy. A change in one coupling may reorganise the capacity without dissolving the entire institution. Neither example implies that biological and institutional systems operate identically. Functional coupling is a comparative tool whose concrete mechanisms remain domain-specific. === Robustness, contingency, and failure === A coupling can be robust without being necessary in every possible world. It can also be replaceable: a system may preserve a capacity through a different component or route. Robustness therefore concerns a range of perturbations, not metaphysical necessity. Failure is informative but is not the universal motor of emergence. When a coupling breaks, a capacity may disappear, shift to another scale, be restored through redundancy, or be reorganised. Which outcome occurs depends on the remaining relations and available operations. === Couplings can sustain harm === Functional consistency carries no automatic ethical approval. Exploitative labour arrangements and discriminatory classifications can be stably coupled, as can infrastructures that impose lasting damage. The concept explains persistence; it does not justify what persists. This is why later ethical analysis must ask not only whether an order functions, but for whom, at whose cost, under which exclusions, and with what possibilities of contestation and redress. === From coupling to local order === Order is a local effect when couplings produce a pattern or capacity that remains sufficiently robust over an interval. Material order may exist without being symbolically recognised. Symbolic order adds operations of inscription, classification, coordination, and revision. The distinction clarifies the sequence of the chapter: 3.3.2 describes local order as an ephemeral torsion; this section identifies couplings that can sustain it; 3.3.4 then examines how a later symbolic narrative may project an origin back onto the resulting order. === Check your understanding === * Why is not every interaction a functional coupling? * What does the counterfactual test contribute? * Why must coupling have a material substrate? * How can a coupling be robust without being metaphysically necessary? * Why does functional persistence provide no ethical justification by itself? For cited works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 0hj42r193lqrtm4e1buew0v8x4211qj 0 476981 4670956 4670816 2026-09-18T16:17:11Z DavidCota64 3507033 Repair navigation and reconcile the bibliography with the recommended readings 4670956 wikitext text/x-wiki == References == This consolidated list records the works cited and recommended in the book. It is ordered alphabetically and should be used together with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.4 – Further Readings and Connections|7.4]], which explain how the principal authors, problem fields, and reading routes function in the argument. * Adorno, Theodor W., and Max Horkheimer. (1944) 2002. ''Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments''. Translated by Edmund Jephcott. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Agamben, Giorgio. (1998) 1999. ''Remnants of Auschwitz: The Witness and the Archive''. Translated by Daniel Heller-Roazen. New York: Zone Books. * Agamben, Giorgio. 1999. ''The Man Without Content''. Translated by Georgia Albert. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Anzaldúa, Gloria. 1987. ''Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza''. San Francisco: Aunt Lute Books. * Aquinas, Thomas. (1265–1274) 1948. ''Summa Theologica''. Translated by the Fathers of the English Dominican Province. 5 vols. New York: Benziger Brothers. * Aristotle. 1984a. ''Metaphysics''. In ''The Complete Works of Aristotle'', edited by Jonathan Barnes. Princeton: Princeton University Press. * Aristotle. 1984b. ''Physics''. Translated by R. P. Hardie and R. K. Gaye. In ''The Complete Works of Aristotle'', edited by Jonathan Barnes. Princeton: Princeton University Press. * Augustine. 1991. ''Confessions''. Translated by Henry Chadwick. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Augustine. 2003. ''The City of God''. Translated by Henry Bettenson. London: Penguin Classics. * Bachelard, Gaston. (1938) 2002. ''The Formation of the Scientific Mind''. Translated by Mary McAllester Jones. Manchester: Clinamen Press. * Barabási, Albert-László. 2002. ''Linked: The New Science of Networks''. Cambridge, MA: Perseus Publishing. * Barad, Karen. 2007. ''Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Benjamin, Walter. 1999. ''The Arcades Project''. Translated by Howard Eiland and Kevin McLaughlin. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Bennett, Jane. 2010. ''Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Bergson, Henri. 1911. ''Creative Evolution''. Translated by Arthur Mitchell. New York: Henry Holt. * Bertalanffy, Ludwig von. 1968. ''General System Theory: Foundations, Development, Applications''. New York: George Braziller. * Bostrom, Nick. 2008. “Why I Want to Be a Posthuman When I Grow Up.” In ''Medical Enhancement and Posthumanity'', edited by Bert Gordijn and Ruth Chadwick, 107–137. Dordrecht: Springer. * Bostrom, Nick. 2014. ''Superintelligence: Paths, Dangers, Strategies''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Butler, Judith. 1990. ''Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity''. New York: Routledge. * Butler, Judith. 2004. ''Precarious Life: The Powers of Mourning and Violence''. London: Verso. * Butler, Judith. 2005. ''Giving an Account of Oneself''. New York: Fordham University Press. * Canguilhem, Georges. 1966. ''Le normal et le pathologique''. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. * Cartwright, Nancy. 1999. ''The Dappled World: A Study of the Boundaries of Science''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Coole, Diana, and Samantha Frost, eds. 2010. ''New Materialisms: Ontology, Agency, and Politics''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * DeLanda, Manuel. 2002. ''Intensive Science and Virtual Philosophy''. London: Continuum. * DeLanda, Manuel. 2006. ''A New Philosophy of Society: Assemblage Theory and Social Complexity''. London: Continuum. * Deleuze, Gilles. (1968) 1994. ''Difference and Repetition''. Translated by Paul Patton. New York: Columbia University Press. * Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. 1994. ''What Is Philosophy?'' Translated by Hugh Tomlinson and Graham Burchell. New York: Columbia University Press. * Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. 1980. ''Mille plateaux''. Paris: Éditions de Minuit. * Derrida, Jacques. (1967) 1997. ''Of Grammatology''. Corrected ed. Translated by Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. * Derrida, Jacques. 1978. ''Writing and Difference''. Translated by Alan Bass. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Derrida, Jacques. 1982. ''Margins of Philosophy''. Translated by Alan Bass. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Derrida, Jacques. 1990. “Force of Law: The ‘Mystical Foundation of Authority.’” ''Cardozo Law Review'' 11: 919–1045. * Derrida, Jacques. 1995. ''Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression''. Translated by Eric Prenowitz. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Descartes, René. 1985. ''Principia Philosophiae''. In ''The Philosophical Writings of Descartes, Volume 1'', translated by John Cottingham, Robert Stoothoff, and Dugald Murdoch. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Descartes, René. 1996. ''Meditations on First Philosophy''. Translated by John Cottingham. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Fanon, Frantz. (1961) 2004. ''The Wretched of the Earth''. Translated by Richard Philcox. New York: Grove Press. * Fanon, Frantz. (1952) 2008. ''Black Skin, White Masks''. Translated by Richard Philcox. New York: Grove Press. * Ferreira da Silva, Denise. 2007. ''Toward a Global Idea of Race''. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Foucault, Michel. (1966) 1970. ''The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences''. New York: Pantheon Books. * Foucault, Michel. 1972. ''The Archaeology of Knowledge''. Translated by A. M. Sheridan Smith. New York: Pantheon Books. * Foucault, Michel. (1975) 1977a. ''Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison''. Translated by Alan Sheridan. New York: Pantheon Books. * Foucault, Michel. 1977b. “Nietzsche, Genealogy, History.” In ''Language, Counter-Memory, Practice: Selected Essays and Interviews'', edited by Donald F. Bouchard, 139–164. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. * Foucault, Michel. 1980. ''Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings, 1972–1977''. Edited by Colin Gordon. Translated by Colin Gordon, Leo Marshall, John Mepham, and Kate Soper. New York: Pantheon Books. * Freeman, Kathleen. 1949. ''The Pre-Socratic Philosophers: A Companion to Diels, Fragmente der Vorsokratiker''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Freud, Sigmund. 1920. ''Beyond the Pleasure Principle''. Translated by James Strachey. London: Hogarth Press. * Frigg, Roman, and James Nguyen. 2020. ''Modelling Nature: An Opinionated Introduction to Scientific Representation''. Cham: Springer. * Gadamer, Hans-Georg. (1960) 2004. ''Truth and Method''. 2nd rev. ed. Translated by Joel Weinsheimer and Donald G. Marshall. London: Continuum. * Gilligan, Carol. 1982. ''In a Different Voice: Psychological Theory and Women’s Development''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Glissant, Édouard. (1990) 1997. ''Poetics of Relation''. Translated by Betsy Wing. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. * Gould, Stephen Jay. 1996. ''Full House: The Spread of Excellence from Plato to Darwin''. New York: Harmony Books. * Hacking, Ian. 1983. ''Representing and Intervening: Introductory Topics in the Philosophy of Natural Science''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Harari, Yuval Noah. 2016. ''Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow''. London: Harvill Secker. * Haraway, Donna J. 2016. ''Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Harman, Graham. 2011. ''The Quadruple Object''. Winchester: Zero Books. * Hegel, G. W. F. (1812–1816) 1969. ''Science of Logic''. Translated by A. V. Miller. London: George Allen & Unwin. * Hegel, G. W. F. (1807) 1977. ''Phenomenology of Spirit''. Translated by A. V. Miller. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Heidegger, Martin. (1927) 1962. ''Being and Time''. Translated by John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson. Oxford: Blackwell. * Heidegger, Martin. (1957) 1969. ''Identity and Difference''. Translated by Joan Stambaugh. New York: Harper & Row. * Heidegger, Martin. 1971. ''On the Way to Language''. Translated by Peter D. Hertz. New York: Harper & Row. * Heidegger, Martin. 2002. ''Off the Beaten Track''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Husserl, Edmund. 1931. ''Ideas: General Introduction to Pure Phenomenology (Ideas I)''. Translated by W. R. Boyce Gibson. London: George Allen & Unwin. * Kant, Immanuel. (1781) 1998. ''Critique of Pure Reason''. Translated and edited by Paul Guyer and Allen W. Wood. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kant, Immanuel. (1785) 1998. ''Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals''. Translated and edited by Mary Gregor. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kant, Immanuel. 2002. ''Critique of Practical Reason''. Translated by Mary Gregor. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kant, Immanuel. 1983. ''Perpetual Peace and Other Essays''. Translated with an introduction by Ted Humphrey. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company. * Kauffman, Stuart. 1993. ''The Origins of Order: Self-Organization and Selection in Evolution''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Kauffman, Stuart. 1995. ''At Home in the Universe: The Search for the Laws of Self-Organization and Complexity''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Kirk, G. S., and J. E. Raven. 1957. ''The Presocratic Philosophers: A Critical History with a Selection of Texts''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kletetschka, Gunther. 2025. “Three-Dimensional Time: A Mathematical Framework for Fundamental Physics.” ''Reports in Advances of Physical Sciences'' 9: 2550004. * Kohn, Eduardo. 2013. ''How Forests Think: Toward an Anthropology Beyond the Human''. Berkeley: University of California Press. * Kolmogorov, A. N. 1965. “Three Approaches to the Quantitative Definition of Information.” ''Problems of Information Transmission'' 1 (1): 1–7. * Kuhn, Thomas S. 1962. ''The Structure of Scientific Revolutions''. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Lacan, Jacques. 1981. ''The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis''. Translated by Alan Sheridan. New York: W. W. Norton. * Lacan, Jacques. (1966) 2001. ''Écrits: A Selection''. Translated by Alan Sheridan. London: Routledge. * Ladyman, James, and Don Ross. 2007. ''Every Thing Must Go: Metaphysics Naturalized''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Laruelle, François. 1996. ''Principes de la non-philosophie''. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. * Latour, Bruno. 2005. ''Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm. 1989. ''Philosophical Essays''. Edited and translated by Roger Ariew and Daniel Garber. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing. * Levinas, Emmanuel. (1961) 1969. ''Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority''. Translated by Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press. * Levinas, Emmanuel. (1974) 1998. ''Otherwise than Being, or Beyond Essence''. Translated by Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press. * Margulis, Lynn. 1970. ''Origin of Eukaryotic Cells''. New Haven: Yale University Press. * Marx, Karl. (1867) 1990. ''Capital: A Critique of Political Economy, Volume One''. Translated by Ben Fowkes. London: Penguin Classics. * Mayr, Ernst. 1988. ''Toward a New Philosophy of Biology: Observations of an Evolutionist''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Mayr, Ernst. 1997. ''This Is Biology: The Science of the Living World''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Mbembe, Achille. 2003. “Necropolitics.” ''Public Culture'' 15 (1): 11–40. * Mbembe, Achille. 2013. ''Critique of Black Reason''. Translated by Laurent Dubois. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Meillassoux, Quentin. (2006) 2008. ''After Finitude: An Essay on the Necessity of Contingency''. Translated by Ray Brassier. London: Continuum. * Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1962. ''Phenomenology of Perception''. Translated by Colin Smith. London: Routledge. * Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1964. ''Le visible et l’invisible''. Paris: Gallimard. * Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1964. ''The Primacy of Perception: And Other Essays on Phenomenological Psychology, the Philosophy of Art, History and Politics''. Edited by James M. Edie. Translated by William Cobb. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press. * Monod, Jacques. 1971. ''Chance and Necessity: An Essay on the Natural Philosophy of Modern Biology''. Translated by Austryn Wainhouse. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. * Morin, Edgar. 1980. ''La Méthode II: La Vie de la Vie''. Paris: Seuil. * Morin, Edgar. 2005. ''Introduction à la pensée complexe''. Paris: Seuil. * Morin, Edgar. (1990) 2008. ''On Complexity''. Translated by Sean Kelly. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press. * Moten, Fred. 2003. ''In the Break: The Aesthetics of the Black Radical Tradition''. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Mouffe, Chantal. 2005. ''On the Political''. London: Routledge. * Mouffe, Chantal. 2013. ''Agonistics: Thinking the World Politically''. London: Verso. * Nancy, Jean-Luc. 1991. ''The Inoperative Community''. Translated by Peter Connor. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Nancy, Jean-Luc. 2000. ''Being Singular Plural''. Translated by Robert D. Richardson and Anne E. O’Byrne. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Nancy, Jean-Luc. 2007. ''Listening''. Translated by Charlotte Mandell. New York: Fordham University Press. * Nietzsche, Friedrich. 2006. ''Thus Spoke Zarathustra''. Translated by Graham Parkes. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Noddings, Nel. 2003. ''Caring: A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral Education''. 2nd ed. Berkeley: University of California Press. * Plato. 1997. ''Complete Works''. Edited by John M. Cooper. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company. * Plotinus. 1966. ''The Enneads''. Translated by Stephen MacKenna. London: Penguin Books. * Prigogine, Ilya. 1997. ''The End of Certainty: Time, Chaos, and the New Laws of Nature''. New York: The Free Press. * Prigogine, Ilya, and Isabelle Stengers. (1979) 1984. ''Order out of Chaos: Man’s New Dialogue with Nature''. New York: Bantam Books. * Rancière, Jacques. (1995) 1999. ''Disagreement: Politics and Philosophy''. Translated by Julie Rose. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Rancière, Jacques. 2010. ''Dissensus: On Politics and Aesthetics''. Edited and translated by Steven Corcoran. London: Continuum. * Ricoeur, Paul. 1991. ''From Text to Action: Essays in Hermeneutics, II''. Translated by Kathleen Blamey and John B. Thompson. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press. * Saussure, Ferdinand de. 1916. ''Cours de linguistique générale''. Edited by Charles Bally and Albert Sechehaye. Paris: Payot. * Schmitt, Carl. (1922) 2005. ''Political Theology: Four Chapters on the Concept of Sovereignty''. Translated by George Schwab. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Shannon, Claude E. 1948. “A Mathematical Theory of Communication.” ''Bell System Technical Journal'' 27 (3): 379–423. * Simondon, Gilbert. 2005. ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information''. Grenoble: Éditions Jérôme Millon. * Simondon, Gilbert. 2009. “The Position of the Problem of Ontogenesis.” Translated by Gregory Flanders. ''Parrhesia'', no. 7: 4–16. * Simondon, Gilbert. 2017. ''On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects''. Translated by Cecile Malaspina and John Rogove. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Smolin, Lee. 2013. ''Time Reborn: From the Crisis in Physics to the Future of the Universe''. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. * Spinoza, Baruch. (1677) 1996. ''Ethics''. Edited and translated by Edwin Curley. London: Penguin Classics. * Stengers, Isabelle. 2002. “Complexité et auto-organisation.” In ''Penser avec Whitehead: Une libre et sauvage création de concepts''. Paris: Seuil. * Stengers, Isabelle. (2003) 2010. ''Cosmopolitics I''. Translated by Robert Bononno. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Stiegler, Bernard. 1998. ''Technics and Time, 1: The Fault of Epimetheus''. Translated by Richard Beardsworth and George Collins. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre. (1955) 1959. ''The Phenomenon of Man''. Translated by Bernard Wall. New York: Harper & Brothers. * Varela, Francisco J. 1979. ''Principles of Biological Autonomy''. New York: Elsevier North-Holland. * Viveiros de Castro, Eduardo. 2014. ''Cannibal Metaphysics''. Translated by Peter Skafish. Minneapolis: Univocal Publishing. * Watts, Duncan J. 2003. ''Six Degrees: The Science of a Connected Age''. New York: W. W. Norton. * Whitehead, Alfred North. (1929) 1978. ''Process and Reality: An Essay in Cosmology''. Corrected ed. Edited by David Ray Griffin and Donald W. Sherburne. New York: The Free Press. * Žižek, Slavoj. 2011. ''Living in the End Times''. London: Verso. {{BookCat}} og0pmuzjs4trvmc9qorxqxi0wv7p9ze 4671028 4670956 2026-09-18T19:22:50Z DavidCota64 3507033 Correct edition dates, disambiguate Merleau-Ponty, and add cited works by Clark, Chalmers, and Peirce 4671028 wikitext text/x-wiki == References == This consolidated list records the works cited and recommended in the book. It is ordered alphabetically and should be used together with [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.4 – Further Readings and Connections|7.4]], which explain how the principal authors, problem fields, and reading routes function in the argument. * Adorno, Theodor W., and Max Horkheimer. (1944) 2002. ''Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments''. Translated by Edmund Jephcott. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Agamben, Giorgio. (1998) 1999. ''Remnants of Auschwitz: The Witness and the Archive''. Translated by Daniel Heller-Roazen. New York: Zone Books. * Agamben, Giorgio. 1999. ''The Man Without Content''. Translated by Georgia Albert. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Anzaldúa, Gloria. 1987. ''Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza''. San Francisco: Aunt Lute Books. * Aquinas, Thomas. (1265–1274) 1948. ''Summa Theologica''. Translated by the Fathers of the English Dominican Province. 5 vols. New York: Benziger Brothers. * Aristotle. 1984a. ''Metaphysics''. In ''The Complete Works of Aristotle'', edited by Jonathan Barnes. Princeton: Princeton University Press. * Aristotle. 1984b. ''Physics''. Translated by R. P. Hardie and R. K. Gaye. In ''The Complete Works of Aristotle'', edited by Jonathan Barnes. Princeton: Princeton University Press. * Augustine. 1991. ''Confessions''. Translated by Henry Chadwick. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Augustine. 2003. ''The City of God''. Translated by Henry Bettenson. London: Penguin Classics. * Bachelard, Gaston. (1938) 2002. ''The Formation of the Scientific Mind''. Translated by Mary McAllester Jones. Manchester: Clinamen Press. * Barabási, Albert-László. 2002. ''Linked: The New Science of Networks''. Cambridge, MA: Perseus Publishing. * Barad, Karen. 2007. ''Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Benjamin, Walter. 1999. ''The Arcades Project''. Translated by Howard Eiland and Kevin McLaughlin. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Bennett, Jane. 2010. ''Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Bergson, Henri. 1911. ''Creative Evolution''. Translated by Arthur Mitchell. New York: Henry Holt. * Bertalanffy, Ludwig von. 1968. ''General System Theory: Foundations, Development, Applications''. New York: George Braziller. * Bostrom, Nick. 2008. “Why I Want to Be a Posthuman When I Grow Up.” In ''Medical Enhancement and Posthumanity'', edited by Bert Gordijn and Ruth Chadwick, 107–137. Dordrecht: Springer. * Bostrom, Nick. 2014. ''Superintelligence: Paths, Dangers, Strategies''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Butler, Judith. 1990. ''Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity''. New York: Routledge. * Butler, Judith. 2004. ''Precarious Life: The Powers of Mourning and Violence''. London: Verso. * Butler, Judith. 2005. ''Giving an Account of Oneself''. New York: Fordham University Press. * Canguilhem, Georges. 1966. ''Le normal et le pathologique''. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. * Cartwright, Nancy. 1999. ''The Dappled World: A Study of the Boundaries of Science''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Clark, Andy, and David J. Chalmers. 1998. “The Extended Mind.” ''Analysis'' 58 (1): 7–19. https://doi.org/10.1093/analys/58.1.7. * Coole, Diana, and Samantha Frost, eds. 2010. ''New Materialisms: Ontology, Agency, and Politics''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * DeLanda, Manuel. 2002. ''Intensive Science and Virtual Philosophy''. London: Continuum. * DeLanda, Manuel. 2006. ''A New Philosophy of Society: Assemblage Theory and Social Complexity''. London: Continuum. * Deleuze, Gilles. (1968) 1994. ''Difference and Repetition''. Translated by Paul Patton. New York: Columbia University Press. * Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. 1994. ''What Is Philosophy?'' Translated by Hugh Tomlinson and Graham Burchell. New York: Columbia University Press. * Deleuze, Gilles, and Félix Guattari. 1980. ''Mille plateaux''. Paris: Éditions de Minuit. * Derrida, Jacques. (1967) 1997. ''Of Grammatology''. Corrected ed. Translated by Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. * Derrida, Jacques. 1978. ''Writing and Difference''. Translated by Alan Bass. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Derrida, Jacques. 1982. ''Margins of Philosophy''. Translated by Alan Bass. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Derrida, Jacques. 1990. “Force of Law: The ‘Mystical Foundation of Authority.’” ''Cardozo Law Review'' 11: 919–1045. * Derrida, Jacques. 1996. ''Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression''. Translated by Eric Prenowitz. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Descartes, René. 1985. ''Principia Philosophiae''. In ''The Philosophical Writings of Descartes, Volume 1'', translated by John Cottingham, Robert Stoothoff, and Dugald Murdoch. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Descartes, René. 1996. ''Meditations on First Philosophy''. Translated by John Cottingham. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Fanon, Frantz. (1961) 2004. ''The Wretched of the Earth''. Translated by Richard Philcox. New York: Grove Press. * Fanon, Frantz. (1952) 2008. ''Black Skin, White Masks''. Translated by Richard Philcox. New York: Grove Press. * Ferreira da Silva, Denise. 2007. ''Toward a Global Idea of Race''. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Foucault, Michel. (1966) 1970. ''The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences''. New York: Pantheon Books. * Foucault, Michel. 1972. ''The Archaeology of Knowledge''. Translated by A. M. Sheridan Smith. New York: Pantheon Books. * Foucault, Michel. (1975) 1977a. ''Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison''. Translated by Alan Sheridan. New York: Pantheon Books. * Foucault, Michel. 1977b. “Nietzsche, Genealogy, History.” In ''Language, Counter-Memory, Practice: Selected Essays and Interviews'', edited by Donald F. Bouchard, 139–164. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. * Foucault, Michel. 1980. ''Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writings, 1972–1977''. Edited by Colin Gordon. Translated by Colin Gordon, Leo Marshall, John Mepham, and Kate Soper. New York: Pantheon Books. * Freeman, Kathleen. 1949. ''The Pre-Socratic Philosophers: A Companion to Diels, Fragmente der Vorsokratiker''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Freud, Sigmund. (1920) 1955. ''Beyond the Pleasure Principle''. In ''The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, Volume XVIII (1920–1922): Beyond the Pleasure Principle, Group Psychology and Other Works'', translated under the general editorship of James Strachey. London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis. * Frigg, Roman, and James Nguyen. 2020. ''Modelling Nature: An Opinionated Introduction to Scientific Representation''. Cham: Springer. * Gadamer, Hans-Georg. (1960) 2004. ''Truth and Method''. 2nd rev. ed. Translated by Joel Weinsheimer and Donald G. Marshall. London: Continuum. * Gilligan, Carol. 1982. ''In a Different Voice: Psychological Theory and Women’s Development''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Glissant, Édouard. (1990) 1997. ''Poetics of Relation''. Translated by Betsy Wing. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. * Gould, Stephen Jay. 1996. ''Full House: The Spread of Excellence from Plato to Darwin''. New York: Harmony Books. * Hacking, Ian. 1983. ''Representing and Intervening: Introductory Topics in the Philosophy of Natural Science''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Harari, Yuval Noah. 2016. ''Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow''. London: Harvill Secker. * Haraway, Donna J. 2016. ''Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene''. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Harman, Graham. 2011. ''The Quadruple Object''. Winchester: Zero Books. * Hegel, G. W. F. (1812–1816) 1969. ''Science of Logic''. Translated by A. V. Miller. London: George Allen & Unwin. * Hegel, G. W. F. (1807) 1977. ''Phenomenology of Spirit''. Translated by A. V. Miller. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Heidegger, Martin. (1927) 1962. ''Being and Time''. Translated by John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson. Oxford: Blackwell. * Heidegger, Martin. (1957) 1969. ''Identity and Difference''. Translated by Joan Stambaugh. New York: Harper & Row. * Heidegger, Martin. 1971. ''On the Way to Language''. Translated by Peter D. Hertz. New York: Harper & Row. * Heidegger, Martin. 2002. ''Off the Beaten Track''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Husserl, Edmund. 1931. ''Ideas: General Introduction to Pure Phenomenology (Ideas I)''. Translated by W. R. Boyce Gibson. London: George Allen & Unwin. * Kant, Immanuel. (1781) 1998. ''Critique of Pure Reason''. Translated and edited by Paul Guyer and Allen W. Wood. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kant, Immanuel. (1785) 1998. ''Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals''. Translated and edited by Mary Gregor. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kant, Immanuel. 2002. ''Critique of Practical Reason''. Translated by Mary Gregor. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kant, Immanuel. 1983. ''Perpetual Peace and Other Essays''. Translated with an introduction by Ted Humphrey. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company. * Kauffman, Stuart. 1993. ''The Origins of Order: Self-Organization and Selection in Evolution''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Kauffman, Stuart. 1995. ''At Home in the Universe: The Search for the Laws of Self-Organization and Complexity''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Kirk, G. S., and J. E. Raven. 1957. ''The Presocratic Philosophers: A Critical History with a Selection of Texts''. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. * Kletetschka, Gunther. 2025. “Three-Dimensional Time: A Mathematical Framework for Fundamental Physics.” ''Reports in Advances of Physical Sciences'' 9: 2550004. * Kohn, Eduardo. 2013. ''How Forests Think: Toward an Anthropology Beyond the Human''. Berkeley: University of California Press. * Kolmogorov, A. N. 1965. “Three Approaches to the Quantitative Definition of Information.” ''Problems of Information Transmission'' 1 (1): 1–7. * Kuhn, Thomas S. 1962. ''The Structure of Scientific Revolutions''. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Lacan, Jacques. 1981. ''The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis''. Translated by Alan Sheridan. New York: W. W. Norton. * Lacan, Jacques. (1966) 2001. ''Écrits: A Selection''. Translated by Alan Sheridan. London: Routledge. * Ladyman, James, and Don Ross. 2007. ''Every Thing Must Go: Metaphysics Naturalized''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Laruelle, François. 1996. ''Principes de la non-philosophie''. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. * Latour, Bruno. 2005. ''Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory''. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm. 1989. ''Philosophical Essays''. Edited and translated by Roger Ariew and Daniel Garber. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing. * Levinas, Emmanuel. (1961) 1969. ''Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority''. Translated by Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press. * Levinas, Emmanuel. (1974) 1998. ''Otherwise than Being, or Beyond Essence''. Translated by Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne University Press. * Margulis, Lynn. 1970. ''Origin of Eukaryotic Cells''. New Haven: Yale University Press. * Marx, Karl. (1867) 1990. ''Capital: A Critique of Political Economy, Volume One''. Translated by Ben Fowkes. London: Penguin Classics. * Mayr, Ernst. 1988. ''Toward a New Philosophy of Biology: Observations of an Evolutionist''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Mayr, Ernst. 1997. ''This Is Biology: The Science of the Living World''. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. * Mbembe, Achille. 2003. “Necropolitics.” ''Public Culture'' 15 (1): 11–40. * Mbembe, Achille. (2013) 2017. ''Critique of Black Reason''. Translated by Laurent Dubois. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. * Meillassoux, Quentin. (2006) 2008. ''After Finitude: An Essay on the Necessity of Contingency''. Translated by Ray Brassier. London: Continuum. * Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1962. ''Phenomenology of Perception''. Translated by Colin Smith. London: Routledge. * Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1964a. ''Le visible et l’invisible''. Paris: Gallimard. * Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1964b. ''The Primacy of Perception: And Other Essays on Phenomenological Psychology, the Philosophy of Art, History and Politics''. Edited by James M. Edie. Translated by William Cobb. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press. * Monod, Jacques. 1971. ''Chance and Necessity: An Essay on the Natural Philosophy of Modern Biology''. Translated by Austryn Wainhouse. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. * Morin, Edgar. 1980. ''La Méthode II: La Vie de la Vie''. Paris: Seuil. * Morin, Edgar. 2005. ''Introduction à la pensée complexe''. Paris: Seuil. * Morin, Edgar. (1990) 2008. ''On Complexity''. Translated by Sean Kelly. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press. * Moten, Fred. 2003. ''In the Break: The Aesthetics of the Black Radical Tradition''. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Mouffe, Chantal. 2005. ''On the Political''. London: Routledge. * Mouffe, Chantal. 2013. ''Agonistics: Thinking the World Politically''. London: Verso. * Nancy, Jean-Luc. 1991. ''The Inoperative Community''. Translated by Peter Connor. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Nancy, Jean-Luc. 2000. ''Being Singular Plural''. Translated by Robert D. Richardson and Anne E. O’Byrne. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Nancy, Jean-Luc. 2007. ''Listening''. Translated by Charlotte Mandell. New York: Fordham University Press. * Nietzsche, Friedrich. 2006. ''Thus Spoke Zarathustra''. Translated by Graham Parkes. Oxford: Oxford University Press. * Noddings, Nel. 2003. ''Caring: A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral Education''. 2nd ed. Berkeley: University of California Press. * Peirce, Charles S. 1998. ''The Essential Peirce: Selected Philosophical Writings, Volume 2 (1893–1913)''. Edited by the Peirce Edition Project. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. * Plato. 1997. ''Complete Works''. Edited by John M. Cooper. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company. * Plotinus. 1966. ''The Enneads''. Translated by Stephen MacKenna. London: Penguin Books. * Prigogine, Ilya. 1997. ''The End of Certainty: Time, Chaos, and the New Laws of Nature''. New York: The Free Press. * Prigogine, Ilya, and Isabelle Stengers. (1979) 1984. ''Order out of Chaos: Man’s New Dialogue with Nature''. New York: Bantam Books. * Rancière, Jacques. (1995) 1999. ''Disagreement: Politics and Philosophy''. Translated by Julie Rose. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Rancière, Jacques. 2010. ''Dissensus: On Politics and Aesthetics''. Edited and translated by Steven Corcoran. London: Continuum. * Ricoeur, Paul. 1991. ''From Text to Action: Essays in Hermeneutics, II''. Translated by Kathleen Blamey and John B. Thompson. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press. * Saussure, Ferdinand de. 1916. ''Cours de linguistique générale''. Edited by Charles Bally and Albert Sechehaye. Paris: Payot. * Schmitt, Carl. (1922) 2005. ''Political Theology: Four Chapters on the Concept of Sovereignty''. Translated by George Schwab. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. * Shannon, Claude E. 1948. “A Mathematical Theory of Communication.” ''Bell System Technical Journal'' 27 (3): 379–423. * Simondon, Gilbert. 2005. ''L’individuation à la lumière des notions de forme et d’information''. Grenoble: Éditions Jérôme Millon. * Simondon, Gilbert. 2009. “The Position of the Problem of Ontogenesis.” Translated by Gregory Flanders. ''Parrhesia'', no. 7: 4–16. * Simondon, Gilbert. 2017. ''On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects''. Translated by Cecile Malaspina and John Rogove. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Smolin, Lee. 2013. ''Time Reborn: From the Crisis in Physics to the Future of the Universe''. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. * Spinoza, Baruch. (1677) 1996. ''Ethics''. Edited and translated by Edwin Curley. London: Penguin Classics. * Stengers, Isabelle. 2002. “Complexité et auto-organisation.” In ''Penser avec Whitehead: Une libre et sauvage création de concepts''. Paris: Seuil. * Stengers, Isabelle. (2003) 2010. ''Cosmopolitics I''. Translated by Robert Bononno. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. * Stiegler, Bernard. 1998. ''Technics and Time, 1: The Fault of Epimetheus''. Translated by Richard Beardsworth and George Collins. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. * Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre. (1955) 1959. ''The Phenomenon of Man''. Translated by Bernard Wall. New York: Harper & Brothers. * Varela, Francisco J. 1979. ''Principles of Biological Autonomy''. New York: Elsevier North-Holland. * Viveiros de Castro, Eduardo. 2014. ''Cannibal Metaphysics''. Translated by Peter Skafish. Minneapolis: Univocal Publishing. * Watts, Duncan J. 2003. ''Six Degrees: The Science of a Connected Age''. New York: W. W. Norton. * Whitehead, Alfred North. (1929) 1978. ''Process and Reality: An Essay in Cosmology''. Corrected ed. Edited by David Ray Griffin and Donald W. Sherburne. New York: The Free Press. * Žižek, Slavoj. 2011. ''Living in the End Times''. London: Verso. {{BookCat}} epco8sszhz0wkcj0urg3702b6yzkbu8 0 476982 4670937 4670837 2026-09-18T15:41:19Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish material beginnings from retrospective origin narratives 4670937 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.4 — The Retrospective Illusion of Origin: Order as Post-Nomination == When we speak of origin, we almost always imagine a point. An inaugural instant, a primal scene, a rupture that institutes. But that point does not belong to the real: it belongs to our desire to locate it. What is affirmed as origin is always that which has survived long enough to be recognised and narrated as such — not what began in time, but what resisted its dispersion. The designation of an origin is always a reading; material processes can nonetheless have real beginnings, causes, and earliest documented stages. This operation is not illusory by accident, but by structure: thought requires foundations in order to rise, and the gesture of naming a beginning stabilises the very field in which that gesture will become possible. Only when there is sufficient symbolic consistency for legibility can a system look back and say: “it began here.” But the narrative does not capture reality as a whole; it reorganises selected events into an intelligible beginning. Many material emergences occur without symbolic nomination. Others, including linguistic and institutional novelties, arise within fields that are already symbolic. In both cases, the event and its later designation as an origin must be distinguished. A field can reorganise without representing that reorganisation as a beginning. Merleau-Ponty had already intuited that there is no originary vision, only embodied rootedness in a world already inhabited, already woven of relations (Merleau-Ponty 1964, 13). Whitehead, in turn, rejected the beginning as absolute rupture, proposing instead the notion of “nexuses” of actuality: what we call origin is merely a denser concrescence, where previously dispersed forces have become co-present (Whitehead [1929] 1978, 33) — a gain retained here without the experiential texture that Whitehead attributed to every occasion. Origin does not found; it condenses. It does not inaugurate; it reorganises. The same applies to the birth of language. No child knows the instant they began to speak. There is no awareness of beginning because there is no form at the start. Language erupts as indistinct variation, repeated babble, sound that clings to the body. Only much later, already enveloped in stable signs, will that eruption be read as a “first word.” The later designation of a “first word” selects one moment from a gradual process whose material and social beginnings were real but not reducible to that label. Philosophical thought — even in its most critical forms — has rarely questioned this structure. Heidegger, in his insistence on ''Ur-sprung'', sought an origin that would be unveiling rather than cause, yet still maintained the belief in an “originary having” (Heidegger 2002, 41). This framework breaks with that heritage. There is no prior having, no inaugural revelation. There are only reorganisations which, once stabilised, are retroactively narrated as starting points. Such post-nomination is not neutral. To name an origin can establish a regime of inclusion and exclusion, especially when the designation acquires legal, political, or epistemic authority. Every foundation delimits what will be told and what will be forgotten. Origin is not an ontological given — it is a strategy of legibility. And like every strategy, it has ethical implications. When a constitution proclaims itself “foundational,” it conceals the violence of the selection that made it possible. When a national narrative declares “this is where it all began,” it silences everything that did not fit within that beginning. When a racial theory claims an identity origin, it transforms difference into hierarchy. Origin, in this sense, is a normative device: it legitimises what comes after, selects what will be remembered, deactivates what resists order. Therefore, more than thinking origin, we must think what it erases. Every act of naming is also symbolic exclusion. What was not codified as origin remains as residue: matter that did not find form, event that did not become narrative (Nancy 1991, 112; Agamben [1998] 1999, 86). These residues are fundamental. They record material events and relations that the dominant narrative did not render legible. They show that the field of the possible is greater than the field of the nameable. The city that rebuilds itself after catastrophe — with improvised streets, spontaneous flows, uncharted zones — may have several material beginnings without one sovereign architectural origin; its reconstruction depends on multiple couplings. A plan may be drawn later. A name will be given to the “reconstruction.” But what truly initiated the process was the local force of material reorganisation. That force escapes the retrospective narrative: it never becomes origin, yet sustains everything that may one day be named as such. The greatest philosophical risk lies in forgetting that every origin is retrospective. What we call beginning is always the place where we decided to halt variation in order to think. There is no beginning without symbolic incision. No origin without a system to rewrite it as such. As Foucault once said, genealogies show that what appears necessary was, in fact, contingent (Foucault 1977b, 145). The present analysis adds: what appears inaugural was, in fact, insistent. Origin is not what occurred, but what continued to be recognised as origin. Beginning is the name of what did not disappear. A retrospectively designated origin is a symbolic reference that a system continues to reproduce after the events have dispersed. Yet a final detour is necessary. The illusion of origin is not an error. It is a function. The act of naming an origin suspends instability, enabling the system to reorganise. But if we take that act as absolute truth, the symbolic ceases to listen to the real — and begins to enclose it. Therefore, thought must remain vigilant. Every origin is a reading. And every reading is a risk: the risk of mistaking a surviving record or residue for a complete foundation, the name for a principle, the narrative for reality. The argument does not deny the event. But it refuses to confuse it with the point. The real does not begin. It insists. The symbolic does not reveal. It reorganises. And origin — that figure so laden with power, authority, and closure — is always that which, by having persisted long enough, could be named as if it had been there at the beginning. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === After functional coupling has explained how local consistency emerges, this subsection examines what happens once that consistency is narratively stabilised. A present order is projected backwards and made to appear as the outcome towards which earlier events were already moving. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Why does an established order look inevitable? Persistence supplies the present with a privileged viewpoint: events that contributed to the surviving configuration are selected as its history, while abandoned paths recede from view. Sequence is not destiny. The origin-story nevertheless presents contingency as necessity. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Post-nomination does not create the material organisation that it names. It makes that organisation recognisable within a symbolic regime and retrospectively selects a beginning for it. The relevant distinction is therefore between an event, which occurs through material relations, and an origin, which is a later narrative function imposed on part of that process. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Retrospective illusion converts survival into necessity. Post-nomination consolidates a present configuration by giving it a name and a lineage. Symbolic selection determines which events count as precursors, leaving residues that the dominant account cannot integrate. None of these operations should be confused with singular inscription, which co-constitutes a mark and its first symbol when a new difference is recognised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Test an origin-story — a nation, an institution, or even a remembered “first word” — by separating three layers: the processes that occurred, the later point selected as the beginning, and the alternatives excluded by that selection. The aim is not to abolish historical narration, but to prevent a useful narrative from masquerading as an ontological foundation. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} hlm28aqdktmrramz352rvfrr93umoyt 4671020 4670937 2026-09-18T19:19:57Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish material beginnings, documentary first events, and retrospective foundations 4671020 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.4 — The Retrospective Illusion of Origin: Order as Post-Nomination == When we speak of origin, we almost always imagine a point. An inaugural instant, a primal scene, a rupture that institutes. But that point does not belong to the real: it belongs to our desire to locate it. What is affirmed as origin is always that which has survived long enough to be recognised and narrated as such — not what began in time, but what resisted its dispersion. The designation of an origin is always a reading; material processes can nonetheless have real beginnings, causes, and earliest documented stages. This operation is not illusory by accident, but by structure: thought requires foundations in order to rise, and the gesture of naming a beginning stabilises the very field in which that gesture will become possible. Only when there is sufficient symbolic consistency for legibility can a system look back and say: “it began here.” But the narrative does not capture reality as a whole; it reorganises selected events into an intelligible beginning. Many material emergences occur without symbolic nomination. Others, including linguistic and institutional novelties, arise within fields that are already symbolic. In both cases, the event and its later designation as an origin must be distinguished. A field can reorganise without representing that reorganisation as a beginning. Merleau-Ponty had already intuited that there is no originary vision, only embodied rootedness in a world already inhabited, already woven of relations (Merleau-Ponty 1964a, 13). Whitehead, in turn, rejected the beginning as absolute rupture, proposing instead the notion of “nexuses” of actuality: what we call origin is merely a denser concrescence, where previously dispersed forces have become co-present (Whitehead [1929] 1978, 33) — a gain retained here without the experiential texture that Whitehead attributed to every occasion. Origin does not found; it condenses. It does not inaugurate; it reorganises. The same applies to the birth of language. No child knows the instant they began to speak. There is no awareness of beginning because there is no form at the start. Language erupts as indistinct variation, repeated babble, sound that clings to the body. Only much later, already enveloped in stable signs, will that eruption be read as a “first word.” The later designation of a “first word” selects one moment from a gradual process whose material and social beginnings were real but not reducible to that label. Philosophical thought — even in its most critical forms — has rarely questioned this structure. Heidegger, in his insistence on ''Ur-sprung'', sought an origin that would be unveiling rather than cause, yet still maintained the belief in an “originary having” (Heidegger 2002, 41). This framework breaks with that heritage. There is no prior having, no inaugural revelation. There are only reorganisations which, once stabilised, are retroactively narrated as starting points. Such post-nomination is not neutral. To name an origin can establish a regime of inclusion and exclusion, especially when the designation acquires legal, political, or epistemic authority. Every founding narrative delimits what will be told and what will be forgotten. Origin is not an ontological given — it is a strategy of legibility. And like every strategy, it has ethical implications. When a constitution proclaims itself “foundational,” it conceals the violence of the selection that made it possible. When a national narrative declares “this is where it all began,” it silences everything that did not fit within that beginning. When a racial theory claims an identity origin, it transforms difference into hierarchy. Origin, in this sense, is a normative device: it legitimises what comes after, selects what will be remembered, deactivates what resists order. Therefore, more than thinking origin, we must think what it erases. Every act of naming is also symbolic exclusion. What was not codified as origin remains as residue: matter that did not find form, event that did not become narrative (Nancy 1991, 112; Agamben [1998] 1999, 86). These residues are fundamental. They record material events and relations that the dominant narrative did not render legible. They show that the field of the possible is greater than the field of the nameable. The city that rebuilds itself after catastrophe — with improvised streets, spontaneous flows, uncharted zones — may have several material beginnings without one sovereign architectural origin; its reconstruction depends on multiple couplings. A plan may be drawn later. A name will be given to the “reconstruction.” But what truly initiated the process was the local force of material reorganisation. That force escapes the retrospective narrative: it never becomes origin, yet sustains everything that may one day be named as such. When “origin” is used, three different claims can be conflated: a material beginning, the earliest event documented by an inquiry, and a later symbolic designation that grants one event a founding function. Material processes can have real beginnings, causes, and earliest documented stages. The critique developed here concerns the third claim: a present order selects part of its history and narrates it as the source that already contained what followed. The risk lies in treating every kind of origin as retrospective. Material beginnings are not created by narration. What is retrospective is the investment of a selected beginning with the power to found, legitimate, or explain the whole present order. A documented first event can be evidentially warranted without becoming a complete foundation. As Foucault once said, genealogies show that what appears necessary was, in fact, contingent (Foucault 1977b, 145). The present analysis adds: what appears inaugural was, in fact, insistent. Origin is not what occurred, but what continued to be recognised as origin. Beginning is the name of what did not disappear. A retrospectively designated origin is a symbolic reference that a system continues to reproduce after the events have dispersed. Yet a final detour is necessary. The illusion of origin is not an error. It is a function. The act of naming an origin suspends instability, enabling the system to reorganise. But if we take that act as absolute truth, the symbolic ceases to listen to the real — and begins to enclose it. Therefore, thought must remain vigilant. Every origin invested with a founding function is a reading. And every reading is a risk: the risk of mistaking a surviving record or residue for a complete foundation, the name for a principle, the narrative for reality. Material processes begin, but the real as a whole need not possess one founding origin. A symbolic order can select, preserve, and reproduce a beginning as though it contained the later field. The event remains real; the founding function is a situated operation of narration. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === After functional coupling has explained how local consistency emerges, this subsection examines what happens once that consistency is narratively stabilised. A present order is projected backwards and made to appear as the outcome towards which earlier events were already moving. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Why does an established order look inevitable? Persistence supplies the present with a privileged viewpoint: events that contributed to the surviving configuration are selected as its history, while abandoned paths recede from view. Sequence is not destiny. The origin-story nevertheless presents contingency as necessity. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Post-nomination does not create the material organisation that it names. It makes that organisation recognisable within a symbolic regime and retrospectively selects a beginning for it. The relevant distinction is therefore between an event, which occurs through material relations, and an origin, which is a later narrative function imposed on part of that process. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Retrospective illusion converts survival into necessity. Post-nomination consolidates a present configuration by giving it a name and a lineage. Symbolic selection determines which events count as precursors, leaving residues that the dominant account cannot integrate. None of these operations should be confused with singular inscription, which co-constitutes a mark and its first symbol when a new difference is recognised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Test an origin-story — a nation, an institution, or even a remembered “first word” — by separating three layers: the processes that occurred, the later point selected as the beginning, and the alternatives excluded by that selection. The aim is not to abolish historical narration, but to prevent a useful narrative from masquerading as an ontological foundation. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 17a19shi9d7eqofdyxl77shwp2iadjb 0 476983 4670938 4670838 2026-09-18T15:41:37Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish material organisation, symbolic order, and ethical evaluation 4670938 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.5 — Order as a Symbolic Gesture Without an Author == Material organisation can persist without being named. This section concerns a narrower phenomenon: the symbolic orders through which a system classifies, coordinates, and reproduces selected material relations. No order explains itself. What presents itself as legitimate, coherent, stable structure — whether in knowledge, in law, in language, or in form — is never a given, but an effect. And more than that: an effect that conceals itself as such. Every consolidated order functions as a device for naturalising what was, in its genesis, historically contingent material and symbolic operations. There is no order that was not, first, organised instability. But this past of hesitation is erased when the order imposes itself as evidence through successive reformulations that update the criteria of legibility. Order erases its origin not because it stabilised forever, but because it has been reformulated so many times that its original emergence has become unreadable. As Derrida suggested, the archive is never static: it is a field of revisions, updates, and erasures, always in symbolic dispute (Derrida 1995, 17). This analysis demands that this evidence be dismantled. Not to dissolve order into chaos, nor to yield to the fascination with deconstruction — but to restore to order its real status: that of a belated symbolic gesture, without author, without origin, without guarantees. Order does not result from a plan, nor from a subject. It does not obey a transcendent logos, nor does it emerge as an ideal form. Order is a symbolic artefact posterior to the event — a reconfiguration whose successive reformulations obscure the records and conditions of its own emergence. And it is precisely this erasure that renders order dangerous: by concealing its operativity, it becomes closure. Michel Foucault was perhaps the one who most incisively unveiled this functioning of order as a regime of visibility and exclusion. In his work on archives, epistemes, and knowledge-power devices, Foucault showed that what counts as true, rational, or valid in a given epoch does not derive from the progress of the spirit, but from a set of historical, technical, and political conditions that make certain statements possible and others unthinkable (Foucault 1972, 135). The order of knowledge is not the victory of reason — it is the sedimentation of historically situated criteria of legibility. And these criteria operate without author, without legislator. Their efficacy lies precisely in appearing neutral. The present analysis radicalises this reading: it rejects not only the idea of a historical reason, but also the notion that order, even when situated, can be thought of as structure. Against all ontology of order as form, it proposes an ontology of order as a transitory symbolic function — a regime of legibility that persists only while it remains operationally effective. Order is not a form to which the real adapts. It is a symbolic gesture that survives as long as it manages to organise instability locally. Gilbert Simondon provides here a decisive contribution. By thinking individuation as a process and not as a state, Simondon dissolves the idea of order as endpoint or equilibrium. Order, for Simondon, is always metastable — that is, a provisional result of internal tensions in a system that has not ceased to transform itself (Simondon 2009, 6). There is no definitive order: there are systems in continuous reorganisation, passing through phases of local stability. The present analysis retains this distinction but shifts its centre: material organisation may persist without being named, while “order” in the symbolic sense requires a regime that sustains and repeats a form of legibility. Even this repetition is unstable — it remains exposed to revision and dissipation. The question then is not “where does order come from?”, but “how does a material organisation become symbolically legible, and with what effects?”. Order is not the precondition of intelligibility; it is its product. It arises when a configuration of complex matter — technical, living, or social — reaches a threshold of consistency that allows it to be symbolised, represented, and normativised. But this symbolisation does not reveal a hidden structure. It organises a field of forces according to a regime of legibility that is always situated, partial, and politically saturated. At this point, it becomes necessary to mobilise Deleuze. In his critique of the repetition of the same and the coding of differences, Deleuze shows that order is often the name given to the suppression of what escapes (Deleuze [1968] 1994, 28). That which does not fit the pattern, does not submit to the function, does not repeat itself in a recognisable way, is excluded as noise, error, or dysfunction. Order operates by filtering: that which escapes the symbolic matrix of repetition is eliminated from the field of recognised differences. This filtering has material consequences. An institutional order does not determine what can exist in the real; it determines what can count as legible, admissible, or actionable within that order. And, as Deleuze would emphasise, what escapes recognition is not thereby noise — it is differentiation that has not yet found a mode of appearance within the prevailing regime (Deleuze [1968] 1994, 56). That is why every order is also an economy of exclusion. By organising the legibility of the real, it simultaneously establishes its zones of silence: what will not be said, what will not be recognised, what will be erased as incoherent. Order, as a symbolic gesture, always has a visible side and a sacrificial side. What appears as structure is always the result of an operational choice: a wager on what deserves to remain and what can be forgotten. As also noted by authors in the decolonial tradition such as Denise Ferreira da Silva (2007, 33) or Gloria Anzaldúa (1987, 25), order is never neutral — it renders certain existences literally unthinkable within a dominant regime of rationality. Whitehead offers here a complementary language: order as “nexus” — an interweaving of events that acquires provisional consistency. For Whitehead, order is never an external imposition, but a relational emergence (Whitehead [1929] 1978, 21). It results from multiple prehensions organised around an operational function, but without centre or hierarchy. In this sense, order is a coagulation — not a command. A field of relation that stabilises through local compatibilities, not by a universal structure. This reading converges with the treatment of order defended here: order does not come from above; it results from the functional persistence of arrangements that have proven capable of operating. The convergence is nonetheless partial. The present framework does not take over prehension as a universal relation, nor the "occasion of experience" as a proto-subjective atom: organisation, on the account defended in this book, is distributed, non-experiential, and never cosmological in scope (§3.1.3). But order, once symbolically stabilised, tends to forget its operativity. It becomes normative, coercive, self-referential. Its strength no longer comes from its symbolic efficacy, but from its disciplinary repetition. Here lies the greatest risk: order, forgotten as gesture, begins to function as essence. And once naturalised, it becomes an instrument of closure of the possible. A revealing example can be observed in biology. The classification of life into kingdoms, phyla, classes, orders, genera, and species is a revisable symbolic grid: an epistemic architecture that stabilises a descriptive regime across the variation of living processes. Taxonomic categories track material differences, but no single hierarchy exhausts those differences or converts its own historical scheme into the intrinsic structure of life. Biological science draws cuts, establishes relations, and names entities in order to operate cognitively on that variation. The danger begins when an effective classification is mistaken for the final architecture of the real. This conversion of an operational instrument into an ontological given is precisely the gesture that the present analysis seeks to expose. Every classificatory act can disclose patterns while still excluding differences that its present criteria cannot recognise. Ethical evaluation is not opposed to order as such. It asks what an order enables, which differences it suppresses, how burdens and benefits are distributed, and whether those affected can contest and revise it. Closure becomes ethically dangerous when an order presents its current criteria as natural, complete, or immune to correction. Stability remains a descriptive property and can be practically valuable, but it is not sufficient for ethical justification. Responsiveness, revisability, public justification, and possibilities of redress supply additional criteria. And perhaps here lies the most demanding task of contemporary thought: not to refuse order, but to deactivate its automatism. To undo it as dogma, reopening it as traversal. To recognise that every gesture of ordering is also a gesture of exclusion, and that ethics lies not in fidelity to structure, but in the courage to listen to what the prevailing order cannot yet recognise. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Post-nomination raises an immediate question: who performs the symbolic consolidation of order? This subsection moves from retrospective narration to distributed production. It asks how a coherent regime can arise from many local actions without being designed as a whole. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The difficulty lies in explaining coherence without smuggling in a sovereign designer. Languages, markets, scientific classifications, and institutions involve intentional agents, yet their overall organisation normally exceeds any participant's plan. Authorship and agency are different questions. The absence of a single author does not imply the absence of agents, decisions, or material consequences. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Functional couplings among practices, devices, habits, and symbols can generate an order that no participant authored in its entirety. Collective naming later makes that order visible and repeatable. Responsibility consequently becomes distributed rather than erased: participants bear different degrees of responsibility according to their capacity to sustain, contest, or revise the arrangements in which they act. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Authorless order concerns the absence of a sovereign plan. Functional coupling explains the production of coherence. Collective naming stabilises a shared regime of legibility. Distributed responsibility tracks unequal participation and unequal power within that regime; it must never be reduced to the formula “everyone and no one is responsible”. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Choose an institution or convention and map four elements: the participants, the material infrastructures, the feedback mechanisms that reproduce it, and the differences it excludes. Then ask who can change each element. This turns the absence of a single author into a more exact analysis of agency and accountability rather than an excuse for political resignation. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} fz9map0lxda215w3vxuacvgl0osmonj 4671021 4670938 2026-09-18T19:20:34Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restrict genealogical critique to symbolic orders and reconcile the Derrida citation 4671021 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.5 — Order as a Symbolic Gesture Without an Author == Material organisation can persist without being named. This section concerns a narrower phenomenon: the symbolic orders through which a system classifies, coordinates, and reproduces selected material relations. No symbolic order explains itself. A legal, linguistic, epistemic, or institutional order can present its categories as natural even though they arose through historically contingent material and symbolic operations. Successive revisions can make those operations difficult to recover. In this restricted sense, the order conceals its genealogy as it reproduces its criteria of legibility (Derrida 1996, 17). The task is not to dissolve material order into symbolic interpretation. It is to restore symbolically articulated order to its status as a belated and revisable gesture, often without a single author or origin. A symbolic order is an artefact posterior to many of the material relations it classifies. Its danger lies in presenting a situated regime of legibility as the natural or complete structure of the real. Michel Foucault was perhaps the one who most incisively unveiled this functioning of order as a regime of visibility and exclusion. In his work on archives, epistemes, and knowledge-power devices, Foucault showed that what counts as true, rational, or valid in a given epoch does not derive from the progress of the spirit, but from a set of historical, technical, and political conditions that make certain statements possible and others unthinkable (Foucault 1972, 135). The order of knowledge is not the victory of reason — it is the sedimentation of historically situated criteria of legibility. And these criteria operate without author, without legislator. Their efficacy lies precisely in appearing neutral. The present analysis radicalises this reading: it rejects not only the idea of a historical reason, but also the notion that order, even when situated, can be thought of as structure. Against all ontology of order as form, it proposes an ontology of order as a transitory symbolic function — a regime of legibility that persists only while it remains operationally effective. Order is not a form to which the real adapts. It is a symbolic gesture that survives as long as it manages to organise instability locally. Gilbert Simondon provides here a decisive contribution. By thinking individuation as a process and not as a state, Simondon dissolves the idea of order as endpoint or equilibrium. Order, for Simondon, is always metastable — that is, a provisional result of internal tensions in a system that has not ceased to transform itself (Simondon 2009, 6). There is no definitive order: there are systems in continuous reorganisation, passing through phases of local stability. The present analysis retains this distinction but shifts its centre: material organisation may persist without being named, while “order” in the symbolic sense requires a regime that sustains and repeats a form of legibility. Even this repetition is unstable — it remains exposed to revision and dissipation. The question then is not “where does order come from?”, but “how does a material organisation become symbolically legible, and with what effects?”. Order is not the precondition of intelligibility; it is its product. A symbolic order arises when a capable configuration reaches a threshold of consistency that allows it to be symbolised, represented, and normativised. But this symbolisation does not reveal a hidden structure. It organises a field of forces according to a regime of legibility that is always situated, partial, and politically saturated. At this point, it becomes necessary to mobilise Deleuze. In his critique of the repetition of the same and the coding of differences, Deleuze shows that order is often the name given to the suppression of what escapes (Deleuze [1968] 1994, 28). That which does not fit the pattern, does not submit to the function, does not repeat itself in a recognisable way, is excluded as noise, error, or dysfunction. Order operates by filtering: that which escapes the symbolic matrix of repetition is eliminated from the field of recognised differences. This filtering has material consequences. An institutional order does not determine what can exist in the real; it determines what can count as legible, admissible, or actionable within that order. And, as Deleuze would emphasise, what escapes recognition is not thereby noise — it is differentiation that has not yet found a mode of appearance within the prevailing regime (Deleuze [1968] 1994, 56). That is why every symbolic or normative order is also an economy of exclusion. By organising the legibility of the real, it simultaneously establishes its zones of silence: what will not be said, what will not be recognised, what will be erased as incoherent. A symbolically articulated order has a visible side and a sacrificial side. What appears as structure is always the result of an operational choice: a wager on what deserves to remain and what can be forgotten. As also noted by authors in the decolonial tradition such as Denise Ferreira da Silva (2007, 33) or Gloria Anzaldúa (1987, 25), order is never neutral — it renders certain existences literally unthinkable within a dominant regime of rationality. Whitehead offers here a complementary language: order as “nexus” — an interweaving of events that acquires provisional consistency. For Whitehead, order is never an external imposition, but a relational emergence (Whitehead [1929] 1978, 21). It results from multiple prehensions organised around an operational function, but without centre or hierarchy. In this sense, order is a coagulation — not a command. A field of relation that stabilises through local compatibilities, not by a universal structure. This reading converges with the treatment of order defended here: order does not come from above; it results from the functional persistence of arrangements that have proven capable of operating. The convergence is nonetheless partial. The present framework does not take over prehension as a universal relation, nor the "occasion of experience" as a proto-subjective atom: organisation, on the account defended in this book, is distributed, non-experiential, and never cosmological in scope (§3.1.3). But order, once symbolically stabilised, tends to forget its operativity. It becomes normative, coercive, self-referential. Its strength no longer comes from its symbolic efficacy, but from its disciplinary repetition. Here lies the greatest risk: order, forgotten as gesture, begins to function as essence. And once naturalised, it becomes an instrument of closure of the possible. A revealing example can be observed in biology. The classification of life into kingdoms, phyla, classes, orders, genera, and species is a revisable symbolic grid: an epistemic architecture that stabilises a descriptive regime across the variation of living processes. Taxonomic categories track material differences, but no single hierarchy exhausts those differences or converts its own historical scheme into the intrinsic structure of life. Biological science draws cuts, establishes relations, and names entities in order to operate cognitively on that variation. The danger begins when an effective classification is mistaken for the final architecture of the real. This conversion of an operational instrument into an ontological given is precisely the gesture that the present analysis seeks to expose. Every classificatory act can disclose patterns while still excluding differences that its present criteria cannot recognise. Ethical evaluation is not opposed to order as such. It asks what an order enables, which differences it suppresses, how burdens and benefits are distributed, and whether those affected can contest and revise it. Closure becomes ethically dangerous when an order presents its current criteria as natural, complete, or immune to correction. Stability remains a descriptive property and can be practically valuable, but it is not sufficient for ethical justification. Responsiveness, revisability, public justification, and possibilities of redress supply additional criteria. And perhaps here lies the most demanding task of contemporary thought: not to refuse order, but to deactivate its automatism. To undo it as dogma, reopening it as traversal. To recognise that every gesture of ordering is also a gesture of exclusion, and that ethics lies not in fidelity to structure, but in the courage to listen to what the prevailing order cannot yet recognise. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === Post-nomination raises an immediate question: who performs the symbolic consolidation of order? This subsection moves from retrospective narration to distributed production. It asks how a coherent regime can arise from many local actions without being designed as a whole. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === The difficulty lies in explaining coherence without smuggling in a sovereign designer. Languages, markets, scientific classifications, and institutions involve intentional agents, yet their overall organisation normally exceeds any participant's plan. Authorship and agency are different questions. The absence of a single author does not imply the absence of agents, decisions, or material consequences. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Functional couplings among practices, devices, habits, and symbols can generate an order that no participant authored in its entirety. Collective naming later makes that order visible and repeatable. Responsibility consequently becomes distributed rather than erased: participants bear different degrees of responsibility according to their capacity to sustain, contest, or revise the arrangements in which they act. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Authorless order concerns the absence of a sovereign plan. Functional coupling explains the production of coherence. Collective naming stabilises a shared regime of legibility. Distributed responsibility tracks unequal participation and unequal power within that regime; it must never be reduced to the formula “everyone and no one is responsible”. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Choose an institution or convention and map four elements: the participants, the material infrastructures, the feedback mechanisms that reproduce it, and the differences it excludes. Then ask who can change each element. This turns the absence of a single author into a more exact analysis of agency and accountability rather than an excuse for political resignation. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} aezn2z3l2j4y0ci293iee85b2o1j755 0 476984 4670939 4670839 2026-09-18T15:41:55Z DavidCota64 3507033 Qualify the genealogy and scientific claims while preserving the chapter 4670939 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == The historical examples below identify recurrent strategies of totalisation; they do not claim that each author or tradition reduces without remainder to a single doctrine of order. The history of Western philosophy may be read as a long effort to domesticate variation. From the earliest cosmogonies to contemporary systems theories, thought seems driven by a recurring impulse: to make the real coincide with a form, to submit instability to rationality, to inscribe multiplicity into order. Classical philosophy did not think becoming — it always sought to transform it into structure. Even when confronting change, it searched within it for a rhythm, a logos, a plan — an archetype of intelligibility that would rescue thought from the vertigo of matter. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, we propose the real as a continuous field of reorganisation, where no form fixes itself, no plan subsists, no model imposes itself as totality. Absolute order is not only non-existent — it is ontologically unthinkable. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. Because matter never rests. Because every system that organises is already disorganising. Because the real does not cease to reconfigure itself in a play of couplings, tensions, ruptures and recombinations. The idea of total order is possible only as symbolic abstraction — never as description of the real. Every attempt to think order as fixed structure ignores that form itself is already the result of prior variation. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive ally. By rejecting individuation as conclusion or state, he proposes that beings are defined not by essences but by processes. Individuation is always metastable: a provisional equilibrium born of tension between internal and external forces. There is no rest — only operative pauses. Form does not reveal a plan; it signals an interval in reorganisation. In this sense, thinking order as end or structure is to betray the process. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this basis, we can assert: the real is variation. Not variation as accident, but as a structural mode of existence. There is no prior unity that divides; there is difference that crosses, couples, expresses. Instability is not failure — it is the condition of emergence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. But even that local order is not strong stability. It is, at most, an expressive pause — a configuration which, via functional compatibility, acquires transient consistency. Like the crest of a wave, like a momentary balance in an ecosystem, like the rhythmic suspension in a musical phrase. When order exists, it does not suspend variation — it merely curves it at a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler already observes, normativity is not the expression of original truth, but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity — without origin and without subject (Butler 1990, 2). Order, even when efficacious, is always the result of operative repetition, not essence. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that persists within and beyond every form. There are successive reorganisations — each provisional, each exceeded by variations that continue through it. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real that continues to vary. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies only to a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. The openness of material order does not depend on this operator: every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as ongoing reorganisation. Operative excess prevents a present form from becoming an exhaustive limit. Partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the symbolic capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 4jxe9d3073xgmiz7se3nkeya7tw9cna 4670961 4670939 2026-09-18T16:29:09Z DavidCota64 3507033 Remove a residual universalisation of operative excess and reorganisation 4670961 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == The historical examples below identify recurrent strategies of totalisation; they do not claim that each author or tradition reduces without remainder to a single doctrine of order. The history of Western philosophy may be read as a long effort to domesticate variation. From the earliest cosmogonies to contemporary systems theories, thought seems driven by a recurring impulse: to make the real coincide with a form, to submit instability to rationality, to inscribe multiplicity into order. Classical philosophy did not think becoming — it always sought to transform it into structure. Even when confronting change, it searched within it for a rhythm, a logos, a plan — an archetype of intelligibility that would rescue thought from the vertigo of matter. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, we propose the real as a continuous field of reorganisation, where no form fixes itself, no plan subsists, no model imposes itself as totality. Absolute order is not only non-existent — it is ontologically unthinkable. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. Because matter never rests. Because every system that organises is already disorganising. Because the real does not cease to reconfigure itself in a play of couplings, tensions, ruptures and recombinations. The idea of total order is possible only as symbolic abstraction — never as description of the real. Every attempt to think order as fixed structure ignores that form itself is already the result of prior variation. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive ally. By rejecting individuation as conclusion or state, he proposes that beings are defined not by essences but by processes. Individuation is always metastable: a provisional equilibrium born of tension between internal and external forces. There is no rest — only operative pauses. Form does not reveal a plan; it signals an interval in reorganisation. In this sense, thinking order as end or structure is to betray the process. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this basis, we can assert: the real is variation. Not variation as accident, but as a structural mode of existence. There is no prior unity that divides; there is difference that crosses, couples, expresses. Instability is not failure — it is the condition of emergence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. But even that local order is not strong stability. It is, at most, an expressive pause — a configuration which, via functional compatibility, acquires transient consistency. Like the crest of a wave, like a momentary balance in an ecosystem, like the rhythmic suspension in a musical phrase. When order exists, it does not suspend variation — it merely curves it at a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler already observes, normativity is not the expression of original truth, but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity — without origin and without subject (Butler 1990, 2). Order, even when efficacious, is always the result of operative repetition, not essence. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that persists within and beyond every form. There are successive reorganisations — each provisional, each exceeded by variations that continue through it. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real that continues to vary. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies only to a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. The openness of material order does not depend on this operator: every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as ongoing variation and possible reorganisation. Where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess indicates that the current symbolic form is not exhaustive. Partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the symbolic capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 4xg1t9pknhgs9u6uhj43dx28yb6fbxy 4671022 4670961 2026-09-18T19:21:08Z DavidCota64 3507033 Qualify the genealogy of absolute order and remove universal claims of continuous reorganisation 4671022 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == Several influential Western lineages have rendered variation intelligible by subordinating it to form, ''logos'', final cause, divine plan, a priori condition, or historical totality. The examples below isolate those strategies; they do not define Western philosophy as a whole, reduce each author to one doctrine, or deny traditions that treat becoming otherwise. The argument concerns a recurrent operation: variation is acknowledged, but its intelligibility is secured by an ordering term granted explanatory priority. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, the real is approached as a field of conditioned configurations and possible reorganisation, where no finite form is guaranteed to persist under every change of conditions and no model can impose itself as totality. Absolute order is not only non-existent — it is ontologically unthinkable. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. No material organisation is exempt from conditions that may change. Couplings, tensions, ruptures, and recombinations can alter a configuration without requiring every stable system to reorganise continuously. The idea of total order remains a symbolic abstraction, not a description warranted by the conditional stability of particular systems. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive ally. By rejecting individuation as conclusion or state, he proposes that beings are defined not by essences but by processes. Individuation is always metastable: a provisional equilibrium born of tension between internal and external forces. There is no rest — only operative pauses. Form does not reveal a plan; it signals an interval in reorganisation. In this sense, thinking order as end or structure is to betray the process. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this basis, we can assert: the real is variation. Not variation as accident, but as a structural mode of existence. There is no prior unity that divides; there is difference that crosses, couples, expresses. Instability is not failure — it is the condition of emergence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. But even that local order is not strong stability. It is, at most, an expressive pause — a configuration which, via functional compatibility, acquires transient consistency. Like the crest of a wave, like a momentary balance in an ecosystem, like the rhythmic suspension in a musical phrase. When order exists, it does not suspend variation — it merely curves it at a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler already observes, normativity is not the expression of original truth, but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity — without origin and without subject (Butler 1990, 2). Order, even when efficacious, is always the result of operative repetition, not essence. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that persists within and beyond every form. There are successive reorganisations — each provisional, each exceeded by variations that continue through it. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real that continues to vary. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies only to a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. The openness of material order does not depend on this operator: every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as ongoing variation and possible reorganisation. Where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess indicates that the current symbolic form is not exhaustive. Partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the symbolic capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} l9qgfw87ukiwst5101mrwp193edago0 4671035 4671022 2026-09-18T20:02:43Z DavidCota64 3507033 Blind-read correction: preserve robust stability and restrict reading and repetition to symbolic order 4671035 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == Several influential Western lineages have rendered variation intelligible by subordinating it to form, ''logos'', final cause, divine plan, a priori condition, or historical totality. The examples below isolate those strategies; they do not define Western philosophy as a whole, reduce each author to one doctrine, or deny traditions that treat becoming otherwise. The argument concerns a recurrent operation: variation is acknowledged, but its intelligibility is secured by an ordering term granted explanatory priority. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, the real is approached as a field of conditioned configurations and possible reorganisation, where no finite form is guaranteed to persist under every change of conditions and no model can impose itself as totality. Within this framework, “absolute order” means an order that is total, final, independent of conditions, and immune to every possible perturbation. It is not a very durable local order but the conversion of conditioned regularity into an unconditional foundation. Calling absolute order ontologically unthinkable is therefore a conceptual claim, not an empirical assertion that every system is continuously changing. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. No material organisation is exempt from conditions that may change. Couplings, tensions, ruptures, and recombinations can alter a configuration without requiring every stable system to reorganise continuously. The idea of total order remains a symbolic abstraction, not a description warranted by the conditional stability of particular systems. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive interlocutor. By rejecting individuation as a finished conclusion, he shows how some organised beings persist through metastable relations and unresolved potentials. That account does not establish that every material configuration is merely an operative pause or that every stable system continuously reorganises. Form need not reveal a plan; it can name a robust but conditioned organisation. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this dialogue, variation can be treated as structurally possible within material existence rather than as a mere accident measured against a final form. This does not make continuous change the new universal principle. Instability is not failure: it names the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. Local order may be weak or robust, brief or exceptionally durable. Its stability is genuine when a configuration persists under specified perturbations; “conditioned” means that persistence has a range, not that it is merely an expressive pause or a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler observes, normativity is not the expression of an original truth but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity (Butler 1990, 2). This insight concerns symbolic and normative orders. Material order need not result from performative or operative repetition, although it too remains conditioned by the relations that sustain it. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that persists within and beyond every form. There are successive reorganisations — each provisional, each exceeded by variations that continue through it. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real that continues to vary. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies only to a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. The openness of material order does not depend on this operator: every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as ongoing variation and possible reorganisation. Where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess indicates that the current symbolic form is not exhaustive. Partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the symbolic capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 6prvzsk8i2pnbho2qf2g5w3e2k97mr4 4671041 4671035 2026-09-18T20:13:22Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify that variation and reorganisation are possibilities, not universal continuous occurrences 4671041 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == Several influential Western lineages have rendered variation intelligible by subordinating it to form, ''logos'', final cause, divine plan, a priori condition, or historical totality. The examples below isolate those strategies; they do not define Western philosophy as a whole, reduce each author to one doctrine, or deny traditions that treat becoming otherwise. The argument concerns a recurrent operation: variation is acknowledged, but its intelligibility is secured by an ordering term granted explanatory priority. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, the real is approached as a field of conditioned configurations and possible reorganisation, where no finite form is guaranteed to persist under every change of conditions and no model can impose itself as totality. Within this framework, “absolute order” means an order that is total, final, independent of conditions, and immune to every possible perturbation. It is not a very durable local order but the conversion of conditioned regularity into an unconditional foundation. Calling absolute order ontologically unthinkable is therefore a conceptual claim, not an empirical assertion that every system is continuously changing. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. No material organisation is exempt from conditions that may change. Couplings, tensions, ruptures, and recombinations can alter a configuration without requiring every stable system to reorganise continuously. The idea of total order remains a symbolic abstraction, not a description warranted by the conditional stability of particular systems. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive interlocutor. By rejecting individuation as a finished conclusion, he shows how some organised beings persist through metastable relations and unresolved potentials. That account does not establish that every material configuration is merely an operative pause or that every stable system continuously reorganises. Form need not reveal a plan; it can name a robust but conditioned organisation. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this dialogue, variation can be treated as structurally possible within material existence rather than as a mere accident measured against a final form. This does not make continuous change the new universal principle. Instability is not failure: it names the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. Local order may be weak or robust, brief or exceptionally durable. Its stability is genuine when a configuration persists under specified perturbations; “conditioned” means that persistence has a range, not that it is merely an expressive pause or a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler observes, normativity is not the expression of an original truth but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity (Butler 1990, 2). This insight concerns symbolic and normative orders. Material order need not result from performative or operative repetition, although it too remains conditioned by the relations that sustain it. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that remains possible within and beyond any form. Reorganisation occurs when altered relations and conditions produce it; not every form is continuously reorganising, and conditioned orders can remain robust for long durations. When reorganisation occurs, it is itself conditioned and remains open to further change. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real that continues to vary. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies only to a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. The openness of material order does not depend on this operator: every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as ongoing variation and possible reorganisation. Where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess indicates that the current symbolic form is not exhaustive. Partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the symbolic capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} eam2uijkqe4kf4uww8cu43tbn4eqjuv 4671043 4671041 2026-09-18T20:17:35Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align the pedagogical framing with variation as a possibility rather than universal continuous change 4671043 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == Several influential Western lineages have rendered variation intelligible by subordinating it to form, ''logos'', final cause, divine plan, a priori condition, or historical totality. The examples below isolate those strategies; they do not define Western philosophy as a whole, reduce each author to one doctrine, or deny traditions that treat becoming otherwise. The argument concerns a recurrent operation: variation is acknowledged, but its intelligibility is secured by an ordering term granted explanatory priority. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, the real is approached as a field of conditioned configurations and possible reorganisation, where no finite form is guaranteed to persist under every change of conditions and no model can impose itself as totality. Within this framework, “absolute order” means an order that is total, final, independent of conditions, and immune to every possible perturbation. It is not a very durable local order but the conversion of conditioned regularity into an unconditional foundation. Calling absolute order ontologically unthinkable is therefore a conceptual claim, not an empirical assertion that every system is continuously changing. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. No material organisation is exempt from conditions that may change. Couplings, tensions, ruptures, and recombinations can alter a configuration without requiring every stable system to reorganise continuously. The idea of total order remains a symbolic abstraction, not a description warranted by the conditional stability of particular systems. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive interlocutor. By rejecting individuation as a finished conclusion, he shows how some organised beings persist through metastable relations and unresolved potentials. That account does not establish that every material configuration is merely an operative pause or that every stable system continuously reorganises. Form need not reveal a plan; it can name a robust but conditioned organisation. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this dialogue, variation can be treated as structurally possible within material existence rather than as a mere accident measured against a final form. This does not make continuous change the new universal principle. Instability is not failure: it names the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. Local order may be weak or robust, brief or exceptionally durable. Its stability is genuine when a configuration persists under specified perturbations; “conditioned” means that persistence has a range, not that it is merely an expressive pause or a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler observes, normativity is not the expression of an original truth but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity (Butler 1990, 2). This insight concerns symbolic and normative orders. Material order need not result from performative or operative repetition, although it too remains conditioned by the relations that sustain it. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that remains possible within and beyond any form. Reorganisation occurs when altered relations and conditions produce it; not every form is continuously reorganising, and conditioned orders can remain robust for long durations. When reorganisation occurs, it is itself conditioned and remains open to further change. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real in which variation remains possible. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies only to a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. The openness of material order does not depend on this operator: every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as admitting further variation and possible reorganisation, not as undergoing continuous change at every scale. Where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess indicates that the current symbolic form is not exhaustive. Partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the symbolic capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} l7wmwtqka9som001mcw9d1cdpuonlhs 4671061 4671043 2026-09-18T21:23:42Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671061 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == Several influential Western lineages have rendered variation intelligible by subordinating it to form, ''logos'', final cause, divine plan, a priori condition, or historical totality. The examples below isolate those strategies; they do not define Western philosophy as a whole, reduce each author to one doctrine, or deny traditions that treat becoming otherwise. The argument concerns a recurrent operation: variation is acknowledged, but its intelligibility is secured by an ordering term granted explanatory priority. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, the real is approached as a field of conditioned configurations and possible reorganisation, where no finite form is guaranteed to persist under every change of conditions and no model can impose itself as totality. Within this framework, “absolute order” means an order that is total, final, independent of conditions, and immune to every possible perturbation. It is not a very durable local order but the conversion of conditioned regularity into an unconditional foundation. Calling absolute order ontologically unthinkable is therefore a conceptual claim, not an empirical assertion that every system is continuously changing. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. No material organisation is exempt from conditions that may change. Couplings, tensions, ruptures, and recombinations can alter a configuration without requiring every stable system to reorganise continuously. The idea of total order remains a symbolic abstraction, not a description warranted by the conditional stability of particular systems. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive interlocutor. By rejecting individuation as a finished conclusion, he shows how some organised beings persist through metastable relations and unresolved potentials. That account does not establish that every material configuration is merely an operative pause or that every stable system continuously reorganises. Form need not reveal a plan; it can name a robust but conditioned organisation. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this dialogue, variation can be treated as structurally possible within material existence rather than as a mere accident measured against a final form. This does not make continuous change the new universal principle. Instability is not failure: it names the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. Local order may be weak or robust, brief or exceptionally durable. Its stability is genuine when a configuration persists under specified perturbations; “conditioned” means that persistence has a range, not that it is merely an expressive pause or a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler observes, normativity is not the expression of an original truth but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity (Butler 1990, 2). This insight concerns symbolic and normative orders. Material order need not result from performative or operative repetition, although it too remains conditioned by the relations that sustain it. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that remains possible within and beyond any form. Reorganisation occurs when altered relations and conditions produce it; not every form is continuously reorganising, and conditioned orders can remain robust for long durations. When reorganisation occurs, it is itself conditioned and remains open to further change. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real in which variation remains possible. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies when a system’s materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. It is therefore not universal: complexity, variation, or openness alone does not establish it. Every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and no pressure for reorganisation forces or guarantees an outcome. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as admitting further variation and possible reorganisation, not as undergoing continuous change at every scale. Where materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a current symbolic or structural form, operative excess indicates that the form is not exhaustive. In symbolic cases, partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 2jz0fs4h1oass9ntgp4g93dvwh0yb8o 4671076 4671061 2026-09-18T21:27:48Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671076 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.6 – The Unthinkability of Absolute Order: The Real as a Field of Variation == Several influential Western lineages have rendered variation intelligible by subordinating it to form, ''logos'', final cause, divine plan, a priori condition, or historical totality. The examples below isolate those strategies; they do not define Western philosophy as a whole, reduce each author to one doctrine, or deny traditions that treat becoming otherwise. The argument concerns a recurrent operation: variation is acknowledged, but its intelligibility is secured by an ordering term granted explanatory priority. Plato is perhaps the inaugural example of this gesture. In the ''Timaeus'', the origin of the cosmos is attributed to a demiurge who, by contemplating the world of ideas, imposes order on sensible chaos. Order is cosmic because it copies the intelligible, and the sensible acquires value only by mirroring eternal form. Matter itself, in this view, resists reason — and must be shaped. Thought thus arises from a profound distrust of instability: the visible world must be corrected by an ordering principle. Aristotle does not abandon the idea of order, but reconfigures it as immanent potency. Instead of transcendental models, he proposes ends inscribed in physis itself. Each being has a telos, a natural end, that guides its development. But structure remains: the real is thought from a form that precedes or orients it. Even change is captured — not as creative variation, but as realisation of an essence. Christianity inherits and intensifies this matrix. Order becomes divine: a reflection of a creator logos, a sacred architecture. From Augustine to Thomas Aquinas, instability becomes suspect — deviation, sin, imperfection. Time is not a space of emergence, but of the fulfilment of a plan. Thought does not listen to the real — it obeys revelation. Modernity, even as it secularises reason, preserves the skeleton of this symbolic economy. Descartes conceives the world as a mechanism governed by clear and distinct laws; Leibniz seeks a pre‑established harmony; Kant defines possible experience by means of a priori categories that order the manifold. Modern reason no longer needs God to guarantee order — it itself constitutes the structure of the real. Hegel, for his part, takes this logic to the extreme. History is conceived as the progressive realisation of spirit, where each conflict resolves into a higher synthesis. Order becomes movement — but a teleological movement, advancing towards an absolute rational end. Becoming is not creation, but fulfilment. Totality is always already inscribed. This diagnosis does not seek to reject the value of such systems. But it denounces in them a shared assumption: the belief that the real can ultimately be submitted to order. Whether transcendent or immanent, theological or rational, static or dialectical, order is conceived as that which founds, structures and guarantees. Classical and modern philosophy, in the trajectories examined here, did not think the real as variation — they thought it as a problem of form. It is against this genealogy that this analysis is situated. Not to dissolve thought into indeterminate relativism, but to liberate variation from its status as error. Against the obsession with an ultimate structure, the real is approached as a field of conditioned configurations and possible reorganisation, where no finite form is guaranteed to persist under every change of conditions and no model can impose itself as totality. Within this framework, “absolute order” means an order that is total, final, independent of conditions, and immune to every possible perturbation. It is not a very durable local order but the conversion of conditioned regularity into an unconditional foundation. Calling absolute order ontologically unthinkable is therefore a conceptual claim, not an empirical assertion that every system is continuously changing. Unthinkable not for cognitive insufficiency, but for structural inadequacy: if thought is attentive to the real, it already lies within variation — not outside it, as an exterior vantage point. No material organisation is exempt from conditions that may change. Couplings, tensions, ruptures, and recombinations can alter a configuration without requiring every stable system to reorganise continuously. The idea of total order remains a symbolic abstraction, not a description warranted by the conditional stability of particular systems. Gilbert Simondon is here a decisive interlocutor. By rejecting individuation as a finished conclusion, he shows how some organised beings persist through metastable relations and unresolved potentials. That account does not establish that every material configuration is merely an operative pause or that every stable system continuously reorganises. Form need not reveal a plan; it can name a robust but conditioned organisation. Also in Whitehead we find this refusal of fixity. For him, reality is made of “occasions of experience” — relational events enmeshed in ''nexūs'' of concrescence. The present framework borrows the relational grammar of this account while continuing to refuse its experiential interiority (§3.1.3). What seems stable is only local consistency of prehensions, never an externally imposed superior order. Order does not command — it emerges. It does not totalise — it coagulates. Its field of validity is always provisional. From this dialogue, variation can be treated as structurally possible within material existence rather than as a mere accident measured against a final form. This does not make continuous change the new universal principle. Instability is not failure: it names the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Material order consists in local regularities and compatibilities that can exist before they are described. Legibility is the further symbolic operation through which a system selects, names, and relates those regularities. Local order may be weak or robust, brief or exceptionally durable. Its stability is genuine when a configuration persists under specified perturbations; “conditioned” means that persistence has a range, not that it is merely an expressive pause or a point of reading. No finite material configuration is guaranteed to persist under every possible change of conditions. Systems differ greatly in durability and in their capacity for reorganisation; transformation is possible, not a seed or destiny hidden within each structure. Several sciences study regimes in which stability depends on ongoing conditions. Non-equilibrium thermodynamics analyses dissipative structures; dynamical-systems theory analyses changes in trajectories and attractors; research on morphogenesis examines the production of form; and chaos theory studies deterministic sensitivity in specified systems. These fields do not jointly prove that every complex system tends towards “organised instability”. They provide domain-specific models that help clarify how some orders are produced and lost. As Judith Butler observes, normativity is not the expression of an original truth but the reiterated effect of regulated performativity (Butler 1990, 2). This insight concerns symbolic and normative orders. Material order need not result from performative or operative repetition, although it too remains conditioned by the relations that sustain it. In this context, to think absolute order is simply not to think. It is to yield to the temptation of closure. It is to confuse the model with the real. It is to turn a symbolic operation (that of stabilising a field in order to act upon it) into an ontological principle. And it is also, ethically, to yield to dogma. Because every absolute order excludes the unfinished, the Other, the possible. To reject absolute order is to accept the vulnerability of thought. To abandon the illusion of final synthesis, reconciled totality, totalising coherence. To think without closing. To sustain the listening to variation, even when it dissolves form. To not desire repose — but potency of reorganisation. Philosophical thought, as an ethical gesture, must refuse the promise of ultimate order. Because that promise is always closure: it prevents the listening to what has not yet been inscribed, blocks the emergence of what has not yet appeared, silences what does not fit the form. Only thought that embraces its own incompletion can become responsive to the complexity of the real. Only thought that knows itself partial can receive what has not yet spoken — and it is that acknowledged partiality that keeps judgment revisable. The framework does not install a new universal order. It directs attention to the variation that remains possible within and beyond any form. Reorganisation occurs when altered relations and conditions produce it; not every form is continuously reorganising, and conditioned orders can remain robust for long durations. When reorganisation occurs, it is itself conditioned and remains open to further change. Order does not suspend the real; it names conditioned regularities and compatibilities at a stated scale. == 🜂 Reading Colloquium – Pedagogical Framing == (For students and readers in formation. This section does not replace the text — it accompanies it.) === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This subsection draws together the preceding account of local torsion, functional coupling, post-nomination, and distributed authorship. Their combined consequence is stronger than the claim that no absolute order has yet been achieved: a total and final ordering is structurally incompatible with a real in which variation remains possible. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === Could a sufficiently comprehensive system map, regulate, or explain the real without remainder? Such a system would need to stand outside variation, include every scale, and anticipate every new compatibility. Yet the system itself would remain a material configuration within the field it sought to close. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Operative excess applies when the compatibilities available to a system exceed its present symbolic or structural form, rendering that form insufficient and forcing reorganisation. It is therefore not universal: complexity, variation, or openness alone does not establish it. Every finite configuration is conditioned, and no present order is guaranteed to exhaust future relations. No hidden infinity is required, and the excess does not predetermine the concrete form that will emerge. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === The field of variation names the real as admitting further variation and possible reorganisation, not as undergoing continuous change at every scale. Where materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a current symbolic or structural form, operative excess indicates that the form is not exhaustive. In symbolic cases, partiality describes the situated reach of every model or institution, while revisability is the capacity to respond when excluded differences become legible. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Three distinctions prevent misunderstanding: provisional does not mean negligible, partial does not mean arbitrary, and open-ended does not mean directionless. Apply them to a scientific model or a legal institution. Its limits do not make it useless; they determine the conditions under which it remains answerable to what exceeds it. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} sqbnpu88extv126q8bh1c8eq0kjr1dc 0 476985 4670940 4670818 2026-09-18T15:42:09Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align the ontological and ethical consequences with canonical OEC terminology 4670940 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.7 – Ontological and Ethical Consequences == '''Introduction''' If matter contains no pre-inscribed finality, the real configures itself through local reconfigurations that provisionally stabilise operative compatibilities. The emergence of the new does not aim to remedy a lack, but results from a material threshold at which new compatibilities become possible; where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess can exert pressure for reorganisation without forcing or guaranteeing it, without an implicit script or end. Within this framework, knowledge does not uncover essences; it organises relations among symbols under historically situated conditions — a perspective that echoes the primacy of intervention over representation (Hacking 1983). The symbol, in turn, is a materially realised operation that recognises an occurrence as an instance of a mark and relates it to other symbols; through those relations, the system can reorganise its operations. This ontology of variation, where order and meaning emerge from immanent operations and not from transcendent foundations, engages directly with individuation as the resolution of metastable tensions (Simondon 2005), with the ontological primacy of difference (Deleuze [1968] 1994), with the agency of matter in the production of phenomena (Barad 2007), and with the view that natural laws form a "patchwork" of local regularities (Cartwright 1999) — in each case under the divergences already established: no pre-individual reserve, no virtual register, no epistemic primacy of measurement. '''Rejection of Teleology as a Moral or Cosmic Structure''' Teleology, by converting order into destiny and history into a directed march, presupposed immanent ends that would govern nature and culture. This analysis rejects that teleological grammar: nothing in the real demands perfection, a final synthesis, or inscribed improvement. Emergence stems from gradients and excesses that install new compatibilities — a dynamic akin to the '''resolution of tensions within a metastable field''' (Simondon 2005) — and not from the realisation of a ''telos''. Order is a local and conditioned achievement; stability describes the persistence of a configuration under specified perturbations and at a specified scale (Prigogine and Stengers [1979] 1984). Against the idea of a single law governing all levels of reality, '''partial and effective regimes''' hold sway — "effective theories" and mosaics of regularity (Cartwright 1999) — which discredits cosmic teleologies and the use of stability as a universal moral criterion. Form remains an '''effect and not an origin''' (Deleuze [1968] 1994), and material historicity does not require an ultimate purpose to generate operative consistencies. '''Ethics of Responding to Instability, not of Adhering to Stability''' Because stability is conditioned and carries no automatic moral authority, the ethical task shifts from adherence to invariant norms towards a '''situated response''' to singular configurations of tension. The norm is a historical effect of apparatuses and correlations of force (Foucault 1977a), and its legitimacy is measured by its material effects on bodies and relations. Proceeding from a '''shared vulnerability''' (Butler 2004), ethics demands practices of care and accountability that avoid essentialisms. Agency is distributed across techno-material networks (Latour 2005), without, however, dissolving the specific difference of the human biossoma. In this context, the critique of lethal rationalities (Mbembe 2003) reminds us that ethical evaluation is intrinsically political. In Barad's vocabulary, decisions introduce material "cuts" that participate in making worlds (Barad 2007); every decision must therefore declare its conditions of validity, incurred losses, and the possibility of redress (Stengers [2003] 2010). Ethical breakdown occurs when a symbolic organisation can no longer respond adequately to the operative excess confronting it. Just action amplifies the capacities for reorganisation of the system and of the systems with which it couples, preserving difference and traceability. '''Order as a Local Condition of Meaning, not as a Universal Criterion''' Material orders are local configurations of regularities and compatibilities. A symbolic order arises when a capable system names, relates, coordinates, and reproduces selected aspects of such configurations. In epistemology, this view aligns with the notion that knowledge advances through ruptures that overcome obstacles (Bachelard [1938] 2002) and with the idea that truth is valuable for its capacity to enable effective intervention (Hacking 1983). Scientific models ' '''Transition to Part IV''' The ontological and ethical consequences developed in this part supply a method rather than a final synthesis. Orders must be analysed through their scales, conditions, capacities, costs, and exclusions. Ethical and political judgement then asks whether those orders remain open to contestation, correction, and redress. Part IV applies this discipline to vulnerability, symbolic reorganisation, and politics beyond the sovereign subject. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This final subsection of Part III is the hinge leading into Part IV. The analysis of local order now turns towards the material effects of ordering: every institution, norm, and symbolic regime protects some relations, exposes others, and distributes the capacity to respond unevenly. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === No ethical rule follows automatically from a description of the real. The ontological analysis instead removes one familiar justification: a contingent order can no longer present its exclusions as natural necessity. Contingency removes that alibi. Once those effects are visible, they require public justification, possibilities of redress, and revision. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Every local order distributes vulnerability and response-capacity. Contingency does not make all orders equivalent: they can be assessed through their material effects, the burdens they impose, their responsiveness to alterity, and their capacity for correction. Ethics begins where an order must answer for the differences it sustains or suppresses. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Situated response replaces obedience to an invariant ideal. Shared vulnerability identifies exposure without reducing different beings to the same condition. Revisability and redress prevent provisional arrangements from hardening into dogma. Distributed agency does not dissolve responsibility; it specifies where responsibility can be exercised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Read the transition to Part IV through three tests. Instability is not a good to be celebrated; the question is how a response protects vulnerable relations without absolutising its own form. Contingency is not relativism; material consequences still distinguish better from worse arrangements. Revisability is not disposability; sustaining a just order may require continuous work precisely because no foundation guarantees it. == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} 4k8d91oi3m8jiczku7hjjcoy2vnsdst 4671001 4670940 2026-09-18T19:11:45Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore truncated text and complete the approved pedagogical close of Part III 4671001 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.7 – Ontological and Ethical Consequences == A scientific model can remain useful while failing outside its scale; an institution can remain stable while distributing avoidable harm; a material pattern can persist before anyone names it. These cases block one conclusion: neither stability nor order carries moral authority by itself. The consequences of Part III begin from that resistance. '''Learning orientation''' After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to distinguish material order from symbolic order; explain why local stability carries no automatic moral value; identify the criteria by which a symbolic or institutional order remains revisable; and describe how the argument passes from ontology to ethics without deriving a command directly from a fact. '''Introduction''' If matter contains no pre-inscribed finality, the real configures itself through local reconfigurations that provisionally stabilise operative compatibilities. The emergence of the new does not aim to remedy a lack, but results from a material threshold at which new compatibilities become possible; where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess can exert pressure for reorganisation without forcing or guaranteeing it, without an implicit script or end. Within this framework, knowledge does not uncover essences; it organises relations among symbols under historically situated conditions — a perspective that echoes the primacy of intervention over representation (Hacking 1983). The symbol, in turn, is a materially realised operation that recognises an occurrence as an instance of a mark and relates it to other symbols; through those relations, the system can reorganise its operations. This ontology of variation, where order and meaning emerge from immanent operations and not from transcendent foundations, engages directly with individuation as the resolution of metastable tensions (Simondon 2005), with the ontological primacy of difference (Deleuze [1968] 1994), with the agency of matter in the production of phenomena (Barad 2007), and with the view that natural laws form a "patchwork" of local regularities (Cartwright 1999) — in each case under the divergences already established: no pre-individual reserve, no virtual register, no epistemic primacy of measurement. '''Rejection of Teleology as a Moral or Cosmic Structure''' Teleology, by converting order into destiny and history into a directed march, presupposed immanent ends that would govern nature and culture. This analysis rejects that teleological grammar: nothing in the real demands perfection, a final synthesis, or inscribed improvement. Emergence stems from gradients and excesses that install new compatibilities — a dynamic akin to the '''resolution of tensions within a metastable field''' (Simondon 2005) — and not from the realisation of a ''telos''. Order is a local and conditioned achievement; stability describes the persistence of a configuration under specified perturbations and at a specified scale (Prigogine and Stengers [1979] 1984). Against the idea of a single law governing all levels of reality, '''partial and effective regimes''' hold sway — "effective theories" and mosaics of regularity (Cartwright 1999) — which discredits cosmic teleologies and the use of stability as a universal moral criterion. Form remains an '''effect and not an origin''' (Deleuze [1968] 1994), and material historicity does not require an ultimate purpose to generate operative consistencies. '''Ethics of Responding to Instability, not of Adhering to Stability''' Because stability is conditioned and carries no automatic moral authority, the ethical task shifts from adherence to invariant norms towards a '''situated response''' to singular configurations of tension. The norm is a historical effect of apparatuses and correlations of force (Foucault 1977a), and its legitimacy is measured by its material effects on bodies and relations. Proceeding from a '''shared vulnerability''' (Butler 2004), ethics demands practices of care and accountability that avoid essentialisms. Agency is distributed across techno-material networks (Latour 2005), without, however, dissolving the specific difference of the human biossoma. In this context, the critique of lethal rationalities (Mbembe 2003) reminds us that ethical evaluation is intrinsically political. In Barad's vocabulary, decisions introduce material "cuts" that participate in making worlds (Barad 2007); every decision must therefore declare its conditions of validity, incurred losses, and the possibility of redress (Stengers [2003] 2010). Ethical breakdown occurs when a symbolic organisation can no longer respond adequately to the operative excess confronting it. Just action amplifies the capacities for reorganisation of the system and of the systems with which it couples, preserving difference and traceability. '''Order as a Local Condition of Meaning, not as a Universal Criterion''' Material orders are local configurations of regularities and compatibilities. A symbolic order arises when a capable system names, relates, coordinates, and reproduces selected aspects of such configurations. In epistemology, this view aligns with the notion that knowledge advances through ruptures that overcome obstacles (Bachelard [1938] 2002) and with the idea that truth is valuable for its capacity to enable effective intervention (Hacking 1983). Scientific models articulate and do not mirror the real, their validity being conditional and scaled (Frigg and Nguyen 2020). In politics, institutions and norms are contingent arrangements whose evaluation includes efficacy, revisability, and the exclusions they produce (Foucault 1977a; Stengers [2003] 2010). The right to opacity (Glissant [1990] 1997) limits the totalising pretension of any local order. Across these domains, justification must make criteria, limits, and costs explicit. '''Check your understanding''' # Why does conditional stability not make an order unreal? # What distinguishes a material regularity from a symbolic order? # Why can an effective order still require ethical criticism? # Which additional premise is needed before a description of vulnerability becomes a reason for action? '''Transition to Part IV''' The ontological and ethical consequences developed in this part supply a method rather than a final synthesis. Orders must be analysed through their scales, conditions, capacities, costs, and exclusions. Ethical and political judgement then asks whether those orders remain open to contestation, correction, and redress. Part IV applies this discipline to vulnerability, symbolic reorganisation, and politics beyond the sovereign subject. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This final subsection of Part III is the hinge leading into Part IV. The analysis of local order now turns towards the material effects of ordering: every institution, norm, and symbolic regime protects some relations, exposes others, and distributes the capacity to respond unevenly. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === No ethical rule follows automatically from a description of the real. The ontological analysis instead removes one familiar justification: a contingent order can no longer present its exclusions as natural necessity. Contingency removes that alibi. Once those effects are visible, they require public justification, possibilities of redress, and revision. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Every local order distributes vulnerability and response-capacity. Contingency does not make all orders equivalent: they can be assessed through their material effects, the burdens they impose, their responsiveness to alterity, and their capacity for correction. Ethics begins where an order must answer for the differences it sustains or suppresses. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Situated response replaces obedience to an invariant ideal. Shared vulnerability identifies exposure without reducing different beings to the same condition. Revisability and redress prevent provisional arrangements from hardening into dogma. Distributed agency does not dissolve responsibility; it specifies where responsibility can be exercised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Read the transition to Part IV through three tests. Instability is not a good to be celebrated; the question is how a response protects vulnerable relations without absolutising its own form. Contingency is not relativism; material consequences still distinguish better from worse arrangements. Revisability is not disposability; sustaining a just order may require continuous work precisely because no foundation guarantees it. == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} np37bif8j66196jn8578utowg5rsmmj 4671036 4671001 2026-09-18T20:03:30Z DavidCota64 3507033 Blind-read correction: distinguish thresholds, restore system agency, and state the independent normative premise 4671036 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.7 – Ontological and Ethical Consequences == A scientific model can remain useful while failing outside its scale; an institution can remain stable while distributing avoidable harm; a material pattern can persist before anyone names it. These cases block one conclusion: neither stability nor order carries moral authority by itself. The consequences of Part III begin from that resistance. '''Learning orientation''' After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to distinguish material order from symbolic order; explain why local stability carries no automatic moral value; identify the criteria by which a symbolic or institutional order remains revisable; and describe how the argument passes from ontology to ethics without deriving a command directly from a fact. '''Introduction''' If matter contains no pre-inscribed finality, the real configures itself through local reconfigurations that provisionally stabilise operative compatibilities. The emergence of the new does not aim to remedy a lack. An enabling threshold makes new compatibilities possible; emergence is established only when an operational threshold is crossed and a new capacity becomes operative. Where symbolic organisation exists, operative excess can exert pressure for reorganisation without forcing or guaranteeing it, and without an implicit script or end. Within this framework, knowledge does not uncover essences; it organises relations among symbols under historically situated conditions — a perspective that echoes the primacy of intervention over representation (Hacking 1983). A symbol is a materially realised instance that represents a mark. Through that symbol, the system can recognise an occurrence under the mark and relate the resulting symbol to other symbols; through those relations, the system can reorganise its operations. This ontology of variation, where order and meaning emerge from immanent operations and not from transcendent foundations, engages directly with individuation as the resolution of metastable tensions (Simondon 2005), with the ontological primacy of difference (Deleuze [1968] 1994), with the agency of matter in the production of phenomena (Barad 2007), and with the view that natural laws form a "patchwork" of local regularities (Cartwright 1999) — in each case under the divergences already established: no pre-individual reserve, no virtual register, no epistemic primacy of measurement. '''Rejection of Teleology as a Moral or Cosmic Structure''' Teleology, by converting order into destiny and history into a directed march, presupposed immanent ends that would govern nature and culture. This analysis rejects that teleological grammar: nothing in the real demands perfection, a final synthesis, or inscribed improvement. Emergence occurs when material relations cross an operational threshold and new compatibilities become effective — a dynamic comparable, in some cases, to the '''resolution of tensions within a metastable field''' (Simondon 2005) — and not through the realisation of a ''telos''. Order is a local and conditioned achievement; stability describes the persistence of a configuration under specified perturbations and at a specified scale (Prigogine and Stengers [1979] 1984). Against the idea of a single law governing all levels of reality, '''partial and effective regimes''' hold sway — "effective theories" and mosaics of regularity (Cartwright 1999) — which discredits cosmic teleologies and the use of stability as a universal moral criterion. Form remains an '''effect and not an origin''' (Deleuze [1968] 1994), and material historicity does not require an ultimate purpose to generate operative consistencies. '''Ethics of Responding to Instability, not of Adhering to Stability''' Conditioned stability carries no automatic moral authority. A further normative premise is required: symbolically responsive configurations have reasons to reduce avoidable harm and destructive asymmetry, preserve capacities for response, and maintain possibilities of contestation and repair. On that premise, the ethical task shifts from adherence to invariant norms towards a '''situated response''' to singular configurations of tension. The norm is a historical effect of apparatuses and correlations of force (Foucault 1977a), and its legitimacy is measured by its material effects on bodies and relations. Proceeding from a '''shared vulnerability''' (Butler 2004), ethics demands practices of care and accountability that avoid essentialisms. Agency is distributed across techno-material networks (Latour 2005), without, however, dissolving the specific difference of the human biossoma. In this context, the critique of lethal rationalities (Mbembe 2003) reminds us that ethical evaluation is intrinsically political. In Barad's vocabulary, decisions introduce material "cuts" that participate in making worlds (Barad 2007); every decision must therefore declare its conditions of validity, incurred losses, and the possibility of redress (Stengers [2003] 2010). Ethical breakdown can occur when a symbolic organisation cannot respond adequately to operative excess, but it can also occur through avoidable harm, destructive asymmetry, exclusion, or blocked repair without operative excess. An action is not just merely because it increases capacity for reorganisation. It must be assessed through its effects on response, asymmetry, repair and contestation, and the preservation of heterogeneous forms of life and agency. '''Order as a Local Condition of Meaning, not as a Universal Criterion''' Material orders are local configurations of regularities and compatibilities. A symbolic order arises when a capable system names, relates, coordinates, and reproduces selected aspects of such configurations. In epistemology, this view aligns with the notion that knowledge advances through ruptures that overcome obstacles (Bachelard [1938] 2002) and with the idea that truth is valuable for its capacity to enable effective intervention (Hacking 1983). Scientific models articulate and do not mirror the real, their validity being conditional and scaled (Frigg and Nguyen 2020). In politics, institutions and norms are contingent arrangements whose evaluation includes efficacy, revisability, and the exclusions they produce (Foucault 1977a; Stengers [2003] 2010). The right to opacity (Glissant [1990] 1997) limits the totalising pretension of any local order. Across these domains, justification must make criteria, limits, and costs explicit. '''Check your understanding''' # Why does conditional stability not make an order unreal? # What distinguishes a material regularity from a symbolic order? # Why can an effective order still require ethical criticism? # Which additional premise is needed before a description of vulnerability becomes a reason for action? '''Transition to Part IV''' The ontological and ethical consequences developed in this part supply a method rather than a final synthesis. Orders must be analysed through their scales, conditions, capacities, costs, and exclusions. Ethical and political judgement then asks whether those orders remain open to contestation, correction, and redress. Part IV applies this discipline to vulnerability, symbolic reorganisation, and politics beyond the sovereign subject. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This final subsection of Part III is the hinge leading into Part IV. The analysis of local order now turns towards the material effects of ordering: every institution, norm, and symbolic regime protects some relations, exposes others, and distributes the capacity to respond unevenly. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === No ethical rule follows automatically from a description of the real. The ontological analysis instead removes one familiar justification: a contingent order can no longer present its exclusions as natural necessity. Contingency removes that alibi. Once those effects are visible, they require public justification, possibilities of redress, and revision. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Every symbolic or institutional order that affects vulnerable configurations distributes exposure and response-capacity. Contingency does not make all orders equivalent: they can be assessed through their material effects, the burdens they impose, their responsiveness to alterity, and their capacity for correction. Ethics begins where an order must answer for the differences it sustains or suppresses. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Situated response replaces obedience to an invariant ideal. Shared vulnerability identifies exposure without reducing different beings to the same condition. Revisability and redress prevent provisional arrangements from hardening into dogma. Distributed agency does not dissolve responsibility; it specifies where responsibility can be exercised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Read the transition to Part IV through three tests. Instability is not a good to be celebrated; the question is how a response protects vulnerable relations without absolutising its own form. Contingency is not relativism; material consequences still distinguish better from worse arrangements. Revisability is not disposability; sustaining a just order may require continuous work precisely because no foundation guarantees it. == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} pk4i0qs5fjf7y4zk8ssbnv2320px7sf 4671062 4671036 2026-09-18T21:23:45Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671062 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.7 – Ontological and Ethical Consequences == A scientific model can remain useful while failing outside its scale; an institution can remain stable while distributing avoidable harm; a material pattern can persist before anyone names it. These cases block one conclusion: neither stability nor order carries moral authority by itself. The consequences of Part III begin from that resistance. '''Learning orientation''' After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to distinguish material order from symbolic order; explain why local stability carries no automatic moral value; identify the criteria by which a symbolic or institutional order remains revisable; and describe how the argument passes from ontology to ethics without deriving a command directly from a fact. '''Introduction''' If matter contains no pre-inscribed finality, the real configures itself through local reconfigurations that provisionally stabilise operative compatibilities. The emergence of the new does not aim to remedy a lack. An enabling threshold makes new compatibilities possible; emergence is established only when an operational threshold is crossed and a new capacity becomes operative. Where materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed the system’s current symbolic or structural form, operative excess can exert pressure for reorganisation without forcing or guaranteeing it, and without an implicit script or end. Within this framework, knowledge does not uncover essences; it organises relations among symbols under historically situated conditions — a perspective that echoes the primacy of intervention over representation (Hacking 1983). A symbol is a materially realised instance that represents a mark. Through that symbol, the system can recognise an occurrence under the mark and relate the resulting symbol to other symbols; through those relations, the system can reorganise its operations. This ontology of variation, where order and meaning emerge from immanent operations and not from transcendent foundations, engages directly with individuation as the resolution of metastable tensions (Simondon 2005), with the ontological primacy of difference (Deleuze [1968] 1994), with the agency of matter in the production of phenomena (Barad 2007), and with the view that natural laws form a "patchwork" of local regularities (Cartwright 1999) — in each case under the divergences already established: no pre-individual reserve, no virtual register, no epistemic primacy of measurement. '''Rejection of Teleology as a Moral or Cosmic Structure''' Teleology, by converting order into destiny and history into a directed march, presupposed immanent ends that would govern nature and culture. This analysis rejects that teleological grammar: nothing in the real demands perfection, a final synthesis, or inscribed improvement. Emergence occurs when material relations cross an operational threshold and new compatibilities become effective — a dynamic comparable, in some cases, to the '''resolution of tensions within a metastable field''' (Simondon 2005) — and not through the realisation of a ''telos''. Order is a local and conditioned achievement; stability describes the persistence of a configuration under specified perturbations and at a specified scale (Prigogine and Stengers [1979] 1984). Against the idea of a single law governing all levels of reality, '''partial and effective regimes''' hold sway — "effective theories" and mosaics of regularity (Cartwright 1999) — which discredits cosmic teleologies and the use of stability as a universal moral criterion. Form remains an '''effect and not an origin''' (Deleuze [1968] 1994), and material historicity does not require an ultimate purpose to generate operative consistencies. '''Ethics of Responding to Instability, not of Adhering to Stability''' Conditioned stability carries no automatic moral authority. A further normative premise is required: symbolically responsive configurations have reasons to reduce avoidable harm and destructive asymmetry, preserve capacities for response, and maintain possibilities of contestation and repair. On that premise, the ethical task shifts from adherence to invariant norms towards a '''situated response''' to singular configurations of tension. The norm is a historical effect of apparatuses and correlations of force (Foucault 1977a), and its legitimacy is measured by its material effects on bodies and relations. Proceeding from a '''shared vulnerability''' (Butler 2004), ethics demands practices of care and accountability that avoid essentialisms. Agency is distributed across techno-material networks (Latour 2005), without, however, dissolving the specific difference of the human biossoma. In this context, the critique of lethal rationalities (Mbembe 2003) reminds us that ethical evaluation is intrinsically political. In Barad's vocabulary, decisions introduce material "cuts" that participate in making worlds (Barad 2007); every decision must therefore declare its conditions of validity, incurred losses, and the possibility of redress (Stengers [2003] 2010). Ethical breakdown can occur when a symbolic organisation cannot respond adequately to operative excess, but it can also occur through avoidable harm, destructive asymmetry, exclusion, or blocked repair without operative excess. An action is not just merely because it increases capacity for reorganisation. It must be assessed through its effects on response, asymmetry, repair and contestation, and the preservation of heterogeneous forms of life and agency. '''Order as a Local Condition of Meaning, not as a Universal Criterion''' Material orders are local configurations of regularities and compatibilities. A symbolic order arises when a capable system names, relates, coordinates, and reproduces selected aspects of such configurations. In epistemology, this view aligns with the notion that knowledge advances through ruptures that overcome obstacles (Bachelard [1938] 2002) and with the idea that truth is valuable for its capacity to enable effective intervention (Hacking 1983). Scientific models articulate and do not mirror the real, their validity being conditional and scaled (Frigg and Nguyen 2020). In politics, institutions and norms are contingent arrangements whose evaluation includes efficacy, revisability, and the exclusions they produce (Foucault 1977a; Stengers [2003] 2010). The right to opacity (Glissant [1990] 1997) limits the totalising pretension of any local order. Across these domains, justification must make criteria, limits, and costs explicit. '''Check your understanding''' # Why does conditional stability not make an order unreal? # What distinguishes a material regularity from a symbolic order? # Why can an effective order still require ethical criticism? # Which additional premise is needed before a description of vulnerability becomes a reason for action? '''Transition to Part IV''' The ontological and ethical consequences developed in this part supply a method rather than a final synthesis. Orders must be analysed through their scales, conditions, capacities, costs, and exclusions. Ethical and political judgement then asks whether those orders remain open to contestation, correction, and redress. Part IV applies this discipline to vulnerability, symbolic reorganisation, and politics beyond the sovereign subject. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This final subsection of Part III is the hinge leading into Part IV. The analysis of local order now turns towards the material effects of ordering: every institution, norm, and symbolic regime protects some relations, exposes others, and distributes the capacity to respond unevenly. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === No ethical rule follows automatically from a description of the real. The ontological analysis instead removes one familiar justification: a contingent order can no longer present its exclusions as natural necessity. Contingency removes that alibi. Once those effects are visible, they require public justification, possibilities of redress, and revision. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Every symbolic or institutional order that affects vulnerable configurations distributes exposure and response-capacity. Contingency does not make all orders equivalent: they can be assessed through their material effects, the burdens they impose, their responsiveness to alterity, and their capacity for correction. Ethics begins where an order must answer for the differences it sustains or suppresses. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Situated response replaces obedience to an invariant ideal. Shared vulnerability identifies exposure without reducing different beings to the same condition. Revisability and redress prevent provisional arrangements from hardening into dogma. Distributed agency does not dissolve responsibility; it specifies where responsibility can be exercised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Read the transition to Part IV through three tests. Instability is not a good to be celebrated; the question is how a response protects vulnerable relations without absolutising its own form. Contingency is not relativism; material consequences still distinguish better from worse arrangements. Revisability is not disposability; sustaining a just order may require continuous work precisely because no foundation guarantees it. == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} totlfi662ncr5dv6szi87ej7o4rfte7 4671077 4671062 2026-09-18T21:27:52Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671077 wikitext text/x-wiki == 3.3.7 – Ontological and Ethical Consequences == A scientific model can remain useful while failing outside its scale; an institution can remain stable while distributing avoidable harm; a material pattern can persist before anyone names it. These cases block one conclusion: neither stability nor order carries moral authority by itself. The consequences of Part III begin from that resistance. '''Learning orientation''' After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to distinguish material order from symbolic order; explain why local stability carries no automatic moral value; identify the criteria by which a symbolic or institutional order remains revisable; and describe how the argument passes from ontology to ethics without deriving a command directly from a fact. '''Introduction''' If matter contains no pre-inscribed finality, the real configures itself through local reconfigurations that provisionally stabilise operative compatibilities. The emergence of the new does not aim to remedy a lack. An enabling threshold makes new compatibilities possible; emergence is established only when an operational threshold is crossed and a new capacity becomes operative. Where available compatibilities exceed the system’s present symbolic or structural form, operative excess renders that form insufficient and forces reorganisation. It is the causal motor of emergence without prescribing the concrete form that will emerge and without an implicit script or end. Within this framework, knowledge does not uncover essences; it organises relations among symbols under historically situated conditions — a perspective that echoes the primacy of intervention over representation (Hacking 1983). A symbol is a materially realised instance that represents a mark. Through that symbol, the system can recognise an occurrence under the mark and relate the resulting symbol to other symbols; through those relations, the system can reorganise its operations. This ontology of variation, where order and meaning emerge from immanent operations and not from transcendent foundations, engages directly with individuation as the resolution of metastable tensions (Simondon 2005), with the ontological primacy of difference (Deleuze [1968] 1994), with the agency of matter in the production of phenomena (Barad 2007), and with the view that natural laws form a "patchwork" of local regularities (Cartwright 1999) — in each case under the divergences already established: no pre-individual reserve, no virtual register, no epistemic primacy of measurement. '''Rejection of Teleology as a Moral or Cosmic Structure''' Teleology, by converting order into destiny and history into a directed march, presupposed immanent ends that would govern nature and culture. This analysis rejects that teleological grammar: nothing in the real demands perfection, a final synthesis, or inscribed improvement. Emergence occurs when material relations cross an operational threshold and new compatibilities become effective — a dynamic comparable, in some cases, to the '''resolution of tensions within a metastable field''' (Simondon 2005) — and not through the realisation of a ''telos''. Order is a local and conditioned achievement; stability describes the persistence of a configuration under specified perturbations and at a specified scale (Prigogine and Stengers [1979] 1984). Against the idea of a single law governing all levels of reality, '''partial and effective regimes''' hold sway — "effective theories" and mosaics of regularity (Cartwright 1999) — which discredits cosmic teleologies and the use of stability as a universal moral criterion. Form remains an '''effect and not an origin''' (Deleuze [1968] 1994), and material historicity does not require an ultimate purpose to generate operative consistencies. '''Ethics of Responding to Instability, not of Adhering to Stability''' Conditioned stability carries no automatic moral authority. A further normative premise is required: symbolically responsive configurations have reasons to reduce avoidable harm and destructive asymmetry, preserve capacities for response, and maintain possibilities of contestation and repair. On that premise, the ethical task shifts from adherence to invariant norms towards a '''situated response''' to singular configurations of tension. The norm is a historical effect of apparatuses and correlations of force (Foucault 1977a), and its legitimacy is measured by its material effects on bodies and relations. Proceeding from a '''shared vulnerability''' (Butler 2004), ethics demands practices of care and accountability that avoid essentialisms. Agency is distributed across techno-material networks (Latour 2005), without, however, dissolving the specific difference of the human biossoma. In this context, the critique of lethal rationalities (Mbembe 2003) reminds us that ethical evaluation is intrinsically political. In Barad's vocabulary, decisions introduce material "cuts" that participate in making worlds (Barad 2007); every decision must therefore declare its conditions of validity, incurred losses, and the possibility of redress (Stengers [2003] 2010). Ethical breakdown can occur when a symbolic organisation cannot respond adequately to operative excess, but it can also occur through avoidable harm, destructive asymmetry, exclusion, or blocked repair without operative excess. An action is not just merely because it increases capacity for reorganisation. It must be assessed through its effects on response, asymmetry, repair and contestation, and the preservation of heterogeneous forms of life and agency. '''Order as a Local Condition of Meaning, not as a Universal Criterion''' Material orders are local configurations of regularities and compatibilities. A symbolic order arises when a capable system names, relates, coordinates, and reproduces selected aspects of such configurations. In epistemology, this view aligns with the notion that knowledge advances through ruptures that overcome obstacles (Bachelard [1938] 2002) and with the idea that truth is valuable for its capacity to enable effective intervention (Hacking 1983). Scientific models articulate and do not mirror the real, their validity being conditional and scaled (Frigg and Nguyen 2020). In politics, institutions and norms are contingent arrangements whose evaluation includes efficacy, revisability, and the exclusions they produce (Foucault 1977a; Stengers [2003] 2010). The right to opacity (Glissant [1990] 1997) limits the totalising pretension of any local order. Across these domains, justification must make criteria, limits, and costs explicit. '''Check your understanding''' # Why does conditional stability not make an order unreal? # What distinguishes a material regularity from a symbolic order? # Why can an effective order still require ethical criticism? # Which additional premise is needed before a description of vulnerability becomes a reason for action? '''Transition to Part IV''' The ontological and ethical consequences developed in this part supply a method rather than a final synthesis. Orders must be analysed through their scales, conditions, capacities, costs, and exclusions. Ethical and political judgement then asks whether those orders remain open to contestation, correction, and redress. Part IV applies this discipline to vulnerability, symbolic reorganisation, and politics beyond the sovereign subject. == Reading Colloquium == ''This guide accompanies the argument; it does not replace it.'' === 1. Placement of the Text within the Architecture of the Work === This final subsection of Part III is the hinge leading into Part IV. The analysis of local order now turns towards the material effects of ordering: every institution, norm, and symbolic regime protects some relations, exposes others, and distributes the capacity to respond unevenly. === 2. Philosophical Problem at Stake === No ethical rule follows automatically from a description of the real. The ontological analysis instead removes one familiar justification: a contingent order can no longer present its exclusions as natural necessity. Contingency removes that alibi. Once those effects are visible, they require public justification, possibilities of redress, and revision. === 3. Core Thesis and Conceptual Reorganisation === Every symbolic or institutional order that affects vulnerable configurations distributes exposure and response-capacity. Contingency does not make all orders equivalent: they can be assessed through their material effects, the burdens they impose, their responsiveness to alterity, and their capacity for correction. Ethics begins where an order must answer for the differences it sustains or suppresses. === 4. Key Concepts and Their Articulation === Situated response replaces obedience to an invariant ideal. Shared vulnerability identifies exposure without reducing different beings to the same condition. Revisability and redress prevent provisional arrangements from hardening into dogma. Distributed agency does not dissolve responsibility; it specifies where responsibility can be exercised. === 5. Implications for Readers and Pedagogical Pathways === Read the transition to Part IV through three tests. Instability is not a good to be celebrated; the question is how a response protects vulnerable relations without absolutising its own form. Contingency is not relativism; material consequences still distinguish better from worse arrangements. Revisability is not disposability; sustaining a just order may require continuous work precisely because no foundation guarantees it. == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|🜂 References]] == {{BookCat}} j5jcaqsrzs4kulspvnx0t74l6i6yvct 0 476986 4670954 4670813 2026-09-18T16:16:42Z DavidCota64 3507033 Number the title and refine the philosophical contrasts 4670954 wikitext text/x-wiki == 7.1 — Philosophical Interlocutors == == How to use this map == The authors gathered here are interlocutors rather than authorities. Each one identifies a problem, sharpens a distinction, or reveals a limit. The relevant question is never simply, “Who influenced the framework?” It is: which philosophical operation is retained, and where does a displacement become necessary? {| class="wikitable" ! Problem field ! Interlocutors ! What the dialogue retains ! Where the argument moves |- | Ground, substance, and necessity | Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas | The demand to explain persistence, form, and intelligible order | Persistence is treated as a local material achievement; no separate realm of Forms, invariant substance, or necessary being is required |- | Immanence and the limits of foundation | Spinoza, Descartes, Kant, Hegel | The force of immanent causation, the problem of certainty, the conditions of experience, and the historicity of form | The single field is not a substance, the subject is not a ground, and history has no final totality |- | Duration, process, and individuation | Bergson, Whitehead, Simondon | Duration cannot be reduced to measured time; becoming and individuation precede the finished individual | Duration is treated through material organisation rather than assigned spiritual privilege; experience is not universal; preindividual tension and eternal objects are not retained as independent explanatory reserves preceding local organisation |- | Difference, multiplicity, and emergence | Deleuze, Guattari, DeLanda | Difference and multiplicity resist identity-first ontology and static models of order | The virtual is not retained as a distinct ontological register; operative excess addresses a narrower problem within symbolically organised systems, while potentiality remains materially configured in the present |- | Non-equilibrium and complex organisation | Prigogine, Stengers, Kauffman, Morin | Order may arise in open, unstable systems without an external designer | Scientific models constrain ontological claims but do not by themselves establish a general ontology; complexity is not a universal metric or a synonym for complication |- | Inscription, mediation, and technics | Derrida, Peirce, Stiegler, Clark and Chalmers | Signs, writing, technical supports, and extended practices unsettle the image of a self-contained mind | Trace, mark, and symbol receive distinct material criteria; inscription does not imply consciousness, and symbolic relations occur between symbols rather than marks |- | Power, vulnerability, and political subjectivation | Foucault, Levinas, Butler, Fanon, Haraway, Rancière | Subjects are formed within relations of power, exposure, recognition, embodiment, and exclusion | Ethics is evaluated through the material redistribution of exposure, response, contestation, and repair without installing an absolute Other or a transcendent norm |} == Convergences are not identities == Several of these dialogues are close enough to invite assimilation. Simondon supplies a language of individuation and metastability, yet the present account does not retain the preindividual as a distinct explanatory reserve. Deleuze radicalises immanence and difference, yet the virtual is not retained as a distinct ontological register; operative excess addresses only the narrower case of saturation within symbolically organised systems. Whitehead places process before substance, yet experience is not distributed throughout matter. Spinoza offers a powerful model of immanent causation, yet a single infinite substance would turn the material field into a ground. The differences matter because they prevent familiar concepts from silently governing the new argument. A borrowed term must either keep its original commitments or be explicitly displaced. Similar vocabulary is not evidence of theoretical identity. == A practical reading method == When an author appears in the book, use four questions: # What problem does the author make visible? # Which conceptual gain is retained? # Which commitment cannot be retained without altering the present argument? # What becomes thinkable after the displacement? This method turns intellectual history into an active comparison. The interlocutor does not certify the framework; the encounter forces the framework to become more exact. For the editions cited and related works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} bfjkhohewo8noi0ktbv4d6te86k3jrv 4671047 4670954 2026-09-18T21:22:49Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671047 wikitext text/x-wiki == 7.1 — Philosophical Interlocutors == == How to use this map == The authors gathered here are interlocutors rather than authorities. Each one identifies a problem, sharpens a distinction, or reveals a limit. The relevant question is never simply, “Who influenced the framework?” It is: which philosophical operation is retained, and where does a displacement become necessary? {| class="wikitable" ! Problem field ! Interlocutors ! What the dialogue retains ! Where the argument moves |- | Ground, substance, and necessity | Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas | The demand to explain persistence, form, and intelligible order | Persistence is treated as a local material achievement; no separate realm of Forms, invariant substance, or necessary being is required |- | Immanence and the limits of foundation | Spinoza, Descartes, Kant, Hegel | The force of immanent causation, the problem of certainty, the conditions of experience, and the historicity of form | The single field is not a substance, the subject is not a ground, and history has no final totality |- | Duration, process, and individuation | Bergson, Whitehead, Simondon | Duration cannot be reduced to measured time; becoming and individuation precede the finished individual | Duration is treated through material organisation rather than assigned spiritual privilege; experience is not universal; preindividual tension and eternal objects are not retained as independent explanatory reserves preceding local organisation |- | Difference, multiplicity, and emergence | Deleuze, Guattari, DeLanda | Difference and multiplicity resist identity-first ontology and static models of order | The virtual is not retained as a distinct ontological register; operative excess addresses a narrower problem in which materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a current symbolic or structural form, while potentiality remains materially configured in the present |- | Non-equilibrium and complex organisation | Prigogine, Stengers, Kauffman, Morin | Order may arise in open, unstable systems without an external designer | Scientific models constrain ontological claims but do not by themselves establish a general ontology; complexity is not a universal metric or a synonym for complication |- | Inscription, mediation, and technics | Derrida, Peirce, Stiegler, Clark and Chalmers | Signs, writing, technical supports, and extended practices unsettle the image of a self-contained mind | Trace, mark, and symbol receive distinct material criteria; inscription does not imply consciousness, and symbolic relations occur between symbols rather than marks |- | Power, vulnerability, and political subjectivation | Foucault, Levinas, Butler, Fanon, Haraway, Rancière | Subjects are formed within relations of power, exposure, recognition, embodiment, and exclusion | Ethics is evaluated through the material redistribution of exposure, response, contestation, and repair without installing an absolute Other or a transcendent norm |} == Convergences are not identities == Several of these dialogues are close enough to invite assimilation. Simondon supplies a language of individuation and metastability, yet the present account does not retain the preindividual as a distinct explanatory reserve. Deleuze radicalises immanence and difference, yet the virtual is not retained as a distinct ontological register; operative excess addresses only the narrower problem of saturation, in which materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a current symbolic or structural form. Whitehead places process before substance, yet experience is not distributed throughout matter. Spinoza offers a powerful model of immanent causation, yet a single infinite substance would turn the material field into a ground. The differences matter because they prevent familiar concepts from silently governing the new argument. A borrowed term must either keep its original commitments or be explicitly displaced. Similar vocabulary is not evidence of theoretical identity. == A practical reading method == When an author appears in the book, use four questions: # What problem does the author make visible? # Which conceptual gain is retained? # Which commitment cannot be retained without altering the present argument? # What becomes thinkable after the displacement? This method turns intellectual history into an active comparison. The interlocutor does not certify the framework; the encounter forces the framework to become more exact. For the editions cited and related works, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} tuzbwavw65amw61l13pxb176j1usa1o 0 476987 4670955 4670814 2026-09-18T16:16:59Z DavidCota64 3507033 Number the title and clarify symbolic output and conceptual tracking 4670955 wikitext text/x-wiki == 7.2 — Conceptual Sources == == Sources as problem fields == A conceptual source is not a doctrine copied into a new vocabulary. It is a field of problems from which distinctions, constraints, and unresolved tensions can be drawn. The source remains visible in the question, even where the answer changes. {| class="wikitable" ! Source field ! Central problem ! Contribution to this book ! Critical limit |- | Materialism and immanence | Can reality be explained without an immaterial cause or external ground? | Establishes one material field and makes thought, symbols, and institutions answerable to material conditions | Materialism becomes reductive if organisation and emergent capacity disappear into a vocabulary of components |- | Process philosophy and individuation | How do relatively stable beings arise through becoming? | Replaces finished substance with formation, maintenance, and transformation | Process becomes another ground if creativity, experience, or a pre-individual reserve is universalised |- | Complexity and non-equilibrium science | How can local order arise and persist in unstable open systems? | Supplies empirical constraints and models of threshold, feedback, dissipation, and self-organisation | A scientific model cannot be expanded into ontology without an argument about its domain and limits |- | Semiotics, inscription, and technics | How do material differences become legible and operable within a system? | Supports the distinction between material difference, trace, singular inscription, mark, and symbol | Signification must not be projected onto every pattern, and inscription alone does not prove intention or consciousness |- | Historical epistemology and philosophy of science | How do instruments, concepts, and institutions organise knowledge? | Treats observation and measurement as material-symbolic practices under constraint | Mediation does not make the real a product of discourse; correspondence and resistance remain decisive |- | Ethics of vulnerability and political critique | How are exposure, recognition, voice, and repair distributed? | Connects organised dependence to criteria for assessing symbolic and institutional reorganisation | Vulnerability cannot function as a universal moral command detached from concrete asymmetries and capacities for response |} == Relations between the source fields == The fields overlap but cannot be collapsed. Non-equilibrium science describes determinate physical systems; process philosophy asks what persistence and change mean; semiotics examines conditions of legibility; political critique follows the consequences of classifications and institutions. A philosophical argument may connect these scales only by stating what changes between them. This restriction prevents analogy from becoming proof. A social institution may be metastable, but it is not therefore a thermodynamic structure. A neural network may produce symbolically structured output, but that output alone establishes neither full symbolic operation nor a conscious regime. Similar patterns invite comparison; distinct mechanisms decide the claim. == Following a concept through the book == To trace a concept rigorously: # Begin with the phenomenon and the resistance it presents. # Identify the disciplinary vocabulary already available. # Introduce a specialised operator only where that vocabulary carries an incompatible assumption or lacks a necessary distinction. # Follow the operator across sections, checking that its meaning remains stable while its application changes. # Return to empirical evidence whenever a concrete case is classified. Conceptual sources remain productive when they increase precision. They become scholastic when the phenomenon merely illustrates a vocabulary chosen in advance. For the editions cited and the further reading routes, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 850bgu39c6ntcqygubb5qxhlpuonhqp 0 476988 4670957 4670815 2026-09-18T16:17:26Z DavidCota64 3507033 Number the title and link every recommended reading to the consolidated references 4670957 wikitext text/x-wiki == 7.4 — Further Readings and Connections == == Route A — Foundations and their displacement == * Plato, ''Timaeus and Critias'': a classical cosmological articulation of intelligible order and material becoming. * Augustine, ''Confessions'': time, inwardness, and the theological orientation of memory. * Husserl, ''Ideas I'': the transcendental reorganisation of the relation between consciousness and world. * Lacan, ''Écrits'': a major account of symbolic structure organised around lack, useful as a contrast to emergence through operative excess. Read these works to identify how an origin, subject, or constitutive absence can become an explanatory centre. The relevant comparison concerns structure, not a summary judgement on an entire author. == Route B — Multiplicity, individuation, and technics == * Deleuze and Guattari, ''Mille plateaux'': multiplicity, assemblage, and non-linear organisation. * Simondon, ''On the Mode of Existence of Technical Objects'': technical individuation and the relation between human and technical ensembles. * Stiegler, ''Technics and Time 1'': technics, exteriorisation, and the constitutive role of material supports. * Morin, ''Introduction à la pensée complexe'': complexity as a demand placed on thought and method. This route clarifies why relations and technical supports cannot be treated as secondary. It also exposes the point at which virtuality, pre-individuality, or complexity-as-method diverges from the more restrictive material criteria used here. == Route C — Embodiment and being-with == * Merleau-Ponty, ''The Primacy of Perception'': embodied access to a world that precedes reflective abstraction. * Nancy, ''Being Singular Plural'': coexistence and relational constitution. * Derrida, ''Writing and Difference'': writing, difference, and the instability of conceptual boundaries. These readings deepen the critique of the self-contained subject. Compare their accounts of embodiment, relation, and writing with the functional criteria for material inscription developed in Part VI. == Route D — Power, conflict, and political appearance == * Fanon, ''The Wretched of the Earth'': colonial violence, political transformation, and the material production of subject positions. * Foucault, ''Power/Knowledge'': the coupling of power, institutional practice, and regimes of truth. * Mouffe, ''Agonistics'': conflict as a constitutive problem of democratic politics. * Rancière, ''Dissensus'': political appearance and disputes over who or what can count. * Kant, ''Perpetual Peace and Other Essays'': a contrasting universalist architecture of political normativity. This route helps test the move from vulnerability to institutional reorganisation. It also guards against reducing politics to individual intention. == Route E — Limits of the human and the work of art == * Agamben, ''The Man Without Content'': aesthetics, artistic production, and the status of the modern spectator. * Bostrom, “Why I Want to Be a Posthuman When I Grow Up”: an explicit defence of posthuman enhancement against which threshold, vulnerability, and responsibility can be tested. Full publication details for every work recommended here are collected in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. Further reading should multiply points of resistance rather than supply a canon. A useful source is one that makes a distinction harder to sustain, more precise, or newly revisable. {{BookCat}} np5vn42qx94f100ie18ogcebut74m12 0 476989 4670958 4670784 2026-09-18T16:17:39Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the page title and align the consciousness criterion with the Symbolic Threshold Test 4670958 wikitext text/x-wiki == Theoretical Appendix == === Individuation, inscription, and consciousness === ==== The question ==== A scientist who studies a star, a cell, or a neural system belongs to the same material field as the object studied. There is no external viewpoint from which the universe can be observed as a completed whole. Does it follow that the universe knows itself through the scientist? The tempting answer moves too quickly. It passes from the immanence of knowledge to a cosmic subject, as though every material process participated in one consciousness. Immanence establishes only that knowing occurs within the material field. It does not turn that field into a mind. ==== Local individuation within one field ==== Individuation names the formation and persistence of a relatively distinct configuration through relations, constraints, and exchanges. A cell, an organism, a measuring apparatus, and a scientific community are individuated in different ways. None is self-sufficient. Each depends on an environment and remains exposed to changes that may alter or dissolve it. The unity of the material field therefore does not erase local distinctions. Monism concerns substrate: no immaterial substance has to be added. It does not imply that every capacity belongs to matter everywhere. Metabolism requires one organisation; symbolic inscription requires another; consciousness requires a further threshold. Capacities are local achievements. ==== Four distinctions that prevent confusion ==== {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Minimal criterion ! What must not be inferred |- | Material process | A change or persistence produced by physical relations | That the process is already a sign, a thought, or an experience |- | Inscription | A system discriminates a new difference and, in the inaugural event, co-constitutes a mark and a symbol | That the system is conscious or acts intentionally |- | Knowledge | Symbolic operations are organised, tested, and revised under material constraint | That knowledge is a view from outside the field or a transparent copy of the real |- | Consciousness | The Symbolic Threshold Test warrants <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system. Here <math>\Phi</math> is causal integration, <math>S</math> effective symbolic self-reference, and <math>S^{auto}</math> the continuity of that self-reference within the same system. Causal integration is necessary but insufficient, and the continuity floor is non-compensatory; if any threshold fails, <math>C = 0</math>. The thresholds are not yet empirically calibrated, and no validated instrument currently measures <math>S</math>. | That linguistic output, information processing, or inscription alone proves consciousness |} These distinctions are cumulative only in a limited sense. Conscious knowledge depends on material organisation, but material organisation does not automatically become knowledge. An apparatus may register and inscribe a difference without possessing experience. A symbolic system may produce coherent linguistic sequences without that performance settling whether a conscious regime exists. ==== Inscription is a singular event ==== When a system first discriminates a new difference, inscription co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. They are not successive stages. The mark is the material configuration made available by that inscription; the symbol is its material dimension of legibility and representation. The mark does not act, interpret, or enter into relations with other marks. The system relates symbols. Later occurrences recognised under the available mark are further symbolic instances. They do not repeat the inaugural inscription. This distinction matters for scientific practice: a novel result and a later reading classified by an established protocol do not have the same status, even when both leave material records. ==== Knowledge remains materially constrained ==== Knowledge is neither a passive mirror nor an arbitrary construction. Observation reorganises material differences through instruments, protocols, concepts, archives, and practices of criticism. Such mediation prevents a view from nowhere; material correspondence prevents pure conventionalism. A measurement can be revised because the world resists the way it has been measured. The scientist studying quantum phenomena is therefore an organised part of the field, using material-symbolic means to produce constrained knowledge about another part of it. This relation supports no inference to a universe-wide observer. The knowing configuration is local, historically formed, and dependent on apparatus, language, institutions, and bodies. ==== The threshold of consciousness ==== The existence of consciousness and its degree must be kept apart. Let <math>C</math> designate whether the conscious regime exists. The admissible ontological values are binary: <math>C = 0</math> or <math>C = 1</math>. When the available evidence cannot decide between them, <math>U</math> records epistemic suspension. It does not name a third or intermediate kind of being. Only after <math>C = 1</math> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. Only after <math>C = 1</math> may <math>D</math> designate variation in the density or richness of conscious organisation. The sequence is therefore: <pre> material organisation → possible inscription and symbolic operation symbolic operation ≠ proof of consciousness C = 0 or C = 1; U = undecided by us if C = 1, then D may vary </pre> The distinction blocks two symmetrical errors. Panpsychism distributes experience wherever matter operates. Anthropocentrism restricts consciousness by definition to familiar human forms. A threshold account permits neither shortcut: the relevant organisation and the evidence for it must be specified case by case. ==== What immanence permits us to say ==== The universe contains local configurations capable of producing knowledge about other configurations and about their own operations. If such a configuration crosses the conscious threshold, that knowledge may also be experienced from a situated perspective. Nothing in this claim requires the universe as a whole to recognise, know, or experience itself. Immanence removes the external observer. It does not install a cosmic subject in the observer's place. ==== Questions for study ==== * Why does one material field not imply one consciousness? * Can an apparatus inscribe a result without being conscious? Which capacities would have to be distinguished? * Why is <math>U</math> an epistemic status rather than an intermediate degree of consciousness? * What changes after <math>C = 1</math> makes the variable <math>D</math> meaningful? * How can knowledge be mediated without becoming arbitrary? For the full C/U/D protocol and the definitions used here, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For cited editions and further reading, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} k6knoakxpe509b5tssc3nkpus16o8w2 4671005 4670958 2026-09-18T19:13:40Z DavidCota64 3507033 State the formal, non-diagnostic status and limits of the Symbolic Threshold Test 4671005 wikitext text/x-wiki == Theoretical Appendix == === Individuation, inscription, and consciousness === ==== The question ==== A scientist who studies a star, a cell, or a neural system belongs to the same material field as the object studied. There is no external viewpoint from which the universe can be observed as a completed whole. Does it follow that the universe knows itself through the scientist? The tempting answer moves too quickly. It passes from the immanence of knowledge to a cosmic subject, as though every material process participated in one consciousness. Immanence establishes only that knowing occurs within the material field. It does not turn that field into a mind. ==== Local individuation within one field ==== Individuation names the formation and persistence of a relatively distinct configuration through relations, constraints, and exchanges. A cell, an organism, a measuring apparatus, and a scientific community are individuated in different ways. None is self-sufficient. Each depends on an environment and remains exposed to changes that may alter or dissolve it. The unity of the material field therefore does not erase local distinctions. Monism concerns substrate: no immaterial substance has to be added. It does not imply that every capacity belongs to matter everywhere. Metabolism requires one organisation; symbolic inscription requires another; consciousness requires a further threshold. Capacities are local achievements. ==== Four distinctions that prevent confusion ==== {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Minimal criterion ! What must not be inferred |- | Material process | A change or persistence produced by physical relations | That the process is already a sign, a thought, or an experience |- | Inscription | A system discriminates a new difference and, in the inaugural event, co-constitutes a mark and a symbol | That the system is conscious or acts intentionally |- | Knowledge | Symbolic operations are organised, tested, and revised under material constraint | That knowledge is a view from outside the field or a transparent copy of the real |- | Consciousness | The theoretical criterion records <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; failure of any condition records <math>C = 0</math>. <math>U</math> records undecided attribution, not a third state. <math>D</math> is assessed only after <math>C = 1</math>. | The criterion is formal and presently unvalidated: the thresholds are not empirically calibrated and no validated instrument measures <math>S</math>. It must not be used as a diagnostic classification of current systems. |} These distinctions are cumulative only in a limited sense. Conscious knowledge depends on material organisation, but material organisation does not automatically become knowledge. An apparatus may register and inscribe a difference without possessing experience. A symbolic system may produce coherent linguistic sequences without that performance settling whether a conscious regime exists. ==== Inscription is a singular event ==== When a system first discriminates a new difference, inscription co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. They are not successive stages. The mark is the material configuration made available by that inscription; the symbol is its material dimension of legibility and representation. The mark does not act, interpret, or enter into relations with other marks. The system relates symbols. Later occurrences recognised under the available mark are further symbolic instances. They do not repeat the inaugural inscription. This distinction matters for scientific practice: a novel result and a later reading classified by an established protocol do not have the same status, even when both leave material records. ==== Knowledge remains materially constrained ==== Knowledge is neither a passive mirror nor an arbitrary construction. Observation reorganises material differences through instruments, protocols, concepts, archives, and practices of criticism. Such mediation prevents a view from nowhere; material correspondence prevents pure conventionalism. A measurement can be revised because the world resists the way it has been measured. The scientist studying quantum phenomena is therefore an organised part of the field, using material-symbolic means to produce constrained knowledge about another part of it. This relation supports no inference to a universe-wide observer. The knowing configuration is local, historically formed, and dependent on apparatus, language, institutions, and bodies. ==== The threshold of consciousness ==== The existence of consciousness and its degree must be kept apart. Let <math>C</math> designate whether the conscious regime exists. The admissible ontological values are binary: <math>C = 0</math> or <math>C = 1</math>. When the available evidence cannot decide between them, <math>U</math> records epistemic suspension. It does not name a third or intermediate kind of being. Only after <math>C = 1</math> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The binary variable concerns whether the conscious regime exists; it does not deny variation in content, intensity, access, persistence, or organisation once that regime exists. The biconditional states a theoretical criterion internal to the framework, not an empirically validated diagnostic. It specifies what would have to be established without establishing that any present system satisfies it. <math>U</math> records an epistemic limit in attribution, never an intermediate ontological value. Only after <math>C = 1</math> may <math>D</math> designate variation in the density or richness of conscious organisation. The sequence is therefore: <pre> material organisation → possible inscription and symbolic operation symbolic operation ≠ proof of consciousness C = 0 or C = 1; U = undecided by us if C = 1, then D may vary </pre> The distinction blocks two symmetrical errors. Panpsychism distributes experience wherever matter operates. Anthropocentrism restricts consciousness by definition to familiar human forms. A threshold account permits neither shortcut: the relevant organisation and the evidence for it must be specified case by case. ==== What immanence permits us to say ==== The universe contains local configurations capable of producing knowledge about other configurations and about their own operations. If such a configuration crosses the conscious threshold, that knowledge may also be experienced from a situated perspective. Nothing in this claim requires the universe as a whole to recognise, know, or experience itself. Immanence removes the external observer. It does not install a cosmic subject in the observer's place. ==== Questions for study ==== * Why does one material field not imply one consciousness? * Can an apparatus inscribe a result without being conscious? Which capacities would have to be distinguished? * Why is <math>U</math> an epistemic status rather than an intermediate degree of consciousness? * What changes after <math>C = 1</math> makes the variable <math>D</math> meaningful? * How can knowledge be mediated without becoming arbitrary? For the full C/U/D protocol and the definitions used here, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For cited editions and further reading, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} epqg80fwy5hzdyeei5n34ht50u8ejs3 4671038 4671005 2026-09-18T20:03:58Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify that the STT is a formal OEC postulate whose empirical demonstration lies outside this book 4671038 wikitext text/x-wiki == Theoretical Appendix == === Individuation, inscription, and consciousness === ==== The question ==== A scientist who studies a star, a cell, or a neural system belongs to the same material field as the object studied. There is no external viewpoint from which the universe can be observed as a completed whole. Does it follow that the universe knows itself through the scientist? The tempting answer moves too quickly. It passes from the immanence of knowledge to a cosmic subject, as though every material process participated in one consciousness. Immanence establishes only that knowing occurs within the material field. It does not turn that field into a mind. ==== Local individuation within one field ==== Individuation names the formation and persistence of a relatively distinct configuration through relations, constraints, and exchanges. A cell, an organism, a measuring apparatus, and a scientific community are individuated in different ways. None is self-sufficient. Each depends on an environment and remains exposed to changes that may alter or dissolve it. The unity of the material field therefore does not erase local distinctions. Monism concerns substrate: no immaterial substance has to be added. It does not imply that every capacity belongs to matter everywhere. Metabolism requires one organisation; symbolic inscription requires another; consciousness requires a further threshold. Capacities are local achievements. ==== Four distinctions that prevent confusion ==== {| class="wikitable" ! Term ! Minimal criterion ! What must not be inferred |- | Material process | A change or persistence produced by physical relations | That the process is already a sign, a thought, or an experience |- | Inscription | A system discriminates a new difference and, in the inaugural event, co-constitutes a mark and a symbol | That the system is conscious or acts intentionally |- | Knowledge | Symbolic operations are organised, tested, and revised under material constraint | That knowledge is a view from outside the field or a transparent copy of the real |- | Consciousness | The theoretical criterion records <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; failure of any condition records <math>C = 0</math>. <math>U</math> records undecided attribution, not a third state. <math>D</math> is assessed only after <math>C = 1</math>. | The criterion is formal and presently unvalidated: the thresholds are not empirically calibrated and no validated instrument measures <math>S</math>. It must not be used as a diagnostic classification of current systems. |} These distinctions are cumulative only in a limited sense. Conscious knowledge depends on material organisation, but material organisation does not automatically become knowledge. An apparatus may register and inscribe a difference without possessing experience. A symbolic system may produce coherent linguistic sequences without that performance settling whether a conscious regime exists. ==== Inscription is a singular event ==== When a system first discriminates a new difference, inscription co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. They are not successive stages. The mark is the material configuration made available by that inscription; the symbol is its material dimension of legibility and representation. The mark does not act, interpret, or enter into relations with other marks. The system relates symbols. Later occurrences recognised under the available mark are further symbolic instances. They do not repeat the inaugural inscription. This distinction matters for scientific practice: a novel result and a later reading classified by an established protocol do not have the same status, even when both leave material records. ==== Knowledge remains materially constrained ==== Knowledge is neither a passive mirror nor an arbitrary construction. Observation reorganises material differences through instruments, protocols, concepts, archives, and practices of criticism. Such mediation prevents a view from nowhere; material correspondence prevents pure conventionalism. A measurement can be revised because the world resists the way it has been measured. The scientist studying quantum phenomena is therefore an organised part of the field, using material-symbolic means to produce constrained knowledge about another part of it. This relation supports no inference to a universe-wide observer. The knowing configuration is local, historically formed, and dependent on apparatus, language, institutions, and bodies. ==== The threshold of consciousness ==== The existence of consciousness and its degree must be kept apart. Let <math>C</math> designate whether the conscious regime exists. The admissible ontological values are binary: <math>C = 0</math> or <math>C = 1</math>. When the available evidence cannot decide between them, <math>U</math> records epistemic suspension. It does not name a third or intermediate kind of being. Only after <math>C = 1</math> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The binary variable concerns whether the conscious regime exists; it does not deny variation in content, intensity, access, persistence, or organisation once that regime exists. The biconditional states a theoretical criterion internal to the framework, not an empirically validated diagnostic. It specifies what would have to be established without establishing that any present system satisfies it. <math>U</math> records an epistemic limit in attribution, never an intermediate ontological value. The OEC adopts this biconditional as a constitutive formal postulate. This book does not attempt its empirical validation or an exhaustive derivation of the necessity and sufficiency of its conditions. Its purpose here is to state the criterion, distinguish its variables, and delimit what a future attribution would have to establish. The absence of calibrated thresholds limits present application; it neither turns the postulate into an empirical result nor alters its formal role within the framework. Only after <math>C = 1</math> may <math>D</math> designate variation in the density or richness of conscious organisation. The sequence is therefore: <pre> material organisation → possible inscription and symbolic operation symbolic operation ≠ proof of consciousness C = 0 or C = 1; U = undecided by us if C = 1, then D may vary </pre> The distinction blocks two symmetrical errors. Panpsychism distributes experience wherever matter operates. Anthropocentrism restricts consciousness by definition to familiar human forms. A threshold account permits neither shortcut: the relevant organisation and the evidence for it must be specified case by case. ==== What immanence permits us to say ==== The universe contains local configurations capable of producing knowledge about other configurations and about their own operations. If such a configuration crosses the conscious threshold, that knowledge may also be experienced from a situated perspective. Nothing in this claim requires the universe as a whole to recognise, know, or experience itself. Immanence removes the external observer. It does not install a cosmic subject in the observer's place. ==== Questions for study ==== * Why does one material field not imply one consciousness? * Can an apparatus inscribe a result without being conscious? Which capacities would have to be distinguished? * Why is <math>U</math> an epistemic status rather than an intermediate degree of consciousness? * What changes after <math>C = 1</math> makes the variable <math>D</math> meaningful? * How can knowledge be mediated without becoming arbitrary? For the full C/U/D protocol and the definitions used here, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For cited editions and further reading, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} ruds4hprxyj1dq6tmfvuwka0ojnly31 0 479761 4670942 4670770 2026-09-18T16:05:04Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title, clarify terminology, and remove the broken colloquium link 4670942 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.1 — Vulnerability Without Centre == Ethics is often introduced by asking which principle should govern action or which kind of subject can be held responsible. This chapter begins earlier. It asks how material configurations are exposed to effects they do not fully control, how capacities for protection and repair are distributed, and when a symbolically responsive configuration must answer for the way it reorganises those conditions. '''Vulnerability without centre''' does not mean that every being suffers in the same way or has the same ethical status. It means that no configuration occupies a position outside relational dependence, and that ethical inquiry cannot be organised exclusively around a sovereign human subject. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish exposure, vulnerability, operative excess, and fragility; * explain why shared vulnerability does not imply equal vulnerability; * identify material mechanisms that distribute risk and repair; * understand responsibility without requiring an unchanging substantial self; * avoid deriving ethical value from complexity alone. The guiding question is: '''How does ethical significance arise from situated relations of exposure without appealing to a subject or principle outside the material field?''' == From the centred subject to relational exposure == Several influential ethical traditions begin from a privileged locus: rational autonomy, a natural end, conscience, empathy, or the encounter with another person. These traditions are heterogeneous and cannot be reduced to one doctrine. Kantian autonomy, Aristotelian flourishing, Levinasian responsibility, and ethics of care each disclose dimensions that the framework can learn from. The present displacement concerns their starting point. A subject does not first become complete and then enter relations. Bodies, capacities, identities, and possibilities of response are formed and sustained through relations that precede any particular decision. The ethical subject is therefore not abolished; it is situated. '''Exposure''' names the general condition of being open to effects produced through those relations. A system that exchanges matter, energy, information, care, labour, or authority cannot determine every consequence of those exchanges. Exposure is not a feeling and need not be consciously experienced. '''Vulnerability''' names the possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. A configuration can be exposed to beneficial and harmful effects; it becomes vulnerable with respect to the ways those effects can impair its organisation or its ability to respond. Ethics begins neither from invulnerability nor from the demand to eliminate vulnerability. It begins from the fact that responses redistribute conditions of exposure among configurations that do not possess equal resources, recognition, or means of repair. == Four concepts that must remain distinct == {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Question it asks ! Do not confuse it with |- | Exposure | To which effects is the configuration open? | A subjective feeling of being exposed |- | Vulnerability | Which harms or losses are possible, and what capacities for response exist? | Moral weakness or inferiority |- | Fragility | How readily does a configuration fail under a specified perturbation? | Vulnerability in every ethical sense |- | Operative excess | What exceeds the present organisation’s capacity to integrate? | Vulnerability itself |} The distinctions matter. A robust institution can expose a fragile population to harm. A vulnerable organism may not be under operative excess. A symbolic system may encounter operative excess without anyone being injured. The operators can interact, but none should silently replace another. == Shared condition, unequal distribution == All materially organised configurations depend on conditions they do not fully control. This shared exposure is ontological. Its distribution is historical, technical, economic, ecological, and political. Two people living through the same heatwave may face radically different risks because housing quality, health, work requirements, transport, access to water, and medical support differ. The atmospheric event is common; the field of exposure is not. The relevant asymmetry is not only who encounters heat, but who can avoid it, recover from it, obtain recognition of harm, and influence the arrangements that distribute risk. Race, class, gender, disability, citizenship, and geography can become materially operative through laws, infrastructures, classifications, labour arrangements, and institutional routines. These categories are not introduced as timeless essences. The analysis asks how they are inscribed and how those inscriptions change exposure, visibility, protection, and repair. Unequal distribution is not automatically unjust simply because positions differ. Different roles and dependencies can be unavoidable or beneficial. Ethical criticism is directed towards '''destructive asymmetries''': arrangements that concentrate avoidable harm, suppress capacities for response, deny recognition, or prevent those affected from contesting and repairing the conditions imposed upon them. This prevents two errors: * abstract universalism, which says “everyone is vulnerable” and ignores concrete differences; * competitive vulnerability, which treats ethical attention as a contest over who is most injured. The task is to map relations and mechanisms, not to rank identities in the abstract. == Vulnerability is not lack == Vulnerability has often been understood as deficiency: an incomplete subject needs protection from what it cannot master. This framework rejects the conclusion that dependency is a lesser form of being. Dependence is part of the organisation through which capacities exist at all. This does not make vulnerability identical to operative excess. A system is vulnerable because exposure makes damage or disorganisation possible. It is under operative excess when the operations it must perform or undergo exceed what its present organisation can integrate. Operative excess may intensify vulnerability, but the terms answer different questions. Protection also need not oppose reorganisation. Immediate protection can prevent irreversible harm and preserve the capacities required for later change. Reorganisation becomes necessary when the arrangement that repeatedly produces the harm must itself be altered. A responsible practice can require both: # protect configurations from imminent or disproportionate damage; # restore or expand their capacity to respond and repair; # reorganise the couplings that reproduce destructive exposure; # preserve mechanisms for contesting the new arrangement. Treating protection as mere paternalism would be as mistaken as treating protection alone as sufficient. == The subject as a threshold effect == A subject, in this framework, is a materially organised capacity for symbolically mediated self-modulation and response. This capacity emerges at a threshold; it is not an immaterial substance and need not be located in one indivisible centre. Distributed support does not remove agency. Human response depends on bodies, memory, language, tools, other people, and institutions. An organisation may also distribute decisions across procedures and roles. In each case, responsibility requires identifying where symbols are related, where decisions are made operative, and where revision is possible. The continuity needed for responsibility is therefore functional and historical rather than metaphysically absolute. A person or institution changes over time, yet can remain answerable when it can: * document relevant actions and effects; * recognise itself as participating in the causal configuration; * preserve or reconstruct records; * respond to claims from affected configurations; * alter future operations and support repair. Responsibility should not be dissolved into the field. “The system did it” is inadequate when specific capacities, authorities, and decisions can be identified. Nor should responsibility be reduced to individual intention when infrastructure and institutional design systematically shape the outcome. == From vulnerability to ethical demand == Ontology alone does not issue commands. The fact that a configuration is vulnerable does not deductively prove how another configuration ought to act. The ethical demand becomes materially posed where symbolically responsive systems are already altering exposure and can recognise that their operations affect the capacities of others. The present analysis evaluates a proposed response through four connected conditions: # '''response''': does it maintain or expand the affected configurations’ capacities to answer and participate? # '''asymmetry''': does it reduce destructive concentrations of exposure rather than displacing them onto less protected positions? # '''repair and contestation''': can errors, injuries, and exclusions be challenged and repaired? # '''heterogeneity''': can different configurations continue to operate without forced assimilation? These conditions refine the phrase “preserve or amplify relational complexity”. Complexity does not mean more components, procedures, or connections. A highly intricate apparatus can be oppressive. Relational complexity means sustaining heterogeneous capacities in responsive, revisable relations. Vulnerability also does not automatically confer identical moral standing on every material system. A damaged database, injured animal, polluted wetland, and harmed person raise different questions. Their capacities, dependencies, and relations must be analysed rather than flattened into one category. Ethical attention can extend beyond humans without erasing ethically relevant differences. == Worked example: an urban heatwave == Consider a city responding to a prolonged heatwave. # '''Exposure.''' Temperature, humidity, building materials, work locations, and transport shape who encounters dangerous heat. # '''Vulnerability.''' Age, health, housing, income, isolation, and access to cooling affect possible harm and recovery. # '''Institutional coupling.''' Electricity, healthcare, public information, labour rules, and emergency services determine available responses. # '''Symbolic visibility.''' Categories and data practices influence which deaths or illnesses are recorded and which areas receive attention. # '''Decision.''' Opening cooling centres, changing work hours, subsidising electricity, or altering housing standards redistributes protection and cost. # '''Revision.''' Feedback from affected residents and evidence of exclusion must be able to change the plan. The case shows why vulnerability is neither an inner state nor an abstract universal. It is a situated distribution that can be mapped and reorganised. == Check your understanding == * Why is exposure more general than vulnerability? * Can a configuration be robust and still contribute to another’s vulnerability? * Why are vulnerability and operative excess not synonyms? * What kind of continuity is required for responsibility? * How do the four conditions prevent “more complexity” from justifying domination? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.2 Ethics as Symbolic Reorganization|Section 4.2]] develops the next step: how hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation can alter a field of exposure without pretending to act from outside it. Bibliographic pathways are available in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 6gsdrsbt5gv4kwz624sqc8236fey15g 4670962 4670942 2026-09-18T16:30:48Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restrict operative excess to symbolically organised systems 4670962 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.1 — Vulnerability Without Centre == Ethics is often introduced by asking which principle should govern action or which kind of subject can be held responsible. This chapter begins earlier. It asks how material configurations are exposed to effects they do not fully control, how capacities for protection and repair are distributed, and when a symbolically responsive configuration must answer for the way it reorganises those conditions. '''Vulnerability without centre''' does not mean that every being suffers in the same way or has the same ethical status. It means that no configuration occupies a position outside relational dependence, and that ethical inquiry cannot be organised exclusively around a sovereign human subject. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish exposure, vulnerability, operative excess, and fragility; * explain why shared vulnerability does not imply equal vulnerability; * identify material mechanisms that distribute risk and repair; * understand responsibility without requiring an unchanging substantial self; * avoid deriving ethical value from complexity alone. The guiding question is: '''How does ethical significance arise from situated relations of exposure without appealing to a subject or principle outside the material field?''' == From the centred subject to relational exposure == Several influential ethical traditions begin from a privileged locus: rational autonomy, a natural end, conscience, empathy, or the encounter with another person. These traditions are heterogeneous and cannot be reduced to one doctrine. Kantian autonomy, Aristotelian flourishing, Levinasian responsibility, and ethics of care each disclose dimensions that the framework can learn from. The present displacement concerns their starting point. A subject does not first become complete and then enter relations. Bodies, capacities, identities, and possibilities of response are formed and sustained through relations that precede any particular decision. The ethical subject is therefore not abolished; it is situated. '''Exposure''' names the general condition of being open to effects produced through those relations. A system that exchanges matter, energy, information, care, labour, or authority cannot determine every consequence of those exchanges. Exposure is not a feeling and need not be consciously experienced. '''Vulnerability''' names the possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. A configuration can be exposed to beneficial and harmful effects; it becomes vulnerable with respect to the ways those effects can impair its organisation or its ability to respond. Ethics begins neither from invulnerability nor from the demand to eliminate vulnerability. It begins from the fact that responses redistribute conditions of exposure among configurations that do not possess equal resources, recognition, or means of repair. == Four concepts that must remain distinct == {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Question it asks ! Do not confuse it with |- | Exposure | To which effects is the configuration open? | A subjective feeling of being exposed |- | Vulnerability | Which harms or losses are possible, and what capacities for response exist? | Moral weakness or inferiority |- | Fragility | How readily does a configuration fail under a specified perturbation? | Vulnerability in every ethical sense |- | Operative excess | What exceeds the present organisation’s capacity to integrate? | Vulnerability itself |} The distinctions matter. A robust institution can expose a fragile population to harm. A vulnerable organism may not be under operative excess. A symbolic system may encounter operative excess without anyone being injured. The operators can interact, but none should silently replace another. == Shared condition, unequal distribution == All materially organised configurations depend on conditions they do not fully control. This shared exposure is ontological. Its distribution is historical, technical, economic, ecological, and political. Two people living through the same heatwave may face radically different risks because housing quality, health, work requirements, transport, access to water, and medical support differ. The atmospheric event is common; the field of exposure is not. The relevant asymmetry is not only who encounters heat, but who can avoid it, recover from it, obtain recognition of harm, and influence the arrangements that distribute risk. Race, class, gender, disability, citizenship, and geography can become materially operative through laws, infrastructures, classifications, labour arrangements, and institutional routines. These categories are not introduced as timeless essences. The analysis asks how they are inscribed and how those inscriptions change exposure, visibility, protection, and repair. Unequal distribution is not automatically unjust simply because positions differ. Different roles and dependencies can be unavoidable or beneficial. Ethical criticism is directed towards '''destructive asymmetries''': arrangements that concentrate avoidable harm, suppress capacities for response, deny recognition, or prevent those affected from contesting and repairing the conditions imposed upon them. This prevents two errors: * abstract universalism, which says “everyone is vulnerable” and ignores concrete differences; * competitive vulnerability, which treats ethical attention as a contest over who is most injured. The task is to map relations and mechanisms, not to rank identities in the abstract. == Vulnerability is not lack == Vulnerability has often been understood as deficiency: an incomplete subject needs protection from what it cannot master. This framework rejects the conclusion that dependency is a lesser form of being. Dependence is part of the organisation through which capacities exist at all. This does not make vulnerability identical to operative excess. A system is vulnerable because exposure makes damage or disorganisation possible. A symbolically organised system is under operative excess when the operations possible within or demanded of it exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. Operative excess may intensify vulnerability, but the terms answer different questions. Protection also need not oppose reorganisation. Immediate protection can prevent irreversible harm and preserve the capacities required for later change. Reorganisation becomes necessary when the arrangement that repeatedly produces the harm must itself be altered. A responsible practice can require both: # protect configurations from imminent or disproportionate damage; # restore or expand their capacity to respond and repair; # reorganise the couplings that reproduce destructive exposure; # preserve mechanisms for contesting the new arrangement. Treating protection as mere paternalism would be as mistaken as treating protection alone as sufficient. == The subject as a threshold effect == A subject, in this framework, is a materially organised capacity for symbolically mediated self-modulation and response. This capacity emerges at a threshold; it is not an immaterial substance and need not be located in one indivisible centre. Distributed support does not remove agency. Human response depends on bodies, memory, language, tools, other people, and institutions. An organisation may also distribute decisions across procedures and roles. In each case, responsibility requires identifying where symbols are related, where decisions are made operative, and where revision is possible. The continuity needed for responsibility is therefore functional and historical rather than metaphysically absolute. A person or institution changes over time, yet can remain answerable when it can: * document relevant actions and effects; * recognise itself as participating in the causal configuration; * preserve or reconstruct records; * respond to claims from affected configurations; * alter future operations and support repair. Responsibility should not be dissolved into the field. “The system did it” is inadequate when specific capacities, authorities, and decisions can be identified. Nor should responsibility be reduced to individual intention when infrastructure and institutional design systematically shape the outcome. == From vulnerability to ethical demand == Ontology alone does not issue commands. The fact that a configuration is vulnerable does not deductively prove how another configuration ought to act. The ethical demand becomes materially posed where symbolically responsive systems are already altering exposure and can recognise that their operations affect the capacities of others. The present analysis evaluates a proposed response through four connected conditions: # '''response''': does it maintain or expand the affected configurations’ capacities to answer and participate? # '''asymmetry''': does it reduce destructive concentrations of exposure rather than displacing them onto less protected positions? # '''repair and contestation''': can errors, injuries, and exclusions be challenged and repaired? # '''heterogeneity''': can different configurations continue to operate without forced assimilation? These conditions refine the phrase “preserve or amplify relational complexity”. Complexity does not mean more components, procedures, or connections. A highly intricate apparatus can be oppressive. Relational complexity means sustaining heterogeneous capacities in responsive, revisable relations. Vulnerability also does not automatically confer identical moral standing on every material system. A damaged database, injured animal, polluted wetland, and harmed person raise different questions. Their capacities, dependencies, and relations must be analysed rather than flattened into one category. Ethical attention can extend beyond humans without erasing ethically relevant differences. == Worked example: an urban heatwave == Consider a city responding to a prolonged heatwave. # '''Exposure.''' Temperature, humidity, building materials, work locations, and transport shape who encounters dangerous heat. # '''Vulnerability.''' Age, health, housing, income, isolation, and access to cooling affect possible harm and recovery. # '''Institutional coupling.''' Electricity, healthcare, public information, labour rules, and emergency services determine available responses. # '''Symbolic visibility.''' Categories and data practices influence which deaths or illnesses are recorded and which areas receive attention. # '''Decision.''' Opening cooling centres, changing work hours, subsidising electricity, or altering housing standards redistributes protection and cost. # '''Revision.''' Feedback from affected residents and evidence of exclusion must be able to change the plan. The case shows why vulnerability is neither an inner state nor an abstract universal. It is a situated distribution that can be mapped and reorganised. == Check your understanding == * Why is exposure more general than vulnerability? * Can a configuration be robust and still contribute to another’s vulnerability? * Why are vulnerability and operative excess not synonyms? * What kind of continuity is required for responsibility? * How do the four conditions prevent “more complexity” from justifying domination? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.2 Ethics as Symbolic Reorganization|Section 4.2]] develops the next step: how hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation can alter a field of exposure without pretending to act from outside it. Bibliographic pathways are available in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 2kih2ul02vx4pse65l2fsziis858k75 4671023 4670962 2026-09-18T19:21:43Z DavidCota64 3507033 State the normative premise linking vulnerability to a reason for action 4671023 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.1 — Vulnerability Without Centre == Ethics is often introduced by asking which principle should govern action or which kind of subject can be held responsible. This chapter begins earlier. It asks how material configurations are exposed to effects they do not fully control, how capacities for protection and repair are distributed, and when a symbolically responsive configuration must answer for the way it reorganises those conditions. '''Vulnerability without centre''' does not mean that every being suffers in the same way or has the same ethical status. It means that no configuration occupies a position outside relational dependence, and that ethical inquiry cannot be organised exclusively around a sovereign human subject. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish exposure, vulnerability, operative excess, and fragility; * explain why shared vulnerability does not imply equal vulnerability; * identify material mechanisms that distribute risk and repair; * understand responsibility without requiring an unchanging substantial self; * avoid deriving ethical value from complexity alone. The guiding question is: '''How does ethical significance arise from situated relations of exposure without appealing to a subject or principle outside the material field?''' == From the centred subject to relational exposure == Several influential ethical traditions begin from a privileged locus: rational autonomy, a natural end, conscience, empathy, or the encounter with another person. These traditions are heterogeneous and cannot be reduced to one doctrine. Kantian autonomy, Aristotelian flourishing, Levinasian responsibility, and ethics of care each disclose dimensions that the framework can learn from. The present displacement concerns their starting point. A subject does not first become complete and then enter relations. Bodies, capacities, identities, and possibilities of response are formed and sustained through relations that precede any particular decision. The ethical subject is therefore not abolished; it is situated. '''Exposure''' names the general condition of being open to effects produced through those relations. A system that exchanges matter, energy, information, care, labour, or authority cannot determine every consequence of those exchanges. Exposure is not a feeling and need not be consciously experienced. '''Vulnerability''' names the possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. A configuration can be exposed to beneficial and harmful effects; it becomes vulnerable with respect to the ways those effects can impair its organisation or its ability to respond. Ethics begins neither from invulnerability nor from the demand to eliminate vulnerability. It begins from the fact that responses redistribute conditions of exposure among configurations that do not possess equal resources, recognition, or means of repair. == Four concepts that must remain distinct == {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Question it asks ! Do not confuse it with |- | Exposure | To which effects is the configuration open? | A subjective feeling of being exposed |- | Vulnerability | Which harms or losses are possible, and what capacities for response exist? | Moral weakness or inferiority |- | Fragility | How readily does a configuration fail under a specified perturbation? | Vulnerability in every ethical sense |- | Operative excess | What exceeds the present organisation’s capacity to integrate? | Vulnerability itself |} The distinctions matter. A robust institution can expose a fragile population to harm. A vulnerable organism may not be under operative excess. A symbolic system may encounter operative excess without anyone being injured. The operators can interact, but none should silently replace another. == Shared condition, unequal distribution == All materially organised configurations depend on conditions they do not fully control. This shared exposure is ontological. Its distribution is historical, technical, economic, ecological, and political. Two people living through the same heatwave may face radically different risks because housing quality, health, work requirements, transport, access to water, and medical support differ. The atmospheric event is common; the field of exposure is not. The relevant asymmetry is not only who encounters heat, but who can avoid it, recover from it, obtain recognition of harm, and influence the arrangements that distribute risk. Race, class, gender, disability, citizenship, and geography can become materially operative through laws, infrastructures, classifications, labour arrangements, and institutional routines. These categories are not introduced as timeless essences. The analysis asks how they are inscribed and how those inscriptions change exposure, visibility, protection, and repair. Unequal distribution is not automatically unjust simply because positions differ. Different roles and dependencies can be unavoidable or beneficial. Ethical criticism is directed towards '''destructive asymmetries''': arrangements that concentrate avoidable harm, suppress capacities for response, deny recognition, or prevent those affected from contesting and repairing the conditions imposed upon them. This prevents two errors: * abstract universalism, which says “everyone is vulnerable” and ignores concrete differences; * competitive vulnerability, which treats ethical attention as a contest over who is most injured. The task is to map relations and mechanisms, not to rank identities in the abstract. == Vulnerability is not lack == Vulnerability has often been understood as deficiency: an incomplete subject needs protection from what it cannot master. This framework rejects the conclusion that dependency is a lesser form of being. Dependence is part of the organisation through which capacities exist at all. This does not make vulnerability identical to operative excess. A system is vulnerable because exposure makes damage or disorganisation possible. A symbolically organised system is under operative excess when the operations possible within or demanded of it exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. Operative excess may intensify vulnerability, but the terms answer different questions. Protection also need not oppose reorganisation. Immediate protection can prevent irreversible harm and preserve the capacities required for later change. Reorganisation becomes necessary when the arrangement that repeatedly produces the harm must itself be altered. A responsible practice can require both: # protect configurations from imminent or disproportionate damage; # restore or expand their capacity to respond and repair; # reorganise the couplings that reproduce destructive exposure; # preserve mechanisms for contesting the new arrangement. Treating protection as mere paternalism would be as mistaken as treating protection alone as sufficient. == The subject as a threshold effect == A subject, in this framework, is a materially organised capacity for symbolically mediated self-modulation and response. This capacity emerges at a threshold; it is not an immaterial substance and need not be located in one indivisible centre. Distributed support does not remove agency. Human response depends on bodies, memory, language, tools, other people, and institutions. An organisation may also distribute decisions across procedures and roles. In each case, responsibility requires identifying where symbols are related, where decisions are made operative, and where revision is possible. The continuity needed for responsibility is therefore functional and historical rather than metaphysically absolute. A person or institution changes over time, yet can remain answerable when it can: * document relevant actions and effects; * recognise itself as participating in the causal configuration; * preserve or reconstruct records; * respond to claims from affected configurations; * alter future operations and support repair. Responsibility should not be dissolved into the field. “The system did it” is inadequate when specific capacities, authorities, and decisions can be identified. Nor should responsibility be reduced to individual intention when infrastructure and institutional design systematically shape the outcome. == From vulnerability to ethical demand == Ontology alone does not issue commands. The fact that a configuration is vulnerable does not deductively prove how another configuration ought to act. The ethical demand becomes materially posed where symbolically responsive systems are already altering exposure and can recognise that their operations affect the capacities of others. The normative premise must be stated rather than hidden: where a symbolically responsive configuration can recognise that its operations impose avoidable damage or suppress another configuration's capacity to respond, that recognition supplies a reason to alter the arrangement. The reason has force because destroying response, contestation, or repair makes the affected configuration bear an imposed relation without an operative route to answer it. Exposure describes the situation; the commitment to preserve or expand response and to resist destructive asymmetry supplies the norm. The present analysis evaluates a proposed response through four connected conditions: # '''response''': does it maintain or expand the affected configurations’ capacities to answer and participate? # '''asymmetry''': does it reduce destructive concentrations of exposure rather than displacing them onto less protected positions? # '''repair and contestation''': can errors, injuries, and exclusions be challenged and repaired? # '''heterogeneity''': can different configurations continue to operate without forced assimilation? These conditions refine the phrase “preserve or amplify relational complexity”. Complexity does not mean more components, procedures, or connections. A highly intricate apparatus can be oppressive. Relational complexity means sustaining heterogeneous capacities in responsive, revisable relations. Vulnerability also does not automatically confer identical moral standing on every material system. A damaged database, injured animal, polluted wetland, and harmed person raise different questions. Their capacities, dependencies, and relations must be analysed rather than flattened into one category. Ethical attention can extend beyond humans without erasing ethically relevant differences. == Worked example: an urban heatwave == Consider a city responding to a prolonged heatwave. # '''Exposure.''' Temperature, humidity, building materials, work locations, and transport shape who encounters dangerous heat. # '''Vulnerability.''' Age, health, housing, income, isolation, and access to cooling affect possible harm and recovery. # '''Institutional coupling.''' Electricity, healthcare, public information, labour rules, and emergency services determine available responses. # '''Symbolic visibility.''' Categories and data practices influence which deaths or illnesses are recorded and which areas receive attention. # '''Decision.''' Opening cooling centres, changing work hours, subsidising electricity, or altering housing standards redistributes protection and cost. # '''Revision.''' Feedback from affected residents and evidence of exclusion must be able to change the plan. The case shows why vulnerability is neither an inner state nor an abstract universal. It is a situated distribution that can be mapped and reorganised. == Check your understanding == * Why is exposure more general than vulnerability? * Can a configuration be robust and still contribute to another’s vulnerability? * Why are vulnerability and operative excess not synonyms? * What kind of continuity is required for responsibility? * How do the four conditions prevent “more complexity” from justifying domination? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.2 Ethics as Symbolic Reorganization|Section 4.2]] develops the next step: how hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation can alter a field of exposure without pretending to act from outside it. Bibliographic pathways are available in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 19sljfgpp9aewr31vq9w66auk11olqk 4671048 4671023 2026-09-18T21:22:52Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671048 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.1 — Vulnerability Without Centre == Ethics is often introduced by asking which principle should govern action or which kind of subject can be held responsible. This chapter begins earlier. It asks how material configurations are exposed to effects they do not fully control, how capacities for protection and repair are distributed, and when a symbolically responsive configuration must answer for the way it reorganises those conditions. '''Vulnerability without centre''' does not mean that every being suffers in the same way or has the same ethical status. It means that no configuration occupies a position outside relational dependence, and that ethical inquiry cannot be organised exclusively around a sovereign human subject. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish exposure, vulnerability, operative excess, and fragility; * explain why shared vulnerability does not imply equal vulnerability; * identify material mechanisms that distribute risk and repair; * understand responsibility without requiring an unchanging substantial self; * avoid deriving ethical value from complexity alone. The guiding question is: '''How does ethical significance arise from situated relations of exposure without appealing to a subject or principle outside the material field?''' == From the centred subject to relational exposure == Several influential ethical traditions begin from a privileged locus: rational autonomy, a natural end, conscience, empathy, or the encounter with another person. These traditions are heterogeneous and cannot be reduced to one doctrine. Kantian autonomy, Aristotelian flourishing, Levinasian responsibility, and ethics of care each disclose dimensions that the framework can learn from. The present displacement concerns their starting point. A subject does not first become complete and then enter relations. Bodies, capacities, identities, and possibilities of response are formed and sustained through relations that precede any particular decision. The ethical subject is therefore not abolished; it is situated. '''Exposure''' names the general condition of being open to effects produced through those relations. A system that exchanges matter, energy, information, care, labour, or authority cannot determine every consequence of those exchanges. Exposure is not a feeling and need not be consciously experienced. '''Vulnerability''' names the possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. A configuration can be exposed to beneficial and harmful effects; it becomes vulnerable with respect to the ways those effects can impair its organisation or its ability to respond. Ethics begins neither from invulnerability nor from the demand to eliminate vulnerability. It begins from the fact that responses redistribute conditions of exposure among configurations that do not possess equal resources, recognition, or means of repair. == Four concepts that must remain distinct == {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Question it asks ! Do not confuse it with |- | Exposure | To which effects is the configuration open? | A subjective feeling of being exposed |- | Vulnerability | Which harms or losses are possible, and what capacities for response exist? | Moral weakness or inferiority |- | Fragility | How readily does a configuration fail under a specified perturbation? | Vulnerability in every ethical sense |- | Operative excess | What exceeds the present organisation’s capacity to integrate? | Vulnerability itself |} The distinctions matter. A robust institution can expose a fragile population to harm. A vulnerable organism may not be under operative excess. A symbolic system may encounter operative excess without anyone being injured. The operators can interact, but none should silently replace another. == Shared condition, unequal distribution == All materially organised configurations depend on conditions they do not fully control. This shared exposure is ontological. Its distribution is historical, technical, economic, ecological, and political. Two people living through the same heatwave may face radically different risks because housing quality, health, work requirements, transport, access to water, and medical support differ. The atmospheric event is common; the field of exposure is not. The relevant asymmetry is not only who encounters heat, but who can avoid it, recover from it, obtain recognition of harm, and influence the arrangements that distribute risk. Race, class, gender, disability, citizenship, and geography can become materially operative through laws, infrastructures, classifications, labour arrangements, and institutional routines. These categories are not introduced as timeless essences. The analysis asks how they are inscribed and how those inscriptions change exposure, visibility, protection, and repair. Unequal distribution is not automatically unjust simply because positions differ. Different roles and dependencies can be unavoidable or beneficial. Ethical criticism is directed towards '''destructive asymmetries''': arrangements that concentrate avoidable harm, suppress capacities for response, deny recognition, or prevent those affected from contesting and repairing the conditions imposed upon them. This prevents two errors: * abstract universalism, which says “everyone is vulnerable” and ignores concrete differences; * competitive vulnerability, which treats ethical attention as a contest over who is most injured. The task is to map relations and mechanisms, not to rank identities in the abstract. == Vulnerability is not lack == Vulnerability has often been understood as deficiency: an incomplete subject needs protection from what it cannot master. This framework rejects the conclusion that dependency is a lesser form of being. Dependence is part of the organisation through which capacities exist at all. This does not make vulnerability identical to operative excess. A system is vulnerable because exposure makes damage or disorganisation possible. A system is under operative excess when the operations or compatibilities materially possible within it exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. In a symbolic system this may involve demanded operations that its existing symbolic order cannot accommodate; in a non-symbolic system the relevant limit is structural. Operative excess may intensify vulnerability, but the terms answer different questions. Protection also need not oppose reorganisation. Immediate protection can prevent irreversible harm and preserve the capacities required for later change. Reorganisation becomes necessary when the arrangement that repeatedly produces the harm must itself be altered. A responsible practice can require both: # protect configurations from imminent or disproportionate damage; # restore or expand their capacity to respond and repair; # reorganise the couplings that reproduce destructive exposure; # preserve mechanisms for contesting the new arrangement. Treating protection as mere paternalism would be as mistaken as treating protection alone as sufficient. == The subject as a threshold effect == A subject, in this framework, is a materially organised capacity for symbolically mediated self-modulation and response. This capacity emerges at a threshold; it is not an immaterial substance and need not be located in one indivisible centre. Distributed support does not remove agency. Human response depends on bodies, memory, language, tools, other people, and institutions. An organisation may also distribute decisions across procedures and roles. In each case, responsibility requires identifying where symbols are related, where decisions are made operative, and where revision is possible. The continuity needed for responsibility is therefore functional and historical rather than metaphysically absolute. A person or institution changes over time, yet can remain answerable when it can: * document relevant actions and effects; * recognise itself as participating in the causal configuration; * preserve or reconstruct records; * respond to claims from affected configurations; * alter future operations and support repair. Responsibility should not be dissolved into the field. “The system did it” is inadequate when specific capacities, authorities, and decisions can be identified. Nor should responsibility be reduced to individual intention when infrastructure and institutional design systematically shape the outcome. == From vulnerability to ethical demand == Ontology alone does not issue commands. The fact that a configuration is vulnerable does not deductively prove how another configuration ought to act. The ethical demand becomes materially posed where symbolically responsive systems are already altering exposure and can recognise that their operations affect the capacities of others. The normative premise must be stated rather than hidden: where a symbolically responsive configuration can recognise that its operations impose avoidable damage or suppress another configuration's capacity to respond, that recognition supplies a reason to alter the arrangement. The reason has force because destroying response, contestation, or repair makes the affected configuration bear an imposed relation without an operative route to answer it. Exposure describes the situation; the commitment to preserve or expand response and to resist destructive asymmetry supplies the norm. The present analysis evaluates a proposed response through four connected conditions: # '''response''': does it maintain or expand the affected configurations’ capacities to answer and participate? # '''asymmetry''': does it reduce destructive concentrations of exposure rather than displacing them onto less protected positions? # '''repair and contestation''': can errors, injuries, and exclusions be challenged and repaired? # '''heterogeneity''': can different configurations continue to operate without forced assimilation? These conditions refine the phrase “preserve or amplify relational complexity”. Complexity does not mean more components, procedures, or connections. A highly intricate apparatus can be oppressive. Relational complexity means sustaining heterogeneous capacities in responsive, revisable relations. Vulnerability also does not automatically confer identical moral standing on every material system. A damaged database, injured animal, polluted wetland, and harmed person raise different questions. Their capacities, dependencies, and relations must be analysed rather than flattened into one category. Ethical attention can extend beyond humans without erasing ethically relevant differences. == Worked example: an urban heatwave == Consider a city responding to a prolonged heatwave. # '''Exposure.''' Temperature, humidity, building materials, work locations, and transport shape who encounters dangerous heat. # '''Vulnerability.''' Age, health, housing, income, isolation, and access to cooling affect possible harm and recovery. # '''Institutional coupling.''' Electricity, healthcare, public information, labour rules, and emergency services determine available responses. # '''Symbolic visibility.''' Categories and data practices influence which deaths or illnesses are recorded and which areas receive attention. # '''Decision.''' Opening cooling centres, changing work hours, subsidising electricity, or altering housing standards redistributes protection and cost. # '''Revision.''' Feedback from affected residents and evidence of exclusion must be able to change the plan. The case shows why vulnerability is neither an inner state nor an abstract universal. It is a situated distribution that can be mapped and reorganised. == Check your understanding == * Why is exposure more general than vulnerability? * Can a configuration be robust and still contribute to another’s vulnerability? * Why are vulnerability and operative excess not synonyms? * What kind of continuity is required for responsibility? * How do the four conditions prevent “more complexity” from justifying domination? == Transition == [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.2 Ethics as Symbolic Reorganization|Section 4.2]] develops the next step: how hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation can alter a field of exposure without pretending to act from outside it. Bibliographic pathways are available in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} jxde8pvt9xjit2yizg9ve99nfjcwxd3 0 479762 4670943 4670769 2026-09-18T16:05:14Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title and distinguish ontological constraints from normative criteria 4670943 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.2 — Ethics as Symbolic Reorganisation == Ethics is not added to the material field from outside. Symbolically responsive configurations already classify situations, select relevant differences, apply rules, and alter the conditions under which other configurations can act. Those operations redistribute exposure whether or not they are described as moral. This chapter uses '''ethics''' for the disciplined reorganisation of these relations in response to concrete vulnerability. This does not make every reorganisation ethically defensible. It makes every consequential symbolic reorganisation ethically assessable. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish morals, norms, and ethics without ranking them as higher and lower domains; * explain what a field of contact is; * describe hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation as a connected process; * apply the four conditions of relational complexity; * understand why the absence of absolute guarantee is not relativism. The guiding question is: '''How can a situated decision be ethically evaluated when no rule captures every relevant relation and no position stands outside the field?''' == The ontological location of ethics == A familiar picture separates facts from values: the world supplies what is, while a rational subject or moral order supplies what ought to be. The philosophical history of this distinction is complex, and the framework does not erase the logical difference between description and prescription. It rejects a stronger separation: the idea that ethical evaluation belongs to an immaterial sphere detached from material relations. A law, diagnosis, database category, timetable, or professional protocol is a symbolic configuration with material supports and effects. It can change access, delay, visibility, movement, treatment, and risk. Ethical questions arise because symbolically responsive systems are already participating in these reorganisations. This is the '''ontological location''' of ethics. Ethics operates within the same field as the conditions it evaluates. It has no view from nowhere, but it can compare arrangements, register harms, revise categories, and make reasons public. The distinction is crucial: * a reorganisation has an ethical dimension because it redistributes exposure; * it becomes an ethical practice when that redistribution is examined and revised in response to affected vulnerability; * it is ethically consistent only if it meets substantive conditions concerning response, asymmetry, repair, contestation, and heterogeneity. Material reality alone does not sanctify an outcome. Violence is material too. == Morals, norms, and ethics == The terms often overlap in ordinary language. Here they perform different analytical functions. '''Morals''' are inherited and learned patterns of evaluation: shared expectations, habits, prohibitions, virtues, and judgements. They are materially sustained through education, language, ritual, sanction, and example. Morals can orient care and cooperation, but they can also reproduce exclusions that have become habitual. '''Norms''' are relatively stabilised standards of conduct, classification, or performance. Some are explicit and codified, such as laws and technical protocols; others remain implicit in institutional routines. Norms make coordination and adjudication possible. Their generality can also obscure singular circumstances. '''Ethics''' is the practice of interrogating and reorganising the relations through which morals and norms distribute exposure. It becomes necessary when automatic conformity would reproduce damage, exclusion, or invisibility, or when a new situation exceeds the available rule. {| class="wikitable" ! Mode ! Primary function ! Characteristic risk |- | Morals | Sustain inherited evaluations and forms of life | Repetition can naturalise harmful arrangements |- | Norms | Stabilise expectations, decisions, and coordination | General rules can become blind to concrete differences |- | Ethics | Reorganise relations in response to vulnerability | Intervention can create unforeseen harms or conceal its own power |} Ethics does not abolish morals or norms. A reliable safety rule can protect vulnerable people; a moral commitment can sustain solidarity. Ethical inquiry asks whether their present operation remains answerable to the configurations they affect. == The field of contact == The '''field of contact''' is the situated arrangement through which configurations encounter and affect one another. It includes spatial design, infrastructures, interfaces, institutional roles, economic conditions, classifications, communication channels, and access to decision-making. To reorganise the field of contact is to alter one or more of these relations. The change may be modest: translating a medical instruction, changing an appeal deadline, adding a human review to an automated decision. It may be structural: redesigning a transport network, changing property rules, or redistributing public resources. The concept prevents ethical analysis from stopping at intention. A benevolent intention can operate through an arrangement that remains inaccessible or damaging. Conversely, a routine technical adjustment can have major ethical consequences even when no individual intended them. The field is not the totality of society. It is delimited relative to a case. The analyst must state who and what is included, which scale and interval are relevant, and which effects remain outside the current description. == Hesitation, decision, and reorganisation == Ethical response proceeds through three linked operators. '''Hesitation''' suspends an automatic response when the existing framework is insufficient. It creates time to register excluded relations, consult affected configurations, examine uncertainty, and consider alternatives. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. When delay intensifies harm, continued hesitation becomes another decision with material effects. '''Decision''' selects and inscribes a course of action under incomplete conditions. It is not a sovereign act detached from the field. It depends on available symbols, authorities, resources, and procedures. The decision remains attributable because a capacity to respond is exercised, even though that capacity is distributed. '''Symbolic reorganisation''' changes relations between symbols and can guide changes in material arrangements. A revised category may alter a form, database, budget, route, or legal entitlement. Marks remain passive; systems relate symbols and make the resulting decisions operative. The process can be represented as: '''encountered vulnerability → hesitation → expanded inscription of the case → decision → material reorganisation → monitoring and revision''' The arrows indicate a practical sequence, not a guarantee of ethical success. A decision may reproduce the very exclusion that hesitation was meant to reveal. == Four conditions for ethical consistency == “Preserve or amplify relational complexity” is too vague unless it can be tested. A proposed reorganisation should be assessed through four conditions. # '''Capacity for response.''' Do affected configurations retain or gain meaningful ways to answer, participate, refuse, or adapt? # '''Destructive asymmetry.''' Does the change reduce concentrated and avoidable exposure, or merely move risk onto those with fewer protections? # '''Contestation and repair.''' Can errors and injuries be identified, challenged, and repaired through accessible procedures? # '''Heterogeneity.''' Does the arrangement sustain relevant differences, or force every configuration into one imposed pattern? No single condition is sufficient. Participation without repair can become consultation theatre. Risk reduction achieved through forced homogenisation can destroy capacities the policy was meant to protect. Revisability without resources is only formal. These conditions are immanent because they concern what configurations can do within the field. They are still normative: they provide reasons to reject some arrangements and prefer others. == No guarantee, but not relativism == No procedure in this framework guarantees a correct result before action. Operative excess means that consequences, relations, and affected positions can exceed the current symbolic framework. Ethical action therefore involves risk. Absence of guarantee is not absence of criteria. Arrangements can be compared through evidence about exposure, participation, damage, repair, and revisability. Some decisions silence affected positions, conceal costs, and prevent correction. Others disclose assumptions, distribute protection, and preserve response. Situated judgement is fallible without being arbitrary. The passage from ontology to ethics is not a logical deduction of an “ought” from an “is”. Ontology establishes that symbolically responsive systems already reorganise exposure and cannot avoid producing effects. Ethics articulates how that unavoidable responsiveness should be exercised if the capacities that make response possible are not to be destroyed. This is an '''operative implication''', not a proof of a moral law. The ontology supplies descriptive constraints and identifies the capacities at stake; normative criteria still require argument, evidence, and contestation. Nor is the position simple consequentialism. Outcomes matter, but ethical assessment also concerns how a decision was produced, which voices were excluded, whether appeal is possible, and which future capacities are preserved. Aggregate benefit cannot automatically justify irreversible harm imposed on positions denied a response. == Worked example: emergency shelter allocation == After severe flooding, a municipality has fewer accessible shelter places than requests. # An existing rule allocates places in order of online registration. # The rule is clear and administratively efficient, but assumes reliable internet access, literacy, transport, and the ability to apply quickly. # Reports from affected residents reveal that the rule concentrates exclusion among people already facing greater exposure. # Ethical hesitation suspends automatic allocation long enough to inspect the field of contact. # The municipality adds telephone and in-person registration, accessibility criteria, transport support, a review process, and public reporting. # The revised arrangement is monitored for new exclusions and remains open to appeal. No solution removes scarcity or vulnerability. The ethical reorganisation changes how exposure is distributed, preserves more capacities for response, and makes correction possible. It can still fail and must remain revisable. == Common mistakes == * '''Moralisation''': treating ethics as praise or blame detached from material arrangements. * '''Rule rejection''': assuming that because no rule is complete, rules are useless. * '''Complexity worship''': equating more procedure or connection with ethical improvement. * '''Decisionism''': treating the absence of guarantee as permission for unchecked authority. * '''Endless hesitation''': postponing action while harm continues. * '''Symbolic idealism''': changing language without changing the material relations through which the category operates. == Check your understanding == * When does a norm require ethical re-examination? * Why is every reorganisation assessable but not automatically ethical? * How does hesitation differ from indecision? * Which of the four conditions is missing if an appeal exists only on paper? * Why does an operative implication not amount to deriving a command directly from a fact? == Transition == Ethical decisions become political when their terms are contested, coordinated, and stabilised across institutions and populations. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.3 Politics Beyond the Subject|Section 4.3]] examines politics as the collective reorganisation of fields of exposure, without treating “the people”, the state, or any other subject as a self-grounding origin. For related sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} lxcc3lzy8lnykf8kemrqsdhda8djnba 4670963 4670943 2026-09-18T16:31:00Z DavidCota64 3507033 Use the canonical definition of operative excess 4670963 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.2 — Ethics as Symbolic Reorganisation == Ethics is not added to the material field from outside. Symbolically responsive configurations already classify situations, select relevant differences, apply rules, and alter the conditions under which other configurations can act. Those operations redistribute exposure whether or not they are described as moral. This chapter uses '''ethics''' for the disciplined reorganisation of these relations in response to concrete vulnerability. This does not make every reorganisation ethically defensible. It makes every consequential symbolic reorganisation ethically assessable. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish morals, norms, and ethics without ranking them as higher and lower domains; * explain what a field of contact is; * describe hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation as a connected process; * apply the four conditions of relational complexity; * understand why the absence of absolute guarantee is not relativism. The guiding question is: '''How can a situated decision be ethically evaluated when no rule captures every relevant relation and no position stands outside the field?''' == The ontological location of ethics == A familiar picture separates facts from values: the world supplies what is, while a rational subject or moral order supplies what ought to be. The philosophical history of this distinction is complex, and the framework does not erase the logical difference between description and prescription. It rejects a stronger separation: the idea that ethical evaluation belongs to an immaterial sphere detached from material relations. A law, diagnosis, database category, timetable, or professional protocol is a symbolic configuration with material supports and effects. It can change access, delay, visibility, movement, treatment, and risk. Ethical questions arise because symbolically responsive systems are already participating in these reorganisations. This is the '''ontological location''' of ethics. Ethics operates within the same field as the conditions it evaluates. It has no view from nowhere, but it can compare arrangements, register harms, revise categories, and make reasons public. The distinction is crucial: * a reorganisation has an ethical dimension because it redistributes exposure; * it becomes an ethical practice when that redistribution is examined and revised in response to affected vulnerability; * it is ethically consistent only if it meets substantive conditions concerning response, asymmetry, repair, contestation, and heterogeneity. Material reality alone does not sanctify an outcome. Violence is material too. == Morals, norms, and ethics == The terms often overlap in ordinary language. Here they perform different analytical functions. '''Morals''' are inherited and learned patterns of evaluation: shared expectations, habits, prohibitions, virtues, and judgements. They are materially sustained through education, language, ritual, sanction, and example. Morals can orient care and cooperation, but they can also reproduce exclusions that have become habitual. '''Norms''' are relatively stabilised standards of conduct, classification, or performance. Some are explicit and codified, such as laws and technical protocols; others remain implicit in institutional routines. Norms make coordination and adjudication possible. Their generality can also obscure singular circumstances. '''Ethics''' is the practice of interrogating and reorganising the relations through which morals and norms distribute exposure. It becomes necessary when automatic conformity would reproduce damage, exclusion, or invisibility, or when a new situation exceeds the available rule. {| class="wikitable" ! Mode ! Primary function ! Characteristic risk |- | Morals | Sustain inherited evaluations and forms of life | Repetition can naturalise harmful arrangements |- | Norms | Stabilise expectations, decisions, and coordination | General rules can become blind to concrete differences |- | Ethics | Reorganise relations in response to vulnerability | Intervention can create unforeseen harms or conceal its own power |} Ethics does not abolish morals or norms. A reliable safety rule can protect vulnerable people; a moral commitment can sustain solidarity. Ethical inquiry asks whether their present operation remains answerable to the configurations they affect. == The field of contact == The '''field of contact''' is the situated arrangement through which configurations encounter and affect one another. It includes spatial design, infrastructures, interfaces, institutional roles, economic conditions, classifications, communication channels, and access to decision-making. To reorganise the field of contact is to alter one or more of these relations. The change may be modest: translating a medical instruction, changing an appeal deadline, adding a human review to an automated decision. It may be structural: redesigning a transport network, changing property rules, or redistributing public resources. The concept prevents ethical analysis from stopping at intention. A benevolent intention can operate through an arrangement that remains inaccessible or damaging. Conversely, a routine technical adjustment can have major ethical consequences even when no individual intended them. The field is not the totality of society. It is delimited relative to a case. The analyst must state who and what is included, which scale and interval are relevant, and which effects remain outside the current description. == Hesitation, decision, and reorganisation == Ethical response proceeds through three linked operators. '''Hesitation''' suspends an automatic response when the existing framework is insufficient. It creates time to register excluded relations, consult affected configurations, examine uncertainty, and consider alternatives. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. When delay intensifies harm, continued hesitation becomes another decision with material effects. '''Decision''' selects and inscribes a course of action under incomplete conditions. It is not a sovereign act detached from the field. It depends on available symbols, authorities, resources, and procedures. The decision remains attributable because a capacity to respond is exercised, even though that capacity is distributed. '''Symbolic reorganisation''' changes relations between symbols and can guide changes in material arrangements. A revised category may alter a form, database, budget, route, or legal entitlement. Marks remain passive; systems relate symbols and make the resulting decisions operative. The process can be represented as: '''encountered vulnerability → hesitation → expanded inscription of the case → decision → material reorganisation → monitoring and revision''' The arrows indicate a practical sequence, not a guarantee of ethical success. A decision may reproduce the very exclusion that hesitation was meant to reveal. == Four conditions for ethical consistency == “Preserve or amplify relational complexity” is too vague unless it can be tested. A proposed reorganisation should be assessed through four conditions. # '''Capacity for response.''' Do affected configurations retain or gain meaningful ways to answer, participate, refuse, or adapt? # '''Destructive asymmetry.''' Does the change reduce concentrated and avoidable exposure, or merely move risk onto those with fewer protections? # '''Contestation and repair.''' Can errors and injuries be identified, challenged, and repaired through accessible procedures? # '''Heterogeneity.''' Does the arrangement sustain relevant differences, or force every configuration into one imposed pattern? No single condition is sufficient. Participation without repair can become consultation theatre. Risk reduction achieved through forced homogenisation can destroy capacities the policy was meant to protect. Revisability without resources is only formal. These conditions are immanent because they concern what configurations can do within the field. They are still normative: they provide reasons to reject some arrangements and prefer others. == No guarantee, but not relativism == No procedure in this framework guarantees a correct result before action. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess means that possible or demanded operations exceed what the current symbolic form can integrate. Ethical action therefore involves risk. Absence of guarantee is not absence of criteria. Arrangements can be compared through evidence about exposure, participation, damage, repair, and revisability. Some decisions silence affected positions, conceal costs, and prevent correction. Others disclose assumptions, distribute protection, and preserve response. Situated judgement is fallible without being arbitrary. The passage from ontology to ethics is not a logical deduction of an “ought” from an “is”. Ontology establishes that symbolically responsive systems already reorganise exposure and cannot avoid producing effects. Ethics articulates how that unavoidable responsiveness should be exercised if the capacities that make response possible are not to be destroyed. This is an '''operative implication''', not a proof of a moral law. The ontology supplies descriptive constraints and identifies the capacities at stake; normative criteria still require argument, evidence, and contestation. Nor is the position simple consequentialism. Outcomes matter, but ethical assessment also concerns how a decision was produced, which voices were excluded, whether appeal is possible, and which future capacities are preserved. Aggregate benefit cannot automatically justify irreversible harm imposed on positions denied a response. == Worked example: emergency shelter allocation == After severe flooding, a municipality has fewer accessible shelter places than requests. # An existing rule allocates places in order of online registration. # The rule is clear and administratively efficient, but assumes reliable internet access, literacy, transport, and the ability to apply quickly. # Reports from affected residents reveal that the rule concentrates exclusion among people already facing greater exposure. # Ethical hesitation suspends automatic allocation long enough to inspect the field of contact. # The municipality adds telephone and in-person registration, accessibility criteria, transport support, a review process, and public reporting. # The revised arrangement is monitored for new exclusions and remains open to appeal. No solution removes scarcity or vulnerability. The ethical reorganisation changes how exposure is distributed, preserves more capacities for response, and makes correction possible. It can still fail and must remain revisable. == Common mistakes == * '''Moralisation''': treating ethics as praise or blame detached from material arrangements. * '''Rule rejection''': assuming that because no rule is complete, rules are useless. * '''Complexity worship''': equating more procedure or connection with ethical improvement. * '''Decisionism''': treating the absence of guarantee as permission for unchecked authority. * '''Endless hesitation''': postponing action while harm continues. * '''Symbolic idealism''': changing language without changing the material relations through which the category operates. == Check your understanding == * When does a norm require ethical re-examination? * Why is every reorganisation assessable but not automatically ethical? * How does hesitation differ from indecision? * Which of the four conditions is missing if an appeal exists only on paper? * Why does an operative implication not amount to deriving a command directly from a fact? == Transition == Ethical decisions become political when their terms are contested, coordinated, and stabilised across institutions and populations. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.3 Politics Beyond the Subject|Section 4.3]] examines politics as the collective reorganisation of fields of exposure, without treating “the people”, the state, or any other subject as a self-grounding origin. For related sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} td7ydqm5cfegvz1lp1k8va6aihis8e2 4671024 4670963 2026-09-18T19:21:46Z DavidCota64 3507033 Open the ethical problem concretely and add a procedure for conflicts between conditions 4671024 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.2 — Ethics as Symbolic Reorganisation == An emergency rule can distribute shelter quickly and still exclude people who lack internet access, transport, documentation, or accessible communication. The rule has material effects before anyone describes it as ethical. The problem is how a symbolically responsive arrangement can examine and revise the exposure it redistributes. Ethics is not added to the material field from outside. Symbolically responsive configurations already classify situations, select relevant differences, apply rules, and alter the conditions under which other configurations can act. Those operations redistribute exposure whether or not they are described as moral. This chapter uses '''ethics''' for the disciplined reorganisation of these relations in response to concrete vulnerability. This does not make every reorganisation ethically defensible. It makes every consequential symbolic reorganisation ethically assessable. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish morals, norms, and ethics without ranking them as higher and lower domains; * explain what a field of contact is; * describe hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation as a connected process; * apply the four conditions of relational complexity; * understand why the absence of absolute guarantee is not relativism. The guiding question is: '''How can a situated decision be ethically evaluated when no rule captures every relevant relation and no position stands outside the field?''' == The ontological location of ethics == A familiar picture separates facts from values: the world supplies what is, while a rational subject or moral order supplies what ought to be. The philosophical history of this distinction is complex, and the framework does not erase the logical difference between description and prescription. It rejects a stronger separation: the idea that ethical evaluation belongs to an immaterial sphere detached from material relations. A law, diagnosis, database category, timetable, or professional protocol is a symbolic configuration with material supports and effects. It can change access, delay, visibility, movement, treatment, and risk. Ethical questions arise because symbolically responsive systems are already participating in these reorganisations. This is the '''ontological location''' of ethics. Ethics operates within the same field as the conditions it evaluates. It has no view from nowhere, but it can compare arrangements, register harms, revise categories, and make reasons public. The distinction is crucial: * a reorganisation has an ethical dimension because it redistributes exposure; * it becomes an ethical practice when that redistribution is examined and revised in response to affected vulnerability; * it is ethically consistent only if it meets substantive conditions concerning response, asymmetry, repair, contestation, and heterogeneity. Material reality alone does not sanctify an outcome. Violence is material too. == Morals, norms, and ethics == The terms often overlap in ordinary language. Here they perform different analytical functions. '''Morals''' are inherited and learned patterns of evaluation: shared expectations, habits, prohibitions, virtues, and judgements. They are materially sustained through education, language, ritual, sanction, and example. Morals can orient care and cooperation, but they can also reproduce exclusions that have become habitual. '''Norms''' are relatively stabilised standards of conduct, classification, or performance. Some are explicit and codified, such as laws and technical protocols; others remain implicit in institutional routines. Norms make coordination and adjudication possible. Their generality can also obscure singular circumstances. '''Ethics''' is the practice of interrogating and reorganising the relations through which morals and norms distribute exposure. It becomes necessary when automatic conformity would reproduce damage, exclusion, or invisibility, or when a new situation exceeds the available rule. {| class="wikitable" ! Mode ! Primary function ! Characteristic risk |- | Morals | Sustain inherited evaluations and forms of life | Repetition can naturalise harmful arrangements |- | Norms | Stabilise expectations, decisions, and coordination | General rules can become blind to concrete differences |- | Ethics | Reorganise relations in response to vulnerability | Intervention can create unforeseen harms or conceal its own power |} Ethics does not abolish morals or norms. A reliable safety rule can protect vulnerable people; a moral commitment can sustain solidarity. Ethical inquiry asks whether their present operation remains answerable to the configurations they affect. == The field of contact == The '''field of contact''' is the situated arrangement through which configurations encounter and affect one another. It includes spatial design, infrastructures, interfaces, institutional roles, economic conditions, classifications, communication channels, and access to decision-making. To reorganise the field of contact is to alter one or more of these relations. The change may be modest: translating a medical instruction, changing an appeal deadline, adding a human review to an automated decision. It may be structural: redesigning a transport network, changing property rules, or redistributing public resources. The concept prevents ethical analysis from stopping at intention. A benevolent intention can operate through an arrangement that remains inaccessible or damaging. Conversely, a routine technical adjustment can have major ethical consequences even when no individual intended them. The field is not the totality of society. It is delimited relative to a case. The analyst must state who and what is included, which scale and interval are relevant, and which effects remain outside the current description. == Hesitation, decision, and reorganisation == Ethical response proceeds through three linked operators. '''Hesitation''' suspends an automatic response when the existing framework is insufficient. It creates time to register excluded relations, consult affected configurations, examine uncertainty, and consider alternatives. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. When delay intensifies harm, continued hesitation becomes another decision with material effects. '''Decision''' selects and inscribes a course of action under incomplete conditions. It is not a sovereign act detached from the field. It depends on available symbols, authorities, resources, and procedures. The decision remains attributable because a capacity to respond is exercised, even though that capacity is distributed. '''Symbolic reorganisation''' changes relations between symbols and can guide changes in material arrangements. A revised category may alter a form, database, budget, route, or legal entitlement. Marks remain passive; systems relate symbols and make the resulting decisions operative. The process can be represented as: '''encountered vulnerability → hesitation → expanded inscription of the case → decision → material reorganisation → monitoring and revision''' The arrows indicate a practical sequence, not a guarantee of ethical success. A decision may reproduce the very exclusion that hesitation was meant to reveal. == Four conditions for ethical consistency == “Preserve or amplify relational complexity” is too vague unless it can be tested. A proposed reorganisation should be assessed through four conditions. # '''Capacity for response.''' Do affected configurations retain or gain meaningful ways to answer, participate, refuse, or adapt? # '''Destructive asymmetry.''' Does the change reduce concentrated and avoidable exposure, or merely move risk onto those with fewer protections? # '''Contestation and repair.''' Can errors and injuries be identified, challenged, and repaired through accessible procedures? # '''Heterogeneity.''' Does the arrangement sustain relevant differences, or force every configuration into one imposed pattern? No single condition is sufficient. Participation without repair can become consultation theatre. Risk reduction achieved through forced homogenisation can destroy capacities the policy was meant to protect. Revisability without resources is only formal. == When the conditions conflict == The four conditions do not form an automatic ranking. A response can reduce immediate harm by restricting participation; preserving heterogeneity can slow action where delay is dangerous. The conflict must be made explicit rather than hidden under the word “complexity”. # Specify the imminent or irreversible harms and the minimum capacities for response that must be protected. # Identify whose capacities, protections, and burdens each feasible option changes. # Compare the evidence for the feasible alternatives, including the costs of delay and non-intervention. # State which condition is being limited, why the less restrictive path is inadequate, and who can contest that judgement. # Where possible, include review, redress, and a sunset or revision point. For example, emergency shelter allocation may temporarily restrict choice to prevent exposure to immediate danger. Ethical consistency still requires accessible communication, attention to disability and family dependency, a route of appeal, monitoring of exclusion, and revision once the emergency constraint changes. The procedure does not remove judgement; it makes its reasons, losses, and points of correction visible. These conditions are immanent because they concern what configurations can do within the field. They are still normative: they provide reasons to reject some arrangements and prefer others. == No guarantee, but not relativism == No procedure in this framework guarantees a correct result before action. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess means that possible or demanded operations exceed what the current symbolic form can integrate. Ethical action therefore involves risk. Absence of guarantee is not absence of criteria. Arrangements can be compared through evidence about exposure, participation, damage, repair, and revisability. Some decisions silence affected positions, conceal costs, and prevent correction. Others disclose assumptions, distribute protection, and preserve response. Situated judgement is fallible without being arbitrary. The passage from ontology to ethics is not a logical deduction of an “ought” from an “is”. Ontology establishes that symbolically responsive systems already reorganise exposure and cannot avoid producing effects. Ethics articulates how that unavoidable responsiveness should be exercised if the capacities that make response possible are not to be destroyed. This is an '''operative implication''', not a proof of a moral law. The ontology supplies descriptive constraints and identifies the capacities at stake; normative criteria still require argument, evidence, and contestation. Nor is the position simple consequentialism. Outcomes matter, but ethical assessment also concerns how a decision was produced, which voices were excluded, whether appeal is possible, and which future capacities are preserved. Aggregate benefit cannot automatically justify irreversible harm imposed on positions denied a response. == Worked example: emergency shelter allocation == After severe flooding, a municipality has fewer accessible shelter places than requests. # An existing rule allocates places in order of online registration. # The rule is clear and administratively efficient, but assumes reliable internet access, literacy, transport, and the ability to apply quickly. # Reports from affected residents reveal that the rule concentrates exclusion among people already facing greater exposure. # Ethical hesitation suspends automatic allocation long enough to inspect the field of contact. # The municipality adds telephone and in-person registration, accessibility criteria, transport support, a review process, and public reporting. # The revised arrangement is monitored for new exclusions and remains open to appeal. No solution removes scarcity or vulnerability. The ethical reorganisation changes how exposure is distributed, preserves more capacities for response, and makes correction possible. It can still fail and must remain revisable. == Common mistakes == * '''Moralisation''': treating ethics as praise or blame detached from material arrangements. * '''Rule rejection''': assuming that because no rule is complete, rules are useless. * '''Complexity worship''': equating more procedure or connection with ethical improvement. * '''Decisionism''': treating the absence of guarantee as permission for unchecked authority. * '''Endless hesitation''': postponing action while harm continues. * '''Symbolic idealism''': changing language without changing the material relations through which the category operates. == Check your understanding == * When does a norm require ethical re-examination? * Why is every reorganisation assessable but not automatically ethical? * How does hesitation differ from indecision? * Which of the four conditions is missing if an appeal exists only on paper? * Why does an operative implication not amount to deriving a command directly from a fact? == Transition == Ethical decisions become political when their terms are contested, coordinated, and stabilised across institutions and populations. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.3 Politics Beyond the Subject|Section 4.3]] examines politics as the collective reorganisation of fields of exposure, without treating “the people”, the state, or any other subject as a self-grounding origin. For related sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 2hyxrzshycxfk45tawhuc4nrq299yj0 4671049 4671024 2026-09-18T21:22:55Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671049 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.2 — Ethics as Symbolic Reorganisation == An emergency rule can distribute shelter quickly and still exclude people who lack internet access, transport, documentation, or accessible communication. The rule has material effects before anyone describes it as ethical. The problem is how a symbolically responsive arrangement can examine and revise the exposure it redistributes. Ethics is not added to the material field from outside. Symbolically responsive configurations already classify situations, select relevant differences, apply rules, and alter the conditions under which other configurations can act. Those operations redistribute exposure whether or not they are described as moral. This chapter uses '''ethics''' for the disciplined reorganisation of these relations in response to concrete vulnerability. This does not make every reorganisation ethically defensible. It makes every consequential symbolic reorganisation ethically assessable. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish morals, norms, and ethics without ranking them as higher and lower domains; * explain what a field of contact is; * describe hesitation, decision, and symbolic reorganisation as a connected process; * apply the four conditions of relational complexity; * understand why the absence of absolute guarantee is not relativism. The guiding question is: '''How can a situated decision be ethically evaluated when no rule captures every relevant relation and no position stands outside the field?''' == The ontological location of ethics == A familiar picture separates facts from values: the world supplies what is, while a rational subject or moral order supplies what ought to be. The philosophical history of this distinction is complex, and the framework does not erase the logical difference between description and prescription. It rejects a stronger separation: the idea that ethical evaluation belongs to an immaterial sphere detached from material relations. A law, diagnosis, database category, timetable, or professional protocol is a symbolic configuration with material supports and effects. It can change access, delay, visibility, movement, treatment, and risk. Ethical questions arise because symbolically responsive systems are already participating in these reorganisations. This is the '''ontological location''' of ethics. Ethics operates within the same field as the conditions it evaluates. It has no view from nowhere, but it can compare arrangements, register harms, revise categories, and make reasons public. The distinction is crucial: * a reorganisation has an ethical dimension because it redistributes exposure; * it becomes an ethical practice when that redistribution is examined and revised in response to affected vulnerability; * it is ethically consistent only if it meets substantive conditions concerning response, asymmetry, repair, contestation, and heterogeneity. Material reality alone does not sanctify an outcome. Violence is material too. == Morals, norms, and ethics == The terms often overlap in ordinary language. Here they perform different analytical functions. '''Morals''' are inherited and learned patterns of evaluation: shared expectations, habits, prohibitions, virtues, and judgements. They are materially sustained through education, language, ritual, sanction, and example. Morals can orient care and cooperation, but they can also reproduce exclusions that have become habitual. '''Norms''' are relatively stabilised standards of conduct, classification, or performance. Some are explicit and codified, such as laws and technical protocols; others remain implicit in institutional routines. Norms make coordination and adjudication possible. Their generality can also obscure singular circumstances. '''Ethics''' is the practice of interrogating and reorganising the relations through which morals and norms distribute exposure. It becomes necessary when automatic conformity would reproduce damage, exclusion, or invisibility, or when a new situation exceeds the available rule. {| class="wikitable" ! Mode ! Primary function ! Characteristic risk |- | Morals | Sustain inherited evaluations and forms of life | Repetition can naturalise harmful arrangements |- | Norms | Stabilise expectations, decisions, and coordination | General rules can become blind to concrete differences |- | Ethics | Reorganise relations in response to vulnerability | Intervention can create unforeseen harms or conceal its own power |} Ethics does not abolish morals or norms. A reliable safety rule can protect vulnerable people; a moral commitment can sustain solidarity. Ethical inquiry asks whether their present operation remains answerable to the configurations they affect. == The field of contact == The '''field of contact''' is the situated arrangement through which configurations encounter and affect one another. It includes spatial design, infrastructures, interfaces, institutional roles, economic conditions, classifications, communication channels, and access to decision-making. To reorganise the field of contact is to alter one or more of these relations. The change may be modest: translating a medical instruction, changing an appeal deadline, adding a human review to an automated decision. It may be structural: redesigning a transport network, changing property rules, or redistributing public resources. The concept prevents ethical analysis from stopping at intention. A benevolent intention can operate through an arrangement that remains inaccessible or damaging. Conversely, a routine technical adjustment can have major ethical consequences even when no individual intended them. The field is not the totality of society. It is delimited relative to a case. The analyst must state who and what is included, which scale and interval are relevant, and which effects remain outside the current description. == Hesitation, decision, and reorganisation == Ethical response proceeds through three linked operators. '''Hesitation''' suspends an automatic response when the existing framework is insufficient. It creates time to register excluded relations, consult affected configurations, examine uncertainty, and consider alternatives. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. When delay intensifies harm, continued hesitation becomes another decision with material effects. '''Decision''' selects and inscribes a course of action under incomplete conditions. It is not a sovereign act detached from the field. It depends on available symbols, authorities, resources, and procedures. The decision remains attributable because a capacity to respond is exercised, even though that capacity is distributed. '''Symbolic reorganisation''' changes relations between symbols and can guide changes in material arrangements. A revised category may alter a form, database, budget, route, or legal entitlement. Marks remain passive; systems relate symbols and make the resulting decisions operative. The process can be represented as: '''encountered vulnerability → hesitation → expanded inscription of the case → decision → material reorganisation → monitoring and revision''' The arrows indicate a practical sequence, not a guarantee of ethical success. A decision may reproduce the very exclusion that hesitation was meant to reveal. == Four conditions for ethical consistency == “Preserve or amplify relational complexity” is too vague unless it can be tested. A proposed reorganisation should be assessed through four conditions. # '''Capacity for response.''' Do affected configurations retain or gain meaningful ways to answer, participate, refuse, or adapt? # '''Destructive asymmetry.''' Does the change reduce concentrated and avoidable exposure, or merely move risk onto those with fewer protections? # '''Contestation and repair.''' Can errors and injuries be identified, challenged, and repaired through accessible procedures? # '''Heterogeneity.''' Does the arrangement sustain relevant differences, or force every configuration into one imposed pattern? No single condition is sufficient. Participation without repair can become consultation theatre. Risk reduction achieved through forced homogenisation can destroy capacities the policy was meant to protect. Revisability without resources is only formal. == When the conditions conflict == The four conditions do not form an automatic ranking. A response can reduce immediate harm by restricting participation; preserving heterogeneity can slow action where delay is dangerous. The conflict must be made explicit rather than hidden under the word “complexity”. # Specify the imminent or irreversible harms and the minimum capacities for response that must be protected. # Identify whose capacities, protections, and burdens each feasible option changes. # Compare the evidence for the feasible alternatives, including the costs of delay and non-intervention. # State which condition is being limited, why the less restrictive path is inadequate, and who can contest that judgement. # Where possible, include review, redress, and a sunset or revision point. For example, emergency shelter allocation may temporarily restrict choice to prevent exposure to immediate danger. Ethical consistency still requires accessible communication, attention to disability and family dependency, a route of appeal, monitoring of exclusion, and revision once the emergency constraint changes. The procedure does not remove judgement; it makes its reasons, losses, and points of correction visible. These conditions are immanent because they concern what configurations can do within the field. They are still normative: they provide reasons to reject some arrangements and prefer others. == No guarantee, but not relativism == No procedure in this framework guarantees a correct result before action. In the symbolic domain relevant to ethical deliberation, operative excess appears when possible or demanded operations exceed what the current symbolic form can integrate. This is one symbolic instance of the wider condition in which materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a system’s current symbolic or structural form. Ethical action therefore involves risk. Absence of guarantee is not absence of criteria. Arrangements can be compared through evidence about exposure, participation, damage, repair, and revisability. Some decisions silence affected positions, conceal costs, and prevent correction. Others disclose assumptions, distribute protection, and preserve response. Situated judgement is fallible without being arbitrary. The passage from ontology to ethics is not a logical deduction of an “ought” from an “is”. Ontology establishes that symbolically responsive systems already reorganise exposure and cannot avoid producing effects. Ethics articulates how that unavoidable responsiveness should be exercised if the capacities that make response possible are not to be destroyed. This is an '''operative implication''', not a proof of a moral law. The ontology supplies descriptive constraints and identifies the capacities at stake; normative criteria still require argument, evidence, and contestation. Nor is the position simple consequentialism. Outcomes matter, but ethical assessment also concerns how a decision was produced, which voices were excluded, whether appeal is possible, and which future capacities are preserved. Aggregate benefit cannot automatically justify irreversible harm imposed on positions denied a response. == Worked example: emergency shelter allocation == After severe flooding, a municipality has fewer accessible shelter places than requests. # An existing rule allocates places in order of online registration. # The rule is clear and administratively efficient, but assumes reliable internet access, literacy, transport, and the ability to apply quickly. # Reports from affected residents reveal that the rule concentrates exclusion among people already facing greater exposure. # Ethical hesitation suspends automatic allocation long enough to inspect the field of contact. # The municipality adds telephone and in-person registration, accessibility criteria, transport support, a review process, and public reporting. # The revised arrangement is monitored for new exclusions and remains open to appeal. No solution removes scarcity or vulnerability. The ethical reorganisation changes how exposure is distributed, preserves more capacities for response, and makes correction possible. It can still fail and must remain revisable. == Common mistakes == * '''Moralisation''': treating ethics as praise or blame detached from material arrangements. * '''Rule rejection''': assuming that because no rule is complete, rules are useless. * '''Complexity worship''': equating more procedure or connection with ethical improvement. * '''Decisionism''': treating the absence of guarantee as permission for unchecked authority. * '''Endless hesitation''': postponing action while harm continues. * '''Symbolic idealism''': changing language without changing the material relations through which the category operates. == Check your understanding == * When does a norm require ethical re-examination? * Why is every reorganisation assessable but not automatically ethical? * How does hesitation differ from indecision? * Which of the four conditions is missing if an appeal exists only on paper? * Why does an operative implication not amount to deriving a command directly from a fact? == Transition == Ethical decisions become political when their terms are contested, coordinated, and stabilised across institutions and populations. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.3 Politics Beyond the Subject|Section 4.3]] examines politics as the collective reorganisation of fields of exposure, without treating “the people”, the state, or any other subject as a self-grounding origin. For related sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 43cgbzw1xjcl23xhmp7tq28bxeux3pu 0 479763 4670944 4670768 2026-09-18T16:05:24Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title, source attributed claims, and reduce self-authorising language 4670944 wikitext text/x-wiki == 4.3 — Politics Beyond the Subject == Politics does not begin with a fully formed subject standing outside social relations. Citizens, workers, organisations, movements, states, and publics acquire capacities through institutions, infrastructures, symbols, histories, and conflicts. Yet politics is not a process without agents. Formed within the field, agents can recognise, contest, and reorganise the relations that formed them. This analysis therefore shifts the starting point from a sovereign subject to a '''field configuration''': the material and symbolic arrangement through which collective capacities, exposures, and positions become possible. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain politics as collective contestation and reorganisation of a field; * distinguish institutional sovereignty from metaphysical self-grounding; * analyse identities as operative without treating them as timeless foundations; * understand institutions as provisional stabilisations that still require durability; * balance conflict, opacity, accountability, and revisability. The guiding question is: '''How can collective action be organised and held responsible when no political subject stands above the field it seeks to change?''' == Politics as field configuration == Political analysis often begins with constituted agents: individuals with interests, a people with a will, classes with positions, or a state with authority. These starting points can be useful, but they leave a prior question unanswered: through which arrangements did these agents become visible, organised, represented, and capable of acting? A field configuration includes electoral rules, borders, property relations, workplaces, transport, media, databases, public spaces, technical standards, and informal practices. These arrangements do not mechanically determine political subjects. They distribute capacities: who can assemble, speak, travel, vote, strike, own, appeal, or be heard. Politics names the collective struggle over these arrangements and over the symbols through which they are rendered intelligible. It includes coordination and institution-building, but also refusal, dissensus, and the appearance of claims that the established order could not register. Rancière’s distinction between an ordered distribution of roles and political dissensus illuminates this point (Rancière [1995] 1999). The chapter adds that dissensus requires material supports and can change the field that produces political positions. A disruption may enable a new subject-position, while already organised agents can also initiate and sustain disruption. Field and agency are reciprocally reorganised; neither should be erased. == Sovereignty without a metaphysical sovereign == Sovereignty has legal and institutional meanings that cannot simply be denied. States exercise jurisdiction; constitutions allocate authority; courts and governments make decisions with binding effects. The refusal here concerns '''metaphysical sovereignty''': the claim that one authority is self-grounding, unified, and external to the relations it governs. “The people”, “the nation”, “the state”, and “the constitution” are real political configurations. They are sustained through censuses, documents, education, infrastructures, ceremonies, enforcement, and participation. None exists as a pure origin before those operations. Founding acts select and organise earlier relations, while later practices continually reproduce or revise their meaning. This does not make authority unreal. It makes authority accountable to its material production and effects. A constitution can legitimately stabilise procedures without becoming sacred or immune to amendment. A public decision can be binding without pretending to express one perfectly transparent collective will. The practical questions become: * Which institutions authorise this decision? * How were affected positions represented or excluded? * What resources make the decision enforceable? * Which mechanisms permit challenge, revision, and repair? * Who bears the risk if the decision fails? These questions relocate sovereignty from an ultimate source to traceable relations of authority. == Identity as operation, resource, and risk == Political identities are neither illusions nor timeless essences. A category such as citizen, worker, disabled person, Indigenous peoples, or refugee can organise recognition, solidarity, rights, and collective action. It can also simplify internal differences, impose boundaries, or exclude those who do not fit its dominant representation. This analysis treats identity as an '''operative stabilisation'''. It asks how the category is inscribed, which institutions use it, what capacities it creates, which differences it suppresses, and whether its boundaries can be contested. This avoids two symmetrical errors: * '''essentialism''': treating identity as a natural and unchanging foundation; * '''dismissal''': assuming that because identity is produced, identity-based claims are unreal or politically dispensable. A historically produced identity can become necessary for opposing a historically produced harm. The relevant test is not whether the identity is pure, but how it reorganises exposure and whether it preserves the affected group’s capacity to redefine its own terms. Mouffe’s account of agonistic politics rightly resists the fantasy that every conflict can be dissolved in rational consensus (Mouffe 2005). The present analysis extends the argument to the material arrangements that produce the available identities and positions in the conflict. == Institutions as provisional stabilisations == Institutions are maintained configurations of rules, roles, buildings, technologies, records, budgets, habits, and expectations. They are more than ideas and less than eternal structures. Their relative durability makes large-scale coordination possible. Calling institutions provisional does not mean that they should change constantly. Predictability can protect vulnerable configurations; rights and procedures lose force if they can be withdrawn at every moment. Provisionality means that institutional authority remains conditional, historically situated, and open to justified revision. An institution should be assessed by more than its formal purpose. Ask whether its operation: # maintains affected configurations’ capacities for response and participation; # reduces rather than concentrates destructive asymmetries of exposure; # provides accessible routes for contestation, repair, and revision; # preserves relevant heterogeneity instead of enforcing one pattern; # remains sufficiently stable to make its protections reliable. The fifth condition complements revisability. An institution that changes arbitrarily can be as damaging as one that never changes. Law illustrates the point. A legal system names injuries, recognises claims, and organises redress. It also defines which harms are legible and which persons count as claimants. Law is neither a neutral observer nor merely an instrument of domination. It is a field configuration whose categories and procedures have to be tested against their material effects. == Conflict and disagreement == Conflict is structural because positions within a heterogeneous field are differently exposed and cannot always be reconciled. Eliminating all disagreement would require either complete homogeneity or the suppression of claims that do not fit the authorised order. This does not make every conflict valuable. Conflict can expose exclusions, but it can also destroy capacities, circulate falsehood, or intensify domination. A democratic field must organise conflict so that adversaries can contest arrangements without being deprived of the material conditions of participation. A local agreement is therefore not a failure. It is a provisional stabilisation that enables coordinated action while leaving routes for revision. Consensus becomes dangerous when it presents itself as final, erases the costs imposed on dissenting positions, or treats unresolved difference as irrational noise. The political question is not “conflict or consensus?” It is “under which conditions can disagreement alter the field without annihilating the capacity to continue disagreeing?” == Opacity and accountability == Glissant’s defence of a right to opacity challenges the demand that others become completely transparent before they can be recognised (Glissant [1990] 1997). The framework accepts the underlying limit: no position can fully capture another configuration or the field as a whole. Political coexistence should not require cultural assimilation, exhaustive disclosure, or total legibility. Opacity, however, is not an unconditional good. Institutions can use secrecy and technical complexity to shield decisions from scrutiny. Powerful actors may demand privacy for themselves while making vulnerable populations transparent through surveillance. A defensible distinction is required: * '''protective opacity''' preserves autonomy, difference, and safety against forced exposure; * '''dominating opacity''' conceals authority, cost, or harm from those who must bear its effects; * '''accountability''' requires sufficient traceability of decisions, criteria, and consequences without demanding complete transparency of persons. The task is to determine who is required to disclose what, to whom, for which purpose, and with which risks. == Ethics and politics == Ethics and politics both concern reorganisation of exposure, but the distinction is not merely numerical scale. Ethical analysis focuses on the responsiveness of a decision to situated vulnerability. Political analysis focuses on the collective contestation, authorisation, stabilisation, and revision of arrangements across heterogeneous positions. A personal decision can have political conditions; an institutional policy can require ethical hesitation. The two dimensions overlap without becoming identical. Politics is therefore not the application of a completed ethics. It is the organised struggle over which vulnerabilities become legible, which responses are authorised, and which institutions will sustain them. == Worked example: redesigning a bus network == A city proposes to redesign its bus network using passenger counts and travel-time models. # The model makes some relations visible: demand, cost, frequency, and journey duration. # Low-ridership routes appear inefficient, but may serve shift workers, disabled passengers, peripheral communities, or people without alternatives. # Public hearings held only online or during working hours exclude some affected positions. # A political reorganisation adds accessible consultation, qualitative evidence, minimum-service protections, and an appeal process. # The final network remains a compromise. Its justification depends on disclosed criteria, traceable trade-offs, and monitoring of unequal effects. # Future revision is possible, while stable timetables preserve the reliability on which passengers depend. The example does not determine one correct transport policy. It shows how subjects, data, infrastructure, identity, conflict, stability, and revisability meet in a field configuration. == Common mistakes == * '''Agentless politics''': speaking of the field as if no one exercises power or makes decisions. * '''Sovereignty denial''': ignoring real legal authority because it is not metaphysically self-grounding. * '''Identity erasure''': treating constructed identities as politically irrelevant. * '''Revisability fetish''': assuming that change is good regardless of lost protections. * '''Conflict romanticism''': treating every disruption as emancipatory. * '''Total transparency''': making recognition conditional upon exhaustive legibility. == Check your understanding == * How can agents be produced by a field and still reorganise it? * What is the difference between institutional and metaphysical sovereignty? * When can a produced identity support an emancipatory claim? * Why must institutional revisability be balanced with dependable protection? * How does accountability differ from total transparency? == Transition == Part IV has moved from vulnerability through ethical decision to political stabilisation and contestation. Part V tests this architecture against inherited ontological strategies. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.1 Displacement of Classical Ontologies|Section 5.1]] begins with classical substance, form, necessity, and ground. For the ethical criteria used here, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.2 Ethics as Symbolic Reorganization|Section 4.2]]. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} ajwwz48olaefw8hrslvfi0paj67uvjt 0 480138 4670945 4670767 2026-09-18T16:05:39Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title and clarify relational priority, time, and condition-relative necessity 4670945 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.1 — Displacement of Classical Ontologies == The purpose of this chapter is not to declare classical ontology obsolete. It is to identify a recurrent architecture of thought and to show what must change when reality is approached as an unstable material field. “Classical ontology” is therefore used here as a diagnostic label for a selected Greek and medieval European lineage, not as the name of a single doctrine. Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, late antique thinkers, and medieval philosophers disagree on fundamental matters. The discussion isolates tendencies that proved especially durable: the priority of substance over relation, form over variation, permanent order over contingency, and a final ground over open-ended explanation. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why ''displacement'' is different from refutation; * distinguish a substance-centred description from a relational description; * understand why local order is neither eternal order nor arbitrary disorder; * separate material constraint from metaphysical necessity; * identify where a demand for ultimate ground enters an argument. The central question is simple: '''What changes if relations, variations, and conditions of persistence are treated as ontologically primary rather than as secondary features of already constituted things?''' == Displacement rather than refutation == A refutation tries to prove that a proposition is false. A displacement changes the problem, the starting point, or the scale of analysis. The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) does not need to deny that relatively stable things exist, that forms can be distinguished, or that causal explanations are possible. It asks instead how such stability, form, and causal organisation arise and persist within a field that is not itself guaranteed to remain the same. This move preserves much of what classical ontology made thinkable. Aristotle’s analyses of change, causation, and organised living beings remain indispensable (Aristotle 1984a; Aristotle 1984b). Platonic questions about intelligibility and participation continue to expose genuine philosophical difficulties (Plato 1997). Medieval arguments concerning dependence and contingency sharpen the problem of explanation. What changes is the status of the answers. Stability is treated as an achievement of relations; form as an organised pattern; and explanation as a situated account that need not terminate in a principle outside the field. The displacement therefore operates at three levels: # '''descriptive''': from “What is this thing?” to “How is this configuration composed and maintained?”; # '''explanatory''': from a self-sufficient bearer of properties to networks of dependence and constraint; # '''ontological''': from a world whose order is secured in advance to local orders that remain exposed to variation. == Substance, relation, and persistence == In a substance-centred description, relations commonly appear as something that happens ''between'' entities which are already what they are. A stone can be beside a wall, a citizen can belong to a city, and a plant can receive sunlight; the relata are assumed to precede these relations in ontological importance. The framework displaces this strict priority without claiming that a particular relation must temporally precede every relatum. A configuration is not first complete and only then related. Its identity and capacities depend on the relations through which it is composed and sustained. This does not mean that everything dissolves into an undifferentiated web. Relations form relatively stable configurations with boundaries, histories, and powers of resistance. A tree is not interchangeable with its soil, climate, fungi, or pollinators. Yet what the tree can be is inseparable from these couplings and from the organised relations among its own cells and tissues. Its relative unity is real, but it is produced and maintained rather than metaphysically self-sufficient. “Substance” can still be useful if it names durable organisation. It becomes misleading when durability is converted into independence, or when the persistence of a configuration is taken as evidence of an unchanging essence. The relevant question is not whether the tree is a thing or a relation. It is which relations compose its relative unity, which constraints stabilise it, and which changes would cross a threshold beyond which that unity no longer holds. == Form, matter, and local order == Classical hylomorphic accounts analyse concrete beings through form and matter. Such accounts are more subtle than the slogan “form dominates matter” suggests: for Aristotle, form and matter are explanatory principles that work together. Even so, later uses of this distinction have often encouraged a hierarchy in which intelligible form supplies order while matter receives it. This framework does not replace this hierarchy with the opposite claim that matter is formless. Matter is always materially organised. A crystal lattice, a cell membrane, a coastline, and a transport network each display patterns, constraints, and capacities. The point is that organisation does not require a form imposed from outside material processes. It can emerge through interactions within the field and persist through ongoing functional coupling. This is the meaning of '''local order'''. An order is local when it belongs to a determinate configuration, scale, and history. “Local” does not mean merely spatially small. A planetary climate or a global market can be local in the ontological sense: neither exhausts the field, neither establishes the rule of every other configuration, and neither is guaranteed to persist unchanged. Local order also differs from arbitrary order. A bridge cannot sustain any imaginable load; a cell cannot maintain itself under every temperature; a language cannot change without any constraint and remain mutually intelligible. Material conditions restrict what can occur. They do not, however, prescribe one uniquely necessary future. == Time, contingency, and necessity == Some classical cosmologies understand time within an ordered whole whose fundamental structure is stable or recurrent. In such settings, change takes place against a more basic permanence. The present analysis gives variation a stronger role. Time is registered here through duration, succession, and irreversible differentiation in material configurations: relations form, persist, fail, and are recomposed. The field does not unfold a complete plan that was already present at the beginning. This claim must not be confused with the denial of necessity. Logical relations, physical constraints, and organised dependencies can make some outcomes impossible and others highly robust. The distinction is between '''condition-relative necessity''' and '''metaphysical predetermination'''. Given a particular structure and set of conditions, a consequence may follow necessarily. It does not follow that the structure itself had to exist, that it will last indefinitely, or that every future configuration is already contained in a timeless order. Contingency likewise does not mean that anything can happen. It means that material constraint underdetermines the complete history of the field. Multiple outcomes may remain possible; new couplings may produce capacities that cannot be read off from isolated components; and established orders may encounter variations they cannot absorb. == Ground, first causes, and immanence == A demand for ultimate ground asks explanation to stop at something that does not itself require explanation: a first cause, necessary being, self-sufficient substance, or absolute principle. These proposals are not identical, and their arguments must be assessed separately. Their shared function is to secure order by reference to what is not exposed to the instability attributed to ordinary configurations. The framework refuses this exempt position. '''Immanence''' means that no explanatory or normative instance stands outside the material field as its origin, guarantee, or judge. Every actual order is produced within relations and remains vulnerable to their alteration. This refusal does not abolish causes or constraints. It distinguishes a cause operating in the field from a ground imagined as securing the field as a whole. A useful test is to ask: ''Does the explanation identify material conditions and operative relations, or does it introduce a final term whose role is to make further questioning unnecessary?'' The first can be rigorous without being absolute. The second may offer closure, but closure is not the same as explanation. == Diagnostic comparison == {| class="wikitable" ! Question ! Classical tendency isolated here ! Displacement proposed here |- | What is primary? | Relatively self-sufficient substances | Configurations constituted through relations |- | What explains order? | Form, essence, or a governing principle | Functional coupling under material constraints |- | What is change? | Modification of an underlying identity or order | Real variation that can reorganise identities and capacities |- | What is necessity? | Expression of an ultimately ordered whole | Consequence relative to determinate conditions |- | Where does explanation end? | In a first or self-grounding principle | In revisable accounts of immanent conditions, without final ground |} The table is a map, not a verdict on every classical philosopher. A passage should be read in its own terms before the diagnostic is applied. == Worked example: a whirlpool == Consider a whirlpool in a river. A substance-centred reading may encourage the question: ''What kind of thing is the whirlpool, and which properties belong to it?'' A relational reading begins elsewhere. # Water flow, channel shape, obstacles, and energy gradients form the relevant field. # Their coupling produces a relatively stable rotational pattern. # The whirlpool is real: it has observable effects and can persist. # Its identity is nevertheless inseparable from the relations that maintain it. # If the flow or channel changes beyond a threshold, the whirlpool disappears or becomes another configuration. The example does not prove that every entity is literally a whirlpool. It teaches a method: begin with conditions of composition and persistence before attributing self-sufficiency. A mountain, organism, institution, or concept will require a different account, but the same questions can be asked. == Check your understanding == * Why does saying that order is ''local'' not make it subjective? * Can a configuration be stable without possessing an eternal essence? * What is the difference between a constraint and a predetermined outcome? * At what point does an explanation of conditions turn into an appeal to ultimate ground? * Which features of a concrete object would a substance-first description obscure? == Transition == The classical demand for stable identity and sufficient ground does not disappear when philosophy turns towards the knowing subject. It is reorganised. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.2 Limits of Modern Rationalism|Section 5.2]] examines how modern rationalism relocates the promise of order in reason, representation, system, and control. The issue is no longer only what the world is, but from what position it can supposedly be rendered transparent. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 92kohr2ivipuqxf9p2psd0mhb5wix92 4671044 4670945 2026-09-18T20:47:06Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify that the processes differ while the basic mechanism of dynamic stabilisation remains common 4671044 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.1 — Displacement of Classical Ontologies == The purpose of this chapter is not to declare classical ontology obsolete. It is to identify a recurrent architecture of thought and to show what must change when reality is approached as an unstable material field. “Classical ontology” is therefore used here as a diagnostic label for a selected Greek and medieval European lineage, not as the name of a single doctrine. Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, late antique thinkers, and medieval philosophers disagree on fundamental matters. The discussion isolates tendencies that proved especially durable: the priority of substance over relation, form over variation, permanent order over contingency, and a final ground over open-ended explanation. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why ''displacement'' is different from refutation; * distinguish a substance-centred description from a relational description; * understand why local order is neither eternal order nor arbitrary disorder; * separate material constraint from metaphysical necessity; * identify where a demand for ultimate ground enters an argument. The central question is simple: '''What changes if relations, variations, and conditions of persistence are treated as ontologically primary rather than as secondary features of already constituted things?''' == Displacement rather than refutation == A refutation tries to prove that a proposition is false. A displacement changes the problem, the starting point, or the scale of analysis. The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) does not need to deny that relatively stable things exist, that forms can be distinguished, or that causal explanations are possible. It asks instead how such stability, form, and causal organisation arise and persist within a field that is not itself guaranteed to remain the same. This move preserves much of what classical ontology made thinkable. Aristotle’s analyses of change, causation, and organised living beings remain indispensable (Aristotle 1984a; Aristotle 1984b). Platonic questions about intelligibility and participation continue to expose genuine philosophical difficulties (Plato 1997). Medieval arguments concerning dependence and contingency sharpen the problem of explanation. What changes is the status of the answers. Stability is treated as an achievement of relations; form as an organised pattern; and explanation as a situated account that need not terminate in a principle outside the field. The displacement therefore operates at three levels: # '''descriptive''': from “What is this thing?” to “How is this configuration composed and maintained?”; # '''explanatory''': from a self-sufficient bearer of properties to networks of dependence and constraint; # '''ontological''': from a world whose order is secured in advance to local orders that remain exposed to variation. == Substance, relation, and persistence == In a substance-centred description, relations commonly appear as something that happens ''between'' entities which are already what they are. A stone can be beside a wall, a citizen can belong to a city, and a plant can receive sunlight; the relata are assumed to precede these relations in ontological importance. The framework displaces this strict priority without claiming that a particular relation must temporally precede every relatum. A configuration is not first complete and only then related. Its identity and capacities depend on the relations through which it is composed and sustained. This does not mean that everything dissolves into an undifferentiated web. Relations form relatively stable configurations with boundaries, histories, and powers of resistance. A tree is not interchangeable with its soil, climate, fungi, or pollinators. Yet what the tree can be is inseparable from these couplings and from the organised relations among its own cells and tissues. Its relative unity is real, but it is produced and maintained rather than metaphysically self-sufficient. “Substance” can still be useful if it names durable organisation. It becomes misleading when durability is converted into independence, or when the persistence of a configuration is taken as evidence of an unchanging essence. The relevant question is not whether the tree is a thing or a relation. It is which relations compose its relative unity, which constraints stabilise it, and which changes would cross a threshold beyond which that unity no longer holds. == Form, matter, and local order == Classical hylomorphic accounts analyse concrete beings through form and matter. Such accounts are more subtle than the slogan “form dominates matter” suggests: for Aristotle, form and matter are explanatory principles that work together. Even so, later uses of this distinction have often encouraged a hierarchy in which intelligible form supplies order while matter receives it. This framework does not replace this hierarchy with the opposite claim that matter is formless. Matter is always materially organised. A crystal lattice, a cell membrane, a coastline, and a transport network each display patterns, constraints, and capacities. The point is that organisation does not require a form imposed from outside material processes. It can emerge through interactions within the field and persist through ongoing functional coupling. This is the meaning of '''local order'''. An order is local when it belongs to a determinate configuration, scale, and history. “Local” does not mean merely spatially small. A planetary climate or a global market can be local in the ontological sense: neither exhausts the field, neither establishes the rule of every other configuration, and neither is guaranteed to persist unchanged. Local order also differs from arbitrary order. A bridge cannot sustain any imaginable load; a cell cannot maintain itself under every temperature; a language cannot change without any constraint and remain mutually intelligible. Material conditions restrict what can occur. They do not, however, prescribe one uniquely necessary future. == Time, contingency, and necessity == Some classical cosmologies understand time within an ordered whole whose fundamental structure is stable or recurrent. In such settings, change takes place against a more basic permanence. The present analysis gives variation a stronger role. Time is registered here through duration, succession, and irreversible differentiation in material configurations: relations form, persist, fail, and are recomposed. The field does not unfold a complete plan that was already present at the beginning. This claim must not be confused with the denial of necessity. Logical relations, physical constraints, and organised dependencies can make some outcomes impossible and others highly robust. The distinction is between '''condition-relative necessity''' and '''metaphysical predetermination'''. Given a particular structure and set of conditions, a consequence may follow necessarily. It does not follow that the structure itself had to exist, that it will last indefinitely, or that every future configuration is already contained in a timeless order. Contingency likewise does not mean that anything can happen. It means that material constraint underdetermines the complete history of the field. Multiple outcomes may remain possible; new couplings may produce capacities that cannot be read off from isolated components; and established orders may encounter variations they cannot absorb. == Ground, first causes, and immanence == A demand for ultimate ground asks explanation to stop at something that does not itself require explanation: a first cause, necessary being, self-sufficient substance, or absolute principle. These proposals are not identical, and their arguments must be assessed separately. Their shared function is to secure order by reference to what is not exposed to the instability attributed to ordinary configurations. The framework refuses this exempt position. '''Immanence''' means that no explanatory or normative instance stands outside the material field as its origin, guarantee, or judge. Every actual order is produced within relations and remains vulnerable to their alteration. This refusal does not abolish causes or constraints. It distinguishes a cause operating in the field from a ground imagined as securing the field as a whole. A useful test is to ask: ''Does the explanation identify material conditions and operative relations, or does it introduce a final term whose role is to make further questioning unnecessary?'' The first can be rigorous without being absolute. The second may offer closure, but closure is not the same as explanation. == Diagnostic comparison == {| class="wikitable" ! Question ! Classical tendency isolated here ! Displacement proposed here |- | What is primary? | Relatively self-sufficient substances | Configurations constituted through relations |- | What explains order? | Form, essence, or a governing principle | Functional coupling under material constraints |- | What is change? | Modification of an underlying identity or order | Real variation that can reorganise identities and capacities |- | What is necessity? | Expression of an ultimately ordered whole | Consequence relative to determinate conditions |- | Where does explanation end? | In a first or self-grounding principle | In revisable accounts of immanent conditions, without final ground |} The table is a map, not a verdict on every classical philosopher. A passage should be read in its own terms before the diagnostic is applied. == Worked example: a whirlpool == Consider a whirlpool in a river. A substance-centred reading may encourage the question: ''What kind of thing is the whirlpool, and which properties belong to it?'' A relational reading begins elsewhere. # Water flow, channel shape, obstacles, and energy gradients form the relevant field. # Their coupling produces a relatively stable rotational pattern. # The whirlpool is real: it has observable effects and can persist. # Its identity is nevertheless inseparable from the relations that maintain it. # If the flow or channel changes beyond a threshold, the whirlpool disappears or becomes another configuration. The example does not imply that every entity is literally a whirlpool. It isolates a common ontological mechanism: dynamic stabilisation. A mountain, an organism, an institution, or a concept persists through different processes and at different scales, but in every case persistence is produced by relations that maintain a configuration within a range compatible with its continuation. When those relations cross relevant thresholds, the configuration changes or ceases to persist. The processes differ; the basic logic of conditioned persistence remains the same. == Check your understanding == * Why does saying that order is ''local'' not make it subjective? * Can a configuration be stable without possessing an eternal essence? * What is the difference between a constraint and a predetermined outcome? * At what point does an explanation of conditions turn into an appeal to ultimate ground? * Which features of a concrete object would a substance-first description obscure? == Transition == The classical demand for stable identity and sufficient ground does not disappear when philosophy turns towards the knowing subject. It is reorganised. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.2 Limits of Modern Rationalism|Section 5.2]] examines how modern rationalism relocates the promise of order in reason, representation, system, and control. The issue is no longer only what the world is, but from what position it can supposedly be rendered transparent. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 0nwlszrnmtqhxybble4nkiw8ifp9yog 4671045 4671044 2026-09-18T21:13:10Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify relational constitution, material differentiation, time, contingency, symbolic persistence, and rational assessment without altering the thesis 4671045 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.1 — Displacement of Classical Ontologies == The purpose of this chapter is not to declare classical ontology obsolete. It is to identify a recurrent architecture of thought and to show what must change when reality is approached as an unstable material field. “Classical ontology” is therefore used here as a diagnostic label for a selected Greek and medieval European lineage, not as the name of a single doctrine. Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, late antique thinkers, and medieval philosophers disagree on fundamental matters. The discussion isolates tendencies that proved especially durable: the priority of substance over relation, form over variation, permanent order over contingency, and a final ground over open-ended explanation. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why ''displacement'' is different from refutation; * distinguish a substance-centred description from a relational description; * understand why local order is neither eternal order nor arbitrary disorder; * separate material constraint from metaphysical necessity; * identify where a demand for ultimate ground enters an argument. The central question is simple: '''What changes if relations, variations, and conditions of persistence are treated as constitutive of material configurations rather than as secondary features of already constituted things?''' == Displacement rather than refutation == A refutation tries to prove that a proposition is false. A displacement changes the problem, the starting point, or the scale of analysis. Displacement does not exempt inherited propositions from rational assessment: whenever a classical claim enters the argument, its coherence, grounds, and scope must still be examined. The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) does not need to deny that relatively stable things exist, that forms can be distinguished, or that causal explanations are possible. It asks instead how such stability, form, and causal organisation arise and persist within a field that is not itself guaranteed to remain the same. This move preserves much of what classical ontology made thinkable. Aristotle’s analyses of change, causation, and organised living beings remain analytically valuable here because they distinguish problems that a material account must still answer (Aristotle 1984a; Aristotle 1984b). Platonic questions about intelligibility and participation continue to expose genuine philosophical difficulties (Plato 1997). Medieval arguments concerning dependence and contingency sharpen the problem of explanation. What changes is the status of the answers. Stability is treated as an achievement of relations; form as an organised pattern; and explanation as a situated account that need not terminate in a principle outside the field. The displacement therefore operates at three levels: # '''descriptive''': from “What is this thing?” to “How is this configuration composed and maintained?”; # '''explanatory''': from a self-sufficient bearer of properties to networks of dependence and constraint; # '''ontological''': from a world whose order is secured in advance to local orders that remain exposed to variation. == Substance, relation, and persistence == In a substance-centred description, relations commonly appear as something that happens ''between'' entities which are already what they are. A stone can be beside a wall, a citizen can belong to a city, and a plant can receive sunlight; the relata are assumed to precede these relations in ontological importance. The framework displaces this strict priority without claiming that a particular relation must temporally precede every relatum. A configuration is not first complete and only then related. Its identity and capacities depend on the material interactions through which it is composed and sustained. Here relational priority is explanatory: it concerns how individuation occurs. It does not posit disembodied relations or give relations an existence independent of material processes and configurations. This does not mean that everything dissolves into an undifferentiated web. Material interactions can compose relatively stable configurations with boundaries, histories, and powers of resistance. Once constituted, a configuration’s organisation and capacities constrain the further relations and functional couplings into which it can enter. A tree is not interchangeable with its soil, climate, fungi, or pollinators. Yet what the tree can be is inseparable from these couplings and from the organised relations among its own cells and tissues. Its relative unity is real, but it is produced and maintained rather than metaphysically self-sufficient. Constitution is therefore recursive without making either relation or configuration an autonomous ground. “Substance” can still be useful if it names durable organisation. It becomes misleading when durability is converted into independence, or when the persistence of a configuration is taken as evidence of an unchanging essence. The relevant question is not whether the tree is a thing or a relation. It is which relations compose its relative unity, which constraints stabilise it, and which changes would cross a threshold beyond which that unity no longer holds. == Form, matter, and local order == Classical hylomorphic accounts analyse concrete beings through form and matter. Such accounts are more subtle than the slogan “form dominates matter” suggests: for Aristotle, form and matter are explanatory principles that work together. Even so, later uses of this distinction have often encouraged a hierarchy in which intelligible form supplies order while matter receives it. This framework does not replace this hierarchy with the opposite claim that matter is formless. Matter is always materially differentiated and involved in determinate interactions, but it is not therefore always stabilised as a bounded form. A crystal lattice, a cell membrane, a coastline, and a transport network each display patterns, constraints, and capacities. These examples concern configurations in which some regularity has already emerged; they do not imply that every material regime is already a stable form. Stable organisation is a further achievement to be explained, not a condition attributed in advance to all materiality. It can emerge through interactions within the field and persist through ongoing functional coupling. This is the meaning of '''local order'''. An order is local when it belongs to a determinate configuration, scale, and history. “Local” does not mean merely spatially small. A planetary climate or a global market can be local in the ontological sense: neither exhausts the field, neither establishes the rule of every other configuration, and neither is guaranteed to persist unchanged. Local order also differs from arbitrary order. A bridge cannot sustain any imaginable load; a cell cannot maintain itself under every temperature; a language cannot change without any constraint and remain mutually intelligible. Material conditions restrict what can occur. At the level claimed here, general laws and local constraints delimit material outcomes without, by themselves, specifying the complete concrete history through which one outcome is realised. == Time, contingency, and necessity == Some classical cosmologies understand time within an ordered whole whose fundamental structure is stable or recurrent. In such settings, change takes place against a more basic permanence. The present analysis gives variation a stronger role. Material processes endure, succeed one another, and differentiate irreversibly whether or not any system observes or measures them: relations form, persist, fail, and are recomposed. Chronology is a further operation, produced by comparing such processes through selected references, scales, and instruments. The field does not unfold a complete plan that was already present at the beginning. This claim must not be confused with the denial of necessity. Logical relations, physical constraints, and organised dependencies can make some outcomes impossible and others highly robust. The distinction is between '''condition-relative necessity''' and '''metaphysical predetermination'''. Given a particular structure and set of conditions, a consequence may follow necessarily. It does not follow that the structure itself had to exist, that it will last indefinitely, or that every future configuration is already contained in a timeless order. Contingency likewise does not mean that anything can happen. General constraints, considered apart from the full configuration and its unfolding interactions, do not encode the complete concrete history of the field. Historical pathways depend on actual sequences of interaction and threshold crossing. Whether a complete physical state has one or several physically possible successors is a further scientific and metaphysical question; it is not settled by rejecting teleology. New couplings may produce capacities that cannot be read off from isolated components, and established orders may encounter variations they cannot absorb. == Ground, first causes, and immanence == A demand for ultimate ground asks explanation to stop at something that does not itself require explanation: a first cause, necessary being, self-sufficient substance, or absolute principle. These proposals are not identical, and their arguments must be assessed separately. Their shared function is to secure order by reference to what is not exposed to the instability attributed to ordinary configurations. The framework refuses this exempt position. '''Immanence''' means that no explanatory or normative instance stands outside the material field as its origin, guarantee, or judge. Every actual order is produced within relations and remains vulnerable to their alteration. This refusal does not abolish causes or constraints. It distinguishes a cause operating in the field from a ground imagined as securing the field as a whole. A useful test is to ask: ''Does the explanation identify material conditions and operative relations, or does it introduce a final term whose role is to make further questioning unnecessary?'' The first can be rigorous without being absolute. The second may offer closure, but closure is not the same as explanation. == Diagnostic comparison == {| class="wikitable" ! Question ! Classical tendency isolated here ! Displacement proposed here |- | What is primary? | Relatively self-sufficient substances | Configurations constituted through relations |- | What explains order? | Form, essence, or a governing principle | Functional coupling under material constraints |- | What is change? | Modification of an underlying identity or order | Real variation that can reorganise identities and capacities |- | What is necessity? | Expression of an ultimately ordered whole | Consequence relative to determinate conditions |- | Where does explanation end? | In a first or self-grounding principle | In revisable accounts of immanent conditions, without final ground |} The table is a map, not a verdict on every classical philosopher. A passage should be read in its own terms before the diagnostic is applied. == Worked example: a whirlpool == Consider a whirlpool in a river. A substance-centred reading may encourage the question: ''What kind of thing is the whirlpool, and which properties belong to it?'' A relational reading begins elsewhere. # Water flow, channel shape, obstacles, and energy gradients form the relevant field. # Their coupling produces a relatively stable rotational pattern. # The whirlpool is real: it has observable effects and can persist. # Its identity is nevertheless inseparable from the relations that maintain it. # If the flow or channel changes beyond a threshold, the whirlpool disappears or becomes another configuration. The example does not imply that every entity is literally a whirlpool. It isolates a common ontological mechanism: dynamic stabilisation. A mountain, an organism, an institution, or a concept persists through different processes and at different scales, but in every case persistence is produced by relations that maintain a configuration within a range compatible with its continuation. When those relations cross relevant thresholds, the configuration changes or ceases to persist. The processes differ; the basic logic of conditioned persistence remains the same. In the symbolic case, a concept persists through materially realised relations among symbols within systems and, where it is socially sustained, through public signs and practices of use and transmission; its persistence is not the mere duration of any isolated support. == Check your understanding == * Why does saying that order is ''local'' not make it subjective? * Can a configuration be stable without possessing an eternal essence? * What is the difference between a constraint and a predetermined outcome? * At what point does an explanation of conditions turn into an appeal to ultimate ground? * Which features of a concrete object would a substance-first description obscure? == Transition == The classical demand for stable identity and sufficient ground does not disappear when philosophy turns towards the knowing subject. It is reorganised. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.2 Limits of Modern Rationalism|Section 5.2]] examines how modern rationalism relocates the promise of order in reason, representation, system, and control. The issue is no longer only what the world is, but from what position it can supposedly be rendered transparent. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} t0m666j08t9xsf4s1723pnufyhgmd13 4671050 4671045 2026-09-18T21:22:58Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671050 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.1 — Displacement of Classical Ontologies == The purpose of this chapter is not to declare classical ontology obsolete. It is to identify a recurrent architecture of thought and to show what must change when reality is approached as an unstable material field. “Classical ontology” is therefore used here as a diagnostic label for a selected Greek and medieval European lineage, not as the name of a single doctrine. Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, late antique thinkers, and medieval philosophers disagree on fundamental matters. The discussion isolates tendencies that proved especially durable: the priority of substance over relation, form over variation, permanent order over contingency, and a final ground over open-ended explanation. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why ''displacement'' is different from refutation; * distinguish a substance-centred description from a relational description; * understand why local order is neither eternal order nor arbitrary disorder; * separate material constraint from metaphysical necessity; * identify where a demand for ultimate ground enters an argument. The central question is simple: '''What changes if relations, variations, and conditions of persistence are treated as constitutive of material configurations rather than as secondary features of already constituted things?''' == Displacement rather than refutation == A refutation tries to prove that a proposition is false. A displacement changes the problem, the starting point, or the scale of analysis. Displacement does not exempt inherited propositions from rational assessment: whenever a classical claim enters the argument, its coherence, grounds, and scope must still be examined. The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) does not need to deny that relatively stable things exist, that forms can be distinguished, or that causal explanations are possible. It asks instead how such stability, form, and causal organisation arise and persist within a field that is not itself guaranteed to remain the same. This move preserves much of what classical ontology made thinkable. Aristotle’s analyses of change, causation, and organised living beings remain analytically valuable here because they distinguish problems that a material account must still answer (Aristotle 1984a; Aristotle 1984b). Platonic questions about intelligibility and participation continue to expose genuine philosophical difficulties (Plato 1997). Medieval arguments concerning dependence and contingency sharpen the problem of explanation. What changes is the status of the answers. Stability is treated as an achievement of relations; form as an organised pattern; and explanation as a situated account that need not terminate in a principle outside the field. The displacement therefore operates at three levels: # '''descriptive''': from “What is this thing?” to “How is this configuration composed and maintained?”; # '''explanatory''': from a self-sufficient bearer of properties to networks of dependence and constraint; # '''ontological''': from a world whose order is secured in advance to local orders that remain exposed to variation. == Substance, relation, and persistence == In a substance-centred description, relations commonly appear as something that happens ''between'' entities which are already what they are. A stone can be beside a wall, a citizen can belong to a city, and a plant can receive sunlight; the relata are assumed to precede these relations in ontological importance. The framework displaces this strict priority without claiming that a particular relation must temporally precede every relatum. A configuration is not first complete and only then related. Its identity and capacities depend on the material interactions through which it is composed and sustained. Here relational priority is explanatory: it concerns how individuation occurs. It does not posit disembodied relations or give relations an existence independent of material processes and configurations. This does not mean that everything dissolves into an undifferentiated web. Material interactions can compose relatively stable configurations with boundaries, histories, and powers of resistance. Once constituted, a configuration’s organisation and capacities constrain the further relations and functional couplings into which it can enter. A tree is not interchangeable with its soil, climate, fungi, or pollinators. Yet what the tree can be is inseparable from these couplings and from the organised relations among its own cells and tissues. Its relative unity is real, but it is produced and maintained rather than metaphysically self-sufficient. Constitution is therefore recursive without making either relation or configuration an autonomous ground. “Substance” can still be useful if it names durable organisation. It becomes misleading when durability is converted into independence, or when the persistence of a configuration is taken as evidence of an unchanging essence. The relevant question is not whether the tree is a thing or a relation. It is which relations compose its relative unity, which constraints stabilise it, and which changes would cross a threshold beyond which that unity no longer holds. == Form, matter, and local order == Classical hylomorphic accounts analyse concrete beings through form and matter. Such accounts are more subtle than the slogan “form dominates matter” suggests: for Aristotle, form and matter are explanatory principles that work together. Even so, later uses of this distinction have often encouraged a hierarchy in which intelligible form supplies order while matter receives it. This framework does not replace this hierarchy with the opposite claim that matter is formless. Matter is always materially differentiated and involved in determinate interactions, but it is not therefore always stabilised as a bounded form. A crystal lattice, a cell membrane, a coastline, and a transport network each display patterns, constraints, and capacities. These examples concern configurations in which some regularity has already emerged; they do not imply that every material regime is already a stable form. Stable organisation is a further achievement to be explained, not a condition attributed in advance to all materiality. It can emerge through interactions within the field and persist through ongoing functional coupling. This is the meaning of '''local order'''. An order is local when it belongs to a determinate configuration, scale, and history. “Local” does not mean merely spatially small. A planetary climate or a global market can be local in the ontological sense: neither exhausts the field, neither establishes the rule of every other configuration, and neither is guaranteed to persist unchanged. Local order also differs from arbitrary order. A bridge cannot sustain any imaginable load; a cell cannot maintain itself under every temperature; a language cannot change without any constraint and remain mutually intelligible. Material conditions restrict what can occur. At the level claimed here, general laws and local constraints delimit material outcomes without, by themselves, specifying the complete concrete history through which one outcome is realised. == Time, contingency, and necessity == Some classical cosmologies understand time within an ordered whole whose fundamental structure is stable or recurrent. In such settings, change takes place against a more basic permanence. The present analysis gives variation a stronger role. Material processes endure, succeed one another, and differentiate irreversibly whether or not any system observes or measures them: relations form, persist, fail, and are recomposed. Chronology is a further operation, produced by comparing such processes through selected references, scales, and instruments. The field does not unfold a complete plan that was already present at the beginning. This claim must not be confused with the denial of necessity. Logical relations, physical constraints, and organised dependencies can make some outcomes impossible and others highly robust. The distinction is between '''condition-relative necessity''' and '''metaphysical predetermination'''. Given a particular structure and set of conditions, a consequence may follow necessarily. It does not follow that the structure itself had to exist, that it will last indefinitely, or that every future configuration is already contained in a timeless order. Contingency likewise does not mean that anything can happen. General constraints, considered apart from the full configuration and its unfolding interactions, do not encode the complete concrete history of the field. Historical pathways depend on actual sequences of interaction and threshold crossing. Whether a complete physical state has one or several physically possible successors is a further scientific and metaphysical question; it is not settled by rejecting teleology. New couplings may produce capacities that cannot be read off from isolated components, and established orders may encounter variations they cannot absorb. When the operations or compatibilities materially possible within a system exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate, the result is operative excess. This is not a synonym for variation, instability, or incompleteness: the excess must be a positive surplus relative to an identifiable form. It can press the system towards reorganisation and new capacities, but neither threshold crossing nor a successful new form follows by necessity. == Ground, first causes, and immanence == A demand for ultimate ground asks explanation to stop at something that does not itself require explanation: a first cause, necessary being, self-sufficient substance, or absolute principle. These proposals are not identical, and their arguments must be assessed separately. Their shared function is to secure order by reference to what is not exposed to the instability attributed to ordinary configurations. The framework refuses this exempt position. '''Immanence''' means that no explanatory or normative instance stands outside the material field as its origin, guarantee, or judge. Every actual order is produced within relations and remains vulnerable to their alteration. This refusal does not abolish causes or constraints. It distinguishes a cause operating in the field from a ground imagined as securing the field as a whole. A useful test is to ask: ''Does the explanation identify material conditions and operative relations, or does it introduce a final term whose role is to make further questioning unnecessary?'' The first can be rigorous without being absolute. The second may offer closure, but closure is not the same as explanation. == Diagnostic comparison == {| class="wikitable" ! Question ! Classical tendency isolated here ! Displacement proposed here |- | What is primary? | Relatively self-sufficient substances | Configurations constituted through relations |- | What explains order? | Form, essence, or a governing principle | Functional coupling under material constraints |- | What is change? | Modification of an underlying identity or order | Real variation that can reorganise identities and capacities |- | What is necessity? | Expression of an ultimately ordered whole | Consequence relative to determinate conditions |- | Where does explanation end? | In a first or self-grounding principle | In revisable accounts of immanent conditions, without final ground |} The table is a map, not a verdict on every classical philosopher. A passage should be read in its own terms before the diagnostic is applied. == Worked example: a whirlpool == Consider a whirlpool in a river. A substance-centred reading may encourage the question: ''What kind of thing is the whirlpool, and which properties belong to it?'' A relational reading begins elsewhere. # Water flow, channel shape, obstacles, and energy gradients form the relevant field. # Their coupling produces a relatively stable rotational pattern. # The whirlpool is real: it has observable effects and can persist. # Its identity is nevertheless inseparable from the relations that maintain it. # If the flow or channel changes beyond a threshold, the whirlpool disappears or becomes another configuration. The example does not imply that every entity is literally a whirlpool. It isolates a common ontological mechanism: dynamic stabilisation. A mountain, an organism, an institution, or a concept persists through different processes and at different scales, but in every case persistence is produced by relations that maintain a configuration within a range compatible with its continuation. When those relations cross relevant thresholds, the configuration changes or ceases to persist. The processes differ; the basic logic of conditioned persistence remains the same. In the symbolic case, a concept persists through materially realised relations among symbols within systems and, where it is socially sustained, through public signs and practices of use and transmission; its persistence is not the mere duration of any isolated support. == Check your understanding == * Why does saying that order is ''local'' not make it subjective? * Can a configuration be stable without possessing an eternal essence? * What is the difference between a constraint and a predetermined outcome? * At what point does an explanation of conditions turn into an appeal to ultimate ground? * Which features of a concrete object would a substance-first description obscure? == Transition == The classical demand for stable identity and sufficient ground does not disappear when philosophy turns towards the knowing subject. It is reorganised. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.2 Limits of Modern Rationalism|Section 5.2]] examines how modern rationalism relocates the promise of order in reason, representation, system, and control. The issue is no longer only what the world is, but from what position it can supposedly be rendered transparent. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} d8nps83p67rpldo0ze7hqlpnxn35uyu 4671066 4671050 2026-09-18T21:27:08Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671066 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.1 — Displacement of Classical Ontologies == The purpose of this chapter is not to declare classical ontology obsolete. It is to identify a recurrent architecture of thought and to show what must change when reality is approached as an unstable material field. “Classical ontology” is therefore used here as a diagnostic label for a selected Greek and medieval European lineage, not as the name of a single doctrine. Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, late antique thinkers, and medieval philosophers disagree on fundamental matters. The discussion isolates tendencies that proved especially durable: the priority of substance over relation, form over variation, permanent order over contingency, and a final ground over open-ended explanation. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why ''displacement'' is different from refutation; * distinguish a substance-centred description from a relational description; * understand why local order is neither eternal order nor arbitrary disorder; * separate material constraint from metaphysical necessity; * identify where a demand for ultimate ground enters an argument. The central question is simple: '''What changes if relations, variations, and conditions of persistence are treated as constitutive of material configurations rather than as secondary features of already constituted things?''' == Displacement rather than refutation == A refutation tries to prove that a proposition is false. A displacement changes the problem, the starting point, or the scale of analysis. Displacement does not exempt inherited propositions from rational assessment: whenever a classical claim enters the argument, its coherence, grounds, and scope must still be examined. The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) does not need to deny that relatively stable things exist, that forms can be distinguished, or that causal explanations are possible. It asks instead how such stability, form, and causal organisation arise and persist within a field that is not itself guaranteed to remain the same. This move preserves much of what classical ontology made thinkable. Aristotle’s analyses of change, causation, and organised living beings remain analytically valuable here because they distinguish problems that a material account must still answer (Aristotle 1984a; Aristotle 1984b). Platonic questions about intelligibility and participation continue to expose genuine philosophical difficulties (Plato 1997). Medieval arguments concerning dependence and contingency sharpen the problem of explanation. What changes is the status of the answers. Stability is treated as an achievement of relations; form as an organised pattern; and explanation as a situated account that need not terminate in a principle outside the field. The displacement therefore operates at three levels: # '''descriptive''': from “What is this thing?” to “How is this configuration composed and maintained?”; # '''explanatory''': from a self-sufficient bearer of properties to networks of dependence and constraint; # '''ontological''': from a world whose order is secured in advance to local orders that remain exposed to variation. == Substance, relation, and persistence == In a substance-centred description, relations commonly appear as something that happens ''between'' entities which are already what they are. A stone can be beside a wall, a citizen can belong to a city, and a plant can receive sunlight; the relata are assumed to precede these relations in ontological importance. The framework displaces this strict priority without claiming that a particular relation must temporally precede every relatum. A configuration is not first complete and only then related. Its identity and capacities depend on the material interactions through which it is composed and sustained. Here relational priority is explanatory: it concerns how individuation occurs. It does not posit disembodied relations or give relations an existence independent of material processes and configurations. This does not mean that everything dissolves into an undifferentiated web. Material interactions can compose relatively stable configurations with boundaries, histories, and powers of resistance. Once constituted, a configuration’s organisation and capacities constrain the further relations and functional couplings into which it can enter. A tree is not interchangeable with its soil, climate, fungi, or pollinators. Yet what the tree can be is inseparable from these couplings and from the organised relations among its own cells and tissues. Its relative unity is real, but it is produced and maintained rather than metaphysically self-sufficient. Constitution is therefore recursive without making either relation or configuration an autonomous ground. “Substance” can still be useful if it names durable organisation. It becomes misleading when durability is converted into independence, or when the persistence of a configuration is taken as evidence of an unchanging essence. The relevant question is not whether the tree is a thing or a relation. It is which relations compose its relative unity, which constraints stabilise it, and which changes would cross a threshold beyond which that unity no longer holds. == Form, matter, and local order == Classical hylomorphic accounts analyse concrete beings through form and matter. Such accounts are more subtle than the slogan “form dominates matter” suggests: for Aristotle, form and matter are explanatory principles that work together. Even so, later uses of this distinction have often encouraged a hierarchy in which intelligible form supplies order while matter receives it. This framework does not replace this hierarchy with the opposite claim that matter is formless. Matter is always materially differentiated and involved in determinate interactions, but it is not therefore always stabilised as a bounded form. A crystal lattice, a cell membrane, a coastline, and a transport network each display patterns, constraints, and capacities. These examples concern configurations in which some regularity has already emerged; they do not imply that every material regime is already a stable form. Stable organisation is a further achievement to be explained, not a condition attributed in advance to all materiality. It can emerge through interactions within the field and persist through ongoing functional coupling. This is the meaning of '''local order'''. An order is local when it belongs to a determinate configuration, scale, and history. “Local” does not mean merely spatially small. A planetary climate or a global market can be local in the ontological sense: neither exhausts the field, neither establishes the rule of every other configuration, and neither is guaranteed to persist unchanged. Local order also differs from arbitrary order. A bridge cannot sustain any imaginable load; a cell cannot maintain itself under every temperature; a language cannot change without any constraint and remain mutually intelligible. Material conditions restrict what can occur. At the level claimed here, general laws and local constraints delimit material outcomes without, by themselves, specifying the complete concrete history through which one outcome is realised. == Time, contingency, and necessity == Some classical cosmologies understand time within an ordered whole whose fundamental structure is stable or recurrent. In such settings, change takes place against a more basic permanence. The present analysis gives variation a stronger role. Material processes endure, succeed one another, and differentiate irreversibly whether or not any system observes or measures them: relations form, persist, fail, and are recomposed. Chronology is a further operation, produced by comparing such processes through selected references, scales, and instruments. The field does not unfold a complete plan that was already present at the beginning. This claim must not be confused with the denial of necessity. Logical relations, physical constraints, and organised dependencies can make some outcomes impossible and others highly robust. The distinction is between '''condition-relative necessity''' and '''metaphysical predetermination'''. Given a particular structure and set of conditions, a consequence may follow necessarily. It does not follow that the structure itself had to exist, that it will last indefinitely, or that every future configuration is already contained in a timeless order. Contingency likewise does not mean that anything can happen. General constraints, considered apart from the full configuration and its unfolding interactions, do not encode the complete concrete history of the field. Historical pathways depend on actual sequences of interaction and threshold crossing. Whether a complete physical state has one or several physically possible successors is a further scientific and metaphysical question; it is not settled by rejecting teleology. New couplings may produce capacities that cannot be read off from isolated components, and established orders may encounter variations they cannot absorb. When the compatibilities available to a system exceed its present symbolic or structural form, the result is operative excess. This is not a synonym for variation, instability, or incompleteness: the excess must be a positive surplus relative to an identifiable form. It renders the current form insufficient and forces reorganisation; it does not predetermine the new configuration or make reorganisation equivalent to improvement. == Ground, first causes, and immanence == A demand for ultimate ground asks explanation to stop at something that does not itself require explanation: a first cause, necessary being, self-sufficient substance, or absolute principle. These proposals are not identical, and their arguments must be assessed separately. Their shared function is to secure order by reference to what is not exposed to the instability attributed to ordinary configurations. The framework refuses this exempt position. '''Immanence''' means that no explanatory or normative instance stands outside the material field as its origin, guarantee, or judge. Every actual order is produced within relations and remains vulnerable to their alteration. This refusal does not abolish causes or constraints. It distinguishes a cause operating in the field from a ground imagined as securing the field as a whole. A useful test is to ask: ''Does the explanation identify material conditions and operative relations, or does it introduce a final term whose role is to make further questioning unnecessary?'' The first can be rigorous without being absolute. The second may offer closure, but closure is not the same as explanation. == Diagnostic comparison == {| class="wikitable" ! Question ! Classical tendency isolated here ! Displacement proposed here |- | What is primary? | Relatively self-sufficient substances | Configurations constituted through relations |- | What explains order? | Form, essence, or a governing principle | Functional coupling under material constraints |- | What is change? | Modification of an underlying identity or order | Real variation that can reorganise identities and capacities |- | What is necessity? | Expression of an ultimately ordered whole | Consequence relative to determinate conditions |- | Where does explanation end? | In a first or self-grounding principle | In revisable accounts of immanent conditions, without final ground |} The table is a map, not a verdict on every classical philosopher. A passage should be read in its own terms before the diagnostic is applied. == Worked example: a whirlpool == Consider a whirlpool in a river. A substance-centred reading may encourage the question: ''What kind of thing is the whirlpool, and which properties belong to it?'' A relational reading begins elsewhere. # Water flow, channel shape, obstacles, and energy gradients form the relevant field. # Their coupling produces a relatively stable rotational pattern. # The whirlpool is real: it has observable effects and can persist. # Its identity is nevertheless inseparable from the relations that maintain it. # If the flow or channel changes beyond a threshold, the whirlpool disappears or becomes another configuration. The example does not imply that every entity is literally a whirlpool. It isolates a common ontological mechanism: dynamic stabilisation. A mountain, an organism, an institution, or a concept persists through different processes and at different scales, but in every case persistence is produced by relations that maintain a configuration within a range compatible with its continuation. When those relations cross relevant thresholds, the configuration changes or ceases to persist. The processes differ; the basic logic of conditioned persistence remains the same. In the symbolic case, a concept persists through materially realised relations among symbols within systems and, where it is socially sustained, through public signs and practices of use and transmission; its persistence is not the mere duration of any isolated support. == Check your understanding == * Why does saying that order is ''local'' not make it subjective? * Can a configuration be stable without possessing an eternal essence? * What is the difference between a constraint and a predetermined outcome? * At what point does an explanation of conditions turn into an appeal to ultimate ground? * Which features of a concrete object would a substance-first description obscure? == Transition == The classical demand for stable identity and sufficient ground does not disappear when philosophy turns towards the knowing subject. It is reorganised. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.2 Limits of Modern Rationalism|Section 5.2]] examines how modern rationalism relocates the promise of order in reason, representation, system, and control. The issue is no longer only what the world is, but from what position it can supposedly be rendered transparent. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} sbg2vqlczqxajmeyfjf4o3cacvalj38 0 480139 4670947 4670766 2026-09-18T16:05:49Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title, source attributed claims, and qualify control and reversibility 4670947 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.2 — Limits of Modern Rationalism == Modern rationalism changes the centre of philosophy. Instead of beginning only with the order of being, it asks under what conditions a subject can know, justify, and organise experience. This shift produces decisive gains: explicit standards of argument, criticism of inherited authority, mathematical description, and methods that can be publicly tested. The task of this chapter is not to reject those gains. It is to locate the point at which reason is treated as a privileged standpoint capable, in principle, of rendering the real fully transparent. “Modern rationalism” is used here in a broad and limited sense. Descartes, Kant, Hegel, and the scientific traditions influenced by them do not form one doctrine. The term identifies a recurrent aspiration: that a sufficiently ordered activity of thought can secure its own basis, determine the conditions of intelligibility, and integrate what initially appears contingent. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish rational inquiry from the ideal of complete rational transparency; * explain why representation has material conditions; * identify how a system can illuminate relations while also concealing what exceeds it; * separate prediction from mastery; * use a model without confusing it with the concrete process modelled. The guiding question is: '''How can reason remain rigorous once it recognises that it is a situated material activity rather than an external view of the field?''' == What “limit” means == A limit is not merely an external obstacle. It can be constitutive: the very conditions that make an operation possible also restrict what it can do. A map makes a territory navigable by selecting features, scales, and relations. Those selections enable knowledge, but they also exclude detail. Making the map more accurate does not abolish selection; it produces a more adequate selection for a stated purpose. The same applies to rational inquiry. Concepts, diagrams, measurements, classifications, and models extend what can be known. They do so through material inscriptions and symbolic operations. Because no inscription captures every relation of the concrete process from which it is produced, rational articulation encounters '''operative excess''': relevant differences remain outside its current ordering, sometimes becoming visible only when the ordering fails. The limit of rationalism is therefore not that reason is useless or deceptive. It is that reason cannot become an unconditioned position from which the field is exhaustively represented. == The rational subject and the ideal of transparency == Descartes makes the thinking activity of the subject central to the search for certainty (Descartes 1996). Kant later relocates philosophical inquiry in the conditions that make experience and judgement possible (Kant [1781] 1998). Hegel seeks to think how apparent oppositions can be mediated within a developing whole (Hegel [1807] 1977). These projects differ profoundly, yet each gives reason a privileged task in establishing or recovering intelligible order. This analysis retains the need for reflexive criticism but removes the subject from an exempt position. Thinking requires a living body, material supports, learned distinctions, social practices, inherited vocabularies, and technical arrangements. None of these simply determines a thought; together they make thought possible and expose it to conditions it does not command. Self-knowledge is subject to the same restriction. A thinker can examine reasons, revise concepts, and recognise error, but cannot make every condition of thinking present at once. Memory, language, embodiment, institutions, and unregistered material effects participate in thought without becoming fully transparent to it. Reflexivity is real and valuable; total self-presence is not its necessary standard. This yields a practical distinction: * '''critical reflexivity''' asks how a claim was produced, what supports it, and what could correct it; * '''the fantasy of transparency''' assumes that sufficient reflection could eliminate every remainder and secure a view without blind spots. The first is indispensable. The second hides the material conditions of reason behind an image of sovereign thought. == Representation and the materiality of symbols == Modern epistemology often presents representation as a relation between an inner or conceptual order and an external object. The central problem then becomes correspondence: how can a representation accurately match what it represents? The framework reframes the problem. Representations are themselves material operations. A written sentence, laboratory graph, database, equation, map, or computational model requires a support, a procedure of inscription, and organised capacities of recognition. Its validity depends not only on resemblance but on how it was produced, which differences it preserves, which it suppresses, and how it can be tested against further inscriptions. This does not collapse truth into construction. The real constrains representation. A bridge calculated with an inadequate load model can fail; a medical test can generate false results; a satellite record can contradict a climate projection. Such resistance is precisely why revision is possible. Yet correction never converts the representation into the concrete process itself. A more adequate model remains a model: a symbolic configuration designed to preserve selected relations. The relevant contrast is therefore not between access and inaccessibility, but between '''accountable mediation''' and '''forgotten mediation'''. Reason becomes more rigorous when it makes its instruments and selections inspectable. == System, totality, and closure == Systematic thought has genuine advantages. It reveals dependencies that isolated propositions conceal, exposes contradictions, and makes consequences traceable. The problem begins when coherence within a system is treated as evidence that the system has integrated everything relevant. No symbolic system can demonstrate from within itself that no unregistered relation will matter. New observations, techniques, conflicts, or material transformations can reveal that its categories excluded decisive differences. Closure is therefore an achievement relative to a question and a domain, not the final enclosure of the real. For this framework, '''totality''' can be used as a provisional analytical horizon, but not as a completed object possessed by thought. The field has no view from nowhere. Every account is situated within the relations it describes and can itself alter them. Economic forecasts influence investment; legal classifications redistribute rights; medical categories change how bodies are treated. Description is not outside operation. This point also guards against easy relativism. Systems can be compared. Some preserve more relevant distinctions, withstand more tests, disclose their assumptions more clearly, and permit more effective correction. Fallibility does not make all accounts equivalent. == Prediction, intervention, and control == Modern technoscience often links understanding with prediction and intervention. These capacities can reduce suffering, improve coordination, and disclose regularities inaccessible to unaided perception. The danger lies in turning successful prediction within bounded conditions into a general image of mastery. A prediction depends on a model, input data, boundary conditions, and an interval over which relevant couplings remain sufficiently stable. Failure can arise from poor data or calculation, but also from a change in the configuration itself. Complex systems may react to the prediction: people alter behaviour in response to a forecast; institutions adapt to an indicator; an intervention modifies the environment in which its earlier evidence was gathered. Control is consequently bounded, condition-dependent, and answerable to revision. It can be reliable without being absolute, and its effects are not always reversible. The responsible question is not “Can this system be controlled?” in the abstract, but “Which variables can be influenced, over what range, for how long, with which side effects, and who bears the consequences of error?” == Worked example: a flood-risk model == Imagine a model that estimates the probability of flooding in a coastal city. # Rainfall records, terrain measurements, drainage capacity, tidal patterns, and land use are selected and inscribed as data. # Equations or simulations organise those inscriptions into a symbolic model. # The model can reveal couplings that unaided observation would miss and support evacuation or infrastructure planning. # It cannot include every future obstruction, building decision, behavioural response, or weather interaction. # Once authorities act on it, the model becomes part of the field: insurance prices, construction, and public behaviour may change. The correct conclusion is not that the model is merely subjective. Its predictions can be tested and improved. Nor is it that uncertainty prevents action. The conclusion is that validity, uncertainty, and consequences must be stated together. A model is rationally stronger when it identifies its domain, assumptions, confidence, and possible modes of failure. == Achievement and limit == {| class="wikitable" ! Rational achievement ! Constitutive limit ! Operative response |- | Reflexive justification | Not every condition of thought becomes transparent | Make standpoint, supports, and exclusions explicit |- | Representation | No inscription reproduces the concrete in full | Test, compare, and revise mediations |- | Systematic coherence | Coherence does not guarantee completeness | Keep boundaries and counter-evidence visible |- | Prediction | Couplings and boundary conditions can change | State range, uncertainty, and failure modes |- | Intervention | Effects redistribute exposure and may alter the system | Monitor consequences and preserve capacity for correction |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a materially mediated representation not thereby false? * What distinguishes the claim “this model is reliable here” from “this model masters the process”? * Can a coherent system omit something that later becomes decisive? * How does a prediction become one of the causes operating in the situation it predicts? * Which forms of institutional power can hide behind the language of neutral rationality? == Transition == The critique of a sovereign subject, transparent representation, and closed system is developed with particular force by twentieth-century structuralist and post-structuralist thought. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.3 Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism|Section 5.3]] asks what this critique makes possible and where it can still leave material processes, non-human configurations, and the act of decision insufficiently specified. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 728obpsm2ffx5kjfcffx2wr3ddwka57 4671025 4670947 2026-09-18T19:21:48Z DavidCota64 3507033 Reserve operative excess for its technical symbolic domain 4671025 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.2 — Limits of Modern Rationalism == Modern rationalism changes the centre of philosophy. Instead of beginning only with the order of being, it asks under what conditions a subject can know, justify, and organise experience. This shift produces decisive gains: explicit standards of argument, criticism of inherited authority, mathematical description, and methods that can be publicly tested. The task of this chapter is not to reject those gains. It is to locate the point at which reason is treated as a privileged standpoint capable, in principle, of rendering the real fully transparent. “Modern rationalism” is used here in a broad and limited sense. Descartes, Kant, Hegel, and the scientific traditions influenced by them do not form one doctrine. The term identifies a recurrent aspiration: that a sufficiently ordered activity of thought can secure its own basis, determine the conditions of intelligibility, and integrate what initially appears contingent. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish rational inquiry from the ideal of complete rational transparency; * explain why representation has material conditions; * identify how a system can illuminate relations while also concealing what exceeds it; * separate prediction from mastery; * use a model without confusing it with the concrete process modelled. The guiding question is: '''How can reason remain rigorous once it recognises that it is a situated material activity rather than an external view of the field?''' == What “limit” means == A limit is not merely an external obstacle. It can be constitutive: the very conditions that make an operation possible also restrict what it can do. A map makes a territory navigable by selecting features, scales, and relations. Those selections enable knowledge, but they also exclude detail. Making the map more accurate does not abolish selection; it produces a more adequate selection for a stated purpose. The same applies to rational inquiry. Concepts, diagrams, measurements, classifications, and models extend what can be known. They do so through material inscriptions and symbolic operations. Because no inscription captures every relation of the concrete process from which it is produced, every rational articulation is partial. Partiality becomes operative excess only within a symbolically organised system when possible or demanded operations exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. A model can omit relevant differences without yet meeting that stronger criterion; the distinction prevents ordinary incompleteness from being redescribed as operative excess. The limit of rationalism is therefore not that reason is useless or deceptive. It is that reason cannot become an unconditioned position from which the field is exhaustively represented. == The rational subject and the ideal of transparency == Descartes makes the thinking activity of the subject central to the search for certainty (Descartes 1996). Kant later relocates philosophical inquiry in the conditions that make experience and judgement possible (Kant [1781] 1998). Hegel seeks to think how apparent oppositions can be mediated within a developing whole (Hegel [1807] 1977). These projects differ profoundly, yet each gives reason a privileged task in establishing or recovering intelligible order. This analysis retains the need for reflexive criticism but removes the subject from an exempt position. Thinking requires a living body, material supports, learned distinctions, social practices, inherited vocabularies, and technical arrangements. None of these simply determines a thought; together they make thought possible and expose it to conditions it does not command. Self-knowledge is subject to the same restriction. A thinker can examine reasons, revise concepts, and recognise error, but cannot make every condition of thinking present at once. Memory, language, embodiment, institutions, and unregistered material effects participate in thought without becoming fully transparent to it. Reflexivity is real and valuable; total self-presence is not its necessary standard. This yields a practical distinction: * '''critical reflexivity''' asks how a claim was produced, what supports it, and what could correct it; * '''the fantasy of transparency''' assumes that sufficient reflection could eliminate every remainder and secure a view without blind spots. The first is indispensable. The second hides the material conditions of reason behind an image of sovereign thought. == Representation and the materiality of symbols == Modern epistemology often presents representation as a relation between an inner or conceptual order and an external object. The central problem then becomes correspondence: how can a representation accurately match what it represents? The framework reframes the problem. Representations are themselves material operations. A written sentence, laboratory graph, database, equation, map, or computational model requires a support, a procedure of inscription, and organised capacities of recognition. Its validity depends not only on resemblance but on how it was produced, which differences it preserves, which it suppresses, and how it can be tested against further inscriptions. This does not collapse truth into construction. The real constrains representation. A bridge calculated with an inadequate load model can fail; a medical test can generate false results; a satellite record can contradict a climate projection. Such resistance is precisely why revision is possible. Yet correction never converts the representation into the concrete process itself. A more adequate model remains a model: a symbolic configuration designed to preserve selected relations. The relevant contrast is therefore not between access and inaccessibility, but between '''accountable mediation''' and '''forgotten mediation'''. Reason becomes more rigorous when it makes its instruments and selections inspectable. == System, totality, and closure == Systematic thought has genuine advantages. It reveals dependencies that isolated propositions conceal, exposes contradictions, and makes consequences traceable. The problem begins when coherence within a system is treated as evidence that the system has integrated everything relevant. No symbolic system can demonstrate from within itself that no unregistered relation will matter. New observations, techniques, conflicts, or material transformations can reveal that its categories excluded decisive differences. Closure is therefore an achievement relative to a question and a domain, not the final enclosure of the real. For this framework, '''totality''' can be used as a provisional analytical horizon, but not as a completed object possessed by thought. The field has no view from nowhere. Every account is situated within the relations it describes and can itself alter them. Economic forecasts influence investment; legal classifications redistribute rights; medical categories change how bodies are treated. Description is not outside operation. This point also guards against easy relativism. Systems can be compared. Some preserve more relevant distinctions, withstand more tests, disclose their assumptions more clearly, and permit more effective correction. Fallibility does not make all accounts equivalent. == Prediction, intervention, and control == Modern technoscience often links understanding with prediction and intervention. These capacities can reduce suffering, improve coordination, and disclose regularities inaccessible to unaided perception. The danger lies in turning successful prediction within bounded conditions into a general image of mastery. A prediction depends on a model, input data, boundary conditions, and an interval over which relevant couplings remain sufficiently stable. Failure can arise from poor data or calculation, but also from a change in the configuration itself. Complex systems may react to the prediction: people alter behaviour in response to a forecast; institutions adapt to an indicator; an intervention modifies the environment in which its earlier evidence was gathered. Control is consequently bounded, condition-dependent, and answerable to revision. It can be reliable without being absolute, and its effects are not always reversible. The responsible question is not “Can this system be controlled?” in the abstract, but “Which variables can be influenced, over what range, for how long, with which side effects, and who bears the consequences of error?” == Worked example: a flood-risk model == Imagine a model that estimates the probability of flooding in a coastal city. # Rainfall records, terrain measurements, drainage capacity, tidal patterns, and land use are selected and inscribed as data. # Equations or simulations organise those inscriptions into a symbolic model. # The model can reveal couplings that unaided observation would miss and support evacuation or infrastructure planning. # It cannot include every future obstruction, building decision, behavioural response, or weather interaction. # Once authorities act on it, the model becomes part of the field: insurance prices, construction, and public behaviour may change. The correct conclusion is not that the model is merely subjective. Its predictions can be tested and improved. Nor is it that uncertainty prevents action. The conclusion is that validity, uncertainty, and consequences must be stated together. A model is rationally stronger when it identifies its domain, assumptions, confidence, and possible modes of failure. == Achievement and limit == {| class="wikitable" ! Rational achievement ! Constitutive limit ! Operative response |- | Reflexive justification | Not every condition of thought becomes transparent | Make standpoint, supports, and exclusions explicit |- | Representation | No inscription reproduces the concrete in full | Test, compare, and revise mediations |- | Systematic coherence | Coherence does not guarantee completeness | Keep boundaries and counter-evidence visible |- | Prediction | Couplings and boundary conditions can change | State range, uncertainty, and failure modes |- | Intervention | Effects redistribute exposure and may alter the system | Monitor consequences and preserve capacity for correction |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a materially mediated representation not thereby false? * What distinguishes the claim “this model is reliable here” from “this model masters the process”? * Can a coherent system omit something that later becomes decisive? * How does a prediction become one of the causes operating in the situation it predicts? * Which forms of institutional power can hide behind the language of neutral rationality? == Transition == The critique of a sovereign subject, transparent representation, and closed system is developed with particular force by twentieth-century structuralist and post-structuralist thought. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.3 Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism|Section 5.3]] asks what this critique makes possible and where it can still leave material processes, non-human configurations, and the act of decision insufficiently specified. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 1uv88v5p5wyrjtuumyq3ba23sc72nf1 4671051 4671025 2026-09-18T21:23:01Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671051 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.2 — Limits of Modern Rationalism == Modern rationalism changes the centre of philosophy. Instead of beginning only with the order of being, it asks under what conditions a subject can know, justify, and organise experience. This shift produces decisive gains: explicit standards of argument, criticism of inherited authority, mathematical description, and methods that can be publicly tested. The task of this chapter is not to reject those gains. It is to locate the point at which reason is treated as a privileged standpoint capable, in principle, of rendering the real fully transparent. “Modern rationalism” is used here in a broad and limited sense. Descartes, Kant, Hegel, and the scientific traditions influenced by them do not form one doctrine. The term identifies a recurrent aspiration: that a sufficiently ordered activity of thought can secure its own basis, determine the conditions of intelligibility, and integrate what initially appears contingent. == Learning orientation == After reading this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish rational inquiry from the ideal of complete rational transparency; * explain why representation has material conditions; * identify how a system can illuminate relations while also concealing what exceeds it; * separate prediction from mastery; * use a model without confusing it with the concrete process modelled. The guiding question is: '''How can reason remain rigorous once it recognises that it is a situated material activity rather than an external view of the field?''' == What “limit” means == A limit is not merely an external obstacle. It can be constitutive: the very conditions that make an operation possible also restrict what it can do. A map makes a territory navigable by selecting features, scales, and relations. Those selections enable knowledge, but they also exclude detail. Making the map more accurate does not abolish selection; it produces a more adequate selection for a stated purpose. The same applies to rational inquiry. Concepts, diagrams, measurements, classifications, and models extend what can be known. They do so through material inscriptions and symbolic operations. Because no inscription captures every relation of the concrete process from which it is produced, every rational articulation is partial. Partiality becomes operative excess only when operations or compatibilities materially possible within a system exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. In rational inquiry, that form is symbolic: possible or demanded operations outstrip the current model, vocabulary, or procedure. A model can omit relevant differences without yet meeting that stronger criterion; the distinction prevents ordinary incompleteness from being redescribed as operative excess. The limit of rationalism is therefore not that reason is useless or deceptive. It is that reason cannot become an unconditioned position from which the field is exhaustively represented. == The rational subject and the ideal of transparency == Descartes makes the thinking activity of the subject central to the search for certainty (Descartes 1996). Kant later relocates philosophical inquiry in the conditions that make experience and judgement possible (Kant [1781] 1998). Hegel seeks to think how apparent oppositions can be mediated within a developing whole (Hegel [1807] 1977). These projects differ profoundly, yet each gives reason a privileged task in establishing or recovering intelligible order. This analysis retains the need for reflexive criticism but removes the subject from an exempt position. Thinking requires a living body, material supports, learned distinctions, social practices, inherited vocabularies, and technical arrangements. None of these simply determines a thought; together they make thought possible and expose it to conditions it does not command. Self-knowledge is subject to the same restriction. A thinker can examine reasons, revise concepts, and recognise error, but cannot make every condition of thinking present at once. Memory, language, embodiment, institutions, and unregistered material effects participate in thought without becoming fully transparent to it. Reflexivity is real and valuable; total self-presence is not its necessary standard. This yields a practical distinction: * '''critical reflexivity''' asks how a claim was produced, what supports it, and what could correct it; * '''the fantasy of transparency''' assumes that sufficient reflection could eliminate every remainder and secure a view without blind spots. The first is indispensable. The second hides the material conditions of reason behind an image of sovereign thought. == Representation and the materiality of symbols == Modern epistemology often presents representation as a relation between an inner or conceptual order and an external object. The central problem then becomes correspondence: how can a representation accurately match what it represents? The framework reframes the problem. Representations are themselves material operations. A written sentence, laboratory graph, database, equation, map, or computational model requires a support, a procedure of inscription, and organised capacities of recognition. Its validity depends not only on resemblance but on how it was produced, which differences it preserves, which it suppresses, and how it can be tested against further inscriptions. This does not collapse truth into construction. The real constrains representation. A bridge calculated with an inadequate load model can fail; a medical test can generate false results; a satellite record can contradict a climate projection. Such resistance is precisely why revision is possible. Yet correction never converts the representation into the concrete process itself. A more adequate model remains a model: a symbolic configuration designed to preserve selected relations. The relevant contrast is therefore not between access and inaccessibility, but between '''accountable mediation''' and '''forgotten mediation'''. Reason becomes more rigorous when it makes its instruments and selections inspectable. == System, totality, and closure == Systematic thought has genuine advantages. It reveals dependencies that isolated propositions conceal, exposes contradictions, and makes consequences traceable. The problem begins when coherence within a system is treated as evidence that the system has integrated everything relevant. No symbolic system can demonstrate from within itself that no unregistered relation will matter. New observations, techniques, conflicts, or material transformations can reveal that its categories excluded decisive differences. Closure is therefore an achievement relative to a question and a domain, not the final enclosure of the real. For this framework, '''totality''' can be used as a provisional analytical horizon, but not as a completed object possessed by thought. The field has no view from nowhere. Every account is situated within the relations it describes and can itself alter them. Economic forecasts influence investment; legal classifications redistribute rights; medical categories change how bodies are treated. Description is not outside operation. This point also guards against easy relativism. Systems can be compared. Some preserve more relevant distinctions, withstand more tests, disclose their assumptions more clearly, and permit more effective correction. Fallibility does not make all accounts equivalent. == Prediction, intervention, and control == Modern technoscience often links understanding with prediction and intervention. These capacities can reduce suffering, improve coordination, and disclose regularities inaccessible to unaided perception. The danger lies in turning successful prediction within bounded conditions into a general image of mastery. A prediction depends on a model, input data, boundary conditions, and an interval over which relevant couplings remain sufficiently stable. Failure can arise from poor data or calculation, but also from a change in the configuration itself. Complex systems may react to the prediction: people alter behaviour in response to a forecast; institutions adapt to an indicator; an intervention modifies the environment in which its earlier evidence was gathered. Control is consequently bounded, condition-dependent, and answerable to revision. It can be reliable without being absolute, and its effects are not always reversible. The responsible question is not “Can this system be controlled?” in the abstract, but “Which variables can be influenced, over what range, for how long, with which side effects, and who bears the consequences of error?” == Worked example: a flood-risk model == Imagine a model that estimates the probability of flooding in a coastal city. # Rainfall records, terrain measurements, drainage capacity, tidal patterns, and land use are selected and inscribed as data. # Equations or simulations organise those inscriptions into a symbolic model. # The model can reveal couplings that unaided observation would miss and support evacuation or infrastructure planning. # It cannot include every future obstruction, building decision, behavioural response, or weather interaction. # Once authorities act on it, the model becomes part of the field: insurance prices, construction, and public behaviour may change. The correct conclusion is not that the model is merely subjective. Its predictions can be tested and improved. Nor is it that uncertainty prevents action. The conclusion is that validity, uncertainty, and consequences must be stated together. A model is rationally stronger when it identifies its domain, assumptions, confidence, and possible modes of failure. == Achievement and limit == {| class="wikitable" ! Rational achievement ! Constitutive limit ! Operative response |- | Reflexive justification | Not every condition of thought becomes transparent | Make standpoint, supports, and exclusions explicit |- | Representation | No inscription reproduces the concrete in full | Test, compare, and revise mediations |- | Systematic coherence | Coherence does not guarantee completeness | Keep boundaries and counter-evidence visible |- | Prediction | Couplings and boundary conditions can change | State range, uncertainty, and failure modes |- | Intervention | Effects redistribute exposure and may alter the system | Monitor consequences and preserve capacity for correction |} == Check your understanding == * Why is a materially mediated representation not thereby false? * What distinguishes the claim “this model is reliable here” from “this model masters the process”? * Can a coherent system omit something that later becomes decisive? * How does a prediction become one of the causes operating in the situation it predicts? * Which forms of institutional power can hide behind the language of neutral rationality? == Transition == The critique of a sovereign subject, transparent representation, and closed system is developed with particular force by twentieth-century structuralist and post-structuralist thought. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/5.3 Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism|Section 5.3]] asks what this critique makes possible and where it can still leave material processes, non-human configurations, and the act of decision insufficiently specified. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 8et5e0kob9fknvlrbjf9uuv0euxxndy 0 480140 4670948 4670765 2026-09-18T16:06:00Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title and align symbolic agency with the canonical sequence 4670948 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.3 — Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism == Post-structuralist thought is one of the closest interlocutors of this book. It contests stable essences, decentres the sovereign subject, analyses the productive force of discourse and institutions, and treats difference as more basic than fixed identity. Those moves prepare much of the conceptual terrain on which the Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) works. Closeness, however, is not identity. This chapter examines recurrent tensions within a diverse field that includes authors as different as Foucault, Derrida, Deleuze, Butler, and later materialist interlocutors. The word “ambiguity” is used deliberately: the same conceptual move can open a decisive possibility and leave a question unresolved. The aim is neither to dismiss these thinkers nor to assign one thesis to all of them. It is to identify where the framework inherits their critical work and where it makes a further displacement. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why decentring the subject does not automatically move beyond subject-centred philosophy; * distinguish the materiality of discourse from the claim that everything is discursive; * relate power to material distributions of exposure; * separate undecidability from indefinite deferral; * distinguish operative effect from symbolic agency. The guiding question is: '''After identity, origin, and sovereign subjectivity have been criticised, how can material processes and accountable decisions be described without restoring a hidden centre?''' == What post-structuralism makes possible == The term ''post-structuralism'' is retrospective and imperfect. It groups projects that do not share a programme. Nevertheless, several critical achievements recur across this field: * identities are produced through differences and practices rather than simply discovered; * subjects are historically and institutionally formed rather than self-originating; * language and representation do not transparently copy a prior reality; * power operates through norms, classifications, bodies, and everyday arrangements; * systems contain tensions and exclusions that prevent final closure. The framework accepts these achievements as starting points. Its questions arise inside the space they opened. The issue is whether critique of foundations can be joined to a positive account of the material field, of emergent capacities, and of the conditions under which symbolic response becomes possible. == Decentring the subject and the persistence of correlation == To decentre the subject is to deny that a self-transparent human consciousness is the origin of meaning and order. Foucault’s analyses of subject formation (Foucault 1972), Derrida’s critique of presence (Derrida [1967] 1997), and Butler’s account of performativity (Butler 1990) each displace the autonomous individual in a different way. Yet a philosophy can reject the sovereign subject while continuing to organise its questions around the relation between thought, language, and world. If the real is approached mainly through the conditions under which it is given, interpreted, or discursively articulated, the subject may remain as an absent centre: no longer master, but still the horizon around which the analysis turns. This framework makes a stronger materialist claim. Material processes do not begin when they enter human experience or discourse. Stars form, rivers alter their courses, cells differentiate, and species become extinct without awaiting symbolic recognition. Human knowledge of those processes is mediated, but the processes are not constituted by that mediation. This distinction avoids two symmetrical mistakes: * '''naive access''': assuming that thought simply receives the real as it is; * '''correlationist enclosure''': treating the relation between thought and real as the only philosophically accessible problem. Situated knowledge can be mediated and answerable to a real that exceeds it. == Language, text, and the risk of discursivism == Post-structuralist analyses demonstrate that descriptions do not merely label a neutral world. A diagnostic category can reorganise medical treatment; a legal definition can alter citizenship; an archive can determine which events become administratively visible. Discourse has material effects because it is embedded in institutions, bodies, technologies, and practices. The risk of '''discursivism''' appears when this insight is generalised into the assumption that whatever matters is constituted through discourse. That conclusion need not be attributed to every post-structuralist author, and it should not be inferred from Derrida’s often simplified discussions of textuality. It is better understood as a recurrent tendency in reception and application: attention to discursive mediation can eclipse processes that are neither linguistic nor dependent on human recognition. The analysis responds by distinguishing the real, the concrete, and theory. A process is real independently of its observation. The concrete is the situated portion encountered and materially registered. Theory is a symbolic articulation constructed from such inscriptions. Theory can reorganise how the real is engaged, but it does not produce the whole process it articulates. Symbols are therefore both material and limited. They require physical supports and organised capacities; they can change institutions and environments; and they still encounter differences they have not integrated. Discursive power is real precisely because discourse operates materially, not because materiality is only discourse. == Power, normativity, and material exposure == Foucault shows that power is productive: it shapes conduct, knowledge, bodies, and possible identities (Foucault 1977a). Butler demonstrates how norms become embodied and how recognition distributes livability (Butler 1990). These analyses prevent politics from being reduced to commands issued by a central sovereign. The chapter asks an additional question: '''How are the effects of these operations materially distributed?''' A norm does not affect every configuration in the same way. Housing rules, borders, medical protocols, and technical standards distribute access, risk, delay, mobility, and injury. Their operation becomes ethically legible through exposure and vulnerability. '''Exposure''' is not only the experience of feeling exposed. It is the condition of being open to effects produced by other configurations. '''Vulnerability''' names the unequal capacities to absorb, avoid, contest, or repair those effects. These operators join an analysis of power to bodies, infrastructures, ecologies, and resources without reducing politics to subjective intention. This extension also prevents normativity from floating above the field. A decision is evaluated through the reorganisations it produces: whose capacities of response are maintained, which destructive asymmetries are reduced or intensified, and whether contestation and repair remain possible. == Difference, undecidability, and decision == Derridean undecidability shows why a responsible decision cannot be the mechanical application of a complete rule (Derrida 1990). If a rule uniquely determined the outcome, there would be calculation but no decision in the strong sense. This framework preserves this insight. A field marked by operative excess cannot be fully integrated before action. The ambiguity begins when openness is confused with endless postponement. Material processes do not pause until interpretation is complete. Institutions allocate resources, bodies undergo harm, and ecological thresholds are crossed. Refusal to decide can itself maintain an existing distribution of exposure. '''Hesitation''' therefore has a precise function. It interrupts automatic response long enough to register excluded relations and possible consequences. It is not an alibi for indefinite deferral. '''Decision''' is the situated material inscription of a new relational pattern under conditions that do not supply a final guarantee. Accountability follows from this structure. A decision may be necessary without being certain, and revisable without being arbitrary. It should state the differences it selects, the exposure it redistributes, and the conditions under which it must be reconsidered. == Bodies, non-human processes, and agency == Deleuze, feminist materialisms, science and technology studies, and more-than-human approaches have widened philosophy’s attention to bodies, affects, technical systems, animals, and ecologies. The framework shares this movement away from human exceptionalism, but uses a restricted vocabulary of agency. Every material configuration can have '''operative effects''': a storm alters a coast, a virus changes behaviour, and a database constrains access. Symbolic agency is more specific. It requires capacities to discriminate occurrences, recognise them under passive marks as symbolic instances, relate symbols to other symbols, and modulate operations through those relations. The restriction is functional, not a declaration of human privilege. A non-human or post-biological configuration would count as symbolically agentive if it met the criteria. This distinction avoids two reductions. It does not treat non-human processes as passive matter awaiting human action. Nor does it call every causal effect “agency”, which would erase the difference between producing an effect and symbolically reorganising a field in response to represented relations. == A diagnostic map == {| class="wikitable" ! Post-structuralist gain ! Recurrent ambiguity ! Displacement proposed here |- | The subject is produced, not sovereign | Analysis can remain centred on conditions of human access | Material processes exceed their relation to thought |- | Discourse produces real effects | Mediation can eclipse non-discursive processes | Symbols are material operations within a wider field |- | Power is distributed and productive | Its material burdens may remain underspecified | Exposure and vulnerability track asymmetric effects |- | Difference prevents final closure | Openness can become indefinite deferral | Hesitation prepares situated and revisable decision |- | Human exceptionalism is criticised | Every effect may be called agency | Operative effect is general; symbolic agency has functional criteria |} == Worked example: a polluted river == Consider a river contaminated by industrial discharge. # The chemical processes and biological damage are real before they are legally or publicly recognised. # Sampling devices produce inscriptions from situated contact with the river. # Scientific classifications, maps, and reports organise those inscriptions symbolically. # Legal thresholds and administrative categories determine which harms become actionable. # Communities, workers, species, and infrastructures are exposed differently to the contamination and to the measures adopted. # A decision about closure, remediation, or compensation reorganises those relations under incomplete knowledge. A purely naive realist account may ignore how categories and institutions shape action. A purely discursive account may obscure the material process that resists every description. The analysis requires both dimensions: symbolic configurations materially intervene in a field they do not exhaust. == Check your understanding == * Can a discourse be materially effective without constituting the whole reality it describes? * What remains subject-centred after the sovereign subject has been criticised? * When does hesitation improve a decision, and when does delay reproduce harm? * Why is a storm operative without necessarily being a symbolic agent? * In the river example, which differences remain outside the initial institutional description? == Transition == The three chapters of Part V have displaced substance, sovereign reason, and critique without decision. Part VI now gathers the operators needed to work positively. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] defines the vocabulary; [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] shows how its application changes across material regimes. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} scay6l7l88mm322cdvl395vnye3t7t4 4670964 4670948 2026-09-18T16:31:13Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify operative excess in the account of decision 4670964 wikitext text/x-wiki == 5.3 — Ambiguities of Post-Structuralism == Post-structuralist thought is one of the closest interlocutors of this book. It contests stable essences, decentres the sovereign subject, analyses the productive force of discourse and institutions, and treats difference as more basic than fixed identity. Those moves prepare much of the conceptual terrain on which the Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) works. Closeness, however, is not identity. This chapter examines recurrent tensions within a diverse field that includes authors as different as Foucault, Derrida, Deleuze, Butler, and later materialist interlocutors. The word “ambiguity” is used deliberately: the same conceptual move can open a decisive possibility and leave a question unresolved. The aim is neither to dismiss these thinkers nor to assign one thesis to all of them. It is to identify where the framework inherits their critical work and where it makes a further displacement. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * explain why decentring the subject does not automatically move beyond subject-centred philosophy; * distinguish the materiality of discourse from the claim that everything is discursive; * relate power to material distributions of exposure; * separate undecidability from indefinite deferral; * distinguish operative effect from symbolic agency. The guiding question is: '''After identity, origin, and sovereign subjectivity have been criticised, how can material processes and accountable decisions be described without restoring a hidden centre?''' == What post-structuralism makes possible == The term ''post-structuralism'' is retrospective and imperfect. It groups projects that do not share a programme. Nevertheless, several critical achievements recur across this field: * identities are produced through differences and practices rather than simply discovered; * subjects are historically and institutionally formed rather than self-originating; * language and representation do not transparently copy a prior reality; * power operates through norms, classifications, bodies, and everyday arrangements; * systems contain tensions and exclusions that prevent final closure. The framework accepts these achievements as starting points. Its questions arise inside the space they opened. The issue is whether critique of foundations can be joined to a positive account of the material field, of emergent capacities, and of the conditions under which symbolic response becomes possible. == Decentring the subject and the persistence of correlation == To decentre the subject is to deny that a self-transparent human consciousness is the origin of meaning and order. Foucault’s analyses of subject formation (Foucault 1972), Derrida’s critique of presence (Derrida [1967] 1997), and Butler’s account of performativity (Butler 1990) each displace the autonomous individual in a different way. Yet a philosophy can reject the sovereign subject while continuing to organise its questions around the relation between thought, language, and world. If the real is approached mainly through the conditions under which it is given, interpreted, or discursively articulated, the subject may remain as an absent centre: no longer master, but still the horizon around which the analysis turns. This framework makes a stronger materialist claim. Material processes do not begin when they enter human experience or discourse. Stars form, rivers alter their courses, cells differentiate, and species become extinct without awaiting symbolic recognition. Human knowledge of those processes is mediated, but the processes are not constituted by that mediation. This distinction avoids two symmetrical mistakes: * '''naive access''': assuming that thought simply receives the real as it is; * '''correlationist enclosure''': treating the relation between thought and real as the only philosophically accessible problem. Situated knowledge can be mediated and answerable to a real that exceeds it. == Language, text, and the risk of discursivism == Post-structuralist analyses demonstrate that descriptions do not merely label a neutral world. A diagnostic category can reorganise medical treatment; a legal definition can alter citizenship; an archive can determine which events become administratively visible. Discourse has material effects because it is embedded in institutions, bodies, technologies, and practices. The risk of '''discursivism''' appears when this insight is generalised into the assumption that whatever matters is constituted through discourse. That conclusion need not be attributed to every post-structuralist author, and it should not be inferred from Derrida’s often simplified discussions of textuality. It is better understood as a recurrent tendency in reception and application: attention to discursive mediation can eclipse processes that are neither linguistic nor dependent on human recognition. The analysis responds by distinguishing the real, the concrete, and theory. A process is real independently of its observation. The concrete is the situated portion encountered and materially registered. Theory is a symbolic articulation constructed from such inscriptions. Theory can reorganise how the real is engaged, but it does not produce the whole process it articulates. Symbols are therefore both material and limited. They require physical supports and organised capacities; they can change institutions and environments; and they still encounter differences they have not integrated. Discursive power is real precisely because discourse operates materially, not because materiality is only discourse. == Power, normativity, and material exposure == Foucault shows that power is productive: it shapes conduct, knowledge, bodies, and possible identities (Foucault 1977a). Butler demonstrates how norms become embodied and how recognition distributes livability (Butler 1990). These analyses prevent politics from being reduced to commands issued by a central sovereign. The chapter asks an additional question: '''How are the effects of these operations materially distributed?''' A norm does not affect every configuration in the same way. Housing rules, borders, medical protocols, and technical standards distribute access, risk, delay, mobility, and injury. Their operation becomes ethically legible through exposure and vulnerability. '''Exposure''' is not only the experience of feeling exposed. It is the condition of being open to effects produced by other configurations. '''Vulnerability''' names the unequal capacities to absorb, avoid, contest, or repair those effects. These operators join an analysis of power to bodies, infrastructures, ecologies, and resources without reducing politics to subjective intention. This extension also prevents normativity from floating above the field. A decision is evaluated through the reorganisations it produces: whose capacities of response are maintained, which destructive asymmetries are reduced or intensified, and whether contestation and repair remain possible. == Difference, undecidability, and decision == Derridean undecidability shows why a responsible decision cannot be the mechanical application of a complete rule (Derrida 1990). If a rule uniquely determined the outcome, there would be calculation but no decision in the strong sense. This framework preserves this insight. A symbolically organised system under operative excess cannot fully integrate the relevant operations before action. The ambiguity begins when openness is confused with endless postponement. Material processes do not pause until interpretation is complete. Institutions allocate resources, bodies undergo harm, and ecological thresholds are crossed. Refusal to decide can itself maintain an existing distribution of exposure. '''Hesitation''' therefore has a precise function. It interrupts automatic response long enough to register excluded relations and possible consequences. It is not an alibi for indefinite deferral. '''Decision''' is the situated material inscription of a new relational pattern under conditions that do not supply a final guarantee. Accountability follows from this structure. A decision may be necessary without being certain, and revisable without being arbitrary. It should state the differences it selects, the exposure it redistributes, and the conditions under which it must be reconsidered. == Bodies, non-human processes, and agency == Deleuze, feminist materialisms, science and technology studies, and more-than-human approaches have widened philosophy’s attention to bodies, affects, technical systems, animals, and ecologies. The framework shares this movement away from human exceptionalism, but uses a restricted vocabulary of agency. Every material configuration can have '''operative effects''': a storm alters a coast, a virus changes behaviour, and a database constrains access. Symbolic agency is more specific. It requires capacities to discriminate occurrences, recognise them under passive marks as symbolic instances, relate symbols to other symbols, and modulate operations through those relations. The restriction is functional, not a declaration of human privilege. A non-human or post-biological configuration would count as symbolically agentive if it met the criteria. This distinction avoids two reductions. It does not treat non-human processes as passive matter awaiting human action. Nor does it call every causal effect “agency”, which would erase the difference between producing an effect and symbolically reorganising a field in response to represented relations. == A diagnostic map == {| class="wikitable" ! Post-structuralist gain ! Recurrent ambiguity ! Displacement proposed here |- | The subject is produced, not sovereign | Analysis can remain centred on conditions of human access | Material processes exceed their relation to thought |- | Discourse produces real effects | Mediation can eclipse non-discursive processes | Symbols are material operations within a wider field |- | Power is distributed and productive | Its material burdens may remain underspecified | Exposure and vulnerability track asymmetric effects |- | Difference prevents final closure | Openness can become indefinite deferral | Hesitation prepares situated and revisable decision |- | Human exceptionalism is criticised | Every effect may be called agency | Operative effect is general; symbolic agency has functional criteria |} == Worked example: a polluted river == Consider a river contaminated by industrial discharge. # The chemical processes and biological damage are real before they are legally or publicly recognised. # Sampling devices produce inscriptions from situated contact with the river. # Scientific classifications, maps, and reports organise those inscriptions symbolically. # Legal thresholds and administrative categories determine which harms become actionable. # Communities, workers, species, and infrastructures are exposed differently to the contamination and to the measures adopted. # A decision about closure, remediation, or compensation reorganises those relations under incomplete knowledge. A purely naive realist account may ignore how categories and institutions shape action. A purely discursive account may obscure the material process that resists every description. The analysis requires both dimensions: symbolic configurations materially intervene in a field they do not exhaust. == Check your understanding == * Can a discourse be materially effective without constituting the whole reality it describes? * What remains subject-centred after the sovereign subject has been criticised? * When does hesitation improve a decision, and when does delay reproduce harm? * Why is a storm operative without necessarily being a symbolic agent? * In the river example, which differences remain outside the initial institutional description? == Transition == The three chapters of Part V have displaced substance, sovereign reason, and critique without decision. Part VI now gathers the operators needed to work positively. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] defines the vocabulary; [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] shows how its application changes across material regimes. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} egwtnxbylaqftpyy3p3f6ahn7f3wd04 0 480141 4670949 4670791 2026-09-18T16:06:15Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align the lexicon and add precise biossoma and consciousness definitions 4670949 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.1 — Key Terms of the OEC == The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) uses a small group of terms in precise, connected ways. This page is a reading tool, not a catalogue of essences. Each entry states what an operator allows us to distinguish, what it must not be confused with, and how it connects with the other operators. The definitions are therefore stable enough to guide the book, but functional rather than final. === A map before the definitions === Three routes organise the lexicon: * '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' In symbolically organised systems, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. * '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' * '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence. They do not describe a universal timetable or a predetermined sequence. In particular, the mark and the inaugural symbol are co-constituted in the same singular inscription; a completed mark never waits for a later symbol to animate it. === Core ontological operators === ;'''Immanence''' :The principle that material, symbolic, ethical, and political operations all occur within material organisation, without appeal to a transcendent source or a second plane of reality. Immanence does not mean that every process can be described in the vocabulary of physics alone. Different material regimes develop different operations, while remaining materially dependent and open to effects from other configurations. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism|Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]]. ;'''Field''' :The situated web of material interactions, constraints, and possible effects relevant to an analysis. A field is not a container, a hidden background, or a prior structure that generates whatever appears within it. It is a way of naming the relations through which a configuration exists and can be affected. The operative question is: ''which relations make this configuration possible here, at this scale and during this interval?'' ;'''Instability''' :The absence of any final guarantee that a material configuration will persist. Every configuration depends on conditions that can vary, so it may be perturbed, reorganised, or dissolved. Instability is not pure disorder and not a defect imposed on an otherwise perfect order. It is what makes history, differentiation, and new organisation possible. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|Instability as a Condition, not a Problem]]. ;'''Operative excess''' :The condition in which the operations possible within or demanded of a symbolically organised system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. Operative excess is a positive surplus, not a lack, wound, error, or lost totality. It can create pressure for invention, but it neither forces nor guarantees reorganisation. ;'''Functional coupling''' :The process by which partial material organisations become locally compatible and sustain a specified capacity; in some cases, the resulting organisation acquires a capacity unavailable to the components taken separately. No external coordinator or prior plan is required. A coupling persists only while the material conditions that sustain it continue to operate. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling]]. ;'''Emergence''' :The process by which a new property, function, or capacity becomes operative in a complex material system without being reducible to the sum of its parts or prescribed by a prior plan. Emergence must be identified through the new effects it makes possible. Surprise, novelty of description, or our ignorance of a cause is not enough. A genuinely emergent capacity changes what the system can do. ;'''Local order''' :A conditioned stabilisation, which may be brief or extremely durable of functional couplings under specific material conditions. Local order is an effect, not an origin: it neither proves a cosmic design nor escapes the instability from which it arises. Its limits become visible when the supporting conditions change. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Against Order as Principle]]. ;'''Threshold''' :A constellation or change in material conditions of material conditions under which a new operation becomes possible. Crossing a threshold opens a branch of possibility; it does not guarantee that the new capacity will appear, persist, or develop towards a goal. The term replaces appeals to a pre-given essence with an inquiry into the conditions that enable a system to do something it could not previously do. ;'''Configuration''' :A situated arrangement of material relations, constraints, and capacities. A configuration can be treated as a unit for analysis, but it is not a substance enclosed in itself. Its apparent continuity depends on ongoing couplings and on the scale and temporal window through which it is examined. === Symbolic operators === The symbolic is a material regime of operation. It neither floats above matter nor belongs exclusively to conscious minds. A technical system can discriminate and inscribe a difference under a protocol without possessing consciousness or intention. ;'''Trace''' :The ephemeral material event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. A trace is not the independent difference itself, a surviving vestige, a mark, or a public sign. The event of discrimination passes; the material configuration discriminated may persist. ;'''Inscription''' :The singular, simultaneously material and symbolic operation in which the difference manifested in a new trace is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. This one operation co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. The sequence ''trace → inscription → mark + symbol'' expresses analytic dependence, not a delay between the birth of the mark and that of the symbol. ;'''Mark''' :The material organisation recognised and stabilised through singular inscription, addressable and recoverable according to a protocol. The mark is the passive material dimension of that inscription. It does not interpret, compare, establish relations, or reorganise anything by itself. It can condition later operations only through the symbols that represent it. ;'''Symbol''' :The material dimension of legibility and representation co-constituted with the mark in singular inscription. The inaugural symbol is born with the mark. A later occurrence recognised as an instance of that available mark constitutes an additional symbolic instance; it does not repeat the original inscription. The system establishes relations only between symbols, and both recognition and relation require physical support. ;'''Protocol of inscription''' :The rules, thresholds, tolerances, procedures, scales, and verification conditions that determine how a system discriminates differences, recognises an occurrence, and inscribes a new one. A protocol does not make the material difference exist. It conditions what the system can render legible and how that legibility can be checked. ;'''Symbolic reorganisation''' :The material recombination of symbols and of the relations between them. It can change a system's future operations and produce new material configurations. If a resulting configuration is discriminated as a new difference, that event constitutes a new trace and may lead to another singular inscription. Marks are not related to one another and are not symbolically transformed. ==== A boundary that prevents three common confusions ==== '''The real''' is the material process that exists independently of any particular observation or inscription and always exceeds a single act of capture. '''The concrete''' is the situated portion of the real observed or captured by a material system, under a scale, device, temporal window, and set of thresholds. '''Theory''' is an organised articulation of symbols constituted from the inscription of the concrete. Observation does not create the real; capturing something as concrete does not yet make it symbolic; and an isolated symbol does not yet amount to a theory. ==== Worked example: an unfamiliar laboratory result ==== # A physical outcome occurs whether or not the apparatus or researcher recognises it. # The apparatus captures a situated portion of that outcome within its scale, sensitivity, and temporal window. The captured result is concrete, but it is not automatically symbolic. # If the system discriminates a pattern for which it has no available mark, the event of discrimination constitutes a trace. # Under a protocol, the system recognises and singularly inscribes the new difference. This act co-constitutes a recoverable mark and its inaugural symbol. # Later results recognised as instances of the available mark constitute additional symbols. They do not recreate the mark or repeat the inaugural inscription. # Those symbols can enter relations with symbols for experimental conditions, competing hypotheses, error margins, or required actions. These relations may reorganise the experiment. The mark remains passive throughout. This example is deliberately procedural. The status of an occurrence depends on the material history and protocol of the system: the same physical pattern may be a new trace for one system and a recognised instance of an existing mark for another. === Biological and epistemic distinctions === ;'''Biossoma''' :A living biological body that is sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is biological, not a functional synonym for every organism, self-regulating system, institution, or post-biological symbolic configuration. A non-biological system may satisfy criteria for symbolic operation without thereby becoming a biossoma. ;'''Consciousness''' :A status that must not be inferred from complexity, recursion, learning, linguistic appearance, or adaptive behaviour alone. The Symbolic Threshold Test records existence as <code>C = 1</code> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system. Here <math>\Phi</math> denotes causal integration, <math>S</math> effective symbolic self-reference, and <math>S^{auto}</math> the continuity of that self-reference within the same system. Causal integration is necessary but insufficient, and the self-referential continuity floor is non-compensatory: if any threshold fails, <code>C = 0</code>. <code>U</code> records epistemic suspension when the available evidence does not justify either attribution; it is not a third ontological state. Only after <code>C = 1</code> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The thresholds have not yet been empirically calibrated, and no validated instrument currently measures <math>S</math>; the criterion is therefore formal and attribution must remain evidentially explicit. === Ethical-political operators === ;'''Exposure''' :The condition of being open to effects that a configuration does not fully control. Exposure is not a voluntary attitude added to an otherwise self-contained entity. Any system that exists through relations is already exposed to perturbation, dependence, and possible reorganisation. ;'''Vulnerability''' :The possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. Vulnerability is not a moral defect to be eliminated. It becomes ethically decisive because systems do not bear the same risks, control the same resources, or possess the same means of repair. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Vulnerability Without Centre]]. ;'''Hesitation''' :The suspension of an automatic response when the available operative framework is insufficient. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. It opens time in which a system can register what its routines exclude, reorganise symbolic relations, and avoid converting an inadequate first response into violence. ;'''Decision''' :A local symbolic operation that changes a field of exposure without any guarantee that all consequences can be anticipated. Decision is not the sovereign expression of a will standing outside material conditions. It is a situated intervention made under uncertainty, with effects that must remain open to scrutiny and revision. ;'''Reorganisation''' :A material change in couplings, contacts, capacities, or distributions of exposure, often mediated by symbolic operations. Reorganisation is not automatically ethical. A more intricate institution can still intensify domination. Ethical assessment asks whether a change reduces structural violence, expands the affected systems' capacities for response and repair, and keeps contestation and revision possible. === Common confusions === {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Do not confuse it with |- | Field | A container, hidden substrate, or separate plane of reality |- | Instability | Pure chaos or the accidental failure of an underlying order |- | Operative excess | Lack, trauma, error, or a missing completion |- | Emergence | Mere appearance, unpredictability, progress, or miraculous novelty |- | Threshold | A guarantee, destiny, or automatic transition |- | Trace | A persistent object, mark, symbol, or public sign |- | Mark | An interpreter or an active participant in symbolic relations |- | Symbol | An immaterial meaning detached from physical support |- | Reorganisation | Improvement by definition |} === A practical reading test === When applying the lexicon to a case, ask: # What configuration is being analysed, and which material relations constitute its field? # What remains unstable, and what exceeds the configuration's present capacity to respond? # Which functional couplings sustain a local order? What new effect would justify calling a change emergent? # If symbolisation is involved, where are the trace, singular inscription, mark, symbol, and protocol? Have any of them been conflated? # How are exposure, vulnerability, protection, and capacity for response distributed? # What decision reorganises the situation, who bears its risks, and what possibilities of repair or revision remain open? The next section, [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2 – Ontological Variations]], examines how these operators vary across material regimes. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon]] explains how to use them without turning the lexicon into a fixed doctrine. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 75sngx2rtbg08q60dytez188j94fp8f 4671002 4670949 2026-09-18T19:13:01Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify emergence, thresholds, representation, and the theoretical status of the STT 4671002 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.1 — Key Terms of the OEC == The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) uses a small group of terms in precise, connected ways. This page is a reading tool, not a catalogue of essences. Each entry states what an operator allows us to distinguish, what it must not be confused with, and how it connects with the other operators. The definitions are therefore stable enough to guide the book, but functional rather than final. === A map before the definitions === Three routes organise the lexicon: * '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' In symbolically organised systems, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. * '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' * '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence. They do not describe a universal timetable or a predetermined sequence. In particular, the mark and the inaugural symbol are co-constituted in the same singular inscription; a completed mark never waits for a later symbol to animate it. === Core ontological operators === ;'''Immanence''' :The principle that material, symbolic, ethical, and political operations all occur within material organisation, without appeal to a transcendent source or a second plane of reality. Immanence does not mean that every process can be described in the vocabulary of physics alone. Different material regimes develop different operations, while remaining materially dependent and open to effects from other configurations. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism|Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]]. ;'''Field''' :The situated web of material interactions, constraints, and possible effects relevant to an analysis. A field is not a container, a hidden background, or a prior structure that generates whatever appears within it. It is a way of naming the relations through which a configuration exists and can be affected. The operative question is: ''which relations make this configuration possible here, at this scale and during this interval?'' ;'''Instability''' :The absence of any final guarantee that a material configuration will persist. Every configuration depends on conditions that can vary, so it may be perturbed, reorganised, or dissolved. Instability is not pure disorder and not a defect imposed on an otherwise perfect order. It is what makes history, differentiation, and new organisation possible. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|Instability as a Condition, not a Problem]]. ;'''Operative excess''' :The condition in which the operations possible within or demanded of a symbolically organised system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. Operative excess is a positive surplus, not a lack, wound, error, or lost totality. It can create pressure for invention, but it neither forces nor guarantees reorganisation. ;'''Functional coupling''' :The process by which partial material organisations become locally compatible and sustain a specified capacity; in some cases, the resulting organisation acquires a capacity unavailable to the components taken separately. No external coordinator or prior plan is required. A coupling persists only while the material conditions that sustain it continue to operate. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling]]. ;'''Emergence''' :The process by which a new property, function, or capacity becomes operative in a complex material system without being prescribed by a prior plan or exhausted, at the relevant level of analysis, by listing the components separately. Emergence must be identified through the new effects it makes possible. Surprise, novelty of description, or ignorance of a cause is not enough. This operational claim does not by itself establish that complete deduction from antecedent conditions is metaphysically impossible; it establishes that the capacity belongs to the organised coupling through which it becomes operative. ;'''Local order''' :A conditioned stabilisation of functional couplings under specific material conditions, which may be brief or extremely durable. Local order is an effect, not an origin: it neither proves a cosmic design nor escapes the instability from which it arises. Its limits become visible when the supporting conditions change. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Against Order as Principle]]. ;'''Threshold''' :A materially specified boundary in a system's organisation. Two related uses must be distinguished. An '''enabling or possibility threshold''' is the minimum constellation of conditions under which a new operation can occur; reaching it opens a branch of possibility but does not guarantee realisation. An '''operational or realisation threshold''' is crossed only when the relevant conditions are jointly satisfied and the new capacity is demonstrably operative. The first concerns possibility; the second concerns realisation. Neither implies progress, destiny, or persistence. ;'''Configuration''' :A situated arrangement of material relations, constraints, and capacities. A configuration can be treated as a unit for analysis, but it is not a substance enclosed in itself. Its apparent continuity depends on ongoing couplings and on the scale and temporal window through which it is examined. === Symbolic operators === The symbolic is a material regime of operation. It neither floats above matter nor belongs exclusively to conscious minds. A technical system can discriminate and inscribe a difference under a protocol without possessing consciousness or intention. ;'''Trace''' :The ephemeral material event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. A trace is not the independent difference itself, a surviving vestige, a mark, or a public sign. The event of discrimination passes; the material configuration discriminated may persist. ;'''Inscription''' :The singular, simultaneously material and symbolic operation in which the difference manifested in a new trace is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. This one operation co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. The sequence ''trace → inscription → mark + symbol'' expresses analytic dependence, not a delay between the birth of the mark and that of the symbol. ;'''Mark''' :The material organisation recognised and stabilised through singular inscription, addressable and recoverable according to a protocol. The mark is the passive material dimension of that inscription. It does not interpret, compare, establish relations, or reorganise anything by itself. It can condition later operations only through the symbols that represent it. ;'''Symbol''' :The material dimension of legibility and representation co-constituted with the mark in singular inscription. The inaugural symbol is born with the mark. A later occurrence recognised as an instance of that available mark constitutes an additional symbolic instance; it does not repeat the original inscription. The system establishes relations only between symbols, and both recognition and relation require physical support. Recognition can be mistaken, and relations among correctly recognised symbols can still support error. Material support makes representation operative, not infallible. ;'''Protocol of inscription''' :The rules, thresholds, tolerances, procedures, scales, and verification conditions that determine how a system discriminates differences, recognises an occurrence, and inscribes a new one. A protocol does not make the material difference exist. It conditions what the system can render legible and how that legibility can be checked. ;'''Symbolic reorganisation''' :The material recombination of symbols and of the relations between them. It can change a system's future operations and produce new material configurations. If a resulting configuration is discriminated as a new difference, that event constitutes a new trace and may lead to another singular inscription. Marks are not related to one another and are not symbolically transformed. ==== A boundary that prevents three common confusions ==== '''The real''' is the material process that exists independently of any particular observation or inscription and always exceeds a single act of capture. '''The concrete''' is the situated portion of the real observed or captured by a material system, under a scale, device, temporal window, and set of thresholds. '''Theory''' is an organised articulation of symbols constituted from the inscription of the concrete. Observation does not create the real; capturing something as concrete does not yet make it symbolic; and an isolated symbol does not yet amount to a theory. ==== Worked example: an unfamiliar laboratory result ==== # A physical outcome occurs whether or not the apparatus or researcher recognises it. # The apparatus captures a situated portion of that outcome within its scale, sensitivity, and temporal window. The captured result is concrete, but it is not automatically symbolic. # If the system discriminates a pattern for which it has no available mark, the event of discrimination constitutes a trace. # Under a protocol, the system recognises and singularly inscribes the new difference. This act co-constitutes a recoverable mark and its inaugural symbol. # Later results recognised as instances of the available mark constitute additional symbols. They do not recreate the mark or repeat the inaugural inscription. # Those symbols can enter relations with symbols for experimental conditions, competing hypotheses, error margins, or required actions. These relations may reorganise the experiment. The mark remains passive throughout. This example is deliberately procedural. The status of an occurrence depends on the material history and protocol of the system: the same physical pattern may be a new trace for one system and a recognised instance of an existing mark for another. === Biological and epistemic distinctions === ;'''Biossoma''' :A living biological body that is sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is biological, not a functional synonym for every organism, self-regulating system, institution, or post-biological symbolic configuration. A non-biological system may satisfy criteria for symbolic operation without thereby becoming a biossoma. ;'''Consciousness''' :A status that must not be inferred from complexity, recursion, learning, linguistic appearance, or adaptive behaviour alone. The Symbolic Threshold Test records existence as <code>C = 1</code> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system. Here <math>\Phi</math> denotes causal integration, <math>S</math> effective symbolic self-reference, and <math>S^{auto}</math> the continuity of that self-reference within the same system. Causal integration is necessary but insufficient, and the self-referential continuity floor is non-compensatory: if any threshold fails, <code>C = 0</code>. <code>U</code> records epistemic suspension when the available evidence does not justify either attribution; it is not a third ontological state. Only after <code>C = 1</code> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The thresholds have not yet been empirically calibrated, and no validated instrument currently measures <math>S</math>; the criterion is therefore formal and attribution must remain evidentially explicit. :The binary variable concerns whether the conscious regime exists; it does not deny variation in content, intensity, access, persistence, or organisation once that regime exists. The biconditional states a theoretical criterion internal to the framework, not an empirically validated diagnostic. It specifies what would have to be established without establishing that any present system satisfies it. <code>U</code> records an epistemic limit in attribution, never an intermediate ontological value. === Ethical-political operators === ;'''Exposure''' :The condition of being open to effects that a configuration does not fully control. Exposure is not a voluntary attitude added to an otherwise self-contained entity. Any system that exists through relations is already exposed to perturbation, dependence, and possible reorganisation. ;'''Vulnerability''' :The possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. Vulnerability is not a moral defect to be eliminated. It becomes ethically decisive because systems do not bear the same risks, control the same resources, or possess the same means of repair. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Vulnerability Without Centre]]. ;'''Hesitation''' :The suspension of an automatic response when the available operative framework is insufficient. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. It opens time in which a system can register what its routines exclude, reorganise symbolic relations, and avoid converting an inadequate first response into violence. ;'''Decision''' :A local symbolic operation that changes a field of exposure without any guarantee that all consequences can be anticipated. Decision is not the sovereign expression of a will standing outside material conditions. It is a situated intervention made under uncertainty, with effects that must remain open to scrutiny and revision. ;'''Reorganisation''' :A material change in couplings, contacts, capacities, or distributions of exposure, often mediated by symbolic operations. Reorganisation is not automatically ethical. A more intricate institution can still intensify domination. Ethical assessment asks whether a change reduces structural violence, expands the affected systems' capacities for response and repair, and keeps contestation and revision possible. === Common confusions === {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Do not confuse it with |- | Field | A container, hidden substrate, or separate plane of reality |- | Instability | Pure chaos or the accidental failure of an underlying order |- | Operative excess | Lack, trauma, error, or a missing completion |- | Emergence | Mere appearance, unpredictability, progress, or miraculous novelty |- | Threshold | A guarantee, destiny, or automatic transition |- | Trace | A persistent object, mark, symbol, or public sign |- | Mark | An interpreter or an active participant in symbolic relations |- | Symbol | An immaterial meaning detached from physical support |- | Reorganisation | Improvement by definition |} === A practical reading test === When applying the lexicon to a case, ask: # What configuration is being analysed, and which material relations constitute its field? # What remains unstable, and what exceeds the configuration's present capacity to respond? # Which functional couplings sustain a local order? What new effect would justify calling a change emergent? # If symbolisation is involved, where are the trace, singular inscription, mark, symbol, and protocol? Have any of them been conflated? # How are exposure, vulnerability, protection, and capacity for response distributed? # What decision reorganises the situation, who bears its risks, and what possibilities of repair or revision remain open? The next section, [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2 – Ontological Variations]], examines how these operators vary across material regimes. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon]] explains how to use them without turning the lexicon into a fixed doctrine. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} nzf76cn0a318y2yexmguqj6zjbdspi1 4671037 4671002 2026-09-18T20:03:55Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify that the STT is a formal OEC postulate whose empirical demonstration lies outside this book 4671037 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.1 — Key Terms of the OEC == The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) uses a small group of terms in precise, connected ways. This page is a reading tool, not a catalogue of essences. Each entry states what an operator allows us to distinguish, what it must not be confused with, and how it connects with the other operators. The definitions are therefore stable enough to guide the book, but functional rather than final. === A map before the definitions === Three routes organise the lexicon: * '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' In symbolically organised systems, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. * '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' * '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence. They do not describe a universal timetable or a predetermined sequence. In particular, the mark and the inaugural symbol are co-constituted in the same singular inscription; a completed mark never waits for a later symbol to animate it. === Core ontological operators === ;'''Immanence''' :The principle that material, symbolic, ethical, and political operations all occur within material organisation, without appeal to a transcendent source or a second plane of reality. Immanence does not mean that every process can be described in the vocabulary of physics alone. Different material regimes develop different operations, while remaining materially dependent and open to effects from other configurations. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism|Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]]. ;'''Field''' :The situated web of material interactions, constraints, and possible effects relevant to an analysis. A field is not a container, a hidden background, or a prior structure that generates whatever appears within it. It is a way of naming the relations through which a configuration exists and can be affected. The operative question is: ''which relations make this configuration possible here, at this scale and during this interval?'' ;'''Instability''' :The absence of any final guarantee that a material configuration will persist. Every configuration depends on conditions that can vary, so it may be perturbed, reorganised, or dissolved. Instability is not pure disorder and not a defect imposed on an otherwise perfect order. It is what makes history, differentiation, and new organisation possible. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|Instability as a Condition, not a Problem]]. ;'''Operative excess''' :The condition in which the operations possible within or demanded of a symbolically organised system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. Operative excess is a positive surplus, not a lack, wound, error, or lost totality. It can create pressure for invention, but it neither forces nor guarantees reorganisation. ;'''Functional coupling''' :The process by which partial material organisations become locally compatible and sustain a specified capacity; in some cases, the resulting organisation acquires a capacity unavailable to the components taken separately. No external coordinator or prior plan is required. A coupling persists only while the material conditions that sustain it continue to operate. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling]]. ;'''Emergence''' :The process by which a new property, function, or capacity becomes operative in a complex material system without being prescribed by a prior plan or exhausted, at the relevant level of analysis, by listing the components separately. Emergence must be identified through the new effects it makes possible. Surprise, novelty of description, or ignorance of a cause is not enough. This operational claim does not by itself establish that complete deduction from antecedent conditions is metaphysically impossible; it establishes that the capacity belongs to the organised coupling through which it becomes operative. ;'''Local order''' :A conditioned stabilisation of functional couplings under specific material conditions, which may be brief or extremely durable. Local order is an effect, not an origin: it neither proves a cosmic design nor escapes the instability from which it arises. Its limits become visible when the supporting conditions change. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Against Order as Principle]]. ;'''Threshold''' :A materially specified boundary in a system's organisation. Two related uses must be distinguished. An '''enabling or possibility threshold''' is the minimum constellation of conditions under which a new operation can occur; reaching it opens a branch of possibility but does not guarantee realisation. An '''operational or realisation threshold''' is crossed only when the relevant conditions are jointly satisfied and the new capacity is demonstrably operative. The first concerns possibility; the second concerns realisation. Neither implies progress, destiny, or persistence. ;'''Configuration''' :A situated arrangement of material relations, constraints, and capacities. A configuration can be treated as a unit for analysis, but it is not a substance enclosed in itself. Its apparent continuity depends on ongoing couplings and on the scale and temporal window through which it is examined. === Symbolic operators === The symbolic is a material regime of operation. It neither floats above matter nor belongs exclusively to conscious minds. A technical system can discriminate and inscribe a difference under a protocol without possessing consciousness or intention. ;'''Trace''' :The ephemeral material event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. A trace is not the independent difference itself, a surviving vestige, a mark, or a public sign. The event of discrimination passes; the material configuration discriminated may persist. ;'''Inscription''' :The singular, simultaneously material and symbolic operation in which the difference manifested in a new trace is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. This one operation co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. The sequence ''trace → inscription → mark + symbol'' expresses analytic dependence, not a delay between the birth of the mark and that of the symbol. ;'''Mark''' :The material organisation recognised and stabilised through singular inscription, addressable and recoverable according to a protocol. The mark is the passive material dimension of that inscription. It does not interpret, compare, establish relations, or reorganise anything by itself. It can condition later operations only through the symbols that represent it. ;'''Symbol''' :The material dimension of legibility and representation co-constituted with the mark in singular inscription. The inaugural symbol is born with the mark. A later occurrence recognised as an instance of that available mark constitutes an additional symbolic instance; it does not repeat the original inscription. The system establishes relations only between symbols, and both recognition and relation require physical support. Recognition can be mistaken, and relations among correctly recognised symbols can still support error. Material support makes representation operative, not infallible. ;'''Protocol of inscription''' :The rules, thresholds, tolerances, procedures, scales, and verification conditions that determine how a system discriminates differences, recognises an occurrence, and inscribes a new one. A protocol does not make the material difference exist. It conditions what the system can render legible and how that legibility can be checked. ;'''Symbolic reorganisation''' :The material recombination of symbols and of the relations between them. It can change a system's future operations and produce new material configurations. If a resulting configuration is discriminated as a new difference, that event constitutes a new trace and may lead to another singular inscription. Marks are not related to one another and are not symbolically transformed. ==== A boundary that prevents three common confusions ==== '''The real''' is the material process that exists independently of any particular observation or inscription and always exceeds a single act of capture. '''The concrete''' is the situated portion of the real observed or captured by a material system, under a scale, device, temporal window, and set of thresholds. '''Theory''' is an organised articulation of symbols constituted from the inscription of the concrete. Observation does not create the real; capturing something as concrete does not yet make it symbolic; and an isolated symbol does not yet amount to a theory. ==== Worked example: an unfamiliar laboratory result ==== # A physical outcome occurs whether or not the apparatus or researcher recognises it. # The apparatus captures a situated portion of that outcome within its scale, sensitivity, and temporal window. The captured result is concrete, but it is not automatically symbolic. # If the system discriminates a pattern for which it has no available mark, the event of discrimination constitutes a trace. # Under a protocol, the system recognises and singularly inscribes the new difference. This act co-constitutes a recoverable mark and its inaugural symbol. # Later results recognised as instances of the available mark constitute additional symbols. They do not recreate the mark or repeat the inaugural inscription. # Those symbols can enter relations with symbols for experimental conditions, competing hypotheses, error margins, or required actions. These relations may reorganise the experiment. The mark remains passive throughout. This example is deliberately procedural. The status of an occurrence depends on the material history and protocol of the system: the same physical pattern may be a new trace for one system and a recognised instance of an existing mark for another. === Biological and epistemic distinctions === ;'''Biossoma''' :A living biological body that is sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is biological, not a functional synonym for every organism, self-regulating system, institution, or post-biological symbolic configuration. A non-biological system may satisfy criteria for symbolic operation without thereby becoming a biossoma. ;'''Consciousness''' :A status that must not be inferred from complexity, recursion, learning, linguistic appearance, or adaptive behaviour alone. The Symbolic Threshold Test records existence as <code>C = 1</code> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system. Here <math>\Phi</math> denotes causal integration, <math>S</math> effective symbolic self-reference, and <math>S^{auto}</math> the continuity of that self-reference within the same system. Causal integration is necessary but insufficient, and the self-referential continuity floor is non-compensatory: if any threshold fails, <code>C = 0</code>. <code>U</code> records epistemic suspension when the available evidence does not justify either attribution; it is not a third ontological state. Only after <code>C = 1</code> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The thresholds have not yet been empirically calibrated, and no validated instrument currently measures <math>S</math>; the criterion is therefore formal and attribution must remain evidentially explicit. :The binary variable concerns whether the conscious regime exists; it does not deny variation in content, intensity, access, persistence, or organisation once that regime exists. The biconditional states a theoretical criterion internal to the framework, not an empirically validated diagnostic. It specifies what would have to be established without establishing that any present system satisfies it. <code>U</code> records an epistemic limit in attribution, never an intermediate ontological value. :The OEC adopts this biconditional as a constitutive formal postulate. This book does not attempt its empirical validation or an exhaustive derivation of the necessity and sufficiency of its conditions. Its purpose here is to state the criterion, distinguish its variables, and delimit what a future attribution would have to establish. The absence of calibrated thresholds limits present application; it neither turns the postulate into an empirical result nor alters its formal role within the framework. === Ethical-political operators === ;'''Exposure''' :The condition of being open to effects that a configuration does not fully control. Exposure is not a voluntary attitude added to an otherwise self-contained entity. Any system that exists through relations is already exposed to perturbation, dependence, and possible reorganisation. ;'''Vulnerability''' :The possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. Vulnerability is not a moral defect to be eliminated. It becomes ethically decisive because systems do not bear the same risks, control the same resources, or possess the same means of repair. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Vulnerability Without Centre]]. ;'''Hesitation''' :The suspension of an automatic response when the available operative framework is insufficient. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. It opens time in which a system can register what its routines exclude, reorganise symbolic relations, and avoid converting an inadequate first response into violence. ;'''Decision''' :A local symbolic operation that changes a field of exposure without any guarantee that all consequences can be anticipated. Decision is not the sovereign expression of a will standing outside material conditions. It is a situated intervention made under uncertainty, with effects that must remain open to scrutiny and revision. ;'''Reorganisation''' :A material change in couplings, contacts, capacities, or distributions of exposure, often mediated by symbolic operations. Reorganisation is not automatically ethical. A more intricate institution can still intensify domination. Ethical assessment asks whether a change reduces structural violence, expands the affected systems' capacities for response and repair, and keeps contestation and revision possible. === Common confusions === {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Do not confuse it with |- | Field | A container, hidden substrate, or separate plane of reality |- | Instability | Pure chaos or the accidental failure of an underlying order |- | Operative excess | Lack, trauma, error, or a missing completion |- | Emergence | Mere appearance, unpredictability, progress, or miraculous novelty |- | Threshold | A guarantee, destiny, or automatic transition |- | Trace | A persistent object, mark, symbol, or public sign |- | Mark | An interpreter or an active participant in symbolic relations |- | Symbol | An immaterial meaning detached from physical support |- | Reorganisation | Improvement by definition |} === A practical reading test === When applying the lexicon to a case, ask: # What configuration is being analysed, and which material relations constitute its field? # What remains unstable, and what exceeds the configuration's present capacity to respond? # Which functional couplings sustain a local order? What new effect would justify calling a change emergent? # If symbolisation is involved, where are the trace, singular inscription, mark, symbol, and protocol? Have any of them been conflated? # How are exposure, vulnerability, protection, and capacity for response distributed? # What decision reorganises the situation, who bears its risks, and what possibilities of repair or revision remain open? The next section, [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2 – Ontological Variations]], examines how these operators vary across material regimes. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon]] explains how to use them without turning the lexicon into a fixed doctrine. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 2bbmornra4gswt7y8p27q5a1cgoazrx 4671052 4671037 2026-09-18T21:23:08Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671052 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.1 — Key Terms of the OEC == The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) uses a small group of terms in precise, connected ways. This page is a reading tool, not a catalogue of essences. Each entry states what an operator allows us to distinguish, what it must not be confused with, and how it connects with the other operators. The definitions are therefore stable enough to guide the book, but functional rather than final. === A map before the definitions === Three routes organise the lexicon: * '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' Where materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a current symbolic or structural form, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. * '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' * '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence. They do not describe a universal timetable or a predetermined sequence. In particular, the mark and the inaugural symbol are co-constituted in the same singular inscription; a completed mark never waits for a later symbol to animate it. === Core ontological operators === ;'''Immanence''' :The principle that material, symbolic, ethical, and political operations all occur within material organisation, without appeal to a transcendent source or a second plane of reality. Immanence does not mean that every process can be described in the vocabulary of physics alone. Different material regimes develop different operations, while remaining materially dependent and open to effects from other configurations. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism|Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]]. ;'''Field''' :The situated web of material interactions, constraints, and possible effects relevant to an analysis. A field is not a container, a hidden background, or a prior structure that generates whatever appears within it. It is a way of naming the relations through which a configuration exists and can be affected. The operative question is: ''which relations make this configuration possible here, at this scale and during this interval?'' ;'''Instability''' :The absence of any final guarantee that a material configuration will persist. Every configuration depends on conditions that can vary, so it may be perturbed, reorganised, or dissolved. Instability is not pure disorder and not a defect imposed on an otherwise perfect order. It is what makes history, differentiation, and new organisation possible. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|Instability as a Condition, not a Problem]]. ;'''Operative excess''' :The condition in which the operations or compatibilities materially possible within a system exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. Operative excess is a positive surplus, not a lack, wound, error, or lost totality. It can create pressure for invention or reorganisation, but it neither forces nor guarantees either. ;'''Functional coupling''' :The process by which partial material organisations become locally compatible and sustain a specified capacity; in some cases, the resulting organisation acquires a capacity unavailable to the components taken separately. No external coordinator or prior plan is required. A coupling persists only while the material conditions that sustain it continue to operate. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling]]. ;'''Emergence''' :The process by which a new property, function, or capacity becomes operative in a complex material system without being prescribed by a prior plan or exhausted, at the relevant level of analysis, by listing the components separately. Emergence must be identified through the new effects it makes possible. Surprise, novelty of description, or ignorance of a cause is not enough. This operational claim does not by itself establish that complete deduction from antecedent conditions is metaphysically impossible; it establishes that the capacity belongs to the organised coupling through which it becomes operative. ;'''Local order''' :A conditioned stabilisation of functional couplings under specific material conditions, which may be brief or extremely durable. Local order is an effect, not an origin: it neither proves a cosmic design nor escapes the instability from which it arises. Its limits become visible when the supporting conditions change. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Against Order as Principle]]. ;'''Threshold''' :A materially specified boundary in a system's organisation. Two related uses must be distinguished. An '''enabling or possibility threshold''' is the minimum constellation of conditions under which a new operation can occur; reaching it opens a branch of possibility but does not guarantee realisation. An '''operational or realisation threshold''' is crossed only when the relevant conditions are jointly satisfied and the new capacity is demonstrably operative. The first concerns possibility; the second concerns realisation. Neither implies progress, destiny, or persistence. ;'''Configuration''' :A situated arrangement of material relations, constraints, and capacities. A configuration can be treated as a unit for analysis, but it is not a substance enclosed in itself. Its apparent continuity depends on ongoing couplings and on the scale and temporal window through which it is examined. === Symbolic operators === The symbolic is a material regime of operation. It neither floats above matter nor belongs exclusively to conscious minds. A technical system can discriminate and inscribe a difference under a protocol without possessing consciousness or intention. ;'''Trace''' :The ephemeral material event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. A trace is not the independent difference itself, a surviving vestige, a mark, or a public sign. The event of discrimination passes; the material configuration discriminated may persist. ;'''Inscription''' :The singular, simultaneously material and symbolic operation in which the difference manifested in a new trace is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. This one operation co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. The sequence ''trace → inscription → mark + symbol'' expresses analytic dependence, not a delay between the birth of the mark and that of the symbol. ;'''Mark''' :The material organisation recognised and stabilised through singular inscription, addressable and recoverable according to a protocol. The mark is the passive material dimension of that inscription. It does not interpret, compare, establish relations, or reorganise anything by itself. It can condition later operations only through the symbols that represent it. ;'''Symbol''' :The material dimension of legibility and representation co-constituted with the mark in singular inscription. The inaugural symbol is born with the mark. A later occurrence recognised as an instance of that available mark constitutes an additional symbolic instance; it does not repeat the original inscription. The system establishes relations only between symbols, and both recognition and relation require physical support. Recognition can be mistaken, and relations among correctly recognised symbols can still support error. Material support makes representation operative, not infallible. ;'''Protocol of inscription''' :The rules, thresholds, tolerances, procedures, scales, and verification conditions that determine how a system discriminates differences, recognises an occurrence, and inscribes a new one. A protocol does not make the material difference exist. It conditions what the system can render legible and how that legibility can be checked. ;'''Symbolic reorganisation''' :The material recombination of symbols and of the relations between them. It can change a system's future operations and produce new material configurations. If a resulting configuration is discriminated as a new difference, that event constitutes a new trace and may lead to another singular inscription. Marks are not related to one another and are not symbolically transformed. ==== A boundary that prevents three common confusions ==== '''The real''' is the material process that exists independently of any particular observation or inscription and always exceeds a single act of capture. '''The concrete''' is the situated portion of the real observed or captured by a material system, under a scale, device, temporal window, and set of thresholds. '''Theory''' is an organised articulation of symbols constituted from the inscription of the concrete. Observation does not create the real; capturing something as concrete does not yet make it symbolic; and an isolated symbol does not yet amount to a theory. ==== Worked example: an unfamiliar laboratory result ==== # A physical outcome occurs whether or not the apparatus or researcher recognises it. # The apparatus captures a situated portion of that outcome within its scale, sensitivity, and temporal window. The captured result is concrete, but it is not automatically symbolic. # If the system discriminates a pattern for which it has no available mark, the event of discrimination constitutes a trace. # Under a protocol, the system recognises and singularly inscribes the new difference. This act co-constitutes a recoverable mark and its inaugural symbol. # Later results recognised as instances of the available mark constitute additional symbols. They do not recreate the mark or repeat the inaugural inscription. # Those symbols can enter relations with symbols for experimental conditions, competing hypotheses, error margins, or required actions. These relations may reorganise the experiment. The mark remains passive throughout. This example is deliberately procedural. The status of an occurrence depends on the material history and protocol of the system: the same physical pattern may be a new trace for one system and a recognised instance of an existing mark for another. === Biological and epistemic distinctions === ;'''Biossoma''' :A living biological body that is sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is biological, not a functional synonym for every organism, self-regulating system, institution, or post-biological symbolic configuration. A non-biological system may satisfy criteria for symbolic operation without thereby becoming a biossoma. ;'''Consciousness''' :A status that must not be inferred from complexity, recursion, learning, linguistic appearance, or adaptive behaviour alone. The Symbolic Threshold Test records existence as <code>C = 1</code> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system. Here <math>\Phi</math> denotes causal integration, <math>S</math> effective symbolic self-reference, and <math>S^{auto}</math> the continuity of that self-reference within the same system. Causal integration is necessary but insufficient, and the self-referential continuity floor is non-compensatory: if any threshold fails, <code>C = 0</code>. <code>U</code> records epistemic suspension when the available evidence does not justify either attribution; it is not a third ontological state. Only after <code>C = 1</code> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The thresholds have not yet been empirically calibrated, and no validated instrument currently measures <math>S</math>; the criterion is therefore formal and attribution must remain evidentially explicit. :The binary variable concerns whether the conscious regime exists; it does not deny variation in content, intensity, access, persistence, or organisation once that regime exists. The biconditional states a theoretical criterion internal to the framework, not an empirically validated diagnostic. It specifies what would have to be established without establishing that any present system satisfies it. <code>U</code> records an epistemic limit in attribution, never an intermediate ontological value. :The OEC adopts this biconditional as a constitutive formal postulate. This book does not attempt its empirical validation or an exhaustive derivation of the necessity and sufficiency of its conditions. Its purpose here is to state the criterion, distinguish its variables, and delimit what a future attribution would have to establish. The absence of calibrated thresholds limits present application; it neither turns the postulate into an empirical result nor alters its formal role within the framework. === Ethical-political operators === ;'''Exposure''' :The condition of being open to effects that a configuration does not fully control. Exposure is not a voluntary attitude added to an otherwise self-contained entity. Any system that exists through relations is already exposed to perturbation, dependence, and possible reorganisation. ;'''Vulnerability''' :The possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. Vulnerability is not a moral defect to be eliminated. It becomes ethically decisive because systems do not bear the same risks, control the same resources, or possess the same means of repair. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Vulnerability Without Centre]]. ;'''Hesitation''' :The suspension of an automatic response when the available operative framework is insufficient. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. It opens time in which a system can register what its routines exclude, reorganise symbolic relations, and avoid converting an inadequate first response into violence. ;'''Decision''' :A local symbolic operation that changes a field of exposure without any guarantee that all consequences can be anticipated. Decision is not the sovereign expression of a will standing outside material conditions. It is a situated intervention made under uncertainty, with effects that must remain open to scrutiny and revision. ;'''Reorganisation''' :A material change in couplings, contacts, capacities, or distributions of exposure, often mediated by symbolic operations. Reorganisation is not automatically ethical. A more intricate institution can still intensify domination. Ethical assessment asks whether a change reduces structural violence, expands the affected systems' capacities for response and repair, and keeps contestation and revision possible. === Common confusions === {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Do not confuse it with |- | Field | A container, hidden substrate, or separate plane of reality |- | Instability | Pure chaos or the accidental failure of an underlying order |- | Operative excess | Lack, trauma, error, or a missing completion |- | Emergence | Mere appearance, unpredictability, progress, or miraculous novelty |- | Threshold | A guarantee, destiny, or automatic transition |- | Trace | A persistent object, mark, symbol, or public sign |- | Mark | An interpreter or an active participant in symbolic relations |- | Symbol | An immaterial meaning detached from physical support |- | Reorganisation | Improvement by definition |} === A practical reading test === When applying the lexicon to a case, ask: # What configuration is being analysed, and which material relations constitute its field? # What remains unstable, and what exceeds the configuration's present capacity to respond? # Which functional couplings sustain a local order? What new effect would justify calling a change emergent? # If symbolisation is involved, where are the trace, singular inscription, mark, symbol, and protocol? Have any of them been conflated? # How are exposure, vulnerability, protection, and capacity for response distributed? # What decision reorganises the situation, who bears its risks, and what possibilities of repair or revision remain open? The next section, [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2 – Ontological Variations]], examines how these operators vary across material regimes. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon]] explains how to use them without turning the lexicon into a fixed doctrine. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 0145mkcb5s6cp4hrx5kabz3yxv6a8s0 4671067 4671052 2026-09-18T21:27:11Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671067 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.1 — Key Terms of the OEC == The Ontology of Emergent Complexity (OEC) uses a small group of terms in precise, connected ways. This page is a reading tool, not a catalogue of essences. Each entry states what an operator allows us to distinguish, what it must not be confused with, and how it connects with the other operators. The definitions are therefore stable enough to guide the book, but functional rather than final. === A map before the definitions === Three routes organise the lexicon: * '''Instability permits variation; operative excess forces reorganisation; a new functional coupling that crosses an operational threshold constitutes emergence.''' Not every unstable system is under operative excess. When available compatibilities exceed the present symbolic or structural form, excess is the affirmative causal motor of emergence without predetermining the form that will emerge. * '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' * '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence. They do not describe a universal timetable or a predetermined sequence. In particular, the mark and the inaugural symbol are co-constituted in the same singular inscription; a completed mark never waits for a later symbol to animate it. === Core ontological operators === ;'''Immanence''' :The principle that material, symbolic, ethical, and political operations all occur within material organisation, without appeal to a transcendent source or a second plane of reality. Immanence does not mean that every process can be described in the vocabulary of physics alone. Different material regimes develop different operations, while remaining materially dependent and open to effects from other configurations. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism|Refusal of Metaphysical Dualism]]. ;'''Field''' :The situated web of material interactions, constraints, and possible effects relevant to an analysis. A field is not a container, a hidden background, or a prior structure that generates whatever appears within it. It is a way of naming the relations through which a configuration exists and can be affected. The operative question is: ''which relations make this configuration possible here, at this scale and during this interval?'' ;'''Instability''' :The absence of any final guarantee that a material configuration will persist. Every configuration depends on conditions that can vary, so it may be perturbed, reorganised, or dissolved. Instability is not pure disorder and not a defect imposed on an otherwise perfect order. It is what makes history, differentiation, and new organisation possible. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Philosophical Commitments/Instability as a Condition, not a Problem|Instability as a Condition, not a Problem]]. ;'''Operative excess''' :The condition in which the compatibilities available to a system exceed its present symbolic or structural form, rendering that form insufficient and forcing reorganisation. Operative excess is the affirmative causal motor of emergence, not a lack, wound, error, or lost totality. It does not predetermine the concrete form that will emerge or make reorganisation equivalent to improvement. ;'''Functional coupling''' :The process by which partial material organisations become locally compatible and sustain a specified capacity; in some cases, the resulting organisation acquires a capacity unavailable to the components taken separately. No external coordinator or prior plan is required. A coupling persists only while the material conditions that sustain it continue to operate. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/III - Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling|Order as an Effect of Functional Coupling]]. ;'''Emergence''' :The process by which a new property, function, or capacity becomes operative in a complex material system without being prescribed by a prior plan or exhausted, at the relevant level of analysis, by listing the components separately. Emergence must be identified through the new effects it makes possible. Surprise, novelty of description, or ignorance of a cause is not enough. This operational claim does not by itself establish that complete deduction from antecedent conditions is metaphysically impossible; it establishes that the capacity belongs to the organised coupling through which it becomes operative. ;'''Local order''' :A conditioned stabilisation of functional couplings under specific material conditions, which may be brief or extremely durable. Local order is an effect, not an origin: it neither proves a cosmic design nor escapes the instability from which it arises. Its limits become visible when the supporting conditions change. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Order as Local Effect/I - Against Order as Principle|Against Order as Principle]]. ;'''Threshold''' :A materially specified boundary in a system's organisation. Two related uses must be distinguished. An '''enabling or possibility threshold''' is the minimum constellation of conditions under which a new operation can occur; reaching it opens a branch of possibility but does not guarantee realisation. An '''operational or realisation threshold''' is crossed only when the relevant conditions are jointly satisfied and the new capacity is demonstrably operative. The first concerns possibility; the second concerns realisation. Neither implies progress, destiny, or persistence. ;'''Configuration''' :A situated arrangement of material relations, constraints, and capacities. A configuration can be treated as a unit for analysis, but it is not a substance enclosed in itself. Its apparent continuity depends on ongoing couplings and on the scale and temporal window through which it is examined. === Symbolic operators === The symbolic is a material regime of operation. It neither floats above matter nor belongs exclusively to conscious minds. A technical system can discriminate and inscribe a difference under a protocol without possessing consciousness or intention. ;'''Trace''' :The ephemeral material event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. A trace is not the independent difference itself, a surviving vestige, a mark, or a public sign. The event of discrimination passes; the material configuration discriminated may persist. ;'''Inscription''' :The singular, simultaneously material and symbolic operation in which the difference manifested in a new trace is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. This one operation co-constitutes the mark and the inaugural symbol. The sequence ''trace → inscription → mark + symbol'' expresses analytic dependence, not a delay between the birth of the mark and that of the symbol. ;'''Mark''' :The material organisation recognised and stabilised through singular inscription, addressable and recoverable according to a protocol. The mark is the passive material dimension of that inscription. It does not interpret, compare, establish relations, or reorganise anything by itself. It can condition later operations only through the symbols that represent it. ;'''Symbol''' :The material dimension of legibility and representation co-constituted with the mark in singular inscription. The inaugural symbol is born with the mark. A later occurrence recognised as an instance of that available mark constitutes an additional symbolic instance; it does not repeat the original inscription. The system establishes relations only between symbols, and both recognition and relation require physical support. Recognition can be mistaken, and relations among correctly recognised symbols can still support error. Material support makes representation operative, not infallible. ;'''Protocol of inscription''' :The rules, thresholds, tolerances, procedures, scales, and verification conditions that determine how a system discriminates differences, recognises an occurrence, and inscribes a new one. A protocol does not make the material difference exist. It conditions what the system can render legible and how that legibility can be checked. ;'''Symbolic reorganisation''' :The material recombination of symbols and of the relations between them. It can change a system's future operations and produce new material configurations. If a resulting configuration is discriminated as a new difference, that event constitutes a new trace and may lead to another singular inscription. Marks are not related to one another and are not symbolically transformed. ==== A boundary that prevents three common confusions ==== '''The real''' is the material process that exists independently of any particular observation or inscription and always exceeds a single act of capture. '''The concrete''' is the situated portion of the real observed or captured by a material system, under a scale, device, temporal window, and set of thresholds. '''Theory''' is an organised articulation of symbols constituted from the inscription of the concrete. Observation does not create the real; capturing something as concrete does not yet make it symbolic; and an isolated symbol does not yet amount to a theory. ==== Worked example: an unfamiliar laboratory result ==== # A physical outcome occurs whether or not the apparatus or researcher recognises it. # The apparatus captures a situated portion of that outcome within its scale, sensitivity, and temporal window. The captured result is concrete, but it is not automatically symbolic. # If the system discriminates a pattern for which it has no available mark, the event of discrimination constitutes a trace. # Under a protocol, the system recognises and singularly inscribes the new difference. This act co-constitutes a recoverable mark and its inaugural symbol. # Later results recognised as instances of the available mark constitute additional symbols. They do not recreate the mark or repeat the inaugural inscription. # Those symbols can enter relations with symbols for experimental conditions, competing hypotheses, error margins, or required actions. These relations may reorganise the experiment. The mark remains passive throughout. This example is deliberately procedural. The status of an occurrence depends on the material history and protocol of the system: the same physical pattern may be a new trace for one system and a recognised instance of an existing mark for another. === Biological and epistemic distinctions === ;'''Biossoma''' :A living biological body that is sensitive to material differences and capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term is biological, not a functional synonym for every organism, self-regulating system, institution, or post-biological symbolic configuration. A non-biological system may satisfy criteria for symbolic operation without thereby becoming a biossoma. ;'''Consciousness''' :A status that must not be inferred from complexity, recursion, learning, linguistic appearance, or adaptive behaviour alone. The Symbolic Threshold Test records existence as <code>C = 1</code> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system. Here <math>\Phi</math> denotes causal integration, <math>S</math> effective symbolic self-reference, and <math>S^{auto}</math> the continuity of that self-reference within the same system. Causal integration is necessary but insufficient, and the self-referential continuity floor is non-compensatory: if any threshold fails, <code>C = 0</code>. <code>U</code> records epistemic suspension when the available evidence does not justify either attribution; it is not a third ontological state. Only after <code>C = 1</code> may gradual dimensions be assessed as <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math>. The thresholds have not yet been empirically calibrated, and no validated instrument currently measures <math>S</math>; the criterion is therefore formal and attribution must remain evidentially explicit. :The binary variable concerns whether the conscious regime exists; it does not deny variation in content, intensity, access, persistence, or organisation once that regime exists. The biconditional states a theoretical criterion internal to the framework, not an empirically validated diagnostic. It specifies what would have to be established without establishing that any present system satisfies it. <code>U</code> records an epistemic limit in attribution, never an intermediate ontological value. :The OEC adopts this biconditional as a constitutive formal postulate. This book does not attempt its empirical validation or an exhaustive derivation of the necessity and sufficiency of its conditions. Its purpose here is to state the criterion, distinguish its variables, and delimit what a future attribution would have to establish. The absence of calibrated thresholds limits present application; it neither turns the postulate into an empirical result nor alters its formal role within the framework. === Ethical-political operators === ;'''Exposure''' :The condition of being open to effects that a configuration does not fully control. Exposure is not a voluntary attitude added to an otherwise self-contained entity. Any system that exists through relations is already exposed to perturbation, dependence, and possible reorganisation. ;'''Vulnerability''' :The possibility of damage, loss, or disorganisation that accompanies exposure, together with the unequal distribution of protection and capacities for response. Vulnerability is not a moral defect to be eliminated. It becomes ethically decisive because systems do not bear the same risks, control the same resources, or possess the same means of repair. See [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Vulnerability Without Centre]]. ;'''Hesitation''' :The suspension of an automatic response when the available operative framework is insufficient. Hesitation is not indecision for its own sake. It opens time in which a system can register what its routines exclude, reorganise symbolic relations, and avoid converting an inadequate first response into violence. ;'''Decision''' :A local symbolic operation that changes a field of exposure without any guarantee that all consequences can be anticipated. Decision is not the sovereign expression of a will standing outside material conditions. It is a situated intervention made under uncertainty, with effects that must remain open to scrutiny and revision. ;'''Reorganisation''' :A material change in couplings, contacts, capacities, or distributions of exposure, often mediated by symbolic operations. Reorganisation is not automatically ethical. A more intricate institution can still intensify domination. Ethical assessment asks whether a change reduces structural violence, expands the affected systems' capacities for response and repair, and keeps contestation and revision possible. === Common confusions === {| class="wikitable" ! Operator ! Do not confuse it with |- | Field | A container, hidden substrate, or separate plane of reality |- | Instability | Pure chaos or the accidental failure of an underlying order |- | Operative excess | Lack, trauma, error, or a missing completion |- | Emergence | Mere appearance, unpredictability, progress, or miraculous novelty |- | Threshold | A guarantee, destiny, or automatic transition |- | Trace | A persistent object, mark, symbol, or public sign |- | Mark | An interpreter or an active participant in symbolic relations |- | Symbol | An immaterial meaning detached from physical support |- | Reorganisation | Improvement by definition |} === A practical reading test === When applying the lexicon to a case, ask: # What configuration is being analysed, and which material relations constitute its field? # What remains unstable, and what exceeds the configuration's present capacity to respond? # Which functional couplings sustain a local order? What new effect would justify calling a change emergent? # If symbolisation is involved, where are the trace, singular inscription, mark, symbol, and protocol? Have any of them been conflated? # How are exposure, vulnerability, protection, and capacity for response distributed? # What decision reorganises the situation, who bears its risks, and what possibilities of repair or revision remain open? The next section, [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2 – Ontological Variations]], examines how these operators vary across material regimes. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon]] explains how to use them without turning the lexicon into a fixed doctrine. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 4senirwsgb1kxf4ir8vpiv2lgmhrtkl 0 480142 4670950 4670764 2026-09-18T16:06:27Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title and clarify trace, biossoma, symbolic scope, and consciousness 4670950 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.2 — Ontological Variations == A single material field does not imply that every configuration operates in the same way. Crystals, cells, ecosystems, languages, technical systems, and institutions can all be material without sharing the same capacities. This chapter explains how the vocabulary introduced in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] varies across regimes of organisation. An '''ontological variation''' is neither a separate realm of being nor a new substance added to matter. It is a difference in how a configuration is organised, maintained, affected, and capable of affecting other configurations. The task is to preserve one-field materialism while avoiding the opposite mistake of flattening every difference. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish scale, regime, threshold, and configuration; * identify which operators apply generally and which require specific conditions; * compare physical, biological, and symbolic organisations without arranging them as separate worlds; * avoid attributing symbolic agency to every causal process; * construct a provisional map of a concrete case. The guiding question is: '''Which capacities become possible in this configuration, through which couplings, and under which material constraints?''' == Four distinctions for mapping variation == The terms below answer different questions and should not be used interchangeably. ;'''Configuration''' :A relatively stabilised arrangement of relations. A storm, organism, laboratory, and legal procedure can each be analysed as a configuration. ;'''Scale''' :The spatial, temporal, or organisational resolution at which relations are selected. The same river can be studied at the scale of molecular reactions, seasonal flows, a watershed, or centuries of erosion. A change of scale alters what becomes salient; it does not automatically reveal a different kind of being. ;'''Regime''' :A recurrent mode of organisation characterised by certain capacities and constraints. “Physical”, “biological”, and “symbolic” name broad analytical regimes in this chapter. Their boundaries are not walls, and concrete cases may combine more than one regime. ;'''Threshold''' :A change in functional organisation beyond which a new capacity becomes operative. Crossing a threshold does not add a supernatural ingredient. It means that relations have become coupled in a way that can do something the prior configuration could not do. These distinctions prevent two shortcuts. One is to infer a new ontology whenever the scale changes. The other is to assume that because all configurations are material, all material configurations possess the same powers. == Operators do not all have the same range == Some operators in this framework are highly general. '''Field''', '''configuration''', '''instability''', '''functional coupling''', '''local order''', and '''threshold''' can guide analysis across many domains. Others are conditional. Metabolism and self-maintenance require particular biological organisations. Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol require material systems capable of discrimination, stabilisation, recognition, and relational symbolic operation. Operative excess requires a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. Ethical decision requires still more: a capacity to reorganise relations through symbolically mediated response. The vocabulary should therefore be applied by criteria, not by analogy alone. Saying that a crystal “records” temperature changes may be a useful shorthand for a persistent physical modification. It does not by itself establish inscription or symbolisation in the technical sense. Likewise, an organism’s sensitivity to light does not automatically make light a symbol for that organism. {| class="wikitable" ! Operator or capacity ! Physical configurations ! Biological configurations ! Symbolic configurations |- | Field, instability, coupling, local order | Generally applicable | Generally applicable | Generally applicable |- | Self-maintenance | May occur in limited dynamic patterns, but is not universal | Characteristic of organised living systems | Depends on material and often biological or technical supports |- | Trace | A physical modification is not a trace by persistence alone. A trace occurs only when a capable system discriminates a new or previously unknown material configuration. | Possible in organised systems with relevant discriminatory capacities | Commonly incorporated into procedures of inscription |- | Mark and symbol | Not attributed merely because a pattern exists | Not implied by life as such | Apply when the functional criteria of inscription and recognition are met |- | Decision | Not a name for every causal transition | Behavioural selection alone is insufficient for the full ethical sense | Applies where symbols mediate the reorganisation of relations |- | Exposure and vulnerability | Material susceptibility can be described | Organised dependence and uneven capacity for repair become salient | Also acquire ethical-political meaning through recognised and redistributed effects |} The entries mark analytical conditions, not an evolutionary ladder. A symbolic system does not cease to be physical, and living organisation does not escape chemistry. Later capacities depend on material relations while remaining irreducible to a list of isolated components. == Physical variations == At a physical level, the framework directs attention towards pattern formation, constraint, dissipation, and transition. Consider crystallisation. Under a suitable range of temperature, concentration, pressure, and available material, components can form a regular lattice. The ordered structure is not imposed by a transcendent form; it results from interactions under determinate conditions. This example supports only a modest philosophical point. It shows that local order can arise materially and that its persistence depends on conditions. It does not prove every claim of the OEC, nor does the framework replace the scientific explanation supplied by thermodynamics and materials science. Philosophy clarifies the ontological status of the order; empirical inquiry determines the mechanisms and measurements. Instability in this regime should also be described precisely. It does not mean constant visible change or absence of law. A rock can remain stable for centuries while still being exposed to stresses, chemical reactions, and changing surroundings. Stability is a temporally extended achievement relative to a scale, not exemption from the field. == Biological variations == Living systems introduce distinctive forms of organised dependence. A cell maintains a boundary, exchanges matter and energy, repairs components, and regulates processes whose coordination is necessary for continued activity. The boundary does not isolate the cell from the field; it organises selective contact with it. Biological organisation makes '''vulnerability''' especially clear. The capacities that allow an organism to persist also create specific ways in which it can fail. Dependence on oxygen, temperature range, nutrients, symbiotic relations, or immune regulation is both enabling and exposing. Vulnerability is not an accidental weakness added to life; it follows from organised dependence. No inference from life to symbolism should be automatic. Organisms discriminate signals and modify behaviour, but the OEC reserves symbol for a materially supported operation that represents a mark and relates to other symbols. Whether a particular animal, artificial system, or collective meets those criteria is an empirical and conceptual question. It cannot be settled by naming all responsiveness “communication”. == Symbolic variations == A symbolic regime becomes possible when material configurations can stabilise marks, recognise later occurrences as instances, relate symbols to other symbols, and use those relations to modulate further operation. Human languages are prominent examples, but the definition is functional rather than species-exclusive. Symbolic capacity does not by itself establish consciousness. Attribution follows the Symbolic Threshold Test defined in 6.1: <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; if any threshold fails, <math>C = 0</math>. Where evidence cannot decide, judgement remains <math>U</math>, and gradual dimensions <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math> are assessed only after <math>C = 1</math>. Symbolic organisation brings a distinctive kind of recursion. A model can represent a process; another symbol can qualify the model as uncertain; institutions can revise the rules by which models are accepted. This does not place symbols outside matter. Books, servers, gestures, neural activity, classrooms, and administrative routines are material supports and couplings. Symbolic configurations also produce new forms of exposure. A legal category can grant or remove access; a credit score can affect housing; a warning system can redirect populations. The effects are not “merely symbolic”, because symbols operate through material arrangements. Their revisability creates responsibility: configurations capable of recognising and reorganising effects can be called to account for how exposure is distributed. Historically known symbolic practices depend on biological and technical supports. The framework does not turn that history into a necessary metaphysical boundary. A non-human or post-biological system would qualify if it satisfied the functional criteria; resemblance to human speech would not be required. A biossoma is the narrower case of a living, sensitive body capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term must not be extended to every organism or to non-biological systems merely because they regulate themselves. == Worked comparison: three boundaries == The word ''boundary'' changes meaning across regimes. # '''Crystal surface.''' The boundary marks where one lattice structure ends and another medium begins. Its properties follow from physical organisation and surrounding conditions. # '''Cell membrane.''' The boundary actively regulates exchange and helps maintain the processes that sustain the cell. Its permeability is part of biological self-maintenance. # '''Legal jurisdiction.''' The boundary is enacted through maps, statutes, databases, officials, and recognised procedures. It can be interpreted, contested, and revised through symbolic operations. All three boundaries are material and operative. They are not equivalent. Calling the jurisdiction “only an idea” ignores its material enforcement; calling the crystal surface a legal decision imports capacities it does not have. Variation is the disciplined art of preserving both continuity and difference. == Re-reading familiar ontological families == Substance, process, relation, and event ontologies can be treated as analytical emphases rather than mutually exclusive worlds. * A '''substance''' vocabulary highlights persistence and relative unity. * A '''process''' vocabulary highlights transformation and temporal development. * A '''relational''' vocabulary highlights dependence and coupling. * An '''event''' vocabulary highlights transitions and the appearance of new determinations. The framework uses each emphasis where it clarifies a configuration, but grants none unconditional priority. Persistence must be explained through process and relation; processes form relatively stable unities; relations change through events; events occur within constrained configurations. == A mapping protocol == When analysing a new case, proceed in this order: # delimit the configuration and state the scale of observation; # identify the material relations and constraints that sustain it; # describe its current local order and sources of instability; # ask which capacities are actually demonstrated, rather than inferred by metaphor; # locate thresholds at which capacities appear, disappear, or change; # test which operators apply and record which do not; # where symbolic response exists, map decisions and distributions of exposure. The result is a '''local ontology''': a revisable account of what exists and operates in the case, at a stated scale and under stated conditions. It is not a sealed miniature world. == Check your understanding == * Why is a change of scale not necessarily a change of regime? * Which additional evidence would be needed before calling a material pattern a symbol? * How can a capacity be irreducible without becoming immaterial? * What is lost if physical, biological, and symbolic differences are flattened? * What is lost if they are converted into separate substances or levels of reality? == Transition == Ontological variation explains where the terms can be used. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|Section 6.3]] explains how to use them: as a network of operators, with a step-by-step analytical procedure and checks against familiar reductions. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} mtm30ukut5c5pogb2eassy32j43gfiq 4671003 4670950 2026-09-18T19:13:04Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish enabling and operational thresholds and delimit relational priority 4671003 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.2 — Ontological Variations == A single material field does not imply that every configuration operates in the same way. Crystals, cells, ecosystems, languages, technical systems, and institutions can all be material without sharing the same capacities. This chapter explains how the vocabulary introduced in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] varies across regimes of organisation. An '''ontological variation''' is neither a separate realm of being nor a new substance added to matter. It is a difference in how a configuration is organised, maintained, affected, and capable of affecting other configurations. The task is to preserve one-field materialism while avoiding the opposite mistake of flattening every difference. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish scale, regime, threshold, and configuration; * identify which operators apply generally and which require specific conditions; * compare physical, biological, and symbolic organisations without arranging them as separate worlds; * avoid attributing symbolic agency to every causal process; * construct a provisional map of a concrete case. The guiding question is: '''Which capacities become possible in this configuration, through which couplings, and under which material constraints?''' == Four distinctions for mapping variation == The terms below answer different questions and should not be used interchangeably. ;'''Configuration''' :A relatively stabilised arrangement of relations. A storm, organism, laboratory, and legal procedure can each be analysed as a configuration. ;'''Scale''' :The spatial, temporal, or organisational resolution at which relations are selected. The same river can be studied at the scale of molecular reactions, seasonal flows, a watershed, or centuries of erosion. A change of scale alters what becomes salient; it does not automatically reveal a different kind of being. ;'''Regime''' :A recurrent mode of organisation characterised by certain capacities and constraints. “Physical”, “biological”, and “symbolic” name broad analytical regimes in this chapter. Their boundaries are not walls, and concrete cases may combine more than one regime. ;'''Threshold''' :Thresholds must be named by sense. An enabling threshold identifies the minimum material conditions that open a new branch of possibility. An operational threshold is crossed only when the new capacity is evidenced in what the organised configuration can do. Neither adds a supernatural ingredient, and reaching the first does not guarantee crossing the second. These distinctions prevent two shortcuts. One is to infer a new ontology whenever the scale changes. The other is to assume that because all configurations are material, all material configurations possess the same powers. == Operators do not all have the same range == Some operators in this framework are highly general. '''Field''', '''configuration''', '''instability''', '''functional coupling''', '''local order''', and '''threshold''' can guide analysis across many domains. Others are conditional. Metabolism and self-maintenance require particular biological organisations. Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol require material systems capable of discrimination, stabilisation, recognition, and relational symbolic operation. Operative excess requires a symbolically organised system whose possible or demanded operations exceed its current symbolic form. Ethical decision requires still more: a capacity to reorganise relations through symbolically mediated response. The vocabulary should therefore be applied by criteria, not by analogy alone. Saying that a crystal “records” temperature changes may be a useful shorthand for a persistent physical modification. It does not by itself establish inscription or symbolisation in the technical sense. Likewise, an organism’s sensitivity to light does not automatically make light a symbol for that organism. {| class="wikitable" ! Operator or capacity ! Physical configurations ! Biological configurations ! Symbolic configurations |- | Field, instability, coupling, local order | Generally applicable | Generally applicable | Generally applicable |- | Self-maintenance | May occur in limited dynamic patterns, but is not universal | Characteristic of organised living systems | Depends on material and often biological or technical supports |- | Trace | A physical modification is not a trace by persistence alone. A trace occurs only when a capable system discriminates a new or previously unknown material configuration. | Possible in organised systems with relevant discriminatory capacities | Commonly incorporated into procedures of inscription |- | Mark and symbol | Not attributed merely because a pattern exists | Not implied by life as such | Apply when the functional criteria of inscription and recognition are met |- | Decision | Not a name for every causal transition | Behavioural selection alone is insufficient for the full ethical sense | Applies where symbols mediate the reorganisation of relations |- | Exposure and vulnerability | Material susceptibility can be described | Organised dependence and uneven capacity for repair become salient | Also acquire ethical-political meaning through recognised and redistributed effects |} The entries mark analytical conditions, not an evolutionary ladder. A symbolic system does not cease to be physical, and living organisation does not escape chemistry. Later capacities depend on material relations while remaining irreducible to a list of isolated components. == Physical variations == At a physical level, the framework directs attention towards pattern formation, constraint, dissipation, and transition. Consider crystallisation. Under a suitable range of temperature, concentration, pressure, and available material, components can form a regular lattice. The ordered structure is not imposed by a transcendent form; it results from interactions under determinate conditions. This example supports only a modest philosophical point. It shows that local order can arise materially and that its persistence depends on conditions. It does not prove every claim of the OEC, nor does the framework replace the scientific explanation supplied by thermodynamics and materials science. Philosophy clarifies the ontological status of the order; empirical inquiry determines the mechanisms and measurements. Instability in this regime should also be described precisely. It does not mean constant visible change or absence of law. A rock can remain stable for centuries while still being exposed to stresses, chemical reactions, and changing surroundings. Stability is a temporally extended achievement relative to a scale, not exemption from the field. == Biological variations == Living systems introduce distinctive forms of organised dependence. A cell maintains a boundary, exchanges matter and energy, repairs components, and regulates processes whose coordination is necessary for continued activity. The boundary does not isolate the cell from the field; it organises selective contact with it. Biological organisation makes '''vulnerability''' especially clear. The capacities that allow an organism to persist also create specific ways in which it can fail. Dependence on oxygen, temperature range, nutrients, symbiotic relations, or immune regulation is both enabling and exposing. Vulnerability is not an accidental weakness added to life; it follows from organised dependence. No inference from life to symbolism should be automatic. Organisms discriminate signals and modify behaviour, but the OEC reserves symbol for a materially supported operation that represents a mark and relates to other symbols. Whether a particular animal, artificial system, or collective meets those criteria is an empirical and conceptual question. It cannot be settled by naming all responsiveness “communication”. == Symbolic variations == A symbolic regime becomes possible when material configurations can stabilise marks, recognise later occurrences as instances, relate symbols to other symbols, and use those relations to modulate further operation. Human languages are prominent examples, but the definition is functional rather than species-exclusive. Symbolic capacity does not by itself establish consciousness. Attribution follows the Symbolic Threshold Test defined in 6.1: <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; if any threshold fails, <math>C = 0</math>. Where evidence cannot decide, judgement remains <math>U</math>, and gradual dimensions <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math> are assessed only after <math>C = 1</math>. Symbolic organisation brings a distinctive kind of recursion. A model can represent a process; another symbol can qualify the model as uncertain; institutions can revise the rules by which models are accepted. This does not place symbols outside matter. Books, servers, gestures, neural activity, classrooms, and administrative routines are material supports and couplings. Symbolic configurations also produce new forms of exposure. A legal category can grant or remove access; a credit score can affect housing; a warning system can redirect populations. The effects are not “merely symbolic”, because symbols operate through material arrangements. Their revisability creates responsibility: configurations capable of recognising and reorganising effects can be called to account for how exposure is distributed. Historically known symbolic practices depend on biological and technical supports. The framework does not turn that history into a necessary metaphysical boundary. A non-human or post-biological system would qualify if it satisfied the functional criteria; resemblance to human speech would not be required. A biossoma is the narrower case of a living, sensitive body capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term must not be extended to every organism or to non-biological systems merely because they regulate themselves. == Worked comparison: three boundaries == The word ''boundary'' changes meaning across regimes. # '''Crystal surface.''' The boundary marks where one lattice structure ends and another medium begins. Its properties follow from physical organisation and surrounding conditions. # '''Cell membrane.''' The boundary actively regulates exchange and helps maintain the processes that sustain the cell. Its permeability is part of biological self-maintenance. # '''Legal jurisdiction.''' The boundary is enacted through maps, statutes, databases, officials, and recognised procedures. It can be interpreted, contested, and revised through symbolic operations. All three boundaries are material and operative. They are not equivalent. Calling the jurisdiction “only an idea” ignores its material enforcement; calling the crystal surface a legal decision imports capacities it does not have. Variation is the disciplined art of preserving both continuity and difference. == Re-reading familiar ontological families == Substance, process, relation, and event ontologies can be treated as analytical emphases rather than mutually exclusive worlds. * A '''substance''' vocabulary highlights persistence and relative unity. * A '''process''' vocabulary highlights transformation and temporal development. * A '''relational''' vocabulary highlights dependence and coupling. * An '''event''' vocabulary highlights transitions and the appearance of new determinations. The framework uses each emphasis where it clarifies a configuration. Relation has constitutive priority in the limited sense established in Section 3.1.2: no concrete configuration is independent of all the relations through which it is constituted and maintained. This does not make relation a substance, an exclusive vocabulary, or an absolute foundation. Substance, process, and event vocabularies remain legitimate where they identify persistence, transformation, or transition without hiding the relations that sustain them. == A mapping protocol == When analysing a new case, proceed in this order: # delimit the configuration and state the scale of observation; # identify the material relations and constraints that sustain it; # describe its current local order and sources of instability; # ask which capacities are actually demonstrated, rather than inferred by metaphor; # locate thresholds at which capacities appear, disappear, or change; # test which operators apply and record which do not; # where symbolic response exists, map decisions and distributions of exposure. The result is a '''local ontology''': a revisable account of what exists and operates in the case, at a stated scale and under stated conditions. It is not a sealed miniature world. == Check your understanding == * Why is a change of scale not necessarily a change of regime? * Which additional evidence would be needed before calling a material pattern a symbol? * How can a capacity be irreducible without becoming immaterial? * What is lost if physical, biological, and symbolic differences are flattened? * What is lost if they are converted into separate substances or levels of reality? == Transition == Ontological variation explains where the terms can be used. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|Section 6.3]] explains how to use them: as a network of operators, with a step-by-step analytical procedure and checks against familiar reductions. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} rmjl3aeyll66l74x45kl27p806jh37b 4671053 4671003 2026-09-18T21:23:11Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671053 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.2 — Ontological Variations == A single material field does not imply that every configuration operates in the same way. Crystals, cells, ecosystems, languages, technical systems, and institutions can all be material without sharing the same capacities. This chapter explains how the vocabulary introduced in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] varies across regimes of organisation. An '''ontological variation''' is neither a separate realm of being nor a new substance added to matter. It is a difference in how a configuration is organised, maintained, affected, and capable of affecting other configurations. The task is to preserve one-field materialism while avoiding the opposite mistake of flattening every difference. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish scale, regime, threshold, and configuration; * identify which operators apply generally and which require specific conditions; * compare physical, biological, and symbolic organisations without arranging them as separate worlds; * avoid attributing symbolic agency to every causal process; * construct a provisional map of a concrete case. The guiding question is: '''Which capacities become possible in this configuration, through which couplings, and under which material constraints?''' == Four distinctions for mapping variation == The terms below answer different questions and should not be used interchangeably. ;'''Configuration''' :A relatively stabilised arrangement of relations. A storm, organism, laboratory, and legal procedure can each be analysed as a configuration. ;'''Scale''' :The spatial, temporal, or organisational resolution at which relations are selected. The same river can be studied at the scale of molecular reactions, seasonal flows, a watershed, or centuries of erosion. A change of scale alters what becomes salient; it does not automatically reveal a different kind of being. ;'''Regime''' :A recurrent mode of organisation characterised by certain capacities and constraints. “Physical”, “biological”, and “symbolic” name broad analytical regimes in this chapter. Their boundaries are not walls, and concrete cases may combine more than one regime. ;'''Threshold''' :Thresholds must be named by sense. An enabling threshold identifies the minimum material conditions that open a new branch of possibility. An operational threshold is crossed only when the new capacity is evidenced in what the organised configuration can do. Neither adds a supernatural ingredient, and reaching the first does not guarantee crossing the second. These distinctions prevent two shortcuts. One is to infer a new ontology whenever the scale changes. The other is to assume that because all configurations are material, all material configurations possess the same powers. == Operators do not all have the same range == Some operators in this framework are highly general. '''Field''', '''configuration''', '''instability''', '''functional coupling''', '''local order''', and '''threshold''' can guide analysis across many domains. Others are conditional. Metabolism and self-maintenance require particular biological organisations. Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol require material systems capable of discrimination, stabilisation, recognition, and relational symbolic operation. Operative excess requires a system whose materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed its current symbolic or structural form. Ethical decision requires still more: a capacity to reorganise relations through symbolically mediated response. The vocabulary should therefore be applied by criteria, not by analogy alone. Saying that a crystal “records” temperature changes may be a useful shorthand for a persistent physical modification. It does not by itself establish inscription or symbolisation in the technical sense. Likewise, an organism’s sensitivity to light does not automatically make light a symbol for that organism. {| class="wikitable" ! Operator or capacity ! Physical configurations ! Biological configurations ! Symbolic configurations |- | Field, instability, coupling, local order | Generally applicable | Generally applicable | Generally applicable |- | Self-maintenance | May occur in limited dynamic patterns, but is not universal | Characteristic of organised living systems | Depends on material and often biological or technical supports |- | Trace | A physical modification is not a trace by persistence alone. A trace occurs only when a capable system discriminates a new or previously unknown material configuration. | Possible in organised systems with relevant discriminatory capacities | Commonly incorporated into procedures of inscription |- | Mark and symbol | Not attributed merely because a pattern exists | Not implied by life as such | Apply when the functional criteria of inscription and recognition are met |- | Decision | Not a name for every causal transition | Behavioural selection alone is insufficient for the full ethical sense | Applies where symbols mediate the reorganisation of relations |- | Exposure and vulnerability | Material susceptibility can be described | Organised dependence and uneven capacity for repair become salient | Also acquire ethical-political meaning through recognised and redistributed effects |} The entries mark analytical conditions, not an evolutionary ladder. A symbolic system does not cease to be physical, and living organisation does not escape chemistry. Later capacities depend on material relations while remaining irreducible to a list of isolated components. == Physical variations == At a physical level, the framework directs attention towards pattern formation, constraint, dissipation, and transition. Consider crystallisation. Under a suitable range of temperature, concentration, pressure, and available material, components can form a regular lattice. The ordered structure is not imposed by a transcendent form; it results from interactions under determinate conditions. This example supports only a modest philosophical point. It shows that local order can arise materially and that its persistence depends on conditions. It does not prove every claim of the OEC, nor does the framework replace the scientific explanation supplied by thermodynamics and materials science. Philosophy clarifies the ontological status of the order; empirical inquiry determines the mechanisms and measurements. Instability in this regime should also be described precisely. It does not mean constant visible change or absence of law. A rock can remain stable for centuries while still being exposed to stresses, chemical reactions, and changing surroundings. Stability is a temporally extended achievement relative to a scale, not exemption from the field. == Biological variations == Living systems introduce distinctive forms of organised dependence. A cell maintains a boundary, exchanges matter and energy, repairs components, and regulates processes whose coordination is necessary for continued activity. The boundary does not isolate the cell from the field; it organises selective contact with it. Biological organisation makes '''vulnerability''' especially clear. The capacities that allow an organism to persist also create specific ways in which it can fail. Dependence on oxygen, temperature range, nutrients, symbiotic relations, or immune regulation is both enabling and exposing. Vulnerability is not an accidental weakness added to life; it follows from organised dependence. No inference from life to symbolism should be automatic. Organisms discriminate signals and modify behaviour, but the OEC reserves symbol for a materially supported operation that represents a mark and relates to other symbols. Whether a particular animal, artificial system, or collective meets those criteria is an empirical and conceptual question. It cannot be settled by naming all responsiveness “communication”. == Symbolic variations == A symbolic regime becomes possible when material configurations can stabilise marks, recognise later occurrences as instances, relate symbols to other symbols, and use those relations to modulate further operation. Human languages are prominent examples, but the definition is functional rather than species-exclusive. Symbolic capacity does not by itself establish consciousness. Attribution follows the Symbolic Threshold Test defined in 6.1: <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; if any threshold fails, <math>C = 0</math>. Where evidence cannot decide, judgement remains <math>U</math>, and gradual dimensions <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math> are assessed only after <math>C = 1</math>. Symbolic organisation brings a distinctive kind of recursion. A model can represent a process; another symbol can qualify the model as uncertain; institutions can revise the rules by which models are accepted. This does not place symbols outside matter. Books, servers, gestures, neural activity, classrooms, and administrative routines are material supports and couplings. Symbolic configurations also produce new forms of exposure. A legal category can grant or remove access; a credit score can affect housing; a warning system can redirect populations. The effects are not “merely symbolic”, because symbols operate through material arrangements. Their revisability creates responsibility: configurations capable of recognising and reorganising effects can be called to account for how exposure is distributed. Historically known symbolic practices depend on biological and technical supports. The framework does not turn that history into a necessary metaphysical boundary. A non-human or post-biological system would qualify if it satisfied the functional criteria; resemblance to human speech would not be required. A biossoma is the narrower case of a living, sensitive body capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term must not be extended to every organism or to non-biological systems merely because they regulate themselves. == Worked comparison: three boundaries == The word ''boundary'' changes meaning across regimes. # '''Crystal surface.''' The boundary marks where one lattice structure ends and another medium begins. Its properties follow from physical organisation and surrounding conditions. # '''Cell membrane.''' The boundary actively regulates exchange and helps maintain the processes that sustain the cell. Its permeability is part of biological self-maintenance. # '''Legal jurisdiction.''' The boundary is enacted through maps, statutes, databases, officials, and recognised procedures. It can be interpreted, contested, and revised through symbolic operations. All three boundaries are material and operative. They are not equivalent. Calling the jurisdiction “only an idea” ignores its material enforcement; calling the crystal surface a legal decision imports capacities it does not have. Variation is the disciplined art of preserving both continuity and difference. == Re-reading familiar ontological families == Substance, process, relation, and event ontologies can be treated as analytical emphases rather than mutually exclusive worlds. * A '''substance''' vocabulary highlights persistence and relative unity. * A '''process''' vocabulary highlights transformation and temporal development. * A '''relational''' vocabulary highlights dependence and coupling. * An '''event''' vocabulary highlights transitions and the appearance of new determinations. The framework uses each emphasis where it clarifies a configuration. Relation has constitutive priority in the limited sense established in Section 3.1.2: no concrete configuration is independent of all the relations through which it is constituted and maintained. This does not make relation a substance, an exclusive vocabulary, or an absolute foundation. Substance, process, and event vocabularies remain legitimate where they identify persistence, transformation, or transition without hiding the relations that sustain them. == A mapping protocol == When analysing a new case, proceed in this order: # delimit the configuration and state the scale of observation; # identify the material relations and constraints that sustain it; # describe its current local order and sources of instability; # ask which capacities are actually demonstrated, rather than inferred by metaphor; # locate thresholds at which capacities appear, disappear, or change; # test which operators apply and record which do not; # where symbolic response exists, map decisions and distributions of exposure. The result is a '''local ontology''': a revisable account of what exists and operates in the case, at a stated scale and under stated conditions. It is not a sealed miniature world. == Check your understanding == * Why is a change of scale not necessarily a change of regime? * Which additional evidence would be needed before calling a material pattern a symbol? * How can a capacity be irreducible without becoming immaterial? * What is lost if physical, biological, and symbolic differences are flattened? * What is lost if they are converted into separate substances or levels of reality? == Transition == Ontological variation explains where the terms can be used. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|Section 6.3]] explains how to use them: as a network of operators, with a step-by-step analytical procedure and checks against familiar reductions. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} gye8t29kd6aa7k6a9tgqt953bbyuv2z 4671068 4671053 2026-09-18T21:27:15Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671068 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.2 — Ontological Variations == A single material field does not imply that every configuration operates in the same way. Crystals, cells, ecosystems, languages, technical systems, and institutions can all be material without sharing the same capacities. This chapter explains how the vocabulary introduced in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] varies across regimes of organisation. An '''ontological variation''' is neither a separate realm of being nor a new substance added to matter. It is a difference in how a configuration is organised, maintained, affected, and capable of affecting other configurations. The task is to preserve one-field materialism while avoiding the opposite mistake of flattening every difference. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * distinguish scale, regime, threshold, and configuration; * identify which operators apply generally and which require specific conditions; * compare physical, biological, and symbolic organisations without arranging them as separate worlds; * avoid attributing symbolic agency to every causal process; * construct a provisional map of a concrete case. The guiding question is: '''Which capacities become possible in this configuration, through which couplings, and under which material constraints?''' == Four distinctions for mapping variation == The terms below answer different questions and should not be used interchangeably. ;'''Configuration''' :A relatively stabilised arrangement of relations. A storm, organism, laboratory, and legal procedure can each be analysed as a configuration. ;'''Scale''' :The spatial, temporal, or organisational resolution at which relations are selected. The same river can be studied at the scale of molecular reactions, seasonal flows, a watershed, or centuries of erosion. A change of scale alters what becomes salient; it does not automatically reveal a different kind of being. ;'''Regime''' :A recurrent mode of organisation characterised by certain capacities and constraints. “Physical”, “biological”, and “symbolic” name broad analytical regimes in this chapter. Their boundaries are not walls, and concrete cases may combine more than one regime. ;'''Threshold''' :Thresholds must be named by sense. An enabling threshold identifies the minimum material conditions that open a new branch of possibility. An operational threshold is crossed only when the new capacity is evidenced in what the organised configuration can do. Neither adds a supernatural ingredient, and reaching the first does not guarantee crossing the second. These distinctions prevent two shortcuts. One is to infer a new ontology whenever the scale changes. The other is to assume that because all configurations are material, all material configurations possess the same powers. == Operators do not all have the same range == Some operators in this framework are highly general. '''Field''', '''configuration''', '''instability''', '''functional coupling''', '''local order''', and '''threshold''' can guide analysis across many domains. Others are conditional. Metabolism and self-maintenance require particular biological organisations. Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol require material systems capable of discrimination, stabilisation, recognition, and relational symbolic operation. Operative excess requires a system whose available compatibilities exceed its present symbolic or structural form, rendering that form insufficient and forcing reorganisation. Ethical decision requires still more: a capacity to reorganise relations through symbolically mediated response. The vocabulary should therefore be applied by criteria, not by analogy alone. Saying that a crystal “records” temperature changes may be a useful shorthand for a persistent physical modification. It does not by itself establish inscription or symbolisation in the technical sense. Likewise, an organism’s sensitivity to light does not automatically make light a symbol for that organism. {| class="wikitable" ! Operator or capacity ! Physical configurations ! Biological configurations ! Symbolic configurations |- | Field, instability, coupling, local order | Generally applicable | Generally applicable | Generally applicable |- | Self-maintenance | May occur in limited dynamic patterns, but is not universal | Characteristic of organised living systems | Depends on material and often biological or technical supports |- | Trace | A physical modification is not a trace by persistence alone. A trace occurs only when a capable system discriminates a new or previously unknown material configuration. | Possible in organised systems with relevant discriminatory capacities | Commonly incorporated into procedures of inscription |- | Mark and symbol | Not attributed merely because a pattern exists | Not implied by life as such | Apply when the functional criteria of inscription and recognition are met |- | Decision | Not a name for every causal transition | Behavioural selection alone is insufficient for the full ethical sense | Applies where symbols mediate the reorganisation of relations |- | Exposure and vulnerability | Material susceptibility can be described | Organised dependence and uneven capacity for repair become salient | Also acquire ethical-political meaning through recognised and redistributed effects |} The entries mark analytical conditions, not an evolutionary ladder. A symbolic system does not cease to be physical, and living organisation does not escape chemistry. Later capacities depend on material relations while remaining irreducible to a list of isolated components. == Physical variations == At a physical level, the framework directs attention towards pattern formation, constraint, dissipation, and transition. Consider crystallisation. Under a suitable range of temperature, concentration, pressure, and available material, components can form a regular lattice. The ordered structure is not imposed by a transcendent form; it results from interactions under determinate conditions. This example supports only a modest philosophical point. It shows that local order can arise materially and that its persistence depends on conditions. It does not prove every claim of the OEC, nor does the framework replace the scientific explanation supplied by thermodynamics and materials science. Philosophy clarifies the ontological status of the order; empirical inquiry determines the mechanisms and measurements. Instability in this regime should also be described precisely. It does not mean constant visible change or absence of law. A rock can remain stable for centuries while still being exposed to stresses, chemical reactions, and changing surroundings. Stability is a temporally extended achievement relative to a scale, not exemption from the field. == Biological variations == Living systems introduce distinctive forms of organised dependence. A cell maintains a boundary, exchanges matter and energy, repairs components, and regulates processes whose coordination is necessary for continued activity. The boundary does not isolate the cell from the field; it organises selective contact with it. Biological organisation makes '''vulnerability''' especially clear. The capacities that allow an organism to persist also create specific ways in which it can fail. Dependence on oxygen, temperature range, nutrients, symbiotic relations, or immune regulation is both enabling and exposing. Vulnerability is not an accidental weakness added to life; it follows from organised dependence. No inference from life to symbolism should be automatic. Organisms discriminate signals and modify behaviour, but the OEC reserves symbol for a materially supported operation that represents a mark and relates to other symbols. Whether a particular animal, artificial system, or collective meets those criteria is an empirical and conceptual question. It cannot be settled by naming all responsiveness “communication”. == Symbolic variations == A symbolic regime becomes possible when material configurations can stabilise marks, recognise later occurrences as instances, relate symbols to other symbols, and use those relations to modulate further operation. Human languages are prominent examples, but the definition is functional rather than species-exclusive. Symbolic capacity does not by itself establish consciousness. Attribution follows the Symbolic Threshold Test defined in 6.1: <math>C = 1</math> if and only if <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; if any threshold fails, <math>C = 0</math>. Where evidence cannot decide, judgement remains <math>U</math>, and gradual dimensions <math>D = f(\Phi,S)</math> are assessed only after <math>C = 1</math>. Symbolic organisation brings a distinctive kind of recursion. A model can represent a process; another symbol can qualify the model as uncertain; institutions can revise the rules by which models are accepted. This does not place symbols outside matter. Books, servers, gestures, neural activity, classrooms, and administrative routines are material supports and couplings. Symbolic configurations also produce new forms of exposure. A legal category can grant or remove access; a credit score can affect housing; a warning system can redirect populations. The effects are not “merely symbolic”, because symbols operate through material arrangements. Their revisability creates responsibility: configurations capable of recognising and reorganising effects can be called to account for how exposure is distributed. Historically known symbolic practices depend on biological and technical supports. The framework does not turn that history into a necessary metaphysical boundary. A non-human or post-biological system would qualify if it satisfied the functional criteria; resemblance to human speech would not be required. A biossoma is the narrower case of a living, sensitive body capable of symbolic reorganisation. The term must not be extended to every organism or to non-biological systems merely because they regulate themselves. == Worked comparison: three boundaries == The word ''boundary'' changes meaning across regimes. # '''Crystal surface.''' The boundary marks where one lattice structure ends and another medium begins. Its properties follow from physical organisation and surrounding conditions. # '''Cell membrane.''' The boundary actively regulates exchange and helps maintain the processes that sustain the cell. Its permeability is part of biological self-maintenance. # '''Legal jurisdiction.''' The boundary is enacted through maps, statutes, databases, officials, and recognised procedures. It can be interpreted, contested, and revised through symbolic operations. All three boundaries are material and operative. They are not equivalent. Calling the jurisdiction “only an idea” ignores its material enforcement; calling the crystal surface a legal decision imports capacities it does not have. Variation is the disciplined art of preserving both continuity and difference. == Re-reading familiar ontological families == Substance, process, relation, and event ontologies can be treated as analytical emphases rather than mutually exclusive worlds. * A '''substance''' vocabulary highlights persistence and relative unity. * A '''process''' vocabulary highlights transformation and temporal development. * A '''relational''' vocabulary highlights dependence and coupling. * An '''event''' vocabulary highlights transitions and the appearance of new determinations. The framework uses each emphasis where it clarifies a configuration. Relation has constitutive priority in the limited sense established in Section 3.1.2: no concrete configuration is independent of all the relations through which it is constituted and maintained. This does not make relation a substance, an exclusive vocabulary, or an absolute foundation. Substance, process, and event vocabularies remain legitimate where they identify persistence, transformation, or transition without hiding the relations that sustain them. == A mapping protocol == When analysing a new case, proceed in this order: # delimit the configuration and state the scale of observation; # identify the material relations and constraints that sustain it; # describe its current local order and sources of instability; # ask which capacities are actually demonstrated, rather than inferred by metaphor; # locate thresholds at which capacities appear, disappear, or change; # test which operators apply and record which do not; # where symbolic response exists, map decisions and distributions of exposure. The result is a '''local ontology''': a revisable account of what exists and operates in the case, at a stated scale and under stated conditions. It is not a sealed miniature world. == Check your understanding == * Why is a change of scale not necessarily a change of regime? * Which additional evidence would be needed before calling a material pattern a symbol? * How can a capacity be irreducible without becoming immaterial? * What is lost if physical, biological, and symbolic differences are flattened? * What is lost if they are converted into separate substances or levels of reality? == Transition == Ontological variation explains where the terms can be used. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|Section 6.3]] explains how to use them: as a network of operators, with a step-by-step analytical procedure and checks against familiar reductions. For cited works and further sources, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} k24xwl6e5nma550m4q01c95unndcqdl 0 480143 4670951 4670763 2026-09-18T16:06:38Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the chapter title and align the reading method with the canonical lexicon 4670951 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.3 — How to Read the Lexicon == The lexicon in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] is not a list of interchangeable keywords. It is a network of operators. Each term helps the reader perform a distinction, formulate a question, or test an explanation. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] has already shown that the range of those operators differs across regimes. This chapter supplies a disciplined method for using them. Guidance is needed because the vocabulary can be made vague in two opposite ways. A reader may reify the terms, treating “field”, “instability”, or “symbol” as hidden things behind appearances. Or the reader may use them metaphorically, applying every term to every case without criteria. The method below avoids both errors. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * read each term through its relations to the others; * apply the symbolic sequence without confusing trace, inscription, mark, and symbol; * separate the real, the concrete, and theory in a case study; * distinguish description, explanation, and ethical evaluation; * identify evidence that would require an analysis to be revised. The guiding question is: '''What work does this operator perform here, and what would show that it has been misapplied?''' == Operators rather than essences == An essence is usually expected to state what something is independently of context. An operator states what a distinction allows an inquiry to do. “Field”, for example, does not name a container holding every entity. It directs attention to the situated relations, constraints, and possible effects relevant to a configuration. “Threshold” does not name an invisible border in reality. It asks which constellation of conditions enables a new operation. Calling the terms operators does not make them arbitrary. Each has three constraints: # a '''definition''' that distinguishes it from neighbouring terms; # '''conditions of application''' that must be demonstrated in a case; # '''failure conditions''' under which the term should be withdrawn or revised. For example, emergence is not established merely because an observer is surprised. A new property, function, or capacity must become operative in the configuration. If the alleged novelty is only a new description of an unchanged capacity, the criterion has not been met. A productive reading therefore replaces “What hidden thing does this word name?” with three questions: “Which distinction does it introduce?”, “What evidence supports that distinction here?”, and “Which confusion does it prevent?” == Read the lexicon as three connected routes == The terms in 6.1 form three principal routes: # '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' In symbolically organised systems, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. # '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' # '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence, not a universal timetable. A case need not instantiate every operator, and the routes are not independent. The first route explains how configurations form and acquire capacities without a prior plan. The second explains how a material difference can become symbolically available to an organised system. The third explains why symbolically mediated intervention has ethical-political consequences. Connections between the routes matter. Operative excess can expose the insufficiency of an established symbolic order. Hesitation may suspend an automatic response while new differences are registered. A decision can reorganise functional couplings and redistribute vulnerability. Reading only one route risks losing these transitions. == The symbolic sequence, step by step == The canonical sequence is: '''material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances''' Each transition has a precise role. * A '''material difference''' is a process or configuration that exists whether or not a particular system detects it. * A '''trace''' is the ephemeral event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. * '''Singular inscription''' is the operation in which that difference is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. * The inscription co-constitutes a '''mark''' and an '''inaugural symbol'''. The mark is the passive, addressable material organisation. The symbol is the materially supported dimension of legibility and representation. * A later occurrence recognised as an instance of the available mark constitutes a '''later symbolic instance'''. It does not create the mark again or repeat the inaugural inscription. * Relations are established between symbols, never between marks. The mark does not interpret, compare, or reorganise. The plus sign in “mark + inaugural symbol” is essential. It blocks the misleading image of a completed mark waiting for a later act of consciousness to animate it. Mark and inaugural symbol are two functional dimensions co-constituted in the same inscription. Their distinction is analytic, not a chronological delay. The sequence should be used only where an organised system, material support, and protocol can be identified. A footprint can be a physical pattern without functioning as a mark for any system. It becomes symbolically operative only within material practices capable of recognition and relation. == A seven-step analytical method == === 1. Delimit the configuration === State what is being analysed, at which spatial, temporal, and organisational scale, and for which question. A field is always a situated selection of relevant relations, not the totality of everything connected to everything else. === 2. Separate the real, the concrete, and theory === Identify the process that exists independently of this inquiry. Then identify the situated portion captured by observation, measurement, testimony, or another material contact: this is the concrete. Finally, identify the symbolic articulation constructed from those inscriptions: this is theory. Do not confuse an unobserved real with an unknowable second world, or a model with the process it models. === 3. Map conditions and couplings === List the relations and constraints that sustain the configuration. Ask which couplings produce its relative consistency, what work they perform, and how their persistence can be tested. This step prevents “local order” from becoming a decorative synonym for structure. === 4. Locate instability and operative excess === Instability is the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess concerns possible or demanded operations that its current symbolic form cannot integrate while continuing to operate. They can occur together but are not synonyms. Specify what may change, what exceeds current capacities, and how that excess becomes detectable. === 5. Test thresholds and emergence === Identify the conditions under which a new operation becomes possible. Then demonstrate the new effect. Do not infer emergence solely from complexity, unpredictability, or ignorance. A threshold opens a possibility; it does not guarantee a result or a direction of progress. === 6. Analyse symbolisation where it exists === Name the material difference, trace, protocol, singular inscription, mark, inaugural symbol, and later symbolic instances. If one cannot identify these roles, the analysis should not casually claim symbolisation. Record the material supports and the relations between symbols that guide further operations. Do not infer consciousness from symbolisation. Apply the Symbolic Threshold Test separately: <math>C = 1</math> requires <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and the non-compensatory continuity floor <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; use <math>U</math> where the evidence cannot decide, and assess <math>D</math> only after <math>C = 1</math>. === 7. Evaluate reorganisation and exposure === Where a symbolically mediated decision changes the field, ask who or what bears its effects, which vulnerabilities are intensified or reduced, whose capacities for response and repair are maintained, and whether contestation remains possible. A reorganisation can be effective and still be destructive. Complexity is not automatically ethical improvement. The seven steps are iterative. Evidence discovered in step 7 may require the field delimited in step 1 to be widened. A failed prediction may expose a coupling omitted in step 3. Revision is part of the method, not an embarrassment added after failure. == Worked case: an urban flood-warning system == An urban warning system combines hydrological processes, sensors, databases, models, institutions, and public action. # '''Configuration and field.''' The case includes rainfall, waterways, drainage, built surfaces, measuring devices, communication networks, authorities, and affected populations within a stated interval and area. # '''Real and concrete.''' Water flows and infrastructure conditions are real. Sensor readings and field observations capture situated portions of those processes as concrete data under limited resolution. # '''Coupling and local order.''' Sensors, transmission standards, models, staff, and emergency procedures must remain functionally coupled for the warning system to operate. # '''Trace and inscription.''' Suppose the system discriminates an unprecedented pattern for which it has no available mark. That event is a trace. Under a protocol of verification, the difference is singularly inscribed, co-constituting a recoverable mark and an inaugural symbol. # '''Later symbolic instances.''' Later occurrences recognised under the available mark become additional symbols. They can be related to symbols for risk levels, road closures, uncertainty, and evacuation. # '''Operative excess.''' Informal settlements, blocked drains, power loss, or behavioural responses may exceed the current model and procedures. The excess is not simply missing data; it becomes operative when the system must respond beyond what its organisation can integrate. # '''Decision and exposure.''' Issuing, withholding, or targeting a warning redistributes traffic, resources, fear, and physical risk. The decision must be reviewed through unequal vulnerability, access to communication, and capacities for evacuation and repair. The method neither guarantees a correct warning nor replaces hydrology, engineering, or public administration. It reveals where empirical evidence, symbolic organisation, and ethical responsibility meet. == Four reductions to avoid == ;'''Psychologisation''' :Exposure, vulnerability, hesitation, and decision are not primarily inner feelings. They name relational conditions and material operations. Subjective experience can be part of a case, but it does not exhaust the operator. ;'''Linguistification''' :Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol are not restricted to words. They require material support and functional criteria. Conversely, not every physical imprint is already a symbol. ;'''Moralisation''' :Ethical assessment is not a separate sermon appended to a neutral description. Every reorganisation redistributes effects. It is also not automatically justified because it is a reorganisation. The analysis must show what happens to vulnerability, response, repair, heterogeneity, and contestability. ;'''Scale collapse''' :An explanation adequate at one scale does not automatically settle another. Molecular interactions, organismic regulation, institutional rules, and lived consequences can all be relevant without being interchangeable. == How to test and revise an analysis == A useful application of the lexicon should expose itself to correction. Ask: * Are the boundaries and scale of the case explicit? * Is each operator tied to observable or otherwise assessable relations? * Have metaphorical similarities been mistaken for functional equivalence? * Could another reader identify what would count against the interpretation? * Does the account preserve distinctions that matter to affected configurations? * Has new evidence revealed an operative excess that requires a revised vocabulary? This is a developing framework, not a completed system. Its lexicon is stable enough to coordinate inquiry but remains revisable where phenomena resist its distinctions. A blind spot is not repaired by forcing a case into existing terminology. It is repaired by specifying the failure and, if needed, reorganising the conceptual tools. For definitions, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For the range of application across regimes, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]]. Philosophical interlocutors, conceptual sources, and bibliographic references are gathered in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|7.3]]. == Check your understanding == * Why are the mark and the inaugural symbol co-constituted but not identical? * What would distinguish operative excess from incomplete information in a concrete case? * At which step does description become ethical-political evaluation? * What evidence would make you withdraw the claim that a capacity is emergent? * How can a lexicon remain precise while also remaining revisable? {{BookCat}} svpvy6w4iwjod0gcx75ps5ibg1zekcf 4670965 4670951 2026-09-18T16:31:28Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align the worked example with the canonical operative-excess criterion 4670965 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.3 — How to Read the Lexicon == The lexicon in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] is not a list of interchangeable keywords. It is a network of operators. Each term helps the reader perform a distinction, formulate a question, or test an explanation. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] has already shown that the range of those operators differs across regimes. This chapter supplies a disciplined method for using them. Guidance is needed because the vocabulary can be made vague in two opposite ways. A reader may reify the terms, treating “field”, “instability”, or “symbol” as hidden things behind appearances. Or the reader may use them metaphorically, applying every term to every case without criteria. The method below avoids both errors. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * read each term through its relations to the others; * apply the symbolic sequence without confusing trace, inscription, mark, and symbol; * separate the real, the concrete, and theory in a case study; * distinguish description, explanation, and ethical evaluation; * identify evidence that would require an analysis to be revised. The guiding question is: '''What work does this operator perform here, and what would show that it has been misapplied?''' == Operators rather than essences == An essence is usually expected to state what something is independently of context. An operator states what a distinction allows an inquiry to do. “Field”, for example, does not name a container holding every entity. It directs attention to the situated relations, constraints, and possible effects relevant to a configuration. “Threshold” does not name an invisible border in reality. It asks which constellation of conditions enables a new operation. Calling the terms operators does not make them arbitrary. Each has three constraints: # a '''definition''' that distinguishes it from neighbouring terms; # '''conditions of application''' that must be demonstrated in a case; # '''failure conditions''' under which the term should be withdrawn or revised. For example, emergence is not established merely because an observer is surprised. A new property, function, or capacity must become operative in the configuration. If the alleged novelty is only a new description of an unchanged capacity, the criterion has not been met. A productive reading therefore replaces “What hidden thing does this word name?” with three questions: “Which distinction does it introduce?”, “What evidence supports that distinction here?”, and “Which confusion does it prevent?” == Read the lexicon as three connected routes == The terms in 6.1 form three principal routes: # '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' In symbolically organised systems, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. # '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' # '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence, not a universal timetable. A case need not instantiate every operator, and the routes are not independent. The first route explains how configurations form and acquire capacities without a prior plan. The second explains how a material difference can become symbolically available to an organised system. The third explains why symbolically mediated intervention has ethical-political consequences. Connections between the routes matter. Operative excess can expose the insufficiency of an established symbolic order. Hesitation may suspend an automatic response while new differences are registered. A decision can reorganise functional couplings and redistribute vulnerability. Reading only one route risks losing these transitions. == The symbolic sequence, step by step == The canonical sequence is: '''material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances''' Each transition has a precise role. * A '''material difference''' is a process or configuration that exists whether or not a particular system detects it. * A '''trace''' is the ephemeral event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. * '''Singular inscription''' is the operation in which that difference is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. * The inscription co-constitutes a '''mark''' and an '''inaugural symbol'''. The mark is the passive, addressable material organisation. The symbol is the materially supported dimension of legibility and representation. * A later occurrence recognised as an instance of the available mark constitutes a '''later symbolic instance'''. It does not create the mark again or repeat the inaugural inscription. * Relations are established between symbols, never between marks. The mark does not interpret, compare, or reorganise. The plus sign in “mark + inaugural symbol” is essential. It blocks the misleading image of a completed mark waiting for a later act of consciousness to animate it. Mark and inaugural symbol are two functional dimensions co-constituted in the same inscription. Their distinction is analytic, not a chronological delay. The sequence should be used only where an organised system, material support, and protocol can be identified. A footprint can be a physical pattern without functioning as a mark for any system. It becomes symbolically operative only within material practices capable of recognition and relation. == A seven-step analytical method == === 1. Delimit the configuration === State what is being analysed, at which spatial, temporal, and organisational scale, and for which question. A field is always a situated selection of relevant relations, not the totality of everything connected to everything else. === 2. Separate the real, the concrete, and theory === Identify the process that exists independently of this inquiry. Then identify the situated portion captured by observation, measurement, testimony, or another material contact: this is the concrete. Finally, identify the symbolic articulation constructed from those inscriptions: this is theory. Do not confuse an unobserved real with an unknowable second world, or a model with the process it models. === 3. Map conditions and couplings === List the relations and constraints that sustain the configuration. Ask which couplings produce its relative consistency, what work they perform, and how their persistence can be tested. This step prevents “local order” from becoming a decorative synonym for structure. === 4. Locate instability and operative excess === Instability is the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess concerns possible or demanded operations that its current symbolic form cannot integrate while continuing to operate. They can occur together but are not synonyms. Specify what may change, what exceeds current capacities, and how that excess becomes detectable. === 5. Test thresholds and emergence === Identify the conditions under which a new operation becomes possible. Then demonstrate the new effect. Do not infer emergence solely from complexity, unpredictability, or ignorance. A threshold opens a possibility; it does not guarantee a result or a direction of progress. === 6. Analyse symbolisation where it exists === Name the material difference, trace, protocol, singular inscription, mark, inaugural symbol, and later symbolic instances. If one cannot identify these roles, the analysis should not casually claim symbolisation. Record the material supports and the relations between symbols that guide further operations. Do not infer consciousness from symbolisation. Apply the Symbolic Threshold Test separately: <math>C = 1</math> requires <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and the non-compensatory continuity floor <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; use <math>U</math> where the evidence cannot decide, and assess <math>D</math> only after <math>C = 1</math>. === 7. Evaluate reorganisation and exposure === Where a symbolically mediated decision changes the field, ask who or what bears its effects, which vulnerabilities are intensified or reduced, whose capacities for response and repair are maintained, and whether contestation remains possible. A reorganisation can be effective and still be destructive. Complexity is not automatically ethical improvement. The seven steps are iterative. Evidence discovered in step 7 may require the field delimited in step 1 to be widened. A failed prediction may expose a coupling omitted in step 3. Revision is part of the method, not an embarrassment added after failure. == Worked case: an urban flood-warning system == An urban warning system combines hydrological processes, sensors, databases, models, institutions, and public action. # '''Configuration and field.''' The case includes rainfall, waterways, drainage, built surfaces, measuring devices, communication networks, authorities, and affected populations within a stated interval and area. # '''Real and concrete.''' Water flows and infrastructure conditions are real. Sensor readings and field observations capture situated portions of those processes as concrete data under limited resolution. # '''Coupling and local order.''' Sensors, transmission standards, models, staff, and emergency procedures must remain functionally coupled for the warning system to operate. # '''Trace and inscription.''' Suppose the system discriminates an unprecedented pattern for which it has no available mark. That event is a trace. Under a protocol of verification, the difference is singularly inscribed, co-constituting a recoverable mark and an inaugural symbol. # '''Later symbolic instances.''' Later occurrences recognised under the available mark become additional symbols. They can be related to symbols for risk levels, road closures, uncertainty, and evacuation. # '''Operative excess.''' Informal settlements, blocked drains, power loss, or behavioural responses may exceed the current model and procedures. The excess is not simply missing data; it becomes operative when possible or demanded operations exceed what the system's current symbolic form can integrate. # '''Decision and exposure.''' Issuing, withholding, or targeting a warning redistributes traffic, resources, fear, and physical risk. The decision must be reviewed through unequal vulnerability, access to communication, and capacities for evacuation and repair. The method neither guarantees a correct warning nor replaces hydrology, engineering, or public administration. It reveals where empirical evidence, symbolic organisation, and ethical responsibility meet. == Four reductions to avoid == ;'''Psychologisation''' :Exposure, vulnerability, hesitation, and decision are not primarily inner feelings. They name relational conditions and material operations. Subjective experience can be part of a case, but it does not exhaust the operator. ;'''Linguistification''' :Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol are not restricted to words. They require material support and functional criteria. Conversely, not every physical imprint is already a symbol. ;'''Moralisation''' :Ethical assessment is not a separate sermon appended to a neutral description. Every reorganisation redistributes effects. It is also not automatically justified because it is a reorganisation. The analysis must show what happens to vulnerability, response, repair, heterogeneity, and contestability. ;'''Scale collapse''' :An explanation adequate at one scale does not automatically settle another. Molecular interactions, organismic regulation, institutional rules, and lived consequences can all be relevant without being interchangeable. == How to test and revise an analysis == A useful application of the lexicon should expose itself to correction. Ask: * Are the boundaries and scale of the case explicit? * Is each operator tied to observable or otherwise assessable relations? * Have metaphorical similarities been mistaken for functional equivalence? * Could another reader identify what would count against the interpretation? * Does the account preserve distinctions that matter to affected configurations? * Has new evidence revealed an operative excess that requires a revised vocabulary? This is a developing framework, not a completed system. Its lexicon is stable enough to coordinate inquiry but remains revisable where phenomena resist its distinctions. A blind spot is not repaired by forcing a case into existing terminology. It is repaired by specifying the failure and, if needed, reorganising the conceptual tools. For definitions, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For the range of application across regimes, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]]. Philosophical interlocutors, conceptual sources, and bibliographic references are gathered in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|7.3]]. == Check your understanding == * Why are the mark and the inaugural symbol co-constituted but not identical? * What would distinguish operative excess from incomplete information in a concrete case? * At which step does description become ethical-political evaluation? * What evidence would make you withdraw the claim that a capacity is emergent? * How can a lexicon remain precise while also remaining revisable? {{BookCat}} jwxuzz6t1mexzareviktqo1om1eyj9k 4671004 4670965 2026-09-18T19:13:05Z DavidCota64 3507033 Clarify recognition, reference, error, and the two senses of threshold 4671004 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.3 — How to Read the Lexicon == The lexicon in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] is not a list of interchangeable keywords. It is a network of operators. Each term helps the reader perform a distinction, formulate a question, or test an explanation. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] has already shown that the range of those operators differs across regimes. This chapter supplies a disciplined method for using them. Guidance is needed because the vocabulary can be made vague in two opposite ways. A reader may reify the terms, treating “field”, “instability”, or “symbol” as hidden things behind appearances. Or the reader may use them metaphorically, applying every term to every case without criteria. The method below avoids both errors. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * read each term through its relations to the others; * apply the symbolic sequence without confusing trace, inscription, mark, and symbol; * separate the real, the concrete, and theory in a case study; * distinguish description, explanation, and ethical evaluation; * identify evidence that would require an analysis to be revised. The guiding question is: '''What work does this operator perform here, and what would show that it has been misapplied?''' == Operators rather than essences == An essence is usually expected to state what something is independently of context. An operator states what a distinction allows an inquiry to do. “Field”, for example, does not name a container holding every entity. It directs attention to the situated relations, constraints, and possible effects relevant to a configuration. “Threshold” does not name an invisible border in reality. It asks which constellation of conditions enables a new operation. Calling the terms operators does not make them arbitrary. Each has three constraints: # a '''definition''' that distinguishes it from neighbouring terms; # '''conditions of application''' that must be demonstrated in a case; # '''failure conditions''' under which the term should be withdrawn or revised. For example, emergence is not established merely because an observer is surprised. A new property, function, or capacity must become operative in the configuration. If the alleged novelty is only a new description of an unchanged capacity, the criterion has not been met. A productive reading therefore replaces “What hidden thing does this word name?” with three questions: “Which distinction does it introduce?”, “What evidence supports that distinction here?”, and “Which confusion does it prevent?” == Read the lexicon as three connected routes == The terms in 6.1 form three principal routes: # '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' In symbolically organised systems, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. # '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' # '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence, not a universal timetable. A case need not instantiate every operator, and the routes are not independent. The first route explains how configurations form and acquire capacities without a prior plan. The second explains how a material difference can become symbolically available to an organised system. The third explains why symbolically mediated intervention has ethical-political consequences. Connections between the routes matter. Operative excess can expose the insufficiency of an established symbolic order. Hesitation may suspend an automatic response while new differences are registered. A decision can reorganise functional couplings and redistribute vulnerability. Reading only one route risks losing these transitions. == The symbolic sequence, step by step == The canonical sequence is: '''material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances''' Each transition has a precise role. * A '''material difference''' is a process or configuration that exists whether or not a particular system detects it. * A '''trace''' is the ephemeral event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. * '''Singular inscription''' is the operation in which that difference is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. * The inscription co-constitutes a '''mark''' and an '''inaugural symbol'''. The mark is the passive, addressable material organisation. The symbol is the materially supported dimension of legibility and representation. * A later occurrence recognised as an instance of the available mark constitutes a '''later symbolic instance'''. It does not create the mark again or repeat the inaugural inscription. * Test recognition and reference separately: ask which available mark classifies the occurrence, which absent or non-local configuration the resulting symbol makes operative, and what evidence could show that the recognition or the subsequent symbolic relation was wrong. * Relations are established between symbols, never between marks. The mark does not interpret, compare, or reorganise. The plus sign in “mark + inaugural symbol” is essential. It blocks the misleading image of a completed mark waiting for a later act of consciousness to animate it. Mark and inaugural symbol are two functional dimensions co-constituted in the same inscription. Their distinction is analytic, not a chronological delay. The sequence should be used only where an organised system, material support, and protocol can be identified. A footprint can be a physical pattern without functioning as a mark for any system. It becomes symbolically operative only within material practices capable of recognition and relation. == A seven-step analytical method == === 1. Delimit the configuration === State what is being analysed, at which spatial, temporal, and organisational scale, and for which question. A field is always a situated selection of relevant relations, not the totality of everything connected to everything else. === 2. Separate the real, the concrete, and theory === Identify the process that exists independently of this inquiry. Then identify the situated portion captured by observation, measurement, testimony, or another material contact: this is the concrete. Finally, identify the symbolic articulation constructed from those inscriptions: this is theory. Do not confuse an unobserved real with an unknowable second world, or a model with the process it models. === 3. Map conditions and couplings === List the relations and constraints that sustain the configuration. Ask which couplings produce its relative consistency, what work they perform, and how their persistence can be tested. This step prevents “local order” from becoming a decorative synonym for structure. === 4. Locate instability and operative excess === Instability is the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess concerns possible or demanded operations that its current symbolic form cannot integrate while continuing to operate. They can occur together but are not synonyms. Specify what may change, what exceeds current capacities, and how that excess becomes detectable. === 5. Test thresholds and emergence === Identify the enabling threshold: the minimum conditions under which a new operation becomes possible. Then test whether an operational threshold has been crossed by demonstrating the new effect in the same organised configuration. Do not report a realised capacity when the evidence establishes only possibility, and do not infer emergence solely from complexity, unpredictability, or ignorance. Neither threshold implies a direction of progress. === 6. Analyse symbolisation where it exists === Name the material difference, trace, protocol, singular inscription, mark, inaugural symbol, and later symbolic instances. If one cannot identify these roles, the analysis should not casually claim symbolisation. Record the material supports and the relations between symbols that guide further operations. Do not infer consciousness from symbolisation. Apply the Symbolic Threshold Test separately: <math>C = 1</math> requires <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and the non-compensatory continuity floor <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; use <math>U</math> where the evidence cannot decide, and assess <math>D</math> only after <math>C = 1</math>. === 7. Evaluate reorganisation and exposure === Where a symbolically mediated decision changes the field, ask who or what bears its effects, which vulnerabilities are intensified or reduced, whose capacities for response and repair are maintained, and whether contestation remains possible. A reorganisation can be effective and still be destructive. Complexity is not automatically ethical improvement. The seven steps are iterative. Evidence discovered in step 7 may require the field delimited in step 1 to be widened. A failed prediction may expose a coupling omitted in step 3. Revision is part of the method, not an embarrassment added after failure. == Worked case: an urban flood-warning system == An urban warning system combines hydrological processes, sensors, databases, models, institutions, and public action. # '''Configuration and field.''' The case includes rainfall, waterways, drainage, built surfaces, measuring devices, communication networks, authorities, and affected populations within a stated interval and area. # '''Real and concrete.''' Water flows and infrastructure conditions are real. Sensor readings and field observations capture situated portions of those processes as concrete data under limited resolution. # '''Coupling and local order.''' Sensors, transmission standards, models, staff, and emergency procedures must remain functionally coupled for the warning system to operate. # '''Trace and inscription.''' Suppose the system discriminates an unprecedented pattern for which it has no available mark. That event is a trace. Under a protocol of verification, the difference is singularly inscribed, co-constituting a recoverable mark and an inaugural symbol. # '''Later symbolic instances.''' Later occurrences recognised under the available mark become additional symbols. They can be related to symbols for risk levels, road closures, uncertainty, and evacuation. # '''Operative excess.''' Informal settlements, blocked drains, power loss, or behavioural responses may exceed the current model and procedures. The excess is not simply missing data; it becomes operative when possible or demanded operations exceed what the system's current symbolic form can integrate. # '''Decision and exposure.''' Issuing, withholding, or targeting a warning redistributes traffic, resources, fear, and physical risk. The decision must be reviewed through unequal vulnerability, access to communication, and capacities for evacuation and repair. The method neither guarantees a correct warning nor replaces hydrology, engineering, or public administration. It reveals where empirical evidence, symbolic organisation, and ethical responsibility meet. == Four reductions to avoid == ;'''Psychologisation''' :Exposure, vulnerability, hesitation, and decision are not primarily inner feelings. They name relational conditions and material operations. Subjective experience can be part of a case, but it does not exhaust the operator. ;'''Linguistification''' :Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol are not restricted to words. They require material support and functional criteria. Conversely, not every physical imprint is already a symbol. ;'''Moralisation''' :Ethical assessment is not a separate sermon appended to a neutral description. Every reorganisation redistributes effects. It is also not automatically justified because it is a reorganisation. The analysis must show what happens to vulnerability, response, repair, heterogeneity, and contestability. ;'''Scale collapse''' :An explanation adequate at one scale does not automatically settle another. Molecular interactions, organismic regulation, institutional rules, and lived consequences can all be relevant without being interchangeable. == How to test and revise an analysis == A useful application of the lexicon should expose itself to correction. Ask: * Are the boundaries and scale of the case explicit? * Is each operator tied to observable or otherwise assessable relations? * Have metaphorical similarities been mistaken for functional equivalence? * Could another reader identify what would count against the interpretation? * Does the account preserve distinctions that matter to affected configurations? * Has new evidence revealed an operative excess that requires a revised vocabulary? This is a developing framework, not a completed system. Its lexicon is stable enough to coordinate inquiry but remains revisable where phenomena resist its distinctions. A blind spot is not repaired by forcing a case into existing terminology. It is repaired by specifying the failure and, if needed, reorganising the conceptual tools. For definitions, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For the range of application across regimes, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]]. Philosophical interlocutors, conceptual sources, and bibliographic references are gathered in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|7.3]]. == Check your understanding == * Why are the mark and the inaugural symbol co-constituted but not identical? * What would distinguish operative excess from incomplete information in a concrete case? * At which step does description become ethical-political evaluation? * What evidence would make you withdraw the claim that a capacity is emergent? * How can a lexicon remain precise while also remaining revisable? {{BookCat}} meevg9a6cqca21cqtbsyjbtkzgfponj 4671054 4671004 2026-09-18T21:23:14Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671054 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.3 — How to Read the Lexicon == The lexicon in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] is not a list of interchangeable keywords. It is a network of operators. Each term helps the reader perform a distinction, formulate a question, or test an explanation. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] has already shown that the range of those operators differs across regimes. This chapter supplies a disciplined method for using them. Guidance is needed because the vocabulary can be made vague in two opposite ways. A reader may reify the terms, treating “field”, “instability”, or “symbol” as hidden things behind appearances. Or the reader may use them metaphorically, applying every term to every case without criteria. The method below avoids both errors. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * read each term through its relations to the others; * apply the symbolic sequence without confusing trace, inscription, mark, and symbol; * separate the real, the concrete, and theory in a case study; * distinguish description, explanation, and ethical evaluation; * identify evidence that would require an analysis to be revised. The guiding question is: '''What work does this operator perform here, and what would show that it has been misapplied?''' == Operators rather than essences == An essence is usually expected to state what something is independently of context. An operator states what a distinction allows an inquiry to do. “Field”, for example, does not name a container holding every entity. It directs attention to the situated relations, constraints, and possible effects relevant to a configuration. “Threshold” does not name an invisible border in reality. It asks which constellation of conditions enables a new operation. Calling the terms operators does not make them arbitrary. Each has three constraints: # a '''definition''' that distinguishes it from neighbouring terms; # '''conditions of application''' that must be demonstrated in a case; # '''failure conditions''' under which the term should be withdrawn or revised. For example, emergence is not established merely because an observer is surprised. A new property, function, or capacity must become operative in the configuration. If the alleged novelty is only a new description of an unchanged capacity, the criterion has not been met. A productive reading therefore replaces “What hidden thing does this word name?” with three questions: “Which distinction does it introduce?”, “What evidence supports that distinction here?”, and “Which confusion does it prevent?” == Read the lexicon as three connected routes == The terms in 6.1 form three principal routes: # '''Instability → functional coupling → local order; threshold crossing → emergence.''' Where materially possible operations or compatibilities exceed a current symbolic or structural form, operative excess can create pressure for reorganisation. # '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' # '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence, not a universal timetable. A case need not instantiate every operator, and the routes are not independent. The first route explains how configurations form and acquire capacities without a prior plan. The second explains how a material difference can become symbolically available to an organised system. The third explains why symbolically mediated intervention has ethical-political consequences. Connections between the routes matter. Operative excess can expose the insufficiency of an established symbolic order. Hesitation may suspend an automatic response while new differences are registered. A decision can reorganise functional couplings and redistribute vulnerability. Reading only one route risks losing these transitions. == The symbolic sequence, step by step == The canonical sequence is: '''material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances''' Each transition has a precise role. * A '''material difference''' is a process or configuration that exists whether or not a particular system detects it. * A '''trace''' is the ephemeral event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. * '''Singular inscription''' is the operation in which that difference is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. * The inscription co-constitutes a '''mark''' and an '''inaugural symbol'''. The mark is the passive, addressable material organisation. The symbol is the materially supported dimension of legibility and representation. * A later occurrence recognised as an instance of the available mark constitutes a '''later symbolic instance'''. It does not create the mark again or repeat the inaugural inscription. * Test recognition and reference separately: ask which available mark classifies the occurrence, which absent or non-local configuration the resulting symbol makes operative, and what evidence could show that the recognition or the subsequent symbolic relation was wrong. * Relations are established between symbols, never between marks. The mark does not interpret, compare, or reorganise. The plus sign in “mark + inaugural symbol” is essential. It blocks the misleading image of a completed mark waiting for a later act of consciousness to animate it. Mark and inaugural symbol are two functional dimensions co-constituted in the same inscription. Their distinction is analytic, not a chronological delay. The sequence should be used only where an organised system, material support, and protocol can be identified. A footprint can be a physical pattern without functioning as a mark for any system. It becomes symbolically operative only within material practices capable of recognition and relation. == A seven-step analytical method == === 1. Delimit the configuration === State what is being analysed, at which spatial, temporal, and organisational scale, and for which question. A field is always a situated selection of relevant relations, not the totality of everything connected to everything else. === 2. Separate the real, the concrete, and theory === Identify the process that exists independently of this inquiry. Then identify the situated portion captured by observation, measurement, testimony, or another material contact: this is the concrete. Finally, identify the symbolic articulation constructed from those inscriptions: this is theory. Do not confuse an unobserved real with an unknowable second world, or a model with the process it models. === 3. Map conditions and couplings === List the relations and constraints that sustain the configuration. Ask which couplings produce its relative consistency, what work they perform, and how their persistence can be tested. This step prevents “local order” from becoming a decorative synonym for structure. === 4. Locate instability and operative excess === Instability is the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Operative excess concerns materially possible operations or compatibilities that a current symbolic or structural form cannot integrate while continuing to operate. The concepts can occur together but are not synonyms. Specify what may change, what exceeds the current form, and how that excess becomes detectable. === 5. Test thresholds and emergence === Identify the enabling threshold: the minimum conditions under which a new operation becomes possible. Then test whether an operational threshold has been crossed by demonstrating the new effect in the same organised configuration. Do not report a realised capacity when the evidence establishes only possibility, and do not infer emergence solely from complexity, unpredictability, or ignorance. Neither threshold implies a direction of progress. === 6. Analyse symbolisation where it exists === Name the material difference, trace, protocol, singular inscription, mark, inaugural symbol, and later symbolic instances. If one cannot identify these roles, the analysis should not casually claim symbolisation. Record the material supports and the relations between symbols that guide further operations. Do not infer consciousness from symbolisation. Apply the Symbolic Threshold Test separately: <math>C = 1</math> requires <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and the non-compensatory continuity floor <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; use <math>U</math> where the evidence cannot decide, and assess <math>D</math> only after <math>C = 1</math>. === 7. Evaluate reorganisation and exposure === Where a symbolically mediated decision changes the field, ask who or what bears its effects, which vulnerabilities are intensified or reduced, whose capacities for response and repair are maintained, and whether contestation remains possible. A reorganisation can be effective and still be destructive. Complexity is not automatically ethical improvement. The seven steps are iterative. Evidence discovered in step 7 may require the field delimited in step 1 to be widened. A failed prediction may expose a coupling omitted in step 3. Revision is part of the method, not an embarrassment added after failure. == Worked case: an urban flood-warning system == An urban warning system combines hydrological processes, sensors, databases, models, institutions, and public action. # '''Configuration and field.''' The case includes rainfall, waterways, drainage, built surfaces, measuring devices, communication networks, authorities, and affected populations within a stated interval and area. # '''Real and concrete.''' Water flows and infrastructure conditions are real. Sensor readings and field observations capture situated portions of those processes as concrete data under limited resolution. # '''Coupling and local order.''' Sensors, transmission standards, models, staff, and emergency procedures must remain functionally coupled for the warning system to operate. # '''Trace and inscription.''' Suppose the system discriminates an unprecedented pattern for which it has no available mark. That event is a trace. Under a protocol of verification, the difference is singularly inscribed, co-constituting a recoverable mark and an inaugural symbol. # '''Later symbolic instances.''' Later occurrences recognised under the available mark become additional symbols. They can be related to symbols for risk levels, road closures, uncertainty, and evacuation. # '''Operative excess.''' Informal settlements, blocked drains, power loss, or behavioural responses may exceed the current model and procedures. The excess is not simply missing data; it becomes operative when possible or demanded operations exceed what the system's current symbolic form can integrate. # '''Decision and exposure.''' Issuing, withholding, or targeting a warning redistributes traffic, resources, fear, and physical risk. The decision must be reviewed through unequal vulnerability, access to communication, and capacities for evacuation and repair. The method neither guarantees a correct warning nor replaces hydrology, engineering, or public administration. It reveals where empirical evidence, symbolic organisation, and ethical responsibility meet. == Four reductions to avoid == ;'''Psychologisation''' :Exposure, vulnerability, hesitation, and decision are not primarily inner feelings. They name relational conditions and material operations. Subjective experience can be part of a case, but it does not exhaust the operator. ;'''Linguistification''' :Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol are not restricted to words. They require material support and functional criteria. Conversely, not every physical imprint is already a symbol. ;'''Moralisation''' :Ethical assessment is not a separate sermon appended to a neutral description. Every reorganisation redistributes effects. It is also not automatically justified because it is a reorganisation. The analysis must show what happens to vulnerability, response, repair, heterogeneity, and contestability. ;'''Scale collapse''' :An explanation adequate at one scale does not automatically settle another. Molecular interactions, organismic regulation, institutional rules, and lived consequences can all be relevant without being interchangeable. == How to test and revise an analysis == A useful application of the lexicon should expose itself to correction. Ask: * Are the boundaries and scale of the case explicit? * Is each operator tied to observable or otherwise assessable relations? * Have metaphorical similarities been mistaken for functional equivalence? * Could another reader identify what would count against the interpretation? * Does the account preserve distinctions that matter to affected configurations? * Has new evidence revealed an operative excess that requires a revised vocabulary? This is a developing framework, not a completed system. Its lexicon is stable enough to coordinate inquiry but remains revisable where phenomena resist its distinctions. A blind spot is not repaired by forcing a case into existing terminology. It is repaired by specifying the failure and, if needed, reorganising the conceptual tools. For definitions, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For the range of application across regimes, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]]. Philosophical interlocutors, conceptual sources, and bibliographic references are gathered in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|7.3]]. == Check your understanding == * Why are the mark and the inaugural symbol co-constituted but not identical? * What would distinguish operative excess from incomplete information in a concrete case? * At which step does description become ethical-political evaluation? * What evidence would make you withdraw the claim that a capacity is emergent? * How can a lexicon remain precise while also remaining revisable? {{BookCat}} k5knzuq8urhzu74gai2jrcdc02c69pc 4671069 4671054 2026-09-18T21:27:18Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671069 wikitext text/x-wiki == 6.3 — How to Read the Lexicon == The lexicon in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|Section 6.1]] is not a list of interchangeable keywords. It is a network of operators. Each term helps the reader perform a distinction, formulate a question, or test an explanation. [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|Section 6.2]] has already shown that the range of those operators differs across regimes. This chapter supplies a disciplined method for using them. Guidance is needed because the vocabulary can be made vague in two opposite ways. A reader may reify the terms, treating “field”, “instability”, or “symbol” as hidden things behind appearances. Or the reader may use them metaphorically, applying every term to every case without criteria. The method below avoids both errors. == Learning orientation == By the end of this chapter, the reader should be able to: * read each term through its relations to the others; * apply the symbolic sequence without confusing trace, inscription, mark, and symbol; * separate the real, the concrete, and theory in a case study; * distinguish description, explanation, and ethical evaluation; * identify evidence that would require an analysis to be revised. The guiding question is: '''What work does this operator perform here, and what would show that it has been misapplied?''' == Operators rather than essences == An essence is usually expected to state what something is independently of context. An operator states what a distinction allows an inquiry to do. “Field”, for example, does not name a container holding every entity. It directs attention to the situated relations, constraints, and possible effects relevant to a configuration. “Threshold” does not name an invisible border in reality. It asks which constellation of conditions enables a new operation. Calling the terms operators does not make them arbitrary. Each has three constraints: # a '''definition''' that distinguishes it from neighbouring terms; # '''conditions of application''' that must be demonstrated in a case; # '''failure conditions''' under which the term should be withdrawn or revised. For example, emergence is not established merely because an observer is surprised. A new property, function, or capacity must become operative in the configuration. If the alleged novelty is only a new description of an unchanged capacity, the criterion has not been met. A productive reading therefore replaces “What hidden thing does this word name?” with three questions: “Which distinction does it introduce?”, “What evidence supports that distinction here?”, and “Which confusion does it prevent?” == Read the lexicon as three connected routes == The terms in 6.1 form three principal routes: # '''Instability permits variation; operative excess forces reorganisation; a new functional coupling that crosses an operational threshold constitutes emergence.''' Not every unstable system is under operative excess. When available compatibilities exceed the present symbolic or structural form, excess is the affirmative causal motor of emergence without predetermining the form that will emerge. # '''Material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances → relations between symbols → symbolic reorganisation.''' # '''Exposure → vulnerability → hesitation → decision → material reorganisation.''' The arrows indicate analytic and functional dependence, not a universal timetable. A case need not instantiate every operator, and the routes are not independent. The first route explains how configurations form and acquire capacities without a prior plan. The second explains how a material difference can become symbolically available to an organised system. The third explains why symbolically mediated intervention has ethical-political consequences. Connections between the routes matter. Operative excess can expose the insufficiency of an established symbolic order. Hesitation may suspend an automatic response while new differences are registered. A decision can reorganise functional couplings and redistribute vulnerability. Reading only one route risks losing these transitions. == The symbolic sequence, step by step == The canonical sequence is: '''material difference → trace → singular inscription → mark + inaugural symbol → later symbolic instances''' Each transition has a precise role. * A '''material difference''' is a process or configuration that exists whether or not a particular system detects it. * A '''trace''' is the ephemeral event in which a system discriminates a new or previously unknown material or energetic configuration, before recognition and inscription. * '''Singular inscription''' is the operation in which that difference is recognised under a protocol and its material configuration is stabilised. * The inscription co-constitutes a '''mark''' and an '''inaugural symbol'''. The mark is the passive, addressable material organisation. The symbol is the materially supported dimension of legibility and representation. * A later occurrence recognised as an instance of the available mark constitutes a '''later symbolic instance'''. It does not create the mark again or repeat the inaugural inscription. * Test recognition and reference separately: ask which available mark classifies the occurrence, which absent or non-local configuration the resulting symbol makes operative, and what evidence could show that the recognition or the subsequent symbolic relation was wrong. * Relations are established between symbols, never between marks. The mark does not interpret, compare, or reorganise. The plus sign in “mark + inaugural symbol” is essential. It blocks the misleading image of a completed mark waiting for a later act of consciousness to animate it. Mark and inaugural symbol are two functional dimensions co-constituted in the same inscription. Their distinction is analytic, not a chronological delay. The sequence should be used only where an organised system, material support, and protocol can be identified. A footprint can be a physical pattern without functioning as a mark for any system. It becomes symbolically operative only within material practices capable of recognition and relation. == A seven-step analytical method == === 1. Delimit the configuration === State what is being analysed, at which spatial, temporal, and organisational scale, and for which question. A field is always a situated selection of relevant relations, not the totality of everything connected to everything else. === 2. Separate the real, the concrete, and theory === Identify the process that exists independently of this inquiry. Then identify the situated portion captured by observation, measurement, testimony, or another material contact: this is the concrete. Finally, identify the symbolic articulation constructed from those inscriptions: this is theory. Do not confuse an unobserved real with an unknowable second world, or a model with the process it models. === 3. Map conditions and couplings === List the relations and constraints that sustain the configuration. Ask which couplings produce its relative consistency, what work they perform, and how their persistence can be tested. This step prevents “local order” from becoming a decorative synonym for structure. === 4. Locate instability and operative excess === Instability is the absence of a final guarantee of persistence. Operative excess occurs when available compatibilities exceed the present symbolic or structural form, rendering that form insufficient and forcing reorganisation. The concepts can occur together but are not synonyms. Specify what may change, what exceeds the current form, and how that excess becomes detectable; do not infer the concrete outcome from the excess alone. === 5. Test thresholds and emergence === Identify the enabling threshold: the minimum conditions under which a new operation becomes possible. Then test whether an operational threshold has been crossed by demonstrating the new effect in the same organised configuration. Do not report a realised capacity when the evidence establishes only possibility, and do not infer emergence solely from complexity, unpredictability, or ignorance. Neither threshold implies a direction of progress. === 6. Analyse symbolisation where it exists === Name the material difference, trace, protocol, singular inscription, mark, inaugural symbol, and later symbolic instances. If one cannot identify these roles, the analysis should not casually claim symbolisation. Record the material supports and the relations between symbols that guide further operations. Do not infer consciousness from symbolisation. Apply the Symbolic Threshold Test separately: <math>C = 1</math> requires <math>\Phi \geq \Phi_t</math>, <math>S \geq S_t</math>, and the non-compensatory continuity floor <math>S^{auto} \geq \tau^{auto}</math> in the same persistent system; use <math>U</math> where the evidence cannot decide, and assess <math>D</math> only after <math>C = 1</math>. === 7. Evaluate reorganisation and exposure === Where a symbolically mediated decision changes the field, ask who or what bears its effects, which vulnerabilities are intensified or reduced, whose capacities for response and repair are maintained, and whether contestation remains possible. A reorganisation can be effective and still be destructive. Complexity is not automatically ethical improvement. The seven steps are iterative. Evidence discovered in step 7 may require the field delimited in step 1 to be widened. A failed prediction may expose a coupling omitted in step 3. Revision is part of the method, not an embarrassment added after failure. == Worked case: an urban flood-warning system == An urban warning system combines hydrological processes, sensors, databases, models, institutions, and public action. # '''Configuration and field.''' The case includes rainfall, waterways, drainage, built surfaces, measuring devices, communication networks, authorities, and affected populations within a stated interval and area. # '''Real and concrete.''' Water flows and infrastructure conditions are real. Sensor readings and field observations capture situated portions of those processes as concrete data under limited resolution. # '''Coupling and local order.''' Sensors, transmission standards, models, staff, and emergency procedures must remain functionally coupled for the warning system to operate. # '''Trace and inscription.''' Suppose the system discriminates an unprecedented pattern for which it has no available mark. That event is a trace. Under a protocol of verification, the difference is singularly inscribed, co-constituting a recoverable mark and an inaugural symbol. # '''Later symbolic instances.''' Later occurrences recognised under the available mark become additional symbols. They can be related to symbols for risk levels, road closures, uncertainty, and evacuation. # '''Operative excess.''' Informal settlements, blocked drains, power loss, or behavioural responses may exceed the current model and procedures. The excess is not simply missing data; it becomes operative when possible or demanded operations exceed what the system's current symbolic form can integrate. # '''Decision and exposure.''' Issuing, withholding, or targeting a warning redistributes traffic, resources, fear, and physical risk. The decision must be reviewed through unequal vulnerability, access to communication, and capacities for evacuation and repair. The method neither guarantees a correct warning nor replaces hydrology, engineering, or public administration. It reveals where empirical evidence, symbolic organisation, and ethical responsibility meet. == Four reductions to avoid == ;'''Psychologisation''' :Exposure, vulnerability, hesitation, and decision are not primarily inner feelings. They name relational conditions and material operations. Subjective experience can be part of a case, but it does not exhaust the operator. ;'''Linguistification''' :Trace, inscription, mark, and symbol are not restricted to words. They require material support and functional criteria. Conversely, not every physical imprint is already a symbol. ;'''Moralisation''' :Ethical assessment is not a separate sermon appended to a neutral description. Every reorganisation redistributes effects. It is also not automatically justified because it is a reorganisation. The analysis must show what happens to vulnerability, response, repair, heterogeneity, and contestability. ;'''Scale collapse''' :An explanation adequate at one scale does not automatically settle another. Molecular interactions, organismic regulation, institutional rules, and lived consequences can all be relevant without being interchangeable. == How to test and revise an analysis == A useful application of the lexicon should expose itself to correction. Ask: * Are the boundaries and scale of the case explicit? * Is each operator tied to observable or otherwise assessable relations? * Have metaphorical similarities been mistaken for functional equivalence? * Could another reader identify what would count against the interpretation? * Does the account preserve distinctions that matter to affected configurations? * Has new evidence revealed an operative excess that requires a revised vocabulary? This is a developing framework, not a completed system. Its lexicon is stable enough to coordinate inquiry but remains revisable where phenomena resist its distinctions. A blind spot is not repaired by forcing a case into existing terminology. It is repaired by specifying the failure and, if needed, reorganising the conceptual tools. For definitions, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]]. For the range of application across regimes, return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]]. Philosophical interlocutors, conceptual sources, and bibliographic references are gathered in [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]], [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.2 – Conceptual Sources|7.2]], and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|7.3]]. == Check your understanding == * Why are the mark and the inaugural symbol co-constituted but not identical? * What would distinguish operative excess from incomplete information in a concrete case? * At which step does description become ethical-political evaluation? * What evidence would make you withdraw the claim that a capacity is emergent? * How can a lexicon remain precise while also remaining revisable? {{BookCat}} rpmrc7ct0xhsnv8czipi3jfvqkl0fe5 1 485481 4671087 4670863 2026-09-18T23:59:11Z 3MMPEYTON 3393808 /* What about a loom? */ new section 4671087 wikitext text/x-wiki == What does [bookcat] do? == Hello, <br> Can anyone tell me what [BookCat] does? Thanks. [[User:3MMPEYTON|3MMPEYTON]] ([[User talk:3MMPEYTON|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/3MMPEYTON|contribs]]) 16:44, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == A Progressive Art History Book? == Hello, <br> I started Art And AI because I thought I recognized a reoccurring pattern: Technology creates cultural change that forces Artists to evaluate new technology. <br> Artist either reject the new technology or they embrace it. <br> Because Feed Your Head: Art, Truth And The Machine turned into a workbook, and not a book about Art, I wondered if I could flesh out my ideas? <br> Could I turn a workbook into a wikibook? Or a new textbook about post-Modern Art and progressive Art concepts? <br> I shared the ideas and information found in Feed Your Head: Art, Truth, And The Machine, which is more a workbook than a blog. <br> AIs making Artworks seems Post-Modern. Should a textbook about progressive Art ideas address these emerging ethical issues? <br> An Art History textbook seems more ideal for a wikibook, ''but the information in Art And AI is new.''<br> Would the people who contribute to wikibooks be interested in developing an Art History textbook that dives into Artificial Intelligence and its influence on Art today? <br> Thank you, I welcome your honest opinions. [[User:3MMPEYTON|3MMPEYTON]] ([[User talk:3MMPEYTON|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/3MMPEYTON|contribs]]) 05:22, 18 September 2026 (UTC) == What about a loom? == Shouldn't a weaving loom be included in Art And AI, under tools od Post-Modern Artist? Tapestries from traditional looms verses the latest computerized looms. I also failed to elaborate on the democratization of the Arts, more people can make high Art with the use of machines and AI. Technology can help the people, although Artisans could lose knowledge of older skills, schools and tools. <br> Thanks! <br> [[User:3MMPEYTON|3MMPEYTON]] ([[User talk:3MMPEYTON|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/3MMPEYTON|contribs]]) 23:59, 18 September 2026 (UTC) 4330zdf96hmxncjqsv7x0brb8iw4efk 0 485506 4670941 4670858 2026-09-18T15:42:29Z Idavidmiller 3577687 /* Block Expression Evaluation Sequence Modifications */ Work in progress. Saving Changes. 4670941 wikitext text/x-wiki =Maxima Programming= Although Maxima is not a general-purpose programming language, Maxima as a CAS includes among the built-in ingredients a relatively complete set of programming expressions that are useful for the intended context. Many of the code examples of this section are intended to be illustrative of technical details relevant to Maxima programming as their purpose, and consequently are intentionally elementary in character. Learning any sort of programming language, including Maxima programming expressions, is a subjective process. In any case, it is essential to have enough technical know-how specific to the programming language in order to begin the learning process, even in cases where much positive transfer from other programming experience is involved. Much can be accomplished mathematically using Maxima without having to resort to in-depth knowledge and proficiency in the technical details of Maxima programming expressions. However, Maxima programming expressions are frequently essential for the purpose of defining functions, both in the programming sense of the term, but also more relevantly, to the mathematical sense. For that reason alone, familiarity and sufficient proficiency with Maxima programming expressions should be given some attention. One way to begin the learning process is to become familiar with enough of the programming essentials to accomplish independent efforts toward accomplishing some specific programming goal of interest. The other way is to study the many available programming expressions of others. This section is intended to provide the essentials toward learning by whatever means is chosen. The following table shows some built-in ingredients related to Maxima programming expressions: {| class="wikitable" |+Maxima Programming Category |if |unless |errcatch |prederror |- |block |for |error |return |- |catch |from |warning |throw |- |local |thru |errormsg |sstatus |- |garbage_collect |step |errormsg |status |- |do |next |go | |- |while |in | | |} Some of these programming expression ingredients can also be considered as belonging to one or more other categories than the Programming category. === Block Expressions === Arguably, the first expressions to consider in the context of Maxima programming are '''''block''''' expressions. <code>Block</code> expressions as programming ingredients come in two flavors: * <code>( expr₁, expr₂,…, expr_n )</code> * <code>block ([v₁,v_2,…,v_m], expr₁, expr₂,…, expr_n)</code> The first form of a <code>block</code> expression is equivalent to the second form, but without the first list argument: <code>[v₁,v_2,…,v_m]</code>, as in <code>block (expr₁, expr₂,…, expr_n</code>, unless <code>return</code> or <code>go</code> are used in the block expression. In that, case the form <code>block (expr₁, expr₂,…, expr_n)</code> must be used. The purpose of the list argument, <code>[v₁,v_2,…,v_m]</code> is to declare the values of identifiers of the list to be local to the <code>block</code>. If there is no need for local identifiers, the list argument can be omitted (unless <code>return</code> or <code>go</code> are used in the <code>block</code> expression), and either form is sufficient.<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima">/* This block expression */ (%i1) (x : 2, x^2); (%o1) 4 /* Is equivalent to this block expression */ (%i2) block (x : 2, x^2); (%o2) 4</syntaxhighlight>So, in the case where values of identifiers local to the <code>block</code> of expressions are not required, then the choice of either form of the <code>block</code> expression is a matter of user preference, . In both cases, the values of identifiers referenced in the <code>block</code> are global, and not local to the <code>block</code>.<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> /* The value 3 assigned to x is global */ (%i3) x : 3; (x) 3 /* The value 2 assigned to x in the block is global */ (%i4) (x : 2, x^2); (%o4) 4 /* The global value assigned to x in the block is 2 not 3 */ (%i5) x; (%o5) 2 </syntaxhighlight>Values of identifiers local to the <code>block</code> may not be global:<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima">/* the value of identifier y is local only */ (%i6) block ([y], y : 4, y); (%o6) 4 /* the global value of identifier y is not 4, but is itself */ (%i7) y; (%o7) y /* the values of identifiers x and y are both local */ (%i8) block ([x,y], x : 3, y : 4, x); (%o8) 3 /* the global value of identifier x is not 3, but is 2 */ (%i9) x; (%o9) 2 /* the global value of identifier y is not 4, but is itself */ (%i10) y; (%o10) y</syntaxhighlight> Regardless of the form of the <code>block</code> expressions these have in common the comma-separated expression arguments <code>expr₁, expr₂,…, expr_n</code> which are evaluated each in turn from first to last (unless the evaluation sequence is modified by by the <code>go</code>, <code>throw</code>, or <code>return</code> operators), and the value of the block expression is the value of <code>expr_n</code>. The main purpose of the <code>block</code> expression, regardless of the form, it to group expressions that are related in some manner, and the value of the last expression may be the only value of interest. However, there are very few limitations imposed on the nature of the <code>block</code> expression arguments, so it might be the case that the purpose of evaluating the <code>block</code> expression has been achieved before the last expression argument is evaluated, in which case the value of the <code>block</code> expression may not necessarily be the value of the last argument expression. One way to accomplish that is to use an empty string as the last argument expression with the option flag <code>stringdisp</code> set to <code>false</code> which is the default value.<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i11) stringdisp; (%o11) false (%i12) block ([x,y], x : 3, y : 4, x, ""); (%o12) (%i13) block ([x,y], x : 3, y : 4, x)$ </syntaxhighlight> The display of the value of the <code>block</code> expression may be suppressed using a <code>$</code> to end the input expression instead of a semi-colon. Either technique produces a <code>block</code> expression value, but the value is not displayed. If a <code>return</code> operator is evaluated as a argument expression, this will cause evaluation of expression arguments to end explicitly, and the value of the <code>return</code> operator becomes the value of the <code>block</code> expression.<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i14) is (equal (x,2)); (%o14) true %i15) block (if is (equal (x,2)) then return (x), " x not 2"); (%o15) 2 (%i16) x : 3; (x) 3 (%i17) block (if is (equal (x,2)) then return (x), "x not 2"); (%o17) x not 2 </syntaxhighlight>When a <code>return</code> operator is evaluated within a <code>block</code> expression the result is to stop evaluation of expressions within the enclosing <code>block</code> expression and to return the value of its argument as the value of the enclosing <code>block</code> expression. It therefore can be compared with the <code>return</code> statement found in other programming languages but it yields one difference: In maxima only returns from the current block, not from the entire function it was called in.<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i33) test_nested_block(val) := block( [outer_var: 10], print("Entering outer block expression"), /* outer block expression */ block( [inner_var: 20], print(" Entering inner block expression"), if val > 5 then print(" Returning to only to outer block. val > 5)"), return (inner_var + val), /* returns only to the outer block expression */ print(" End of the inner block. Returns only to outer block if val > 5)") ), print("Back in outer block"), outer_var + val )$ (%i50) test_nested_block(1); Entering outer block expression Entering inner block expression Back in outer block" (%o50) 11 (%i51) test_nested_block(6); "Entering outer block expression" Entering inner block expression Returning to only to outer block . val > 5) Back in outer block (%o51) 16 </syntaxhighlight> block: Defines a code block with local variables and sequential statements. nesting: The second block sits inside the body of the first outer block. return: Calling return(...) inside the inner block immediately exits only that inner block and yields the return value to the point where the inner block was called, allowing the outer block to continue execution ==== Block Expression Evaluation Sequence Modifications ==== <code>block</code> expression arguments <code>expr₁, expr₂,…, expr_n</code> are generally evaluated each in turn from first to last, and the value of the <code>block</code> expression is the value of <code>expr_n</code> unless this sequence is modified by some means. One way to modify the first-to-last expression evaluation sequence of a <code>block</code> expression is by way of a <code>go</code> operator with a label (or "tag") argument ( the "''go to''") as the following exemplifies:<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i18) sum_to_n (n) := block ( [i : 1, total : 0], loop, total : total + i, i : i + 1, if i <= n then go (loop), total)$ (%i19) sum_to_n(25); (%o19) 325 (%i20) n; (%o20) n (%i21) i; (%o21) i (%i22) total; (%o22) total </syntaxhighlight>Note the following: * <code>block ([ i : 1,total : 0], ...)</code>: The list argument creates a local environment with local identifiers <code>i</code> and <code>total</code>. The function argument <code>n</code> is also a local identifier. * <code>loop</code>: This label serves as a target inside the <code>block</code> expression to where <code>go (loop)</code> can jump. * <code>if i <= n then go (loop)</code>: This conditional expression causes the <code>go (loop)</code> operator to be evaluated if the condition is <code>true</code>. * <code>total</code>: The value of this local identifier is the returned value of the <code>block</code> expression. It should also be worth noting that the identifiers <code>n</code>, <code>i</code>, and <code>total</code> have local values assigned within the <code>block</code> expression, but their global values are themselves. Also notice that the identifiers <code>i</code> and <code>total</code> were both declared local and assigned initial values within the <code>block</code> list argument. The go-to label argument of the <code>go</code> operator must be the name of a tag appearing within the same block expression. The <code>go</code> operator cannot be used to go to a tag in a different <code>block</code> expression. There is nothing special about the <code>loop</code> identifier name used for the go-to tag in this example. Other identifiers could be used, but they must be atomic. Another way to modify a block expression evaluation sequence is by way of the <code>throw</code> operator.<syntaxhighlight lang="maxima">(%i32) /* Define a function using a block expression that searches for a specific condition and throws a value */ find_element (target_list, threshold) := block ( [found_val : false], /* local identifier value */ catch( for x in target_list do ( if x > threshold then ( /* Immediately exit the block and return this value */ throw(x) ) ), /* This string is returned only if the loop finishes without throwing */ "No element exceeded the threshold" ) )$ (%i31) /* Test the block */ find_element ( [10, 20, 55, 80], 50 ); (%o31) 55</syntaxhighlight>How It Works catch(...): This creates a boundary that intercepts any throw executed within its scope. throw(x): When Maxima encounters this statement, it immediately stops executing the loop and the rest of the block. It jumps directly out of the <code>catch</code> expression, returning the value of x as the result of the entire catch statement. ==== Nested Block Expressions ==== <code>block</code> operators may appear within other block expressions as arguments – '''''nested''''' <code>block</code> expressions. A local environment with local identifiers may be created for nested block expressions. Local values for identifiers, if declared by a first <code>block</code> operator list argument, are created each time a nested <code>block</code> is evaluated. However, identifiers with global values that have not been declared as local within any <code>block</code> expressions, are global values for nested <code>block</code> expressions as well as enclosing <code>block</code> expressions. Likewise, local identifiers of any enclosing <code>block</code> expression have values that are global within any enclosed blocks, if not declared as local within the enclosed block. If the value of an identifier is not local in a <code>block</code> expression, its value is the value most recently assigned by an enclosing <code>block</code> expression, if any value has been assigned. Otherwise, it is the value of the identifier in the global environment. <syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i23) z : 2^(1/3); (z) 2^(1/3) (%i24) /* Outer block starts */ block ( [x : 10, y : 20], /* values of x and y declared local to outer block */ /* Inner block starts */ block ( [y : 99, z : 100], /* values of y and z declared local to inner block */ print ("Inside inner block:"), print ("x =", x, "is the value of x from outer block"), print ("y =", y, "is the local value of y of outer block"), print("z =", z, "is the local value of z of inner block") ), /* Inner block ends */ /* Outer block resumes */ print ("Back in outer block:"), print ("x =", x, "is the value of x from outer block"), print ("y =", y, "is the restored value of y of the outer block"), print ("z =", z, "is the value of z global to both blocks") /* Outer block ends */ )$ Inside inner block: x = 10 is the value of x from outer block y = 99 is the local value of y of outer block z = 100 is the local value of z of inner block Back in outer block: x = 10 is the value of x from outer block y = 20 is the restored value of y of the outer block z = 2^(1/3) is the value of z global to both blocks </syntaxhighlight> ==== Values, Properties, and the <code>local</code> Operator ==== The expression <code>local (v₁, v₂, ... , v_m)</code> within a <code>block</code> expression saves the '''''properties''''' associated with the symbols <code>v₁, v₂, ... , v_m</code>, removes any properties before evaluating other expressions, and restores any saved properties on exit from the block. Because Maxima is an application based on the Common Lisp programming language, it utilizes Lisp '''''symbol''''' structure. Lisp symbols are objects that carry their own "dictionary" of attributes. A Lisp symbol's internal property list (''plist'') is a built-in data structure attached directly to a symbol. Maxima uses this underlying Lisp symbol structure to associate '''''properties''''' with Maxima identifiers. Properties of identifiers can be ''declared explicitly'' by users. <syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i23) declare (x, real); (%o23) done </syntaxhighlight> However, some identifier property declarations are ''implemented implicitly'' as properties of a symbol, including <code>:=</code>, <code>array</code>, <code>dependencies</code>, <code>atvalue</code>, <code>matchdeclare</code>, <code>atomgrad</code>, <code>constant</code>, <code>nonscalar</code>, <code>assume</code>, and some others. Below is a description of how each of those specific declarations is implemented as a property under the hood: ====== Functions and Arrays ====== * '''<code>:=</code> (Function Definition):''' When you define a function using <code>f(x) := x^2</code>, the actual expression (<code>x^2</code>) and its argument list (<code>x</code>) are stored as a property of the symbol <code>f</code>. * '''<code>array</code>:''' When you declare or use a subscripted array (like <code>a[i]</code>), the array type, dimensions, and memory pointer are attached as a property to the symbol <code>a</code>. This differentiates it from a standard scalar variable. ====== Calculus and Dependencies ====== * '''<code>dependencies</code>:''' If you declare <code>depends(y, x)</code>, Maxima attaches a dependency list property to <code>y</code> noting that it functionally depends on <code>x</code>. This tells the <code>diff</code> (differentiation) engine not to treat <code>y</code> as a constant relative to <code>x</code>. * '''<code>atvalue</code>:''' When you define a specific value for an expression at a boundary point (e.g., <code>atvalue(y, x=0, 1)</code>), this boundary constraint is stored as an evaluation property on the symbol <code>y</code>. * '''<code>atomgrad</code>:''' This assigns a specific gradient or derivative to an atomic identifier (e.g., telling Maxima what (df/dx) is explicitly). Maxima saves this rule as a gradient property on that symbol. ====== Pattern Matching and Rules ====== * '''<code>matchdeclare</code>:''' Used in Maxima's pattern-matching system (like <code>tellsimp</code>). When you type <code>matchdeclare(x, freeof(a))</code>, Maxima attaches a predicate property to <code>x</code>. When a pattern rule runs, Maxima looks at property list of <code>x</code> to see what conditions a matching expression must meet. ====== Mathematical and Evaluation Attributes ====== * '''<code>constant</code>:''' Declaring <code>declare(c, constant)</code> places a "constant" flag on property list of <code>c</code>. Core routines (like integration and differentiation) check this flag to know they can pull <code>c</code> out of integrals or differentiate it to zero. * '''<code>nonscalar</code>:''' Tells Maxima to treat a symbol as a matrix or vector rather than a regular number. This property changes how operators like <code>.</code> (non-commutative multiplication) treat the symbol. * '''<code>assume</code>:''' When an expression such as <code>assume(x > 0)</code> is used, Maxima's database system (<code>context</code>) assigns facts and properties (like <code>pos</code> or <code>nonnegative</code>) to the symbol <code>x</code>, allowing the simplifier to safely reduce expressions like <code>sqrt(x^2)</code> to <code>x</code>. The effect of the <code>local</code> operator is to make such declarations effective only within a <code>block</code> expression. Otherwise, declarations within a <code>block</code> expression are considered to be global declarations. So what does all of this mean to the typical Maxima user? It means that the list of identifiers that is the first argument of a <code>block</code> expression only declares the '''''values''''' of those identifiers as local to the <code>block</code> expression in which the list is an argument. Any properties of identifiers are not declared local by this means. In order to declare '''''properties''''' of identifiers to be local to a <code>block</code> expression, the <code>local</code> operator must be used as an expression within the <code>block</code> expression. At the point where the local operator is evaluated as an argument of a <code>block</code> expression, the properties of the identifiers that are arguments to the <code>local</code> operator become local to the block. It is not an unfair criticism that perhaps the <code>local</code> operator should have been named something like <code>local_properties</code>. <syntaxhighlight lang="maxima"> (%i25) f (s) := cos (s); (%o25) f(s):=cos(s) (%i26) f (%pi/6); (%o26) sqrt(3)/2 (%i27) block (local (f), f (s) := sin (s), f (%pi/6)); (%o27) 1/2 (%i28) f (s); (%o28) cos(s) </syntaxhighlight>In the above example, the '''''properties''''' of identifier <code>f</code> were declared to be local in the <code>block</code> expression using the <code>local</code> operator. However, global properties of the identifier <code>f</code> were not affected by the local function definition of <code>f</code> in the <code>block</code> expression. The global definition expression of <code>f</code> which is <code>cos (s)</code> and the argument <code>s</code> were not affected by the local definition of <code>f</code> because the properties of <code>f</code> were declared local to the <code>block</code> expression. <code>block</code> expressions can be used for different purposes in the Maxima programming context. <code>block</code> expressions can be used in a stand-alone fashion or as part of an expression. However, <code>block</code> expressions are commonly used in expressions that define '''''functions''''', which is the topic that follows. === Functions === For mathematical functions use always define() instead of := There is only one small difference between them: "The function definition operator. f(x_1, ..., x_n) := expr defines a function named f with arguments x_1, …, x_n and function body expr. := '''never''' evaluates the function body (unless explicitly evaluated by quote-quote <nowiki>''</nowiki>)." "Defines a function named f with arguments x_1, …, x_n and function body expr. define '''always''' evaluates its second argument (unless explicitly quoted). " === Lisp and Maxima === {{BookCat}} amef7rkkg02iei14tp5zvmuz4bs14me 0 485570 4670899 4670892 2026-09-18T13:16:58Z MarcGarver 134830 4670899 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ {{Translation header | title = Baiyi Zhuan (百夷傳) | author = Qian Guxun (錢古訓) | override_editor = | translator = 'Taitesena' | section = | previous = | next = | shortcut = | year = | language = zh | original = | notes = The Baiyizhuan, or, '''Biography of 100 Barbarians''', was compiled by Qian Guxun (錢古訓) with Li Sicong (李思聪) and sent to the Ming Dynasty but never formally published yet stored away. Copies emerged under both names however, most agree that both envoys wrote their own accounts of Myanmar to control the issue of Shan Kings on the borders. This version is attributed to Qian Guxun and sourced from Wikisource. }} == Front Matter == Translator Note: For the non-letter transcripts, I have used complete manual lookups and translation to English. Due to the informal, poetic and bureaucratic language, I took external assistance to guide me including AI only to clarify the meaning of the characters in the context as I struggled to articulate how a 14th century bureaucrat would write their letters to rulers. I still manually wrote and formatted it with the lookups however, but have declared this for transparency as part of my workflow. However, the ethnic nomenclature and practices and historical events detailing which hold stronger merit have not lost validity in that respect. ==Translation== ===Introduction=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ Premable to the purpose and context of the document and political situation. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |百夷，在雲南西南數千里，其地方萬里。景東在其東，西天古刺在其西，八百媳婦在其南，吐番在其北；東南則車里，西南則緬國，東北則哀牢〈（今之金齒衛也）〉，西北則西番、回紇。 |[The] One Hundred Barbarians are a few thosand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') southwest of Yunnan. There region is very far away. '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東''') is east of them. The western regions Gǔ cì (古刺) [people] are west of them. South of them are the '''Eight Hundred Xífù''' ('''八百媳婦'''; Laos). North of them is Tibet. Southeast of them is Chē lǐ (車里), southwest is Burma, Northeast is '''Āiláo''' ('''哀牢''')<ref>The ancient tribal confederation of the Yongchang-Gaoligong area.</ref> Today, these are the gold tooth people. Northwest of them is Western Barbarians and '''Huíhé''' ('''回紇'''; Uyghur people). |- |俗有大百夷、小百夷、漂人、古剌、哈剌、緬人、结些、吟杜、弩人、蒲蠻、阿昌等名，故曰百夷。 |The customs of Greater One Hundred Barbarians, the Lesser One Hundred Barbarians, Pyu people, Gǔ cì (古刺) [people], Hā cì (哈刺) [people], Burmese people, '''jiēsuò''' （'''结些''')<ref>There is reason to believe that these may be the Zo people. The Jie however is difficult to understand, likely a terminology transfer issue from intermediaries. Like the Mosuo people, I suggest this to be read as Jie Suo. If so, this would be the earliest mention of Zo terminology since Vincent Sangermono.</ref>, '''Yíndù'''（'''吟杜''')<ref>These are only mentioned once in the document. Whether it's a mix-up with Hadu, or referring to Indians, is unknown.</ref>, Nǔ people (弩人; crossbowman people), Pú (蒲) and Āchāng (阿昌), among others, can be spoken of as the One Hundred Barbarians. |- |漢以前未嘗通中國，諸葛亮征蠻，亦抵怒江而止。唐天寶中，夷人始随爨歸王入朝。其眾各有部領，不相統屬。 |Before the Han dynasty, they had no contact with China.<ref>The main exception may be the Ailao people.</ref> '''Zhūgé liàng''' ('''諸葛亮''') went on an expedition against the barbarians, where he stopped right up against the '''Nùjiāng River''' ('''怒江'''). During the Tianbao Era of the Tang Dynasty, the barbarians began to follow the '''Cuàn''' ('''爨''') and '''Guī''' ('''歸''') clan leaders.<ref>The '''Cuàn''' ('''爨''') eventually founded the Kingdom of Nanzhao, which ruled powerfully in the region, competing with Tibet and Tang China.</ref> The people had their own leaders and were not unified. |- |元憲宗三年，世祖由吐番入麗江，自葉榆平至雲南〈（葉榆即大理也）〉。明年，命將兀良哈臺征降夷地。遂分为路二十、府四、甸四十有四、部二十有六、各設土官，置金齒都元帥府領之。有所督，委官入其地，交春即還，避瘴气也。 |In Emperor Xianzong's 3rd year in the Yuan Dynasty, Emperor Shìzǔ (世祖; Kublai Khan) entered '''Lìjiāng''' ('''麗江''') from Tibet and himself in '''Yèyú''' ('''葉榆'''; Present Day Dali) brought peace to Yunnan. The following year, [he] commanded General UriyangKhadai to pacify the barbarian lands. The region was transformed into twenty circuits, four prefectures, forty-four districts and twenty-six departments, each with indigenous officials overseen by the Gold Teeth Commander in Chief.<ref>A Tai Shan Leader likely.</ref> Officials were appointed to administer certain lands, returning by spring to avoid malarial miasma. |- |至正戊子，麓川土官思可發數侵扰各路，元帥搭失把都討之，不克。思可發益吞并諸路，而遣其子滿散入朝，以輸情款。雖奉正朔，納職貢，而服用制度，擬於王者。思可發死，子昭併發立。八年，傳其子臺扁。踰年，臺扁從父昭肖發殺之而自立，期年，盗殺昭肖發，眾立其弟思瓦發。 |In the the 8th year of the Zhizheng era ('''1348 AD''') Lùchuān (麓川) indigenous chief '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) had been countlessly harassing and invading every road. The Commander-in-Chief '''Dāshībǎ''' （'''搭失把'''） sent armed forces to the capital but was unable to. '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) annexed further circuits and dispatched his son '''Mǎnsàn''' ('''滿散''') to the imperial court to offer terms of service. Although they accepted tribute and the official calendar of the Ming dynasty, their clothes and administration resembled that of a monarchy. '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) died, his son Zhāo bìngfā ('''昭併發'''; Hsö Pem Hpa) was established. Eight years later it passed to '''Táibiǎn''' ('''臺扁'''; Hsö Siu Hpa). A year later, '''Táibiǎn's''' ('''臺扁'''; Hsö Siu Hpa) uncle '''Zhāo xiàofā''' ('''昭肖發'''; , Hsö Kap Hpa) killed him himself and seized power. A year later, bandits killed '''Zhāo xiàofā''' ('''昭肖發'''; Hsö Kap Hpa) and established his younger brother '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) [as ruler]. |- |國朝洪武辛酉，平雲南。明年，思瓦發寇金齒。是冬，思瓦發略于者闌、南甸。其屬達鲁方等輙立滿散之子思侖發，而殺思瓦發於外。即譴使貢白象、犀、馬、方物於朝。廷議不忍絕以化外，乃命福建左參政王鈍率雲南部校郭京美等，諭以向背利害，約以每歲貢獻之率，而遂内附。於是授思侖發为麓川平緬軍民宣慰。丙寅，復寇景東。明年，部屬刁思朗犯定邊，天子命西平侯沐英總兵敗之，獲刁思朗，夷人懼服。上以遠人不加約束，故官稱制度皆從其俗。 |In the current dynasty, in the 58th year (Xinyou) of the Hongwu Emperor ('''1381 A.D.'''), Yunnan was pacified. The next year, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) plundered the Gold Teeth barbarians. That winter, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) captured the territory of '''Zhělán''' ('''者闌''') and '''Nándiàn''' ('''南甸'''). His subordinate '''Dálǔfāng''' （'''達鲁方'''）placed '''Mǎnsàn's''' ('''滿散''') son, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) as ruler and killed '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) when outside. The offered tribute included white elephants, rhinoceroses, horses and other local products. The palace could not bear to cut ties with outside spheres of influence and commanded the Fujian Left Vice Official '''Wáng Dùn''' ('''王鈍''') to lead in the checking of the city walls of Yunnan, order discussions of pros and cons of allegience, discuss the annual tribute rate and secured their submission. He conferred '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) as the Burma Pacification Commissioner. In the third year ('''1386 A.D.'''), he returned to invade '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東'''). The next year, his subordinate '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') invaded '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). The Emperor ordered Marquis of '''Xīpíng''' ('''西平''') '''Mù yīng''' ('''沐英''') to lead an army to defeat him where he caught '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗'''). The barbarians became fearful and submitted. In order not to restrict those far-away peoples, the official system and administration were all in their customs. |- |其下稱思侖發曰『昭』，猶中國稱君主也。所居麓川之地曰者闌，猶中國稱京師也。其屬則置『叨孟』以總統政事，兼領軍民。『昭錄』領萬餘人，『昭綱』領千餘人，『昭伯』領百人；領一伍者为『昭哈斯』，領一什者为『昭准』；皆屬於『叨孟』。又有『昭錄令』，遇有征调，亦與『叨孟』統軍以行。其近侍呼为『立者』，閽寺呼为『割斷』。大小各有分地，任其徭賦。 |'''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) is called '''Zhāo''' ('''昭'''), like how China uses "Lord". '''Lùchuān's''' ('''麓川''') [ruler's] dwelling place is called '''Zhělán''' ('''者闌'''), like how China uses the term "Capital". Their subordinates are known as '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''), who generally handled political affairs while simultaneously leading the military and civilians. '''Zhāolù''' ('''昭錄''') led over ten thousand households, '''Zhāogāng''' ('''昭綱)''' led over a thousand households, '''Zhāobó''' ('''昭伯''') led a hundred households. Those who led five soldiers were known as '''Zhāohāsī''' ('''昭哈斯'''), those who led ten soldiers were known as '''Zhāozhǔn''' ('''昭准'''). Each [of these] were part of the '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''). There is also '''Zhāolùlìng''' ('''昭錄令''') who also happen to carry out conscription for the '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟''') to gather an army to lead. Their attendants were known as '''Lìzhě'''（'''立者'''). Doorkeepers of Buddhist temples were called '''Gēduàn''' ('''割斷'''). Big or small each had distributed land appointed and endowed to them as compulsory servicefor corvee and taxes. |- |上下僭奢，雖微職亦繫鈒花金銀帶。貴賤皆戴筍籜帽，而飾金寶於頂，如浮圖狀，懸以金玉，插以珠翠花，被以毛纓，綴以毛羽。貴者衣綺麗。每出入，象馬僕從滿途。象以銀鏡數十聯綴於羈靮，緣以銀釘，鞍上有闌如交椅狀，藉以裀褥，上設錦障蓋，下懸銅響鈴，坐一奴鞍後，執長鉤驅止之。遇貴於己者，必讓途而往。凡相見必合掌而拜，習胡人之跪。長於己者必拜跪之，言則叩頭受之。叨孟以下見其主，則膝行以前，二步一拜，退亦如之。執事於貴人之側，雖跪終日無倦狀。貴人之前過，必磬折鞠躬。宴会則貴人上坐，其次列坐於下，以逮至賤。先以沽茶及蒌葉、檳榔啖之（沽茶者，山中茶葉，春夏間采煮之，實於竹筒内，封以竹箬，過一二歲取食之，味極佳，然不可用水煎飲）。次具飯，次進酒饌，俱用冷而無熱。每客必一仆持水瓶側跪，俟嗽口盥手而後食。食畢亦如之，而後起。客十則十人各行一客。酒或以杯，或用筒（筒以蕨楷，或用鵝翎管連贯，各長丈餘，漆之而飾以金，假若一酿酒，則漬以水一滿瓮，插筒手中，立標以驗其盏數，人各以次舉筒咂之。咂酒一盏，仍漬水一盏，傳之次客，味甚佳，至淡，水方止，俗呼为咂酒）。酒與食物必祭而後食，食不用筯。酒初行，一人大噪，眾皆合之，如此者三，乃舉樂。樂有三等：琵琶、胡琴、等笛、響盏之類，效中原音，大百夷樂也。笙阮、排簫、箜篌、琵琶之類，人各拍手歌舞，作緬國之曲，緬樂也。銅饒、銅鼓、響板、大小長皮鼓，以手拊之，與僧道樂頗等者，車里樂也。村甸間擊大鼓，吹芦笙，舞干为宴。長者授卑賤酒食，必叩頭受之，易以他器而食。食畢，仍叩頭而退。 |The people, both high and low [in status], were extravagantly overstepping [in their dress]. Even small duty officials fastened engraved, patterned belts of gold and silver. [Both] nobles and commoners wore bamboo-shoot-woven hats and decorated them with gold, like a crown resembling pagodas, hanging with jade and gold and inserted with pearls and colourful gems, covered with tassels and quilted feathers. The clothes of wealthy individuals are enchantingly beautiful. Whenever one goes out, elephants, horses, and servants fill the roads. The elephants have about ten or so silver mirrors attached to their reins and bridles, edged with silver nails. On the saddle, there is a railing resembling an old wooden-style armchair with cushion-like under padding, a mattress, and brocade above the top and copper ringing bells below [it]. A servant was seated behind the saddle, grasping a long hook to urge and stop [the elephant]. Upon encountering a wealthy person, they certainly yield the way to them. Commonly, when meeting one another, they certainly clasp hands and bow, adopting the kneeling [custom] of the Northwestern peoples [of China]. Elders to oneself are bowed to and kneelt before, and when speaking, they are subjected to kowtow to them. Those below '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''), seeing their masters, kneel before them, every two steps a bow, and repeat it during withdrawal. Attendants are at a wealthy person's side, despite kneeling all day, do not appear tired. When a wealthy person passes by, they bow deeply.<ref>The sentence is poetically describing the bow as "bending the body as to resemble 磬, a type of percussion instrument". </ref> In banquets, the wealthy are seated first, then next in line are the ones below them and so on, by means to the lowest [of status]. First, they are given tea, areca nuts and betel leaves (The given tea leaves are [harvested] in mountains and brewed in Spring and Summer, stuffed into bamboo tubes, sealed with bamboo leaves for one to two years, ready for consumption, tasting extremely fine, however, cannot be brewed by boiling in water for drinking. Next [to] be provided is rice, following that is wine and delicacies are are [consumed] cold and unheated. Every guest has a servant kneeling on the side holding a water bottle, waiting to cough and rinse the mouth and hands with water and then eat. [Upon] finishing eating this is repeated and then they rise. In the case of ten guests, ten people attend them, one per guest. Wine is either served in a cup or a tube (The tubes are made from Pistachio Bracken or goose plume linked together). Every length is one '''Zhàng''' ('''丈;''' approximately 3m) painted and decorated with gold. If brewing wine, one pot of water is added. Inserting the tube into the hand, it is used to check for the number of cups [it can hold]. Each person lifts the tube to sip from it. After sipping a cup, a cup of water is added, and it is passed to the next person; the taste is exceedingly fine. When the wine's taste dilutes, water is stopped, and this is called '''sipping wine'''.) Wine and good must be sacrificed, and then they eat. Chopsticks are not used to eat. At the begining of the wine [ceremony], one person loudly shouts and multiple people all join in. This is done three times, and then music is played. There are three such types of music: Chinese lute, Huqin (Chinese fiddle) and the flute with ringing cups and so on. It imitates the sounds of the central region<ref>The Yellow River Basin area of China. </ref> and the Great White barbarians, too. Bagpipe, lutes, panpipes, harp, pipa and so on. People each clap their hands and dance. It is performed in Burmese tunes and music. Copper gong, bronze drum, castanets, big, small and long leather drums struck with the hand. It is similar to Buddhist and Taoist music, as well as '''Chēlǐ''' ('''車里''') music. Villages and suburbs have space for striking bass drums, blowing reed pipes and dancing for the feast. Elders give food and drink to the lowly [people], who certainly must bear to kowtow them to exchange utensils and eat. [Upon] finishing eating, they still kowtow and then retreat. |- |凡貿易必用銀，雜以銅，鑄若半卵狀，流通商賈間。官無倉庾，民無税粮。每年秋季，其主遣亲信部屬往各甸，计房屋征金銀，谓之取差發（房屋一間，大者征銀一两、三两，小者一两而止）。無中國文字，小事刻竹木，大事作緬书，皆旁行为记。刑名無律，不知鞭挞，轻罪則罚，重罪則死。或殺，或用人扱殺。或用象打，或投於水，或以绳帛缢。男婦不敢为奸盗，犯則殺之。 |All commercial trade must use silver, mixed with copper, cast to appear like a half egg [shape] to circulate among merchants. The government has no granaries,<ref>There are two characters for granaries, the second is for small private ones, signifying that most did not have this system at all. </ref> the people [likewise] have no grain tax. Every autumn, the owners dispatch trusted aides and subordinates to go to each suburb to calculate and levy households' gold and silver. This is called to go collect money. (For each house: large ones are taxed one or three [taels] of silver, small ones are taxed one tael.) There is no Chinese script; small matters are carved into bamboo or wood, big matters are written into Burmese script, all written horizontally for recording. No laws govern punishment; they do not know whipping or corporal punishment. Petty crimes are penalised, and serious crimes lead to death. Some are killed [directly], while some have another person employed to kill them. Some use elephants to crush them, some throw them in water, while some are hanged with ropes. Men and women do not dare commit adultery or robbery, to violate so will kill them. |- |所居無城池濠隍，惟编木立寨，貴賤悉构以草楼，無窗壁门户，时以花布障围四壁，以蔽风雨而已。邮傅一里設一小楼，數人守之，公事雖千里遠，报在顷刻。無軍民之分，聚則为軍，散則为民。遇有战斗，每三人或五人出軍一名，择其壮者为正軍，呼为『锡剌』。锡剌持兵御敌，余人荷所供。故軍行五六萬，战者不滿二萬。兵行不整，先後不一。多以象为雄势，战則缚身象上。裹革兜，被銅铁甲，用長镖干弩，不習弓矢。征战及造作用事，遇日月食則罢之，毁之。 |The [ruler's] dwelling place has no walls, water moats, trenches or dry moats, only wooden stockades erected. Both nobles and commoners all constructed thatched houses with no windows, ramparts or doors, just printed cloth covering around all four walls, as to cover [from] wind and rain and nothing more. Every mile, there was a small post office, a few people guarded it, [thus] documents even as far as a thousand miles can be reported instantly. There is no distinction between military and civilian [people]. Once assembled, they became soldiers; once scattered, they became civilians. Upon encountering a war, every three or five people would produce one soldier; they would select the strongest to become the principal armed force, known as '''Xīlà''' ('''锡剌'''). The '''Xīlà''' ('''锡剌''') grasped weapons to defend against the enemy, while surplus people carried to supply [them]. Hence, an army of fifty or sixty thousand will have fighters not filling twenty thousand. The soldiers were not organised; their rank formations were not uniform. Many used elephants for their imposing power; fighters tied their bodies onto the elephants. They wrapped leather into helmets, and were covered with copper mail plating, using long spears and crossbows, and did not practice bow and arrow. Any war or manufacturing encountering an eclipse would cease or [either] be destroyed. |- |所用多陶器，惟宣慰用金銀玻璃，部酋間用金銀酒器。凡部酋出，其器用、仆妾、财寶之類皆随之，從者千余，昼夜随所适，必作宴笑樂。 |Most utensils [they use] were pottery. Only the '''Xuānwèi''' ('''宣慰''') use gold, silver and glass. Tribal chiefs among them used gold, silver and wine cups. Commonly [when] tribal chiefs go out, their utensils, servants, concubines, money, jewels and so on all subsequently all follow him. He is accompanied by over a thousand followers. Day and night, wherever he subsequently goes, there will be feasts, laughter and music. |- |男子衣服多效胡服，或衣宽袖長衫，不识裙袴。其首皆髡，胫皆黥。不髡者殺之，不黥者眾叱笑，比之婦人。婦人髻绾於後，不谙脂粉，衣窄袖衫，皂統裙，白裹頭，白行缠，跣足。其俗賤婦人，貴男子，耕织徭役担负之類，雖老婦亦不得少休。嫁娶不分宗话，不重处女。年未笄，听與男子私，從至其家，男母为之濯足，留五六昼，遣歸母家，方通媒妁，置财礼娶之。凡生子，貴者浴於家，賤者浴於河，數日，授子於夫，仍服劳無倦。酋長妻數十，婢百余，不分妻妾，亦無鮅忌。男女浴於河，雖翁婦叔嫂，相向無耻。子弟有職名，則受父兄跪拜。父母亡，用婦祝尸，亲邻咸馈酒肉，聚年少环尸歌舞宴樂，婦人擊碓杵，自旦達宵，數日而後葬。其棺若馬槽，無蓋，置尸於中，抬往葬所，一人執刀持前导。及瘗，其生平所用器物，坏之於側而去。 |Many men's clothes mainly imitate non-Han clothing, or they wear wide-sleeved long gowns, not knowing skirts or trousers. Their heads are all tattooed, their shins are all tattooed. Untattooed heads would be killed, and untattooed legs would be laughed at and compared to women. Women tied their hair into a topknot at the back; they are not versed in cosmetics, and their clothes are narrow-sleeved garments [jackets] and a soap-style skirt. [Her] head is wrapped in white, her body is wrapped in white, and they go barefoot. Their custom is women, commoners, noblemen, must all undertake compulsory labour service and so on. Even old women must not rest a little. Marriage does not distinguish clan or language or virginity [of women]. Before even fifteen years, they are allowed private liaisons with men. She follows him to his home, and the man's mother washes her feet. She remains there for five or six days, [she] is then sent back to her mother's house. Then they communicate with a matchmaker and buy betrothal gifts to take her as a wife [for him]. Ordinarily with the birth of a child, a nobleman bathes in the home, while commoners bathe in the river. For a few days, she gives the child to her husband and continues to dress, toil, and work without tiring. The wives of a tribal chief number ten, his slave girls can surpass one hundred, there is no distinction between wife and concubine, also there is no '''Bìjì''' ('''鮅忌''').<ref>Unsure as to what this means. The first character is a type of fish and an extremely obsolete character not used anymore. It is a compound to something about jealousy, however I do not know what this compounded term relating to jealousy might be. Preliminary thought would be, the wives do not compete, or do not dread their hierearchy? </ref> Men and women bathe in the river, even old men, women, uncles, sister-in-laws [bathing] face to face have no shame. If a child has an office title, then they will be accepted, and the father and brothers will kneel and kowtow to him. When parents die, they use women to pray for the corpse. Relatives and neighbours all make an offering of wine and meat. They assemble young people around the corpse, singing and dancing, making merry. Women strike the pestle from dawn to night, and only after a few days, they bury the dead. The coffin seems like a horse trough, with a lid; they cover the corpse in the middle. They lift and carry the coffin to the burial place; one person holds a knife and leads the way. When the burial takes place, the objects the deceased had used during their life are broken beside the burial, and then people depart. |- |} ===Ethnic Groups and customs=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ A list of ethnic groups encountered and their traditions and general customs. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |其俗，不祀先，不奉佛，亦無僧道。小百夷居其境之東北邊，或学阿昌，或学蒲蠻，或仿大百夷，其習俗不一。 |Their customs do not offer sacrifices [to ancestors], do not revere the Buddha. There are no Buddhists and Daoists [among them]. The Lesser One Hundred Barbarians reside on the northeast border, following Āchāng ('''阿昌''') customs, following Pú ('''蒲''') customs and some imitate the Greater One Hundred Barbarians. Their customs are not the same (uniform). |- |車里，亦谓小百夷，其俗刺额、黑齒、剪發，狀如頭陀。 |[The people of] '''Chē lǐ''' ('''車里''')<ref>'''Chē lǐ''' ('''車里''') refers to the Cheli Military and Civilian Pacification Commissioners Office. It was a Tai State that located at Jinghong City in modern day Xishuangbanna in Yunnan.</ref>, are also called Lesser One Hundred Barbarians. Their customs are tattooing foreheads, blackening teeth and cutting hair. Appearing as if like ascetic monks. |- |哈刺，男女黑真黑。男子以花布为套衣，亦有效百夷制者；婦人髻在後，项系雜色珠，以娑罗布披身上为衣，横系於腰为裙（娑罗布即中國木棉布，坚厚，或织以青红纹）。仍环黑藤數百围於腰上，行缠用青花布，赤脚（蒲蠻、阿昌，事見《雲南志》）。 |'''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''), men and women are [both] black, truly black. Men use printed cloth<ref>g</ref> for covering themselves, also which the One Hundred bararians effectively manufacture; married women have top knots behind [their head]. It is tied at the back of their neck with various pearls and beads. '''Suō luó''' ('''娑罗''')<ref>'''Sarong''' today, however this appears to be a complex term with many copyediting issues historically, Brahmin drapes, Suoluolong, eventually describing a type of silk-cottob robe made from plant materials.</ref> are draped around their bodies as clothes, horizontally it connected at the waist and lower back as a skirt. ('''Suō luóbù pī''' ('''娑罗布披''') namely is the Chinese Cotton Tree (Bombax Ceiba) cloth, strong and thick, possibly weaved as blue, red patterns.) Yet it encircles black rattan several hundred times, wrapped at the waist and lower back, it wraps around [their leg] to be used as a blue printed cloth [as they're] barefoot. ([Used amongst the] Pú mán (蒲蠻), āchāng (阿昌), shì jiàn (事見); [according to the] The Yunnan Gazeteer<ref>Written by Fan Chuo of the 9th century, also known as 蛮书 (Barbarian Document)</ref>.) |- |古刺，男女色甚黑。男子衣服装飾類哈刺，或用白布为套衣。婦人如罗罗狀（罗罗見《雲南志》）。 |'''Gǔ cì''' ('''古刺''') [people] are coloured extremely black. The men's clothes, decorations and adornments closely resembled the '''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''), and they use white cloth as [outer] covering garments. Married women resemble the '''Luó luó''' ('''罗罗''') [people]. ([For the] '''Luó luó''' ('''罗罗''') see The Yunnan Gazeteer.) |- |漂人，男女衣服皆類百夷。婦人以白布缠頭，衣露腹，以红藤缠之，娑罗布为裙，两接，上短下長，男女同耕。 |Pyu people<ref>This is the last time a document mentions the existence of Pyu people, namely. The Burmese stopped mentioning them by the 12th century, as did the Persians in the 10th century. Their retention of it suggests that absorption was slower and that the Burmese and Pyu were still distinct, according to the envoys.</ref>, [the] men and women's clothes all resemble the One Hundred Barbarians. Married women wear white cloth wrapped around their head, their clothes expose their stomach/ naval. By means of red rattan winding around them, the '''Suō luó''' ('''娑罗''') [is worn] as a skirt. Two [cloths] connect, upper [cloth] is short, bottom [cloth] is long. Men and women [both] till [the fields]. |- |緬人，色黑類哈刺，男女頭上以白布缠高三四尺，衣大袖白布衫，腰以下一布通前後便缠之，貴者布長二丈余，賤者不一丈。甚善水，嗜酒。其地有树，狀若棕，树之杪有如筍者八九茎，人以刀去其尖，缚瓢於上，過一宵則有酒一瓢，香而且甘，飲之輙醉。其酒经宿必酸，炼为烧酒，能飲者可一盏。有为僧者，以黄布为袈裟，袒右手，戒行極精，午後不飲食。婦人貌陋甚淫，夫少不在，則與他人私，遂为夫婦。以白布裹頭而披花为衣。 |Burmese people, [their] colour is black like the '''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''). Men and women [both] on their heads have white cloth wrapping around it [aproximately] as long as three to four '''Chǐ''' ('''尺''';1.2 m-1.36 m). Their clothes are large-sleeved white cloth garments. Below the waist and lower back, one cloth goes all around to be wrapped around them. Expensive cloth is as long as two '''zhàng''' ('''丈'''; 6.2m-6.8m). Inexpensive [cloth] is not even one '''zhàng''' ('''丈'''; 3.1m-3.4m). They are extremely well-disposed to water and fond of wine. On their land, their trees appear as palm trees. They cultivate eight to nine stalks, with the tips of the leaves resembling bamboo shoots. The people take knives and cut off the tips. They bind a dried gourd ladle to it. After one night, it becomes a gourd of wine, fragrant and sweet to drink to intoxication. Their wine, undergoing [another] night, certainly becomes bitter; it gets refined into '''Shāojiǔ''' ('''烧酒''')<ref>A famous Tang Dynasty wine beverage.</ref>. [Heavy] drinkers can only drink one small cup. There are monks. Yellow cloth is used as Kasaya robes (Buddhist robes) with the right arm remaining bare. They strictly adhere to the utmost discipline. They do not eat or drink in the afternoon. Women's appearances are excessively plain, and they are promiscuous. If husbands are away briefly, they enter into relations with other men and succeed as a married couple. White cloth is wrapped around their head and draped on their shoulders in a printed way. |- |哈杜，巢居山林，無衣服，不识农业，惟食草木禽兽，善骑射。冷則抱巨石，山坡間往復奔走，以汗出为度。 |'''Hā dù''' ('''哈杜''') [people] reside in nests in mountain forests; they do not wear clothes. They have no knowledge of agriculture. Only eating vegetation and birds and creatures. They are adept at horses and archery. [When] cold, they grab a boulder and make running trips back and forth between mountainsides until they perspire out to the temperature. |- |弩人，目稍深，貌尤黑，额颅及口邊刺十字十余。 |'''Nǔ''' people ('''弩人'''; crossbowman people), [have] deep-set eyes, [their] appearance is outstandingly dark. Their forehead and mouth edges are tattooed with crosses more than ten times. |- |有结些者，從耳尖連颊皮破，以象牙为大圈，横贯之，以花布裹頭，而垂余布於後，衣半身衫，而袒其肩。婦人未详。其人居戛璃者多。 |[There] is some knotted "Zo" people<ref>This translation is messy. However, it is the first use of the Zhexie/Jiexie term, which was popularised during the Qing era. However, this early, 些 Xie was actually Suo, like the Mosuo people. Hence, the name appears to be a misrendering of Zo people from an intermediary translator, possibly.</ref>, from the tips of the ears to the cheeks, the skin is pierced. Using ivory as a large ring, they pass it horizontally through [the pierced skin]. Printed cloth is wrapped around the head and hangs down onto their back as a partially wrapped robe and bears their shoulders. Nothing is known/reported concerning the women.<ref>Likely possibly meaning that the women are indistinguishable from men. An observation echoed by the British of the Zo people during the colonial era.</ref>. Many of these people habitat at '''Kalay'''. |- |諸夷言语習俗雖异，然由大百夷为君長，故各或效其所为。夷人有名不讳，無姓。 |Although the various barbarian languages and customs are different, they follow the Greater One Hundred Barbarians as their central ruler. Therefore, possibly each group imitates that they do. The Yi people have names but observe no naming taboos; they have no surnames. |- |無医卜等书。不知时节，惟望月之盈亏为候。有事惟鸡卜是决。疾病不知服药，以姜汁注鼻中。病甚，命巫祭鬼路側，病疟者多愈，病熱者多死。地多平川沃土，民一甸率有數十千户，眾置貿易所，谓之街子。婦人用锄地，事稼穑，地利不能尽，然多产牛、羊、鱼、果。 |There are no books on medicine and divination. They are unaware of seasons. Only the moon in its waxing and waning is observed. For matters, a chicken is used for divination. For diseases they do not know how to take medicine. They pour ginger juice into their noses. For extreme sickness, the shaman offers spirit sacrifices next to the road. Those suffering from malaria are likely to recover. Those with a fever are more likely to die. The land is flat with plains and fertile, the people of a district can lead up to ten thousand households. They install commercial trade posts known as ''street markets'' ('''街子'''; Jiē zǐ). Women hoe and weed the soil and [attend] matters to do with sowing and reaping. The productivity of land cannot be exhausted, as there are many ox, sheep, fish and fruits. |- |其气候：春夏雨，秋冬晴，腊月亦如春，昼暄夜冷，晓多烟雾，無霜，春秋烟瘴甚盛。 |Their climate: In spring and summer, it rains. In autumn and winter, it is clear. In the 12th Lunar month ('''December-Feburary''') it feels like spring. The daytime is warm, and the nighttime is cold. At dawn, there is a lot of fog. They have no frost. Spring and Autumn miasma carries an excessive level of malaria. |- |其飲食之异者：鳅、鳝、蛇、鼠、晴蜓、虫负、蛟、蝉、蝗、蚁、蛙、土蜂之類以为食；鱼肉等汁暨米汤信宿而生蛆者以为飲。 |Their food and drink are unusual in the following ways. Loach, eels, snakes, dragonflies, insects, aquatic animals, cicadas, locusts, ants, frogs, and scoliod wasps are all types of food. They drink the juice of fish, meat, and rice gruel, which, over two nights, gain maggots, which are eaten. |- |其草木禽兽之异：草則秋間數十百株结为一聚，地产此草，烟瘴尤甚。树木多有三四株结为連理。有大如斗之柑，有鲇頭鲤身之鱼，水牛頭黄牛身之牛，绵羊頭山羊身之羊。雄鸡多伏卵，亦有生卵者。者闌有一池，沸如汤，人多投肉熟之。 |Their plants and animals are unusual: in autumn, their grass joins from hundreds of stalks to cluster. The land these grasses grow on has an excessively strong malarial miasma. Trees often produce multiple stumps in a fusion. There are large tangerines as large as dippers. There is [a] fish with a sheatfish head and carp bodies. There are oxen with water buffalo heads and yellow ox bodies. There are sheep with sheep heads and mountain goat bodies. Roosters brood over eggs, there are also [males] that lay eggs. At '''Zhě lán''' ('''者闌''')<ref>On the Shan Myanmar and China border near Muse.</ref>, [the size of] ponds for boiling soup. People often cast mature meat in it. |- |境内所产珍物：雅琥、琥珀、犀、象、鹦鹉、孔雀、鳞蛇、脑、麝、阿魏、金、銀、玻璃之類。 |Within its borders are the following precious items it produces: elegant amber, amber, rhinoceros, elephant, parrots, peacocks, snake scales, brains, musk deer, Resina Furelae, gold, silver, glass types of products. |- |其山水险隘。北有高良弓山，横亘二百余里，高五十余里，與怒江相倚。西有馬安山，山有一关，若一人守关，萬夫难入。東为麓川江，可通舟楫。南與金沙江合而入於西海。南下交趾界。金沙江之南，有東胡、得冷、緬人三國。緬之西即西天也。 |The mountains have narrow, dangerous river passes. North there is the Gaoligong Mountains, it horizontally extends two hundred '''Lǐ''' ('''里'''), and is tall as five hundred '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') right next to the '''Nùjiāng''' ('''怒江'''). West is the '''Mǎ'ān Mountain''' ('''馬安山'''). The mountain has one mountain pass. If one person guards the pass, then ten thousand will struggle to enter. East is the '''Lù chuān River''' ('''麓川江'''). You can pass it in an oarboat. South is the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江''') which enters at the western sea. South it borders '''Jiāozhǐ''' ('''交趾'''; Vietnam). Further south of the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江''') are the three polities, which has '''Dōnghú''' ('''東胡'''； Eastern Barbarians), '''Dé lěng''' ('''得冷'''; Derung people) and '''Miǎn people''' ('''緬人'''; Burmese people). West of Burma lies the Western Regions<ref> A term for India and Central Asia, which were Buddhist.</ref>. |- |緬國古舍利國，又名狮子國，多佛塔。緬國與夷連歲横兵。洪武之亥冬，緬人诉於朝。丙子春，皇帝遣臣古训及桂阳李思聪至两國，諭以睦邻之义。 |Burma, formerly the '''Shèlì country''' ('''舍利'''), also known as the Lion Country, is filled with pagodas. Burma and the Yi Barbarians were in continuous warfare for years. During the reign of the Hongwu Emperor in the winter of the year of the boar ('''1395 A.D.'''), Burma issued a royal complaint. In Spring of the Year of the Rat, ('''1396 A.D.'''), the Emperor dispatched official Guxun and Li Cong of Guiyang to the two countries to order them to get on well as neighbours with righteousness. |- |} ===Statements and Relations between the Kingdoms=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ Outcome of the envoys mission and political relations between Shans and Burmese. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |其諭緬國王曰： |In it, I addressed the King of Burma, saying: |- |『里路险遠，山川阻修，风殊俗异，此乃天造地設也。尔能勤使者，涉险遠，越邻邦以至中夏，其使者之难，冲烟突雾，晨進昏止，饥餐渴飲，吞吐烟岚，异风霜而方至。其为使者，不亦难乎！古人有云：诚君子將有事於遠，友千里之外，神交而志通。今萬里之外，尔能勤使而至，遠修其好，美絕古而惟今。然排难解纷之事，朕之旨意，恨不一言而正，使彼此各罢兵守，樂黎民於市野，民居共处，砃相邻而同井飲，籍雖两國之民，居处难分，惟存关市有讥，是其和也。若尔緬不主衅，夷不强凌，如此，雖弱自保，以奉天道。其或不听朕命，忿争不已，天將昭鉴，福善祸淫，迟速可待。鯩至，朕不多诫。但诚可以交天人，尔其审之，母忘朕諭。』 |The roads are dangerous, and far, mountains and rivers are obstructive and long. Their social ways and customs are different. This is what heaven and earth have established. Yet you are able to diligently [carry out your duties as an] envoy. Taking risks far, passing neighbouring countries to the Chinese heartland. Clashing with smoke, dashing through mist. Advancing at dawn and stopping at twilight, eating when hungry and drinking when thirsty. Breathing in and exhaling mountain vapours, enduring unfamiliar winds and frost before finally arriving. To be an envoy was this not difficult? The ancient people have a saying: <em>Truly, when a gentleman has affairs to undertake in distant places, he has friends a thousand <strong>Lǐ</strong> (<strong>里</strong>)， their spirits commune in spirit and their intentions are mutually understood.</em> Now ten thousand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') away, you can diligently envoy and arrive, from afar cultivate their friendship. However, regarding the matter of resolving difficulties, this is my intention. I lament that I cannot settle the matter in a single utterance as to cause both sides to cease war and guard their territory so that the common people might enjoy marketplaces and countryside. Let the people coexist [as] neighbours of white stone who drink from the same well. Although registered as the people of two countries, their dwellings are difficult to distinguish. Only the inspections at frontier markets will remain. This would be peace between them. If the Burmese do not initiate hostility, and the '''Yi''' do not forcefully oppress you, in this way, althought [one is] weak it may defend itself, as to follow the law of heaven. If they do not listen to my order, angry contention will not cease; heaven will see it clearly. Blessed will the good, and calamity will be brought on the transgressor, quick or slow; the consequences will come. <strong>Lún</strong> (<strong>鯩</strong>) arriving, I will not elaborate further; only sincerity can bring one into accord with heaven and humanity. You must consider this; do not forget my instruction. |- |諭思侖發曰： |Above '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) spoke: |- |『朕中國先古圣人，驭顽礼德，各有条章。是条章也，列圣相继，守而行之，上下相安，黔黎樂业。何也？諸侯敬畏，世禄子孙，國祚绵長，乃九伐之功驗也。列國敢有凭弱犯寡者，天子發兵以眚之；贼贤害民者，亦發兵以伐之；暴内凌外，則兴師以坛之；野荒民散，則用兵以削之；负固不服，則舉兵以侵之；贼殺其亲，則正其罪以殺之；放弑其君，則明其罪以诛之；犯令凌政，則杜而絕之；内外乱，鸟兽行，則殄灭之。九伐之征如是也。尔思侖發，以中國较之，合问凭弱犯寡之由。何以見？歲以兵寇車里，不时侵掠八百，恃强犯緬；戛璃國小民寡，而已平之，斯说也，不過告诫之词。中國周临四夷，與諸酋長地里相接，居民亦相密迩，如此者，耳闻之邦若干，目擊之邦若干，朕未嘗恃强凭凌，絕灭其嗣者。雲南之地，已为我有，似乎尚强以取之，非也！乃元世子孙梁王者，恃元之苗裔，匿我有罪，納我逋逃，诱我邊守，是乃不得已而發问罪之師，非無故而兴師。此乃元运天更，其苗裔不当安处。况生事於我邻邦，其理势使然，夷如反掌。尔麓川之蠢，初擅兴金齒之役，次谋景東而寇定邊，理当大發精兵而较胜负。朕释而不较，未嘗强尔为約束之邦，听尔自为声教，今又几年矣。近闻蚕食邻邦，意在扩土地而擅有其眾，又將为我西南之役。噫，未可！古中國圣人有云：‘山川地理人物之類，乃神器也，非人强有，必天授然後得之’。尔思侖發不修邻邦之好，三面發兵，蚕食諸國，其贪也如是，其谋也如是。彼麓川周临之國，始古至今，各有主者，未嘗吞并。朕雖不能止尔，听尔自为，果天道使然，尔以人事应之，或为而可。噫！以朕戒尔守全則可，不守全而以全动，設若全亏，是为全亡，莫如守全以圖绵長，不亦美乎？』 |The ancient sages of my Middle Kingdom governed the unruly through ritual propriety and moral virtue, each had rule and regulations. These rules and regulations were arranged in successive order to preserve them and put them into practice. Those above and below lived in mutual harmony. The common people enjoyed their livelihoods. Why is that? Local rulers revered [central authority], the descendants inherited their stipends and ranks, the state's fortunes endured for a long time. Thus [these] were the proof of the achievements of the Nine expeditions. Various states that dare to rely on strength to attack the weak, the Son of Heaven would send troops to punish them. Those who harm the worthy and injure the people would likewise be militarily punished. If a ruler oppressed those within and bullied those without, an army would be raised to subdue him. If the countryside lay waste and the people were scattered, troops would be employed to reduce it. If a state relied on its strong defences and refused submission, troops would be raised to invade it. If [a ruler] murdered his own kinsmen, his crime would be formally established with guilt and [thus] be put to death. If a subject expelled or murdered his ruler, his crime would be made manifest, and he would be executed. If a state violated commands and defied government authority, it would be blocked off and cut off. If there were disorder both within and without, and people behaved like birds and beasts, they would be utterly destroyed. Such were the circumstances and punishments of the Nine Punitive Expeditions. You, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa), measured against China , it is fitting to ask the reason why you rely upon strength to attack the weak. How is this evident? Year after year, [you] have used troops to raid '''Chēlǐ''' ('''車里''') and at irregular times invaded and plundered the Eight Hundred.<ref>Short hand for Eight Hundred Wives and Daughters in Laws Country, the old name for Laos or Lan Na. </ref> [Hence] presuming upon your strength to attack Burma. The '''State of Kalay''' is small, and the population is few, and you have already subdued it. This is the account [I have given]. It is nothing more than words of admonition. China borders the "Four Barbarians"<ref>Four Barbarians: North - Di, East - Yi, South - Man and West - Rong. </ref> Its territory adjoins that of various chiefs, their populations live in close proximity. Of such states, there are some which I know by report, and some which I have seen with my own eyes, I have never relied on my strength to domineer over them, or extinguished their line of succession. The territory of Yunnan belongs to me, it might seem that I nevertheless used force to take it, but that is not so! Rather, a descendant of the Yuan Imperial House, Prince of Liang, relying on his Yuan Royal heritage, concealed those who committed offences against me and harboured my fugitives and enticed my frontier defenders to defect. Precisely for this reason, I had no alternative but to send a force and call for an offence with an army to carry out [that purpose]. I did not raise an army without cause. This was because the fortunes of the Yuan had changed by heaven's decree, and its descendants were no longer entitled to remain securely established there. Moreover, he [Prince of Liang] has caused trouble among my neighbouring states; the circumstances and principles made the outcome inevitable, and their subjugation was as easy as turning over one's hand. As for you, foolish '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川'''), you first took it upon yourself to launch the Gold Teeth campaign, next you plotted against '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東''') and raided '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). By right, this called for the dispatch of a large force of elite troops to determine the victor and vanquished. I released you and did not press on the matter. I have never compelled you to become a subordinated state. I allowed you to establish your own institutions and customs, and now several years have passed. You have been gradually encroaching upon neighbouring states with the intention of expanding your territory and taking possession of their people on your own authority, and will thereby be a cause of war for me in the southwest. Alas, this cannot be! The ancient sages of China have a saying: The mountains and rivers, the land and the people are all such things as constitute the Divine Realm; they cannot be forcibly possessed by men - only when heaven bestows them may they be obtained. You '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) do not cultivate friendly relations with your neighbouring states, you send troops on three fronts and gradually encroach upon the various states, such is your greed and such is your scheme. The states surrounding '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') have, from ancient times to the present, each had their own rulers; they have never been swallowed up and annexed. Although I cannot prevent you, I have allowed you to act for yourself. If indeed this has brought about the Way of Heaven, you must respond to it through human affairs; perhaps what you do will thereby be acceptable. Alas! If, in accordance with my admonition, you preserve what is whole, then that is acceptable. But if you do not preserve it intact, and instead stake the whole upon action, suppose, however, that the whole is impaired, that would mean the whole is lost. Better yet, then, to preserve the whole and thereby seek lasting continuity. Would that not be admirable? |- |由是二國罢兵和好。 |because of the truth, the two countries ceased war and reconciled. |- |时古训等适遇百夷其部下酋長曰刀干孟者叛其國，余等以大义諭其部眾，而叛者闻之稍却。於是，思侖發欲留余等以为援，且進以金寶象馬等物，故余以书示之曰： |At the time, Guxun, happened to encounter One Hundred Barbarians subordinate chief named '''Dāo gànmèng''' ('''刀干孟''') betray the country. We and the others explained/instructed his followers on the basis of the great principle/righteous cause and as a result, the rebels hearing it gradually withdrew. As a result, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) wished to preserve us as a source of assistance. He offered gold, valuables, elephants, horses and other gifts. Hence I presented this letter to reveal to him saying: |- |『吾闻君上有怀遠之德，遠臣有敬上之心，始古迄今，莫违此义。夫君居九重之上，雖欲顷刻目尔遠臣，未可得也，臣处萬里之外，即欲朝暮身亲君上，亦未易得也。故朝廷有將命之官，使之宣德布威；而遠方有承命之宜，期其輸忠納款。今天子应天顺民，奉天为治，四维八極，尽为臣妾，無有专擅，不敢违逆。西南一区，夷酋亦眾，惟尔麓川，多蒙恩宠，既受以官，復加以服。况贤王亲临尔境，而德惠數及尔身。为尔计，則將度其心，量其才，何为而可以尽忠天子，何为而可以致敬贤王，又何为而可以安邊境而不干天怒，又何为而可以教百姓而不违法度？借曰邊境不安，必思曰，我事上未忠或未至，而眾不服我耶？百姓违法，必思曰，我守職已或有僭而民亦犯上耶？於是我則尽其忠，去其僭，如此，則邊境自安，人民從教矣。且吾以尔目擊效驗明之：往年思瓦發不服朝廷，轻犯金齒，天子雖未问罪，天則假手於達鲁方等，而思瓦發被戮。刀思朗不從尔命，窃寇定邊，尔雖未能息其兵，天則助威於我邊將，而刀思朗等即灭。惟尔知天命，達人理，故能享天禄，守人爵。迩来天子恐尔所为，或涉放肆，特敕諭以戒之；贤王恐尔無知，或生疑懼，特令旨以恤之。此恩此德，穷天極地。尔之披肝露胆，开心見诚，吾尽見矣；尔之尊重朝廷，敬奉殿下，告亦見矣。今尔固留吾辈，其意本美。近者尔甸寨少宁，刀干谋异，吾將回朝为尔明白其事，尔乃留我，使我不速還朝，假如刀干鸣尔留难天使之非於朝，則反误尔敬君之心矣。且尔赠以金、銀、裀褥、馬、象等物，吾固不受者，非見怪也，實相爱也。何則？朝廷恩尔，抚安尔邦，未嘗令使者取货於尔也。夫货财，饥不可以充口，疾不可以救死。况中國金玉成山，象馬若蚁，未以为寶也，惟所寶者，圣君、明王、忠臣、烈士、强兵、勇將、孝子、顺孙等事，其他财物，如粪土耳。姑以尔境内眾所闻者明之：昔隋史萬歲守邊，夷而贪财，以致殺身。梁毗一金不受，而大服夷眾。此事甚白。吾为圣朝天使，必不为财物所蛊，惟恐吾之使令往来小人，不体吾意，蛊惑尔心，特此叮咛。尔其备审此书，体吾真意，早送吾辈還朝，則尔敬君之心，不浅浅也。』 |I have heard that a ruler above possessed the virtue of cherishing those who are far away. Those distant subjects have a heart of reverence to their ruler above. From the beginnings of ancient times until now, none have deviated from this principle. The ruler resides above the Ninefold Gates, although he wishes to see you, his distant subject, even for a moment, this cannot be done. I, your servant [of the Emperor], reside ten thousand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') away. Even if I wanted to be personally close to my ruler morning and evening, that too would not be easy to achieve. Therefore, the imperial court has officials who carry its commands, sending them to proclaim its virtue and make its authority manifest, while distant polities obey the commands and fulfil their duty, in expectation that they will render their loyalty and submit their allegiance [to the Emperor]. Now the Son of Heaven responds to Heaven and follows the people, governing in accordance with Heaven. Throughout the four quarters and the eight extremities, all are subjects, none acts autonomously, and none dares to oppose [the imperial order]. In the southwestern region, the chiefs of the Yi people are also numerous, but you, <strong>Lùchuān</strong> (<strong>麓川</strong>), have received especially abundant imperial favour; having already been granted an official position, you were furthermore granted the appropriate dress. Moreover, the worthy king personally came to your territory, and his benevolence and favour have repeatedly extended to you personally. For your own sake, you should consider your intentions and measure your abilities. What can you do that will enable you to fulfil your loyalty to the Son of Heaven? What can you do that will enable you to show proper respect to the worthy king? What can you do to keep the frontier peaceful without incurring heaven's anger? And what can you do to govern the common people without violating the laws and regulations? Suppose, for argument's sake, the frontier were to become unsettled, you must think yourself: "Perhaps I have not been sufficiently loyal in serving my superior, and that is why people do not submit to me?" If the common people violate the law, you should think: "Perhaps, although I have maintained my office, I have in some way overstepped my proper station, and thus the people too are offending against their superior? Then I would fully fulfil my loyalty and remove any acts of overstepping I had committed; in this way, the frontier will naturally become peaceful, and the people will follow proper instruction. Moreover, I shall make this clear to you through examples that you yourself have witnessed. In the past years, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) refused to submit to the court and rashly attacked the Golden Teeth. Althought the Son of Heaven did not call hbim to account, Heaven nevertheless acted through the hands of '''Dálǔfāng''' '''(達鲁方'''), and the others and '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) was killed. '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') did not obey your command and secretly raided '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). Althought you were able to bring his hostilities to an end, Heaven then lent its might to my frontier commanders and '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') and the others were immediately destroyed. It is because you understand the Mandate of Heaven and comprehend principles of human affairs that you can enjoy heaven's emoluments and preserve your human rank. Recently, the Son of Heaven feared that what you were doing might become excessive, and specially issued this admonition to warn you; the Worthy King feared that your lack of understanding might give rise to doubt and fear, and specially sent his instructions to show you compassion. Such grace and such benevolence extend to the furthest reaches of Heaven and Earth. You're laying your heart completely bare, showing your sincerity, I have seen it all. [Your] respect for the imperial court [and] reverant service of the Emperor has been reported as well. Now you firmly retain our party, itself well-intentioned. Recently, your districts and stockards have enjoyed peace, while '''Dāo''' '''Gàn''' ('''刀干''') have conceived some other designs. I was going to return to court to make the matter clear on your behalf, yet you have kept me here, causing me not to return promptly to court. Suppose <strong>Dāo Gàn</strong> (<strong>刀干</strong>) were to report to the court your offence of detaining and obstructing the imperial envoy, then that would compromise your sincere respect for your ruler. Moreover, you presented us with gold, silver, padded mats, bedding, horses, elephants, and other such things, my refusal to accept them is certainly not because I take offense. The court has shown you favour and pacified your realm. It has never instructed its envoys to take goods from you. Regarding wealth and possession, when one is hungry, they cannot fill the mouth; when one is sick, they cannot save one from death. Besides, in China, gold and jade are piled as high as mountains, while elephants and horses are as numerous as ants; we do not regard these things as treasures. What we do treasure are the deeds of sage rulers, enlightened kings, loyal ministers, righteous men, strong armies, brave generals, filial sons, dutiful grandsons and things of this kind. All other material possessions are like dung and earth and nothing more. For the moment, by means within your territory, what the people commonly hear that which should be clear. In former times, <strong>Shǐ Wànsuì (史萬歲)</strong> guarded the frontier; he was greedy in dealing with the tribes and thereby brought about his own death. '''Liáng Pí''' '''(梁毗''') did not accept even a single piece of gold, thereby greatly earning the respect of the Yi people. The matter is very evident. I am an imperial envoy of the sacred dynasty; I certainly cannot be corrupted by material wealth. I only fear that petty men among those who travel back and forth on my missions do not do not consider my intentions and instead mislead or corrupt the mind. For this reason, I have given you special admonition. You should carefully examine this letter in full and understand my true intention. Send us back to court promptly, then your heart of reverence for the ruler would not be so shallow. |- |书至，思侖發悦服，遂邀至其家，設宴畢，與其眾送出境外。 |When the letter arrived, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) was pleased, and received it favourably. Thereupon invited him to his home. After the banquet, together with his retinue escorted them beyond the borders. |- |百夷，由金齒、蒲漂過怒江即其境。沿江東數十里，上有高良弓頗险。其岭有一寨。過一寨下四十里，地名养列，自此抵麓川無险隘之虞。由麓川经蠻牛、莽港等路，渡谨卯，從蒙戛等甸至麻林界，登金沙江之舟，下流二十日至緬國。國王眾呼为卜剌浪，王之妻呼为米泼剌。 |The One Hundred Barbarians, via the Gold Teeth, '''Pú''' ('''蒲'''), '''Pyu people''', upon crossing the '''Nùjiāng River''' ('''怒江''') reach their territory. Along the river, east about ten <strong>Lǐ</strong> (<strong>里</strong>), there is the tall, rugged, dangerous Gaoligong [mountains] above. The mountain range has one stronghold. Passing a stronghold, below forty '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') is a place named '''Yǎng liè''' ('''养列'''), since then reaching the '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') there is no concern of dangerous narrow passes. Following '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') pass through the routes of '''Mánniú''' ('''蠻牛'''), '''Mǎnggǎng''' ('''莽港''') and other places, crossing '''Jǐnmǎo''' ('''谨卯'''), from the district of '''Ménggā''' ('''蒙戛''') to the '''Málín''' ('''麻林''') border, [one must] board a boat on the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江'''), downriver twenty days one reaches Burma. The king is referred by the populace as '''Bōlàlàng''' ('''卜剌浪'''), the king's wife is referred to as '''Mǐpōlà''' ('''米泼剌'''). |- |} ==References== {{reflist}} {{Subjects|Military history}} agg945u6mys1nswp91cuj6eg5lb3rgl 4670904 4670899 2026-09-18T15:01:05Z WereSpielChequers 248949 typo 4670904 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ {{Translation header | title = Baiyi Zhuan (百夷傳) | author = Qian Guxun (錢古訓) | override_editor = | translator = 'Taitesena' | section = | previous = | next = | shortcut = | year = | language = zh | original = | notes = The Baiyizhuan, or, '''Biography of 100 Barbarians''', was compiled by Qian Guxun (錢古訓) with Li Sicong (李思聪) and sent to the Ming Dynasty but never formally published yet stored away. Copies emerged under both names however, most agree that both envoys wrote their own accounts of Myanmar to control the issue of Shan Kings on the borders. This version is attributed to Qian Guxun and sourced from Wikisource. }} == Front Matter == Translator Note: For the non-letter transcripts, I have used complete manual lookups and translation to English. Due to the informal, poetic and bureaucratic language, I took external assistance to guide me including AI only to clarify the meaning of the characters in the context as I struggled to articulate how a 14th century bureaucrat would write their letters to rulers. I still manually wrote and formatted it with the lookups however, but have declared this for transparency as part of my workflow. However, the ethnic nomenclature and practices and historical events detailing which hold stronger merit have not lost validity in that respect. ==Translation== ===Introduction=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ Premable to the purpose and context of the document and political situation. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |百夷，在雲南西南數千里，其地方萬里。景東在其東，西天古刺在其西，八百媳婦在其南，吐番在其北；東南則車里，西南則緬國，東北則哀牢〈（今之金齒衛也）〉，西北則西番、回紇。 |[The] One Hundred Barbarians are a few thosand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') southwest of Yunnan. There region is very far away. '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東''') is east of them. The western regions Gǔ cì (古刺) [people] are west of them. South of them are the '''Eight Hundred Xífù''' ('''八百媳婦'''; Laos). North of them is Tibet. Southeast of them is Chē lǐ (車里), southwest is Burma, Northeast is '''Āiláo''' ('''哀牢''')<ref>The ancient tribal confederation of the Yongchang-Gaoligong area.</ref> Today, these are the gold tooth people. Northwest of them is Western Barbarians and '''Huíhé''' ('''回紇'''; Uyghur people). |- |俗有大百夷、小百夷、漂人、古剌、哈剌、緬人、结些、吟杜、弩人、蒲蠻、阿昌等名，故曰百夷。 |The customs of Greater One Hundred Barbarians, the Lesser One Hundred Barbarians, Pyu people, Gǔ cì (古刺) [people], Hā cì (哈刺) [people], Burmese people, '''jiēsuò''' （'''结些''')<ref>There is reason to believe that these may be the Zo people. The Jie however is difficult to understand, likely a terminology transfer issue from intermediaries. Like the Mosuo people, I suggest this to be read as Jie Suo. If so, this would be the earliest mention of Zo terminology since Vincent Sangermono.</ref>, '''Yíndù'''（'''吟杜''')<ref>These are only mentioned once in the document. Whether it's a mix-up with Hadu, or referring to Indians, is unknown.</ref>, Nǔ people (弩人; crossbowman people), Pú (蒲) and Āchāng (阿昌), among others, can be spoken of as the One Hundred Barbarians. |- |漢以前未嘗通中國，諸葛亮征蠻，亦抵怒江而止。唐天寶中，夷人始随爨歸王入朝。其眾各有部領，不相統屬。 |Before the Han dynasty, they had no contact with China.<ref>The main exception may be the Ailao people.</ref> '''Zhūgé liàng''' ('''諸葛亮''') went on an expedition against the barbarians, where he stopped right up against the '''Nùjiāng River''' ('''怒江'''). During the Tianbao Era of the Tang Dynasty, the barbarians began to follow the '''Cuàn''' ('''爨''') and '''Guī''' ('''歸''') clan leaders.<ref>The '''Cuàn''' ('''爨''') eventually founded the Kingdom of Nanzhao, which ruled powerfully in the region, competing with Tibet and Tang China.</ref> The people had their own leaders and were not unified. |- |元憲宗三年，世祖由吐番入麗江，自葉榆平至雲南〈（葉榆即大理也）〉。明年，命將兀良哈臺征降夷地。遂分为路二十、府四、甸四十有四、部二十有六、各設土官，置金齒都元帥府領之。有所督，委官入其地，交春即還，避瘴气也。 |In Emperor Xianzong's 3rd year in the Yuan Dynasty, Emperor Shìzǔ (世祖; Kublai Khan) entered '''Lìjiāng''' ('''麗江''') from Tibet and himself in '''Yèyú''' ('''葉榆'''; Present Day Dali) brought peace to Yunnan. The following year, [he] commanded General UriyangKhadai to pacify the barbarian lands. The region was transformed into twenty circuits, four prefectures, forty-four districts and twenty-six departments, each with indigenous officials overseen by the Gold Teeth Commander in Chief.<ref>A Tai Shan Leader likely.</ref> Officials were appointed to administer certain lands, returning by spring to avoid malarial miasma. |- |至正戊子，麓川土官思可發數侵扰各路，元帥搭失把都討之，不克。思可發益吞并諸路，而遣其子滿散入朝，以輸情款。雖奉正朔，納職貢，而服用制度，擬於王者。思可發死，子昭併發立。八年，傳其子臺扁。踰年，臺扁從父昭肖發殺之而自立，期年，盗殺昭肖發，眾立其弟思瓦發。 |In the the 8th year of the Zhizheng era ('''1348 AD''') Lùchuān (麓川) indigenous chief '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) had been countlessly harassing and invading every road. The Commander-in-Chief '''Dāshībǎ''' （'''搭失把'''） sent armed forces to the capital but was unable to. '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) annexed further circuits and dispatched his son '''Mǎnsàn''' ('''滿散''') to the imperial court to offer terms of service. Although they accepted tribute and the official calendar of the Ming dynasty, their clothes and administration resembled that of a monarchy. '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) died, his son Zhāo bìngfā ('''昭併發'''; Hsö Pem Hpa) was established. Eight years later it passed to '''Táibiǎn''' ('''臺扁'''; Hsö Siu Hpa). A year later, '''Táibiǎn's''' ('''臺扁'''; Hsö Siu Hpa) uncle '''Zhāo xiàofā''' ('''昭肖發'''; , Hsö Kap Hpa) killed him himself and seized power. A year later, bandits killed '''Zhāo xiàofā''' ('''昭肖發'''; Hsö Kap Hpa) and established his younger brother '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) [as ruler]. |- |國朝洪武辛酉，平雲南。明年，思瓦發寇金齒。是冬，思瓦發略于者闌、南甸。其屬達鲁方等輙立滿散之子思侖發，而殺思瓦發於外。即譴使貢白象、犀、馬、方物於朝。廷議不忍絕以化外，乃命福建左參政王鈍率雲南部校郭京美等，諭以向背利害，約以每歲貢獻之率，而遂内附。於是授思侖發为麓川平緬軍民宣慰。丙寅，復寇景東。明年，部屬刁思朗犯定邊，天子命西平侯沐英總兵敗之，獲刁思朗，夷人懼服。上以遠人不加約束，故官稱制度皆從其俗。 |In the current dynasty, in the 58th year (Xinyou) of the Hongwu Emperor ('''1381 A.D.'''), Yunnan was pacified. The next year, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) plundered the Gold Teeth barbarians. That winter, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) captured the territory of '''Zhělán''' ('''者闌''') and '''Nándiàn''' ('''南甸'''). His subordinate '''Dálǔfāng''' （'''達鲁方'''）placed '''Mǎnsàn's''' ('''滿散''') son, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) as ruler and killed '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) when outside. The offered tribute included white elephants, rhinoceroses, horses and other local products. The palace could not bear to cut ties with outside spheres of influence and commanded the Fujian Left Vice Official '''Wáng Dùn''' ('''王鈍''') to lead in the checking of the city walls of Yunnan, order discussions of pros and cons of allegience, discuss the annual tribute rate and secured their submission. He conferred '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) as the Burma Pacification Commissioner. In the third year ('''1386 A.D.'''), he returned to invade '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東'''). The next year, his subordinate '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') invaded '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). The Emperor ordered Marquis of '''Xīpíng''' ('''西平''') '''Mù yīng''' ('''沐英''') to lead an army to defeat him where he caught '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗'''). The barbarians became fearful and submitted. In order not to restrict those far-away peoples, the official system and administration were all in their customs. |- |其下稱思侖發曰『昭』，猶中國稱君主也。所居麓川之地曰者闌，猶中國稱京師也。其屬則置『叨孟』以總統政事，兼領軍民。『昭錄』領萬餘人，『昭綱』領千餘人，『昭伯』領百人；領一伍者为『昭哈斯』，領一什者为『昭准』；皆屬於『叨孟』。又有『昭錄令』，遇有征调，亦與『叨孟』統軍以行。其近侍呼为『立者』，閽寺呼为『割斷』。大小各有分地，任其徭賦。 |'''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) is called '''Zhāo''' ('''昭'''), like how China uses "Lord". '''Lùchuān's''' ('''麓川''') [ruler's] dwelling place is called '''Zhělán''' ('''者闌'''), like how China uses the term "Capital". Their subordinates are known as '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''), who generally handled political affairs while simultaneously leading the military and civilians. '''Zhāolù''' ('''昭錄''') led over ten thousand households, '''Zhāogāng''' ('''昭綱)''' led over a thousand households, '''Zhāobó''' ('''昭伯''') led a hundred households. Those who led five soldiers were known as '''Zhāohāsī''' ('''昭哈斯'''), those who led ten soldiers were known as '''Zhāozhǔn''' ('''昭准'''). Each [of these] were part of the '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''). There is also '''Zhāolùlìng''' ('''昭錄令''') who also happen to carry out conscription for the '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟''') to gather an army to lead. Their attendants were known as '''Lìzhě'''（'''立者'''). Doorkeepers of Buddhist temples were called '''Gēduàn''' ('''割斷'''). Big or small each had distributed land appointed and endowed to them as compulsory servicefor corvee and taxes. |- |上下僭奢，雖微職亦繫鈒花金銀帶。貴賤皆戴筍籜帽，而飾金寶於頂，如浮圖狀，懸以金玉，插以珠翠花，被以毛纓，綴以毛羽。貴者衣綺麗。每出入，象馬僕從滿途。象以銀鏡數十聯綴於羈靮，緣以銀釘，鞍上有闌如交椅狀，藉以裀褥，上設錦障蓋，下懸銅響鈴，坐一奴鞍後，執長鉤驅止之。遇貴於己者，必讓途而往。凡相見必合掌而拜，習胡人之跪。長於己者必拜跪之，言則叩頭受之。叨孟以下見其主，則膝行以前，二步一拜，退亦如之。執事於貴人之側，雖跪終日無倦狀。貴人之前過，必磬折鞠躬。宴会則貴人上坐，其次列坐於下，以逮至賤。先以沽茶及蒌葉、檳榔啖之（沽茶者，山中茶葉，春夏間采煮之，實於竹筒内，封以竹箬，過一二歲取食之，味極佳，然不可用水煎飲）。次具飯，次進酒饌，俱用冷而無熱。每客必一仆持水瓶側跪，俟嗽口盥手而後食。食畢亦如之，而後起。客十則十人各行一客。酒或以杯，或用筒（筒以蕨楷，或用鵝翎管連贯，各長丈餘，漆之而飾以金，假若一酿酒，則漬以水一滿瓮，插筒手中，立標以驗其盏數，人各以次舉筒咂之。咂酒一盏，仍漬水一盏，傳之次客，味甚佳，至淡，水方止，俗呼为咂酒）。酒與食物必祭而後食，食不用筯。酒初行，一人大噪，眾皆合之，如此者三，乃舉樂。樂有三等：琵琶、胡琴、等笛、響盏之類，效中原音，大百夷樂也。笙阮、排簫、箜篌、琵琶之類，人各拍手歌舞，作緬國之曲，緬樂也。銅饒、銅鼓、響板、大小長皮鼓，以手拊之，與僧道樂頗等者，車里樂也。村甸間擊大鼓，吹芦笙，舞干为宴。長者授卑賤酒食，必叩頭受之，易以他器而食。食畢，仍叩頭而退。 |The people, both high and low [in status], were extravagantly overstepping [in their dress]. Even small duty officials fastened engraved, patterned belts of gold and silver. [Both] nobles and commoners wore bamboo-shoot-woven hats and decorated them with gold, like a crown resembling pagodas, hanging with jade and gold and inserted with pearls and colourful gems, covered with tassels and quilted feathers. The clothes of wealthy individuals are enchantingly beautiful. Whenever one goes out, elephants, horses, and servants fill the roads. The elephants have about ten or so silver mirrors attached to their reins and bridles, edged with silver nails. On the saddle, there is a railing resembling an old wooden-style armchair with cushion-like under padding, a mattress, and brocade above the top and copper ringing bells below [it]. A servant was seated behind the saddle, grasping a long hook to urge and stop [the elephant]. Upon encountering a wealthy person, they certainly yield the way to them. Commonly, when meeting one another, they certainly clasp hands and bow, adopting the kneeling [custom] of the Northwestern peoples [of China]. Elders to oneself are bowed to and kneelt before, and when speaking, they are subjected to kowtow to them. Those below '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''), seeing their masters, kneel before them, every two steps a bow, and repeat it during withdrawal. Attendants are at a wealthy person's side, despite kneeling all day, do not appear tired. When a wealthy person passes by, they bow deeply.<ref>The sentence is poetically describing the bow as "bending the body as to resemble 磬, a type of percussion instrument". </ref> In banquets, the wealthy are seated first, then next in line are the ones below them and so on, by means to the lowest [of status]. First, they are given tea, areca nuts and betel leaves (The given tea leaves are [harvested] in mountains and brewed in Spring and Summer, stuffed into bamboo tubes, sealed with bamboo leaves for one to two years, ready for consumption, tasting extremely fine, however, cannot be brewed by boiling in water for drinking. Next [to] be provided is rice, following that is wine and delicacies are are [consumed] cold and unheated. Every guest has a servant kneeling on the side holding a water bottle, waiting to cough and rinse the mouth and hands with water and then eat. [Upon] finishing eating this is repeated and then they rise. In the case of ten guests, ten people attend them, one per guest. Wine is either served in a cup or a tube (The tubes are made from Pistachio Bracken or goose plume linked together). Every length is one '''Zhàng''' ('''丈;''' approximately 3m) painted and decorated with gold. If brewing wine, one pot of water is added. Inserting the tube into the hand, it is used to check for the number of cups [it can hold]. Each person lifts the tube to sip from it. After sipping a cup, a cup of water is added, and it is passed to the next person; the taste is exceedingly fine. When the wine's taste dilutes, water is stopped, and this is called '''sipping wine'''.) Wine and good must be sacrificed, and then they eat. Chopsticks are not used to eat. At the begining of the wine [ceremony], one person loudly shouts and multiple people all join in. This is done three times, and then music is played. There are three such types of music: Chinese lute, Huqin (Chinese fiddle) and the flute with ringing cups and so on. It imitates the sounds of the central region<ref>The Yellow River Basin area of China. </ref> and the Great White barbarians, too. Bagpipe, lutes, panpipes, harp, pipa and so on. People each clap their hands and dance. It is performed in Burmese tunes and music. Copper gong, bronze drum, castanets, big, small and long leather drums struck with the hand. It is similar to Buddhist and Taoist music, as well as '''Chēlǐ''' ('''車里''') music. Villages and suburbs have space for striking bass drums, blowing reed pipes and dancing for the feast. Elders give food and drink to the lowly [people], who certainly must bear to kowtow them to exchange utensils and eat. [Upon] finishing eating, they still kowtow and then retreat. |- |凡貿易必用銀，雜以銅，鑄若半卵狀，流通商賈間。官無倉庾，民無税粮。每年秋季，其主遣亲信部屬往各甸，计房屋征金銀，谓之取差發（房屋一間，大者征銀一两、三两，小者一两而止）。無中國文字，小事刻竹木，大事作緬书，皆旁行为记。刑名無律，不知鞭挞，轻罪則罚，重罪則死。或殺，或用人扱殺。或用象打，或投於水，或以绳帛缢。男婦不敢为奸盗，犯則殺之。 |All commercial trade must use silver, mixed with copper, cast to appear like a half egg [shape] to circulate among merchants. The government has no granaries,<ref>There are two characters for granaries, the second is for small private ones, signifying that most did not have this system at all. </ref> the people [likewise] have no grain tax. Every autumn, the owners dispatch trusted aides and subordinates to go to each suburb to calculate and levy households' gold and silver. This is called to go collect money. (For each house: large ones are taxed one or three [taels] of silver, small ones are taxed one tael.) There is no Chinese script; small matters are carved into bamboo or wood, big matters are written into Burmese script, all written horizontally for recording. No laws govern punishment; they do not know whipping or corporal punishment. Petty crimes are penalised, and serious crimes lead to death. Some are killed [directly], while some have another person employed to kill them. Some use elephants to crush them, some throw them in water, while some are hanged with ropes. Men and women do not dare commit adultery or robbery, to violate so will kill them. |- |所居無城池濠隍，惟编木立寨，貴賤悉构以草楼，無窗壁门户，时以花布障围四壁，以蔽风雨而已。邮傅一里設一小楼，數人守之，公事雖千里遠，报在顷刻。無軍民之分，聚則为軍，散則为民。遇有战斗，每三人或五人出軍一名，择其壮者为正軍，呼为『锡剌』。锡剌持兵御敌，余人荷所供。故軍行五六萬，战者不滿二萬。兵行不整，先後不一。多以象为雄势，战則缚身象上。裹革兜，被銅铁甲，用長镖干弩，不習弓矢。征战及造作用事，遇日月食則罢之，毁之。 |The [ruler's] dwelling place has no walls, water moats, trenches or dry moats, only wooden stockades erected. Both nobles and commoners all constructed thatched houses with no windows, ramparts or doors, just printed cloth covering around all four walls, as to cover [from] wind and rain and nothing more. Every mile, there was a small post office, a few people guarded it, [thus] documents even as far as a thousand miles can be reported instantly. There is no distinction between military and civilian [people]. Once assembled, they became soldiers; once scattered, they became civilians. Upon encountering a war, every three or five people would produce one soldier; they would select the strongest to become the principal armed force, known as '''Xīlà''' ('''锡剌'''). The '''Xīlà''' ('''锡剌''') grasped weapons to defend against the enemy, while surplus people carried to supply [them]. Hence, an army of fifty or sixty thousand will have fighters not filling twenty thousand. The soldiers were not organised; their rank formations were not uniform. Many used elephants for their imposing power; fighters tied their bodies onto the elephants. They wrapped leather into helmets, and were covered with copper mail plating, using long spears and crossbows, and did not practice bow and arrow. Any war or manufacturing encountering an eclipse would cease or [either] be destroyed. |- |所用多陶器，惟宣慰用金銀玻璃，部酋間用金銀酒器。凡部酋出，其器用、仆妾、财寶之類皆随之，從者千余，昼夜随所适，必作宴笑樂。 |Most utensils [they use] were pottery. Only the '''Xuānwèi''' ('''宣慰''') use gold, silver and glass. Tribal chiefs among them used gold, silver and wine cups. Commonly [when] tribal chiefs go out, their utensils, servants, concubines, money, jewels and so on all subsequently all follow him. He is accompanied by over a thousand followers. Day and night, wherever he subsequently goes, there will be feasts, laughter and music. |- |男子衣服多效胡服，或衣宽袖長衫，不识裙袴。其首皆髡，胫皆黥。不髡者殺之，不黥者眾叱笑，比之婦人。婦人髻绾於後，不谙脂粉，衣窄袖衫，皂統裙，白裹頭，白行缠，跣足。其俗賤婦人，貴男子，耕织徭役担负之類，雖老婦亦不得少休。嫁娶不分宗话，不重处女。年未笄，听與男子私，從至其家，男母为之濯足，留五六昼，遣歸母家，方通媒妁，置财礼娶之。凡生子，貴者浴於家，賤者浴於河，數日，授子於夫，仍服劳無倦。酋長妻數十，婢百余，不分妻妾，亦無鮅忌。男女浴於河，雖翁婦叔嫂，相向無耻。子弟有職名，則受父兄跪拜。父母亡，用婦祝尸，亲邻咸馈酒肉，聚年少环尸歌舞宴樂，婦人擊碓杵，自旦達宵，數日而後葬。其棺若馬槽，無蓋，置尸於中，抬往葬所，一人執刀持前导。及瘗，其生平所用器物，坏之於側而去。 |Many men's clothes mainly imitate non-Han clothing, or they wear wide-sleeved long gowns, not knowing skirts or trousers. Their heads are all tattooed, their shins are all tattooed. Untattooed heads would be killed, and untattooed legs would be laughed at and compared to women. Women tied their hair into a topknot at the back; they are not versed in cosmetics, and their clothes are narrow-sleeved garments [jackets] and a soap-style skirt. [Her] head is wrapped in white, her body is wrapped in white, and they go barefoot. Their custom is women, commoners, noblemen, must all undertake compulsory labour service and so on. Even old women must not rest a little. Marriage does not distinguish clan or language or virginity [of women]. Before even fifteen years, they are allowed private liaisons with men. She follows him to his home, and the man's mother washes her feet. She remains there for five or six days, [she] is then sent back to her mother's house. Then they communicate with a matchmaker and buy betrothal gifts to take her as a wife [for him]. Ordinarily with the birth of a child, a nobleman bathes in the home, while commoners bathe in the river. For a few days, she gives the child to her husband and continues to dress, toil, and work without tiring. The wives of a tribal chief number ten, his slave girls can surpass one hundred, there is no distinction between wife and concubine, also there is no '''Bìjì''' ('''鮅忌''').<ref>Unsure as to what this means. The first character is a type of fish and an extremely obsolete character not used anymore. It is a compound to something about jealousy, however I do not know what this compounded term relating to jealousy might be. Preliminary thought would be, the wives do not compete, or do not dread their hierearchy? </ref> Men and women bathe in the river, even old men, women, uncles, sister-in-laws [bathing] face to face have no shame. If a child has an office title, then they will be accepted, and the father and brothers will kneel and kowtow to him. When parents die, they use women to pray for the corpse. Relatives and neighbours all make an offering of wine and meat. They assemble young people around the corpse, singing and dancing, making merry. Women strike the pestle from dawn to night, and only after a few days, they bury the dead. The coffin seems like a horse trough, with a lid; they cover the corpse in the middle. They lift and carry the coffin to the burial place; one person holds a knife and leads the way. When the burial takes place, the objects the deceased had used during their life are broken beside the burial, and then people depart. |- |} ===Ethnic Groups and customs=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ A list of ethnic groups encountered and their traditions and general customs. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |其俗，不祀先，不奉佛，亦無僧道。小百夷居其境之東北邊，或学阿昌，或学蒲蠻，或仿大百夷，其習俗不一。 |Their customs do not offer sacrifices [to ancestors], do not revere the Buddha. There are no Buddhists and Daoists [among them]. The Lesser One Hundred Barbarians reside on the northeast border, following Āchāng ('''阿昌''') customs, following Pú ('''蒲''') customs and some imitate the Greater One Hundred Barbarians. Their customs are not the same (uniform). |- |車里，亦谓小百夷，其俗刺额、黑齒、剪發，狀如頭陀。 |[The people of] '''Chē lǐ''' ('''車里''')<ref>'''Chē lǐ''' ('''車里''') refers to the Cheli Military and Civilian Pacification Commissioners Office. It was a Tai State that located at Jinghong City in modern day Xishuangbanna in Yunnan.</ref>, are also called Lesser One Hundred Barbarians. Their customs are tattooing foreheads, blackening teeth and cutting hair. Appearing as if like ascetic monks. |- |哈刺，男女黑真黑。男子以花布为套衣，亦有效百夷制者；婦人髻在後，项系雜色珠，以娑罗布披身上为衣，横系於腰为裙（娑罗布即中國木棉布，坚厚，或织以青红纹）。仍环黑藤數百围於腰上，行缠用青花布，赤脚（蒲蠻、阿昌，事見《雲南志》）。 |'''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''), men and women are [both] black, truly black. Men use printed cloth<ref>g</ref> for covering themselves, also which the One Hundred bararians effectively manufacture; married women have top knots behind [their head]. It is tied at the back of their neck with various pearls and beads. '''Suō luó''' ('''娑罗''')<ref>'''Sarong''' today, however this appears to be a complex term with many copyediting issues historically, Brahmin drapes, Suoluolong, eventually describing a type of silk-cottob robe made from plant materials.</ref> are draped around their bodies as clothes, horizontally it connected at the waist and lower back as a skirt. ('''Suō luóbù pī''' ('''娑罗布披''') namely is the Chinese Cotton Tree (Bombax Ceiba) cloth, strong and thick, possibly weaved as blue, red patterns.) Yet it encircles black rattan several hundred times, wrapped at the waist and lower back, it wraps around [their leg] to be used as a blue printed cloth [as they're] barefoot. ([Used amongst the] Pú mán (蒲蠻), āchāng (阿昌), shì jiàn (事見); [according to the] The Yunnan Gazeteer<ref>Written by Fan Chuo of the 9th century, also known as 蛮书 (Barbarian Document)</ref>.) |- |古刺，男女色甚黑。男子衣服装飾類哈刺，或用白布为套衣。婦人如罗罗狀（罗罗見《雲南志》）。 |'''Gǔ cì''' ('''古刺''') [people] are coloured extremely black. The men's clothes, decorations and adornments closely resembled the '''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''), and they use white cloth as [outer] covering garments. Married women resemble the '''Luó luó''' ('''罗罗''') [people]. ([For the] '''Luó luó''' ('''罗罗''') see The Yunnan Gazeteer.) |- |漂人，男女衣服皆類百夷。婦人以白布缠頭，衣露腹，以红藤缠之，娑罗布为裙，两接，上短下長，男女同耕。 |Pyu people<ref>This is the last time a document mentions the existence of Pyu people, namely. The Burmese stopped mentioning them by the 12th century, as did the Persians in the 10th century. Their retention of it suggests that absorption was slower and that the Burmese and Pyu were still distinct, according to the envoys.</ref>, [the] men and women's clothes all resemble the One Hundred Barbarians. Married women wear white cloth wrapped around their head, their clothes expose their stomach/ naval. By means of red rattan winding around them, the '''Suō luó''' ('''娑罗''') [is worn] as a skirt. Two [cloths] connect, upper [cloth] is short, bottom [cloth] is long. Men and women [both] till [the fields]. |- |緬人，色黑類哈刺，男女頭上以白布缠高三四尺，衣大袖白布衫，腰以下一布通前後便缠之，貴者布長二丈余，賤者不一丈。甚善水，嗜酒。其地有树，狀若棕，树之杪有如筍者八九茎，人以刀去其尖，缚瓢於上，過一宵則有酒一瓢，香而且甘，飲之輙醉。其酒经宿必酸，炼为烧酒，能飲者可一盏。有为僧者，以黄布为袈裟，袒右手，戒行極精，午後不飲食。婦人貌陋甚淫，夫少不在，則與他人私，遂为夫婦。以白布裹頭而披花为衣。 |Burmese people, [their] colour is black like the '''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''). Men and women [both] on their heads have white cloth wrapping around it [approximately] as long as three to four '''Chǐ''' ('''尺''';1.2 m-1.36 m). Their clothes are large-sleeved white cloth garments. Below the waist and lower back, one cloth goes all around to be wrapped around them. Expensive cloth is as long as two '''zhàng''' ('''丈'''; 6.2m-6.8m). Inexpensive [cloth] is not even one '''zhàng''' ('''丈'''; 3.1m-3.4m). They are extremely well-disposed to water and fond of wine. On their land, their trees appear as palm trees. They cultivate eight to nine stalks, with the tips of the leaves resembling bamboo shoots. The people take knives and cut off the tips. They bind a dried gourd ladle to it. After one night, it becomes a gourd of wine, fragrant and sweet to drink to intoxication. Their wine, undergoing [another] night, certainly becomes bitter; it gets refined into '''Shāojiǔ''' ('''烧酒''')<ref>A famous Tang Dynasty wine beverage.</ref>. [Heavy] drinkers can only drink one small cup. There are monks. Yellow cloth is used as Kasaya robes (Buddhist robes) with the right arm remaining bare. They strictly adhere to the utmost discipline. They do not eat or drink in the afternoon. Women's appearances are excessively plain, and they are promiscuous. If husbands are away briefly, they enter into relations with other men and succeed as a married couple. White cloth is wrapped around their head and draped on their shoulders in a printed way. |- |哈杜，巢居山林，無衣服，不识农业，惟食草木禽兽，善骑射。冷則抱巨石，山坡間往復奔走，以汗出为度。 |'''Hā dù''' ('''哈杜''') [people] reside in nests in mountain forests; they do not wear clothes. They have no knowledge of agriculture. Only eating vegetation and birds and creatures. They are adept at horses and archery. [When] cold, they grab a boulder and make running trips back and forth between mountainsides until they perspire out to the temperature. |- |弩人，目稍深，貌尤黑，额颅及口邊刺十字十余。 |'''Nǔ''' people ('''弩人'''; crossbowman people), [have] deep-set eyes, [their] appearance is outstandingly dark. Their forehead and mouth edges are tattooed with crosses more than ten times. |- |有结些者，從耳尖連颊皮破，以象牙为大圈，横贯之，以花布裹頭，而垂余布於後，衣半身衫，而袒其肩。婦人未详。其人居戛璃者多。 |[There] is some knotted "Zo" people<ref>This translation is messy. However, it is the first use of the Zhexie/Jiexie term, which was popularised during the Qing era. However, this early, 些 Xie was actually Suo, like the Mosuo people. Hence, the name appears to be a misrendering of Zo people from an intermediary translator, possibly.</ref>, from the tips of the ears to the cheeks, the skin is pierced. Using ivory as a large ring, they pass it horizontally through [the pierced skin]. Printed cloth is wrapped around the head and hangs down onto their back as a partially wrapped robe and bears their shoulders. Nothing is known/reported concerning the women.<ref>Likely possibly meaning that the women are indistinguishable from men. An observation echoed by the British of the Zo people during the colonial era.</ref>. Many of these people habitat at '''Kalay'''. |- |諸夷言语習俗雖异，然由大百夷为君長，故各或效其所为。夷人有名不讳，無姓。 |Although the various barbarian languages and customs are different, they follow the Greater One Hundred Barbarians as their central ruler. Therefore, possibly each group imitates that they do. The Yi people have names but observe no naming taboos; they have no surnames. |- |無医卜等书。不知时节，惟望月之盈亏为候。有事惟鸡卜是决。疾病不知服药，以姜汁注鼻中。病甚，命巫祭鬼路側，病疟者多愈，病熱者多死。地多平川沃土，民一甸率有數十千户，眾置貿易所，谓之街子。婦人用锄地，事稼穑，地利不能尽，然多产牛、羊、鱼、果。 |There are no books on medicine and divination. They are unaware of seasons. Only the moon in its waxing and waning is observed. For matters, a chicken is used for divination. For diseases they do not know how to take medicine. They pour ginger juice into their noses. For extreme sickness, the shaman offers spirit sacrifices next to the road. Those suffering from malaria are likely to recover. Those with a fever are more likely to die. The land is flat with plains and fertile, the people of a district can lead up to ten thousand households. They install commercial trade posts known as ''street markets'' ('''街子'''; Jiē zǐ). Women hoe and weed the soil and [attend] matters to do with sowing and reaping. The productivity of land cannot be exhausted, as there are many ox, sheep, fish and fruits. |- |其气候：春夏雨，秋冬晴，腊月亦如春，昼暄夜冷，晓多烟雾，無霜，春秋烟瘴甚盛。 |Their climate: In spring and summer, it rains. In autumn and winter, it is clear. In the 12th Lunar month ('''December-Feburary''') it feels like spring. The daytime is warm, and the nighttime is cold. At dawn, there is a lot of fog. They have no frost. Spring and Autumn miasma carries an excessive level of malaria. |- |其飲食之异者：鳅、鳝、蛇、鼠、晴蜓、虫负、蛟、蝉、蝗、蚁、蛙、土蜂之類以为食；鱼肉等汁暨米汤信宿而生蛆者以为飲。 |Their food and drink are unusual in the following ways. Loach, eels, snakes, dragonflies, insects, aquatic animals, cicadas, locusts, ants, frogs, and scoliod wasps are all types of food. They drink the juice of fish, meat, and rice gruel, which, over two nights, gain maggots, which are eaten. |- |其草木禽兽之异：草則秋間數十百株结为一聚，地产此草，烟瘴尤甚。树木多有三四株结为連理。有大如斗之柑，有鲇頭鲤身之鱼，水牛頭黄牛身之牛，绵羊頭山羊身之羊。雄鸡多伏卵，亦有生卵者。者闌有一池，沸如汤，人多投肉熟之。 |Their plants and animals are unusual: in autumn, their grass joins from hundreds of stalks to cluster. The land these grasses grow on has an excessively strong malarial miasma. Trees often produce multiple stumps in a fusion. There are large tangerines as large as dippers. There is [a] fish with a sheatfish head and carp bodies. There are oxen with water buffalo heads and yellow ox bodies. There are sheep with sheep heads and mountain goat bodies. Roosters brood over eggs, there are also [males] that lay eggs. At '''Zhě lán''' ('''者闌''')<ref>On the Shan Myanmar and China border near Muse.</ref>, [the size of] ponds for boiling soup. People often cast mature meat in it. |- |境内所产珍物：雅琥、琥珀、犀、象、鹦鹉、孔雀、鳞蛇、脑、麝、阿魏、金、銀、玻璃之類。 |Within its borders are the following precious items it produces: elegant amber, amber, rhinoceros, elephant, parrots, peacocks, snake scales, brains, musk deer, Resina Furelae, gold, silver, glass types of products. |- |其山水险隘。北有高良弓山，横亘二百余里，高五十余里，與怒江相倚。西有馬安山，山有一关，若一人守关，萬夫难入。東为麓川江，可通舟楫。南與金沙江合而入於西海。南下交趾界。金沙江之南，有東胡、得冷、緬人三國。緬之西即西天也。 |The mountains have narrow, dangerous river passes. North there is the Gaoligong Mountains, it horizontally extends two hundred '''Lǐ''' ('''里'''), and is tall as five hundred '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') right next to the '''Nùjiāng''' ('''怒江'''). West is the '''Mǎ'ān Mountain''' ('''馬安山'''). The mountain has one mountain pass. If one person guards the pass, then ten thousand will struggle to enter. East is the '''Lù chuān River''' ('''麓川江'''). You can pass it in an oarboat. South is the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江''') which enters at the western sea. South it borders '''Jiāozhǐ''' ('''交趾'''; Vietnam). Further south of the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江''') are the three polities, which has '''Dōnghú''' ('''東胡'''； Eastern Barbarians), '''Dé lěng''' ('''得冷'''; Derung people) and '''Miǎn people''' ('''緬人'''; Burmese people). West of Burma lies the Western Regions<ref> A term for India and Central Asia, which were Buddhist.</ref>. |- |緬國古舍利國，又名狮子國，多佛塔。緬國與夷連歲横兵。洪武之亥冬，緬人诉於朝。丙子春，皇帝遣臣古训及桂阳李思聪至两國，諭以睦邻之义。 |Burma, formerly the '''Shèlì country''' ('''舍利'''), also known as the Lion Country, is filled with pagodas. Burma and the Yi Barbarians were in continuous warfare for years. During the reign of the Hongwu Emperor in the winter of the year of the boar ('''1395 A.D.'''), Burma issued a royal complaint. In Spring of the Year of the Rat, ('''1396 A.D.'''), the Emperor dispatched official Guxun and Li Cong of Guiyang to the two countries to order them to get on well as neighbours with righteousness. |- |} ===Statements and Relations between the Kingdoms=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ Outcome of the envoys mission and political relations between Shans and Burmese. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |其諭緬國王曰： |In it, I addressed the King of Burma, saying: |- |『里路险遠，山川阻修，风殊俗异，此乃天造地設也。尔能勤使者，涉险遠，越邻邦以至中夏，其使者之难，冲烟突雾，晨進昏止，饥餐渴飲，吞吐烟岚，异风霜而方至。其为使者，不亦难乎！古人有云：诚君子將有事於遠，友千里之外，神交而志通。今萬里之外，尔能勤使而至，遠修其好，美絕古而惟今。然排难解纷之事，朕之旨意，恨不一言而正，使彼此各罢兵守，樂黎民於市野，民居共处，砃相邻而同井飲，籍雖两國之民，居处难分，惟存关市有讥，是其和也。若尔緬不主衅，夷不强凌，如此，雖弱自保，以奉天道。其或不听朕命，忿争不已，天將昭鉴，福善祸淫，迟速可待。鯩至，朕不多诫。但诚可以交天人，尔其审之，母忘朕諭。』 |The roads are dangerous, and far, mountains and rivers are obstructive and long. Their social ways and customs are different. This is what heaven and earth have established. Yet you are able to diligently [carry out your duties as an] envoy. Taking risks far, passing neighbouring countries to the Chinese heartland. Clashing with smoke, dashing through mist. Advancing at dawn and stopping at twilight, eating when hungry and drinking when thirsty. Breathing in and exhaling mountain vapours, enduring unfamiliar winds and frost before finally arriving. To be an envoy was this not difficult? The ancient people have a saying: <em>Truly, when a gentleman has affairs to undertake in distant places, he has friends a thousand <strong>Lǐ</strong> (<strong>里</strong>)， their spirits commune in spirit and their intentions are mutually understood.</em> Now ten thousand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') away, you can diligently envoy and arrive, from afar cultivate their friendship. However, regarding the matter of resolving difficulties, this is my intention. I lament that I cannot settle the matter in a single utterance as to cause both sides to cease war and guard their territory so that the common people might enjoy marketplaces and countryside. Let the people coexist [as] neighbours of white stone who drink from the same well. Although registered as the people of two countries, their dwellings are difficult to distinguish. Only the inspections at frontier markets will remain. This would be peace between them. If the Burmese do not initiate hostility, and the '''Yi''' do not forcefully oppress you, in this way, althought [one is] weak it may defend itself, as to follow the law of heaven. If they do not listen to my order, angry contention will not cease; heaven will see it clearly. Blessed will the good, and calamity will be brought on the transgressor, quick or slow; the consequences will come. <strong>Lún</strong> (<strong>鯩</strong>) arriving, I will not elaborate further; only sincerity can bring one into accord with heaven and humanity. You must consider this; do not forget my instruction. |- |諭思侖發曰： |Above '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) spoke: |- |『朕中國先古圣人，驭顽礼德，各有条章。是条章也，列圣相继，守而行之，上下相安，黔黎樂业。何也？諸侯敬畏，世禄子孙，國祚绵長，乃九伐之功驗也。列國敢有凭弱犯寡者，天子發兵以眚之；贼贤害民者，亦發兵以伐之；暴内凌外，則兴師以坛之；野荒民散，則用兵以削之；负固不服，則舉兵以侵之；贼殺其亲，則正其罪以殺之；放弑其君，則明其罪以诛之；犯令凌政，則杜而絕之；内外乱，鸟兽行，則殄灭之。九伐之征如是也。尔思侖發，以中國较之，合问凭弱犯寡之由。何以見？歲以兵寇車里，不时侵掠八百，恃强犯緬；戛璃國小民寡，而已平之，斯说也，不過告诫之词。中國周临四夷，與諸酋長地里相接，居民亦相密迩，如此者，耳闻之邦若干，目擊之邦若干，朕未嘗恃强凭凌，絕灭其嗣者。雲南之地，已为我有，似乎尚强以取之，非也！乃元世子孙梁王者，恃元之苗裔，匿我有罪，納我逋逃，诱我邊守，是乃不得已而發问罪之師，非無故而兴師。此乃元运天更，其苗裔不当安处。况生事於我邻邦，其理势使然，夷如反掌。尔麓川之蠢，初擅兴金齒之役，次谋景東而寇定邊，理当大發精兵而较胜负。朕释而不较，未嘗强尔为約束之邦，听尔自为声教，今又几年矣。近闻蚕食邻邦，意在扩土地而擅有其眾，又將为我西南之役。噫，未可！古中國圣人有云：‘山川地理人物之類，乃神器也，非人强有，必天授然後得之’。尔思侖發不修邻邦之好，三面發兵，蚕食諸國，其贪也如是，其谋也如是。彼麓川周临之國，始古至今，各有主者，未嘗吞并。朕雖不能止尔，听尔自为，果天道使然，尔以人事应之，或为而可。噫！以朕戒尔守全則可，不守全而以全动，設若全亏，是为全亡，莫如守全以圖绵長，不亦美乎？』 |The ancient sages of my Middle Kingdom governed the unruly through ritual propriety and moral virtue, each had rule and regulations. These rules and regulations were arranged in successive order to preserve them and put them into practice. Those above and below lived in mutual harmony. The common people enjoyed their livelihoods. Why is that? Local rulers revered [central authority], the descendants inherited their stipends and ranks, the state's fortunes endured for a long time. Thus [these] were the proof of the achievements of the Nine expeditions. Various states that dare to rely on strength to attack the weak, the Son of Heaven would send troops to punish them. Those who harm the worthy and injure the people would likewise be militarily punished. If a ruler oppressed those within and bullied those without, an army would be raised to subdue him. If the countryside lay waste and the people were scattered, troops would be employed to reduce it. If a state relied on its strong defences and refused submission, troops would be raised to invade it. If [a ruler] murdered his own kinsmen, his crime would be formally established with guilt and [thus] be put to death. If a subject expelled or murdered his ruler, his crime would be made manifest, and he would be executed. If a state violated commands and defied government authority, it would be blocked off and cut off. If there were disorder both within and without, and people behaved like birds and beasts, they would be utterly destroyed. Such were the circumstances and punishments of the Nine Punitive Expeditions. You, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa), measured against China , it is fitting to ask the reason why you rely upon strength to attack the weak. How is this evident? Year after year, [you] have used troops to raid '''Chēlǐ''' ('''車里''') and at irregular times invaded and plundered the Eight Hundred.<ref>Short hand for Eight Hundred Wives and Daughters in Laws Country, the old name for Laos or Lan Na. </ref> [Hence] presuming upon your strength to attack Burma. The '''State of Kalay''' is small, and the population is few, and you have already subdued it. This is the account [I have given]. It is nothing more than words of admonition. China borders the "Four Barbarians"<ref>Four Barbarians: North - Di, East - Yi, South - Man and West - Rong. </ref> Its territory adjoins that of various chiefs, their populations live in close proximity. Of such states, there are some which I know by report, and some which I have seen with my own eyes, I have never relied on my strength to domineer over them, or extinguished their line of succession. The territory of Yunnan belongs to me, it might seem that I nevertheless used force to take it, but that is not so! Rather, a descendant of the Yuan Imperial House, Prince of Liang, relying on his Yuan Royal heritage, concealed those who committed offences against me and harboured my fugitives and enticed my frontier defenders to defect. Precisely for this reason, I had no alternative but to send a force and call for an offence with an army to carry out [that purpose]. I did not raise an army without cause. This was because the fortunes of the Yuan had changed by heaven's decree, and its descendants were no longer entitled to remain securely established there. Moreover, he [Prince of Liang] has caused trouble among my neighbouring states; the circumstances and principles made the outcome inevitable, and their subjugation was as easy as turning over one's hand. As for you, foolish '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川'''), you first took it upon yourself to launch the Gold Teeth campaign, next you plotted against '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東''') and raided '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). By right, this called for the dispatch of a large force of elite troops to determine the victor and vanquished. I released you and did not press on the matter. I have never compelled you to become a subordinated state. I allowed you to establish your own institutions and customs, and now several years have passed. You have been gradually encroaching upon neighbouring states with the intention of expanding your territory and taking possession of their people on your own authority, and will thereby be a cause of war for me in the southwest. Alas, this cannot be! The ancient sages of China have a saying: The mountains and rivers, the land and the people are all such things as constitute the Divine Realm; they cannot be forcibly possessed by men - only when heaven bestows them may they be obtained. You '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) do not cultivate friendly relations with your neighbouring states, you send troops on three fronts and gradually encroach upon the various states, such is your greed and such is your scheme. The states surrounding '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') have, from ancient times to the present, each had their own rulers; they have never been swallowed up and annexed. Although I cannot prevent you, I have allowed you to act for yourself. If indeed this has brought about the Way of Heaven, you must respond to it through human affairs; perhaps what you do will thereby be acceptable. Alas! If, in accordance with my admonition, you preserve what is whole, then that is acceptable. But if you do not preserve it intact, and instead stake the whole upon action, suppose, however, that the whole is impaired, that would mean the whole is lost. Better yet, then, to preserve the whole and thereby seek lasting continuity. Would that not be admirable? |- |由是二國罢兵和好。 |because of the truth, the two countries ceased war and reconciled. |- |时古训等适遇百夷其部下酋長曰刀干孟者叛其國，余等以大义諭其部眾，而叛者闻之稍却。於是，思侖發欲留余等以为援，且進以金寶象馬等物，故余以书示之曰： |At the time, Guxun, happened to encounter One Hundred Barbarians subordinate chief named '''Dāo gànmèng''' ('''刀干孟''') betray the country. We and the others explained/instructed his followers on the basis of the great principle/righteous cause and as a result, the rebels hearing it gradually withdrew. As a result, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) wished to preserve us as a source of assistance. He offered gold, valuables, elephants, horses and other gifts. Hence I presented this letter to reveal to him saying: |- |『吾闻君上有怀遠之德，遠臣有敬上之心，始古迄今，莫违此义。夫君居九重之上，雖欲顷刻目尔遠臣，未可得也，臣处萬里之外，即欲朝暮身亲君上，亦未易得也。故朝廷有將命之官，使之宣德布威；而遠方有承命之宜，期其輸忠納款。今天子应天顺民，奉天为治，四维八極，尽为臣妾，無有专擅，不敢违逆。西南一区，夷酋亦眾，惟尔麓川，多蒙恩宠，既受以官，復加以服。况贤王亲临尔境，而德惠數及尔身。为尔计，則將度其心，量其才，何为而可以尽忠天子，何为而可以致敬贤王，又何为而可以安邊境而不干天怒，又何为而可以教百姓而不违法度？借曰邊境不安，必思曰，我事上未忠或未至，而眾不服我耶？百姓违法，必思曰，我守職已或有僭而民亦犯上耶？於是我則尽其忠，去其僭，如此，則邊境自安，人民從教矣。且吾以尔目擊效驗明之：往年思瓦發不服朝廷，轻犯金齒，天子雖未问罪，天則假手於達鲁方等，而思瓦發被戮。刀思朗不從尔命，窃寇定邊，尔雖未能息其兵，天則助威於我邊將，而刀思朗等即灭。惟尔知天命，達人理，故能享天禄，守人爵。迩来天子恐尔所为，或涉放肆，特敕諭以戒之；贤王恐尔無知，或生疑懼，特令旨以恤之。此恩此德，穷天極地。尔之披肝露胆，开心見诚，吾尽見矣；尔之尊重朝廷，敬奉殿下，告亦見矣。今尔固留吾辈，其意本美。近者尔甸寨少宁，刀干谋异，吾將回朝为尔明白其事，尔乃留我，使我不速還朝，假如刀干鸣尔留难天使之非於朝，則反误尔敬君之心矣。且尔赠以金、銀、裀褥、馬、象等物，吾固不受者，非見怪也，實相爱也。何則？朝廷恩尔，抚安尔邦，未嘗令使者取货於尔也。夫货财，饥不可以充口，疾不可以救死。况中國金玉成山，象馬若蚁，未以为寶也，惟所寶者，圣君、明王、忠臣、烈士、强兵、勇將、孝子、顺孙等事，其他财物，如粪土耳。姑以尔境内眾所闻者明之：昔隋史萬歲守邊，夷而贪财，以致殺身。梁毗一金不受，而大服夷眾。此事甚白。吾为圣朝天使，必不为财物所蛊，惟恐吾之使令往来小人，不体吾意，蛊惑尔心，特此叮咛。尔其备审此书，体吾真意，早送吾辈還朝，則尔敬君之心，不浅浅也。』 |I have heard that a ruler above possessed the virtue of cherishing those who are far away. Those distant subjects have a heart of reverence to their ruler above. From the beginnings of ancient times until now, none have deviated from this principle. The ruler resides above the Ninefold Gates, although he wishes to see you, his distant subject, even for a moment, this cannot be done. I, your servant [of the Emperor], reside ten thousand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') away. Even if I wanted to be personally close to my ruler morning and evening, that too would not be easy to achieve. Therefore, the imperial court has officials who carry its commands, sending them to proclaim its virtue and make its authority manifest, while distant polities obey the commands and fulfil their duty, in expectation that they will render their loyalty and submit their allegiance [to the Emperor]. Now the Son of Heaven responds to Heaven and follows the people, governing in accordance with Heaven. Throughout the four quarters and the eight extremities, all are subjects, none acts autonomously, and none dares to oppose [the imperial order]. In the southwestern region, the chiefs of the Yi people are also numerous, but you, <strong>Lùchuān</strong> (<strong>麓川</strong>), have received especially abundant imperial favour; having already been granted an official position, you were furthermore granted the appropriate dress. Moreover, the worthy king personally came to your territory, and his benevolence and favour have repeatedly extended to you personally. For your own sake, you should consider your intentions and measure your abilities. What can you do that will enable you to fulfil your loyalty to the Son of Heaven? What can you do that will enable you to show proper respect to the worthy king? What can you do to keep the frontier peaceful without incurring heaven's anger? And what can you do to govern the common people without violating the laws and regulations? Suppose, for argument's sake, the frontier were to become unsettled, you must think yourself: "Perhaps I have not been sufficiently loyal in serving my superior, and that is why people do not submit to me?" If the common people violate the law, you should think: "Perhaps, although I have maintained my office, I have in some way overstepped my proper station, and thus the people too are offending against their superior? Then I would fully fulfil my loyalty and remove any acts of overstepping I had committed; in this way, the frontier will naturally become peaceful, and the people will follow proper instruction. Moreover, I shall make this clear to you through examples that you yourself have witnessed. In the past years, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) refused to submit to the court and rashly attacked the Golden Teeth. Althought the Son of Heaven did not call hbim to account, Heaven nevertheless acted through the hands of '''Dálǔfāng''' '''(達鲁方'''), and the others and '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) was killed. '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') did not obey your command and secretly raided '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). Althought you were able to bring his hostilities to an end, Heaven then lent its might to my frontier commanders and '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') and the others were immediately destroyed. It is because you understand the Mandate of Heaven and comprehend principles of human affairs that you can enjoy heaven's emoluments and preserve your human rank. Recently, the Son of Heaven feared that what you were doing might become excessive, and specially issued this admonition to warn you; the Worthy King feared that your lack of understanding might give rise to doubt and fear, and specially sent his instructions to show you compassion. Such grace and such benevolence extend to the furthest reaches of Heaven and Earth. You're laying your heart completely bare, showing your sincerity, I have seen it all. [Your] respect for the imperial court [and] reverant service of the Emperor has been reported as well. Now you firmly retain our party, itself well-intentioned. Recently, your districts and stockards have enjoyed peace, while '''Dāo''' '''Gàn''' ('''刀干''') have conceived some other designs. I was going to return to court to make the matter clear on your behalf, yet you have kept me here, causing me not to return promptly to court. Suppose <strong>Dāo Gàn</strong> (<strong>刀干</strong>) were to report to the court your offence of detaining and obstructing the imperial envoy, then that would compromise your sincere respect for your ruler. Moreover, you presented us with gold, silver, padded mats, bedding, horses, elephants, and other such things, my refusal to accept them is certainly not because I take offense. The court has shown you favour and pacified your realm. It has never instructed its envoys to take goods from you. Regarding wealth and possession, when one is hungry, they cannot fill the mouth; when one is sick, they cannot save one from death. Besides, in China, gold and jade are piled as high as mountains, while elephants and horses are as numerous as ants; we do not regard these things as treasures. What we do treasure are the deeds of sage rulers, enlightened kings, loyal ministers, righteous men, strong armies, brave generals, filial sons, dutiful grandsons and things of this kind. All other material possessions are like dung and earth and nothing more. For the moment, by means within your territory, what the people commonly hear that which should be clear. In former times, <strong>Shǐ Wànsuì (史萬歲)</strong> guarded the frontier; he was greedy in dealing with the tribes and thereby brought about his own death. '''Liáng Pí''' '''(梁毗''') did not accept even a single piece of gold, thereby greatly earning the respect of the Yi people. The matter is very evident. I am an imperial envoy of the sacred dynasty; I certainly cannot be corrupted by material wealth. I only fear that petty men among those who travel back and forth on my missions do not do not consider my intentions and instead mislead or corrupt the mind. For this reason, I have given you special admonition. You should carefully examine this letter in full and understand my true intention. Send us back to court promptly, then your heart of reverence for the ruler would not be so shallow. |- |书至，思侖發悦服，遂邀至其家，設宴畢，與其眾送出境外。 |When the letter arrived, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) was pleased, and received it favourably. Thereupon invited him to his home. After the banquet, together with his retinue escorted them beyond the borders. |- |百夷，由金齒、蒲漂過怒江即其境。沿江東數十里，上有高良弓頗险。其岭有一寨。過一寨下四十里，地名养列，自此抵麓川無险隘之虞。由麓川经蠻牛、莽港等路，渡谨卯，從蒙戛等甸至麻林界，登金沙江之舟，下流二十日至緬國。國王眾呼为卜剌浪，王之妻呼为米泼剌。 |The One Hundred Barbarians, via the Gold Teeth, '''Pú''' ('''蒲'''), '''Pyu people''', upon crossing the '''Nùjiāng River''' ('''怒江''') reach their territory. Along the river, east about ten <strong>Lǐ</strong> (<strong>里</strong>), there is the tall, rugged, dangerous Gaoligong [mountains] above. The mountain range has one stronghold. Passing a stronghold, below forty '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') is a place named '''Yǎng liè''' ('''养列'''), since then reaching the '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') there is no concern of dangerous narrow passes. Following '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') pass through the routes of '''Mánniú''' ('''蠻牛'''), '''Mǎnggǎng''' ('''莽港''') and other places, crossing '''Jǐnmǎo''' ('''谨卯'''), from the district of '''Ménggā''' ('''蒙戛''') to the '''Málín''' ('''麻林''') border, [one must] board a boat on the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江'''), downriver twenty days one reaches Burma. The king is referred by the populace as '''Bōlàlàng''' ('''卜剌浪'''), the king's wife is referred to as '''Mǐpōlà''' ('''米泼剌'''). |- |} ==References== {{reflist}} {{Subjects|Military history}} 0aaiet5ek06xszzuzh05ytw2jqc7ze8 4670905 4670904 2026-09-18T15:01:27Z WereSpielChequers 248949 typo 4670905 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ {{Translation header | title = Baiyi Zhuan (百夷傳) | author = Qian Guxun (錢古訓) | override_editor = | translator = 'Taitesena' | section = | previous = | next = | shortcut = | year = | language = zh | original = | notes = The Baiyizhuan, or, '''Biography of 100 Barbarians''', was compiled by Qian Guxun (錢古訓) with Li Sicong (李思聪) and sent to the Ming Dynasty but never formally published yet stored away. Copies emerged under both names however, most agree that both envoys wrote their own accounts of Myanmar to control the issue of Shan Kings on the borders. This version is attributed to Qian Guxun and sourced from Wikisource. }} == Front Matter == Translator Note: For the non-letter transcripts, I have used complete manual lookups and translation to English. Due to the informal, poetic and bureaucratic language, I took external assistance to guide me including AI only to clarify the meaning of the characters in the context as I struggled to articulate how a 14th century bureaucrat would write their letters to rulers. I still manually wrote and formatted it with the lookups however, but have declared this for transparency as part of my workflow. However, the ethnic nomenclature and practices and historical events detailing which hold stronger merit have not lost validity in that respect. ==Translation== ===Introduction=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ Premable to the purpose and context of the document and political situation. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |百夷，在雲南西南數千里，其地方萬里。景東在其東，西天古刺在其西，八百媳婦在其南，吐番在其北；東南則車里，西南則緬國，東北則哀牢〈（今之金齒衛也）〉，西北則西番、回紇。 |[The] One Hundred Barbarians are a few thosand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') southwest of Yunnan. There region is very far away. '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東''') is east of them. The western regions Gǔ cì (古刺) [people] are west of them. South of them are the '''Eight Hundred Xífù''' ('''八百媳婦'''; Laos). North of them is Tibet. Southeast of them is Chē lǐ (車里), southwest is Burma, Northeast is '''Āiláo''' ('''哀牢''')<ref>The ancient tribal confederation of the Yongchang-Gaoligong area.</ref> Today, these are the gold tooth people. Northwest of them is Western Barbarians and '''Huíhé''' ('''回紇'''; Uyghur people). |- |俗有大百夷、小百夷、漂人、古剌、哈剌、緬人、结些、吟杜、弩人、蒲蠻、阿昌等名，故曰百夷。 |The customs of Greater One Hundred Barbarians, the Lesser One Hundred Barbarians, Pyu people, Gǔ cì (古刺) [people], Hā cì (哈刺) [people], Burmese people, '''jiēsuò''' （'''结些''')<ref>There is reason to believe that these may be the Zo people. The Jie however is difficult to understand, likely a terminology transfer issue from intermediaries. Like the Mosuo people, I suggest this to be read as Jie Suo. If so, this would be the earliest mention of Zo terminology since Vincent Sangermono.</ref>, '''Yíndù'''（'''吟杜''')<ref>These are only mentioned once in the document. Whether it's a mix-up with Hadu, or referring to Indians, is unknown.</ref>, Nǔ people (弩人; crossbowman people), Pú (蒲) and Āchāng (阿昌), among others, can be spoken of as the One Hundred Barbarians. |- |漢以前未嘗通中國，諸葛亮征蠻，亦抵怒江而止。唐天寶中，夷人始随爨歸王入朝。其眾各有部領，不相統屬。 |Before the Han dynasty, they had no contact with China.<ref>The main exception may be the Ailao people.</ref> '''Zhūgé liàng''' ('''諸葛亮''') went on an expedition against the barbarians, where he stopped right up against the '''Nùjiāng River''' ('''怒江'''). During the Tianbao Era of the Tang Dynasty, the barbarians began to follow the '''Cuàn''' ('''爨''') and '''Guī''' ('''歸''') clan leaders.<ref>The '''Cuàn''' ('''爨''') eventually founded the Kingdom of Nanzhao, which ruled powerfully in the region, competing with Tibet and Tang China.</ref> The people had their own leaders and were not unified. |- |元憲宗三年，世祖由吐番入麗江，自葉榆平至雲南〈（葉榆即大理也）〉。明年，命將兀良哈臺征降夷地。遂分为路二十、府四、甸四十有四、部二十有六、各設土官，置金齒都元帥府領之。有所督，委官入其地，交春即還，避瘴气也。 |In Emperor Xianzong's 3rd year in the Yuan Dynasty, Emperor Shìzǔ (世祖; Kublai Khan) entered '''Lìjiāng''' ('''麗江''') from Tibet and himself in '''Yèyú''' ('''葉榆'''; Present Day Dali) brought peace to Yunnan. The following year, [he] commanded General UriyangKhadai to pacify the barbarian lands. The region was transformed into twenty circuits, four prefectures, forty-four districts and twenty-six departments, each with indigenous officials overseen by the Gold Teeth Commander in Chief.<ref>A Tai Shan Leader likely.</ref> Officials were appointed to administer certain lands, returning by spring to avoid malarial miasma. |- |至正戊子，麓川土官思可發數侵扰各路，元帥搭失把都討之，不克。思可發益吞并諸路，而遣其子滿散入朝，以輸情款。雖奉正朔，納職貢，而服用制度，擬於王者。思可發死，子昭併發立。八年，傳其子臺扁。踰年，臺扁從父昭肖發殺之而自立，期年，盗殺昭肖發，眾立其弟思瓦發。 |In the the 8th year of the Zhizheng era ('''1348 AD''') Lùchuān (麓川) indigenous chief '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) had been countlessly harassing and invading every road. The Commander-in-Chief '''Dāshībǎ''' （'''搭失把'''） sent armed forces to the capital but was unable to. '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) annexed further circuits and dispatched his son '''Mǎnsàn''' ('''滿散''') to the imperial court to offer terms of service. Although they accepted tribute and the official calendar of the Ming dynasty, their clothes and administration resembled that of a monarchy. '''Sī kě fā''' ('''思可發'''; Hsö Hkan Hpa) died, his son Zhāo bìngfā ('''昭併發'''; Hsö Pem Hpa) was established. Eight years later it passed to '''Táibiǎn''' ('''臺扁'''; Hsö Siu Hpa). A year later, '''Táibiǎn's''' ('''臺扁'''; Hsö Siu Hpa) uncle '''Zhāo xiàofā''' ('''昭肖發'''; , Hsö Kap Hpa) killed him himself and seized power. A year later, bandits killed '''Zhāo xiàofā''' ('''昭肖發'''; Hsö Kap Hpa) and established his younger brother '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) [as ruler]. |- |國朝洪武辛酉，平雲南。明年，思瓦發寇金齒。是冬，思瓦發略于者闌、南甸。其屬達鲁方等輙立滿散之子思侖發，而殺思瓦發於外。即譴使貢白象、犀、馬、方物於朝。廷議不忍絕以化外，乃命福建左參政王鈍率雲南部校郭京美等，諭以向背利害，約以每歲貢獻之率，而遂内附。於是授思侖發为麓川平緬軍民宣慰。丙寅，復寇景東。明年，部屬刁思朗犯定邊，天子命西平侯沐英總兵敗之，獲刁思朗，夷人懼服。上以遠人不加約束，故官稱制度皆從其俗。 |In the current dynasty, in the 58th year (Xinyou) of the Hongwu Emperor ('''1381 A.D.'''), Yunnan was pacified. The next year, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) plundered the Gold Teeth barbarians. That winter, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) captured the territory of '''Zhělán''' ('''者闌''') and '''Nándiàn''' ('''南甸'''). His subordinate '''Dálǔfāng''' （'''達鲁方'''）placed '''Mǎnsàn's''' ('''滿散''') son, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) as ruler and killed '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hsö Vau Hpa) when outside. The offered tribute included white elephants, rhinoceroses, horses and other local products. The palace could not bear to cut ties with outside spheres of influence and commanded the Fujian Left Vice Official '''Wáng Dùn''' ('''王鈍''') to lead in the checking of the city walls of Yunnan, order discussions of pros and cons of allegience, discuss the annual tribute rate and secured their submission. He conferred '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) as the Burma Pacification Commissioner. In the third year ('''1386 A.D.'''), he returned to invade '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東'''). The next year, his subordinate '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') invaded '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). The Emperor ordered Marquis of '''Xīpíng''' ('''西平''') '''Mù yīng''' ('''沐英''') to lead an army to defeat him where he caught '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗'''). The barbarians became fearful and submitted. In order not to restrict those far-away peoples, the official system and administration were all in their customs. |- |其下稱思侖發曰『昭』，猶中國稱君主也。所居麓川之地曰者闌，猶中國稱京師也。其屬則置『叨孟』以總統政事，兼領軍民。『昭錄』領萬餘人，『昭綱』領千餘人，『昭伯』領百人；領一伍者为『昭哈斯』，領一什者为『昭准』；皆屬於『叨孟』。又有『昭錄令』，遇有征调，亦與『叨孟』統軍以行。其近侍呼为『立者』，閽寺呼为『割斷』。大小各有分地，任其徭賦。 |'''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) is called '''Zhāo''' ('''昭'''), like how China uses "Lord". '''Lùchuān's''' ('''麓川''') [ruler's] dwelling place is called '''Zhělán''' ('''者闌'''), like how China uses the term "Capital". Their subordinates are known as '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''), who generally handled political affairs while simultaneously leading the military and civilians. '''Zhāolù''' ('''昭錄''') led over ten thousand households, '''Zhāogāng''' ('''昭綱)''' led over a thousand households, '''Zhāobó''' ('''昭伯''') led a hundred households. Those who led five soldiers were known as '''Zhāohāsī''' ('''昭哈斯'''), those who led ten soldiers were known as '''Zhāozhǔn''' ('''昭准'''). Each [of these] were part of the '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''). There is also '''Zhāolùlìng''' ('''昭錄令''') who also happen to carry out conscription for the '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟''') to gather an army to lead. Their attendants were known as '''Lìzhě'''（'''立者'''). Doorkeepers of Buddhist temples were called '''Gēduàn''' ('''割斷'''). Big or small each had distributed land appointed and endowed to them as compulsory servicefor corvee and taxes. |- |上下僭奢，雖微職亦繫鈒花金銀帶。貴賤皆戴筍籜帽，而飾金寶於頂，如浮圖狀，懸以金玉，插以珠翠花，被以毛纓，綴以毛羽。貴者衣綺麗。每出入，象馬僕從滿途。象以銀鏡數十聯綴於羈靮，緣以銀釘，鞍上有闌如交椅狀，藉以裀褥，上設錦障蓋，下懸銅響鈴，坐一奴鞍後，執長鉤驅止之。遇貴於己者，必讓途而往。凡相見必合掌而拜，習胡人之跪。長於己者必拜跪之，言則叩頭受之。叨孟以下見其主，則膝行以前，二步一拜，退亦如之。執事於貴人之側，雖跪終日無倦狀。貴人之前過，必磬折鞠躬。宴会則貴人上坐，其次列坐於下，以逮至賤。先以沽茶及蒌葉、檳榔啖之（沽茶者，山中茶葉，春夏間采煮之，實於竹筒内，封以竹箬，過一二歲取食之，味極佳，然不可用水煎飲）。次具飯，次進酒饌，俱用冷而無熱。每客必一仆持水瓶側跪，俟嗽口盥手而後食。食畢亦如之，而後起。客十則十人各行一客。酒或以杯，或用筒（筒以蕨楷，或用鵝翎管連贯，各長丈餘，漆之而飾以金，假若一酿酒，則漬以水一滿瓮，插筒手中，立標以驗其盏數，人各以次舉筒咂之。咂酒一盏，仍漬水一盏，傳之次客，味甚佳，至淡，水方止，俗呼为咂酒）。酒與食物必祭而後食，食不用筯。酒初行，一人大噪，眾皆合之，如此者三，乃舉樂。樂有三等：琵琶、胡琴、等笛、響盏之類，效中原音，大百夷樂也。笙阮、排簫、箜篌、琵琶之類，人各拍手歌舞，作緬國之曲，緬樂也。銅饒、銅鼓、響板、大小長皮鼓，以手拊之，與僧道樂頗等者，車里樂也。村甸間擊大鼓，吹芦笙，舞干为宴。長者授卑賤酒食，必叩頭受之，易以他器而食。食畢，仍叩頭而退。 |The people, both high and low [in status], were extravagantly overstepping [in their dress]. Even small duty officials fastened engraved, patterned belts of gold and silver. [Both] nobles and commoners wore bamboo-shoot-woven hats and decorated them with gold, like a crown resembling pagodas, hanging with jade and gold and inserted with pearls and colourful gems, covered with tassels and quilted feathers. The clothes of wealthy individuals are enchantingly beautiful. Whenever one goes out, elephants, horses, and servants fill the roads. The elephants have about ten or so silver mirrors attached to their reins and bridles, edged with silver nails. On the saddle, there is a railing resembling an old wooden-style armchair with cushion-like under padding, a mattress, and brocade above the top and copper ringing bells below [it]. A servant was seated behind the saddle, grasping a long hook to urge and stop [the elephant]. Upon encountering a wealthy person, they certainly yield the way to them. Commonly, when meeting one another, they certainly clasp hands and bow, adopting the kneeling [custom] of the Northwestern peoples [of China]. Elders to oneself are bowed to and kneelt before, and when speaking, they are subjected to kowtow to them. Those below '''Dāomèng''' ('''叨孟'''), seeing their masters, kneel before them, every two steps a bow, and repeat it during withdrawal. Attendants are at a wealthy person's side, despite kneeling all day, do not appear tired. When a wealthy person passes by, they bow deeply.<ref>The sentence is poetically describing the bow as "bending the body as to resemble 磬, a type of percussion instrument". </ref> In banquets, the wealthy are seated first, then next in line are the ones below them and so on, by means to the lowest [of status]. First, they are given tea, areca nuts and betel leaves (The given tea leaves are [harvested] in mountains and brewed in Spring and Summer, stuffed into bamboo tubes, sealed with bamboo leaves for one to two years, ready for consumption, tasting extremely fine, however, cannot be brewed by boiling in water for drinking. Next [to] be provided is rice, following that is wine and delicacies are are [consumed] cold and unheated. Every guest has a servant kneeling on the side holding a water bottle, waiting to cough and rinse the mouth and hands with water and then eat. [Upon] finishing eating this is repeated and then they rise. In the case of ten guests, ten people attend them, one per guest. Wine is either served in a cup or a tube (The tubes are made from Pistachio Bracken or goose plume linked together). Every length is one '''Zhàng''' ('''丈;''' approximately 3m) painted and decorated with gold. If brewing wine, one pot of water is added. Inserting the tube into the hand, it is used to check for the number of cups [it can hold]. Each person lifts the tube to sip from it. After sipping a cup, a cup of water is added, and it is passed to the next person; the taste is exceedingly fine. When the wine's taste dilutes, water is stopped, and this is called '''sipping wine'''.) Wine and good must be sacrificed, and then they eat. Chopsticks are not used to eat. At the begining of the wine [ceremony], one person loudly shouts and multiple people all join in. This is done three times, and then music is played. There are three such types of music: Chinese lute, Huqin (Chinese fiddle) and the flute with ringing cups and so on. It imitates the sounds of the central region<ref>The Yellow River Basin area of China. </ref> and the Great White barbarians, too. Bagpipe, lutes, panpipes, harp, pipa and so on. People each clap their hands and dance. It is performed in Burmese tunes and music. Copper gong, bronze drum, castanets, big, small and long leather drums struck with the hand. It is similar to Buddhist and Taoist music, as well as '''Chēlǐ''' ('''車里''') music. Villages and suburbs have space for striking bass drums, blowing reed pipes and dancing for the feast. Elders give food and drink to the lowly [people], who certainly must bear to kowtow them to exchange utensils and eat. [Upon] finishing eating, they still kowtow and then retreat. |- |凡貿易必用銀，雜以銅，鑄若半卵狀，流通商賈間。官無倉庾，民無税粮。每年秋季，其主遣亲信部屬往各甸，计房屋征金銀，谓之取差發（房屋一間，大者征銀一两、三两，小者一两而止）。無中國文字，小事刻竹木，大事作緬书，皆旁行为记。刑名無律，不知鞭挞，轻罪則罚，重罪則死。或殺，或用人扱殺。或用象打，或投於水，或以绳帛缢。男婦不敢为奸盗，犯則殺之。 |All commercial trade must use silver, mixed with copper, cast to appear like a half egg [shape] to circulate among merchants. The government has no granaries,<ref>There are two characters for granaries, the second is for small private ones, signifying that most did not have this system at all. </ref> the people [likewise] have no grain tax. Every autumn, the owners dispatch trusted aides and subordinates to go to each suburb to calculate and levy households' gold and silver. This is called to go collect money. (For each house: large ones are taxed one or three [taels] of silver, small ones are taxed one tael.) There is no Chinese script; small matters are carved into bamboo or wood, big matters are written into Burmese script, all written horizontally for recording. No laws govern punishment; they do not know whipping or corporal punishment. Petty crimes are penalised, and serious crimes lead to death. Some are killed [directly], while some have another person employed to kill them. Some use elephants to crush them, some throw them in water, while some are hanged with ropes. Men and women do not dare commit adultery or robbery, to violate so will kill them. |- |所居無城池濠隍，惟编木立寨，貴賤悉构以草楼，無窗壁门户，时以花布障围四壁，以蔽风雨而已。邮傅一里設一小楼，數人守之，公事雖千里遠，报在顷刻。無軍民之分，聚則为軍，散則为民。遇有战斗，每三人或五人出軍一名，择其壮者为正軍，呼为『锡剌』。锡剌持兵御敌，余人荷所供。故軍行五六萬，战者不滿二萬。兵行不整，先後不一。多以象为雄势，战則缚身象上。裹革兜，被銅铁甲，用長镖干弩，不習弓矢。征战及造作用事，遇日月食則罢之，毁之。 |The [ruler's] dwelling place has no walls, water moats, trenches or dry moats, only wooden stockades erected. Both nobles and commoners all constructed thatched houses with no windows, ramparts or doors, just printed cloth covering around all four walls, as to cover [from] wind and rain and nothing more. Every mile, there was a small post office, a few people guarded it, [thus] documents even as far as a thousand miles can be reported instantly. There is no distinction between military and civilian [people]. Once assembled, they became soldiers; once scattered, they became civilians. Upon encountering a war, every three or five people would produce one soldier; they would select the strongest to become the principal armed force, known as '''Xīlà''' ('''锡剌'''). The '''Xīlà''' ('''锡剌''') grasped weapons to defend against the enemy, while surplus people carried to supply [them]. Hence, an army of fifty or sixty thousand will have fighters not filling twenty thousand. The soldiers were not organised; their rank formations were not uniform. Many used elephants for their imposing power; fighters tied their bodies onto the elephants. They wrapped leather into helmets, and were covered with copper mail plating, using long spears and crossbows, and did not practice bow and arrow. Any war or manufacturing encountering an eclipse would cease or [either] be destroyed. |- |所用多陶器，惟宣慰用金銀玻璃，部酋間用金銀酒器。凡部酋出，其器用、仆妾、财寶之類皆随之，從者千余，昼夜随所适，必作宴笑樂。 |Most utensils [they use] were pottery. Only the '''Xuānwèi''' ('''宣慰''') use gold, silver and glass. Tribal chiefs among them used gold, silver and wine cups. Commonly [when] tribal chiefs go out, their utensils, servants, concubines, money, jewels and so on all subsequently all follow him. He is accompanied by over a thousand followers. Day and night, wherever he subsequently goes, there will be feasts, laughter and music. |- |男子衣服多效胡服，或衣宽袖長衫，不识裙袴。其首皆髡，胫皆黥。不髡者殺之，不黥者眾叱笑，比之婦人。婦人髻绾於後，不谙脂粉，衣窄袖衫，皂統裙，白裹頭，白行缠，跣足。其俗賤婦人，貴男子，耕织徭役担负之類，雖老婦亦不得少休。嫁娶不分宗话，不重处女。年未笄，听與男子私，從至其家，男母为之濯足，留五六昼，遣歸母家，方通媒妁，置财礼娶之。凡生子，貴者浴於家，賤者浴於河，數日，授子於夫，仍服劳無倦。酋長妻數十，婢百余，不分妻妾，亦無鮅忌。男女浴於河，雖翁婦叔嫂，相向無耻。子弟有職名，則受父兄跪拜。父母亡，用婦祝尸，亲邻咸馈酒肉，聚年少环尸歌舞宴樂，婦人擊碓杵，自旦達宵，數日而後葬。其棺若馬槽，無蓋，置尸於中，抬往葬所，一人執刀持前导。及瘗，其生平所用器物，坏之於側而去。 |Many men's clothes mainly imitate non-Han clothing, or they wear wide-sleeved long gowns, not knowing skirts or trousers. Their heads are all tattooed, their shins are all tattooed. Untattooed heads would be killed, and untattooed legs would be laughed at and compared to women. Women tied their hair into a topknot at the back; they are not versed in cosmetics, and their clothes are narrow-sleeved garments [jackets] and a soap-style skirt. [Her] head is wrapped in white, her body is wrapped in white, and they go barefoot. Their custom is women, commoners, noblemen, must all undertake compulsory labour service and so on. Even old women must not rest a little. Marriage does not distinguish clan or language or virginity [of women]. Before even fifteen years, they are allowed private liaisons with men. She follows him to his home, and the man's mother washes her feet. She remains there for five or six days, [she] is then sent back to her mother's house. Then they communicate with a matchmaker and buy betrothal gifts to take her as a wife [for him]. Ordinarily with the birth of a child, a nobleman bathes in the home, while commoners bathe in the river. For a few days, she gives the child to her husband and continues to dress, toil, and work without tiring. The wives of a tribal chief number ten, his slave girls can surpass one hundred, there is no distinction between wife and concubine, also there is no '''Bìjì''' ('''鮅忌''').<ref>Unsure as to what this means. The first character is a type of fish and an extremely obsolete character not used anymore. It is a compound to something about jealousy, however I do not know what this compounded term relating to jealousy might be. Preliminary thought would be, the wives do not compete, or do not dread their hierearchy? </ref> Men and women bathe in the river, even old men, women, uncles, sister-in-laws [bathing] face to face have no shame. If a child has an office title, then they will be accepted, and the father and brothers will kneel and kowtow to him. When parents die, they use women to pray for the corpse. Relatives and neighbours all make an offering of wine and meat. They assemble young people around the corpse, singing and dancing, making merry. Women strike the pestle from dawn to night, and only after a few days, they bury the dead. The coffin seems like a horse trough, with a lid; they cover the corpse in the middle. They lift and carry the coffin to the burial place; one person holds a knife and leads the way. When the burial takes place, the objects the deceased had used during their life are broken beside the burial, and then people depart. |- |} ===Ethnic Groups and customs=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ A list of ethnic groups encountered and their traditions and general customs. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |其俗，不祀先，不奉佛，亦無僧道。小百夷居其境之東北邊，或学阿昌，或学蒲蠻，或仿大百夷，其習俗不一。 |Their customs do not offer sacrifices [to ancestors], do not revere the Buddha. There are no Buddhists and Daoists [among them]. The Lesser One Hundred Barbarians reside on the northeast border, following Āchāng ('''阿昌''') customs, following Pú ('''蒲''') customs and some imitate the Greater One Hundred Barbarians. Their customs are not the same (uniform). |- |車里，亦谓小百夷，其俗刺额、黑齒、剪發，狀如頭陀。 |[The people of] '''Chē lǐ''' ('''車里''')<ref>'''Chē lǐ''' ('''車里''') refers to the Cheli Military and Civilian Pacification Commissioners Office. It was a Tai State that located at Jinghong City in modern day Xishuangbanna in Yunnan.</ref>, are also called Lesser One Hundred Barbarians. Their customs are tattooing foreheads, blackening teeth and cutting hair. Appearing as if like ascetic monks. |- |哈刺，男女黑真黑。男子以花布为套衣，亦有效百夷制者；婦人髻在後，项系雜色珠，以娑罗布披身上为衣，横系於腰为裙（娑罗布即中國木棉布，坚厚，或织以青红纹）。仍环黑藤數百围於腰上，行缠用青花布，赤脚（蒲蠻、阿昌，事見《雲南志》）。 |'''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''), men and women are [both] black, truly black. Men use printed cloth<ref>g</ref> for covering themselves, also which the One Hundred bararians effectively manufacture; married women have top knots behind [their head]. It is tied at the back of their neck with various pearls and beads. '''Suō luó''' ('''娑罗''')<ref>'''Sarong''' today, however this appears to be a complex term with many copyediting issues historically, Brahmin drapes, Suoluolong, eventually describing a type of silk-cottob robe made from plant materials.</ref> are draped around their bodies as clothes, horizontally it connected at the waist and lower back as a skirt. ('''Suō luóbù pī''' ('''娑罗布披''') namely is the Chinese Cotton Tree (Bombax Ceiba) cloth, strong and thick, possibly weaved as blue, red patterns.) Yet it encircles black rattan several hundred times, wrapped at the waist and lower back, it wraps around [their leg] to be used as a blue printed cloth [as they're] barefoot. ([Used amongst the] Pú mán (蒲蠻), āchāng (阿昌), shì jiàn (事見); [according to the] The Yunnan Gazeteer<ref>Written by Fan Chuo of the 9th century, also known as 蛮书 (Barbarian Document)</ref>.) |- |古刺，男女色甚黑。男子衣服装飾類哈刺，或用白布为套衣。婦人如罗罗狀（罗罗見《雲南志》）。 |'''Gǔ cì''' ('''古刺''') [people] are coloured extremely black. The men's clothes, decorations and adornments closely resembled the '''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''), and they use white cloth as [outer] covering garments. Married women resemble the '''Luó luó''' ('''罗罗''') [people]. ([For the] '''Luó luó''' ('''罗罗''') see The Yunnan Gazetteer.) |- |漂人，男女衣服皆類百夷。婦人以白布缠頭，衣露腹，以红藤缠之，娑罗布为裙，两接，上短下長，男女同耕。 |Pyu people<ref>This is the last time a document mentions the existence of Pyu people, namely. The Burmese stopped mentioning them by the 12th century, as did the Persians in the 10th century. Their retention of it suggests that absorption was slower and that the Burmese and Pyu were still distinct, according to the envoys.</ref>, [the] men and women's clothes all resemble the One Hundred Barbarians. Married women wear white cloth wrapped around their head, their clothes expose their stomach/ naval. By means of red rattan winding around them, the '''Suō luó''' ('''娑罗''') [is worn] as a skirt. Two [cloths] connect, upper [cloth] is short, bottom [cloth] is long. Men and women [both] till [the fields]. |- |緬人，色黑類哈刺，男女頭上以白布缠高三四尺，衣大袖白布衫，腰以下一布通前後便缠之，貴者布長二丈余，賤者不一丈。甚善水，嗜酒。其地有树，狀若棕，树之杪有如筍者八九茎，人以刀去其尖，缚瓢於上，過一宵則有酒一瓢，香而且甘，飲之輙醉。其酒经宿必酸，炼为烧酒，能飲者可一盏。有为僧者，以黄布为袈裟，袒右手，戒行極精，午後不飲食。婦人貌陋甚淫，夫少不在，則與他人私，遂为夫婦。以白布裹頭而披花为衣。 |Burmese people, [their] colour is black like the '''Hā cì''' ('''哈刺'''). Men and women [both] on their heads have white cloth wrapping around it [approximately] as long as three to four '''Chǐ''' ('''尺''';1.2 m-1.36 m). Their clothes are large-sleeved white cloth garments. Below the waist and lower back, one cloth goes all around to be wrapped around them. Expensive cloth is as long as two '''zhàng''' ('''丈'''; 6.2m-6.8m). Inexpensive [cloth] is not even one '''zhàng''' ('''丈'''; 3.1m-3.4m). They are extremely well-disposed to water and fond of wine. On their land, their trees appear as palm trees. They cultivate eight to nine stalks, with the tips of the leaves resembling bamboo shoots. The people take knives and cut off the tips. They bind a dried gourd ladle to it. After one night, it becomes a gourd of wine, fragrant and sweet to drink to intoxication. Their wine, undergoing [another] night, certainly becomes bitter; it gets refined into '''Shāojiǔ''' ('''烧酒''')<ref>A famous Tang Dynasty wine beverage.</ref>. [Heavy] drinkers can only drink one small cup. There are monks. Yellow cloth is used as Kasaya robes (Buddhist robes) with the right arm remaining bare. They strictly adhere to the utmost discipline. They do not eat or drink in the afternoon. Women's appearances are excessively plain, and they are promiscuous. If husbands are away briefly, they enter into relations with other men and succeed as a married couple. White cloth is wrapped around their head and draped on their shoulders in a printed way. |- |哈杜，巢居山林，無衣服，不识农业，惟食草木禽兽，善骑射。冷則抱巨石，山坡間往復奔走，以汗出为度。 |'''Hā dù''' ('''哈杜''') [people] reside in nests in mountain forests; they do not wear clothes. They have no knowledge of agriculture. Only eating vegetation and birds and creatures. They are adept at horses and archery. [When] cold, they grab a boulder and make running trips back and forth between mountainsides until they perspire out to the temperature. |- |弩人，目稍深，貌尤黑，额颅及口邊刺十字十余。 |'''Nǔ''' people ('''弩人'''; crossbowman people), [have] deep-set eyes, [their] appearance is outstandingly dark. Their forehead and mouth edges are tattooed with crosses more than ten times. |- |有结些者，從耳尖連颊皮破，以象牙为大圈，横贯之，以花布裹頭，而垂余布於後，衣半身衫，而袒其肩。婦人未详。其人居戛璃者多。 |[There] is some knotted "Zo" people<ref>This translation is messy. However, it is the first use of the Zhexie/Jiexie term, which was popularised during the Qing era. However, this early, 些 Xie was actually Suo, like the Mosuo people. Hence, the name appears to be a misrendering of Zo people from an intermediary translator, possibly.</ref>, from the tips of the ears to the cheeks, the skin is pierced. Using ivory as a large ring, they pass it horizontally through [the pierced skin]. Printed cloth is wrapped around the head and hangs down onto their back as a partially wrapped robe and bears their shoulders. Nothing is known/reported concerning the women.<ref>Likely possibly meaning that the women are indistinguishable from men. An observation echoed by the British of the Zo people during the colonial era.</ref>. Many of these people habitat at '''Kalay'''. |- |諸夷言语習俗雖异，然由大百夷为君長，故各或效其所为。夷人有名不讳，無姓。 |Although the various barbarian languages and customs are different, they follow the Greater One Hundred Barbarians as their central ruler. Therefore, possibly each group imitates that they do. The Yi people have names but observe no naming taboos; they have no surnames. |- |無医卜等书。不知时节，惟望月之盈亏为候。有事惟鸡卜是决。疾病不知服药，以姜汁注鼻中。病甚，命巫祭鬼路側，病疟者多愈，病熱者多死。地多平川沃土，民一甸率有數十千户，眾置貿易所，谓之街子。婦人用锄地，事稼穑，地利不能尽，然多产牛、羊、鱼、果。 |There are no books on medicine and divination. They are unaware of seasons. Only the moon in its waxing and waning is observed. For matters, a chicken is used for divination. For diseases they do not know how to take medicine. They pour ginger juice into their noses. For extreme sickness, the shaman offers spirit sacrifices next to the road. Those suffering from malaria are likely to recover. Those with a fever are more likely to die. The land is flat with plains and fertile, the people of a district can lead up to ten thousand households. They install commercial trade posts known as ''street markets'' ('''街子'''; Jiē zǐ). Women hoe and weed the soil and [attend] matters to do with sowing and reaping. The productivity of land cannot be exhausted, as there are many ox, sheep, fish and fruits. |- |其气候：春夏雨，秋冬晴，腊月亦如春，昼暄夜冷，晓多烟雾，無霜，春秋烟瘴甚盛。 |Their climate: In spring and summer, it rains. In autumn and winter, it is clear. In the 12th Lunar month ('''December-Feburary''') it feels like spring. The daytime is warm, and the nighttime is cold. At dawn, there is a lot of fog. They have no frost. Spring and Autumn miasma carries an excessive level of malaria. |- |其飲食之异者：鳅、鳝、蛇、鼠、晴蜓、虫负、蛟、蝉、蝗、蚁、蛙、土蜂之類以为食；鱼肉等汁暨米汤信宿而生蛆者以为飲。 |Their food and drink are unusual in the following ways. Loach, eels, snakes, dragonflies, insects, aquatic animals, cicadas, locusts, ants, frogs, and scoliod wasps are all types of food. They drink the juice of fish, meat, and rice gruel, which, over two nights, gain maggots, which are eaten. |- |其草木禽兽之异：草則秋間數十百株结为一聚，地产此草，烟瘴尤甚。树木多有三四株结为連理。有大如斗之柑，有鲇頭鲤身之鱼，水牛頭黄牛身之牛，绵羊頭山羊身之羊。雄鸡多伏卵，亦有生卵者。者闌有一池，沸如汤，人多投肉熟之。 |Their plants and animals are unusual: in autumn, their grass joins from hundreds of stalks to cluster. The land these grasses grow on has an excessively strong malarial miasma. Trees often produce multiple stumps in a fusion. There are large tangerines as large as dippers. There is [a] fish with a sheatfish head and carp bodies. There are oxen with water buffalo heads and yellow ox bodies. There are sheep with sheep heads and mountain goat bodies. Roosters brood over eggs, there are also [males] that lay eggs. At '''Zhě lán''' ('''者闌''')<ref>On the Shan Myanmar and China border near Muse.</ref>, [the size of] ponds for boiling soup. People often cast mature meat in it. |- |境内所产珍物：雅琥、琥珀、犀、象、鹦鹉、孔雀、鳞蛇、脑、麝、阿魏、金、銀、玻璃之類。 |Within its borders are the following precious items it produces: elegant amber, amber, rhinoceros, elephant, parrots, peacocks, snake scales, brains, musk deer, Resina Furelae, gold, silver, glass types of products. |- |其山水险隘。北有高良弓山，横亘二百余里，高五十余里，與怒江相倚。西有馬安山，山有一关，若一人守关，萬夫难入。東为麓川江，可通舟楫。南與金沙江合而入於西海。南下交趾界。金沙江之南，有東胡、得冷、緬人三國。緬之西即西天也。 |The mountains have narrow, dangerous river passes. North there is the Gaoligong Mountains, it horizontally extends two hundred '''Lǐ''' ('''里'''), and is tall as five hundred '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') right next to the '''Nùjiāng''' ('''怒江'''). West is the '''Mǎ'ān Mountain''' ('''馬安山'''). The mountain has one mountain pass. If one person guards the pass, then ten thousand will struggle to enter. East is the '''Lù chuān River''' ('''麓川江'''). You can pass it in an oarboat. South is the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江''') which enters at the western sea. South it borders '''Jiāozhǐ''' ('''交趾'''; Vietnam). Further south of the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江''') are the three polities, which has '''Dōnghú''' ('''東胡'''； Eastern Barbarians), '''Dé lěng''' ('''得冷'''; Derung people) and '''Miǎn people''' ('''緬人'''; Burmese people). West of Burma lies the Western Regions<ref> A term for India and Central Asia, which were Buddhist.</ref>. |- |緬國古舍利國，又名狮子國，多佛塔。緬國與夷連歲横兵。洪武之亥冬，緬人诉於朝。丙子春，皇帝遣臣古训及桂阳李思聪至两國，諭以睦邻之义。 |Burma, formerly the '''Shèlì country''' ('''舍利'''), also known as the Lion Country, is filled with pagodas. Burma and the Yi Barbarians were in continuous warfare for years. During the reign of the Hongwu Emperor in the winter of the year of the boar ('''1395 A.D.'''), Burma issued a royal complaint. In Spring of the Year of the Rat, ('''1396 A.D.'''), the Emperor dispatched official Guxun and Li Cong of Guiyang to the two countries to order them to get on well as neighbours with righteousness. |- |} ===Statements and Relations between the Kingdoms=== {| class="wikitable" style="text-align:center; width:80%;" |+ Outcome of the envoys mission and political relations between Shans and Burmese. |- ! scope="col" | Original ! scope="col" | Translation |- |其諭緬國王曰： |In it, I addressed the King of Burma, saying: |- |『里路险遠，山川阻修，风殊俗异，此乃天造地設也。尔能勤使者，涉险遠，越邻邦以至中夏，其使者之难，冲烟突雾，晨進昏止，饥餐渴飲，吞吐烟岚，异风霜而方至。其为使者，不亦难乎！古人有云：诚君子將有事於遠，友千里之外，神交而志通。今萬里之外，尔能勤使而至，遠修其好，美絕古而惟今。然排难解纷之事，朕之旨意，恨不一言而正，使彼此各罢兵守，樂黎民於市野，民居共处，砃相邻而同井飲，籍雖两國之民，居处难分，惟存关市有讥，是其和也。若尔緬不主衅，夷不强凌，如此，雖弱自保，以奉天道。其或不听朕命，忿争不已，天將昭鉴，福善祸淫，迟速可待。鯩至，朕不多诫。但诚可以交天人，尔其审之，母忘朕諭。』 |The roads are dangerous, and far, mountains and rivers are obstructive and long. Their social ways and customs are different. This is what heaven and earth have established. Yet you are able to diligently [carry out your duties as an] envoy. Taking risks far, passing neighbouring countries to the Chinese heartland. Clashing with smoke, dashing through mist. Advancing at dawn and stopping at twilight, eating when hungry and drinking when thirsty. Breathing in and exhaling mountain vapours, enduring unfamiliar winds and frost before finally arriving. To be an envoy was this not difficult? The ancient people have a saying: <em>Truly, when a gentleman has affairs to undertake in distant places, he has friends a thousand <strong>Lǐ</strong> (<strong>里</strong>)， their spirits commune in spirit and their intentions are mutually understood.</em> Now ten thousand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') away, you can diligently envoy and arrive, from afar cultivate their friendship. However, regarding the matter of resolving difficulties, this is my intention. I lament that I cannot settle the matter in a single utterance as to cause both sides to cease war and guard their territory so that the common people might enjoy marketplaces and countryside. Let the people coexist [as] neighbours of white stone who drink from the same well. Although registered as the people of two countries, their dwellings are difficult to distinguish. Only the inspections at frontier markets will remain. This would be peace between them. If the Burmese do not initiate hostility, and the '''Yi''' do not forcefully oppress you, in this way, althought [one is] weak it may defend itself, as to follow the law of heaven. If they do not listen to my order, angry contention will not cease; heaven will see it clearly. Blessed will the good, and calamity will be brought on the transgressor, quick or slow; the consequences will come. <strong>Lún</strong> (<strong>鯩</strong>) arriving, I will not elaborate further; only sincerity can bring one into accord with heaven and humanity. You must consider this; do not forget my instruction. |- |諭思侖發曰： |Above '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) spoke: |- |『朕中國先古圣人，驭顽礼德，各有条章。是条章也，列圣相继，守而行之，上下相安，黔黎樂业。何也？諸侯敬畏，世禄子孙，國祚绵長，乃九伐之功驗也。列國敢有凭弱犯寡者，天子發兵以眚之；贼贤害民者，亦發兵以伐之；暴内凌外，則兴師以坛之；野荒民散，則用兵以削之；负固不服，則舉兵以侵之；贼殺其亲，則正其罪以殺之；放弑其君，則明其罪以诛之；犯令凌政，則杜而絕之；内外乱，鸟兽行，則殄灭之。九伐之征如是也。尔思侖發，以中國较之，合问凭弱犯寡之由。何以見？歲以兵寇車里，不时侵掠八百，恃强犯緬；戛璃國小民寡，而已平之，斯说也，不過告诫之词。中國周临四夷，與諸酋長地里相接，居民亦相密迩，如此者，耳闻之邦若干，目擊之邦若干，朕未嘗恃强凭凌，絕灭其嗣者。雲南之地，已为我有，似乎尚强以取之，非也！乃元世子孙梁王者，恃元之苗裔，匿我有罪，納我逋逃，诱我邊守，是乃不得已而發问罪之師，非無故而兴師。此乃元运天更，其苗裔不当安处。况生事於我邻邦，其理势使然，夷如反掌。尔麓川之蠢，初擅兴金齒之役，次谋景東而寇定邊，理当大發精兵而较胜负。朕释而不较，未嘗强尔为約束之邦，听尔自为声教，今又几年矣。近闻蚕食邻邦，意在扩土地而擅有其眾，又將为我西南之役。噫，未可！古中國圣人有云：‘山川地理人物之類，乃神器也，非人强有，必天授然後得之’。尔思侖發不修邻邦之好，三面發兵，蚕食諸國，其贪也如是，其谋也如是。彼麓川周临之國，始古至今，各有主者，未嘗吞并。朕雖不能止尔，听尔自为，果天道使然，尔以人事应之，或为而可。噫！以朕戒尔守全則可，不守全而以全动，設若全亏，是为全亡，莫如守全以圖绵長，不亦美乎？』 |The ancient sages of my Middle Kingdom governed the unruly through ritual propriety and moral virtue, each had rule and regulations. These rules and regulations were arranged in successive order to preserve them and put them into practice. Those above and below lived in mutual harmony. The common people enjoyed their livelihoods. Why is that? Local rulers revered [central authority], the descendants inherited their stipends and ranks, the state's fortunes endured for a long time. Thus [these] were the proof of the achievements of the Nine expeditions. Various states that dare to rely on strength to attack the weak, the Son of Heaven would send troops to punish them. Those who harm the worthy and injure the people would likewise be militarily punished. If a ruler oppressed those within and bullied those without, an army would be raised to subdue him. If the countryside lay waste and the people were scattered, troops would be employed to reduce it. If a state relied on its strong defences and refused submission, troops would be raised to invade it. If [a ruler] murdered his own kinsmen, his crime would be formally established with guilt and [thus] be put to death. If a subject expelled or murdered his ruler, his crime would be made manifest, and he would be executed. If a state violated commands and defied government authority, it would be blocked off and cut off. If there were disorder both within and without, and people behaved like birds and beasts, they would be utterly destroyed. Such were the circumstances and punishments of the Nine Punitive Expeditions. You, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa), measured against China , it is fitting to ask the reason why you rely upon strength to attack the weak. How is this evident? Year after year, [you] have used troops to raid '''Chēlǐ''' ('''車里''') and at irregular times invaded and plundered the Eight Hundred.<ref>Short hand for Eight Hundred Wives and Daughters in Laws Country, the old name for Laos or Lan Na. </ref> [Hence] presuming upon your strength to attack Burma. The '''State of Kalay''' is small, and the population is few, and you have already subdued it. This is the account [I have given]. It is nothing more than words of admonition. China borders the "Four Barbarians"<ref>Four Barbarians: North - Di, East - Yi, South - Man and West - Rong. </ref> Its territory adjoins that of various chiefs, their populations live in close proximity. Of such states, there are some which I know by report, and some which I have seen with my own eyes, I have never relied on my strength to domineer over them, or extinguished their line of succession. The territory of Yunnan belongs to me, it might seem that I nevertheless used force to take it, but that is not so! Rather, a descendant of the Yuan Imperial House, Prince of Liang, relying on his Yuan Royal heritage, concealed those who committed offences against me and harboured my fugitives and enticed my frontier defenders to defect. Precisely for this reason, I had no alternative but to send a force and call for an offence with an army to carry out [that purpose]. I did not raise an army without cause. This was because the fortunes of the Yuan had changed by heaven's decree, and its descendants were no longer entitled to remain securely established there. Moreover, he [Prince of Liang] has caused trouble among my neighbouring states; the circumstances and principles made the outcome inevitable, and their subjugation was as easy as turning over one's hand. As for you, foolish '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川'''), you first took it upon yourself to launch the Gold Teeth campaign, next you plotted against '''Jǐngdōng''' ('''景東''') and raided '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). By right, this called for the dispatch of a large force of elite troops to determine the victor and vanquished. I released you and did not press on the matter. I have never compelled you to become a subordinated state. I allowed you to establish your own institutions and customs, and now several years have passed. You have been gradually encroaching upon neighbouring states with the intention of expanding your territory and taking possession of their people on your own authority, and will thereby be a cause of war for me in the southwest. Alas, this cannot be! The ancient sages of China have a saying: The mountains and rivers, the land and the people are all such things as constitute the Divine Realm; they cannot be forcibly possessed by men - only when heaven bestows them may they be obtained. You '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) do not cultivate friendly relations with your neighbouring states, you send troops on three fronts and gradually encroach upon the various states, such is your greed and such is your scheme. The states surrounding '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') have, from ancient times to the present, each had their own rulers; they have never been swallowed up and annexed. Although I cannot prevent you, I have allowed you to act for yourself. If indeed this has brought about the Way of Heaven, you must respond to it through human affairs; perhaps what you do will thereby be acceptable. Alas! If, in accordance with my admonition, you preserve what is whole, then that is acceptable. But if you do not preserve it intact, and instead stake the whole upon action, suppose, however, that the whole is impaired, that would mean the whole is lost. Better yet, then, to preserve the whole and thereby seek lasting continuity. Would that not be admirable? |- |由是二國罢兵和好。 |because of the truth, the two countries ceased war and reconciled. |- |时古训等适遇百夷其部下酋長曰刀干孟者叛其國，余等以大义諭其部眾，而叛者闻之稍却。於是，思侖發欲留余等以为援，且進以金寶象馬等物，故余以书示之曰： |At the time, Guxun, happened to encounter One Hundred Barbarians subordinate chief named '''Dāo gànmèng''' ('''刀干孟''') betray the country. We and the others explained/instructed his followers on the basis of the great principle/righteous cause and as a result, the rebels hearing it gradually withdrew. As a result, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) wished to preserve us as a source of assistance. He offered gold, valuables, elephants, horses and other gifts. Hence I presented this letter to reveal to him saying: |- |『吾闻君上有怀遠之德，遠臣有敬上之心，始古迄今，莫违此义。夫君居九重之上，雖欲顷刻目尔遠臣，未可得也，臣处萬里之外，即欲朝暮身亲君上，亦未易得也。故朝廷有將命之官，使之宣德布威；而遠方有承命之宜，期其輸忠納款。今天子应天顺民，奉天为治，四维八極，尽为臣妾，無有专擅，不敢违逆。西南一区，夷酋亦眾，惟尔麓川，多蒙恩宠，既受以官，復加以服。况贤王亲临尔境，而德惠數及尔身。为尔计，則將度其心，量其才，何为而可以尽忠天子，何为而可以致敬贤王，又何为而可以安邊境而不干天怒，又何为而可以教百姓而不违法度？借曰邊境不安，必思曰，我事上未忠或未至，而眾不服我耶？百姓违法，必思曰，我守職已或有僭而民亦犯上耶？於是我則尽其忠，去其僭，如此，則邊境自安，人民從教矣。且吾以尔目擊效驗明之：往年思瓦發不服朝廷，轻犯金齒，天子雖未问罪，天則假手於達鲁方等，而思瓦發被戮。刀思朗不從尔命，窃寇定邊，尔雖未能息其兵，天則助威於我邊將，而刀思朗等即灭。惟尔知天命，達人理，故能享天禄，守人爵。迩来天子恐尔所为，或涉放肆，特敕諭以戒之；贤王恐尔無知，或生疑懼，特令旨以恤之。此恩此德，穷天極地。尔之披肝露胆，开心見诚，吾尽見矣；尔之尊重朝廷，敬奉殿下，告亦見矣。今尔固留吾辈，其意本美。近者尔甸寨少宁，刀干谋异，吾將回朝为尔明白其事，尔乃留我，使我不速還朝，假如刀干鸣尔留难天使之非於朝，則反误尔敬君之心矣。且尔赠以金、銀、裀褥、馬、象等物，吾固不受者，非見怪也，實相爱也。何則？朝廷恩尔，抚安尔邦，未嘗令使者取货於尔也。夫货财，饥不可以充口，疾不可以救死。况中國金玉成山，象馬若蚁，未以为寶也，惟所寶者，圣君、明王、忠臣、烈士、强兵、勇將、孝子、顺孙等事，其他财物，如粪土耳。姑以尔境内眾所闻者明之：昔隋史萬歲守邊，夷而贪财，以致殺身。梁毗一金不受，而大服夷眾。此事甚白。吾为圣朝天使，必不为财物所蛊，惟恐吾之使令往来小人，不体吾意，蛊惑尔心，特此叮咛。尔其备审此书，体吾真意，早送吾辈還朝，則尔敬君之心，不浅浅也。』 |I have heard that a ruler above possessed the virtue of cherishing those who are far away. Those distant subjects have a heart of reverence to their ruler above. From the beginnings of ancient times until now, none have deviated from this principle. The ruler resides above the Ninefold Gates, although he wishes to see you, his distant subject, even for a moment, this cannot be done. I, your servant [of the Emperor], reside ten thousand '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') away. Even if I wanted to be personally close to my ruler morning and evening, that too would not be easy to achieve. Therefore, the imperial court has officials who carry its commands, sending them to proclaim its virtue and make its authority manifest, while distant polities obey the commands and fulfil their duty, in expectation that they will render their loyalty and submit their allegiance [to the Emperor]. Now the Son of Heaven responds to Heaven and follows the people, governing in accordance with Heaven. Throughout the four quarters and the eight extremities, all are subjects, none acts autonomously, and none dares to oppose [the imperial order]. In the southwestern region, the chiefs of the Yi people are also numerous, but you, <strong>Lùchuān</strong> (<strong>麓川</strong>), have received especially abundant imperial favour; having already been granted an official position, you were furthermore granted the appropriate dress. Moreover, the worthy king personally came to your territory, and his benevolence and favour have repeatedly extended to you personally. For your own sake, you should consider your intentions and measure your abilities. What can you do that will enable you to fulfil your loyalty to the Son of Heaven? What can you do that will enable you to show proper respect to the worthy king? What can you do to keep the frontier peaceful without incurring heaven's anger? And what can you do to govern the common people without violating the laws and regulations? Suppose, for argument's sake, the frontier were to become unsettled, you must think yourself: "Perhaps I have not been sufficiently loyal in serving my superior, and that is why people do not submit to me?" If the common people violate the law, you should think: "Perhaps, although I have maintained my office, I have in some way overstepped my proper station, and thus the people too are offending against their superior? Then I would fully fulfil my loyalty and remove any acts of overstepping I had committed; in this way, the frontier will naturally become peaceful, and the people will follow proper instruction. Moreover, I shall make this clear to you through examples that you yourself have witnessed. In the past years, '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) refused to submit to the court and rashly attacked the Golden Teeth. Althought the Son of Heaven did not call hbim to account, Heaven nevertheless acted through the hands of '''Dálǔfāng''' '''(達鲁方'''), and the others and '''Sīwǎfā''' ('''思瓦發'''; Hso Vau Hpa) was killed. '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') did not obey your command and secretly raided '''Dìngbiān''' ('''定邊'''). Althought you were able to bring his hostilities to an end, Heaven then lent its might to my frontier commanders and '''Diāosīlǎng''' ('''刁思朗''') and the others were immediately destroyed. It is because you understand the Mandate of Heaven and comprehend principles of human affairs that you can enjoy heaven's emoluments and preserve your human rank. Recently, the Son of Heaven feared that what you were doing might become excessive, and specially issued this admonition to warn you; the Worthy King feared that your lack of understanding might give rise to doubt and fear, and specially sent his instructions to show you compassion. Such grace and such benevolence extend to the furthest reaches of Heaven and Earth. You're laying your heart completely bare, showing your sincerity, I have seen it all. [Your] respect for the imperial court [and] reverant service of the Emperor has been reported as well. Now you firmly retain our party, itself well-intentioned. Recently, your districts and stockards have enjoyed peace, while '''Dāo''' '''Gàn''' ('''刀干''') have conceived some other designs. I was going to return to court to make the matter clear on your behalf, yet you have kept me here, causing me not to return promptly to court. Suppose <strong>Dāo Gàn</strong> (<strong>刀干</strong>) were to report to the court your offence of detaining and obstructing the imperial envoy, then that would compromise your sincere respect for your ruler. Moreover, you presented us with gold, silver, padded mats, bedding, horses, elephants, and other such things, my refusal to accept them is certainly not because I take offense. The court has shown you favour and pacified your realm. It has never instructed its envoys to take goods from you. Regarding wealth and possession, when one is hungry, they cannot fill the mouth; when one is sick, they cannot save one from death. Besides, in China, gold and jade are piled as high as mountains, while elephants and horses are as numerous as ants; we do not regard these things as treasures. What we do treasure are the deeds of sage rulers, enlightened kings, loyal ministers, righteous men, strong armies, brave generals, filial sons, dutiful grandsons and things of this kind. All other material possessions are like dung and earth and nothing more. For the moment, by means within your territory, what the people commonly hear that which should be clear. In former times, <strong>Shǐ Wànsuì (史萬歲)</strong> guarded the frontier; he was greedy in dealing with the tribes and thereby brought about his own death. '''Liáng Pí''' '''(梁毗''') did not accept even a single piece of gold, thereby greatly earning the respect of the Yi people. The matter is very evident. I am an imperial envoy of the sacred dynasty; I certainly cannot be corrupted by material wealth. I only fear that petty men among those who travel back and forth on my missions do not do not consider my intentions and instead mislead or corrupt the mind. For this reason, I have given you special admonition. You should carefully examine this letter in full and understand my true intention. Send us back to court promptly, then your heart of reverence for the ruler would not be so shallow. |- |书至，思侖發悦服，遂邀至其家，設宴畢，與其眾送出境外。 |When the letter arrived, '''Sīlúnfā''' ('''思侖發'''; Hsö Hom Hpa) was pleased, and received it favourably. Thereupon invited him to his home. After the banquet, together with his retinue escorted them beyond the borders. |- |百夷，由金齒、蒲漂過怒江即其境。沿江東數十里，上有高良弓頗险。其岭有一寨。過一寨下四十里，地名养列，自此抵麓川無险隘之虞。由麓川经蠻牛、莽港等路，渡谨卯，從蒙戛等甸至麻林界，登金沙江之舟，下流二十日至緬國。國王眾呼为卜剌浪，王之妻呼为米泼剌。 |The One Hundred Barbarians, via the Gold Teeth, '''Pú''' ('''蒲'''), '''Pyu people''', upon crossing the '''Nùjiāng River''' ('''怒江''') reach their territory. Along the river, east about ten <strong>Lǐ</strong> (<strong>里</strong>), there is the tall, rugged, dangerous Gaoligong [mountains] above. The mountain range has one stronghold. Passing a stronghold, below forty '''Lǐ''' ('''里''') is a place named '''Yǎng liè''' ('''养列'''), since then reaching the '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') there is no concern of dangerous narrow passes. Following '''Lùchuān''' ('''麓川''') pass through the routes of '''Mánniú''' ('''蠻牛'''), '''Mǎnggǎng''' ('''莽港''') and other places, crossing '''Jǐnmǎo''' ('''谨卯'''), from the district of '''Ménggā''' ('''蒙戛''') to the '''Málín''' ('''麻林''') border, [one must] board a boat on the '''Jīnshā River''' ('''金沙江'''), downriver twenty days one reaches Burma. The king is referred by the populace as '''Bōlàlàng''' ('''卜剌浪'''), the king's wife is referred to as '''Mǐpōlà''' ('''米泼剌'''). |- |} ==References== {{reflist}} {{Subjects|Military history}} o5leykw0j10u7pyaegrhtx1b36d2btn 4 485674 4671112 4670877 2026-09-19T08:10:29Z ArchiverBot 1227662 Bot: Archiving 2 threads from [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Administrative Assistance]] 4671112 wikitext text/x-wiki {{talk archive}} == Jeevandan26 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Jeevandan26}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315288]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Jeevandan26/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:14, 1 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 13:20, 1 September 2026 (UTC) == Gloriagulshan reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Gloriagulshan}} [[:w:Wikipedia:Sockpuppet investigations/Kagoz]] ([[Special:Contributions/Tikapara]], [[Wikibooks:Reading_room/Administrative_Assistance/Archives/2025/September#Tikapara_reported_by_MathXplore]]), created page [[Introduction to Filmmaking]] Contributed by Ali Zulfikar Zahedi ([[:w:Ali Zulfikar Zahedi]], [[:w:simple:Ali Zulfikar Zahedi]]) <!-- USERREPORTED:/Gloriagulshan/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 03:56, 29 August 2026 (UTC) :I believe this page is intended as instructional material for learning filmmaking rather than as an encyclopedic article. I will revise the page to focus on practical filmmaking concepts, methods, and processes in accordance with the purpose of Wikibooks. [[User:Gloriagulshan|Gloriagulshan]] ([[User talk:Gloriagulshan|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Gloriagulshan|contribs]]) 04:20, 29 August 2026 (UTC) : Cc: {{ping|SHB2000|MarcGarver}} [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 04:41, 29 August 2026 (UTC) ::I see the account is glocked, and there are no sleepers that aren't already locked, so nothing more to do. [[User:MarcGarver|MarcGarver]] ([[User talk:MarcGarver|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MarcGarver|contribs]]) 11:18, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Mohansai00116 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Mohansai00116}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315335]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Mohansai00116/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:09, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:04, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Fatemai6 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Fatemai6}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315329]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Fatemai6/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:10, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:05, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Kamrulhasan147 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Kamrulhasan147}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315327]], [[Special:Contributions/Kamrulhasan142]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Kamrulhasan147/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:12, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:05, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Kamrulhasan142 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Kamrulhasan142}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315295]], [[Special:Contributions/Kamrulhasan147]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Kamrulhasan142/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:13, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:05, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Twenty7incgs reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Twenty7incgs}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315323]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Twenty7incgs/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:14, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:05, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Tailleash reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Tailleash}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315318]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Tailleash/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:15, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:05, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Md Akash Mia12 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Md Akash Mia12}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315299]], [[Special:AbuseLog/315298]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Md Akash Mia12/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:17, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done|Page deleted}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:03, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Vapesitefiftybar reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Vapesitefiftybar}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315338]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Vapesitefiftybar/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:40, 2 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 14:05, 3 September 2026 (UTC) == Myteethtime1 reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Myteethtime1}} Spam <!-- USERREPORTED:/Myteethtime1/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 12:54, 4 September 2026 (UTC) : {{Done}} by MarcGarver. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 19:28, 4 September 2026 (UTC) == Rajstartupservices reported by MathXplore == * {{userlinks|Rajstartupservices}} Link spam, [[Special:AbuseLog/315363]] <!-- USERREPORTED:/Rajstartupservices/ --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 14:33, 4 September 2026 (UTC) : {{done}}. [[User:Codename Noreste|<span style="color: blue">Codename Noreste</span>]] /// [[User talk:Codename Noreste|⭐️✨]] 19:28, 4 September 2026 (UTC) flc7zu1ce04utlretn15ra1qinpa206 0 485676 4671098 4670880 2026-09-19T06:16:55Z Bautsch 630029 /* Comparison with the standard model of cosmology */ Hypothesis (general theory of relativity) confirmed on earth within the margins of measurement accuracy 4671098 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude> {{Chapter navigation|Gravitational redshift|Conclusion}} </noinclude> == Cosmology of retarded interaction == Modern astrophysics is based on the general theory of relativity (GR) because it has been confirmed by experiments such as the perihelion precession of Mercury or the detection of gravitational waves. A new model must prove that it also correctly describes all the effects that the general theory of relativity explains geometrically. To devise a disruptive cosmology that relies solely on classical, relativistic, and retarded gravitational potentials and dispenses with all ad hoc and a priori hypotheses – such as the equivalence principle of general relativity, cosmological constants, dark matter, dark energy, homogeneity, or isotropy – we must return to a dynamic field approach. To this end, the differential geometry required for general relativity can be replaced by a model that relies on pseudo-Euclidean geometry in Minkowski space. The central challenge is that classical Newtonian gravity acts instantaneously. To construct a consistent cosmology, retarded gravitational potentials can be introduced. This leads to an inherent time dependence and dynamics of the universe without the need to postulate an expansion of spacetime. In what follows, a draft of the '''cosmology of retarded interaction (CRI)''' is outlined. === The axioms of retarded interaction === Established physics is based on three pillars, which are used to build the cosmology of retarded interaction: # '''Classical mechanics:''' The force <math display="inline">F = m \cdot a</math> as the basis of the acceleration <math display="inline">a</math> of a mass <math display="inline">m</math> . # '''Relativistic kinematics:''' time dilation and length contraction according to the special theory of relativity, but without the curvature of spacetime. # '''Retarded gravitation:''' The gravitational effect propagates at the speed of light <math display="inline">c</math>. The potential <math display="inline">\Phi</math> at a point <math display="inline">\mathbf {r}</math> at time <math display="inline">t</math> depends on the state of the source at time <math display="inline">t - \Delta t</math>, where <math display="inline">\Delta t = \frac {r} {c}</math>. === The mathematical core === For the mathematical formulation, the gravitational potential can be substituted into the wave equation: :<math>\square \Phi = \left( \frac {1} {c^2} \frac {\partial^2} {\partial t^2} - \nabla^2 \right) \Phi = 4\pi G \rho</math> The solution to this wave equation is the retarded potential: :<math>\Phi (\vec {r}, t) = -G \iiint \frac {\rho (\vec {r}', t - |\vec {r} - \vec {r}'| / c)} {|\vec {r} - \vec {r}'|} d^3r'</math> In a universe with massive objects, gravity never acts instantaneously but always depends on the mass’s past position. This creates a phase shift between mass and force, as well as an attenuation of the retarded gravitational potentials. === Cosmological mechanisms === ==== The apparent expansion ==== In general relativity, redshift is a stretching of spacetime. In the cosmology of retarded interaction, it is the result of a dynamic retardation in both time and space. Since the gravitational effect arrives retarded, the force of mass lags behind. In a system consisting of many particles, this leads to a continuous kinematic shift in their trajectories. When we receive light from distant sources, we do not observe an expansion of spacetime, but rather the cumulative effect of the net gravitational potentials on the propagation of light (gravitational redshift) and the relativistic potentials due to the motion of the source (Doppler redshift). ==== A replacement for dark matter ==== In the standard model of cosmology respectively the Lambda cold dark matter model (Lambda-CDM model or ΛCDM model), the flat rotation curves of galaxies are explained by dark matter which is even changing over time. In the cosmology of retarded interaction, they result from the retarded effect of the baryonic matter accreted by the galaxies. The stars in the outer regions of a galaxy respond to the gravitational potential of the center as it was millions of years ago. The force does not decrease as <math display="inline">1 / r^2</math> because the time delay generates an additional force component, similar to the Liénard–Wiechert potentials in electrodynamics. ==== A replacement for dark energy ==== In the cosmology of retarded interaction, accelerated expansion is interpreted as a cosmic phenomenon. The retarded gravitational potentials of homogeneously distributed masses – located in a spherical shell outside the sphere’s surface on which a moving test mass rests – lead to an net outward acceleration of the test mass, since masses in front of the test mass cause stronger retarded forces than opposing masses that reach the test mass with attenuated retarded forces. Consequently, all mass points moving in the universe drift apart at an accelerating rate because the net acting forces, due to the retardation, cause a radially outward acceleration force. As a result, matter in the outer regions of the universe becomes increasingly dense, creating an inhomogeneous mass distribution (black shell) that continuously amplifies the effect of the retarded potentials. The cosmology of retarded interaction therefore does not align with metric expansion, it only presupposes a static pseudo-Euclidean space. If spacetime itself were expanding, this would call into question or modify the speed of light <math display="inline">c</math> as a constant parameter for the retardation <math display="inline">\Delta t = r/c</math>. The cosmology of retarded interaction would thus actively dispute the thesis of metric expansion and interpret it as an optical illusion. In the cosmology of retarded interaction, expansion is not necessarily linked to an event such as the Big Bang, but is rather a dynamic process. The retardation of gravity gives rise to inhomogeneity. When moving masses are far enough apart that the time delay <math display="inline">\Delta t</math> effectively weakens and phase-shifts the effect of gravity, the objects begin to drift due to their kinetic motion. The farther they drift, the larger <math display="inline">\Delta t</math> becomes, and the weaker the retarded forces from the opposite side from the universe become the expansion accelerates without the need for dark energy. ==== The universe as a black hole ==== In general relativity, a black hole is a region of extreme spatial curvature. However, since cosmology of retarded interaction rejects spatial curvature and replaces it with retarded potentials, the concept of a black hole would have to be radically redefined. In cosmology of retarded interaction, a black hole would not be a geometric point, but rather a region of high mass density in which the gravitational potentials are so strong that the escape velocity <math display="inline">v_e \geq c</math> is reached. If our universe were the interior of such an object, we would find ourselves in a region where the retarded potentials are dominated by a massive external source which is located in the out regions of the universe. This region can be interpreted as a black shell. Since cosmology of retarded interaction is based on classical potentials, there is no mathematical necessity for a singularity. The retarded effect smooths out extreme gradients over time. A universe-black-hole in cosmology of retarded interaction would thus be more like a gigantic cluster of baryonic matter, within which we find ourselves. The observed physics would then be the superposition of the local forces and the global, retarded pull of the surrounding mass in the black shell. === Comparison with the standard model of cosmology === [[File:Gravitational.field.in.cosmology.of.retarded.interaction.png|thumb|upright=2|Gravitational field in the '''cosmology of retarded interaction''' within a '''spherical black shell''' of an expanding universe with retarded gravitational potentials:<br/>'''Vector field''' showing the direction of gravitational forces by {{blue|'''blue arrows'''}}.<br/>Corresponding '''scalar potential field''' indicating equipotential lines by {{red|'''red circles'''}}.]] The cosmology of retarded interaction does not rely on a priori hypotheses or ad hoc assumptions, which are taken for granted in the standard model of cosmology. {| class="wikitable" |+ Comparision standard model of cosmology (ΛCDM) and cosmology of retarded interaction (CRI) |- ! Concept !! Standard model of cosmology (GR / ΛCDM) !! Cosmology of retarded interaction (CRI) |- | Principle of equivalence || Hypothesis (general theory of relativity) confirmed on earth within the margins of measurement accuracy || No, gravitation is a force |- | Homogeneity || Ad hoc assumption (cosmological principle) || No homogeneity, higher mass and energy densities in outer regions of a kinematic universe |- | Isotropy || Ad hoc assumption (cosmological principle) || Only from the centre of a kinematic universe |- | Copernican principle || Ad hoc assumption || Milky Way in Local Group near the centre of a kinematic universe |- | Dark matter || Ad hoc assumption (non-baryonic particles) || Effect of retarded gravitational potentials |- | Dark energy || Ad hoc assumption (cosmological constant Λ) || Effect of retarded gravitational potentials |- | Rotation curves of spiral galaxies || Ad hoc assumption (dark matter) || Retarded gravitational potentials of accreted baryonic matter |- | High-redshift objects || Ad hoc assumption (cosmological redshift by expanding spacetime) || Gravitational redshift due to baryonic matter in black shell |- | Geometry || Dynamic differential geometry|| Static pseudo-Euclidean geometry |- | Spacetime || Curved spacetime || Minkowski spacetime |- | Spatial evolution of particle horizon || Accelerated expansion with superluminal speed || Expansion with speed of light |- | Spatial evolution of event horizon || Accelerated expansion with superluminal speed || Expansion of inner surface of massive mass shell with sub-light speed |- | Gravitational potential within universe || Constant || Increasing decrease as the distance from the center increases |- | Singularities || Points with infinite mass and energy density, event horizonts with infinite gravitational redshift || None |} === Summary === The universe is not expanding, and it is not curved. It is a system of masses distributed in flat space, whose mutual attraction is so time-delayed that the resulting trajectories and light signals create the illusion of an expanding geometry that is explained by dark matter and dark energy in the standard model of cosmology. The cosmology of retarded interaction consistently adheres to physical axioms (classical, relativistic, and retarded potentials). It dispenses with the geometric interpretation (no spatial curvature, no event horizon in the sense of general relativity) and regards everything as the result of forces, masses, and time delays. The dark components and spatial curvature are merely mathematical artifacts that arise when one attempts to describe the retarded force action using differential geometry. The universe is not viewed as a geometric black hole in the sense of general relativity, but rather as a massive and inhomogeneous system whose internal dynamics are governed by retarded potentials. Cosmology of retarded interaction is based solely on the view that the universe is a classical mechanical system with retardation. By introducing differential-geometric paradigms such as the curvature or stretching of spacetime, one departs from the disruptive paradigm of cosmology of retarded interaction and returns to general relativity. h804wz16ypyjazdvglc6bvu9ru7zeqr 0 485690 4670902 4670657 2026-09-18T13:35:01Z Kittycataclysm 3371989 removed [[Category:Smart city]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] 4670902 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Delete|example=false|Encyclopedic articles belong at [[w:|Wikipedia]]}}</noinclude> == Overview == A '''smart city''' is an urban area that uses digital technology, data, and connected infrastructure to improve how services are delivered while making the city more livable, efficient, and sustainable. It represents the strategic use of technology and modernized infrastructure to ensure that a city operates more efficiently, sustainably, and remains livable for its residents. Increasingly, the measure of an intelligent city is how effectively technology, infrastructure and public services improve everyday life for residents. By 2050, nearly 70 percent of the world's population will live in urban areas, placing enormous pressure on roads, power grids, and other urban systems, which is why smart city approaches have gained global attention. == Definition == One well-accepted definition describes a smart city as a city that connects the physical infrastructure, the information-technology infrastructure, the social infrastructure and the business infrastructure to leverage the collective intelligence of the city. More simply, a smart city can be understood as an urban center with technologies that use digital data to deliver better public services and more effective uses of resources. It focuses on efficiency, sustainability, and connectivity through integrated digital solutions. A smart city leverages advanced technologies and data-driven solutions to manage resources, services, and infrastructure efficiently. == Core Concepts == A smart city is comprised of several interconnected layers that work together. The Physical Layer includes the hard infrastructure such as roads, pipes, and buildings, but retrofitted with intelligence, involving smart meters for real-time power usage and automated waste collection systems. The Digital Layer acts as the nervous system of the city, consisting of sensors, cameras, and connectivity such as 4G, 5G, and fiber that collect and transmit data. The Service Layer is where the citizen interacts with the city, including online portals for government services that reduce the need for physical queues, and apps that provide real-time bus locations or allow reporting of broken streetlights. The Cognitive Layer involves the Integrated Command and Control Centers which are the brains where data from various departments is synthesized to make real-time decisions, such as adjusting traffic signal timings based on current congestion levels. Other key characteristics of a smart city include the use of the Internet of Things, big data, and artificial intelligence, which play a significant role in organizing urban infrastructure and managing resources. A smart city consists of six major components including smart governance, smart economy, smart citizens, smart mobility, smart environment, and smart living. It leverages interconnected devices and intelligent systems to enhance efficiency, promote sustainability, and address complex urban challenges effectively. == Examples == Singapore's Smart Nation Initiative represents one of the most comprehensive national-level smart city programs, integrating digital technologies across government services, transportation, healthcare, and urban planning. Songdo in the Republic of Korea serves as a purpose-built smart city where autonomous urban systems manage services with minimal human intervention. Valencia in Spain has implemented AI-driven autonomous urban systems for traffic management, public safety, and environmental monitoring. Shenzhen in China has developed autonomous public transportation systems including self-driving buses and smart traffic management. Dubai has launched a self-driving transport strategy aiming to make 25 percent of all trips autonomous by 2030. In India, Guna in Madhya Pradesh is on a journey towards becoming an autonomous city with integrated smart infrastructure. Beijing and Shanghai feature extensive networks of smart traffic lights adjusted based on real-time traffic, electronic toll systems, and AI-powered ride-hailing services. Zurich consistently ranks among the smartest cities in the world for infrastructure, technology, governance and quality of life. 7wqkyxa82q1x4dp3ue5x9gu86qni55w 3 485697 4670900 4670685 2026-09-18T13:33:31Z Kittycataclysm 3371989 /* Categories */ new section 4670900 wikitext text/x-wiki == 2026-09-17 == <div class="mw-content-ltr" dir="ltr" style="text-align: left" lang="en">[[File:Information.svg|25px|alt=Information icon]] Hello. Apologies for writing this in English, but I wanted to let you know that one or more of [[Special:Contributions/ActStuffOGWiki|your recent contributions]] have been undone because they did not appear constructive. If you would like to experiment, please use the sandbox. Thanks. </div><!-- Glow-vandalism1 @ 1789652313696.5s --><nowiki></nowiki> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 13:38, 17 September 2026 (UTC) :Oh, it's fine. I understand English. Thanks :) [[User:ActStuffOGWiki|ActStuffOGWiki]] ([[User talk:ActStuffOGWiki|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/ActStuffOGWiki|contribs]]) 16:20, 17 September 2026 (UTC) == Categories == Hi @[[User:ActStuffOGWiki|ActStuffOGWiki]]! I just wanted to let you know that I deleted [[:Category:Indian Railways]] because that's not how we do categories here at Wikibooks. See [[Wikibooks:Categories]] for additional information. Thanks! —[[User:Kittycataclysm|Kittycataclysm]] ([[User talk:Kittycataclysm|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/Kittycataclysm|contribs]]) 13:33, 18 September 2026 (UTC) 0z0m5tbyxuvmxvsnj1o9mjwov75fy82 0 485701 4670953 4670796 2026-09-18T16:16:32Z DavidCota64 3507033 Add the page title, repair navigation, and align the conclusion with the canonical lexicon 4670953 wikitext text/x-wiki == Conclusion == === What the traversal changes === The book began with a difficulty: materialism must account for genuine novelty without importing an immaterial cause and without reducing every later capacity to the vocabulary of an earlier configuration. The route through dualism, instability, emergence, symbolic operation, vulnerability, and tradition has altered the terms of that difficulty. One material field is sufficient, provided matter is not treated as passive substance. Local organisations persist by exchanging, constraining, and reorganising relations. At certain thresholds they acquire capacities that were unavailable in the preceding configuration. Dependence remains; self-sufficient identity does not. A living system depends on chemistry without metabolism becoming a synonym for chemical composition. Symbolic activity depends on bodies and supports without meaning becoming an immaterial object. Ethical responsibility depends on symbolic responsiveness without descending from a transcendent law. === One field, many thresholds === The unity of the field concerns ontological substrate. It does not distribute every capacity everywhere. Stars, cells, nervous systems, measuring apparatuses, human communities, and institutions are material configurations, but they do not operate in the same way. Their differences must be explained through organisation, scale, history, constraint, and relation. Thresholds make those differences intelligible without converting them into separate worlds. A threshold has been crossed when a configuration supports a new range of operations. The claim is empirical as well as conceptual: a concrete case requires evidence that the relevant capacities are present. Calling a phenomenon emergent cannot replace that work. Instability remains throughout. It is not a defect that order corrects. Stable configurations are local achievements sustained under changing conditions. They may endure through maintained relations, regulation, resistant structure, or reorganisation; when the supporting relations no longer hold, they alter or dissolve. No local success turns into a universal plan. === Three results to retain and test === ==== Novelty is conditioned without being pre-written ==== Antecedent conditions constrain what may occur. They need not contain the completed form of what emerges. This difference prevents a retrospective illusion in which a result is projected back into its origin and treated as though it had always been destined to appear. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess arises when the operations possible within or demanded of that system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. It is a positive surplus rather than a lack. It may create pressure for invention or reorganisation, but it neither forces nor guarantees either response. Failure may be experienced when an inherited form proves insufficient, but it is an effect of the excess rather than its cause. ==== Symbols are material without being mere marks ==== A physical pattern is not automatically a symbol. Symbolic operation requires an organised system capable of discrimination, singular inscription, recognition, and relations between symbols. In the inaugural inscription, mark and symbol are co-constituted. The mark remains a material configuration; it is not an agent and does not relate to other marks. Relations are established by the system between symbols. This account preserves representation while keeping it immanent. The symbol represents its material mark within an organised practice; it does not bridge two ontologically separate domains. Instruments and artificial systems may inscribe differences without that fact alone proving consciousness or intention. ==== Vulnerability becomes ethical through responsive organisation ==== Every organised configuration is exposed because it depends on relations it cannot completely control. Exposure is uneven. Some configurations possess protection, voice, resources, and means of repair that others lack. Ethical questions arise where symbolically responsive systems can recognise and alter that distribution. The relevant test is not whether a rule descends from a foundation. It is whether a reorganisation preserves capacities for response, reduces destructive asymmetries, keeps contestation and repair possible, and protects heterogeneity from forced assimilation. Politics extends the same problem beyond the sovereign subject. Infrastructures, classifications, technical platforms, administrative routines, and institutions distribute visibility and risk. Responsibility must therefore follow operations and effects, not only declared intentions. === What has not been closed === The framework has not supplied a final theory of matter, life, mind, or society. It has not proved that every case can be organised by its present lexicon. Nor has it established a shortcut from general ontology to empirical verdicts about consciousness, artificial intelligence, political legitimacy, or scientific interpretation. Several questions remain open by necessity: * Which material organisations are sufficient for symbolic inscription? * What evidence warrants assigning <math>C = 1</math> rather than suspending judgement with <math>U</math>? * How should operative excess be identified without turning every change into an instance of the same concept? * Which forms of order amplify relational complexity, and which preserve themselves by suppressing it? * How can institutions remain revisable while still offering durable protection? These are not gaps to be hidden. They mark the points at which a vocabulary must encounter phenomena capable of resisting it. === Routes back through the book === Readers testing a concrete case can use the following route: # Return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]] for the minimal criteria of the central operators. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]] to distinguish physical, biological, symbolic, and ethical-political regimes. # Use [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3]] to prevent terms from becoming fixed essences. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/V - The Irruption Without Ground|3.2.5]] and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|3.2.7]] when the case involves novelty, conditions, origin, or latent potential. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Part IV]] when a reorganisation distributes exposure, protection, voice, or repair. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]] to compare the framework with the traditions it retains and displaces. The reader should now be able to ask more exact questions than at the beginning. That is the relevant transformation. A philosophical vocabulary earns its place by making differences available for inquiry while remaining answerable to the differences it cannot yet organise. There is no ground beneath the work. It holds only while it remains open to what exceeds it. For the works cited and the book's further reading routes, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} fgo06wqzeh7zuwejrxepdlum2trb8vu 4671026 4670953 2026-09-18T19:21:50Z DavidCota64 3507033 Distinguish enabling from operational thresholds in the conclusion 4671026 wikitext text/x-wiki == Conclusion == === What the traversal changes === The book began with a difficulty: materialism must account for genuine novelty without importing an immaterial cause and without reducing every later capacity to the vocabulary of an earlier configuration. The route through dualism, instability, emergence, symbolic operation, vulnerability, and tradition has altered the terms of that difficulty. One material field is sufficient, provided matter is not treated as passive substance. Local organisations persist by exchanging, constraining, and reorganising relations. At certain thresholds they acquire capacities that were unavailable in the preceding configuration. Dependence remains; self-sufficient identity does not. A living system depends on chemistry without metabolism becoming a synonym for chemical composition. Symbolic activity depends on bodies and supports without meaning becoming an immaterial object. Ethical responsibility depends on symbolic responsiveness without descending from a transcendent law. === One field, many thresholds === The unity of the field concerns ontological substrate. It does not distribute every capacity everywhere. Stars, cells, nervous systems, measuring apparatuses, human communities, and institutions are material configurations, but they do not operate in the same way. Their differences must be explained through organisation, scale, history, constraint, and relation. Thresholds make those differences intelligible without converting them into separate worlds. An enabling threshold is reached when a configuration supports the material conditions under which a new range of operations can occur. An operational threshold is crossed when those operations are demonstrably present. The distinction is empirical as well as conceptual: a concrete case must not convert evidence of possibility into evidence of realisation. Calling a phenomenon emergent cannot replace that work. Instability remains throughout. It is not a defect that order corrects. Stable configurations are local achievements sustained under changing conditions. They may endure through maintained relations, regulation, resistant structure, or reorganisation; when the supporting relations no longer hold, they alter or dissolve. No local success turns into a universal plan. === Three results to retain and test === ==== Novelty is conditioned without being pre-written ==== Antecedent conditions constrain what may occur. They need not contain the completed form of what emerges. This difference prevents a retrospective illusion in which a result is projected back into its origin and treated as though it had always been destined to appear. In a symbolically organised system, operative excess arises when the operations possible within or demanded of that system exceed what its current symbolic form can integrate. It is a positive surplus rather than a lack. It may create pressure for invention or reorganisation, but it neither forces nor guarantees either response. Failure may be experienced when an inherited form proves insufficient, but it is an effect of the excess rather than its cause. ==== Symbols are material without being mere marks ==== A physical pattern is not automatically a symbol. Symbolic operation requires an organised system capable of discrimination, singular inscription, recognition, and relations between symbols. In the inaugural inscription, mark and symbol are co-constituted. The mark remains a material configuration; it is not an agent and does not relate to other marks. Relations are established by the system between symbols. This account preserves representation while keeping it immanent. The symbol represents its material mark within an organised practice; it does not bridge two ontologically separate domains. Instruments and artificial systems may inscribe differences without that fact alone proving consciousness or intention. ==== Vulnerability becomes ethical through responsive organisation ==== Every organised configuration is exposed because it depends on relations it cannot completely control. Exposure is uneven. Some configurations possess protection, voice, resources, and means of repair that others lack. Ethical questions arise where symbolically responsive systems can recognise and alter that distribution. The relevant test is not whether a rule descends from a foundation. It is whether a reorganisation preserves capacities for response, reduces destructive asymmetries, keeps contestation and repair possible, and protects heterogeneity from forced assimilation. Politics extends the same problem beyond the sovereign subject. Infrastructures, classifications, technical platforms, administrative routines, and institutions distribute visibility and risk. Responsibility must therefore follow operations and effects, not only declared intentions. === What has not been closed === The framework has not supplied a final theory of matter, life, mind, or society. It has not proved that every case can be organised by its present lexicon. Nor has it established a shortcut from general ontology to empirical verdicts about consciousness, artificial intelligence, political legitimacy, or scientific interpretation. Several questions remain open by necessity: * Which material organisations are sufficient for symbolic inscription? * What evidence warrants assigning <math>C = 1</math> rather than suspending judgement with <math>U</math>? * How should operative excess be identified without turning every change into an instance of the same concept? * Which forms of order amplify relational complexity, and which preserve themselves by suppressing it? * How can institutions remain revisable while still offering durable protection? These are not gaps to be hidden. They mark the points at which a vocabulary must encounter phenomena capable of resisting it. === Routes back through the book === Readers testing a concrete case can use the following route: # Return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]] for the minimal criteria of the central operators. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]] to distinguish physical, biological, symbolic, and ethical-political regimes. # Use [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3]] to prevent terms from becoming fixed essences. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/V - The Irruption Without Ground|3.2.5]] and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|3.2.7]] when the case involves novelty, conditions, origin, or latent potential. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Part IV]] when a reorganisation distributes exposure, protection, voice, or repair. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]] to compare the framework with the traditions it retains and displaces. The reader should now be able to ask more exact questions than at the beginning. That is the relevant transformation. A philosophical vocabulary earns its place by making differences available for inquiry while remaining answerable to the differences it cannot yet organise. There is no ground beneath the work. It holds only while it remains open to what exceeds it. For the works cited and the book's further reading routes, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} 46fytspbr7tpvw0ne1kau6os8srj68m 4671055 4671026 2026-09-18T21:23:18Z DavidCota64 3507033 Restore the canonical scope of operative excess: current symbolic or structural form 4671055 wikitext text/x-wiki == Conclusion == === What the traversal changes === The book began with a difficulty: materialism must account for genuine novelty without importing an immaterial cause and without reducing every later capacity to the vocabulary of an earlier configuration. The route through dualism, instability, emergence, symbolic operation, vulnerability, and tradition has altered the terms of that difficulty. One material field is sufficient, provided matter is not treated as passive substance. Local organisations persist by exchanging, constraining, and reorganising relations. At certain thresholds they acquire capacities that were unavailable in the preceding configuration. Dependence remains; self-sufficient identity does not. A living system depends on chemistry without metabolism becoming a synonym for chemical composition. Symbolic activity depends on bodies and supports without meaning becoming an immaterial object. Ethical responsibility depends on symbolic responsiveness without descending from a transcendent law. === One field, many thresholds === The unity of the field concerns ontological substrate. It does not distribute every capacity everywhere. Stars, cells, nervous systems, measuring apparatuses, human communities, and institutions are material configurations, but they do not operate in the same way. Their differences must be explained through organisation, scale, history, constraint, and relation. Thresholds make those differences intelligible without converting them into separate worlds. An enabling threshold is reached when a configuration supports the material conditions under which a new range of operations can occur. An operational threshold is crossed when those operations are demonstrably present. The distinction is empirical as well as conceptual: a concrete case must not convert evidence of possibility into evidence of realisation. Calling a phenomenon emergent cannot replace that work. Instability remains throughout. It is not a defect that order corrects. Stable configurations are local achievements sustained under changing conditions. They may endure through maintained relations, regulation, resistant structure, or reorganisation; when the supporting relations no longer hold, they alter or dissolve. No local success turns into a universal plan. === Three results to retain and test === ==== Novelty is conditioned without being pre-written ==== Antecedent conditions constrain what may occur. They need not contain the completed form of what emerges. This difference prevents a retrospective illusion in which a result is projected back into its origin and treated as though it had always been destined to appear. Operative excess arises when the operations or compatibilities materially possible within a system exceed what its current symbolic or structural form can integrate. It is a positive surplus rather than a lack. It may create pressure for invention or reorganisation, but it neither forces nor guarantees either response. Failure may be experienced when an inherited form proves insufficient, but it is an effect of the excess rather than its cause. ==== Symbols are material without being mere marks ==== A physical pattern is not automatically a symbol. Symbolic operation requires an organised system capable of discrimination, singular inscription, recognition, and relations between symbols. In the inaugural inscription, mark and symbol are co-constituted. The mark remains a material configuration; it is not an agent and does not relate to other marks. Relations are established by the system between symbols. This account preserves representation while keeping it immanent. The symbol represents its material mark within an organised practice; it does not bridge two ontologically separate domains. Instruments and artificial systems may inscribe differences without that fact alone proving consciousness or intention. ==== Vulnerability becomes ethical through responsive organisation ==== Every organised configuration is exposed because it depends on relations it cannot completely control. Exposure is uneven. Some configurations possess protection, voice, resources, and means of repair that others lack. Ethical questions arise where symbolically responsive systems can recognise and alter that distribution. The relevant test is not whether a rule descends from a foundation. It is whether a reorganisation preserves capacities for response, reduces destructive asymmetries, keeps contestation and repair possible, and protects heterogeneity from forced assimilation. Politics extends the same problem beyond the sovereign subject. Infrastructures, classifications, technical platforms, administrative routines, and institutions distribute visibility and risk. Responsibility must therefore follow operations and effects, not only declared intentions. === What has not been closed === The framework has not supplied a final theory of matter, life, mind, or society. It has not proved that every case can be organised by its present lexicon. Nor has it established a shortcut from general ontology to empirical verdicts about consciousness, artificial intelligence, political legitimacy, or scientific interpretation. Several questions remain open by necessity: * Which material organisations are sufficient for symbolic inscription? * What evidence warrants assigning <math>C = 1</math> rather than suspending judgement with <math>U</math>? * How should operative excess be identified without turning every change into an instance of the same concept? * Which forms of order amplify relational complexity, and which preserve themselves by suppressing it? * How can institutions remain revisable while still offering durable protection? These are not gaps to be hidden. They mark the points at which a vocabulary must encounter phenomena capable of resisting it. === Routes back through the book === Readers testing a concrete case can use the following route: # Return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]] for the minimal criteria of the central operators. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]] to distinguish physical, biological, symbolic, and ethical-political regimes. # Use [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3]] to prevent terms from becoming fixed essences. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/V - The Irruption Without Ground|3.2.5]] and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|3.2.7]] when the case involves novelty, conditions, origin, or latent potential. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Part IV]] when a reorganisation distributes exposure, protection, voice, or repair. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]] to compare the framework with the traditions it retains and displaces. The reader should now be able to ask more exact questions than at the beginning. That is the relevant transformation. A philosophical vocabulary earns its place by making differences available for inquiry while remaining answerable to the differences it cannot yet organise. There is no ground beneath the work. It holds only while it remains open to what exceeds it. For the works cited and the book's further reading routes, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} b06sinyj14o7vxuha29m16yw0d2atsp 4671070 4671055 2026-09-18T21:27:22Z DavidCota64 3507033 Align operative excess with OEC canon: causal motor of emergence, not symbolic-only 4671070 wikitext text/x-wiki == Conclusion == === What the traversal changes === The book began with a difficulty: materialism must account for genuine novelty without importing an immaterial cause and without reducing every later capacity to the vocabulary of an earlier configuration. The route through dualism, instability, emergence, symbolic operation, vulnerability, and tradition has altered the terms of that difficulty. One material field is sufficient, provided matter is not treated as passive substance. Local organisations persist by exchanging, constraining, and reorganising relations. At certain thresholds they acquire capacities that were unavailable in the preceding configuration. Dependence remains; self-sufficient identity does not. A living system depends on chemistry without metabolism becoming a synonym for chemical composition. Symbolic activity depends on bodies and supports without meaning becoming an immaterial object. Ethical responsibility depends on symbolic responsiveness without descending from a transcendent law. === One field, many thresholds === The unity of the field concerns ontological substrate. It does not distribute every capacity everywhere. Stars, cells, nervous systems, measuring apparatuses, human communities, and institutions are material configurations, but they do not operate in the same way. Their differences must be explained through organisation, scale, history, constraint, and relation. Thresholds make those differences intelligible without converting them into separate worlds. An enabling threshold is reached when a configuration supports the material conditions under which a new range of operations can occur. An operational threshold is crossed when those operations are demonstrably present. The distinction is empirical as well as conceptual: a concrete case must not convert evidence of possibility into evidence of realisation. Calling a phenomenon emergent cannot replace that work. Instability remains throughout. It is not a defect that order corrects. Stable configurations are local achievements sustained under changing conditions. They may endure through maintained relations, regulation, resistant structure, or reorganisation; when the supporting relations no longer hold, they alter or dissolve. No local success turns into a universal plan. === Three results to retain and test === ==== Novelty is conditioned without being pre-written ==== Antecedent conditions constrain what may occur. They need not contain the completed form of what emerges. This difference prevents a retrospective illusion in which a result is projected back into its origin and treated as though it had always been destined to appear. Operative excess arises when the compatibilities available to a system exceed its present symbolic or structural form, rendering that form insufficient and forcing reorganisation. It is the affirmative causal motor of emergence, not a lack. It does not predetermine the concrete form that will emerge or make every reorganisation an improvement. Failure may be experienced when an inherited form proves insufficient, but it is an effect of the excess rather than its cause. ==== Symbols are material without being mere marks ==== A physical pattern is not automatically a symbol. Symbolic operation requires an organised system capable of discrimination, singular inscription, recognition, and relations between symbols. In the inaugural inscription, mark and symbol are co-constituted. The mark remains a material configuration; it is not an agent and does not relate to other marks. Relations are established by the system between symbols. This account preserves representation while keeping it immanent. The symbol represents its material mark within an organised practice; it does not bridge two ontologically separate domains. Instruments and artificial systems may inscribe differences without that fact alone proving consciousness or intention. ==== Vulnerability becomes ethical through responsive organisation ==== Every organised configuration is exposed because it depends on relations it cannot completely control. Exposure is uneven. Some configurations possess protection, voice, resources, and means of repair that others lack. Ethical questions arise where symbolically responsive systems can recognise and alter that distribution. The relevant test is not whether a rule descends from a foundation. It is whether a reorganisation preserves capacities for response, reduces destructive asymmetries, keeps contestation and repair possible, and protects heterogeneity from forced assimilation. Politics extends the same problem beyond the sovereign subject. Infrastructures, classifications, technical platforms, administrative routines, and institutions distribute visibility and risk. Responsibility must therefore follow operations and effects, not only declared intentions. === What has not been closed === The framework has not supplied a final theory of matter, life, mind, or society. It has not proved that every case can be organised by its present lexicon. Nor has it established a shortcut from general ontology to empirical verdicts about consciousness, artificial intelligence, political legitimacy, or scientific interpretation. Several questions remain open by necessity: * Which material organisations are sufficient for symbolic inscription? * What evidence warrants assigning <math>C = 1</math> rather than suspending judgement with <math>U</math>? * How should operative excess be identified without turning every change into an instance of the same concept? * Which forms of order amplify relational complexity, and which preserve themselves by suppressing it? * How can institutions remain revisable while still offering durable protection? These are not gaps to be hidden. They mark the points at which a vocabulary must encounter phenomena capable of resisting it. === Routes back through the book === Readers testing a concrete case can use the following route: # Return to [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.1 – Key Terms of the OEC|6.1]] for the minimal criteria of the central operators. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.2 – Ontological Variations|6.2]] to distinguish physical, biological, symbolic, and ethical-political regimes. # Use [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/6.3 – How to Read the Lexicon|6.3]] to prevent terms from becoming fixed essences. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/V - The Irruption Without Ground|3.2.5]] and [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/Emergence Without Origin/VII - Affirmation: From Precedence to Insistence|3.2.7]] when the case involves novelty, conditions, origin, or latent potential. # Revisit [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/4.1 Vulnerability Without Center|Part IV]] when a reorganisation distributes exposure, protection, voice, or repair. # Consult [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/7.1 – Philosophical Interlocutors|7.1]] to compare the framework with the traditions it retains and displaces. The reader should now be able to ask more exact questions than at the beginning. That is the relevant transformation. A philosophical vocabulary earns its place by making differences available for inquiry while remaining answerable to the differences it cannot yet organise. There is no ground beneath the work. It holds only while it remains open to what exceeds it. For the works cited and the book's further reading routes, see [[Foundations of the Ontology of Emergent Complexity/References|References]]. {{BookCat}} hpic5my5fq3r5hilnv89n97dne0i3qp 0 485710 4670901 4670875 2026-09-18T13:34:12Z Kittycataclysm 3371989 −[[Category:Indian Railways]]; −[[Category:Indian recipes]] using [[Help:Gadget-HotCat|HotCat]] 4670901 wikitext text/x-wiki == Overview == [[File:Indian railways 18 star logo.jpg|thumb|'''''Credit: Mainaksinghabarma.''''' The Indian Railways 18-star logo. ]] '''Indian Railways''' is the state-owned railway company of India. It owns and operates the country's rail transport system. Railways were first introduced to India in 1853. The first passenger train ran on 16th April 1853 between Boribunder and Thane. Since then, Indian Railways has been growing continuously. After independence in 1947, India inherited a weak rail network. About 40 per cent of the railway lines were in the newly created Pakistan. Many lines had to be rerouted through Indian territory. New lines had to be constructed to connect important cities such as Jammu. At the time of independence, there were 42 separate railway systems. This included 32 lines owned by the former Indian princely states. These systems spanned a total of 55,000 km. In 1951, these systems were nationalized as one unit called Indian Railways. In 1952, it was decided to replace the existing rail networks by zones. A total of six zones came into being in 1952. On 6 September 2003, six further zones were made from existing zones for administration purpose. One more zone was added in 2006. The Indian Railways now has 17 zonal Railways. Indian Railways is also one of the world's largest rail networks. It has 64,015 route kilometers of route lengths. As on 31st March 2009, the route length of Indian Railways covered 64,015 kms with running track length of 86,937 kms. The total trackage including yards and sidings stood at 113,115 kms. Indian Railways is the fourth-largest network in the world. It spans over 1.2 lakh km across the country. Administratively, the Indian Railways have been divided into sixteen zones. Each zone is headed by a General Manager. These zones are further sub-divided into divisions. Each division is headed by a Divisional Railway Manager. == Locomotives == [[File:Pratham - India's First WDP-4D Locomotive.jpg|thumb|270x270px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This locomotive is named 'Pratham'. It is India's first WDP-4D locomotive. ]] Indian Railways primarily operate a fleet of electric and diesel locomotives. Steam locomotives are operated on mountain railways and on heritage trains. As of February 2026, Indian Railways had 13,569 electric and 4,169 diesel locomotives. Indian Railways uses three prime classes of locomotives. These are Electric, Diesel and Steam locomotives. They are built at CLW (Chittaranjan), DLW/DMW (Varanasi/Patiala) and preserved at heritage sheds. Post-2020, the national transporter has switched to 100 per cent electric traction on broad gauge routes as part of Mission Net-Zero. The locomotives have a naming system. Most of the diesel locomotives operating on broad gauge are 'WDM-2' series. Here 'W' stands for Broad Gauge, 'D' stands for Diesel, and 'M' stands for 'Mixed' service. The naming system includes codes like WDM for Wide diesel mixed, WDP for Wide diesel passenger, WDG for Wide diesel goods, and WDS for Wide diesel shunter. Starting in 2002, for diesel passenger, goods, and mixed locomotives, the series digit identifies the horsepower range of the locomotive. The digit '3' is for locomotives with over 3000hp but less than 4000hp. The digit '5' is for locomotives over 5000hp but less than 6000hp. == Passenger Trains == [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|331x331px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' An ICF Utkrisht passenger rake. (Belagavi - Mysuru - Bagalkot)]] Indian Railways runs many types of passenger trains. These include local trains, express trains, and premium trains. The locomotives and coaches determine the type of service. Electric locomotives are used for most passenger services now. The WAP series locomotives are mainly used for passenger trains. The WAP-4, WAP-5, and WAP-7 are common passenger locomotives. The WAP-4 has 5,000 bhp and was in production from 1994 to 2015. The railway network connects all parts of India. It carries millions of passengers every day. It also transports goods across the country. The system has grown from the first train in 1853 to a vast network today. The first section from Hathras Road to Mathura Cantonment was opened to traffic on 19th October 1875. By 1880 the Indian Railway system had a route mileage of about 9000 miles. 9z6kkyv4h6cjs6ang3owgmh2rqw2gsv 2 485714 4670903 2026-09-18T13:52:27Z Sergialju2006 3626256 Created page with "'''Nikola Tesla''' (Smiljan, Imperi Austríac, 10 de juliol de 1856 – Nova York, Estats Units, 7 de gener de 1943) fou un inventor, enginyer elèctric, enginyer mecànic i físic serbi-americà. És conegut principalment per les seves contribucions al disseny del sistema modern de subministrament d'electricitat per '''corrent altern (CA)'''. ---- === Biografia === * '''Primers anys i formació:''' Va néixer en una família serbia a l'actual Croàcia. Va estudiar eng..." 4670903 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Nikola Tesla''' (Smiljan, Imperi Austríac, 10 de juliol de 1856 – Nova York, Estats Units, 7 de gener de 1943) fou un inventor, enginyer elèctric, enginyer mecànic i físic serbi-americà. És conegut principalment per les seves contribucions al disseny del sistema modern de subministrament d'electricitat per '''corrent altern (CA)'''. ---- === Biografia === * '''Primers anys i formació:''' Va néixer en una família serbia a l'actual Croàcia. Va estudiar enginyeria elèctrica a la Universitat Tecnològica de Graz, on es va interessar per la física i els camps electromagnètics. * '''Arribada als Estats Units:''' El 1884 va emigrar a Nova York per treballar a l'empresa de Thomas Edison. Poc temps després, a causa de desavinences professionals i econòmiques sobre el desenvolupament del corrent continu versus l'altern, va renunciar i es va associar amb l'empresari George Westinghouse. * '''Guerra dels corrents:''' La seva aliança amb Westinghouse va desencadenar un enfrontament comercial i tecnològic contra Edison, conegut com la ''Guerra dels corrents'', en el qual el sistema de corrent altern de Tesla es va acabar imposant per la seva major eficiència en el transport d'energia a llarga distància. ---- === Principals invencions i aportacions === * '''Motor d'inducció i corrent altern:''' Va desenvolupar el motor d'inducció de corrent altern i sistemes polifàsics que van revolucionar la distribució d'energia elèctrica. * '''Bobina de Tesla:''' Un transformador ressonant creat el 1891, utilitzat en experiments sobre transmissió d'energia sense fils i alta freqüència. * '''Transmissió sense fils i ràdio:''' Va realitzar els primers experiments de comunicació per ràdio abans que Guglielmo Marconi, a qui posteriorment se li reconeixeria la invenció fins que els tribunals van restablir la patent a Tesla. * '''Central hidroelèctrica de les cascades del Niàgara:''' Va dissenyar el primer gran sistema de generació hidroelèctrica d'alta potència del món. ---- === Llegat === Tot i els seus nombrosos èxits tecnològics i les més de 300 patents que va registrar, Tesla va morir en la pobresa i en l'aïllament en un hotel de Nova York el 1943. Amb el pas del temps, la seva figura ha estat reivindicada com un dels grans genis de la Revolució Industrial. En el seu honor, la unitat de densitat de flux magnètic en el Sistema Internacional d'Unitats s'anomena '''tesla (T)'''. o8mbdlnw9epaw90fbb16gn56n4em1kh 4670910 4670903 2026-09-18T15:09:31Z MathXplore 3097823 Requesting deletion ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/User:TenWhile6/XReport|XReport]] v3.1c) 4670910 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{delete|1=Out of project scope. Wrong language <small>[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/User:TenWhile6/XReport|XReport]]</small>}}</noinclude> '''Nikola Tesla''' (Smiljan, Imperi Austríac, 10 de juliol de 1856 – Nova York, Estats Units, 7 de gener de 1943) fou un inventor, enginyer elèctric, enginyer mecànic i físic serbi-americà. És conegut principalment per les seves contribucions al disseny del sistema modern de subministrament d'electricitat per '''corrent altern (CA)'''. ---- === Biografia === * '''Primers anys i formació:''' Va néixer en una família serbia a l'actual Croàcia. Va estudiar enginyeria elèctrica a la Universitat Tecnològica de Graz, on es va interessar per la física i els camps electromagnètics. * '''Arribada als Estats Units:''' El 1884 va emigrar a Nova York per treballar a l'empresa de Thomas Edison. Poc temps després, a causa de desavinences professionals i econòmiques sobre el desenvolupament del corrent continu versus l'altern, va renunciar i es va associar amb l'empresari George Westinghouse. * '''Guerra dels corrents:''' La seva aliança amb Westinghouse va desencadenar un enfrontament comercial i tecnològic contra Edison, conegut com la ''Guerra dels corrents'', en el qual el sistema de corrent altern de Tesla es va acabar imposant per la seva major eficiència en el transport d'energia a llarga distància. ---- === Principals invencions i aportacions === * '''Motor d'inducció i corrent altern:''' Va desenvolupar el motor d'inducció de corrent altern i sistemes polifàsics que van revolucionar la distribució d'energia elèctrica. * '''Bobina de Tesla:''' Un transformador ressonant creat el 1891, utilitzat en experiments sobre transmissió d'energia sense fils i alta freqüència. * '''Transmissió sense fils i ràdio:''' Va realitzar els primers experiments de comunicació per ràdio abans que Guglielmo Marconi, a qui posteriorment se li reconeixeria la invenció fins que els tribunals van restablir la patent a Tesla. * '''Central hidroelèctrica de les cascades del Niàgara:''' Va dissenyar el primer gran sistema de generació hidroelèctrica d'alta potència del món. ---- === Llegat === Tot i els seus nombrosos èxits tecnològics i les més de 300 patents que va registrar, Tesla va morir en la pobresa i en l'aïllament en un hotel de Nova York el 1943. Amb el pas del temps, la seva figura ha estat reivindicada com un dels grans genis de la Revolució Industrial. En el seu honor, la unitat de densitat de flux magnètic en el Sistema Internacional d'Unitats s'anomena '''tesla (T)'''. rlwucodbbrhomzyxraue2hby7zusera 0 485716 4670966 2026-09-18T17:04:03Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 I made it 4670966 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. c8hss5gru13rbpwjoq5s3flp1bk08xi 4670967 4670966 2026-09-18T17:04:34Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670967 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. jouc1bcnsx8y2rc5i7xbamkw9wrhfff 4670968 4670967 2026-09-18T17:05:53Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670968 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. 5j0zbye1nifh4qulw5q57e4xhkfa7kc 4670970 4670968 2026-09-18T17:07:02Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670970 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. 50lsdk669ebcgdllkpk8zzex21f7wm0 4670971 4670970 2026-09-18T17:07:26Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670971 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. 152t20g24ecz4hhqrrm0j9pc4yhphwn 4670972 4670971 2026-09-18T17:08:06Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670972 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. bnjtyayjqmbh5fsulqsu1w7fi4tll8p 4670973 4670972 2026-09-18T17:08:48Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670973 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. s1a14oeyagtl91kp6gen6kmho68p6je 4670974 4670973 2026-09-18T17:09:28Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670974 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. === Modernization === After nationalization, Indian Railways began to modernize. One major change was the shift from steam engines to diesel and electric engines. Steam locomotives were slowly phased out. Electric trains are faster, cleaner, and more efficient. Electrification of railway lines began in a small way in the 1950s. The first electric trains ran on suburban lines in Bombay and Madras. At that time, only about 388 kilometers of track was electrified out of a total of about 55,000 kilometers. Over the decades, more and more lines were electrified. By the 2020s, about 80 percent of the broad-gauge network was electrified. Indian Railways aims to become fully electrified in the near future. Another important change was the introduction of new types of trains. In the 1960s and 1970s, faster passenger trains like the Rajdhani and Shatabdi were launched. These trains connected major cities and offered better comfort. The Rajdhani Express was introduced in 1969 to connect Delhi with other major cities. The Shatabdi Express was introduced in 1988 for short-distance high-speed travel. In the 1990s, new high-power electric locomotives were imported. The Konkan Railway, a difficult engineering project, was completed in 1998. It connected Mumbai to Mangalore through the Western Ghats. This line has many tunnels and bridges and is considered an engineering marvel. 389v3m3tboezjoq4e20es7nfc40ulok 4670975 4670974 2026-09-18T17:10:05Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670975 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. === Modernization === After nationalization, Indian Railways began to modernize. One major change was the shift from steam engines to diesel and electric engines. Steam locomotives were slowly phased out. Electric trains are faster, cleaner, and more efficient. Electrification of railway lines began in a small way in the 1950s. The first electric trains ran on suburban lines in Bombay and Madras. At that time, only about 388 kilometers of track was electrified out of a total of about 55,000 kilometers. Over the decades, more and more lines were electrified. By the 2020s, about 80 percent of the broad-gauge network was electrified. Indian Railways aims to become fully electrified in the near future. Another important change was the introduction of new types of trains. In the 1960s and 1970s, faster passenger trains like the Rajdhani and Shatabdi were launched. These trains connected major cities and offered better comfort. The Rajdhani Express was introduced in 1969 to connect Delhi with other major cities. The Shatabdi Express was introduced in 1988 for short-distance high-speed travel. In the 1990s, new high-power electric locomotives were imported. The Konkan Railway, a difficult engineering project, was completed in 1998. It connected Mumbai to Mangalore through the Western Ghats. This line has many tunnels and bridges and is considered an engineering marvel. == Computerization == In the 1980s, Indian Railways began to use computers for its operations. Before this, all ticket booking was done manually. Clerks used ledgers and pens to record bookings. This system was slow and often led to errors. In 1982, Indian Railways set up a central organization called COFOIS to computerize freight operations. In 1985, a pilot project for computerized passenger reservation was launched at New Delhi station. This system was called IMPRESS (Integrated Multi-train Passenger Reservation System). It was developed by Indian Railways in association with Computer Maintenance Corporation (CMC) Limited. Initially, it covered only two trains, but it was a big step forward. In 1986, the Ministry of Railways established the Centre for Railway Information Systems (CRIS). This organization was created to handle all information technology-related activities on Indian Railways. CRIS developed a new system called CONCERT (Country-wide Network for Computerized Enhanced Reservation and Ticketing). This system linked the five regional databases of Indian Railways. Before this, each city could only sell tickets for trains it controlled. With CONCERT, a passenger in one part of the country could book a seat on any train anywhere in India. The full national network was commissioned in 1999. This was a major achievement. In 2002, Indian Railways launched online train reservations and ticketing over the Internet. This service was provided through IRCTC (Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation). People could now book tickets from their homes or offices. This made travel planning much easier. In 2013, Indian Railways introduced the e-ticketing system. Passengers could now show their tickets on their mobile phones instead of carrying paper tickets. In recent years, many other digital services have been added. These include online food ordering, Wi-Fi at stations, and real-time train tracking. Indian Railways has also introduced the UTS (Unreserved Ticketing System) app for buying local train tickets on mobile phones. ipyzqbqr7fysohf28ws2jr4kfejlyk4 4670976 4670975 2026-09-18T17:10:43Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670976 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. === Modernization === After nationalization, Indian Railways began to modernize. One major change was the shift from steam engines to diesel and electric engines. Steam locomotives were slowly phased out. Electric trains are faster, cleaner, and more efficient. Electrification of railway lines began in a small way in the 1950s. The first electric trains ran on suburban lines in Bombay and Madras. At that time, only about 388 kilometers of track was electrified out of a total of about 55,000 kilometers. Over the decades, more and more lines were electrified. By the 2020s, about 80 percent of the broad-gauge network was electrified. Indian Railways aims to become fully electrified in the near future. Another important change was the introduction of new types of trains. In the 1960s and 1970s, faster passenger trains like the Rajdhani and Shatabdi were launched. These trains connected major cities and offered better comfort. The Rajdhani Express was introduced in 1969 to connect Delhi with other major cities. The Shatabdi Express was introduced in 1988 for short-distance high-speed travel. In the 1990s, new high-power electric locomotives were imported. The Konkan Railway, a difficult engineering project, was completed in 1998. It connected Mumbai to Mangalore through the Western Ghats. This line has many tunnels and bridges and is considered an engineering marvel. == Computerization == In the 1980s, Indian Railways began to use computers for its operations. Before this, all ticket booking was done manually. Clerks used ledgers and pens to record bookings. This system was slow and often led to errors. In 1982, Indian Railways set up a central organization called COFOIS to computerize freight operations. In 1985, a pilot project for computerized passenger reservation was launched at New Delhi station. This system was called IMPRESS (Integrated Multi-train Passenger Reservation System). It was developed by Indian Railways in association with Computer Maintenance Corporation (CMC) Limited. Initially, it covered only two trains, but it was a big step forward. In 1986, the Ministry of Railways established the Centre for Railway Information Systems (CRIS). This organization was created to handle all information technology-related activities on Indian Railways. CRIS developed a new system called CONCERT (Country-wide Network for Computerized Enhanced Reservation and Ticketing). This system linked the five regional databases of Indian Railways. Before this, each city could only sell tickets for trains it controlled. With CONCERT, a passenger in one part of the country could book a seat on any train anywhere in India. The full national network was commissioned in 1999. This was a major achievement. In 2002, Indian Railways launched online train reservations and ticketing over the Internet. This service was provided through IRCTC (Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation). People could now book tickets from their homes or offices. This made travel planning much easier. In 2013, Indian Railways introduced the e-ticketing system. Passengers could now show their tickets on their mobile phones instead of carrying paper tickets. In recent years, many other digital services have been added. These include online food ordering, Wi-Fi at stations, and real-time train tracking. Indian Railways has also introduced the UTS (Unreserved Ticketing System) app for buying local train tickets on mobile phones. == Growth and Challenges (21st Century) == Since the 1990s, Indian Railways has faced both growth and challenges. The economy of India grew rapidly, and so did the demand for rail transport. More people began to travel by train. More goods needed to be moved across the country. Indian Railways expanded its services and introduced new trains. It also improved safety measures and passenger facilities. Online ticket booking, e-catering, and Wi-Fi at stations are some of the new services. The railway network continues to be a lifeline for millions of Indians. ca1gd8zi6ox6szms3eorewqr8ljjc9v 4670977 4670976 2026-09-18T17:11:13Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670977 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. === Modernization === After nationalization, Indian Railways began to modernize. One major change was the shift from steam engines to diesel and electric engines. Steam locomotives were slowly phased out. Electric trains are faster, cleaner, and more efficient. Electrification of railway lines began in a small way in the 1950s. The first electric trains ran on suburban lines in Bombay and Madras. At that time, only about 388 kilometers of track was electrified out of a total of about 55,000 kilometers. Over the decades, more and more lines were electrified. By the 2020s, about 80 percent of the broad-gauge network was electrified. Indian Railways aims to become fully electrified in the near future. Another important change was the introduction of new types of trains. In the 1960s and 1970s, faster passenger trains like the Rajdhani and Shatabdi were launched. These trains connected major cities and offered better comfort. The Rajdhani Express was introduced in 1969 to connect Delhi with other major cities. The Shatabdi Express was introduced in 1988 for short-distance high-speed travel. In the 1990s, new high-power electric locomotives were imported. The Konkan Railway, a difficult engineering project, was completed in 1998. It connected Mumbai to Mangalore through the Western Ghats. This line has many tunnels and bridges and is considered an engineering marvel. == Computerization == In the 1980s, Indian Railways began to use computers for its operations. Before this, all ticket booking was done manually. Clerks used ledgers and pens to record bookings. This system was slow and often led to errors. In 1982, Indian Railways set up a central organization called COFOIS to computerize freight operations. In 1985, a pilot project for computerized passenger reservation was launched at New Delhi station. This system was called IMPRESS (Integrated Multi-train Passenger Reservation System). It was developed by Indian Railways in association with Computer Maintenance Corporation (CMC) Limited. Initially, it covered only two trains, but it was a big step forward. In 1986, the Ministry of Railways established the Centre for Railway Information Systems (CRIS). This organization was created to handle all information technology-related activities on Indian Railways. CRIS developed a new system called CONCERT (Country-wide Network for Computerized Enhanced Reservation and Ticketing). This system linked the five regional databases of Indian Railways. Before this, each city could only sell tickets for trains it controlled. With CONCERT, a passenger in one part of the country could book a seat on any train anywhere in India. The full national network was commissioned in 1999. This was a major achievement. In 2002, Indian Railways launched online train reservations and ticketing over the Internet. This service was provided through IRCTC (Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation). People could now book tickets from their homes or offices. This made travel planning much easier. In 2013, Indian Railways introduced the e-ticketing system. Passengers could now show their tickets on their mobile phones instead of carrying paper tickets. In recent years, many other digital services have been added. These include online food ordering, Wi-Fi at stations, and real-time train tracking. Indian Railways has also introduced the UTS (Unreserved Ticketing System) app for buying local train tickets on mobile phones. == Growth and Challenges (21st Century) == Since the 1990s, Indian Railways has faced both growth and challenges. The economy of India grew rapidly, and so did the demand for rail transport. More people began to travel by train. More goods needed to be moved across the country. Indian Railways expanded its services and introduced new trains. It also improved safety measures and passenger facilities. Online ticket booking, e-catering, and Wi-Fi at stations are some of the new services. The railway network continues to be a lifeline for millions of Indians. However, there were still many challenges. Overcrowding is a common problem on many routes. During peak hours, trains are often full beyond capacity. Accidents and delays still happen, though safety has improved in recent years. The railway system needs constant maintenance and investment. Indian Railways is working on modernizing tracks, signals, and coaches. It is also trying to reduce losses and improve efficiency. One of the big problems is that passenger fares are kept low for social reasons, but this leads to losses. Freight traffic is used to cross-subsidize passenger traffic. This makes freight rates high and affects the competitiveness of Indian industries. Indian Railways is also working on environmental sustainability. It aims to become a net-zero carbon emitter by 2030. To achieve this, it is increasing electrification, using solar power at stations, and planting trees along tracks. It is also trying to reduce water consumption and waste. New stations are being developed with better facilities. Digital services are being expanded to make travel easier. The vision is to have a world-class railway system that meets the needs of a growing India. qehh6n5ynru3xehdgdm5g9wcuvogqhx 4670978 4670977 2026-09-18T17:11:57Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670978 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. === Modernization === After nationalization, Indian Railways began to modernize. One major change was the shift from steam engines to diesel and electric engines. Steam locomotives were slowly phased out. Electric trains are faster, cleaner, and more efficient. Electrification of railway lines began in a small way in the 1950s. The first electric trains ran on suburban lines in Bombay and Madras. At that time, only about 388 kilometers of track was electrified out of a total of about 55,000 kilometers. Over the decades, more and more lines were electrified. By the 2020s, about 80 percent of the broad-gauge network was electrified. Indian Railways aims to become fully electrified in the near future. Another important change was the introduction of new types of trains. In the 1960s and 1970s, faster passenger trains like the Rajdhani and Shatabdi were launched. These trains connected major cities and offered better comfort. The Rajdhani Express was introduced in 1969 to connect Delhi with other major cities. The Shatabdi Express was introduced in 1988 for short-distance high-speed travel. In the 1990s, new high-power electric locomotives were imported. The Konkan Railway, a difficult engineering project, was completed in 1998. It connected Mumbai to Mangalore through the Western Ghats. This line has many tunnels and bridges and is considered an engineering marvel. == Computerization == In the 1980s, Indian Railways began to use computers for its operations. Before this, all ticket booking was done manually. Clerks used ledgers and pens to record bookings. This system was slow and often led to errors. In 1982, Indian Railways set up a central organization called COFOIS to computerize freight operations. In 1985, a pilot project for computerized passenger reservation was launched at New Delhi station. This system was called IMPRESS (Integrated Multi-train Passenger Reservation System). It was developed by Indian Railways in association with Computer Maintenance Corporation (CMC) Limited. Initially, it covered only two trains, but it was a big step forward. In 1986, the Ministry of Railways established the Centre for Railway Information Systems (CRIS). This organization was created to handle all information technology-related activities on Indian Railways. CRIS developed a new system called CONCERT (Country-wide Network for Computerized Enhanced Reservation and Ticketing). This system linked the five regional databases of Indian Railways. Before this, each city could only sell tickets for trains it controlled. With CONCERT, a passenger in one part of the country could book a seat on any train anywhere in India. The full national network was commissioned in 1999. This was a major achievement. In 2002, Indian Railways launched online train reservations and ticketing over the Internet. This service was provided through IRCTC (Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation). People could now book tickets from their homes or offices. This made travel planning much easier. In 2013, Indian Railways introduced the e-ticketing system. Passengers could now show their tickets on their mobile phones instead of carrying paper tickets. In recent years, many other digital services have been added. These include online food ordering, Wi-Fi at stations, and real-time train tracking. Indian Railways has also introduced the UTS (Unreserved Ticketing System) app for buying local train tickets on mobile phones. == Growth and Challenges (21st Century) == Since the 1990s, Indian Railways has faced both growth and challenges. The economy of India grew rapidly, and so did the demand for rail transport. More people began to travel by train. More goods needed to be moved across the country. Indian Railways expanded its services and introduced new trains. It also improved safety measures and passenger facilities. Online ticket booking, e-catering, and Wi-Fi at stations are some of the new services. The railway network continues to be a lifeline for millions of Indians. However, there were still many challenges. Overcrowding is a common problem on many routes. During peak hours, trains are often full beyond capacity. Accidents and delays still happen, though safety has improved in recent years. The railway system needs constant maintenance and investment. Indian Railways is working on modernizing tracks, signals, and coaches. It is also trying to reduce losses and improve efficiency. One of the big problems is that passenger fares are kept low for social reasons, but this leads to losses. Freight traffic is used to cross-subsidize passenger traffic. This makes freight rates high and affects the competitiveness of Indian industries. Indian Railways is also working on environmental sustainability. It aims to become a net-zero carbon emitter by 2030. To achieve this, it is increasing electrification, using solar power at stations, and planting trees along tracks. It is also trying to reduce water consumption and waste. New stations are being developed with better facilities. Digital services are being expanded to make travel easier. The vision is to have a world-class railway system that meets the needs of a growing India. === Indian Railways Today and Future === Today, Indian Railways is a huge organization. It runs thousands of trains every day across more than 68,000 route kilometers. It employs over a million people, making it one of the largest employers in the world. It carries more than 20 million passengers daily and moves over a million tonnes of freight. The railway network connects remote villages to big cities. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. Indian Railways is also working to become more environment-friendly by using more electric trains and solar power. In the future, Indian Railways plans to introduce more high-speed trains and modern coaches. It aims to complete full electrification and reduce its carbon footprint. New stations are being developed with better facilities. Digital services are being expanded to make travel easier. The vision is to have a world-class railway system that meets the needs of a growing India. The story of Indian Railways is one of continuous change and progress. From a small 34-kilometre line in 1853 to the 4th largest network today, it has come a long way. [[Category:Indian recipes]] g41qwj09enkb2uts2jigt8gxjtjysyc 4670979 4670978 2026-09-18T17:14:06Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670979 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' is one of the largest and oldest railway networks in the world. It is a very important part of life in India. Every day, millions of people use trains to travel for work, study, pilgrimage, and holidays. The railway network connects big cities, small towns, and even remote villages. Trains also carry goods like food, coal, cement, and machines from one part of the country to another. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. The story of Indian Railways began more than 170 years ago. At that time, India was under British rule. The British wanted a better way to move troops, goods, and people across the country. The first passenger train ran in 1853 between Bombay and Thane. Since then, the railway system has grown and changed many times. It has seen wars, independence, nationalization, and modernization. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Rail_transport_in_India#History|Rail transport in India - History]]'' == Early Beginnings == [[File:The Queen in a somewhat dilapidated condition. Nevertheless, my tenth visit was of worth^^ - Flickr - Dr. Santulan Mahanta.jpg|thumb|307x307px|'''''Credit: Santulan Mahanta.''''' The '''Fairy Queen''' is one of the oldest locomotives in Indian Railways. (Made in 1855)]] The idea of building railways in India first came in the early 1830s. At that time, the British were ruling India. They needed a faster and cheaper way to move goods and people. In 1832, a proposal was made to build a railway line in Madras (now Chennai). This was the first formal suggestion for railways in India. Between 1836 and 1838, a small experimental line was built near Madras. This line was used to carry granite stones from a quarry to a road. The wagons on this line were pushed by hand. It was not a real passenger train, but it showed that railways could work in India. The first real passenger train in India ran on 16 April 1853. This date is now celebrated as Indian Railways Day. The train started from Bori Bunder station in Bombay (now Mumbai) and went to Thane. The distance was about 34 kilometers. The train had 14 carriages and carried around 400 passengers. It was pulled by three steam locomotives named Sahib, Sindh, and Sultan. These locomotives were imported from England. The journey took about one hour and fifteen minutes. There was a big celebration at both ends of the line. A 21-gun salute was fired to mark the occasion. This event marked the beginning of the Indian Railways as we know it today. After this first train, more lines were planned and built. In 1854, the first eastern railway line opened from Howrah to Hooghly near Calcutta (now Kolkata). In 1856, the first southern railway line was built. In 1859, a northern line connected Allahabad to Kanpur. These early lines were built by private companies. The British government gave these companies land and money to build the railways. Each company had its own name, like the Great Indian Peninsula Railway, the East Indian Railway, and the Madras Railway. These companies ran the trains and collected fares. The government made rules and supervised their work. == Expansion During British Rule == After the first train in 1853, the railway network grew quickly. The British saw railways as a useful tool for trade, travel, and control. They wanted to move raw materials from the interior of India to ports for export to Britain. They also wanted to bring British manufactured goods into India. Railways made this easier and cheaper. By 1860, there were about 1,300 miles of railway lines. By 1880, this had grown to about 9,000 miles. By 1905, the total length of railway lines in British India was nearly 27,000 kilometers. By 1930, there were more than 40,000 miles of railroads in India. About 98 percent of India's existing rail lines were built between 1870 and 1930. Many new lines were built in different parts of the country. In 1860, the line from Bombay (now Mumbai) to Poona (now Pune) was opened. In 1861, the line from Calcutta to Delhi was completed. In 1870, the Great Indian Peninsula Railway connected Bombay to Madras. This was a major achievement. It linked the western and southern parts of India by rail. In 1873, the first railway bridge over the Yamuna River was built near Delhi. In 1880, the line from Madras to Bangalore was opened. In 1890, the Assam Bengal Railway was started to carry tea and other goods from the northeast. Many other lines were built in the following decades. The railways were also used heavily during wars. During the First World War (1914–1918), trains carried troops and supplies to different parts of the country and to ports for shipment overseas. During the Second World War (1939–1945), the railways were used even more. Many tracks, bridges, and engines were damaged during this time. After the war, a lot of repair work was needed. Despite the damage, the railway system remained a key part of India's transport. It connected major cities, ports, and industrial areas. It also helped move troops and supplies during wars. === Social and Economic Impact === The railways changed life in India in many ways. They made travel faster and cheaper. Before railways, people travelled by bullock cart, horse, or on foot. These methods were slow and could not carry heavy loads. Trains could carry many passengers and large amounts of goods in a short time. People could now go to faraway places for work, study, or pilgrimage. Trains also carried goods like cotton, coal, and food grains. This helped trade and business grow. Markets in different parts of the country became more connected. Farmers could sell their produce in distant cities. Industrialists could get raw materials and send finished goods more easily. Studies have shown that railways had a big impact on the Indian economy. Between 1860 and 1913, railways were the most important driver of economic growth in India. They accounted for more than 60 percent of all per capita income growth in this period. Railways decreased trade costs and reduced price differences between regions. They increased both interregional and international trade. They also raised real income levels. One study found that railways raised real agricultural income by 16 percent. By 1930, goods could be shipped about 400 miles a day by train. This was much faster than before. However, the railways were built mainly to serve British interests. The main goal was to move raw materials from the interior to ports for export to Britain. Finished goods from Britain were then brought back to India. This system helped British industries but did not always benefit Indian workers. Many Indians worked on the railways in low-paying jobs. The fares for passengers were often high for ordinary people. Discriminatory tariff policies hindered Indian industry. There was also a drain of wealth to Britain. Still, over time, railways became a common way of travel for many. They helped spread new ideas and news across the country. Railways also enabled the movement of labor, contributing to the growth of urban centers. However, the commercialization of agriculture often led to exploitation of farmers and increased their dependence on moneylenders. == Independence (20th Century) == In 1947, India became independent from British rule. The country was divided into India and Pakistan. The railway system was also divided between the two new nations. Many routes and stations went to Pakistan, while the rest stayed with India. After independence, the Government of India took control of all railway lines. === Nationalization === In 1951, the railways were nationalized. This meant that all private railway companies were merged into one system under the government. Indian Railways became one of the largest railway networks in the world under a single management. In the same year, the railway system was reorganized into zones. The first zone, Southern Railway, was formed on 14 April 1951. It was created by merging the Madras and Southern Mahratta Railway, the South Indian Railway, and the Mysore State Railway. Later in 1951, Central Railway and Western Railway were created. By 1952, there were six zones in total. These were Northern, North Eastern, Northeast Frontier, Eastern, South Eastern, and Southern. More zones were added in later years. In 1966, the number of zones increased to 11. In 2003, there were 16 zones. In 2010, a new zone was added, making it 17 zones. Today, Indian Railways has 18 zones. Each zone manages the railways in its own region. After nationalization, Indian Railways faced many challenges. The network was old and needed repair. Many tracks and bridges had been damaged during the wars. There were also different types of tracks with different gauges. Some lines were broad gauge, some were metre gauge, and some were narrow gauge. This made it difficult to run trains smoothly. Indian Railways began a program to unify the gauges called Project Unigauge. Many metre gauge and narrow-gauge lines were converted to broad gauge. This work continued for many decades. By 2012–13, about 19,100 kilometers of track had been converted from metre gauge or narrow gauge to broad gauge. === Modernization === After nationalization, Indian Railways began to modernize. One major change was the shift from steam engines to diesel and electric engines. Steam locomotives were slowly phased out. Electric trains are faster, cleaner, and more efficient. Electrification of railway lines began in a small way in the 1950s. The first electric trains ran on suburban lines in Bombay and Madras. At that time, only about 388 kilometers of track was electrified out of a total of about 55,000 kilometers. Over the decades, more and more lines were electrified. By the 2020s, about 80 percent of the broad-gauge network was electrified. Indian Railways aims to become fully electrified in the near future. Another important change was the introduction of new types of trains. In the 1960s and 1970s, faster passenger trains like the Rajdhani and Shatabdi were launched. These trains connected major cities and offered better comfort. The Rajdhani Express was introduced in 1969 to connect Delhi with other major cities. The Shatabdi Express was introduced in 1988 for short-distance high-speed travel. In the 1990s, new high-power electric locomotives were imported. The Konkan Railway, a difficult engineering project, was completed in 1998. It connected Mumbai to Mangalore through the Western Ghats. This line has many tunnels and bridges and is considered an engineering marvel. == Computerization == In the 1980s, Indian Railways began to use computers for its operations. Before this, all ticket booking was done manually. Clerks used ledgers and pens to record bookings. This system was slow and often led to errors. In 1982, Indian Railways set up a central organization called COFOIS to computerize freight operations. In 1985, a pilot project for computerized passenger reservation was launched at New Delhi station. This system was called IMPRESS (Integrated Multi-train Passenger Reservation System). It was developed by Indian Railways in association with Computer Maintenance Corporation (CMC) Limited. Initially, it covered only two trains, but it was a big step forward. In 1986, the Ministry of Railways established the Centre for Railway Information Systems (CRIS). This organization was created to handle all information technology-related activities on Indian Railways. CRIS developed a new system called CONCERT (Country-wide Network for Computerized Enhanced Reservation and Ticketing). This system linked the five regional databases of Indian Railways. Before this, each city could only sell tickets for trains it controlled. With CONCERT, a passenger in one part of the country could book a seat on any train anywhere in India. The full national network was commissioned in 1999. This was a major achievement. In 2002, Indian Railways launched online train reservations and ticketing over the Internet. This service was provided through IRCTC (Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation). People could now book tickets from their homes or offices. This made travel planning much easier. In 2013, Indian Railways introduced the e-ticketing system. Passengers could now show their tickets on their mobile phones instead of carrying paper tickets. In recent years, many other digital services have been added. These include online food ordering, Wi-Fi at stations, and real-time train tracking. Indian Railways has also introduced the UTS (Unreserved Ticketing System) app for buying local train tickets on mobile phones. == Growth and Challenges (21st Century) == Since the 1990s, Indian Railways has faced both growth and challenges. The economy of India grew rapidly, and so did the demand for rail transport. More people began to travel by train. More goods needed to be moved across the country. Indian Railways expanded its services and introduced new trains. It also improved safety measures and passenger facilities. Online ticket booking, e-catering, and Wi-Fi at stations are some of the new services. The railway network continues to be a lifeline for millions of Indians. However, there were still many challenges. Overcrowding is a common problem on many routes. During peak hours, trains are often full beyond capacity. Accidents and delays still happen, though safety has improved in recent years. The railway system needs constant maintenance and investment. Indian Railways is working on modernizing tracks, signals, and coaches. It is also trying to reduce losses and improve efficiency. One of the big problems is that passenger fares are kept low for social reasons, but this leads to losses. Freight traffic is used to cross-subsidize passenger traffic. This makes freight rates high and affects the competitiveness of Indian industries. Indian Railways is also working on environmental sustainability. It aims to become a net-zero carbon emitter by 2030. To achieve this, it is increasing electrification, using solar power at stations, and planting trees along tracks. It is also trying to reduce water consumption and waste. New stations are being developed with better facilities. Digital services are being expanded to make travel easier. The vision is to have a world-class railway system that meets the needs of a growing India. === Indian Railways Today and Future === [[File:Namo Green Rail.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: Kshitij08.''''' India's first Hydrogen train. (Namo Green Rail initiative)]] Today, Indian Railways is a huge organization. It runs thousands of trains every day across more than 68,000 route kilometers. It employs over a million people, making it one of the largest employers in the world. It carries more than 20 million passengers daily and moves over a million tonnes of freight. The railway network connects remote villages to big cities. It plays a key role in the economy and daily life of the nation. Indian Railways is also working to become more environment-friendly by using more electric trains and solar power. In the future, Indian Railways plans to introduce more high-speed trains and modern coaches. It aims to complete full electrification and reduce its carbon footprint. New stations are being developed with better facilities. Digital services are being expanded to make travel easier. The vision is to have a world-class railway system that meets the needs of a growing India. The story of Indian Railways is one of continuous change and progress. From a small 34-kilometre line in 1853 to the 4th largest network today, it has come a long way. [[Category:Indian recipes]] s4ny89wql5ig9on1496i3vbnnx90y03 0 485717 4670969 2026-09-18T17:06:08Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 I made it 4670969 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railways ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railways ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railways ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railways ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railways ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railways ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railways ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railways ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railways ==== mfgr280nr5lh34lhh535875c1xfzt61 4670980 4670969 2026-09-18T17:43:26Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670980 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. dp5fewkhekfd5if8m3cljmj1u14h71p 4670982 4670980 2026-09-18T18:17:35Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670982 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata (KMRC) ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). It operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. j0rs17wr5hwgvefha91y05s8en9wjrg 4670983 4670982 2026-09-18T18:21:08Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670983 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Historical Background === The concept of dividing Indian Railways into operational units dates back to the colonial era when private railway companies managed their networks through territorial divisions. After the Government of India took over management of the East Indian Railway (EIR) on January 1, 1925, and the Great Indian Peninsula (GIP) Railway on June 30, 1925, the EIR was the first to be organized into divisions. This marked the beginning of formal divisional administration in Indian Railways. t5l5zi0ftosvz4ud0b5t93b4ia6bw0r 4670984 4670983 2026-09-18T18:24:11Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4670984 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Organizational Structure === Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). The DRM serves as the chief executive of a railway division and is responsible for managing and administering a particular geographical area. Key responsibilities include ensuring punctuality and safety of all passenger and freight trains passing through or originating within the division, monitoring train movements, managing line capacity, and resolving disruptions. DRMs oversee efficient movement of wagons and coaches, ensuring optimal utilization of rolling stock, and managing yard operations. They coordinate maintenance of tracks, bridges, stations, and other fixed assets through various engineering departments. Commercial operations including passenger ticketing, freight booking, fare collection, and customer service also fall under their purview. DRMs ensure safety of train operations and security of railway material, passengers, and belongings, while managing personnel matters, discipline, and welfare of divisional staff. 7cmjqmvee8z9l6t28gniasgselx6am0 4671092 4670984 2026-09-19T03:57:33Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671092 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Organizational Structure === Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). The DRM serves as the chief executive of a railway division and is responsible for managing and administering a particular geographical area. Key responsibilities include ensuring punctuality and safety of all passenger and freight trains passing through or originating within the division, monitoring train movements, managing line capacity, and resolving disruptions. DRMs oversee efficient movement of wagons and coaches, ensuring optimal utilization of rolling stock, and managing yard operations. They coordinate maintenance of tracks, bridges, stations, and other fixed assets through various engineering departments. Commercial operations including passenger ticketing, freight booking, fare collection, and customer service also fall under their purview. DRMs ensure safety of train operations and security of railway material, passengers, and belongings, while managing personnel matters, discipline, and welfare of divisional staff. Within each division, functional departments are represented by senior divisional officers who report both to the DRM and to their respective zonal Heads of Departments (HODs). These include the Senior Divisional Engineer (DEN), responsible for maintenance of fixed assets including tracks, bridges, and buildings; the Senior Divisional Mechanical Engineer (DMME), who oversees maintenance of diesel locomotives, carriage, and wagon fleets; the Senior Divisional Electrical Engineer (DEE), managing station lighting, power supply, overhead equipment, and electric rolling stock; the Senior Divisional Signal & Telecommunication Engineer (DSTE), handling signalling and telecommunication infrastructure; the Senior Divisional Operations Manager (DOM), managing train operations and traffic control; the Senior Divisional Finance Manager (DFM), managing accounting and financial matters; the Senior Divisional Commercial Manager (DCM), handling passenger and freight commercial operations; the Senior Divisional Personnel Officer (DPO), managing human resources; the Senior Divisional Safety Officer (DSO), ensuring operational safety; the Senior Divisional Material Manager (DMM), managing material stores; the Chief Medical Superintendent (CMS), providing healthcare facilities; and the Senior Divisional Security Commissioner (DSC), handling security matters. This matrix structure ensures that divisions have operational autonomy while maintaining technical and functional coordination with zonal and central authorities. k4r8d0hyndg6byxnuc71nbdxqrsq2et 4671093 4671092 2026-09-19T04:19:28Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671093 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Organizational Structure === Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). The DRM serves as the chief executive of a railway division and is responsible for managing and administering a particular geographical area. Key responsibilities include ensuring punctuality and safety of all passenger and freight trains passing through or originating within the division, monitoring train movements, managing line capacity, and resolving disruptions. DRMs oversee efficient movement of wagons and coaches, ensuring optimal utilization of rolling stock, and managing yard operations. They coordinate maintenance of tracks, bridges, stations, and other fixed assets through various engineering departments. Commercial operations including passenger ticketing, freight booking, fare collection, and customer service also fall under their purview. DRMs ensure safety of train operations and security of railway material, passengers, and belongings, while managing personnel matters, discipline, and welfare of divisional staff. Within each division, functional departments are represented by senior divisional officers who report both to the DRM and to their respective zonal Heads of Departments (HODs). These include the Senior Divisional Engineer (DEN), responsible for maintenance of fixed assets including tracks, bridges, and buildings; the Senior Divisional Mechanical Engineer (DMME), who oversees maintenance of diesel locomotives, carriage, and wagon fleets; the Senior Divisional Electrical Engineer (DEE), managing station lighting, power supply, overhead equipment, and electric rolling stock; the Senior Divisional Signal & Telecommunication Engineer (DSTE), handling signalling and telecommunication infrastructure; the Senior Divisional Operations Manager (DOM), managing train operations and traffic control; the Senior Divisional Finance Manager (DFM), managing accounting and financial matters; the Senior Divisional Commercial Manager (DCM), handling passenger and freight commercial operations; the Senior Divisional Personnel Officer (DPO), managing human resources; the Senior Divisional Safety Officer (DSO), ensuring operational safety; the Senior Divisional Material Manager (DMM), managing material stores; the Chief Medical Superintendent (CMS), providing healthcare facilities; and the Senior Divisional Security Commissioner (DSC), handling security matters. This framework ensures that divisions have operational autonomy while maintaining technical and functional coordination with zonal and central authorities. === List of Divisions === The following is a list of all railway divisions of Indian Railways, organized by zone. ==== Central Railway (CR) ==== * Mumbai Division * Bhusaval Division * Nagpur Division * Solapur Division * Pune Division ==== Eastern Railway (ER) ==== * Asansol Division * Howrah Division * Malda Division * Sealdah Division * Kolkata Division aap41395l362vsapah6blvuklwpviia 4671094 4671093 2026-09-19T04:31:45Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671094 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Organizational Structure === Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). The DRM serves as the chief executive of a railway division and is responsible for managing and administering a particular geographical area. Key responsibilities include ensuring punctuality and safety of all passenger and freight trains passing through or originating within the division, monitoring train movements, managing line capacity, and resolving disruptions. DRMs oversee efficient movement of wagons and coaches, ensuring optimal utilization of rolling stock, and managing yard operations. They coordinate maintenance of tracks, bridges, stations, and other fixed assets through various engineering departments. Commercial operations including passenger ticketing, freight booking, fare collection, and customer service also fall under their purview. DRMs ensure safety of train operations and security of railway material, passengers, and belongings, while managing personnel matters, discipline, and welfare of divisional staff. Within each division, functional departments are represented by senior divisional officers who report both to the DRM and to their respective zonal Heads of Departments (HODs). These include the Senior Divisional Engineer (DEN), responsible for maintenance of fixed assets including tracks, bridges, and buildings; the Senior Divisional Mechanical Engineer (DMME), who oversees maintenance of diesel locomotives, carriage, and wagon fleets; the Senior Divisional Electrical Engineer (DEE), managing station lighting, power supply, overhead equipment, and electric rolling stock; the Senior Divisional Signal & Telecommunication Engineer (DSTE), handling signalling and telecommunication infrastructure; the Senior Divisional Operations Manager (DOM), managing train operations and traffic control; the Senior Divisional Finance Manager (DFM), managing accounting and financial matters; the Senior Divisional Commercial Manager (DCM), handling passenger and freight commercial operations; the Senior Divisional Personnel Officer (DPO), managing human resources; the Senior Divisional Safety Officer (DSO), ensuring operational safety; the Senior Divisional Material Manager (DMM), managing material stores; the Chief Medical Superintendent (CMS), providing healthcare facilities; and the Senior Divisional Security Commissioner (DSC), handling security matters. This framework ensures that divisions have operational autonomy while maintaining technical and functional coordination with zonal and central authorities. === List of Divisions === The following is a list of all railway divisions of Indian Railways, organized by zone. ==== Central Railway (CR) ==== * Mumbai CR Division * Bhusaval Division * Nagpur Division * Solapur Division * Pune Division ==== Eastern Railway (ER) ==== * Asansol Division * Howrah Division * Malda Division * Sealdah Division * Kolkata Division ==== East Central Railway (ECR) ==== * Sonpur Division * Samastipur Division * Danapur Division * Dhanbad Division * Pt. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Division (formerly Mughalsarai) * Hajipur Division ==== East Coast Railway (ECoR) ==== * Khurda Road Division * Sambalpur Division * Rayagada Division * Bhubaneshwar Division ==== Northern Railway (NR) ==== * Ambala Division * New Delhi Division * Lucknow Division * Moradabad Division * Firozpur Division * Jammu Division ==== North Central Railway (NCR) – Prayagraj ==== * Prayagraj Division * Agra Division * Jhansi Division ==== North Eastern Railway (NER) ==== * Lucknow Division * Izzatnagar Division * Varanasi Division * Gorakhpur Division ==== Northeast Frontier Railway (NFR) ==== * Alipurduar Division * Katihar Division * Lumding Division * Rangiya Division * Tinsukia Division * Guwahati Division ==== North Western Railway (NWR) ==== * Ajmer Division * Bikaner Division * Jaipur Division * Jodhpur Division ==== Southern Railway (SR) ==== * Chennai Division * Madurai Division * Palakkad Division * Tiruchchirappalli Division * Thiruvananthapuram Division * Salem Division ==== South Central Railway (SCR) ==== * Hyderabad Division * Nanded Division * Secunderabad Division ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) ==== * Visakhapatnam Division (formerly Waltair) * Vijayawada Division * Guntur Division * Guntakal Division ==== South Eastern Railway (SER) ==== * Adra Division * Chakradharpur Division * Kharagpur Division * Ranchi Division ==== South East Central Railway (SECR) ==== * Raipur Division * Nagpur Division * Bilaspur Division ==== South Western Railway (SWR) ==== * Bengaluru Division * Hubballi Division * Mysuru Division ==== Western Railway (WR) ==== * Mumbai Central Division * Vadodara Division * Ratlam Division * Ahmedabad Division * Rajkot Division * Bhavnagar Division ==== West Central Railway (WCR) ==== * Bhopal Division * Jabalpur Division * Kota Division ==== Konkan Railway (KR) ==== * Ratnagiri Division * Karwar Division * Navi Mumbai Division ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata (KMRC) ==== * (No divisions. It operates as a single integrated urban transit network) This divisional framework enables Indian Railways to manage its vast network efficiently through decentralized administration while actually maintaining coordination through zonal and central oversight. [[Category:Indian recipes]] l0myu0fd3exw8ageand61fwdgjhrs1g 4671143 4671094 2026-09-19T11:40:34Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671143 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Railway Zones == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Organizational Structure === Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). The DRM serves as the chief executive of a railway division and is responsible for managing and administering a particular geographical area. Key responsibilities include ensuring punctuality and safety of all passenger and freight trains passing through or originating within the division, monitoring train movements, managing line capacity, and resolving disruptions. DRMs oversee efficient movement of wagons and coaches, ensuring optimal utilization of rolling stock, and managing yard operations. They coordinate maintenance of tracks, bridges, stations, and other fixed assets through various engineering departments. Commercial operations including passenger ticketing, freight booking, fare collection, and customer service also fall under their purview. DRMs ensure safety of train operations and security of railway material, passengers, and belongings, while managing personnel matters, discipline, and welfare of divisional staff. Within each division, functional departments are represented by senior divisional officers who report both to the DRM and to their respective zonal Heads of Departments (HODs). These include the Senior Divisional Engineer (DEN), responsible for maintenance of fixed assets including tracks, bridges, and buildings; the Senior Divisional Mechanical Engineer (DMME), who oversees maintenance of diesel locomotives, carriage, and wagon fleets; the Senior Divisional Electrical Engineer (DEE), managing station lighting, power supply, overhead equipment, and electric rolling stock; the Senior Divisional Signal & Telecommunication Engineer (DSTE), handling signalling and telecommunication infrastructure; the Senior Divisional Operations Manager (DOM), managing train operations and traffic control; the Senior Divisional Finance Manager (DFM), managing accounting and financial matters; the Senior Divisional Commercial Manager (DCM), handling passenger and freight commercial operations; the Senior Divisional Personnel Officer (DPO), managing human resources; the Senior Divisional Safety Officer (DSO), ensuring operational safety; the Senior Divisional Material Manager (DMM), managing material stores; the Chief Medical Superintendent (CMS), providing healthcare facilities; and the Senior Divisional Security Commissioner (DSC), handling security matters. This framework ensures that divisions have operational autonomy while maintaining technical and functional coordination with zonal and central authorities. === List of Divisions === The following is a list of all railway divisions of Indian Railways, organized by zone. ==== Central Railway (CR) ==== * Mumbai CR Division * Bhusaval Division * Nagpur Division * Solapur Division * Pune Division ==== Eastern Railway (ER) ==== * Asansol Division * Howrah Division * Malda Division * Sealdah Division * Kolkata Division ==== East Central Railway (ECR) ==== * Sonpur Division * Samastipur Division * Danapur Division * Dhanbad Division * Pt. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Division (formerly Mughalsarai) * Hajipur Division ==== East Coast Railway (ECoR) ==== * Khurda Road Division * Sambalpur Division * Rayagada Division * Bhubaneshwar Division ==== Northern Railway (NR) ==== * Ambala Division * New Delhi Division * Lucknow Division * Moradabad Division * Firozpur Division * Jammu Division ==== North Central Railway (NCR) – Prayagraj ==== * Prayagraj Division * Agra Division * Jhansi Division ==== North Eastern Railway (NER) ==== * Lucknow Division * Izzatnagar Division * Varanasi Division * Gorakhpur Division ==== Northeast Frontier Railway (NFR) ==== * Alipurduar Division * Katihar Division * Lumding Division * Rangiya Division * Tinsukia Division * Guwahati Division ==== North Western Railway (NWR) ==== * Ajmer Division * Bikaner Division * Jaipur Division * Jodhpur Division ==== Southern Railway (SR) ==== * Chennai Division * Madurai Division * Palakkad Division * Tiruchchirappalli Division * Thiruvananthapuram Division * Salem Division ==== South Central Railway (SCR) ==== * Hyderabad Division * Nanded Division * Secunderabad Division ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) ==== * Visakhapatnam Division (formerly Waltair) * Vijayawada Division * Guntur Division * Guntakal Division ==== South Eastern Railway (SER) ==== * Adra Division * Chakradharpur Division * Kharagpur Division * Ranchi Division ==== South East Central Railway (SECR) ==== * Raipur Division * Nagpur Division * Bilaspur Division ==== South Western Railway (SWR) ==== * Bengaluru Division * Hubballi Division * Mysuru Division ==== Western Railway (WR) ==== * Mumbai Central Division * Vadodara Division * Ratlam Division * Ahmedabad Division * Rajkot Division * Bhavnagar Division ==== West Central Railway (WCR) ==== * Bhopal Division * Jabalpur Division * Kota Division ==== Konkan Railway (KR) ==== * Ratnagiri Division * Karwar Division * Navi Mumbai Division ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata (KMRC) ==== * (No divisions. It operates as a single integrated urban transit network) This divisional framework enables Indian Railways to manage its vast network efficiently through decentralized administration while actually maintaining coordination through zonal and central oversight. [[Category:Indian recipes]] mhmus7dvnfxp7y22mfg6wtuln46t7kr 4671147 4671143 2026-09-19T11:41:22Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671147 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''', one of the world's largest railway networks, is organized into 19 operational geographical zones (as of 2026), each headed by a General Manager who reports to the Railway Board. These zones are semi-autonomous administrative units that manage train operations, infrastructure maintenance, and commercial activities within their respective territories. The zonal system allows for decentralized management of India's vast railway network, which spans over 68,000 route kilometers across the country. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_organisational_structure#Zonal_management|Indian Railways Zones and Divisions]]'' == Historical Background == The evolution of Indian Railways' zonal structure reflects the country's journey from private railway companies to a unified national system. In 1944, the Government of India took over all existing railway companies that were operating across the subcontinent. This nationalization laid the groundwork for systematic reorganization of the railway administration. In December 1950, the Central Advisory Committee for Railways approved a plan to reorganize Indian Railways into six regional zones. This reorganization came into effect in 1951–1952, when the first six zones were created: Southern Railway (April 14, 1951), Central Railway (November 5, 1951), Western Railway (November 5, 1951), Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952), Northern Railway (April 14, 1952), and North Eastern Railway (April 14, 1952). The number of zones expanded gradually over subsequent decades. South Eastern Railway was formed on August 1, 1955, followed by Northeast Frontier Railway on January 15, 1958. South Central Railway was carved out from portions of Southern and Central Railways on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966), to provide some dedicated administrative focus to the Andhra Pradesh corridor. The most significant expansion occurred in the early 2000s. On October 1, 2002, two new zones were created: North Western Railway and East Central Railway. Then, on April 1 and April 3, 2003, five additional zones began operations: West Central Railway, South East Central Railway, East Coast Railway, North Central Railway, and South Western Railway. This brought the total to 16 zones. Konkan Railway, which had been operating as a separate entity since 1990, was formally integrated as a zone. Metro Railway, Kolkata was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019), making it the newest zone at that time. The most recent addition is South Coast Railway, which was announced on February 17, 2019, and became operational on June 1, 2026, bringing the total to 19 zones. == Organizational Structure == Indian Railways operates under a matrix organization where functional branches are under dual control i.e., both zonal and central. The Railway Board, established in March 1905 under the Indian Railway Board Act, serves as the apex body overseeing all railway operations. The Board has undergone several reorganizations, most recently in December 2019 when its size was reduced from eight to five members. Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). As of 2024–2025, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across all zones. Within each zone, functional departments are represented by Heads of Departments (HODs) responsible for specific functions such as engineering, mechanical, electrical, operations, commercial, personnel, medical, and security. These HODs include Principal Chief Engineer (PCE), Principal Chief Mechanical Engineer (PCME), Principal Chief Electrical Engineer (PCEE), Principal Chief Operations Manager (PCOM), Principal Chief Commercial Manager (PCCM), Principal Chief Personnel Officer (PCPO), and others. Divisional managers work alongside these functional heads. Staff are classified into gazetted (Groups A and B) and non-gazetted (Groups C) categories. Group A officers, who constitute about 1.5% of the workforce, are primarily recruited through the Indian Railways Management Service (IRMS) via the Civil Services Examination or Engineering Services Examination. Group B employees are promoted from Group C, while Group C staff are recruited through Railway Recruitment Control Board examinations. == The Zones of Indian Railways == [[File:Indian Railway zones.svg|thumb|270x270px|'''''Credit: Superbenjamin.''''' The 18 zones of Indian Railways on a map. (Metro Railway Kolkata zone isn't shown)]] Indian Railways currently comprises 19 operational zones, each serving specific geographical regions. The zones vary significantly in size, route length, and number of divisions. === The Six Main Zones === These were the first six zones to be created. ==== Northern Railway ==== Northern Railway, headquartered in Delhi, was established on April 14, 1952. It is one of the largest zones by route length, covering approximately 7,363 kilometers. The zone operates across Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. Northern Railway comprises six divisions: Ambala, Delhi, Firozpur, Lucknow, Moradabad, and Jammu. The zone plays a critical role in connecting the national capital to northern and northwestern India. ==== Southern Railway ==== Southern Railway, headquartered in Chennai, was the first zone formed on April 14, 1951 (some sources say April 14, 1950). It covers Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Puducherry, and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka, with a route length of 5,093 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Chennai, Madurai, Palakkad, Salem, Thiruvananthapuram, and Tiruchirappalli. SR is easily the oldest and most established zone, serving the southern peninsula. ==== Western Railway ==== Western Railway, headquartered at Mumbai Churchgate, was established on November 5, 1951. It covers Gujarat, parts of Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan, with a route length of 6,156 kilometers. The zone has six divisions: Ahmedabad, Bhavnagar, Mumbai WR, Rajkot, Ratlam, and Vadodara. WR is one of the busiest zones, handling substantial suburban traffic in Mumbai and Ahmedabad, ==== Central Railway ==== Central Railway is headquartered at Mumbai CSMT (Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus) and was formed on November 5, 1951. It covers Maharashtra, parts of Madhya Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 4,203 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Bhusawal, Mumbai CR, Nagpur, Pune, and Solapur. CR serves as a critical link between western and central India and even has a Rajdhani named after it. (It is called CR Rajdhani) ==== Eastern Railway ==== Eastern Railway is headquartered in Kolkata and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers West Bengal, Jharkhand, and parts of Odisha and Bihar, with a route length of 2,823 kilometers. The zone comprises four divisions: Asansol, Howrah, Malda, and Sealdah. ER serves the densely populated and industrialized regions of eastern India, including the Kolkata metropolitan area which contains both Howrah and Sealdah stations. ==== North Eastern Railway ==== North Eastern Railway is headquartered in Gorakhpur and was formed on April 14, 1952. It covers eastern Uttar Pradesh and parts of Bihar, with a route length of approximately 3,470 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Izzatnagar, Lucknow, and Varanasi. NER serves important pilgrimage centers and agricultural regions in the Purvanchal area. It got cut in half because of the formation of the Northeast Frontier Railways zone. === The Other Main Zones === These were the other important zones created after the six main zones. ==== Northeast Frontier Railway ==== Northeast Frontier Railway, headquartered in Guwahati, was established on January 15, 1958. It serves the entire northeastern region of India, covering Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Tripura, and parts of West Bengal and Bihar. With a route length of 4,348 kilometers, NFR operates five divisions: Alipurduar, Katihar, Lumding, Rangiya, and Tinsukia. The zone faces unique operational challenges due to the region's difficult terrain and weather conditions and yet, it gains profit. ==== Southeastern Railway ==== South Eastern Railway, headquartered at Garden Reach in Kolkata, was established on August 1, 1955. It covers parts of West Bengal, Jharkhand, and Odisha, with a route length of 2,758 kilometers. The zone has four divisions: Adra, Chakradharpur, Kharagpur, and Ranchi. SER is known for its mineral-rich territory, handling significant freight traffic related to coal and iron ore along the Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC). ==== South Central Railway ==== South Central Railway is headquartered in Secunderabad and was formed on October 2, 1965 (operational from 1966). It serves Telangana, parts of Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka, with a route length of 3,572 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Secunderabad, Hyderabad, and Nanded. SCR was carved out from Southern and Central Railways to provide focused administration to the Andhra region. ==== East Central Railway ==== East Central Railway is headquartered in Hajipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Bihar and Jharkhand, with a route length of 4,238 kilometers. The zone comprises five divisions: Danapur, Dhanbad, Mughalsarai, Samastipur, and Sonpur. ECR was carved out from Eastern and North Eastern Railways to better serve Bihar. It was one of the most important zonal expansions. ==== North Western Railway ==== North Western Railway is headquartered in Jaipur and was formed on October 1, 2002. It covers Rajasthan and parts of Gujarat, Punjab, and Haryana, with a route length of 5,705 kilometers. The zone comprises of four divisions: Ajmer, Bikaner, Jaipur, and Jodhpur. NWR was carved out from Northern and Western Railways to better serve the Rajasthan region. === The Extra Zones === These were zones which were made as an extra addition to the zonal expansion. ==== South Western Railway ==== South Western Railway, which is headquartered in Hubballi, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Karnataka and parts of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with a route length of 3,692 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Bengaluru, Hubballi, and Mysuru. SWR was created to provide focused administration to Karnataka's railway network as there is lots of traffic in Bengaluru and Hubballi junctions. ==== West Central Railway ==== West Central Railway is headquartered in Jabalpur and was formed on April 3, 2003. It covers Madhya Pradesh and parts of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, with a route length of 3,060 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bhopal, Jabalpur, and Kota. WCR was carved out from Central and Western Railways for more coordinated administration across Madhya Pradesh. ==== North Central Railway ==== North Central Railway, headquartered in Prayagraj (formerly Allahabad), was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Uttar Pradesh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, with a route length of 3,522 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Agra, Jhansi, and Prayagraj. NCR was formed from portions of Northern and Central Railways for administration and expansion purposes. ==== South East Central Railway ==== South East Central Railway is headquartered in Bilaspur and was formed on April 1, 2003. It covers Chhattisgarh and parts of Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Jharkhand, with a route length of 2,396 kilometers. The zone comprises three divisions: Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Raipur. SECR was carved out from South Eastern and Central Railways to serve the mineral-rich Chhattisgarh region. ==== East Coast Railway ==== East Coast Railway, headquartered in Bhubaneswar, was established on April 3, 2003. It covers Odisha and parts of Andhra Pradesh, with a route length of 2,701 kilometers. The zone has three divisions: Khurda Road, Sambalpur, and Rayagada. ECoR was formed from portions of South Eastern and South Central Railways. It is one of the only three coastal railway zones. === The Most Recently Added Zones === These were added recently to the Zonal Railways of India. (Top 3) ==== Konkan Railway ==== Konkan Railway, headquartered in Navi Mumbai (CBD Belapur), was formally integrated as a zone on July 19, 1990. It covers the Konkan coastal region of Maharashtra, Goa, and Karnataka, with a route length of 756 kilometers. The zone has two divisions: Ratnagiri and Karwar. Konkan Railway is known for its engineering marvels, including numerous bridges and tunnels through the Western Ghats. ==== South Coast Railway ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) is the newest and 18th operational zone of Indian Railways (often referred to as Zone 17 in some counting systems that exclude Metro Railway or Konkan Railway). The zone was officially constituted and began operations on June 1, 2026, with its headquarters in Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. SCoR was carved from three different railway zones to manage Andhra Pradesh. ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata ==== [[File:Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake 5.jpg|thumb|320x320px|'''''Credit: ArnabSaha.''''' A Kolkata Metro CRRC Dalian rake. ]] Metro Railway, Kolkata, headquartered in Kolkata, was declared the 17th zone on December 19, 2010 (operational from 2019). KMRC operates the Kolkata Metro network, with a route length of 73.2 kilometers and 58 stations. The zone has no divisions and operates five metro lines (Blue, Green, Purple, Orange, and Yellow) with both broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. Metro Railway handles urban rapid transit in the Kolkata metropolitan area. It is the smallest railway zone in India that just so happens to be a metro network too. == Divisions of Indian Railways == As of 2025–2026, there are 68 to 69 operating divisions across 19 zones, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM) who is responsible for day-to-day operations, maintenance, and administration within their division. This divisional structure enables decentralized management while maintaining coordination through zonal and central authorities. === Organizational Structure === Each zonal railway is headed by a General Manager who reports directly to the Railway Board. Zones are further subdivided into divisions, each headed by a Divisional Railway Manager (DRM). The DRM serves as the chief executive of a railway division and is responsible for managing and administering a particular geographical area. Key responsibilities include ensuring punctuality and safety of all passenger and freight trains passing through or originating within the division, monitoring train movements, managing line capacity, and resolving disruptions. DRMs oversee efficient movement of wagons and coaches, ensuring optimal utilization of rolling stock, and managing yard operations. They coordinate maintenance of tracks, bridges, stations, and other fixed assets through various engineering departments. Commercial operations including passenger ticketing, freight booking, fare collection, and customer service also fall under their purview. DRMs ensure safety of train operations and security of railway material, passengers, and belongings, while managing personnel matters, discipline, and welfare of divisional staff. Within each division, functional departments are represented by senior divisional officers who report both to the DRM and to their respective zonal Heads of Departments (HODs). These include the Senior Divisional Engineer (DEN), responsible for maintenance of fixed assets including tracks, bridges, and buildings; the Senior Divisional Mechanical Engineer (DMME), who oversees maintenance of diesel locomotives, carriage, and wagon fleets; the Senior Divisional Electrical Engineer (DEE), managing station lighting, power supply, overhead equipment, and electric rolling stock; the Senior Divisional Signal & Telecommunication Engineer (DSTE), handling signalling and telecommunication infrastructure; the Senior Divisional Operations Manager (DOM), managing train operations and traffic control; the Senior Divisional Finance Manager (DFM), managing accounting and financial matters; the Senior Divisional Commercial Manager (DCM), handling passenger and freight commercial operations; the Senior Divisional Personnel Officer (DPO), managing human resources; the Senior Divisional Safety Officer (DSO), ensuring operational safety; the Senior Divisional Material Manager (DMM), managing material stores; the Chief Medical Superintendent (CMS), providing healthcare facilities; and the Senior Divisional Security Commissioner (DSC), handling security matters. This framework ensures that divisions have operational autonomy while maintaining technical and functional coordination with zonal and central authorities. === List of Divisions === The following is a list of all railway divisions of Indian Railways, organized by zone. ==== Central Railway (CR) ==== * Mumbai CR Division * Bhusaval Division * Nagpur Division * Solapur Division * Pune Division ==== Eastern Railway (ER) ==== * Asansol Division * Howrah Division * Malda Division * Sealdah Division * Kolkata Division ==== East Central Railway (ECR) ==== * Sonpur Division * Samastipur Division * Danapur Division * Dhanbad Division * Pt. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Division (formerly Mughalsarai) * Hajipur Division ==== East Coast Railway (ECoR) ==== * Khurda Road Division * Sambalpur Division * Rayagada Division * Bhubaneshwar Division ==== Northern Railway (NR) ==== * Ambala Division * New Delhi Division * Lucknow Division * Moradabad Division * Firozpur Division * Jammu Division ==== North Central Railway (NCR) – Prayagraj ==== * Prayagraj Division * Agra Division * Jhansi Division ==== North Eastern Railway (NER) ==== * Lucknow Division * Izzatnagar Division * Varanasi Division * Gorakhpur Division ==== Northeast Frontier Railway (NFR) ==== * Alipurduar Division * Katihar Division * Lumding Division * Rangiya Division * Tinsukia Division * Guwahati Division ==== North Western Railway (NWR) ==== * Ajmer Division * Bikaner Division * Jaipur Division * Jodhpur Division ==== Southern Railway (SR) ==== * Chennai Division * Madurai Division * Palakkad Division * Tiruchchirappalli Division * Thiruvananthapuram Division * Salem Division ==== South Central Railway (SCR) ==== * Hyderabad Division * Nanded Division * Secunderabad Division ==== South Coast Railway (SCoR) ==== * Visakhapatnam Division (formerly Waltair) * Vijayawada Division * Guntur Division * Guntakal Division ==== South Eastern Railway (SER) ==== * Adra Division * Chakradharpur Division * Kharagpur Division * Ranchi Division ==== South East Central Railway (SECR) ==== * Raipur Division * Nagpur Division * Bilaspur Division ==== South Western Railway (SWR) ==== * Bengaluru Division * Hubballi Division * Mysuru Division ==== Western Railway (WR) ==== * Mumbai Central Division * Vadodara Division * Ratlam Division * Ahmedabad Division * Rajkot Division * Bhavnagar Division ==== West Central Railway (WCR) ==== * Bhopal Division * Jabalpur Division * Kota Division ==== Konkan Railway (KR) ==== * Ratnagiri Division * Karwar Division * Navi Mumbai Division ==== Metro Railway, Kolkata (KMRC) ==== * (No divisions. It operates as a single integrated urban transit network) This divisional framework enables Indian Railways to manage its vast network efficiently through decentralized administration while actually maintaining coordination through zonal and central oversight. [[Category:Indian recipes]] fylcpwxbedocpteozf78y82sfwyeznm 0 485719 4671091 2026-09-19T03:44:56Z ~2026-50536-29 3626302 Added 1℧,1⊞ and 1⦵ 4671091 wikitext text/x-wiki 1mic 1dumic 1temic 1qawmic 1qinmic 1ocmic 1nonmic 1demic 1cemic 1nan 1denan 1cenan 1x 1y 1a 1be 1gam 1pe 1♈️ 1♉️ -part 2- 1♊️ 1♋️ 1♌️ 1♍️ 1♎️ 1¤ 1☆ 1○ 1● 1♏️ 1π 1田 1∠ 1⿰ 1∫λ 1pic 1∮ 1℧𖣠 1℧̴̻̄℧̷̉ͅ 1⟳ Fϕ¹(10) Fϕ²(10) 1℧ 1⊞ Fϕ¹⁰(10) Tree(3) SSCG(3) Scg(3) Ov Urov Finity 1⦵ ∞ ∞-Ω soon. r3g6aabhvipv993y50rvz6c176n6z9r 4671096 4671091 2026-09-19T04:51:26Z Minorax 3226541 Requesting speedy deletion (No useful content). (TwinkleGlobal) 4671096 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Delete|1=No useful content}} 1mic 1dumic 1temic 1qawmic 1qinmic 1ocmic 1nonmic 1demic 1cemic 1nan 1denan 1cenan 1x 1y 1a 1be 1gam 1pe 1♈️ 1♉️ -part 2- 1♊️ 1♋️ 1♌️ 1♍️ 1♎️ 1¤ 1☆ 1○ 1● 1♏️ 1π 1田 1∠ 1⿰ 1∫λ 1pic 1∮ 1℧𖣠 1℧̴̻̄℧̷̉ͅ 1⟳ Fϕ¹(10) Fϕ²(10) 1℧ 1⊞ Fϕ¹⁰(10) Tree(3) SSCG(3) Scg(3) Ov Urov Finity 1⦵ ∞ ∞-Ω soon. jmvldvwqrr6j0ho4hpk1rq0ind8mn74 110 485720 4671095 2026-09-19T04:48:16Z TechVindicator 3626296 Created page with "[[File:Flag of the Central African Republic.svg|thumb|Flag of the Central African Republic|300px]] The Central African Republic, commonly abbreviated CAR, is a country in Central Africa. The country borders Chad, Cameroon, the Republic of the Congo, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, South Sudan, and Sudan. The capital city of the Central African Republic is Bangui, which is also the country's largest city. The currency of the Central African Republic is the CFA franc..." 4671095 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Flag of the Central African Republic.svg|thumb|Flag of the Central African Republic|300px]] The Central African Republic, commonly abbreviated CAR, is a country in Central Africa. The country borders Chad, Cameroon, the Republic of the Congo, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, South Sudan, and Sudan. The capital city of the Central African Republic is Bangui, which is also the country's largest city. The currency of the Central African Republic is the CFA franc, which is also used by five other Central African nations; Cameroon, Chad, Republic of the Congo, Equatorial Guinea and Gabon. == Central African Republic's History == The Central African Republic as we know today was originally a colony of France, and gained independence from France on the 13th of August 1960, previously being an autonomous part of France in 1958. During 1976 and 1979, the name of the Central African Republic was the Central African Empire, after the then president of the Central African Republic, Jean-Bédel Bokassa, proclaimed himself as the emperor of Central Africa. == Central African Republic's Geography == The Central African Republic borders six African countries, and it is located in the centre of Africa, north of the Equator. The capital city, Bangui, borders the Ubangi River, which separates Bangui and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. == Central African Republic's People == The official languages of the Central African Republic are Sango and French. The current president of the Central African Republic is Faustin-Archange Touadéra, who became the president of the Central African Republic in 2016, having previously been the prime minister. Other famous politicians include: *Felix Moloua - the current prime minister of the Central African Republic. *Simplice Sarandji - the current leader of the National Assembly. *David Dacko - the first president of the Central African Republic. == Central African Republic's Sights == The Central African Republic has two UNESCO World Heritage Sites. These are: *Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park *Sangha Trinational - This UNESCO world heritage site is divided with two other countries; Republic of the Congo and Cameroon. s9d7xf93r7dofm2r2y42ya2rqvm56by 4671097 4671095 2026-09-19T04:56:37Z TechVindicator 3626296 +more images 4671097 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Flag of the Central African Republic.svg|thumb|Flag of the Central African Republic|300px]] The Central African Republic, commonly abbreviated CAR, is a country in Central Africa. The country borders Chad, Cameroon, the Republic of the Congo, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, South Sudan, and Sudan. The capital city of the Central African Republic is Bangui, which is also the country's largest city. The currency of the Central African Republic is the CFA franc, which is also used by five other Central African nations; Cameroon, Chad, Republic of the Congo, Equatorial Guinea and Gabon. == Central African Republic's History == [[File:Bokassa portrait (cropped).jpg|thumb|Jean-Bédel Bokassa in 1970]] The Central African Republic as we know today was originally a colony of France, and gained independence from France on the 13th of August 1960, previously being an autonomous part of France in 1958. During 1976 and 1979, the name of the Central African Republic was the Central African Empire, after the then president of the Central African Republic, Jean-Bédel Bokassa, proclaimed himself as the emperor of Central Africa. == Central African Republic's Geography == The Central African Republic borders six African countries, and it is located in the centre of Africa, north of the Equator. The capital city, Bangui, borders the Ubangi River, which separates Bangui and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. == Central African Republic's People == The official languages of the Central African Republic are Sango and French. The current president of the Central African Republic is Faustin-Archange Touadéra, who became the president of the Central African Republic in 2016, having previously been the prime minister. Other famous politicians include: *Felix Moloua - the current prime minister of the Central African Republic. *Simplice Sarandji - the current leader of the National Assembly. *David Dacko - the first president of the Central African Republic. == Central African Republic's Sights == [[File:Manovo-Gounda St. Floris National Park map.png|thumb|The location of Manovo-Gounda St. Floris National Park on a map]] The Central African Republic has two UNESCO World Heritage Sites. These are: *Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park - an area known for biodiversity *Sangha Trinational - This UNESCO world heritage site is divided with two other countries; Republic of the Congo and Cameroon. 1wgi4b878x5d5q4zcv8bq3uxuosbhyo 4671099 4671097 2026-09-19T06:44:16Z TechVindicator 3626296 /* Central African Republic's History */ 4671099 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Flag of the Central African Republic.svg|thumb|Flag of the Central African Republic|300px]] The Central African Republic, commonly abbreviated CAR, is a country in Central Africa. The country borders Chad, Cameroon, the Republic of the Congo, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, South Sudan, and Sudan. The capital city of the Central African Republic is Bangui, which is also the country's largest city. The currency of the Central African Republic is the CFA franc, which is also used by five other Central African nations; Cameroon, Chad, Republic of the Congo, Equatorial Guinea and Gabon. == Central African Republic's History == [[File:Bokassa portrait (cropped).jpg|thumb|Jean-Bédel Bokassa in 1970]] The Central African Republic as we know today was originally a colony of France, and gained independence from France on the 13th of August 1960, with David Dacko being the first president. Previously, the Central African Republic was an autonomous (being able to govern itself) part of France. During 1976 and 1979, the name of the Central African Republic was the Central African Empire, after the then president of the Central African Republic and former member of the French Colonial Army, Jean-Bédel Bokassa, proclaimed himself as the emperor of Central Africa, which led to the name change. The coronation happened on the 4th of December, 1977, leading to Jean-Bédel Bokassa becoming Emperor Bokassa I. In 1979, Operation Caban happened, which was a plan backed by France to bring the Central African Republic, and Dacko back to power. This was successful, and Dacko was back in power. == Central African Republic's Geography == The Central African Republic borders six African countries, and it is located in the centre of Africa, north of the Equator. The capital city, Bangui, borders the Ubangi River, which separates Bangui and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. == Central African Republic's People == The official languages of the Central African Republic are Sango and French. The current president of the Central African Republic is Faustin-Archange Touadéra, who became the president of the Central African Republic in 2016, having previously been the prime minister. Other famous politicians include: *Felix Moloua - the current prime minister of the Central African Republic. *Simplice Sarandji - the current leader of the National Assembly. *David Dacko - the first president of the Central African Republic. == Central African Republic's Sights == [[File:Manovo-Gounda St. Floris National Park map.png|thumb|The location of Manovo-Gounda St. Floris National Park on a map]] The Central African Republic has two UNESCO World Heritage Sites. These are: *Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park - an area known for biodiversity *Sangha Trinational - This UNESCO world heritage site is divided with two other countries; Republic of the Congo and Cameroon. p5hdr7ac4jft1bte6u9vt2ydes63cgc 4671101 4671099 2026-09-19T06:56:51Z TechVindicator 3626296 /* Central African Republic's History */ 4671101 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Flag of the Central African Republic.svg|thumb|Flag of the Central African Republic|300px]] The Central African Republic, commonly abbreviated CAR, is a country in Central Africa. The country borders Chad, Cameroon, the Republic of the Congo, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, South Sudan, and Sudan. The capital city of the Central African Republic is Bangui, which is also the country's largest city. The currency of the Central African Republic is the CFA franc, which is also used by five other Central African nations; Cameroon, Chad, Republic of the Congo, Equatorial Guinea and Gabon. == Central African Republic's History == [[File:Bokassa portrait (cropped).jpg|thumb|Jean-Bédel Bokassa in 1970]] The Central African Republic as we know today was originally a colony of France, and gained independence from France on the 13th of August 1960, with David Dacko being the first president. Previously, the Central African Republic was an autonomous (being able to govern itself) part of France. During 1976 and 1979, the name of the Central African Republic was the Central African Empire, after the then president of the Central African Republic and former member of the French Colonial Army, Jean-Bédel Bokassa, proclaimed himself as the emperor of Central Africa, which led to the name change. The coronation happened on the 4th of December, 1977, leading to Jean-Bédel Bokassa becoming Emperor Bokassa I. In 1979, Operation Caban happened, which was a plan backed by France to bring the Central African Republic, and Dacko back to power. This was successful, and Dacko was back in power. However, just two years later, another coup would happen in the Central African Republic. This new coup, which was led by the rebels of the army of the Central African Republic, would be supported by France and was led by André Kolingba. This coup succeeded, and Kolingba became the new president. == Central African Republic's Geography == The Central African Republic borders six African countries, and it is located in the centre of Africa, north of the Equator. The capital city, Bangui, borders the Ubangi River, which separates Bangui and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. == Central African Republic's People == The official languages of the Central African Republic are Sango and French. The current president of the Central African Republic is Faustin-Archange Touadéra, who became the president of the Central African Republic in 2016, having previously been the prime minister. Other famous politicians include: *Felix Moloua - the current prime minister of the Central African Republic. *Simplice Sarandji - the current leader of the National Assembly. *David Dacko - the first president of the Central African Republic. == Central African Republic's Sights == [[File:Manovo-Gounda St. Floris National Park map.png|thumb|The location of Manovo-Gounda St. Floris National Park on a map]] The Central African Republic has two UNESCO World Heritage Sites. These are: *Manovo-Gounda St Floris National Park - an area known for biodiversity *Sangha Trinational - This UNESCO world heritage site is divided with two other countries; Republic of the Congo and Cameroon. nxc7z3jesvp4avm0l9wp4t6bm5hkb4v 0 485721 4671100 2026-09-19T06:52:54Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 Created page with "{{Navigation|previous=Indian Railways/Zonal Railways}}" 4671100 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navigation|previous=Indian Railways/Zonal Railways}} 3t9wxk4hlcd5ntvdbxhf1d2zvrqabxu 4671102 4671100 2026-09-19T06:57:04Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671102 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. tp55w73e05npkb3zvhvfyn7qruce87u 4671103 4671102 2026-09-19T07:06:37Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671103 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. == Types of Rolling Stock == s1kzerqa5zjvwrqkp1yv0ufbajq0jhh 4671104 4671103 2026-09-19T07:09:04Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671104 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stock == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Vehicles === Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service. A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. jpi8rcjsnf0nlsmh118jv1h5l7xf69o 4671105 4671104 2026-09-19T07:18:22Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671105 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. h2fvgkfrwa0vjlxhrum5rg5xo5rdieo 4671106 4671105 2026-09-19T07:22:59Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671106 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. fw009sjrhh9ekj1ul1v7jkkn3annzg2 4671108 4671106 2026-09-19T07:32:47Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671108 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. ikq52i1jzqfpirecnp2lyra0iy1arsi 4671111 4671108 2026-09-19T07:36:53Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671111 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. hkqdmv4z7w73rn7dguyufcnsu7uz7ci 4671114 4671111 2026-09-19T08:18:04Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671114 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. pd59jzxhlz0ryaqpqytlkxq8xw5fokd 4671116 4671114 2026-09-19T08:49:40Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671116 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. kcvf4fg2blmvsvaph6zd8q63a34kjfz 4671119 4671116 2026-09-19T10:19:40Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671119 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. p0m58hu98xl46bo2amcqk0cmlffdtom 4671126 4671119 2026-09-19T10:37:53Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671126 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. iyw6g21t27q2djwar2vai7iiebgo96g 4671127 4671126 2026-09-19T10:40:32Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671127 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. == Freight Wagons == A freight wagon is a railway vehicle used to carry goods. Wagons are designed according to the physical properties, weight, volume, loading method, unloading method, and safety requirements of their cargo. A wagon must support its load, withstand pulling and braking forces, remain stable on curves, and operate safely at the permitted speed. It must also be compatible with loading terminals and unloading equipment. Freight wagons may be open, covered, tank-type, flat, hopper-type, container-carrying, automobile-carrying, or specially designed for a particular commodity. Indian Railways uses many wagon types because the country transports a wide range of bulk and manufactured goods. The wagon fleet has changed over time as freight patterns, axle loads, loading technology, and logistics systems have developed. === Open Wagons === 9ehzsiraijh5n8o3zi552pbbokaf0e7 4671135 4671127 2026-09-19T11:05:10Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671135 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_coaching_stock|Indian railway coaching stock]]'' == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. == Freight Wagons == A freight wagon is a railway vehicle used to carry goods. Wagons are designed according to the physical properties, weight, volume, loading method, unloading method, and safety requirements of their cargo. A wagon must support its load, withstand pulling and braking forces, remain stable on curves, and operate safely at the permitted speed. It must also be compatible with loading terminals and unloading equipment. Freight wagons may be open, covered, tank-type, flat, hopper-type, container-carrying, automobile-carrying, or specially designed for a particular commodity. Indian Railways uses many wagon types because the country transports a wide range of bulk and manufactured goods. The wagon fleet has changed over time as freight patterns, axle loads, loading technology, and logistics systems have developed. === Open and Covered Wagons === ''See also: [[wikipedia:Open_wagon|Open wagon]]'' Open wagons have no permanent roof. They are suitable for goods that are not easily damaged by weather or can be protected by tarpaulins. [[File:28126 WAG-7 loco with empty freight rakes at Simhachalam 02.jpg|thumb|'''''Credit: Adityamadhav83.''''' Two open wagon goods trains (both coal trains) and one is pulled by a WAG-7. ]] They are widely used for bulk materials such as coal, minerals, stone, scrap, and other commodities. Some open wagons have doors, bottom discharge equipment, or special side arrangements. Open wagons can be loaded by conveyor, shovel, loader, hopper, or other mechanical systems. Their unloading method depends on the design and the receiving facility. Open wagons are also one of the most common freight wagons used in Indian Railways. They are mostly coal trains but other freight trains such as wood, paper, scrap and metal trains. Covered wagons have a roof and enclosed sides. They protect goods from rain, dust, sunlight, and some forms of contamination. They are suitable for food grains, bagged cement, fertilizers, manufactured goods, paper, packaged products, and other materials requiring protection. Covered wagons may have sliding doors, roller doors, end doors, or special loading openings. Their internal fittings may be adapted to prevent movement or damage to the cargo. Covered wagons are also one of the most common types of freight wagons found in India along with open wagons. === Hopper and Tank Wagons === Hopper wagons have sloping internal surfaces and discharge openings. They are designed to release bulk materials through gravity. Coal, ballast, ore, grain, and other materials can be handled efficiently using hopper wagons. Discharge may occur through bottom doors, side doors, or controlled outlet systems. The receiving terminal must have suitable tracks, pits, conveyors, hoppers, or unloading equipment. Hopper wagon design and terminal design therefore work together. k12hd6xg5zlbwyhojgvtb1bkceam272 4671136 4671135 2026-09-19T11:07:26Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671136 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_coaching_stock|Indian railway coaching stock]]'' == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. == Freight Wagons == A freight wagon is a railway vehicle used to carry goods. Wagons are designed according to the physical properties, weight, volume, loading method, unloading method, and safety requirements of their cargo. A wagon must support its load, withstand pulling and braking forces, remain stable on curves, and operate safely at the permitted speed. It must also be compatible with loading terminals and unloading equipment. Freight wagons may be open, covered, tank-type, flat, hopper-type, container-carrying, automobile-carrying, or specially designed for a particular commodity. Indian Railways uses many wagon types because the country transports a wide range of bulk and manufactured goods. The wagon fleet has changed over time as freight patterns, axle loads, loading technology, and logistics systems have developed. === Open and Covered Wagons === ''See also: [[wikipedia:Open_wagon|Open wagon]]'' Open wagons have no permanent roof. They are suitable for goods that are not easily damaged by weather or can be protected by tarpaulins. [[File:28126 WAG-7 loco with empty freight rakes at Simhachalam 02.jpg|thumb|'''''Credit: Adityamadhav83.''''' Two open wagon goods trains (both coal trains) and one is pulled by a WAG-7. ]] They are widely used for bulk materials such as coal, minerals, stone, scrap, and other commodities. Some open wagons have doors, bottom discharge equipment, or special side arrangements. Open wagons can be loaded by conveyor, shovel, loader, hopper, or other mechanical systems. Their unloading method depends on the design and the receiving facility. Open wagons are also one of the most common freight wagons used in Indian Railways. They are mostly coal trains but other freight trains such as wood, paper, scrap and metal trains. Covered wagons have a roof and enclosed sides. They protect goods from rain, dust, sunlight, and some forms of contamination. They are suitable for food grains, bagged cement, fertilizers, manufactured goods, paper, packaged products, and other materials requiring protection. Covered wagons may have sliding doors, roller doors, end doors, or special loading openings. Their internal fittings may be adapted to prevent movement or damage to the cargo. Covered wagons are also one of the most common types of freight wagons found in India along with open wagons. === Hopper and Tank Wagons === Hopper wagons have sloping internal surfaces and discharge openings. They are designed to release bulk materials through gravity. Coal, ballast, ore, grain, and other materials can be handled efficiently using hopper wagons. Discharge may occur through bottom doors, side doors, or controlled outlet systems. The receiving terminal must have suitable tracks, pits, conveyors, hoppers, or unloading equipment. Hopper wagon design and terminal design therefore work together. Tank wagons carry liquids, gases, powders, or other materials in a tank mounted on a railway underframe. Different tank wagons are designed for petroleum products, chemicals, water, liquefied gases, edible oils, and other substances. The tank material, pressure rating, valves, insulation, safety fittings, and labelling depend on the cargo. Tank wagon operations require strict attention to loading limits, pressure, leakage prevention, earthing, fire protection, brake equipment, and emergency procedures. Tank wagons are the third most common freight wagons in Indian Railways as they can carry milk, oil and water. == Multiple Unit Trains == cgmpclsxgrtlv6ej6ajhzyuvghz7a0g 4671138 4671136 2026-09-19T11:19:01Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671138 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_coaching_stock|Indian railway coaching stock]]'' == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. == Freight Wagons == A freight wagon is a railway vehicle used to carry goods. Wagons are designed according to the physical properties, weight, volume, loading method, unloading method, and safety requirements of their cargo. A wagon must support its load, withstand pulling and braking forces, remain stable on curves, and operate safely at the permitted speed. It must also be compatible with loading terminals and unloading equipment. Freight wagons may be open, covered, tank-type, flat, hopper-type, container-carrying, automobile-carrying, or specially designed for a particular commodity. Indian Railways uses many wagon types because the country transports a wide range of bulk and manufactured goods. The wagon fleet has changed over time as freight patterns, axle loads, loading technology, and logistics systems have developed. === Open and Covered Wagons === ''See also: [[wikipedia:Open_wagon|Open wagon]]'' Open wagons have no permanent roof. They are suitable for goods that are not easily damaged by weather or can be protected by tarpaulins. [[File:28126 WAG-7 loco with empty freight rakes at Simhachalam 02.jpg|thumb|'''''Credit: Adityamadhav83.''''' Two open wagon goods trains (both coal trains) and one is pulled by a WAG-7. ]] They are widely used for bulk materials such as coal, minerals, stone, scrap, and other commodities. Some open wagons have doors, bottom discharge equipment, or special side arrangements. Open wagons can be loaded by conveyor, shovel, loader, hopper, or other mechanical systems. Their unloading method depends on the design and the receiving facility. Open wagons are also one of the most common freight wagons used in Indian Railways. They are mostly coal trains but other freight trains such as wood, paper, scrap and metal trains. Covered wagons have a roof and enclosed sides. They protect goods from rain, dust, sunlight, and some forms of contamination. They are suitable for food grains, bagged cement, fertilizers, manufactured goods, paper, packaged products, and other materials requiring protection. Covered wagons may have sliding doors, roller doors, end doors, or special loading openings. Their internal fittings may be adapted to prevent movement or damage to the cargo. Covered wagons are also one of the most common types of freight wagons found in India along with open wagons. === Hopper and Tank Wagons === Hopper wagons have sloping internal surfaces and discharge openings. They are designed to release bulk materials through gravity. Coal, ballast, ore, grain, and other materials can be handled efficiently using hopper wagons. Discharge may occur through bottom doors, side doors, or controlled outlet systems. The receiving terminal must have suitable tracks, pits, conveyors, hoppers, or unloading equipment. Hopper wagon design and terminal design therefore work together. Tank wagons carry liquids, gases, powders, or other materials in a tank mounted on a railway underframe. Different tank wagons are designed for petroleum products, chemicals, water, liquefied gases, edible oils, and other substances. The tank material, pressure rating, valves, insulation, safety fittings, and labelling depend on the cargo. Tank wagon operations require strict attention to loading limits, pressure, leakage prevention, earthing, fire protection, brake equipment, and emergency procedures. Tank wagons are the third most common freight wagons in Indian Railways as they can carry milk, oil and water. == Multiple Unit Trains == A multiple-unit train is formed from several connected vehicles that operate together. Traction equipment is placed in one or more vehicles, and the train is controlled from a driving cab. Multiple-unit operation allows the driver to control all powered vehicles from one cab. This is useful for frequent-stop services because the train can accelerate quickly and does not need a separate locomotive at each end. Indian Railways operates electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and trainsets. Their designs differ in power source, interior arrangement, speed, range, and operating environment. === Electric Multiple Units (EMU) and Mainline Electric Multiple Units (MEMU) === An electric multiple unit receives power from an external electrical system and distributes traction equipment among several cars. EMU trains are widely used in suburban and regional services. They typically have many doors, high standing capacity, rapid boarding and alighting, and strong acceleration. An EMU formation may contain motor coaches, trailer coaches, driving coaches, or combinations of these. The exact formation depends on the electrical system and train design. EMU braking may combine air brakes with electrical braking. Regenerative braking can return energy to the electrical system when conditions permit. [[File:Delhi emu and memu.JPG|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: WillaMissionary.''''' To the left, (the green and yellow one), we have a MEMU from Delhi's suburban rail. To the right, (the red, blue and yellow one), we have an intercity EMU from Delhi. ]] A mainline electric multiple units is designed for longer-distance regional or intercity operation than a conventional suburban EMU. It may provide more seating, fewer doors, greater luggage capacity, toilets, air conditioning, or improved ride quality. Some mainline units are built as self-propelled passenger trains with driving cabs at both ends. The term MEMU is commonly used for mainline electric multiple units. MEMU services are useful on electrified routes where passengers require frequent regional connections without a locomotive-hauled formation. Many people however cannot differentiate between a MEMU (Mainline Electric Multiple Unit) and an EMU (Electric Multiple Unit). One difference is that EMUs are used in the rest of the world too, while MEMUs are an Indian Railways exclusive. jaa7ve93phzfub2cgfc40ugym2zk1rm 4671141 4671138 2026-09-19T11:36:01Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671141 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_coaching_stock|Indian railway coaching stock]]'' == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. == Freight Wagons == A freight wagon is a railway vehicle used to carry goods. Wagons are designed according to the physical properties, weight, volume, loading method, unloading method, and safety requirements of their cargo. A wagon must support its load, withstand pulling and braking forces, remain stable on curves, and operate safely at the permitted speed. It must also be compatible with loading terminals and unloading equipment. Freight wagons may be open, covered, tank-type, flat, hopper-type, container-carrying, automobile-carrying, or specially designed for a particular commodity. Indian Railways uses many wagon types because the country transports a wide range of bulk and manufactured goods. The wagon fleet has changed over time as freight patterns, axle loads, loading technology, and logistics systems have developed. === Open and Covered Wagons === ''See also: [[wikipedia:Open_wagon|Open wagon]]'' Open wagons have no permanent roof. They are suitable for goods that are not easily damaged by weather or can be protected by tarpaulins. [[File:28126 WAG-7 loco with empty freight rakes at Simhachalam 02.jpg|thumb|'''''Credit: Adityamadhav83.''''' Two open wagon goods trains (both coal trains) and one is pulled by a WAG-7. ]] They are widely used for bulk materials such as coal, minerals, stone, scrap, and other commodities. Some open wagons have doors, bottom discharge equipment, or special side arrangements. Open wagons can be loaded by conveyor, shovel, loader, hopper, or other mechanical systems. Their unloading method depends on the design and the receiving facility. Open wagons are also one of the most common freight wagons used in Indian Railways. They are mostly coal trains but other freight trains such as wood, paper, scrap and metal trains. Covered wagons have a roof and enclosed sides. They protect goods from rain, dust, sunlight, and some forms of contamination. They are suitable for food grains, bagged cement, fertilizers, manufactured goods, paper, packaged products, and other materials requiring protection. Covered wagons may have sliding doors, roller doors, end doors, or special loading openings. Their internal fittings may be adapted to prevent movement or damage to the cargo. Covered wagons are also one of the most common types of freight wagons found in India along with open wagons. === Hopper and Tank Wagons === Hopper wagons have sloping internal surfaces and discharge openings. They are designed to release bulk materials through gravity. Coal, ballast, ore, grain, and other materials can be handled efficiently using hopper wagons. Discharge may occur through bottom doors, side doors, or controlled outlet systems. The receiving terminal must have suitable tracks, pits, conveyors, hoppers, or unloading equipment. Hopper wagon design and terminal design therefore work together. Tank wagons carry liquids, gases, powders, or other materials in a tank mounted on a railway underframe. Different tank wagons are designed for petroleum products, chemicals, water, liquefied gases, edible oils, and other substances. The tank material, pressure rating, valves, insulation, safety fittings, and labelling depend on the cargo. Tank wagon operations require strict attention to loading limits, pressure, leakage prevention, earthing, fire protection, brake equipment, and emergency procedures. Tank wagons are the third most common freight wagons in Indian Railways as they can carry milk, oil and water. == Multiple Unit Trains == A multiple-unit train is formed from several connected vehicles that operate together. Traction equipment is placed in one or more vehicles, and the train is controlled from a driving cab. Multiple-unit operation allows the driver to control all powered vehicles from one cab. This is useful for frequent-stop services because the train can accelerate quickly and does not need a separate locomotive at each end. Indian Railways operates electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and trainsets. Their designs differ in power source, interior arrangement, speed, range, and operating environment. === Electric Multiple Units (EMU) and Mainline Electric Multiple Units (MEMU) === An electric multiple unit receives power from an external electrical system and distributes traction equipment among several cars. EMU trains are widely used in suburban and regional services. They typically have many doors, high standing capacity, rapid boarding and alighting, and strong acceleration. An EMU formation may contain motor coaches, trailer coaches, driving coaches, or combinations of these. The exact formation depends on the electrical system and train design. EMU braking may combine air brakes with electrical braking. Regenerative braking can return energy to the electrical system when conditions permit. [[File:Delhi emu and memu.JPG|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: WillaMissionary.''''' To the left, (the green and yellow one), we have a MEMU from Delhi's suburban rail. To the right, (the red, blue and yellow one), we have an intercity EMU from Delhi. ]] A mainline electric multiple units is designed for longer-distance regional or intercity operation than a conventional suburban EMU. It may provide more seating, fewer doors, greater luggage capacity, toilets, air conditioning, or improved ride quality. Some mainline units are built as self-propelled passenger trains with driving cabs at both ends. The term MEMU is commonly used for mainline electric multiple units. MEMU services are useful on electrified routes where passengers require frequent regional connections without a locomotive-hauled formation. Many people however cannot differentiate between a MEMU (Mainline Electric Multiple Unit) and an EMU (Electric Multiple Unit). One difference is that EMUs are used in the rest of the world too, while MEMUs are an Indian Railways exclusive. === Diesel Multiple Units (DMU) and Diesel Electric Multiple Units (DEMU) === A diesel multiple unit uses diesel engines distributed among one or more coaches. It does not require overhead electrical equipment. DMUs are suitable for non-electrified routes and regional passenger services. [[File:SC - MOB DEMU (23517623235).jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Belur Ashok.''''' A 9-year-old DEMU (Diesel Electric Multiple Unit) from Secunderabad to Manoharabad. ]] Diesel Multiple Units may have driving cabs, passenger coaches, power cars, and trailer cars in different combinations. DMUs can provide rapid acceleration and efficient service on lightly or moderately used routes. Their disadvantages include fuel consumption, exhaust emissions, engine noise, and the need for diesel maintenance facilities. A diesel electric multiple unit is a type of diesel multiple-unit train in which diesel engines generate electricity, and electric traction motors use that electricity to turn the wheels. It is therefore a specific type of DMU, not a completely separate category. Indian Railways describes DEMUs as self-propelled formations containing driving power cars and trailer cars. The diesel engine in a DEMU does not usually drive the wheels directly like DMUs. Instead, it drives an alternator or generator. The generator produces electrical energy, which passes through control equipment and traction converters to electric motors connected to the wheelsets. == Future == The future of Indian railway rolling stock is likely to involve greater electrification, more trainsets, improved passenger information systems, more energy-efficient equipment, better accessibility, stronger crashworthiness, and increased use of digital diagnostics. Freight wagons may become more specialised and may support higher axle loads, faster freight services, containerisation, automobile transport, and automated handling systems. Locomotives may receive improved traction converters, regenerative braking, remote diagnostics, energy monitoring, and hybrid or dual-mode capabilities. Maintenance is also becoming more data driven. Sensors and software can identify wheel defects, bearing temperature, vibration, brake conditions, electrical faults, and other problems before they lead to service failures. [[Category:Indian recipes]] rnkjrmybc2j6qv9r9fy7ucggdw9mrj4 4671142 4671141 2026-09-19T11:37:54Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 4671142 wikitext text/x-wiki == Introduction == '''Indian Railways''' has a rolling stock. Rolling stock is the general name for the railway vehicles that move on railway tracks. It includes vehicles that carry their own source of power and vehicles that must be hauled by another vehicle. In Indian Railways, rolling stock includes locomotives, coaches, wagons, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, trainsets, tower cars, power cars, inspection vehicles, shunting vehicles, track inspection vehicles, and other special-purpose vehicles. Indian Railways uses rolling stock for two main purposes. Passenger rolling stock transports people and their luggage, while freight rolling stock transports goods such as coal, iron ore, cement, food grains, petroleum products, containers, automobiles, and other materials. Locomotives and self-propelled train units provide the power needed to move these vehicles. The Indian Railway Rolling Stock Code defines rolling stock broadly to include coaches, wagons, locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, trainsets, mainline electric multiple units, tower cars, power cars, special-purpose coaches and wagons, and other railway vehicles. Rolling stock is designed according to its purpose. A high-speed passenger coach requires different construction, suspension, braking, and interior arrangements from a coal wagon. A shunting locomotive needs good low-speed pulling power, while a passenger locomotive may need high speed and rapid acceleration. ''See also: [[wikipedia:Indian_Railways_coaching_stock|Indian railway coaching stock]]'' == Types of Rolling Stocks == === Self-Propelled and Non-Self-Propelled Stocks === [[File:38436 (Panskaru-Howrah) EMU local.jpg|thumb|268x268px|'''''Credit: Smeet Chowdhury.''''' This is an EMU (Electric multiple unit) which is a self-propelled vehicle for intercity routes. (Train No. 38436) ]] Rolling stock can be divided into self-propelled and non-self-propelled vehicles. A self-propelled vehicle has its own equipment for producing or receiving motive power. Examples include locomotives, electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, railcars, battery vehicles, and some maintenance vehicles. A non-self-propelled vehicle cannot normally move independently over the railway. It must be hauled or pushed by a locomotive or another powered unit. Passenger coaches, freight wagons, parcel vans, brake vans, and many inspection vehicles belong to this group. The word “stock” refers to a vehicle or group of vehicles available for railway service (here). A passenger train may contain a locomotive, several coaches, a pantry car, luggage or brake vans, and sometimes a power car. A freight train may contain a locomotive or multiple locomotives and a large group of wagons. === Locomotives, Coaches and Special Stocks === [[File:An EF-12K at Kodigehalli Halt, Bengaluru.jpg|thumb|335x335px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' This is an EF12K. It is a locomotive which is just two older WAG-9 locomotives combined. ]] The principal groups of Indian railway rolling stock are locomotives, coaching stock, freight stock, multiple-unit stock, maintenance vehicles, and emergency or special-purpose vehicles. Locomotives provide the main hauling power for conventional trains. They may use diesel engines, electric traction equipment, batteries, or, in heritage service, steam engines. Coaching stock is used mainly for passengers. It includes sleeping coaches, sitting coaches, air-conditioned coaches, general coaches, chair cars, first-class coaches, pantry cars, luggage vans, brake vans, generator cars, parcel vans, postal vans, and special coaches. Freight stock consists mainly of wagons. Different wagons are designed for bulk goods, liquids, containers, automobiles, livestock, military equipment, cement, coal, grain, steel, and other commodities. Multiple-unit stock consists of vehicles in which traction equipment is distributed among one or more coaches. Electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and modern trainsets can operate without a separate locomotive in the usual way. Maintenance and special-purpose stock supports the railway itself. This group includes track machines, overhead-equipment inspection cars, tower cars, breakdown cranes, accident-relief vehicles, medical vans, inspection carriages, engineering vehicles, and departmental wagons. == Locomotives == A locomotive is a powered railway vehicle designed mainly to haul or move other railway vehicles. It normally does not carry passengers, although some locomotives may contain limited crew accommodation. Locomotives are attached to coaches or wagons using couplers. A locomotive may pull a train, push it, or move vehicles inside a yard. A locomotive used for moving vehicles short distances in a station or yard is called a shunter or switching locomotive. A locomotive used on the main line is designed for longer distances and higher speeds. Locomotives are classified according to their power source, gauge, intended duty, transmission system, axle arrangement, and power rating. Indian locomotive codes traditionally provide information about several of these features. The first letter generally identifies the gauge, the second identifies the motive power, and the third identifies the service or traffic role. === Steam Locomotives === [[File:883 IndiaGorakhpur 19931228.jpg|thumb|302x302px|'''''Credit: Nigel Tout.''''' This is a YP (Y for narrow gauge, P for passenger traffic) steam locomotive from 1993 at its retirement. ]] Steam locomotives use a boiler to produce steam. The steam drives pistons or turbines, which turn the driving wheels. Coal, oil, or another fuel is burned to heat water inside the boiler. They were historically important in India. They hauled passenger and freight trains for many decades before diesel and electric traction became dominant. Steam locomotives required regular attention to their boilers, water supply, fuel, lubrication, and mechanical parts. Steam locomotives are no longer the normal source of power for Indian Railways. A small number are preserved for heritage operation, special excursions, museums, or ceremonial use. They are valuable because they demonstrate an earlier stage of railway technology. The main advantages of steam locomotives were their ability to operate without external electrical infrastructure and their relatively simple fuel supply arrangements in the early railway era. Their disadvantages included heavy maintenance, low thermal efficiency, smoke, the need for frequent water and fuel stops, and the labor required to operate them. === Diesel Locomotives === Diesel locomotives use a diesel engine as their prime mover. In most large Indian diesel locomotives, the diesel engine drives an electric generator or alternator. The electricity then powers traction motors mounted on the locomotive’s axles. This arrangement is known as diesel-electric transmission. [[File:ERS WDP-4D Locomotive..jpg|thumb|266x266px|'''Credit: Kishlay RF.''' This is a WDP-4D (W for broad gauge, D for diesel power and P for passenger traffic) locomotive in Kochi. ]] A diesel-electric locomotive is not usually driven mechanically like a road vehicle. The diesel engine produces electrical power, while traction motors provide the turning force at the wheels. This allows the locomotive to produce high tractive effort and to control wheel rotation effectively. Diesel locomotives were introduced widely because they required less routine servicing than steam locomotives and could operate on routes without electric overhead equipment. They were especially useful during the transition from steam to electric traction. Diesel locomotives have been progressively replaced on many main lines by electric locomotives. They remain useful on non-electrified routes, in yards, for shunting, during maintenance work, and in situations where independent power is required. Indian diesel locomotive families have included passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, shunting, and dual-mode types. Examples of familiar Indian classifications include WDM locomotives for broad-gauge diesel mixed traffic, WDP locomotives for passenger service, WDG locomotives for freight service, and WDS locomotives for shunting. === Electric Locomotives === Electric locomotives receive electrical energy from an external supply system. On most electrified broad-gauge routes in India, electricity is supplied through overhead equipment. A pantograph on the locomotive touches the overhead wire and transfers electricity to the locomotive’s traction system. [[File:Indian Railways WAP-4 class electric locomotive..JPG|thumb|292x292px|'''Credit: Indian Railways.''' This is a very popular image of a WAP-4 (W for broad gauge, A for AC current and P for passenger traffic) locomotive with ICF Blue. ]] The locomotive converts the incoming electrical energy into mechanical power through traction motors. Modern electric locomotives use power electronics, transformers, converters, control systems, and regenerative or dynamic braking equipment. Electric locomotives have several important advantages. They can provide high power, strong acceleration, and high tractive effort. They do not carry fuel tanks or large diesel engines, and they produce no exhaust emissions at the point of use. Electric traction is particularly suitable for heavily used routes and long freight trains. Electric traction also requires substantial fixed infrastructure. The railway must provide overhead equipment, substations, switching systems, protection systems, maintenance facilities, and reliable electricity. Electric locomotives cannot normally operate independently on a route without compatible electrical equipment. Indian electric locomotives include passenger, freight, mixed-traffic, and shunting types. Common classifications include WAP for broad-gauge electric passenger locomotives, WAG for broad-gauge electric goods locomotives, and WAM for electric mixed-traffic locomotives. === Alternative-Powered Locomotives === Battery-powered railway vehicles store electrical energy in onboard batteries. They may be used for inspection, shunting, maintenance, station service, or other limited duties. Their use depends on battery capacity, charging facilities, vehicle weight, operating range, and local requirements. [[File:WDAP-5.jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Suvadeep Saha56.''''' This is a WDAP-5 locomotive (W for broad gauge, D for diesel locomotive, A for AC Current and P for passenger traffic). It is the only dual-mode locomotive in India. ]] Hybrid and dual-mode vehicles can use more than one source of power. A dual-mode locomotive may use electric power under overhead wires and diesel power where electrification is unavailable. Such vehicles can reduce the need to change locomotives at the boundary between electrified and non-electrified routes. Alternative-power railway technology may also include fuel-cell, hydrogen, or other low-emission systems in experimental or limited applications. The suitability of each technology depends on energy supply, infrastructure, cost, maintenance, and safety. == Passenger Coaches == A passenger coach is a railway vehicle designed to carry people. It may provide seats, sleeping berths, toilets, luggage space, heating, cooling, lighting, electrical outlets, food-service facilities, or accessibility features. Passenger coaches are built in different forms. Some are intended for short suburban journeys, while others are designed for overnight travel. Some provide air-conditioned accommodation, while others have open windows and simpler interiors. A coach may be self-generating or end-on-generating. In a self-generating coach, an alternator and axle-driven equipment produce electrical power as the coach moves. In an end-on-generation system, one or more power cars supply electricity to the entire rake through an electrical train line. Passenger coaches may be connected by vestibules. A vestibule is an enclosed passage between coaches that allows passengers and staff to move safely from one coach to another while the train is in motion. === ICF Coaches === ICF coaches were developed around the integral-coach design associated with the Integral Coach Factory. They became one of the most widely used passenger-coach designs in India. An ICF coach generally has a conventional body and bogie arrangement. It may use coil springs, air brakes, and other systems depending on its construction and later modifications. [[File:WDP-4 passing through Kodigehalli Halt in 2019 with Pink Flowers.jpg|thumb|310x310px|'''''Credit: ActStuffOGWiki.''''' These are ICF Uthkrisht coaches powered by a WDP-4 locomotive. ]] ICF coaches have been produced in many forms, including general coaches, sleeper coaches, air-conditioned coaches, chair cars, pantry cars, luggage vans, generator cars, and special-purpose vehicles. The ICF design served Indian Railways for a long period because it could be manufactured and maintained in large numbers. Many coaches received upgrades during their service lives, including improved braking, suspension, lighting, toilets, electrical systems, and interiors. === LHB Coaches === LHB means Linke Hofmann Busch, the name associated with the coach design developed in Germany and later produced for Indian Railways. LHB coaches use a different design from older ICF coaches. LHB coaches generally have stainless-steel bodies, FIAT-type bogies, disc brakes, improved suspension, and centre-buffer couplers. Their design provides improved crashworthiness and ride characteristics compared with older coach designs. [[File:Sangam Express with LHB coaches.jpg|thumb|253x253px|'''Credit: Ravi Dwivedi.''' LHB coaches of Sangam Express at some railway station. ]] LHB coaches are available in several passenger configurations. These include air-conditioned first class, air-conditioned two-tier sleeper, air-conditioned three-tier sleeper, air-conditioned chair car, executive chair car, non-air-conditioned chair car, sleeper, general seating, pantry, power, luggage, and brake-van variants. The exact capacity of a coach depends on its layout, seat or berth design, toilet arrangement, accessibility provisions, and production version. For example, commonly cited LHB configurations include approximately 52 berths for some air-conditioned two-tier coaches, 72 berths for some air-conditioned three-tier coaches, 78 seats for some chair cars, and 56 seats for some executive chair cars. These figures can vary by design and refurbishment. LHB coaches are often associated with higher-speed passenger services, but the actual permitted speed of a train depends on the coach type, locomotive, track, signalling, route conditions, maintenance status, and operating rules. == Freight Wagons == A freight wagon is a railway vehicle used to carry goods. Wagons are designed according to the physical properties, weight, volume, loading method, unloading method, and safety requirements of their cargo. A wagon must support its load, withstand pulling and braking forces, remain stable on curves, and operate safely at the permitted speed. It must also be compatible with loading terminals and unloading equipment. Freight wagons may be open, covered, tank-type, flat, hopper-type, container-carrying, automobile-carrying, or specially designed for a particular commodity. Indian Railways uses many wagon types because the country transports a wide range of bulk and manufactured goods. The wagon fleet has changed over time as freight patterns, axle loads, loading technology, and logistics systems have developed. === Open and Covered Wagons === ''See also: [[wikipedia:Open_wagon|Open wagon]]'' Open wagons have no permanent roof. They are suitable for goods that are not easily damaged by weather or can be protected by tarpaulins. [[File:28126 WAG-7 loco with empty freight rakes at Simhachalam 02.jpg|thumb|'''''Credit: Adityamadhav83.''''' Two open wagon goods trains (both coal trains) and one is pulled by a WAG-7. ]] They are widely used for bulk materials such as coal, minerals, stone, scrap, and other commodities. Some open wagons have doors, bottom discharge equipment, or special side arrangements. Open wagons can be loaded by conveyor, shovel, loader, hopper, or other mechanical systems. Their unloading method depends on the design and the receiving facility. Open wagons are also one of the most common freight wagons used in Indian Railways. They are mostly coal trains but other freight trains such as wood, paper, scrap and metal trains. Covered wagons have a roof and enclosed sides. They protect goods from rain, dust, sunlight, and some forms of contamination. They are suitable for food grains, bagged cement, fertilizers, manufactured goods, paper, packaged products, and other materials requiring protection. Covered wagons may have sliding doors, roller doors, end doors, or special loading openings. Their internal fittings may be adapted to prevent movement or damage to the cargo. Covered wagons are also one of the most common types of freight wagons found in India along with open wagons. === Hopper and Tank Wagons === Hopper wagons have sloping internal surfaces and discharge openings. They are designed to release bulk materials through gravity. Coal, ballast, ore, grain, and other materials can be handled efficiently using hopper wagons. Discharge may occur through bottom doors, side doors, or controlled outlet systems. The receiving terminal must have suitable tracks, pits, conveyors, hoppers, or unloading equipment. Hopper wagon design and terminal design therefore work together. Tank wagons carry liquids, gases, powders, or other materials in a tank mounted on a railway underframe. Different tank wagons are designed for petroleum products, chemicals, water, liquefied gases, edible oils, and other substances. The tank material, pressure rating, valves, insulation, safety fittings, and labelling depend on the cargo. Tank wagon operations require strict attention to loading limits, pressure, leakage prevention, earthing, fire protection, brake equipment, and emergency procedures. Tank wagons are the third most common freight wagons in Indian Railways as they can carry milk, oil and water. == Multiple Unit Trains == A multiple-unit train is formed from several connected vehicles that operate together. Traction equipment is placed in one or more vehicles, and the train is controlled from a driving cab. Multiple-unit operation allows the driver to control all powered vehicles from one cab. This is useful for frequent-stop services because the train can accelerate quickly and does not need a separate locomotive at each end. Indian Railways operates electric multiple units, mainline electric multiple units, diesel multiple units, and trainsets. Their designs differ in power source, interior arrangement, speed, range, and operating environment. === Electric Multiple Units (EMU) and Mainline Electric Multiple Units (MEMU) === An electric multiple unit receives power from an external electrical system and distributes traction equipment among several cars. EMU trains are widely used in suburban and regional services. They typically have many doors, high standing capacity, rapid boarding and alighting, and strong acceleration. An EMU formation may contain motor coaches, trailer coaches, driving coaches, or combinations of these. The exact formation depends on the electrical system and train design. EMU braking may combine air brakes with electrical braking. Regenerative braking can return energy to the electrical system when conditions permit. [[File:Delhi emu and memu.JPG|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: WillaMissionary.''''' To the left, (the green and yellow one), we have a MEMU from Delhi's suburban rail. To the right, (the red, blue and yellow one), we have an intercity EMU from Delhi. ]] A mainline electric multiple units is designed for longer-distance regional or intercity operation than a conventional suburban EMU. It may provide more seating, fewer doors, greater luggage capacity, toilets, air conditioning, or improved ride quality. Some mainline units are built as self-propelled passenger trains with driving cabs at both ends. The term MEMU is commonly used for mainline electric multiple units. MEMU services are useful on electrified routes where passengers require frequent regional connections without a locomotive-hauled formation. Many people however cannot differentiate between a MEMU (Mainline Electric Multiple Unit) and an EMU (Electric Multiple Unit). One difference is that EMUs are used in the rest of the world too, while MEMUs are an Indian Railways exclusive. === Diesel Multiple Units (DMU) and Diesel Electric Multiple Units (DEMU) === A diesel multiple unit uses diesel engines distributed among one or more coaches. It does not require overhead electrical equipment. DMUs are suitable for non-electrified routes and regional passenger services. [[File:SC - MOB DEMU (23517623235).jpg|thumb|267x267px|'''''Credit: Belur Ashok.''''' A 9-year-old DEMU (Diesel Electric Multiple Unit) from Secunderabad to Manoharabad. ]] Diesel Multiple Units may have driving cabs, passenger coaches, power cars, and trailer cars in different combinations. DMUs can provide rapid acceleration and efficient service on lightly or moderately used routes. Their disadvantages include fuel consumption, exhaust emissions, engine noise, and the need for diesel maintenance facilities. A diesel electric multiple unit is a type of diesel multiple-unit train in which diesel engines generate electricity, and electric traction motors use that electricity to turn the wheels. It is therefore a specific type of DMU, not a completely separate category. Indian Railways describes DEMUs as self-propelled formations containing driving power cars and trailer cars. The diesel engine in a DEMU does not usually drive the wheels directly like DMUs. Instead, it drives an alternator or generator. The generator produces electrical energy, which passes through control equipment and traction converters to electric motors connected to the wheelsets. == Future == The future of Indian railway rolling stock is likely to involve greater electrification, more trainsets, improved passenger information systems, more energy-efficient equipment, better accessibility, stronger crashworthiness, and increased use of digital diagnostics. Freight wagons may become more specialised and may support higher axle loads, faster freight services, containerisation, automobile transport, and automated handling systems. Locomotives may receive improved traction converters, regenerative braking, remote diagnostics, energy monitoring. Maybe hybrid or dual-mode locomotives will become more popular. Maintenance is also becoming more data driven. Sensors and software can identify wheel defects, bearing temperature, vibration, brake conditions, electrical faults, and other problems before they lead to service failures. [[Category:Indian recipes]] ew6b4vdjhdjdnbmqnrvlluk7550sdmu 2 485722 4671109 2026-09-19T07:34:15Z TechVindicator 3626296 Created page with "<div style="color:black"></div> {| style="2px dotted #000000; background-color: aquamarine;width:100%;text-align:center;font-size:16pt;color:black;font-family:Comic Sans MS" |[[File:Farm-Fresh_home_page.png|link=User:TechVindicator|50x50px]] [[User:TechVindicator|Userpage]] |[[File:Farm-Fresh_comment.png|link=User_talk:TechVindicator|50x50px]] [[User talk:TechVindicator|Talk page]] |[[File:Farm-Fresh_align_compact.png|link=Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|50x50px]] [..." 4671109 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="color:black"></div> {| style="2px dotted #000000; background-color: aquamarine;width:100%;text-align:center;font-size:16pt;color:black;font-family:Comic Sans MS" |[[File:Farm-Fresh_home_page.png|link=User:TechVindicator|50x50px]] [[User:TechVindicator|Userpage]] |[[File:Farm-Fresh_comment.png|link=User_talk:TechVindicator|50x50px]] [[User talk:TechVindicator|Talk page]] |[[File:Farm-Fresh_align_compact.png|link=Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|50x50px]] [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|Contributions]] |[[File:Edit_In_Sandbox_Icon_-_Color.svg|link=User:TechVindicator/sandbox|50x50px]] [[User:TechVindicator/sandbox|Sandbox]] |} 4q44btqlmail5t081j0kxpcjuxdty9z 2 485723 4671110 2026-09-19T07:35:22Z TechVindicator 3626296 Created page with "{{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}}" 4671110 wikitext text/x-wiki {{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}} q4w8sfv4xmmj9ke82u0xd90jviybhi0 2 485724 4671117 2026-09-19T09:00:12Z Mscdubai 3626308 Created page with "'''medical centre in Al Barsha 1 Dubai''', msc-dubai provide comprehensive healthcare for individuals and families near Mall of the Emirates. good medical centres in Al Barsha Dubai, clinic is built on clinical expertise, patient trust, and consistent care quality. multispecialty clinic in Al Barsha Dubai offers integrated services across general medicine, diagnostics, and specialized treatments. With experienced doctors, modern facilities, and strict hygiene standards,..." 4671117 wikitext text/x-wiki '''medical centre in Al Barsha 1 Dubai''', msc-dubai provide comprehensive healthcare for individuals and families near Mall of the Emirates. good medical centres in Al Barsha Dubai, clinic is built on clinical expertise, patient trust, and consistent care quality. multispecialty clinic in Al Barsha Dubai offers integrated services across general medicine, diagnostics, and specialized treatments. With experienced doctors, modern facilities, and strict hygiene standards, we ensure accurate diagnosis, safe treatment, and a seamless patient experience focused on long-term wellness. dyn2ebqlts9ogxstg46tw8du0ymh7n6 4671123 4671117 2026-09-19T10:28:31Z MathXplore 3097823 Marking for speedy deletion: Spam 4671123 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Delete|example=false|Spam}}</noinclude> '''medical centre in Al Barsha 1 Dubai''', msc-dubai provide comprehensive healthcare for individuals and families near Mall of the Emirates. good medical centres in Al Barsha Dubai, clinic is built on clinical expertise, patient trust, and consistent care quality. multispecialty clinic in Al Barsha Dubai offers integrated services across general medicine, diagnostics, and specialized treatments. With experienced doctors, modern facilities, and strict hygiene standards, we ensure accurate diagnosis, safe treatment, and a seamless patient experience focused on long-term wellness. 6ksbo0c6wlfufiev7yuha7wcopbdot4 3 485725 4671120 2026-09-19T10:22:14Z TechVindicator 3626296 Self-welcoming 4671120 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Welcome!== Welcome, TechVindicator! {| style="background:white; border:1px solid #abd5f5;; padding:0px; border-spacing:0px; color: #000000;" ! style="background:#d0e5f5; color: #000000;" | [[Wikibooks:Welcome|Getting started]] with Wikibooks |- | style="padding:5px;" | * Wikibooks is a collection of open-source textbooks. Find out [[WB:WIW|what this means]]. * To sign your name (on discussion pages), use four tildes, like this: &#126;&#126;&#126;&#126; * Learn how to [[Using Wikibooks|use Wikibooks]] and learn more about the community. * [[WB:CCO|Explore]], [[Wikibooks:Be bold|be bold]], and have fun! |} If you have any questions, you can ask in the [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Assistance|assistance reading room]] or possibly contact me personally. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:22, 19 September 2026 (UTC) 8d691zghx1fzse2x0qn5g8e8ozqswof 4671122 4671120 2026-09-19T10:26:11Z TechVindicator 3626296 +QuickAccess 4671122 wikitext text/x-wiki {{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}} ==Welcome!== Welcome, TechVindicator! {| style="background:white; border:1px solid #abd5f5;; padding:0px; border-spacing:0px; color: #000000;" ! style="background:#d0e5f5; color: #000000;" | [[Wikibooks:Welcome|Getting started]] with Wikibooks |- | style="padding:5px;" | * Wikibooks is a collection of open-source textbooks. Find out [[WB:WIW|what this means]]. * To sign your name (on discussion pages), use four tildes, like this: &#126;&#126;&#126;&#126; * Learn how to [[Using Wikibooks|use Wikibooks]] and learn more about the community. * [[WB:CCO|Explore]], [[Wikibooks:Be bold|be bold]], and have fun! |} If you have any questions, you can ask in the [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Assistance|assistance reading room]] or possibly contact me personally. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:22, 19 September 2026 (UTC) lzcgmbol2rycn9fpb3bu0g97w8j7q0z 4671128 4671122 2026-09-19T10:41:01Z TechVindicator 3626296 4671128 wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="top:-41px;left:26px;">[[File:XPT GIF at speed.gif|100px]]</span> {{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}} ==Welcome!== Welcome, TechVindicator! {| style="background:white; border:1px solid #abd5f5;; padding:0px; border-spacing:0px; color: #000000;" ! style="background:#d0e5f5; color: #000000;" | [[Wikibooks:Welcome|Getting started]] with Wikibooks |- | style="padding:5px;" | * Wikibooks is a collection of open-source textbooks. Find out [[WB:WIW|what this means]]. * To sign your name (on discussion pages), use four tildes, like this: &#126;&#126;&#126;&#126; * Learn how to [[Using Wikibooks|use Wikibooks]] and learn more about the community. * [[WB:CCO|Explore]], [[Wikibooks:Be bold|be bold]], and have fun! |} If you have any questions, you can ask in the [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Assistance|assistance reading room]] or possibly contact me personally. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:22, 19 September 2026 (UTC) jwj7t2px7boxqej4tvjq8u64xzv0s0l 4671129 4671128 2026-09-19T10:42:21Z TechVindicator 3626296 4671129 wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="top:-41px;left:250px;">[[File:XPT GIF at speed.gif|100px]]</span> {{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}} ==Welcome!== Welcome, TechVindicator! {| style="background:white; border:1px solid #abd5f5;; padding:0px; border-spacing:0px; color: #000000;" ! style="background:#d0e5f5; color: #000000;" | [[Wikibooks:Welcome|Getting started]] with Wikibooks |- | style="padding:5px;" | * Wikibooks is a collection of open-source textbooks. Find out [[WB:WIW|what this means]]. * To sign your name (on discussion pages), use four tildes, like this: &#126;&#126;&#126;&#126; * Learn how to [[Using Wikibooks|use Wikibooks]] and learn more about the community. * [[WB:CCO|Explore]], [[Wikibooks:Be bold|be bold]], and have fun! |} If you have any questions, you can ask in the [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Assistance|assistance reading room]] or possibly contact me personally. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:22, 19 September 2026 (UTC) 30mb5vk77ggc8wppr127gsfmssgi9yb 2 485726 4671121 2026-09-19T10:22:39Z TechVindicator 3626296 Created page with "{{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}}" 4671121 wikitext text/x-wiki {{User:TechVindicator/QuickAccess}} q4w8sfv4xmmj9ke82u0xd90jviybhi0 3 485727 4671124 2026-09-19T10:28:32Z MathXplore 3097823 Notifying author of speedy deletion nomination 4671124 wikitext text/x-wiki == I have added a tag to a page you created == Hi! I'm MathXplore, and I recently reviewed your page, [[:User:Mscdubai]]. I have added a tag to the page, because it <strong>may meet the [[Wikibooks:Deletion policy#Speedy deletions|criteria for speedy deletion]].</strong> This means that it can be deleted at any time. If you believe that your page should not be deleted, please post a message on [[User talk:Mscdubai|the page's talk page]] explaining why. <strong>If your reasoning is convincing, your page may be saved.</strong> If you have any questions or concerns, please [[User talk:MathXplore|let me know]]. Thank you! <!-- Substituted from User:JJPMaster/CurateThisPage/authorMsg --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 10:28, 19 September 2026 (UTC) gb2abm0kxdkc1qvp5latlg13go8qobf 3 485728 4671130 2026-09-19T10:45:17Z TechVindicator 3626296 Created page with "{{subst:Welcome}} ~~~~" 4671130 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Welcome!== Welcome, Dalven! {| style="background:white; border:1px solid #abd5f5;; padding:0px; border-spacing:0px; color: #000000;" ! style="background:#d0e5f5; color: #000000;" | [[Wikibooks:Welcome|Getting started]] with Wikibooks |- | style="padding:5px;" | * Wikibooks is a collection of open-source textbooks. Find out [[WB:WIW|what this means]]. * To sign your name (on discussion pages), use four tildes, like this: &#126;&#126;&#126;&#126; * Learn how to [[Using Wikibooks|use Wikibooks]] and learn more about the community. * [[WB:CCO|Explore]], [[Wikibooks:Be bold|be bold]], and have fun! |} If you have any questions, you can ask in the [[Wikibooks:Reading room/Assistance|assistance reading room]] or possibly contact me personally. [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:45, 19 September 2026 (UTC) 9as14ct2ns0h14ffjn3mlo07qt55375 3 485729 4671132 2026-09-19T10:51:05Z TechVindicator 3626296 +welcome 4671132 wikitext text/x-wiki Hello, and welcome to Wikibooks! Thank you for [[Special:Contributions/&#126;2026-50426-34|your contributions]]&#32;so far. I hope you like the place and decide to stay. You don't have to [[Special:UserLogin|log in]] to read or edit pages on Wikibooks, but if you wish to acquire [[Using Wikibooks/Setting Up A User Account|additional privileges]], you can simply '''<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:UserLogin|type=signup&campaign=anonwelcometemplate}} create a named account]</span>'''. It's free, requires no personal information, and lets you: * '''Create new pages''' and '''rename pages''' * Edit '''[[Wikibooks:Protection policy#Semi-protection|semi-protected pages]]''' * '''[[Help:Files#Uploading files|Upload images]]''' * Have your own '''watchlist''', which shows when articles you are interested in have changed. If you edit without using a named account, your {{w|Wikipedia:Temporary accounts|temporary account}} (&#126;2026-50426-34) is used to identify you instead. By the way, please make sure to sign and date your talk page comments with four tildes ('''&#126;&#126;&#126;&#126;'''). Happy editing! <!-- Template:welcome-anon --> [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:51, 19 September 2026 (UTC) fupjkc1xvm8s065frk027zxw4evkdg3 4671134 4671132 2026-09-19T10:52:02Z TechVindicator 3626296 oops, made a mistake not adding a heading 4671134 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Welcome!== Hello, and welcome to Wikibooks! Thank you for [[Special:Contributions/&#126;2026-50426-34|your contributions]]&#32;so far. I hope you like the place and decide to stay. You don't have to [[Special:UserLogin|log in]] to read or edit pages on Wikibooks, but if you wish to acquire [[Using Wikibooks/Setting Up A User Account|additional privileges]], you can simply '''<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:UserLogin|type=signup&campaign=anonwelcometemplate}} create a named account]</span>'''. It's free, requires no personal information, and lets you: * '''Create new pages''' and '''rename pages''' * Edit '''[[Wikibooks:Protection policy#Semi-protection|semi-protected pages]]''' * '''[[Help:Files#Uploading files|Upload images]]''' * Have your own '''watchlist''', which shows when articles you are interested in have changed. If you edit without using a named account, your {{w|Wikipedia:Temporary accounts|temporary account}} (&#126;2026-50426-34) is used to identify you instead. By the way, please make sure to sign and date your talk page comments with four tildes ('''&#126;&#126;&#126;&#126;'''). Happy editing! <!-- Template:welcome-anon --> [[User:TechVindicator|TechVindicator]] ([[User talk:TechVindicator|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/TechVindicator|contribs]]) 10:51, 19 September 2026 (UTC) r9x9xedae25i9uwevdy19ehjpkbq201 2 485730 4671139 2026-09-19T11:30:01Z Hasbaticom 3626323 add everything about hasbati 4671139 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Hasbati''' is a practical online platform that provides simple, accurate, and easy-to-use calculators for everyday needs. Our goal is to make complex calculations easier by presenting useful tools in a clear and straightforward way. From financial and salary calculations to dates, occasions, health-related estimates, and everyday utilities, Hasbati brings a wide range of calculators together in one convenient place. === What Can You Find on Hasbati? === Hasbati offers a growing collection of calculators and useful online tools, including: * '''Salary Calculators:''' Calculate salaries, allowances, deductions, and estimated net income based on different employment scales. * '''End-of-Service Calculator:''' Estimate end-of-service benefits based on salary, employment duration, contract type, and applicable rules. * '''Age Calculator:''' Calculate your exact age in years, months, and days. * '''Discount Calculator:''' Quickly calculate discounts, final prices, and savings. * '''Pregnancy and Ovulation Calculators:''' Estimate important dates based on the information provided. * '''Date and Countdown Tools:''' Track the time remaining until important dates, holidays, seasons, and special occasions. * '''Government and Support Calculators:''' Explore useful tools designed around commonly requested salary, benefits, and support calculations. === Simple, Clear, and Practical === We believe that online calculators should be easy to understand and simple to use. That's why Hasbati focuses on clear inputs, straightforward results, and practical explanations that help users understand how each calculation works. Instead of relying on complicated formulas or manual calculations, users can enter their information and receive an immediate estimate through an easy-to-use interface. === Built for Everyday Calculations === Hasbati is designed for people who need quick answers without unnecessary complexity. Whether you are checking a salary, estimating a benefit, calculating a date, or preparing for an upcoming occasion, our tools are built to save time and simplify the process. === Our Approach to Accuracy === Accuracy is an important part of every Hasbati calculator. Where calculations depend on official regulations, salary scales, or published values, we aim to use reliable sources and clearly explain the assumptions behind the results. Some calculators provide estimates rather than official decisions. In such cases, Hasbati clearly presents the result as an '''estimate''' and recommends referring to the relevant official authority for the final determination. === Why Hasbati? === * Easy-to-use online calculators. * Clear and understandable results. * Practical tools for everyday needs. * Regularly updated content and calculations. * Explanations that help users understand the result. * A growing collection of calculators covering different topics. '''Hasbati is your online destination for simple, useful, and practical calculations — all in one place.''' svrksuehmjaejbf0pixhf35hawpmc7l 4671140 4671139 2026-09-19T11:34:23Z Hasbaticom 3626323 /* What Can You Find on Hasbati? */ 4671140 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Hasbati''' is a practical online platform that provides simple, accurate, and easy-to-use calculators for everyday needs. Our goal is to make complex calculations easier by presenting useful tools in a clear and straightforward way. From financial and salary calculations to dates, occasions, health-related estimates, and everyday utilities, Hasbati brings a wide range of calculators together in one convenient place. === What Can You Find on Hasbati? === Hasbati offers a growing collection of calculators and useful online tools, including: * '''Salary Calculators:''' Calculate salaries, allowances, deductions, and estimated net income based on different employment scales. * '''End-of-Service Calculator:''' Estimate end-of-service benefits based on salary, employment duration, contract type, and applicable rules. * '''Age Calculator:''' Calculate your exact age in years, months, and days. * '''Discount Calculator:''' Quickly calculate discounts, final prices, and savings. * '''Pregnancy and Ovulation Calculators:''' Estimate important dates based on the information provided. * '''Date and Countdown Tools:''' Track the time remaining until important dates, holidays, seasons, and special occasions. * '''Government and Support Calculators:''' Explore useful tools designed around commonly requested salary, benefits, and support calculations. === Simple, Clear, and Practical === We believe that online calculators should be easy to understand and simple to use. That's why Hasbati focuses on clear inputs, straightforward results, and practical explanations that help users understand how each calculation works. Instead of relying on complicated formulas or manual calculations, users can enter their information and receive an immediate estimate through an easy-to-use interface. === Built for Everyday Calculations === Hasbati is designed for people who need quick answers without unnecessary complexity. Whether you are checking a salary, estimating a benefit, calculating a date, or preparing for an upcoming occasion, our tools are built to save time and simplify the process. === Our Approach to Accuracy === Accuracy is an important part of every Hasbati calculator. Where calculations depend on official regulations, salary scales, or published values, we aim to use reliable sources and clearly explain the assumptions behind the results. Some calculators provide estimates rather than official decisions. In such cases, Hasbati clearly presents the result as an '''estimate''' and recommends referring to the relevant official authority for the final determination. === Why Hasbati? === * Easy-to-use online calculators. * Clear and understandable results. * Practical tools for everyday needs. * Regularly updated content and calculations. * Explanations that help users understand the result. * A growing collection of calculators covering different topics. '''Hasbati is your online destination for simple, useful, and practical calculations — all in one place.''' <references group="hasbati.com" responsive /> [https://hasbati.com/ hsabati.com] 1cr2enjetn83j5vo40ifzmxs8kjxel6 4671144 4671140 2026-09-19T11:40:35Z MathXplore 3097823 Marking for speedy deletion: Spam 4671144 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Delete|example=false|Spam}}</noinclude> '''Hasbati''' is a practical online platform that provides simple, accurate, and easy-to-use calculators for everyday needs. Our goal is to make complex calculations easier by presenting useful tools in a clear and straightforward way. From financial and salary calculations to dates, occasions, health-related estimates, and everyday utilities, Hasbati brings a wide range of calculators together in one convenient place. === What Can You Find on Hasbati? === Hasbati offers a growing collection of calculators and useful online tools, including: * '''Salary Calculators:''' Calculate salaries, allowances, deductions, and estimated net income based on different employment scales. * '''End-of-Service Calculator:''' Estimate end-of-service benefits based on salary, employment duration, contract type, and applicable rules. * '''Age Calculator:''' Calculate your exact age in years, months, and days. * '''Discount Calculator:''' Quickly calculate discounts, final prices, and savings. * '''Pregnancy and Ovulation Calculators:''' Estimate important dates based on the information provided. * '''Date and Countdown Tools:''' Track the time remaining until important dates, holidays, seasons, and special occasions. * '''Government and Support Calculators:''' Explore useful tools designed around commonly requested salary, benefits, and support calculations. === Simple, Clear, and Practical === We believe that online calculators should be easy to understand and simple to use. That's why Hasbati focuses on clear inputs, straightforward results, and practical explanations that help users understand how each calculation works. Instead of relying on complicated formulas or manual calculations, users can enter their information and receive an immediate estimate through an easy-to-use interface. === Built for Everyday Calculations === Hasbati is designed for people who need quick answers without unnecessary complexity. Whether you are checking a salary, estimating a benefit, calculating a date, or preparing for an upcoming occasion, our tools are built to save time and simplify the process. === Our Approach to Accuracy === Accuracy is an important part of every Hasbati calculator. Where calculations depend on official regulations, salary scales, or published values, we aim to use reliable sources and clearly explain the assumptions behind the results. Some calculators provide estimates rather than official decisions. In such cases, Hasbati clearly presents the result as an '''estimate''' and recommends referring to the relevant official authority for the final determination. === Why Hasbati? === * Easy-to-use online calculators. * Clear and understandable results. * Practical tools for everyday needs. * Regularly updated content and calculations. * Explanations that help users understand the result. * A growing collection of calculators covering different topics. '''Hasbati is your online destination for simple, useful, and practical calculations — all in one place.''' <references group="hasbati.com" responsive /> [https://hasbati.com/ hsabati.com] p981y0k9f66p6jcnnnr2qkjysk6f5w9 4671148 4671144 2026-09-19T11:45:20Z Hasbaticom 3626323 4671148 wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{Delete|example=false|Spam}}</noinclude> '''Hasbati''' is a practical online platform that provides simple, accurate, and easy-to-use calculators for everyday needs. Our goal is to make complex calculations easier by presenting useful tools in a clear and straightforward way. From financial and salary calculations to dates, occasions, health-related estimates, and everyday utilities, Hasbati brings a wide range of calculators together in one convenient place. === What Can You Find on Hasbati? === Hasbati offers a growing collection of calculators and useful online tools, including: * '''Salary Calculators:''' Calculate salaries, allowances, deductions, and estimated net income based on different employment scales.<ref>{{Cite web |title=GASTAT: Saudi Workers Monthly Average Wage in Four Sectors: 10.238 SAR |url=https://www.stats.gov.sa/ar/w/-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A5%D8%AD%D8%B5%D8%A7%D8%A1-%D9%85%D8%AA%D9%88%D8%B3%D8%B7-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A3%D8%AC%D8%B1-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B4%D9%87%D8%B1%D9%8A-%D9%84%D9%84%D9%85%D8%B4%D8%AA%D8%BA%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%86-%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B3%D8%B9%D9%88%D8%AF%D9%8A%D9%8A%D9%86- |access-date=2026-09-19 |website=الهيئة العامة للإحصاء |language=en-US}}</ref> * '''End-of-Service Calculator:''' Estimate end-of-service benefits based on salary, employment duration, contract type, and applicable rules. * '''Age Calculator:''' Calculate your exact age in years, months, and days. * '''Discount Calculator:''' Quickly calculate discounts, final prices, and savings. * '''Pregnancy and Ovulation Calculators:''' Estimate important dates based on the information provided. * '''Date and Countdown Tools:''' Track the time remaining until important dates, holidays, seasons, and special occasions. * '''Government and Support Calculators:''' Explore useful tools designed around commonly requested salary, benefits, and support calculations. === Simple, Clear, and Practical === We believe that online calculators should be easy to understand and simple to use. That's why Hasbati focuses on clear inputs, straightforward results, and practical explanations that help users understand how each calculation works. Instead of relying on complicated formulas or manual calculations, users can enter their information and receive an immediate estimate through an easy-to-use interface. === Built for Everyday Calculations === Hasbati is designed for people who need quick answers without unnecessary complexity. Whether you are checking a salary, estimating a benefit, calculating a date, or preparing for an upcoming occasion, our tools are built to save time and simplify the process. === Our Approach to Accuracy === Accuracy is an important part of every Hasbati calculator. Where calculations depend on official regulations, salary scales, or published values, we aim to use reliable sources and clearly explain the assumptions behind the results. Some calculators provide estimates rather than official decisions. In such cases, Hasbati clearly presents the result as an '''estimate''' and recommends referring to the relevant official authority for the final determination. === Why Hasbati? === * Easy-to-use online calculators. * Clear and understandable results. * Practical tools for everyday needs. * Regularly updated content and calculations. * Explanations that help users understand the result. * A growing collection of calculators covering different topics. '''Hasbati is your online destination for simple, useful, and practical calculations — all in one place.''' a3d41bs5lvsuwxubovej4qgi8qin838 3 485731 4671145 2026-09-19T11:40:35Z MathXplore 3097823 Notifying author of speedy deletion nomination 4671145 wikitext text/x-wiki == I have added a tag to a page you created == Hi! I'm MathXplore, and I recently reviewed your page, [[:User:Hasbaticom]]. I have added a tag to the page, because it <strong>may meet the [[Wikibooks:Deletion policy#Speedy deletions|criteria for speedy deletion]].</strong> This means that it can be deleted at any time. If you believe that your page should not be deleted, please post a message on [[User talk:Hasbaticom|the page's talk page]] explaining why. <strong>If your reasoning is convincing, your page may be saved.</strong> If you have any questions or concerns, please [[User talk:MathXplore|let me know]]. Thank you! <!-- Substituted from User:JJPMaster/CurateThisPage/authorMsg --> [[User:MathXplore|MathXplore]] ([[User talk:MathXplore|discuss]] • [[Special:Contributions/MathXplore|contribs]]) 11:40, 19 September 2026 (UTC) gowqif3ywgzrrev9gx6ubze0p69o3v4 0 485732 4671149 2026-09-19T11:47:26Z ActStuffOGWiki 3624203 I made it 4671149 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Indian Railways''' is the national railway system of India and one of the largest railway networks in the world. It operates under the administrative control of the Ministry of Railways, Government of India, and is responsible for the country’s rail transport infrastructure, rolling stock, and operations. Since the first passenger train ran in 1853, Indian Railways has grown into a vast, complex system that connects urban centers, industrial hubs, and remote regions, serving as a critical artery for India’s economy, mobility, and social integration. == Table of Contents == * [[Indian Railways/Overview|Overview]] * [[Indian Railways/History|History]] * [[Indian Railways/Zonal Railways|Zonal Railways]] * [[Indian Railways/Rolling Stock|Rolling Stock]] * [[Indian Railways/Railway Infrastructure|Railway Infrastructure]] * [[Indian Railways/Railfanning|Railfanning]] ====== Hope you enjoy reading! ====== 1db2zr7n58aj6rmj65n8eox88ezomdc